UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, SAN DIEGO 
 
 3 1822 00363 5372
 
 BIBLIOTHEQUE 
 
 DE 
 
 i'l^cadcmic nonimcrcinle flallioliquc 
 
 DE MONTREAL. 
 
 CiCicrt 
 
 k..U^^ 
 
 jLayt 
 
 I. Tenez les livrcs tonjours couverts ; 6vitez <li 
 plier U-8 feuilles ou d'fecrire dessiis. Si vous perdez on 
 ciidommagcz un ouvrage vous devrez en payer la valeur. 
 
 II. Pour avoir de nouveaux livres, rapportez ceux 
 que vous aurez cmpruutfes. Vt-nez cbaiiger voa livres 
 vous ni6me. N'oublicz pas de faire cffacer les livrcs que 
 vous rapportez et de faire iiiscrire ceux que vous emportcz. 
 Ne prttez les livres il personne. 
 
 III. Les ouvrages pr6cieux ou composOs de plusiorrs 
 volumes n6 sortent pas de la bibliothique. 
 
 ^- ■> 
 
 I 
 
 1^-^^
 
 
 
 .ii-C/^^ t.'V^iC^ ,^ 
 
 /fi^j^- /i"^s - Xm.P^^^ )rc^. 
 
 UN|VERyiTr OF l.ALKuHNIA sAfJ Olf,, 
 
 3^1822 00363 5372 
 
 Social Sciences & Humanities Library 
 
 University of California, San Diego 
 Please Note: This item is subject to recall. 
 
 Date Due 
 
 U.CS.D. — 
 
 IVIAY OS ?noi 
 MAY 2 4 ZOO- 
 
 IN I t.i\i.iwi\/-vi\i lw/aN 
 
 '^^fe^TO 
 
 i..
 
 IIB Ml iifflPMlIEKlrS 
 
 REV, FATHEI[ LACOMBE, 0, M, I, 
 
 II < I ■ iiTnk I <! 
 
 A GRAMMAR 
 
 OTCHIPWE LANGUAGE.
 
 A THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL 
 
 GRAMMAR 
 
 OTCHIPWE LANGUAGE 
 
 FOR THE USE OF 
 
 Missionafies and other persons liviog among ttie Indians 
 
 By R. R. BISHOP BARAGA. 
 
 A SECOND EDITION, BY A MISSIONARY OF THE OBLATBS. 
 
 MONTREAL: 
 
 BEAUCHEMIN & VALOIS, Booksellers and Printers 
 
 256 and 258, St. Paul Street. 
 
 1878
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 This is, I think, the first and only Otchipwe Grammar that 
 ever was pubhshed in the United States. It was rather a hard 
 work to compose it ; I had to break my road all through. 
 Writers of other Grammars avail themselves of the labors of 
 their predecessors, and collect, like the bee, the honey out of 
 these flowers of literature, leaving the dust in. I had no such 
 advantage ; I had nothing before me. No wonder then, if all 
 be not correct in this first essay. Those who shall find errors 
 or omissions in this Grammar, will oblige me very much by 
 sending me their corrections and remarks, which will be thank- 
 fully received and duly considered. 
 
 My principal intention in publishing this Grammar is, to 
 assist the Missionaries in the acquirement of the Otchipwe 
 language and its kindred dialects, as I knowjby experience how 
 useful it is the Missionary to know the language of the people 
 whom he is endeavoring to convert to God. 
 
 At the same time it is my wish to do, for my part and in my 
 sphere, what I wish should be done by other Missionaries or 
 competent persons, in their respective spheres ; that is, that 
 complete Grammars and Dictionaries should be composed and 
 published, of all the different Indian languages in the Union.
 
 — VIII — 
 
 It is the judicious opinion of Mr. Henry R. Schoolcraftv 
 (who has done, and is doing yet, much for the Indian history,) 
 " that the true history of the Indian tribes and their interna- 
 tional relations, must rest, as a basis, upon the light obtained 
 from their languages." This is true ; and to obtain the light 
 from the Indian languages, Grammars and Dictionaries would 
 render the surest services. 
 
 And finally I wish to do a service to the Philologist, to whom 
 it affords pleasure and acquirement, to compare the grammatical 
 systems of different languages. 
 
 The Author.
 
 REMARKS ON THIS SECOND EDITION. 
 
 Our primary intention, our cliiet' aim, in publishing this 
 second edition of Bishop Baraga's Grammar andDictionary, is 
 to be of use to our Missionaries, especially those in Manitoba and 
 Kiwatin,(*) who are asking earnestly for those books, the first 
 edition of which is completely out of print. This work we 
 have been enabled to undertake with the generous aid of the 
 Canadian Government, and the subscriptions of our friends. 
 
 Although this edition is a mere reprint of Bishop Baraga's 
 work, without any pretention of correcting nor enlarging it, 
 nevertheless we have thought it proper to make a few altera- 
 tions in it in order to save printing expenses. 1° The number 
 of examples has been much reduced, the chief ones only 
 having been chosen among the numerous instances in the first 
 edition. 2" We have departed Bishop Baraga's way as to the 
 accents. It has been thought proper to substitute the circum- 
 tiex accents to acute and grave accents on the vowels to be 
 pronounced long or emphatically ; v. g. : osdm, too much ; 
 sdgidn, he loves him or her, etc., complying in so doing with 
 the wishes of our friends. 
 
 Although we have followed throughout the whole work the 
 orthography of Bishop Baraga, we will lay here directions for 
 the Missionaries and other people in Manitul'U who will make 
 use of these books. 
 
 1" i:\\c Sautetix, Oichipw^ or Ojibwatj \anguage is actually 
 in use all around Lake Superior, in the Territories ofKiwatin 
 and Dacotah, in the State of Minnesota, at Red Lake, along 
 
 (*) Pronounce : Ki-ioclin.
 
 tilt- Mississippi and Rod Rivers, at Lake Manitol)a, and even 
 on the shores of the Great Saskatchewan. Tlironghout such a 
 vast extent, one must not be astonished, tlien, to meet with some 
 variations in the pronunciation and sound of some letters, 
 which is also the case in the other languages. 
 
 2" A is to be pronounced as in french, long or short, v. g. 
 Sme, etc., Marie, and as in the English wordsya^Ae?', matter, 
 etc., f. i. Mddja, he starts ; aiikameg, white fish, etc. 
 
 N. B. — Whenever a vowel is not surmounted with this 
 sign '^j it must be reputed short. 
 
 E is always long and accented, v. g. epit, he, being sitting ; 
 imiktoan, a spoon, as in the French words, etc, gate. 
 
 G. This letter is not as often used in this country as in the 
 country where the Otchipwe Dictionary and Grammar were 
 first printed. Here the k is oftener sounded instead of the 
 (J. The same may be observed as to the t, which is frequently 
 used by our Indians instead of d, v. g. gon ; here they say : 
 kon, snow ; ni nitjdnissituk, instead of nitjanissidog, my sons ; 
 tebendam, instead of debendam, he is master, etc. 
 
 J, as in the French words mille, mine ; or, in the English 
 •words wind, thin; f. i.: win, he; winit4e, he is an impure 
 heart. Some times i is accented and must be pronounced so, 
 v. g. : g'lmodi, he steals. 
 
 K, T. It woiild seem that the letters k and t should be 
 doubled in some words, v. g. : akki, earth ; instead of aki ; 
 akkik, kettle, instead of akik ; sdkitton, instead of sdgiton, 
 love it. 
 
 H. This letter could be used some times to express a kind of 
 guttural or aspirated sound which is met with in some words, 
 as : Nin sdkiha, I love him, instead of: nin sdgia ; kapakite- 
 hond, instead of: ga pakiteond, the one who is struck ; mih, 
 instead of mi, that's enough. 
 
 U. Some would have desired that u, with the italian 
 sound, or the French sound ou, should have been used some 
 times instead of o, in some words, terminations or forms of 
 verbs, v. g. : kikkiwehun, instead of kikiweon, a flag ; ikkiio-
 
 yuk, instead odhifowg, ye, say so ; ayoytik, instead o( aioiof/. 
 ye, use it. 
 
 Y. In this country, y is used to join together a succession of 
 syllables, v. g. : ikkitoydn, instead of ikitoidn, I, saying so : 
 mddjdyang, instead oi^ niddjdianr/, we, starting ; it is also used 
 at the end of words terminating by the sound of the French 
 liquid I, V. g. : omotai, apakwei, ichihai ; wo use to write 
 here : omotdy, a bottle ; apakury, a mat ; IcJiibliy, a corpse, 
 which must be pronounced : o motaille, apakweille, ichibaille. 
 
 3° The Dictionary and Grammar enumerate many expres- 
 sions which are seldom or never used here. This will be 
 easily understood. For, the more the Otchipwe language 
 comes into contact with the Cree idiom, its congenerous, the 
 more must it adopt its words, giving to them the Otchipwe 
 pronunciation. , 
 
 By this remark too it will be understooil why in our country 
 the k and t are more frequently used, the Cree Indians, our 
 neighbours, making a very frequent use of the same. 
 
 A complete synopsis of the Otchipwe verbs and adjectives 
 will be found at the end of this Grammar. This synopsis has 
 been printed according to the orthography in use among the 
 catholic Missionaries of Manitoba and Kiwatin. It is far from 
 being perfect ; as it is, however, it will be useful to those who 
 may need it. We think it useless to say that to derive some 
 profit from it, some previous knowledge of the grannnar will 
 be necessary, especially the chapter of verbs. 
 
 N. B. — I regret to be obliged to sa}- that many typographical 
 e,rrors will be found, no doubt, in this edition. The readi-r will 
 understand the reason of those errors and overlook them with 
 indulgence, when we say that, for reasons out of the editor's 
 control, this work was printed many hundred miles distance 
 from the proof reader, who, at most, cunld possibly read 
 the proofs but once.
 
 GRAMMAR 
 
 OTCHIPWE LANGUAGE. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The Otchipwe language ie spoken by the tribe of Indians called 
 Chippewa Indians, * which was once a numerous and powerful 
 tribe. It is now reduced to the small number of about 15,000 
 individuals, who are scattered round Lake Superior, and far 
 round in the inland, over a large tract of land. Several other 
 tribes of Indians speak the same language, with little alterations. 
 The principal of these are, the Algonquin, the Otawa, and the 
 Potowaiami tribes. He that understands well the Otchipwe lan- 
 guage, will easily converse with Indians of these tribes. 
 
 The Otchipwe Grammar, which is here presented to the reader^ 
 teaches the art of spelling and writing correctly the Otchipwe 
 language. This Grammar is divided into three parts, viz : Or- 
 thography, Etymology and Syntax. 
 
 * The proper name of these Indians is, Otchinwe Indians. By this name, pro- 
 Qounced according to the orthography staled in iliis book, we will call this. 
 Grammar and language.
 
 PART FIRST. 
 
 ORTHOGRAPHY, 
 
 Orthography, (according to the meaning of this Greek word, 
 correct toriting,) teaches the art of spelling the words of a lan- 
 guage with correctness and propriety. To speak and write is the 
 faculty and art of expressing thoughts with ivords. Words then 
 Are signs of our thoughts. These signs are either sounds uttered 
 by the mouth, or marks formed by the hand. 
 
 Words are composed of letters, which are the representatives 
 of sounds formed by the organs of speech. 
 
 There are only seventeen letters in the Otchipwe alphabet ; and 
 no more are required to write correctly and plainly all the words 
 of this expressive language. These letters are divided into vowels 
 and consonants. 
 
 A vowel is the representative of an articulate sound, which can 
 be distinctly uttered by itself. There are only four vowels in the 
 Otchipwe language, namely, a, e, i, o. This language has no «. 
 The letter u is sounded differently by different nations, English, 
 French, German, <fec. The Otchipwe language has none of these 
 sounds. The German sound of the vowel u, (like oo in fool, or 
 like M in full,) is unknown to the Otchipwe language ; so much 
 so, that even in the two or three words, which these Indians 
 have adopted from the French, the sound oo, (in French on,) is 
 changed into o. F. i. a handkerchief, (un moHchoir,) moshwe ; 
 my button, (mon bo?/ton,) nin boto ; houis, Noi. But more yet 
 than the German sound of u, is the French and English pronun- 
 ciation of the same, unknown to the Otchipwe language. 
 
 A consonant is the representative of an inarticulate sound, 
 which can only be perfectly uttered with the help of a vowel. 
 There are thirteen consonants in this language, namely,: 6, c, d, 
 (J, h,j, k, m, n, p, s, t,w. The following consonants, y, I, q, r,
 
 V, X, z, never occur in tlie words of this language ; and the Indians' 
 who speak it, can hardly pronounce them, and many cannot 
 pronounce them at all, especially old Indians. They pronounce 
 yand V like b or p ; I and r they pronounce like ». So, for ins- 
 tance, when they are asked to pronounce the French wordy*amte,. 
 (flour,) they will say panin ; the name David, they will pronounce 
 Dahid; the name Marie, Mani; the name Marguerite, Magit, Ac- 
 remarks ON THE VOWELS. 
 
 Many methods have been tried to write Otchipwe words, but 
 they proved deficient, and did not express exactly the sounds of 
 these words, because the English orthography has been used. It 
 can easily be observed, and will be acknowledged, when impar- 
 tially examined, by persons who understand some other lan- 
 guage, that the English orthography, being so peculiar, can ne- 
 ver be successfully applied to any other but the English lan- 
 guage. It is impossible to write with propriety any other lan- 
 guage but the English, according to the English orthography, 
 because the English vowels have so many different sounds, that 
 tliey must necessarily create difficulty and uncertainty, when, 
 applied to the writing of words of other languages. 
 
 And so, in fact, it is the case with any other language, more 
 or less. Every language has its own orthograpliy, which could 
 not be entirely applied to another language. 
 
 Why tlien should the Otchipwe language (with its kindred 
 dialects) not have its own orthography? This question imme- 
 diately arose in my mind, when I first entered the field of mis- 
 sionary labors among the Indians ; and soon brought me to the 
 establishing of an own orthography for the Otchipwe language 
 and its dialects. This orthography does not entirely belong to 
 any other language, but is taken from the English and French, 
 and adapted to the Otchipwe. 
 
 According to this orthography I wrote my first little Indian^ 
 work, in 1831, (with the help of an interpreter, at that time,) and 
 published it in Detroit in 1832; and have ever since followed the 
 same in my subsequent Indian writings; with only one altera-
 
 — 4 — 
 
 tion, which I have adopted in writing tliis Grammar ; putting 
 the English sh instead of the Frencli ch. 
 
 I am satisfied, in my humble opinion, tiiat this is the easieat 
 and plainest method of writing the Otchipwe language. It is 
 generally approved by those who have occasion to examine it ; 
 and it was adopted by some writers of Indian works, especially 
 by the Rev. S. Hall, (Lapointe, Lake Superior,! who published 
 the New Testament, (New- York, 1844,) almost entirely according 
 to this simple mode of writing the Otchipwe language. 
 
 Here is an explanation of this orthography. The sound of the 
 roMje?s never changes ; they ha'^e always the same sound. The 
 sounding of the consonants is adapted to the pronunciation of 
 cthe same in English and French. This will be better understood 
 .after the perusal of the following remarks. 
 
 The lour vowels, a, e, i, o, are pronounced as follows : 
 
 a is invariably pronounced as in the English words father ; 
 as, anakanan, mats ; ta-nagana, he will be left behind ; ga-saga- 
 ang, he that is gone out. 
 
 e is always pronounced as in the English word met ; as, eteg, 
 •what there is ; eta, only ; enendang, according to his thought or 
 -will. 
 
 i is always pronounced as in the English word^m ; as, inini, 
 a man ; kigi-ikit, thou hast said ; iwidi, there. 
 
 is always pronounced as in the English word note ; as, odon, 
 ills mouth ; onoio, these here ; okoj, its bill. 
 
 These rules have no exception in the Otchipwe language. The 
 iour vowels are invariably pronounced as stated here; they may 
 occur in the first or last syllable of a word, or in the middle ; 
 and they are never- silent. Which you will please to mind well, 
 if vou wish to pronounce correctly and easily the words of jthis 
 language. 
 
 As the general rule for the pronunciation of vowels is to pro- 
 nounce them always equally, and never to let them be silent, it 
 follows that, where two or three vowels of the same kind, or dif- 
 ferent vowels, appear together in a word, tliey must all be 
 sounded.
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Sagaam, he goes out ; pron. sa-ga-am. 
 
 Oossi, he has a father ; pron. o-os-si. 
 
 Nin nibea, I cause him to sleep ; pron. nin id-be-a. 
 
 moawan, they make him weep, cry ; pron. o mo-a-wan. 
 
 Waiba, soon ; pron. wa-i-ba. 
 
 Maingan, wolf; pron. via-in-gan. 
 
 Hawaii, in the middle ; pron. na-wa-i-i. 
 
 There are some diphthongs proper in this language. 
 
 The letter i forms them, when it is preceded or followed by 
 some other vowel ; ai, ei, oi, ia, ie, io. Both vowels are pro- 
 nounced in one syllable, but both must be distinctly sounded ; 
 they are ^ro^^er diphthongs. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Misai, a loach, (fish;) pron. mi-sai. 
 
 Omodai, bottle, pron. o-mo-dai. 
 
 ApaJcwei, a mat to cover a lodge ; pron. a-pa-kicei. 
 
 Hoi! (interj.) hallo! 
 
 Saiagiad, whom thou lovest ; pron. sa-ia-gi-ad. 
 
 ^biian, thou who art ; pron. e-bi-ian. 
 
 Aiaieg, where you are ; pron. a-ia-ieg. 
 
 Aioiog, make use of it ; pron. a-io-iog. 
 
 ACCENTS ox VOWELS. 
 
 In order to facilitate the pronunciation of the words of this 
 language, and to distinguish the first person from the second in 
 some moods and tenses, I make occasionally use of accents in 
 this Grammar and in the Dictionary of this language. These 
 accents are, the acute, the grave and the circumfl-ex accents. 
 
 1. I put the ac?<^e accent on that .-syllable in the word which 
 must be pronounced with more emphasis or stress than the 
 others. And this emphasis, put on one syllable or on another,
 
 — 6 — 
 
 eomctinies entirely changes the meaning of the word, as you see 
 in some of the following Examples. F. i., unakicad, it is cloudy ; 
 anCikan, a mat ; minikCin, .«eed ; ayam'infj, on the beach ; ag&- 
 ming, on the other side of a river, bay, lake, etc. ; sdgaigan, a 
 small lake ; sagCiigan, a nail ; nih'ing, in the water; nihing, in 
 summer. 
 
 2. I make use of the grace accent to distinguish the first per- 
 son from the second in many circumstances, as will be seen in 
 the paradigms or patterns of the Conjugations. Examples : 
 
 Enendamdn, as 1 will or think ; enendaman, as thou wilt. 5a- 
 gitoidmban, had 7 liked it ; sagiioiamban, hadst ihoii liked it. 
 Eiidaidng, where we live or dwell ; (the person or persons spok- 
 en to, are not inckided in the number of those who dwell in the 
 place alluded to.) Enddiang, where we live or dwell ; 'the per- 
 son or persons spoken to, are included.) 
 
 3. I place the circumflex accent on some vowels,|to signify that 
 they have the ?ia;?aZ sound, almost the same as in French, when 
 they are followed by the letter n. F. i., senibd, silk, ribbon ; 
 pakaakiwc, a hen ; abinodji, a child ; gigo, fish, etc. The exact 
 pronunciation of these vowels cannot be given in writing. You 
 must hear them pronounced by persons who speak Otchipwe 
 correctly ; and endeavor to take hold of the genuine pronunciation. 
 
 I must observe here, that I don't put accents on every Indian 
 word in this Grammar. I put them occasionally, for the ac- 
 commodation oi beginners. When 1 am writing for Indian rea- 
 ders, I never use accents, except grave accents, for the distinc- 
 tion of the two persons ; (as above in No. 2.) 
 
 RE-MARKS ON THE CONSOXANTS. 
 
 In regard to the consonants of this language, several remarks 
 are to be made, which you are requested to peruse carefully and 
 keep in memory, in order to read and write correctly the 
 Otchipwe language. 
 
 I tried to reduce the Otchipwe orthography, as much as pos- 
 sible, to the easiest and plainest principles. No more letters are
 
 •employed than are absolutely necessary. For this reason there 
 are no silent letters in this orthography, and no duplications of 
 letters, except of the letter s, which is indispensable. I employ 
 the French J, to stand in Otchipwe for the same soft sound as it 
 does in French, because there is a perfect analogy between the 
 French J injour,jardin, etc., and the Otchipwe j in joniia, ji- 
 wan, etc., which the English consonants cannot well express. 
 In English we have .s7t ; but tlii.~< sound dofes not exactly express 
 the sound of the French or Otchipwe J; it is harder. This J is 
 the only con.^onant I take from the French alphabet ; all the 
 others are English consonants. 
 
 Peruse now diligently the Ibllowir.g remarks on the Otchipwe 
 consonants. 
 
 The letter e is never employed by itself; it can easily be dis- 
 pensed with, by using s and k. It is only used in the compo.si- 
 tion of letters tch, of which we will speak below. 
 
 The letter d connected with_;", has the sound of the English J, 
 or of g, when pronounced soft, as in gender, ginger, etc. F. i., 
 mddjan, go on ; ninnidj, my hand ; dndjUon, change it; ijlnwdj, 
 secretly. 
 
 The letter </ has, in the Otchipwe orthography and reading, 
 always a hard sound ; not only before a and o, but also invari- 
 ably before e and i; without any exception. F. i., geget, truly; 
 gigito, he speaks ; gi-nigi, he was born ; gego, something. 
 
 The letter h is used by itself only in some interjections, where 
 it is pronounced with a strong aspiration, as haw! haw' hal- 
 loo! hurrah 1 go on ! hoi! halloo I The main use of this letter 
 ie its connexion with a, to form the same sound as in English, sh. 
 
 The letter j, as above stated, is always pronounced as in 
 French, that is to say, softer than the English sh. F. i.,jomin, 
 grape, raisin ; joniia, silver, money ; ojimo, he runs away ; oni- 
 Jishin, it is good, fair ; mij, give him ; gannj, speak to him. — 
 Kindreader, be careful, not to pronounce it as in English, (John, 
 joy, jar,) but as in French, (jour, jamais, etc.) 
 
 The letter 5 is always pronounced like z, in the beginning as 
 well as in the middle and end of syllables and words. When it 
 
 2
 
 — 8 — 
 
 is double, it has the hard sound oi double s, like in English. F. 
 i., nin scgis, I fear, (pron. nin zeyiz ;) sasayisi, he is avaricious, 
 (pron. zazagizi ;) nin sessessakis,! burn and weep, (pron. zesses- 
 sakiz ;) onda.is, come here, (pron. ondaas.) After a consonant, 
 the letter s has always the hard sound, like double s. F. i., kwi- 
 wiseiiffug, boy.«, (pron. kwiwizensfsag ;) amonsag, little bees or 
 flies, (pron. amonssag.) — The two letters .1 and h in connexion, 
 have the same sound in Otchipwe, as in English, in the begin- 
 ning, middle and end of syllables and words. F. i., niahime, my 
 younger brother, (or sister;) anhishin, put me ; asham, a'we me 
 to eat ; binish, till ; Juganash, an Englishman. 
 
 The letter t in connexion with eh gives the sound of the same 
 composition of letters in the English words watch, match, jntchery 
 etc. F. i., tchiman, a canoe, tchatcham, he sneezes ; nin ichii- 
 chag, my soul ; gicanatch, beautiful ; minotch, notwithstanding. 
 
 The letter 10 is pronounced like in English. 
 
 It must be observed here, that the pronunciation of some con- 
 sonants in the Otchipwe language is very vague and uncertain. 
 There are six consonants of this kind, viz : b, p ; d, t ; g, k. It 
 is impossible to ascertain, by the pronunciation of the Indians, 
 the correct orthography of some words conmiencing with these 
 letters, or containing them. So, for instance, in a word begin- 
 ning with b, you will often hear the Indians pronounce this b 
 like j:; ; and sometimes like b. Or, if the word begins with a p, 
 they will pronounce it at one time^, and at another b. And the 
 same they do with d and t, with g and k. They confound jvery 
 frequently these consonants. We also see in letters written by 
 Indians in their own language, how they confound b with p ; d 
 with t; </ with k; not only in the beginning, but also in the 
 middle and at the end of words. 
 
 As a general rule for the right use of these six consonants, 
 when they terminate the Mord, take this : In order to know 
 whether b or p, d or t, g or A-, terminate the word, (which you 
 ordinarily cannot ascertain from the Indian pronunciation,) j^ro- 
 long the word, that is, add a syllable, by forming the plural, or 
 making some other change, and you will tind the truejfinal letter.
 
 — 9 — 
 
 Examples. 
 
 The word jinc/ob, a fir-tree, is often pronounced jingop. To 
 ascertain whether 6 or j9 is the final letter of this word, form the 
 plural by adding ig, and you will hnvejingobig, where b is dis- 
 tinctly sounded. 
 
 The words gijig, day, air, sky ; and gijih, cedar or cedar-tree, 
 are ordinarily pronounced alike ; but by a prolongation of the 
 words, their final letters appear distinctly. They say gijigad, 
 it is day ; gijikag, cedar-trees. 
 
 So also mitig, a tree, and aJdk, a kettle. These two words 
 both exhibit k as their final letter in common i^ronunciation ; 
 but when you prolong the words, you will have, miiigog, trees ; 
 akikng, kettles. There the letters g and A; are sounded clearly. 
 
 Wenijisliid, he who is good, or handsome ; commonly ])vo- 
 noiinced weniJisJrit ; but in the plural, wenijisJiidjig, the letter 
 d is sounded in the soft pronunciation of djig. (And so in all the 
 participles ending in ad, ed, id, od, which make their plural by 
 adding//r/.) 
 
 To ascertain whether you have to write dj or tch, in the mid- 
 dle or at the end of words, try to find out, whether the word, if 
 placed in another position or infiection, would show d or t ; and 
 you will know, whether you have to write dj or tch. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 OJitchigade, it is made ; not ojidjigade, because it is derived 
 from the verb, nind ojiton, I make it ; where t is distinctly 
 sounded. 
 
 Winitchige, he is making dirty (something, or some place) ^ 
 not unnidjige, because it comes from niii winiton, I make it 
 dirty ; where again t is clearly heard. 
 
 Nin banddjiton, I spoiled it ; not nin banaichiton, because it 
 comes from banadad, it is spoiled ; where d is most clearly 
 sounded. 
 
 Kikendjige, he knows ; not kikentchige, because it is derived 
 from nin kikendan, I know it ; where d is distinctly heard.
 
 — 10 — 
 
 Gimodj, secretly ; not gimotch, because it comes from gimodi, 
 he steals. — Etc. 
 
 I know very well, dear reader, ttiat you cannot make any use 
 of these rules now in the beginning of your studies. But after 
 the first perusal of this Graintnar, and when you shall have ac- 
 quired some knowledge of this language, these rule.s will be use- 
 ful to you ; they will be to you a good guidance, and lielp you 
 materially in your endeavors to acquire a reasonable, .systemati- 
 vcal and grammatical orthography of the Otchipwe language. 
 
 If we wish to cultivate a little the Otchipwe language, we 
 ought to /?x the orthographical use of thec-e six con.«onants, ac- 
 cording to the most [common and most reasonable pronuncia- 
 tion. This I tried and yet try, to effect in my Indian writings, 
 especially in this Grammar, and in the Dictionary of this lan- 
 guage. If now those who feel able and disjwsed to write in Ot- 
 chipwe, would adopt the orthography of these works, it would 
 be fixed and established. And it is indeed the Grammar and the 
 Dictionary we ought to consult and to follow in regard to the 
 ■orthography of a language. If every one writes as he pleases, 
 we will never arrive at uniformity and systematical regularity. 
 
 There is analogy of this in the German language. The Ger- 
 mans also pronounce the letter b very often likep ; and also the 
 letter d like t, and (/like k ; in the beginning and at the end of 
 words. But when they are writing, they don't follow this cor- 
 rupted pronunciation ; they follow the orthography of their 
 books, especially of Dictionaries. 
 
 There will be some more rules and remarks, in regard to or- 
 thography, in this Grammar. I cannot explain them here ; 
 they would be entirely misplaced, if here. You will find them 
 in their due places.
 
 PART SECOND. 
 
 KTYMOLOGY. 
 
 Etymnlogy, (according to the signification of this Greek word^ 
 doctrine of the origin ofioonh,] is tliat part ofG^'ainmar, which 
 teaclies the derivations and inflections of words, and treats of the 
 different parts of speech. 
 
 Tliere are nine Farts of H-pcech in tlie Otchipwe language. I 
 will put them down here in the same order in which this Gram- 
 mar treats of them. This order difi'ers from that observed iu 
 other Grammars ; for good reasons. 
 
 The parts of speech are as follows : 
 
 1. The Substantive or Noun ; as, inini, man ; ikwe, woman); 
 wiffiwam, lodge, house ; mokoman, knife. 
 
 2. The Pronoun ; as, nin, I ; kin, thou ; unn, lie, she, it. 
 
 3. The Verb; an, nin gi git, I speak; ki nondam, thou hear- 
 est ; bimadisi, he lives. 
 
 4. The Adjective ; as, gicanatch, beautiful ; matchi, bad; oni- 
 jishin, good, fine, useful. 
 
 5. The Numbe7' ; as, midasswi, ten; nijtana, twenty; ningot- 
 wak, hundred. 
 
 6. The Preposition ; as, nmvaii, in the jnidst •,megwe, among; 
 hinisli, till. 
 
 7. The Adverb ; as, sesika, suddenly ; nihiwa, much ; gwaiak^ 
 well ; wewil), quick, fast. 
 
 8. The Conjunction ; as, gnie, and ; niissawa, althouLd) ; kish- 
 pin, if. 
 
 9. The Interjection ; as, hoi! halloo ! haw! go on ! 
 
 Remark \. This language is a language of verbs. I would al- 
 most treat of the verb in the very first chapter of Etymology^ 
 because all depends on the verb, and almost all is, or can be, 
 transformed into verbs. But the natural order requires it, to
 
 — 12 — 
 
 treat first of tlie .siihstantive or noun, wliich is the subject of the 
 verb; and then of the pronoun, wliich stands for tlie noun or 
 substantive, as the subject of the verb, and ordinarily precedes 
 it. But immediately after the noun and pronoun comes the verb, 
 wliich occupies two thirds of this Grammar. After the verb 
 comes the adjective and then the number, becau.«e these parts of 
 speech are commonly transformed into verbs. Now follows the 
 preposiiion, which is often connected with the verb, and conju- 
 gated with it ; then the adverb, which modifies the verb in vari- 
 ous manners ; and then the remaining two parts of speech. 
 
 Remark 2. There are no articles- in the Otchipwe language. 
 The words aic, iw, etc., which are sometimes placed before sub- 
 stantives, are no articles ; they are demonstrative pronouns. So, 
 for instance, aw ikwe, does not properly denote, the woman, but 
 this or that woman. 
 
 Remark 3. In the Otchipwe language, three parts of speech are 
 declinable, that i.«, they undergo changes ; the rest are indeclin- 
 able, they never change. The declinable parts of speech are the 
 first three, substantive, pronoun, verb. Substantives and pro- 
 nouns undergo a change in the plural ; and this is all their 
 change. Verbs have their various Conjugations. Adiectives 
 and numbers are indeclinable as such ; but when they are trans- 
 formed into verbs, they have their Conjugations. 
 
 • 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 OF SUBSTAXTIVES OR XOUNS. 
 
 A Substantive or Noun is the name of a person or thing, really 
 existing, or only thought, imagined. 
 
 The name of a single individual is called a proper noun ; as, 
 Watciiatan, Detroit ; Alonengwanekan, Lapolnte ; Wikwed, L'Anse; 
 Mdngosid, Loonsfoot.
 
 — 13 — 
 
 A commn7inoiin or subsfantive iH the tifuiio applied to all per- 
 sons or things of the same kind ; as, itiini, man ; ikwe, woman ; 
 mainijan, wolf; animosh, dog ; mitig, tree ; adopowin, table. 
 
 OF GENDER. 
 
 Gender is the distinction of substantives with regard to sex. 
 Almost all languages make a ditference in their articles and ad- 
 jectives, when they apply them to substantives of the three diffe- 
 rent genders, the masculine, feminine and neuter. But tlie Eng- 
 lish language employs the same article and the same adjective 
 before substantives of the three genders. And so does the Ot- 
 chipwe language. For persons and things of both sexes, and of 
 those that belong to none, the same adjective is used. F. i., 
 mino inini, a good man ; mino ikwe, a good woman ; mino ivigi- 
 wam, a good house; gwanatch kwiivisens, a beautiful boy ; gwa- 
 ndtch ikwcscns, a beautiful girl ; gicandfch masiiiaiijan. a beau- 
 tiful book. 
 
 But the Otchipwe language goes yet a step farther ; even in 
 th.e pronoun there is no distinction of gender made ; %rin signi- 
 fies he, she and it. But as the distinction of tlie two sexes is ne- 
 cessary in certain circumstances, the Otchipwe language, (like 
 other languages,) has some different icords for individual of the 
 two sexes. 
 
 Ex.\MI'LES. 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Ogima, chief or king ; ogimakwe, queen. 
 
 Inini, man ; ikive, woman. 
 
 Kwiwisens, boy ; ikwcsens, girl. 
 
 Noss, my father ; ningd, niy mother. 
 
 Ningwiss, my son ; nindaniss, my tlaughter. 
 
 Mssaie, my elder brother ; nimisse, my older sister. 
 
 Niniis/ioniiss, my grand-father ; nokomiss, my grand-mother. 
 
 And a variety of other terms of relationship, and expressions 
 of friendship.
 
 -14- 
 
 Instead of the English mode of distineui^hing the two sexeSr 
 by prefixing he to substantives for the masculine, and she for the 
 feminine sex, the Otchipwe language contrives the dietinction in 
 the following manners, viz: 
 
 1. iiy prefixing the word nahe, (male,) to sulistantives of the 
 masculine gender, and ?A:?("', (woman, female. i to those of the 
 feminine gender. F. i., nnhe-pijiki, a bull or ox ; ikic pijiki, a cow. 
 
 2. By making use of the words uahcaiaa, male being,i and ik- 
 weaiaa, (female being,i which are ordinarily placed after the sub- 
 .stantive. F. '\. , pakaakwe nabeaiaa, &coc^ ; pukaakweikici'aiaa, 
 a hen ; hehejigoganji nabeaiaa, a horse ; bebejiyogaiiji ikweaiaa,. 
 a mare. 
 
 3. By affixing to substantives of the masculine gender the 
 word inini, (man,) and to those of the feminine gender the word 
 ikice, (woman,! modifying the two words a little. F. i., anokita- 
 pftt'?H//«, a man servant ; anokitagi'kwe, a maid .servant; kiki- 
 noamagcivinini, a ^school-teacher (man); kikinoamgikice, a fe- 
 male school-teacher. They also will say : nishime inini, (or, 
 kwiwisens,) my younger brother ; nishime ikice, lor, ikiceaens,) 
 my younger sister. 
 
 Remark. Instead of the distinction of gender, there is another 
 distinction made between the substantives of the Otchipwe lan- 
 guage, which is as important, as it is difficult, and peculiar to 
 this language. It is the division of all the Otchipwe substan- 
 tives in two classes ; some are animate and some inanimate. 
 
 Animate subsiantives are called those which denote beings and 
 things that are living, or have been living, really or by acception. 
 
 Inanimate subsiantives are called those which signify things 
 that never lived. 
 
 This must be well borne in mind, as it is of great importance for 
 the correct speaking of the Otchipwe language. 
 
 The animate substantives, which denote beings that a,re realli/ 
 living, or have been so, cause no difficulty ; they are naturally 
 known, and cannot be mistaken ; as, gajagens, a cat; wawabi- 
 ganodji, a mouse ; sagime, a moscheto ; ginebig, a serpent, etc. 
 But substantives whicli signifv thines that have no life at all,.
 
 — 15 — 
 
 but which the Indians treat in their language like substantives 
 that signify living beings, create one of the greatest difficulties 
 and peculiarities of this language ; because there is no rule by 
 wfhich you could be guided to know these substantives. And 
 still it is necessary to know whether a substantive is animate or 
 inanimate, because on this distinction depends the right use and 
 inflection of the rer6 and j[>ro/touu. If you confound the verbs 
 that are used in connexion with aHmff^e substantives with those 
 that are employed with inanimate, you coniniit as big a blunder 
 in the Otchipwe language, as you would in English by saying: 
 I am, afraid of that man because she is a had man ; or, 1 love my 
 mother because he is so kind to me. 
 
 Remark. The animate substantives will always be denoted by 
 the sign an., in this Grammar as well as in the Dictionary ; and 
 the inanimaie substantives will be marked in. The same signs 
 will also be employed for the verbs that have report to animate 
 or inanimate substantives . Please remember well this remark. 
 
 Here are some of those substantives which signify things that 
 have no life, but are employed by the Indians like substantives 
 tliat sigiiity living beings : 
 
 Mitig, a tree. 
 Pakwrjii/an, bread. 
 Assin, a stone. 
 Mishimin, an apple. 
 Pingw'i, ashes. 
 Assema, tobacco. 
 Akik, a kettle. 
 Opin, a potatoe. 
 Pigiw, pitch. 
 Mikwam, ice. 
 Gon, snow. 
 
 Tashkiibodjigan, saw-mill. 
 Tchibaidtig, cross. 
 Manddmin, corn. 
 ^dbigan, clay. 
 
 Nisdkosi, a corn-ear. 
 
 Masdn, a nettle. 
 
 Sibicdgan, corn-stalk. 
 
 Nindigig, my knee. 
 
 Agig, cold, phlegm. 
 
 Gisiss, sun, moon, month. 
 
 Tibaigisisswan, watch, clock. 
 
 Migivan, leatlier, quill. 
 
 Nabdgissag, a board. 
 
 Wababigan, lime. 
 
 Opu'dgan, pipe. 
 
 Joniia, silver, money. 
 
 Assab, a net. 
 
 Ess, a shell. 
 
 Kishkibitdgan, a tobacco pouel
 
 — If, — 
 
 .V/.v/iO(/;.9/;h?h, a bean. 
 
 Jinijoh, a fir-tree. 
 
 JiiKjwak, pine-tree. 
 
 Mhi'ljikaican, a mitten, a glove. 
 
 OdiVian, a sledge. 
 
 O.sawahmi, gall, bile. 
 
 DotcKjan, a stamp, stamper. 
 
 Mndin'iijan, my shoulder-blade. 
 
 Miskiciiiuu, a ra.spberry. 
 
 Pn(janak, a walnut-tree. 
 Titihiasc-odaban, waggon, cart. Ojashukon, (tripe de roche). 
 KotaiPan, a block. Papagimak, a.sli-tree. 
 
 And a vast number of others. 
 
 To facilitate the acquirement of these substantives, animate 
 only by acception, I have marked them in the Dictionary thus : 
 an. ; and the last letter of their plural is always (j ; whereas the 
 ]ast letter of the inanimate sub-stantive.-* in the plural, is al- 
 ways n. 
 
 OF Xr.MBER. 
 
 Senihd, silk, ribbon. 
 Masinitchiyan, image. 
 Gijik, cedar. 
 Moshwe, handkerchief. 
 Joniians, a shilling. 
 Minessaga wan}, thorn. 
 Andng, a star. 
 Animiki, thunder. 
 hhkotekan, fire-steel. 
 Kitchipison, belt. 
 
 Number is that property of a substantive by which it denotes 
 one object, or more. Number is double, the singular, and the 
 plural number. 
 
 The singular number denotes only one object ; as irigiwam, a 
 lodge ; ainik, a beaver ; onagan, a plate or dish ; mokoman, a 
 knife. 
 
 The plural number expresses two or more objects; &s,jima- 
 ganishag, soldiers ; wakaiganan, houses ; anishinabeg, Indians ; 
 wagakwadon, axes. 
 
 As in every language, so also in the Otchipwe, there are many 
 substantives which, from the nature of the objects they signify, 
 have no plural ; as toioshabo, milk; sisibaktrad, sugar; kitimi- 
 tcin, laziness, etc. But there are none in this language which 
 have no singular.
 
 — 17 — 
 
 yOKMATION OF THE PI.L'RAL NUMBER. 
 
 The formation of the plural of the Otchipwe substantives is 
 somewhat difficult. We have only a few rule.s for it, which are 
 not sufficient. There are some general and some special rules. 
 
 GENERAL RULES. 
 
 Rule 1. The plural of the Otchipwe substantives is always form- 
 ed by adding to the sin.ffular a letter or a syllable. Never 
 anything is changed in the substantive itself. This is a rule 
 without exception, as well for the animate as inanimate. 
 Rule 2. The last letter of the plural of an animate substantive 
 is invariably g ; and the last letter of the plural of an inani- 
 mate substantive is always n. This rule again has no excep- 
 tion. 
 
 But the learner of this language gains little by these rules, 
 because the letters that precede this final g or n in the syllables 
 which are added to the singular, in order to form the plural, are 
 so various that we distinguish not less than ticelve different ter- 
 minations of the plural, viz : seven tor the animate, and five for 
 the inanimate. 
 
 The seven terminations of the plural of the animate substan- 
 tives are : g, ag, ig, iag,Jig, og, ivag. 
 
 The five terminations of the plural of the inanimate substan- 
 tives are : n, an, in. on, ican. 
 
 There is no general rvi]e for the formation ol' these different ter- 
 minations of the plural ; but there are some sjjecial rules which 
 will be useful to the learner. 
 
 SPECIAL RULES. 
 
 Rule 1. The animate substantives in ans, ens, ins, ons, (which 
 are always diminutives), and all the animate substantives in- 
 dicating contemjit, add always the syllable ag to the singular, 
 to form the plural.
 
 — 18 — 
 
 Ogimfiiht, a little chief, 
 Joniians, a sliilling, 
 Pakwrji(/a7is, a small cake, 
 Senibans, a small ribbon, 
 Wai/oshens, a young fox, 
 Agimens, a small snow-shoe, 
 Anishinahens, a young Indian, 
 Jish'ibens, a young duck, 
 Gijikens, a little cedar, 
 Miyisins, a young eagle, 
 Wahisins, a young swan, 
 Opinins, a small potatoe, 
 Omimins, a young pigeon, 
 Pijikins, a calf, 
 Amons, a young bee, 
 Mdngons, a young loon. 
 Mom tons, an insect, 
 Animona, a small dog, 
 Amikons, a young beaver, 
 .dA-iA-o?;.?, a small kettle, 
 Assabish, a bad net, 
 Jniniwish, a bad man, 
 Opiraganish, a bad pipe, 
 Akikosh, a bad kettle. 
 
 pi. ogimansag. 
 
 " joniuniKug. 
 
 " pakiri'jigiinsag. 
 
 " Henibflnsag. 
 
 " wfigoxheti.sag. 
 
 " agimensug. 
 
 " anishindbensag . 
 
 " jisMbensag. 
 
 " gijiknisag. 
 
 " m'lgisinsag. 
 
 •' u'ftbisinsag. 
 
 " opininsag. 
 
 " omiminsag. 
 
 " pijikinsag. 
 
 " dmonsag. 
 
 " mdngonsag. 
 
 " manitonsag. 
 
 " animonsag. 
 
 " amikonsag. 
 
 '• akikonsag. 
 
 " a^sabishag. 
 
 " ininiwishag. 
 
 •' opicdganishag . 
 
 •' akikoshag. 
 
 Some pariiciples a.\so make their plural invariably by adding 
 «(/ to the singular, as you will see in the Dubitaiive Conjugations. 
 
 Rule 2. All the animate substantives in o« and /h, add likewise 
 the syllable «</ for the plural. But when those in jh have the 
 accent on the la.<t syllable, they add /(/. (See the last two 
 words in these E.xample.*.)
 
 — 19 — 
 
 KXAMPLES : 
 
 Kitchimokoman, American , 
 Migwan, a feather or pen, 
 Tihdigisisswdn, watch, clock, 
 Awakan, slave, 
 
 Nind inaicemagan, my relative, 
 Opwdgan, pipe, 
 Masinitchignn, image, 
 Ishkotekdn, fire-steel, 
 MindjikCiwan, a mitten, 
 Webinigan, a rejected person, 
 Odabdn, a sledge, 
 Nin vfidjiioagan, my companion 
 MisJiimin, apple, 
 Nimdjdnis!iikaicin,my god-chiki 
 Manddmin, one corn, 
 Miskodissimin, a bean, 
 Opin, a potatoe, 
 Assin, a stone, 
 
 Kitchimokomanag. 
 
 niigwanag. 
 
 tibaigisisswdnag. 
 
 awakanag. 
 
 nind inawemaganag. 
 
 opwdganag. 
 
 inasin'itchiganag. 
 
 ishkotekdnag . 
 
 min djikd wanag. 
 
 webiniganag. 
 
 odabdnag. 
 
 nin icidjiwaganag. 
 
 mishiminag . 
 
 ninidjdnissikaioinag. 
 
 manddminag. 
 
 miskodhsiminag. 
 
 op'uiig. 
 
 assmig. 
 
 Rule 3. The animate substantives in d, e, i, d, * add invariably 
 iag to the singular, to form the plural. 
 
 EXAMPLES : 
 
 Senibd, a ribbon, 
 Pakdakwe, cock or hen, 
 Akiioesi, old man, 
 Gig6, fish. 
 
 pi. srnibaiag. 
 '• pakadkwHag. 
 " akiweaiiag. 
 " gigoiag. 
 
 Rule 4. All the participles of the a/prmaiife form 'which are at 
 the same time animate substantives,) add the syllable jig for 
 the plural, when their final letter is d ; but when their fiual 
 letter is g, they add ig. 
 
 ' See p. 6.
 
 — 20 — 
 
 KXAMIM.ES: 
 
 Eiiumidd, a Christian, 
 Kehinoamairind, a scholar, 
 Waidbanyed, a spectator, 
 Geglnawishkid, a liar, 
 Netd-wissviid, a great eater, 
 Neld-gikawidanij, a quareller, 
 Pesindang, a liearer, 
 Maisinuigaii waidbandang, a rea- 
 der, 
 Debendang, proprietor, owner, 
 Degwishing, arriver, comer, 
 
 pi. I'namiftdjig. 
 
 ' '. kekinnamaicindjig. 
 
 " xcaidhaiigedjig. 
 
 " geg'inuwishkidjig. 
 
 ' ' n eid- ir iss in id jig. 
 
 ' ' neta-gika ic idangig. 
 
 " pes'indangig. 
 
 " masiiuiigan tcaidbandangig . 
 
 " debendangig. 
 
 " dcgwishingig. 
 
 Rule 5. All the participles of the negative form (which are at the 
 same time animate substantives,) adi.l the syllable og for the 
 plural. 
 
 EX.VMPLES : 
 
 Enamidssig, a pagan, pi. enamidssigog . 
 
 Nebossig, an immortal, " nehossigog. 
 
 Netd-gigitossig, a dumb person, " wHa-gigitossigog. 
 
 Bemossessig, a lame person, " bemossessigog. 
 
 Rule 6. The inanimate .substantive.s in gan and icin, and like- 
 wise all inanimate diminutives in ans, ens, ins, ons, and also 
 all the inanimate substantives indicating contempt, add the 
 syllable an for the plural. 
 
 EXAMPLES : 
 
 Wakdigan, a house, 
 Wassicdgan, a. torch, 
 Mbdgan, a bed, 
 Adopoicin, a table, 
 Dodamowin, action. 
 
 pi. wakdiganan. 
 " icasswdganun. 
 " nibdganan. 
 " adupotcinan. 
 " dodamowinan.
 
 — 21 
 
 Batddowin, sin, 
 Oadgans, a small dish, 
 Apdbiwineiis, a small chair, 
 Aniiins, a small spear, 
 Biwdhilcona, a small iron, 
 Masinaiyanish, a bad hook, 
 Wigiwamish, a bad house or 
 lodge, 
 
 hatddoivinan. 
 
 ondgansan. 
 
 apdhiwinensan. 
 
 auitiiisaa. 
 
 biwdbikonsan. 
 
 masi naiganishan. 
 
 imgiwamishan. 
 
 These are all the rules I can give you for the formation of the 
 plural number of Otchipwe substantives. 
 
 Let us now consider all the twelve different terminations of the 
 plural, (that is, the letters and syllables which are addeil to the 
 singular, to form the plural,) to see the difficulty which this va- 
 riety must cause to the learner of this latiguage. 
 
 EXAMPLES OF THE TWELVE TERMIXATIOXS OF THE PLURAL OF 
 OTCHIPWE SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 1. g. 
 Anishinabe, an Indian, 
 Meme, a wood-pecker, 
 Windigo, a giant, 
 Windigokwe, a giantess, 
 Anishindbekioe, a squaw, 
 Moshwe, a handkerchief, 
 Omimi, a pigeon, 
 Animiki, thunder, 
 
 B cbcj igoga liji, 1 1 or se , 
 Manito, ghost, spirit, 
 Joniia, silver, or a piece of silver, 
 Oghna, cliief, 
 
 2. ay. 
 Wdgosh, tbx, 
 Kotawan, a block, 
 Namcbin, a sucker, 
 
 pi. anishindbeg. 
 
 " mi'meg. 
 
 " windigog. 
 
 " windigokweg. 
 
 " anishinabekweg. 
 
 " moshiceg. 
 
 " om'unig. 
 
 " animik'tg. 
 
 " bebejigoganjig. 
 
 '■ Dianitng. 
 
 " Jon Hag. 
 
 " ogimag. 
 
 pi. wugoshag. 
 
 " kofawauag. 
 
 " tiamrbinag.
 
 — 22 — 
 
 Jishib, a duck, *' 
 
 Dijiw, lynx, " 
 
 Kitrhipisnn, a belt, " 
 
 Nami'ffoss, trout, " 
 
 MisMmin, apple, " 
 Kokosh, a hog, 
 
 Manddmin, one corn, " 
 
 Jimaganish, soldier, " 
 
 Jdganash, Englishman, " 
 
 3. ig. 
 
 Jingob, fir-tree, pi. 
 
 Asshi, a stone, ^ " 
 
 Assdb, a net, " 
 
 Opin, potatoe, " 
 
 Minessaguicanj, thorn, " 
 
 Naidgafawendang, thinker, " 
 
 Netd-agoniretang, gainsayer, " 
 
 Meichi-dodang, nialetactor, •' 
 
 4. tag. 
 
 Mishikc, turtle, pi. 
 
 Wawdbigonodji. mouse, " 
 
 Assabikeshi, spider, " 
 
 EsJi}}aid. a Spaniard, " 
 
 Nijodc, a twin, " 
 
 Nissaie, my older brother, " 
 
 Nimlsse, my older sister, " 
 
 Ninddngoshe, my cousin. '' 
 
 Mindimoie, an old woman, " 
 
 Swdnganamidd,a, good Christian, pi. 
 
 Mckisiniked, shoemaker, " 
 
 Betodbikoked, a miner, " 
 
 Weddked, steersman, " 
 
 Bebdmadisid, traveller, " 
 
 Netd-nagamod, a singer, " 
 
 Kekinoamdged, teacher, " 
 
 jishihag. 
 
 bijiwag. 
 
 kitchijyisonug. 
 
 nam'gossitg. 
 
 iniah'iminag. 
 
 kokonhag. 
 
 manddminarj. 
 
 jimaganishag. 
 
 Jdganashag. 
 
 jingobig. 
 
 assiiiig. 
 
 assabig. 
 
 op'inig. 
 
 mim'ssagaicanjig. 
 
 naidga fa wen dangig. 
 
 netd-agonwetangig. 
 
 mctchi-dodangig. 
 
 mishikeiag. 
 
 wnicdbigonodj Hag. 
 
 ussabikcshliag. 
 
 Eshpaioiag. 
 
 nijodeiag. 
 
 nissaieiag. 
 
 niviisseiag. 
 
 ninddngosheiag. 
 
 mindimoieiag. 
 
 swdnganamiddjig. 
 
 mekisinikedjig. 
 
 bewdbikokedjig. 
 
 weddkedjig. 
 
 bebdmadisidjig. 
 
 netd-nagamodjig. 
 
 kekinoamdgedjig .
 
 23 
 
 Remark. The substantives of this number, with innumerable 
 others of this description, are also participles. It must be ob- 
 served that the termination jiY^^ in the plural of these words is 
 only a corruption, which is established now, and must remain. 
 Properly it ought to be ig, as above. No. 3. We ought to say : 
 Stvdnganatniadig, mckisinikedig , bewdbikokedig, etc. The In- 
 dians of Grand Portage, Fort William, and other places north of 
 Lake Superior, have conserved this genuine pronunciation. 
 6. og. 
 
 Wdbos, a rabbit, 
 
 Gisiss, sun, moon, month, 
 
 Akik, kettle, 
 
 Mitig, tree, 
 
 Alons, moose, 
 
 Andng, a star, 
 
 Nabdgissag, a board, 
 
 Enamidssig , pagan, 
 
 EnokU.'iig, idler, sluggard, 
 
 Mniikivessig, a sober person, 
 
 7. wag. 
 Jnini, man, 
 Ikwe, woman, 
 Amik, beaver, 
 Pij'iki, ox, cow, 
 Nami', a sturgeon, 
 At'ik, a rein-deer, 
 Mlgisi, eagle, 
 Wanagck, bark, 
 Aiikamrg, white fish, 
 Jingwdk, pine tree. 
 Bine, a partridge, 
 Wawdshkeshi, deer, 
 Anjeni, angel, 
 Wemitigoji, Frenchman, 
 
 8. n.. 
 Abwt, a paddle. 
 
 pi. wabosog. 
 
 " gisi.^sog. 
 
 " akikog. 
 
 " mitigog. 
 
 " monsog. 
 
 " andngog. 
 
 " nabdgissagog. 
 
 " enamidssigog. 
 
 " enokUsigog. 
 
 " menikwessigog. 
 
 pi. 
 
 inimwag . 
 
 ikioewag. 
 
 amtkwag. 
 
 pijikiwag. 
 
 namewag. 
 
 atikwag. 
 
 migisiwag. 
 
 wanagckwag . 
 
 aVikamegwag. 
 
 jtngwdkwag. 
 
 binewag. 
 
 wawdshkeshiwag. 
 
 anjeniwag ; (also anjenig.) 
 
 wemitigojiwag. 
 
 pi. abwin.
 
 — 24 — 
 
 Anwt, a liall, bullet, 
 An...., thing...., 
 
 9. an. 
 Wadjiw, mountain, 
 Omadai, bottle, 
 Kificfan, garden, field, 
 Nis'id, niy foot, 
 Sakuon, a cane, 
 Tchiindn, a canoe, 
 Ndbikwdn, vessel, 
 Jimdgan, a lance, 
 Apdbiwin, chair, bench, 
 MasinCdgan, book, paper, 
 
 10. in. 
 Ami, fi.?h-.spear, 
 Abdj, a lodge-pole, 
 Nac/welah, rainbow, 
 Mit'igwah, a bow, 
 
 11. on. 
 Gijigad, day, 
 Tibikad, night, 
 
 A namiewigamig, ch urch , 
 Anindtig, maple-tree, 
 
 Wdwan, egg, 
 
 Wdgdkwad, axe, 
 Makak, box, 
 
 12. wan. 
 Sibi, river, 
 Mashk'iki, medicine, 
 Odena, village, town, 
 Wdbashkiki, swamp, 
 
 " anioln. 
 
 " aiin. 
 
 pi. wadjiwan. 
 
 " ornodaian. 
 
 " kilignnan. 
 
 " ni.Hidan. 
 
 " .sakdonan. 
 
 " tchimdnan. 
 
 " ndbikwanan. 
 
 " jimdganau. 
 
 " apdbiwinan. 
 
 " masindiganan- 
 
 " anifin. 
 
 " abdjin. 
 
 " nagiceiabin. 
 
 " mitigwdbin. 
 
 pi. gijigadon. 
 
 " tibikadon. 
 
 " anamieicigamigon. 
 
 " anindtigon, 
 
 " tcdicanon. 
 
 " wdgdkicadon. 
 
 " makakon. 
 
 pi. sibiwan. 
 
 " mashk'ikiican. 
 
 " odenawan. 
 
 " tcdbashkikiican. 
 
 By considering this great variety of terminations of the plural, 
 you will perceive ihat there is no general rule to be established 
 for its formation. It must be learned from usage. iSee P.emai-klf 
 in the beginning of Chapter III, in regard to the fniiiative voicel.\
 
 — 25 — 
 
 To facilitate the study of the Otcliijjwe languajre also in this 
 respect,! have marked in the Dictionary tiie plural of all the 
 substantives of this language, whicli are susceptible of it. 
 
 FORMATION OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 The Utchipwe language is a language of verbs. Verbs are 
 more frequently used than substantives. Where other languages 
 will employ a substantive, the Otchipwe language uses a verb. 
 Substantives are often changed into verbs, as are also other 
 parts of speech ; and from verbs niany substantives are formed. 
 There are some invariable Hides for this formation, which you 
 will find explained here. You will better understand these rules 
 after the perusal of the long Chapter of Verbs ; but we must put 
 them here, because they belong to the Chapter of Substantives, 
 
 RULES FOR THE FORMATION OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 Rule 1. By adding the syllable win to the third person singular,, 
 present, indicative, aflfirmativeform, of a verb belonging to the 
 I. Conjugation, you will have its substantive. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 OJibiige, he writes ; 
 Jawendjige, he is charitalde ; 
 Dibaamuge, he pays ; 
 Dibdkoiiige, he judges ; 
 
 Sdgiitve, lie loves ; 
 Gimi, he deserts ; 
 Gimudi, he steals ; 
 Kitimi, he is lazy ; 
 Anwenindiso, he repents ; 
 Gigito, he speaks ; 
 
 ojibiigewin , writ i ng. 
 Jawendjigeioin, charity, grace. 
 dibaamdgewin, payment {given.) 
 dibdkonigewin, ]i\dgment {held, 
 
 pronounced.) 
 sdgiiweioin, love. 
 gimiwin , desertion . 
 gimodiwin, stealing, theft. 
 kitimi win, laziness. 
 an wenindisowin, repentance. 
 gigitowiny speaking, discourse. 
 
 Rule 2. By changing the la.st syllable, wag, of the third jierson^ 
 plural, present, indicative, of a verbcalled "communicative," 
 into %oin, you will lurin its substantive.
 
 — 2f. — 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Migddhcag, they fight ; migadiwin, figliting, war. 
 
 Dibaamadmag , they are paid dibaamddiivin, a general pay- 
 together; ment. 
 
 Gikdndiwag, they quarrel ; Gikdndiwiii, quarrel. 
 
 Gandnidiwag, they speak to ganonidiwin, coiiver.'iation. 
 each other ; 
 
 Jingenindiwag, they hate each jingenindiwin, hatred, 
 other ; 
 
 Rule 3. Add to the first person, singular, present, passive voice, 
 ofa verb belonging to the IV Conjugation, the syllable rein, 
 and you will have its substantive. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nin dibaamdgo, I am paid ; dibaamdgowin, payment {re- 
 
 ceived.) 
 
 Nin dibdkonigo, I am judged ; dibdkonigowin, judgment {un- 
 dergone.) 
 
 Nin kikinoamdgo, I am taught ; kikinoamdgowin, instruction ire- 
 
 ceived. ) 
 
 Mn minigo, I am given ; minigowin, gift {received.) 
 
 Rule 4. Change the final g of the third person, plural, present, 
 indicative, of the verbs belonging to the II and III Conjuga- 
 tions into win, and you will have their substantives. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Dodamog, they do ; dodnmowin, doing, action. 
 
 Kashkendamog, tliey are sad ; kanhkendamoicin, sadness, sor- 
 row. 
 Segendamog, the}- are afraid ; segendaniowin, fear. 
 Ozdmidonog, they speak too osdniidunoivin, too much speak- 
 much ; ing.
 
 — 27 — 
 
 Rule 5. Add the syllable win to the third person, singular, pre- 
 sent, indicative, negative forna, ending in i, of the verbs of the 
 first three Conjugations, and you will have their substantives. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Kawin minikwessi, he does not minikwessiwin, temperance. 
 
 drink ; 
 Kavnn\nitd-gigitossi,\ie cannot nitd-gigitossiwin, dumbness. 
 
 speak ; 
 Kawin hahdmitansi, he does not hdbamitansiwin, disobedience. 
 
 obey ; 
 
 Rule 6. Change the final e of the verbs ending in ige or djige, 
 into an, and you will form names of tools, implements, etc. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nin pakiteige,lsir\kG; pakiteigan, hammer. 
 
 Nin tchigataige, I sweep ; tchigataigan, broom. 
 
 Nin tchigigaige, I square tim- tchigigaigan, broad axe. 
 ber ; 
 
 Nin kishktbodjtge, I saw kichkibodjigan, hand-saw or 
 (across.) log-saw. 
 
 Nin tdshkibodjige,! s&w {&\ox\^.] tdshk'ibodjigan, pit-saw or a 
 
 saw-mill. 
 
 Nin mokodjige, I am cutting mokodjigun, plane, drawing- 
 wood (with a knife.) knife. 
 
 Nin hissibodjige, I grind ; bissibodjigan, corn-mill. 
 
 Rule 7. Change the final e of the verbs called " Working Verbs," 
 (which you will find in the article: " Formation of Verbs," af- 
 ter all the Conjugations ;) change this e in an, and you will 
 Ibrm substantives denoting i\\<i place where the work signified 
 by the working verb, is going on.
 
 — 28 — 
 
 EXAMI'I.KS. 
 
 Nmd akahanji'kc, ' I burn coal ; akakanji'kan, the place wliere 
 
 a coal pit is burning, or ha!* 
 been ho. 
 7Vz7ijfomwa6c'A;e, I make wine ; jominfihokan, the place where 
 
 they make wine, (vineyard.) 
 Nin sisibdkwadokc, I make sisihnkii-uflokan, .«ugar-camp, 
 
 sugar ; sugar-bush. 
 
 Nin biwubikoke, I make ipro- biwabikokan, the place where 
 duce) iron; they produce iron, an iron- 
 
 mine. 
 Ninmiskwdhikoke, I make (pro- TJiwAwafezA-oAaH, a copper-mine, 
 duce) copper ; 
 
 BuLE 8. Some verbs ofthelVConj. form animate substantives 
 by adding gan to the first person singular. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nindinaioema, heisarela- nind inawemai/an, my relative. 
 
 tion of mine. 
 
 Nin widigema, I am married nin icidigemagan, my hu.-band, 
 
 to him, (her.) (wife.) 
 
 Nin widjiwa, I accompany nin widjiwagan, my companion. 
 
 him, (her.) 
 
 Remark. In regard to the substantives formed according to the 
 first and third of the above rules, you will please to bear in mind, 
 that those which have e before the end-syllable tcin, signify an 
 action done or doing ; and those that have o before irin, mark 
 the effect receired from an action. It is important to mind this 
 difference. In English there is no difference in the words of both 
 kinds, (as you will see in the following examples,) but in the 
 Otchipwe language the difterence is material. 
 
 * The letter n is scarcely beard in this word.
 
 — 29 — 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nm dibaamdgewin, my pay- 7iiii dibaamdgowin, my pay- 
 ment, (made by me ;) merit, {received by me.) 
 
 Ki dihdkonigewin, thy judg- ki dibdkoniijowin, thy judg- 
 ment, (made by thee ;) ment, [undergone by thee.) 
 
 kikinnamdgeicin, his instruc- kikinoamdgowin. his instruc- 
 tion, [given by him ;) tion, (^received by him.) 
 
 Nin loindamagewin, my report, nin windamdgoivin, my report, 
 narration, [given by me ;) narration, [heard by me.) 
 
 Ki gdssiamagewin, thy remis- ki gdssiamdgowin, thy remis- 
 sion, [granted by thee ;) sion, [received by thee.) 
 
 pakiteigeioin, his beating, pakitcigowin, his beating, 
 [done by him ;) (^received by him.) 
 
 And a great number of other words of this description, which 
 are not all in the Dictionary, because they can be easily obtain- 
 ed, from the respective verbs, by the learner himself. 
 
 FORMATION OF TERMS OF CONTEMPT. 
 
 There is yet another formation, or rather transformation, of 
 substantives, which must be mentioned in the Otchipwe Gram- 
 mar. 
 
 By adding one of the syllable, isJi, ash, or ivish, to a substan- 
 tive, they transform it into an expression of contempt. 
 
 Here are the Ihdes for this transformation. 
 Rule 1. The animate substantives that make their plural by 
 
 adding ag, ig, or iag ; and the inanimate that form the plural 
 
 by adding an, or in; take ish for the case of contempt. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Stibsfaniives. Plural. Contempt. 
 
 Kwiwi'iens, a boy ; kwiwisensag, kwiwisensish, a bad 
 
 boy. 
 Jkwesens, a g\r\ ; ikivesensag, ikwesensish, a bad 
 
 girl.
 
 — 30 — 
 
 Substantives. Plural. 
 
 Ninidjaniss, my child ; ninidjanissag, 
 
 Assdh, a net ; 
 Assin, a stone ; 
 
 Ahinodji, a child ; 
 
 Akiicesi, an old man 
 
 Mokoman, a knife ; 
 
 Mojwdgan, scissors ; 
 
 Mitigwah, a bow ; 
 
 Anit, a spear ; 
 
 assdbig, 
 assinig, 
 
 abinodjiiag, 
 
 akiwesUag, 
 
 mokomanan, 
 
 mojwaganan, 
 
 mitigwdbin, 
 
 anitiny 
 
 Contempt. 
 
 nin idjan i.t.sis h, ni y 
 
 had cliild. 
 assabisk,au old net. 
 as-sinish, a had, unfit 
 
 stone. 
 abinodjilsh, a had 
 
 child. 
 akncesiish, a had old 
 
 man. 
 mokomanish, a bad 
 
 knife. 
 mojicaganish, had 
 
 scissors. 
 mitigu-atjish, a bad 
 
 old how. 
 anitish, a bad, unfit 
 
 spear. 
 
 Rule 2. The animate substantives that form their plural by 
 adding og, or wcf//, (when these latter terminate in a consonant 
 in the singular,) and the ?'«a?jma<ethat make their plural in on. 
 take osh for the case of contempt. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Substantives. 
 Ndbagissag, a board ; 
 
 Plural, 
 nabagissagog. 
 
 Contempt, 
 nabagissagosh, a bad 
 rotten board. 
 
 Mitig, a tree ; 
 Akik, a kettle ; 
 
 mitigog, 
 akikog, 
 
 mitigosh, a bad tree. 
 akikosh, a bad old 
 kettle. 
 
 Anang, a star ; 
 Amik, beaver ; 
 
 anangog, 
 amikicag. 
 
 anangosh, a bad star. 
 amikosh, a bad bea- 
 
 Jingicak 'pine ; 
 
 jingtcakwag, 
 
 ver. 
 jingicakosh, a bad 
 pine.
 
 — 31 
 
 Substantives. 
 Gag, a porcupine ; 
 
 Nishkinjig, my eye ; 
 
 Makdk, a box ; 
 Wdwan, an egg ; 
 
 Rule 3. The animate substantives that make tlieir plural by ad- 
 ding g, or wag, (when these latter terminate in a vowel in the 
 singular ;) and the inanimate that forin the plural by adding' 
 wan ; take wish for the case of contempt. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Contempt. 
 
 gagwag, 
 
 gagosh, a bad porcu- 
 
 
 pine. 
 
 nishkinjigon. 
 
 nishkinjigosh , w\y 
 
 
 bad eye. 
 
 makakon, 
 
 makakosh, a bad box. 
 
 wawanon, 
 
 wawanosh, a bad 
 
 
 spoiled egg. 
 
 
 Ex.VMPI.ES. 
 
 
 Substantives. 
 
 Plural 
 
 Contempt. 
 
 Ogima, a chief ; 
 
 ogimag. 
 
 ogimaw7sh,h had 
 chief 
 
 Wemitlgojikwe, 
 Frenchwoman; 
 
 wemitigojik- 
 weg, 
 
 wemitigojikwe- 
 icish, a bad 
 Frenchwoman. 
 
 Anishinabe, Indian ; 
 
 1 
 
 unishinaheg. 
 
 anishinabeicish, a 
 bad Indian. 
 
 Inini, a man ; 
 
 ininiwag. 
 
 ininiwish, a bad, 
 wicked man. 
 
 Pijiki, an ox ; 
 
 pijikiuHtg, 
 
 pijikiwis1i,a. bad 
 ox. 
 
 Sihi, a river ; 
 
 sibiwan, 
 
 sibiwish, a bad 
 river. 
 
 Odena, a village ; 
 
 odenawan, 
 
 odenawish, a bad 
 village. 
 
 Remark 1. In the fir.^t three words of the above examples, viz : 
 Kwiwisensish , ikioesensish, ninidjanissish ; and in the diminu- 
 tives, which all end in sisli, when expressing contempt, this sish 
 is pronounced shish. But nevertheless we must grammatically
 
 — 32 — 
 
 take it for .s/.s7(. Tlie pronunciation .shish i? only a corruption. 
 So also, for instance, will a common speaker of the Englisii 
 language pronounce, s/iO//.v/t s/jg ; but it ought to be, says she. 
 And Canadians will say, II va checker, (it will dry ;) instead of 
 saying, 11 va sccher. 
 
 Remark 2. The plural of all the animate substantives indicat- 
 ing contempt, is invariably formed by adding a^to the singular ; 
 and the plural of the inanimate by adding an. F. i., Kwiwisen- 
 sish, kwiwisensishay. Mitigosh, mitif/oskag. Ininiicish, inini- 
 ivishag. Mokomanish, mokomanishan. Makakosh, makakoshan. 
 Sibiioish, Sibiwishan, etc. 
 
 Retnark 3. There are a few inanimate substantives denoting 
 4;onteinpt, which make an exception from the above Rule 1. 
 They take ash, instead ot'ish ; as, nisid, my foot; pi. nisidan ; 
 nisidash, my bad foot. Nihid, my tooth ; pi. nibidan ; nibidash, 
 my bad tooth. Mashkimod, a bag; pi. mashkimodan ; mashki- 
 .7?<of?«.>>7i, a bad bag ; etc. Abwi, paddle; makes abwish ; anwi, 
 a ball ; anwish. 
 
 Remark 4. It must, however, be observed, that these tenns 
 implying contempt, are not always intended, nor taken, for con- 
 tempt. They are sometimes expressions of humility, and at other 
 times they are caressing terms . 
 
 So, for instance, an Indian speaking to you, will mention all 
 that belongs to him, in those terms denoting contempt ; but 
 only by modesty and humility. He will call his wife, nin min- 
 dimoiemish ; his children, niyiidjanissishag ; his lodge or 
 house, nin wigiwamish ; \\\s canoe, nin ichimanish ; his lug- 
 gage, nind aiimishan, etc. 
 
 And a squaw, for instance, caressing her little son, will say: 
 Ningwissensish ! wngwissensish ! {ningicissens, signifies, my 
 little son.) And caressing her little daughter she will repeat : 
 Mndauissensish ! nindanissensish ! [nindanissens, means : my 
 little dauchter.)
 
 — 33 — 
 
 FORMATION' OF DIMIXUTIVE SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 The Otcliipwe language is very rich in diminutive substan- 
 tives. They are formed from common substantives by the an* 
 nexation of SIX different terminations. These terminations are: 
 ■s, 7is, ens, ins, ons, teens. 
 
 Here are the Rtdes for the formation of the diminutives. 
 
 Rule 1. The termination sis attaclied to substantives, animate 
 and inanimate, that end in gan, without an accent ; iifganhas 
 an accent, the substantive belongs to Rule 3, as, Kitigdn, kiti- 
 gdnens.) The animate make their plural in ag, the inanimate 
 in an. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Substantives. Plural. Diminutives. 
 
 Masinitchigan, masinitchiga- masinitchigans, a little 
 
 image ; nag ; image. 
 
 Opwdgan , a i)\Y)Q ; opivaganag ; opwagans, a small 
 
 pipe. 
 Botdgan, i\ aXdiin^; hotaganag ; hotaguns, a small 
 
 stamp. 
 B\minigan,Sin ?LUgei- \ himiniganan ; himiin'gans, a gimlet. 
 Masindigan, a book ; masinaiganan ; masinuigans, a small 
 
 book. 
 £ij'apikisigan,n, fitovc ; kijapikisiganan ; kijapikisiga7is,a.iiu\s\U 
 
 stove. 
 
 Rule 2. Tiie termination ns is added to the animate substantives 
 that form their i)lural by adding g, iag, or wag, (when the.se 
 latter terminate in a vowel in the singular) ; and to the inani- 
 mate that add n for the plural.
 
 — 34 — 
 
 EXAMIM.KS. 
 
 Siibstandces 
 Ogimd, a chief; 
 
 Plural. iJiminutites. 
 
 ogimug ; ogimdns, a 8 mall or 
 
 young chief. 
 Makwd, a. hear ; Makwag ; mukwdns, (pron. 
 
 mdkons), a young 
 bear. 
 Wissakodekioe,&ha\f-hrQe(\. loissakodekweg ; wissakodekwens, a 
 woman ; young halt-breed 
 
 woman. 
 oshkinaweg ; oshkinaicens, a 
 small young man. 
 Ni.ih imeiag ; nishimens, my small 
 young br.or .«ister. 
 pakaakweiag ; pakaakweiiSfChicken. 
 pijikiwag ; pijikins, a. calf. 
 migisiicag ; migi.sins, a young 
 eagle. 
 Wemitigoji, a Fronchman ; Wemitigojiwag; \\'emiiigojins,a,yowag 
 
 Frenchman. 
 i46m, a paddle ; abicin ; dbwins, a .*mall 
 
 paddle. 
 Anioi, a ball ; anicin; amcins, a small 
 
 'ball, shot.- 
 
 Rule 3. The termination ens is annexed to those animate sub- 
 stantives that form their plural by adding ag ; and tho.«e inr 
 animaie that add an in the plural ; e.xcept the animate and in- 
 animate substantives ending in the singular in yan, without 
 an accent, whicli belong to Rule 1, a.s above. 
 
 Oshkinawe, a young man ; 
 
 Nishime, my younger bro- 
 ther ; 
 Pakadkwc, a hen ; 
 Pijiki, an (>x, or cow ; 
 Migisi, an eagle ; 
 
 Suhstaniiren. 
 Jdganasli, an English- 
 man : 
 
 Ex.\MPLES. 
 
 Plural ■ 
 Jaganasliag ; 
 
 Diminutirex. 
 Jaganaf/ienf, a little 
 En^lishnian.
 
 — 35 — 
 
 Substantives. 
 Kokosh, a pig ; 
 
 Plural, 
 kokoshag ; 
 
 Mtgwaii, a pen, feather ; mlgwanag 
 
 Kitigan, a fiehl ; 
 Mitchikda, a fence ; 
 
 kltigauan ; 
 mitchikanan 
 
 Bodawan, a chimney ; bodaivanan 
 
 Diminutives, 
 kokoshens, a young 
 
 pig- 
 migwanens, a small 
 
 feather. 
 kitigdnens, a garden. 
 mitchikanens, a small 
 
 fence. 
 bodawaiiens, a small 
 chimney. 
 
 Rule 4. The termination ins is attached to the animate substan- 
 tives that make their plural in ig ; and to the inanimate that 
 make it in in. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Substantives. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Diminutives. 
 
 Assin, a stone; 
 
 assinig ; 
 
 assinins, a little stone. 
 
 Assab, a net ; 
 
 assabig ; 
 
 assabins, a small net. 
 
 Ojrin, a potatoe ; 
 
 opinig ; 
 
 opinins, a small po- 
 tatoe. 
 
 AbdJ'a lodge-pole ; 
 
 abajin ; 
 
 abajins,ii small lodge- 
 pole. 
 
 Ami, a spear ; 
 
 anitin ; 
 
 anitins, a little spear. 
 
 Ri'LE 5. The tormi nation o».s' is added to iho animate substan- 
 tives that furni tlieir plural by adding og, or tcag (when the.^e 
 latter terminate in a consonant in the singular,) and to the 
 inanimate that make the jilural in on. 
 
 Substantives. 
 Andng, a star ; 
 
 EXAMI'LES. 
 
 Plural, 
 nnnngog : 
 
 Akik, a kettle ; akikng ; 
 
 Ginebig, a serpent, snake ; ginvbigog ; 
 
 Diniinulives. 
 anatigo7is,& small star 
 
 (asterisk.) 
 akikons, a small kettle. 
 ginebigons, a young 
 snake.
 
 36 — 
 
 Stibstaniives. 
 Jinffic'ik, a pine-tree ; 
 
 At'ik, a rein-ileer ; 
 
 Ajihik, a rock ; 
 WiKjakicad, an axe ; 
 
 Makak, a box ; 
 
 Plural. 
 
 jingicakicatj ; 
 
 atikwag ; 
 
 ajibikon ; 
 icagakicadon 
 
 makakon ; 
 
 Diminutites. 
 jiiujicakons, a young 
 
 pine-tree. 
 atikonn, a young rein- 
 deer. 
 riJifjikons,a small rock. 
 icaijakicadons, a .amall 
 
 axe. 
 makakons, a ginall box. 
 
 Rule 6. The termination icens is attached to the inanimate sub- 
 .<tantives which make their plural by adding wan ; as, odena, 
 a village ; odenaican ; odenavcens, a small village, etc. 
 For the^^?«raZ of the diminutives, see pages 17 and 20. 
 
 OF THE C.\SES OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 Case, in the grammatical language, is the position or slate of 
 a substantive, with regard to other words in the same sentence. 
 
 The Otchipwe substantives have /bwr cases, viz: the Nomina- 
 tice. Possessive, Objective, and Vocative. 
 
 The Nominative denotes simply the name of a person or thing, 
 or the subject of the verb. Examples of the nominative case are 
 all the substantives of the Dictionary, from the first to the last. 
 
 The Objective denotes the object of some action or relation. It 
 does not differ from the nominative in its construction, except 
 in the third person of the personal pronouns, where the nomi- 
 native is win, winawa, he, she, it, they ; and the objective is o, 
 him, her, it, them. 
 
 The Posse3.nve expresses the relation of properly or posses- 
 sion. This possessive case is expressed in Otchipwe by putting 
 o or od between the two substantives, of which one corresponds 
 to the English nominative, and the other to the possessive. The 
 position of the two substantives is the same as in English ; the 
 possessive comes first, and then the nominative; and instead of 
 the letter s with an apostrophe before it, which is put in English 
 between the possessive and the nominative, we put in Otchipwe
 
 or od, (wliicli properly signifies his or her.) We put o before* 
 nominatives that begin with a consonant, and od before those 
 that begin with a vowel. But sometimes this o is inseparably 
 connected with the possessive, and sometimes changed into if. 
 (This will be better understood after the study of the possessive 
 pronoun.) 
 
 EXAMPLES OF THE POSSESSIVE CASE. 
 
 Nin gi-bidoii John o masinaigan, I have brought John's book. 
 
 Anindi noss o sakaon ? where is my father's cane ? 
 
 A7 widigemagan od inavccmaganan, thy wife's relatives. 
 
 Nin wi-gishpinadon kissaie o icakuigan, I will buy thy brother's 
 
 house. 
 Meno-ijiwebisid inini od inendamowinan, a good man's thoughts. 
 Kitchi ogimd ogwissan gi-nibowan, the King's son is dead. 
 Kikinoamdgewinini wiwan dkosiwan, the school teacher's wife is 
 
 sick. 
 Nissaie o ichimdn, my brother's canoe. Kimisseod anakan, thy 
 
 sister's mat, Noss odassabin, my father's nets. 
 Aw inini ojisheian, that man's grand children. 
 
 The Vocative is used in calling persons or other objects. It is 
 "louble, singular and plural. 
 
 The vocative in the singular number is only employed in call- 
 ing proper names, or terms of relationship. Other substantives 
 are not susceptible of this vocative ; or rather, their vocative is 
 like the nominative. They undergo no^change in the vocative. 
 
 I. RULES FOR THE FORMATION OF THE VOCATIVE SIXGCLAR. 
 
 Rule 1. Proper names of women, ending in Arice, reject the two 
 last letters, w and e, to form the vocative. F. i. Gijigokrce, 
 voc. Gijigok ! — Windigokwe, voc. Windigok ! Ogakwe, voc. 
 Ogdk .' — Nodinokwe, voc. Nodinok ! Otaicdkice, voc. Oiavcak ! 
 
 Rule 2. The proper names of men and women, ending in a 
 vowel, cut ott' this vowel for the vocative. F. i. Nijode, voc. 
 Nijod ! — Abinodji voc. Abinodj.
 
 — 38 — 
 
 KuLE 3. Terms of ri'latioiishij), ciiding in a vowel, reject tliiy 
 
 vowel, to form tlie vocative. /*'. i. Niia, my brother-in-law ! 
 [ voc. nit I — Nijishc, my uncle, (my mother's brother,) voc. 
 
 tiijish ! — Ninoshe (or nimviuhe,) my aunt, (my mother's eieter,) 
 
 "oc. niiiosh ! or ninwish ! — Ninyd, my motiier, voc. ning ; 
 
 (They say more commonly, ninge !) 
 
 Exceptions. — Nimishome, my uncle, (my father's brother,) 
 makes nimishd ! — Ninddngwe, my sister-in-law, or my friend, (a 
 female speaking to a female,) does not change in the vocative, 
 ninddngive ! — Nidji, mv friend, (a male .-peaking to a male,) 
 makes likewise 7iidji .' 
 
 For the terms of relationship, ending in a consonant, there is 
 no general rule for the formation of the vocative. Some of them 
 make their vocative like tlie nominative ; as Ningwiss, ni}- son, 
 voc. ningwiss ! — Ninddniss, my daughter, voc. ninddniss ! — 
 Mnidjaniss, my child, voc. ninidjaniss ! Nikdniss, my brother, 
 my friend, voc. nikdniss ! — Ninsigoss, my aunt, (my father's 
 sister,) voc. ninsigoss ! — Nindojim, n\y step-son, voc. nindojim! 
 — Some of these terms form the vocative in a peculiar manner ; 
 as : Nimishomiss, ray grand-father, voc. nimisho — Nokomiss, my 
 grand-mother, voc. ?ioA'o .' — Noss,n\\ father, voc. nnsse! — (The 
 Indians of Grand Portage, Fort William, and other places in the 
 north, say noss ! instead of nosse .') 
 
 The vocative in the plural number is used for substantives 
 .animate and inanimate, after the following rules. 
 
 II. RULES FOR THE FORMATION OF THE VOCATIVE PLURAL. 
 
 a. For animate substantives. 
 
 KuLE 1. Substantives ending in d,e, t, 6, add idog for the vo- 
 cative plural. F. i. Akiwesi, an old man, voc. akiwi'siidog .' — 
 Abinodji; a child, voc. abinodjiidog ! — Gigo, a fish, voc. gi- 
 gdidog ! — Pakadkws, a cock, \oc. pakadkweidog ! 
 
 Rule 2. Substantives ending in the plural in ag or ?ra(7, change 
 ag into idog, to form the vocative, F. i. Nind inatcemaganag, 
 my relations, voc. itind inawemaganidog ! — Jimaganishag,
 
 — 39 — 
 
 soldiers, \oc. jimuyanishidog ! — Kwiwismsag, boys, voc. kwi- 
 wisensidog ! — Ikwesensag, girls, voc. ikivesensidog .' — Inini- 
 iimg, men, voc. ininiwidog ! — Ikwewag, women, \oc. ilcweici- 
 dog ! — Pijikiwag, oxen, voc. pijikiwidog ! 
 
 Rule 3. Substantives ending in the plural in g, ig, or og, change 
 the final ^into dog. F. i. Anishindbeg, Indians, voc. Anishind- 
 hedog ! — Ogimdg, chiefs, voc. ogimddog ! Andngog, stars, voc. 
 andiigodog ! — Wahosog, rabbits, voc. icabnsodog ! — Opinig, 
 potatoes, voc. opinidog ! — As.'iahig, nets, voc. u.s.sahidog ! 
 
 Rule 4. Substantives with possessive pronouns change their 
 last syllable nig into dog. F. i. Nind ogimaminanig, our 
 chiefs, voc. nind ogimaniinadog ! — Nikdnissinanig, our friends, 
 our brethren, voc. nikdnissinadog ! — Nin ividjiivuganinanig, 
 our companions, voc. ninwidjiwdganinadog ! — Nind inaioema- 
 ganinanig, our relations, voc. nind inawcntaganinadog ! 
 
 h. For inanimate suhsfaniires. 
 
 Inanimate substantives have a proper vocative plural in the 
 rhetorical figure of Apostrophe, where inanimate objects are ad- 
 dressed like animate beings. There are two rnlos for the for- 
 mation of this vocative. 
 
 Rule 1. Inanimate substantives ending in the plural iu an, 
 change this an intoidog, to form the vocative plural. F. i., 
 Masindiganan, books ; voc. masindiganidog ! Matcki himudi- 
 siwinan, bad lives, (bad habits ;) vocative, matchi himddisi- 
 winidog ! 
 
 Rule 2. Inanimate sub.stantives ending in the plural in in or 
 on, change their final » \ntodog. F. i., MHigtcdbin, bows; 
 voc. mitigwabidog ! Nagiceiabin, rainbows ; voc. nagicciabidog .' 
 Otchibikon, roots; voc. otchibikodog ! 
 
 Remark. Substantives which are at the .same {'nm^ participles, 
 form their vocative, singular and plural, according to the para- 
 digms of the different Conjugations, (as you will see in the Chap- 
 
 4
 
 — 40 — 
 
 ter of Verbs.) F. i., Enamiad, a cliristian ; voc cnamiaian ! 
 cliristian ! enamiaieg ! ye chri.MtiaiiH ! Enamiassig , a pagan I 
 voc. cnamiassiwan I pagan ! enmniassiwcg ! ye pagans ! 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 OF PRONOUNS. 
 
 A Pronoun, a^ denoted by it,^ very appellation, i.-* a word ueed 
 for a nonn, or instead of a noun or sub.^tantive, to avoid the too 
 frequent repetition of tlie same word. Thi.s is the rea.son why it 
 follows here ininiediately after the substantive. And it is ordin- 
 arily placed immediately before the verb in the sentence. This 
 is the reason why it precedes immediately the vei'h in this 
 Grammar. 
 
 There are five distinct sorts or classes of pronouns in the Ot- 
 chipwe Grammar, viz ; Personal, Possessive, Demonstrative, In- 
 terrogative, and Indefinite pronouns. Wi; shall now consider 
 «ach of these difterent classes of pronouns, respecting tlieir in- 
 iiectious and peculiar use. 
 
 I. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 Personal Pronouns are those which designate the three per- 
 sons ; the /?rs< person, or the speaker; the second person, or 
 the one spoken to ; the third person, that is, the person or thing 
 .spoken of. 
 
 SCHEME OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 {sing. nin, I, me, -| 
 
 f 7iin, or k-i, / "'^' "^' 
 
 ^ ■ \ Jiinaicind, or kinawitid, 
 
 ( sing. ki, or kin, thou, thee. 
 
 Sec. person : s i ? • 7 • 
 
 ^ i plur. kinarca, ki, you, 
 
 ^, , f pi'ig- W», he, she, it,) 0, him, her, it, them, 
 
 Thd person : < y 
 
 (. plur. winaica, thev, J [objective case.)
 
 Remark 1. To the pronouns nin and ki, a euphonical d i.s at- 
 tached, when the following verb commences with a vowel ; as, 
 nindija,! go; kid anoki, thou workest ; nind inendamin,\\Q 
 think ; kid inoica, yon toll him, etc. 
 
 There are analogous cases of such euphonical letters also in 
 other languages. In French the letter t is inserted between the 
 verb and pronoun in some instances to avoid a cacophonical 
 accumulation of vowels ; as, y en a-t-il? aime-i-on ? etc. There 
 is another analogy to our case in the Italian language. When 
 the conjunctions eand'o, and the preposition a are followed bv 
 a word beginning with a vowel, a euphonical d is attached to 
 them ; as voi ed io stesso ; io od ogni altro ; ad un certo passo... . , 
 etc. There are also in the Chapter of Yerljs some such interpo- 
 sitions of the euphonical d, [od, ged-, gad-.) 
 
 It must, however, be observed, that this d, although generally 
 used, may also sometimes be omitted. We may say : Mi ge-iji- 
 webak, instead of mi ged-ijiwebak, so it will happen. Mi ge-ing, 
 so it will be, or be it so. Mi ato ge-ijad, this one will go. In 
 the Otajf'a dialect the euphonical (Z is more frequently omitted 
 than in the Otcliipwe. 
 
 As we are speaking of euphonical letters, we must mention 
 one more, which is used in this language. It is the letter i, 
 which is sometimes prefixed to the particles go, ko, na, and sa, 
 and to the conjunctions dash and gaie, when the word preceding 
 them, ends in a consonant, to avoid a disagreeable crowd of con- 
 sonants ;as, ivin igo, he himself, odinan iko, he uses to tell him ; 
 ki nondaw ina ? dost thou ; hear me ? ki kikendass isa, thou 
 art learned ; nongom idash, but now ; nin igaie, I also. But it 
 must again be observed, that the interposition of this euphoni- 
 cal i is not absolutely necessary ; and I remarked among the In- 
 dians , that it is more usual in some places than in others ; and 
 more frequently employed by old grave speakers than by young 
 folks. It is also more frequently used in speaking than in writ- 
 ing. Be it finally remarked, that the .same vowel is again used 
 in Italian, to prevent a crowd of consonants.
 
 — 42 — 
 
 Remark 2. Tlie first person in the plural, we, is expressed in 
 Otchipwe by nin or ki, by ninawind or kinawind. — Nin or ki is 
 employed in the immediate connexion with the verb ; as, nin 
 iiar/amomin, we fi'mg; kipisindamin, we listen. But when tlie 
 pronoun is not connected with tlie verb, ninawind or kinawind 
 is employed for we; as, awcnenag igtw neganiodjig ? Ninawdin 
 .vrt. Who are those that sing? We do. Awcnenag igiw pcsin- 
 dangig? Kinawind sa. Who are those that hsten. We do. 
 
 Remark 3. Although the pronouns nin and ki, ninawind and 
 ki)iaunnd, all signify zve, the difference between nin and ki, and 
 between ninaicind and kinawind, is materia.], and must well be 
 kept in memory, for the right use of them. 
 
 1. Nin or ninawind is employed, when those that speak, do 
 not include in their number the person or persons whom they 
 speak to. F. i , nin nagamomin, we sing, (we that speak now, 
 not the person or persons to whom we speak.) And likewise 
 ninawind, that is, we only that speak, not the person or persons 
 spoken to. 
 
 2. A7 or kinawind is used, when those that spc-ak, include in 
 their number the person or persons to whom they speak. F. i., 
 ki pisindamin, we listen, (we that speak, and tlie person or per- 
 sons to wliom we speak.) And so also kinawind, we altogether, 
 those that speak, and those that are spoken to. 
 
 Nota bene. Please mind well this ditference between nin and 
 ki, ninawind and kinawind. You will have to make use of it 
 throughout this Grammar. 
 
 Remark 4. The Otchipwe language, like all other primitive 
 and ancient languages, does not use the second person plural in 
 addressing a person to whom respect is shown ; the second per- 
 son singular is invariably employed, may the person addressed 
 be on the lowest or highest degree of respectability. You have 
 seen this already in many of the preceding examples. In Eng- 
 lish such addresses sound rather rough and unusual, (except 
 among Quakers.! But in order to give exactly the meaning of 
 the Otchipwe phrases in English, I always retain the second 
 person singular also in English. Be it generally remarked here.
 
 — 43 — 
 
 that tlie Enr/Iish portion of all the examples of this Grammar 
 could be much l)etter than it is, but I try to accommodate the 
 translation as much as can be, to the original, in order to give 
 to the learner a clearer understanding of the Otchipwe sentences. 
 
 II. POSSESSIVE PROXOUXS. 
 
 Possessive Pronouns are those which mark possession or pro- 
 perty. They may be divided in two classes, viz : those that i«^- 
 mediately precede a substantive, which we may call conjunctive 
 possessive pronouns ; and those that stand separated froiii it, 
 which can be named relative possessive pronouns. 
 
 First class : Conjunctive Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 ^ Nin, my ; /- Nin or /••/, our ; 
 
 Sing. } ki, thy ; Plur. -1 /.■/, your ; 
 
 (■ 0, his, her, its ; t o, their. 
 
 These pronouns are always placed immediately before a sub- 
 stantive, or before an adjective proper that may precede a sub- 
 stantive. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Ni)i mindJikuu-aHCKj hij, bring me my gloves (mittens ) 
 
 Bisikan ki unwakwan, put on thy hat. 
 
 Miaw kw'iK'isens sniaijitod o masinaigan, this is the boy tliat 
 
 likes his book. 
 Kimisse osdm o minivendan o wahumotcJiiicharjwan, thy sister likes 
 
 too much her looking-glass. 
 Nin sagia aio ahiaodji ; mi ow o tnwakirancns, I like this child ; 
 
 here is its little bonnet. 
 Anindi nin tchimanindn ? Where is our canoe? 
 Kaivika ta-nihossiwag ki tchitchdgonanig, our souls will never die. 
 Anin cndashiwad ki manisJttdnishimiwag ? Wliat is the number 
 
 of your sheep? 
 Mij ogow kwiwisensag o musinuiganiwan, give to these boys their 
 
 books.
 
 — 4 i — 
 
 Daiainrnran n mi/io dodamoin'nan , his (her) gooil deeds are manv. 
 Ninjiiujnulan niiimatchi ijiwvbi.nwin, I hate my bad conduct. 
 Ki ijete mnsinaiyan ainu kikinoamadin;/ kid n.s/ikimasinaif/aii 
 
 dash tuino ganairendan, make i\H^ of tliy old book at scliool, 
 
 anil take well care of thy new book. 
 
 Second class : Relative Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 Nin, mine ; T Ninaicind, or kinatcirid, 
 
 iiinjr. -l kin, thine ; Plur. < kinawa, yours ; [ours ; 
 
 win, his, hers ; 
 
 (Ainaictnd, or ki 
 kinawa, yours ; 
 wi7iawa, theirs. 
 
 These pronouns are not in immediate connexion with the sub- 
 stantive to which they allude, but are separated from it by one 
 or more words, which'precede or follow the substantive. 
 
 E.XAMPLES. 
 
 Nin ganahatch nin mokoman ow. E, nin sa, nin nissHdicinan. 
 
 This is perhaps my knife. Yes, it is mine, I recognize it. 
 Kin ganahatch ki moshwem ga-mikawag. Kin sa, nind inendam. 
 
 It is perhaps th}^ handkerchief I found. It is thine, I think. 
 Win na o pakiicigan ow ? E, win sa. Is this his (her) hammer ? 
 
 Yes it is his (hers). 
 Kinau'a na ki wakaiganiwa ow ? Kawin ninawind. Is tins your 
 
 house ? No, it is not ours. 
 Kinawind na geget kid ak'imindn kakina iw ? E, kinawind sa 
 
 kakina- Is that indeed all our land ? Yes, it is all ours. 
 Ninawind na nin tchimaninan iw ? Kaicin, kinaica, nind inen- 
 dam. Is that our canoe ? No, it is yours, I think. 
 Winaica na od assabiwan banadisiwan ? E, winawa sa. Are 
 
 their nets lost ? Yes, theirs. 
 
 Remark 1. You see by these e.xamples, that, whenever the 
 possessive pronoun is not immediately before the substantive, 
 one of the second class is employed. 
 
 Remark 2. What has been said in the preceding number of 
 the euphonical d, is to be applied to the pronouns of this num- 
 ber likewise. Sovou will sav :
 
 — 4J — 
 
 A'r/i hahisikawagan, iny coat ; but you will have to say, nimZ 
 
 anukan, my mat. 
 Ki inaMsin, thy shoe ; but, likl anagan, thy plate. 
 O dodamowin, his doing ; but, od anamiewin, his religion. 
 
 Remark 3. The difference between nin and kin, ours ; nina- 
 icind and kinawind, ours ; is the same as stated above in Remarfv 
 3, of the preceding number (p. 42). 
 
 The use of the Otchipwe pos.sessive pronouns is difficult. The 
 difficulty is not created by the pronovxns themselves, which are 
 simple ; but by the substantives that follow them. 
 
 To employ correctly these pronouns with their substantives, 
 attention must be paid to the substantive or noun, to know whe- 
 ther it is animate or inanimate. (See pages 14 and 15). 
 
 We will here first consider the use of the possessive pronouns: 
 with inanimate substantives. 
 
 A. Possessive Pronouns with inanimate Substantives. 
 Form 1. 
 
 (Nin tcldinun, \\\\ canoe, 
 ki tchiman, thy canoe, 
 (I tchiman, his (her) canoe. 
 f?tin tchimannan, my canoes, 
 /./ tchimanan, thy canoes, 
 o tchimanan, his (her) canoes. 
 
 f Nin tchimaninim, } 
 
 , , . > uur canoe, 
 
 I ki tchimainnun, ) 
 
 Singulur. -J 1 ■ J I ■ 
 
 ^ j lit tc/i una niwii, your canoe, 
 
 I trhiinan'iwn, their canoe. 
 
 nin tchiman\niiu\]\, 
 
 Plural. 
 
 in icfiimaninanin, -i 
 
 7 . , , . • • ■ > tiur canoes, 
 
 ki tchimanmanwii, J ' 
 
 ki trhimamwan, your canoes, 
 
 V tchimamwan, their canoes. 
 
 After this form mav be constructed all the inanimate substan-
 
 — 4f) — 
 
 lives witli their possessive pronouns, that a<iil the syllable an 
 for the plural, as : 
 
 Nin nabikwan, my vessel. Nin mokomnn, my knife 
 
 Nin masindigan, my book. Nin inakairjan, my hou.se. 
 
 Nishtirfican, my head. Ninid, my foot. 
 
 Nin'ik, my arm. Nikad, my leg. 
 
 Nhulon, my mouth. Nikan, my bone. 
 
 Nitawag, my ear. Nihid, my tooth. 
 
 Nind apahiwiii, my chair. Nind adopoii'in, my table. 
 
 Remark. In regard to the orthography of some words in this 
 list, and of many others of this description in the following 
 forms, it is necessary to observe, that I adopted the rule, as well 
 for the inanimate as animate substantives, to write the posses- 
 sive ijronoun with its substantive in one word, ichenevo' (mind 
 this well), whenever the substantive is such as never to be used 
 alone, separatedfrom its possessive pronoun. So, for instance, 
 nishtigwdn, uiy head. The word shiigican is never used in the 
 Otchipwe language, it is no word of this language. It must al- 
 ways have a possessive pronoun before it, and it is inseparable 
 from it. Of the same kind are : Nin'ik, nindon, iiis'id, nikdn, 
 iiishkhijig, iniaw, nii(7ss. Noss, ningd, nokomiss, nojishe, n'lta, 
 ninim, niss'im, nish'ime, nissaie, nidjikiicc, ninddngice, ningw'iss, 
 ninddniss, etc., etc. — These and other words of this kind, are 
 never pronounced without a possessive pronoun. Why and 
 how shall we then separate them in writing ? What the most 
 ancient usage of the language has connected, the individual wri- 
 ter ought not to separate. 
 
 Here is a little sub-form for this kind of substantives, with 
 their possessive pronouns. 
 
 f Nikdn, my bone, 
 kikan, thy bone, 
 okan, his (her) bone. 
 ^ »i7>77/ian, my bones, 
 Plural. ^ /i-//r(?;ian, thy bones, 
 
 ' okanun, his (her) bones.
 
 — 47 — 
 
 r Nik-inihvdu, 
 
 y. , i kikamn&n, | '^'^^' ^'^"^' 
 
 bingular. ■{ . ' ■' 
 
 I kikajiiwix, your bone. 
 
 [_ okan'wva, their hone, 
 f ?«'AY«iinanin, -i 
 Plural. <j .... 
 
 our bonec 
 
 /iv'A'«»i\van, your bones, 
 [ okaulwii)), tlieir lione.s. 
 
 7Vb/e. Some of these words, denoting parts of the human body, 
 terminate in the second plural in ananin, as, nis'id, my foot ; 
 7i/.s-MZananin, our feet. Likewise ninik, my arm ; nikud, my 
 leg ; nitmvag, my ear ; ii'ibid, my tooth. Some words of this, 
 and of the following forms, change the possessive pronoun of 
 the third person, o, into ?r?', as, nibid, my tooth ; unhid, his 
 tooth. And many others in other forms, inanimate and animate. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nibid nind dkosiii ; I have toothache, (pain in one tooth.) 
 Wibidan od akoainun ; he has toothache, (pain in more than 
 
 one tooth.) 
 Kakina kid dkosimin kishtigivdninamn ; wo liavo all headache, 
 
 (we all have pain in our heads.) 
 Wal>ang ta-mddjiidssin ki ndbikwa)nnan ; our vessel will leave 
 
 to-morrow. 
 Mamifrhdiran ki ndbikiraniwdn ; your vessels are large. 
 Takwdmagad ki bimddi.siwinman oma aking ; our life on earth 
 
 IS short. 
 AnwcnindiNodu, undjitoda kid ijiwcbi.siwin\ncii), ki ga gastiania- 
 
 gondn dash Debeniminang ki batddov}inma,n\n ; let us repent 
 
 and change our conduct (our life) and our Lord will blot out 
 
 our sins. 
 I)eh6nimiiang, bonigidetawis/i i nuiii xiii batinbnrininamw ; Lord, 
 
 forgive us our sins. 
 Dehc.ndjigcd o kikendanan knkinn kid inendin)ifnrin\]\[\u\n ; the 
 
 Lord knows all our thoujihts.
 
 — 48 — 
 
 DebcniiniiiDUj, ki wdbuadaiian kukina nin dodamonimnanln ; 
 Lord, thou seest all our actions. 
 
 FoKM 2. 
 
 / Kind ahfij, my pole, (lodge-pole). 
 Singular. ) kid aba/, thy pole, 
 
 ' od abaj, his iliei'i pole. 
 
 , It i nd abajin, my pjie.«, 
 Plural. ) kid abajin, thy poles, 
 
 ' od abajin, their poles. 
 
 f Nind abcijinan, ■» 
 
 „. , I kid abajinan, | '"'' P^'^^' 
 
 Singular. -{ _ . 
 
 I kid abajiwa, your pole, 
 
 L od abajiwa, their pole, 
 
 r AV/ifZ a6q/inanin, i 
 
 Plural. ' >^-"?«6ff/inanin, | ^"i" P^le-^' 
 
 I od abajiwan, your poles, 
 
 t kid abajiwan, their poles. 
 
 To this form belong the substantives with their possessive 
 pronouns, that add for the plural the syllable in; as: 
 
 Nind ami, my spear, pi. nind anitin, our spears. 
 
 Nin'indj, my hand, " ninindjin, our hands. 
 
 Niitdc, my heart, " nind6inanin, our hearts. 
 
 Niiaw, my body, " ki aicindn, uur body. 
 
 i\7mss, my flesh, " A-//Vm?«aH, our flesh, etc. 
 
 Nofe. The two last words, niiaw and niiass, have wi in the 
 third person, instead of o; iciiaw, his body; wiidss, his flesh, 
 (or meat in general.) See A'ofe, p. 47. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 AVmwinanin kaginig ia-bitnadisimagadon gijigong, kishpin ena- 
 miangin iji bimadisiiang aking ; our bodies will live eternally 
 in heaven, if we lead a Christian life on earth.
 
 — 49 — 
 
 M^tchi-ijiwihisidjig iciiauAwnvi I'agig^ ishkotdng ta-danakideiii- 
 wan ; the bodies of the wicked will burn in eternal fire. 
 
 Aicishtdid kitchi nibiwa o gi-ojit6)ian kid ani^inanin ; the black- 
 smith has made a great many spears for us, (a great number 
 of our spaars.) 
 
 Ndnwatig nind abaj\n o gi-bodawenan ; he burnt up (or fired) 
 live of my lodge-poles. 
 
 A7«//i((y'iiianin aioiang kid ojitomin kakina kid iiianokiicimnan ; 
 by the use of our hands we do all our work. 
 
 Swdnganamiadjig od^iwun inushkineniwan mind iiitiidamoicin ; 
 the hearts of true Christians are full of good will. 
 
 Form 3. 
 
 i Nin makdk, my bo.x, 
 Singular. < ki mnkak, thy box, 
 
 i a makak, his, (lier) box. 
 
 r nin inakakon, my boxes. 
 Plural. < A-/ ?HrtA:«A-on, thy boxes, 
 
 ( o makakon, his, (her) boxes. 
 
 Sin<rular. -! 
 
 f ^'inmakakonau, ) q^j. box. 
 I ki makiikonan, ^ 
 
 ki makakowa,, your box, 
 o nidkakowa, their box. 
 
 f nin ntukakonaiun, ) , 
 
 , . , , . )■ our boxes, 
 
 Ai j/taA-a/couanin, 
 
 Plural \ -' , 
 
 I ki makakowaxi, your boxes, 
 
 [ o makakowan, their boxes. 
 
 After this form can be formed all the inanimate substantive:? 
 with their possessive pronouns, that add the syllable on to the 
 singular to form the plural ; as : 
 
 Nin tcigwuHsiu'igamig , my lodge. Nin wagdkwad, my axe. 
 Nishkinjig, my eye, or my face. Nind ajawtshk, my sword.
 
 — 50 — 
 Examples. 
 
 Mamoda ki wagakiraiJownmw, mei-tnaiiisseila ; let us take our 
 
 axes, and let us go and cliop wood. 
 Manddadon ki loagukivadowan , awashinie onijishin nin, nin 
 
 wagukwad ; your axes are bad, my axe is better. 
 Kid ukosin na kiahkinjiff 'f Is thy eye sore ? 
 Giga o (jl-wanitonnn oslikiujigon ; lie almost lost his eyes. 
 Nijinon nangicana kid ajaw^nkkon ; thou liast then two swords. 
 Mddjidon ki makak ; yaic kinawa mddjidoioi/ ki makakowan ; 
 
 carry away thy box ; and you also carry away your boxes. 
 
 Remark. We could take the three forms in one only, and say 
 ihai iha rmdativevoicel, * which is a in the first form, i in the 
 second, and o in the third, makes the only difference in the ter- 
 minations. But I think that for the beginner it will be easier to 
 have the forms before him detailed according to the tliree diffe- 
 rent mutative vowels. Learners that are more advanced, may 
 take the three forms in one. 
 
 OF THE POSSESSIVE TERMIXATIONS. 
 
 The inanimate substantives with possessive pronouns take 
 sometimes the terminations m, im, or om. whicli may be called 
 in the Otchipwe Grammar the 2^ossessife terminations, because 
 they are annexed to substantives with possessive pronouns, in 
 order to express more emphatically 2^^'^P'^^ty or 2>ossession. F. i. 
 IVind akl, my land, my farm ; nind orA'ini, my own piece of land ; 
 nin kijaplkisigdns, mj' little stove ; nin kijdj^ikiaigdns'ww, my 
 own little stove. Nin wdgakirad, my axe; nin icagakicadom, 
 mv own axe. 
 
 There are three rules for the annexation of the possessive ter- 
 minations to inanimate substantives ; viz : 
 Ri'i.E 1. Inanimate substantives with possessive pronouns, which 
 
 terminate in a vowel, take the possessive termination 7n ; as, 
 
 * You win find a Note on the mutative vowei in the next Chapter, in the 
 enumeration of the different kinds of verbs. As far as this mutative vowel is 
 concerned here, you may call it thus: Thevowilivithwhichthe tfrjninations of 
 these foriiu commence.
 
 — 51 — 
 
 Nin miskwi, my blood ; nin miskwim, Jci miskwim, o tni^k- 
 wim, n)y, thy, his own blood. Nin mashkiki, my medicine ; 
 nin mashkikim, etc. Nin slbi, my river ; nin sibim, o sibim, etc. 
 
 Rule 2. Inanimate substantives with possessive pronouns, which 
 form their plural by adding on, take the possessive termina- 
 tion om ; as, Ningijigadon, my days ; nin gijigadom, my own 
 day ; nin gijagadoina.n, n\y own particular days ; o gijigadom, 
 his remarkable day. Nind ajaweshkon, my swords ; od aja- 
 weskkom, od aJaiveshkoir\a,n, etc. 
 
 Rule 3. All the other inanimate substantives with possessive 
 pronouns, and likewise all inanimate diminutives, take the 
 possessive termination im ; as, Nin ndbikwdn, my ves.sel ; nin 
 ndbikwdmm, my own vessel, my very vessel. Nin mitigwdb, 
 my bow ; nin mitigwab'nw, o mitigwabim, etc. 
 Note. All these substantives with posses.sive pronouns, that 
 
 take a possessive termination, belong to Form I. " Nin ichiviun." 
 
 B. Possessive Pronouns with animate Substantives. 
 We have seen in the preceding forms, how possessive pronouns 
 are expressed with inanimate substantives. Let us now consider 
 the effect they make on animate substantives. 
 
 Form 1. 
 Nind ak'ik, my kettle. 
 Singular. .^ kid akik, tliv kettle, 
 
 od akikon, his (her) kettle. 
 nind akikog, my kettles, 
 Plural. I kid ak'ikog, thy kettles, 
 
 od akikon, his (lier) kettles. 
 
 Sinsrular. 
 
 f Nind akikonan, ) 
 
 ,.,,., > our kettle, 
 
 J kid akikonan, ^ ' 
 
 I kid akikow&t your kettle, 
 I. od akikowan, their kettle. 
 
 r 
 
 f nuid «A:/Aronanig, t , , 
 
 ,.,,., > our kettles 
 
 J kid rtAvAronanig, ) 
 
 Plural. <^ j..^j akikowiig, your kettles, 
 ^ od akikowan, their kettles.
 
 Some animate suhstantives with possessive pronouns, that ter- 
 minate their plural in ig, conform also to this form, but their 
 mutative voicel * is i instead of o. F. i. idnd assdb, my net; pi. 
 nind a.ssab\g, my nets ; od as.sainn, niml assaftinan, kid assah- 
 iwag, etc. This / remains tlirou<^iiout all the terminations. 
 
 Some animate substantives witli po^s-se.ssive pronouns, that a<]<l 
 only ff for the plural, and end in a vowel in the singular, belong 
 also to tliis form with a little variation ; as: 
 
 Sinjrulur 
 
 Plural 
 
 Sin< 
 
 Plural. 
 
 ^'idf anishinCihe, my neighbor, (fellow- 
 man,) brother. 
 kidf anishmahe, thy neighbor, 
 widf anishinaben, his (her) neighbor. 
 nidf anishinaheg, my neighbors, (fel- 
 low-men). 
 kidf ani.ihinabeg, your neighbors. 
 icidf anisJiinaben, his (her) neighbors. 
 
 Mdf a)iishinabenan, ) 
 
 our neighbor. 
 
 kidf aTiishinabenan, 
 
 kidf amshiiiabev!&, yoiir neighbor. 
 
 icidf anishhiabewan, their neighbor. 
 
 nidf aia'shinabena.n\g, 
 
 kidf anishlnabensinig' 
 
 kidf anUhinahew&g, your neighbors. 
 
 undf amshinabew&n, their neighbors. 
 
 our neighbors 
 
 Likewise, nidf bimddisi, my fellow-liver, (fellow-man), etc. 
 
 Remark. This Form 1 is seldom used. The animate substan- 
 tives with possessive pronouns, take almost always the posses- 
 sive terminations ?n, im, or om. 
 
 There are likewise three rules for the possessive terminations 
 of the animate substantives, viz : 
 
 lln.K 1. Animate substantives, ending in a vowel, take the pos- 
 sessive termination 7«, when they are preceded by a posses- 
 
 * See Xote p. 50.
 
 eive pronoun. F. i. KJe-Mauitn, God ; nin Kije-Maniioni, my 
 God. Orjima, chief, king ; nind ogimum, my chief. Inini, man ; 
 nind ininiiw, my man, my husband. Ikwe, woman; nind 
 ikwem, my woman, my wife. Moshwc, liandkerchief ; nin 
 mosJuvem, my handkerchief. 
 
 Rule 2. Animate substantives tbrming their plural by adding 
 ag, ig, or za^r, take the possessive termination im, when a pos- 
 sessive pronoun is prefixed to them. F. i. Manishtanish, 
 sheep, fpl. manishtanishag,] nin manishianisfnm, my sheep. 
 Masinitchigan, image, (pi. masinitchigaiiag,) nin masinitchi- 
 gamm, my image. Op'm, a potatoe, (pi. opimg,) nind opimm, 
 my potatoe. Gigo, ilsh, ipl. glgo'iag,] nin gigo'un, my fish. 
 
 Rule ii. Animate substantives that tbrm their plural by adding 
 og or wng. take the possesive termination om, when they have 
 a posses.sive pronoun before them, tchen thcij don't terminatein 
 a vowel in the singular. (If the substantives with the plural 
 termination in wag, terminate in a vowel in the singular, they 
 belong to the first of these rules, and take the possessive ter- 
 mination m ; as, ikwe, woman, (pi. ikwewag). nind ikwem. Pi- 
 jiki, ox, {y)\. pijikiwag), nin pijikim, etc. 
 
 Examples to rule 3. 
 
 Wabo.f, rabbit, (pi. wabosog.) ni)iicabosou\, my rabbit. Anung, 
 star, (pi. anangog.) nind anangom, my star. At'ik, rein-deer, (pi. 
 atikwag,) nind atikom, my rein-deer. Jingwak, pine-tree (pi. 
 Jingwakwag), ninjiiigwakoin, my pine-tree, etc. 
 
 All the substantives with possessive pronouns, mentioned in 
 the above three rules, belong to the Ibllowing tbrm. 
 
 Form 2. 
 
 r Nind ogimnm, my chief, 
 Singular. J kid og'iiuam, thy chief, 
 
 (_ od ogimaman, his (her) chief. 
 nind oginiamng, my chiefs, 
 Plural. ^ kid ogimamag, ihy chici's, 
 od ogitnantan. their chiefs.
 
 f Nind o</iin>(iii\i\a\), ) , . 
 
 \ , ■ , ' ■ / our chief, 
 
 } Ilia fu/ii>ta m\niiu. ) 
 
 Sitiiriilar. \ i ■ i ■ ■ \ ■ p 
 
 \ lad oc/imamiwfi, your duel, 
 
 \^ od o(/mamiwan, their chief. 
 
 f nind onimaminan\<i, ) 
 
 , . , . . . - ijur cluefs, 
 .' kid oyimanunanig, j 
 
 "''"'■ I I'id or/htuuti'iwag, your chiefs, 
 
 [^ od orjima)ii\\\ii\\, tlieir cliiefs. 
 
 Besides all the animate substantives with possessive pronouns, 
 that have the possessive terminations, those also that add ag in 
 the plural, belong to this form, as some of the following examples 
 will show you. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Mino inukoniijeicag kid 0(/imuminaxVig ; our chiefs make good 
 
 laws, (regulations:'). 
 Ncbivakad anishinabe hahamitaivan od ogimdman ; a prudent 
 
 Indian listens to his chief 
 Nissiwag nin kitcM pijikimm&mg, nananiwag dash nin pijikin- 
 
 6-minanig ; the number of our cows is three ; and of our calves, 
 
 five. 
 Gi-mino-nitawigiwag na kid ojjin'nmw&gl Have you got a good 
 
 crop of potatoes ? 
 Batainoicag na kid ikicesensimag? — Nawaieh hatdinowag nin 
 
 kwiwisensimag. Hast thou many girls ? — I have more boys. 
 Nin gi-icabamimanan od andiigonian, icdbanong ; we have seen 
 
 his star in the east. 
 Nind indwcmagan, my relative, (pi. nind inaicetnaganag.) Non- 
 gam nibiwa nind inawemaganin&nig gi-bi-ijawag oma ; to-day 
 
 many of our relatives came here. 
 Kotawdn, a large piece of wood for fuel, a block, (pi. kotaicanag.) 
 
 Ki kotawaniwsig, your blocks ; nin kotawanm&n'xg, our blocks ; 
 
 kotatcanan. his block, or his blocks. 
 KifcMpison, a belt, (pi. kifchipi.'ionag.) Bij ki kiichipisoiiag ; 
 
 bring here thy belts. Nin kiichipisonman, our belt ; ki kit- 
 
 chipison\nan\g, our belts
 
 — 55 — 
 
 In the terms that mark the different degrees of relationship, 
 tliere is some deviation fron) the preceding forms, some irregu- 
 larity, whicli we have to consider now. 
 
 Irregular Form 1. 
 
 C Noss, my father, 
 Singular. J koss, thy fatlier, 
 
 (_ ossan, his (her) father. 
 
 ( noss&g, my fathers, * 
 Plural. / koss&g, thy fathers, 
 
 ( ossan, his (her) father.?. 
 
 ( Nossin&w, ) . . 
 
 , . > our father, 
 
 J k-oss\na.\\, ) 
 
 Singular. { kossma, your father, 
 I ossiwan, their father. 
 
 r Jiossinanig, i 
 
 , . . > our latliers, 
 1 A-o.ssmanig, ) 
 
 rlura . ■\ Jcossiw&g, your fathers, 
 
 l^ os.9iwan, their fathers. 
 
 This form is irregular only in the third persons, which are not 
 preceded by od, as tlie regular form is, od ogimaman , od oyima- 
 miwan. Exactly after this form is inflected the term nokomiss, 
 my grand-mother. 
 
 The following terms of relationship : Nimishomiss, my grand- 
 father; ningwiss, my son; ninddniss, my daughter; ninXdja- 
 niss, my child ; nisiniss, my father-in-law ; and others which 
 you will find below, in the list displayed after these irregular 
 forms, are also inflected according to this first irregular form, 
 except in the third persons, where they take o or od : omishomis. 
 sail, ogwissan, odanissan, ouidjaiussan, osinissan, etc. 
 
 * A person may have two fathers, or two mothers ; one by nature, and ano- 
 ther by adoption.
 
 — 56 — 
 Irregular Form 2. 
 
 fNingd, my mother, 
 kiria, thy mother, 
 fxjin, his (her) motlier. 
 
 I ningaiag, my mothers, 
 Plural. / kigaiag, thy motliers, 
 
 ( ngin, his (her) mothers. 
 
 ( Ninqanan, ) , 
 
 ' , . > our mother, 
 
 j kiganan, ) 
 
 \ kigiwa, your mother, 
 l^ ogiwan, their motKer. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 f mnqanamq, ) , 
 
 I . . > our mothers, 
 
 j kigunamg, ) 
 
 I'lural. -^^ kigiwag, your mothers, 
 l^ ogiwan, their mothers. 
 
 This form, as you see, is altogether irregular ; and there is no 
 other word belonging to it. 
 
 Irregular Form 3. 
 
 ( 
 
 Nissaii', my brother i older ilian I,) 
 
 Singular. J kissaie, thy brother, 
 
 ( ossaieian, his (her) brother. 
 
 r nissaieiag, my brothers, 
 
 Plural. 3 kissaie\ag, thy brothers, 
 
 ( ossaieian, his (her) brothers. 
 
 ( A'mau'nan, ) i ,i „ 
 
 I > our brother, 
 
 j kissaienan, ) 
 
 bingulai. '^ ]^-issaieiwa, your hroiher, 
 
 y ossaieiw&n, their brother. 
 
 f »m«/nianig, j our brothers, 
 
 „, , kissaienam^, S 
 
 Plural. S , - ■ 1 *i 
 
 5 A'issrtienvag, your brothers, 
 
 i_ ossaieiwan, their brothers.
 
 — 57 — 
 
 Here are some animate substantives with possessive pronouns 
 belonging to this form ; viz : 
 
 Mmislwme, my uncle, {my father's brother.) 
 
 Nijishe, my uncle, (my mother's brother.) 
 
 Ninoshe, (ninwisM,) my aunt (my mother's sister.) 
 
 Nimisse, my syster, (older than I.) 
 
 Nish'ime, my brother or sister, (younger than I.) 
 
 Nidjikiwe, my friend, my brother, iwidjiklweia.n.) 
 
 Ninddngoshe, my she-cousin, fa female speaking.) 
 
 Ninddngwe, my sister-in-law, or my friend, (a female .speaking.) 
 
 Nojishe, my grand-child, [ojishe\Q,n ; o/is/teiwan.) 
 
 Besides these terms of relationship, all the animate substan- 
 tives with possessiv^e pronouns, that make their plural by adding 
 iag, belong to this form ; as : 
 
 Nijnde, twin ; nin nijodeiag ; ki nijodenamg ; ki nijodeiwa. 
 Abinodji, child ; nind abiiiodjin&n ; kid abinodji'iwag. 
 Mindimoie, old woman ; nin mindimoienamg ; o mindimoiexan. 
 Bineshi, bird ; o bineshiian ; ki bineshiiag ; nin bineshinan. 
 Pakadkwe, cock, hen; nin j^akaakwenanig; ki pakaakwenan, 
 etc., etc. 
 
 The other terms of relationship, (besides the above,) conform 
 themselves to the preceding irregular forms, or to the regular 
 forms, according to their plural. If you know the first and the 
 third person of the first singular, and the first persons of the 
 first plural and second singular, you can construct the rest ac- 
 cording to the above forms. In the following list these four per- 
 sons are indicated. 
 
 Ninsmiss, * my father-in-law ; osinissan, ninsinissag, ninsinis- 
 
 sinan, 
 Ninsigosiss, my mother-in-law ; oslgosissan, ninstgosissag, ninsi- 
 
 gosissinaii. 
 NUa, my brother-in-law ; w'ltan, t nitag, nitanan. 
 
 * See Bemark, p. 46. t See Note, p. 47.
 
 — 58 — 
 
 Ninim, my sister-in-law, (or my brothcr-in-Iaw ; a female 
 
 speaking ;) u-'mimon, ninimog, ninimonan. 
 Nituwiss, my he-cousin ; witawissan, niiuwissag, nituwissinan. 
 NinimosM, my she-cousin ; winimosheian, ninimosheiag, nini- 
 
 moshenan. 
 Nikdniss, my friend, my brother; (a- wia^e ^jx-aking ;) wikdnis- 
 
 sa7i, nikdnissag, nikdnissinan. 
 Niningioan, my son-in-law ; oningwanan, niningwanag, nining- 
 
 waninan. 
 Nisslm, my daughter-in-law ; ossimin, nissimig, nisximinan. 
 Ulnsigoss, my aunt, (my father's sister ;) osiyossan, ninsigos- 
 
 sag, ninsigossinan. 
 Niningwaniss, my nephew ; oningwanissan, niningicanissag, nv- 
 
 ningwaniasinan. 
 Nishimiss, my niece, (a maZe speaking ;) oshimissan, nishimissag, 
 
 nishimissinan . 
 Nindojim, my step-son, or my nephew ; odojiman, nindojimag, 
 
 nindojiminan. 
 Nindojimikwem, my step-daughter, or my niece ; odojimiktceman, 
 
 nitidojimikicemag, nindojimikweminan . 
 Nindojimiss, my niece, (a female speaking,) odojimissan, nindo- 
 
 jimissag, nindojiniissinan . 
 I^iiidinddica, the father or the mother of my daughter-in-law ; 
 
 odinddwan, nindinddwag, nindinddwanan. 
 
 Oichiptce terms for " my cousin." 
 
 ' my uncle's Qtimishome) (" son, nissaie (or nishi- 
 
 me,) my cousin, 
 
 
 j daughter, 7iimis$e (or ni- 
 A male j i. skime,) my cousin, 
 
 will say : ; my uncle's (nijishe) ( son, nitdiciss. my cou- 
 
 ! sin. 
 
 moshc.m^ 
 
 j daughter, ?U7(i 
 1 cousin.
 
 — 59 — 
 
 A female J 
 -will fcav : ; 
 
 ' my uncle's (iiimishonie) ( son, nissaie (or nishime,) 
 J my cousin, 
 j daught'^r, 7iitnisse (or ni- 
 y shime,) my cousin, 
 
 my uncle's (nijishe) 
 
 A male 
 will sav 
 
 ' my aunt's (ninsigoss) 
 
 mv aunt's (ni7iwisJic) 
 
 A female 
 will say ; 
 
 ' my aunt's (ninsigoss) 
 
 my aunt's (ninwishe) 
 
 ( son, ninimoshe, my cou- 
 1 »in. 
 
 j crtii, 
 
 ] daugl 
 L my 
 
 liter, ninddngoshe, 
 cousin. 
 
 f son, niidiciss, my cou- 
 I sin, 
 
 } daughter, ninimoshe,\\\y 
 y cousin, 
 
 C son,nissaie (or 7iishime), 
 J my cousin, 
 j daughter, niviisse (or 
 \ 7wsMme), my cousin. 
 
 son, ninimoshe, my cou- 
 sin, 
 
 daughter, ninddngoshe, 
 my cou.sin, 
 
 1 son, nissaie (or nishime), 
 my cousin. 
 . daughter, nitnisse (or ni- 
 \_ shime), my cousin. 
 
 Oichipice terms for " my nephew," a7id " my niece.' 
 
 A male 
 will sav 
 
 ' my brother's (nissaie, f son, ninddjim, my neph- 
 
 nishime) I ew, 
 
 j daughter, niddjimikxoem, 
 
 y my niece, 
 
 ny syster'e (nimisse, f son, niningicaniss, my 
 
 nishime) j nephew, 
 
 J daughter, nishiiniss, my 
 
 ^^ niece.
 
 — 60 — 
 
 A female 
 will sav : 
 
 my 
 
 my 
 
 brother's (nissaie 
 nishime) 
 
 , ( son, niningwaniss, 
 ) J nephew, 
 
 ] daughter, nwAmm, 
 
 1^ niece, 
 sister's (nimisse, f son, nindojimiss, 
 nishime) j nephew, 
 
 my 
 
 my 
 
 my 
 
 daughter, nindojimiss, 
 K L my niece. 
 
 Oichipwe terms for " my brother-in-law," and " my sister- 
 in-law." 
 
 A male 
 will sav: 
 
 A female 
 will sav : 
 
 ( my wife's brother, nita, my brother-in-law, 
 J my sister's husband, nita, my brother-in-law, 
 '[ my wife's sister, ninim, my sister-in-law, 
 \_ my brother's wife, ninim, my sister-in-law. 
 
 ( my husband's brother, ninim, my brother-in-law, 
 J my sister's husband, ninim, my brother-in-law, 
 } my husband's sister, nindunye, my sister-in-law, 
 l^ my brother's wife, ninddnge, my sister-in-law. 
 
 Peculiarities in regard to these terms of relationship. 
 
 1. The English term, " my brother," is given in Otchipwe by- 
 two terms, nissaie and nishime ; the former signifying a brother 
 of mine that is older than I am ; and the latter a brother younger 
 than I. And the English term, "my sister," is also given by two 
 terms, nimisse, my fister older than I ; and nishime, my sister 
 younger than I. 
 
 2. The English term, "my uncle," is given in Otchipwe by 
 nimishome, which signifies, my father's brother ; and by nijishe, 
 which denotes my mother's brother. And the term, " my aunt," 
 is expressed by Jiinsigoss, my father's sister; and ninwishe 
 [ninoshe,] my mother's sister. 
 
 3. Like the Jews and other ancient nations, the Otchipwe 
 Indians call the children of two brothers, or of two sisters, bro- 
 thers and sisters, [nissaie, nimisse, nishitne,} which are called
 
 — 61 — 
 
 cousins in English and other modern languages. But the children 
 of a brother and a sister, they call cou.sins, nitaiciss, (ninimoshe, 
 ninddngoshe.) 
 
 4. TheOtchipwe cannot name distinctly any higher degree in 
 the ascending line, than grand-father and grand-mother, nimisho- 
 miss and nokomiss. For great grand-father and great grand- 
 mother, they have the same terms as for grand-father and grand- 
 mother. They have the term, nind aidnike-nimishomiss ; but this 
 does not strictly signify, my great grand-father ; it signifies any 
 of my ancestors higher than grand-father. In i\ve descending line 
 they call both a grand-son and a grand-daughter with the same 
 term, nojishe. And all tliat is lower than nojishe, is called ani- 
 kobidjigan. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Wenidjdnissidjig o kitclii sdgiatvan iko onidjdniss\v;a,n ; parents 
 use to love very much their children. 
 
 Naningim omd hi-ijdwag nitdwiss'xnkmg ; our cousins come here 
 frequently. 
 
 Eji-sdgiidisoiang ki da^sdgiandnig kidfdnishindh ew&n'ig ; as we 
 love ourselves we ought to love our fellow-men. 
 
 Joseph ossaiei&n midadaichigwabun, oskime\&n dash bejigonigo- 
 ban ; Joseph had ten brother (holder than himself,) and one 
 brother (younger than liimself.) 
 
 Nongom nin gi-wubamag nij kinimog ; to-day I saw two of thy 
 sisters-in-law, (speaking to a male ;) or two of thy brothers-in- 
 law, or sisters-in-law, (speakind to Si female.) 
 
 Ki wdbamdwag na ko kishtmissiwag ? Do you see sometimes 
 your nieces ? (speaking to a male.) 
 
 Anin eji-bimddisiwad kidojimissiwag ? How do your nieces do ? 
 (speaking to a female.) 
 
 Kikinoamaio masinaigan kishime'iag; teach thy brothers (or sis- 
 ters, younger than thou,) to read. 
 
 Nin pijikitmnan pakdkaduso, kinawa dash ki pijikim,\\vag kitchi 
 wininowag ; our ox (or cow) is poor, but your oxen (or cows) 
 are fat.
 
 — 62 — 
 
 Nishhne n gi-hannfljiano tibaigisisswan&n ; n\v (younger) brotlier 
 fipoilod lii.s watch. 
 
 Minnsse nin iiliaig'isii.siran'man ; our clock goes right (or is right.) 
 
 Sayegwa bdiainoicag ki )urljd>iifis'\n&\ug ; our children are al- 
 ready many. 
 
 Mi oma ga-dnji-nituwigiangidwa kakina nmi(ljriniss'ma,n'ig ; it ii* 
 here we brought up all our children. 
 
 Ni7id atdweipinimnan o viino dodawan od anishindhem&n ; our 
 trader treats well his Indian.s. 
 
 Nitag pitchinago nin gi-hi-ganonigog ; my brothers-in-law (a male 
 speaking) came yesterday and .«poke to me. 
 
 All these substantives with possessive pronouns can be trans- 
 formed into verbs, and they are often so ; and then they are con- 
 jugated. They have two tenses, i\\e present and the imperfect. 
 
 We will employ here the examples of our preceding form. Now 
 mind this : The present tense of these substantives with possess- 
 ive pronouns transformed into verbs, is exhibited in the prece- 
 ding form, regular or irregular ; and the imperfect tense will be 
 shown in the following forms. 
 
 A. Possessive Pronouns tcith inanimate Substatitives transformed 
 into Verbs. 
 
 Form 1. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 ( Nin tchimumh&n, the canoe I had, (or formerly my 
 
 I canoe,) 
 
 ] A-i tchimdn'\han, the canoe thou hadst, 
 
 1^ tchimdn'ihan, the canoe he (she) had. 
 
 f nin tchimdnlhanin, the canoes I had, (or formerly 
 
 „, , J my canoes.) 
 
 Plural. -{ ,.,,..., . , , , , 
 
 ki tchimanwanm, the canoes thou hadst, 
 
 t o tchimdniban'in, the canoes they had.
 
 — 63 — 
 
 f Nin tcMindnm&han , ) ^ 
 
 , . , . ^ . , > our fornior canoe, 
 
 Singular. ■^ , . , ^ . , , , , 
 
 I ki ir/iimati\v,a.hau, the canoe you liad, 
 
 l^ tchimdiiiwdhan, tlie canoe they liad. 
 
 f nin tchiman[na,h&n'in, ^ „ , 
 
 ,..,.,. , . y lornierly our canoes, 
 T,, , ki tcfnmaninahanxn, ) 
 
 Plural. < , . J , . ^ • I • , , , 
 
 I ki tcnimam\\a,ban\n , the canoes 3'ou had, 
 
 ■{ o tchimuniw'&h&nm , tlie canoes they had. 
 Examples. 
 
 Mi ow nin kitigdnihau, bakdn dash ninydtcld nongom nin kitir- 
 gi ; this was formerly my field, but now I make my field else- 
 where. 
 
 Anindi gwaiak ga-ateg ki iodkaigan\\\a.ha,x\ ? Where is the spot 
 where your house stood ? 
 
 Kishime od aian nin masinaigainhan ; thy brother ha,s the book 
 I had before. 
 
 Gi-sdkide cndaiang, kakina dash nin masinaigan'u^ahamu g'l- 
 tchdgidewan ; our house took fire, and all our books we had, 
 burnt down. 
 
 £imojicdganiwaiha.T\'m, once your scissors. O 7nojwdgan\v:a.haitt , 
 once his (her) scissors. 
 
 Form 2. 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 ( Nind afta/iban, my pole (lodge-pole) which I lost. 
 Singular. < kid abajxhaw, thy pole thou hadst, 
 ( od abajxhsin, the pole he (she) had. 
 
 C nind o/*<7/ibanin, the jioles T had, 
 Plural. • kid aVjoyibanin, tlie poles thou hadst, 
 ' od afto/ibanin, the poles ho had. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nind al>a/inaban,i , , , , 
 
 , . , ... , )■ the ])ole wo had, 
 kid aocryinaban, J ' 
 
 kid abaj'wMxhaxx, the pole you had, 
 
 od a^yoy'iwaban, the pole they had.
 
 — 04 — 
 
 f Nin(lab(n\na\>anin,') ,, , , , 
 
 , . , , .. , . >-the poles we liad, 
 ^, , kid alj(inniibiiu\n, ) 
 
 iliir'il 
 
 "I A/fZ «/;((yiuabiuiiii, tlie polos you liad, 
 
 (^ Oil a6(</'i\vabaiiiii, the poles they liad. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Mojagmn mikwendan ninindj\ha.n inin kashkendam giwanitoidn ; 
 
 I think often on the hand I had ; I am sorry to liave lost it. 
 Nimisse o mmviion onindj'ihaii ; my sister is crying because she 
 
 lost her hand, (or she is bewailing the hand she lost.) 
 Apinenind an?7ibanin, kawin nin mikansinan ; the spears I had, 
 
 are lost, I don't find them. 
 
 Form 3. 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural. ^ 
 
 Nin makakohan, the box I had, (my former box,) 
 ki makakohan, the box thou had.et, 
 o 7}iakakoha,n, the box he (she) had. 
 
 nin makakohanin, the boxes I had, 
 ki 7M«/i-rtA:obanin, the boxes thou hadst, 
 7nrtA"aA'obanin. the boxes they had. 
 
 f Nin makakonah&n,^ „ , 
 
 , . , , , } our former box, 
 { ki makakouaban, I 
 
 ki 7H«A-o/i-owaban, the box you had, 
 
 makakowahan , the box they had. 
 
 f nin 7?;oA-rtAonabanin, ■) ,, , , , 
 
 , . , , , ■ } the boxes we had, 
 ki ?H«Av?Aonabanin, J 
 
 ki /»rtA-rtAowabanin, the boxes you had, 
 V^ 77f«AoA-owabanin, the boxes they had. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 ^i-gaicissemagad nin pijikiicigamigoh&n ; the stable I had, tum- 
 bled down.
 
 — 65 — 
 
 Minossebanin hi wdgdkwadon&h&nm ; tlie axes we had were' 
 
 good. 
 Nind aidweimgamigoha,n oma atehan ; here was the store I had. 
 Kid atdwiwigamigowahan; the store you had, once your store. 
 
 Note. The Remark on page 46 is applicable also to these three 
 forms. 
 
 B. Possessive Pronouns with animate Substantives transformed, 
 into Verbs. 
 
 Form 1. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 i Nind akikohsm, the kettle I had, 
 Singular, s kid akikohan, the kettle thou hadst, 
 
 ' od akikohamn, the kettle he (she) had. 
 
 {nind aA-«7iobanig, the kettles I had, 
 kid cfHA-obanig, the kettles thou hadst, 
 od aA;iA:obanin, the kettles he (she) had, 
 
 f Nind akikonahan , ") ,, , ,, , , 
 
 ,.,,., , > the kettle we had, 
 kid a/i-?/i-onaban, J 
 
 Singular. ^ 
 
 kid a/c/A:owaban, the kettle you had, 
 (^ od akikowahan'in, the kettle they had. 
 
 r nind akikonaban'ig, 
 
 Plural. <J 
 
 kid a/c?A-onaban: 
 
 ^Hti 
 
 le kettles we had. 
 
 , kid «A-?A-owabaiiig, the kettles you had, 
 \_ od aAzArovvabanin, the kettles they had. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Mi sa aw ikwe od aHArobanin ; to this woman belonged the kettle^ 
 
 (or the kettles.) 
 Gi-batainowag nind aA'j/ionabanig ; the kettles we had were- 
 
 many. 
 Niti nind assab'iban aw ; yiongom dash kawin nind ossabissi j. 
 
 this wa.* my net ; but now I have no net. 
 Gi-niiciwan od as5a6iwabanin ; tliey had four nets before.
 
 — 66 — 
 
 ^idf anishi 7idl)eha.n, my fellow-man (brother) I had, or my de- 
 ceased follow-man (brother.) Widf anin hi nab eh&n'in, his de- 
 ceased fellow-man. Kidf anishindbenahsiXi'ig, our deceased 
 fellow-men. 
 
 Form 2. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 r Nitid ogimdm'ihan, my deceased chief, (or the chief 
 I I had before,) 
 
 "j kid ogimdm'ihan , thy deceased chief, 
 l^ o(i o5'//«rt»iibanin, his (her) deceased chief. 
 
 { vin otjimdm'xhamg, my deceased chiefs, 
 Plural. < kid o[/imdm\ba.u\g, thy deceased chiefs, 
 
 ( od ogimdmihiimn, his (her) decea.sed chiefs. 
 
 f iVinc? o^rmaminaban,"! our deceased chief, (or the 
 
 _. , ! kid 0Qimdm\na,ha,n, j chief we had before,) 
 Singular. < 7 • 7 • - ■ i 1 ^ x,- e 
 
 1 kid 0(jima7niwa.ha,n, your deceased chief, 
 
 (^ od o(/m«miwabanin, his (her) deceased chief. 
 
 r mnd o<7«««,Hinabanig, | ^^^ ^^^^ ^^^.^^^^ 
 p, , 1 kid ogimaminaha.mg, ) 
 
 I kid 0(7/w«?wiwabanig, your former chiefs, 
 l^ od ogimdnnwabamu , their deceased chiefs. 
 
 Ex.\MPLES. 
 
 Ki kitchi ogimdm'ma.ha,n od indkonigeicin ; our late king's law. 
 
 Mn widjiwdganihan od inodeicisiwin ; my deceased companion's, 
 (or partner's) property. 
 
 Kawin icika nongom aiciia nin wdbamassig nin kikinoamdgan- 
 ibanig ; I never see now any of my former scholars. 
 
 Nissai, keidbi na ki mikwenima ki icidigemdgamh&n ? My brother, 
 dost thou yet remember thy deceased wife ? 
 
 Jgiw nij ikuoewag gi-mino-dodawaican mojag o widigimdgan- 
 iwabanin ; these two women have always treated well their de- 
 ceased husbands.
 
 — 67 — 
 
 N'iiag ffi-saf/iawaii icidi{/em(i;/ain\\'&h&run ; my brothers-ln-lavr 
 have loved their deceased wives. 
 
 Kitchi (/inwenj gi-anomgosi otyid niii batmi/lganinaban ; our de- 
 ceased servant was very long employed here. 
 
 The words of the irregular forms belong to this Form 2, in 
 their imperfect tense, as: 
 
 N'oss, my father. iV'ossibanjmy deceased father. ir"ossinaban,our 
 deceased father. iV'ossinabanig, our deceased fathers. 
 
 Nimishomiss, my grand-father. Kimishotnissm&h&mg, our de- 
 ceased grand-fathers. Kimishomiss'ih&n , thy deceased grand- 
 father. 
 
 N'okomiss, my grand-mother. ^o/t-ojHminaban, our deceased 
 grand-mother. 
 
 Ifissaie, my older brother. Ifissaieihan, my deceased brother. 
 iPmai^inabanig, our deceased brothers. Ossa/^iwabanin, their 
 deceased brother, (or brothers.) 
 
 N'itmciss, my he-cousin. N'itdwissiha.n , my deceased cousin. Wi- 
 /awmiwabanin, his deceased cousins. 
 
 Nind'ojim, my step-son. Nimd'ojimihan, my deceased step-son. 
 Kid'ojim'inahan , our deceased step-son. AVd'cjy7?«iwabanig, your 
 deceased step-sons. 
 
 Some of the words of the irregular forms, when in the imper- 
 fect tense, belong to other forms, according to the explanations 
 given at every form, as : 
 
 Nita, my brother-in-law. N'itahan, my deceased brotiier-in-hiw. 
 iViVanabanig, our deceased brother.s-in-law. Wiiah&n'm, his 
 deceased brother-in-law, (or brothers-in-law.) (After " Nidj' 
 anishindbe." Nidf aimhindbeh&n.) 
 
 Ninim, my sister-in-law ; (pi. ninimog.) Niiiimohan, my deceased 
 sister-in-law. T-r^Hmobanin, his deceased sister-in-law, (or his 
 deceased sister.s-in-law.) A'//«monaban, our deceased sister-in- 
 law. (Alter " Nindakikonahan,) etc , etc
 
 — G8 — 
 
 The term ninyn, my mother, maken its imperfect in a peculiar 
 ^manner ; viz : 
 
 ( Ninglhan, my deceased mother, 
 Singular. I kigibaii, thy deceased mother, 
 
 I ogibanin, his (her) deceased mother. 
 
 iiiiif/ihanig, my deceased mothers, 
 Plural. <( kl(jibani<j, thy deceased mothers, 
 
 ogibanin, his (her) deceased mothers. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 ( Ninqinahan, "> , , ., 
 
 '.,.., > our deceased mother, 
 
 j kigmaban, j 
 
 kigiwnban, your deceased mother, 
 
 ogiwaban, their deceased mother. 
 
 ( ninqinahaniq , ) , 1,1 
 
 , . . , . > our deceased mothers, 
 j kigiiiabuing, ) 
 
 kigiwabanig, your deceased mothers, 
 
 ogiwabanin, their deceased mothers. 
 
 The duhitative or traditional mood of speaking is often used in 
 the imperfect tense of terms denoting relationship, when ther 
 speak of deceased persons lohom they never saw. 
 
 The invariable rule for the formation of tlie traditional in this 
 imperfect tense is, to put the syllable go before the letter 6 in the 
 -terminations of the imperfect tense. F. i. 
 
 IPossibayi, my deceased father ; n'ossigoban, my deceased father 
 
 whom I never saw. 
 K'okomissinaban, our deceased grand-mot her ; k'okomissinagoban, 
 
 our deceased grand-mother whom we did not see. 
 Nind ogimdminaban, our deceased chief; nind ogimdminagohany 
 
 our deceased chief whom we did not see. 
 .Kimishomissinabanig, our deceased grand-fathers -/kiinishomissi- 
 
 nagobanig, our deceased grand-fathers whom we never saw. 
 
 And so on, putting always go before b in the terminations.
 
 — GO 
 
 OF TlIK TlllKl) PERSONS. 
 
 There is aiiotlier peculiarity of the Otchipwo language, which 
 I must treat of here. Three ditlorent tiiinl pennons are distin- 
 guished in animate substantives, eaclv of which lias its own 
 construction ; namely: tlie simple third person, tlie second third 
 person, and tlie third tliird person. I would have mentioned 
 this in the Chapter of Substantives ; but as the three third persona 
 have influence also on substantives with possessive pronouns, I 
 mention and explain it here. 
 
 Third person simple. 
 
 The third person simple is that whicli is the only one in the 
 sentence ; as : Nin sagia n'oss, I love my father. Nin l)al)amitawa 
 ningd, I listen to my mother. N'oss and ningd are the third 
 persons simple in these sentences. There is no particular rule 
 about that. 
 
 2. Second third person. 
 
 When there are two third persons in a sentence, one of them 
 is our second third person ; according to the construction of the 
 verb. F. i, 
 
 Mdham Jciciwiscns o minudeniman ossan ; this boy honors his 
 
 father. 
 Aw inini od anokitawan n'ossan ; that man works for my father. 
 Nimisse o widokawan ningaian ; my sister is helping my mother. 
 Kiichitwa Marie o gi-nigian Jesusan; St. Mary gave birth to 
 
 Jesus. 
 
 The second third persons in the above sentences are : ossan, 
 n'ossan, ningaian, Jesusan. Those that understand Latin, must 
 not think that the second third person always corresponds with 
 the Latin accusative. It often does indeed, but not always. In 
 the above four sentences the second third persons exactly express 
 the Latin accusative. But this is not invariably the ease. Where 
 there are two third persons in a sentence, one or the otiier may
 
 — 70 — 
 
 be our second tliinl person, the acc\i.sative or the nominative, 
 according to tlie verb. Tlie fullowing examples will illustrate 
 this matter. 
 
 O kikinimaioan )ins.inn kakina anishindbeg oma endanakidjig ; 
 all the Indians of this place know my father, [pntrem meum.) 
 
 kikenimigowan nossan kakina anishinaheg oma endanakidjig ; 
 
 my father fpater mens) knows all the Indians of this place. 
 
 In these two sentences, the second third person is always 
 nossan ; but in the first sentence nossan expresses the accusative, 
 (pair em meum,) and in tlie second it e.xpresses the ?JOffu«a/ice, 
 (pater mens.) (See Remark after the paradigm of the Passive 
 Voice in the iv. Conj.) 
 
 3. Third third person. 
 
 When there are three third persons in a sentence, one of them 
 is the second third person (according to the construction of the 
 verb,) and the third third person is that which has the nearest 
 report to the second. F. i. 
 Joseph o gi-odapinam Abinodjuan oginigaie, (or ogiiiiwan,) mi 
 
 dash gariji-madjad ; Joseph took the Child and his mother, 
 
 and departed. 
 
 In this sentence, Abinodjiian is the second third person, and 
 ogini the third third person. 
 
 Remark. Sometimes there are three and more third persons 
 in a sentence ; but if all are in equal and immediate relation to 
 one, this one is the third person simple, and all the others are 
 second third persons, and there is no third third person in the 
 sentence. F. i. 
 Kitchi ogima Herode nibiwa o gi-nissan abinodjiian, nibiwa gaie 
 
 ininiican, oshkinaicen, ikwewan gaie oginissan ; King Herod 
 
 slew niany children, and he also slew many men, young men, 
 
 and women. 
 Aw Wemitigoji o mino bamian, osinissan, iciican, onidjanissan, 
 
 Hu7a« (/a*V ,• .that Frenchman takes well care of his father-in- 
 law, of his wife, children and brother-in-law.
 
 — Ti- 
 
 ll! these two sentences, Herode and Wemitigoji, are simple 
 third persons ; all the rest are second third persons ; there is no 
 third third person. 
 
 Formation of the second and third third person. 
 
 A. Formation of the second third person. 
 
 This person is formed liy adding certain terminations to the 
 singular of the third person simple. These terminations are 
 A-eue/i in nunilier, viz : n, an, ian, in, oian, on, tcan. AVe «hall 
 consider them in examples. (Breve iter per exempla, longum 
 per pntcepta.) 
 
 Term. Simple third person. 
 
 n. Anishindbe, Indian, (or man,) 
 
 Manito, spirit, 
 
 Ogimd, chief, 
 
 Joniia, silver, money, 
 an. Noss, my father, 
 
 Ninidjdniss, my child, 
 
 Gijik, cedar, 
 
 Nind ogimam, my chief, 
 
 Pijikins, calf, 
 ian. Ningd, my mother, 
 
 Kimissi, thy sister, 
 
 Nissaie, my brother, 
 
 Senibd, ribbon, 
 
 Gigo, fish, 
 in. Jingob, fir-tree, 
 
 Op'ui, potatoe, 
 
 Nisshn, my daughter-in-law, 
 
 Nishkdnj, my nail, 
 oian. (In proper names :) Monsogidig, 
 
 Kitchigijig, 
 
 Manitogisiss, 
 Wewassang, 
 ■on. Ninim, my sister-in-law. 
 
 Second third person, 
 anishindben. 
 maniton. 
 ogiman. 
 joniian. 
 nossan. 
 ninidjdnissan. 
 gijikan . 
 
 nind ogimaman. 
 pijikinsan. 
 ningdian. 
 kimisseian. 
 nissaiSiati. 
 senibdian. 
 gigoian. 
 jingobin. 
 opinin. 
 nissimin. 
 nishkanjin. 
 Mo n s ogidigo ian . 
 Kifrhigijigoian . 
 Manitogisissoiaii . 
 Wewas.sangoian. 
 ninim on. 
 
 6
 
 — 72 — 
 
 Term. Simple third person. Second third person. 
 
 Mitifi, tree, mitiyon. 
 
 An'im, mean dog, animon. 
 
 Allan ff, star, nnanyon. 
 
 wan. Anjeni, angel, Anjenivcan. 
 
 Wemitigoji, Frenchman, Wemitigojiwan. 
 
 Inini, man, ininiwan. 
 
 IktcS, woman, ikwewan. 
 
 Aniik, beaver, amikwan. 
 
 The general and invariable rule for the application of these 
 different termination?, in forming the second third person, is,, 
 to change the letter g, in which all animate substantives end in 
 the plural, into n. (Examine the above examples.) 
 
 B. Formation of the third third per.<son. 
 
 The third third person always terminates in ini, except in 
 some proper Indian names, where it ends in ani . This person 
 is formed from the second third person. Let us examine the 
 above seven terminations of the second third person, and see 
 how the third third person is obtained from them. 
 
 1. To the terminations n, in, on, add ini, for the third third per- 
 son. F. i. Maniton, maniionini. Nissimin, nisstminini. Mi- 
 iigon, miiigonini. 
 
 2. The terminations an, and ian, are changed into ini. F. i. 
 N'ossan, n'ossini. Ossan, ossini. Ogicissan, ogicissini. Ki- 
 misseian, kimisseitii. (Sometimes the syllable wan is here 
 added, as : Ossiniican, n' ossiniican, ogwissinitcati, etc.) 
 
 3. The termination oian (in proper names) adds i for the third 
 third person. F. i. Manitogisissoian, Manttogisissoiani. Mon- 
 .fogidigoian, Monsogidigoian i. 
 
 4. The termination xoan is changed into icini. F. i. Wemitigo- 
 jiwan, Weynitigojitvini. Ikicetcan, ikwewinl. Wiiran, wiwini. 
 — Exception. Ogin, his mother, takes only i for the third 
 third person: ogini, sometimes oginiican.
 
 This distinction of tliree tliinl persons is one of tlie Leauties 
 and perfections of the Otcliipwe laiijj;iiage. It contributes mate- 
 rially to the unequivocal understanding of the whole sentence ; 
 whereas in English and in other languages we are sometimes 
 obliged to insert a proper name or another word to avoid misun- 
 derstanding. 
 
 llluat ration. In the sentence : Paul is indeed a wicked man, 
 he almost killed his brother and his icife; you cannot know 
 whether Paul almost killed his own wife, or his brother's wife ; 
 both senses can be understood in the above sentence ; and when 
 it becomes necessary to avoid misunderstanding, you must in- 
 sert Paul's name, or some other word, and say : he almost killed 
 his (Patil's) wife; or, he almost killed his brother and his own 
 wife. And if you want to say that Paul almost killed his bro- 
 ther's wife, you have to say : he almost killed his brother and 
 his brother's tvife. This double sense of the sentence is avoided 
 in the expressive Otchipwe language, by the third third person. 
 They will say : Paul geyet matchi ininiwi, gega ogi-nissan os- 
 saieian, loiwini (or wiwlniwan) gaie. The third third person, 
 wiwini, can only mean Paul's brother's wife ; because if Paul's 
 wife be meant, it would heioiwan, the second third person ; and 
 then it would read : gega o gi-nissan ossaieian, wiwan gate; he 
 almost killed his brother and his (Paul's) wife. 
 
 Another illustration. In the sentence : iMarg is a very indus- 
 trious woman, she always lielps her cousin and her mother ; you 
 cannot know with certainty, whose mother is meant. It can be 
 Mary's mother, or her cousin's mother. In Otchipwe there can 
 be no double sense in such sentences. If you say Marie kitchi 
 nita-anoki, mojag o widakawan odangosheian, agin gaie; it is 
 clear that you want to say, Mary always helps her cousin, and 
 her own (Mai'y's) mother. But if you say Marie mojag o widoka- 
 wan odangosheian, ogini gaie; it is clear that Mary always 
 helps her cousin and her cousin's mother. 
 
 Remark. The M//'Z per.^on appears sometimes even in man«- 
 »rea<e substantives with possessive pronouns; but it is not so
 
 — 71 — 
 * 
 
 coiniiHirily u-oil, nor so important as in (utinialc (?ul).-tantiv(- 
 with possessive i)ron<juns. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Ennmiad wcweiii o r/ad-odapinamaifan JesuHun iciidicini ; the 
 Cliristian ouj^lit to receive wortliily tlio body of Jesus. {Ena- 
 miad, simple tiiinl j)erson ; Jesiisan, second third person ; 
 tinidwini, third third jjerson.) 
 
 Debenjiged o honigidetawan aianioenindinonidjin o hatadowinini 
 (or bdtddowininiwan ;) the Lord forgives their sins to those 
 that repent. {Debendjiged, simple third person ; aianwenin- 
 disonkljin, second third person ; o bdiddoicinini, (or o bdtd- 
 doivinviiwan), third tiiird person. 
 
 Kiivhitwd Marie Cipitclii weweni o gi-ganaicendamaican Jesusan 
 od ikitowinini ; St. Mary kept very well the word of Jesus. 
 
 Nind awiig dw ikwe odanan od onaganinivcan ; that woman 
 lends me her daughter's dishes. 
 
 III. DEMONSTRATIVE PROXOUXS. 
 
 Demonstrative Pronouns are those that indicate or point out 
 the persons or things spoken of. They are divided according to 
 the two classes of substantives or nouns, in those that refer to 
 ■animate substantives, and those that have report to inanimate. 
 
 1. First Class : Demonstrative Pronouns referring to 
 animate objects. 
 
 For near objects. 
 Sing. Aw, icaaw, mdbam ; this, this one, this here. 
 Plur. Ogdu\mdmig; these, these here. 
 
 For distant objects. 
 Sins:. Aw, that, that one, that there. 
 
 (For the second third pers. : iniw, or aniic.) 
 Plur. Igiw, or agiw, those, those there. 
 
 (For the second third pers. : iniw, or aniw. 
 
 Remark. There is no difference of sex perceptible in the Ot-
 
 — 75 — 
 
 chipwe demonstrative pronoun.s. The same pronoun is employ- 
 ed to refer to a man, a woman, a child, or even a lifeless object, 
 when it is used in Otchipwo like a living beinir. uSee p. 14, 15, 16.) 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Mnhan Ahinodji ta-Mlchi-di/onirctaira ; this child shall lie much 
 
 spoken against. 
 Mi aw iiiini (h'benimad iniw mania htanishan ; this is the man 
 
 that owns those sheep. 
 Mi mdmiji ninidjCiniasag, iniw da.s-h nijislie onidjunissan ; these 
 
 here are my children, and those there my uncle's children. 
 Mcmindaije uio inini jdiccndagosi, eji-mino-ejiwebisid ; this man 
 
 (or that man) is really happy, being so good. 
 Mi mdham pakwejigan gijigong wendjibad ; this is the bread 
 
 which comes down from heaven. 
 Kid ashamin ogow misJiiminag ; I give thee these apples here to 
 
 oat . 
 Aw Have weweni o nildwcgian onidjunissan ; this woman brings 
 
 well up her children. 
 Kiichi mawishki mabam ikwesens ; this little girl is always 
 
 crying. 
 Kawin na ki nonddioassig mamig ogimag ckitowud? Dost thou 
 
 not hear these chiefs what they say ? 
 igiw ikwewag kitchi nitd-nagamoivag ; those women are good 
 
 singers. 
 Ki nissWdawag na ogow ininiwag y ogoio oshkinaweg ? Dost 
 
 thou understand these men here ? these young men here? 
 Nin kikenimaaio inini tvedi bcmos-ied ; I know tliat man that 
 
 walks there. 
 Nin sdgid aw kwiwisens aidpifchi-nibwdkdd ; I like that very 
 
 wise boy. 
 N'oss dibeniman iniw pijikiwan ; my father is the owner of this 
 
 ox, (or these oxen,) (this cow, or these cows.) 
 Mi sa igiw, odenang ged-ijadjig ; those are the persons that will 
 
 go to town.
 
 — 76 — 
 
 Kakinn i<jiir (uiish'int'ihcfi nivfjoting ta-anamiairay ; all those In- 
 dians will once Ix' Ciiristians. 
 
 2. Second Class : Demnnsiratife Pronouns referrinrf to inatii- 
 inate objects. 
 
 For near objects. 
 
 Sing. Ow, mdndan; this, this here. 
 Plur. OnoWjiniw; these, these here. 
 
 For distant objects. 
 
 Sing. Jw, that, that there. 
 Plur. Iniw, tho.-;e, tho.-^e there. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nin kitchi sdgiton oiv masinaiffan, oic gaie ojibiiyan ; I like very 
 
 much this book, and this writing. 
 Wegonen mdndan? Kana wika ki wdbandansin? What is this? 
 
 Hast thou never seen it? 
 A7 nissitdu'inan na iic ? Dost thou know that ? lor recognize it?) 
 Nin manddjiton mdndan anamiewigamig ; I respect (I honor) 
 
 this churcli. 
 Nin kitchi minotdnan iniic nagamonan ; I like vorv much to 
 
 hear those hymns. 
 Onow ki minin masindiganan ; viino indbadjiton ; I give thee 
 
 these books here ; make a good use of them. 
 Nin gi-mamakddendan iw kitchi anamieiciganiig Moniang eteg ; 
 
 I admired that great church in Montreal. 
 Maididokan iniic apabiicinan ; carry away these chairs (or 
 
 benches). 
 
 IV. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Interrogative Pronouns ure those thai Berve to ask questions. 
 There are three of this kind in the Otchipwe language, viz : 
 For animate objects: Aicenen ? who? which? what? Plur: 
 
 Awenenag ? 
 For inanimate objects. Wegonen ? A nin ? what?
 
 — 77 — 
 
 EXAMI'LKS. 
 
 Aw6neii tje-dihakoninang gi-ishkwa-himddisiiang aking ? Who 
 
 will judge us after our life on earth ? 
 Awcnen gijigong gcd-ijad Y Who shall go to heaven ? 
 Aw^neiiag wedi bem'ishkudjig ? Who are those in that canoe there ? 
 Awiineuag igiw negamodjig? Who are those that sing? 
 Wegonen naidgatawendaman ? What art thou thinking on ? (or 
 
 contemplating?) 
 Wegonen iw ekHoieg f What are you saying ? 
 Wegonen ge-dodang awjia tchi jdwenddgosid kdgigt'kamig ? 
 
 What has a person to do in order to be happy eternally ? 
 Ininiwidog, nikunissinddog ! anin ged-ijitchigeidng ? Men, bre- 
 thren ! what shall we tlo ? 
 Anin ekitoian ? What sayest thou? 
 Anin endkamigak? What is the news ? 
 
 Remark. The second third person oi' aivcnen and awenenag, is 
 awenenan, which exactly expresses the English whom. F. i. 
 Awenenan ga-anonddjin Jesus tchi gagikwcnid enigokwag ak'i ? 
 Whom did Jesus employ to preach every where on earth? 
 Aivcnenan Jesus ga-apitchi-sdgiadjin minik ya-dashinid o k'lki- 
 
 noamdganan Y Whom did Jesus especially love among all his 
 
 disciples? 
 Awenenan ga-maicadissudjin kishimc pitcliindgo Y Whom did 
 
 thy brother visit yesterday ? 
 
 V. IXDEFINITIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Jndefinitive Pronouns are those which ilenote persons or 
 things indefinitely or generally. There are four of this descrip- 
 tion in the Otchipwe language ; viz : 
 
 For animate objects. 
 Awiia, one, somebody, some psr.son, any body. 
 Act awiia, or kawin awiia, none, nobody, no person. 
 Awegioen, whoever, or wliosoever, I don't know who. Plural : 
 
 awegwenag. 
 
 Fur inanimate objects. 
 Wegotogwen, whatever, or wliatsoever, all, I don't know what.
 
 — 78 — 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Au'iia pakifi'an ishkirandem; sonichody knocks on the door. 
 
 Awiia na aid d(j}LHitchin(jY Is there any body without? 
 
 Kmcin cnciia mashi daijwinMnsi; nobody lor no pe^^'on) ha.« ar_ 
 
 rived yet. 
 Kawin aioiia o du-ijashkitossin, nij ye-dihenimigodjin tchi ano- 
 
 kitawad ; nobody can serve two master.". 
 Awegwen ge-nishkddisitdwagipen ic'ikdniasan anisha, tamatchi- 
 
 dodavi; Avhosoever shall be angry with his brother witliout a 
 
 cause, will do evil. 
 Ow gi-inan Jesus o kikinoamdganan: Awegwen ge-gassiamdweg- 
 
 wen baiddowinan, mi aw ge-gassiigddenig. Jesus said to his 
 
 disciples : Whose soever sins you remit, they are remitted 
 
 unto them. 
 Wegotogwen ge-nandotamdwdgwen. Wedssimind nind 'ijinikdso- 
 
 tcining, ki ga-^ninigowa ; kid igonaii Jesus. Jesus says unto 
 
 us: Whatsoever you shall ask the Father in my name, he 
 
 will give it you. 
 Wcgoiogicen tca-ikHogwen, kawin nin nissHoidicas.si ; I don't 
 
 know what he wants to say ; I don't understand him. 
 
 Remark 1. The second third person of awegwen and awegwe- 
 nag, is awegwenan, which is expressed in English by : I don't 
 know who, or, we don't know who. F. i. 
 Awegwenan ga-wdhiigogwenan aio ga-gakibingwe-nigipan ; gi- 
 
 ikiiowan onigiigon. We don't know who has opened tlie eyes 
 
 of this born blind, said his parents. 
 Awegwenan ga-hi-ganonigogwenan nishime ; gegei nnngom mino 
 
 ijiwSbisi. 1 do not know who came and spoke to my brother ; 
 
 he behaves now well. 
 
 Remark 2. If you are asked : Awenen aw ? Who is this ortliat 
 person ? Or, awenenag ogow ? or, igiw ? Who are these or those 
 persons ? And if you don't know, you will have to answer, for 
 the singular : Awegwen; and for the plural : Awegwenag ;v;\\\c\\ 
 both signify, I don't know who. F. i.
 
 — 79 — 
 
 Aivi'nen aw buddssamossed ? Awegwen. Who ia that person 
 
 there coming this way ? I don't know. 
 Aweneii aw ikwe ga-hi-ijad oma ji'ha? Aweyicen. Wlio is tliat 
 
 woman that came here this morning? I don't know. 
 Awenenarf f/e-madjadjig wabang? Atcegiccnag. Wlio are those 
 
 that will start to-morrow ? I don't know. 
 Axmnenag igiw ga-giossedjig piichinago ? Awegwenag. Who are 
 
 tjiose that have been a hunting yesterday? I don't know. 
 
 The second third person of this word of answer is Aioegwenau, 
 for both the singular and plural. F. i. 
 Aioeuenan ga-dnweiiimddjin nimislwme ? Aivegicegan. Whom 
 
 did my uncle reprimand ? I don't know. 
 Awenenan ga-bi-ganonigodjin nisJiime? Awegwenan. Who came 
 
 and spoke to my brother ? I don't know. 
 
 Before we close the Chapter of Pronouns we must observe 
 that there are no relative pronouns in the Otchipwe language. 
 The sentences in which there are relative pronouns in English, 
 {u'lto, irhich, that,what,\ are given in Otchipwe by what is call- 
 ed, in this Grammar, " The Change of the first votcel," forming 
 chiefly participles. We have already employed this " Change" 
 in some examples, but we have had till now no opportunity of 
 mentioning it ; and even now we mention it only because the 
 relative pronouns are always expressed by the Change. But in 
 the next Chapter, towards the end of the first Conjugation, you 
 will find a full explanation of it. This exjdanation naturally 
 belongs to the Chapter of Verbs, because the C/iaiige never oc- 
 curs but in verbs. 
 
 Here are a few examples in which you will see how the sen- 
 tences with relative pronouns are given in Otchipwe. All this, 
 however, you will better understand when you study it again 
 after a careful perusal of the next Chapter. 
 
 Kije-Manito misi gego, ga-gijitod, misi gego gate mdninang, we- 
 nidjdnissinjin ki sdgiigonan ; God icho made all things, and 
 who gives us all, loves us like children.
 
 — 80 — 
 
 J dwendagosiwag ivnidhandangig vftinhtnulnmrg ; ble.«.«ed are 
 
 they li'lio see what you see. 
 Jdwendugosi dairhivctang duo icdbandunsig ; blessed is he that 
 
 believes silthougli lie sees not. 
 initiiicag ga-dno-nandomindjig, kau-in gi-h'i-ijdsshcag ; the men 
 
 that liave been called, did not come 
 Inini ga-wdbamag, ga-ganonag gaie The man that I have 
 
 seen, and whom I have spoken to 
 
 OsJikinaive enonad gi-hi-ija oma jeba ; the young man whom 
 
 thou employest, came here this morning. 
 !kwe wddigeviag ; the woman to whom I am married. 
 Inini wddigemag ; the man to ivho))i I am married. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 OF VERBS. 
 
 A Verb is that part of speech which expresses an action or 
 state, and the circumstances of time in events, or in a being. 
 
 The being whicli does or receives the action e.xpressed by the 
 verb, is called its sidijeet ; and the being to which relates the 
 action, in some verbs, is called its of)Ject. 
 
 The verb is the principal and most important part of speech, 
 especially in the Otchipwe language, which is a language of 
 verb.'^. 
 
 DIVISION OF VERBS. 
 
 The principal granimatical division of verb* is in two classes, 
 transitive and intransitire. Each of these two classes has its 
 subdivisions, which are detailed liere. It was necessary to give 
 to some sorts of verbs peculiar names, which do not occur in 
 other Grammars. But in the Grammar of the Otchipwe lan- 
 guage, which ditters so much from other languages in its gram- 
 matical system, it seemed necessary to establish distinct deno- 
 juinations for certain peculiar kiuds of verbs.
 
 — 81 — 
 
 A. TRANSITIVE VERBS. 
 
 1. Active verbs, or iransitive-jn-oper, express an act done (or 
 that could be done) by one person or thing to another. F. i. 
 Nin scigia noss, I love my father. Nind ojibian masinaigan, I 
 write a letter. Nin da-ganona tcdbamag, I would speak to him 
 if I saw him. 
 
 2. Reciprocal verbs are those which designate a reaction of 
 the subject on itself. F. i. Nin Idkcnindis, I know myself. Sd- 
 giidiao, he loves himself. Kitimugiidisowag, they make them- 
 selves poor. 
 
 3. Communicative verbs. So are called the verbs that express 
 a mutual action of several subjects upon each other, in a com- 
 municative manner. These verbs have only the plural number. 
 F. i. Igiw nitum ga-hi-anamiddjig, weweni gi-sdgiidiwag, gi-jdwe- 
 nindiwag, niojug gi-mino-dodddiwag. The first Christians loved 
 much each other, were charitable to each other, and treated 
 each other well. — It must, however, be remarked, that these 
 verbs do not always signify a mutual action of several subjects 
 upon each other ; but sometimes they mean that the subjects of 
 the verb act together, or are influenced together, in a common or 
 communicative manner. F. i. Nin iihaamddimin, we are paid 
 together. NimVidiicag, they are dancing together. Widjind'iwag, 
 they are going together. 
 
 4. P ersonij'ying verbs. We call, in this Grammar, tho.«e verbs 
 personifying, which represent an inanimate object acting like a 
 person, or another animate being. F. i. Niahtigivdn nin yiisKigon, 
 my head kills me, (I have a violent head-ache.) Masinaigan nin 
 gi-hi-odissigon, a letter came to me. Ninde ki nandawenimigon, 
 my heart desires thee. J.shhotcivdbo ki makamigon kakina kid 
 aiiman, ardent liquor (fire-water) is robbing thee of all thy 
 things. 
 
 There is yet another kind of personifying verbs, which are 
 formed by adding 7«0(/afZ to tlie third person singular pre-^sent, 
 indicative, of verbs belonging to the I., II., and III. Conjuga- 
 tions. These verbs give likewi.se to inanimate objects the acti-
 
 — 82 — 
 
 vity or quulity ofa person, or auotlicr aiiiinato licin;:. F. i. Iju- 
 magad, it goes, iijd, lie goes.) Nahikici'ia hihoiUHhimarjad oma, a 
 vessel winters here, {hibouhhi, he winters.) Mandan masinai- 
 gem jd(/anashiniomagad, this liook .«peaks English, {jdganashi- 
 mo, he speaks English.) 
 
 Remark 1. When the third person singular, al)0ve mentioned, 
 ends in a cnnsonani, you must first add to this third person the 
 nmiative vowel, and then the termination magrid, to form these 
 personifying verbs. The mutative vowel is that in which ends 
 the third person singular, present, indicative; or with which 
 commences the termination of the third person plural. F. i. Nin 
 ikkit, I say ; third person singular, ikkito, he says ; this o is the 
 mutative vowel. If you annex ?>j«y/a(Z to this o, you will liave 
 the personifying verb ikkitdmayad,\t saj's. But when the said 
 third person singular ends in a consonant, you have to go to the 
 third person plural, and see its conjugational termination ; and 
 the vowel with which this termination begins, is our mutative 
 vowel. F. i. Dagwishin, he arrives ; the third person plural is, 
 dagwishinog ; now this o is the mutative vowel ; and now add 
 to this o the termination magad, and you will have the personi- 
 fying verb dagtvishinomagad, it arrives, it comes on. In sub- 
 stantives the mutative vowel appears in the ternunation of the 
 plural. F. i. yl«0H_(/, a star ; plural, ««aH^og ; o is its mutative 
 vowel. A s sin, a iitone; plural, rts.s?Hig ; y is its mutative vowel. 
 Biivdbik ; bitcdbikon. 
 
 Remark 2. Sometimes abbreviations are employed in the for- 
 mation of these verbs. F. i. Kitimdgisi,he is poor. According 
 to the rule we ought to form the personifying verb by adding 
 magad to this third person, and say, kitimdgisimagad ; but they 
 say, hitimdgad, it is poor. Kitimdgad endaidn, my dwelling is 
 poor. Kitimdgad nind agiciwin, my clothing is poor. 
 
 B. INTRANSITIVE VERBS. 
 
 1. Neuter verbs, or intransitive-proper, are those verbs that 
 express a stale of being, or an action not going over on any ob- 
 ject. F. i. Nin kashkendam, I am sorrowful, sad. Kid dkkos.
 
 — 83 — 
 
 thou art sick. Minwendam, he is contented, glad, happy. Kibu, 
 he sleeps. These are intransitive verbs, becau.se they express a 
 state of being. The following express an action confined to the 
 actor, not passing over on any subject, and are therefore intran- 
 sitive. Niii mddja, I depart, I start. Ki dagwishin, thou arriv- 
 es!. Wdban(/e, he is looking on. Anishindbewidjige, lie lives 
 and acts like an Indian. 
 
 2. Reproaching verbs. So are called here tlie verbs which 
 signify that the subject thereof has some reproachful habit or 
 quality. F. i. Aw kwiwiseiis nibdshki, this boy likes too much 
 sleeping, {nibd, he sleeps.) Nimisse Himi,shki, my sister likes 
 too much dancing, (nimi, she dances.) Gindivishkiwag , tliev 
 are in the habit of lying. Gimodishki, he is a thief. 
 
 3. Substantive verbs are those that are formed directly from 
 substantives. F. i. Aking gi-ondji-ojitchigdde kiiaic, minawa 
 dash ki gad-akiw ; out of earth was formed thy body, and tliou 
 shalt be earth again. (Aki, earth ; nind akiw, I am earth ; aki- 
 wl, he is earth.) Lot iviivan giabandbiwan, mi dash ga-iji-jiwi- 
 tdganiwinid ; Lot's wife looked back and became salt (a pillar of 
 salt.) (Jiwitdgan, salt ; nin jiwitdganiw, I am salt ; jiwitdga- 
 vum, he (she) is salt.) Nhid anishindbew ; nind ininiw ; nind 
 ikwew. 
 
 4. Abundance-verbs. These verbs are likewise formed from 
 substantives, and they designate that there is abundance of the 
 ■object signified by the substantive from which they are formed. 
 They all end in ^•a, and are unipersonal verbs, belonging to the 
 VII. Conjugation'. F. i. Nibika oma, there is much water here. 
 Anishindbeka wedi, there are many Indians there. Tibikong gi- 
 kitchi-anangoka, last night there was plenty of. stars, (many 
 stars were visible.) Assinika, there is abundance of stone. 6'/- 
 f]6ika, there is plenty of fish. 
 
 5. Unipersonal verbs are those Uiat have only the third person. 
 The verbs of the preceding number are uniix^rsonal verbs. These 
 verbs are commonly called by {jr&mmsiv'vAns impersonal ; but 
 the term unipersonal is undoubtedly more adapted to them: 
 because they are not entirely destitute of persons, but they have
 
 — 84 — 
 
 only ouf ; so tlioy are rather uiiipersnnnl tlian impersonal. F. i. 
 Kissinn or ki.'isiiinma;/ar], it is cold. Kijntf, or kijiltemayad, it 
 iw warm. Ghniwan, it rains. Sanar/fi'f, it is difficult. 
 
 (J. Defective verbs are tho.se that want some of the tenses and 
 persons, which the use does not admit. F. i. hva, he says, 
 (inquit). Niit diml, I am, I do; atiiii endiidii ? how do you do ? 
 
 There are many other kinds, or rather modifications of verbs, 
 of which we will speak after all the Conjugations, under the 
 head o^ Formation of Verbs. 
 
 There are no auxiliary, or helping verbs, in the Otchipwe lan- 
 guage. The verbs of all the Conjugations of this Grammar are 
 inflected or conjugated by themselves without the help of any 
 other verbs. The verbs to he and 1o have, which are auxiliary 
 verbs in other languages, are principal verbs in the Otchipwe 
 language. Instead of auxiliary verbs, the Otchipwe verbs take 
 certain prefixes or signs in certain moods and tenses. 
 
 There are five prefixes, or signs, in the Otchipwe Conjuga- 
 tions, by which the difi[erent moods and tenses are distinguish- 
 ed ; viz : ga-, f/e-, gi-, da-, ta-. 
 
 Ga-, (pronounced almost ka-,) for the perfect and pluperfect 
 tenses, (in the Change,] and participle perfect and pluperfect. 
 Ga-, {gad-,) and ta^, for the future tense indicative. 
 Ge-, ig^d,) (pronounced almost ke-, ked-,) for the future ten-ses, 
 
 subjunctive, and participle future. 
 Gi-, for the perfect and pluperfect tenses. 
 Da-, for the conditional mood. 
 
 Reinark. The English language has also several signs which 
 are employed in the Conjugation of verbs ; as, ji'ill, would, 
 shall, should, ought, etc. But there is a great difierence, in re- 
 gard to the use of signs, between the two languages. The Eng- 
 lish signs are sometimes used by themselves, separately from 
 their verbs ; and one sign may serve for several subsequent 
 verbs. Not so in Otchipwe. In this language the signs always 
 remain attached to the verb, andean never be used separately ; 
 and the sign must be repeated before every verb which stands 
 under the influence of the same.
 
 — 85 — 
 
 This remark is rather a syniactical one ; but speaking here of 
 these signs, as attached to verbs eiymologically , I make it here. 
 You will better understand it when you return to it after the at- 
 tentive peruf^al of tlte long Chapter of Verbs. 
 
 SOME IMA'STKATIXi; KXAMI'I.K.S. 
 
 In English you woxild say : I will work to-morrow all day ; in- 
 deed I will. Here the sign will stands alone, separated from 
 its verb, only referring to it. 
 
 But in Otchipice you must say: Nin (jad-anokl wdbaiuj kabe- 
 gijig ; geget nin gad-anoki. You cannot put the sign only 
 and say: Geget nin gad. The sign can never be used separa- 
 tely from its verb ; it must remain attached to it ; you must 
 say : Geget nin gad-anoki. 
 
 So again you would say in Eitglish : lie duglit to jiay tliee ; yes, 
 he ought. The sign ought is separated from its verb. 
 
 In Oichipwe you have to say : A7 da dibaamag sa. E, ki da di- 
 baamag. — The sign da-, remains attached to its verbs. 
 In the following example you will see how the Otchipwe sign 
 
 must be repeated at every verb to which it relates. 
 
 In English you would say, for instance: He would be loved^ 
 respected, and well treated, if he did not drink so much. — The 
 sign loould be, is put only once t<>rt lie three subsequent verbs. 
 
 But in Otchipice you must repeat tlie sign before every verb, 
 and say : Du-sagia, da-minddeninia, da-viino-dodaica gaie, 
 osam minikxucssig. You see how the sign, da-, is repeated 1k?- 
 fore every verb to which it refers. 
 
 IXFLKCTIOX OK VERHS. 
 
 To the intlection of verbs belong coices, forms, moods, tenses, 
 numbers and persons, and participles. We shall now consider 
 each of these articles in particular, and state the jjcculiarities of 
 the Otchipwe Grammar.
 
 — 80 — 
 
 A. Of Voices. 
 
 Voice in verbs ,«how» the relation of the Hiihjecl of the verb to 
 the action, or ntate of heiny, expressed 1^^' it. We have two 
 voices in the Otchipvve verbs; viz : 
 
 1. Tlie Active Voice, so called htecause it nhows tlie svibject of 
 the verb acting upon some object ; as : Nind ashama bekaded. 
 I feed the hungry. A7 kikinoamawa;/ kinidjanisaag, thou teach- 
 est thy children. hibdfjimun oijin, he calls his mother. 
 
 2. The Passive Voice, so called because it shows the subject of 
 the verb in a passive state, acted upon by some person or thing ; 
 as: Ashama bekaded, the hungry person is fed. Kikinoammcn- 
 toay kinidjdnissag, thy children are taught. Wegimid bibdgima, 
 the mother is called. 
 
 B. Of Forms. 
 
 There are two forms throughout all our Conjugations, the affir- 
 mative and the negative forms. 
 
 1. The Affirmative Form, which shows that some state of exis- 
 tence, or some action, is a/prmed of the subject; as: Wdivijen- 
 dam, he is joyous. N'ln wassitdwendam, I am sad. Kid adissoke, 
 thou art telling stories. Gashkigwdsso, she is sewing. 
 
 2. The Negative Form, which shows that some state of exis- 
 tence, or some action, of the subject of the verb, is denied ; as : 
 Kaw in nin nibdssi, I a.m not asleep. Kaicin ki nibdgwessi, thou 
 art not thirsty. Kawin bigwdkamigibidjigessiwag, they don't 
 plough. Kaicin kid agonwetossinoninim, I do not gainsay you. 
 Ojibiigessigica, if they do not write. Anokissig,^ he does not 
 work. 
 
 Remark. It must be observed, as apeculiarity of the Otchipwe 
 Grammar, that throughout all the Conjugation.* the negative 
 form must be distinctly developed, fully displayed, because it is 
 so peculiar, dittioult, and varying, that no general rules can be 
 abstracted for the formation of it. It must be exactly pointed 
 out in every Conjugation, and in every part of it. The negation 
 js ettected by placing before the pronoun and verb the adverbs
 
 — 87 — 
 
 ka or kawin, no, not ; or kego, do not, don't. And it is also ex- 
 pressed in the verb itself. In many cases this latter kind of ne- 
 gation only is employed, and the above negation-adverbs are not 
 used. 
 
 C. Of Moods. 
 
 Mood in verbs is the manner of indicating the state of exis- 
 tence, of action, or passion, in subjects. The Otchipwe verbs 
 have four moods ; viz : 
 
 1. The 7n(i?co/?'t'e, which simply affirms or denies something, 
 or asks a question ; as : Pijikiwag oddbiieag, the oxen are draw- 
 ing, hauling. Gagimklihenima, he is tempted. Kaicia mdminti- 
 disissi, he is not proud. Kawin awiia nin miskamdssi , I don't 
 insult anybody. A7 nishk^nima na awiia ? Hast thou angrv 
 thoughts against anybody ? Kaivin na ia-ijdssiwag? AVill tliev 
 not go? 
 
 2. The .S?<?^/H»icfM'eorfonyM«c//re, which represents something 
 imder a doubt, wish, condition, supposition, etc. Verbs in this 
 mood are preceded by some conjunction, tchi, kishpin,musaica, 
 etc.; and they are preceded or followed by another verb not in 
 the subjunctive ; as: Ninminwendani,missawa kitimdgisiidn, I 
 am happy, although poor. (Kitimdgisiidn is in the subjunctive 
 mood.) A7 windumon iio, tchi kikendaman, I tell thee this, that 
 thou mayst know it. [Kikendaman, subjunctive.) Wdbamad 
 kishime, ki gad ina tchi hi-ijad oma : if thou seest thy brother, 
 thou wilt tell him to come here. ( Wdbamad, that is kisiiimx 
 wdbamad, if thou see him ; kishpin is understood.) 
 
 3. The Conditional, which implies liberty, or possibility of a 
 state or action, under a certain condition, expressed in another 
 verb in the subjunctive, preceding or following the verb in the 
 conditional ; as: Wissinissiwdn nin da-bakade, if I did not eat, 
 I would l)e hungry. \Nin da-bakade, is in the conditional mood.) 
 Kishpin kibdkwaigasosaig, da-biija ; if he were not in prison, he 
 would come. {Da-bi-ija,'\s in the conditional.) 
 
 liemark. The English poteiifial mood is expressed in Otchip- 
 we by the adverb gonima, or kema, perhaps ; which is jiiaced 
 before the verb that is in the potential in English, but in Ot-
 
 -^ 88 — 
 
 •cliipwe it remains in the indicative; an: II may rain, yonima 
 la-(jmiwau. He may preacli or sing, kima ia-<juijikwe, k6ma 
 yaie ia nagamo. But when the Englisli potential implies condi- 
 tion, (which is only understood,) in Otchipwe the conditional is 
 employed ; as : I wuuld go, (if. . .) niii ila-ija, ikisJqjin. ..) You 
 should obey your father, ki da-habamilawawu k'onsiica ... (if you 
 wish to do your duty . . .) 
 
 4. The htqieratioe, y\\nc\i i:i u.^ed for commanding, exhorting, 
 praying, permitting or prohibiting ; as: Uodelniw, do ih&t. Oji- 
 ton 010, make this. Enamiangin bimadisiiofj, live like Chris- 
 tians. Dcbtnimiianij, boniijidttawiskindiiKja-iji-hdtddiidng ; Lord, 
 forgive us our sin.-*. Mddjdn, go. K6ijo mddjdken, don't go. 
 
 Hemark. There is properly .•^peaking, no Infiniiice Mood in the 
 Otchipwe kiuguage. AVhat some believe to be the infinitive, a.s : 
 Ikkitom, tela ikkiioiKj, tchi iiicndaming, etc., is not that n)Oo<.l ; it 
 is tlie indefiiiitice third person ningnlar ; which may be given in 
 English with the indefinitive pronoun one. Better yet it is ex- 
 pressed in French and German. F. i. Ikkitom, signifies in French, 
 *' on dit," and in German, " man sagt." In English we may 
 say," one says," or " they say;" but this is not so expres.sive 
 as, ikkitom, or on dit, or man sagt. In the paradigm.s of the Con- 
 jugations we will express this person, at least in some tenses, in 
 French, for such as understand this language. 
 
 D. Of Tenses. 
 
 Tenses in verbs are thor-e modifications of the verb, by which 
 a distinction of time is marked. There are naturally only three 
 times; viz: tho present, the perfect, and the future time. But 
 to express more exactly the circumstances of time in events, ac- 
 tions, or states of existence, three other distinctions of time have 
 been adopted. This makes six tenses we have in Grammar, viz : 
 
 1. The Present, which indicates what is actually existing or 
 not existing, going on, or not going on ; as : Bejigo Kije-Manito, 
 kawin nississiwag ; there is one God, there are not three. Kind 
 ojibiige, kawin nin babdmossessi : I am writing, not walking 
 About.
 
 — 89 — 
 
 2. Tlie Imperfect, which represents a state, action, or event, 
 as past, or as continuing at a time now past; as: Nind inenda- 
 ndban tchi ijaidii gaie nin ; I tlioiigiit to go myself too. WIk.^i- 
 nibaii api jxiiidigeiang ; lie was eating when we came in. Nimissc 
 dkosibun ba-mddjaidn ; my sister was sick, when I started to 
 come here. 
 
 3. The Perfect, which represents events, actions or states, as 
 completely finished and past ; as: Miioshe gi nibo ; my aunt is 
 dead. gi-nissdn o pijikiman ; lie has killed his ox. 
 
 4. The Pluperfect, which signifies that an action or event was 
 over, when or before another began, which is also past ; as : 
 Nin gi-ishkwa-ojibiigendban, bwa madwessing kitotdgaii ; I had 
 done writing, before the bell rang. A7 gi-gijitondban na apdbi- 
 2ciii, upi pundigeivud? Hadst thon finished the bench when 
 they came in ? 
 
 5. The Future, which represents actions or events, definitely 
 or indefinitely, as yet to come ; as : Wdbang nin ga-bi-ija mina- 
 iva; to-nioiTOw I will come again, {definitely.) Nugatch nin ga- 
 bi-ija minaica ; by and by I will come again, (indefinitelg.) 
 
 6. The Second Future, which indicates that an action or event 
 will be over, when or before another action or event likewi.^e 
 future .'ihall come to pass ; as : Kakina ge gi-bimddi.sidjig akiiig 
 ia-abiichibdwag, tchi bwa dibdkoniding ; all that shall have 
 lived on earth, will rise again belbre the general judgment. 
 
 E. Of Numbers and Persons. 
 
 The Numbers are two in every tense and mood, the singular 
 and tliQ plural. And each number has three Persons, the first, 
 tlie second, and the third. 
 
 The subjects of verbs are ordinarily nouns or pronouns. The 
 pronouns that are employed to serve as subjects to verbs, are 
 the two personal pronouns, nin, I, me, we ; and ki, thou, thee, 
 we, you, us. Tlie.se two pronouns .serve for both sexes and both 
 numbers; 7«'u for the first persons, and ki for the second. — The 
 third persons have no personal pronouns in the immediate con- 
 nexion with verbs. In some Conjugations, indeed, the third
 
 — 90 — 
 
 persons are preceded by an o ; but this o does not signify he, she^ 
 it, or they; it signifies him, her, it, or them, the object of the 
 verb. F. i. O Kv?/>r?»?aH, lie sees liini, (lier, them.) wuhandan, 
 he sees it. v)dbandanan,he boqh them. This o is al.so a pos- 
 sessive pronoun signifying his, her, its, their, as we liave seen ia 
 the preceding Chapter. 
 
 F. Of Participles. 
 
 A Participle is apart or form of the verb, resembling, at the- 
 same time, an adjective, and occasionally also a substantive, 
 and has its name from lisj^articipating of the qualities of the 
 verb, the adjective, and the substantive. 
 
 The Otchipwe participles have two forms, all the six tenses,^ 
 the three persons, and both numbers, singular and plural. 
 
 The two forms of the participles are : 
 
 1. Tlie Affirmative Form ; as : Gdgitod, speaking, or he that is 
 speaking. Degwishing, he that arrives, arriving. Senagak-,\\\\&t 
 is difficult. Wenijishing, what is fair, good, (being fair.) 
 
 2. The Negative Form ; as : Gdgitossig, lie that is not speak- 
 ing. Degivishinsig, he that arrives not, not arriving. Senagas- 
 sinolc, what is not difficult ; not being difficult. Wenijishinsinogy 
 not being fair, good. 
 
 The six tenses of the participles are the same as stated above ; 
 viz \The present, the imperfect, the perfect, the pluperfect, the 
 Jnture and the second future ; as: Gagitoian, I who am speak- 
 ing. Gdgitoiamban, thou who wast speaking. Gd-gigitod, he 
 who has been speaking. Gd-gigitoidng'iban, we who had been 
 speaking. Ge-gigitoieg, you who will be speaking. Gi-gi-gigi- 
 towad, they that will have been speaking. 
 
 Towards the end of the paradigm of the I. Conjugation you 
 will find an important Remark on the Otchipwe participles, 
 which you will please mind well. 
 
 Of the Dubitaiive. 
 
 The Dubitative or Traditional is used when person? are spok- 
 en of, whom the speaker never saw, or who are absent ; or other
 
 — 'Jl — 
 
 objects, that he never saw nor experienced himself; or speaking 
 of events which happened not before the eyes or ears of the per- 
 son speaking, or shall come to pass in future ; as : Mi-ga-ikkitog- 
 iven nw akiwesi hwanibod, so said that old man before lie died. 
 Anindi cidd k'issaie ? — Moniang aiddog. Where is thy brotlier? 
 — He is in Montreal ; (or I think he is in Montreal, but I am 
 not certain.) Ki kikendan na ga-ijiwebadogwen endaieg awass 
 bibonong? Dost thou know what happened in your house the 
 winter before last ? 
 
 Speaking of common uncertain events or object.-s, or of com- 
 mon persons absent, or of times past, we may employ it witli 
 propriety. For this reason it is also called Traditional. It is 
 also employed with the indefinitive pronoun awegwen, whoever, 
 or whosoever; as: Awegwen ged-ikkitogwen. .. . Whoever shall 
 say . . . Awegwen ged-ijdgwen. . . Whosoever shall go . . . 
 
 But what shall we call this, Dubitative, or Traditional? We 
 ■cannot ca.\\ it a mood ; it has moods itself, the indicative and 
 feubjunctive at least. We cannot call it a form either, because it 
 has itself two forms, the affirmative and the negative. We can- 
 not even call it a voice, as we find in it two voices, the active 
 and the passive. I think the most appropriate name for it would 
 be : Dubiiatice Conjugation. 
 
 The dubitative Conjugations have not all the tenses and moods 
 of the common Conjugations. We shall exhibit in the paradigms 
 of the dubitative Conjugations those tenses that are commonly 
 used in them. 
 
 Note. When we observe the Indians in their speaking, we see 
 that they have three manners of expressing themselves, when 
 they speak of uncertain, or unseen and unexperienced events or 
 persons. 
 
 1. They u.se the Dubitative, as established in the Dub. Conj. 
 of this Grammar. F. i. Abidog, he is perhaps in ; gi-mddjddoge- 
 nag, they are perhaps gone away. 
 
 2. They use not tlie Dubitative, but they employ advoriis de- 
 noting n7jce/"/a«;i/y; as, gonimi, ganabatch, m'tkija, all which
 
 — I»'i — 
 
 >i\gn'\fy pcrha]>s. F. i. Gonima abi, jx'rliap.s lie is in ; f/anabalch 
 gi-mddjCtwag, perhaps they are gone away. 
 
 3. They use the Dubitative and tliese adverhg of uncertainty 
 iogether. F. I. Goninui abiilot/, perhaps lie is in ; gonima gi- 
 madjadogenag , perhaps they are gone away. 
 
 They have also, for the expression of such phrases, the words 
 ^•^M'e and madwd-, which signify, they say, or, it is said. F. i. 
 Gi-nibo kiive ; or, gi-madwe-nibn, they pay he is dead; Gi-dag- 
 ivishinog kiwe, or, gi-madivS-dagwishinog, it is said that they 
 have come. 
 
 CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS. 
 
 The Conjugation of a verb is a written or recited display of its 
 different voices, forms, moods, tenses, numbers and persons, and 
 participles. To accommodate and arrange with ease all the dif- 
 ferent kinds of verbs of this " language of verbs," we must as- 
 sume no less than nine Conjugations. 
 
 Remark I must, however, make here a similar remark, as I 
 did in the preceding Chapter, p 50. 1 will lay here in the fol- 
 lowing Conjugations, where all kinds of the Otchipwe verbs are 
 conjugated at large through all their voices, forms, moods, 
 tenses, numbers and persons, and participles, I will lay, I say, a 
 full and complete display of them before the eyes of the learner ; 
 because I think that by this method a thorough knowledge of 
 the use of the Otchipwe verbs may be easier conveyed to his 
 mind and memory, than by any other plan I could think of. 
 But I say again here, as I said in the above cited remark, that 
 this detailed display of verbs is principally intended to assist the 
 beginner, and to show him at once the whole verb in all its in- 
 flections. 
 
 The characteristical mark by which verbs are known, to 
 which Conjugations they belong, is the third person singular, 
 present, indicative, allirmative form. Besides this person, the 
 quality of the verb must be considered. At the commencement 
 of every Conjugation it will be said, which verbs belong to it. 
 
 The following table shows the nine different Conjugations, and 
 the verbs belonging to each of them.
 
 — ;);{ — 
 
 COXJL'fiATION TABLE. 
 
 QuaJiU/ of rt'rl>.<!. 
 
 Term of the 
 '^d. person. 
 
 Infrniisifive (or neuter) verbs, ciidiiii; 
 in ii rnwel at tlie 3d. person sin^'. 
 prt's. indie, the reproaclrimj and 
 fsubstant. -verbs ; likewise ihe reci- 
 proc-al and communicaiive,ii\iho\\^\\ 
 transitive. 
 
 Intransitive verbs, ending in am at 
 the 3d.pers. .«iin.s;. pre.s. indie, 'and 
 likewise so at the first per,«on.) 
 
 Intransitive verbs, ending in in or on 
 at the 3d. pers. sing. pres. indie., 
 (and likewi.se .soattlie first person. 
 
 Transitive (or active) verbs, axtmatk, 
 ending in an at the 3d. person sing. 
 pres. indie. ; (at the first person 
 in a) 
 
 Transitive verbs, anim.vte, ending in 
 7i«/t at the 3d. pers. sing. pres. indie, 
 (and likewise si> at the first per- 
 son.) - 
 
 Transitive vei-bs, ixaxi.matk ; and the 
 personifying. 
 
 Unipersonal verbs, ending in a nnrcl 
 
 Unipersonal verbs, ending in ad. 
 
 Unipersonal verbs, ending in an or in 
 
 a, e, t, 0. 
 
 in, on. 
 
 an, en, ?», on. 
 a, e, i, o. 
 ad. 
 an. in.
 
 — 'Ji — 
 
 Remark Tlie order of ihese Conjugations may appear singu- 
 lar. It is 80 iniiceJ ; tlie intransitioe verlis precede the transi- 
 tive. But this plan and order again I have adopted to accom- 
 luodate the beginning learner. The Conjugations of the transi- 
 tive verbs are much more difficult and complicated than those 
 of the intransitive. These are simple and easy ; and may be 
 considered as the first steps in the scale of the Otchipwe Conju- 
 gations, by which the learner will easily ascend to the more 
 dithcuU ones. But if he had to commence with the Conjuga- 
 tions of transitive verbs, he would begin with the most difficult 
 and embarrassing of all these Conjugations, with i\\e fourth in 
 the above table ; and might possibly be frightened and discour- 
 aged. 
 
 I. CONJUGATION. 
 
 To this Conjugation belong the intranaitice or neuter verbs 
 that end in a vo^wel at the third person singular, present, indi- 
 cative. There are also other verbs ending at the third person, 
 in a vowel, but they belong to the VII. Conjugation, being uni- 
 personal verbs. 
 
 This vowel in which ends the third person above mentioned, 
 and which is the characteristical mark of tlie intransitive verba 
 belonging to the I. Conjugation, may be «, e, /, or o. F. i. 
 
 Intransitive verbs. Third person. 
 
 Nin mddja, I depart, I start, mddj&. 
 
 Nin mijagci, I arrive (in a canoe, etc.,) inijag&. 
 
 Ninjciwendjige, I practice charity, juwendjige.] 
 
 Nind ijitchige, I do, I act, ijitchige. 
 
 Nin bos, I embark, bosi. 
 
 Nind ab, I am (somewhere,) abi. 
 
 Nin gigii, I speak, 9'>jiio. 
 
 Nin mindid, I am big, mindido. 
 
 To this Conjugation also belong the reciprocal verbs, because 
 they all end in o at the third person singular, pres. indie. ; as : 
 Nin kikenindis, I know myself; kikenindiso. Nin gagwedjindis.
 
 — 93 — 
 
 I ask myself; gagwMjindiso. Nin pakit6odis, I t-trike myself; 
 2)akiUodiso. The reciprocal verbs are in some respect transitive, 
 because they express a reaction of the subject on itself. Still 
 they don't belong to the transitive Conjugations, because the 
 action of the subject does not go over upon an object, but 
 redounds on the same that is acting. 
 
 Likewise do all the communicative verbs belong to this I. Con- 
 jugation, although they are of a real transitive signification. 
 They are used only in the plural, where they conjugate exactly 
 like intransitive verbs, not bearing any marks of transition iu 
 their construction ; as : Nin widokodddimin, we help each other ; 
 ki wldokodddim, widokodddiwag. Ki pakiteodimin, we strike 
 each other ; ki jiakitcodim, pakitendiwag. Nin wabandimin, we 
 see each other ; ki wdbandim, icdhandiwag. 
 
 The reproaching verbs and the substantive-verbs are intransi- 
 tive, and all end in i at the third person above mentioned, and 
 of course belong to this Conjugation ; as: Nin yninikweshk, I am 
 in the habit of drinking ; minikweshki. Ni)i, bdpishk, I am in 
 the habit of laughing ; bdpishki. Nin mitigow, I am wood ; mi- 
 tigowi. Nind assiniw, I am stone ; assiniici. 
 
 Remark 1. In the paradigms or patterns of the Conjugations, 
 the terminations of all the moods and tenses are printed in /?o»ia» 
 the better to show the inflection of the verb. 
 
 Remark 2. In regard to the diflerence between nin and ki, we, 
 see Rein. 3, page 42. And in regard to the euphonical d, see Ron. 
 I, page 41. These remarks must be well borne in mind, as they 
 will be of use throughout the Conjugations. 
 
 Remark 3. Remember well, dear reader, that in the patterns 
 or paradigms of these Conjugations, we don't express both first 
 persons plural, nin and ki, (or nind, kid,] we; we put only one, 
 nin, {or nind;) the other one, ti, (or kid,) is understood. This 
 will save many a line in tiiis book. But remember well, that in 
 all the tbrms,in all the moods and tenses of all these Conjugations, 
 where there are first persons plural, both can be used, accord- 
 ing to the above remarks. So, for instance, instead of saying iu 
 the paradigm
 
 we will say thnp: 
 
 — OG — 
 
 Nind ikl-H, I say, etc. 
 
 kid ikkit, 
 
 ikkiio, 
 
 nind 7klcitom]n, "l 
 ,.,.,,. . ' y we sav, 
 kid ikkitomm, • 
 
 kid ikkilnm, 
 
 ikkito\\i\)z ; 
 
 Nind ikkit, 
 kid ikkit, 
 ikkiio, 
 nind ikkiiom'm, we say, 
 kid ikkitom , 
 ikkitow&g. 
 
 And you will have to supply yourself the ftci-ond first person 
 plural, which is ordinarily the same in the verb, the pronoun 
 only is different. But where the verb itself differs in the two 
 persons plural, tliere we express them both ; as in the subjunc- 
 tive mood, in participles, etc. 
 
 Remark 4. In the paradigms of these Conjugations, we express 
 the English verb only at the /?r.<«/ person singular in every tense, 
 and the others will again be supplied by you ; because we don't 
 teacli here to conjugate in English, but in Otchipwe. 
 
 Remark 5. The chatacteristical third person of the verbs be- 
 longing to this Conjugation, may end in any of the four vowels, 
 in a, e, i, or o; and the end-vowel of this third person remains 
 throughout the wliole Conjugation. To this characteristical 
 vowel the terminations are attached ; but the vowel itself does 
 not belong to the terminations, which are always the same for 
 all the verbs of this Conjugation ; whereas the characteristical 
 vowel is different in different verbs. In the following four verbs 
 the c?i(Z-ro?t'eZ of the third person is different in each of them ; 
 but the terminations are alwavs the same.
 
 — 97 — 
 
 Gaba, he debarks, nin gabauun, lei gabam, gabdwag. 
 Gdgikinge, he exliorts, nin gdgikingem'm, hi gdgikingem, gdgi- 
 
 kingewng. 
 Nimi, he dances, nin nimimm, ki iiimim, nitniwag. 
 NibO, he is dying, nin nibomiw, ki nibom, nibowag. 
 
 Here follows now the paradigm of the I. Conjugation, fully 
 displayed. Endeavor esspecially to commit to memory the icr- 
 minations. If you know the terminations, and know the charac 
 teristical vowel of the third person sing. pres. indie, you will 
 easily conjugate every verb of this Conjugation. This charac- 
 teristical third person is sometimes difficult to know. For this 
 reason I took a particular care in the Dictionary to express it at 
 every verb.
 
 — 98 — 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOI). 
 1' RESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nind ikkit, I .say, 
 kid ikkit, 
 
 ikkito, i one says, 
 
 ikkiiom, < (on dit,*) 
 nind ikkitom in, v or t li ey eay . 
 kid ikkiion\, 
 ikkitowag. 
 
 l.MI'ERFECT TENSE. 
 
 ^ind ikkifonahan, I said, 
 
 kid ikkifontxhan, 
 
 ikkitohan, 
 
 nind ?A'A//oininaban, 
 
 kid ikkitomwahan, 
 
 ikkiiohamg. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin gi-ikkif, 1 have said, 
 ki (fi-ikkii, 
 (ji-ikkito, 
 
 gi-ikkiiom, they have said, (ou a dit,) 
 nin gi-ikkitomm, 
 ki gi-ikkitom, 
 gi-ikkiiowag. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin gi-ikkiicmahan, f I had said. 
 ki gi-ikkitonahAu, 
 gi-ikkiioh&n . 
 
 * See Semark, p. 8S. 
 
 t JVote. ThiB pluperfect, and the imperfect teuse. are not so sharplv distin- 
 guished in Otchipwe, as tliey are in EuglUb, or in other civilized languages. In
 
 — 99 — 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Kaioin nind zMitossi,! do not say, 
 
 " kid ikkitoBsi, 
 
 " ikkitoss'\, 
 
 " ikkiioBshn, they don't say, (on ne dit pas.y- 
 
 " nind ikkiios»umn , ^ 
 
 " kid ikkiioss'im, 
 ikkiioasiwag. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Kawin nind ?'A'A-?7ossinabiin, I did not say, 
 
 " kid ikkito6»ma,hix\^ , 
 " iA;H^0S8iban, 
 
 " nind /M"?7ossiininaban, 
 " kid /A7i//6ssimwaban, 
 
 " /A:A-?7o.ssibanig. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Kawin nin (/i-ikkitoBsi, I have not said, 
 
 " ki (/i-ikkifoBfi'i, 
 
 " <ji-ikki1oss\, 
 
 " gi-ikkitos8im, they have not said, (on n'a pas- 
 
 " nin gi-ikkiios8\n\\r\, pas dit.) 
 
 " ki gi-ikkiioseim, 
 
 " gi-ikkiiosshvag. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Kawin nin gi-ikkitopsinahan , I had not said, 
 " ki gi-ikki (npmnabnn , 
 
 " gi-ikkHoBS\han, 
 
 Otchipwc thev are used promiscuously. So. for instance, to express, " Ite said, 
 the Indian will say Ikkiloban, or (ji-lkkitoban, etc. This note applies also to other 
 Conjugations.
 
 — 100 — 
 
 7iin gi-ikkHominahan, 
 ki gi-ikkit(jin\viihiiu, 
 ai-ikkiioha,n\'^. 
 
 FUTURE TEK3K. 
 
 Nin gad-ikkit, I will say, 
 ki gad-ikkit, 
 ia-ikkitu, 
 ia-ikkitmu, 
 nin gad-ikkiloimn, 
 ki gad-ikkHu\\\, 
 ia-ikkiiowsig. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Nin ga-gi-ikkit, I will li;ive said, 
 ki ga-gi-ikkit, 
 ia-gi-ikkito, 
 ta-gi-ikkitoiw, 
 nin ga-gi-ikkiiumin, 
 ki ga-gi-ikkiton\, 
 ta-gi-ikkito\vAg. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 IkkHtoian, * I say, or, that I say, 
 
 ikkitoian, 
 
 ikkiiod , 
 
 ikkitong, (qu'on dise,) 
 
 ikkitoiang,^ ^j^^j^. 
 ikkitoi&ng, > 
 
 e say, 
 
 ikkitoleg, 
 ikkiiowad. 
 
 * See JUmark I, p. 110.
 
 — 101 — 
 
 Kawiii Ilia (7HA7i<7o.s,«inuiiaban, 
 " M gi-ikkito^fi'u\\\\a.h?in, 
 
 " (ji-ikkitufis\hd.mg. 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Kawin nin gad-ikki(ossi, I will not -ay, 
 
 " __^•^■ ffad-ikkHoss\, 
 
 " ta-ikkitossi, 
 
 " ta-ikkitui^s\m, 
 
 " Ilia gad-ikkito>-sinnu , 
 
 " ki gad-ikkitoss'uu, 
 
 " ia-ikkiionBiwd'^. 
 
 SECOND FUTUKE THX.SE. 
 
 Kawin nin. ga-gi-ikkiioHsi, I will not have .-aid, 
 ki ga-gi-ikkiiom'\, 
 ta-gi-ikkitoss\, 
 ta-gi-ikkiiosf^i m , 
 nin ga-gi-ikkitoasinnn , ^ 
 
 ki ga-gi-ikkitos6\m, 
 ta-gi-ikkitossmag. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MUUD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 /A;Htossiwan, ill do not .say, 
 ikkito88[\v Siu, 
 ikkitossig, 
 
 ikkiioss'mg, that they .-ay not, (qu'oii no 
 dise pa.s,) 
 
 ikkiioasiwiing^ \ ^^^.^^ ^^.^^ 
 ikkitoas'iw&ng, i 
 
 ik 
 
 ikkitoi^s'iweg, 
 
 ikkitoaslgvfa.
 
 — 102 — 
 
 PKRFECT TES.SF,.* 
 
 Gi-ikkifoum, t because I have said, or, as 
 
 (/i-ikkito\an, [I have said, 
 
 gi-ikkitod, 
 
 f/i-ikkiton^, 
 
 f/MkkWnkng,^ jj.^^.^^ _ 
 
 (ji-ikkito\&x\g, > 
 
 <ji-ikkiioieg,^ 
 
 gi-ikkitowad, 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE, 
 
 Ikkiio'vdmhan, if I had said, or because 
 
 I had said. 
 ikkiio'iamhan, 
 ikkitopan , 
 ■ikkiiong'ihan, 
 
 ■ikkUomngihan, \ if ^^ _ 
 ikkiirAangohan, i 
 ikki toiegohan, 
 ikkitowapan, 
 
 FCTURE TEXSE. 
 
 Ged-ikkitoian, that I will say, 
 
 ged-ikkiioian, 
 
 ged-ikkiiod, 
 
 ged-ikkitong, 
 
 ged-ikkifoiang,}^ that we shall sav, 
 
 ged-ikk)fo\ang, i 
 
 ged-ikkitoieg, 
 
 ged-ikkitovrad. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TEXSE. 
 
 Ge-gi-ikkitolaa, as I shall have said, 
 
 ge-gi-ikkiioian, 
 
 ge-gi-ikkitod, 
 
 ge-gi-ikkitong. 
 
 * See Remark 2. p. 110. t See Xote. after all the Semarks,
 
 — 103 — 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Gi-ikkito8siw&n, I liave not said, or bccaii--e 
 
 I liave net said, 
 gi-ikkitosaiwan , 
 gi-ikkitossig, 
 gi-ikkitottaing, 
 gi-ikkiio3si\\dng, 1 
 gi-ikkiioss'nvang, i 
 giAkkitoaslweg, 
 gi-ikkitosaigwa, 
 
 PLtrPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 lkk-itoa?i\\ainhC\n, J if I liad not said, or had 
 
 I not said, 
 
 ikkiiossiwaxu ban , 
 
 ikkitoss'igoh&n , 
 
 ikkitoaa\ng\ha.n , 
 
 ?M-?"<ossi\vangiban, ) •,. 
 
 • 7 7. • , >■ if we . . . 
 
 ?A:«ito8Siwangoban, J 
 
 ^^•^•^7o8siwegoban, 
 
 i^-i't7o3sigwaban, 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Ged-ikkitoas\\wkn, that I will not say, 
 
 ged-ikkitoaaxw&n , 
 
 ged-ikkiioaaig, 
 
 ged-ikkitosa'wg, 
 
 qed-ikkitoasiwaing,') ., . , ,, 
 
 *',.,,. . °' y that we shall not .sav, 
 ged-ikkitosaiwang, ) 
 
 ged-ikkitoaa'wveg, 
 
 ged-ikkiio8S\g\\a. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Ge-gi-ikkitoeaiwai\, as I shall not have said, 
 
 ge-^-4kkitosa\wan, 
 
 ge-gi-ikkiioas\g, 
 
 ge-gi-ikkiioss\ng. 
 
 See B^:mfiik 3 at the eud of this paradigm.
 
 — 104 — 
 
 g^gi-ikkitoxkr^gA ^^ ^^.^ ^j^^j, ^^^, 
 ge-gi-ikkilo\&ng,f 
 ge-gi-ikkiioicg, 
 ge-gi-ikkiio\\ ad. 
 
 CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin da-ikkit, I would s^ay, or I ought to say, 
 ki da-ikkit, 
 da-ikkito, 
 
 da-ikkitom, they would fisxy, fon dirait,) 
 nin da-ikkitom'iii , 
 ki da-ikkitom, 
 da-ikkitow&g. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin da-gi-ikkit, I would have said ; I ought to have 
 
 said. 
 ki da-gi-ikkit, 
 da-gi-ikkito, 
 da-gi-ikkitom , 
 nin da-gi-ikkifom'in, 
 ki da-gi-ikkiiom, 
 da-gi-ikk ito wag . 
 
 Gc-gi-ikkitomn, what I would have said. 
 Etc., as above in the second future tense of the subj. mood. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 Jkkiton, "» „ .1 
 
 ikkiioKan, ) 
 ia-ikkito, let him, (her, it,) say, 
 ta-ikkitom, let them say, (qu'on disc,) 
 ikkitoda, let us say, 
 ikkiiog, 
 
 say, say ye, 
 
 iKKtlOg, \ 
 
 ikkiio'iog, > sa 
 ■ikkiiokeg, ) 
 
 ta-ikkiiovr&g, let them say.
 
 — 105 — 
 
 qe-gi-iJckitossiwiin<r, } 
 
 . , , . . '^' > as we . . . 
 
 ge-gi-ikkitos8'n\eg, 
 ge-gi-ikkitoss\gvr&. 
 
 CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Kawin nin da-ikki(os&i, I would not say ; I ougjit not 
 ki da-ikkitossi, [to saj-, 
 
 da-ikkitossi, 
 
 da-ikkiiossim , they would not say, (on ne 
 nin da-ikkitoss\m\n, dirait pas.) 
 
 ki da-ikkitossim, 
 da-ikkitoss\\\a.g. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Kawin nin da-gi-ikkitossi, 1 would not have said ; I 
 ki da-gi-ikkiioss\, [ought not to liavc .-aid. 
 
 da-gi-ikkiioss'\, 
 da-gi-ikkitoss'un , 
 nin da-gi-ikkitosshi\ in, 
 ki da-gi-ikkitosshn, 
 da-gi-ikkitof s\\va.g. 
 
 Ge-gi-ikkiiosf^'iwCin , what I would n. li. .«. 
 Etc., as above in the second future tense of the suhj. mood. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Kego ikkitoken, * do not say, (thou,) say not. 
 kego ta-ikkitosa'i, let him (her) not say, 
 kego iitrikkito88in\, let them not say, (qu'on ne dise 
 kego ikkitoss'ida,, let u.s not say, pas.) 
 
 kego ikkiiokegon, do not say, (you,) say not, 
 kego ta-ikkitossiwag, let them not say. 
 
 * See Eemark 4 at the end of the present paradigm.
 
 — 106 — 
 
 Remark. The fuUowiiijj Otchipwe participles cannot be given 
 in English, throughout all the tenses and persons, in the shape 
 of participles. There are no such participles in the English 
 language. They must be expressed by the use of relative pro- 
 nouns. Only the participle of the present tense, in the third 
 person singular, could be expressed by a corresponding English 
 participle ; as : Ekkitod, saying ; baidpid, laughing, etc. 
 
 The Latin participles of the verbs called, verba deponentia, 
 can answer three tenses of the Otchipwe participles, the present, 
 the perfect, and iho future ; and not only the third person, but, 
 by the use of personal pronouns, all persons and numbers. Let 
 us take the verb, yiiti gdg'ikinge, I exhort, for an example, to il- 
 lustrate the matter. It is deponens in Latin, exhortor. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin gegikingeidn, ego exhortans, 
 kin gegikingeian, tu exhortans, 
 tcin gegikinged, ille (ilia) exhortans, 
 
 ninaicind gegikingeidng,^ ^^^ exhortantes. 
 
 kinawind gegikingeiang, i 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin ekkito'\an, ' I saying, (I who say,) 
 k-in ekkitn'ian, thou saying, etc., 
 xcin ekkitod, 
 
 ekkitong, what they say, (ce qu'on dit,) 
 
 * See Remark 5.
 
 — 107 — 
 
 kinaica gegikingeieg, vos exliortantos, 
 winawa gegikingedjig, illi (illa>) exhortantes. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin ga-gugikingeidn, ego exhortatup, (a), 
 kin ga-gdg'ikingeian, tu exhortatus, (a), 
 win ga-gdgikiiiged, ille exhortatus, (illaexhortata), 
 ninawind gorgagikingeiang, | ^^^ exhortati, (as) 
 kinawind ga-gdgikingeiang, i 
 kinawa ga-gdgikingeieg, vos exhortati, (te), 
 tcinawa ga-gdgikingedjig, illi (illfe) exhortati, (ae). 
 
 FUTURE TEXSE. 
 
 Mn ge-gdgikingddn, ego exhortaturus, (a), 
 kin ge-gdg'ikingeian, tu exhortaturus, (a), 
 etc., etc. 
 
 By these examples we see that the following are true Otchip- 
 we participles ; but they cannot begiven in English, nor in other 
 modern languages, in the shape of participles. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin e^kitoss-'iw&n, I not saying, (I who say not,) 
 kin ekkitoHs'nvan, thou who dost not say, 
 win ekkitossig, 
 
 ekkitosaing, what they don't say ice qu'on ne dit pas,)
 
 — 108 — 
 
 ninawind ekkitomng, > ^^.^ ^g^^, ^j^^j 
 kinawind ekkiiolang, i 
 
 kiiiuwa ekkito'ieg, 
 
 winawa ekkitodyg, t 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin ekkHrmimhan, I who gaiiJ, 
 kin eA'A;7oiamban, 
 win ekki(opa.n, 
 eA-Av7on<^iban, 
 yiinaivind eAA;7oiangiban, "l ^^.^ ^^,j^^ g^jj^ 
 kinawind eAA-i7c»iangoban, i 
 kinawa ekki <o i cgoba n , 
 winawa eA-A-i7opanig, 
 
 PERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin ga-ikkitoian, 1 who have said, 
 k-in ga-ikkito\a,n , 
 ivin ga-ikkitod , 
 ga-ikkiiong, 
 ninawind ga-ikkiiolHug, "t ^^.^ ^^.j^^ j^^^.^ g^j^^ 
 kinawind ga-ikkiio\ai]g, > 
 kinawa ga-ikkiioieg, 
 winawa ga-ikkitodjig. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin ga-ikkitommhku, I who had said, 
 kin ga-ikki foiamhan, 
 win ga-ikkitopa.u, 
 ga-ikki tong\ha,n , 
 ninawind ga-ikkiioiangihan, | „.e who had said, 
 kinawind ga-ikkito'i&ngohan, i 
 kinaica ga-ikkiio\egoha.n, 
 minawa ga-ikkiioY>an'ig, 
 
 t See Keiiutrk, p. 23.
 
 lO'J — 
 
 ninawind eMitossiwang, 1 ^.^ ^j^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^.^ 
 kinawmd ekkitoasiwang, i 
 
 kinaica ekkitossiweg, 
 
 unnawa eA^-^<08sigog, 
 
 IMPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin ekkitoss'nvamhiin , I who did uot say, 
 
 kin e^•^■^7ossiwamban, 
 
 win ei-A^7os8igoban , 
 
 ekkitoss'ingihsin, 
 
 ninawind ekkitoss'nvAngihiin, 1 ^ i ^ r i ^* 
 
 " ' V we who did not sav, 
 ktnawind ekkitosswvangohan, > 
 
 kinawa e^•^•ifossi wegoban , 
 
 winaiva ekkitosaigohamg. 
 
 PERFECT TEN'SE. 
 
 Nin ga-ikkiiosaiwdn, I who have not said, 
 
 kin ga-ikkiiossiwan , 
 
 win ga-ikkitoss\g, 
 
 ga-ikkitoss'mg, 
 
 ninawind ga-ikkito£s\\va.ug, "I , , . • , 
 
 •^ °' > we who liave not said, 
 
 kinaioind ga-ikkitoai^lwa.ng, ) 
 
 kinawa ga-ikkitot^t^wveg, 
 
 winawa ga-ikkitossigog. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin ga-ikkitos9.iwdmhiin , I wlio liad not .^aid, 
 kin ga-ikk-itoss'i wamban , 
 win ga-ikkitosfi\goha.n, 
 ga-ikkito38'ing'ihan, 
 ninamndga-ikkitosshviingihau, \ ^^.^ ^^,,^^ ,^j^,, ^^^ ^^.^^ 
 kinawind ga-ikkiiossiwa.ngohan, i 
 kinawa ga-ikkitossiwegobau , 
 winawa ga-ikkitoas\goh&n\g.
 
 — 110 — 
 
 KlTl'RE TEX8E. 
 
 • 
 
 Nin ged-ikkitomn, I who sliall pay, 
 kin ged-ikkito'\an, 
 win ged-ikkitod, 
 gcd-ikkifnng, 
 ninawind ged-ikkitomng, j ^^.^ ^^.,^^ ^y^^^, ^^^.^ 
 kinawind ged-ikkitrnang, > 
 kinawa ged-ikkiio'ieg, 
 winaica ged-ikkUoiY^xg. 
 
 SECOND FfTURE TEX8E. 
 
 Nin ge-gi-ikkitoi&n , I who pliall liave said, 
 kin ge-gi-ikkiio'ian, 
 
 Etc., as above in the first FrxrRE,. 
 
 Remarkl. The conjunctions, kishpin, if ; missawa, though; 
 tchi, that, to, in order to,'and others, are often placed before the 
 verbs in the subjunctive mood, to express a condition, supposi- 
 tion, wish, etc. But they do not necessarily belong to this mood. 
 This is the reason why they are not always laid down in the 
 Conjugations. If you say: Kishpin g ego ikkitoidn ; or only,, 
 gego ikkitoidn; both expressions have the same signification : 
 If I say something. 
 
 Remark 2. There is no imperfect tense \n the subjunctive mood. 
 T\\^ pluperfecth&s the grammatical appearance of the imperfect, 
 but it is its own construction. 
 
 Remark 3. This pluperfect tense is sometimes preceded by the 
 participle (7/-, forming: Gi-ikkitoidmban, gi-ikkitoiamban, etc. 
 But this particle does not change its signification at all. If you 
 ^ay, Kishpin gi-ikkiioidmban iw, ki da-windamon ; if I had said 
 that, I would tell thee ; or, Kishpin ikkitoidmban iic, ki da-icin-- 
 daman ; it is all the same.
 
 - Ill — 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 If in ged-ikkitossi'Vi'ain , I who shall not say, 
 
 kill ged-ikkitossiw&n , 
 
 win ged-ikkitosaig, 
 
 ged-ikkitossing, 
 
 ninawind qed-ikkitoseiwdng, "1 „ i ^ i „ii ^* „ 
 
 ^ ^' V we who shall not sav, 
 
 kinawind ged-ikkiio^siwaxig, i 
 
 kinawa ged-ikkitossiweg, 
 
 winawa ged-ikkiioss'igog. 
 
 SECOND FCTURE TENSE. 
 
 Nin ge-gi-ikkiioeHi\vdr\, I who shall not have said, 
 kin ge-gi-ikkitosBiwan , 
 always prefixing ge-gi- to the verb. 
 
 Remark 4. The imperative in the second person singular is 
 expressed in two manners, ikkiton and ikkitokan. The seco/id 
 inanner, ikkitokan, seems to be a kind of polite imperative, 
 which is expressed in English by preposing tlie word please to 
 the simple imperative, as : Bi-ijdkan oma wdbang, please come 
 here to-morrow. (In the plural ikkitokeg.) 
 
 Remark 5. The participles can ha\e personal pronoutis before 
 tliem, and have them often, as: Nin ekkiioidn, kin ekkitoian, 
 win ekkiiod, etc. But they could also do without them. F'or 
 the better accommodation of the beginner the pronouns are ex- 
 pressed in the paradigms of our Conjugations. 
 
 Remark 6. It is necessary to observe here, tliat the first per- 
 sons of the ^?HraZ, ending in id«(7 or dng, with the circumflex 
 accent, are employed in the cases wiiere riin, (nind,) or ninatriiuL 
 is expressed or understood, according to tlie rules and remarks 
 mentioned above, page 42. But in the cases wliere ki, ikid,) or 
 kinawind, is expressed or understood, the termination iang or 
 a/J(/ has no accent ; it is pronounced very sliort, and ahnost as
 
 — 112 - 
 
 ieng or eng. It is necessary to pay attention to this difference 
 of pronunciation, because it changes the moaning of the sen- 
 tence. If you say for instance : Mi wdbang tchi bosiiang ; it 
 means that to-morrow we will all embark ; the person or persons 
 speaking, and the person or persons spoken to. But if you say : 
 Mi wdbang ichi bosiiang, (with the accent on the la.st syllable,) 
 it means that only the persons speaking will embark to-morrow, 
 not the person or person spoken to. So also, F. i. 
 
 Enddidng, in our hou.«e or dwelling, (the person or persons 
 spoken to, excluded.) 
 
 Enddiang, in our house or dwelling, (the person or persons spo- 
 ken to, included.) 
 
 Remark 7. Likewise in the first and second persons of the 
 singular, ending in idnor an, and ian or an, nothing but the ac- 
 cent distinguishes the first person from the second. The termi- 
 nation of the first person idn or an, is pronounced long ; whereas 
 that of the second person, ian or an, is very short. Let the fol- 
 lowing examples be pronounced to you by some person that 
 speaks'the Otchipwe language correctly, and try to get the right 
 idea of this difterence, in writing and pronouncing. 
 
 Ekkitoidn ta-ijiwebad ; it will be (or liappen) as I say. 
 Ekkiioian ia-ijiwebad ; it will be (or happen) as thou sayest. 
 Apegish enendamdn ijiwcbisiidn ; I wish to behave as I please. 
 Apegish enendaman ijiwebisiidn ; 1 wish to behave as thou 
 
 pleasest. 
 Apegish enendamdn ijiwebisiian ; I wish thou wouldst behave 
 
 as I please. 
 Apegish enendaman ijiwebisiian ; I wish thou wouldst behave as 
 
 thou pleasest. 
 
 If you look on the four last sentences, they would appear, if 
 without accents, perfectly equal all of them. And nothing but 
 the accent in writing, and the emphasis in pronouncing, effects 
 the difference, which you will find material, if you consider the 
 English sentences.
 
 — Hi! — 
 
 Remark 8. In regard to the syllable ban, which you will see 
 attached to verbs in some tenses, in all our Conjugations, it 
 must be observed, that sometimes it is necessary, and must re- 
 main with the verb to which it is attached. But sometimes it 
 can be omitted without the least change of the meaning or sense 
 of the verb to which it is attached, or the sentence in which the 
 verb occurs. I have observed the Indians purposely on this 
 point, and have noticed it a great many times, that they use or 
 omit this syllable as they please, without any intention to effect 
 a change of meaning by using, or by omitting it. Let us now 
 see when it is necessary, and when it can be omitted. 
 
 1. It is NECESSARY in the imperfect and pluperfect tenses of 
 the indicative mood, and the participles, and in the jj?(/j;e?yec< 
 tense of the subjunctive and conditional moods. In all these cases 
 the final syllable ban must remain attached to the verb ; as you 
 will see in all the Conjugations of this Grammar. 
 
 2. But it can be omitted in the present tense of the subjunc- 
 tive mood, and consequently in all the tenses which are formed 
 after the present tense, as you will see again in all our Conjuga- 
 tions. In these tenses the Indians sometimes attach the syllable 
 ban to the verb, and sometimes they do not, which makes no 
 difference in the meaning of the verb. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Kawin nin gashkitossimin tchi bisdn-abiiangidwa (or, abiiangid- 
 waban) ninidjdnissinanig. We cannot make our children l)e 
 still. 
 
 Nin da-gi-ina. Mi sa iw ge-gi-inagiban, or, ge-gi-inag. I would 
 have told him. That is what I would have told him. 
 
 Respecting the annexation of the syllable ban, you have tu 
 observe that the final letter n of the verb to which ban is to be 
 attached, is changed into m; which is always the ca.se, where 
 these two letters come together in compositions. 
 
 When the final letter of the verb is g, a vowel is inserted be- 
 tween this g and the .syllable ban. This vowel is ordinarily ?,as 
 you see in the above examples ; but in some instances the vo-
 
 — 114 — 
 
 wel o is innerted; as you will see in the Conjugations, in some 
 moods and tenses, where the iiicludinf/ first person plural ikina' 
 wind) ends in ijoban. 
 
 When tlie final letter of the verb to which the syllable han is 
 to be attached, is d, this letter is taken off, and the syllable j?aH, 
 instead of bail, is added. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Kawinnongom da-gashlatossin tchi ij'ad, or, ichi ijapan. He 
 
 would not be able to go to-day. 
 Kawin gi-inendansi tchi gi-ganojid, or, tchi gi-ganojipan. He 
 
 was not willing to;speak to me. 
 Kawin gi-inendansiwag tchi gi-ganojiuad, or, tchi gi-ganojiwa 
 
 pan. They were not willing to speak to me. 
 Anawi o da-gi-gashkitonawa tchi gi-ojimoicad , or, tchi gi-ojimo- 
 
 wapan. They could have fled away. 
 
 Remark that in all these cases a future time is signified, at 
 which some action or event shall take place, although the first 
 verb has the full appearance of i\ie perfect tense. (This appear- 
 ance of the j:;er/e6'< could be given also to the English verb ; we 
 could say: "As soon as he has made it, he will bring it here." 
 Even of thej9rese?i/; "As soon as he makes it, he will bring it 
 here.") 
 
 But when actions or events are signified, which ha\e just past, 
 the same verb in the Change is employed, (which is the 3d Rule 
 of the Change, p. 122.) To illustrate the matter, let us take the 
 same examples as above, applying them to exents just past. 
 (ja-ikkiioiu)i wenijishing gego, nin gi-mddja ; when I had said 
 
 (as soon as I had said) something useful, I went away. 
 Ga-dagwishinang, ki gi-windamoninim iiv ; yvYven we had arrived, 
 
 I told you that. 
 
 Panima ga-nanagatawendamdn, nin gi-gigit ; afterwards, when I 
 
 had reflected, I spoke. 
 Ambi' pasigic'ida, mddjada, awl-anokida mCanaici ; let us rise and 
 
 go and work together.
 
 — 115 — 
 
 Kego matchi ikkitossida, kego matchi ijiwebisissida, ki nondago- 
 
 nan sa, ki n^ahamigonan gate Debendjiged; let us not say any 
 
 bad words, and let us not act wrong, because the Lord sees us 
 
 and hears us. 
 Bisdn aidg, xoeweni namadabiiog ; be still, be sittcd quietly. 
 
 Ikogag oma, kwiwisensidog ; mddjag, giiveiog ; be gone boys ; 
 
 go away, go home. 
 Kegowikawaiejingekegon, enamiaieg, kego gaie nibiwa vio'^i- 
 
 naigigckegoii; do never cheat, Christians, and do not take 
 
 much on credit. 
 Ta-ashamdivag kakina igiw anishinubeg ; kego ia-giwessiwag 
 
 tchi bwa loissiniwad ; let these Indians liave something to eat ; 
 
 let them not go home before they eat. 
 
 PARTICIl'LES. 
 
 Persent Tense. — Gagitod ninpisindawa ; I listen to the person 
 that speaks, (to the speaking person.) 
 Babdmitaw gcgikwcdjig ; obey the preaching (persons.) 
 Netd-bimnssedjig nindanonag ; I hire well walking persons. 
 Kin enokiian enamiegijigakin, ki gad-dnimis ningoting ; thou 
 who workest on Sundays, thou wilt suffer once. 
 Kinawa enamiassiweg ki kitimugisim ; you who are not Chris- 
 tians, are miserable. 
 
 Waidbissigog nin kitimdgenimag ; I pity those who do not 
 see, (the blind.) 
 
 Imperfect Tense. — Mi igiw anishindbeg enamiapanig ; here 
 are the Indians that were Christians. 
 
 Kin enokissiwamban pitchinago apt ba-ijaidn oma, nongnw 
 enigok anokin ; thou who didst not work yesterday when I 
 came here, work to-day with all thy force. 
 Nin mikwenima ekkitopan iw ; I remember the person who 
 said so.
 
 " THE CHANGE.- 
 
 What is called " The Change" in this Grammar, is one of the 
 most difficult parts to understand. 
 
 This " Change" is made ordinarily on the first vowel or syl- 
 iahle of the verb or of the adjective, and this vowel or syllable 
 is changed in another vowel or syllable, and sometimes in two 
 or even three, according to the rules given here. 
 
 The use of the language only can make you comprehend when 
 the " Change" is employed in the phrase. The following table 
 will show, how this " Change " is effected.
 
 — 117 — 
 
 
 e 
 
 rC 
 
 
 .Si 
 
 •i: 
 
 
 O — r 
 
 -Z 
 
 « 
 
 Si^ 
 
 
 —^ 
 
 """ 
 
 
 'O 
 
 ' — ' 
 
 
 «^ 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 jt 
 
 1 
 
 t/j 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 _SO 
 
 
 -a 
 to 
 
 5 
 
 
 -l-> 
 
 a 
 
 
 »\ 
 
 
 C 
 
 o 
 
 to 
 
 !_ 
 
 0; 
 
 
 •2 
 S 
 
 tJD 
 
 C 
 
 '5 
 
 tc 
 
 
 ° o 
 
 CO ^ 
 O ^ 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 tB 
 
 O 
 
 "2 
 
 o 
 
 00 
 
 a 
 
 -o 
 
 00 
 c3 
 
 Si 
 
 2 
 
 to 
 o 
 
 '2 
 
 
 .s 
 
 
 _y 
 
 ■—^ 
 
 
 *^" 
 
 
 
 rS O 
 
 e 
 
 
 fcC 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 1-^ 
 
 "T^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 « 
 
 K 
 
 >* 
 
 ■ .^ 
 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 „ 
 
 ' ' 
 
 
 
 •^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 ;-. 
 
 >, 
 
 '' 
 
 S 
 
 o 
 
 cc 
 
 •^ 
 
 o 
 
 
 c3 
 
 O 
 
 bii 
 
 cr. 
 
 :s 
 
 
 
 •" 
 
 rC'- 
 
 '3 
 
 
 
 
 to 
 
 :£ 
 
 
 6 
 
 'S 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 \^ 
 
 O 
 
 "x. 
 
 1 
 
 05 
 
 30 
 
 oo" 
 
 Oi 
 
 o 
 
 ■a 
 
 1 
 
 45 
 
 c 
 
 O 
 
 •2^ _ 
 o -^ 
 
 tc CD 
 
 ft? .5 
 
 O 
 o 
 
 5 
 
 CO 
 
 -a 
 c 
 
 <E 
 
 X 
 
 O 
 
 '2 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 .2 
 
 o 
 .2 
 
 to 
 O 
 
 
 '§5 
 IB 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 (V 
 
 .2 
 
 o 
 
 X 
 
 to 
 o 
 
 .2 
 
 z 
 s 
 
 
 
 00 
 
 CD 
 
 S 
 
 tc 
 
 en 
 
 .2 
 a; 
 
 .2 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 t5 
 
 
 _V3 
 
 
 1 
 
 00 
 
 c3 
 
 a> 
 
 u 
 
 00 
 
 CO 
 
 CSS 
 
 o 
 
 cS 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 c« 
 
 c«4
 
 — 118 — 
 
 Remark I. Some verbs beginning witli a d, make the Change 
 by prefixing the syllable en ; as : 
 
 Nin da, I dwell, I stop ; endaidn, where I stop or dwell ; endad, 
 
 where he stops, or who stops, dwells, etc. 
 Nin dams, I am in a certain place ; endanisid oma, he who is or 
 
 lives here ; mi ima endanisiinn, I am there, etc. 
 JVm rfaHa^•t, I reside, or am native of a certain place; Moning- 
 
 wanekaning endanakidjig, the natives or the permanent inha- 
 bitants of Lapointe. 
 Nin dodam, I do ; mi endodamdn, I do .«o ; mi endodaman, thou 
 
 dost so ; mi endodang, iie does so. 
 Nin dapinc, I die in a certain place ; nibikang endapinedjig, 
 
 those that ilie in the water; nopiming endapined, he that dies 
 
 in the woods. 
 
 There are many verbs, beginning likewise with a d, that make 
 the Change regularly, according to the alx)ve table ; as: 
 Nin dagwishin, I arrive ; degwishing, he that arrives ; dassing 
 
 degwishindnin oma ki wabamin, every time I arrive here I see 
 
 thee. 
 Nin dihadjim, I tell ; di'bddjimodjig, those that tell ; kawin nin 
 
 debwetawassi aw anotch gego dcbddjimod ; I don't believe him 
 
 who tells so many different things. 
 
 Remark 2. In the perfect, pluperfect and future lenses the 
 Change is not made in the verb itself, but in the particles or 
 signs that precede the verb. These particles or prefixes are : 
 
 cji-, ga-, gad-. Gi-, is changed into ga- ; r/a- into ge-; gad- 
 
 into ged-. F. i. 
 
 Gi-g'igito, he has spoken ; mi aw ga-gigitod, this is the one that 
 
 has spoken. 
 Gi-sigaanddso, he has been baptized ; ga-sigaanddsodjig, those 
 
 that have been baptized. 
 
 Remark 3. There are two other particles or signs, bi-, and ici-, 
 which use to precede verbs; and the Change is made in these 
 signs ; bi-, which indicates approaching or coming, is changed
 
 — 119 — 
 
 into 6a-; and wi-, which ordinarily denotes intention, will, or 
 wish, is changed into wa-. F. i. 
 
 Nin bi-ija, I come here ; ba-ijuidnin , when I come here ; dassing 
 ba-ijdiegon ki bidonmca gego, every time you come here, you 
 bring something ; ba-ijddjig, those that come here. 
 
 Nin wi-mddja, I intend to go away ; mi igiw wa-mddjadjig, those 
 are the persons that want to depart ; wa-mddjabanig , those 
 that intended to go ; awenan wd-mddjad ? who wants to go ? 
 
 Remark 4. When two of these signs precede the verb, the 
 Change is made in the first one. F. i. 
 
 Nin gi-bi-bimishkd, I came here (I have come here) in a canoe ; 
 ga-bi-bimishkad, he who came here in a canoe ; ga-bi-bimish- 
 kadjig, those who came here in a canoe, boat, etc. 
 
 Remark 5. Verb.s that are preceded by certain particles or pre- 
 fixes, by prepositions, adverbs, or adjectives, make the Change 
 in the first vowel oi these words. When more than one of such 
 words precede the verb, and relate immediately to it, i\\e Change 
 is made in the first vowel of the first of them ; and in writing we 
 attach them with liyphens to the verb, beginning from the 
 Change. F. i. ^ 
 
 Gego nind ondji ikkit iw, I say that for some reason ; wegonen 
 
 ivendji-ikkitoian iw ? why dost thou say that ? 
 Nin mino bimadis, I live well ; m^no-bimddisid , who live.< well. 
 
 Progressive scale of Change. 
 
 Aid, he is ; 
 eiad, he that is ; 
 meno-aiad, he that is well ; 
 kctchi-mino-aiad, he that is very well ; 
 aidpitchi-kitchi-mino-aiad, he that is perfectly well ; 
 wa-dpitchi-kitchi-mino-aiad, lie that wishes to be perfectly well ; 
 ge-wi-dpitchi-kitchi-mino-aiad, he that intends to be perfectly 
 well. 
 
 9
 
 — 120 — 
 
 Remark 6. In regard to the orthrxjraphy of the above-mention- 
 ed signs, viz : 
 gi- ; ga-, . - . - denoting tlie perfect or pluperfect 
 
 tenses, 
 ga-, gad- ; ia- ; ge-, ged- ; denoting the future tense, 
 bi- ; ba- ; - - - . «« coming, approaching, 
 
 tci- ; wa- ; - - - - " intention, will, 
 
 da-, ... - . i< condition, 
 
 etc., etc. 
 In regard, I say, to the orthography of these signs or prefixes, 
 I wish to observe that I tliink it very proper and grammatical, 
 to attacli them with hyphens to their respective verbs, to which 
 they are really incorporated, in the Change as well as without it. 
 You will perhaps say that in the English Conjugations we also 
 have signs, to express different significations and positions of 
 the verb; as: have, shall, will, should, would, etc.; but we 
 don't join them, in writing, to their verbs with hyphens. — Yes, 
 that is true ; but the analogy is not quite adequate. These Eng- 
 lish signs in Conjugations are at the same time words by them- 
 selves ; whereas our Otchipwe signs are not words by them- 
 selves, are never employed alone, but only used with verbs to 
 give them the above-mentioned significations. They must be 
 considered as portions or parts of their verbs. This is the rea- 
 son why some write them in one word with the verb ; which I 
 also did formerly myself. But considering the thing gramma- 
 tically, I think it is better to let the verb appear by itself, and to 
 join its sign by a hyphen to it. 
 
 J'or an illustration of the inadequateness of the above analogy, 
 consider the following examples : 
 In English you say : "I will go ;" and if asked: Will you go? 
 
 your answer is : " Yes, I will." Here you use only the sign 
 
 ipill. 
 In Otchipwe you say: " Ni7i gad-ija ;" and if asked : A7 gad- 
 
 ijana'f your answer cannot be, "£, nin gad." You cannot 
 
 use only the sign, gad; you must put the verb with it and 
 
 say : " E, nin gad-ija."
 
 — 121 — 
 
 In English again you say: "I have written five letters yester- 
 day." And then affirming you will say : " Certainly, I have." 
 
 In Otchipwe you say : " Ndiian riKisinaiyanan nin gi-ojibianan 
 pitehinago." And then affirming you cannot say: " Geget 
 nin gi." As soon as you pronounce gi, you must also express 
 the verb, and say : Nin gi-ojibianan. 
 
 You see by these illustrations, that these Otcliipwe signs are 
 inseparably connected with their respective verbs; and that it 
 is reasonable to join them to the verbs also in writing ; but in a 
 manner as not to disfigure the verb, and still to appear joined to 
 it ; which is effected by the use of hyphens. 
 
 And in grammaticarconsequence of this method of joining the 
 signs to their verbs by hyphens, all the words between the sign 
 and its verbs, must come under the same rule. F. i. Nin bimd- 
 dis,I]i\e ; nin ga-bimddis ; nin ga-mino-bimddis ; nin ga-ki- 
 fchi-mino-bimddis ; nin gad-dpiichi-kitcld-minO'bimddis. — All 
 these words between the sign and the verb, are in the immediate 
 connection with the verb like one word with it ; and throughout 
 all the movements and changes of the verb, they will remain in 
 the same position to it, like a constellation. F. i. 
 
 Nin gi-dpiichi-kiichi-mino-bimudis ; 
 ki gi-dpitchi-kitchi-mino-bimddis ; 
 gi-dpitchi-kitchi-7nino-bimddisi ; 
 etc. 
 Ta-dpitcM-kitcM-mino-bimddisi ; 
 ta-dpitchir-kiichi-mino-bimddisitoag ; 
 etc. 
 Kin ga-dpiichi-kitchi-mino-bimddisiian ; 
 ga-dpUcJii-kiichi-mino-bimddisid. 
 
 But where there is no such sign witii a hyphon in the begin- 
 ning, the adverbs or adjectives that precede the verb, will not be 
 attached to it, by hyphens ; there is no grammatical reason for 
 it; as: Nin mino bimddis ; nin kitchi mino bimddis ; irind api- 
 tchi kitchi bimddis.
 
 — 122 — 
 
 We have now seen how the Change is effected ; let U8 here con- 
 sider, when it is used, as rauch it can be explained. 
 
 Rule 1. It is used in all i\\& participles of all the tenses, as you 
 will see in all these Conjugations. F. i. Ekkitod, who say.s ; 
 ga-inendang, who thought ; Jiin ge-dagwishindn, I who shall 
 arrive ; nin waidbamag, I who see hiin, etc. 
 
 Rule 2. It is employed in sentences which express periodical 
 actions, events, or states of being. These sentences or expres- 
 sions contain in English the words : each, every one, every 
 time, when, whenever, as often as ... . F. i. 
 
 Anamiegijigad, it is Sunday, (VIII. Conjugation.) Dassing ena- 
 
 miegijigakin, every Sunday, (as often as it is Sunday.) Ena- 
 
 miegijigakin, on Sundays. 
 Nin ganQna, I speak to him ; gegonagin nin nagwetag, when I 
 
 speak to him, he answers me ; genonindwanin, wlien they are 
 
 spoken to. 
 Nind ah, I am ; ebiidnin oma, bi-nasikawishikan, when I am 
 
 here, come to me ; dassing cbidjin wedi, minikwe, every time 
 
 he is there he drinks. 
 
 Rule 3. The Change is likewise employed in sentences whicli 
 express actions or events as just past, and contain in English 
 the words, ivhen, as sooti as, etc. F. i. 
 
 Oa-mddjadk'oss, gi-ikkitaicag iw ; when thy father had gone 
 
 away, (or, after he went away,) they said that. 
 ^Goriskkwa-nagamowad anamie-nagamon, gi-madjawag ; when 
 
 they had sung a hymn, they went . . . 
 
 Rule 4. The Change is employed after the interrogative adverb.- 
 dnin/ how? what? and dniniwapi? when? And after the in- 
 terrogative pronouns awoie/i .' aicenenag? who? and tcegonen? 
 what? Likewise after the adverb api, or mi api, when, at that 
 time, then. F. i.
 
 — 123 — 
 
 Anin eji-himddisiian ? liow dost tH^u do? (how do8t thou live ?) 
 Anin ekkiiod k'oss ? what pays thy father ? 
 Anin ejinikddeg oio ? what tliey call this ? 
 Aniniwapi ga-nibojyaii ? when has he died ? 
 Awenen ga-hi-pindiged? who came in ? 
 Wegonen ged-ikkitoian ? what wilt thou say ? 
 Api ge-niboiang, when we shall die. 
 
 After the interrogative adverb dnindi? where? the Change is 
 made sometimes ; but ordinarily it is not used. F. i. Atiindi 
 ijdian ? where art thou going ? Anindi ateg ? where ip it? Anin- 
 di aiad Jesus nongom ? wliere is now Jesus ? The Change is used 
 after anindi when iw is expressed or understood. F. i. Anindi 
 ga-danisid Jesus bwa mashi gagikwed ? where lived Jesus, be- 
 fore he began to preach ? iio is understood : Anindi iw ga-dani- 
 sid? (where is that place where he lived ?) 
 
 Rule 6. The Change is used in sentences expressing comparison, 
 and containing, in English the conjunction as. F. i. 
 
 Enendaman nin gad-ijiichige, I will act as thou wilt. 
 Enendaman apegish ijiwebak, be it as thou will, (thy will be 
 
 done.) 
 Wewini ijiwehisin, swanganamiadjig ejiwebisiwad, live upright, 
 
 as good Christians live. 
 Ekkitoian ml ge-diidn, be it done to me as thou sayest. 
 
 Rule 6. The Change is used in sentences that express qualiit/, 
 and contain the adverbs minik, kakina, misi, all, all that, 
 whatever ; wegotogwen, whatsoever. F. i. 
 
 Minik ekkiiod Kije-Maniio, debwewinagadini, all that God says 
 
 is true. 
 Kakina minik eji-kagikimigoian, eji-wubandaman guie ki tnasi- 
 
 naigan, kakina weweni ganmcendan ; wliatever tliou art taught 
 
 in sermons, and all that thou readest in thy book, keep all well. 
 Wegotogwen ge-dodamogweti, ged ikkitogwen gate ; whatsoever 
 
 lie shall do and .say.
 
 — 124 — 
 
 Wegotogwen ge-nandotamdwegwen Weossimind nindijinikkasowi- 
 ning, hi ga-minigowa ; whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in 
 my name, he will give it to you. 
 
 Rule 7. The Change is employed in some tenses of the subjunc- 
 tive mood in the Duhitative Conjugations ; as you will sec 
 there. F. i. Ekkitowdnen, if I say perhap.-*. 
 
 £A;Ari<05'wcn, if he perhaps says. . . . 
 
 Kishpin gwaiak ga-anamiassiwdnen, if I have perhaps not well 
 prayed. 
 
 Rule 8. Ordinarily, mot always,) the C/ianflrc i.s employed after 
 
 7m. F. i. 
 Mi enendamdn, mi ekkitoidn ; sol think, so I say. 
 Mi ijiwebak oma aking, so it is here on earth. 
 Mi sa ga-ikkitod, mi dash ga-iji-mddjad ; so he said, and went 
 
 away. 
 Mi na eji-kikinoamdgoian ? art thou taught so ? 
 
 Let us now consider the verb of our paradigm of the I. Conju- 
 gation, in the cases of the Change. 
 
 The participles are displayed in the paradigm. 
 
 In the sentences expressing periodical actions, events, or 
 states of being, the verbs of the I. Conj. are formed thus : 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Ekkito'iAn'm, when I say, or, whenever I say, 
 
 ekkito'ianin, 
 
 ekkiiodyxn, 
 
 ekkitongln, (quand on dit,l 
 
 cH-?7oiangon, "( , 
 
 *= y when we sav, 
 e^'A'j^oiangon, > 
 
 ekkitoiegon, 
 
 ekkitov, Skdjin.
 
 — 125 — 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 PRESENT TEN'SE. 
 
 Ekkitoss\wSinin , when I don't say, 
 
 ckkiioss'nvamu, 
 
 ekkiiossigon, 
 
 eA-A;i7os.singin, (quand on ne dit pas,) 
 
 ekkitossiwangon, "1 i i >, 
 
 *= ' > wlien we don t sav. 
 ekkitossivrangon , > 
 
 ekkitos&'wmgon . 
 
 ekkitoss\g\\a.v\\\\. 
 
 Hemark. In the sentences cxpre»?'mg periodical actions, events 
 or states, not only the Change is made, hut also one of the syl- 
 lables in, nin, or on, is added to the verl), as you see here above, 
 and in the examples of Rule 2, page 122. This is done, when 
 the adverb dassing, (which signifies, whenever, as often as, every 
 time,) is expressed or understood. At the third persons, that 
 end in d, the letter J is inserted between d and the syllable in, as 
 you see above. (See an analogy of it in Remark, p. 2.3.) 
 
 Please remember well this Remark. It is applicable to almost 
 all our Conjugations. 
 
 In the perfect and future tenses the termination.s i-emain the 
 same, and the Change is made in the signs, or prefixes, gi-, and 
 ga-, or gad- ; the former being changed into ga-, the latter into 
 ge-, or ged- ; as : 
 
 Ga-ikkitoianin, when for whenever) I have said ; 
 ga-ikkitodym, when he has .said ; 
 ga-ikkito[tigon,ctc. . . 
 ged-ikkitoian\n, whenever I shall say, 
 ged-ikkito'ian'in , 
 ged-ikki(o\\ady\n, etc. . . 
 Ca-/A7v?7ossiwanin, when I havf not said ;
 
 — 12G — 
 
 ga-dkkitoBsxgon, wlicn he lias not said ; 
 
 (ja-ikkitoBSAwegon , etc. . . 
 
 ged-ikkitosBw; &n\n, whenever I shall not say, 
 
 ged-ikkitoBdiyi&n'xn, 
 
 yed-ikkitosti\gvi&mn, etc. . . 
 
 Remark 1. Respecting the conjunction iji, (in iheChange, eji-,) 
 which you see often to precede verbs, it must be remarked, that 
 it is never employed alone, but alwaysin connection with a verb, 
 which it precedes immediately ; and the Change in the verbs 
 preceded by iji, is made in this conjunction, which is then at- 
 tached to the verb with a hyphen, in the cases of the Change, 
 not otherwise ; according to the rules stated above. The signifi- 
 cation of this conjunction is : as, as-so, aa-as. . . F. i. 
 
 Eji-sdgiidisoian, ki da-sdgiag kidf anishindbeg ; as thou lovest 
 
 thyself, thou oughtst to love thy neighbor. 
 Eji-kikendamdn kid iji windamon ; as I know it myself, so I tell 
 
 it to thee. 
 Ga-iji-jawenimiian gi-dkosiidn kid iji jaicenimin dkosiian ; as 
 
 thou hadst pity on me when I was sick, so I have pity on thee 
 
 while thou art sick. 
 
 But sometimes the conjunction iji seems to accompany the 
 verb superfluously, because it can be omitted without the 
 least change of the meaning of the sentence. F. i. 
 
 Atchina oma gi-aia, mi dash ga-ijirinddjad ; he was here a short 
 
 time and went away ; or, mi dash gi-mddjad. 
 Mi dash ga-iji-kiichi-nishkddisid ; and he flew in a passion ; or, 
 
 7ni dash gi-kiichi-nishkddisid. 
 Kid iji pagosseniiiiin, Dehenimiian, tchi jawenimiian ; Lord, I 
 
 pray thee, to have mercy on me; or, ki pagossenimin. . . . 
 Ki windamon ga-iji wdbandamdn, or ga-wdbandamdn ki tcinda. 
 
 mon. Both sentences equally mean : I tell thee what I have 
 
 seen. 
 
 Remark 2. If you examine the paradigm of this I. Conjugation, 
 and the examples till now related, you will see how all is form-
 
 — 127 — 
 
 ed and derived from the third person sing. pres. indicative. If 
 you know this third person, you have only to add to it the ter- 
 minations, and make the Change according to the above rule.s, 
 and you will find no verb belonging to this Conjugation, which 
 you would not be able to conjugate correctly. The terminations 
 are fully displayed in the above paradigm or pattern of this 
 Conjugation ; but the third person and the Change (participle) 
 must be learned by practice and the Dictionary. This Remark 
 again is applicable to all our Conjugations.
 
 — 128 — 
 
 I. DUBITATIVE CONJUGATION. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nind ikkitotnidog, perhap.s I say ; 
 kid ikkitomidog, perhaps thou sayest ; 
 ikkiiowidog, * 
 
 ikkiinmidog, (on dit peut-etre,) 
 nind ikkifom'madog, 
 kid ikkifomwadog, 
 ikkito\vidogeua,g, ' 
 
 Form after this tense, the perfect and the future tenses ; 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Gonima gi-ikkitowkmhein , 1 1 had perliap.^ said, 
 
 " /7?-?A-A-?'/o\vamban, 
 
 " gi-ikkitogohan, 
 
 " ffi-ikkitowangihan t \ 
 
 " ffi-ikkitowangohah, / 
 
 " ffi-ikkiio\vegoha.n . 
 
 " ffi-ikkitogv>-ahiin. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Ekkito\yi\nen. if I say perhaps, 
 ekkito\ya,nen. 
 ekkitogwen, 
 ekkiiowdngen, ■> 
 ekkitowansen , i 
 
 '■ The.se two persons are often expressed by adding onlv dop, or. 'dopenap. to 
 the mutative vowel; as, nftidog, ahidogenag': lJ<idog, O'ftaogenag ; wissinidog, 
 jfiMiHidogenag, etc. 
 
 t To form the imperfect tense, (which is not much used,) you have only to
 
 — 120 — 
 
 I. DUBITATIVE CONJUGATION. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOU. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Kawin nind ikkitom\m\6.og, perhaps I don't say, 
 " kid ikkitomm\\Aog, 
 " ikkitoss\v.'iAog, 
 
 " iM-i7ossimidog, 
 
 " nind ikkito?,i^'nmx\&dog, 
 " kid ikkitoss\-[\\\\a,dog, 
 
 iVc/ri/ossiwidogenag, 
 
 as : Nin fji-ikkitomidog. 
 
 Niti gad-ikkiioniidog. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Kawin [/i-ikkitos3iwdu\]mn, I had perhaps not said. 
 
 " ^/-/ArA-i/ossiwaniban, 
 
 " f/i-ikkitossigoha.n, 
 
 " f/i-^A;^•i7r).ssiwangiban, ■» 
 
 " <7i-iM-itossi\vangoban, / 
 
 " </HA;^i/os8iwegoban, 
 
 " f/i-ikkiioss\g\\'a.h'dn . 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Ekkitossiwanen, wlietlicr I say not, 
 ekkiioss\v:a.nei\. 
 ekkitossigwen, 
 ekkitosmwiingen, \ 
 eH-i^ossiwang'in, < 
 
 takeoffthe prefix ffi-; a.s: Ik/citowdmban, tkkitopoban, ikkUogwabait. And .ho 
 also in some other ConJuKatlous. 
 t See Remark 3, page 42.
 
 — 130 — 
 
 ekkitovregwen , 
 ekkiiow&gwen. 
 
 After this tense form the perfect and the future tenses ; 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Ikkiiow^mhixnen, if I had perhaps said, 
 
 ikkitowamhanen, 
 
 ikkiiogohainen , 
 
 ikkitowangihaneo, (ninawind,) ■» 
 
 iA:ii7owangobanen, [kinawind,] J 
 
 ?H"i7owegobanen , 
 
 ii-A;j7owagobanen . 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin ekkiiowanen, I who perhaps say, 
 
 kin ekkitowanen , 
 
 win ekkitogwen, 
 
 ninawind ekkiiowangen, •> , , 
 
 , . • J 7 7 .^ '^ > we who perhaps say, 
 
 kmawind ekkitov>aiigen, J 
 
 kinawa ekkito\\egv;en, 
 
 winawa ekkitogwenag. 
 
 After this tense, the j^er/eci and ihe future tenses are formed ; 
 
 PLUPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin ga-ikkiiowiimhiinen, I who had said perhaps. 
 
 Arm ^a-?7>.-A.77owaiiil>aiien, thou who per. hadst said, 
 
 win (/a-ikkitogohanen , 
 
 ninaicind r/a-?AAv7o\vangibanen, -i i i i • ■ 
 
 7 . . 7 ., 7 •.- , > ^ve who had p. said, 
 
 Kinawtnd ^ra-^A'Avrowangobanen, J 
 
 kinawa ga-ikkitowegohanen , 
 
 winawa ga-ikkitogohanenag.
 
 — i:u — 
 
 ekkitoBsiwegwen, 
 ekkitoHsiwagwen, 
 
 as : Ga-ikkitowdnen, .... Ged-ikkitowdnen. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TEN.SE. 
 
 Kawin iMv'/ossiwambanen, if I had perhaps not said, 
 
 '* iM'i7ossiwambanen, 
 
 " iA;^i7ossigobaneii, 
 
 " ^A;^•^<ossiwangibanen, [ninawind] 
 
 " ^■A;^*^tossiwangobane.n, [kinawind) 
 
 " itti^ossiwegobanen, 
 
 " t'Mitossiwagobanen. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Niii eA;^•^/os8iwanen, I who perhaps dou't say, 
 
 kin cfcWtossiwanen, 
 
 xvin ekkitos>s,\gv{Qn , 
 
 ninawtnd efcii^ossiwangen, "i , 
 
 , . • J 7 7 ■ . • > wc who . . . 
 
 kinawind e«Arjfossiwangen, J 
 
 kinawa ekkitosu'w/^gw^w , 
 
 winawa e^•^•^<ossigwenag. 
 
 as: Nin ga-ikkitowdnen. . . . 2^^in ged-ikkiiowuneu . . . 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin ga-ikkifofiii\\\iim]>i\uQu, I who hail p. not said, 
 kin ga-ikkitoiis\ wani baiicn , 
 will ga-ikkitossigohancn , 
 ninawind ga-ikkitofis\\\k\\]i\\)iu\on, \ , 
 
 kinawind <7a-?'tA:i7ossiwangobaiien, ) 
 kinawa ga-ikkitos^'\\\egoh&ncn , 
 winawa ga-ikkitossigohanQn&g.
 
 — 132 — 
 
 KXAMPLE3 ON THK I. DUBITATIVE CONJUGATION'. 
 
 Niii maichi ikkitomidog naningim, kawin dash kakina nin mik- 
 
 uendansin nongom. I suppose 1 8peak often ill, but I don't 
 
 remember now all. 
 Gi-ani-madjndog, gi-giwedog, kawin sa ningoichi nin wdbamassi. 
 
 He is probably gone away, he is gone home, I suppose, Idon't 
 
 see hijii anywhere. 
 At mishomissiaubanigwaieshkat Mimiang gi-danakigwahany bwa 
 
 bi-gosiwad oma. Our grand-father (forefathers) had formerly 
 
 lived in Canada, before they moved to this place. 
 Endogicen keidbi matchi gijweicanen. Ki gi-boniton na maichi 
 
 gijweunn ? I don't know whether thou speakestyet bad words. 
 
 Hast thou abandoned bad speaking? 
 Endogwen ga-igiichigegwen ga^iji-aiangtcamimagiban. I doubt 
 
 whether he ha^ performed (or not,) what I had recommended 
 
 him. 
 Kishpin ikkiiowugobanen iw, da-gidibddjimotcag gi-gagwedji- 
 
 mindwa. If they (perhaps) had said that, they would have 
 
 told it when they were asked. 
 Kakina ndganisidjig ininiwag gi-mawandjiidiwag ; namandj 
 
 ged-inakonigewagiven. All the principal men have assembled ; 
 
 I don't know Avhat laws (regulations) they will make. 
 Ged-ikkituwanen mi-ge-dodamdn ; minik dash ge-ginaamdgeira- 
 
 nen, kaiciyi nin wi-ijiichigessi. Whatever thou shalt say 
 
 (command,) I will do it ; but whatever thou shalt forbid, I 
 
 will not do it. 
 Kin netd-dqjingewanen ki gad-animis dibakonige-gijigak,hishpin 
 
 geget ijiwebisiian. Thou who art (as they say) in the habit 
 
 of backbiting, thou wilt suffer on the day of judgment, if 
 
 thou really art so. 
 Awegwen ga-bi-dibudjimogwen matchi dajindiwin. — Kego dehwe- 
 
 tangegon. I don't know who has told here the calumny. Do 
 
 not believe it. 
 Katcin nin gi-wdbamassig igiic ga-bosigwenag piichindgo. I have 
 
 not seen those that have gone away yesterday (in a canoe, 
 
 boat, etc.) (as I understood.)
 
 — 133 — 
 
 Anishindbeg waieshkat ga-bimddisiyobanenay aking, gi-matchi- 
 ijiwebisigwaban. People who had lived on earth in the begin- 
 ning, were wicked. 
 Awcnen mo ged-ijitchigegwen inojag, ga-inakonigeiang nongom 
 gijigak ? Who is likely to do always what we have ordered to-day? 
 
 Remark in regard to the .second third person. * 
 In the simple third person singular, present, indicative, affir- 
 mative form, you say : Ikkito, he sayss. But in the second third 
 person you have to say : Ikkitowan, etc., because the verb must 
 follow the same rule as the substantive. The simple third per- 
 son, to which the second is relating, is often understood only, 
 not e.xpressed, as you will see here below. 
 
 E.XAMPLES. 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 Ossan ikkitowan, his father 
 says. 
 
 Ossan ikkitobanin, his father 
 said. 
 
 Kaskendam gi-niponid ossan, 
 lie is afflicted because his fa- 
 ther is dead. 
 
 Nin kikendam get-ijitchigenid 
 oshimeian, I know what hi.*^ 
 brother will do. 
 
 Ogwissan gwaiakijiioebisinipan, 
 kawin da-gi-animisissiwan, 
 had his son behaved right, he 
 would not have been punished. 
 
 Debeniminang o sdgian enamid- 
 nidjin, the Lord loves the 
 Christians. 
 
 Ossan inito ekkitonipanin, it was 
 his father who said so. 
 
 Ossan kawin ikkitossiwan, his 
 father does not say. 
 
 Ossan kawin ikkitossibanin, his 
 father did not say. 
 
 Minwendam gi-nipossinig ossan, 
 he is glad that his father is 
 not dead. 
 
 Wegonen get-ikkitossinig oshi- 
 meian ? what will his brother 
 not say ? 
 
 Ogwissan gioaiak ijiwebis'nisini- 
 goban, da gi-animlsiican, had 
 his son not behaved right, he 
 would have been punished. 
 
 Debeniminang kaioin o sdgia-s- 
 ■s/?t enamidssinigon, the Lord 
 dues not love pagans. 
 
 Mi na ossan iniw gwaiak ekki- 
 iossinigobanin ? is he tliat did 
 not say right, iiis father ? 
 
 * See page 69.
 
 — 134 — 
 
 II. CONJUGATION. 
 
 To this Ci>njuj:;ation l>elon<^all the intransitive or neuter verbs 
 ending at the charactcristical third per.son in am. They like- 
 wise end 80 at the first person singular, present, indicative. This 
 m, in which all the verba of this Conjugation end, is put among 
 the terminations, as you see in the paradigms. The rea.^on is, 
 l)ecau8e it does not remain in all the ten.ses, but is sometimes 
 changed into 7j. 
 
 Note. In the I. Conjugation, I displayeil the negative form in 
 ^fiiU, (on the opposite page.) In order to save room, I will put, 
 in the subsequent Conjugations, only the terminations of the ne- 
 gative form, the bad;/ of the verb remaining the same in this 
 form, as in the affirmative. F. i. Nind inendam, negative, Ka- 
 ivin nind inendansi. Kid inendam, neg. Kawin kid inendanei. 
 Inendam, neg. Kawin inendansi, etc. 
 
 Here are some verbs belonging to this Conjugation : 
 
 First 2)erson. Third Person. 
 
 Kin nana gatawendam, I meditsite ; ndnagatdwendam. 
 
 Nind dnijitam, I give up ; dnijitam. 
 
 Nin segendam, I am afraid ; scgendam. 
 
 Nin dodam, I do, I act ; dodam. 
 
 Nin kashkendam, I am sad ; kashkendam. 
 
 Nin pisindam, I listen ; pisindam. 
 
 Nin pagossendam, I ask, I hope ; pagosscndani. 
 
 Nind initam, I hear something ; initam. 
 
 Nin wassitdioendam, I am .sorrowful ; wassitdwendnm. 
 
 Nin sdgaam, I go out ; sdgaam . 
 
 Nin songcndam, I have a firm thought ; songendam. 
 
 Nind dgonwetam, I disobey, I contradict ; dgonwetam. 
 
 Nin gijendam, I resolve ; g'ljendam. 
 
 Ninjafibitam, I gainsay ; jajXhitam. 
 
 Nin bonendam, I forget something ; bonendam. 
 
 Nin debwetoin, I helieve; debwetam. 
 
 Nin wissagendam, I suflfer ; wissagendam.
 
 — 135 — 
 
 AFFUIMATIVE FORM. 
 
 NEGATIVK FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nind inendam , I i\uu\<. * (ur, I will), Kawin nsi. 
 
 kid itiendam 
 
 
 cc 
 
 nsi, 
 
 inendcnu, 
 
 
 u 
 
 n.<i. 
 
 inenddm, they 
 
 think, ( 
 
 on " 
 
 nsini, 
 
 pense) t one 
 
 thinks, 
 
 
 
 }iind ine)idmn\n, 
 
 
 a 
 
 nsiniin, 
 
 kid inendciiu, 
 
 
 a 
 
 nsini, 
 
 inendamog. 
 
 
 (( 
 
 nsiwag. 
 
 
 IMPERFECT 
 
 TENSE. 
 
 
 Nind mendanabaii, I tl 
 
 liouglit, 
 
 Kawin 
 
 . nsinahan, 
 
 kid Mieurfanabaii, 
 
 
 (C 
 
 nsinal)an. 
 
 inetidamo\Mx\\, 
 
 
 <l 
 
 nsi ban, 
 
 nind inendamin^^taw , 
 
 
 i( 
 
 nsiininaban, 
 
 kid inenda\nw&h&n. 
 
 
 a 
 
 nsini waban. 
 
 inendamoh&mg. 
 
 
 <i 
 
 nsibanig. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 J\'in (ji-inendan\, I have tliought, Kawin nsi, 
 
 ki gi-inendam, " nsi, 
 
 gi-inendan\, " n.si, 
 
 gi-inenddm, (on a pciise) '* nsim, 
 
 nin gi-inendam'm, " nsiniin, 
 
 ki gi-inendmw, " nsim, 
 
 </i-inendan\og, " nsiwag. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin gi-iue>idana\)ixn,tl had tliought,A'a?rmnsinal)an, 
 ki gi-i)iendansLhan, " nsinaban, 
 
 gi-ine)idan\o\)i\n , Kawin nsiban, 
 
 7iin gi-inendaimna,ha,n, " nsiniinaban, 
 
 ki gi-inendan\wa\mn, " nsiniwaban, 
 
 gi-ine7idainoha,n\g, '' nsibanig, 
 
 * See Hemark 4. p. 96. t See Heviark, p. 88. 
 
 I See AMe p. 98. 
 
 10
 
 
 
 
 — 136 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 FUTURE TEN3I;. 
 
 
 iV//i (/ad-inendam, I 
 
 will 
 
 til 
 
 ink, 
 
 Kawin 
 
 I nsi. 
 
 At gadrinendam. 
 
 
 
 
 << 
 
 nsi, 
 
 ta-inendam. 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 nsi, 
 
 ta-inenddm. 
 
 
 
 
 (C 
 
 nsim, 
 
 Iliad gad-inendamm. 
 
 
 
 
 cc 
 
 nsimin, 
 
 ki gad-inenddmy 
 
 
 
 
 it 
 
 nsim. 
 
 ta-inendamog. 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 nsiwag. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Nin ga-gi-inendain , I shall liave thought, Kairin nsi, 
 
 ki ga-gi-inendan\, " nsi, 
 
 ta-gi-inendam, " nsi, 
 
 torgi-inenddm , " nsim, 
 
 nin ga-gi-inendam\n, " nsimin, 
 
 ki ga-gi-inendam, " nsim, 
 
 ta-gi-inendamog, " nsiwag. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRKSEXT TEN'SE. 
 
 hiendaman, ' ill think, n.«iwan, 
 
 ■inendaman, nsiwan, 
 
 inendang, nsig, 
 
 inendan\\r\gf that they think, nsing, 
 
 (qu'on peuse) 
 
 inendamixng, i .„ ^i • i nsiwang, 
 . , , > if we think, . = 
 
 inenaama.x\g, } nsiwang, 
 
 ineiidameg, nsiweg, 
 
 inendamovi&d, nsigwa. 
 
 «ee the /Jeni«)A:s concerning this and the following two tenses p lio
 
 — 137 — 
 
 PERFKCT TEN'Si:. 
 
 Gi-inendanmn, because I have 
 
 tliou,ij;lit, 
 gi-inendaman , 
 (/i-inendan^, 
 
 i-inendaming, 
 
 i-inendartmng, "> 
 
 i-inendama.ng, i 
 
 i-inendameg, 
 gi-ine7idan\o\vsid. 
 
 because we. 
 
 usiwaii, 
 
 nsiwaiiy 
 
 naig, 
 
 using, 
 
 nsiwang-, 
 
 nsiwaiig, 
 
 Dsiweg, 
 
 nsigwa. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Inendammnhan , if I had thought, n.'^iwaniban. 
 
 hiendamamhan , 
 i7iendangiha,n , 
 inendaimngihan , 
 ine7idan\Cing\\)a,\\, ■> . . 
 inmdauMingohaw , J 
 inendamegohan , 
 inendamo\va,Y)an, 
 
 FUTURK TENSE. 
 
 Ged-inendamkn, ^v\i&tl shall think, 
 
 ged-inendaman , 
 
 yed-inendang, 
 
 ged-inendaming, 
 
 ijed-inendmn a n g. 
 
 Etc., as above in X\\q 2ive!sent tense, prefixing ged-. 
 
 SECOND FrxniK TENSE. 
 
 Ge-gi-inendanuiu, what I shall liaxe nsiwAii, 
 
 thouglit, 
 ge-gi-inendaman , nsi wan , 
 
 Etc., as in ihc j^^'cseni tense, always prefixing gc-gi-. 
 
 nsiwaniban, 
 
 nsigoban, 
 
 nsingiban, 
 
 nsinwcingiban, 
 
 nsinwangoban, 
 
 nsiwegoban, 
 
 nsigwa ban. 
 
 nsiwan, 
 nsi wan, 
 nsig, 
 using, 
 nsiwJing.
 
 — 13H _ 
 
 CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 iV//( (la-inendam, I would think Kawiii iisi, 
 (or I ought to think,) 
 
 ki da-i»endam " n.si, 
 
 da-iuendam, " ii.si, 
 
 da-inenddni , they would think " usiin, 
 (on pen,-;erait,) 
 
 nin da-vieitdam'm, " nsiinin, 
 
 ki da-iiiendam, " n.^im, 
 
 da-inendamog, " nsiwag. 
 
 PERFKCT TENSE. 
 
 Ninda-gi-inendam,! would have thought, Kaicin m-'i, 
 or I ought to have thought, 
 ki da-gi-inenddm, 
 da-gi-inendam , 
 da-gi-inenddm, 
 nin da-gi-inendamiii, m 
 ki da-gi-inendum, 
 da-gi-inendamog, 
 
 Ge-gi-inendamiin, what I would 
 have thought, 
 Etc., a? above in the second future tense of the subj. mood. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Inenddn, ^ think, Kego ngeu, 
 
 ?«euf?amokan i (thou,) 
 
 ta-inendavQ, let him (her, it,) think, " usi, 
 
 ta-dnenddra, let him think, (qu'on " usim, 
 pense,) 
 
 inendanda., let u,-< think, ■' usida, 
 
 r?ie?idamog, think, (30U,) " ngegon, 
 
 to-Mje?»(iamog, let them think, " nsiwag. 
 
 << 
 
 nsi. 
 
 <( 
 
 n.si. 
 
 « 
 
 nsim. 
 
 " 
 
 n.«imin, 
 
 ii 
 
 nsim. 
 
 a 
 
 nsiwag. 
 
 [i.~iwan.
 
 — 13'.) — 
 PARTICIPLES. * 
 
 PRESKNT TKXSK. 
 
 Nin enendanmn, I who tliink. nsiwiiii, 
 
 kin enendmnSkn , thou who tliiiik- iisiwan, 
 
 est, 
 
 win enendang, "•■'ig> 
 
 cnendmn'mg, wliat one thinks, nsing, 
 (ce qn'on pense,) 
 
 ninawind enendamkng, \ we that nsiwang, 
 
 kinawind enendam^n]i, j tliink, n-siwang, 
 
 kinaiva enendmneg, nsiweg, 
 
 winaica enendangig. nsigog. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin enendam-dmhan,! who tho't, nsiwanihan, 
 
 kin eneiidatnajuhan , n.«iwaniban, 
 
 win ene?«(?«ngil)an, n.'^igoban, 
 
 e?!e«afflniingiban, n.singiban, 
 
 ninawind enendamiingihan, \ we who n.siwangiban. 
 
 klnawind e»ejuZaniangoban, / thought, n.siwangobaii, 
 
 kinawa enendamegohan , nsiwegoban, 
 
 winawa en€ndang\har\\g, nsigobanig. 
 
 PKKFECT TKXSIi. 
 
 Nin fja-inendainCiu, I 
 
 who 
 
 liave 
 
 nsiwan. 
 
 thou 
 
 iglit, 
 
 
 
 kin ga-inendamax^, 
 
 
 
 n.siwan. 
 
 win ga-inendang, 
 
 
 
 nsig, 
 
 ga-inendaming. 
 
 
 
 n.eing, 
 
 ninawind ga-inendamkng, ■» we who have nsiwanii, 
 
 kinawind ga-inendamang, ) thought, n.siwang, 
 
 kinawa ga-inendameg, n.«iweg, 
 
 winawa ga-inendang\g, nsigog. 
 
 * See ifemaj-A: 5, p. ill.
 
 — 140 
 
 PI-UI'KRFKCT TKN'SK. 
 
 Nin garinendaiuSim\>i\n , ] wlioliail nsiwambdii, 
 
 thought, 
 kin ga-in^ndam&inh&n , n.slwainban, 
 
 win garinen(1an<i\\)un , nsigoban, 
 
 ga-inendaunug\\>;in , iisingiban, 
 
 ninawind ga-inendanvAu<:\[>iin,\ we who iisiwangiban, 
 
 kinawind ga-inendamango\>an, ) had th. iiHiwangoban, 
 kinawa ga-inendamegohan, nsiwegoVjan, 
 
 winawa ga-inendar\giha,iu^:, nsigobanig. 
 
 lUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Nin ged-inendamim , I who shall nsiwan, 
 think, 
 
 kin ged-inendaman , n.<i wan , 
 
 win ged'inendan}:, nsig? 
 
 ged-inendanuu'^, nsing, 
 ninawind ged-inendamkwg, 5 wc who shall nsiwang. 
 
 Mnawind ged-inendam&ng,^ think, nsiwang, 
 
 kinawa ged-inendameg, nsiweg, 
 
 winawa ged-inendang\g, nsigog. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Nin ge-gi-inendamkn, I who shall nsiwan. 
 
 have thought, 
 kin ge-gi-inendaman, nsiwan. 
 
 Etc., as above in the /?>•*•< /«<«/•€, always prefixing ge-gi-, to 
 the verb. 
 
 Remark. The letter n before the syllable ai, in the negative 
 form, is commonly not heard in pronouncing. F. i. Kawin 
 enendansi, is ordinarily pronounced : Kawin inendasi, etc. . . . 
 But this n must be in, grammatically, because otherwise there 
 would be two s in the negative form, as this always is the case 
 between two vowels ; and the above word would then be, inen- 
 dassi; but it does not sound so. Correct speakers pronounce 
 the n enough to be perceived by an attentive ear.
 
 — 141 — 
 
 Let us now consider tlio Change of the verbs of the II. Conju- 
 gation . 
 
 The participles, whicli have always the Change, are fully 
 displayed in the above paradigm. 
 
 In the sentence.s expressing periodical actions or states of 
 being, the verbs of tliis Conjugation are formed thus: 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 NEGATIVK FORM. 
 
 PRE.SKNT TENSE. 
 
 Enenda-mixnm, when, (or wlienever) I think, 
 
 enendamsinm, 
 
 enendangxn, 
 
 enendamingin, 
 
 ena?tc?«mangin,"i 
 
 eneWaniangon, / 
 
 enenrfamegon, 
 
 eraenciamowadjin, * 
 
 when we . 
 
 nsiwanin, 
 
 nsiwanin, 
 
 nsigon, 
 
 nsingon, 
 
 nsiwangin, 
 
 nsiwangon, 
 
 nsiwegon, 
 
 nsigwanin. 
 
 In the perfect aud future tenses tlie terminations are the same 
 as here above, and the Change is n)ade in the prefixes, gi-, and 
 ga- or gad-. Oi- ie changed into ga- ; and ga- or gad- into 
 ge- or ged-. F. i. 
 
 Ga-inendamsinin, when (or whenever) I have nsiwanin, 
 
 thought, 
 
 ga-inendamamn, nsiwanin, 
 
 ga-inendangin, nsigon, 
 
 Ged-inendauvdn'iu,\\hcn I siiall think, nsiwanin, 
 
 ged-inendani&ngln , nsiwangin , 
 
 g ed-inendamow adjin , nsigwanin. 
 
 In the other cases of the Change, (see p. 122, 123 and 124,) it 
 is made in the same way as here stated ; only the end-syllables, 
 in, (iin,) nin, or on, are omitted ; as: Enendamdn ; ga-inenda- 
 mdn, ged-inendamdn, etc. . . 
 
 * See llemark, p. 2a.
 
 — 112 — 
 
 EXAMIM.KS ON THK II. CON-Hf^MMON. 
 
 Pakaukwe honani., kakina ijaie hines/niuf/ honamot/ ; the hen 
 
 lays eggs, and all tlic birds lay eggs. 
 AV ka-shknidatuihau, wa'icn/ikal otnu Ixi-uiniav ; tliou wert lone- 
 some when thou Hrst stayed here. 
 Kawin nakawe ki (/i-nanat/afairendansi ged-ikkitoian ; thou hast 
 
 not reflected before hand wliat thou wouldst say. 
 Nin gi-mamakddendanabaji waieshkat icabandamun i.ihkoUna- 
 
 biktvCin ; I wondered when I first saw a steam V»oat. 
 Moja(j nin ga-nanar/aiawendom tchi hicn gigitoinn ; I will al- 
 ways reflect before I speak. 
 Nin ga-gi-g'ijendam tchi hira minawa tcdhamiian ; I sliall liave 
 
 taken a resolution before thou seesl me again. 
 Apejish mojag mino inendamdn, irika dash ichi matchi inendan- 
 
 siwdn; I wish I had always good tlioughts and never bad 
 
 thoughts. 
 Gi-wetcihendaman, mi icdiba ga-bi-ondjigiwdan ; because thou 
 
 liast made haste, therefore thou hast come back soon. 
 Dodansiwegoban ga-dodaineg, kawin ki da-minf>-aidssim nongom; 
 
 if you had not done what you did, you would not be well now- 
 Ki ga-windamon ge-dodamdn ; I will tell thee what T shall do. 
 Ki ga-tcindamon ge-gi-inendamdn ; I will tell thee what I .ehall 
 
 have thought. 
 Ki da-minwenddm na tchi wdbameg kinigiigou-ag 'f Wc>uld yovi 
 
 be glad to see your parents ? 
 Mn da-gi-kitchi-imssitdwendam, mikwinimossiwagiban Uebend- 
 
 jiged ; I would have been very sorrowful, had I not thought 
 
 on the Lord. 
 Debivcienddn, kego, dgonwetangen, kego gaie )natchi inendangen ; 
 
 believe, do not contradict and think not evil. 
 Ninjaivcnimag tcassagendangig ; I pity those that suiter. 
 Jgiw ininiicag aidgonwetangibanig, nongom wcireni debiretamog : 
 
 those men that contradicted before, believe now. 
 Nond ga-sdgaangig kawin o gi-nondansinaica gagikiceicin tliose 
 
 that went out too soon, did not hear the sermon.
 
 _ 143 — 
 
 Ga-dpiicM-dehweiendangihanig oma akin;/, twngom opitchi mino 
 
 aidwag yijigong ; tliose tliat liad a perfect f'aitli on eartli, are 
 
 now exceedingly liappy in heaven. 
 Misa igiw ged-anijitangig icaiba ; these are the persons that 
 
 will soon give all up. 
 Ge-gi-mino-dodangig aking, kdginig ta-dibaamdwaioag gijigong ; 
 
 those that shall have acted right (done well) on earth, shall 
 
 be eternally rewarded in heaven.
 
 — 144 — 
 
 II. DUBITATIVE CONJUGATION. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRE3HNT TENSK. 
 
 Nind inendamxdo^, I think perhap.«, 
 kid inendam\Aog, 
 t«e«dainodog, 
 
 inenddm'xAo^, one thinks perhap.^, (on penae 
 nind inendam\n&Aog, [peut-etre,) 
 
 kid JHcnrfaniwadog, 
 2neHf7ainodogenag, 
 Form after tliis present tense, ih&perfect and iht future 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE.' 
 
 Gonima gi-inendamowkmhiin , I liad perliaps th. . . . 
 
 " (/M«e?irfanio\vaniban, 
 
 " gi-inendamogo\)iiw, 
 
 " <7i-iHe«daniowangiban, •» that we had perhaps 
 
 " gfi-inejidamowangoban, J [thought. 
 
 " 5^i-ine7idanio\vegoban, 
 
 " gi-inendamogw&h&n , 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 £ne«rfflmowanen, if I think porhapi*. 
 
 eneHcZaniowaiien, 
 
 eneH(Zamog\ven, 
 
 ene?«(7aiiiowangen, (ninawind)) .„ 
 
 r \\ we. . . . 
 eHC?JC?aniowangen, [kinawind] ) 
 
 enendaiwoyfegvfea, 
 
 fHe/jdamowagwen, 
 
 * See second Note, page 128. (Inendamowamban : inendanu>ffOban.)
 
 — 145 — 
 II. DUBITATIVE CONJUGATION. • 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TEKSE. 
 
 Kawin nind iwe/K^ansimidog, I do perhaps not tliink, 
 '• kid inendanBim'idog, 
 
 " inendansidog, 
 
 " ineiidanmnidog, 
 
 " nind inendans'nmna.dog, 
 " kid inendansinwvadog, 
 
 " i7iendansidogenag, 
 
 tenses ; as : A' in gi-inendamidog . Nin gad-inendamidog. . . . 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Kmoin girinendan»\v;kmhkw, I had perhaps not thought, 
 
 '' gi-imndan!ny,"A\x\ ban , 
 
 " gi-inendans\gi)h2LW , 
 
 " </i-t«e?idan8i\vangiban, \ ,1 . , 
 
 " gri-i/ic/idansiwangoban, / 
 
 " gfi-inertrfansiwegoban, 
 
 " girinendans,\gv; &h&r\, 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 £nert(iansiwanen, if I do perhaps not think, 
 
 enc H (Za n s i w a n e n , 
 
 enewdansigwen, 
 
 €wenrfansiwAngen, ) .^ . , , 
 
 . , V if we do perhaps not. 
 
 €/w>iaansi\vangen, j 
 
 ejte/jcZansiwegwen, 
 
 enenrfansiwagwen,
 
 — 1 to — 
 Form .liter tlii.s tonfio the perfect aii<l \\\v future teiieeB ; aB : 
 
 I'LCrEKKKCT TKX.UK. 
 
 /nerarfaniowamVmiioii, if I lia<l tliouglit I Huppose, 
 
 /«eHJ«ino\vaiiiljanen, 
 
 /«e«(/aiiio<iolianen, 
 
 ^■/JewrfanlOwan'ri^»anen, i .^ , , , , 
 
 , , > if we liad tliought. 
 
 inenaaniowanj^obanen, J 
 
 ?He?ifZanio\ve<;ol»anen , 
 
 Micnrfamowagobanen , 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin etteH(?amo\vanen, I who think perliaps, 
 
 kin c/iewtZamowanen, thou who. . . . 
 
 win enendamogwen, 
 
 ninawind cne?if?amowangen, "i , , • , i 
 
 , . . 7 >. 7 }■ we who think perhap.'s. . . . 
 
 ktnawind etienaaniowangen, ) 
 
 kinmva eneudamowegwen, 
 
 winaioa enendamogwenag. 
 
 The perfect and future tenses are formed after this present 
 
 PLl'PERFECT TENSE. * 
 
 Nin /ya-inendamowanibanen, I wlio liad perhaps th. . . . 
 
 kin (/a-?>»'«rfaniowambanen , 
 
 win ga-inendaxnogoh&nexx, 
 
 ninawind ^/a-MJerirfamowangibanen, ") i i i 
 
 , . . , . . , , > we wlio had . . . 
 
 kinowina </ff-?/u'H(/amowaiigolianen, I 
 
 kinaica f/a-inendanio\vegohane\), 
 
 winaioa garin€ndainogoha.nena,g. 
 
 * For the imperfect, (seldom used.) 2Tin enendamowambtinen, . . . Kin enen- 
 damoivambanen, . . .
 
 — 147 — 
 Gorinendamowdnen G ed-i nendamowdnen, .... 
 
 I'MPERKKCT TENSK. 
 
 yHe/tcZansiwambaiic'ii, if'I had not thoiiglit I suppose, 
 i/iJ/tdansi wambaneii , 
 
 if we had not . 
 
 ^■/^eKdansigobancn, 
 i/ieHC?aiisi\vaiigitiaiieii, ^ 
 iw'«(?aiisi\vangobaiieii, i 
 ine/t(Zansi\vegobaneii, 
 iwejtdansiwagobanen. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 P RE S KX T TENSE. 
 
 Nin enendaxvsmkncn, I wlio do perhaps not think, 
 
 kill enendamnwMxQw, tliou who. . . 
 
 will e«e«rfansig\ven, 
 
 niiiawind e»eH(?ansi\vangen, "» , , , ... 
 
 ,. . , . , . )■ we who do perhaps not think, 
 
 kinaivina eHCHaansiwangen, J 
 
 kinawa c/ie«rfansiwegwen, 
 
 icinawa enendansigwenag, 
 
 tense; as : Nin ga-inendamoxvdnen , Nin gcd-inendamowdnen..., 
 
 PLUPERFECT TEX.SE. 
 
 iVi'/t (/a-/«.eyic?ansiwiunbanen, I wlio had perhaps not tli. . . 
 
 kin (/a-Mie'jjf/ff ni^i wanibaneii , 
 
 win ga-inendanahgohawQw , 
 
 ninawind <7a-t«e?jrfansivvangibanen, i i i ■ 
 
 , . J ■ ^ 1 ■ I ^ we who had . . . 
 
 kinaw^na ga-tnendansiwango\y<inen, J 
 
 kinaiva ga-inendani»\wcgoha,nen , 
 
 winaiva ga-inendar\s\goha.nQ\\&g.
 
 — 14H — 
 
 EXAMPLES ON TIIK 11. DI'BITATIVE COXJfOATION. 
 
 Aw aidkosid inini kitchi masitdgosi ; wisaagendamodrxj dpitehi. 
 Tliis Hick mail groans niucli ; hv iniiHt Kuttit-r exceedingly. 
 
 A7 gi-agonwetamwadog gi-nondameg gagikwcwin, kawin hi gi- 
 debwetan.iimwadog. I think you have contradicted when you 
 had heard tiie sermon, you liave probalily not believed. 
 
 Nishime John kawin kiwe waieshkat gi-minwendansigohan, kiki- 
 noamdding wi-ijad ; nongotn dash kitrhi minwendam, kitchi 
 dadatabi gaic kikinoamdgnnid masinaigan. My brother John 
 iiad not been willing at first to go to school, (as I understood ;) 
 but now he likes it very much, and is learning ver)' fast to 
 read. 
 
 Kawin wa'iba ganabatch la-gijendansidogenag ichi bonitowad 
 tninikwewin. They will perhaps not soon take a resolution 
 to give up drinking. 
 
 Jdigwa wdiba ta-inendamodog tchi anamiad. He will probably 
 soon have a mind to become a Christian, (to pray.i 
 
 Anawi anamia aw anishindbe; endogwen da.sh meshkawenda- 
 mogwen mojag tchi anamiad. This Indian indeed is a Chri.«- 
 tian ; but it is doubtful whether he has a strong resolution, 
 (thought,) to be always a Christian. 
 
 Kishpin ga-nishkCidendamogwen, kawin nin nin gi-nishkidssi. If 
 he has had perhaps angry thoughts, it was not I that made 
 him angr}'. 
 
 Kishpin gigendamogobanen wi-mddjad, da-gi-bosi ndbikwdning 
 pitchindgo. If he had, (I suppose,) made up liis mind to go 
 away, he would have gone on board the vessel yesterday. 
 
 Ged-ako-mashkawendamoicegwcn, kaicin ki ga-waiejimigossiwag 
 maichi-ijiwebisidjig. As long as you shall have a strong re- 
 solution, (thought,) you will not be seduced by the wicked 
 ones. 
 
 Aw inini wika saiegendansigicen , ta-segendam api ge-nibod. That 
 man who seems never to fear, will be afraid at the time of his 
 death. 
 
 Mi aw inini nond ga-sagaamogiren gi-gigitong. This is tlie man 
 who went out, (as I heard,) before the council was over.
 
 — 149 — 
 
 Kinawa ya-matchi-dodamoweywen, ninyotiny ki ya-kikendayo- 
 sim ya-ijiwehisiweywen nonyom. You wlio liave perhaps done 
 evil, you will once be known, liow you liave (perliaps) behav- 
 ed now. 
 
 lyiw waieshkat ya-debweiendamoyobanenay, yi-kUcJn-mi no-ij iwe- 
 siywahan. Those who had believed in the lieginning, (the first 
 Chrintianp,) liehaved very well, (as we read.) 
 
 Aw ye-kashkendanaiywen, ye-nishkddendansiyicen yaie, yeyo we- 
 nitodjin,nibwdkawinininy ta-apitenima. He tliat shall not Ije 
 sad, nor shall Jiave angry thoughts, when he loses something, 
 will be esteemed a wise man. 
 
 Aweyivenay wika ye-pisindansiywenay matclii habamndjimowin, 
 bisdn ta-bimddisiway akiny. Tljose who never sliall listen to 
 bad reports, shall live quietly (in peace) on earth.
 
 — 150 — 
 
 • Some Examples in regard to 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 Minwenilamowa}} nn ossan, ojtia /rhi iii-ij/iiuil'! I." liis father 
 williiij:; tliat lie slioiild come liere ? 
 
 Apilchi kashkendainowiui omisseian. Hin sisters arc very sad 
 (lonesome.) 
 
 And so fortli in all tlie tenses 
 
 O widifjemuf/anaii ine)tdainu\>au\n (rhi (fishpinndoWxA aki. It 
 was the will of his wife, (or, her hushand,) to Imy land. 
 
 Onigiigoii /He»(7«nioi»anin tclii widjtinad iniw ikwewan. It was 
 the will of his parents that he .■should marry that woman. 
 
 G?-saya«!nolianin wituit hwa piitdigen'ui ogwinsan. His brother- 
 in-law had gone out, before his son came in. 
 
 Kishpin ossan mimceiidaminid, ta-bi-ija oma. If his father i.s 
 willing, (consenting,) he will come here. 
 
 Apegich mashkaicendam'mid ogicissan, tchi mino-ijiwebisin\A. I 
 wi.sh his sons would firmly resolve to behave well. 
 
 And so on in the other tenses 
 
 Kuhpin ogitnniiiwendaminipan, da-gi-tcidige aw oshkinigikire. 
 That young woman would have married, had her mother given 
 her consent. 
 
 Wewib sagaamhVi'pa.w ossaieian, kawin da-gi-gikaudissim . Were 
 his brother gone out immediately, there would have been no 
 quarreling. 
 
 Kawin Kije-Manilo o sagiassinenamidnidjitiaiagontpetamimdjin. 
 God does not love Christians who are disobedient, (who con- 
 tradict.) 
 
 Kaivin auma gwaiak enamiado tcissokawassinmeichi-dodammid- 
 jin. No true Christian associates with those that are doing wrong. 
 
 Paul sdgiabaniti oshimeibanin, mojag weHo-?He?K7rtminipanin. 
 Paul loved his deceased brother who always had good inten- 
 tions, (a good will. 1 
 John sdgiabanin o ividigemdganibanin, mojag menicendam'm'i- 
 panin. John loved his deceased wife, who always was con- 
 tented (cheerful.) 
 
 Form the other tenses of these 
 
 * See page 69.
 
 — 151 — 
 
 the second third person. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 Kawin minwenda\\8\viai,n ossan tchi mddjdmd. Hi.* father is not 
 
 willing that lie should go away. 
 Kawin na geyet omisseian kashkendanslwun ? Are his sisters not 
 
 really sad (lonesome?) 
 
 that are derived from the present. 
 Kawin o undii/emdganan /neHdansibanin tchi bosin'ui. It wa.^ 
 
 not the will of his wife, (or, her husband,) to embark. 
 Kawin onigiigon ?/te/uZ«nsibanin tchi widigemad iniw ikwewan. It 
 
 was not the will of his parents that he should marry that woman. 
 Kawin mashi gi-sagaanH\h-d\\\n witdn api pandigemd ogwissan. 
 
 His brother-in-law had not yet gone out, when his son came in. 
 Kishpin ossan mimce)idansimg, kawin ta-bi-ijassi. If his father 
 
 is not willing, (not consenting,") lie will not come. 
 Kishpin mashkawendans'ung ogwissan, kawin ginwenj ta-mino- 
 
 ijiiiiehisimiwaw. Il'his sons have not a firm resolution, they 
 
 will not long behave well, 
 formed after \.\\q present. 
 Kishpin ogin miriwendanshiigohan, kaioin da-gi-widigessi ni- 
 
 misse. My sister would not have married, had her mother 
 
 not given her consent. 
 Ossaieiansagaans\n\go\)au u'ewib,da-gi-kikan(h'm. AVere liis bro- 
 ther not gone out immediately, there would havobeen quarreling 
 Debendjiged o nitd-jaweninian enamianidjimcika aiagonwetaus'i- 
 
 nigon The Lord loves Chri.-itians who never contradict,(disobey.) 
 Kawin awiia gwaiak enamiad o widokawassin meno-dodansun- 
 
 gon. No true Christian helps those, (keeps company with 
 
 those,) who act not right. 
 John kawin givefch o sagiassibanin ossaieibanin wika meno-inen- 
 
 (Zan8inigol)anin. John did not much Jove his deceased bro- 
 ther, who never had a good will. 
 Paul kawin o sagiassibanin o widigemaganibanin, wika men- 
 
 it'e/idansinigobaiiin. Paul did not love his deceased wife, who 
 
 never was contented, 
 participles after these two. 11
 
 - 1.02 — 
 in. CONJUGATION. 
 
 To this Conjugation belong the intransilice or neuter verbs, 
 tliat end at the third person (lingular, present, indicative, in in 
 or on ; and they likewise end so at the tirf-t person. 
 
 Here are .some of the verb.s of thi.sde.-cription. 
 
 First Person. Third Person. 
 
 Nin daywishin, I arrive ; daywishin. 
 
 Nin pangishin, I fell ; pangisltin. 
 
 Nind Cipitcliishiii, I fall hard ; dpitchishin. 
 
 Nind aijodjin, I hang, or 1 am on high ; ayodjin. 
 
 Niiijingishin, I am lying ; jingishin. 
 
 Ninminos/iin, I lie well ; minoshin. 
 
 Nin ticnshia, I lyreak through the ice ; twdshin. 
 
 Nind fijd.tkishin, I slide or glide; ojdshishin. 
 
 Nind osdmidon, I .*peak too much ; osdmidon. 
 
 Nin dandnagidon, I talk ; dandnagidon. 
 
 Nin mishidon, I have a long beard ; mitshidon. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PUKSEXT TKXSE. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 Nindagwishin, I arrive, * 
 
 Kawin 
 
 si. 
 
 ki dagwishin. 
 
 c< 
 
 si, 
 
 dag wis hi n, 
 
 (C 
 
 si, 
 
 dagwishinhn, one arrive.*. 
 
 << 
 
 sim. 
 
 they arrive, (on 
 
 
 
 arrive,) 
 
 
 
 niti d(tgicishin\m\n, t 
 
 (C 
 
 simin. 
 
 ki dagwishinim. 
 
 {C 
 
 sim. 
 
 dagwishinog. 
 
 *' 
 
 siwag. 
 
 * See Kemark 4, p. 96. 
 
 t See Scmark 3. p. 9>.
 
 — 153 — 
 
 IMPHRFKCT TKXSK. 
 
 Nin dagwishimnahan, I 
 
 arriveil. 
 
 Kau-in .sinabarr. 
 
 hi (lagwi'ihimna\ian , 
 
 
 
 ii- 
 
 sinaban. 
 
 iht(/wi.shiiiohiin, 
 
 
 
 (C 
 
 si ban, 
 
 nin daywisfiimmln aban , 
 
 
 
 cc 
 
 siniiiiaban, 
 
 ki dagwiskinimwah&n , 
 
 
 
 (C 
 
 si 111 wa ban,. 
 
 dagioishinohan'ig. 
 
 
 
 (( 
 
 gibaiiig. 
 
 PERFECT 
 
 TEXSE. 
 
 
 
 gi-dagwishin, I have arrivei 
 
 1, 
 
 <c 
 
 si. 
 
 qi-daqwishin , 
 
 
 
 iC 
 
 .si. 
 
 yi-dagwishin, " .«i, 
 Etc., as above in the present tense, always prelixing <//-, to 
 the verb. 
 
 PIA'l'ERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin gi-dagtrisJiin'miiha,n, I liad arrived, Kawin sinaban^ 
 
 ki gi-dag wis hi n'nrXban, " sinaban,. 
 Etc., as above in the imperfect tense, always prefixing gi—, to» 
 the verb. 
 
 FUTURE TKXSE. 
 
 Nin ga-dagwishin, I will arrive, Kaioin si,- 
 
 ki ga-dagioishin, " si, 
 
 ta-dagwishin, " si, 
 
 ia-dugwishin'un, " siiii, 
 
 nin gOrdagwishinmnw, " simin^ 
 
 ki ga-dagwis/rinhn, " sim, 
 
 ta-dagwidhinog, " siwag, 
 
 .SECOXn Kl'TURK TEX.SE. 
 
 Nin ga-gi-dagwishin, I shall have arrived, Kawin si, 
 
 ki ga-gi-dagu'is/iiii, " si, 
 
 ta-gi-dagwishin, ^" si» 
 Etc., as above.
 
 — 154 — 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 
 Dagwishinkn, if I arrive, 
 
 siwan. 
 
 dagioishin&n, 
 
 fiiwan, 
 
 dagwishiuii,, 
 
 8'g, 
 
 daguiiskin'mg, 
 
 sing, 
 
 dagwhhinkng, ■> j^. ^^,^ ^^ 
 dagu'i.shiimng, j 
 
 siwang. 
 
 eiwang, 
 
 daguuiihini'<i, 
 
 eiweg, 
 
 dagwishinowad, 
 
 sigwa. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Gi-dagivisMnkx\, because I have 
 
 arrived, or when I arrived, 
 gi-dagwishin&n , 
 
 siwan. 
 
 siwan. 
 
 Etc., as above in the present tense, prefixing gi-, to the verb 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 DagwishinCuuhan, if I had arrived, 
 
 siwiimban, 
 
 siwambau, 
 
 sigoban, 
 
 eingiban, 
 
 siwangiban, 
 
 siwangoban, 
 
 siwegoban, 
 
 sigwaban. 
 
 dagwishinamhsin , 
 dagicishingihan, 
 dagw)shimng\han, 
 dagioishimmg[han, y jj.^^.^ ,^^j 
 dagwishiuangohan, / 
 dagwishinogohan, 
 dagwishinowapan , 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Ge-daginsMm\r\ , that I sliall arrive, siwan, 
 
 gerdagwishinan , siwan , 
 
 Etc., as above in iUe present tense, prefixing ge-. 
 
 SKCOND FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Ge-gi-dagwishinau , that I shall have siwan, 
 
 arrived, 
 ge-gi-dagwishinan, siwan. 
 
 Etc., as above in the ^resew/ tense, prefixing ge-gi-.
 
 — 155 — 
 CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 
 
 
 Nin da-dagwishin, I would arrive, or I ought 
 
 
 si. 
 
 to arrive, 
 
 
 
 
 ki da-dagwishin, 
 
 Kawin 
 
 \ si, 
 
 da-dagwishin, 
 
 
 a 
 
 si. 
 
 da-dagwishin\m, they would arrive, 
 
 
 c< 
 
 sim. 
 
 (on arriverait,) 
 
 
 
 
 nin da-dagwishin\mm , 
 
 
 (C 
 
 simin. 
 
 ki da-dagwishinim, 
 
 
 (( 
 
 sim. 
 
 da-dag wis hinog, 
 
 
 (C 
 
 siwag^. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 
 
 
 Nin da-gi-dagwishin, I would have arrived, 
 
 
 cc 
 
 8i, 
 
 or I ought to have arr. 
 
 
 
 
 ki da-gi-dagwishin. 
 
 
 <c 
 
 si. 
 
 da-gi-dagwishin, 
 
 
 (< 
 
 si, 
 
 da-gi-dagwishin\ in , 
 
 
 ii 
 
 sim. 
 
 nin dorgi-dagwishimmm , 
 
 
 (( 
 
 simin. 
 
 ki da-gi-dagwishin\m , 
 
 
 C( 
 
 sim. 
 
 da-gi-dagwishinog. 
 
 
 i( 
 
 si wag. 
 
 Ge-gi-dagwishinkn, that I would have siwan^ 
 
 arrived. 
 Etc., as above in the second future of the suhj. mood . 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Daqwishin'm, ") 
 
 J . ,. , > arr. tliou, Keqo sea,. 
 
 dagwishtnokan, ) ' n o ^ 
 
 ta-dagwishin, let him (her, it) " si, 
 
 arrive, 
 
 iardagwishinim, let them arrive, " sim, 
 
 (qu'on arrive,) 
 
 dagwishinAa., let us arrive, " sida, 
 
 dagwishinog, arrive ye, " gegon, 
 
 ta-dagwishinog, let them arrive, " siwag.
 
 — loG — 
 
 PAKTICIPLKS. 
 
 we that arr. 
 
 I'RKSENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin degwlshiimn, I who arrive, 
 kin d('(/wi.shinau, thou wlio arr., 
 win dcf/wishing, 
 degwishimng, 
 ninawind der/wishirian^, \ 
 kinawind drywishinang, > 
 kinawa dejwish inQg, 
 winawu dcgwishingig, 
 
 IMPERFECT TliXSE. 
 
 Nin degtoishina.jnhB.n , I who arrived, 
 ki7i degwishitmmh&n , 
 win degwitihinglhau , 
 ninawind degwitihinAngihan, -> 
 kinawind degivlshina.ngoha.Ti, J 
 kinawa dcgwishinQgo\>an , 
 winawa degwishingihamg, 
 
 PERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Hiwan, 
 eiwan, 
 
 «ig. 
 
 fiing, 
 
 piwang, 
 
 eiwaiig, 
 
 eiweg, 
 
 sigog. 
 
 feiwamban, 
 
 siwamban, 
 
 eigoban, 
 
 eiwangiban, 
 
 siwangoban, 
 
 piwegoban, 
 
 pigobanig. 
 
 Nin ga-dagwishin&n , I wlio liave arrived, siwan, 
 kin ga-dagiiHshinan, siwan. 
 
 Etc 5 with the tenniiiations of the present, and prefixing ^a-, 
 to the verb. 
 
 PLVPRRFrXT TENSE. 
 
 Nin ga-dagivisMnamhau, I wlio liad arr. siwamban, 
 
 kin ga-dagiLHshina.n\han, siwamban, 
 
 Etc., putting the terminations of the imperfect, and prefixing 
 ffa-. 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Nin ge-dagwishinan, I who sliall arrive, 
 kin ge-dagw'ishinan , 
 Etc., after the present, prefixing ga~. 
 
 SI wan, 
 siwan.
 
 — 157 — 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TEXHE. 
 
 I\Hn ge-c/i-dar/uishiii^n, I wlio shall have ar. pi wan, 
 
 kill ge- (/i-da;/n'ls/i i na.n , siwaii, 
 
 Etc., after the preseni, prefixii)g ge-gi-. 
 
 Review diligently the Remarks and Notes of the two preceding 
 Conjugations, and mind them well ; especially the Rules and 
 Remarks regarding the Change. 
 
 Remark. In regard to the conditional mood of these Conjuga- 
 tions it must be observed, that only two tenses, the present and 
 the 2>er/ec<, are commonly used in it. A third one, called the 
 second per/eci tense, co\i\d be expressed; as: Nin da-gi-ikkito- 
 ndhan ; nin da gi-inendandhan, etc. But it is not in common 
 use ; therefore it is omitted in the paradigms. 
 
 EXAMPLES ox THE III. COXJUGATIOX. 
 
 Nin vidnisJiin, kawin nin mino.^hinsi, ikkito aw aidkosid. I lie 
 uncomfortable, I don't lie well, says that sick person. 
 
 Keidbi jingishinohanig ba-mddjaidn. They were yet in bed 
 when I started to come here. 
 
 Nissing nin gi-pangishin piickindgo, mikwaming gi-himosseidn ; 
 nijing dash nin gi-twdshin. I fell three times yesterday, walk- 
 ing on the ice'; and I broke through twice. 
 
 GinwenJ Jesus gi-agodjinoban tchibaidtigong, bwa nibod ; Jesus 
 had hung long on the cross, before he died. 
 
 Aw ikwe mikwaming bemossed ta-ojdshishin ganabatch, ia-dpit- 
 chishin dash. That woman wlio walks on the ice, will proba- 
 bly glide and fall hard. 
 
 Nin ga gi-dagwishin iwapi, mi dash wedi trhi wdhandiiang ; I 
 shall have arrived ly that time, and so we will .«ee each other 
 there. 
 
 Amhebisun bimosseiog tchi pakil 'shinsiwcg ; walk carefully lest 
 you fall. 
 
 Bibonong, gi twdshindn, gega nibikang nin gi-dapin6. Last 
 winter, when I l)roke through the ice, I almost j)erishod in the 
 water.
 
 — 158 — 
 
 Osdmidonsiwefioban, kawin atciia da-ffi-nishkaflisusi ; liad you 
 
 not talked too tnuch, nobody would have been nia<l. 
 Mino (janawnihtilixoioii, knuin ki kikendaii.sinawa api ye-daywi- 
 
 ahiny uiiishindhe (hjwinsan. Beware well, for ye know not 
 
 when the Son of man shall come. 
 Mi iwapi kUchi agdmituj tje-i/i-dagwixhindii nu'wija ; at that time 
 
 I HJiall have arrived in Europe long ago. 
 Kitchi bdtddowining wdiba ki da-pangishin, kishpin ivissokawad 
 
 aw oshkinawe ; thou wouldst soon fall in great sine, if thou 
 
 frequented that young man 
 Ni7i da-gi-minoahin tibikong, akosissiwdmban ; I would have 
 
 lain comfortalily la.«t night, had I not been sick. 
 Bisdnishin, nibdn kego bdpiken ; lie still, sleep, do not laugh. 
 Bi-dagwishinokaii minawa wdbang ; niii miwt'nddmin bi-ijdian. 
 
 Please come to-morrow again ; we are happy when thou 
 
 comest. 
 Kitchi onijishiicag anangog ishpiming egodjinyig ; the .stars on 
 
 high are very beautiful. 
 Kinawa kabe-bibon pekiteshinsiwegoban, geget ki viino ganawe- 
 
 ninditsom bimosseieg. You who never fell all winter, you walk 
 
 with great precaution indeed. 
 Aw Abinodji ga-jinjishing ningoting pijikiwigamigong , mi aia 
 
 Debendjiged ki Kije- Maniiomindn . The Child that lay once in 
 
 a stable, is the Lord our God. 
 Mi ogow anishindbeg ga twdshingibanig awdssondgo ; these are 
 
 the Indians that broke through the ice the day before yesterday. 
 Mi aw ge-dandnagidong minawa kabegijig ; she is the one that 
 
 will talk again all day. 
 Kakina igiw ge-gi-dagwishinsigog anamiewigamigong, ichi bica 
 
 mddjitad mekatewikwanaie, kawin ta-mino-dodansiicag. All 
 
 those that shall not liave arrived at the church, before the 
 
 priest begins the service, will not do right.
 
 — 159 — 
 III. DUBITATIVE CONJUGATION. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Ni7i dagwishimnndog, I arr. perhap.«, Kaiinn simidog, 
 
 ki dagwishimmiiiogy " simidog, 
 
 dagwi.shinodog, " sidog, 
 
 dagxcishin'nmdog, one arr. perh. " simidog, 
 
 7iin dagwishin'umnadog, " siminadog, 
 
 ki dagwishinhnwadog " simwadog, 
 
 dagioishinodogenag, " sidogenag. 
 
 After this present tense are formed the perfect and the future 
 tenses; as: Nin gi-dagwishinimidog ; etc. . . . 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Gi-dagwisMnovfkmhan, I had per. 
 
 arrived, 
 gi-dagwishinowa,n\h&n, 
 gi-dagwishinogoh&n , 
 ^('-(/o(/U7'A7«"/iO\vangiban, 1 
 gi-dagwishino\\&x\goha.n, / 
 gi-dagwishinow egohan, 
 gi-dagwisJiinogwah&u , 
 
 Kawin sinowaraban, 
 
 " sinowamban, 
 
 " sigol)an, 
 
 " sinowangiban^ 
 
 " sinowangiban, 
 
 " sinowegoban, 
 
 " sigwaban. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Degwishinowkn^n, that I perh. ar., siwanen, 
 degwishinowan^n , eiwanen, 
 
 degwishinogwen, eigwen,
 
 — 100 — 
 
 <Je(jwi»hino\vkngou^ tliaf we p. niwai)geii, 
 
 <lc;/iri.shtno\va.njron, j arr. fii\vanj;pii, 
 
 ilet/wiskinowQ'^wvn, ni wej^wen , 
 
 degwishiiiow&gwen, eiwagwen . 
 Atler this present teii>fe are formed the perfcf atii] future 
 
 tenses; as: Oa-daifwishinowdnen, . . . ge-daywiahinowanen. . . . 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Dagwishinow arnhknen, if I had ar- eiwambanen, 
 
 rived, 1 suppose, 
 
 <?a7!r/.v7//HOwambanen, siwainUaneii, 
 
 dagw).s/iino(io\iimen, eigohaneii, 
 
 dagwishinowUngWyanen, ^ I sup. siwangilianen, 
 
 dag wis hi nowangohnnc-u, } if we.. . siwangobanen, 
 
 daf/witshinowegohaueu, eiwegobaneii, 
 
 <Za(/M'ts/H'«owagobanen, siwagobanen . 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin degwishinowiinen, I wlio arrive perhaps, 
 
 kin degwishi nowanen , 
 
 win degwishi nogweu , 
 
 ninaicind deoicishinowAnz^n.^ , , 
 
 , , ^ , r ^^'^ ^^'l'*^ "T. perh. 
 
 Jiinawind degicishinowangcn, ) 
 
 kinaica degwishinogwen&g, 
 
 icinawa degiois hi nowcgwen , 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin degu'i.thi n!^\\\i\nen , I who do perh. not arr. 
 kin degici))hins'i\\a.nen, 
 ;icin degwishinaigwen,
 
 — IGl — 
 
 ninawind degwhhi>my>kx^gen, | ^^.^ ^^.j^^ ^^ ^ ^^^^ ^^.^ 
 kinawind degicishinsiwungen , ) 
 fiinaica degwishins'iwegwen , 
 winawa degunshim\g\\en&g. 
 
 After this present tense are I'ormei] the perfect and future 
 tenses ; as : Nui ga-dagwishinowdnen , . . . Nin ge-dagwishino- 
 ■tvdiien. . . . 
 
 pluperf;£ct TENs:i. 
 
 Nin gO'dagwi.shinowixmhiinon, I who had perli. arr. 
 kin ga-dagwi.'ihino'wamhanen , 
 win ga-dagwishi nogohai) en , 
 ninawind ga-dagwishinowfing\\>anen, \ ^^ ^^,j ,^^ 
 kinawind ga-daguushi)iov:ango\'a.nen, ) 
 kinaica ga-dagwishinov;egohiint'n, 
 winawa gardagwitihinogoha,neuag. 
 
 PLVI'ERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin ga-dagwishinsivf •Amha.nen, I who did p. not arr. 
 kin ga-dagwishins\wau\\<anen , 
 win ga-dagicishinsigohancn , 
 Jiinatcind ga-dagwishijii^\\vdng\hancu,\ , 
 
 kinawind ga-dagwi.shinAi\\ango\>axM^u, > 
 kinawa ga-dagwifihinm\\ogo\>an(.'u , 
 winawa ga-dagwiif hins'igohancuag. 
 
 EXAMPLES O.N TIIK III. Dl'BIT.^TIVE CONJl'G ATION. 
 
 Osdmwdiba nin dagwishinimidog, kawin awiia oma a'iasi. I 
 arrive perhaps too soon, there is nobody yet here. 
 
 Gi-dagwLfhinodugenag ga-biindjig ; awi-wdbamddanig . Tlie ex- 
 pected persons have probahly arrived ; let us go and see them-
 
 — 1G2 — 
 
 Gega gi-nibowag nij anishindheg ; nixcing krwe gi-ani-tw&shi- 
 nogivahan hum oditaniowad miniss. Two Indians liavc almost 
 perished ; they liave broken througli the ice four times (they 
 say,) before they readied the island. 
 
 Wdhang ta-dagwishmodogenag ninigiigog. Geget nin ga-kitchi- 
 minwendam tchi wdhamagwa. To-morrow will perhaps arrive 
 my parents. I will be happy indeed to see them. 
 
 Endogwm keidbi wesamidonowagwen igiw ikicewag, waieshkat 
 ga-ijhvebisiwad. I don't know whether these women are yet 
 so talkative, as they have been at first. 
 
 Oi-ano-akawdbamawag kid inawemdganag pitchindgo. Gonima 
 ga-dagwishinowagwen ; awi-gagwedwen. Thy relations have 
 been expected( looked for) yesterday. They liave perhaps 
 arrived ; go and ask. 
 
 Nin kitimdg6nima ato aidkosid inini ; endogicen ga-viinoshinog- 
 wen tibikong. I pity that poor sick man ; I don't know whe- 
 ther he lay comfortable last night. 
 
 Kawin nin kikenimassig k'issaieiag tchi gi-dagwis7iinouagobanen 
 odenang, btva sdkidenig. I don't know whether your brothers 
 had arrived in the village, (town, city,) before the fire broke 
 out. 
 
 Nita mikwaming bimosse nongom kabS-gijig ; namandj dassing 
 ge-pakiteshinogxven. My brother-in-law is traveling to-day on 
 the ice all day ; I don't know how often he will fall. 
 
 Kin pengishinsiwanen wika kitchi batadoicining, geget kijawen- 
 dagos. Thou who perhaps never fallest in a mortal sin, thou 
 art happy indeed. 
 
 Awegtcen ga-jingishinogwen nin nihaganing nonda-gijig. I don't 
 know who has lain down on my bed during the daj-. 
 
 Kinawa ga-pangishinowegioen naningim kitchi batadoicining, 
 bwa bi-aiad oma mekatewikwanaie, nongom iceweni anicenin- 
 disoiog. You who have perhaps often fallen in grievous sine, 
 before a Missionary was here, repent now sincerely.
 
 — 163 — 
 
 ^inawa nitam ga-gaheshigob anenagoma, bwa kinawind dagwi- 
 shinang, gi-ojitogwaban ow kitigan. Tliose tliat first had 
 settled liere, before we arrived, have made tliis field, (or 
 garden.) 
 
 Kwiwisensidog , pisindamog ; Awegwen osdm wika ge-dagwishi 
 nogwen kikinoamdding, ia-dnimisi. Boys, listen : Whosoever 
 shall come too late to school, shall be punished, (or shall 
 suffer.)
 
 — 164 — 
 
 A few Examples in regard U^ 
 AFFIRMATIVH FORM. 
 
 IXDICATIVK MOOD. 
 
 Akosiwan onvljanifisan, jiiKji.thinou nihnfjaning. His child i^» 
 sick, he is lying on a beil, (or, liis children are sick, etc ) 
 
 William ossan bi-dagu-is/iinou. Wiiliani's lather is coming here. 
 
 And so on in all the tenses 
 
 Nibiwa od inaxvemaganan dagu-ishi nohanin pitchindgo. Many 
 
 of his relations arrived yesterday. 
 Aw ikioe od'anissan dpitchishinoh&i\\\\ aivassondgo. The little 
 
 daughter of this woman fell hard the day before yesterday. 
 Aw anishindbe ogivissan nijing gi-twds/iinohanin, bwa dagwi- 
 
 shimniA oma; this Indian's son had broken twice through the 
 
 ice, before he arrived here. 
 
 Kishpin o toidigemdganan dagii'ishimmd, kawin minaica ta-mdd- 
 Jrtssiwan. If her husband comes, he will not go away anymore. 
 
 Kishpin keiabijingishininld ogicisaan, geget kiiimiv:a.n. If his- 
 sons are yet in bed, they are really lazy. 
 
 And so on in all the tenses 
 
 Kishpin daguiishimnliian omishomissan api pandigeiiin, 7iin da~ 
 
 gi-wabamiman. Had liis grand-tiither arrived wlien I came 
 
 in, I would have seen him. 
 Awinini endasso-tibikadinig o ganaivdbaman anangon ishpiming 
 
 c^ot?inidjin. This man is gazing every night on the stars that 
 
 ire (hanging) en high. 
 Iniw ^ogwissan, pitchindgo ga-daguHshiinn\d]\\\, gi-himosseican 
 
 una. His on that arrived yesterday, went by here.
 
 — 165 — 
 the second third person. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Agawa aJcosiw&n oiiidjdnissan, kawinjingishinn'iwSin nibafjaniiKj^ 
 His child is a little .>^ick ; he is not lying in lied, (or, his chil- 
 dren are a little sick, etc.) 
 
 Kawinma.s-hi William ossaii dagwitshinaiwan. William's latlier 
 arrives not yet. 
 
 derived from the j)resent. 
 
 Kawin mashi ogin dagwishiimhan'in. His mother did not yet 
 
 arrive. 
 Kawin oma mikanang dpitchishinnWy^inuy aw ikwe od'anissan. 
 
 The little daughter of this woman did not fall on this road here. 
 Kawin nijing gi-twdshins'ih&mn aw anishindbe ogwissan, mi eta 
 
 abiding. Tliis Indian's son had not broken twice through the- 
 
 ice, but only once. 
 Mssawa dagwi.shinslmgo widigemdganan, kawin nongom. bibo- 
 
 ninig ta-mudjassi. Altliough her husband arrive not, she will 
 
 not go away this winter. 
 
 derived from the jii'^sent. 
 
 Kishpin dag wis hi nsinlgohoin omishomissan megwa ima aiaidn,. 
 
 kawin nin da-fji-wdbamassi. Had his grand-father not arrived 
 
 while I was there, I would not have seen him. 
 Kfkinnamdgewinini kawin o minwenimassia iniw ab'Miodjiinn 
 
 wika kikinoamading degwishins'imjion. The teacher dues not 
 
 like those children that never come to school. 
 Iniw ogwissan, pitchindgo ga-dagwisMnsin\gon, wdbang ta-bt- 
 
 uiawan oma. His son who did not arrive yesterday, will be 
 
 here to-morrow.
 
 — 166 — 
 
 IV. CONJUGATION. 
 
 Here now, dear reader, you are at the most imjxjrtant and the 
 most difficult of all our Conjugations. 
 
 To this Conjugation helong all the transitive or active verbs 
 ANIMATE, ending at the third person singular, present, indicative, 
 in &n. The object upon which acts the subject of the.se verbs, 
 is always contained in the verb itself. So, nin wubama, does not 
 mean : I see ; but, I see him, (her, it.) 
 
 All the verbs belonging to this Conjugation end in a at the 
 first person .singular, present, indicative. This final a is placed 
 among the terminations, to facilitate the conjugating process of 
 .these verbs ; and this a does not belong to the body of the verb. 
 
 Note. In the following two paradigms you will find the singu- 
 lar in the first column of the page in full, and the terminations 
 iof the plural in the second column. 
 
 Here are some verbs of the IV. Conjugation : 
 
 First Person. Third Person. 
 
 Nin wdhandaa, I show him, (her, it ;) o wabandaan. 
 
 Nin nibea, I put him (her, it,) to sleep ; o nibedn. 
 
 Nin sdgia, I love him, (her, it ;) o sagidn. 
 
 Nind amoa, I eat him, (her, it ;) od amodn. 
 
 Ninnondawa, I hear him, (her, it;) o nondaicdn. 
 
 Nimcdbama, I see him, (her, it ;) o xcabamdn. 
 
 Nin u'idig^ma, I live with him, (her, it;) o U'idigemdn. 
 
 Nin jing6nima, I hate him, (her, it;) ojingenimdn. 
 
 Nin nakomd, I promise him, (her, it ;) o nakomdn. 
 
 Ninpisuidawa, I listen to him, (her, it;) o pisindawdn. 
 
 Nind anona, I employ him, Cher, it ;) od anondn. 
 
 Nindassd, I put him, (her, it ;) od assdn. 
 
 Remark. As the Otchipwe language makes no distinction of 
 the two sexes in the personal pronouns, the pronouns of all the 
 three genders ought to be expressed in English, in some in- 
 stances. But, to make it shorter and easier, we will ordinarily 
 express only the masculine pronouns ; and the feminine and
 
 — 167 — 
 
 neuter will be understood. So, for instance, Nin wabama, can 
 mean, I see Mm, I see her, I see it, (some animate object.) Waia- 
 bamdd, can nie&n, he, she, or it, wlio sees hijn, her, or it. In- 
 stead of this we Will only say : Nin wabama, I see liim ; waiaba- 
 7ndd,\y^ who sees him, etc., etc. The feminine and neuter pro- 
 iiouns will be understood. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nin wabama., I see him, 
 
 ag. 
 
 ki wabama. 
 
 ag. 
 
 wdbaman, * 
 
 an. 
 
 nin wdbamknan, t 
 
 ananig, 
 
 ki wdbamawa, 
 
 awag, 
 
 wdbamkxwan, 
 
 a wan . 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 
 Jiin wdbamahan, I saw him. 
 
 abanig, 
 
 ki wdbamahan, 
 
 abanig. 
 
 o wa?;a»(al)anin, 
 
 abanin, 
 
 7iin U'ubamanahan, 
 
 anabanig. 
 
 ki wdbamawahan , 
 
 awabanig, 
 
 wdfeamavvabanin. 
 
 awabanin. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 
 Nin gi-wdbama, I have seen him, 
 
 
 (or, I saw him,) 
 
 ag. 
 
 ki gi-wdbama. 
 
 ag> 
 
 gi-wubaman. 
 
 an, 
 
 * See page 90. t See Bemark 3. p. 95. 
 
 12
 
 — IGH 
 
 nin i/i-wuhdiiiiiUiin, 
 ki gi-w(V>am&v/&, 
 
 ananig, 
 
 awag, 
 
 uwaii. 
 
 PI-ri'ERKKCT TKNSK. 
 
 Nin gi-wdbam&hiiu , I liml -fin him 
 
 (or, I saw liiin,) 
 ki gi-^dbam&han. 
 
 alianig. 
 aWanig. 
 Etc., after the aliove imperfect lease, pretixing gi-. 
 
 KITURE TEX8E. 
 
 Nin ga-waOama,, I will see liini, ag, 
 
 ki ga-wdbama, ag. 
 
 Etc., after the aho\e present /e/jse, prefixing ga-. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Nin ga-gi-tcdbama, I shall have .•^eoii him, ag, 
 ki gd-gi-wdbama, ag, 
 
 Etc., likewise after the present tense, prerixing ga-gi-, 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Wdbatnag, * if I see him. 
 
 agwa. 
 
 wdbatmid, 
 
 adwa. 
 
 wdbamad , 
 
 ad, 
 
 wdbamangu] , {ninawind,) t 
 
 angidwa,. 
 
 wdbamang, [kinmcind,) 
 
 angwa. 
 
 wdbameg. 
 
 egwa. 
 
 ivdbamawad. 
 
 a wad. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 
 rdbamag, when I .«aw him. 
 
 agwa, 
 
 dbamad, 
 
 adwa, 
 
 Etc., as above in the present tense, prefixing </?- 
 
 iSee the JifniarA.'* concerning this and the following two tenses, p. 110. 
 See Jianark 3, p. 42.
 
 — 1C9 — 
 
 I'T.ri'KRFECT TKXSE. 
 
 Wdbam&gihan, liad I -<t'ii Iiim. 
 
 agwaban, 
 
 tcuhayriadihan , 
 
 adwaban, 
 
 wdbamapan , 
 
 a pa 11, 
 
 •im^rtmaiigiiHban, -i 
 u'dbaniangoh-dn, i 
 
 angidwaban, 
 
 aiigwaban, 
 
 wdhaine^ohan , 
 
 egwaban, 
 
 tcdbama,w'a.\yd.n , 
 
 awapan. 
 
 FUTURE TEXSE. 
 
 
 Ge-wdbamag, that I shall see him, 
 
 agwa. 
 
 ge-icdbaniad, 
 
 adwa. 
 
 Etc., as above in the present tense, prefixing ge-. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TEXSE. 
 
 Ge-gi-wdbaviag, that I shall have seen him, agwa, 
 ge-gi-icdbamad, atlwa. 
 
 Etc., likewise after the jyc-'^ciit tense, prefixing ge gi-. 
 
 CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin da-wdbama,, I would see him, or I 
 
 ought to see him, ag, 
 
 ki da-wdbaim\, ag, 
 
 du'wdbaman , an, 
 
 7iin da-ivdbamdnau, iinanig, 
 
 ki da-w'Jba7nd\\a, awag, 
 
 o da-wibamaw&n , awan. 
 
 PERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin da-gi-wdbam&,l would have seen him, 
 
 I ought, etc., ag, 
 
 ki da-gi-todbama, ag, 
 
 Etc , after \\\c present tense, 
 
 Ge-gi-u'dbamag, that I wuuM have seen 
 
 him. agwa.
 
 — 170 — 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Wdhnni, sec liiiii, (thou,) 
 
 v'fViii»i{ik'd.n, please see liiin, akan, 
 
 o ga-wah(titr<u\, let him see him, an, 
 
 ivah<imi\A&, let us see him, adanig, 
 
 wahaimg, sec him, (you,i \g, 
 
 ga-iodbamawan, let him see him, awan. 
 
 PARTICIPLE S. 
 
 PRESEXT TEXSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nin waiubam&g, I who see him, 
 win waidbamag, he whom I see, 
 kin u'oidbam, tliou who seest him, 
 win tpaidbamud, lie whom thou seest, 
 win waidbamad, he who sees him, 
 i7iiw waidbamddyut , he whom he sees, 
 ninmvind waidbamangid, | ^^.^ ^^.j^^ ^^^ j^j^^^^ 
 kinawind inaidbamawg, J 
 
 win waidbamax^gxd,^ | ^^^ ^^.j^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ 
 torn tcaidbam&ug, > 
 kinawa waidbameg, you who see him, 
 win waidbameg, he whom you see, 
 winaioa waidbam&dyig, * they who see him, 
 iniw icaidbama\sa,dy\\\, he whom they see. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nin icaidbamagwa, I wlio see them, 
 winaiva waidbamag\g, they whom I see, 
 
 kin waidbamadwa, thou who seest them, 
 winawa waidbamadjig, they whom thou seest, 
 
 win waidbamad, he who sees them, 
 
 iniw icaidbamiidywi, they whom he sees, 
 
 » See Ecmark. p. 23.
 
 — 171 — 
 
 kinawind waiaOam?iv\g\\a, ) 
 
 winaiva waidhamdinmdno', "| ,, , 
 
 e .) o' I tliey wlioiii we see, 
 winawa waiaoamangog, i 
 
 kViiawa icaidbamegwa, you who see tlieiii, 
 
 winawa waidhamegog, tliey wlioin you see, 
 
 winawa waidbamin\]'\g, they who see them, 
 
 iniw waidbami\\\&d]m, tliey whom they see. 
 
 IMPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nin ioaiubanmg\h&n , I who paw him, 
 
 win ioaidbama.g\ha,n , he whom I saw, 
 
 Tcin umidhamaAWy^n, tliou who sawest liim, 
 
 win «'m«?vawaiHban, he whom thou sawest, 
 
 win waidbatnapan , he wlio saw liim, 
 
 iniw tcaidburnapaum , lie whom he saw, 
 
 ninawind waidbatnang\d\han, I , ,. 
 
 - . . , , " , ' !- we who saw him, 
 
 kinavnnd wa^abamangohaw, i 
 
 win waidbamaugkVihan , 1 , , 
 
 " ' J- lie wliom we saw, 
 
 win waiabaynatigohan, ) 
 
 kinawa waidbamegohan, you who saw him, 
 tvin ivaidbamegohan, he whom you saw, 
 
 winawa waidbamapau'ig, they who saw him, 
 tmw? watdftamawapaiiin, he whom they saw. 
 
 Plural . 
 
 Nin waidbarnagwahan , 1 who saw them, 
 winawa waidbamag'ihamg, they whom I saw, 
 
 kin waidba7nadwahan , thou who sawest them, 
 winawa waidbainad\hau'\g, they whom thou sawest, 
 
 tcin waidbatnapan , he who saw them, 
 iniw toaidbamapamn , they whom he saw, 
 
 ninawind wai«/>rtmaiigi(lwabaii, -v 
 
 I . ■ 7 "J 1 )■ we wiio saw them, 
 
 kinawtnd waiaoamangwaban, j '
 
 — 172 — 
 
 winawa M'«?V',6.//minj:i.lil.anig, | ^j^^^. ^^.,j,^,,^ „.^. „^^^ 
 winatva wm'/ih(ii)iii])}:o\>(in\g, ) 
 kinawa waidh(utn.'g\\i\\)ii\\, you who saw them, 
 winatca wamtanjegobanig, tliey whom you 8aw, 
 xvinawa M'rtm6a7«apanig, they who saw them, 
 iniw ioaiahama.\\».\>».n\n, they wliom they saw. 
 
 PKKKKCT TENSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Niii ija-xndbavi&g, I who have seen liim. 
 win ga-icnhamag, he wliom I have seen, 
 kill ga-wdbamad, thou who liast seen him. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nin ga-U'dbam&gwa, I who have seen them, 
 winawa ga-ivdbamaglg, they whom I liave seen, 
 kin ga-wdbamadwa, thou who hast seen them. 
 Etc., after the above prenenf tenses, prefi.xing ga-, to the verb. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nin ga-icdbam&gihan , I who had seen him, 
 win ga-iodba7»ag\han , he whom I had seen. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nin ga-wdba))iag\vahan, I who liad seen them. 
 winawa ga-wdbamag\hamg, they whom I had seen. 
 Etc., after the above imperfect tense. 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Ni7i ge-U'dbamag, I who sliall see him, 
 win ge-wdham&g, he whom I shall see.
 
 — 173 — 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Ifin ge-wdbamagvfa,, I who shall see them, 
 winawa ge-wdbamag\g, they whom I shall see. 
 Etc., after the present tense, prefixing ye-. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 Nin ge-gi-wdbamag, I who shall have seen him, 
 win ge-gi-ivdbam&g, he whom I shall have seen. 
 
 Plural. 
 Mn ge-gi-iodbam&gwa, I who shall have seen them, 
 mnawa ge-gi-wnbam-dgig, they whom I sliall have seen. 
 Etc., likewise after the present lense, prefixing ge-gi-. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Kawin nin wdbam&ss'x, I don't 
 
 see him, Kawin assig, 
 
 " ki wdbainass'i, " assig, 
 
 " wdbaniass'm , " assin, 
 
 " tiimodbamassiwinan, " assiwananig, 
 
 " ki M;a6a7«assiwawa, " assiwawag, 
 
 " w«6a?nas.«iwawan, " a.ssiwawan. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Kawin nin irrtftoj/tassiban, I did not 
 
 see him, Kawin assibanig, 
 
 ki Wrt6rtmassiban, " assibanig, 
 
 !i-'a6rt?Ha.ssibanin, " assibanin, 
 
 nin Jt'afeaMjassivvanaban, " assiwanabanig, 
 
 ki Ji'«6a7rta?siwawaban, " assiwawabanig, 
 
 waftawassiwawabanin, " assiwawabanin.
 
 — 174 — 
 
 TKIIKKCT TKXSK. 
 
 Kawin nin gi-wdbam&HHx, I liave not seen 
 
 him, Kawin assig, 
 
 " ki gi-wdbamaas\, " aHsip. 
 
 Etc., after the jveseat tenxe, prefixing (ji- to the verh. 
 
 PI,UPKRKKCT TENSE. 
 
 Kawin nin gi-wabam&Bs,\h&n , I hail 
 
 not .seen liini, Kawin a.esibanig, 
 " hi gi-wdbam&B?:'\\Mi.n , " assibanig. 
 
 Etc., after the imperfect tense, like\vi.se prefixing gi-. 
 Kawin nin ga-wdl)amaiia'\, I w'lW not see him, Kawin a.ssig.. 
 " ki ga-udbamas><\ , " assig. 
 
 Etc , after the present tense, prefixing ga-. 
 
 .SECOND FUTURE TEXSE. 
 
 Kawin nin ga-gi-wdbamasf'}, I shall not have 
 
 seen him, Kaicin assig,. 
 
 " ki ga-gi-wdbamni^t'l, " assign 
 
 Etc., likewise after the present tense, prefixing ga-gi-. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 VVaftamassiwag, * if I don't 
 
 .see him, assiwagwa, 
 
 ?ra6amassi\vad, assiwadwa, 
 
 icafeamassig, a^^sig, 
 
 tmfiamassiwangid, "1 assiwangidwa. 
 
 jrrtfeamassiwang, J assivvangwa, 
 
 ' waftawassiweg, assiwegwa, 
 
 jrfl'fta/Hassigwa, assigwa. 
 
 * See Seinarks, p. HO.
 
 — 175 — 
 
 PERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Gi-wdbama,ssiwa,g, when I did 
 
 not see him, assiwa^rwa, 
 gi-wdbatnasf'iwad, assiwadwa. 
 
 Etc., as above in the p7-ese7it tense, prefixing (ji-. 
 
 PLl'TERFECT TENSE. 
 
 VFaftamassiwagiban, ifl had 
 
 not seen him, assiwagwaban, 
 
 «'«6amas.<i\vadiban, assiwadvvaban, 
 
 wa6a?«assigoban , assigoban , 
 
 J<;a6a?nassi\vangidiban, -i assiwangidwaban, 
 
 ?t'«6amas.'^i\vangoban, J a.«si\vangwaban, 
 
 «'ai«??«assiwegoban, assiwegwaban, 
 
 ?oa6amassigvvaban , assigwaban . 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Ce-U'rtfeamassiwag, when I shall 
 
 not see him, assiwagwa, 
 
 ^e-wa6aJHassiwad, assiwadwa. 
 
 Etc., after the present tense, prefixing ge-. 
 
 SECOND Fl'TURE TENSE. 
 
 Ge-gi-wdbamsiss\wag, when I shall 
 
 not have seen him, assiwagwa,. 
 ge-gi-wdbama.ssma.d, assiwadwa,. 
 
 Etc., likewise after the present tense, prefixing ge-gi-. 
 
 CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Kawin nin da-wabamat^Hi, I would not 
 see him, (or, I 
 ought not to see 
 him), I Kawin assig.
 
 — 17(3 — 
 
 Kawin ki da wdbamafiHi, 
 
 " ki da-wfihfdnnHnwMiwa., 
 " o do-K'aiawassiwawan, 
 
 Kawin aseig, 
 " assiii, 
 " aHsiwananig, 
 •* assivvawag, 
 " as.siwawaii. 
 
 I'KRKKCT TKXSK. 
 
 Kawin nin da-iji-iodbdm&fif^\, I woiilil not 
 liave seen him, 
 
 or, I ought, etc. Kawin assig, 
 
 " ki da-gi-ii'dbamasi*\, " assig, 
 
 Etc., as above in liie jiresent tense, always prefixing gi-, to 
 the verl). 
 
 Ce-gi-wdbam&f^a'wx&g, that I woiild not have.ieen him, assiwagwa. 
 Etc., as above in the second future of the subj. mood. 
 
 IMPERATIVE xMOOD. 
 
 Kego 
 
 wdbinnAkan, don't see 
 him, (thou,) 
 " ga-wdbam&ssm , let him not 
 
 see him, 
 " W'dia/Hassida, let us not 
 
 see him, 
 ■" ?<'d6a/«akegon, don't see 
 
 him, (you,) 
 ^' ga-wdhamas!i'i\\'a,v,'a.n, let 
 
 them not see him, 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 Nin waiaba)nn>i»'\v,a,g, I who don't see him, 
 «'?■»! waiabamA^anvag, he whom I do not see, 
 Jdn «'«/«6«/«assiwad, thou who do.-^t not see him, 
 
 Kego aken, 
 *' assin, 
 " assidanig, 
 akegon, 
 
 cc 
 
 assiwawan.
 
 — 177 — 
 
 win waiabamAss'iwad, he wlioiii thou dost not see, 
 win ivaialicnn'dsaig, he wlio does not see hini, 
 iniw wuiabamAstiigon, he whom he does not see, 
 
 ninawind waiabamasf^ns-angkl, | „.e who don't see hin,, 
 
 Mnawind waiabam2iss\\\&x\g, > 
 
 win w'aiofta/Hassiwanjrid, 1 i „ i ^ a^ ^t 
 
 '^ ' }■ he whom we do not see, 
 icin waiabamassiwang, ) 
 
 kinawa waiabama.s»\\\eg, you who don't .see liim, 
 win ii'aiabamaissiweg, he whom you don't see, 
 
 winawa xvaiabamass'igog, they wlio don't see liim, 
 iniw waia&awjassigwanin, lie whom they don't see. 
 
 Phnal. 
 
 Nin waiabamdamgw&gwa, I who don't see them, 
 winawa waiabamhst^nvagig, they wliom I don't see, 
 
 kin waiabamAsa\\\ad\'^a, thou wlio dost not see them, 
 winawa waiabai7iAss'i\\ady\g, they whom thou dost not see, 
 tcin loaiabamasnig, he who does not see them, 
 initc waiabamiiss'igon , they whom he does not see, 
 ninawind waiabamaf^^[v^aug\dv^a, | ^^.^ ^^.,^^ ^j^^,^ ^^^ ^,j^,,^_ 
 Mnawind waiabamafis'iwangwa, > 
 winawa waiaftamassiwangidjig, 
 winawa zcaiabaniassmangog, 
 kinawa icaiabajnasi*\\\eg\va, you who don't see them, 
 winawa waiabamass'wvegog, they whom you don't see, 
 winaica waiabainasalgog, they who don't see them, 
 iniw waiabamaaaigv/anin , they whom they don't see. 
 
 IMPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Sinr/ular. 
 
 Nin waiabamaii!'\\\ag'\\)iU), I who did not .see him, 
 win tcaiabamafiH'wvagWnm , he whom I did not see, 
 kin H'«mi«/«a.ssiwadilian, thou who didst not see him, 
 win «v</rt&«?Hassiwadiliaii, he whom thou didst not see, 
 ivin ipo/aftawassigoljan, lie wlio did not .<ee him, 
 iniw i/jaiafeawassigobaniii, he wlium he did not see, 
 
 ' '^ > thev whom we don't see.
 
 — 178 — 
 
 ,. . - . , . ^, \ we wlio «ii<i not pce lum, 
 
 kmawind wnfnh(imsiHfi\\\&ngoha.\\, > 
 
 *= , > lie whom we <li(l not fee, 
 
 win tcaia/yrtmassiwan^oban , •* 
 
 kinatca n'aiahain&9t*'\\\ego]ian , you who did not nee him, 
 win waiahamof^s\\\'ego\>a.i\, he whom you did not see, 
 
 wiuawa wai(ihama!^s'\goha.m'^, liiey who did not neeliim, 
 iniw ?rairt/;rt/«as8igwalianin, lie whom they did not see. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Niti jrrt/w/jr/wassiwagwalian, I who did not see theni7 
 
 winawa »'amA</?«a8siwagibanig, they whom I did not see, 
 
 kin wa/a6«ffm8siwadwaban, thou who didst not see them, 
 
 winawa ?oa?a6a»iassiwadibanig, they whom thou didr<tnot see, 
 
 win ^oaial)a7nass\goha,r\, he who did not see them, 
 
 iniw ?/'rtm/>amassigobanin, they whom he did not see, 
 
 ninawind ?('a?ff&o/nassiwangidwal)an, "I i i- 1 , .. 
 
 ,. . , . , . '^ , ' > we wlio did not see them, 
 
 ktnawtnd M'amoff;Hassiwangwaban, J 
 
 ivinaica ?i'a/rt7>a?«assiwangidibariig, ■» they whom we did 
 
 ttinawa jpa/o/^awassiwangobanig, j not see, 
 
 kinawa wrt/a&a/Hassiwegwaban, you who did not see them, 
 
 winawa iramfta/wassiwegobanig, they whom you did not see, 
 
 winaica wajaftamassigobanig, tliey who did not see them, 
 
 iniw U'amfiawassigwabanin, they whom they did not see. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE, 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nin ffo-U'dbatnassiwag, I who have not seen him, 
 win ga-wabamassiw&g, he wliom I liave not .*een, 
 kin ga-wdbama.s8\\ya,d, thou wlio liast not seen him. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nin ga-wdham&ssiwagwsi, I who have not seen them, 
 itrinawa ga-icdba>na,>^s'i\va,g\g, they whom I have not seen, 
 kin ga-wdbama.ss'\\\'&d\\!i, thou wlio hast not seen them. 
 Etc., after th i present tense, prefixing ga-.
 
 — 179 — 
 
 PLUPERKECT TEXSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nin ga-wdbamassi\va,glha.n , I wlio had not seen liini, 
 will </a-M)a6amassiwagiban, he whom I liad not seen. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nin ga-ivdbamsLSiii\\'a,g\\'a,han, 1 who had not seen them, 
 ivinawa f/a-U'a6a?»as8iwagibanig, they whom I had not seen. 
 Etc., after the above imperfect tense prefixing </a-. 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nin ge-wdbam&ssiwag, I who shall not see him, 
 win ge-u'dbamassiwdg, he whom I shall not see. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nin ge-wdbama88i\va,gv,a,, I wlio sliall not see them, 
 winawa ^e-H!«6a»iassiwagig, they whom I sliall not see. 
 Etc., after t\\e present tense, prefixing ge-. 
 
 SECOND Fl'TrRE TENSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nin ge-gi-wdbamass'iwiig, I who shall not have seen liim, 
 tcin ge-gi-wdbainaasiwag, he whom I shall not have seen. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nin ge-gi-wdbamass'iwagwa, I who shall not have seen 
 them, 
 ivinawa ge-gi-wdbamassiwagig, they whom I .-^hall not have 
 seen. 
 Etc., likewise after the present tense, prefi.\ing ge-gi-. 
 Note, lleview the liules and liemarks regarding the Change, 
 and apply them to these two forms, the atlirmalive and the 
 negative.
 
 — IHO — 
 
 i;XAMIM,l-;S ON TIIK WIIOI.K AC'I'FVK VOUK. * 
 
 Niii sdf/ia Kije-Manito, via mu'iay </aie hakiaa niJf um«hiiidhf(j, 
 kawin awiia niii jimj^nhnassi. I love God, and I love all my 
 tellow-ineii, I hate nobody. 
 
 A'/« (/ai/'iki»iii)inni(/ mojofj ninidjdnissinanig ; eniirek flash bisdn 
 ahiwaij. We speak always to our (iliildreii, (we exhort them,) 
 and tliey are toierahly quiet. 
 
 Nind dnikiDiokurdhaii dw iniiii megica omu aitt'I. I interpreted 
 for that man during his stay here. 
 
 Kawin weivini nin gi-nissitotawassi aw inini ga-ikkitod. I have 
 not well understood that man, what he has said, (I have not 
 well understood what that man said.) 
 
 N\n gi-ishkwa-kikinoamdwahanig abinodjiiag api pandigewad 
 anishindheg. I had done teaching the children when the In- 
 dians came in. 
 
 Ki ga-bahamitawa na nongom kosa ? Ki ga-minndenima na ? 
 Kawin na minawa ki ga-maichi-nakwrfawa.'isi y Wilt thou 
 
 obey now thy father ? Wilt thou respect him? 
 not give him any more bad answers? 
 
 Tehi biva ondgwiahig nin ga-gi-klkenitna enendang. Before even- 
 ing I shall have known his idea. 
 
 Wewini gijendan tchi sdgiad Kije-Maniio, ichi anokiiawad gate; 
 wika dash tchi w is.sokawassiwadwa ynefchi-ijiwebisidjig. Firm- 
 ly resolve to love God, and to serve him ; and never to join 
 the company of the wicked. 
 
 Nin gi-minwendamiti gi-nondawangid mekatewikwanaie gi-ana- 
 miejigigak. We were satisfied (contented) when we heard the 
 Missionary last Sunday. (The person or persons spoken to, 
 not included.) 
 
 Wewini ganatvenimangidwahan nin joniidminanig , kawin non- 
 gom nin da-kit imdgisissimin. Had we well taken care of our 
 money, we would not be poor now. 
 
 Aniniwajii ga-ndxikawag Jesus y When shall I go to Jesus ? 
 
 * See Eemark.t, p. 110. See Beinaik 4. p. 42.
 
 — ISl — 
 
 Enamiad ge-g\-iji-sdy%ad Kije-Manitou, vii-ged-iji-aiad kayiyc 
 bimudisiivining. As the Christian shall have loved God, even 
 so he shall be in life everlasting, (happy or unhappy.) 
 
 Kishpin tcdbamad Kije-Manito, iriu ejiwdbamik, ki da gossa,ki 
 da manddjia gate, kawin da-sJi oiidjita ki da-nishkia.s-si. If thou 
 couldst see God as he sees thee, thou wouldst fear him, thou 
 wouldst respect him, and thou wouldst not purposely ofli'end 
 him. 
 
 Nin da-gi-anicenimag u'dhamaguahan. I would have rejjrimand- 
 ed them had I seen them. 
 
 Anwenim kinidjdniss, kishpin matchi dodang ; babdmenim eji- 
 ivebisid, kego pagidinaken,u'in enendang tchi dodang. Repri- 
 mand thy child, when he does wrong ; turn thy attention to 
 his conduct ; don't permit him to do as he pleases. 
 
 Jatvendagosi tvaiabamdd Kije-Maaiion gijigong. Happy is he 
 who sees God in heaven. 
 
 Nenibikimassigog onidjdnifisiwan ta-animissiwag dihakonidixvi- 
 tiing. Those who don't reprimand their children, will sutler 
 at the judgment. 
 
 Aw oshkinawe niganadiban pitcMndgo,jeba gi-dagwishin. The 
 young man whom thou leftst behind yesterday, arrived this 
 morning. 
 
 Gi-jawendagosiwag igiw ga-wdbamadjig Jesnsan, ga-nondawad- 
 jig gate ; awashimc dash gi-jaivendagosiwag ga-bahdmitaivad- 
 jig. Happy were they who saw Jesus and heard him ; but 
 happier yet were those who obeyed him. 
 
 Igiw anishindbeg ga-yagansomangobanig naningim, nongom 
 weiveni anamiawag. Those Indians to whom we had spoken 
 so often, are now good Christians. (The person or persons 
 spoken to, included.) 
 
 Mi aw kwiwisens ya-aiviassiwagiban nin masinaigan ; osdm 
 banddjUon. This is the boy to whom T had not lent my book, 
 because he spoils it too much. 
 
 Ge-n6pinanddjig gijigong ebinidjin, ia-dagnishiiiog wedi gate 
 winawa. They that follow those who are in heaven, will also 
 themselves arrive there.
 
 — 182 — 
 
 Win (fC-iji-tuhjiusHiij Kijc-Manilon omn akin/j, kawin ]}itrhinag 
 wedi ajida-bimadisiwining ia-mddjitos.si wiHugiad. He who 
 shall not have loved God on earth, shall neither in the next 
 life begin to love him. 
 
 passive: voice. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Mn wdbamigo, I am seen, 
 ki wdbamigo, 
 
 wdbama, 
 o wdbam'igon, * he i.s seen by... 
 nin wdbam'igom'm , 
 ki ii'dbanugoxu, 
 wdbamawag, 
 wdbam\go\van, they are . . . 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Mn w'«6«migonaban, I was seen, Kawin 
 ki irdbam\gonsLha.n , 
 wdbamahan, 
 o ?/;rt6a/«igobanin, lie was. . . 
 nin ?6'«6a»Mgominaban , 
 ki jt'rtftormigonnvaban, 
 
 ■jt'ofta/nabanig, 
 o «'«ftawigowabanin, 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin gi-wdbam\go, I have been seen, Kauin 
 ki gi-wdbamigo, 
 gi-wdbama, 
 Etc., after the jfreseni tense, prefixing gi-. 
 
 Kawin 
 
 igo.«8i, 
 
 << 
 
 igossi, 
 
 a 
 
 assi, 
 
 ie 
 
 igo.s8in, 
 
 <( 
 
 igosaimin, 
 
 <( 
 
 igossim. 
 
 « 
 
 assiwag, 
 
 it 
 
 igossi wan. 
 
 Kawin 
 
 igossinaban, 
 
 a 
 
 igoissinaban, 
 
 a 
 
 assibau. 
 
 a 
 
 igossiVjanin, 
 
 a 
 
 igossiminaban. 
 
 « 
 
 igossim waban. 
 
 <c 
 
 assibanig, 
 
 c< 
 
 igossi waban in. 
 
 Kauin 
 
 igossi, 
 
 a 
 
 igossi. 
 
 ii 
 
 assi. 
 
 * See Remark at the end of this paradigm.
 
 — 183 
 
 PLrPERFKCT TKXSE. 
 
 Nin gi-wd bnm\gona.h&u, I had Kdwiii igopsinaban, 
 
 been seen, 
 ki gi-u'dhar)ngona,ha,u, •' i<ro8.<inaban. 
 
 Etc., after the above imperfect feiisc. 
 
 FFTURK TKNSi;. 
 
 Mil ga-wdbamlgo, I will be seen, Kawin igossi, 
 ki ga-ivnbamigo, " igossi, 
 
 Etc., after the above present ten.se, prefixing //«-. 
 
 SKCOXl) I'UTrRK TKXSK. 
 
 Nui ga-gi-ii'dbamigo, I shall have Kaicin igossi, 
 
 been seen. 
 Etc., likewise after llic present tense, prefi.xing </« fii- 
 
 aUBJlTNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 I'RKSKNT TENSE. 
 
 Wdbam'igo'uiu, if I am seen. 
 
 «.'«/w«iigoian , 
 
 il'dbamiud, 
 
 wdlninngod, if he is seen bv, 
 
 .'^ . '^ y if wo. . . 
 «'«(>ffmigoiang, ) 
 
 wdham\go\eg, 
 
 wdbaniindwa,, 
 
 wdfiamigowad, if they . . . 
 
 I'lCRFECT TEXSE. 
 
 X Gi-wdbatmgoidn , when J have been 
 seen, 
 gi-U'dbam\goian , 
 Etc., after the present tense, prefixing (/t-. 
 
 igossiwun. 
 
 igcssiwan, 
 
 assiwind, 
 
 igossig, 
 
 igossiwiing, 
 
 igossiwung, 
 
 igo.ssiweg, 
 
 assiwindwa, 
 
 igossigwa. 
 
 Igossi wan, 
 igussiwan. 
 
 t See Remark «, p. III. 
 t See Jiemurk 7, p. ir.;. 
 
 13
 
 — 184 — 
 
 ri.Tl'KRFKrT TENHK. 
 
 Wdbanugonimhiin , ]\a,d I been seen, igoflsiwiimban, 
 
 waftaniigoianilian, 
 ivdbam'uvWhiiu , 
 
 iU(7ham\g(>])iin,hii(ihc been ."een by 
 U'rtftamigoiangiban, "i liad 
 w«feawigoiangoban, i we. 
 «'a6amigoiegobaii , 
 M;d6omindwaban, 
 ?/'a6a7nigowapaii, 
 
 futurp: tkxse. 
 
 igoseiwaniban, 
 
 assiwiridibari, 
 
 igoHsigoban, 
 
 igosfliwangiban, 
 
 igosBiwangoban, 
 
 igossiwegoban, 
 
 assiwindwaban, 
 
 igossigwaban. 
 
 Ge-wdbam\go'\au, wlien I will be seen, igossiwan, 
 ge-U'dbamigoian, igossiwan. 
 
 Etc., after the altove present ien.se, prefixing ge-. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE TEXSE. 
 
 Ge-gi-wdbam\go'\Hn, when T shall have... igossiwan. 
 Etc., after the present tense, prefixing ge-gi-. 
 
 CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin da-wdbam\go, I would be seen, Kawin igossi, 
 
 hi da^icdbarmgo. 
 
 " igossi. 
 
 da-^cdbama, 
 
 " assi, 
 
 o da-wdbam'igon , he would be 
 
 
 seen by . . . 
 
 " igossin, 
 
 nin da-wdbam\gom\n. 
 
 " igossimin. 
 
 hi da-iedbanngom. 
 
 " igossim, 
 
 da-u'dbamawag, 
 
 " assiwag. 
 
 da-wdbamigowan, they. . 
 
 " igossiwan. 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 
 Nin da-gi-icdbarmgo, I would have been seen, Kavcin igossi, 
 after the above ^?*ese?i/ tense. 
 Etc..
 
 — 185 ~ 
 
 assi, 
 
 igossimin, 
 igossini, 
 assiwag. 
 
 Ge-gi-wdbamigoikn, that I would have been meeii ; GS-gi- wd- 
 Ao7reig088iwan, that I would not have been seen. 
 
 Etc., as above in the second future of the subj. mood. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Ki ga-wdbamigo, he seen, (ihon,) Kego igo-ssi, 
 
 ta-wdbama, let him be seen, " 
 
 nin ga-wdbam\gom'\ii , let us be seen, " 
 
 ki ga-wdbam\gou\, be seen, (you,) " 
 
 ta-wdbavi&w&g, let them be seen, " 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin waiabamxgoiAu, I who am seen, 
 kin waiabam\goi&n, thou who art . . 
 win waiabammd^, he who is seen, 
 win waiabamigoA., he who is seen by . . 
 ninawind waiabamigomng, 1 we who are 
 kinmvind ivaiabamigo\a.ng, i seen, 
 kinawa waiabam'igoieg, you who are . . 
 winaiva waiabam'indwa,, they who are . . 
 winawa waiabam'igod\ig, they who are seen 
 
 by . . . 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin waiabamigo'mmhan, I who was . . 
 
 kin waiabamigoiamban, 
 
 win tcaiabamindiban, 
 
 ninawind waiabarmgoiawgihau, ) 
 
 . . V we 
 
 kinawind waiabam\go\ai,v\go\)ei\\, ) 
 
 kinawa loaiafeamigoiegoban , 
 
 winawa waiaftamindibanig, 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin garwdbam\go\kn, I who have b. a. 
 kin ga-wdbarmgo've^n. 
 Etc., after the above ■present tense. 
 
 igossiwau, 
 
 igossiwan, 
 
 assiwind, 
 
 igossig, 
 
 igossiwang, 
 
 igossiwang, 
 
 igossiwejr. 
 
 igossigog. 
 
 igossi warn ban, 
 igossiwaniban, 
 assiwindiban, 
 igossiwangiban, 
 igossi wangoban, 
 igossi wegoban, 
 assiwindibanig. 
 
 igossiwan, 
 igossiwan,
 
 I'M-l'KKKKCT TKNSE. 
 
 Nin gorwdbandgoisimhan , I wlio liad . . igOfiniwainban, 
 kin ga-ivdham\go\a.mha,n, igosei wain ban. 
 
 Etc., after tlie iihove imperfect tense, prefixing ga-. 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Ninge-wdbam\go\i\n, I who will he .«!een, igossiwan, 
 kin geriodbam\go\vi\\, igossiwan, 
 
 Etc., after \\\q present tense. 
 
 SECOND FUTURK TENSE. 
 
 Nin ge-gi-wdbam\go'\kn, I who shall . . igossiwan, 
 
 kin ge-gi-tmbarmgo'ian, igossiwan, 
 
 Etc., likevvi.se after the above ^re.9eH/ tense. 
 Remark. When a verb in the pa-«sive voice in the third person, 
 has no report to another third person in the .sentence, the ter- 
 minations of the first kind, in a, awag, etc., are employed ; (see 
 p. 182.) F. i. Wnbama aw kwiicisens, that boj is seen ; wdba- 
 mawag igiw ikwesensag, those girls are .seen ; without any re- 
 port to another third person. But when there is a second third 
 person in the .sentence, the terminations of the second kind, in 
 igon, igoicaii, etc., are used. F. i. Ossan, o ivdbamigon aic kwi~ 
 wisens, that boy is seen by his father. Ogiwan o tcdbamigowan 
 igiw ikwesensag, those girls are seen by their mother. Ossan, 
 his father, and ogiican, their mother, are the second third per- 
 sons in these sentences. (See page 70.) 
 
 The verbs of this Conjugation ending in awa, are conjugated 
 exactly after the paradigm Nin wdbama, throughout the whole 
 ACTIVE voice. But in the passive voice they difler a little. 
 
 We shall jjoint out here below the moods and tenses, in which 
 the verbs ending in aica, differ from the verb Niti wdbama. We 
 take the verb Nin nondawa, I hear him, (her, it,) for!an example. 
 Here we don't put only the final a among the terminations, as 
 we did in Nin wdbama, but the w also ; because we use to consi- 
 der (in Conjugations,) as the body of the verb only those syl- 
 lables and letters, which remain unchanged throughout the 
 whole Conjugation.
 
 — 187 — 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin nonddgo, I am heard, Kawin gossi, 
 
 kinonddgo, " gossi, 
 
 iionddwa, " wassi, 
 
 nonddgon, he is heard by- . " gossin, 
 
 nin nonddgownn, " gossimin, 
 
 kinonddgon\, " go.ssini, 
 
 noncZawawag, " vvassiwag, 
 
 nonddgov/au, they are heard by . . " go.s.siwaii. 
 
 Kawin gossiuabaii. 
 
 " go.ssinaljaii, 
 
 " wassibaii, 
 
 . . •' gossibaniu, 
 
 " gossiniinaban, 
 
 " gossiinwaban, 
 
 " wa.ssilianig, 
 
 i'ossiwabanin. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin nonddgonoXi&n , I liave b. h., 
 ki noncZagoiiaban, 
 ?to/idrtvvabaii, 
 nonddgoh&wm, he was heard by . . 
 nin nonddgom\n&h&\\ , 
 ki ?iondagoinwaban, 
 ?io?i(Zavvabanig, 
 /tondagowabaniii, thev were heard 
 
 by . . : 
 
 Form the other tenses oCtlie iadlcatice mood after these two 
 teuses, prefixing gi- or ga-, according to the preceding para- 
 digms ; as : Nin gi-nonddgo . . . Nin gi-nonddgonaban . . , Nin 
 ga-nonddgo . . . Nin ga-gi-nonddgo. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Ki.s/ipin nonddgovin, * if I am heard, Kis/qnn gossiwan, 
 " nonddgoian, " gos.siwan, 
 
 " no7iddvf'wd, " vvassiwind, 
 
 '• Monrfrtgod, if lie is h. liy ... " gos.sig, 
 
 * See Remark 8, page IIU.
 
 — 188 — 
 
 Kishpin nond/ie,o\^ne, "i . 
 " nonaagoiang, J 
 " /lowt/agoieg, 
 " Mowdawiridwa, 
 " nortdagowad, if they arc h. 
 by... 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Gi-nonda,go\^n, that I have b. h. 
 gi-nonddgo\&n, 
 Etc., as above in the present tense, prefixing yi 
 
 gOBsiw&Dg, 
 
 gosHiwang, 
 
 gossiweg, 
 
 wassiwindwa, 
 
 goseigwa. 
 
 gossiwdn, 
 gossiwan, 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 iVontiagoiamban, had I been heard, 
 nonciagoiainban, 
 ?iondawindiban, 
 
 wondagopan, had he been heard by . . 
 noradagoiangiban, \had we 
 nowc^agoiangoban, / been h. 
 worwidgoiegoban , 
 wo/tciawindwaban, 
 
 nowdagowapan, had they been heard 
 by... 
 
 Form the two future tenses after the above jaresen/ tense, pre- 
 fixing ge-, and ge-gi-. 
 
 The two tenses of the conditional mood are easily formed after 
 ih.^ present ^ud perfect tenses of the indicative mood; as: Nin 
 da-nonddgo, I would be heard. . . Nin da-gi-nonddgo, I would 
 have been heard. . . 
 
 gossiwamban, 
 gossi warn ban, 
 wassiwindiban, 
 goseigoban , 
 gossiwangiban, 
 gossiwangoban, 
 gossiwegoban, 
 wassiwindwaban, 
 
 gossigwaban. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Ki ga-tionddgo, be heard, (thou,) 
 ta-nonddwa,, let him be heard, 
 nin ga-nonddgom'm , let us be heard, 
 ki ga-nonddgom, be heard, (you,) 
 ta-nonddvf&vrSLg, let them be heard. 
 
 Kego 
 
 gossi, 
 
 wassi, 
 
 gossimin, 
 
 gossim, 
 
 wassiwag.
 
 — 189 — 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin nwanddgo'vdw, I who am lieard, 
 
 kin nioanddgo'i&n , thou wlio art heard, etc,, 
 
 win nwanddwmd,' 
 
 ninawind nwa^K^agoiang, i , , , 
 
 , . . , ,J^ . ° y we wlio are heard, 
 
 Ktnmoind Mwa?iaagoiang, j 
 
 kinawa moanddgoieg, 
 
 winawa nwanddmi\d]ig, 
 
 Nin rtwo/irfrtgossiwan, I wlio am not heard, 
 
 kin nwanddgomi\\n,n, thou who . . . etc., 
 
 win /tM'a/t(Zrtwa8siwind, 
 
 ninawind Hwanddzo»»\wsing, i , ^ i i 
 
 - . . , ,^° . '^ y we who are not heard. 
 
 Kinawind nwandagoss,\vi&ng, i 
 
 kinawa nwanddgoss'i-weg, 
 
 winawa nicandd'waBsiw'indyig. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin nwanddgo'vdmhan, I who wa.s heard, 
 
 kin nwancZagoiamban, 
 
 win 7iwa?i(Zawindiban, 
 ninawind JiwancZagoiangiban, -^ , 
 
 kinawind nwauddgo'iangohan, ) ' ' ' . 
 
 kinawa nwanddgo'iegoh&n , 
 winawa ?iMJtt/i(/«wiiidibanig, 
 
 Nin nu!anddgosi^\wCiinhn.n, I wlio was not heard, 
 
 ki7i nican(Zag0S8iwambaii, 
 
 win ^itoandawassiwindiban, 
 
 ninawind ftwandagossiwangibau, "> , . , , 
 
 . , ,^ • , )■ we who were not heard. 
 
 kinawind nwaJiuagossiwangoban, J 
 
 kinaiva nicantZagossiwegoban, 
 
 winawa nwa/tcZdwassiwindibanig. 
 
 Form the other four tenses of these participles after the above 
 present and imperfect tenses ; as : Nin ya-nunddyoidn. . . Nin 
 ya-nonddyoidmban. . . Niti ye-nondayoidn. . . Nin ye-yi-non- 
 dayoidn. . .
 
 — i;)0 — 
 
 Hemuik. There uro Hume verli.s belonging; to tlii.s IV^ Conj., 
 which end in owa. It niuBt, however, be observed, that the let- 
 ler f>, before tlic nyllable ?t'a in tliewe verbs, is hardly heard, or 
 rather not at all, in some moods and tenses ; as: Nind inindja't- 
 wa,\ send liini ; nind ariwdnaoiva, I cover him ; nin pakiteowa, 
 I strike him ; nhi kibnkirnowa, I f*\int liim up; niti nandonro- 
 wa, f look for liim ; nin bash'ibanwa, I stab him, etc. In hear- 
 ing these verbs pronounced, we should think they ouglit to l>e 
 written: Inindjatoa, ayumnawa, pakitSwa, kibdkwawa, nandrr- 
 niwa, bashibawa, etc. But it is grammaticallv certain that there 
 is an o before wa. In some inflections of these verbs this o ap- 
 pears openly, las you \vill see below,) and we could never gram- 
 matically account for its appearance, if we did not assume, that 
 these verbs really end in otca at the first person singular, pres., 
 indie, act. voice. An accurate speaker will let it sound a little. 
 
 Let \is now examine, how far the verbs ending in oica, differ 
 in conjugating from those ending in awa, which we have consi- 
 dered above. 
 
 In the ACTIVE voice they conform to the paradigm Nin wdba- 
 nia; like those ending in awa; except in the imperative mood, 
 as you will see by and by. But in tlie passive voice there is 
 some difference. The indicative mood does not differ. Take off 
 the end-syllable wa, as yon do in Nin nondaica ; and then attach 
 the terminations of the paradigm Nin nondCigo, and you will 
 correctly conjugate the indicative. F. i. Nin pakitrogo, I am 
 struck ; nin jfakiie ogouahan, I was struck ; nin gi-pakifeogo, I 
 have been struck. 
 
 The SMft/juicf/tc mood differs a little, in the third persons, as 
 follows: 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. XEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRK.SEXT TEXSE. 
 
 Pakiieogonin, if I am struck, gossiwdn, 
 
 pakiteogo'uxn, gossiwan, 
 
 pakltcond, wassiwind, 
 
 pak-iteogod, if he is struck by . . . gossig,
 
 — 191 — 
 
 pakiieogoiing, \ .j. ^^.^, 
 pakiteogoiang, J 
 pakiteogo'xeg, 
 pakiieondwa., 
 pakiieogowad, 
 
 PERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Gi-pakiieogov\n , when I liave beeM struck, 
 gi-pakiteogoian , 
 
 Etc., after the a\>o\o jn-escni tense. 
 
 I'LUPEKFECT TEXSE. 
 
 * PakitcogovAmh&n, had I licen struck. 
 pakiUogo\a\x\^)&n , 
 pakiteoondUmn , 
 pakiteogoningihan , 
 pakiteogolsingc 
 pakiteogo\ego\ lau , 
 ^aH^eondwaban, 
 
 gossiwaiig, 
 
 gossiwang, 
 
 gossiweg, 
 
 wassiwindwa, 
 
 go.ssigwa. 
 
 gossiwan, 
 gossiwau . 
 
 ;ibaii, ■> 
 JO ban, J 
 
 if we 
 
 gossiwaniban, 
 gossiwaniban, 
 wassiwindiban, 
 gossiwihigibaii, 
 gossiwangobau, 
 go.ssiwegoban, 
 wasssiwindwaban. 
 Form the two future ten.«es of the subjunctive after the above 
 present tense, viz : Ge-pakiteoyoidn . . . Ge-yi-pakitcogoian . . . 
 
 The two tenses of the ronditional mood are easily formed after 
 the above ^)-ese/i/ and^je;/ec^ tenses, viz : Nia da-pakiti'ogn . . . 
 Nin da-gi-pakiteoyo . . . 
 
 The imperativemood is to be formed after the above paradigm, 
 viz: Ki ga-pakiieogo . . . Ta-pakiteowa ... etc. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESEXT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin pekitflogouin, I who am struck, 
 kin p6kitcogo'\&x\, 
 win pekiteond, 
 ninawind pekiteogoniug, ■> 
 kinawind jfekiteogo'iang, i 
 kinawa pekiteogoieg, 
 winawa pekiteondyig. 
 
 We who are struck. 
 
 * See Remark 3, page HO.
 
 - 192 — 
 
 Nin pekiteogossi-w&n, I who am not struck, 
 kill 7>e^•t7tY>{ro88iwan, 
 win pekiteow&BHiwind, 
 ninawind pekiteogoesiwkng, ■» 
 
 kinawind pekiteogo^f^iw^ng, \ "^^ '"^'^ ^'"^ "^^ «^"'*^^' 
 kinawa pekiteogoashvag, 
 winawa pekiteo\\&HS\mnd]\g. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin pekiteogo\&n\ha.n , I who was strucky 
 
 kin pekiteogo'vd.mh3.\\, 
 
 win pekiteox\di'\\)&n, 
 
 ninawind pekiteogo\hng\hQ.\\, i , 
 
 , . . , , ., . , > we who were struck, 
 
 kinawind pekiteogo\a.ngoha,n, ) 
 
 kinawa pekiteogoiegoh&n, 
 
 winawa pekiieond'ihanig, 
 
 Nin pek^ieogosiii'w^n^h^'ln, I who was not struck, 
 
 kin pekiteogossivv&n\ha.n, 
 
 winpekiieovjassiwindihsLn, 
 
 ninawind pekiteogoss\wa.nir\ha.n, i , , 
 
 , . .77., • , V we who were not Ptnick, 
 
 kinawind ^eA'ijeogossiwangoban, J 
 
 kinawa j:>e^t7eogossi wegoban , 
 
 winawa j:?eA,77eowassiwiniiibanig. 
 
 Form the other tenses of these participles after the above two 
 tenses, viz : Nin ga-pakiteogoidn . . . Nin ga-pakiteogoiamhan. .. 
 Nin ge-pakiteogoian . . . 
 
 EXAMPLES ON THE WHOLE PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Nin wdbamigo, nin nonddgo gaie ; dainendam enamiad mojag, 
 misiwe gaie. A Christian ought to think always and every- 
 where : I am seen and I am heard. 
 
 Maban ikwesens mino ganawenima, omisseian gagikimigon mo- 
 Jag. This girl is well taken care of; she is (always exhorted 
 by her sister.
 
 — 193 — 
 
 Nin nandomigominaban gaie ninawind nimiiding, kawin dash 
 ni7i gi-ijdssimin. We were also invited to the ball, but we did 
 not go. 
 
 Keiimagisidjig gi-ashamdwag, gi-agwiawag gaie ; kawin awiia 
 gi-iko7iajaogossi bwa minind gego. The poor have been fed, 
 and have been clothed ; nobody has been sent away before he 
 was given something. 
 
 Nin gi-ajionigominaban api degwishing nimishominan . We had 
 been engaged, (hired, employed,) when our uncle arrived. 
 
 Kishpin ossan pisinddgod aw oshkinawe, kawin gego matchi 
 ikkitossi ; nonddgossig dash ossan, kitchi winigijwe. When 
 that young man is heard by his father, he does not say a bad 
 word ; but when he is not heard by his father, he speaks very 
 indecently. 
 
 Pisinddgossiwamban kawin nin da-gi-kikendansimin ejiwebak 
 Kije-Manito od inakonigewin. If thou hadst not been listened 
 to, we would not have known the law of God. 
 
 Kawin ki bonigidetawassiwawag kidf anishindbewag, mi ge- 
 ondji-bonigidHagossiweg gaie kinawa ga-batd-ijiwcbisiieg. 
 You don't forgive your fellow-men, therefore you also will not 
 be forgiven what you have sinned, (your sins shall not be for- 
 given to you.) 
 
 Aniniwapi ge-dibaamagod ga-anonigodjin ? Wcgonen ge-minigod ? 
 When will he be payed by his employer? What will he be 
 given ? 
 
 Kishpin awiia matchi [dodang, wi-anwemndisossig dash kawin 
 Kije-Maniton o darbonigidetagossin. Ifa person committed a 
 bad action and would not repent, God would not forgive him. 
 
 Ossan da-gi-aidwigon aw kwiwisens, o da-gi-pakiteogon gaicy 
 wdbamigo2)an. That boy would have been reprimanded and 
 beaten by his father, had he been seen by him. 
 
 Mano ki ga-wdbamign, kishpin mino dndaman ; mano ki ga-non- 
 ddgo, kishpin wenijishing gego dibadodaman. Be seen when 
 you are doing good actions ; and be heard, when you are tell- 
 ing something good and useful. 
 
 Weweni ta-dibaamawa aw Wemitigoji, kego ta-waiessimassi ;
 
 — VJi — 
 
 weweni ki i/i-anokitagoum. Let tliat Freiicliinan Ik- well paid, 
 let him not be cheated; he worked we!) for you. 
 
 Atnbe, gaie ninawind nin yad-in^nimiffomin ichi minigoidnfj 
 oshki masinaiganan. Well, let us also he thought worth to 
 receive new books. 
 
 Keh'noamawasisiwindjig uhinodjiiag kUimdgisiwag ; kauin ma- 
 siiiaigan o ga-niii.ntau'inansvi(nrf/. Children tliat are not 
 taught are worth pity ; they will not know how to read. 
 
 Aw h'trhi-jingcnimindihai) notignm sdgia ; kakina honigiditadi- 
 uiag. The person tliat was liated so much, is now beloved ; 
 they forgive each other all. 
 
 Debenimiian, ga-sassagdkivaogoian tchibaiaiigong, nin ondji ; 
 jdwenimishin. Lord, who was nailed to a cross, for my sake ; 
 have inercy on me. 
 
 Kakina igiw, anamiewin ga-ondji-gotagiindjig, ga-ondjintJssind- 
 jiggaiejdu'cndagoif'iwaggijigong; those that have been per- 
 secuted and killed fur religion's sake, are happy in heaven. 
 
 There are some verb.* belonging to this IV. Conjugation, that 
 make an exception at the second person sing, of the imperative 
 mood, in the active voice. There are threekinds of these verbs. 
 
 FIRST KIND. 
 
 Many verbs ending in na at the first person sing, indie, 
 change this syllable na in ,/, at the second person singular of 
 the imperative ; as : 
 
 VERBS. 2nd. PERS. SIXG. IMP. 
 
 Nin pindigana, I make him (her, it) go in ; pindigaj. 
 
 Nin nana, I fetch him, (her, it ;) nuj. 
 
 Nind oddbana, I drag him, (her, it ;) oddbaj. 
 
 Nin mina, I give him, (her, it ;) mij. 
 
 Nin ivdwina, I call or name him, (her, it ;) jcdiiij. 
 
 Nind ijiwina, I conduct, lead, carry him, (her, it ;) ijiicij. 
 
 Hemark I. — Sometimes, in hearing the above imperative pro-
 
 — 195 — 
 
 nounced, we .shoukl think there is an u before./; as: ndnj, wd- 
 winji, etc. But it is heard so seldom and so indistinctly that I 
 think we need not care about it. 
 
 Remark 2. I know no general rule which could point out 
 tho.se verbs ending in 7ia, that make the above exception in the 
 imperative mood. There are many, likewise ending in na, that 
 make no exception in the imperative ; as : 
 
 VERBS. 2nd. I'ERS. SIXG. IMI^ 
 
 Nin sdgidina, I carry or turn him, (her, it,) out ; sdgidin. 
 Nin pagidina , I let him, (her, it,) go ; pagidiu. 
 
 Nin wehina, I throw him, (her, it,) away ; webin. 
 
 Hemark. It seems, however, that we can say with security, 
 that all the verbs of this Conjugation, ending inana, cliange the 
 last syllable na into J, at the second person singular of the im- 
 perative mood. But for those ending in ina and ana, no rule 
 is known to me. Some of them, as you see, change the last syl- 
 lable na into.;, at the said person of the imp. ; and some do not, 
 they have a regular imperative. 
 
 SECOND KIND. 
 
 The verbs of this Conjugation, ending in asd, at the first per- 
 son sing, of the indicative mood, change tiiis termination in shi, 
 at the second person sing, of the imp. mood ; as : 
 
 VERBS. 2nd. I'ERS. SINU. IMP. 
 
 Nin gossd, I am afraid of him, (her, it ;) gosht. 
 
 Nind assd, I put him, (her, it ;) ashl. 
 
 Nin nissd, I kill him, (her, it ;) nishl. 
 
 Nia maniadissd, I pay him, (her, it,) a visit ; niawadishh 
 
 Nind odissd, I go to him, (her, it ;) odis/ii. 
 
 Etc., etc. . . .
 
 — 196 — 
 
 THIRD KIND. 
 
 The verbs ending in owa, form their second person singular 
 of tlie imperative mood, by owa with h. And they form their 
 second person plural of the imperative, by clianging the last 
 syllable 7Pa into g ; as : 
 
 2nd. PERS. IMP. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 pakiUh, pakitShog. 
 
 sassagdkwah, sassagdkwahog. 
 
 ningwah, 
 bashanji'h, 
 niwandh 
 hassanoweh. 
 
 ningwuhog. 
 baahnnjehog. 
 niwanahog. 
 hassanowchog. 
 
 Nin pakiteowa, I strike him, 
 
 (her, it ;) 
 Nin sassagdkwaowa, I nail him, 
 
 (her, it ;) 
 Niii ningwaowa,J bury liim, 
 
 (her, it;) 
 Nin bashanjeowd, I wliip him, 
 
 (her, it;) 
 Nin niwanaowa, I kill him, 
 
 (her, it ;) 
 Nin bassanoweowa, I strike liim, 
 (her, it) on the cheek ; 
 The following verbs are irregular at tlic second person singu- 
 lar of the imperative mood, but they are regular in the plural. 
 
 VERBS 2nd PERS. SING. IMP. 
 
 Nind awd, I make use (of some an. obj. ;) awi. 
 Nind ind, I tell him, (her, it ;) iji. 
 
 Nind ondji-nand, I kill him, her, it,) for 
 
 such a reason, (for religion's sake, etc.) ondji-ndni. 
 Etc., etc. . . . 
 
 Remark. The verbs of all these kinds are irregular only in the 
 imperative mood; but throughout all the other moods and 
 tenses they are perfectly regular, as far as the preceding para- 
 digms are concerned, which we have conjugated till now. But 
 in the " Cases" this irregularity will come forth in all those 
 tenses that are derived from the second person singular of the 
 imperative mood; as you will see in the paradigms of the 
 " Cases."
 
 — 197 — 
 IV. DUBITATIVE CONJUGATION. 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRE.SENT TENSE. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nin wdbamadog, 1 see him perliajjs, adogenag, 
 
 ki wafiamadog, adogenak, 
 
 wdbajnadogena.n, adogenan, 
 
 nin wdbaman&dog, anadogenag, 
 
 ki wdbamawadog, awadogenag, 
 
 o wdbamawadogenan, awadogenan. 
 
 IMPEKFECT TENSE. 
 
 Ni wdbamawagihan, I saw him perhaps, awagwabau, 
 
 ki jt?d6amawadiban, awadwaban, 
 
 wdbamagohaii, agoban, 
 
 ni loaftrtwawangidiban, ) awangidwaban. 
 
 ki jmfcamawangoban, j ' ' ' awangwaban, 
 
 ki wdbamaw egohan , awegwaban, 
 
 wdbamagwahan, agwabau, 
 Form the remaining tenses after tliese two. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Waiaba7nAv/agen, whether I see him, awagwaweu, 
 
 waiabamawaden , awad wawen , 
 
 waiabamagwen, agwen, 
 
 loaiabamavf ang\den, (ninawind ,] awangid wawen, 
 
 wamftamawangen, [kinawind,] awangwawen, 
 waiabamawagv/an , awcgwawen, 
 
 waia6amawagwen awa^wen.
 
 — ]'.M — 
 
 PliRFECT TENSE. 
 
 Gorwcibanikwajrcu, if I have perh. Hcen 
 liiiii, 
 Etc., after the above present tense. 
 
 awagwawen, 
 
 ri.UPERFKCT TENSE. 
 
 Wdbamkwagihiunw , if I luid perh. .seen 
 
 liiin, awagwaVjarien, 
 
 wdbama.\va,di\)a.nQn , awedwabanen, 
 
 »y/fta?na<^oliaiu'ii , agobanen , 
 
 »'«6a?«a\vai)<ri(libaneM. "» a\vangid\vaV)anen. 
 
 wrt6rtwa\vangobanen, / awangwabanen, 
 
 wa6a7rea\vegobanen , awegwabanen , 
 
 wafeamawagobanen , awagobanen. 
 
 The future tense is formed after tlie present ; as : Ge-tcdbam- 
 dwagen, etc. . . . 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESKNTTENSE. , 
 
 Singular, 
 ivaiahamiiwagen, I who perhaps see him, 
 
 Nin 
 
 kin 
 
 win 
 
 iniiv 
 
 ninmoind 
 
 Mnawind 
 
 kinawa 
 
 winawa 
 
 iniw 
 
 Nin 
 
 kill 
 
 win 
 
 iniw 
 
 ioaiabam'Awa,den , thou who perhaps seest him, 
 
 icaiabamagwen, he who perhaps sees him, 
 
 «'a?'a6amagwenaii, lie whom lie .sees perhaps, 
 
 M'a/rt6rtmawangiden, ) , ,. , 
 
 ' ;- we who see Inm perhaps, 
 wainl)nma,\vaugei], I 
 
 waiabamnwegwen , you who jierhaps see liim, 
 
 «'ff?a6a/Hagwenag, they who perhaps see him, 
 
 ?r«?'a6a7ttawagweaan, he whom they perhaps see. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 icaiabamdw agenag, I who perhaps see them, 
 «>a?"a6a?Hawadenag, thou who perhaps seest them, 
 waiabamagwen, he who perhaps sees them, 
 waiabam&gwenan, they whom he sees, perhaps.
 
 — 199 — 
 
 ninawind waiahama.\\Cing'nh'uai:, 1 , , 
 
 ,..,., ■ wc who perhaps see tliein, 
 
 kinawind waiauaiinuvaugQimg, J t- i 
 
 kinaica wa/a/>a/Ha\vegwenag, you wliu perliaps see them, 
 
 winawa waiabamagweuag, they wlio perhaps see them, 
 
 iniw waialxauawagwcnan, tliey whom they perliaps see. 
 
 PKRKECT TKXSK. 
 
 Siittjuldr. 
 Nia f/a-uiaha)nd\\i\geu , I who jHThaps liave seen him. 
 
 Phd-al. 
 Kin ga-icubamawagtnag, I wlio perhaps have seen them. 
 Etc., after the ahove present tense. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TKNSK. 
 
 SiiKjiihtr. 
 
 Nin ga-ivclbaJUiJiw agihaui'u , 1 wlio perhaps had seen Iiim,, 
 
 kin ga-wdbamawad'ihanvn , thou who . . . 
 
 win ga-todbamagohancn, he who jterliaps liad seen liim. 
 
 iniw ga-wdbamagobanenan, lie whom lie . . . 
 
 ninmcind qa-wdbuma\va\)i!^'u\\hauQu, ') i , i , 
 
 . , "^ ^, ' , - we wlio had II. s. 11. 
 
 kinmoinu ga-tcuoania\vaugv\)aiw\>, ) 
 
 kinaica ga-wubamawegohanQu, you wlio liad p. seen him, 
 
 winawa ga-wubaniawagol^anenag, they who had p. s. h., 
 
 iniw ga-icdbama\vago])auona]i, he wlioni they . . . 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Ain ga-icdbajHiiwagwahanen, I who p. had seen them, 
 /a'/t ^«-icw6a/Hawadwabaneii, thou who . . . 
 m?i (/a-K'«6a/Magol)anen, he who perhaps had seen them, 
 iniic ga-U'dbamagohanQUiiu, they whom he p. liad seen. 
 7iinaivind ga-wdba))>awani\g\ih\n\ini\v\i,\ we who perhaps hail 
 A://jaMJi«(i (/a-ir«6«mawangwabaii(Mi, i seen them, 
 
 kinawa ga-ivdbamawQgwabauen, you who had p. s. them, 
 uu«aM."a </a-ifd6a//tawagol)anenag, they who p. li. s. them, 
 iniw (/o-JCrtftawawagobaiienan, thev whom they h. ]>. s. 
 
 14
 
 — 200 — 
 
 Note. Tu forin the i/«j;c;;/ec/ tense, (wliich is not much uaed, 
 you have only to take ofl'the prefix r/a-, and make the Change 
 as : nin waiahamawagihanen, I who pcrliaps saw him, etc. 
 
 FUTITRK TEXSi;. 
 
 Singular. 
 Nin ge-icdbamCiwvLgen, I wiio perhaps .shall --ee him. 
 
 Plural. 
 Mn ge-wdbam&wa.gQna.g, I who perhaps sliall see them. 
 Etc., after the above present tense. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Kawin nin jPrtftaniassulog, I don't perhaps .*ee him, 
 A/ 2{j«6a/Hassidog, 
 o wv^ftamassidogenan , 
 nin w«6a»iassinadog, 
 ki ?r«&a??iassiwadog, 
 o M>«6aTOa.'5siwadogenan. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Kawin nin ?rrt^a?Hassidogenag, I don't j^erhaps see them, 
 *' ki !rr^?;«?«as.sidogonag, 
 
 " ?r«6a/Hassidogcnan, 
 
 " nin M'afta/nassinadogenag, 
 " ki ?ra/Jrt»iassiwadogenag, 
 
 *' o H'«6«njassiwadogenan.
 
 — 201 — 
 
 i>rpEKFEcT tf;nsk. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Kawin nin wdfeamassiwagiban, I did perhaps not see hiru, 
 
 " M «'a6«j?ia8.si\vadibaii, 
 
 " o H'airtwassigobaii, 
 
 " »m j{'«6a/Ha8si\vangidil)aii, ■) 
 
 ,, . ^, • , - wedkl i)erhap-s not . . , 
 
 " n?n w«6a7Hassnvangolian, j ' ' 
 
 " ki w«6a?nassi\vegohan. 
 
 " M'afiavrtassigwaban. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Kawin mu wafcajwassiwagwabaii, I did perhaps not see them, 
 
 " Art tcabawassiwadwaban, 
 
 '•' iPrtfeamassigobun, 
 
 " nin wafiamassiwangidwaban, \ 
 
 " nin ii'a6a???assi\vang\vaban, > 
 
 " ki waftaywassiwegwaban, * 
 
 " Wrtftawiassigwaban. 
 
 After these two tenses all the others of tlie indicalice mood are 
 easily formed. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 iyaia6a?«assi\vagen, if I p don't s. him, assiwagwawen, 
 
 waiafia/nassiwaden, assiwadwawen, 
 
 wa/ffftamassigwcn , assigwen , 
 jfaiaftawassiwangiden, "( if we p. don't assiwangidwawen, 
 
 tt'a/rtftrt7?iassiwangen, / see him, assiwangwawen, 
 
 ?ra?a?>a?/iassiwegwen, assiwegwawen, 
 
 «!am6a7«assi wagwen , assi wagwen. 
 
 PEUFECT TENSE. 
 
 Go-waftamassiwagen, whether I have 
 
 not seen him, assiwagwawen, 
 
 Etc., as above in the present tense.
 
 202 
 
 TLUPERFKCT TKXSK 
 
 W'ttftamassiwiij^ilnineii, if I liarl not 
 
 HQvn liiin, 
 ir«6a7?ia.ssi\va<libancn , 
 umbamase'xgohancn , 
 «'«/>a7ttassiwAf];idibanon, "> 
 ■M'«/>rtwas8i\vangohanen, / 
 «vf!<a?Ha.*.siwc'gol>anei), 
 iC(7bamai-:!i\wdgohiinen, 
 
 i f we 
 
 aHsiwa;;\vabaiieri, 
 assiwadwabanen, 
 assigobanen, 
 assiwangidwabaiieH 
 assiwangwabanen, 
 assiwegwabanen , 
 as.siwagobanen. 
 
 The fuiiire tense to lie formed after the present; a-?: Ge- 
 wdhamdssiwcKjen, . . . Oe-wnbaman.'ihcaden, etc. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nin toaiabainCif^siwagex^ , I who perhaps see him not, 
 /i//i. Mva'rt/^flwassiwaden, thou wlio perliapsseest him not, 
 toin M'a/a6rt/Hassigwen, he who perliaps does not seehini, 
 iniw wa<a6crH«assigwenan, lie whom he p. does not see, 
 ninawind wa/a^awassiwangiden,-* we who don't perhaps 
 linawind waiabamasshvangon, J see him, 
 kinawa ipaiabain&ssiwegwen, you who perhaps don't see hlni, 
 winawa wfli«/>a/«assigwcnag, they who perhaps don't see him, 
 iniw tcaiaiamassiwagwenan, he whom the}' p. don't see. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nin ?r«/a7>rt/«assiwagenag, I wlio pcrh. don't see them, 
 kin K'ai'atrtJHassiwadenag, thou who dost not. p. see them, 
 win M"«m6«/Hassigwen, lie who perhaps does not see them, 
 iniw icaia/>a»iassigwenan, they whom he p. does not see, 
 ninawind tra/a6awassiwangidenag, "t we who don't perh. see 
 kinawind waiabama&?\\vangeuag, i them, 
 
 kinawa jrrt/fl^>n;Hassiwegwenag, you who p. don't see them, 
 winawa ?cfl7'«&rt/rtassigwenag, they whop, don't see them. 
 iniw ii-am6amassiwagwenan, they whom they do p. . . .
 
 — 203 — 
 
 PliRFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sin(/iil(n\ 
 Nin (ja-U'dbamaHsiwagen,! wlioliave p. not seen him. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 t 
 
 Nin ffa-icabama<!i\\\agenag, I ulio have p. not seen them 
 Etc., after the above 2}resc>it ton.^e. 
 
 I'lA'l'ERFECT TEX.s;;. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nin ga-ivahavnit^f-lwagihancn, I who liatl p. not seen liim, 
 kin ga-ivahamai^s'iwiidUKiueu, tlion who had.st p. . . . 
 will ga-icdba}n&ss'\gohiinvu , he who had p. not .seen him, 
 i7iiw ga-U'dbamassigohanowdn, he whom he had p. . . . 
 ninawind (7a-jm6aMia.s.siwangidibanen, "> we who had perliap.s 
 kinawind </a-HY?6o»jassiwangobanen, J not .^een liim, 
 kinawa ga-wdba7nnfifil\vc'go])iu\Qn, you wlio had . . . 
 tvinawa (/a-watawas-siwagohanenag, tliey wlio had perhaps 
 not seen liim, 
 iniw i7rt-?<'aia/«a.S8iwagobanenan, In- whom tliey liad . . . 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nin </rt-ir«^rt?»assiwagwahanen, I whu had p. not s. tli.. 
 kin (/a-Mv7/>a?«a.s.'<iwadwahanen, thou who liad.st p . . . . 
 tvin ffa-ivdbamass'igobaneu, lie who had p. n. .seen tliem, 
 iniw _7a-u'«6a;«a8sigohanenan, tiiey wlium lie had p. not 
 seen, 
 m'nawmcZ </a-J^a^a7Ka.s8iwangidwalianen, "I we who liad p. not 
 kinaicind //a-K'«/><7/Has."iwangwaIianen, t seen them, 
 
 kinawa ,v«-H'«6a/«assiwcgwalianen, you who had j)orhaj)s not 
 
 seen them, 
 ivinawa (7rt-?ro6a7Ha.ssiwagobanenag, they who had jjerhap- 
 not seen tln-m, 
 iniw <7a-jfd6«massiwagobanenan, tliey whom they iiad 
 perhaps not seen.
 
 — 204 — 
 ILTLRK TKNSK. 
 
 Singular. 
 Ain ,7C-H'a/>flwa.ssi\vagcn, I wlio sliiill p. not .sec him. 
 
 riitral. 
 Nin //e-(t'a/vo?«assi\va<^enag, I wli^i sliall p. not see tlierii. 
 Etc., after iho present tense. 
 
 Examples on the ACTIVE voice of the iv. DrmTATivE 
 
 CONJUGATION, AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE FORMS. 
 
 Kawin nongom namn(/im ki wdbamassiwadog kimissewa, eko 
 widiged. You do probably not see often now your sipter, 
 since she is married. 
 
 Paul gikamdgohan o iindigemdganun ; mi wendji-mddjad gana- 
 hatch aw ikwe. They say Paul scolded liis wife ; that i.? per- 
 haps the reason why the woman goes away. 
 
 At gi-wissokawadogenag metchi-gijwedjig , mi icendj'i-kikenda- 
 man nibiica matcki ikkitoiuinan. Thou liast probably fre- 
 quented persons that use had language, therefore thou know- 
 est 80 many bad words. 
 
 Kawin mashi gi-kikenimassiwadiban j^indig aiad, api debadji- 
 vioian 'm\ Thou liadst probably not yet known that he was 
 in the room, at the time when thou toldst that. 
 
 Bibonong anishindbeg gi-amougivaban kakina o jiagwegiganimi- 
 wan, gi-bwa-odjitehissenig anamikodading. Last winter the 
 Indians had eaten up all their tiour (I understood,) before 
 New year's day arrived. 
 
 Geget wedi nongom o gaganonan, cndogwni da^h nessiiaicina- 
 wagioen. He is now indeed speaking to him there, but I don't 
 know whether he recognises him. 
 
 Kawin kl kikeniwissinon, nongom geget jangenimassimaden, gtn- 
 wenj dash ki gi-jingenimaban. I don't know whether now in- 
 deed thou dost not hate him, but thou hadr^t liated him a long 
 
 time. 
 Kawin ganabaich o gi-adimassin. Endogwcn ga-adimas^igwai. 
 He has perhaps not overtaken him. It is doubtful whether he 
 has not overtaken him.
 
 — 205 — 
 
 Endogicen ivika tchi gi-gimodimassigohanen onigiigon, mi dash 
 
 pitchinag tchi gi-dpitchi-gimodid. It is doubtful whetlier lie 
 
 had never stolen before anything from his parents, and that 
 
 he only now committed so great a theft. 
 Kishpia Wawiiaianong ijad,mi idog iicapi ge-wdbamagwen og- 
 
 wissan, kishpin keidbi himddisinigwen. If he goes to Detroit, 
 
 then, I suppose, he will see his son, if he is living yet. 
 Mi aw iiiini wuiahamassigicen wika Dwanan. Nibiwa nin gi- 
 
 wdhamag. This is, I suppose, the man who never sees (saw) 
 
 a Sioux. I have seen many. 
 Kakiiia igiw weiejimugwtnag tcidf anishindbcican, o da-iiiikwe- 
 
 nimaicaa Kije-Maniton mini gego kekenduininidj'in. All those 
 
 who (perhaps) cheat their fellow-men, ought to think on God, 
 
 who knows all. 
 Aiv ga-matchi-doiaivdssigwen wika widf anishindhen, geget ki- 
 
 tchi jawendagosi. He that perhaps never has done wrong to 
 
 his fellow-men, is very happy indeed. 
 Awegicen ga-niasagwen nin pakaakweiau, nindaian gaie. I don't 
 
 know him who has killed my chickens and my dog. 
 Igiw ga-anokiiaivassigobanenag Dcbcndjigenidjin, megwa gi-bi- 
 
 mddisiwad aking, kaicin nongom o icubamasniwawangijigong. 
 
 Those who had not served the Lord, while they lived on earth, 
 
 do not see him now in heaven. 
 Aw ge-sdgiagtcen, ge-jaicenimagwen gaie wikanissan, ta-jaweiii- 
 
 ma gaie tcin. He who .shall love his brother, (his neighbor.) 
 
 and shall have mercy on him, he .shall also find mercy. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. XEfJATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Niii M"d6a?Migomidog, I am per- 
 haps seen, Kawin igossimidog, 
 ki icaiamigomidog, " igo.=6imidog, 
 
 tt'dftamadog, " assidog, 
 
 jtd6a?Higodogenan, * " igossidogenan, 
 
 * See Remarks, p. 186.
 
 — 206 — 
 
 nin icahaimgouunailog , 
 ki tP«/>a7«igoiinvadog, 
 trdiawadogcnap 
 o jra^awizowadogenan, 
 
 igossiiuinadog, 
 igossiniwadog, 
 assidogcnag, 
 igossiwado^enan. 
 
 IMPERKKCT TKXSE. 
 
 Wiafta/nigowaniban, I was perhaps 
 
 seen. 
 «rd6a;»ig6\vaniljan, 
 *r«6a»iawindil»an, 
 «p«6fl;Higogoban, he was per. 
 seen hy. . . 
 
 «c«6rt?Higowangilian, I were 
 irrfftflwigowangoban J p. s. 
 yr«6a/;ngowe,?ohan, 
 ?r«&a/Hawindwaban , 
 «i'«6a»iigogwaban, they were p. 
 j^een bv . . . 
 
 Ka u' ill i go «s i wa m ba n , 
 
 " igossiwoniban, 
 
 •' assiwindiban, 
 
 " igossigoban, 
 
 " igossiwangiban, 
 
 " igossiwangoban, 
 
 " igossiwegoban, 
 
 " assiwindwaban, 
 
 " igossiffwaban. 
 
 The remaining tenses of the indicatice are to be formed after 
 these two. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 \ro/fli'jaHngowAnen, if I am perliaps 
 
 seen, igossiwanen, 
 
 tpaiflfia/Higowanen, igossiwanen, 
 
 wa?'a6a;Hawinden, assiwinden, 
 
 jraiada/Higogwen, if he is perhaps 
 
 seen by . . . igossigwen, 
 
 ira/a'jo/Higowiingen,-) ., igossiwansen, 
 
 . , . . ° V il we . . . ... " 
 
 jraiaoa»agowangen, J igossiwangen, 
 
 jraj'afta/nigowegwen , igossi wegwen , 
 
 «raia6rt77Mgowag\ven, if they are 
 
 perhaps seen by . . . igossiwagwen.
 
 — 207 — 
 
 PEllKECT TENSE. 
 
 6'a-ti'«6a»jigo\vanen, that I liavo 
 perhaps been seen, 
 Etc., after tlie above present tense. 
 
 igo-ssiwaneii, 
 
 igossi\van)I>anon, 
 
 igossiwanilianen, 
 
 asshvindibanen, 
 
 igos.siwangibanen, 
 
 igosssiwaiigobanen 
 
 igossiwcgobaiicn, 
 
 assiwindwabaneii. 
 
 igopsiwiuien. 
 
 I'l.ri'KRKErT TICXSE. 
 
 UV(/></»(ig<)\vanil)aiien, * ifl liad pcrhajis 
 
 been seen, 
 
 wabam\gC)\\iun\)ixnQn, 
 
 wdbama,v:\ndiha,nen , 
 
 w«/)rtmigowangibanen, ■) . , 
 
 ., . . . y It we . . . 
 
 7P«6«»ngowangobanen, j 
 
 w«ia»iigo\vegobanen , 
 
 WrtZ<aMta\vind\vabancn, 
 
 FUTUKE TENSE. 
 
 Ge-wdbaimsow^inen, that I will be 
 perliaps seen, 
 
 Etc., after the above present tense. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin waiabavngowiiwen , I wlio am perliaps seen, 
 
 Icin icaiabanil'r^dwanen, thou wlio art perliaps .=ecn, 
 
 tcin tvaiabaynkw'inden, lie who is perhaps seen, 
 
 inho icaiabam'v^ogwenan , he who is perhaps seen hv . . 
 
 ninawind M'a/a/>o?»igowAngen, ) , 
 
 , . . , . , . . y we wlioare . . . 
 
 kinawind waiabam I'^owangcu, J 
 
 kinaioa «'«/a6o»iigowegwen, you are perhaps seen, 
 
 winawa waiaftamawindenag, who are perliaps seen, 
 
 iniw waiabaimgowagwonan, who are perhaps seen by 
 
 * See Note, p. 200.
 
 — 208 — 
 
 Ain ioaiahain'i'^onsiw&neu, I wlio am perliaps not seen, 
 
 kin UHtiab(um>^uH!i\wa\\cn, thou who art fK'rhaps not seen, 
 
 win ivaiabaniiisiiiwhidfu, lie who in perliaps not seen, 
 
 iniw ■tcaiabamlgosAigwenan, he who is perhaps not seen by... 
 
 ninatrind waiabam[gossiyvu.ngf\\, "i , 
 
 . , . , . . . > we wlio are . . . 
 
 kinawind ifaiaoa/wigossiwangen, J 
 
 kinawa iraw/mwigossiwegwen, you wlioaref)erhap.s not seen, 
 
 winawa iraja7>«Mjds.«iwiii(ienag, they who are per. not seen, 
 
 iniw i(va'rt6a/«igossiwagweriaii, tiicy who arc ])erhap.s not 
 
 seen bv . . . 
 
 IMPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin ?i'a/rt^«migowiinibanen, I who was perhaps seen, 
 
 kin tcaiabam\gC>\\a,inhanen, thou who wast . . . 
 
 win t(;aia6aHiawindibanen, he who was perhaps seen, 
 
 iniw waiabamigogohanend.n, he who was perhaps seen by... 
 
 ninawind ^L'aiabam\gowa.ng\hanen,'i , 
 
 , . ° , V we who were . . . 
 
 ki7iawind wmabamiiiowangobancn , J 
 
 kinawa jcflmZ^rtmigowegobanen, you wliowere perhaps seen, 
 
 winawa ica/a/^rtwawiiuiibanenag, they who were perhaps seen, 
 
 iniw irrt/rt^amigowagobanenan, they who were perhaps 
 
 seen by . . . 
 
 Nin jra/aiawiigosshviimbanen, I who was per. not seen, 
 
 Jcin u'aiafta/nigossiwambanen, thou who . . . 
 
 win tpaia&a?«assiwindibanen, he who was per. not seen, 
 
 iniw tcaia^a/Higossigobanenan, he who was perhajjs not 
 
 seen by . . . 
 
 ninawind tpamftawiigossiwangibanen, \ ^^.^ ^^ ^^ _^ ^^.^^^ 
 
 ki?iawind ipauiftawigossiwaugobanen, J 
 
 kinawa H'rttrt6rtmigossiwegobauen, you who were perhaps not 
 
 seen, 
 
 winawa u'«/«6rt?Ha.ssi\vindibanenag, they who were perhaps not 
 
 seen, 
 
 iniw icrtjaftrtmigossiwagobanenan, they who were perhaps 
 
 not seen bv . . .
 
 — 209 — 
 
 The remaining tenses are formed after tliese two, as: Niii ya- 
 wdbamigowCinen . . . Nin ga-wdbamigowamhanen . . . Niii ge 
 wdbamigowdnen . . . 
 
 EXAMPLES OX THE TVIIOLK PASSIVE VOICE OK THE IV DL'BITATIVE 
 COXJUGATIOX. • 
 
 Nin nondagomidog oma bibagiidn, onjita dash ganabaich kaicin 
 aiciia nin wi-nakiveiugossi. I think I am heard as I am shout- 
 ing liere, but perhap.^ purposely nol)ody will give me an an- 
 swer. 
 
 Ossitvan ganabaich wdhami gogivaban igiir kwiwisensag, gegct 
 ta-animisiwag. These boys were probably seen by their fa- 
 ther, they will be punished, (they will suffer.) 
 
 Kawin weiveni gi-niidioigiassidogenag igiio abinodjiiag, anotch 
 sa matchi ijiwebisiwag. It seems that tliese children have not 
 been well brought up, because they have many faults. 
 
 Anin cnakamigak, nidji ? Gi-kitrhi a.shamawindwdban kiwe 
 anishinubeg agdming. What is the news, comrade? I hear 
 the Indians had a great dinner on the other side. 
 
 Gonima gi-kikinoamaguwamban masinaigan, bwa dagunshinun 
 oma. Thou hadst perhaps been taught to read before I arriv- 
 ed liere. 
 
 Kishpin kekenimigowdngen oma aiaidng, pabige anishinubeg nin 
 ga-bi-mawddissigonanig. If we only are known to be liere, 
 the Indians will .soon come to see us. (The person spoken to, 
 not included.) 
 
 Kawin nin dcbweiansin ekkifong, mi sa wcweni ga-dibaamugos- 
 siwcgwen, gi-anokiieg. I don't believe what they say, that is, 
 that you liave perhaps not been well paid for your work. 
 
 Ki gi-nondam na, ga-kiiehi-gimodimdwindcn kissaie tibiknng ? 
 Hast thou heard what is said, that mucli property has been 
 stolen from thy brother last night ? 
 
 Gi-aiawamban iwapisagaiganing, gi-nissdioindwabanen nij \\e- 
 mitigojiwag. Thou hadst perhaps been on the little lake at 
 the time when the two Frenchmen were killed there. 
 
 * The verbs ending in (Ilea and oiw make no difl\?rence in llie Dubitalive 
 Conjugation.
 
 — 210 — 
 
 Kix/ipin mini) anokiiun, mi na api (/cmiiiwcnimiijowd)icn 'f III 
 work well, shall I then lie (perhaps,) liked? 
 
 Mi na aw iiiini anotch dcjimdwinden. Aninha dank geget iiia . 
 kain'ii viaichi ijiichir/ctxi. This Ih the man who is so much 
 spoken ill of, as I understood. IjiU ho is spoken of without 
 truth ; lie docs not act wrong. 
 
 Kinaicd ipilcamaski krlccnimif/o.i.siweffohaiicn ichi antcenindigoie;/ 
 ka na nihnwin ki t/ntansinawa ? You who were perhaps never 
 known to repent, are you not afraid of death ? 
 
 Aweywenan (ja-wdbii(/offwenan, kawin ninaiviiul nin kikendan- 
 simin ; win igo gagwedjimig. Who he is that has opened his 
 eyes, we know not ; ask him. 
 
 Kin ga-minigCncanen kitchi nibiwa Joniia, jawenim kid inawema- 
 ganag kctimdgisidjig. Thou who hast been given so much 
 money, as I heard, have pity on thy poor relations. 
 
 AiP wika ga-ijiwinasaiu'indihanen maichi minairanigosMcining 
 inegica gi-oshkinawewid, nongom miniccndam. He that pro- 
 bably never had been seduced into sinful pleasure during his 
 youth, is now happy, (contented.! 
 
 Aicegwen ge-debiceiamogicen, ge-sigaandaicdii'inden gaie, ta- 
 kagigc-bimddisi gijigong. Whoever shall believe and be bap- 
 tized, shall live eternally in heaven. 
 
 A iregwenag abin odjiiag ge-m ino-gaua iccn imairindinak monjak, 
 ta mino-ijiwebi.sitrag ketchi-anishindbeiciiradjin. Children 
 that shall be always well guarded, (taken care of,i will behave 
 well, when they arc grown per.-»ons. 
 
 The greatest peculiarity as well as difficulty in this IV'. Con- 
 jugation, consists in the connection of the veri>s belonging to it, 
 with the personal pronouns mc, thee, us, you. We will display 
 here the Two Cases, in which are comprised all possible modifi- 
 cations of the verbs of this Conjugation in connection with the 
 above personal pronouns. 
 
 As the right use of these Cases is all-important in conversa- 
 tion and allocution, the learner is desired to mind well the ter- 
 minations.
 
 — 211 — 
 
 AFFIRMATIVK FORM. 
 
 FIRST CASE. 
 (/ . . . thee.) 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 XKOATIVK FOKM. 
 
 PRESE.N'T TEXSIC. 
 
 Ki wabam'm. I see thee, Kaiviii issinoii, 
 
 ki ivdbamigo, * we see thee, 
 
 Jci wdbamlg, he sees tliee, t 
 
 ki «7a6«?«igog, they see thee, 
 
 ki wubam'iu'nmn , I see you, 
 
 ki W(7bam\goin, we see you, 
 
 ki wdbam'igo^a, he sees you, 
 
 ki wdbam'\go\\ag, they see you, 
 
 IgOSSl, 
 
 igossi, 
 
 igossig, 
 issinoniniiii, 
 igossi m, 
 igossiwa, 
 igossiwag. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 Ki wubiwi\mnA\)im , I saw thee, 
 ki U'«irtH/igoi)aban, we saw tliee, 
 ki wdbamiguhan, he saw thee, 
 ki w«&amigobanig, they saw thee, 
 ki icrt6a??jininimvvaban, I saw you, 
 ki w«6amigowaban, he saw you, 
 ki 2ra6o)7jigowabanig, tlicy saw you. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORiM. 
 
 Kawin ki lodbamisrimomwixhixu , 1 iliil no .see tlice, 
 
 " ki M'et/>a»«igossinaban, we did not see thee, 
 
 ** ki xcubum\gos9-\\nin , lie . . . 
 
 " ki ?rrt?;a?«igossibanig, they . . . 
 
 " ki w«Z;a»iissinoninini\vaban, 
 
 " ki im6a??iigossiininaban, 
 
 " ki ?f«&a;«igQSHiwaban, 
 
 " ki (ra6o»iigossiwabanig. 
 
 * See Remark at the end of this purailigni. 
 t See lianurk, p. IGC.
 
 — 212 — 
 
 AFKIRMATIVi; KOUM. 
 
 NKfJATIVK KORM. 
 
 rKKKlXT TKXSK. 
 
 Ki f/i-u'dl)(i)ii]\\, I liavc seen thee, Katcin issinon, 
 hi fii-u'ubamlgo, we liave seen tliec, " igosai, 
 Elc, after the above jy;rc»en< tense, prefixing gi-. 
 
 PI-l'PKUFKfT TENSE. 
 
 Ki (ji-uiaham'\mna.\\&n, J had seen 
 
 tliee, Kmriit issinnninaban, 
 
 ki giwulmm'igonahan, we liad •• 
 
 seen thee, '■ igossinaban, 
 
 Etc., after the above imperfect tcn.se, prefi.xing gi-. 
 The two J'ufurc tenses are easily formed afler tlie jneseni, pre- 
 fixing g^a-, and ga-gi- ; as : A7 ga-wdhamin . . . Ki ga-gi-icdba- 
 min . . . 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Kiahpin U'dbam'mvin, * ifl see thee, issinowan, 
 
 " irubam\s,o\a.\\, if we .«ee thee, igossiwan, 
 
 " wdhaniik, if he sees thee, issinog, 
 
 " «'«/jrt?Hikwa, if they see thee, issinogwa, 
 
 " «v^/>o;»inagog, if I see you, issinonagog, 
 
 " wa^awigoieg, if we see you, igossiweg, 
 
 " «'a6a»jineg, if he sees you, issinoweg, 
 
 " «'«brt?«inegwa, if they see you, issinowegwa. 
 
 PERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Gi-wdham\niu\ , because I have seen thee, issinowan, 
 gi-ncdhanngoxan, liecause we liave seen thee, igossiwan. 
 
 Etc., after the ahoxe present ten^e, prefixing gi-. 
 
 PLVPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Il7?6a??jinaniban, f had I seen thee, issinowamban, 
 
 «v?6rt??ng6ianiban, liad we seen thee, igossiwaniban, 
 
 • See Remark 1, p. HO. t See Bemark 3, p. UO.
 
 — 21.*} — 
 
 wdbam\\<\han , had he 8cen tliee, issinogiban. 
 
 ioabam\\<.\\ii\)an, had they seen thee, issinogwabam, 
 
 li'rf/wwiiiagogoban, had I seen you, issinonagogoban, 
 
 «'rt/>rtwigoiegoban, had we seen you, igossiwegoban, 
 
 ira^awinegoban, liad lie seen yon, issinowegoban, 
 
 «jff/>awin(i^\vaban, liad they seen yon, issinowegwalian. 
 Form tlie two./M/Mre tenses after i\n' jn-r.seut, ])refixing ^e-, 
 and </c-ifi-,as : Ge-wdbamiadn, wlicn I sliall see tliec, . . . Gc-gi- 
 wdbaminCin, when I shall have seen thee, etc. 
 
 You can also form the two tenses of the conditlunal mood a,^- 
 ter the present and perfect of the //uZ/6-«//re 7?ioof/, (p. 211,) pre- 
 fixing da-, as : Ki da-ivdbamiii, I would sec thee, . . . A7 dn-rji- 
 wdbamin, I would have seen thee. . . . 
 
 participi.es. 
 
 PRKSENT TEXSK. 
 
 Kill waiabaimmxn, I who see thee, 
 ninaiL'ind ivaiahain\go\ii\\, we who see thee, 
 win waiabam\]\, he who sees thee, 
 winawa waiabamxk'ig, they who see thee, 
 nin waiabam'inagog, I who see you, 
 ninawind waiabanngoieg, we who see you, 
 toin icaiabatmnQg, he who sees you, 
 winmca waiabam'iucgog, they who see you. 
 
 Nin 2caiaba)nhi-;'ino\\an, I who don't see thee, 
 ninaioind wainbaimgossiwan, we who don't see thee, 
 win icaiabaiiuss'mok, he who does not . . . 
 winawa waiia&amissinokig, they who don't see thee, 
 nin WJoiaftamissinonagog, I who don't see you, 
 ninawind toaiabanixgosaiweg, we wjio don't see you, 
 ivin waiabarn'issinowcg, he who does not see you, 
 winawa waiabamissmowQgog, they who don't see you. 
 
 IMl'i:Ul'i:('T TKXSL". 
 
 Nin }raiaJ)am\\v'\u\\yA.u, I who saw thee, 
 ninawind !6'am6a/Higoiamban, we who saw thee,
 
 — 214 — 
 
 win icaiuhainWiWKiu, lie wliu naw tlice, 
 winuwa ii;aiat«mikilianig, they vvlio saw thee, 
 nin waiaham\\\n'^o'^o\)&n, \ who Haw you, 
 ninawind ?t"a/o^«//M^';oic'gohan, we who saw you, 
 will ira»«6a;Hinegohan, lie who saw you, 
 winawa jraia/^^/?«iiiegol>ai.ig, they who saw you. 
 
 Nin «'«t«/>a;Hissiiiowaiiil)aii, I who did not nee thee, 
 /i//jaU'm(Z 7<'«Ja6awagossiwaiiibaii, we wli(» did not . . . 
 
 nin «'a«a6a?HiHsinogil)an, lie who did not sec thee, 
 winawa waia^a^rtissinogibanig, tliey who did not see tliee, 
 nin wmaiaj/iissinonagogoltan, I who did not see you, 
 ninawind tfa/a6rt»tigossiwegoban, we who did not see you, 
 win u'o/«^>rt»nssinowegohan, he who did not see you, 
 winawa «'a/«6rt?«is.sinowegobanig, they who did not see you. 
 
 Form after these two the remaining tenses of tliese participles, 
 as : Nin ga-wdbamindn, I who have seen thee . . : Nin ya-wd- 
 hamindmban, I who had seen thee . . . Nin ge-u'dbaminun. I who 
 Avill see tlice . . . Ni)i ge-gi-wdbamindn , I wlio shall have seen 
 thee . . . 
 
 Remark: In the present tense of the indicative mood, (p. 182,j 
 wehave, A7 U'a^rt«//(/f>, for " we see thee," and ki icubamigom, 
 for " we see you." Properly, ki wdbamigo, means, thou art 
 seen; and ki wdbamigom, you are seen. (See p. ead.) But it is 
 certain that the Otchipwe language expresses it as above. You 
 ma}"^ ask, a hundred times, Otchipwe Indians that understand 
 English: How do you say in Otchipwe: We see thee; we see 
 you? They will always answer you : Kiwdbamigo, ki wdbami- 
 gom. The Oiaica dialect of the same language has : A7 tcdbami- 
 nimi, for "we see thee," and ki wdba?ninimnii, for "we see 
 you ;" but this cannot be used in the Ofchipwc dialect. 
 
 The verbs ending in aw-a at the tir.-;t person singular indicative, 
 make some little deviations from the preceding paradigm, as you 
 will see here below. We take again the verb Nin nondawa, as 
 an example. 
 
 In conjugating these verbs in our " First Case," we take oft' 
 the whole termination aica, and then apph- tlie terminations of
 
 — 21.-) — 
 
 the paradigm ; because, (as you see,) nothing of this termina- 
 tion remains unchanged in the conjugating processor this Case. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Kawiti o-ssinon, 
 
 " agossi, 
 
 " agossi, 
 
 " agos.sig, 
 
 " ossinoninim, 
 
 " agossim. 
 
 " agossiwa, 
 
 " agossi wag. 
 
 Ki nondon, I hear thee, 
 ki nondago, t we hear thee, 
 ki nondag, lie hears thee, 
 ki nondagog, they hear thei-, 
 ki ?io»(foninim, I hear you 
 ki nondagoni f we hear you, 
 ki nondagowa, he hears you, 
 ki 7ionda.gowag, they hear you, 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Ki HO/iJoninaban, I heard thee, Katvin ossinoninaban, 
 ki nondagonahan, we heard thee, '' agossinaban, 
 A;i no/irfagoban, he lieard thee, " agossil)an, 
 
 ki jiontZagobanig, they heard thee, " agossibanig, 
 ki 7io«rZoninimwaban, I lieard you, " ossinoninimwaban, 
 i'i non'/agominaban, we heard you, *' agossiminaitan, 
 yti 7!o?ufagowaban, he heard you, " agossiwaban, 
 ki /i07i(7agowabanig, they heard you, " agossiwabanig. 
 
 Form tlie other tenses of the indicative mood alter these two, 
 as : Ki gi-nondon, I have heard thee . . . A7 gi-nondoninaban, I 
 had heard thee . . . Ki ga-nondon, I will hear tliee . . . A7 ga-gi- 
 nondoii, I shall liave heard thee. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Kishpin nondoniin, if I hear thee, 
 " Honrfagoian, if we hear thee, 
 *' nondoV, if he hears thee, 
 " nondokwa, if they hear thee, 
 
 t See Banark above. 
 
 ossinowan, 
 agossi wan, 
 os.sinog, 
 ossinogwa. 
 
 15
 
 2i(; — 
 
 Kiskpin nvndonagO'^, if i liear you, ossinonagog, 
 
 " /jo/idagoiep, ifwe hear you, ugossiweg, 
 
 " nnndoneg, if lie licars you, oesinoweg, 
 
 " «o?utoneg\va, if they licar you, ossinowegwa. 
 
 ossinowan, 
 
 ossmowainban, 
 
 agossiwaiiihan, 
 
 ossiiiogiban, 
 
 ossiiiogvvahan. 
 
 ossinonagogohan, 
 
 agossiwegoban, 
 
 ossinowegoban, 
 
 OHsinowegwaban. 
 
 PERFECT TKNSE. 
 
 (ji-nondoivdn, because I l)ave heard thee, 
 (7i-«/)?«Zagoian, because we have lieard thee, agossiwan. 
 Etc., after tlie above present tense, prefixing gi-. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 A^o?itZonaiiib;ui, had I lieard tliee, 
 no?tdagoiaiubai), had we heard thee, 
 «o«(Zokibaii, had lie heard thee, 
 Mf)/i(7okwaban, had they heard thee, 
 Ha^rfonagogoban, had I heard you, 
 Mondagoiegoban, had we heard you, 
 nondonegohsin , had he heard you, 
 7JO«rfonegwaban, had they heard you. 
 
 Form the Uvo future tensesafter the present, a.s : Ge-nondondn, 
 when I shall hear thee . . . Ge-gi-nondondn, when I ^hall have 
 heard thee . . . 
 
 Form the two tenses of the conditional mood after the present 
 and perfect tenses of tlie indicative mood, (p. 215,) prefixing da , 
 as : Ki da-nondon, I would hear thee . . . A7 da-gi-nondon, I 
 would have heard thee . . . 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Aiii yitrriuJonan, I whohear thee, 
 ninawind nwandAgo'ian, we who hear thee, 
 win nwandok, lie who hears thee, 
 xvinawa nwandokig, they who hear thee, 
 nin ?!?r«nf7onagog, I who hear you, 
 ninawind nwandagoieg, we who hear you, 
 win nicandoneg, he who hears you, 
 winawa nwandone'^og, they who hear you.
 
 — 217 — 
 
 Niii ytwa«cZossino\vdii, I wlio don't hear thee, 
 ninawind nwa/tdagossiwan, we who don't liear f hee, 
 win nwandossmog, lie who does not liear tliee, 
 winawa nwandossinogig, they who don't hear thee, 
 nin nwrt/uZossinonagog, I who don't liear you, 
 ninaicind ?iM'a«'iago.ssi\veg, we wlio don't hear you, 
 win nwandoasmowQg, he wlio does not hear you, 
 winatoa nwandossmowagog, tliey who don't hear you. 
 
 IMPERFECT TKNSi:. 
 
 Nin n?rffH<'fonAniban, I who lieard thee, 
 niiiavnnd nwaHrM.iroiamlian, we who lieardtliee, 
 win }tic«H'/okiliaii, he who heard tliee, 
 icinawa nwandok\hAn\g, the}^ who heard thee, 
 nin nwandona-gogohun, I who heard you, 
 ninaxuind nwanda,go\egoha.n, we who heard you, 
 loin nwandonegohan, he who lieard you, 
 Nin ntoanriossinowAmban, I who did not hear tliee, 
 ninawind ?iM7a?irfagossiwanihan, wo who did not . . . 
 
 win ?m'a?iffos8inogiban, he wlio did not hoar thoo, 
 ivinawa nu'WHcZossinogibanig, they who did notlioar tliee, 
 nin ;up«?i(fossinonagogoban, Iwhodi<l not hoar you, 
 ninawind ?i«'a/j(?agossi\vegoban, we who diii not hoar you, 
 win JtWfflntZossinowegoban, he who did not hear you, 
 ifiinawa riwautZossinowegobanig, they who did not hear you. 
 
 Form the remaining tenses of these participle.'' after the above 
 two, a.s : Nin (ja-nondondn . . . Nin ya-nondondinhan, etc. 
 
 The verbs ending in oicrt at tlie tir.st per.son .lingular, indica- 
 tive, (p. 196,) are conjugated, in this Firsi Case, again a little 
 differently from those of the preceding sort. The diflorenco is 
 trifling ; but it is important to the beginner to see it at onee 
 plainly. You will see it in tiie following paradigm.
 
 — 21y — 
 
 AFFIKMATIVK KOK.M. NKGATIVE KOBM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PIIKSEXT TKXSK. 
 
 A7 pakiti'on, I strike thee, 
 ki jxtkitco'^o, we strike tliee, 
 ki pakiUo'^, lie strikes thee, 
 ki pakiteogos, they strike thee, 
 ki jjakUeon'in'un, I strike you, 
 ki jHikiicogoiu, we strike you, 
 ki pakiieogowa,, he strikes you, 
 ki pakiteogowag, they strike you, 
 
 IMPEUKICCT TEXSE. 
 
 Kawin ossinoii, 
 
 " ogofisi, 
 
 " ogossi, 
 
 " ogossig, 
 
 " ossinoninim, 
 
 " ogossim, 
 
 " ogossi wa, 
 
 " O'jossiwa}'. 
 
 Ki 2>aki Iconinahan , I struclv thee, Kawin ossinoninaban, 
 ki jyakif cogoua\)a,n, we struck thee, " ogossinabau, 
 ki pakileogohan, he struck tliee, ' 
 
 ki pakifeogohan\g, tliey struck thee, ' 
 7i7\2^a/a7eoniniuiwaban, I struck you, ' 
 
 ogossiban, 
 egos siba nig, 
 ossinoninim »va- 
 
 ban, 
 ogossiminaban, 
 ogossiwaban, 
 ogossiwabani?. 
 
 ki jJoA-?7eogominaban, we struck you, " 
 
 ki jja/iv7eogowaban, he struck you, " 
 
 ki 2)aki(eogo\yaha.mg, they struck you," 
 After these two tenses all the others of the indicative mood are 
 formed ; as : Ki (ji-pakHcon . . . Ki gi-pakiiconindban . . . Ki 
 <ja-pakiicon . . . Ki ya-jipakitcon . . . 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Kishpiii pakili'oniiu, if I strike thee, ossino«an, 
 
 " j9rtA77eogoian, if we strike thee, ogossiwau, 
 
 " ^a^77€ok, if he strikes thee, ossinog, 
 
 " j>oA-?7eokwa, if they strike thee, ossinogwa,
 
 — 219 — 
 
 Kiskpin pakiteonagog, if I strike you, ossinonagog, 
 " />aAr«7'/og02eg, if we strike you, ogossiweg 
 " pakiieoneg, if he strikes you, ossinoweg, 
 " ^aA:t7eoneg\va, if tliey strike you, ossinowegwa. 
 
 PERFECT TKXSE. 
 
 Gi-paki(cox\i\n, because I liave struck 
 
 thee, Oftsinowan, 
 
 (ji-paki(^ogo'i&n, because we liave 
 
 struck thee, ogossiwan. 
 
 Etc., after the present tense, prefixing gi-. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 PakiteonAmliau, had I s. thee, ossinowuniLnn, 
 />aA;i7eogoiamban, liad we s. thee, ogossiwaniban, 
 
 pakif (^okihan, had he s. thee, ossinogihan, 
 
 7;al-i7eokwaban, had they s. thee, ossinogwaban, 
 
 j9aX77eonagogoban, had I s. you, ossinonagogoban, 
 
 pakiteogoiegohan, had we . . . ogossiwegoben, 
 
 j9aA-?7eonegoban, had lie s. you, ossinowegoban, 
 
 ^aAn7eonegwaban, had they s. you, ossinowegwaban. 
 
 Form the iwo future tenses after tlie above j;)?-e.sTH/ tense ; as: 
 Ge-pakiteondn, that I shall strike thee.... Ge-tfi-pakiteondii , 
 that I shall have struck thee . . . 
 
 Form the two tenses of the conditional mood after the present 
 and perfect tenses of the above indiraticc mood, preti.xing da-; 
 as : Ki da-pakiteon, I would strike thee, etc. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PEESEXT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin pekiteonCin, I who strike thee, 
 ninawind pekitcogouin, we who strike thee, 
 will pekiteok, he who strikes thee.
 
 — 220 — 
 
 winawa peJcitcokiji, tliey wlio strike thee, 
 nin j)eA-?7t'onagOK, I who strike you, 
 ninawind pekHeo<io\vg, we who strike you, 
 will j)eHteonog,\ic who strikes you, 
 winaiva pekiteowGgogy they who strike you. 
 
 Nin ^eA;i<cossinowan,I who don't strike thee, 
 ninawind ^cHieogossiwan, we wlio don't strike thee, 
 ivin pekiteommo^, lie wlio does not strike tliee, 
 winawa ^e/a7eossiiiogig, they who don't strike thee, 
 nin pekiteossmoxnv^og, I who don't strike you, 
 ninawind ^jeA'//eogossiweg, we who don't strike you, 
 win 2>ckiicosiiinowcg, he who does not strike you, 
 winawa pekiteoaamowcgog, they who don't strike you. 
 
 I.MPKRFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin pekitcor\-dm\)a.\\, 1 who struck thee, 
 ninaioind 2>ekif^ogo\a.inha,n , we who struck thee, 
 win pekUcokUtan, he who struck thee, 
 winowa peA-j/eokibanig, they wlio struck thee, 
 nin pek it eonngogohiin, I who struck you, 
 ninaioind pekiieogoxegohixn, we who struck you, 
 win pekiteor,ego\)^\\, he who struck you, 
 winawa j^e/a^eonegobanig, they who struck you. 
 
 Nin j:>eA-t7eossinowuniban, I who did not strike thee, 
 ninawind jpe/iv7eogo.';siwainltaii, we wlio did not strike thee, 
 wi7i 2^ei-«<eossinogiban, he wlio did not strike thee, 
 winawa Jpe^•^7eossinogibanig, they who did not strike thee, 
 nin ^eA-i7eossinonagogoban, I who did not strike you, 
 ninaicind j:>eA77eogossiwegoban, we who did not strike you, 
 win ^eAv7eossinowegoban, he who did not strike you, 
 ivinawa jjeA-Z/eossinowegobanig, they who did not strike you. 
 The remaining tenses of these participles are to be formed 
 after the above two.
 
 221 
 
 EXAMPLES OX TIIK KIRST CASi:. 
 
 Ani)uli luendjibaieij kinawa ? Kawiti ki hikcnimid.'iinoiiinim. 
 
 Where do yoii corne from ? I don't know you. 
 Kijawenddgosim, kinidjdnisKiwag ki sdgiigoicag, ki hahamita- 
 
 gowag gaie. You are happy, your children love you and 
 
 ohey you. 
 K'oss nomaia ki bashanjeogoban, minawa dash ki k'nvanis. Thy 
 
 father whipped thee, not long ago, and tliou hehavest Ijad 
 
 again. 
 Kaxvin na ki gi-minaigossig ishkotewdbo ? Have they not ffiven 
 
 thee ardent liquor to drink ? 
 Ndningim ki gi-jaiv6nimigobanig igiw ikiveivag ga-mddjadjig 
 
 pitchindgo. Tho.«e women that departed yesterdaj-, had often 
 
 been charitable to thee. 
 Nin mddja ; kawin dash ganabatch minawa ki ga-u'dbumissina- 
 
 ninim omd aking ; wedi da gijigoiig ki ga-tcdbaviinini>ii. I 
 
 am going away and perhaps I will no more see you here on 
 
 earth ; but there in heaven I will see you. 
 Debenimiian, ged-ako-bimddisiidii ki ga-manddjiin, ki ga-mino- 
 
 anokiton, ki ga-sdgiin enigokodeeidn ; gijigong dash kdginig 
 
 ki ga-ivdbamin. Lord, as long as I live, I will adore thee, I 
 
 will well serve thee, I will love thee from all my heart ; and 
 
 in heaven 1 will eternally see thee. 
 Kwiwisensidog, wdbamiiiegwa efa kiiiigiigoicag, ki bisdn abim ; 
 
 kishpin dash kaginig ganaw^iiimissinowegwa, ])dbige ki ma- 
 
 fchi doddm. Ye bovs, only when your jjarents see you, you 
 
 are quiet; but when they are not constantly watching you, 
 
 you do mischief immediately. 
 Gi-bamiikwa gi-dkosiiaii, mi wendji-sdgiangidwa. We love them 
 
 because they took care of thee when thou wast sick. 
 Enigok bibdgimissinogiban, kaiciii ki da-gi-bi-giwessi. If he had 
 
 not called thee very loud, thou wouldst not have returned. 
 Jesus Debenimiian, aniniwapi ge-wdbamindn ki kitrhitwdwisi- 
 
 icining ? Lord Jesus, when shall I see thee in thy glory ?
 
 — 222 — 
 
 Awcnen (je-nayilbikimincfj wika, kishpin iiinj<nj mino dodamey 1 
 
 Who pliall ever rebuke you, if you alwayn do riglit? 
 Ki da-sdj/iiffoira, ki dfi-jaw^nimigowa KiJr-ManHo, kishpin ui- 
 
 <inweniiidi.soie(/of)an ; God would love you and would have 
 
 mercy on you, if you would repent. 
 Ki da-iji-}i'dl)(imin (inami^wii/(ntu'i/fiiu/, )tiitdiij^iamban ; I would 
 
 have seen thee in the church, hadst thou come in. 
 Wiiiawa minik kekeniminei/o{;, dihadjimowaij ejiwehisiiey : all 
 
 those who know you, tell how you hehave. 
 Gi-mddja awininimojag menaikiban iahkoiewabo ; that man i? 
 
 gone away who always gave thee to drink ardent liquor. 
 Oshkinau'cdo;/, mojaij mikxcenimig kinigiigowag ga-minokiki- 
 
 }ioamnnegog ; young men, remember alway.s your parents 
 
 who have .so well taught you. 
 Nikanissidog, wika ge-wancniinisxinonagog, niojag gaie kinatca 
 
 mikwcnimishig. Brethren, whom I never .shall forget, doalso 
 
 you always remember me. 
 
 SECOND CASE. 
 
 [Tliou . . . me.) 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. NKCATIVK FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Ki wdbam, thou seest me, 
 ki ivdba7)i'\m, you see me, 
 7iin ivdbamig, he sees me, 
 nin wdbamigog, they see me, 
 ki wdbannm'm, thou scest us, 
 * ki wdbannm'm, you see us, 
 nin wdbainigonan, he sees us, 
 nin w'«6a?Higonaniir, they see us, 
 
 Kau'in i-ssi, 
 " issim, 
 
 igossi, 
 
 igosaig, 
 
 issimin, 
 
 isaimin, 
 
 igossinau, 
 
 igossiDauiz. 
 
 * See Memark at the end of this paradigm.
 
 — 223 — 
 
 IMPKRKECT TKNSK. 
 
 Ki wdhaminkhan , thou sawcst nie, 
 hi u'dbam'wnwkhaw, you saw me, 
 nin umbaimgdhan , he saw nie, 
 nin «"«/<ffwigobanig, they saw jne, 
 Id wdbam'nmnkh&n, thou sawest us, 
 ke wrt&a?«iminaban, you saw us, 
 nin ioa?»rt?nigonahan, he saw us, 
 nin i<'«6o?»igonabanig, they saw us, 
 
 PERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Kawin issinaban, 
 
 " issimwaltan, 
 
 " igossiban, 
 
 " igossibanig, 
 
 " issiminaban,. 
 
 " issiminabaii, 
 
 " igossinaban, 
 
 " igossinaVianig. 
 
 Ki f/i-irdbam, thou hast seen me, Kawin issi, 
 
 A/ //«-K'«6a?»im, yon have seen me, " issim. 
 
 Etc., after the nhoye present tense, prefixing ///-. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Ki yi-wdljam'miihiin, thou hadst seen me, Kawin issinalian, 
 ki gi-wdbam\m\\ iihan, you had seen me, " issimwaban. 
 Etc., after the above imperfect tense prefixing f/i-. 
 Form the two future tenses after the present, prefixing ga-^ 
 and ga-gi- ; as: Ki ga-wdbam, thou slialt see me ; . . . AY ga-gi- 
 U'dbam, thou shalt have seen me. . . . 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE :\IOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Kisftpin U'dbamnmi, if tliou seest me, 
 " tcdbami'ieg, if }'ou see me, 
 " j<'«6a7rtid, if he sees me, 
 " wdbannwad, if they see me, 
 " wdbami'idwg, if thou seest us, 
 " wdbatjiukng, if you see us, 
 
 " ' u'dbamnangid, •» if he sees 
 " 7<'«6«7«inang, J us, 
 
 " • »'«?;fl?/niangidwa, ■> if they 
 " ira^K/winaugwa, J see us. 
 
 issiwaii, 
 issiweg, 
 issig, 
 issigwa, 
 i.esiwang, 
 issiwang, 
 issiwangid, "» 
 issinowang, ( 
 
 issiwangidwa, 
 issinowangw 
 
 .a. i 
 
 * These terminations are employed when the person or persons spoksn to, 
 are not Included. [See Remark 3, p. 4'2]
 
 — 224 — 
 
 PKRKKCT TEK3 ". 
 
 Gi-wdOamViaw, liecause thou hast 
 
 8een me, issiwan, 
 
 Ifi-wdbain'no^, because you liavc 
 
 seen nie, issiweg. 
 
 Etc., alter the ahovc present tense, prefixing ffi-. 
 
 I'MPERFECT TEXSK. 
 
 t Wdhamuiuuha,i) , hadst thou .«ecn nic, issiwaniban, 
 
 ivdbarnVwJoha, liad you seen me, issiwegobaii, 
 
 wdbaiii'i-pau, had he seen me, isaigoban, 
 
 U'dbam'iwapan , had they seen me, issigwaban, 
 
 tt)d&«»<iiangiban, hadst thou seen us, issiwangiban, 
 
 ivdba)iiih\ng\ha.u, liad you seen us, issiwangiban, 
 
 w«i«??nian>jidil)an, 1 , ,, issiwangidiban, 
 
 . " ' V had lie seen us, . . , 
 
 Tpaoflwnnangoban, J issmowangoban. 
 
 wd6a»aiangid\vaban, "1 had they seen issiwangidwaban, 
 
 7<'«6aw«inang\vaban, / us, issinowangwaban. 
 
 The two future tenses are formed alter the present, by prefix- 
 ing gc-, and ge-gi-, as : Ge-U'dbamiian, when tliou shalt see me... 
 Ge-gi-wdbamiian, wlien thou shalt have seen me . . . 
 
 Form the two tenses of the conditional mood after the present 
 and perfect tenses of the mfZ?ca/tre mood, prefi.xing (ffl-, as : A7 
 da^wdbam, thou wouldst see me . . . A7 da-gi-wdbam, thou 
 wouldst have seen me. . . 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Ufl6rtJ«ishin, i 
 
 ' wdbamidnkau, |-^ee me, (thou,, Ac.70 ish.ken, 
 
 ir«fia/«ishig, see me, (you,) *' ishikegon, 
 
 nin ga-wdbam'ig, let him see me, *' igossi, 
 
 t See Semarks 2 and 3, p. 110. 
 * See Remark 4, f. 111.
 
 — 225 — 
 
 nin ga-wdbamigog, let him see me, Kerjo igossig, 
 
 wdbaunshmdu), ?ee us, (tliou) " ishikarigen, 
 
 W'«i«misliinam, see UP, (3-011, 1 " i-ihikangeii, 
 
 nin ga-u'dljdnngonai^, let him see us, " igos.siiiaii, 
 
 nin f/a-wdhaiii'igoxiixn'ig, let them see us, " igossinauig. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PKESENT TENSE. 
 
 Kin woiabavin&n, thou who seest me, 
 
 kinaiva waiabaniuQg, you who see me, 
 
 win u-aiabamid, he who sees me, 
 
 uinaiva waiabuimdyig, thej' who see me, 
 
 kin waiabcarnvdng, thou who seest us, 
 
 kinaiva waiabaninnng, you who see us, 
 
 win waiabann\aug}d, t \ j,^. ^^,j,^ ^^^^ ^^.^ 
 
 u>in u'cnabamnvdug, -» 
 
 ivinawa H'«/«/jamiiangi(Jjig, \\ 
 
 ■ , ■ V thev who sec us, 
 
 Kin Hv//«6(/wtissiwau, thuu who dost not see me, 
 kinaioa it'a/f/6«wiissiweg, you who do not see me, 
 
 ivin tvaiabam'isslg, he who does not see me, 
 winawa waiabam'iss'igog, they who don't see me, 
 
 kin ivaiabamissiwdng, thou who dost not sec us, 
 kinawa waiabamiss'wt'iing, you who don't see us, 
 
 win loaiabamhsny^xugld, | ,,^ ^^.,,^ ^,^^, „^t ,^,^. ^.^ 
 
 toin waiabaiiniismowang, i 
 winmra «v,/«^«,«issiwangidjiir, | ^j^^.^, ^^.,,^ .,^,,.^ ,^.^, u, 
 winawa <i'«m6«//assinowangog, J 
 
 IMl'EKFECT TENSE. 
 
 Kin waiah(iin\n\\\\\yA\\. tliou who sawest me, 
 kinawa )ra/a/>awniegobaii, you who saw me, 
 tvin waiabami\^au, he who saw mc, 
 
 t See ybte, p. 223.
 
 — 22G — 
 
 v'imnta n'<ii(ih(im\\t\\\\\\:, they wlio saw me, 
 
 kin \cuia(i(t)m\hn'/\\)a.\\, tho who sawest n», 
 Idnawa cn,aiaham\\im</\h&n, you wlio saw us, 
 
 irm wa/««*«/«iiar.gidihan, | ,^^ ^^.^^^ ^^^. ^^^^ 
 
 wiw ?i'«m6flf?«inaiif.'ohan, J 
 winauHi waiahuuman'/uWUxm'/, \ j,^^^, ^^.,^^^ ^^^^. ^^^ 
 winawa wai<dnnn\i\imgoh:\\\\<^, J 
 
 A'j/t WYr/a/^f-fwissiwaiiiliiin, Ihou who didst not see me, 
 kinawa ?r<//«6«w/issiwegohan, you wlio did not .<ee me, 
 
 winwaiabum'\?,!i\'io\yiin,\\c who . . . 
 winawa wa/«^«missigohanig, they who . . . 
 
 kin wa/a6a/Hissiwringil)an, thou who didnt not see us, 
 kinawa wa/afia/nissiwungihan, you who . . . 
 
 m?t «'a/«6a?Hissiwangidiban, ■) . 
 
 win tcam6«ffM.«sinowangoban, / 
 
 winawa «'a/«/>a»«issiwangidil)ani£r, "I ,, 
 
 " ' ' > tliev . . . 
 
 winawa itv(/rt/w7?M.sflinowangobanig, ) 
 
 Tlie other tensen are formed alter these two. 
 
 The verbs ending in awa make also here some little excep- 
 tions from the jireceding paradigm. The diflference is especially 
 perceptible in the third persons. In order to conjugate easily 
 these verbs in the Second Case, you will have to take off the last 
 syllable wa, and place instead of it the terminations of the fol- 
 lowing paradigm. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Ki nonddw, thou heare.«t me, Kawin wi.^si, 
 
 ki iionddwim, you hear me, " wissim, 
 
 nin nonddg, he hears me, " gossi, 
 
 niji nonddgog, they hear me, " gossig, 
 
 A? «o«(i«wimin, thou hearest us, " wissimin, 
 
 ki H07i(Za wimin, you hear us, '' wissimin, 
 
 nin nonddgonsin, he hears us, " gossinan, 
 
 nin 7ionddgonanig, they hear us, '' gossinanig.
 
 227 
 
 l.MI'EKFECT TKXSi;. 
 
 Ki nonduwiniih-du , thou lieardst me, Kaicin wissiiiabaii, 
 
 A"i /jonrfawiniiiiaban, you liearil me, •' wissiminabati, 
 
 niti itondugohan, he lieard me, " go.ssiban, 
 
 nin nonddgo\)amg, tliey heard me, " jjossibanig, 
 
 Id nonddwim'inahau, thou lieardst uh, '' wissiminaban, 
 
 A-t ?jont?«\vimii)aban, you lieard us, '' wissiminaban, 
 
 nin nonddgon-d]tan , he heard us, '* gossinaban, 
 
 7im Hourf<'?goiiabanig, they heard us, " gossinal)anig. 
 
 After these two tenses you may form all tlio others of the in- 
 dicative mood. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRKSE>T TENSE. 
 
 iVo»(^?wiian, if thou hearest me, wissiwan, 
 
 nondusvneg, if you hear me, wissiweg, 
 
 nonddwld, it lie hears me, wissig, 
 
 •Hr>;t(Z«wiwad, if they hear me, wissigwa, 
 
 ?ioH(Zawiiang, if thou hearest us, wissiwang, 
 
 «o?irfawiiang, if you hear us, wissiwang, 
 
 'j)o)(^Wwiiangid,\ j^.j^^, j^^^^._, ^^^ wissiwangid, 
 
 * jiO»'/oiiang, -• ossinowang, 
 HoiirWwiiangidwa, "1 if they hear wis.«iwangidwa, 
 
 * 7io)»Zonang\va, i us, ossinowangwa. 
 
 Now in tlic folli)\ving conjugations, we mention n<> more tiic 
 perfect and imperfect tenses of the indicative mood, .«o for the 
 future, conditional and participles, the signs or prefixes of 
 wiiich are : ///, ;/(/, (jc, da, etc. 
 
 I'LUrERFECT TENSE. 
 
 AV>/i'/rnvii;Vmban, hadst thou heard me, wissiwamiian, 
 7ionfWwiiegoban, had you heard me, wissiwegolian, 
 
 «o>t(7«wipan, had he heard me, wissigoban, 
 
 * Xdte. In tlipso third persons yon have not only thi' In.st fivHiibh' ly i to 
 take otr, but the whole terminations invii, belure you iidil ihu tLTinlnution.s ut' 
 tlie Conjugation to the verb.
 
 — 228 — 
 
 wissigwaban, 
 
 wifisiwungiltan, 
 
 wisfliwangiban, 
 
 wisBiwangidibaii, 
 
 ossinowangohan, 
 
 /(o;t(/«\vi\viJpan, lia 1 the}' lioanl jiic, 
 
 )i()ii(t(i\\ niiutiWtiiu, liadst tlioii lieard us, 
 
 ii(>n<ldv,\iagi\)an, had you heard us, 
 
 /to/uZ«\viiangidihan, ■) had lie lieanl 
 
 y/o;i(/onangoban, / u*. 
 
 Hf)«(/«\viiaiigid\vabaii,i^ liad tbcy heard' wiHsiwadj-'idwaban, 
 
 /iO?H/oiiang\valian, j us, ossino\vaii{.'\vabau. 
 
 IMPEliATIVE MOOD. 
 
 7\on(/«\vishiii, ^ , ,,i .• • i -i 
 
 ,^ . , ., > hear nie (thou.) he(/o wisluken, 
 rtonrtawishikan, i \ '/ ./ 
 
 nonddwlsh'ig, hear nie (you,) '• wisliikegon, 
 
 nin ga-7wnddg, let him hear me, 
 nin (fa-nonddgog, let thoni hear me, 
 
 ?ion(/awi.shinam, hear us (thou,) 
 
 no/irf«\visbiiiani, hear us (you,) 
 nin </a-nonddgonan, let him hear us, 
 nin ga-nonddgonan\g, let them hear us, 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 gOSSJ, 
 
 gossig, 
 
 wishikangen, 
 
 wishikaugen, 
 
 gossinan, 
 
 gossitianig. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Kin nwanddw nan, thou who hearest me, 
 linoiva nicanddwneg, you Avho hear me, 
 
 win nwanddw'id, he who hears me, 
 winaiva ?iM'a«fMwidjig, they who hear me, 
 
 kin 7«<'aH(?dwiiang, thou who hearest us, 
 kinawa nwanddwiuing, you who hear us, 
 
 mn /nramWwiiangid, I j^^ ^^.j^^ j^^^^.^ ,j^^ 
 
 7nn nu-andonang, J 
 winmra 7um;HWwiiangidjig. \ ^j^^^, ^^.j^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^ 
 icinawa nwandonaugog, J 
 
 Kin )ucrt»<Z«wissiwan, thou who dost not hear me, 
 kinana ?iK'a/ufa\vissiweg, you who don't liear me, 
 
 win 7iiDanddwiss\g, he who does not hear me, 
 winawa nicanddw'issigog, they who don't hear me, 
 
 kin ?JK'rt«(?awissiwang, thou who dost not hear us.
 
 — 229 — 
 
 kinawa ntcantZawissiwang, you who don't liear us, 
 
 '^ ' J- lie wlio <loc'« not hear 11?=, 
 ivin 7iiraHaossinowang, J 
 
 winawa nifa?i(Z«\vissi\van''idji'?, "i ,, , , .. , 
 
 . a J o \, (i,(>y y^.\^^ ,]jj„ t hear us. 
 
 winawa Jitra/K/ossinowangog, > 
 
 IMPERFECT TEX6E. 
 
 Am nwanddv/\\&n\h?kn, thou wlio heardst me, 
 kinawa nwaHrfawiiegoban, you wlio lieard me, 
 
 win nwauddw ipan, he who lieard me, 
 winawa «M"«rt(?«wipanig, they who heard nie, 
 
 Arm nwanddv;ntingi\)a.t), tliou who heard.st us, 
 
 kinaica 7iwandd\\uCingihan, you who heard us, 
 
 ^vin nivandd\\na.ngidi\)a.n, ) , , , , 
 
 ° ' y lie who heard us, 
 
 win 7m'a/iaonangoban, ) 
 
 icinaiua ?i.?t'anrfawiiangidil)anig, 
 
 winawa ?iU'rt?ifl'onangobanig, 
 
 Kin ?i!t'rtH(?«wissiwamban, thou who diilst not hear me, 
 kinawa «2rrt;trf«wi3siwegoban, you who did not . . . 
 
 tcin 7t?{'rtH(Z«wis8igoban, he who . . . 
 winawa /ut'a/uWwissigohanig, they . . . 
 
 kin )iii'a?i(7rtwissiwangiban, thou who didi^t not hear us, 
 
 kinaiva nwaHcZawissiwangiban, you who . . . 
 
 win Wi'art<^dwissiwangidiban,1 , „., , 
 
 ° ' y he \\ ho . . . 
 
 win 7!tt'a7irfossinowangoban, J 
 
 winawa 7it«anf?awissiwangidibanig, ) ., 
 
 winawa «M'«;jtZossino\vangobanig, X 
 
 Form the remaining tenses of these participles afler these two. 
 
 j- they who heard us. 
 
 The verbs of tlie Mree i-mtZs we mentioned on ]>. 194, which 
 are irregular at the second person, singular, imperative, con- 
 serve this irregularity almost throughout the whole '■•Second 
 Case" as you will see in the following paradigms. 
 
 Let us now consider the verbs of the fxrxi kind, ending in na. 
 The irregularity of these verbs, which consists in changing thifl 
 termination na in J, appears then throughout all the moods, ten- 
 ses and persons, which are irregular.
 
 — 230 — 
 
 AlKIM.MATIVi; I-ORM. 
 
 NK(;ATIVK I'OIIM. 
 
 INDICATIVH MUUIJ. 
 
 PERPECT TESfK 
 
 Kid finr/], thou I'lnploycst mc, 
 kid aiioynn, you employ ine, 
 .9iind anon'ig, he employs nie, 
 nind nnon'igog, they employ me, 
 kid anojimin, tliou einployest us, 
 kid a?iojimin, you employ us, 
 nind awonigonan, he employs us, 
 nind a»onigonani;r, they employ us, 
 
 Kaiciii jissi, 
 
 " jissim, 
 
 " nigossi, 
 
 " nigossig, 
 
 " jissimiii, 
 
 " jissimin, 
 
 " nigossinan, 
 
 " nigossinanig. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Kid <n/ojinabaii, thou employedst me, Rawiii jissinaban, 
 kid a»Y>jimwal)aii, you employed me, " jissimwaban, 
 nind OHonigoban, he employed me, " nigossiban, 
 
 nind rtHonigobanig, they employed me, " nigossibanig, 
 kid ajiojiminaban, thou employedsl us, " jissiminaban, 
 kid aHojiminaban, you emjiloyed us, " jissiminaban, 
 
 nind anonigonaban, he employed us, " nigossinaban, 
 
 nind anonigonabanig, they employed us, •* nigossinabanig. 
 
 The remaining tenses of the indicative are t'ormed after the 
 jpresent and the imperfect. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Kishpin ««ojiian, if thou employe.'st me, 
 
 " flHOJiieg, if you employ me, 
 
 " a/iojid, if he employs me, 
 
 •" aHojiwad, if they employ me, 
 
 *' o»ojiiang, if thou employest us, 
 
 " «/iojiiang, if you employ us, 
 
 " rtHojiangid, -> . 
 
 ,, ■ ■ „ Mt he em. us, 
 
 •" rt/ionmang, J ' 
 
 aHojiiangidwa, "(^ if they employ 
 
 us. 
 
 QHOjiiangidwa, \\ 
 a«(^ninang\va, i 
 
 jissiwan, 
 
 ji.ssi\veg, 
 
 ji-ssig, 
 
 jissigwa, 
 
 jissiwang, 
 
 jissiwang, 
 
 jissiwangid, 
 
 nissinowang, 
 
 jissiwangidwa, 
 
 nissiuowangwa.
 
 — 231 — 
 
 ri.UPHni-ECT TKNSli. 
 
 A)io}ivdmha,n, hadst thou employoil nic, jissiwainbam, 
 ««ojiiegoban, had you einployeil me, ji-^siweproban, 
 <tiio']\piin, liad he employed me, .ji.ssi<j;oban, 
 
 «y(oji\vApaii, had tliey employed me, jissiirwabaii, 
 ««ojiiaiigiban, hadst thou employed us, jis.siwaiigiliai), 
 rt»Y(jiiangibaii, had you . . . .ii>si\vangibaii, 
 
 rt?if>jiiarigidil)an, } had he employed jifisiwaiigidiban. 
 
 «/toninangoliaii, j us, nissiuowangobaii, 
 
 cniojiaiigidwabiin, ] liad they employed ji.-siwaiigidwabaii, 
 ««oniiiangWi'ilian, i us, nissinowangwaban, 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 ^l/jojishiu, ■) employ me, 
 
 onojishikaii, ) (tliou,) Kef/o jishiken, 
 
 a«ojishig, enqdoy me, (you,) " jishikegou, 
 
 nin f/ad-anon\g, let him employ me, " nigossi, 
 
 nin gad-a)wn\gog, let them employ me, " nigossio', 
 
 ff^oji^hiuaiii, employ us, (thou) " jishikano-en 
 
 «?}ojishinr(m, employ us, (you,) " jisliikan<'en, 
 
 nin (/ad-annn'nxoniin.\eth\m employ us, " nigossinau, 
 
 nm i;«c^«7(onigonanig, let them emp. us, " nigossinanii'-. 
 
 The second kind of irregular verbs comprehends the verbs end- 
 ing in ssd. (See ))age 195.) These verbs are perfectly regular in 
 the active and passive voices, except in the second person sing, 
 inipor. in the active voice. They also perfectly agree witJi tlie 
 paradigm of the " First Case," Ki wdbamin : liut they deviate a 
 little from the paradigm of the " Second Case," hi irdhdin. You 
 will see the difference here below. 
 
 We have seen, (p. 195) that these verbs change tlieir lerniina- 
 tion ssd into shi, at the second pers. sing, iniper. ; and this .vA 
 appears in the moods and tenses, which are irregular ; as you 
 will see in the following paradigm. 
 
 16
 
 AI'l-ir.MATIVi: 1 OKM. 
 
 NKOATIVK FOKM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 I'RESK.VT TKXSK. 
 
 A/;/o.sli, tliou I'earest me, 
 
 ki gofiWuu, you fear me, 
 nvi ^ossig, lie fears me, 
 niti </ospigog, they fear me. 
 
 Id r/oshimin, thou fearest us, 
 
 ki f/osliimii), you fear us, 
 nin (/ossigonan, he fears us, 
 nin </ossigonaiiig, tlicy fear us, 
 
 IMPERFKCT TKNSE. 
 
 Kawin shissi, 
 
 " Hhisnira, 
 
 " ssigos."!, 
 
 " seigassig, 
 
 " shinsimiri. 
 
 •' shissimiii, 
 
 " ssigossinaii, 
 
 " ssigoHsinanijT- 
 
 A7 (/oshiiiahan, tliou fearedst me, Katcin shissinaban, 
 ki (/oshimwaban, j-ou feared me, " sliissimwaban, 
 nm ^ossigoban, he feared me, " ssigossiban, 
 
 nin ^ossigobanig, they feared me, " ssigossibanig, 
 ^•t (/oshimiuaban, thou fearedst us, '• shissiminaban, 
 A-i ^oshiminaban, you feared us, " shissiminaban, 
 nin (/ossigonabaii, he feared us, " ssigossinaban, 
 
 nin lyossigonabanig, they feared us, " ssigossinabanig, 
 Tlie other tenses of tlie indicative mood are formed after these 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PKESKNT TEXSE. 
 
 Kishpin ^osliiian, if thou fearest me, 
 
 " f/oshiieg, if you fear me, 
 
 " gosixid, if he fears me, 
 
 " </oshi\vad, if they fear me, 
 
 " //oshiiang, if thou fearest us, 
 
 " r/oshiiang, if you fear us, 
 
 " yoshiiangid, "1 if he fears 
 
 " ^ossinang, / us, 
 
 " yoshiiangidwa, •> iftliey 
 
 " yossinangwa, J fear us. 
 
 shissiwan, 
 
 shissiweg. 
 
 shissig, 
 
 shissigwa, 
 
 shissiwang. 
 
 shissiwang, 
 
 shissiwangid, 
 
 ssissinowang. 
 
 shissiwangidwa, 
 
 ssissinowangwa.
 
 — 2:);; 
 
 ri.riM:i{i"i;rT tkxse. 
 
 6V>>hiiaiiibaii, liadst thou feared u.«, shissiwainbari. 
 
 //osliiiegoban, had you feared me, ehissiwogobaii, 
 
 r/osliipan, had he feared me, plii.esigobnn, 
 
 //rjshiwapaii, liad they feared me, sliissigwabaii, 
 
 //osliiaiigiban, hadst tliou feared us, .«hi.ssi\vangibaii 
 
 //osliiiaiigibai), had yoH feared us, shissiwangibaii. 
 _'/osliiiaiigidibaii, 1 liad lie 
 (/os.sinangoban, J feared us. 
 
 ^'/ashiiangidwaban, 1 liad they 
 //ossinangwabaii, J feared us. 
 
 shissiwaiigidibaii . 
 
 ssissnowaiigobaii , 
 
 shissiwaugidwabaii, 
 
 ssi.ssinowantrwaban. 
 
 (}a< 
 
 DrPERATIVE MOOD, 
 lear nie. 
 
 Oosjiisiiin, -1 lear me 
 
 </oshishikan, J (thou,) Kerfo 
 
 r/oshishig, fear mo, (you,) 
 nin f/a-ffof^f'ig, let him fear me, 
 nin ^a-^ossigog, let them (ear me, 
 
 (/oshishiuam, fear us, (thou, 
 
 (/oshishinam, fear us, (you,) 
 nin ga-goi-s'igonan , let him fear us, 
 nin //a-.'/ossigoiianig, let them fear us, •' 
 
 PARTI C 1 1' ]. E S . 
 
 AFI-IIl.MATIVE FOini. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Am (/weshiian, thou wlio fearest mo, 
 kiriawa gwef^hueg, you who lear me, 
 
 wingioenhid, he who fears me, 
 unnaiva gicci^\n{\']ig, they who fearuie, 
 
 Jdn (/icesliiiaiig, thou wlio fearest us, 
 Icinawa _^/if'cshiiang, you wlio )oar us, 
 
 win .v(6-eshiiangid, | ,^^. ^^.,,^^ ,.,.^,., „,^ 
 
 win r/(/-'cssinang, J 
 xoinawa r/KJeshiiangidjig, \ ^j^^,^. ^^.j^^ ,;.jj,. ^,,_ 
 winawa yiccsinangog, ■* 
 
 shishiken, 
 
 shi.sliikegoii, 
 
 psigossi, 
 
 ssigossig, 
 
 phishikaiigen, 
 
 shishikangen, 
 
 ssigossiuan, 
 
 Rsigossiiianii:.
 
 •i:\ \ 
 
 l.Ml'KltrKCT TKNSK. 
 
 Kin !jwes\iu;i\n\)!i\i, tliou who fearedst mc, 
 
 kinawa (/H"rsliiic;rol)aii, you who feared inc, 
 
 win f/ft'c.^liipaii, lie who feared Die, 
 
 winaica //fresh ipaiiig, they who feared mo, 
 
 kin (jiveA\\\a.\\giha.n, thou who fearedst us, 
 
 kinawa (/loeshiiangi^iati, you who feared us, 
 
 icm '7t('e.«liiiaii;'idilian,1 i , /■ i 
 
 "^ . '^ ' - lie who fiared u.«, 
 
 win r/jrcsf-iiiaiigobaii, > 
 
 winawa (iiPcAiWaw'uXWydWw.y ,, i <• i 
 
 •' . ^ • r tlu'v who feared us. 
 
 winmra /yft'cssinanjrohanig, ) 
 
 The third kind of irregular verbs contains the verbs ending 
 in owa. (See p. 196.) We have already noticed some irregula- 
 rities of these verbs, (p. 218, etc., I but there are .some more, 
 which you will find in the following paradigm. 
 
 ArriR.MATIVE FOIOI. MJJ.VTIVE 1 OUM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Kipakitc, thou strike-^t me, 
 
 ki paki((''on\, yon strike ine, 
 nin pakiteog, he strikes me, 
 niii pakileogog, they strike me, 
 
 A:«\2?aA"y7eomin. thou strikest us, 
 
 A;i j:;al-//c'omin, you strike us, 
 nin pakite ogonan, ho strikes us, 
 /im^'fl^'i^eogonanig, they strike us, 
 
 I.MPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 A'i^afciVconabaii, thou struokcst mo, Kaicin ossinaban, 
 
 A;i|jaAv7eomwaban, you struck mc, " ossimwaban, 
 
 m/i2^aA"(7eogoban, he .struck mo, " ogossiban, 
 
 nin pakiteogohdiX\\g, they struck me, " ogossibanig, 
 
 JtipaA-iVeominabaii, thou struckest u.-, " ossiminal^an, 
 
 A;t/jaA//fom:n:il!an, you struck us, '* ossiminaban, 
 
 wm^'aAZ/cogonabanig, they struck u--, " ogossinabanig. 
 
 Kaicin ossi, 
 ossim, 
 ogossi, 
 ogossig, 
 ossimin, 
 ossimin, 
 ogossinan, 
 oiossinanis.
 
 — 23:j — 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PR-:sEXT t;:x.- 
 
 PaJcitcoiaw, if tliou strikost inc, 
 2Kikileo\eg, if you i^trike me, 
 pakiieod, if he strikes me, 
 pakiteowad, if they strike me, 
 pakiteoiiing, if thou striked us, 
 J9a^•^<eoiang, if you strike us, 
 pakiteohmgld,^ if he s. us, 
 pakifeouaufi, j 
 pakiteoi&ngidwa.,^ if they s. 
 pakiieonixn 
 
 giuwa, -^ II iney 
 igwa, J us. 
 
 ossiwai), 
 
 ossiweg, 
 
 ossig, 
 
 OSS igwa, 
 
 ossiwang,. 
 
 ossiwaug, 
 
 nssiwangid, 
 
 ossiuowaug, 
 
 ussi\vai)gid\va_, 
 
 ossinowangwa. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PakiicoAuu, I ^,,.i,.^ ,^^^^ (j,,^,^,^, 
 
 ^ja^i7eoshikan, i 
 
 pakiteoshig, strike me, (you,) 
 7n'n (ja-pakiteog, let him strike me, 
 nin (/a-]>akiieogog, let them strike me, 
 
 j9aA'i7eoshinam, strike us, (thou,) 
 
 jjaA-i7eoshit»am, strike us, (you,) 
 nin ga-pakiteogonan , let him strike us, 
 nin ga-pakiieogoua,n\g, let them strike us. 
 
 Kcgn osl liken, 
 
 " oshikegon, 
 
 " ogossi, 
 
 ' • ogossig, 
 
 " oshikaugen, 
 
 '• oshikangeuy 
 
 " ogossi nan, 
 
 '•' ©"lossinanis:. 
 
 E.XAMPLES ON TIIK SIXOXD C.VSE. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Tense. L)ebenimiian,moi(iit ki i/diKiiriilxini, ki ndndaiff 
 (/(lie nimjul ekkiioi'Ui; kid dpHrlii kikenini tjiii-i'-hisiidii. Lord, 
 thou lookest always upon me, ami thou hcarest me when 1 
 say something ; tiiuu kiiuwcst me pcrfoclly Imw I am, (or, 
 how I behave.) 
 
 Kawi/i ganabatch kiniasi/otfiirissim tkkitnidn : kawin weweni 
 ki pislndawisfiim. Perhaps you don't well understand me 
 what I am saying ; you don't well listen to me.
 
 — 23f) — 
 
 Ki Kti(/ii;/(>)ni>i DchrnimiiKUi'^, kid ini'niiniijonan yaie, kaf/ini;/ 
 ichi Jairrnthh/osiiaii;/ i/ijiijo/u/. The Lor<l loves us, an<l it is 
 his will, that we should he ftcriially happy in heaven. 
 Kawin Jii/iiiljmii.ssinaniij mojmj nin iKtlifimlltti/o.i.sinani/j. Our 
 cliildren don't always obey us. 
 l.Mi'KiiiKCT TKXSK. Kt (/anojiiiahan, bckinh t/aie kixnair nin f/ano- 
 nif/oban ; kaioin dash nin kikrndannin t/a-ikkitoian. Thou 
 spokest to me, and at the same time thy brotlier spoke to me ; 
 and so I don't know what thou hast said. 
 Ninnn ki 7iandawdb(imimwaban Jrba y Kawin na ijego ki wi- 
 gagwcdjimitisimiraban y Did you look for me thid morning? 
 Had you not some question to ask me ? 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Ti^x.se. Ninidjcinins, ki.shpin yeget sagiian, ki ga-babd- 
 mitaw ; kishpin dash babamiiawiian, ki ga-jatcendagos. My 
 child, if thou truly lovest me, thou wilt obey me ; and if thou 
 obeyest me, thou wilt be happy. 
 
 Nikanissidog, kishpin anishindbeg jingeniminangvca, honigide- 
 iaicadanig. Brethren,if any persons hate us, let us forgive 
 them. (The person.s spoken to, included.] 
 Kawin nin gi-ganonigossig, gi-kikenimissigwa, w'lka giwdba- 
 missigwa. They have not spoken to me, because they have 
 not known me, they have never .seen me. 
 Gi-wdbamiian, Thomas, ki-gidebweiendain. Thomas, becau-se 
 thou hast seen me, thou hast believed. 
 
 Plupehfect Te.nse. Nandomipan )iin dd-gi-ija cndad. — Gag- 
 wedjimipan nin da-gi-nakwi'iawa. If he had called me, I would 
 have gone to his house. If he had asked me, I would have 
 answered him. 
 
 Wdhang ta-dngwishin mekatewikicanaie ; mi oma ge-daji-gagi- 
 kiminang. The priest will come to-morrow ; and here he will 
 preach to us.
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Ganawubaminhin Dehenimiian, kitimaijenimishin ; viashkatven- 
 damUshm tchi toika batd-ijiwebissiwdn. See me, Lord, and 
 have mercy on inc ; give ine strength tliat I may never sin. 
 
 Ninidjdnissidoij, babamitawishiij, odapinamuwi.shif/ nind ikki- 
 towin ; kegn a(/onweiawishike</on. My chililren, Wateu to me, 
 receive my word ; don't disobey me, (gainsay me.) 
 
 Mdno 7iin ga-nasikdgog abinodjiiag bebiwijinidjig, kego nin ga- 
 go-ssigossig. Let the little children come to mc, let them not 
 he afraid of me. 
 
 Ashdmishindin, nin bakademin. PindigajishinuDi enddian, (or, 
 
 endaieg,) nin gikadjimin. Give ns to eat, we are hungry-. 
 
 Take us in thy hou.se, lor, your hou8e,) we are cold. 
 Kego sagidjinajaosldkangm, kairin mngoichi nin pindigesaimin. 
 
 Don't tarn us out, we have no house to go in. 
 Mdno nin ga-boniigonanig inctchi-ik-kitodjig. Let ill-speakers 
 
 let U8 alone. 
 Aw ikwe netd-Jawenimipan, o gi-nngadan kid odenawcmindn. 
 
 That woman who used to be so charitable to me, has left our 
 
 little village. 
 Debcnimiian, kin ge-dibakoniiaii wdiba, gdn.siamdwi.skin nin ma- 
 
 tcJd dndamowinnn, tchi bira nnndomiian. Lord, who shalt 
 
 .soon judge me, blot out my inii|uities, In-fore thou callest me. 
 
 Let u.s now con.sider the verb, Nin irubaina, in the " Ttco 
 Cases" of connection with the personal pronouns, me, thee, us, 
 yon, when used iii a diibitafire manner.
 
 — 2W — 
 
 FIRST CASE. 
 
 (/. . . . thee.) 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MO(JD. 
 V II K S K .N T T K \ S E. 
 
 Ki icdbamin'm-ddog, I see thee perhaps, 
 
 ki w«&amigO(lo<;, we see thee perliap.s, 
 
 ki wubann}:odo}S, lie sees thee perhaps, 
 
 ki w«6o7;n.irodo<reiia<r, they see tliee perliaps, 
 
 ki iodbunninm\nWiido<r, 1 see you perhaps, 
 
 ki wdbanngonudog, we see you perhaps, 
 
 ki tvdbaitiU^owadog, lie sees you perhaps, 
 
 ki «r«feami<];owadogenag, they see you perliap?. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 Katcin ki jt'rt^^a/Hissinoninadog, I do perhaps not see thee, 
 
 " ki u'«6a;«ig6ssidog, we do perhaps not see thee, 
 
 " ki t('ffl?>ffmigossidog, he does p. . . . 
 
 " ki jt'rtfta?/iigossidogenag, they . . . 
 
 " ki ii'dftamissinonininnvadog, 
 
 " ki tcdbamigossimidog, 
 
 " ki «'rt6a?«igossiwadog, 
 
 " ki HYt?>rt?Higossiwadogenag. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Uaifawiiuowiunban, I saw thee perhaps, 
 uiabanngow&mhan, we saw thee perhaps, 
 K'«7)rt;Hinogoban, he saw thee perhaps, 
 w«/;a/«inogwaban, they perhaps sjiw thee, 
 a'a^^awnnowagogohan, I saw you perhaps, 
 «'a^rt?/ngowegol)an, we saw you perliaps, 
 Mvt6rt»nnowegohan, he saw you perhaps, 
 it'fl^^nminowegwaban, they saw. . .
 
 — 289 — 
 
 Kdwin wu,baimm'ino\\im.hXn, I did perhaps not see thee, 
 
 " ioafcawigossiwamban, we did perhaps not . . . 
 
 " M'rt6a?Hi8sinogoban, he did perhaps not . . . 
 
 " ;{Jrti«7>iissinogwaban, tliey did perhaps not . . . 
 
 " waftamissinowagogoban, 
 
 " M?rt&a??tigo?siwegoban, 
 
 " ipaftamissinowegoban, 
 
 " icdftammissinowegwaban. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Kishpin waiaham\\\o\va.n^\\, if I see thee perliaps, 
 
 " waiai«wigowanen, if we see thee perliaps, 
 
 " M'a?'rt6rtwinogwen, if lie sees thee, 
 
 " K'am6a?«inogwa\ven, if they see thee, 
 
 " «;a/a/>a;Hinonogwawen, if I see you perhaps, 
 
 " wamfta/Higowegwen, if we see you, 
 
 " waiafta/rtinowegwen, if he sees you, 
 
 " wamftaminowegwawen, if they see yon. 
 
 Kishpin ica/fl&«?«issinowanen, if I perliaps see thee not, 
 
 " ira/rt^Jrtmigossiwanen, if we see thee not, 
 
 " «'a«rt6awissinogwen, if he does not see . . . 
 
 " «<?a/a/>a?Hissinogwawen, if they don't . . . 
 
 " H'nfia/>a?Hissinonogwawen, 
 
 " H'a/«6a»iigossiwegwen, 
 
 " «7aia&a»iissinowegwawen . 
 
 PERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Ga-M'a6a»iinowanen, whether I have seen thee, 
 Ga-?oa6a»iissinowanen, whether I have not seen thee. 
 Etc., after the present tense. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 l^«6a?«inowanibanen, if I had perhaps seen thee, 
 Mjdftamigowanibanen, if we had perliaps seen thee, 
 ?ca6awunogobanen, if he had seen thee, 
 tt'd6a»iinogwabanen, if they had seen thee,
 
 - 240 — 
 
 u'(V)am\na<io<iohs.uou, if I had perlmpH »eeii yoii, 
 
 ?rrt/yflwiji<)\vc'jr(jbaiKMi, if we liad neeri you, 
 
 irr/7wwiiii)\vi';:i)liaMeii, if lie liad .''eon you, 
 
 vr«7yowiiii)\vc;;\val)aiiiMi, if tliey had seen you. 
 
 HV</>«HUssiii()\vainbaiicii, if I had perhaps nut seen thee, 
 
 HY//y'/wigi'issi\vanil)anen, if we . . . 
 
 «'a6a7nissinogohaMeii, if he . . . 
 
 w'aiami.ssinojiwahaiieii, 
 
 ipa6amissina<!;ogobanen, 
 
 «Y'26a7?jigossi\vegoV)anen, 
 
 ?rr</>rtmissino\vegobaneii, 
 
 «Y/7>rt/«issiiioweg\vabanen . 
 
 SECOND CASE. 
 
 ( Thou . . . me.) 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 pre.«;ext tkxse. 
 
 Ki lodbaimdojx, thou .see.st me perliap^*, 
 
 ki icdbaMumdog, you .«ee me perhaps, 
 niii wabamlgmiou^, he sees me perliaps, 
 nin M'«6a;Migotiogenag, they see me perliaps, 
 
 ki ?r«/>a/«iiniiiadog, thou seest us perhaps, 
 
 ki imif/miininadog, you see us perhaps, 
 7iin icdbamigonadog, he sees us perhaps, 
 nin w'd&a;«igonadogenag, they see us perhaps. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 Kawin ki «'rt6a»iissidog, thou dost perhaps not see me, 
 " ki wvtftawMssimidog, you do perhaps not . . . 
 
 " 7iin u'dirtwigossidog, 
 
 " iiin H'a6a??ugossidogenag, 
 " ki 2rd6a?nissiminadog, 
 " ki icd6a?«issiminadog, 
 
 " 7ii7i ?('«6a»jigos.sinadog, 
 
 " nin ?<"n6flw(igossinadosenaii.
 
 — 241 — 
 
 IMPEP.KIX'T TKXSK. 
 
 Gonima icdhannwamltan, porliaps thou .sawcst me, 
 
 " icdh<nin\VL'ix<)\niu, perhaps yuu .saw me, 
 
 " (f«7>(fwi,iri>l>aii, perliaps lie saw me, 
 
 '' ivdl)(ii>i\ii\\ii\niu, perliaps tliey saw me, 
 
 " irdl)(nii\\vi\ii'/\\tan, perhaps thou sawest us, 
 
 '' wa/vw/^awuugibau, perhaps you saw us, 
 
 '• im/.a/«iwangidiban, | ^^^.^.j^^^^^^ j^^ ^^^^^. ,^^^ 
 
 '■ ?(j«/^«»nnowangoban, J 
 
 " MJ«6awnwan"ridwaban, ") ,„ ,, 
 
 " ' V perha]is tliev saw us, 
 
 '■' wfl/>«»niiowaug\vaban, J 
 Gonima kawiii /iv</^(n/«issi wain ban, perhaps thouil'ulst not see me, 
 " " w«6a/»issiwejrolian, perliaps yuu ilid not . . . 
 
 " " wrt/>a»nssigoban, 
 
 " " <p«irt//nssigwaban, 
 
 '•' "' w^/^wwissiwangiban, 
 
 't " icaftawissiwangidiban, \ 
 
 " " tt'rt6amissinowangoban, J 
 
 " " ii'd6a?ni.ssiwangidwaban, "» 
 
 '•' " ((J«?>«?«issino\vangwaban, 1 
 
 After these two tenses form the others of the indicative. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PnESliXT TliXSK. 
 
 Ki.f/ipin wai<tl)(tiii'\winiv\i, if thou perhaps secst me, 
 
 "■ wai«^«///iwegweii, if you perhaps see me, 
 
 " icaiahaim'^WQU, if he perhaps sees me, 
 
 " «'«irf/;«/wiwagweii, if tliey perhaps see me, 
 
 *' H'«/«y>a//nwangen, if thou perhaps seest us, 
 
 " (cam^awiwAngen, if you jjerhaps see us, 
 
 '^ «'a/r//;r,«/iwangiden )_ in,e perhaps sees us, 
 
 " ?/»rt/V//>a«nnowangen' ' 
 
 " M'am^a;«iwangidwawen, \ j,.,,,,.^. j,,,,,,^,,. see us, 
 
 " «jaia6aminowangwawen, '
 
 — 212 — 
 
 Kis/ijiiii ir(ti(ilKnin)'!'\\\iiwu, il' tliuii perhaps nee me not, 
 •' n'diahaiinHti'iwiijiweu, if you perhapn . . , 
 
 " waj'a/mwjisHivvagweii, 
 
 " Hja/«^;awti.sKiwaii{reii, 
 
 " ?t'«m/>a7AiiHsi\vaii<^('ii, 
 
 " v(Y//a/>«miH8iwari<^idt'ii, •» 
 
 " ir«m^«»nHsinovvaii;.'eii, J 
 
 " ,r»^a/>««ussivvangi.lwuuc.„, } .^ j,^^.^. j^^.^,^^^^^ ^^^,^^ ^^^^ 
 
 " (r«/«/>rtw*i8Hiii<j\vaiig\va\vcii, J 
 
 PEIUI <,'T TKNsn:. 
 Ga-ipaftamiwaiien, as thou ix-rhaps liast seen me, i.-siwaiien. 
 
 Etc., after the ahove present tense. 
 
 PLVl'KUI-ECT Ti:.\SE. 
 
 Ua6o?//i\va!aliaMeii, iftliovi i)erhap>( liadst neeii me, 
 irnbam\\vv'^v\>ii\\(.'n, if yon perhap* had seen me, 
 Hi«7;awigobaiieii, if he perhaps iiad seen me, 
 ?r«/>rt;Hi\va<j;obanen, if they perhaps had seen me, 
 iPrt6a/Hi\vangibanen, if thou perhaps hadst seen us, 
 H-a/ya;/«i\vrin<rihanc'n, if you perhaps liad seen us, 
 ,m/niwi\van-idil.anen, I j^ ,^^, perhaps had seen us, 
 jo«/>«/«in()\vaMjrol)aneM, J 
 
 »'«/.«/«iwan-idwahanon, | j,.^,^^.^^. p^^haps had . . . 
 WfiljaiinMOWdW'^w'iihiuu'n, > 
 
 VV«6amissi\vambanen, if thou perliaps hadst not seen me, 
 watamissiwegobanen, if you perliap- . . . 
 jm^fnMissigobaiieri, 
 jm^a/nissiwagobanen, 
 Wfta/Hissiwangibanen, 
 jra6a/Hissi\vangibanen, 
 M'a/>«»tissi\vangidibanen, ") 
 tt'rt/>affiissinowang<jbaneii, •• 
 jp«6a?»issi\vangid\vabaneii, -> 
 JOrt^awiissinowangwabanen, j 
 Form the future tenses after tlie present, as : de-iraljamiwa- 
 nen . . . Ge-gi-wubamhcanen . . .
 
 — 2i;? — 
 
 EXAMPLES O.N THE TWO CASES OF THE IV. UL'niT.VTlVE 
 
 (•ox.iu(;.\Tiox. 
 
 Kcrjo ow ikkitoken : Kin 7vdha})a'(/odof/ Kije-Manito. — Gv'(tii(k niii 
 
 irdbami;/ misiicc ; ikkilon mojag. Do nut say : I siipjxi.^^e G(«l 
 
 sees me, (or perliaps lio sees me.) Always say : Ho sees iiu- 
 
 certainly everywhere. 
 Ki i/i-irnhitmi(/(rwadnr/ gi-dagirishine<i ,• irdilia la-hi-ija. He has 
 
 l)ri)bably seen you when yoii arrived ; lie will soon come liere. 
 Aw oshkinawe ki fja-nandoviigoildij (/die kin nimiiding ; kego 
 
 dash ijdken. That yoiinji man ^vill jicrhaps invite tliec also 
 
 to dancing, but don't go. 
 Endogicen, ninidjdniss, saiagiiu'cnien ; kniriii sa ki Indxanifawi-^- 
 
 xi. I don't know, \uy cliild, whether thou lovest me; thou 
 
 dost not oljey me. 
 Mi ga-ondji-hata-diidii, Debcnimiian, ivcirciii ga- su gi i ssi m ,u-i'i nen . 
 
 Lord, I Iiave behaved sinfully, because, I think, 1 have not 
 
 loved thee enough. 
 Kis/i])iii kinigiigog kikeniminngwahancii ga-dodamaii, ki da-gi- 
 
 bnshanjeogog ganabafch. Tf thy parents had known what 
 
 thou hast done, they would pfrliiip-i bail wiiipped thee. 
 GagaHsomissiwfi)igibanen, katrin ganabatck ivika niit da-gi-aiia- 
 
 nn'(7ssimin. Had you not exhorted us, we would pcrliaps ne- 
 ver liave become Christians. 
 Niogisiss niii gad-inend ; mi dash api g<tii'diiifc/i gr-trd/niniiweg- 
 
 toen minawa. I will be absent four months ,- and then \l 
 
 think) you will see me again. 
 Waiabamigivenag nongom ia-dibddjimowag cndodnindn. Those 
 
 who perhaps see me now, will tell what I am doing. 
 Kin wika nwdndawissiwambanen, nongom wcireni ki ici-kikinnn- 
 
 mon ge-dodaman. Thou who perhaps never lieardst me, 
 
 (])reaching,) I will now instruct thee exactly what thou shaltdo. 
 Kaunn nin wi-kikenimassiirinanig ga-ddjimiwnngidenag. W'v 
 
 don't want to know those that have spoken ill of us. 
 Kin ga-UHibamiuHtmbanen incgwa kwiwiscnsiiriidn, keiabi na ki 
 
 viikwcnim? Thou who hadst seen me las they sayi when I 
 
 was a boy, dost thou yet remenilier me?
 
 — 244 — 
 
 Air iiiiiii wikd </a-;/<nU>iii.s.siii(>i/<iliniieii, Li lu-tiiiannhaf/. 'I'liis 
 man, who |pcrli:i|is iK-vor liail spoken lo tliet', coinos to ^aluto 
 
 tlUT. 
 
 A !t ifJt ill u liL'diiij, (I irci/irt'ii (11/ irlkd iji- iii In ((insiiiDirfi/irruaf/ i.ih k»- 
 
 feicdht), ta-inino-doilauKiij. Ye Iiiclian.s, IIkj.sc wlio .-liall never 
 
 jiive you ardent liquor to drink, sliall do well. 
 
 liemarl:. In regard to tlie .veco»(Z tliird person in the " Two 
 Cases," we liave to ohserve that in the I. Case it does not alter 
 the verl). We say : Aw oshlcinaice ki tcdbamig, that young man 
 t^ees thee ; and likewise : Aiv o.shkiiiaice ossaii ki wuhami(j, that 
 young man's fatiier sees thee. But in the H. Case there is some 
 difference, F. i. 
 Kishpia ate oshkiiKtwe ossan in'thanihni], in-hl-ijawixu rmia. W 
 
 tliat youni: manV father sees me, lie will come here. 
 Aw ikwe <> (ji-inan oddnissan tchi ijinld iju-)ionihun\n'u\. That 
 
 woman told her little daughter to tell me what she heard. 
 Kawin tciii nin nondagossi, oc/wissan ■iniu- «M"rtH(?amini(ljin He 
 
 does not hear me, it is his son that hears me. 
 Etc., etc. 
 Kishpin ossaa wcl^amissinig, kawin ta-hi-ijd<y^'n\a,n. IT his father 
 
 sees me not, he will not come. 
 (/i-innii i)ddnissan tchi ///ssinig (ju-nondamunA. She told her 
 
 little daughter, not to tell me what she heard. 
 Aiiawi will Jiin ganonig iko ; ogicissaii dash iniiv icika ge)wjis»i- 
 
 nioon. He uses to speak to me; but it is his son that never 
 
 speaks to me. 
 
 Before we close the TV. Conjugation, let us consider, in f»hort 
 Examples, the verb Niii wuhama, in regard to the second tliird 
 person.
 
 — 245 — 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESKXT TKXSE. 
 
 Niii wahamlmaM osaatt, *I see liis fiitlier, 
 ki wabain'nnan " thou see.st li is father. 
 
 o «'«7>r/iKlaiiia\\aii ossviiiran, lie i^ees his latlier, 
 
 nin wdhainlmCiiian, o.ssan, we see his father, 
 hi loalxinnwv'iwviw, " you see his fatlier, 
 «'«6«wnulaina\va\van' ossiniwan, they see . . . 
 
 Nr]GATIVE FORM. 
 Kaioiii nin icahamhnii^^m ossuii, I don't see his fatiier, 
 '• ki im/>«/«imasshi, " thou dost not see his fatlier, 
 " o wa&andainawassiii nssiniioan, he does not see his f. 
 " nin r<'rt/>a/Hiniassinaii, m^aan. we don't see . . . 
 " Id todbam\\\vdSR\\\iin " you don't see . . . 
 " o (r«/>«ndania\vassi\va\van oa.sinhcaii, they dnn't see his 
 father. 
 
 IMPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin irdhamunahauiw or/in, I saw his mothci', 
 ki tvdbum'nna\>ii\\\\{ " thou sawest his iimtlier, 
 o «,'«6andanuiwal)anin, oginiicaa, he saw his inuther, 
 nin Mv<6a»iinianabaiiin ogin, we saw his inf>ther, 
 A;?' «v?(0(fw«iinawabanin " , you saw his mother, 
 M.vt6(nidaina\vawabaiiiii oi/iiiiintii. they saw his 
 mother, 
 Kaicin nin H'«6«7//iniassil)anin ixjin, 1 did nut see his mother, 
 " ki wa/^amimassibanin " , thou didst not see his mother, 
 " o H'«6ffnda7uawassilianiu (xjiniwan, he did not see his 
 
 mother, 
 " nin H'«/>ff«/inuissinabaiiiii oyin, we diil not see his mother, 
 " At «v?/;a?»i!imassiwal»anin '' , you did not see his mother, 
 " I) (TO/>fnidaniawassi\vabanin ni/initrdii, they did nut see 
 liis mother. 
 
 * Nin ifebivetmva Kije ^fanlto, nin dehwetauutntiu (inir Ogiri.f.tan. I believe 
 in Ood, aud I believe in bis Son.
 
 — 216 — 
 
 At'ler tlii'.-'o two tenses you ran I'nriii ail tlic ri'inaining tensed 
 of'the indicative, and all tlie ten.si's oltlic rondilional mood. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEX.«E. 
 
 Ki.shpin wdham'wwiv^ or/wixaati, if I .sec hi.'^ son, 
 " wdbam " if thou seest his son, 
 
 " «'rt/>rnidania\va(l fxjwiasiniwan, if he sees his son, 
 
 '^ ^ ' > il we see his son, 
 
 " truhnm\n\a.ug " f 
 
 " vdham'iniQ'ji, " if yon .'^ee liis son, 
 
 " «'«/>an(laina\va\vad of/ici.s.fitnicnn, if they .seeliisson. 
 
 Kishpia u'dbam'imass'iwag, of/u:ift.saii, if I don't see his son, 
 " waftawiiniassiwad " if tlioii dost not see 
 
 his son, 
 " M-a^wndamawassig ogiris.siniicaii, if lie does not see 
 
 his son, 
 *' icdbam'imassiwangid ogii:iissan,\ if we don't .see 
 
 *' ?rrt7>a??unias.^iwang " J his son, 
 
 *•' ?<'«/>rt»(iina.s.*iweg " ifyou don't see his 
 
 son, 
 *' ?ra?>crndaniawassigwa ogtrissinitcan, if they don't 
 
 see liis .«on. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 ]r«6«mimagiban ossaieian, had I seen hi.s brother, 
 ?rrti«7Hiniadiban '• hadst thou s. h. b. 
 ?rrt&flndaniawapan ossaieiniican, had he seen his br. 
 ?r«6rt?«iniangidiban ossaieian, ^ had we seen 
 ir«/^OMMniagoban '*' .( his brotlier, 
 
 ?r«6rt?Hiinegoban " liad you seen his br. 
 
 waftandaniawawapan ossaieiniican, liad they seen 
 
 his brother, 
 
 Jr«/!>a»nmassiwagiban ossaieian, had I not seen 
 
 ii'«6a;«iniassiwadiban " hadst thou not seen 
 
 his brother.
 
 — 247 — 
 
 wafiandamawassigoban ossaieiniwaii, liad he uot 
 
 peen his brother, 
 toaftaTwimassiwangidibau otisaieiati, •» had we not 
 ?/'«6fifwimas?;i\vang<ilian, '• j seen liis br. 
 
 jrfl6o/«iniassiweg()ban " had you not seen 
 
 his brother, 
 waiandaniawa^sigwaban o.ssaieiiiiwa}i f liad tlier 
 not seen his brotlier? 
 After these two tenses all the ntliers are liirnu'd in tlu' auh- 
 junciive mood. 
 
 Remark 1. You see in these Examples, tliat the syllable im is 
 inserted between the body of the verb and tlie ferminaiions ; and 
 this syllable indicates the report to a second third person in the 
 sentence. 
 
 RemarK- 2. The number makes no diOorence in the.eo expres- 
 sions. iV//( wdbamiman ogioissan, means, I see his son, or, his 
 eons. vHibandamaiaan odanan, means, he sees his daughter, 
 or, his daughters. 
 
 V. CONJUGATION. 
 
 Besides the transitive or active vcrljs animate, belonging to 
 the preceding Conjugation, which all terminate iu a, there is an- 
 other kind of those verbs, ending in nan, at the first person sing, 
 indicative ; and likewise so at the third person. And these verbs 
 belong to this V. Conjugation. 
 
 Here are some verbs of this Conjugation. 
 
 \. pers. S.pos. 
 
 Kind ijanan, I go to him, or, f visit him, od ijanau, 
 
 Nind atdwenan, I sell him, od atdwcnan, 
 
 Nind atdwangenan, I borrow him, od atdwani/enan, 
 
 Nin gimodinan, I steal him, o gimodinan, 
 
 Nind apcnimonan, I trust in liim, od apenimonan, 
 
 Nin maiiilnkenan, I adore him, (an idol,) o manitokennn, 
 
 Nind anokinan, I order it to be made, od anokinan, 
 
 Nin bodawenan, I liurn it u)) for fuel, o bodaireuau, 
 
 17
 
 — 248 — 
 
 Nind ashauijenan, I give it for fotxl, or a.s 
 
 food, od ashaufjenan, 
 
 Nin migiwcnan, I give it away as a pn-'iit. o miyiwenan. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRE.SEXT TEXSF. 
 
 S'uifjular. 
 Nind apciiimonau, I tiMi.<t in him, 
 kid api'iii})wuan, 
 nd apenimonan, 
 nind apoiinionun, 
 kid apeniiiiouiiwii, 
 od apeiu'ttioniiwiin. 
 
 Phnal. 
 
 Nind ajirnimoviiig, I trn.-=t in thciu. 
 kid apeiiiiuonu,^, 
 od apenimonan, 
 nind apeninwnnn, 
 kid aiJenimonawag, 
 od apcnininnawan, 
 
 IMPKItlKCT T(:XSE. 
 
 Sinffitlar. 
 Nind aiJi'iu'oKnmhun, I triusted in him, 
 k-id apcni in onahan, 
 od apenimdnahanin, 
 nind'ajienimommahan, 
 kid apenimomwahan, 
 od aveni)nona\\aho.u\n , 
 
 riuml 
 
 Nind apr ni>nonahan\g, I trusted in tlicni. Kawin s.-^inabanig, 
 
 Kaii'in esinan, 
 " seinan, 
 " ssinan, 
 " «.siniin, 
 •' .«sina\va, 
 " ."^inawan. 
 
 Kawin fsinag, 
 " ssiuag, 
 " ssinan, 
 '• .ssiniin, 
 " ssinawag, 
 " ssinawan . 
 
 Kawin ssiuaban, 
 *' ssinahan, 
 " ssinabanin, 
 " ssinabaniij, 
 " ssiinwaban, 
 .sfiinawabauin. 
 
 kid aj^eiiinionahiHug, 
 od apeniniana\mmn, 
 nind cyje/i/wominalianig, 
 ktd apr.n //w'^mwaban ig, 
 od ape»/»;ona\vabanin. 
 
 .'j.einabanig, 
 esinabaniiin, 
 ssiniinabanig. 
 ssiinwaban ig, 
 ssinawabanin.
 
 — 249 — 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 .1;K'/imoian," because I trust in him, ithein,) ssiwan, 
 
 apeiiimoiSLn, .«8i\van, 
 
 apenimod, esig, 
 
 apc)iimo\i\n<r, "> because we ssiwane, 
 
 apenimo\2iX\g, j trust . . . ssiwan^', 
 
 apeimnoieg, ssiweg, 
 
 apeuimowad, ssi^wa. 
 
 PLVPERFECT TEN.SE. 
 
 Siuguhir and Plural. 
 
 Apcmmo'xAmhan, liad I tr. in liim, (them,) .«si warn ban, 
 
 ffl/M'mmoiamban, ssiwamban, 
 
 apenimop-M, ssigoban, 
 
 rt;>e/(moi;in<riban, ") liad we ssiwangibaii 
 
 (f^^cHmoiangoban, i tru.steil. ssiwanL'obaii, 
 
 apen i ino\ei^oha.n , .«!siwei.'oban, 
 
 ajiemmowapan , ssigwaban , 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 Apenimoii, \ trust (thou) in 
 apemmoka.n, J him, i them. ' Ki'gokon, 
 
 a gad-apt nemonan, let him tr. in h. (them,i '' s.«inan, 
 
 apeninioda, let us trust in liim, " ^•8ida, 
 
 apenimodaiugf let us trust in them, '' ssidanig, 
 
 apenimoiog, trust 'you) in him,(themi " kegon, 
 
 o gad-apenhnonawau, let them trust in liim, 
 
 I them, ^ "■•' .ssinawan.
 
 — 250 — 
 PAKTICl P J. KS. 
 
 PRESENT TKXSK. 
 
 Singular ami Pbiral. 
 
 Nin epniimr/idu, I ulio trust in liiin, 
 
 (them,) .=.«i\v;iii, 
 
 kin epcnimolan, tliou wlio trustest, Bsiwan, 
 v)in epenimod, he \vlio trusts, ssig. 
 
 Remark. The verbs of the V. Conjugation cannot be given in 
 the Two Cases by themselves, but only by tliehelp of tlie follow- 
 ing substantives with possessive pronouns, viz : uiiair, my body; 
 ^Tiazp, thy body ; iriiaic, his (her) body; niiawinanin, our bo- 
 dies ; kiiawinanin, our bodies ; kiiawiican, your bodies ; wiia- 
 wiwan, their bodies ; which are employed to express the perso- 
 nal pronouns, I, lue ; he, she, it, him, her; we, us; you, ye; 
 they, them. In the " Examples on the V. Conjugation," and 
 " on the V. Dubitative Conjugation," you will find several which 
 contain the above words, by which, as you will see, the '•' Two 
 Cases" are expressed, (I . . . thee ; thou . . . me.) These expres- 
 sions are so natural to the Otchipwe language, that they are 
 correctly applied even to the Lord God, who has no body ; be- 
 cause they stand for the personal pronouns, and are not used 
 with the intention to signify a material body. 
 
 Here follow some Examples illustrating the use of the above 
 surrogates of personal pronouns. 
 
 Mi aw inini bemiiod niiaic ; {mi aw inini bemiid, iiin tcidir/ema- 
 gan.) This is the man that takes care of me, (my husband.) 
 
 Nin jdwendan niiaio ; (ninjawenindis.) I have pity on myself. 
 
 Kishpin maichi ijiwehisiidii, nin kikcndan jingcndaman niiaic; 
 ijingenindisoian.) If I behave bad, I know that I hate myself. 
 
 O gi-niton u-iiaw ga-apitch-kasTikendaHg ; gi-nissidiso.) He was 
 
 so sad, that he killed himself. 
 Jesus gi-kitimdgiton wiiaw, kinaicind oudji ; (gi-kitimdgiidiso.) 
 
 Jesus made himself poor for our sake.
 
 — 251 — 
 
 Aw oshkinawe o initio dodan viiair mino ijiwebisid ; (niino do- 
 daso.) Thi.s young man does jrooil to liiin.*clf in beliaving well. 
 
 Nin un-miiw-f/anairendamiu uiiawiitaniii ff/ii-hnta-ijiwchisisKi- 
 wdng ; [nin wi-))niio-(/aiiaweitindisomin ) AVe will tak*.- well 
 care of ourselvef^, that wo may not sin ; ithe person spoken to, 
 not included.) 
 
 Ki banadjiiomin kiiawinunin, kishpin bahamendansiwaiKj aiia- 
 mieivin ; {kibanadjiidisomin. We ruin (injure) ourselve.*, if 
 we don't care for religion ; (the per.son .«poken tu, included. ) 
 
 Enamiaieg, iceweni ganaicendamof/ kiiawiwaii, ichi matvhi ijiwe- 
 bisissiweg ; (weweni ganaweni ndisoiog .] Christian!?, take well 
 care of yourselves, in order not to behave bad. 
 
 Enamiassiweg , jawendamog kiiaiciwan ; {jaicenindisog ;) kajigc 
 kitagiioicining kid apagitonawan kiiawiican, kishpin jingen- 
 dameg anainieicin ; (kid apaidisom.) Pagans, have mercy on 
 yourselves ; you are precipitating yourselves into eternal mi- 
 sery, if you hate religion. 
 
 Osam nibiwa wassiaidjig od akosHonawaa loiiawiioan ; (akosii- 
 disoicag.) Those that eat too much, make themselves sick. 
 
 Niiid inag abinogjiiag ichi binitowad wiiatciwan, ichi bira bi- 
 ijaicad kikinoamading, [ichi biniidisowad. I tell the children 
 to clean themselves before they come to school. 
 
 EX.IMPI.KS ox THE V. COXJl'G.VTIOX. 
 
 Debenjiged nind apenimomin, kawin bekdnisid awiia nind apcni- 
 mossimin. We trust in the Lord, we don't trust in any other. 
 
 Anishindbeg na kid ijanag ? Kawin nongom nind ijassinag ; \Ve- 
 initigoji aiakosid nind ydnan. Dost thou go to seethe Indians? 
 No, I don't go to see them to-day ; I go to a sick Frenchman. 
 
 Aw kwiwiscns naningim o bi-gimodinan viishiniinan. That boy 
 comes often here to steal apples. 
 
 Waieshkat naningim nind ijdnnbanig anishindbeg, anamiewin 
 gi-klkinoamawagwa. In the beginning \ went often to the In- 
 dians ; I taught tliem to say prayers. 
 
 Kabc-bibon kawin kid ijassimicdbanig kid inawcuiaganiwag ki- 
 ichi odenang. All winter you did not go to see your relations 
 in the city.
 
 — 252 — 
 
 Judd o (ji-dlntroKin .Icansnu, visxiiniilanii (Ia.i.sw(lbik joniian i/i- 
 Diissaireiiimarl. Jiidali lias Hold Jchus, liccaiiHc lie liaH covet- 
 oil the tliirty pieces of silver. 
 
 Aiiisliindheii etiamianitifiixf o <ji-(jim<i<linfnrnn nhuiodjiian ode- 
 luuiij. Some pagan Indians have ntoien a chilil in the village. 
 
 A/ (p-budawenag na nahagi.s.saf/ousa;/ own f/fi-fihidji(/ > Kttiriii nin 
 gi-bodawesfiinar/. Hast thou hurnt up the little boards that 
 were here? No, I have not burnt them up. 
 
 Ki mimoenddm na, kid inawemaganiwag ijaieg nongom ? Are 
 you glad to go on a visit to j'our relations to-day ? 
 
 Kishpin wi-aidit<essiwan pakwejigan, mi go gaic nin tchi iri-ata- 
 uieii.siwdn. If thou do.«t not want to sell any flour, then I don't 
 want to sell any. 
 
 Ki gi-jawenimag igiw enamiadjig, Debendjigeian, kin eta gi-ape- 
 nimowad kiiaw. Thou hast had mercy on these Christians, 
 O Lord, l>ecause they have trusted in Thee alone. 
 
 Kawin ki gi-mino-dodansi gi-ijdssiioan mekaiein'kipanaie, Pak gi- 
 odjiichisseg . Thou hast not done right that thou hast not 
 gone to the Missionary at Easter, (in the Easter-time.) 
 
 Aiawangessiwdmban jrba pakwejigan, kawin nongom ki da-atno- 
 assi ; kawin awiia pakwejigan kid aiawassiwanan. If I had 
 not borrowed this morning some Hour, thou wouldst not eat 
 bread now; we have no flour. 
 
 Debendjiged ki Kije-Manitom eta enigokodeeian apenimon, kego 
 dash gwetcJi awiia bemddixid apenimoken. Trust in the Lord 
 thy God only from all thy heart, but don't trust much in any- 
 body living on earth. 
 
 Ijdkan aw aiakosid inim,jawenim, geget kitchi kotagito. Go to 
 that sick man, be charitable to him, he suft'ersmuch indeed. 
 
 gad-atawenan odopii'dganan, kego dash o moshweman o gad- 
 atdwessinan ; nind ina aw anishindbe. I say to that Indian 
 thus : Let him sell his pipe, but let him not sell his handker- 
 chief. 
 
 Ijdddnig anisTiindbeg awi-gagikimangwa : kego dash aiaice 
 unnini nongom ijassida. Let us go to the Indians to preach 
 to them, (to exhort them,) but let us not go to-day to the 
 trader.
 
 — 253 — 
 
 Enishindhewiieg , keyo giinodikcf/uu apinitj kitiijaninij ; ki (jad- 
 animisim. Ye, Indians, don't .steal potatoes in the field; you 
 will be punished for it. 
 
 gad-oshangenawan kokoshan, pakwejignnfui gaie. Let them 
 give pork and flour, (for food, not for sale, etc.) 
 
 Kawin ioika nin ga-icanenima>ssig epenimodjig niiaic, kaginignin 
 ga-widnkuwag ; ikkifo Debemminaiig. I will never forget those 
 who trust in nie, I will always ai?sist them, .^aith the Lord. 
 
 Epenimod anishindben, naningim waiejhna, Kijemaniton dash 
 apenimod, ka wika waiejimassi. He that trusts in man, is 
 often deceived ; but he that trusts in God, is never deceived. 
 
 Apitchi matchi dodam aw masinitcliiganan meuitokcd. Etiami- 
 assigog mi igiw menitokedjig masiniichi ganan. He that adore.s 
 an image, (idol,) does exceedingly wrong. Pagans (heathen) 
 are those who adore images, (idols.) 
 
 V. DUBITATIVE CONJUGATION. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 Nind apenimoYiSidog,! trust perhaps in 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM 
 
 kid apenimou'ddog, 
 od apeiiimonadogenan , 
 nind opcnemominadog, 
 kid apenimomwadog, 
 od ape/i/;«onawadogenan, 
 
 Plural. 
 Nind ajjenimonadogenag, I trust per- 
 haps in them, 
 kid apeniinonadogenag, 
 od apenimonadogQnan, 
 nind ope/imominadogonag, 
 kid apcnimom\vadog(ina,g, 
 od ajyeni monawadogenan. 
 
 Kaicin ssinadog, 
 " ssinadog, 
 " ssinadogenan, 
 " ssiminadog, 
 " ssimwadog, 
 '• ssiiia\vado>:enaM 
 
 Kawin ssinadogenag, 
 " ssinadogenag, 
 " ssinadogenan, 
 " ssiminadogeiiag, 
 " ssimwadogenag, 
 " ssinawadojrenan.
 
 — 2')'< — 
 
 Tlie ;>r;;/i°rMense is (ornicil hy jjrcfixinjr (ji- to the verb, as : 
 Nin iji-npcnimonadoy . . . . 
 
 PLrPERFECT TKNHE. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 G onima gi-apenimo\\ amhan, I had pcrliap.s 
 
 trusted in him, (them,) Kawin esiwdmban, 
 
 " gi-apcnin)o\va\\\\M\.x\, 
 
 " gi-apcnimo'^ohan, 
 
 " ^?'-a/>e»//Honio\vangiban, 1 we 
 
 " gi-apenim6\yangoha.n, i ■ ■ . 
 
 " gi-apenimowegoh&n, 
 
 " gi-apeiiimogwahan, 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 Epenimowanen, that I perhaps trust in liim, 
 
 ssiwamban, 
 
 psigoban, 
 
 ssiwangiban, 
 
 ssiwangoban, 
 
 ssiwegoban, 
 
 ssiiTwaban. 
 
 (them,) 
 
 epenimowanen , 
 epenimogwen, 
 epenimowkngen, ^ 
 epenimowangen, > 
 epeniynnwegwen, ) 
 epenimovragwen , 
 
 ssiwanen, 
 
 flsiwanen, » 
 
 ssigwen, 
 
 .ssiwangen, 
 
 ssiwangen, 
 
 psiwegwen, 
 
 ssiwagwen. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 Nin epenimowknen,! who perhaps tru.-t in him, (them.) 
 kin epenimowanen, thou who perhaps tr. . . . 
 win epenimogwen, he who perhaps tr. . . . 
 ninau'ind epenimowangen, }we who perhaps trust in him, 
 kinau'ind epenimowangen, i (tliem,)
 
 — 255 — 
 
 hinawa epenimowegwevi, you wlio perhaps tr. . . 
 loinawa epcnitiiagwenag, they who perhaps tr. . . . 
 
 Niii epenimoss'iwXwen, I who perhaps <lo not tr. . . . 
 
 kin epenimossiwanen, thou who . . . 
 
 win epenimoss\)s\veii , 
 
 ^ . r "^ ^^"*^ perliaps do not . . . 
 
 kinawind epejjmossiwangen, J 
 
 kinawa epe?tmossi wegvven , 
 
 winawa epcnimossigwenag, 
 
 IMPERFECT TEX.se. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 Ni7i epcm?nowambanen, T who perhaps tru.«ted in liiui, 
 
 (them,) 
 kin e/)(';i//Howainbanen, thou who . . . 
 win epi'uimogohanen, 
 ninatoind f^cH/mowangibanen, "I 
 kinawind epenimowangohanen, i 
 kinawa epenimowegohanen , 
 winawa epetiimogohanenag. 
 
 EXAMPLES OX THE V. DnUTATIVE COXJCGATIOX. 
 
 Kawin Kije-Manitnn od aj)eiumossi)iado(/eiian, mi apitchiwendji- 
 segisid. He does probably not put liis trust in God ; that is 
 the reason he fears so much. 
 
 Kaicin abissiwag ; anishinuben od ijanaivadogcnan. Tliey are 
 not at home ; they probably are visiting the Indians, ion a 
 visit to the Indians.) 
 
 Kid apenimomwadog niiaw, ininiwidog, mi ganabatch wcndji- 
 nasikatciieg nongom. Men, I suppose you place your confi- 
 dence in me ; that is perhaps the reason you come to me to-day. 
 
 Kid inawemaganag ki gi-ijunadogaiag pitchindgo ; kawin sa kabe- 
 gijig ki gi-wubamissinon. Thou hast probably been to see 
 thy relations yesterday ; so I did not see thee all day.
 
 — 25(i — 
 
 Air o.s/ikiiKiiiH' nsi'nii o f/i-n])eniiii(»i(iiloi/niftii, hnhhui' yeyo nninha 
 tr/ii undiiiamar/oil hawin dank //i-n7iokis.ii. That yoving fellort* 
 relied perhaps too much on him, tliat lie would let him liave 
 all things for nothing ; and so he did not work. 
 
 Endotjwcu aw iniiii epenimorpren niiaw ; Jcaicin 'jwaiak nin kike- 
 nimUjossi. I doubt whether that man has any confidence in 
 me ; he does not know me well. 
 
 NamdndJ eji(chii/ef/iren, ejaf/tceii o.siidn, ijonimn tjaie ejassigtcen. 
 I don't know what he is di)in<^, and whether lie goes to hie 
 father, or not. 
 
 Kinaiva keichiapenimowegwen niiaw, icegoiien ge-iji-gashkito- 
 iLidmbdnen tchi dodonagog ? You who have perhaps nmch 
 confidence in me, what would I be able to do for you ? 
 
 Kin aidpitchi-apenimowanen aio inini, ki ga-kitchiwaiejimigo 
 ningoiing. Thou who trustest so much in that man, (as I 
 heard,) thou slialt be once much deceived. 
 
 Kinau-a cjdwegwcn mojag aidkosidjig, ki ga-jawenimigowa Jesris 
 dibakonige-gijigak, kishpin tciii wendji-dodameg. You who 
 visit frequently the sick, (as I understood,) Jesus will be mer- 
 ciful to you on the day of judLnnent, if you do it for his .sake. 
 
 VI. CONJUGATION. 
 
 To this Conjugation belong all the verbs iransitive or active, 
 INANIMATE. The objcct, upou wliicli acts the subject of these 
 verbs, is always comprised in the verb; as: Nin u-dbanddn, does 
 not mean only, I see; but, I see it, (some inanimate object. See 
 page 14.) 
 
 All the verbs of this Conjugation end in n, (an, en, in, on,) at 
 the first person sing, present, indicative ; and likewise so at the 
 characteristical third person. 
 
 Here are a few verbs belonging to this Conjugation. 
 
 l.pers. S. pers. 
 
 Nin dvbwetdn, I believe it, o debweidn, 
 
 Nin kikenddn, I know it, o kikenddn, 
 
 Nin minikwen, I drink it, o minikiren.
 
 — 2;i7 — 
 
 Nind apdndjigen, I eat it with sonic other 
 
 thing, od apandjigeii, 
 
 Nin m'uljin, I cat it, (sonic in. obj.,) o midjin, 
 
 Nind agwln, I put it on, (clothing,) od agwin, 
 
 Nin hidon, I bring it, o bidon, 
 
 Nin biion, I wait for it, o bitnn. 
 
 Note. In the paradigm, this final n is placed among the iermi- 
 nation.s, because it does not always remain with the verb. 
 
 AFFIHMATIVK lOKM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nin ipcibanddn, I see it, 
 ki icdbanddn 
 icdbanddn, 
 wdbanddm, they see it, (on le voit,) 
 one sees it, 
 nin wdbanddmin, 
 ki wdbanddnsiwa,, 
 ivdbanddnawa, 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nin icdbanddnan, I sec them, [in. obj.) 
 ki wdbanddnan, 
 wdbanddnsLU, 
 nin icdbanddm'm, 
 ki wdbanddnavinn, 
 wdbanddnawdn, 
 
 IMPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 Nin wdbanddnahan , I saw it, 
 ki wdbanddnahai), 
 wdba)i(ldi\a\)an, 
 nin wdbandaMunahau, 
 ki jijdbandd\ia\\ii\>au , 
 loabanddnawahan, 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 Kawin nsin, 
 
 " nsin, 
 
 " nsin, 
 
 '• nsim, 
 
 " nsimin, 
 
 " nsinawa, 
 
 " nsinawa. 
 
 Kawin nsinan, 
 
 " nsinan, 
 '• nsinan, 
 
 " nsimin, 
 " nsinawan, 
 " nsinawan. 
 
 Kawin nsinaban, 
 
 '" nsinaban, 
 
 " nsinalian, 
 
 '• nsiminaban, 
 
 " nsinawaban, 
 
 " nsinawaban.
 
 — 2.08 — 
 Plural. 
 
 Nin iral)andanu.hanin , I .«aw them, n'n. 
 objects,) 
 ki tpdhand(7nahamn, 
 wdbanddnahanm, 
 nin wilban iJd m i n abau i n 
 ki W(V>anddna,\\'a.\ian\u, 
 iodbanddna.waiha,nm , 
 
 Kawin nsinabaniii, 
 " nninabanin, 
 " n.iinabanin, 
 " iipiiniiiubanin, 
 " nsinawabariin, 
 " nsinawabanin. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 Wdbanddnmn, because I see it, (them,) 
 
 wdbanddman, 
 
 wdbanddng, 
 
 wdbanddming, (qii'oR le (les) voie,) 
 
 wdbanddnvdng, * "( because we see it, 
 
 icdbanddmang, / ithera,) 
 
 wdbanddmeg, 
 
 wdbanddn\owa,d , 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 Wdbanddmiunhan, f had I .seen it, (th.) 
 todbanddn\C\mha,n , 
 wdband dnglhan, 
 
 trrt6a?!(?rtmingiban, (si on rout vu,i 
 if«6ffH(/«inangiban, "t i j 
 ^cdbanddmangohan, i 
 wdbanddmegohan, 
 wrtftaHrfftmowapan, 
 
 npiwan, 
 
 nsiwan, 
 
 nsig, 
 
 nsing, 
 
 n.siwang, 
 
 nsiwang, 
 
 nisiweg, 
 
 nsigwa. 
 
 nsiwamban, 
 
 nsiwamban, 
 
 nsigoban, 
 
 nsingiban, 
 
 nsiwongibaD, 
 
 nsiwaugoban, 
 
 nsiwegoban, 
 
 nsigwaban. 
 
 * See Remark 3, p. 42. 
 t See Remark 3, p. 110.
 
 — 259 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 }' 
 
 ee it, (them,) 
 
 Wdbandan 
 
 2cdbandimtoka.n , 
 o ga-wdhanddn, let him see it, 
 o (ja-icdbnnddnan , let him see them, 
 
 wdbanddnda, let us see it, (them,) 
 
 icdbandamog, see it, (them,) 
 ga-tvdbanddiia,\va, let tliem see it, 
 o ga-iodbanddna\vau , let them see them, 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Kego ngen, 
 
 nsm, 
 
 n.sinaii, 
 
 iisida, 
 
 ngegoii, 
 
 nsinawa, 
 
 nsiiiawaii. 
 
 Nin waidbandamar. , I who sec it, (them,) 
 
 kin tccndbandaman, thou who seest it, (them,) 
 
 will zoaiabandang, he who sees it, (them,) 
 
 waiabandam'iiig , (ce que I'on voit,) 
 
 ninawind waiabandanvdug, "l , ., ,,, . 
 
 ''' V we who see it, (them,) 
 kinawind 7caiabandamaug, > 
 
 kiiiawa ipaiabandameg, you who see it, (them,) 
 
 tvinawa waiabandangig, they who see it, (tliem,) 
 
 Nin waiabaudanahviin , I who do not see it, (then/,) 
 kin waiabandans'iwaw, thou wlio dost not . . . 
 Beniark 1. The verli, nind aidn, I have it, makes an e.xception 
 from the above paradigm in the //nVf? persons of the subjunctive 
 mood and the participles ; as follows : 
 
 AKKIliMATlVE FORM. 
 
 XEG.VTlVli KOKU. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEKSE. 
 
 Singular and Plura!. 
 
 Aidd, because he has it, (them,) 
 aidng, because one has it, 
 rtjVnrad, because they have it. 
 
 ssig, 
 
 .ssing, 
 
 ssigwa.
 
 — 2G0 
 
 ri.CI'ERFECT TEXHi:. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 i4irtpan, had he liad it, (thcin,) 
 ormwapnii, had they, . . . 
 
 PARTIC I PLES. 
 
 PKKSEXT TENSE. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 Eidd, who lias it, (them,) 
 e^■ddjig, who have it, (them,) 
 
 RHinoban, 
 psigwaban, 
 
 .«.sig, 
 fsigog. 
 
 IMPERFECT Ti;XSE. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 £/rtpan, wlio had it, (tliem,i ssigoban, 
 
 eiapanig, who had it, (them,i Ksigobanig. 
 
 Ilemaric 2. All the verbs of this Conjugation, ending in an, are 
 exactly conjugated after the preceding paradigm, Nin icnhundun. 
 But the verbs ending in en, in, and on, undergo a little diffe- 
 rence in some moods and tenses. We shall point out here this 
 difference. The moods and tenses which are not mentioned in 
 the following jjaradigm, are conformable to the above paradigm, 
 Nin tcabanddii. 
 
 We take the verb, Nin sugiton, I like it, for an example ; Imt 
 the verbs in en, and in, are conjugated exactly like those in oh. 
 
 In the AFFIKM.VTIVE form the wiiole indicative mood of Nin sd- 
 f/iton, is exactly conjugated as in Nin icdbanddn. 
 
 But in the negative form you have to remember, that in the 
 terininations of this form, the letters ns in the preceding para- 
 di<^m, ai'e always changed into sa, for the verbs in en, in and on. 
 So, for instance, you say : Kaicin nin wdbandans'm ; change thi.s 
 ■ns in ss, for the verb, Nin sdgiton, and you will have : Kawin 
 nin sdgitossm. And so on, always changing 7J.« into ss. This is 
 live only little dilterence between Nin icdbanddn and y\7« "dgi-
 
 - 2G1 — 
 
 inn, etc., for tlie whole indicalice mood. But in tlie suhjiuirtive 
 mood there i.s some more discrepance, as you see here below. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FOUM. \K(; ATI VK FORM. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Sinijular and Plural. 
 
 Sdgiio'ikn, because I like it, (them,) in. 
 
 aai/ifo'idu , 
 
 sa(/itod, 
 
 Smjitowg, (qn'on I'aime,) 
 
 sai,iio\kng, I ^,^.^ ^^.^ ji,.^ _ ^ 
 
 sdyitoang, > 
 
 su(/Uoieg, 
 
 sd(/ifo\xa(\ , 
 
 IM-lI'liRFr-CT TENSli. 
 
 Sin(/nhir and I'lnral. 
 
 Sdgito'ydniha,n, iiad I like it. Ithem,) 
 
 sa(7?7oiamban , 
 
 *«r/<7opan,, 
 
 sdf/lf<mg[ha,u, (si on Teut aiine,) 
 
 .«i,/^oian^iban, | j,^^ ^.^ . . . 
 
 ,s'«//<A>iangoban, > 
 
 .sdgifoiegohixn, 
 
 sdgiio\yi\])iui. 
 
 LMPERATIVE MOO 
 
 Snqlton, i ,., . , 
 .■ ., , )■ like it, (them,) 
 
 (I t/a-sdt/ifon, let him like it, 
 
 o f/a-ad'/iiowiin, let him like them, 
 
 .sv?f/v7oda, let us like it, (them,) 
 
 s(((/it(nog,'\ 
 >." ., „ ■- like it, (them.) 
 
 o (/a-sd(ji(ona.\va, let them like it, 
 
 o (/a-sdc/iioniwyan, kl them like them, 
 
 objects^ Ksiwan, 
 ssiwan, 
 ssig, 
 ssing, 
 ssiwang, 
 ssiwang, 
 p.siweg, 
 ssi''wa 
 
 .s.siwamban. 
 
 fi.siwamban, 
 
 ssigoban. 
 
 psiiigiban, 
 
 ssiwatigiban, 
 
 fsiwangoban, 
 
 .ssiwegoban , 
 
 ssigwaban. 
 
 I). 
 
 Kt'i/i) ken, 
 
 '• H.siii, 
 
 " .^siuan, 
 
 *' Ksida, 
 
 ■• kegon, 
 
 " Ksinawa, 
 
 " fisinawan.
 
 — 20 2 — 
 I'AKTIC 1 I'LES. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSK. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 Nin saiacfitomn, I who like it, (tlicin,) 
 
 kin fiaiafjito\ar), thou wlio likest it, (them,; 
 
 win saiaf/ifod, ho who liket^ it, (tliem,) 
 
 saiayitong, wliat one Jiken, 
 
 ninatiiind saiagito'vdng,) , ,■, • 
 
 7 . .7 ■ -J ■ > we who hke it, (them,) 
 
 kinainnd saiagilo\a,ng, J > \ >i 
 
 kinawa saiagitnieg, you wlm like it, (them,) 
 
 winaica s^aiagitodyig, tliey wlio like it, (them,) 
 
 Nin saiagifoHs'nviin, I who don't like it, (them,) 
 
 kin saiagitosi-iwan , thou who dost not like . . . 
 
 win saiagitosi<ig, he who does not like it. 'them.i 
 
 ninawind saiagiiossi\\a.ng, -> 
 
 7 . . -7 • " -i • > we who don't . . . 
 
 kmaunnd saiagitossiwaug, j 
 
 kinaica saiagitoss'iweg, you who don't like, 
 
 tvinawa saiagiioss\gog, they who . . . 
 
 IMPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 Nin saiag it omi'nh&n, I who liked it, (them,) 
 
 kin saiagitoiamhan, thou who likedst it, (them,) 
 
 win saiagitopan, he who . . . 
 
 saia(///ongihan, (ce qu'on aimait,) 
 
 ninawind saiagitoiiingihan, ■) , ,i , 
 
 7 . . 7 • ' •- • u >■ we who liked . . . 
 
 kinaicind saiagiioiangoban , J 
 
 kinaica saiagHoiegohan, you who liked . . . 
 
 winaica saiagiiopan'ig, they who . . . 
 
 Nin sai«/7i7ossiwamban, I who did not like it, (them,) 
 kin sam^i^ossiwamban, thou who didst not like . . . 
 win saiagiioss'xgohan , he who did not . . . 
 •saifl^'jVossingiban, what one did not like.
 
 — 2G3 — 
 
 :ninawind saiagitossiw&ngihau, \ ^^,^ ^^,^^ jjj ^^^^ 
 kinawind saiagitossiwungoh&n, i 
 
 kinatoa saiagiioss'iviegohain, you who did . . . 
 
 winawa saiagitoss\goh&x\\g, they who . . . 
 
 Form after these two tenses all the others of these participles. 
 Exactly as the verb, Niii sdgiton, are conjugated the verba 
 which we ca.\\ personifying. (See page 81.) They all end in on. 
 These vorhs personify inanimate things, that is to say, thev re- 
 present them as doing actions, Avhich only persons or other liv- 
 ing beings can do. F. i. 
 
 Kid ikkitowinnin nibwdkdigon. Thy word makes me wise. 
 Anamicwin nin ginaamagon matcki dodamowin. Religion for- 
 bids me bad actions. 
 Kitchi akosiwinki gi-odissigomin. A great sickness has come 
 
 to us, (has visited us.) 
 Nitam batddoioin kakina anishindbeg o gi-inigaigonawa. The 
 first sin has injured all men, (all mankind.) 
 Here are some moods and tenses of these verbs, only e.xempli 
 gratia. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Singtdar. 
 
 Nind odissigon, it comes to me, Kawiii ssin, 
 
 kid odissigon, " " " thee, " ssin, 
 
 od odissigon, " " " him, " .ssin, 
 
 nind odissigonnn, " " " us, " ssimin, 
 
 kid odissigon&wa, " " " you, " ssinawa, 
 
 od odissigonawa, " " " them, " ssinawa. 
 
 Piural. 
 Jfind odissigonan, they come to me, 
 
 {in. obj.) Kau'in ssinan, 
 
 kid odissigonan, they come to thee, " ssinan, 
 
 od odissigonan, " " " him, " ssinan, 
 
 18
 
 204 — 
 
 tiind oiU.isigounu, they come to U8, 
 kid odissigonawan, " " " you, 
 od odissigoji&wan, " " " them, 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSK. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nind odissigonahau, it came to me, 
 kid odissigonahan , " " " thee, 
 od odissigonahan, " " " liim, 
 nind o(Zm/(/ominal)an, etc. . . 
 kid odissigonaw ahi\n , 
 od odissigona\\ii\>im, 
 
 Kuwin 88imin, 
 '* ssinawan 
 " eninawan- 
 
 Kawin ssinaban, 
 " f'sinaban, 
 " fsinaban, 
 " ssiminahan, 
 " ssinawabariy 
 *' ssinawaban- 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Singular and Plural. 
 
 es (they come 
 
 ) to me. 
 
 esiwan. 
 
 a 
 
 to thee, 
 
 ssiwan, 
 
 (C 
 
 to him. 
 
 ssig. 
 
 (C 
 
 to us. 
 
 esiwang,. 
 esiwang,. 
 
 le 
 
 to you, 
 
 ssiweg. 
 
 a 
 
 to them, 
 
 ssigwa. 
 
 . . Etc. . . 
 
 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 
 odissigo'iau, if it " 
 odissigod, if it "' 
 odissigo'vdng, ^ . ^, .^^ ^^ 
 odissigo'iang, j 
 odissigolcg, if it " 
 odissigo wad , i f i t " 
 Etc. 
 
 Nin icedissigo'ian, I to whom it comes, (they come,) 
 
 kin tcedissigo'ian, thou to whom . . . 
 
 rein wedissigod, lie to whom . . . 
 
 ninawind tcedissigomng, ■) 
 
 , . . r, ,j... V we to wliom . . . 
 
 ktnawind tcedissigoiang, j 
 
 kinama wedissigoieg, you . . . 
 
 winawa wedissigodyig, they . . .
 
 — 2Go 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Nin icedissi^osaiwiiu , I to whom it does (they do) not coine^ 
 kill «'erfm?(/o.ssi\van, thou . . . 
 win tcedisniyossig, he . . . 
 ninawiiid wedisaigossiwaug, ■\ 
 kinaii^nd icediss-ii/ossiwang, j 
 kinawa tcedianii/osaiweg, you . . . 
 winawa wedissiyossigog, they . . . 
 Etc . . , etc . . . 
 
 Examples. 
 
 1 pers. pass voice, ])ersonifi/ing verbs. 
 
 Nin lodbamigo, I am seen, nin ivdbamigon, it sees me. 
 
 Nin nissigo, I am killed, nin nissigon, it kills me. 
 
 Nin ganonigo, I am spoken to, nin ganonigon, it speaks to me-.. 
 
 Nin nishkimigo, I am made angry, nin nishkimigon, it makes- 
 nie angry. 
 
 Nin sdgiigo, I am loved, nin sdgiigon, it loves me. 
 
 Nin nopinanigo, I am followed, nin nopinanigon, it follows me- 
 
 Nind dnwenimigo,! am reproached, nind uniccniniigon, it re- 
 proaches me. 
 
 Ninjing6nimigo, I am hated, ninjing6niinigon, it hates me. 
 
 Nin kikenimigo, I am known, nin kikenimigon, it knows me. 
 Etc . . . etc . . . 
 
 VI. DUBITATIVE CONJUGATION. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FOR.M. NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nin wdhandan&Aog, I see it j^erhaps, Kawin nsinadog, 
 
 hi w&bandan&dog, " nsinadog, 
 
 W(7baHdaniidog, " nsinadog, 
 
 nin tvdbandam'madog, " nsiminadog^ 
 
 ki tvubandana,\va,dog, " nsinawadog^ 
 
 o ic(Wanduna.\va.dog, " nsinawadog..
 
 — 2r,r, 
 
 I'lurcil. 
 
 Nin wdbandansidogenan , I see them perhaps, 
 
 {in. ohjects,; Kain'n nsinadogenan,' 
 
 ki «'«/;«H'/'nia(logcnan, 
 o wdbandaniidogQnan , 
 nin wdbandam\uadogena,n , 
 ki tcdhan(lana.wadogena,n, 
 tco6a«rfanawadogenan, 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 nsinadogenan, 
 
 nsinadogci^an, 
 
 nsiminadogenan, 
 
 nsinawadogenan, 
 
 nsinawadoscnan. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Waiabandamow dnen, * whether I see it, 
 
 (them,) 
 waiabandamowauen , 
 waiabayidamogwex^ , 
 
 icaiabandaxuow&ngen , ) 
 
 . , 1 y whether we . . . 
 
 7<'amort«rfamowangen , / 
 
 icaiabandamowegwcn, 
 
 waiabandamowagwen, 
 
 PLUPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 TFa&aH(Zamowambdnen, if I had seen it, 
 
 (them,) 
 irrt6an(?amovvambanen, 
 iOrt6«Hrf«mogobanen, 
 <r«^anrf«mowangibanen, -j 
 tt'a6a«rf«mowangobanen, j 
 ?ca6rt?K?rtmowegobanen , 
 wdband amowagohanen, 
 
 if we had 
 
 nsiwanen, 
 
 nsiwanen, 
 
 nsigwen, 
 
 nsiwangen, 
 
 nsiwangen, 
 
 nsiwegwen, 
 
 nsiwagwen. 
 
 nsiwambanen, 
 
 nsiwambanen, 
 
 nsigobanen, 
 
 nsiwangibanen, 
 
 nsiwangobanen, 
 
 nsiwegobauen, 
 
 nsiwagobanen, 
 
 Form the future tense after the present ; as : Ge-icdbandamo- 
 wdnen . . . 
 
 * See £emark %l the end of this paradigm.
 
 — 2G7 — 
 PARTI CIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin waiahandamowinen, I who perhaps see it, (theni,( 
 kin waiabandamovianen, thou who . . . 
 loin toaiabandaniogwen, 
 ninawind tcaiabondamowdngen, -i 
 
 kinawind ivaiabandnnwwangen, | '''"-' "''^ perhaps see . . . 
 kinawa icaiabondamowogwcn , 
 winawa icaiubaadamogwenag. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nin icaiabandanslwdnen , I who p. don't see it, (them,) 
 kin icaiabandanHiwanen, thou wlio p. . . 
 loin tcaiabandansigwcn, 
 ninawind waiabanda\\B\\\&ngQ\\, •\ 
 kinawind waiabandan&'iw&ng'en, | ^^ " ^^ P ■ > • 
 kinaica tcaiabandans'iwegwen, 
 winawa waiabandan^igwctMig. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Nin waiubandamowCimhanen, I who perh. saw it, (them,) 
 kin waia6a>tcZamowambanen, thou who p . . . 
 wimcaiabaridamogohanen , 
 ninawind waiabandamowangihanQn, y 
 kinawind waiabandamowangohani'u, j 
 kinawa waiabandamowi'gohiinen, 
 tvinawa waiubandaniogohiuienug, 
 
 Nin waiabandansiw&inhnnen, I wiio diil perhaps not see it, 
 
 (them,) 
 kin waiaftandansiwambanen, tliou who . . . 
 win waiabandans'igohanen, 
 ninawind waiabandans\\\a,ng\hanen, ■» 
 kinawind tcaiubaiulanAwangohimt'u, j 
 kinawa loaiabandaut'lwogoha.uen, 
 winawa waiabanda]\<\gohiinenag.
 
 — 2fiR — 
 
 Remark. Respecting the verbfl emling iti rn, in ainl mi, (page 
 256,) you will please remember, tliut in all the (;a=ie8 wliere the 
 verbs eiiilinj^ in an, take the syllable vio in the Diibitative Con- 
 jugation, tliis syllable is taken out, for the verbs emling in en, 
 innwA on. So you say: Waialjondninowunen, XDniabandamog- 
 teen, etc . . . but you will not say : Saiagilomowdnen, saiagito- 
 tnogipcn ; but: Saiagitowdnen, saiagitogwen ; and eo fortli, al- 
 ways taking out the syllable mo, for the verbs in en, in, on. 
 
 EXAMIM.KS ON THK WIIOI.K VI. CONJUGATION'. 
 
 ■'Rejig eta wdkaigan nin wdhandan, knwin nij nin icubandansinan. 
 I see only one house, I don't see two. 
 
 Jiin hitomin ndhikwdn ichi bagamassing. Kawin nin kikendan- 
 simin api ge-dagwisMnomagadogwen. We are waiting for the 
 vessel to come in. We don't know when it shall arrive. 
 
 .Awkwiici.sen.'i kawin gcgo o kikendansinaban bwa-dagwixing oma, 
 nongom dash uieiveni o wdbandan masinaigan. This boy 
 knew notliing-when he came here, but now he reads well. 
 
 £i gi-giiccwidonan iia anokd.sowinan? Dijig eta nin gi-giweici- 
 don ; nij daah kawin masJii nin gi-aios.^inan. Hast thou car- 
 ried back the tools? I have carried back (returned) one only ; 
 but the other two I have not yet used. 
 
 Jiin gwinawdbandan widss oma ga-ateg ; animosh o gi-bi-gimo- 
 
 • dinadog. I cannot find (I miss) the meat that was here ; I 
 suppose a dog has stolen it away. 
 
 Weweni nin ga-ganawendanan Kije-Manito o gana.fongeicinan, 
 kawin minawa ondjita ninga-u'i-bigobidosxinan. I will faith- 
 fully keep the commandments of God, I will no more break 
 them purposely. 
 
 Jfinidjdniss, kishpin gego dibddodaman, gonima gaie gego ojito 
 ian, mikwenim Debendjiged misi gego waidbandang. My 
 child, if thou art telling something, or doing something, re- 
 member the Lord who sees all. 
 
 :Kishpin wa-aidmowanen gego, gagwedjimi.^hin, ki ga-minin. Ri- 
 dddjimowin nwandamoicegwen , kego pakige debwetangegon. If 
 thou perhaps wishest to have something, ask nie, I will give
 
 — 2ca — 
 
 at to thee. If vou liappen to hear reports, don't believe them 
 immediately. 
 .Nawatch waiba milcamdngihan ichimdn, mewija nin da-gi-dagwi- 
 shurimin. Had we found a canoe sooner, we would have ar- 
 rived long ago. 
 Mimkwtssiwnmhan iic wenijishing mashkikiwabn, ginweiij ki da- 
 gi-ako.s. Hadst thou not taken this good medicine, thou 
 wouldst have been sick a long time. 
 Ge-gi-kitigadameg Kije-Manitn o kiiigdning, enamiaieg, mi iw ge- 
 mamaieg wedi, ge-ishkica-himddisiieg aking. Whatever you 
 shall have sown on the field of God, Christians, that you 
 shall reap there, after your life on earth. 
 Ki da-wanendanaiva Debeniminang od ikkitowin, kishpinwika 
 nondansiweg gagikwewin. You would forget the word of the 
 Lord, if you never heard sermons. 
 Nij jaigwa ivdkaiganan o da-dibendanan, nij gaie kitigdnan o 
 da-aianan mo inini, minikicessig. That man would already 
 possess two houses, and would have two field.s, (gardens,) if 
 he did not drink. 
 Ki da-wdbandan masinaigan, wendamitdssiwanin. Thou oughtst 
 
 to read when thou hast leisure time. 
 
 Weweni sdgifon kid anamiewin, minotan anamie-gagikwewin, 
 
 mino indbadjiton dash. Like well thy religion. Listen with 
 
 pleasure to religious sermons, and make a good use of them. 
 
 Gijigado-mnsinaigan ojitokan, tchi kikendamdng gijigadon. 
 
 Please make a calendar, that we may know the days. 
 Kego wika gego glmodiken, ki wdbamig sa mo ge-dibakonik. Ne- 
 ver steal anything, because he who will judge thee, sees thee. 
 Nin nagadanan oma miind nind aiinmn ; kego awiia o gama- 
 mossinmi. I leave here some of my things ; let nobody take 
 them away. 
 Ambe ijdda, awi-wdbandanda ga-ijiwekak Bethleheming. Let us 
 
 go, let us see what happeneil in Bethlehem. 
 Kego babmnendmisida matcfd minawanigo.siwin aking, tchi wani- 
 iossiwang iw kagige minaioanigosiwin gijigong. Let us not
 
 — 270 — 
 
 care for sinful pleasures on eartli, lest we lose tliat everla&t 
 
 i"}^ joy in heaven. 
 Kin tvaidbandamamban nibhca maianadak, ke/jo iw hflpish kiki- 
 
 nowdbandanyen. Thou who sawest so many evil things, do 
 
 not take any example on those tilings. 
 Nin, ga-pisindamdn iw gigitowin, nin igo nin dibddjim ; debwi- 
 
 tatnshig. I who have listened to tliat discourse, I do report ; 
 
 believe me. 
 Kawiti bekdnisidjig da-gagwedjimassiwag ; igiio sa ininiioag ga- 
 
 Afew Examples in regard 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Kawinioin gego tfdbandansin, ogivissan o lodbandam'ini . He 
 
 sees nothing, his son sees it. 
 Kaioin winawa o bi-nadissinawan masinaiganan, oshimeiwan sa 
 
 o bi-nadim'm'\. They don't come for the books, their brothers 
 
 (sisters) come for them. 
 
 And so on in all the tenses 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Kishpin ossan icdbandamimA. ga-iji-annkinu\, ia-tnimcendamon. 
 
 When his father sees how he has worked, he will be contented. 
 Kidhpin onigiigon wdbandam\n\g minik ga-ojikmid, o ga-mini- 
 
 gon gego. When his parents see huw much he has done, they 
 
 will give him something.
 
 — 271 — 
 
 wdbandamogwenag matchi dodamowin,dagagiDedjimaicag. Not 
 others ought to be questioned ; those men wlio have seen tlie 
 ill doing, (as I understood,) ought to he called. 
 
 Jawendagofiiwag ga-wubaiidansigog, atiaici dash gi-debwe(amog^ 
 Blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have believed, 
 
 Gennino-ganawendang od anamieitin ged-akobimddisid, kaginig 
 gijigong ta-dehisi. He who shall keep well his religion (be a 
 good Christian) as long as he shall live shall eternally be 
 happy in heaven. 
 
 to the second third person. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Win eta o kikendan, kaivin ossaieian o kikendansin'm'x . He only 
 knows it ; his brother knows it not. 
 
 Winaxca geget o sugitonawa anamiewin, kaicin dash onidjdnissi- 
 wan o sa^t7ossinini. They truly like religion, but their chil- 
 dren don't like it. 
 
 derived from iha present. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Kishpin ogin odapinan9,\n\\i. iw wuboian, tcin igo o gadodapinan^ 
 
 If her mother does not take that blanket, she will take it her- 
 self. 
 Kishpin onigiigon gego odapinawi'liug, anisfta ta-gi-anokiwau. IT 
 his parents take no payment, they shall have worked for 
 nothing.
 
 — 272 — 
 PA RTCI PM':S. 
 
 PRESENT Ti;XSE. 
 
 Mi sa witan waiahantlam\n\t\]\n mojar/ mmfinaiijan. It is hifl 
 Lrolhcr-ia-law that i.salwiiyH reading, ^looking in the Jx)ok.) 
 
 .^awiii tpi'a o dibaudasin iw ; nmishotni-ssan nii iniw dehendanw- 
 jiidjin. He docs not own tiiis; it is hiagrandfather tliatowns it. 
 
 And so in other tenses 
 
 Vir. CONJUGATION. 
 
 In order to accommodate all the verbs of the Otchipwe Ian* 
 guage, we must establish three more conjugations, for the uni- 
 ■personal ve)-bs ; {see page 83.) One of these Conjugations will 
 be for the unipersonal verbs ending in a vowel ; the two others 
 ivill be for those ending in a consonant. 
 
 To this VII. Conjugation then belong all the tntjperso/ja^ verbs 
 ending iu a vowel. This vowel may be a, e, i, or o. 
 
 Here are a few verbs belonging to this Conjugation. 
 
 Kissind, it is cold, (speaking of the weather.) 
 Sasagd, it is full of brushes, or underwood. 
 Jlb6ia, there are no brushes, no underwood. 
 Ijhiikdde, it is called, (some inanimate object.) 
 IJitchigdde, it is made, constructed. 
 I)agoni(jdde, it is mixed with . . . 
 Kijile, it is warm, (speaking of the weather.) 
 . Ate, there is of it ; it is. 
 
 ■Odjitchisse, it arrives, (speaking of a certain day or time.) 
 Dim'i, it is deep, (a river, etci
 
 - 273 — 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESEXT TEXSE. 
 
 Miiniw onidjdnissan gego kekendans'imgon. This is liis child 
 that knows nothing, (or, these are his children that know no- 
 thing.) 
 
 Mbiwa win o dibendan aki ; iridjikiweian dash iniw gego deben- 
 dansinigon. He owns inucli laml ; it is liis friend (brother) 
 that owns none. 
 
 derived from the present. 
 
 Alashkawagami, it is strong, (a liquid.) 
 Miskica garni, it is red, (a liquid.) 
 Makatcwagami , it is black, (a liquid.) 
 Dago, there is, it is. 
 Sogipo, it snows. 
 
 To this Conjugation also belong all the verbs which we call 
 Abundance-verbs, (seep. 83,) which all end in A;a, and are uni- 
 personal. You will find a few of these verbs on the same page, 
 and some of the in. Numeral verbs, wliich have only the liJural, 
 ending in vmn. 
 
 Some verbs of thi.'^ Conjugation have only the third person 
 singular, a» : Kissina, kijaie, sogipn, etc. Others have the third 
 ■person singular and j)lural, as; IJinikade, ijinikudewan ; ate, 
 
 ate lean, etc. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FOR.M. NEG.^TIVE FOR.M. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TKXSE. 
 
 Ijinikade, it is called Kawin ssinon, 
 
 ijinikddewaa, Ihey are called, {in. obj.) " ssinon.
 
 — 274 — 
 
 IMl-KKKKCT TLNSE. 
 
 Ijinikadeh&n , it was calleil, 
 ijinikddehamn , they were ffillcil, 
 
 Kawin ssinoVjan , 
 " s.sinobanin. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 I'KKSKXT TEXSE. 
 
 Kishpin yinikdde<^, if it is called, 
 " ijinikddeg, if they are calleii, 
 
 PLUPERFECT TEXSK. 
 
 ( had it been called, 
 Ijinikddegih^n \ j^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ ^^i,^j^ 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 I'Rli.SKXT TENSE. 
 
 Ejinikddeg, called, (wliicli is called,) 
 ejinikddegin, called, (which are called,) 
 
 IMPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Ejinikadegihan, which was called, 
 ejinikddegi ba n i n , 
 
 .«8inog, 
 ssinog. 
 
 J-ssin 
 
 ogiban. 
 
 .SSI nog, 
 ssinogin. 
 
 ssinogiban, 
 ssinogibanin. 
 
 VII. DUBITATIVE CONJUGATION. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FOR.M. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 ]jinikddedog, it is perhaps called, 
 ij inikddedogensin , they are perhaps called, 
 {inanimate objects.) 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 ssinodog, 
 ssinodogenan. 
 
 IMPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 ljinikddegohvt.\\, it was called, (they say,) ssinogoban, 
 
 ijinikddegoh&mn, they were called, (they say,) ssinogobanin.
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Gonima ejinikddegvien, whetlier it is called, 
 
 Gonima ssinogwen, 
 " ejinikddegweu, whether the}' are 
 
 calk'il, " ssinogwen. 
 
 PKRFECT TKNSE. 
 
 I whether it has been ^ 
 Oa-yinakddegwen, | called, >• ssinogwen. 
 
 I whether they haveb. c.J 
 
 PLUPEUFECT TENSE. 
 
 !if it had been called, •\ 
 if they had been > ssinogobanen. 
 called, 5 
 
 EX.\MPL'5S ox THE WHOLE VII. COXJL'GATIOX. 
 
 Adopowinijinikride ow ; onoiv dash apabiwinan ijiaikddewan. 
 This is called a table ; and these are called chairs, (or benches.) 
 
 Kitchi sogipo nongom, kaicin dash anaici klssindssinon. It 
 snows much to-day, but it is not very cold. 
 
 Nopiming aUdog ki wdgakwad ; ki makisinan dash kaiciii wedi 
 atcssinodogenan. I think thy axe is in the woods; but thy 
 shoes, I think, are not there. 
 
 GX-apitchi, dteban kid ishkotemiwa bwa bi-mddjaian. Your fire 
 had been quite out, before I started to come here. 
 
 Kawin gwetch gi-sogipossinoba)i bibonong bwa Nibdanamiegiji- 
 gak. Last winter it had not much snowed before Christmas- 
 day. 
 
 Wdiba ow lodkaigan ta-bigobidjigdde, hekanak dash nawatch 
 metchag ta-ojitchigdde. This house will soon be taken down, 
 and another one larger than this will be constructe<l. 
 
 Kawin tceweni anokissim, kishpin osdm kijdteg ; kawin gaie 
 mino bimossessim, kishpin sngipog kabe-gijig. One does not 
 work well when it is too warm ; and one does not travel well 
 when it is snowing all day.
 
 — 27G — 
 
 Kishiiiii jxiiKji da bnduwadeg kijapikisiganing, pabiye kilchi 
 kijide oma piridi'!/. Wlieii a little* fire only in made in tlie 
 stove, it is ininiciliately very warm in this room. 
 
 Endogwcn degoiiigadessiiingwen islikotewCiho oma minhiminubong . 
 I don't know whether there is no ardent liquor mixed with 
 this cider. 
 
 Akosiwin, nibowin gate kawin da-atessiiwn, kixhpin batadowin 
 ntessinog. There would be no sickness and no death, if there 
 be no sin. 
 
 Da-kiichi-kijCde nongnm, kishpiii nodinsinog. — Da-gijigate non- 
 gum tibikak, kis/tpiii mijakwak, {mijakwanitibikak.) It would 
 be very warm to-day if there be no wind. — It would be light 
 this night, if there be clear weather. 
 
 Mewija onoio wdkaiganan da-gi-sakidewan, kakiiia da-gi-tchugi- 
 dewan, oma aiasaiwdmban. These houses would have caught 
 fire long ago, and would have all burnt down, liad I not been 
 here. 
 
 Kawin mashkossiioan da-gi-debissessinon kabe-bibon, brjig pijiki 
 nissassiwindiban. Hay would not have been sufficient all 
 winter, had one of the oxen not been killed. 
 
 Minik ejibiigddeg Kije-Manito o masinaiganing, dpitchi debwewi- 
 nagad. All that is written in the Bible, (in God's book,) i» 
 perfectly true. 
 
 Kakina aking eteg kawin nin babamendansin, mekicendamdnin 
 minik gijigong endagog. For all that is on earth I don't care, 
 as soon (or, as often) as I remember what is in heaven. 
 
 Wegonin iw endagogobanen kifcki kitiganing, ga-daji-bimddisi- 
 wad nitam dnishinabeg ? Wliat is that that was (or, what was) 
 in the great garden, (Paradise,) wliere the first man lived ? 
 
 Pitchindgo kakina nind aiiman miniwe etegibanin nin gi-ma- 
 wandjitonan ; nongom iceweni nin tci-ganawendanan. Yester- 
 day I gathered all my things together, that were scattered 
 about ; I will now well take care of them.
 
 — 277 — 
 
 VIII. CONJUGATIOX. 
 
 To this Conjugation belong all the unipersonal verbs ending" 
 in ad, as : 
 
 Sanagad, it is difficult, hard, disagreeable ; dear^ high in price.- 
 Wenipanad; it is easy ; cheap. 
 Manadad, it is bad, wrong, malicious. 
 Mindokad, there is dew on the ground. 
 Anakwad, it is cloudy. 
 
 Mijakwad, the weatlier is fair, clear, no clouds. 
 Etc., etc. 
 
 Note. The verV)s of the preceding Conjugation become often.' 
 verbs of this VIII. Conjugation, liy taking the termination ma- 
 gad, which do not alter at all their signification, as : 
 Kijdte, it is warm weather ; kijdtemagad, 
 
 Kissina, it is cold weather ; ' kissinumagad,. 
 
 Sogipo, it snows ; sogipomagad, 
 
 Mitcha, it is big, large ; mitchdmagad, 
 
 Agdfisa, it is small, narrow ; agdssamagad. 
 
 To this Conjugation also belong the personijying verbs of the- 
 second kind, (see p. 81,) which are formed by addii>g magad to- 
 the third person singular, present, indicative, of v(^rbs belonging- 
 to the I. II. and III. Conjugations. (See examples of these verbs 
 on the same page.) 
 
 Note. Some verbs of this Conjugation have only the third per- 
 80n singular ; others have the plural also. 
 
 Here is the paradigm of a verb of the VIII. Conjugation. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. KEGATITE FOMM^ 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSIv. 
 
 SanagaA, it is difficult ; dear, Kawia ssinon. 
 
 sanagadon, they are dear, (inan. obj.) " ssinon, 
 
 I.MPEltFECT TENSE. 
 
 Sanagadvh-du, it was difficult ; dear, Kawiii ssinoban, 
 
 ^ana^adobanin, they were dear ; diff. " ssinobanin-
 
 — 278 — 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Sanaga\<, because it is (they are) diff. . . esinog. 
 
 I'EHKErT TEN.«E. 
 
 ■Oi-saTuzgak, because it has Vjeen (they have 
 
 been) diff. . . 6.sinog. 
 
 PLl'PER[-ECT TENSE. 
 
 < liad it been difl". . . 
 .Sanagdkikan, | ,^^j ^^^^^, ^^^^^^ ^^^^^ s.sinogiban. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Ta-sanagai], he it d'lff.; dear, Kego ssinon, 
 
 .ta-sanagadon, let them be dear, " ssinon. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TKNSE. 
 
 Sc/ia^fak, something difficult; dear, ssinog 
 
 -senagdkin, things dear ; diff. ssinogin. 
 
 IMPE!tFECT TEXSE. 
 
 Senagakiha.n, that was difficult ; dear, ssinogiban, 
 
 ^ejia^akibanin, tilings that were diff. . . ssinogibanin. 
 
 VIII. DUBITATIVE CONJUGATION. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TKNSE. 
 
 •Sajwz^radodog, it is perhaps diff. ; dear, Kawin ssinodog, 
 -sawa^ododogenan, they are perhaps dear, " ssinodogenan. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 if''' ^^'^^ peril, diff. . . 
 ^anasrodogoban, | ^j^^^. ^^.^^.^ ^^^^ ^-^^.^ gginogoban.
 
 — 279 — 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 ^onima senagadogwen, where it is dear ; 
 
 dift". . . Go?i//nrt ssinogwen, 
 
 " senagadogwen, whetiier they are 
 dear ; difi'. . . 
 
 PKRFECT TEXSE. 
 
 f whether it has been dift". 
 ^iarsanagadog^^'eu, |,, Aether they have been 
 
 PLUPERFECT TEXSE. 
 
 if it had been dear, 
 
 r II u nau oeen aear, 
 ^ana^radogobanen, | j^-^j^^^ j^^^ ^,^^^ ^j^^^^ 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 ssinogwen. 
 
 SSI nog wen. 
 
 ssinogobanen. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 ^e/m^rodogwen, that is perhaps dear, dif?. . ssinogwen, 
 .sena^odogwenan, that are perhaps dear, ssinogwenau. 
 
 IMPKRFECT TEXSE. 
 
 5e?ia(7adogobanen, a thing that was perh. 
 
 diff. ssinogobanen, 
 
 jjejia^rodogobanenan, things that were perh. 
 
 dear. ssinogobanenan. 
 
 Some Examples in regard to the second third person, expressed 
 by an inanimate object. 
 
 Sanagad'un od anokiwin. Kawin gtcetch saKOgrassinini, nind 
 
 inendam. Ilis work is l)ard, (difficult). It is not very liard, I 
 
 think, 
 ^awa^radiniwan aw atawewinini od aiiman. waboianan kawin 
 
 gweich sanagrassininivvan. The goods (or things) of this trader 
 
 are dear. His blankets are not very dear. 
 
 19
 
 — 280 - 
 
 Alis.tmca sanaf/ad'uvg od nknaiicin, u-etceni od odapinan. Al- 
 thougli liis sickness 1)C <liflicult, (painful,) lie accepts it well, 
 (he takes it with resignation.) 
 
 Kishpin osCim sanagadimg od anokiwiiiau, kawin kakina o ya- 
 gijitossinan. If his works are too difficult, he will not do 
 them all. 
 
 Kishpin sawo^'assininig bimossewiu, wnbang ia-dagwishin. If 
 walking is not difHeuIt, he will arrive to-morrow. 
 
 Kis/ipin A'o/irt(/«.^sininig (no aiuweivenini o hahisikawdganan , ni- 
 hiwa gad-atawenan. If this trader's coats are not too dear, 
 he will sell many. 
 
 Senagadimg anogudjigan nin yi-icabandamawa nongom ; Isena- 
 ^assininig.) I have seen to-day his dear (valuable) merchan- 
 dise ; (not dear.) 
 
 Senagadinigm od aiiman dnind o gi-wanitonan ; [senaga^s'mxm- 
 gin.) He has lost some of his dear (valuable) things ; mot 
 dear.) * 
 
 IX. CONJUGATION. 
 
 To this Conjugation belong the unipersonal verbs ending in 
 aw, or in ; as : 
 
 Onijishin, it is fair, handsome; good, useful ; fan inanimate oh' 
 
 ject.) 
 Ndngan, it is light, not heavy. 
 Kosigwan, it is heavy. 
 Bhcan, the snow is driven by the wind. 
 Mlkandwan, there is a road, a trail. 
 Nibhcan, it is wet, (a piece of clothing, etc.) 
 Songan, it is strong. 
 Nodin, it blows, it is windy. 
 Anicdiin, it is calm, there is no wind. 
 Pangissin, it falls, (an in. object.) 
 Gashkadin, it freezes over, (a lake, or river, etc.) 
 Mashkawadin, it freezes, (any in. object.) 
 
 To this Conjugation also belong some of the in. Numeral 
 verbs, ending in the plural in non.
 
 — 281 — 
 
 Kotc. Some verbs of tliis Conjugation are used only in the 
 third person singular; and some liave also the third person 
 plural. 
 
 Here follows the paradigm ot'une of these verbs. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVK FORM. Xl.fJATIVE FOUSI, 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Onijishin, it is fair, good, useful, Kawin sinon, 
 
 onijialiinou, they are gooil, fin. ohj.) " sinon. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Oniji-fhinohiin, it was fair, good, Kawin sinoban, 
 
 OMr/isA«iobanin, they were good, " sinobanin., 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 Oiiijiahing, liecause it is(tliey are) fair, 
 
 PI.rPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 had it been ftxir. 
 
 f had It l)een lair, 
 '' ° ' \ had they been fair, 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 sinogiban. 
 
 loroniji.'shin, let it be fair, good, Keijo sinon, 
 
 ia-omjluhinon , let them be fair, good, '' sinon. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Wenijishin, what is fair, good, ^inog, 
 
 weniji.shingin, things that are fair, sinogin. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 Wenyishi}ig\hiin\n , things that were fair, sinogibaniii
 
 — 282 — 
 IX. Dl'lHTATIVK CONJCGATION. 
 
 AKKIrtMATIVK KoUM. NKf;ATIVK KORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Onijishiiioilog, it is ]K'rliii|»s fair, good, Kawin sinodog, 
 onijitshinoiXogQWAn, they are peril, fair, 
 
 (i«. ohj.) sinodogenan, 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 ( it was perhaps fair, ) 
 OnijUhinogohau, | ^j^^^ ^^.^^^ ^ ^^-^^ | haichi smogoban. 
 
 Form after these two ten.ses, all the others of the indicative. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TEXSE. 
 
 Wenij ishinogwcu , whether it is (they are) fair, siiiogwen. 
 p;:rfect tense. 
 
 Ga-onijishinogwen, whether it has (they have) 
 
 been good, siiiogwen. 
 
 PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 0H(/('s/i?HOgobanen, if it (they) had been fixir,good, sinogobanen. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 presknt ten.-je. 
 
 Wenijishinogwen, a thing that i.s perhaps good, sinogwen. 
 }pem}'is Ainogwenan, things that are perh. good, sinogwenan. 
 
 I.MPERFECT TI NSE. 
 
 Wenijishinogohanen, a thing that was perhaps 
 
 good, sinogobanen.
 
 — 283 — 
 
 A few Example's in regard io the second third person, expressed 
 Ijy an inanimate ohjeci. 
 
 Onijishinin'i o habasikawagan, o wiwdkwdn eta kaiciii onijishin- 
 
 sinini. His coat is nice, (good,) but his hat is not nice. 
 OnijisJiviin'iwan o makissinan, o lodboianan dash kawin oniji- 
 
 shins'm'\n\\\a.n. His slioes are good, (fine,) but his blankets are 
 
 not good. 
 Kishpin onijishin'ung, od anokiwin, weweni ta-dibaamaiva, If 
 
 liis work is good, (fair,) lie will be well paid. 
 Kishpin ode oyiijishi n^iimnig, kawin gaie od ikkitowinan ta-oniji- 
 
 sAmsininiwan. If his heart is not good, iclean,) neither will 
 
 his words be good, (fair.) 
 Missatca onijishininlg kakina o masinaiganan, kawin gwetch o 
 
 wdbandansinan. Although his books are good, (useful,) he 
 
 does not much read them, (look into them.) 
 Kishpin onijishin'unnlit od ikkitoioi)ian, kawin gaie ode binassi- 
 
 n\ui. If his words are not decent, neither is his heart clean. 
 Wenijishin'mig o kiiiganens o gi-atawen, {wenijishins'minig.) He 
 
 has sold his fine garden, (not fine.) 
 kitchisugitonamcenijishin'wngin o masinaiganan ; (icenijishin- 
 
 inigin.) He likes very much his fine (useful) books ; (not fine.) 
 
 Examples ox thk viii. .\Nn i.\. coxjugatioxs. 
 
 Nin ndbikawdgan nokendagwad, nin btmiioanan dash ndngan ; 
 
 ikkito Dcbendjiged. My yoke is sweet, and my burden is 
 
 light ; says the Lord. 
 Sanagad na iw xcejitoian f Kaicin sanagassinon. Is that diffi- 
 cult what thou art doing? No, it is not difficult. 
 Onijishinoban keiabi tiin masinaigan ga-ivanitoidn, oshkiiiagwa- 
 
 doban. The book that I have lost, was good yet, it appeared 
 
 like new. 
 Gi-kitvhi-niskadad piichindgo kahegijig ; tibikong gaie kabe- 
 
 iibik gi-gimiwan. It has been bad weather yesterday all day ; 
 
 and last niglit it has rained all night.
 
 — 2^1 — 
 
 Apcr/i.sli )iiij(il,irfilx, inrniJaiii mriin .- minmra ilnsli hej'uj ; ape- 
 (jish kimiwang, inendam. An in i/nsk fjed-ijiwehakihan ? One 
 person tliinks : I winli it wmilij be clear weather ; anotlier 
 again tliinks : I wi.-li it would rain. Now liow should it be? 
 Missaiea soijipimutfjak, kUrJii niskadak yaie, potrh iiin tri-madja. 
 Even if it ^^nows, and if the weather is very bad, I will .-till 
 depart. 
 Osdm sanayasniiiiH/ilian biinos.seirlii, inlno i/IJif/akihan {/nie, 2>i- 
 tchindijo nin da-iji-du<jwixliinhuin. Had walking not been so 
 difficult, and had the weather been fair, we would have arriv- 
 ed yesterday. 
 Mimoanimakihan, kimiwanninotjihan gaie,ji'ha ki da-gi-hosimin. 
 Had the wind been fair, and had it not rained, we would have 
 embarked thi.'^ morning. 
 Da-kitchi-sanagad kakiiia gego, kiahpin hejig eta ataiciwinini 
 oma aiad. Every thing would lie very dear, if there be only 
 one merchant here. 
 Kaicin hdpi^h da-miiiwendagivassinon oma, geget da-kitrhi-kash- 
 dagwad, kis/ipin kin mddjaian. It would not be agreeable at 
 all here, it would be very sad indeed, if thou .*houldst go away 
 from here. 
 Ta-icasseiamagad, gi-ikkito Deheniminang Kije-Maniio ; mi dash 
 ga-iji-wasseiamagak. Let there be light, said our Lord God ; 
 and there wa.s light. 
 Kego osum ta-sanagaasinon kid aiiinan, mano ia-icendadon ; nin 
 gi-ina utaicewinini. Let your good^ not be too dear, let them 
 be cheap; said I to the merchant. 
 Pindigeiog egassad6iamagak ishkicandeming, tihi mikameg ka- 
 gige minatpanigosiici)i. Go in through the narrow gate, to 
 tind joy everlasting. 
 Kagina gego maianadak, keshkendagicak gaie, atemagad oma 
 aking ; gijigong dash aiapiichi-minicendagicak eta dagomagad. 
 All that is evil, and all that causes sorrow, is here on earth ; 
 but in heaven is only that which gives the greatest content- 
 ment, (joy.)
 
 — 285 — 
 
 Ojindan kakina icenijishinsinoijin iklifowinan. Shun all words 
 that are not fair, (indecent.) 
 
 Dihdkonige-gijigak kakina ia-kikendji(/ade,minik ge-gi-ijiwebak 
 omaaking. On the day of judgment all will be known that 
 shall have happened liere on earth. 
 
 Kakina ge-gi-kddj igddemagak nongom aking, wedi mijishd ta- 
 nagwad. All that shall have been hid now on earth, will ap- 
 pear there openly. 
 
 DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 Defective verbs are called tho.se wliich are not used in all the 
 moods, tenses and persons of common verbs. There are some 
 defective verbs in the Otchipwe language ; as : 
 
 Jwa, he (she, it) saj^s, (inquit.) 
 
 Jwlban, he (she, it) said. 
 
 Iwlbanig, they said. 
 
 Gi-iwd, lie (she, it) has said. 
 
 This is all I ever heard of this verb. There is another defec- 
 tive, and also irregular verb, which is somewhat more complete 
 than the above. In the fullowing paradigm are exhibited the 
 moods, tenses and persons, which are commonly used of this 
 verb. It has several significations ; it signifies : I do, I am, I 
 -conduct Tiiyself, etc. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Nind ind, I do, I am, 
 kid ind, 
 
 (di,) ino, he (she, it) is, 
 
 ino, it is, {in. object,) 
 nind indimin, (nin dimin,) 
 kid indim, {ki dim,) 
 
 dowag.
 
 — 286 — 
 NEGATIVH FOIIM. 
 
 Kawiti niiul indissi, or : Katciii niii ditxi, 
 " kid indiHsi, " ki dimi, 
 
 " dissi, " dissi, 
 
 " niad indissimin " nin dltsimin^ 
 
 " kid indissim, " ki dissim, 
 
 " dissiwag, " dissiwag^ 
 
 PERFECT TENSE. 
 
 (No affirmative.) 
 
 Kawin nin (ji-diaisi, I have not done, Keen, 
 Etc., as above. 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 {No affirmance.) 
 
 Kawin nin ga-dissi, (kawin 7nn ga-wi-dissi.) 
 Etc., after i\\e present tense. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRE.SEXT TENSE. 
 
 Tchi diidn, that I do, be, 
 " diian, 
 
 " (did, digid ;) ing, (bata-digid,) 
 " diidng, hata-diidng^ 
 " diiang, (hata-diiang ,) 
 " diieg, (bata-diieg,) 
 " dowad, (bata-dowad) 
 Tchi dis.siwdn, 
 
 " dissi wan, 
 
 " dissig, 
 
 " dissiwdng,. 
 
 " diss twang, 
 
 " dissiweg, 
 
 " dis.<iigica,
 
 — 287 — 
 PA RTICIPLES. 
 
 I'KEriKXT TKXSK. 
 
 Niii endiidn, I wlio do, who am, 
 
 kill endiian, thou who dost, who art, 
 
 lain endid, {endigid,] lie (she, it) who 
 
 iw eng, it wiiich is, {in. ohj.) 
 
 ninawind endiiHiii/,^ 
 
 ,. . , ,.. - we wlio are, who do, 
 
 kmawind endnang, j 
 
 kinawa endiieg, you who do, are, 
 
 wiiiawa endidjig, they who do, are, etc. 
 
 Nin endissiwdn, I who was not, etc., 
 
 kin endissiwan, thou wlio wast not, 
 
 win endissig, he wlio . . . 
 
 ninawind endissiwdng, ■» 
 
 , . . , ,. . > we who . . . 
 
 kinawind endissiwang, J 
 
 kinaica endissiweg, you who do, are, 
 
 winawa endissigog, they who do, are, etc. 
 
 I'ERFFCT TKNSE. 
 
 Nin ga-diiaii, I wlio liave lieen, done, 
 kin ga-diian, 
 win ga-did, (ga-digid,) 
 iw ga-ing, it that has been, (in. obj.) 
 Nin ga-dissiivdn, I who have not done, 
 kin ga-dissiican, thou who, etc . . . 
 Etc., after the present tense. 
 Here are some of the most common cases of Change in this" 
 defective verb. 
 
 I'RKSE.VT TENSE. 
 
 m 
 
 mi 
 mi 
 mi 
 mi 
 mi 
 
 endiidn, it is thus I am, I do, I behave, 
 
 endiian, it is thus thou art so, 
 
 etidid, 
 
 eng, it is tiius it is, it is .so, 
 
 endiidng, (ninawind, i \ 
 
 endiiang, (kinawin d,, 
 mi endiieg,
 
 — 2SM — 
 
 mi endoipad, it is thus they are, they do ho, etc., 
 Endiidnin, wlien I am 80, when I do so, etc., 
 hidiianin, wlien tlioii art ho, etc., 
 endidjin, 
 endiiaiii/oii, [endiianfjon.) 
 
 endiiecjon, 
 endowadjin, 
 
 PEKFKCT TENSE. 
 
 Mi gordiidn, it is tlins I have dune, I have hcen, etc.^ 
 
 mi gordiian, 
 
 mi ga-did, (ga-digid,) 
 
 mi ga-ing, it was thus it liapin'iK'il. ji Jms ijeen so. etc. 
 
 mi ga diidng, 
 
 mi ga-diiaiig, 
 
 mi ga-dowad, so they have heen, done, etc. 
 
 Remark. The prefix ca in endiidn, ^ndiian, etc., is only an 
 effect of the Change, (see p. 118.) It is omitted in compositions ; 
 as: Ga-diidn, ge-diidn ; nin haiaid-diian, la sinner; baiaid- 
 digid, a sinner ; baiatd-didjig, sinners, etc. The end-syllable in, 
 in endiianin, etc., is likewi.se an effect of the Change, in another 
 case. 
 
 Here are some specimens of the Dnhitaiive of this defective 
 verb. 
 
 Endowdnen, I don't know how I am, how I do, etc., 
 .endowanen " how thou art, etc., 
 
 ^ndogwen, " liow he (she, iti does, etc , 
 
 ^ndowdngen, ■» 
 
 endowangen, \ " ^'«"' "'^ ""''' d"^' ^"^^'^''' ^'•^•' 
 
 endoivegicen, " how you are, do, . . . 
 
 ■endowagwen, " liow they are, behave, etc. 
 
 Endogobanen, how he (she, it) was, did, 
 endowagubanen, how they did, were, etc., 
 Ga-doicdnen, liow I liave been, how I liave done, 
 Ga-dowanen, how thou hast been, etc., 
 £a-dogwcn , how he,. . .
 
 — 289 — 
 
 ga-ino[/wen, liow it has been, {in. obj.) 
 ga-dow&iiyen, how we have been, etc., etc. . . 
 Ge-dowdiieii, how I shall be, how I will do, etc., 
 ged-inofjwen, how it shall be, how it will happen, 
 ge-dowuiKjen, how we shall be, how we will be, behave, etc., etc. 
 
 A few Examples on the Defective Verbs. 
 
 Wdbany nin wi-mddja, kitchi ginwenj dash niii gad-incnd, iwd. 
 He says: I will depart (start) to-morrow, and will be absent 
 very long. 
 
 Ki gi-icdbama na Y iiiiid uno ynijivcdjinia — Kawin hi wi winda- 
 mossinon, iwd dash. I ask him indeed : Ila-t thou .-^een him ? 
 but he says : I will not tell (hoe. 
 
 Ain ga-f/osimiii wdl>aiii/ ; iwibanig ]}itrhindgo. They said yes- 
 terday : We will move t(j-morrow. 
 
 Wegotien ga-ikkitod awishtoia ? — Nin gad-ojifon icdgakicad ; 
 gi-iwd sa. What has the blacksmith said? — He has said: I 
 will make the axe. 
 
 Egatchingin nind indimin, mojag batu-diidng. We behave shame- 
 fully, because we are sinning always. 
 
 Debeidmiiang, icidokawishindm ningot endiiangin ; angotama- 
 wishindm gaie ga-bi-aindiiung, (ga-bi-diidng.) Lord, assist 
 us when anything happens us; and take from us what we 
 have done, (committed,) (our sins.) 
 
 Debeniniiiang, kaginig dil)endan ge-doicdngen, niinik gaie ge- 
 kitimdgisiwdngen. Lord, always govern, (be master ot",) what- 
 ever we shall be, and whatever misery (poverty,) shall befall us. 
 
 Anin endiian nongom ? Endiidn sa nind ind. How dost thou do 
 to-day ? I do as I do. 
 
 FORMATION OF VERBS. 
 
 There are several kinds or modifications of verbs in the Ot- 
 chipwe language, which are formed from principal verbs, ' or 
 from substantives, to express ditlerent circumstances, wliich use 
 
 * We call ;^ri/tci/)a< verbs, tite Iran-iitive-proper, and the inlransUive-]>roi7cr 
 verbs.
 
 — 200 — 
 
 to be expressed in otlier larifriiaj^eH liy tlie conibiiiiitioii of two or 
 more parts ofspeecli. 
 
 We will exhibit here these kinds of verbs, and give tlie rules 
 for their formation, in as niueh as Rnleit can be indicated for 
 tliat. 
 
 I. Recipkocai, Vi;rbs. 
 
 They show a reaction of the subject on itself. They all end 
 in as or dis, at the first person singular, indicative, present ; 
 and at the third person in o, belong to the I. Conjugation. Here 
 are the Rules for their formation. 
 
 Rule 1. Transitive verbs ending in awa, change their last syl- 
 lable n'a into s, in order to form reciprocal verbs. 
 
 EXAMPI.KS. 
 
 Nin babcimitawa, I obey him; )iin babamifan, I obey myself 
 Nin nondmoa, I hear him ; nin nondas, I hear myself 
 
 Rulh: 2. Transitive verl)s ending in na, ea, ia, oa, or a with a 
 consonant before it, (excepting m and w,) change the final a 
 into idis. 
 
 EXAMPLKS. 
 
 i^?H wi?Hor?, I give him to drink ; nin minaidis, I give to drink 
 
 to myself. 
 Nin ganona, I speak to him ; nin (/anonidi.s, I speak to myself. 
 
 Rule 3. Transitive verbs ending in owa, change their last syl- 
 lable ira into dis. 
 
 Example. 
 
 Nin pakiieowa, I strike him; nin pakiteodis, I strike myself 
 
 Rule 4. Transitive verbs ending in ma, change this syllable 
 into ndift. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nin wdhama, I see him ; nin wdbandis, I see myself. 
 
 Nin kikniinia, I know Iutu ; nin kikenindis, I know myself.
 
 - 291 — 
 
 II. CoMMI.'XirATIVK VkKBS. 
 
 These verbs show a nuitual action of two or more 8ul)jects 
 upon each other. They have only the phiral number, and they 
 all end in dimin, at the first person phiral, indicative, present. 
 (To the I. Conj.) They are formed after the reciprocal verbs, 
 according to the following Rules. 
 
 Rule 1. The reciprocal verbs ending in as, change this as into 
 aclimin, in order to make communicative verbs 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Ninnondas, I hear myself ; niiinondadimin, we hear eacli other. 
 
 Nia nissitotas, I under.stand myself; niii )ussHofadi»nn, we un- 
 derstand each other. 
 
 Nind anokiias, I work (or my fie\f ; nind anokitadiinin, we work 
 for each other. 
 
 Rule 2. The reciprocal verbs ending in (//*•, change this sylhible 
 into dimin. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nin baniiidis, I take can' of myself; iiin humiidimiit, we take 
 
 care of each other. 
 Nin nishkiidis, I make myself angry ; nin niskkidiidiniin, we 
 
 make each other angry. 
 
 Note. The personal pronoun ki is to be employed instead of 
 iwi in the communicative verbs in the first person, when the 
 person spoken to is included. (See l\em. 3, p. 45.) 
 
 III. Personifyij^ Verbs. 
 
 They serve to represent an inanimate thing as doing actions 
 of an anmaie being. There are two kinds of these verbs; the 
 one ending in on, and the other in magad. 
 
 IV. Repkoaching Verbs. 
 
 A reproaching verb is used in order to signify that its subject 
 has a habit or quality, which is a rejimnr/i to him. 'J'iievarc all
 
 — 2'.yi — 
 
 (lorivcd tVnii) iiitran.sitive verbs of llie I. Cuiijiigatioii, ami tliey 
 iilsn nil licliiii^ to this Conjugation, becauMe tliey all end in tat 
 tilt- cliiiractt'ristica! tliird jKT.'r'on. 
 
 Tlic only Rule for their formation is tliis : Take tlie verb you 
 want to transform into a reproacliing verb, in the third fjerson 
 singuhir, indicative, present, athrmalive form, and add shk to 
 this person, and vdu liave tlie reproaching verb. 
 
 Examples. 
 Ain nibci, I sleep; 3 pers. tiilju ; nin niba.ihk, 1 sleep too mucli. 
 Nm minikwe, I drink ; H pers. viinikwe ; nin viinikweshk , I drink 
 
 too much ; I am a drunkard. 
 Mn masinaige, I m3kV& debts; 3 pers. masinaige ; nia mashiai- 
 
 gei^hk, I make always debts. 
 
 V. Substantive verbs proper. 
 
 This kind of verbs is derived from substantives. They end in 
 / at the third person. (I. Conj.) In regard to the formation ofthe.se 
 verbs, two Hules are to be observed, viz : 
 
 Role 1. To a substantive a?i/mrt<e or i«a«imo^e, ending in a vo- 
 wel, only a w is added, to form a verb. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Iniiii, man ; niud ininiic, I am a man. 
 
 Ik we, woman ; nind ikicew, I am a woman. 
 
 Ogima, chief; nind ogimaic, I am a chief. 
 
 Aki, earth ; nind akitc, I am earth. 
 
 Sibi, river ; nin sibiw, I am a river. 
 
 ' Exception. To a substantive ending in a vowel that has the 
 
 nasal sound after it, [a, e, ?, o, *) you have [to add the .syllable 
 
 iw, to form a verb. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Akiwesi, an old man ; nind akiwes'iiw, I am an old man. 
 
 Mindimoie, an old woman ; nin mindimuieiw, I am an old 
 
 woman. 
 
 • See page 16, No. 3.
 
 — 293 — 
 
 AbinodJ'i, a child ; 7iind abinodji.'w, I am a child. 
 
 Gii/o, a fi.-h ; n'n gigoiw, I am a fish. 
 
 RuLK 2. To a substantive, animate or inanimate, ending in aeon- 
 «ona/i^, the syllable «c is added, to make a verb of it. Only 
 those substantives ending in a consonant, whose mutative vo- 
 wel is 0, t (which make their plural in og, and some in icag.) 
 take the syllable oiv, to become verbs. 
 
 E.\.\MPI-ES. 
 
 Wdbigan, clay ; nin wdbiganiio, I am clay. 
 
 Jiwifdgan, sa,]t; ninjiwitdgaimc, I am salt. 
 
 Asain, a stone ; nind assiniic, I am a stone. 
 
 Note. There is yet another kind of substantive verbs in this 
 language. They are unipersonal and belong to the IX. Conju- 
 gation. They are derived from inanimate substantives ending 
 in win; and their formation consists in adding iican to the end- 
 syllable icin. 
 
 EXAMPM s. 
 
 Minawdnigosiwin, joy ; ■ minaivdnigosimniican, there- 
 
 is joy. 
 
 Kashkendatnoicin, sorrow; kashkendamotoiniwan, there 
 
 is sorrow. 
 
 lidpiwin, k'ughter ; bdjnioiniwan, there is laugh, 
 
 Mdwixoin, weeping ; mdwiwiniwan, there is w. 
 
 Bakadewin, starvation ; bakadewiniwan, there is st- 
 
 VI. Abundance-Verbs. 
 
 These verbs are also substantive-verbs, being formed from sub- 
 stantives. But as they signify at the , same time abundance of 
 what they express, they justly form a distinct class of verbff, 
 called as above. They are unipersonal verbs, belonging to the 
 VII. Conjugation. 
 
 There are two Rules for their formation, somewhat relating tO' 
 those of the preceding number. 
 
 t See p. 31
 
 — '2'.U — 
 
 llri.E 1. To form an abiiiidance-verli, adri the syllable ka to a 
 substantive ending in a vowel, may it be animate or inanimate. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Anishindbe, Indian ; 
 
 anishinabeka, there is j>Ienty of 
 
 Indiana. 
 6a</meA'a, there is plenty of mos. 
 nihika, there is mucli water. 
 animikika, tliere it* a thunder- 
 .storm. 
 Exception. Substantives ending in a vowel which ha.sthe nasal 
 Bound, take ika, to become abundance-verbs. 
 
 Sagime, moscheto ; 
 Nibi, water ; 
 Animiki, thunder ; 
 
 Examples. 
 
 f/ir/oika, there is plent}' offish. 
 ahinodjiika, there is abundance of chil- 
 dren. 
 assabikshiika, there is abundance of 
 
 spiders. 
 mishikcika, there is plenty of turtle. 
 
 EuLK 2. Substantives animate or inanimate, ending in a conso- 
 nant, require the addition of ika or oka, to be transformed 
 into verbs of this class. (The mutative vowel o requires o^a.) 
 
 Gigo, fish ; 
 Abinodj'i, a child ; 
 
 AssabikesM, a spider 
 
 Mishike, a turtle; 
 
 Mikwam, ice ; 
 4jon, snow ; 
 Ashishk, dirt, (on the 
 
 road, etc.) 
 Nam^goss, trout ; 
 
 Ex.^MPLES. 
 
 mikwamika, there is much ice. 
 gonika, there is much snow. 
 
 ashishkika, there is much dirt, mud. 
 namegossika, there is abundance of 
 trout. 
 Miskwimi n , a. raspberry ; fniskwiminika, there is plenty of rasp- 
 berries. 
 Andng, a star ; anangoka, there are many stars. 
 
 Mitig, a tree ; mitigoka, there is abundance of trees. 
 
 Wdbos, a rabbit ; icdbosoka, there are many rabbits.
 
 — 295 — 
 V'll. P0SSES8IVK \'krbs. 
 
 These verbs indicate possession or property, in a very pecu- 
 liar manner. Tliey are substantive-verbs, being derived from 
 substantives, animate or inauimaie, by prefixing o or od, an<l 
 the personal pronoun imi or nind in the first person, etc. ; and 
 they belong to the I. Conjugation, being intransitive verbs, end- 
 ing in a vowel at the characteristical third person ; that is, in i 
 or 0. (This refers to the mutative 0.) 
 
 Those that terminate in a consonant at the first person singu- 
 lar, indicative, present, do ordinarily not take the jjosscssive 
 terminations. Some may take them occasionally. 
 
 But those that end in a voivcl at the said person, take tlie pos- 
 sessive terminations. These all end in i at the characteristical 
 third person. 
 
 EXAMPLKS. 
 
 Tchimun, canoe ; nind otchhnun, I have a canoe. 
 
 Mokomdn, a knife ; nind omokomdn, I have a knife. 
 
 Odcibdn, a sledge ; 7iind ododdbdn, I have a sledge. 
 
 Noss, [n-oss,) my father ; nind ooss, 1 have a father. 
 Ningwiss, (nin-gwiss,) 
 
 my son ; nind ogwiss, I have a son. 
 
 Note. These end in i at the third person, otchimdni, etc. 
 Wdgdkivad, an a.x ; nind oicugdkucad, I have an axe. 
 
 Makak, a box ; nind omakak, I have a box. 
 
 Akik, a kettle ; nind odakik, I have a kettle. 
 
 Mitig, a tree or wood ; nind omiiig. I have a tree or wood. 
 
 Note. These end in o at the third person, owdgdkwado, . . 
 Joniia, silver, money ; nind ojoniium, I have money. 
 Pijiki, a cow ; nind opijikim, I have a cow. 
 
 Opin, a potatoe ; nind odnpinim, I have potatoes. 
 
 Aki, earth, land ; nind odakim, I have land. 
 
 Jshkote, fire ; nind odiskkotem, I have fire. 
 
 Note. These have the possessive terminations, ending in / at 
 the third person, ojoniiCimi, opijikimi. . . . 
 
 20
 
 — 29(; — 
 
 V'lll. \V(tRKivf; Vkkhs. 
 
 The verlis ofthi.M cIuhh signify tlie doiny of a work ; and fo I 
 think tlicy are properly calleil workiiKj vcrh.". They are sub- 
 stantive-verbs, all being derived from substantives, animate or 
 inanimate, and follow the same Rules in their formation, as the 
 abundance-verbs of No. VI. These verbs belong all to the I. 
 Conjugation. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Mikana, path, road ; nin mikandke, I make a road. 
 Ishkote, fire ; nind ishkoteke, I make fire. 
 Akakanje, charcoal ; nind akahunjeke, I burn charcoal. 
 Joniia, silver; ninjoniiake, I work silver. 
 
 Mashkikiwubo, medicine ; nin mashkikiwdboke, I prepare a medi- 
 cine. 
 
 IX. Feioxing Verbs. 
 
 These verbs are used to designate feigning or dissimulation. 
 A verb of this kind represents its subject doing something for 
 show only, or by dissimulation. They all terminate in kds, at 
 the first person singular, indicative, present ; and in o at the 
 characteristical third person ; and consequently' belong to the 
 I. Conjugation. Some of them are derived from other verbs, 
 and son>e from substantives. 
 
 Tho.se derived from subntantices, follow in their formation 
 exactly the Rules established in No. VI. All you have addition- 
 ally to do is, to add a- to an abundance-verb, and to prepose nin 
 {nind,) and you have a feigning verb, nindanishindbekds, I play 
 or act the Indian, I feign to be an Indian. Abinodjiika ; feign- 
 ing verb, 7iind abinodjiikds, I play the child. Wdbosoka ; feign- 
 ing verb, nin lodbasokds, I feign to be a rabbit, (in fables.) 
 
 Those feigning verbs, that are derived from verbs, add the syl- 
 lable kds to the characteristical third person of the verbs from 
 which they are formed.
 
 — 297 — 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nin niba, I sleep ; 3(J. person, niha; nin nibdkds, I feign to Bleep. 
 Nin gagibishe, I am deaf; 3d. person, gagibishe ; nin gagibishekds, 
 
 I dissemble to be deaf. 
 Nind ukoa, I am si<;k ; 3d. person, dkosi; nind dkosikds, I feign 
 
 to be sick. 
 Nin nib, I die ; 3d. person, nibo ; nin nibokds, I feign to die. 
 
 X. Causing Verbs. 
 These verbs are called so, because they indicate that the svi\y- 
 ject of such a verb causes some animate object to be in a certain 
 circumstance, or to do something. They are all animate verbs, 
 belonging to the IV. Conjugation. They are obtained from the- 
 characteri.stical third person of intransitive verbs, by adding a^ 
 ia, or oa ; according to the following Rules. 
 Rule 1. When the characteristical third person ends in a vowel, 
 the letter a only is added, to form a causing verb. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nind dbitchiba, I rise from the dead ; 3d. person, dbitchiba ; 
 
 nind dbitckibaa, I raise him from the dead. 
 Nin manisse, I chop ; 3d. person manisse; nin manissea, I make 
 
 him chop wood. 
 Nin widige, I am married ; 3d. person, tvidige ; nin widigea, I 
 
 make him be married. 
 Nind anoki, I work ; 3d. person, anoki ; nind anokia, I make 
 
 him work. 
 Rdle 2. When the characteristical third person ends in a conso- 
 nant, the syllable ia or oa is added to make a causing verb. 
 (The syUable oa refers to the mutative vowel o.) 
 
 Examples.. 
 Nin kashkendam, I am sad ; 3d. person, kashkendam ; nin kash 
 
 kendamia, I make him sad. 
 Ninmashkawendani, I am firmly resolved ; .3d. person, wa,s7jAa- 
 
 wendam ; nin masftkawendiimia, I vnw^c h'\u\ to be firmiv re- 
 solved.
 
 — 2!)H — 
 
 Kin doilmii, I dn it ; .Hil. person, dodum ; nin dodamoa, I inuke 
 
 liiin do it. 
 Nin ticdshin, I lnoak tlnoiigh tlio ice; 'M. i)er.«oii, iwa.shin ; nin 
 
 iwdshinoa, I cause liiiii to break lliroiigh the ice. 
 
 Note 1. All the verbs of the II. and III. Conjugation.^, when 
 tratisfornieil into can.sing verbs, ought to end in oa, because 
 ilieir imitative vowel i8 o. But usage seems to require to add ia 
 to those that are coniposeil of /«eH(/a/H, (he thinks,, as the first 
 two of these E.xainples, and many others. 
 
 Note 2. It must be observed here, that not all tlie verbs of the 
 first three (or other) Conjugations use to be transformed into 
 causing verbs ; and some liave tlieir own way of becoming verb-s 
 of this kmd, as : Niba, he sleeps; nin nibea, I cause him to 
 sleep. Kitimdgisi, he is poor : ninkilinidgisi, I make him poor. 
 Widi'gendiwag, they are married together ; nin tcidigendaag, I 
 marry them together. wdbandan, he sees it ; nin wdbandaa, 
 I cause him to see it, I show it to him. kikenddn, he knows 
 it ; nin kikendanwa, I cause him to know it, I make it known 
 to him, etc., etc. These are verbs by tliemselves. 
 
 XL Frequextative Verbs. 
 
 This kind of verbs is used to indicate a repetition or reitera- 
 tion of the action expressed by the verb. The contrivance which 
 makes common verbs become frequentative, is, to double the 
 lirst syllable of the verb. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nin pakiteoica, I strike him; nin papakiteoica, I strike him 
 
 repeatedly. 
 Nin tdngishkaica, I kick him ; nin iatdngishkawa, I kick him 
 
 several times. 
 
 But sometimes, especially when the first syllable of the com- 
 mon verb has the vowel i, this i is changed iu a iu the first syl- 
 lable of the frequentative verb.
 
 — 200 — 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nin gicjit,! speak (a short tiiiie;i nin gugigit, I ppeak long, 
 
 nnicli. 
 Nia pindige, I come in ; nin pdpiiidige, I come often in. 
 Mn nibaw, I stand ; nia ndnibaiv, I .stand here and there. 
 
 XII. Pitying Verbs. 
 
 Thi.s modification of verbs is used to manifest ?>(7y, which tlie 
 subject of these verbs has on himseU", or on others. In English 
 it requires a whole phrase to express the meaning of such a verb. 
 We will exhibit here some of them ; and below are the English 
 phrases which express their meaning. 
 
 Pit. v.\ pern. 3 pers. Subj. mood,pres. 
 
 Nin debimdsh ; * debimdshi; debimdshan. 
 
 Nin bakudesh ; f bakadeshi ; bakadeshan. 
 
 Nin gagibi.<ihe.Hh ; X gaglbi.sheshi; gagibisheshan. 
 
 Nind dkosi)ih ; \\ dkosishi ; akosisha)i. 
 
 Nindijiwcsinh ; § ijiwcsi.'ihi; ijiioesishan. 
 
 * It is but too true what they say of me. 
 
 t I am worth pity, being so hungry. 
 
 t I am worth pity, being deaf. 
 
 II I am worth compassion, being sick. 
 
 § I am miserable, lieing so. 
 
 Debimdshi nddog ; I think, what they say of that poor follow, 
 is but too true. (Thirteen words for one.) 
 
 Remark 1. Many active verbs ending in amawa, indicate by 
 this termination something belonging to the object of the verb, 
 or relating and alluding to it. This modification of verbs is 
 much used in the Otchipwe language, and is expressive. 
 
 Some Examples. 
 
 Nin wdhandamawa od inanokiwin; I see his work. 
 
 Nin gi-wdbandamawa od ijibiigan ; I have seen his writing. 
 
 Nin Jingendamawa o batadowin ; I liate his sin. 
 
 Nin jinjendamawa o gaginatcishkiirin • I hate his habit of lying.
 
 — .'{no — 
 
 You coulii, imlccd, say: Nin lenhainlnn nd inanokiwin ; nin 
 jingendan o gaginawishkiwin ; nin kikendan ndijiwehuiwin ; nin 
 nondan o matchi gijwewin ; etc. .. This wouM he underetocMJ 
 hy Indians, hut it is not genuine Otchipwe. 
 
 You sec hy these Examples, that the lant syllalile of the verb, 
 (wliicli always is a verb of the VI. Conjugation.) from which a 
 verb of this description is formed, is changed iwio amawa,^ which 
 jiiakes it become a verb of the IV. Conjugation) But in some 
 verbs ending in on, this last syllable is not changed in amdwa, 
 but in awa; as : 
 Nin mddjidon, I carry it away ; nin mddjidawa, I carry it to 
 
 him. 
 Nin bidon, I bring it ; nin biilnwa, I liring it to him. 
 Nind aton, I put it ; nind aiawa, I put it to him, or for him. 
 Nin kddon, I hide it; nin kddawa, I conceal it to him. 
 Nin sdgiton, I like (keep) it; ninsdgitawa, I don't give it to him. 
 
 Etc. . . etc. . . 
 
 It is evident that the verbs ending in dn, change invariably 
 this syllable m amdwa, to become verbs of this description. But 
 for those ending in on, I can discover no Rule which could show 
 us those that change this on in amdwa, and those that change it 
 in aioa. 
 
 Remark 2. Let me now say a word of contracted verbs. The 
 Otchipwe language is full of them. There are no fi.xed Rules for 
 this contraction ; usage contracted or abbreviated them, and es- 
 tablished them in the language. Nor is it the business of the 
 Grammar, to give a detailed account of them; this is the duty 
 of the Dictionary. I will here only give you a few specimens of 
 contracted verbs, and at the same time a hint, to be attentive 
 and diligent in the analyzing of compound and contracted verbs 
 and other parts of speech. Here are a few specimens. 
 Nin nddonddn, 1 fetch and bring it on my back, iA7;i nddin,! 
 
 fetch it ; nin bimonddn, I carry it on my back.) 
 Biddssimishka, he is coming here in a canoe. {Bi, denoting ap- 
 proach ; onddss, come here ; bimishka, he goes or comes in a 
 canoe, boat, etc.)
 
 — 301 — 
 
 JVm biddiljim, I come and tell soiiu'tliing. iBi, denoting coming ; 
 nin hidddjhn, I tell it.) 
 And innumerable otliers. 
 
 CHAPTER IV 
 
 OV ADJECTIVKS. 
 
 An Adjective is adjected or added to a substantive to express 
 its quality or manner of existing. 
 
 The Otchipwe adjectives, like the English, are perfectly inva- 
 riable, respecting gender, number and case. So we say : Mino 
 kwiwisens, a good boy ; mind ikwesens, a good girl ; mino do- 
 damowin, a good action. As long as they are adjectives thej' are 
 invariable ; but they are ordinarily transformed into verbs, and 
 then they are conjugated. 
 
 There are only a few adjectives j[»-oj!>e;- in the Otchipwe lan- 
 guage, they are almost all adjective-verbs. 
 
 1. Here are some of the first sort, adjectives proper. 
 
 Mho, good. Gegetmino inini kissaie; thy brother is indeed a 
 
 good man. 
 Mino ikiceban aw o gi-Jcitchi-mta-jatvenimdn widj' anishindben ; 
 
 she was a gooti woman, she was very charitable towards her 
 
 neighbor. 
 Mind aki na endaji-kitigeiegf Is the soil good where your field is? 
 Matchi, bad, evil. Match'i manito ki toi-minigonan matchi inen- 
 
 damoioinan ; the evil spirit suggests us bad thoughts. 
 Matcki anishindbeg anotch matchi ijiwcbfsiwinan 'od aianaican, 
 
 matchi nibi gate o sdgitonawa ; bad Indians have many evil 
 
 liabits, and they also like liquor, (bad water.) 
 Matchi ahi nod) Hag ; bad children. 
 ■Getc, o\(\, ancient. G etc anishindbeg gi-kitchi-batdtnowag : the 
 
 Indians of uld were very numerous .
 
 — :{n2 — 
 
 Nin (/efr iti txinaiijdii nin h'ulnn, hekannk dunk wijis/iikan , I 
 
 bring my old book, ple^He give me anothfr one. (Jete kitif/a- 
 
 nan ; old fields. 
 Oshki, new, recent ; youii;r. OsJiki maxinaiijan hi hi-nundola- 
 
 mon ; I come to ask (liee for a new book. 
 Cwa/al-, good, just, right, ui)right, .straiglit. — (i waiak iiiiui, a. 
 
 good or jii.st man ; r/waiak ((/(urt'icininiiraf/, good trader.". 
 Ka(/ir/e, eternal, everlasting. — O waiak enamiadjir/ kar/it/c bimu- 
 
 di^iwin (jijiijong ta^minciway ; to good Cliri.^tian.s life everla.st- 
 
 iiig will be given in heaven. 
 KitchHwd, holy, saint. — KiUhHwa Marie ; Saint Mary. Kiichit- 
 
 icd Paul; Saint Paul. Kitchitwd Anamiewigamig ; the holv 
 
 Church. 
 JVi'Wjoa, much, many. Nibiwa aki o gi-gislipinadon ; he bouglit 
 
 much land. 
 Pangl, some, a little, a few. — Patiji jiwiidgan mijishikan ; give 
 
 me some salt. 
 
 Note. These two adjectives, Mj^iH-a and />rt«^/, are oftener ad- 
 verbs than adjectives. 
 
 2. Here are some of the second sort, adjective-verbs. 
 
 Nibwdkd ate inini ; this is a wise man. 
 
 Nita-anoki aw ikwc ; this is an industrious woman. 
 
 Neta-anokidjig kitigewininiwag kitchi ddniwag ; industrious 
 farmers are wealthy. 
 
 Kakina ninidjdnissag dkosiwag, my children are all sick. 
 
 Bakade, he is hungry ; nibdgwe, he is thirsty ; kitimdgisi, lie is 
 poor ; jawenddgosi, he is happy. 
 
 Kissind, it is cold ; kijate, it is warm; anwatin, it is calm ; no- 
 din, it is windy. 
 
 Remark 1. Where we use in English an adjective with the 
 auxiliary verb to be, the Otchipwe language will employ a verb, 
 in which the adjective and the auxiliary verb are joined in one 
 verb. For this reason we call these words adjective-rerbs. So, 
 for instance, in the above sentences, nibicakd, does not signify
 
 — no3 — 
 
 only uyise, hut, he is wise ; bakade, means not only hungnj, Imt,. 
 he is hungry ; kissina, not only cold, bnt, it is cold, etc. 
 
 Remark 2. These adjective-verbs are true verbs denoting qua- 
 lity, and are conjugated. They don't belong all to the same Con- 
 jugation. Tlie characterifitical third person and the quality or 
 the verli indicate the Conjugation to wiiich an adjectivt-verb be- 
 longs. 
 Nin wubishkis,! am white; niii makateiois, I am black; nin 
 
 jaioeadayos, * I am happy ; nia sayiigos, I am amiable, (or 
 
 loved.) To the I. Conjugation. 
 Nind agddjin,! &-m hanging; ninminoshin, I am well placed, 
 
 (lying down.) To the III. Conjugation 
 Wdbishka, it is white ; biyoshka, it is broken ; ivdsscia, it is light ; 
 
 »izMo,9se, it is convenient, it goes well, fits well.) To the VIK. 
 
 Conjugation. 
 Wdbishkamagad,\i\>^ white; inanndad, it is liad ; kashkendag- 
 
 tpad, it is melancholy, sorrowful. To the VIII. Conjugation. 
 Gwandtchiwan, it is beautiful ; songan, it is strong ;. onijishinj.. 
 
 it is fair, useful. To the IN. Conjugation. 
 
 DKGREKS OK COM I'.\K1S0X IX .VD.IIXTIVES. 
 
 There are three degrees of qualification or comparison which 
 can be expressed in a<ljectives, the Positive, Comparative and 
 Superlative. In the Otchipwe language these degrees of com- 
 parison are expres.^ed in the adjective-verbs, by placing, before 
 them certain adverbs, as the E.xamples of No. 2 and H will show. 
 
 1 . The Positive 
 
 Adjectives in the Po.v///t'e express the quality of objects sim- 
 ply, without respect to other objects, as : 
 Bekddisi, tabassenindiso yaie aw oshkinawe ; this your^g man 
 
 is meek and humble, (without respect to the meekness and 
 
 humilitv of others.) 
 
 * By the iiiti'ii-iilation of tlio syllublott'i between the final o and.*, in the 
 
 last .syllahlr (itH<ljiMiivi'-vcrl)s ciiiliiii; inj/o.v, tlm Oioliipwe lanRimge gives to 
 these v('rl)s Uie siKnilicalion ollln' i/i/Zi/xicfo/ y^/r/yif i'oitier or Huodneas, F. i— 
 Niii sityiii/owiii, I uni loved liy (i(nl. (iiod lovis uie.)
 
 — ;;(ii — 
 
 (Giwa.skkwt'l)iwaii i(jiw aiii.f/iinabeij ; tlicf^e Irnliaiis are <lruiik, 
 (without expressing whether they are more or Ichs drunk than 
 others.) 
 
 Owandichiwan lei kitigan ; thy field is beautiful. 
 
 .Onijishin 010 manhkiki ; tliis nietiicine is goo<i. 
 
 Note. Ail tlie adjectives /jro/jer, and the adjectice-verhs oi i\\Q 
 
 Dictionary are in the Positive. 
 
 2. The Comparative. 
 
 Adjectives in the Comparative express the quality of an object 
 in a higher or lower degree than tliat of another ; and according 
 to these two kinds of comparison, the comparative also is double, 
 — the comparative of .fnperiorifi/, and the comparative of 
 inferiority. 
 M. The comparative of .superiority is formed, in the Otcliipwe 
 
 language, by placing the adverb.* awaahime or nawatch before 
 
 an adjective-verb in the po.sitive. These two adverb.s have 
 
 both the same signification ; they signify more. 
 Paul nawatch kitimi, John dash; Paul is more lazy than John. 
 Awashime apitenddgwad anamiewin, kakina dash aking enda- 
 
 gog ; religion is more worth than all other things on earth. 
 Ninjdwendagos gegel awa.ihime da.'ih kin ki jdwcndagos ; I am 
 
 happy indeed, but thou art more happy, (happier.) 
 Naivatch gisis.^ ivassesi, tibikigi.si.is da.ih ; the sun is brighter 
 
 (more bright) than the moon. 
 ib. The comparative o( inferiority is formed by placing belbre an 
 
 adjective-verb the two adverbs nawatch pangl, which signify 
 
 less, or not so much, as : 
 .Nawatch pangi kis.sinamagad nnngom,hibinong dash: it is not 
 
 so cold now than it was last winter. 
 .Namatch panji dkosi nongom, pitchindgo ga-digid : he is not so 
 
 sick to-ilay, as he was yesterday. 
 
 3. The Superlative. 
 
 Adjectives in the Superlative express the quality in a very 
 jbigh or low, or even in the highest or lowest degree in one ob-
 
 — 305 — 
 
 ject compared with one or more others ; and according to this 
 distinction, the superlative also is double, relative and absolute. 
 
 a. The relative superlative (which expresses a very high or low, 
 but not the highest or lowest degres of all,) is constructed by 
 placing the adverbs dpitchi, or kitchi, before an adjective- 
 verb. These adverbs signify very, very much. Sometimes 
 also, to give more strength to the superlative, both adverbs, 
 upitchi and kitchi, are put together. 
 
 Examples of this Superlative. 
 
 Kitchi ginosi aw inini ; tliis man is very tall, (but not the tallest 
 of all.) 
 
 Apitchi mino himddisi aw kwiwisens ; this is a very good-natur- 
 ed boy. 
 
 Kitchi minwenddgossiwaij ogow ahinodjiiag ; these are very 
 amiable children. 
 
 Apitchi kitchi dkosi ; he is e.xtremely sick. 
 
 Apitchi kitchi kitimngisinetd-giwasihkw6bid ; a drunkard is ex- 
 tremely miserable. 
 
 b. The absolute superlative, which expresses the highest or low- 
 est degree of all,) is constructed by placing before an adjective- 
 verb, the adverb mamdwi, which signifies together, or, at all. 
 (In the Change it sounds maidmawi.) 
 
 Examples ov thk ahsoi.ute Si'perlativk. 
 
 Mi aw maidmawi-ginosid inini ; this nian is the tallest of all. 
 Aw kwiwisens mdmawi nibwdka cndashiwad nin kikinoamaka- 
 
 nag ; this boy is the wisest of all my scholars. 
 Maidmawi-nigdnisid Kitchi-mekatewikwanaie ; The Sovereign 
 
 Pontiff, (the highest or foremost Bishop.) 
 Maidmawi- Ishpenddg osid ; the Most-High. 
 
 Remark. By the right use of the above adverbs, the strictest 
 distinction of the degrees of comparison can be expres.^sed. It 
 must, however, be observed, that in common speaking the ad- 
 verb dpitchi is often employed to denote the absolute superla-
 
 — ?,or, — 
 
 tive. F. i. Kije Mnnito dpitehi kiji'Wfldisi, apilrhl gaie (jwaiak 
 ijiwehisi ; God is rno^it inorcifiil and iiio-»t jii«t, (in the highent 
 degree, of conr.-e.) 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 OF NUMBERS. 
 
 Nnmhers, (wliicli arc properly adjectives, adverbn and verbs,) 
 serve to express exactly the quantity and succession of objects 
 that can be counted. 
 
 There are in the Otchipwe language^re distinct sorts of num- 
 bers. These sorts of numbers I have arranged here according 
 to their derivation from each other. This ojder is unusual in 
 Grammars, but natural in tlie Otchipwe Grammar, iNij, nenij. 
 NiJiiKj, nenijiny, cko-nijiiig.) 
 
 1. Cardinal numbers, which express an exact quantity of 
 objects without any report. 
 
 2. Distrihidice numbers, which denote distribution and repar- 
 tition. 
 
 3. Multiphjing numbers, which indicate reiteration or repeti- 
 tion. 
 
 4. Midtiphjing-distrihutive numbers, which combine the idea 
 of multiplication and distribution in one expression. 
 
 5. Ordinal numbers, which mark the order and succession of 
 objects. 
 
 CARDINAL XCMBERS. 
 
 Bejig, - . - - one. 
 
 i\'//, . - - - two. 
 
 Nissw't, - - - - three. 
 
 Niicin, ... - (bur. 
 
 Nanan, . . . . five. 
 
 Ningoiwdsswi, . _ - six. 
 
 Nljwasswi, - • • seven. 
 
 Nishicdsswi, . . - eight.
 
 307 
 
 Jdngasswi, 
 
 - 
 
 nine. 
 
 Midusswi, 
 
 - 
 
 ten. 
 
 Middsswi aslii brjij, 
 
 - 
 
 eleven. 
 
 Middsswi ashl nij, 
 
 - 
 
 twelve. 
 
 Middsswi ashi iiissici, 
 
 - 
 
 thirteen. 
 
 "■ ulwin, 
 
 - 
 
 fourteen. 
 
 " ndiiuii, 
 
 - 
 
 fifteen. 
 
 " ningotwdsswi, 
 
 - 
 
 sixteen. 
 
 " iiywdssi. 
 
 - 
 
 seventeen. 
 
 " nishivdsswi, 
 
 - 
 
 eighteen. 
 
 " jdngasswi, 
 
 - 
 
 nineteen. 
 
 Nijtana, 
 
 - 
 
 twenty. 
 
 Nijtana, ashi bejig, 
 
 - 
 
 21. 
 
 , " nij. 
 
 - 
 
 22. 
 
 " iiisswi. 
 
 - 
 
 23. 
 
 Nisslmidann, 
 
 - 
 
 30. 
 
 Nissimidaaa ashi hejig. 
 
 - 
 
 31. 
 
 Nimidana, 
 
 - 
 
 40. 
 
 Ndniiuidana, 
 
 - 
 
 50. 
 
 Ningotwds.simidana, 
 
 - 
 
 60. 
 
 Nijwdssimidana, 
 
 - 
 
 70. 
 
 Nishwdssimidana, 
 
 - 
 
 80. 
 
 Jdngassimidana, 
 
 - 
 
 90. 
 
 Ningotwdk, 
 
 - 
 
 100. 
 
 Ningoiwdk ashi hejig. 
 
 - 
 
 101. 
 
 nij, 
 
 - 
 
 002. 
 
 " middsswi, - 
 
 - 
 
 110. 
 
 " middssivi ashi bejig. 
 
 111. 
 
 ic a 
 
 ningntwdsswi, 1 IC. 
 
 " nijtana 
 
 - 
 
 12(1. 
 
 " nijtana ashi n%nan. 
 
 125. 
 
 Nijicdk, 
 
 - 
 
 200. 
 
 " ashi ndnimidana ashi 
 
 '">■' - 
 
 252. 
 
 Hissiodk, 
 
 - 
 
 • 300. 
 
 N'twdk 
 
 - 
 
 400. 
 
 Ndnwdk, 
 
 - 
 
 500.
 
 — :{0H — 
 
 Ningotwdsswdk, - - - 
 
 Nijwasuwdk, - - - 
 
 Nifi/iu'dsswdk, - - - 
 
 Jaminsswdk, - - - 
 
 MidCisswdk, - • - 
 
 Middsswdk ashi bejit/, - - 
 
 " midd^swi - - 
 
 " nijwdk ashi nissimidana, 
 
 Nijing middHnwdk, - - - 
 
 Ni.s.situ/ " - - - 
 
 NiwhiJ " - - - - 
 
 Ndning " . - . . 
 
 Niiigotwdtching middsswdk, - 
 Nijwdiching " - - 
 
 Nishicdtching " ... 
 
 Jdngaiching '*' ... 
 
 Middtching " - - 
 
 Middtching ashi abiding middsswdk, 
 Middtching ashi dbiding middsswdkashi nin- 
 gotwdk ashi middsswi ashi bejig - 
 Middtching ashi nijing middsswdk, 
 " nissing " 
 
 " nishwdtching " 
 
 Middtching ashi Jdngaiching middsswdk ashi 
 nijwdsswdk ashi nishwdssimidana ashi nin- 
 goiwdssi, .... 
 
 Nijtana dasso middssxcdk, 
 
 " ashi ndnan, 
 
 " ashi middsswdk - 
 
 " ashi middsswdk ashi 
 
 ningoiwdk ashi middssici ashi nij, 
 Nijtana dasso middsswak ashi ndning middss- 
 wdk, . . - 
 
 " niswdtching 
 
 middsswdk ashi 7iisstcdk, 
 Nissimitana dasso middsswdk 
 
 GOO. 
 
 700. 
 
 800. 
 
 900. 
 1,000. 
 1,001. 
 1,010. 
 1,230. 
 
 2,oon. 
 
 3,000. 
 
 4,000. 
 
 5,000. 
 
 G,000. 
 
 7,000. 
 
 8,000. 
 
 9,000. 
 10,000. 
 11,000. 
 
 11,111. 
 12,000. 
 13,000. 
 18,000. 
 
 19,786. 
 20,000. 
 20,005. 
 21,000. 
 
 21,112. 
 
 25,000. 
 
 28,300. 
 30,000.
 
 — 309 — 
 
 Ndiiimiduiia " - - 50,000. 
 
 " " ashi ndnivak ashi 
 
 ndnan, ... . 50,505. 
 
 Jdngassiinidana dasso middsswdk, - 90,000. 
 
 NiiKjotwdk " - - 100,000. 
 
 Nu.'iwdk " - - 300,000. 
 
 Middssmdk "■ - - 1,000,000. 
 
 Etc., etc. 
 
 Remark I. To express 2000, tliey also say: nijtandk ; .'.OOO,. 
 nissimidandk ; 4000, n'lmidandk ; 5000, nanimidandk ; GOOO,. 
 ningotwdssimidandk ; 7000, n'ljwdssinndandk ; 8000, nis/iwussi- 
 midandk ; %00,jdiii/assi)nidaudk. This is the same as: twenty 
 hundred, thirty liundred, forty liundred, etc. 
 
 Remark 2. In counting from elereii up to iwcnfi/, they ordina- 
 rily omit middfisiiH, and only say : aslii hejuj, eleven ; ashi itij, 
 twelve ; ashi nisxivi, tliirteen, etc. 
 
 Jiemark 3. In common quick counting tliey f^ay Jang, instead. 
 of jdngdnswi, nine ; and kweich, instead of /niddsswi, ten. This 
 is however not to he imitated. 
 
 EXAMPI,K.S. 
 
 Ada7n, nitdm inini, jdncjasswdk asJu niss'imidana dasso bibon 
 gi-bimddisi oma aking. Adam, the first man, lived nine hun- 
 dred and thirty years on earth. 
 Nijo bibon gi-anoki, ml dash ndnwdk dasswibik joniian gi-gash- 
 
 kiad. He has worked two years and earned 500 dollars. 
 Ndning middsswdk ininiwan Jesus o gi-ashamdn pagwadakamig,- 
 ndnan dash eta pakwejiganan a gi-awan. Jesus fed 5000 men 
 in the desert with only five loaves of bread. 
 Jiemark 1. The Cardinal numbers from one to Icn undergo a 
 little change before substantives signifying 7»e«.SHre, of time or 
 of other things; and these substantives always remain in the 
 singular niunhor. Inslesid of bejig, nij,nisstvi, etc., we say be- 
 fore those substantives : ningo, n'ljo, nisso, nio, nana, ningot- 
 wdsso, nijwdsso, nishwdsso, jdngdsso, iniddsso. Some instances-'
 
 — 310 — 
 
 of this you have seen in the aliovc Examples, amJ 1 willgivevoii 
 
 8onie more here. 
 
 Ningo gisiss iiin tji-anoni;/. He iiiifij mo for a month, or for 
 
 one month. 
 JLawin na ki dn-tnljissi nimjo lifxiif/tin mani'ldwef/hi f Wouldst 
 
 thou not give me a yard of flotli. 
 Nijobihon gi-aiCt Moniaiig. He was two year.H in Montreal. 
 Jfisso tibaigan papagiwaidin'gi n hi minin. I give thee three 
 
 yards of cotton. 
 Gi'ga ningotwasno gi^isa gi-iin'iKli. He was absent nearly six 
 
 mouth-s. 
 
 Remark 2. Cardinal numiiers from ten to nineteen, when be- 
 fore substantives denoting meanure, are expresseil in three man- 
 ners, viz : 
 
 1. Midusso hihon anhi bejig, eleven years. 
 " nij, twelve years. 
 
 " ndnan, tifteeii years, etc. 
 
 .2. Middsso bihon ashi ningo bibon, eleven years. 
 *• gisiss " ?»7o ^/.vm, twelve months. 
 '• dibaigan ashijangdsso dibaigan, nineteen bushels, etc. 
 3. Aslii ningo bibon, eleven years. 
 
 Ashi nisso dibaigan, thirteen yard.*, bushel.*, feet, etc. 
 Ashi nana gisiss, fifteen months, etc. 
 
 Note. These thi-ee manners of expressing number.* are to he 
 applied also to the subsequent Remarks ; mutati.s mutandis. 
 
 Remark 3. When the Cardinal numbers before substantives 
 denoting measure, are expressed in round numbers, twenty, 
 thirty, fifty, hundred, thousand, etc., the word dasso ' is put 
 between the number and the substantive, this latter remaining 
 invariably in the singular. But when numbers under ten are 
 joined to the round numbers , the rules of the foregoing i?e;nari- 
 take place. You have already .seen some cases of this in the 
 above Examples, and here are some more. 
 
 X'lte. The word cla.iso signifies nothing In itself : it is only used iu connec- 
 tion with words signifying measure, of time or of other things.
 
 — 311 — 
 
 4iwaiak nijtana dasso hibon gi-bimddisi nindanissiban. My de- 
 ceased daughter has lived just twentj' years. 
 
 Nimidana dasso tibaigan seniba nin gi-g\shpinana. I l)Ought 
 forty yards of ribbon. 
 
 Nijwiik dasso iibdbishkodJigan,anokadjigan o bimondan. He 
 carries on his back 200 pounds of goods. 
 
 Nimishomissiban ningotwnk dasso bibon ashi niju bibon gi-himn- 
 disi. My deceaseil grand-father lived a hundred and two 
 years. 
 
 Nisslmidana ashi ndno tikdbishkodjigan pakwejiganan nin r/i- 
 ashamig. He gave me thirty-five pounds of tlour. 
 
 Remark 4. When the substantive following the Cardinal num- 
 ber, from one to nineteen, signifies objects oftcood, stone, metal, 
 etc, or when rfflj/s are mentioned, tiie Cardinal number is con- 
 nected with certain syllables alluding to the material, or shape, 
 of the object expressed by the substantive ; according to the fol- 
 lowing scheme. 
 ■a. With the syllable gwan, to indicate days; as : 
 
 Nijogwan itin gi-bimosse. I walked two days. 
 
 Juigwa nissogwan kdwin wissinissi. He has eaten notliing 
 
 now three days. 
 
 Ndnogwan gi-aid omd. He stayed here five days. 
 
 Niogwan, nishwdssogtcan, middssogwan ; middssogican ashi 
 
 nijogwan, or only ; ashi nijogwan, etc. 
 
 To express one day, they will say, ningo gijig. 
 b. With the syllable ssag, to denote tcooden vessels, such as bar- 
 rels, kegs, bo.xes, etc., as: 
 
 Ningoiossag manddminag nin ga-gishpinanag. I will liuv a 
 
 barrel of corn. 
 
 N'ljossag pakw^jigansan od aiawan. He has two barrels of 
 
 crackers. 
 
 Jdngdssossag sagdiganan. Nine kegs of nails. 
 
 Nissossag joniia. Three boxes of money. 
 
 Ninssag, ndnossag, middssossag ; middssossag ; ashi bejii/, etc. 
 ■c. With the .syllable iveg, to mark clothing materials, as : 
 B&jigioeg wdbOian. One blanket. 
 
 21
 
 — .".12 — 
 
 Nijireij w/'ihnianan, niwe(j thi.sJi jxijxujiwaitlnan, nisitweg danh 
 moshiceg, mi minik {/a-dihatinnitjoion. My pay conRifteil in 
 two blankets, four shirts and three hanflkercliier.'?. 
 Ndntceg, niiujotwannweg, middsuweg ; middsswer/ ashi bejig. . . 
 
 d. With the syllables wddg to alhule to wood or lumber ; as : 
 Kitwin guuage brjigwdfig nabagissag nind aidwassi. I have 
 not a single board. 
 
 Middssii'dtig 7i>issa7i b'ldon. Bring ten sticks of wood. 
 
 Nisswdtig abwln. Three paddles. 
 
 NingohiHissu'dtig aji'bokinan. Six oars. 
 
 Nijwdiig, ndnwdiig, nijwdsswdfig ; middsswdtig ashi bejig, 
 
 midasswatig ashi niwin ; ashi nanwdtig 
 
 e. With the syllables wdbik, to signify metal, stone, or glass ; as : 
 Bejigwdbik joniia ki ga-dibaamon. I will pay thee one dollar. 
 Middsswdbik wassetchiganabikdn. Ten window-glasses, (ten 
 panes of window-glass.) 
 
 Nisswdbik kijabikiftiganan. Three stoves. 
 
 Ndmcdbik jigwaiiabikog nin biiiag. I bring with me five 
 
 grindstones. 
 
 Niwdbik, nishiodsswdbik ; middsswdbik ashi iiijwdbik, or, 
 
 7)iidassicdbik ashi nij, or only ashi uijwdbik, ashi nisswdbik... 
 J'. With the syllables minag, to designate globular objects, as: 
 
 Bejigominag tchiss ganag6 ashamdkan. Give him at least 
 
 one turnip. 
 
 Nissomiaag mishuninag ki ga-minin. I will [give thee three 
 
 apples. 
 
 Niominag opinig. Four potatoes. 
 
 Middssominag anwln. Ten musket-balls. 
 
 Aliddssominag ashi bejig ; middssominag ashi nij; midasso- 
 
 minag ashi niominag ashinanominag, ashi jangd^sominag. 
 
 There are many other syllables of this description in the Ot- 
 chipwe language, which are attached to Cardinal numbers to 
 allude to some particular object. 
 
 Here are again some of them. 
 q. wenan, alluding to a, pair or pairs, as : 
 
 Mngoiweican makisinan, a, p&ir of shoes; nijtcewan, nissice-
 
 — :513 — 
 
 lean, niioewan ; nanweioan pijikiwag, five pair of yoke of 
 oxen. Midussicewan ashi bejig ; viidasswewan ashi ningot- 
 wasswewan ; ashijangdsswewan, nineteen pair. 
 h. oshkin, to allude to a bag or sack, as : 
 
 Miigoio.ihkin opinig, a bag of potatoes; nijoshkiii, nissoshkin, 
 ndiioshkin'; nijwdssoshkia mishiminag, seven bags of apples ; 
 middssoshkin ashi ndnan, fifteen bags. 
 i. onag, to allude to a canoe, l)oat, vessel, etc., as : 
 
 Ningotonag, nijonag ; nionag ichimdnan nin wdbandanan. I 
 see four canoes ; nanonag ; middssonag ndbikicanan, ten ves- 
 sels ; middssonag ashi nanonag ishkotendbikwonan gi-nibo- 
 magadon, fifteen steamboats have perished. 
 j. nik, alluding to the outstretched arms of a iiuin measuring a 
 fathom, as : 
 
 Nitigotonik, nijnnik, nissonik, nionik, ndnonik ; middssonik 
 bimiiiakwan, ten fathoms of cord ; midassonik ashi ningot- 
 wdssonik, sixteen fathoms. 
 k. sld, alluding to the measurement by the foot, as : 
 
 Ningotosid, nijosid, nissosid, nanosid, nishiodssosid ; 7niddS' 
 sosid, ten feet ; midassosid ashi bejig ; midassosid ashi nijo- 
 sid; ashi nissosid, thirteen feet. 
 Z. wdkwoagan, alluding to the measurement by the span, as: 
 Ningotwdkwoagan, nisswdk woagan ; inidassicdkwoagan , ten 
 span ; midassicdkwoagan ashi nanwdkwoagan, fifteen .«pan. 
 m. nindj, alluding to a finger, for the measurement by the inch, 
 as: 
 
 Ningntonindj, one inch ; nijonindj, nissonindj : jangdss- 
 oniuj, nine inches; middssonindj ashi bejig, eleven inches. 
 Remark 5. The same syllables are also annexed to the inter- 
 polation-word dasso, untler the circumstances referred to in the 
 preceding Remark 3, when the Cardinal numbers before the 
 substantive above descrilied are round numbers ; as twenty, 
 thirty, forty, eighty, humired, thousand. — The following Exam- 
 ples will illustrate this Remark. 
 
 a. gii'<tii, nij/ana dassogwan, twenty days ; nuuimiddna dussog- 
 wan, fifty days.
 
 — :!1 1 — 
 
 I). ss(h/, iiiii(/()lir(1/i (l(t.s.s6sf!(i<j hitiiidr, ii linii<lrcil l»arrel.s of oil ; 
 
 ninsimidana ddn.son.sai/ f/)';/''), tliirty barrels offi.sh. 
 c. wei/, niiKjntwdnsimidanailasswrij irnhoi ana ii, Htxty blankets; 
 
 nimidana daaxwnj adopowinir/itton, forty tahleclollis. 
 ■d. icatUj, nywassimidana danswdtiy g'ljikaij, seventy cedarh ; 
 
 nijtana dasswdtiy ahajin, twenty loilge-poles. 
 €. wdhik, nishwdsHimidana dasuwdbik joniia, eighty dollars,; 
 
 middsHwak da-smcdbik saijdiyanan, one thousand nails. 
 f. minaij, nissimidana dasaOininatjamndjimin, tliirty pea." ; jan- 
 (jdssimidana dassuiniiuiij oywi>>simdiiaii, ninety pumpkins. 
 Anil so also with the other syllables ; dasswewan, daisoshkin, 
 dassonag, dasonlk, dassosld, dasswdicoagan, dassoniiidj . 
 
 Numbers tinder ten, attached to those round numbers, will 
 follow the rules of iJemar^ 2. Ki, nijtana dansogican ashi nij- 
 ogwaii ; ningotwdk dassossag ashi ndnosnag, etc. etc. 
 
 The manner of expressing age, the day of the month, and the 
 hour, is another peculiarity and difficulty of the Otchipwe lan- 
 guage, which we have to consider here. 
 
 Manner of expressing age. 
 
 J. If the age of a child is under a month, it is expressed in the 
 in the same manner as the day of the month, [p. 3lo.) F. i. 
 Anin endassogwanagisid aw abinodfi ? How many days is 
 this child old? Nijogicanayisi, nissogicatiagisi, niogirana- 
 gisi, midassogwanagisi, etc. . . It is two, three, four, ten 
 days old, etc. . . 
 
 2. If the age of a child is to be expressed in months, they say 
 thus : 
 
 Anin endasso-gisisswayisid aw abinodji ? How many months 
 is this child old? Ningo-g'isisstcagisi, n\jo-gisisstcagisi, nio- 
 gisissicagisi, ningotwasso-gisisswagisi , in iddsso-gisissirayisi 
 ashi nisswi, nijtana dasso-yisisswagisi ashi nij, etc. ... He is 
 one, two, four six, thirteen, twenty-two months old, etc. 
 3. If the age to be expressed is not over ten years, they connect 
 the Cardinal number with the word bibon, (which signifies 
 tvinter or vear,) and make a verb of it ; thus :
 
 — 315 — 
 
 Aniii endasso-hibonagiaiian? Niii nishiodsso-hihonagis. How 
 many years art tliou old? I am eight years old. Anin endas- 
 so-bibonar/isid ? Midasso-bibonagisi. IIow many years is he 
 (she) old ? He (she) is ten years old. Ogow nijodeiag kawin 
 mashi ndno-bibonagisissiwag . Tliese twins are not yet five 
 years old. 
 
 4. If the age is from tea to nineteen years, it can be expressed in. 
 three different manners ; thus: 
 
 MiduHso-bipunagi^i ashi n'lo bibonagi.si, or middsso-bibonagisi 
 ashi nhcin, or ashi n'lo-bibonagisi ; he is fourteen years .old. 
 (In the first person the second manner is usual ; as, nin mi- 
 ddsso-bibonagis ashi nij ; nin middsso-hibonagis ashi ndnauy 
 etc.) 
 
 5. If the age is over nineteen years, and expressed in round num- 
 bers, they put dasso before bibon, and frame the whole into a 
 verb. Nin nimidana dasso-bibonagis, or nimidana nin dasso- 
 bibonagis ; I am forty years old. Nanimidana dasso-bibona- 
 gisi ; he is fifty years of age. Awashime nljtana dasso-bibo- 
 nagisiwag nishimeiag ; my brothers are over twenty j-ears old. 
 
 6. If tlie age is upwards oj" twenty years, and expressed in mixed 
 numbers, it is given as follows, viz: 
 
 Nijtana dasso-biboiiagisi ashi niwin ; he is twenty-four years 
 old. Kin nanimidana dasso-bibsnagis ashinisswl; I am fifty- 
 three years old. Nljtana dassQ-bibonagisi nin bebrjigoganjim, 
 ashi nij ; my horse is twenty-two years old. 
 
 Manner of expressing the day of the month. 
 
 The Otchipwe names of the twelve months or moons : 
 
 1. Manito-gisiss, tlie moon of the spirit, (January.) 
 
 2. Namebini-gisiss, the moon of suckers, (fish,) (February.) 
 
 3. Ondbani-gisiss, the moon of the crust on the snow, (March.) 
 
 4. Bebokwcdagiming-gisiss, the moon of the breaking of the 
 snow shoes, (April.) 
 
 5. Wdbigon-gisiss, the moon of flowers and blooms, iMay.) 
 
 6. Odi'iinini-gisiss, the moon of strawberrie.s, (lieart-berrie.s) 
 (June.)
 
 — :{i(; — 
 
 7. Mi.shicimini-f/hi.s.'i, the mouii of rasplKTrios, 'rcil-hc-rries,! 
 (July.) 
 
 8. Min-gisUs, the moon af whortleWrries, (August., 
 
 9. Maiwminike-yisiss , the moon of the gatliering of \vil<l rice, 
 (Septemltcr.) 
 
 10. Dindkwi-f/lai.f.'i, the moon of the faUiiig of leavci^, (October.) 
 
 11. Gashkadino-ijmss, tlie moon of freezing, lXoven)her.) 
 
 12. Manito-ijisisnonH, tiie little moon of tlie spint, (Decemher.) 
 The word gisiss which means nun ami moon, is an animate 
 
 substantive. * 
 
 The question after the date is in Otchipwe thus: Anin i'lidds- 
 sogwauagisid gisias nongom ? How many days is the moon old 
 today ? or, anin epitch gisissowagak ? How late is the moon ? 
 
 The answer is, for the^r«< day: Nongom madaginso manito- 
 gi^iss, namibini-gisiss, etc. ; to-day the month of January, Feb- 
 ruary, etc., begins to be counted. ¥ or i\\& following days they 
 say : Such a month, or moon, is so and so many days old. F. i. 
 
 Manito-gisiss nongom njogwanagisi, to-day is the 2d of Jan. 
 " nissogwanagisi, to-day is the 3d Jan. 
 
 " niogwanagisi, to-day is the 4th Jan. 
 
 " ndnogwanagisi, to-day is the 5th Jan. 
 
 Namcbini-gisiss nongom nishwdssogwanagisi, to-day is the 8th 
 of February. 
 " middssogwanagisi, to-day is the 10th of 
 
 February. 
 " midassogwanagisi ashi bejig, to^ay is the 
 
 nth of February. 
 Ondbani-gisiss nongom ashi nijogwanagisi, to-day is the 11th of 
 March. 
 " nijogwanagisi, " 13th March. 
 
 " 7iingotwdssogwanagisi, to-day is the 16th of 
 
 March. 
 
 * When they want to express the diistinction between these two luminaries, 
 they will say gisiss for the sun, and tibiJ,:ioisiss. (night suu,) lor the moon.|
 
 — 317 — 
 
 Wdbigon-gisiss nongom 'aahi n'ljwassogwanayisi , to-day is tlie 
 17th of May. 
 " jdngassogwanagisi, to-day is tlie 19tli of 
 
 May. 
 Wdbigon-ghiss nongom tiijtana dasaogwanagisi, to-day i.s tlie 
 
 20tli of May. 
 Odeimiii-guiss nongom tiijtana dassogwanagisi asfii bejig, to-day 
 
 is the 2l8t of June. 
 Odeimin-gisis.i nongom nijtana daxsogwanagisi as fit tiij, to-day 
 
 is the 22d of June. 
 Bitidkiffi-gisiss nongom nijtatia dassogwanagisi asli'i ndnan, to- 
 day is the 25th of October. 
 Bindkwi-gisiss nongom nijtatia dassogwanagisi ashi jangdsswi, 
 
 to-day is the 20th of October. 
 Maniio-gisiss nongom tiissimidana dassogwanagisi, to-day i^; the 
 
 30tli of Deceniber. 
 Maniio-gisiss nongom nissimidana dassogwanagisi ashi bejig, 
 
 to-day is tlie Slst of December. 
 
 Matitier of expressing the hour. 
 
 The Indians have no proper term for hour in their language. 
 They call it dibaigati, which signifies measure in general, and is 
 applied to several divisionsof time and other things. It means : 
 imile, acre, bushel, yard, toot, etc. Applied to the twelve hours 
 tis used thus : 
 For the question : 
 
 Aniti etidasso-dibaigaiieg ? Wliat o'clock is it? or, Anin epitch 
 gijigak? (epitch iibikak?) How late is it in the day? (in 
 the night?) 
 For the answer : 
 
 Ningo dibaigati, it is one o'clock ; 
 
 mjo dibaigati, it is two o'clock ; 
 
 nijo dibuigan aslfi dbita, it is half-past two ; 
 
 nisso dibaigan, it is three o'clock ; 
 
 ti'in " " four " 
 
 tidtio " " five " 
 
 nishicdsso" " eight " 
 
 middsso " " tcu "
 
 — :n8 — 
 
 middsso dihaigan ashi. ahita, it is li.ilf-pa«t ten ; 
 
 viiddsao dihaigan ashi bejig, it is eleven o'clock ; 
 
 middsso dihaigan ashi nij, it is twelve o'clock. 
 
 Insteail of middsso dihaigan ashi nij, they commonly «ay r 
 iidirnkwe, or, ndwokivnnagad, it is noon ; abild-iibikad, it i» 
 iiiidiiiLrht. 
 
 2. DlSTRIULTIVE Xr.MHKRS. 
 
 Bdbejig, - - - 
 ncnij, 
 
 nenissivi, - - - 
 lUniwin - - - 
 nendnan, - - - 
 n^ningntwdsswi , 
 ncnijwdsswi, 
 nenishtcdsswi, - 
 Jt'jangasswi, 
 mi'middsswi, 
 7uaniddsswi ashi bejig, 
 mcmiddsswi ashi nij, 
 7)iemiddssici ashi ndnan, 
 mcmiddsswi ashijdngassici 19 
 ncnijiana, - - - 
 jicnijtana ashi bejig, - 
 ncnissiinidana, - 
 nenimidana 
 nindnimidana, - 
 neningofwdssimidana, - 
 nenijwdssimidana 
 jienishivdssimidana 
 jcjdngdssimidana, 
 Hcningotwdk 
 nvningoiwdk ashi bejig, ■ 
 ncnijifdk. 
 jejangasswdk, 
 metnidasswdk, 
 iiijing memidassicdk, 
 
 1 liv 1; 1 eacli,or to eacli, 
 2 every time, 2 each, or to eacli. 
 
 :i 
 
 .'( 
 
 3 ' 
 
 4 
 
 << 
 
 4 ' 
 
 5 
 
 <c 
 
 5 « 
 
 6 
 
 (( 
 
 6 ' 
 
 7 
 
 (( 
 
 7 « 
 
 8 
 
 (( 
 
 8 ' 
 
 9 
 
 i( 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 '■ 
 
 10 ' 
 
 11 
 
 (( 
 
 11 ' 
 
 12 
 
 i( 
 
 12 ' 
 
 15 
 
 (C 
 
 15 ' 
 
 19 
 
 <c 
 
 19 ' 
 
 20 
 
 (( 
 
 20 ' 
 
 21 
 
 Si 
 
 21 ' 
 
 30 
 
 
 30 ' 
 
 40 
 
 l{ 
 
 40 ' 
 
 50 
 
 • c 
 
 50 ' 
 
 60 
 
 a 
 
 60 ' 
 
 70 
 
 <c 
 
 70 « 
 
 80 
 
 (( 
 
 80 ' 
 
 90 
 
 ec 
 
 90 ' 
 
 100 
 
 every 1 
 
 ;ime 100 
 
 101 
 
 " 
 
 101 
 
 200 
 
 <i 
 
 200 
 
 900 
 
 (C 
 
 900 
 
 1000 
 
 " 
 
 1000 
 
 2000 
 
 (I 
 
 2000
 
 
 — 319 - 
 
 
 nissing memidasswdk, - 
 
 3000 
 
 3000 ' 
 
 midatcjiiiuj aslii abid- 
 
 
 
 ing vinnidassicdk. 
 
 11000 
 
 11000 " 
 
 midatching ashi nijing 
 
 
 
 memidassiodk, - 
 
 12000 
 
 12000 ' 
 
 nijana dassing memidass- 
 
 
 
 iodk, . . . 
 
 20000 
 
 20000 ' 
 
 ningotwdk dassing memi- 
 
 
 
 dassuHik, 
 
 100000 " 
 
 100000 ' 
 
 Etc., etc. 
 
 Ex.-IMPLES. 
 
 
 Kakina ogow ininiwag bebejig mitigotchimdn'] gi-mindicag. A 
 boat wa.s given to each of these men. 
 
 Neniicin masinaiganan od aianawan. Thcv have four liooks^ 
 eacli. 
 
 Naningim bi-ijdn, nenij dash hi-widjiw kidji-kiciwisensag. Come- 
 often, and bring every time two other boys with thee. 
 
 Anishindheg neiujweg wdbOianan gi-dibaamaiodicag. Tiie In- 
 dian.s received in their payment two blankets each. 
 
 Memiddssossag pakwcjiganan od aiawanan. They have ten bar- 
 rels of flour each. 
 
 Nissaieiag neningotwdk dasso dibaigan aki o gi .gishpinadonawa. 
 My brotliers bouglit a hundred acres of land each. 
 
 Nissing gi-ijd tdshkibodjiganing, jejdngassimidana dassxcdtig 
 dash nabdgissagnn o gi-binan. He went three times to the 
 mill, anil brought ninety board.s every time. 
 
 MemiddsNicdbik ashi ndnan sagaiganan nin gi-bi-nandoiamagog , . 
 nenijtana dasswdbik dash nin gi-minag. They came and ask- 
 ed me fifteen naihs each, and I gave to each twenty, (or twenty 
 each.) 
 
 Nenijtana, ncnissimidana gate bemddisidjig gi-nibotcag endasso- 
 gijigadinig odenang, mi'gtca aidmagak kitchi dkosiwin. 
 Twenty or tliirty per.sons died every ilay in the city, during 
 the time of cholera. 
 Remark. Ail the five Remarks (p. 309-313,) are api.lieal>lc to-
 
 _ 320 — 
 
 Distrilmtivc Numlicrs as well as to Canlinal, as you nee in Horue 
 ©fthealtovc Examples. 
 
 3. MlKTII'l.VlNG NlMDKRS. 
 
 Ahiih'ni/, - - once, 
 
 n'ljinii, twice, 
 
 nissiiig, three times. 
 
 nhriiii/, 4 times, 
 
 nani»(i, 5" 
 
 mn(^(>t watching, G*' 
 
 n\)wdichin(i, 7" 
 
 nishicd telling, - - - - - - - 8" 
 
 jdngatching, 9'' 
 
 mi (latching, - - - - - - -10" 
 
 middtching ashi abiding, 11" 
 
 middtrhing ashi nijing 12" 
 
 middtching ashi jdngatching, - - - - 19 "' 
 
 mjtana dossing, 20 " 
 
 nijtana dassing ashi aln'ding. - - - - 21 " 
 mjiana dassing ashi nijing, - - - - 22 " 
 
 nissemitana dassing, 30 " 
 
 ningntwdssimidana dassing, - - - - 60 " 
 
 ningotwdk dassing, 100 " 
 
 ningoticdk dassing ashi abiding, - - - 101 " 
 ningotwdk dassing ashi middtching ashi nijing, 112 " 
 
 nisswdk dassing, 300 " 
 
 nanwdk dassing, . . - . . 50O " 
 
 midasswdk dassing, . . - . -1,000 " 
 
 midassivdk ashi nisswak arhi nijtana dassing 
 
 ashiniwing, - - - - - - 1,324 " 
 
 middtching midasswdk dassing, . . - 10,000 " 
 ningotwak dasso midasswak dassing, - 100,000 " 
 Etc., etc. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Jfijing ki ga-dipdkonigonan Kije-Manito. God will judge U3 
 twice.
 
 321 
 
 Kitchitwa Paul naniiig gi-bashaujeowa, auamiewia ondji. St. 
 
 Paul was flogged five times, for religion's sake. 
 Niiujolwdk dassing kiivludamoninim tchi gimodissiweg, miiuAch 
 
 daah nijing miiiawa ki gi-gimodin. I tell j-ou a hundred 
 
 times not to steal, and yet you have stolen twice again. 
 Middlching ashi nUsing nin gi-wdbama bibunaiig. I saw liim 
 
 thirteen times last winter. 
 Meno-ijiwebisid inini nijwdtching pangishin, minawa dash pa- 
 
 sigwi. A just man falls seven times, and rises up again. 
 Pierre, nongom tibikak nissing ki gad-ugonicetam kikenimiian. 
 
 Peter, this night thou shalt deny me three times. 
 
 4. MlT/rUM.YIXG-DlSTlUlUTIVE Nr.MBERS. 
 
 Aidbiding, 
 nenijiiig, 
 nenissing, 
 ncniiving, 
 nendniiig, 
 neningoiwdfr/iing, 
 nen'ijwdtchiiig, 
 nenish wd trii iiig, 
 jejangdtrliing, 
 memiddlc.hing, 
 memiddtching ashi 
 
 abiding, 
 memitatching ashi 
 
 nijing, 
 memidatching ashi 
 
 naning, 
 nenijiana dassing, 
 nenijiana dassing 
 
 ashi dhiding, 
 nenissimidaua das- 
 sing, 
 
 once every time ; once each, or to each, 
 
 twice every time ; twice each, or to each, 
 
 W times every time ; 3 times each or to each 
 
 G 
 
 7 
 
 y 
 
 10 
 
 1 1 times every 
 
 12 " 
 
 15 " 
 
 20 " 
 
 21 " 
 
 nenimidana dassing, 40 
 
 4 
 5 
 6 
 7 
 8 
 9 
 10 
 
 time ; 11 tim. e., or to e., 
 
 12 " 
 
 15 " 
 
 20 " 
 
 21 " " 
 
 30 " " 
 
 40 " "
 
 — 322 — 
 
 jrJaiif/fi.tsitin'ihiiKi 
 
 daxsiii;/, DO " 'JO " " 
 
 neniiigotwak das- 
 .siiu/, 100 " 100 " " 
 
 naiiiKjolwak dim- 
 .siuff as/ii (djidi)tt/,lOl " 101 " " 
 
 nhditijoiirak dua- 
 siiif/ acJii middi- 
 chitKf ashi jdn- 
 (jutchhuj, 119 " 119 " " 
 
 n6mjwak dashing, 200 " 200 " " 
 
 nenisswdkdaasiiuf, 300 " :^.00 " " 
 
 jejangasstrak das- 
 sing, 900 " 900 " " 
 
 7nemidassirdk da.s- 
 
 siiig, 1000 " 1000 " 
 
 tcemidasswdk ashi 
 nijwak ds/ii nin- 
 simitiana dassiiig 
 ashiniw'ing, 1234 " 1234 " •' 
 
 memidatching 
 midasswdk das- 
 siiig. 10,000 " 10,000 '•■ " 
 
 neniiigoiwlk da-f- 
 sing midass- 
 wdk, 100,000 " 100,000 " " 
 Etc., etc. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Gegetmairhi kiciwisensish maham ; nenijing, nenissing gaie o 
 gi-papakiteoican iniw tcidji-kwiwisensan. This is indeed a 
 bad boy ; he struck twice or tliree times each of these his fel- 
 low-boys. 
 
 Nij ningwissag nendnig gi-ijdwag odenang. Two of my sons 
 went to town five times each. 
 
 Nissing bi-ijawag endasso-gyigadinig, n^niicing dash mojag nin
 
 — -ATA — 
 
 kikinoamawag . Thev come tliree times a day ; and I teach 
 them their les.sons four times every time (tliey come.) 
 
 Kij ma.sinav/aHuu nind Cddnan, neidjwuichimj dash jaigwa nin 
 gi-wdbandanan. I have two hooks, and I have read them al- 
 ready seven times each. 
 
 Nenissing nin gi-ganonag. I have spoken three times to each, 
 (to every one of them.) 
 
 Msswi nind inawemaganag ivdssa aiawag, nenishwdtching dash 
 jaigwa nin mddjibiavidwag. Three of my relatives are far oft', 
 and I have already written eight times to each. 
 
 5. Oruix.vi, Xl-.mbers. 
 
 Netamissing, or nitam, the first, or first ; 
 ^ko-n'tjing, the second, or secondly ; 
 eko-nlssing, the thini, or thirdly ; 
 eko-niwiiig, the fourth, or fourthly; 
 eko-ndnaning, the fifth, or fifthly ; 
 eko-ningotiL'dtrhing, the sixth, or sixthly ; 
 eko-nlj watching, the seventh, or seventhly ; 
 eko-nishwdfching, the eighth, or eighthly ; 
 eko-jdngatching, the ninth, or ninthly ; 
 eko-middtching, the tenth, or tenthly ; 
 eko-ashi-hejig, the eleventh, or eleventhly ; 
 eko-ashi-niji ng ,\\w twelfth, or twelfthly ; 
 eko-ashi-nissi ng , the thirteenth, or thirteenthly ; 
 eko-ashi-Jangatrhing, the nineteenth, or nineteenthly ; 
 €ko-}uJfunaweg, the twentieth, or twentietlily ; 
 eko-nijtanaweg ashi hejig, the twenty-first, or twentv-firstlv ; 
 eko-nijtana ashi nijing, the twenty-second, or twentv-secondlv ; 
 eko-mjtana ashi nissing, the twenty-third, or twentv-thirdlv ; 
 eko-nisshnidanaweg, thirtieth, or thirtiethly ; 
 eko-nissim'idanaweg ashi bejig, the thirty-first, or thirtv-firstiv ; 
 eko-niss'imidana ashi nijing, the thirty-second, or thirty-secondlv; 
 eko-niss'iinidana ashi ndniiig, the thirty-fit'th, or thirtv-fifthly. 
 eko-nhnidunaweg, the furtiuth, ur fortiethly; 
 <:ko-ndtiimiddnawi'g, the fiftieth, or fiftiethiy ;
 
 — 324 — 
 
 eko-ningotwdssimidanaicef/, the Bixtictli, or pixticthly : 
 
 el<o-nijwassimidannioe(f, the seventietli, or scventictlily ; 
 
 eko nisliwusfiimidanaweg , the eiglitieth, or eiglitietlily ; 
 
 eko-Jdii f/assimidannipef/ , the ninctiftli, or niiictietlily ; 
 
 eko-ningotwakwak, tlie liiin<lro(.ltli, or liundredthly ; 
 
 eko-nhu/otwakicak (i.s/n hcjij, tlic liiiii(lroil-lir!-t, or liundreJ- 
 firstly ; 
 
 eko-ningotwdk ashi nijiixj, tlio liuuilrcil ami sccoinl, or Imndred 
 and secondly ; 
 
 eko-ningoiwak ashi niasing, the hundred iind third, or liundred 
 and thirdly ; 
 
 eko-ningotwdk ashi middtch'ing ashi bcjig, the Imndred and ele- 
 venth, or hundred and eleventhly; 
 
 eko-ningotwak ashi middsswi ashi nijing, the hundred and 
 twelfth, or liundred and twelfthly ; 
 
 eko-niiigoiwdk ashi middssioi ashi nissing, the hundred and 
 thirteenth, or hundred and thirteenthly ; 
 
 eko-ningotwdk ashi nijianaweg, the hundred and twentieth, or 
 hundred and twentiethly ; 
 
 eko-ningotwdk ashi nijtanaweg ashi beiig, the hundred and 
 twenty-firt^t, or hundred and twenty-firstly ; 
 
 eko-ningotwdk ashi nijtana ashi nijing, the hundred and twenty- 
 second, or hundred and twenty-tJecondly ; 
 
 eko-ningotwdk ashi nissimidanaweg, the hundred and thirtieth, 
 or hundred and thirtiethly ; 
 
 eko-nijwakivdk, the two hundredth, or two liundredthly ; 
 
 eko-nissicakwdk, the three hundredth, or three hundred thly ; 
 
 eko-jangasswakwdk, the nine hundredth, or nine hundredthly ;» 
 
 eko-midasswakwdk, the thousandth, or thousandthly ; 
 
 eko-nijing m i das swdk, the two thousandth, or two thousandthly; 
 
 Etc., etc. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nitam inini Adam kitchi ginwenj gi-bimddisi. The first man 
 
 Adam lived very long. 
 Eko-nissing apdhiwinan namadahi. He sits on the third bench. 
 Kitchi gandsongewin cko-niwing KiJtManito o gandsongewinan.
 
 - 325 — 
 
 Tiie fourth conimamliiKMit of God is a great commandment. 
 Eko nijtana ashi niasinj irakai'janan odeiidr/, mi ima endaidn.- 
 
 I live in the twenty-tliinl house in the village. 
 Kiichi n'tbiwa ateioan zvedi masinaif/anan, ('kn-ashi-nissing dash 
 
 h'ulawishin. There are a great nuinv books there, bring me 
 
 the thirteenth. 
 Ania iw eko-middssicakwak ashi Licjig f/aywcndjinditc'inan? 
 
 Which ia the thousand and first question ? 
 Ekf>-ndnaning omodensan JAdon ; ipenijishing mashk'iki pindc- 
 
 magad. Bring here the fifth vial ; there is a good medicine 
 
 in it. 
 Eko-nijing gabeshiwinan nu maidmawi-omjisliing. The second. 
 
 encampment is the best of all. 
 
 Remark. You see in the above E.xamples, that (he Otchipwe 
 substantive following the Ordinal Number, is always in the plu- 
 ral, different from the English, which is in the singular. The 
 reason for this is, because the Otchipwe Ordinal denotes a selec- 
 tion out of several objects. So, for instance, in the above E.\- 
 amples : Eka-nissing apdbiwinan, the proper sense is : tlie third 
 of the benches that are standing there. — Eko-nandning omoden- 
 san : the fifth of the vials that are placed somewhere. — Eko- 
 nijing gabeshiwinan : the second of all the encampments on a 
 certain route. 
 
 Cardinal numbers are frequentl}' transformed into verbs,, 
 which may be called Numeral verbs. This transformation is 
 performed in two different ways, according to the substantive to- 
 which the numeral verb refers, being different for each of Ihe- 
 two classes of substantives, animate and inanimate. 
 
 1. Numeral Verbs for a.\Vuna.iQ Substantives. 
 
 Bi'jig, one ; nin bt'jig, T am one, or alone, 
 
 ki bejig, thou art one, 
 
 bejigo, he (she) is one, 
 NiJ, two ; nin n'tjimin, we are two of us, 
 
 ki n'ljim, you are two, 
 
 nijiwag, they are two.
 
 — 32(; — 
 
 Jfissic'i, tliri'i-; via nissiiniii, we arc three, 
 ki iiissim, you are tliree, 
 nissiwag, tliey are three. 
 Niwin, four ; nin nlwimin, we are four of uh, etc. 
 Nfinaii, five; 7iin ndnanimin , we are tivc. 
 A'iiii/dlwnssi, f^ix ; nin niiujolwatchiniin, we are nix. 
 Nijwds.swi, seven ; 7iiii lujirafc/iiiinii, we are seven. 
 A'i.'i/nrdsswi, eiglit ; nin nishwulcliimin, we are eight. 
 Jdn</<7sswi, nine ; ninjantjalchimin, we arc nine. 
 Midd.ssioi, ten ; ni)i middtchimin, or nin midddatchimin, we are 
 
 ten. 
 Middssxci ashi bejiij, eleven ; nin midaddtchimin ashi bejig, we 
 
 are eleven. 
 Middsswi ashi nij, twelve ; nin nt idaddichimin ashi nij, we are 
 
 twelve. 
 Middsswi ashi nissii'i, thirteen ; nin middddtchimin ashi nisswi, 
 
 we are thirteen, etc. 
 Nijfana, twenty; nin nijtanawemin, we arc twenty of us. 
 Aijtana ashi bejig, iwenly-one; nin nijtanawemin ashi bejig, we 
 
 are twenty-one. 
 Nisshuidana, thirty ; nin nisslmidanaw^min, we are thirty. 
 Nijwdssituidana, seventy ; nin nijwdssimidanaiccmin, we are 
 
 sevent^^ 
 Jdngdssimidana, ninety ; nin jd ngdssimidanaice mi n , we are 
 
 ninety. 
 Ningotwdk, a liundred ; nin ningotwdkosimin, we area hundred. 
 Ningotwdk ashi bejig, lOl ; nin ningotwdkosimin ashi bejig, we 
 
 are 101 of us. 
 Ningotwdk ashi middsswi, 110 ; nin ningotwdkosimin ashi mi- 
 ddsswi, we are 110. 
 Ningotwdk ashi nijtana ashi nisswi, 123 ; nin ningotwdkosimin 
 
 ashi nijtana ashi nisswi, we are 123. 
 Nijwdk, 200; nin nijwdkosimin, we arc 200. 
 Middsswdk, 1,000 ; nin middsswdkositnin, we are 1,000. 
 Nijing middsswak, 2,000 ; nijing midasswdkosimin, we are 2,000. 
 Ndning middsswwak, 5,000: ndning nin midasswdkosimin, we 
 
 are 5,000.
 
 — 327 — 
 
 Midatching midasswak, 10,000 ; middiching nin midassivukosi- 
 
 min, we are 10,000 of us. 
 Midatching ashi abiding middsswdk, 11,000; middiching ashi 
 abiding nin midassicdkosimin , we are 11,000. 
 
 Midatching ashi nissing middsswdk, 13,000 ; midatching ashi 
 nissing nin midasswdkosimin, we are 13,000. 
 
 Midatching ashi niwing middsswdk ashi nisswuk ashi middsstci 
 ashi nijwdsswi, I4,'6n ; middiching ashi niwing nin middss- 
 wdkosimin ashi nisswdk ashi rniddssivi ashi nijwdssi, we are 
 14,317. 
 
 Nijtana dasso middssivdk, 20,000 ; nijtana nin dasso midasswd- 
 kosimin, we are 20,000. 
 
 Nijtana dasso midasswak ashi middssivak, 21,000; nijtana nin 
 dasso midasswdkosimin ashi midasswdk, we are 21,000. 
 
 Nijtana dasso middsswak ashi middssivak ashi ningotwdk ashi 
 middsswi ashi bejig, 21,111 ; nijtana nin dasso midasswdko- 
 simin ashi middsswak ashi ningotwdk ashi middsswi ashi 
 bejig, we are 21,111. 
 
 Ningoiwak dasso middssivak, 100, oOO; ningotwdk nin dasso mi- 
 ddsswdkosimin, we are 100,000. 
 
 Midasswak dasso middsswdk, 2,000,000 ; middssivak nin dasso 
 midasswdkosimin, we are a million of people. 
 Etc., etc. 
 
 Remark 1. All the.^e numeral verbs belong to the I. Conjuga- 
 tion, and may be conjugated throughout all the tenses and 
 mood.s, both in the affirmative and negative forms, in the plural, 
 (except the first one.) 
 
 Retnark 2. As a particuhxrity of the Otcliipwo language, we 
 observe here, that tliese numeral verbs are sometimes even em- 
 ployed in the singular. F. i. Nissi, he is three, (three in one, as 
 in the Blessed Trinity.) They also say, for instance, when a 
 man has a wife and four children : Ningotwdtchi, he i.s six. 
 When a widower or a widow has three children, they will say : 
 Niwi, he (she) is four. 
 
 22
 
 — :528 — 
 
 KXAMIM.KS. 
 
 Bejigo eta ninidjdnisn, kin dash kiuiilj/inisi^atj injwatchiwafj. I 
 
 liave only one cliilil, but tliou liast seven of them. 
 Ndnanibmiigninidjdnis.taf/, nij dash gi-nihowag, mi dash vim- 
 
 gom n'lssiwad eta.. I liad five chiKlren, but two diecl, an<] ho 
 
 there are now only three. 
 Kawia midasswnfcosissiwag efa omd odniang bemddisidjig, na- 
 
 watch bdtdi aowag . Not only a thousand persons live in this 
 
 town, but more. 
 Middtching ashi ndiiing midasswdkosiwag kakina Otchipiceg en- 
 
 dashiwad. The number of the Chippewa Indians is fitleen 
 
 thousand. 
 Otdwag dash niwing midasswdkosiwag. And the numlier ofthe 
 
 Otawa Indians is four thousand. 
 Kitchi odcnang Waiciidtanong gega nijtana dasso midasstcdko- 
 
 siwag bemddisidjig. The number of the inhabitants of the 
 
 city of Detroit is about twenty tliousand . 
 Nongom ga-bi-ijddjig kikiiwamdding katcin gi-de-nijtanaicessi- 
 
 xcag. Those that cameto-ilay to school, were not quite twenty. 
 Midddatchiwag niii pijikimag, nin manishtanishimag dash mi- 
 
 dddatchiwag ashin niwin. I have ten cows and fourteeo 
 
 sheep. 
 
 2. Numeral Verbs for inanimate Siibsfaniices. 
 
 Bcjig, one ; bejigican, one thing. 
 NiJ, two ; nyinon, there are two things. 
 iVmw'?, three; nissinon, there are three things. 
 Niiciii, four ; niuiinon, there are four things. 
 Ndnan, five ; iidaaniaon, there are five things. 
 Ningotwdsswi, six; ningoiwdtchinon, tliere are six things. 
 N'ljivdsswi, seven; mjwdtchinon, there are seven things. 
 Nishwdsswi, eight; iiishwdtchinon, there are eight things. 
 jdngasswi, nine ; jdngaichinon, there are nine things. 
 Middsswi, ten ; midddaichinon, there are ten things. 
 Middsswi ashi h'jig, eleven ; midddaichinon a^hi bejig, there are 
 eleven thinirs.
 
 — 321) — 
 
 Middssivi ashi ndnan, fifteen; midddatchinon asld ndnan, theit 
 
 are fifteen things. 
 Nijtana, twenty ; nijtaaawrwun, tliere are twenty tilings. 
 Nijtana ashibejig, twenty-one; nijtanawcwaa ashi bcjig, tliere 
 
 are twenty-one things. 
 Ningotwassimidana, sixty ; niiujotwdssimidaiiaipcwan, tliere are 
 sixty things. 
 
 Ningnfwdkwadon, 100 
 Niiigoiwdkwadoii asld hejig, 101. 
 Ningotwdkwadoa ashi middsswi, 110. 
 Nljivdkwadon, 200. 
 Nisswdkwadon, 300. 
 Mkldsswdkicadon , 1 ,000. 
 Middsswdkicadon ashi ningotwdk, 1,100. 
 Nijing middsswdkwadon, 2,000. 
 Middtchiiig middsswdkwadon, 10,000. 
 Nijtana dasso middsswdkwadon, 20,000. 
 Ni ngof wdssimidana dasso middsswdkwadon-, 00,006. 
 Ningotwdk dasso middssicdkwadon , 100,000. 
 Middsswak dasso middsswdkioadon, 1,000,000 of 
 inanimates objects. 
 Ueniark. Some of these inanimate numeral verbs, (being all 
 unipersonal,) belong to the VII. Conjugation, in the plural^ 
 (except the first,) anrl others to the IX. Conjugation. 
 
 EXVMPI.ES. 
 
 Nijinon nind adopQwinan, ningoiwdtchinon dash nind apdhiwi- 
 
 nan. I have two tables and six chairs. 
 Oma odenang midddatchinon anamim^i garni gon ashi brjig. In 
 
 this city there are eleven churches. 
 Ndnaniniwan * o wdkaiganan. He possesses five houses. 
 Ania endassing ki masinaiganan ? — Nijtanaivewan ashi nisstci- 
 
 How many books hast thou? — Twenty-three, (or, there are 
 
 twenty-three.) 
 
 * Report to a second tliird person.
 
 — ;{30 — 
 
 Axpaaltime luhiicd }iin niml aiinnni ; f/rijri iiiwriLwadon tiin main- 
 naiganan. I liave more ; I have nearly lour liumlred bookc. 
 
 Midddaichinon Kijc-Manito o ijandsoiujewiudn. Tliorc an- ton 
 coniniandmenta of God. 
 
 C II APT Ell VI. 
 
 OF rUKl'O.SlTIOXS. 
 
 A Preposition is a word placed before a sul).«tantive or a pro- 
 noun, to show the relation between it and some other word in 
 the sentence. 
 
 The word following a preposition, is the complement tliereof, 
 or its object. 
 
 There is a great dift'erence, regarding prepositions, between 
 the Otchipwe language and other languages. 
 
 The same preposition is sometimes employed to point out dif- 
 ferent relations. AVe shall see here how the principal preposi- 
 tions of the English language, in their ditferent relations, are 
 given in Otchipwe. 
 
 There are in this language scarcely any prepositions that pre- 
 cede the substantive ; they are ordinarily connected icith the sub- 
 stantive which is their complement, forming with it only one 
 word ; or they^recerfe the verb to which they refer, and are con- 
 jugated with the verb. 
 
 We shall see here : I" which are the prepositions that pre- 
 cede the substantive, their complement. 11° AVe will consi- 
 der the prepositions that are connected with the substantive, 
 their complement, forming but one word with it. 111° We shall 
 point out the manner, how prepositions precede the verb, their 
 complement, and are conjugated with it. 
 
 The principal Otchipwe prepositions that precede a substan- 
 tive, (and which may properly b3 called prepositions,! are the 
 following, viz :
 
 — :',:!i — 
 
 1. Tchigaii or tchig\ near, nigh, by, close by, at, to, v. g. 
 Tchigaii ichibaiaiigong gi-nibdwiwag A". Marie, K. Jean gate. 
 
 Near the cross (or, by the cross) stood St. Mary and St. John. 
 Tchig' islikote aton iic. Put this to tlie fire, (near the fire.) 
 
 Remark. The abbreviated preposition ichig' is sometimes con- 
 nected with the complement, and changes it a little. F. i. ichi - 
 gikana, close by the road, or, near the path; instead of tchig' 
 mikana ; tchigikana jingishin, he lies near the road ; tchigikana 
 namadahiban, he was sitting by the path. — Tchigdiig, near a 
 piece of wood, instead of tchig' wdiig ; tchigdiig nin namadab, 
 I am sitting by a piece of wood. 
 
 2. Giwitaii, round, around, v. g. 
 
 Kakina giwitaii kitchigaming nin gi-himishkd. 
 
 3. Pindjaii or pindf, in, within, inside of, v. g. 
 
 Pindf anamieioigamig, in the church ; pindjaii kitiganing, in 
 
 the field, (within the enclosure.) 
 
 Remark The English preposition in is more commonly ex- 
 pressed by terminations added to the complement, than by jjindj' 
 or pindjaii. (See the Examples of No. 11.) 
 
 4. Kabe or mcgwa, during, throughout, v. g. 
 
 Pitchindgo kabe-gijig nin gi-kitc\\i-anoki. Yesterday I have 
 worked hard all day, or during all day. 
 
 M^gwa migdding, during war. Megwa ndwokwe-wlssining, dur- 
 ing dinner. 
 
 5. Ndwaii or nussawaii, between, through, amidst, v. g. 
 
 Jesus gi-sassagdkwaowa tchibaidtigong ndssawaii nij gemOdish- 
 kinidjin. Jesus was crucified between two thieves. 
 
 C Megwe, among, v. g. 
 
 Megwe anishindben gi ani-nitdwigi. He was brought up among 
 the Indians. 
 
 7. .4/;^? /«aa" or «««/«', under, underneath, below, beneath, v. g. 
 Andmuii adOpowining Jingishin gdjagens. The cat lies under 
 
 the table. Andmaii nibaganing ; under the bed. 
 
 8. Og'itchdii or ogitch', on, upon. v. g. 
 
 Kego ogitchaii nibaganing aivi-namadabiken. Don't sit down 
 upon the bed. Ogitch' adupow in, oi\ the table.
 
 Ilrinarh-. The English propoHitioii on or upon is more com- 
 monly cxprcsHCil, in tlip Otnhipwc language, by terminations 
 aiicii'd to its coniplcmont, than liy ofjitrhaii or Of/itch\ 
 
 9. AJnwaii, bcliiml, v. g. 
 
 AJawaii ictkaif/aninf/ (ji-hasoitlisi). He ITnl liiinsolf behind the 
 
 house. 
 
 Remark. Tiic preposition behind is often exi)ressed by the 
 word which signifies the back. F.i. Nin pikwanang nibawi, he 
 stands behind nie ; [nin pikwan,\ny hacV.) Aicenen aw ki pi- 
 
 kwanang nemadahitU WIio is sitting behind thee? {ki pik- 
 
 wan, tliy back.) 
 
 10. Nakak^ia, or inakakeia, towards, to. aliout. (Tlie.se words 
 are always put after the conijilement.) V. g. 
 
 Lishpin osam kashkend<nnan oma aking, gijigong nakakeia inn- 
 bin ; mi sa loedi ge-jaicendagosiian kaginig. When thou art 
 too much grieved on eartli, look towards heaven ; there thou 
 wilt be happy eternally. 
 
 Moniang nakakeia nin wi-ija sigwang. I intend to go to Montreal 
 ne.\t spring. 
 
 Remark on No. 1. 
 
 All the prepositions of this Number are as well adverbs as pre- 
 positions, and most of them rather adverbs than prepositions. 
 
 II. 
 
 Let us consider now the prepositions that are connected tcith 
 iJie substantive which is their complement, forming with it but 
 one word. Or rather, (to speak Otchipwe grammatically,) let 
 us see, how the Otchipwe language, instead of iising distinct 
 prepositions, adds certain terminations to substantives, by which 
 English prepositions are expressed. 
 
 These English prepositions are : at, in, from, out, of, on, to. 
 The Otchipwe language expresses them by the following Jive 
 terminations, which are annexed to the complements of the said 
 prepositions; viz: g, ng, ang,ing, ong. — Examples will illus- 
 trate the matter.
 
 — 333 — 
 
 1. Tennination, fj. Kitigewininiwa;/ kitchi anokucag o kitigdni- 
 wang. Fanners work hard in their fields. (0 kitiganiwan, 
 their fields : o kiiiganiwang, in their fields.) wigiicumi- 
 tvang ondjibuwag, they come out q/" their houses, (or lodges.) 
 wigiwdmlwan, their houses; o wigiwaniiicang, out o/' their 
 houses. 
 
 wigiwdmiwang aiawag, they are in their houses. (0 wigi- 
 wamiwan, their houses ; o icigiwamiwang , in their houses.) 
 Nibing, in summer. (Nibin, summer.) Bihong, in -winter. 
 iBibon, winter.) 
 
 2. Termination, ng, Gigoiag nibing bimddisiwag, fi.-*hes live in 
 the water. {Nibi, water ; nibing, in the water.) 
 
 Sibing nin gi-bimishkdmin, we traveled (in a boat) on a river. 
 
 (Sibi, river.; sibing, on a river, or in a river. 
 
 Kiicliigaming ki ga-bimdshimin, we will sail on the lake. 
 
 (Kitchigami, lake, kiichignmmg, on, or in the lake.' 
 
 Jugandsltiwalxing nitam nin wi-ijd, pdninia dash Wemitigoji- 
 
 waking. I will first go to Englantl, and then <o France. {Jd- 
 
 gandshiwaki, England ; Jngandshiwaking, to, [in, or from,] 
 
 England. 'Weuiiiigojiwaki, France ; Wemiigojiwaking, to, 
 
 {In, or_//Y;?«,) France. 
 
 Jdgandshiwaking nind ondjiba, I comeyroni England. 
 
 Jagandshiwaking danisi, lie lives in England. 
 
 Joniindbong, in the wine. [Jomindbo, wine.) 
 
 Odenang, in, to, from, the village or town. (Odena, village, 
 
 town, city ) 
 
 3. Termination, «»r/. Wegonen eteg omamashkimodangl What 
 is in that l)ag? (Mashkimod, bag.) 
 
 Nin pikwaiiang, 7iin gi-pakiieog, ho titrnck mo on my back. 
 
 [Nin pikwan, my back.) 
 
 Min ondjigd n^otdwagang, matter is running out of my ear. 
 
 [Otdtoag, his ear.) 
 
 Mini atcni otdicagung, there is matter //( his car. 
 
 Oniki\ng, in, or on, his arm. [Oiiik, his arm.) 
 
 Nisidang, in, or on my foot. (Nisid, my foot.) 
 
 Oniissaddng, i)i, or on, his belly. (Omissad, his belly.)
 
 — 334 — 
 
 4. Termination, inff. Aninhindbe niiakan'mg, nomadahX vcissinirl , 
 nin dash apabiwin'iw^ nin namndah, adopouHmng d&nh nin 
 wissin. Tiie Indi.an Hits on a mat wlion oatin;?, hut I sit on a 
 chair, and eat on a table. {Anukan, a mat ; apahiwin, a chair ; 
 adupoivin, a table.) 
 
 Ninind/mg, in my hand. (Ninindj, my hand.) 
 Mikwam\ng, on the ice. [Mikwam, ice.) 
 Wigiwdmmg, in a lodge, (or liou.'^e). ( Wigiwum, lodge.) 
 Jerusalem'mg, in or from Jerusalem. 
 
 KiUgdn\Dg nind ondjiba, I come from the field. Kifigan'mg^ 
 nind ija, I am going to the field. {Kitigan, field, garden.) 
 
 5. Termination, ong. Meno-ijiwebisidjig gijigong ta-ijdwag. The 
 good one will go to heaven. (Gijig, heaven, sky, day.) 
 Wikwcdong gi-ondji-mddja, Wawiidtanong gi-anUija, nongom 
 dash Kebekong loi-ija. He started //'bOT L'Anse, went to De- 
 troit, and now he intends to go to Quebec. ( Wikwed, L'Anse r 
 Wawlidtan, Detroit; Kibek, Quebec.) 
 
 Tcliihaidtigong, on the cross. (Tchibaidtig, cross.) 
 
 ylA:/A-ong, in the kettle. (Akik, kettle.) 
 
 Oshkinfigong'in his eye, or face. (Oshkinjig, his eye, or face.) 
 
 Remarks on No. II. 
 
 You see that the same termination can express several prepo- 
 sitions ; as, for instance, in the second termination, where Jaga- 
 nashiwaking can mean : in, to, from, England. The verb must 
 decide, which of the three prepositions you have to employ^ 
 wlien you translate from Otchipwe into English. 
 
 The same five terminations are aUso employed to render in Ot- 
 chipwe the English phrases tliat express comparison, and con- 
 tain the words like, or as. ...as. We will consider some Examples 
 on each of tlie above five terminations. 
 
 1. Term. Nibing iji kijdte nongom, it is warm to-day like in sum- 
 mer, or as warm as in summer. (Or, ndbinjin iji kijdte.^ 
 Bibong iji kissinamagad jaigwa, it is already cold like in win- 
 ter. (Or, bebongin iji kissinamagad.)
 
 — 335 — 
 
 Bihong ijindgwad, it looks like winter. (Or, bebongin ijini— 
 nagwad. 
 
 2. Term. Nibing iji binCujami he, tlii.s liquid i.s as clear (clean>as- 
 water. 
 
 Jomindbong ipogwad, it taste.s like wine. 
 
 Anishiiidbeng gi-bimddisi Kije-Manito oma aking, God livect' 
 
 on earth in the form of a man (like a man). 
 
 Oshkinaweng iji kijika aw akiiven'i, thi.* old man walk.* as fast 
 
 as a young man. 
 
 3. Tevu). Maahkimodang ijinagicad )iiii pajjagiicaian, my shirt 
 looks like a bag. 
 
 Kitawagang iji ginwamagad iw, this is as long as thr ears. 
 
 4. Term. Anamiewining apitenddgwadon mino nagamonan, goocB 
 liymns are of as higii a value as prayer. 
 
 Assining iji mashkdwamagad iw, this is as hard as a-stone. 
 Matchi manitokewiiimg iji manadad bishigwadisiwin, fornica- 
 tion is as bad (as great a sin) as idolatry. 
 
 5. Term. Wawiiatanong iji miichamagad iw odena,{hat city is as 
 large as Detroit. 
 
 Mitigong, ijinagwad ore, this looks like wood. 
 
 Oega ajaweshkong, iji ginwamagad ki mokomdii, thy knife is 
 
 almost as long as a sword. 
 
 III. 
 
 All the other prepositions of the Otchipwe language are con- 
 nected with re?'6s, in a manner altogether peculiar to this lan- 
 guage. As there are no general rules for this connection, it must 
 be acquired by use. 
 
 The following Examples on some of the prepositions of this 
 description, will facilitate to tiie learner the acquirement of their 
 correct use. 
 1. Ondji, (In the Change wnidji,) for, for the sake of, because^- 
 
 on account of, relating, regarding, respecting, in regard to r 
 
 therefore, by reason of, througii, v. g. 
 
 Kin nin bi-ondji-ijaoma, I come here for thy sake, on account 
 
 of thee.
 
 — 336 — 
 
 Kijc-Manito ondji-anweninditon (ji-baia-diian, repenl of thy 
 pins for God's nakc. 
 
 JMlitm aui.ihindbeij (ji-batn-dodamowad, mi rrendji-iiibowinl 
 kakiita anishindbey ; because the fi rut men fiinned, therefore 
 all men die. 
 
 Deheniminaiu) ojawendjirjcwin iiia yad-ondji-boailon nin mat- 
 chi ijiwehmwin ; through tiie grace of the Lord 1 will aban- 
 don my bad conduct, (bad behavior.) 
 
 2. Eko-, ga-ako-, gcd ako-, since, ago, all the time, ever .since, as 
 long as, V. g. 
 
 Ja'ujwa nisso bibonagadini ga-ako-mddjad, he left here the.se 
 -three years ago. 
 
 Kakiiia bakdn ijindgwad eko-aiaidn otna, all i.s changed liere 
 since my arrival. 
 
 Eko-bimddiaiiaii mojag ki viiiio ganawenim ; thou tooke.st 
 well care of me all my lifetime, (since the beginning of my 
 ]ife.) 
 
 Eko-hibonagak apin kid dku.s, thou hast been sick ever since 
 the beginning of winter. 
 
 Ged-ako-bimadisiidn, a?: long a^ I shall live. Eko-akiwang, 
 since the creation of the earth. 
 
 3. Lshkwd,-, gi'ishkwa-, ged-islikwa-, after, or the end of some- 
 thing, V. g. 
 
 Gi-ishkwd-anamiegijigak, after Sunday ; gi-i.fhkicd ndicok- 
 
 weg, after noon. 
 
 Aniuiwapi ged-ishkica-ak'iwangf When will the end of the 
 
 world be ? 
 
 Kijc-Manito eta o kikendan api ged-ishkwa-akhcaninig. God 
 
 only knows when the end of the world will be. 
 
 Gi-ishkwa-witssiniidii niiiga-mddja,l \v\\\ start after dinner, 
 
 (after eating.) 
 
 Remark on No. III. 
 
 These prepositions again are rather adverbs. We will do bet- 
 ter to consider the rest of them under the head of Adverb.s. 
 
 The following remarks and examples may yet be useful in 
 -the Chapter of Prepositions.
 
 — 3.37 — 
 
 The fullowiiig English i)icpo*itions : wUh, wifhoiii, in, (l'efl)re 
 names of persons,) before, except, excepting, as for, according 
 to, against, instead of , are expressed in Otchipwein a very pe- 
 culiar manner, which cannot be established by rules, but must 
 be learned from use. The Examples given here below will make 
 you tmderstand a little this particular manner of expressing 
 prepositions. 
 
 1. With. The just ones will goto heaven icithfoul and body, af- 
 ter resurrection. Kegi-otchitag, kegi-iciiaw gaie gijigong ia-ijd- 
 v:ag mrno-ijiwebisidjig gi abitc/iibnicad. I came in the house 
 with my enow-shoes on ; kegl-dgim nin gi-pindige ivdkaiga- 
 ning. 
 
 Thou comest with thy axe ; Icgi-wdgdkwad ki-bi-ijn. I am 
 n)arried with this woman ; nin loidigcma aw ikw>'. I eatwith 
 somebody, nin u'idopama aiciia. I sleep with somebodv, nin 
 v'ibema awiia. I sit down with him, (her,) nin widabima. I 
 am standing icith him, (her), nin widjigabaicitaica. I walk 
 with .somebody, nin toidjiwa awiia. 1 write with a pen, niig- 
 wan nind awa ojibiigeinn, 
 
 i struck him tcith my hand, ninindj nin gi-pakiieowa. Thou 
 struckest him M'i^A a stone, a.9sm A7 gi-pakiteowa. He struck 
 Jiim with a stick, 7nitig gi-pakiteowan . 
 
 I made a hole in the ice icith an axe, nin gi-twdige wdgdk- 
 wad. 
 
 2. Without. (This preposition is always expressed in Otehijnve 
 with a verb in the negative form.) 
 
 Heis a man Mu7/iOH/ malice, aw inini kawin manjininiwagi- 
 sissi. 
 
 Tho.se that live without the knowledge of God, are unhappy ; 
 kitimdgisiwag kekniima.'!.'isigog Kije-Maniton. 
 One cannot live without eating, kawin dd-bimddisissim w'ls- 
 sinissing. 
 
 Nobody can see icithout eye.<, kawin awiia dd-w/ibissi oshkin- 
 jigos.^ig. 
 
 I could not write without hands, kawin nin da-gashkitns,tin 
 ichi ogihiigeiun onindjissiwun.
 
 — S.'IH — 
 
 3. To, (before nouns o^ persona,] I will return to my father, noss 
 nin wi-ijdnan. 
 
 Sinner, return to the Lord thy Oijil, sind to Jesus thy Savior ; 
 baiata-ijiwehiman , awi-nanikaw iteidb iJebendjiged hi Kije- 
 Manitom, Jesut gale [fabiinadjiik. 
 He is gone to his pan'nts, onu/iigoii od ijunan. 
 
 4. Before. Nothing is hidden before (Jod, kawin cjeyo Indjiya- 
 dessinon endssamid Kije-Manito. 
 
 The hypocrites of old stood before the houses of the city, 
 when praying ; gaiat ga-bi-anamirkasodjig ndnibawibanig 
 endss amis sini nig wdkaiganan odenang enamiewadjin 
 We shall all appear before Jesus, to be jiidged ; kakina kiga- 
 nibdwimin endssamabid Jesus, ichi dibakonigoiang. 
 Before me, (when I am standing,) enassamigdbiciidn. 
 Before thee, (when thou art sitting,) endssamabiian. 
 Before him, (when he is lying,) endssamishing, etc., etc. 
 
 5. Except, excepting. He works every day, except Sunday ; en- 
 dasso-gijigak anoki, enamiegijigadinigin eta kawin. 
 
 I would willingly lose all, except my religion ; nin da minwenr- 
 dam kakina gego tchi waniioidn, nind anamieicin eta kawin. 
 All my children died, except the oldest one ; kakina ninidjd- 
 nissag gi-niboioag, sesikisid eta ishkwane. 
 We are all sick in the house, except my mother ; kakina nind 
 akosimin ondashiiang, ninga eta kaicin. 
 
 6. As for. . . As for me, (for my part,) I will not go where they 
 dance ; nin icin kawin nin wi-ijassi nimiiding. 
 
 As for him, (for his part,) he has no objection ; icin igo ka- 
 win win ningot ikkiiossi. 
 
 As for thee, thou hast a good knowledge of religion, but thy 
 brother knows nothing of it ; kHn win ki kikendan tceweni 
 anamiewin, kishime dash kawin gego o kikendansin. 
 As for your work, I will speak to you to-morrow about it ; iw 
 dash kid anok'iwinitca ejiwebak, wdbang ki gaieindamoninim. 
 
 7. According to. Lord, let all be flrro>-(//H(7 /o thy will; Debeni- 
 miian, apegish enendaman ijiwebak kakina.
 
 — 339 — 
 
 I regulate niy life according to thy instructions ; nin ijissiton 
 
 nin bwiddisiwin'eji-f)a(fikimiian. 
 
 According to thy word ; ekkiioian. According to the reports 
 
 of people; ekkitowad aniahindbeg , or bemddisidjig. 
 
 Live according ^o the comniandinents of Gor], and you will 
 
 be liappy ; eji-ganusonged Kije-Manito, ij i-bimddisiiog , mi 
 
 dash tchi jawendagosiieg. 
 
 8. Against. Who is not with me, is or/o/;is< me; aw xvadjiivis- 
 sig nind agonwetag. 
 
 He goes awaj^ against my will ; m'inotch mddja ano ginaama- 
 
 wog. 
 
 He that acts against the will of God, is a sinner ; aw aiagon- 
 
 wetawad Kije-Maniton, batd-ijiwebisi. 
 
 Never do anything against the injunctions of thy religious 
 
 instructor ; kego wika gego doddngen eji-ginaamok enamie- 
 
 gagikiinik. 
 
 9. Instead of. Thou wouldst not give to thy child a stone ?»- 
 stead of bread ; kawin ki da-dodansi iio tchi minassiwad ki- 
 nidjdniss pakwejiganan, meshkwat dash assinin tchi m'lnad. 
 Instead o/' happiness which the sinner endeavors to procure, 
 he will find real misery ; baiatd-ijiwebisid kawin jawendago- 
 siwin gad-aiansin nendawendang, meshkwat gwaiak kitimd- 
 gisiwin o ga-mikan. 
 
 /n.s^earf o/'a book thou givest me a little picture; katcin ma- 
 sinaigan ki mijissi, meshkwat masinitchigans ki mij. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 OF ADVERHS. 
 
 An Adcerb is a word joineil to a veiii or to an adjecti.e, and 
 sometimes to another adverb, to tlenote or modify some circum- 
 stance respecting it. So, for instance, when we say, aw inini 
 kitchi dkosi, this man is very sick ; the adverb kitchi, very, 
 modifies the verb dkosi, he is sick, and denotes how the man is 
 sick.
 
 — .340 — 
 
 A(lvcil)8 may be dividcil into various claHse.a, according to 
 tlicir signification. Wo will mentioti here stjuie of cacli clas?, 
 with short Exiuiipios, to facilitate the use of this part of speecli. 
 
 1. Adverbs dctio/iiii/ manner. 
 
 Weweni, well, riglitly, correctly, v. g. 
 Kishpin gcgo lopjitoian, weweni ojiton ; when thou art doing 
 
 something, do it well. 
 
 Weweni ojibiiyen ; write correctly. 
 
 Iw epitendagwak tchi ojitong, apitendagwad weweni tchi oji- 
 
 iong ; what is worth doing, is worth doing well. 
 Mdmanj, bad, negligently, v. g. 
 
 Mamanj o gi-ojitonawa. They made it negligently, bad. 
 
 Kego mdmanj kitigeken ; don't farm so negligently. 
 Beka, slow]}', softly, easily, not loud, v. g. 
 
 Deka bimossen, walk slowly. 
 
 Kishpin awiia ici-dnicenimad, beka ganoj. If tliou wilt repri- 
 mand somebody, speak to him gently. 
 Bisdn, still, quietly, v. g. 
 Bisdn abiiog, kwiwisensidog ! Be still, boys ! 
 Bisdn ima namadabi kabe-gijig, kawin anokisi. He is sitting 
 
 there quietly all day, he does not work. 
 Naegatch, (has the same signification as beka.) 
 Agdwa, hardly, scarcely, a little, v. g. 
 
 Agdioa nin gaskkiion wi-bimosseidn, nind dkos. I can hardly 
 
 walk, I am sick. 
 
 Agdwa jdgandshimo, he can talk a little English. 
 
 Agdwa nin gi-gashkid, I could scarcely prevail upon him. . . . 
 Kitchi, very, v. g. 
 
 Nin kitchi mind aid, nin kitchi jawenddgos, I am very well, 
 
 I am very happy. 
 Tebindk,(\\^s the same signification as mdmanj.) 
 Sesika or tchisika, suddenly, all at once, subitaneously, v. g. 
 
 Sesika gi-nibo, he died suildenly. 
 
 Kego sesika ombinaken gego kwesigwang. Don't lift up sud- 
 denly any heavy object.
 
 — 341 — 
 
 Gega, almost, nearl\', about, v. g. 
 
 Nin gi-dkos, gega niii gi-tub. I was sick, I almost died. 
 
 Gega magotwdk dasso MbOnagisi. He is nearly a hiiiidretE 
 
 years old. 
 
 Gega nijtana. gega iiissimidana. About twent)', aliout thirty.- 
 Memindage, especially, principally, very, v. g. 
 
 Enamiadjig memUidage da-jajawendjigewag. Christians ought 
 
 to be especially cliaritable. 
 
 Memindage kitimishki, he is very lazy. 
 Binisika, unprovoked, without reason, spontaneously, v. g. 
 
 liinisika nishkddisi aw inini. This man is angry unprovoked.- 
 
 Kawia wika binisika gego nin minigossi. He never gives nie 
 
 anything spontaneou.'<ly. 
 Gwuiak, justly, uprightly, straight, v. g. 
 Gwaiak bimddisin, ki ga-Jaweadagos. Live uprightly, ami thou 
 
 wilt be happ3'. 
 
 Gwaiak wedi ani-ijdda. Let us go straight there. 
 Apiichi, extremelj', exceedingly, quite, most, entii-ely, v. g. 
 
 Apitchi jawendjige Debendjiged. The Lord is mo.^t merciful.. 
 
 Apitchi dkosi ningd. My mother is quite sick. 
 
 Kifisaie apitchi bakdn ijiwebi-n nongom. Thy brother changed 
 
 entirely. 
 Awdndjinli, purposely, notwithstanding a prohibition, v. g. 
 
 Nind dno-ginaaviawa tchi ijdssig, awandjish dash ija. I for-- 
 
 bid him to go, but he goes notwitlistanding my prohibition. 
 
 Awandjish bdpiwag. They laugh, although forbidden. 
 Napdtch, wrongly, not in the right order, v. g. 
 
 Kakina n^pdich gi-atdnaioa. They put all wrongly, (noth- 
 ing in its due place.) 
 Anishd, vainly, without effect, without reason, falsely, for noth- 
 ing, gratis, V. g. 
 
 Wego7ien ba-ondji-ijaicg oma? Anishd. What do you come- 
 here for? Nothing. 
 
 Anisha vugiweiug. Give it for nothing, gratis. 
 Memeshkwaf, alternately, iiy turns, mutually, one after another^. 
 
 v-g.
 
 — 342 — 
 
 Memeshhwaf nagamoda. Let us sing altornatcly. 
 . Jajaivniindii/'ig mcmeahkwal. Be cliaritable mutually to each 
 other. 
 
 Memcs/iliral (iJi:l>niciof/, row hy turns. 
 
 Kego kakhiu mamawi gigiiokegon ; memfishkicnt gigitoiog. 
 Don't speak all at one time ; speak one after another. 
 
 2. Adverbs denoting interrogation. 
 
 Anin ? How ? v. g. 
 
 Anin eji-bimudisiian ? How dost thou do? 
 
 Anin cjinikddameg oic ? How do you call this ? (for inanimate 
 
 objects.) 
 
 Anin rjinikaueg aic ? How do j-ou call this? (for animate 
 
 objects.) 
 iWcgonen f What ? v. g. 
 
 Wegonen iw ? What is that ? 
 
 Wegonen ba-takonaman kinidjing f What dost thou hold in 
 
 thy hand coming here ? 
 
 Wegonen wendji-mdwiian? What art thou crying for ? 
 Anlishwinf Why? What is the reason? (There is always a re- 
 proach contained in this interrogation.) V. g. 
 
 Anishwid bi-ijdssiwan anamieicigamigong ? Why dost thou 
 
 not come to church ? 
 
 Anishwin mojag dajimad kidf anishindbe ? Why dost thou al- 
 ways speak ill of thy neighbor ? 
 Nah? Dost thou hear me? or, do vou hear me? or, is it so ? 
 
 V. g. 
 
 Ki ga-bos ganabatch icdbang, ndh ? Thou wilt perl^aps embark 
 
 to-2norrow, is it so ? or, wilt thou not ? 
 
 Kawiu ki kikendansinaica inashi ge-dodameg, ndh? You don't 
 
 know yet what you shall do, do you ? or, is it so ? 
 
 Anin ekkitoieg ? ndh ? What do you say ? do you hear me ? 
 JWa ? What ? (This interrogating adverb is only used to answer 
 
 a call interrogating ; or to request a repetition of what was 
 
 said, but not understood by the person spoken to.) V. g. 
 _Johi !—Wa? John !— What?
 
 — 343 — 
 
 Wdbang na ki ivi-bos ? — Ha y Wilt tliou em hark to-morrow? — 
 
 "What ? 
 
 Anindi aidwdd nongom garmatchi-pimddisidjig aking ? Where 
 
 are now those that led a bad life on earth ? 
 
 Anindi k' OSS ? Anindi kigd? Where i.s thy father? Where is 
 
 thy mother ? 
 
 Anindi aidd Debeniminang Kije-Manito ? Where is God our 
 
 Lord? 
 Aniniwapi ? When ? v. g. 
 
 Aniniwapi ged-ishkwa-akiwang ? When will he the end of the 
 
 world ? 
 
 Aniniwapi ge-nibowad ki tchitchdgonig ? When will our souls 
 
 die? 
 
 Aniniwapi ga-bi-ijad Jesus oma aking ? When came Jesus on 
 
 earth ? 
 Anin dassing ? How often ? v. g. 
 
 Anin dassing ge-niboian y How often shall thou die? 
 
 Anin dassing ge-dibakonigoian ? How often wilt thou be 
 
 judged ? 
 
 Aning dassing ga-ijdwad Moniung ? How often have they been 
 
 in Montreal? 
 Anin min'ik ? How much ? v. g. 
 
 Anin minik ge-dibaamawind enamiad, kishpin weweni anokita- 
 
 wad Debendjigenidjin ? How much will the Christian be paid, 
 
 if he serves well the Lord? 
 
 Anin minik ga-minad aw ketimdgisid inini ? How much hast 
 
 thou given to that poor man ? 
 E, * yes, or perhaps better ; enh ! enh I v. g. 
 
 E nange ka, yes certainly. E nange, O yes. 
 Aningwana, certainly, to be sure. 
 
 * This affirmative adverb cannot be expressed exactly in writing; it must 
 he heard. I have seen different essays to write it, but tliey are dehcient, be- 
 cause it is impossible to give it correctly. When I saw that, I adopted the 
 simplest way of writing it, by the sinijle letter cor, tnh .' tnh .' only to signify 
 that the adverb which is used for iixfli-iitati<jii.\s to be i"'i>iiounced"here. I re- 
 mark here at the same time, that the Indians will use this alVuniative adverb 
 e, where we would say in English »o. K. i. Kaifin na ki.s/iiiii.i wi-bi-ijti.isi f E. 
 Will thy brother not come ? No. This is an aljbreviated answer ; the whole 
 would be, E, kawtn wi-bi-ijdssi ; yes, it is so as you say, he will not come. 
 
 23
 
 — 344 — 
 
 Ki IcikcnfJnn na gn-ikkitrdau pilchiufign ? Am'nr/u'ana, kaicin 
 iiiii ivanendausin. Dost thou know what thou hast said yes- 
 terday ? Certainly, I did not forget it. 
 Geget, verily, truly, yes indeed, v. g. 
 Ki gi-w'mdamau'a na ga-inindn? Geget. Didst thou tell him 
 what I said to thee ? Yes. 
 
 Gvget kiiimdgisi. He is poor indeed ; or, he is truly miserable. 
 Geget kid inininim. Verily I say unto you. 
 
 4. Adverbs denoting negation . 
 
 Ka, or kdwin, no, not, v. g. 
 
 Kiddkosna? Ka, kdwinnind dkosissi. Art thou sick? No, 
 
 I am not sick. 
 
 Ka })dj)isli, or kaicin hdpish, not at all. 
 
 Kdwin hdpifsh nn-bi-ijdssi. He will not come at all. 
 
 Nind ano ganona, kdwin dash bdpish wi-gigitossi. I talk to 
 
 him, but he will not speak at all. 
 
 Kdwin bdpish gego ki kikendansi. Thou knowest nothing at 
 
 all. Kiwi-mij na? Kdh! * Wilt thou give me ? No ! 
 Kaw6ssa, it won't do, I cannot, no, sir, v. g. 
 
 Ki wi-mij na joniia ? kawessa. Wilt thou give me money? 
 
 No, sir. 
 
 Nind dno Wikwaichiton ; kawessa dash. I endeavor to doit; 
 
 but I cannot. 
 Ka wika, or, kawin toika, never, v. g. 
 
 Kawin ivika ishkoteivdbo o minikwessin. He never drinks ar- 
 dent liquor. 
 
 Ka wika nind dkosissi. I am never sick. 
 
 Ki tchitchdgondnig kawin wika torniboss'iwag . Our souls will 
 
 never die. 
 Ka gego, or, kdwin gego, nothing, (for inanimate objects., v. g. 
 
 Kaxcin gego o wdbandansin. He sees nothing. 
 
 Wegonen nendawdbandaman ? — Kdwin gego. What art thou 
 
 looking for ? — Nothing. 
 Kdwin ningdichi, nowhere, v. g. 
 
 * To give the right sound of that negation, the better is to put h at the end.
 
 — 345 — 
 
 Kije-'Manito kdwin ningotchiishlcwa-aidssi, misiwe aia. God 
 
 is nowhere absent, he is everywhere. 
 
 Kdwin ninciotchi nin wi-ijdssi. I will go nowhere. 
 Ka mashi, or kawiii masM, not yet, v. g. 
 
 Kawin mashi su/aandmvassi. He is not yet haptized. 
 
 Gi-mddjawag na ? — Ka mashi. Are they gone ? — Not yet. 
 
 Katcia mashi ndnimidana ki ddsso-hibonayLsessi, Abraham 
 
 dash ki gi-wdhama ? Thou art not yet fifty years old, and 
 
 thou hast seen Abraham ? 
 Kaicin gwetch, not much, v. g. 
 
 Kaivin giceich dkosissi. He is not much sick. 
 
 Kawin gwetch nin gi-segisissi. I was not n\uch afraid. 
 Ki'go, (expression of prohibition,) don't, never do, Noli, v. g. 
 
 Kego ijdken wedi. Don't go there. 
 
 Ktigo wika minikwiken ishkoteivdbo. Never drink ardent 
 
 liquor. 
 
 Kego gimddiken, kego giwanimoken. Don't steal, don't lie. 
 
 5. Adverbs denoting place. 
 Oma, here, v. g. 
 
 Ontjishin oma. It is pleasant here. 
 
 Apitchi gigoika omd naningotinong . Sometimes there is 
 
 plenty of fish here. 
 
 Kitimdgisiwag oma eiddjig kitimiwad. Those that live here 
 
 are poor, because they are lazy. 
 Imd, icedi, iividi, there, v. g. 
 
 hcidi nin un-ijd, mi dash imd mojag ge-ivi-aididn. I will go 
 
 there and always remain there. 
 
 Ki kitimdgisimin omd aking ; wedi dash gijigong ki ga-jawen- 
 
 ddgosimin. We are miserable here on earth ; but there in 
 
 heaven we will be happy. 
 Daji, in, at ; from. (In the Change it makes endaji,) v. g. 
 
 Jesus Bethleheming gi-daji-nigi. Jesus was born in Bethlehem. 
 
 Kebekong daji inini; Moniang daji ikwe. A man from Que- 
 bec ; a woman from Montreal. 
 
 Kitimdgisi kitchi batadoioining endaji-bimddisid. He who 
 
 ie living in great sins, is miserable.
 
 — :{46 — 
 
 Pindig, in ; (in a Iiouhc or other building, or in some vessel, jv. g. 
 Anindi k'oss y — Pindvj aia. Where i.« thy father? — He is in. 
 Pindig anoki. He works in the house. 
 
 Kabe^bibon pinditj aidwag pijikiway. 'Die oxen are all winter 
 in tlie stable. 
 Pind')aii, inside. (In the interior of a building or vessel,) v. g. 
 Kaunii mas/ii jmuljaii ojitchigddeH.shion anamieicigamig . The 
 church is not yet finished inside. 
 
 Memindage onijiakin pindjaii ow wakaigan. This Jiouse here 
 is very tine inside. 
 Agwatclnng, out, (out of doors,) v. g. 
 Agwdtching ijdda. Let us go out. 
 
 Agwatching nibdwiwag. They are standing out of doors. 
 Sanagad dgwaichiiig nibdng bibong. It is hard to sleep out of 
 doors in winter. 
 Agwatchail, outside, v. g. 
 
 A7 wdkaigaii kitchi minwdbaminagwaddgwatchaii. Thy house 
 looks beautiful outside. 
 
 Oshkindgwad nin masinaigan dgwatchaii. My book looks new 
 outside. 
 Agdming, on the other side, on the opposite shore, v. g. 
 
 Agdming, ondjibdwag. They come from the other side, (of a 
 river, lake, etc.) 
 
 Agdming nin ici-ija nongom. T will go to the other side to-day. 
 .4(7«7?w/i</, on the beach. 
 Aganung keidbi atewan nind aiiman. My things are yet on 
 the beach. 
 
 Kitchi wenijishidjig assininsag aidwag agam'ing. There are 
 beautiful agates on the beach. 
 
 Agamlng nin gi-mikdn ow. I found this on the beach. 
 Onddssagdm, on this side, (of a river, lake, etc.) v. g. 
 
 Onddssagdm ia-bi-ijdwag nongom agdming eiddjig. The 
 folks of the other side will come to this side to-day. 
 Nawatch bdtainowag bemddisidjig anddssagdm, agdming das/t. 
 There are more persons living on this side than on the other. 
 Aicassagdm, on the other side, (of a river, lake, etc.l
 
 — 347 — 
 
 Nawdtch gigoika awdssagdm, omd dash. There is more plenty 
 
 offish on the other side than here. 
 Etawdgdm, on both sides, (of a river, lake, etc.) v. g. 
 
 Eimcdgdm aidwag enamiadjig. There are Christians on both 
 
 sides. 
 
 Etawdgdm mawddishiwe omd ha-ijddjin. He makes visits on 
 
 both sides, when he comes here. 
 Ogiddki, on a hill or mountain, v. g. 
 
 Ogiddki nin wi-ijd. I will go on the hill. 
 
 Ogiddki kitige. He has his field on the hill. 
 
 Ogiddki tdwag. They live on the hill. 
 Nissdki, down hill, on the foot of a hill or mountain. 
 
 Nissdki ijd. He is gone dowa hill. 
 
 Nissdki atcwankakina wdkxiganan. All the houses are on 
 
 the foot of the hill. 
 Wdssa, far, far off. 
 
 Wdssa ondjihdwag. They come from far, v. g. 
 
 Kitchi wdssa gi-ija, kaioin niinawa ta-bi-g'iioessi. He is gone 
 
 very far off ; he will come back no more. 
 Besho, near by, v. g. 
 
 Besho nin pagiddwdmin. We set our nets near bj'. 
 
 Besho nin gi-ondji-wdbama. I saw him near, from a small 
 
 distance. 
 
 Besho aidn, kego wdssa ijdken. Remain near here; don't go 
 
 far. 
 Tibishko, opposite, over against, v. g. 
 
 Tibishko kikinoamddiwi garni g cndagog nin ddmin. We lodge 
 
 (or dwell) opposite the schoolhouse. 
 
 Tibishko kitchi jingwak patakisod nin gi-nibaw. I stood op- 
 posite the great pine-tree. 
 Tibishko also signifies, equal, like, similar, but then it is an ad- 
 jective. 
 Ningotchi, somewhere, v. g. 
 
 Ningotchi ijd, kawin oma aidssi. He is gone somewhere, he 
 
 is not here. 
 
 Ningotchi nin gi-aton nind agawateon, kawin 7iin mikans^in. 
 
 I put somewhere my umbrella ; I cannot find it.
 
 — 348 — 
 
 Ci. Adceiba denoting direction, v. g. 
 
 Ishpimimi, up, up stairs ; on high. 
 
 Ishpimiuij indbin. Look up, (on higli.) 
 
 Iskpiming nin wi-ijd awi-nibaidn. I'll go up stairs to f<leep. 
 
 Ishpiming tjijic/onr/ nind indanniimaij ninidjaninHaij . I think 
 
 (believe) that my children are on liigli in heaven. 
 Tabas h is h, down, low; below. 
 
 Osdm iabasliish nin namddab. I am sitting too low. 
 
 Kawin gwaiak ki gi-atossin ow ; tabashish ki da-aton Thou 
 
 hast not put this in its due place ; thou oughtst to put it bel ow. 
 Nigdn, foremost, in advance ; beforehand. 
 
 Bejig nigdn ta-hiniosse. One will walk foremo.*t. 
 
 Kakina nigdn ki gi-windaindgonan gi'd-ijiwebak. He told U8 
 
 all beforehand what shall come to pass. 
 Jshkweidng, behind, back. 
 
 Keidbi ishkweidng aidwag. They are behind, (or back there.) 
 
 Ningotchi ijaidng, mojag ishkwnang ki bimosse. When we are 
 
 going somewhere, thou walkest always behind. 
 
 Remark. These four adverbs are [frequently followed by the 
 adverb, nakakeia, which makes them to be the more, " adverbs 
 denoting direction." This nakakeia corresponds exactly with 
 the syllable «;a?'d, (or ipards,) which is commonly annexed to 
 English adverbs denoting direction, as : 
 Ishpiming, up; ishpiming nakakeia, upward. 
 Tabashish, down ; tabashish uaAaAf'/a, downward. 
 Nigdn, before ; nigdn nakakeia, forward . 
 Ishkweidng, back; ishkweiang nakakeia, backward. 
 
 This adverb, nakakeia, corresponds with the English laard, 
 also in other adverbs formed from substantives, as : 
 Homeward, endaidn nakakeia, (the Otchipwe verb varying ac- 
 cording to the person.) 
 Heavenward, gijigong nakakeia. 
 Hellward, andmakaming nakakeia.
 
 — 349 — 
 7. Adverbs denoting time, V. g. 
 
 Mngoting, once. 
 
 Ningoiing aw inini nin kitclii mind doddgoban. That man did 
 
 me once a great, good service. 
 
 Ningoting ki ga-nib. Tlioii shalt once die. 
 
 Ningoting nin ga-kitchi-jawetiddgos. Once I will be very happy . 
 Pdnima, afterwards ; not before. 
 
 Panima gi-ishkwd-wissiniian ijdkan. Go after dinner. 
 
 Kigijeb nitam anamidn, panima dash mddji-anokin. In the 
 
 morning pray first, and afterwards begin to work. 
 
 Panima lodbang ; panima s'tgwang. Not before to-morrow ; 
 
 not before next spring. 
 Jfakawe, first. 
 
 Nakawc pislnddwishin, pdnima ki gad-ikkit iva-ikkitoian. First 
 
 listen to me, afterwards thou wilt say what thou hast to say. 
 
 Nakawe ndnagaiawendan, tchi bwa gigiioian. Think first, 
 
 then speak. 
 Bica, or bwa mashi, before. 
 
 Kije-Manito o gi-mlgi wenabanin o gandsongewinan, bwa bi- 
 
 nigid Jesus. God liad given his commandments before Jesus 
 
 was born. 
 
 Apitchi kitshi ntbiwa anishindbeg gi-aiabanig omd aking, 1A- 
 
 nawind bwa aidiang. Exceedingly many people had been 
 
 here on earth, before we were. 
 
 Tchi-bwa bibong ; ichi-bwa nibing. Before winter ; before 
 
 summer. 
 Mashi ndnge, not yet. 
 
 Mashi ndnge gcgo o kikendan. He knows nothing yet. 
 
 Mashi ndnge nin nibwakd. I am not yet wise. 
 Megwa, during, when, while. 
 
 Megwa abinodjiwid gi-sigaandawa. He was iiaptized when a 
 
 child, (during childhood.) 
 
 Apegish gwaiak ijiwebisiidn megwa bimddisiidn aking. 1 wish 
 
 to behave well while living on earth, (during my lifetime on 
 
 earth.) 
 
 Megwa ojibiige; megwa nagamo. He is writing, he is singing.
 
 — 350 — 
 
 Wdiba, soon. 
 Gcgo toa-m'igiweianin, ivdiba migiwiln. When tlio\i art to give- 
 something, give it soon. 
 
 Aio wdiba m/igiwed, nijing migiwc. Tie tliat gives soon, gives 
 double. 
 Wdiba bi-giweu. Come back soon. 
 
 }Vika, late. 
 
 Wika go nin nihdmin. We go to bed quite late. 
 
 Wika gi-dnwenindiso, nongom dash gwaiak anamia. He re- 
 pented late, but now he is a good Christian. 
 Wika gi-mddjdwag. They started late. 
 Btnis/i, till, until. 
 
 Mojag nin wi-anamia pinish tchi niboidn. I will always be a 
 
 Christian, until I die. 
 
 Jesus od Anamihci garni g rnojag ta-ateni oma aking binish tchi 
 
 ishkwd-akiwang. The Church of Jesus will always be on 
 
 earth, until the earth is no more. 
 
 Binish oma; binish Mo niang. Till here ; till Montreal. 
 Kitchi awassondgo, three days ago. 
 Awassondgo, the day before yesterday, (two days ago.) 
 Petchindgo, yesterday, (one day ago.) 
 Nongom, or, nongom gijigak, to-day, (this day.) 
 Wdbang, to-morrow, (after one day.) 
 Aiodssiodbang , after to-morrow, (after two days ) 
 Kitchi awdssivdbang, after three days. 
 Jeba, this morning. 
 
 Jeba nin gi-bi-ganonig. He came this morning and spoke to 
 
 me. 
 Mewija, a long time ago, (or, already.) 
 
 Mcwija dkosiban. He has been sick now a long time ago. 
 Gegapi, finally, lastly, ultimately. 
 Wdwika, seldom, rarely. 
 Waieshkat, at fir.'?t, in the beginning. 
 Pdbige, immediately, directly. 
 Wewib, quick, immediately. 
 Jaigwa, already.
 
 — 351 — 
 
 Kija, in advance, beforehand. 
 
 Api, when. 
 
 Gaiat, formerly, heretofore. 
 
 Naningotinong, sometimes. 
 
 Naningim, or, sasdgwana, often, frequently. 
 
 Mdjag, always, constantly. 
 
 Anicakam, several times, often. 
 
 hvdpi, then, at that time. 
 
 Keidbi, yet. 
 
 Nitam, first. 
 
 Apine, continually, ever since. 
 
 Kdginig, or, kagigekamig , always, eternally. 
 
 Nond, before the end ; rather. 
 
 Dossing, every time, as often as. . . 
 
 Kejidin, or, kejidine, or, kekejidine, quick, soon, immediately. 
 
 Pitch'uiag, only now, (not before this time,) soon, by and by. 
 
 Pitchinag dagicishin. He comes only now, (not before this 
 
 hour.) 
 
 Pitchinag nin mddja, I start only now, (or so late.) 
 
 Pitchinag nin gad-ija endaian. I will go to thy house, (I will 
 
 go to see thee,) by and by. 
 
 Mddjdn, kikinoomdding ijdn. — Pitchinag. Go to school. — 
 
 By and by. 
 
 •^. Adverbs denoting urjcertainty. 
 
 Gonimd, or, ganabatch, perhaps. 
 
 Nissdtchiwan nind ijd, gonima dash nisso gisiss nin gad-inend. 
 
 T am going below, and will be, perhaps, absent three months. 
 
 Ki da-gashkiton na nijike tchi bidjiamawad kissaie ? — GanOr- 
 
 batch sa nin dd-gashkiton. Couldst thou write, all alone, a 
 
 letter to thy brother? — Perhaps I could. 
 
 Niahkddisi gnnabntch. He is perhaps angry. 
 Mdkija, may be, perhaps. 
 
 Gi-nibo na kimishome ." — Mdkija ; kaioin mashi nin kikendavr 
 
 sin. Is thy uncle dead ? — May be ; I don't know yet. 
 
 Mdkija anishd ikkitom. It is perhaps a false report.
 
 — 352 — 
 
 Mdkija (jeyet. May be so irulec-d. 
 Namdndj, I don't know what. . . ., it is doubtful how . . . 
 
 Namdndj yed-ikkitogwen. I don't know what he will say. 
 
 Namnndj (jedodamowdnen. I don't know wliat I shall do. 
 Namdndj idoij, it is uncertain, unknown, doubtful. 
 
 Anin ija-ijiir hided y — Namdndj ido(j. How did he manage it? 
 
 — I don't know. 
 
 Remark. This namdndj, which is properly an adverb in Ot- 
 chipwe, cannot be given in English with an adverb, but only 
 with a verb, as above. 
 
 9. Adverbs denotimj quantity, v. g. 
 
 Nihiwa, or, pangi ndnge, luuch. 
 
 Nibiwa wissini. He eats much. 
 
 Nibiwa kitige. He cultivate's a large field. 
 
 Pangt ndnge nin bimosse kabe-bibon. I am walking much all 
 
 winter. 
 
 Remark. When nibiwa signifies many, it is an adjective. 
 Pang'i or, nibiwa ndnge, little, a little. 
 
 Pangi eta nin b'ldon. I bring only a little. 
 
 Pangi glgiton, nibiwa dash ndnagatuwenddn. Talk little and 
 
 thinkmuch. 
 
 Nibiwa ndnge ki ga-matchi-ikkit, ki.shpin mojag iakwcnimad 
 
 KiJL'-Manito. You will scarcely ever pronounce a bad word, 
 
 if you constantly remember God. 
 Nenibiwa, much, each, or much every time. 
 
 Nenibiwa minawag. They are given much each, itliey receive 
 
 great share.) 
 
 Ninibiwa anamid endasso-gijigadinig. He prays much every 
 
 day. 
 Pepangi, little each, or a little every time, by little and little, 
 
 gradually. 
 
 Pepangi kitigewag anishindbey. The Indians cultivate a small 
 
 field each. 
 
 Pepangi nibd, pepangi gaie wissini. He sleeps little (every 
 
 flight,) and eats little (every time.)
 
 — 353 — 
 
 Ki minin ow masinaigan ; pegangi dash icubandun ciidasao- 
 gijigak, binish kakina gi-wabandaman. I give thee this 
 book ; read a little every day, until thou readest it all. 
 
 PangLfhc, very little. 
 
 Miiw, or, mi minik, enough, that is all. 
 
 Minmiia, again, more, besides. 
 
 Kakina, all . 
 
 10. Adverbs denoting comparison. 
 
 Aicashime, more. 
 
 Awashime nin dd-mimvendam tchi nissigoidn, iw dash nind 
 
 enamicwiii tchi webindmban. I would be more willing to be 
 
 killed, than to reject my religion. 
 
 Awashime apitenddgwad mino ijiwebisiwin, daniwin dash. 
 
 Virtue is more worth than riches. 
 Naivatc/i,]vd,H the same signitication as awashime; but it also 
 
 signifies, a little, some. Nawatch nind dkos ; this can mean, 
 
 I am more sick ; or, I am a little sick. 
 
 Ki bakade na? — Nawatch sa. Art thou hungry ? — A little. 
 
 Ki gashkiton na wi-jagandshimoian ? — Nawatch sa. Canst 
 
 thou .speak English?— Some. 
 Iw minik, or, ow minik, so much, as much as. 
 
 Gaie win iw minik od iji gashkiton, kin cji-gashkifoian. He 
 
 can do as much as thou can.st. 
 
 Ow minik bidokan. Bring so much. 
 
 Kawin ow minik eta da-debissesinon. So much only would not 
 
 be sufficient. 
 Dakun, ditlerently, otherwise. 
 
 Bakdn ijiwebisi eko anamidd. He behaves differently since 
 
 he besame a Christian. 
 Nawatch n'lbiwa, more. 
 Nawatch pang'i, less. 
 
 Remark. The word nangd, (which occurs in No. 7 and 9,) can- 
 not be given in English by itself; there is no word in the Eng- 
 lish language that would exactly correspond with nange. 
 We may perhaps say it corresponds with )iot, because it makes 
 
 /
 
 — 354 — 
 
 tlu' won! to which it is coniiecteil, Hignifv tl»e contrary ; hut it 
 has aiiotlier position in the sentence, for instance : 
 Deheuimiian, nind apiiend/if/os nanye (je-yanonindmhan. Lord, 
 
 I am not worthy to speak to tliee. 
 Nin nibwdka nange. I am not wise. 
 Nibiwa nange nin kikendan. I do not know mucli. 
 E nange ka. Yes, not no. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 OF COXJUXCTIONS. 
 
 A Conjunction is a part of speech which is used to connect 
 words and sentences. 
 
 Conjunctions are divided into two sorts, coptdative conjunc- 
 tions, which serve to connect or to continue a sentence ; and dis- 
 junctive conjunctions, wliich serve to express opposition in dif- 
 ferent circumstances. 
 
 The following are the principal Otchipwe conjunctions. 
 
 1. Copulative Conjunctions. 
 
 Gate, and, both, also. (This conjunction is ordinarily put after 
 the word that is connected by it to another word, like the 
 Latin que. Sometimes it is put before the word, especially 
 when it .signifies also.) 
 
 Koss kiga gaie ki ga-minddenimag . Honor father and mother. 
 Gi-pindige anamieicigamigong , wetceni gaie o gi-pisindawan 
 gegiktcenidjin, He went to church, and listened well to the 
 preacher. 
 
 Mojag babamadisi, biboninig, 7iibinini'g gaie. He travels al- 
 ways, both winter and summer. 
 
 Nin wi-ija ; gaie kinawa ijdiog. I will go ; go ye also. 
 Gaie kin. Thou also. 
 
 Ashi,aTid. (This conjunction serves only to connect numbers.) 
 Nijtana ashi nij. Twenty-two. (You cannot say : nijtana 
 gaie nij ; or, nijtana, nij gaie.)
 
 — 355 — 
 
 Midassicdk ashi nishwasswdk asJii nanimidana, 1850. 
 Tchi, or, ichi wi, that. 
 Ki windamoH iw, tchi ici kikendaman. I tell thee this, that 
 thou niayst know it. 
 
 Nin bi-ija oma, tchi kikenimiian keiabi biinddiaiiun. I come 
 here, that thou niayst know I am living yet. 
 
 Remark. English sentences containing the conjunction that, 
 are commonly and better given in Otchipwe without tchi. F. i. I 
 Am gla<l that thou art come ; nin minwendam [dagwishinan. — 
 Dost thou know that my father is dead ? Ki kikendan na gi-nibod 
 noss? — I know that she is charitable ; nin kekenima kijewddisid. 
 (In all these phrases the English conjunction that could like- 
 wise be omitted.) 
 
 Mi wendj- (varying according to the tenor of the verb,) therefore. 
 Mino ijiwebisi, nita-jawendjitje gaie, mi icendji-jawendaijosid. 
 He is good and charitable, therefore he is happy. 
 Osdm minikweshki, mi wendji-kitimdgisid dpitchi. He drinks 
 too much, therefore he is so poor. 
 Kishpin, if, provided. 
 
 h'ishpin hatddowin gotaman, kawin nibnwin ki ga-gotansin. 
 If thou fearest sin, tliou wilt not be afraid of death. 
 Kishpin gwaiak anokiian, ktiwin ki ga-kitimdgisissi . If thou 
 workest well, thou wilt not be poor. 
 
 This conjunction, ki.'ihpin, is sometimes omitted, and some- 
 times put after the verb. In tlie sentence : Panima .sigwang nin 
 ga^mddja, kishpin bimddisiidn ; next spring I will go away, if I 
 live; in this sentence we may omit kishpin, and say: Panima 
 sigwang nin gormddja, bimddisiidn. This is even better Otchip- 
 we. — And we may also say : Panima sigicang nin ga-mddja, 
 bimddisiidn kishpin. — This postposition of kishpin is sometimes 
 heard among the Imlians. 
 Sa. This particle signifies sometimes : because, for. 
 
 Odena Ninirr kawin gi-banadjitr/iig/idessinon, gi-anwenindiso- 
 wag sd imd ga-danakidjig. The city of Nineveh was not des- 
 troyed, because the inhabitants did penance. 
 Nin ga-minig Kije-Manito kagige bimddisiicin gijigong, dpitchi
 
 — 356 — 
 
 s(i kijewfidisi. God will j^ivc me life everlafting in heaven, 
 because he \h infinitely good. 
 Dash, after the word. This conjunction i.s copulative or disjunc- 
 tive, according to its signification. It \h copulative when sig- 
 nifying and. 
 
 Niit yi-mjimin, nishivie, nin dash. We were two of us, my bro- 
 ther and myself. 
 
 Boniton ki matchi yiwehisrwin, ki ya-Jawniimhj dash Debend- 
 jiijed. AI)andon thy bad conduct, and the Lord will have 
 mercy on thee. 
 
 Bi-ijdn, anokin dash oma, ki r/a-dihaamon dash wexreiii. Come 
 and work here, and I will pay thee well. 
 
 2. Disjunctive Conjtinctions. 
 
 Dash. It is disjunctive when signifying, hut, than. 
 
 Kij6-Mamto o gi-ojidn niiam ininiwan tchi dpitchi mino didnid, 
 
 win dash gi-kitimdgiidiso gihatd-dodang . God ma<le the first 
 
 man to be perfectly happy, but lie made himself unhappy by 
 
 sinning. 
 [ Nibiwajoniia ki gashkia, osdni dash kid atdge, mi dash iw gego 
 
 wendji-danisissiwan. Thou earnest much money, but thou 
 
 playesl too mucli, and therefore thou hast no property. 
 
 Nawatch nin sasikis, kin dash. I am older than thou. 
 
 Nawatch nibwaka Paul, John dash. Paul is wiser than John. 
 
 Awashime Jaipendagosi nebicdkad, keichi-danid dash. A wise 
 
 man is happier than a rich one. 
 Mi^sawa, although. 
 
 Missawa matchi igoidn, kawin nin aiciia nin ici matchi indssi. 
 
 Although spoken ill of, I will speak ill of nobody. 
 
 Missawa gagwcdjimag, kawin nin nakwetagossi. Although I 
 
 ask liin\, he does not answer me. 
 Gonimd, kema, or ; either, or. 
 
 Niogwan, gonima nanogwan nin gad-inend. I will be gone 
 
 four or five days. 
 
 Bejig nijiieg a gi-hi-mamon oma nin masinaigan kema kin, 
 
 kema kishime. One of you came here and took my book, 
 
 either thou or thv brother.
 
 — 357 — 
 
 Katoin . ■ . , kawin gate . • . , neither .... nor . . . 
 
 Kawin nin nia gi-mamossin ki masinaigau, kawin gate nishime. 
 Neither I took thy book, nor my brother. 
 Kawin befihigwddisidjig , kawin gaie neta-giwashkwehidjig ta- 
 pindigessiwag ogiviuwiwining gijigong. Neitlier adulterers 
 nor drunkards ^hall enter into the kingdom of heaven. 
 
 Tchi, with the verb in the negative form, stand.s for the English 
 conjunction lesf. 
 
 Nin gi-kibdkwaowa pijiki, tchi mddjassig. I shot up the cow, 
 lest she run away. 
 
 Jatvenim kitimdgisid, tchi windamuwdssig Tebaidjigenidjin 
 eji-matchi-dodawad, mi dash tchi hata-diian. Have mercy on 
 the poor, lest h'ill cry unto the Lord against thee, and it be sin 
 unto thee. 
 
 Kishpin, with the verb in the negative form, serves for unless, 
 or, except. 
 
 Kishpin anwenindisossiweg , kakina ki ga-banddjiidisom. Un- 
 less you repent, you shall all perish. 
 
 Kishpin nawatch mino ijiwebisissiumn, kawin ki ga-pindi- 
 gessi Debenimik o minawanigosiunning . Unless thou behavest 
 better, thou shalt not enter into the joy of thy Lord. 
 Kishpin enignk w'lkioatchitossiwan, kawin wika ki ga-gashki- 
 tossin tPi-Otrhipwemnian. Unless thou endeavorest earnestly 
 thou wilt never be able to speak Otchipwe. 
 
 Miaofch, liut still, yet. 
 
 Kitchi niskadad, kissina gaie, minotch bi-ijdicag. h is very 
 bad weather and cold, but still they come. 
 Kego niinikweken ishkotewdbo, k'l gi-inindban : minotch mojag 
 ki minikwen. I told thee, don't drink any ardent liquor; yet 
 thou drinkest it always. 
 
 Anaxoi, dno, but, although. 
 
 Anishindbeg kitimdgisiwag , anawi dash mintoendamag. The 
 Indians are jwor, but they are contented. 
 Nind dno pisindawa, kawin dash nin nissitotawassi. Although 
 I listen to him, I cannot understand hiTu.
 
 — 358 — 
 
 Nind dno pagidawa, kawiii dank </er/o nin pindaamin. Al- 
 though I set note, I catch nothing. 
 
 Iji, eji-, * (varying according to the tenHe of tlie verh connected 
 
 with it,) as, as ... as, as .. . so. 
 Dehenimiian, apegish iji sdkihincin eji nugiiiun. Lord, I wish to 
 
 love thee as thou lovest me. 
 
 Mino ijiwebisin, eji-mino-ijiwebisiwad sioangunamiadjig. Be 
 
 as good as true Christians are good. 
 Eji-kikinoamagoieg , mi ged-ani-dodameg. As you are taught, 
 
 80 do. 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 OF INTERJECTIONS. 
 
 An Iniei'jection is a word tliat is used to express an emotion or 
 a feehng of the person speaking. 
 
 It is to be observed, as a peculiarity of theOtchipwe language, 
 that the men have their own interjections, and the females their 
 own ; and some are common to both sexes. 
 
 To express joy, admiration, surprise, fear, astonishment, im- 
 patience, compassion, even anger and indignation. 
 
 The men and the boys will say, Maia I Hire ! \ aha ! ah ! 
 The women and the girls will say, Nid!> oh I alas! 
 )i''gd ! n^gi ! ' ha ! 
 
 The difference between these two kinds of interjections is so 
 sharp, that it would be the most ridiculous blunder for an aston- 
 ished man to say, Nid! or for a surprised woman to say, Ataid ! 
 
 The interjections common to both males and females, are the 
 following : 
 
 • See p. 126.
 
 — 359 — 
 
 To express impatience : heka ! beka ! beka ! slowly ! ^^top ! 
 taf/d ! well ! 
 " indignation, anger : tajimddji ! iajimddjiwin J h&l 
 " pain, sorrow : id ! oh ! ah ! 
 " aversion: s^ ! shame! pshaw! 
 
 moass ! begone ! away ! go ahead ! 
 •■ iipprohation : 6! well! ay, ay ! 
 " understanding or recollecting : ishte ! aha! yee? 
 To call or excite attention: na ! ina ! nashk6 ! lo! see! hark I 
 To encourage : tagd! ho! halloo! 
 
 haw! haw! halloo! courage! hurrah! 
 ambe ! ambessa ! well ! well ! come on I 
 To call somebody : hisht ! hey ! hear ! 
 To stop : beka ! hold on ! stop ! 
 To admonish, exhort: pind ! V)ehold ! now ! {anwatan bina! 
 
 cease now !) 
 Toansweracall : hoi! halloo! 
 To command silence : nhH ! .she ! hush ! silence ! 
 bisdn ! hist ! be still ! 
 
 OK PRKFIXES AXD OTHKK PARTICLES. 
 
 There are in the Otchipwe language many particles or little 
 words, some of which precede, and others follow verbs, and give 
 them a certain accessory signification. We will exhibit here the 
 most common of tliose particles, with the accessory signification 
 they give to the verbs. 
 
 Pariiclen. Accea. sii/. Examples. 
 
 na? of question. A7 .s-%(a aa Kije-Manito ? Nin sdgia sa. 
 
 Dost thou love God? I love him. 
 sa, of answer. Ka na kl nondansi? Nin nondam sa. 
 
 Dost tliou not hear ? I hear. 
 Kawin na Paul ijinikasossi ? Mi sa ejini- 
 kasod. Is not his name Paul ? That 
 is liis name. 
 
 24
 
 — 360 — 
 
 ko, iko, ol use, cuetoii). Niiid iju ko. . . I use to go. 
 
 Ki minikipen na kojomindbo? Do»t tliou 
 
 use to drink wine? 
 Nin minikwenahun sa ko. I uwed Uj 
 drink it. 
 bi-, of approach. BHjdn, bi-iianikaiciifhin. Come here, 
 come to nie. 
 lii-xpiibandiin oic masinaigan. Come and 
 
 see thi.s book. 
 NijUui nin (ji-bi-nibuniin. We slept twice 
 in coming to this place. 
 ni-, ani-, of departure Gi-ani-mddja. He is gone awav. 
 
 or going. Gi-ni-giwedog. I think he returned home.. 
 Jdwenimishindm Debeniiniiang, gwaiak 
 tchi ani-bimddisiidng . Have mercy on 
 us. Lord, that we may behave well in 
 future. 
 awi-, of going on. Jesus nissiny gi-awi-anamia nijike, kiti- 
 ganing Geihseinani. Je.<us went three 
 times to pray alone, in the garden of 
 Gethsemane. 
 Alddjdda, awi-wdbandanda ga-ijiwebak. 
 Let us go and see what has happened. 
 bimi-, of passing. Wegonen Jesus ga-bitni-dodang bekish 
 gi-kikinoamaged? What did Jesus do 
 at the same places that he preached 
 (passing through different places)? 
 Anindi ge-bimi-ijaiang ? Through which 
 place shall we pass ? 
 wX-, wa-, of will, in- Ninun-niba. — Nin vri-onishka. I will go 
 tention. to sleep. — I will get up 
 
 A/ wi-wissin na ? Ki wi-minikice na ? 
 
 Wilt thou eat ? Wilt thou drink ? 
 Wa-ijad. — Wa-anamiddjig. He that in- 
 tends to go. Those that intend to be- 
 come Christians.
 
 — 3C1 — 
 
 go, i go ; 7tia, ofm-'mfoTce- Nin igo. — KiiKiiva go. I my^^elt. — You 
 meiit. yourselves. 
 
 Kaginig igo Li gn-mino-aidmin gijigoug . 
 We will lie happy lor well) in iieaven, 
 for all eternity. 
 Kakina go gi-iifiwag. TUoy ave all gone, 
 
 (without exception.) 
 Will ma gi-ikkiio. He has .said it himself. 
 Ka ma 7vin. No, no. 
 da-, of condition. Nin da-ija, kishpin ... I would go, it^. . . 
 Chvaiak na ki da-dihudjimoiaw ga-gad- 
 icedjimindmhdn? Wouldst thou tell it 
 tomeright, (sincerely,) if I asked thee. 
 gi-, ga-, of lime past. gi-wuOauian. — Mi aw ga-ivdhamind. He 
 saw him. — This is the person that was 
 seen, etc., etc. 
 ta- \ of future Ta-nagamo. Tamdwi. He will sing. He 
 
 ga-; gad-, > time. will cry, etc. 
 
 ge-,ged-, J Nin ga-dodam. Ki gad-ikkit. I will do. 
 
 Thou wilt say ; etc. 
 Mi aw ge-mddjad, ged-ijad tdshkihodjiga- 
 ning. This is the person that will 
 start, that will go to the .saw-mill.
 
 PART THIRD. 
 
 Syntax, or Sijntaxis, is that part of Graimnar, (according to 
 the meaning of this greek wonl, Joinitn/ toijcther,\ which leaclies 
 to join words, or the parts of -Speech, togetlier in a proper man- 
 ner, into correct sentences. 
 
 A «e/j/e/8fe is the connection of several words in such a man- 
 ner as to give a complete sense. 
 
 Every sentence must liave a subject, to which something is re- 
 ferred, or of which sometliing is affirmed or denied ; and an at- 
 tribute, (predicate,) which refers or alludes to the subject, or is 
 affirmed or denied of it. To join the attribute to its subject, a 
 third part of the sentence is necessary, which is the verb 
 
 To form a regular and complete sentence, three parts are ne- 
 cessary : the subject, the attribute, tlie verb. 
 
 The .syntax of the Otchipwe language is peculiar. We sliall 
 reduce it to a few chapters, and a few rules and remarks in each 
 chapter. Many remarks and rules that could have been placed 
 in this Third Part, occur in the preceding part, where they 
 stand in connection with other rules, properly belonging to the 
 part. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 SYNTAX OF SUBSTANTIVES OK XOLNS. 
 
 Rile 1. The substantice r/ocerns the verb, respecting number and 
 kind. 
 
 a. Resj)cctin<j number. 
 
 A i-ubstantive in the sin</ular number requires a verb in the 
 singu'ar ; as: Paul niba, Paul sleeps. Iniui fnanisse, ikwe <fash-
 
 — 3G3 — 
 
 kigwdso ; tlie man chop-* wood, tlie woman sows. Mandan vu- 
 kai(/a)i onijisliin, soiu/aii (/>iie ; tliislioupc is iR'antiful ainl,strong. 
 A .suhstantive in iheplural number must have a verl) like- 
 wise in tlie plural ; as : AhinoJjiicvj omhii/ishoaff, children make 
 noise. Kakinaininiwag yi-yopiwag,ikwewag eiaabiivag. All the 
 men are gone in the interior (inland), the women only are here. 
 Ninsdgitonan nin maftinm'gmiciti, mnjag nin ivdhanihutaii. I like 
 my books, I read them always. 
 
 Note. In English the verb does not always show its being 
 governed by the suljstantive, respecting number. In the last 
 sentence here above, for instance, tlie verb, / like, is always 
 the same, whether 1 like one book only, or several books. But 
 in Otchipwe we say : Kin .^dgiton masinaigan, Nin XfigHonan 
 ma.Hinaigan&n. 
 
 Exrepiion. There is one case of exception from this rule in the 
 Otchipwe language, where a substantive in the.wi^MZarnumber 
 has a verb in the plural after it. The case is, when only one 
 member of a household is taken fur the whole ; as: N'o.^.'i enda- 
 wad gi-niha iihikong ; he slept last night at my fathers's, (where 
 my father dwells.) .lo/m end.'iwad nind ondjiha ; I come from 
 John's, (where John dwells.) J^dningim nind ija nimi.<isr enda- 
 wud; I go frequently to my sister's, (where my sister dwells.) 
 This is the usual way of expressing this case. Although I could 
 also say : John enddd nind ondjiha. Nimisse enddd nind ija. 
 This would be correct, but not usual; except if John, for in- 
 stance, should live all alone in a house, I would then correctly 
 say: John enddd nind ondjiha ; and I could not say otherwise, 
 because then John would not be a memi>er of a household. 
 
 Note. But when in the names of nations, one individual is 
 taken for all, the sultstantive retains its right ; it has a verb in 
 the .singnlar with it ; as : W'emitigoji endanakid nin 7ri-ija. I 
 intend to go where the Frenchmen live, (to France.) Jdgand^h 
 nihiwa dihenddn aki ; the Kngli.<h are in possession of much 
 land, (in diflerent parts of the w(jrld.i Kilrhiuiokomdn nomaia 
 gi-migdso ; the Americans have lately been at war.
 
 — :«4 — 
 
 b. [iespecfhiij kind. 
 
 Till' Otcliipwc 8ubstantivoH are of twu kimJ-, animate ami 
 inanimate. (See page 14. i 
 
 An «/tmrt/e substantive imi8t invariably liave a verb of the 
 .same kind, ilin connection with a verb; it nni.'<t have an ani- 
 mate verb of the IV. or V. Conj. ; as : Nin wdbama inini, I see a 
 man. Ninnondawagikwewag, abinodjiiag*gaie,\ hear women 
 and children. Kid aiawenag opinig, thou sellest potatoes. 
 
 An inanimate substantive requires an inanimate verb, of the 
 VI. Conj. ; as: Nin W(fl>andan wakaigan, I nee a house. gi- 
 i/is/ipinadonaa 7nidas.swi mokomdnan ; he has Viought ten knives. 
 Kawin nin bidos.'iin ki maninuigan,nin gi-icaniken : I don't bring 
 tliy book, I forgot it. 
 
 This is to be understood of tlie transitive or active verbs. 
 
 In regard to the iniran.iifive or neuter verbs, the general .syn- 
 tactical rule is, that an animate subject always takes an intran- 
 sitive verb of the three first Conjugations; and an inanimate 
 subject takes a uniperson^l verb of the three last Conjugations. 
 As: Koss gi-dagwishin. Ndbikwdn gi-dagwishinomagad. Thy 
 father arrived. A vessel arrived. Nissaie jdgandshimo. Maiv- 
 danmasinaiganjdgandshimomagad- My brother speaks Eng- 
 lish. Thi.s book speaks Engli.*h, (is written in Engli.-^h ) Ani.^hi- 
 ndbe aia oma. W'iidss ai/dmadad omu. There is an Indian here. 
 There is meat here. Onijishi kinidjdniss. Onijishin ki masi- 
 naigan. Thy child is beautiful. Thy book is beautiful.} 
 
 Rule 2. Two or more substantives in the singular number, taken 
 in connection, require a verb in the plural, as : 
 
 K'oss kigagaie ki ga-minadenimag, thou shalt honor thy father 
 and thy mother. John, William, Nancg gaie gimddjaicag ; John, 
 William and Nancy, are gone away. Mokomdn, ^mikwdn, ond- 
 gan gaie winadon ; ki da-binitonan. The knife, the spoon, and 
 the dish, are unclean ; thou oughtst to clean them. 
 
 Rule 3. Two or more substantives in the singular number, taken 
 separately, require a verb in the singular, as :
 
 -^ 3fi5 — 
 
 Nissaie, gonima nishime, ta-ija. My eldest brother, or my 
 younger brother, (sister) will go. K'osn kemakiga, kema kimisse, 
 ia-bi-ija omd nongom. Thy father, or thy mother, or thy sister, 
 is to come here to-day. Aw kwhvisens gonima ki masinaigan, 
 gonima dash ki mokomiinens , o ga-banadjitnn. This boy will 
 spoil either thy l>ook or thy penknife. 
 
 Rule 4. When two substantives come together, denoting the pos- 
 sessor and the object possessed, the sig)i o or od is put between 
 them. (See page 36, where you will also find Examples.) 
 Rule 5. When two substayitives come together, not denoting pos- 
 session, but some other relation, they are connected together in 
 various tvays. 
 
 1. By jiixta-posiiion, in putting the two substantives one after 
 another, without any alteration, connecting them with a hyphen, 
 as : Wigicdss-tchimdn, bark-canoe. Ishkotcndbikwdn, steam- 
 boat, (fire- vessel.) Ndbikwdn-ogima, captain of a vessel. Gi-go- 
 bimide, fish-oil. Assema-makak, snuff-box, etc., etc. 
 
 2. By adding the letter i or o to the first substantive, (that is, 
 its mutative vowel; see p. 81.), and then joiniuir both together 
 with a hyphen, as : 
 
 John o gi-bapa-gagikwenodan anwenindisoicini-sigaandadiwin. 
 John preached the baptism of repentance, (repentance-bap- 
 tism.) 
 
 Bind, nongom jawenddgosiwini-gijigak ! Behold, now is the 
 day of salvation, (salvation-day.) 
 
 Batadowini-gdssiamdgewin. Forgiveness of .<ins, (sin-forgive- 
 ness.) 
 
 Assini-wdkaigan. House of stones, (stone-l)uilding.) ^ 
 
 Biwdbiko-mikana. Railroad, (iron-road.) 
 
 Mitigo-wdkaigan. House of logs, trees, (log-house, i 
 Etc., etc. 
 
 3. By contracting the two .-^tibstantives in one, abbreviating 
 them at the same time. 
 
 Some of these contracted words are very properly written in 
 one word, as: Nagarndtcinini, e'lnger, {nagamon or nagamotcin,
 
 - ;^GG — 
 
 song ; and iuini, man.) hilxikonig^winini, judge, (dihakonige- 
 m)/h, judjjnu'nt, and inini, vnaw.] lUimitaijekwe, a. inaiil-wervant, 
 [bamUdijewin, service, and ikwe, woman.) Ganlikujwunovnkwer 
 a KeamHtre.S8, if/a.shkif/wu-sowin, sewing ; and ikwe, woman. > 
 
 But others of" tlie contracted word.s are more properly written 
 separately, and connected only with a hyphen, as : 
 Nayamo-masinaigah, song-book. Anamie-nagamon, religious 
 song or hymn, {anamiewin, religious prayer.) /namie-gagikwe- 
 whi, religious sermon. Gagikive-inasinaigan, sermon-book. And 
 innumerable others. 
 
 Respecting the position of the substantive, or the place which 
 it occupies in the sentence, -we have in Otchipwe no positive 
 rule. It may, like in Latin, precede or follow its verb, ahuost 
 always, without any material difference, as : Bwa bi-nigid Jesiis, 
 gi-ijiioebodogwen iiv ; this had happened, before Jesus was born. 
 You may as well say : Je.sits bwa bi-nigid, gi-ijiicebadogicen iw. 
 But you cannot well say in English : Jesus before was born, 
 this had; happened. — Nij masinaiganan nin gi-gi.ihpitiadonan, 
 or, nin gi-gi!>/ipinadonan nij masinaiganan ; is perfectly the 
 same. 
 
 There is much liberty in the Otchipwe language in regard to 
 the transposition of words in a sentence ; almost as much as 
 there is in Latin. I say almost ; not quite .so much, but more 
 than in English. 
 
 K'oss ia-bi-ija omanongom. Thy father will come here to-day. 
 
 Nongomomaia-bi-ijak'oss. To-day here will come thy father. 
 
 Ja-bi-ija k'oss oma nongom. Will come thy father here to-day, 
 
 Nongom omo k'oss iorbi-ija. To-day here thy father will come. 
 
 Oma nongom k'uss ta-bi-ija. Here to-ilay thy father will come. 
 
 Ta-bi-ija k'oss nongom oma. Will come thy father to-day here. 
 
 K'oss nongom ta-bi-ija oma. Thy father to-day will come here. 
 
 Oma ta-bi-ija nongom k'oss. Here will come to-day thy father. 
 Etc., etc. 
 
 Observe the Indians when they speak, and you will see how 
 much transposition of words is used in their lauguage.
 
 — 367 — 
 
 Note. In citations or (luotations, the .substantive denoting the 
 person whose words are quoted, must be placed at the end of 
 the quotation, not in the beginning, as in English. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Baha-ijaioy eniijokway aki, minivddjimowin f/agikimig kakina 
 hemndis'uljiij ; o gi-indn Jesus o kikinoumdgunun. Jesus said 
 to his disciples : Go ye into all the world and jn-each the Gos- 
 pel to every creature. 
 
 Kego nongom ningotchi ijdken ; nin gi-ig n'oss jeba. My lather 
 said to nie this morning: Don't go anywhere to-day, (don't to- 
 day anywhere go.) 
 
 Wdbang nin ga-bos, kishpinamcdting ; ikkito nissaie. My bro- 
 ther says : I will embark to-morrow, if it is calm. 
 
 If you want to put the substantive denoting the person whose 
 words you have to quote, in the beginning, you must say: Ow 
 ikkito ; or, ow gi-ikkito, gi-ikkitoivag, clc, always preposing oic, 
 that, thus. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Ow ikkito Debendjiged : Jatoenddgosiwag bdnideedjig, Kije-Ma- 
 niton ga-wdbaviawan. The Lord says : Blessed are the pure 
 in heart, for they shall see God. 
 
 Ow kid igonan Jesus : Sdgiig metchi-dodonegog ; jawenimig, 
 mino dodawig jangeaiminegog. Jesus .says to us : Love them 
 that do you evil; have mercy on them and do good to them 
 that hate you. 
 
 Ow gi-ikkito : Nibing nin gad-ija Moniang. He said: Next sum- 
 mer I will go to Montreal. 
 
 In relating what a person said, you liave to give it in Otchip- 
 we in the way oi' (luotation rather than otherwise. 
 
 KXAMIM.KS. 
 
 Paul said that his brother arrived last night. Nissaie gi-bi-day- 
 wishin tibikong, gi-ikkito Paul.
 
 — 368 — 
 
 They said tlicv would come to our liousc to-morrow. A'm <jad- 
 ijdmin etidaief/ wdhanr/, ikkHohrnn';/. Tliatiw: We will come 
 to our house to-morrow : Tliev said. 
 
 I told liiin 1 had no money. Kmrin iiind ojoniidmis.si , nin (fi-ina. 
 
 Of the Otchipwe Pronoun, Syntax lias hut little to say : Ety- 
 mology talks jnuch of it. 
 
 Pronouns are often absorhed in the verbs ; as we have seen in 
 the Conjufrations. F. i. Kin/ipin sdf/iiief/, if yoy\ love me; both 
 pronouns, you and me, are contained in the form of the verb, 
 sdgiiiey. 
 
 The Rule of the Ens^lish Syntax : " Wlien two or more nomi- 
 natives combined are of different persons, the verb and lyronoun 
 in the plura/, prefer the first person to the second, and the second 
 io the third," is exactly the same in Otchipwe. 
 Win, nin gaie, nin gadrijdmin. He and I will go, (we will go.) 
 Kin, win gaie, ki gi-ikkitom. Thou and he have said, (you 
 
 have said.) 
 Ninawind, toin gaie, nin gi-kitchi anokimin. We and he work- 
 ed hard, (we worked hard.) 
 Kinawa, nin gaie, ki gad-ijdmin. You and I will go, (we will 
 
 go.) 
 Kin, winawa gaie, ki gi-ikkitom. Thou ami thej' have said, 
 (you have said.) 
 
 The repetition of the personal pronouns, I myself, thou thy- 
 self, he himself, etc, is expressed in Otchipwe by repeating the 
 same personal pronoun ; which, however, can be done only in 
 the first and second person, not in the third, because the third 
 person lias no pronoun in the Conjugations. 
 
 EX.VMIM.ES. 
 
 Nin, nin gi-ikkit iir. I have said that myself. 
 
 Mn, nind ijdndban. I went myself. 
 
 Xin, ki ga-nondawa. Thou shalt hear liim thyself.
 
 — 369 — 
 
 Kin, kid ikkiloadban. Tliou wiidst thyself. 
 Win, gi-ojiton iw. He made that himself. 
 Ninawind, nin loi-ijdmin. We intend to go ourselves. 
 Kinawa, ki f/ad-animi.sim. You will .suffer yourselve.?. 
 Winawa, ((i-f/agwedjimawa<j. They will be asked themselves. 
 
 If yet more stress is intended, the particle go, or igo, is put 
 between the two personal pronouns, or after win and winawa, 
 (in the third person,) as: Nin igo nin gi-ikkit iw; yes, I have 
 said that myself. Kinawa go ki gad-animisim, yes, you will 
 suffer yourselves, etc. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 SYXT.W OK VKRBS. 
 
 The first Rule in the Synta.x of sub.stantives, may also be con- 
 sidered as tho'fir.st in the Syntax of verbs. 
 
 Rule 1. The verb muHt agree with its substantive, its subject, 
 (expressed or understood,) in number and kind; that is, a 
 verb that refers to a subject in the singular number, must be 
 employed in the singular ; and a verb referring to a subject 
 in the /»^Hr«/, must likewise be placed in the plural numlier. 
 And a verlj that alludes to an animate subject, must be ani- 
 mate itself; and the verb applied to an inanimate subject, 
 must also be inanimate. (See Exam])k'S of that under liule 
 1., in the preceding Chapter.) 
 
 Respecting the ^os?7ir)H of the verb in the sentence, we say, 
 (what we said of the substantive in the preceding Chapter,) that 
 there is no positive rule for it. The Otchii)wc verb is alloweil 
 to precede or follow its subject ; as you have seen in many Ex- 
 amples here above. 
 
 In regard to (piotations, we have ime remark more to make. 
 The verb indicating (juotation, not only of words but also of 
 thoughts, is always placed after the quotation, may its subject
 
 — 370 — 
 
 be exprewHcd or only iiiiilcrstood, (except you begin with ow, as 
 stated above.) 
 
 KXAMIM.FS. 
 
 i\7/< (/)-(/(ii/(iu.si)iii(i air Utinl pilrhiiu'Kjo, omn ir/ii hi-ijad. Kawin 
 nin nu-ija.s.si ; (ji-iwd ilaxh. I exliorted tbat man ye.sterday to 
 come here ; Imt he said : I will not go, or, I will not go, but 
 he said. 
 
 Ki nissitolatvu na ckkitod ! — Kawin. — Niii kilrhi mtninendam 
 wdbamindn ; ikkito. Dost thou understand him what he 
 says ? — No. — He says : I am very glad to see thee. 
 
 Ta-gimhpan non(jom ; nin f/i-inendam jeba. I thought this 
 morning, it would rain to<lay. 
 
 Kishpia na.sikawa;/ viekuieicikwanaie, nin ga-nanihikimiij ; inen- 
 daniodo;/. He probably thinks : If I go to the Missionary, he 
 will reprimand me. 
 
 Kawinnin toi-ijdssimin anamiewif/ainigonr/ itonr/om, osiim niska- 
 dad; inendamodogenag. They probably think : The weather 
 is too bad ; we will not go to church to-day. * 
 The English syntactical rule : " One rerb governs another in 
 
 the infinitire mood ;" is different in Otchipwe. In thi.-^ language 
 
 it will read thus : 
 
 Rule 2. One verb gorerns another in the subjunctive mood. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Nind inendam tchi mddjaidn. I think to go away, (to depart,) 
 or, nin ga mddjnn, nind inendam. 
 
 Kaicin nin da-gash kito.'isin nongom tchi mddjdidmbdn. I cannot 
 start to-day. 
 
 Kawin o mikwendansin tchi gi-ikkitod. He does not remeuil>er 
 to have said it. 
 
 [ji John, William gaie kikinoamdding tchi ijdicad. Tell John 
 and William to go to school. 
 
 Nin ka.'^hkendamin gi-bosiidng jeba. We are sorry to have em- 
 barked this morning. 
 
 Minweiidam abinodj'i odaminod. The child likes to play.
 
 , - :^T1 - 
 
 Rule 3. ^' Two verbs lor other terms, implying ncyation in the 
 same sentence, are improper, unless we mean to affirm." This 
 S)'titactical rule of other languai^e.< undergoes «ome modilica- 
 tion.s in the Otchipwe language. 
 
 1. In Otchipwe the negation is expressed by two terms, (ex- 
 <;ept in some tenses, as you have seen in the Conjugations,) liv 
 the adverbs kawin or kego ; and by a certain syllable or syl- 
 lables at the end of the verb. 
 
 2. There is a verb in this language, which is particular in 
 this respect, the verb nin tjinaammca, I forbid him. By obsorv- 
 i ng the Indians in their speaking, you will find that they some- 
 times use it, implying a double negation, and do not mean to 
 .affirm ; and at other times they will employ it, as it is employ- 
 ed in other languages. 
 
 EXI'LAXATIOXS. 
 
 A7 ijinaanum trhi mddjdssitcaii nongom. I forbid thee, not to 
 start to-day. — This sentence in English is equivalent to this: 
 / command thee to start to-day ; because two terms implying 
 negation, constitute an affirmation. — But in Otchipwe it 
 means : I forbid thee to start to-day. 
 Kije-Manito o gi-ginaatndwan nitam anishinnben, tchi midjissi- 
 nig maniwang hejig mitig. God forbade the first man, not to 
 eat tbe fruit of a certain tree ; that is to say in English; he 
 commanded him to eat it. — But in Otchipwe it has the right 
 signification : he forbade him to eat it. 
 
 So they u.se this verb ordinarily. But sometimes they employ 
 it in the usual way of other languages, implying only one nega- 
 tion. F. i. 
 Enamiad ginaamdv'u Idii gimudipan. The Chri.-tian is forliid- 
 
 den to steal. 
 Kawin nin ici-ijdssi tvedi wigiwdming ; nin ginaamdgo tchi ijai- 
 dmbdn. I will not go to that hou.-^e ; I am forbidden to go.
 
 — •■'"^ — 
 
 Of l'arlici]>leii we liave to obHcrve licre, tluit ilicv are .some- 
 tinieH subntuniicex, arnl sonictinics mljecticen. 
 
 EXAMTLKS OK PaRTKIIM.KS fSKD AS Si IIM A NTI VK.S. 
 
 £/ia»«io</, a Cliristiaii ; part. prcs. uf tlio intraii. vcrh anauiia, 
 
 he prays.) 
 Keichilwdwendayosi, he is ^iloriou.s, (lio]y.j 
 Debendjif/ed, master, lord ; (jjart. pre.s. of tlie intr. verb dibend- 
 
 jitje, he is master.) 
 Kekinoamaged, a teacher, school-teaclier ; (part, jjres. of the 
 
 intr. verb kikinoamdgc, he teaches.) 
 Tchdmdniked, a boat-builder; (part. pres. of the intr. verb ichi- 
 
 mdnike, he make.«s a boat, or canoe.) 
 
 All these substantives form their plural by adding jig, as:. 
 Enamiudjig, Chri.'^tians ; ketchitwdwenddgosidjig, the Saint.*, etc. 
 
 Exa.mpi.es of Participles i'sed as Adjectives. 
 
 Wenijishing, good, inn, \\fivin\\ 'part. pre.«. of the nnip. verb, 
 
 onijishin, it is good, etc.) 
 Maidnddak,hiiA; (part. pres. of the unip. verb manddad, it is 
 
 bad.) 
 5cna<7aA:, difficult ; (part. pres. of the unip. verb sanagad, it i* 
 
 difficult.) 
 Nebwdkad, wise; (part. pres. of the intr. verb nibicdka, he (she) 
 
 is wise.) 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 OF PARSING OR AXALYZIXG. 
 
 Parsing is the anatomy of Grammar. As anatomy decomposes 
 or analyzes all the members and parts uf the hotly, and shows 
 them separately, and then their coherence ; so Parsing decom- 
 poses or resolves a sentence into its elements, members, or parts 
 of speech, and shows their relation and connection.
 
 373 — 
 
 RULES FOR PARSING. 
 
 First it must be stated, at every word in the sentence, what 
 part of speech it is; and every part of speech may then he parsed 
 according to the following Rules. 
 
 1. A substaiilive or uoiin is par.^ed liy telling its kind, whether a. 
 coniinon noun or a proper name ; whether animate or inani- 
 mate ; its subject and object ; the number, whether singular or 
 plural ; the person, whether the simple, the second, or the 
 third third person ; and tlie rase ; and indicating the termina- 
 tion of \tfi plural. 
 
 2. A pronoun is parsed hy stating tiie kind, (tlierc are five kinds 
 or classes of pronouns,) the number and person ; and by show- 
 ing its connection with a verb, or with a substantive. 
 
 3. A verb is parsed by telling its quality, and to which Conjuga- 
 gation it belongs, which is done by naming the Conjugation, 
 or the characteristical third person ; by naming its participle 
 present, by wliich the verb's Change is known ; * b_v stating 
 its voice, form, mood, tense, person and number. 
 
 4. An a((/ec//i'e is parsed by telling of which sort it is, whether 
 adjective proper, or adjective-verl); by telling whether com^ 
 pared or not ; and the degree of comparison, if compared. 
 
 5. A mimber is parsed by indicating its class or kind, 'there are 
 five different classes of numbers.) If it is transformed into a 
 verb, the Conjugation to which it belongs, is to be stated. 
 
 C. A preposition 18 parsed by pointing out the words between 
 wliich it shows the relation. 
 
 7. An advei-b is parsed by stating its class, (there are ten classes 
 of adverbs,) and by indicating the word it modifies. 
 
 8. A conjunctionis parsed by stating its sort, and by showing the 
 words or sentences which it joins together. 
 
 9 An interjection is parsed by merely naming it as such. 
 
 As a general Rule for parsing, take this: State everything 
 that belongs to a part of speech in the sentence you analyze, in. 
 
 * See p, lie.
 
 — :i7i — 
 
 as few wordp as possible, and aIway.-< in the nanic manner, as 
 much a." can he. 
 
 SPKCIMKXS OF PAIlrflXr; OR ANAI-YZINO. 
 
 Parse the following sentence acconlinj^ to the above Rules : 
 Sagiada Jesus, toin sa nitam la fp-s/if/iif/onan. (Let us love Je- 
 sus, because he has first loved us.i 
 
 jSa^riacZa, is a verb, derived from ninsuijiu, I love him; which 
 is a transitive animate verb of the IV. Conjugation. It is in 
 the imperative, first person plural, affirmative form, active 
 voice. Its subject (understood) is Ariraajcj'nrf, we; its object is 
 Jesus. Its participle present is saicigiad. 
 Jesus, is a substantive, pro{x>r name, simple third person, object 
 of sagiada. 
 
 Win, is a personal pronoun, he, masculine (here), singular, 
 third person ; it stands mstead of Jesus, and is connected 
 with the following verb, sdgiigonan. 
 
 :Sa, is here a copulative conjunction, signifying because, for ; it 
 joins the pronoun win with the following verb. 
 
 Nitam, first, is an adverb of the seventh class, denoting time ; it 
 modifies the verb sdgiigonan. 
 
 Ki, is a personal pronoun, us, first person plural ; it is used 
 when the person spoken to is included It is connected with 
 the following verb. 
 
 Gi-, is a particle or sign, indicating the perfect tense ; in ca.«es of 
 Change it is ga-. 
 
 JSdgiigojiaii, is a. verb from nin sdgia, I love him : which is a 
 transitive animate verb of the IV. Conj., II. Case ; it is toge- 
 ther with the preceding sign, in the perfect ten6e,'third person 
 singular, relating to the first person plural; affirmative form, 
 indicative mood. Its subject is the above pronoun, icin ; its 
 object is the preceding ki, us. 
 
 Another .specimen in the following sentence : Dehendjiged o 
 gi-inan Debenimidjin : Namadabin nin kitchinikang. (The Lord 
 said unto mv Lord : Sit on mv right hand i
 
 — 375 — 
 
 Debendjiged, is the participle present, third person singular, 
 from nin dibendjige, I am master, lord ; which is an intransi- 
 tive verb of the I. Conj. This participle is here employed as 
 a Hubstantive, in the simple third person ; it is the subject of 
 the next following verb. Its plural is formed by adding jig. 
 
 0, is a possessive pronoun, third person ; but here it is the ob- 
 jective case of the personal pronoun toin, him. 
 
 Gi-, is a sign denoting the perfect tense ; in the Change ga-. 
 
 Inan, is derived froninind ina, I tell him, I say to him; which 
 is a transitive animate verb of the IV. Conjug. ; irregular in 
 the imperative, iji. It is, in conjunction with o and gi-, in the 
 active voice, affirmative form, indicative, present ; third per- 
 son singular, relating to a second third person singular. Its 
 subject is Debendjiged, its object Debenimidjin. Participle 
 present, enad. 
 
 Debenimidjin, is derived from nin dibenima, I am his master, 
 his lord ; which is a transitive animate verb of the IV. Conj. 
 It is in the II. Case, participle present, afKrmative form, in 
 the second third person, Debendjiged being the simple third 
 person. 
 
 Namadabin, is an intransitive verb of the I. Conj., nin namadab, 
 I am sitting, or, I sit down ; affirmative form, imperative, 
 second person singular. Participle present, n^madahid. 
 
 Nin, is a pronoun, personal and po.ssessive, here it is possessive 
 conjunctive, 7ny ; first person singular. It is connected with 
 the following substantive, and refers to Debendjiged, in.>«tead 
 of which it stands. 
 
 Kitchinikang, is a substantive, kitchinik, the right arm. It is a 
 common noun, inanimate ; the object of the preceding pro- 
 noun nin ; in the singular number, simple third person ; its 
 plural is formed by adding an. The English preposition an, 
 is expressed by the termination ang. (See Prepositions, No. 
 II., 3. term., page 333.) 
 A third specimen of parsing. Sentence : Netd-batd didjig 
 
 ^maichi maniton o dibenimigowan ; aw dash Kije-Maniton saia- 
 
 giad kawin nita-bata-ijiicebisissi. (Those that sin habitually, 
 
 25
 
 — 376 — 
 
 are the servants of. the evil spirit, (he is their master ;) but he 
 that loves God, is not in the liabit of winning.) 
 
 Netd-batd-didjiy,\H a. verb compoaed of three parts. Tlie fir.^t 
 part is nita^, wliich is no distinct part of speecli,but only used 
 in compositions, to signify a habit, or custom. In the Change 
 it makes, «e/a-. The second part is 6a<a-, which again is no 
 distinct part of speech, never used by itself, but only in com- 
 positions, where it signifies .sinning or injuring one's self. The 
 third part is the defective verb, nin dind, I am, I do, etc. . . . 
 The whole is in the affirmative form, participle present, sim- 
 ple third person plural. It is the object of the verb dibenimi- 
 gotcan ; signifying : " Those that sin habitually." 
 
 Maichi, is an adjective-proper, in the positive, simply qualifying 
 the following substantive. It signifies evil, bad, etc. 
 
 Maniton, is a common substantive, manito, spirit. It is animate, 
 singular, the second third person, referring to neta-bata-did- 
 jig, which is the simple third person. It is the subject of the 
 verb dibenimigowan. Its plural is formed by adding g, wnni- 
 iog. 
 
 0, is here the objective case of the personal pronoun icinmca, 
 they ; it refers to neta-baia-didjig. 
 
 Dibenimigowan, is a verb derived from nin dibenima, I am his 
 master ; which is a transitive animate verb of the IV. Conj. 
 It is in the passive voice, affirmative form, indicative,present, 
 third person plural. Its subject is matchi-maniton, and its 
 object, neta-baia-didjig ; its participle is debenimad. 
 
 Aw, is a demonstrative pronoun, singular; signifying that, or he 
 that. The substantive instead of which it stands, is not ex- 
 pressed, but understood : as: A man, a person, a Christian, 
 etc. It is the simple third person, and the subject of saiagiad. 
 
 Dash, is a conjunction, both copulative and disjunctive; here it 
 is disjunctive, because it signifies but. 
 
 Kijc-Maniton, is a substantive, the name of the Lord God. Kije- 
 Manito properly signifies, Kind Spirit. It is the second third 
 person; the preceding pronoun aic, (or the substantive in
 
 — 377 — 
 
 stead of which it stands,) being tlie simple tliird person. It is 
 the object of the following verb. 
 Saiagiad, is a verb derived from nin sdgia, I love him ; which 
 is a transitive animate verb of the IV. Conj. It is here in the 
 participle present, affirmative form, third person singular. 
 
 Its subject is aw, and its object Kijr-Maniton. 
 A'rtiotrt, is an adverb of the fourth class, denoting negation. It 
 modifies the following verb. 
 
 Nitd-hata-ijiwebisissi, is a verb composed of three parts. The 
 two first parts are the same as in the first word of this sen- 
 tence. The third part is a verb derived from nind ijiwebis, I 
 behave, I conduct myself; which is an intransitive verb of the 
 I. Conj. ; its third person is, ijiwebisi ; its participle present, 
 ejiwebisid. Its subject is aw. The whole is in the negative 
 Ibrm, indicative, present, third person singular ; and signifies, 
 in connection with the preceding adverb: "He is not in the 
 liabit of behaving sinfully." 
 
 Parsing ot analysing sentences, is the most useful grammati- 
 cal exercise that can be found. It accounts for every word and 
 every syllable in the sentence, it recalls to memory all the Rules 
 of Grammar, and shows practically their uso and application. 
 
 Dear reader, if you wish to acquire a solid and .systematical 
 knowledge of this language, be diligent in parsing sentences, 
 and write down your parsing e.\ercises, like these Specimens. 
 The above Rules and Specimens show you the manner ; and 
 sentences for parsing you will timl in iilmiiduiice in the numerous 
 E.xamples of this Grammar. 
 
 FAMILIAR PHRASES 
 
 TO K.\('II.IT.VTK r()NVKRS.\TION. 
 
 I. For (jiK'.ftifiiiing, ajfirining, deiii/ing, going, coming, etc. 
 Who is that? What is that? Aicenen aw f Wegonen ow f 
 What is the matter ? Wegonen? or: Anin ejiwebak? 
 What is the news? ,l;i//j enakamigak f
 
 — :ns — 
 
 What in your niiiiu' ? * Anin ejinikasoian ? 
 
 What Ih the name of tlmt mail, woman, lioy, girl? Anin ejini- 
 
 kasod aw inini, ikwe, kwiwinens, ikweisenH Y 
 What is the name of this thing ? Anin ejinikddeg ow ? (in. obj.)t 
 
 Anin ejinikdsod aw f (an. obj.) 
 What do you say ? How ? What? Anin ikkitoian 7 Anin 1 Weyo- 
 
 nen ? Wa ? 
 Wliat are you doing ? (sing.) Wegonen wejiioian ? 
 What are you doing? iplur.) Wegonen wejitoiegl 
 Have you done ? Ki gi-inhkwata {ishkwatam) na ? 
 What do you want ? Wegonen wa-aidian (aiaieg) ? 
 What do you come for? Wegonen ba-ondji-ijaian (ijaiegj? or: 
 
 Wegonen ba-osikaian [osigaieg] ? 
 Wliat do you mean ? Wegonen wa-ikkitoian (ikki(oieg) ? 
 What is the meaning of that ? Wegonen wa-ikkiiomagak iwl 
 May one ask you? (sing.) Ki da-gagwedjimigo na ? 
 What do you want to ask. me ? (sing.) Wegonen wa-gagwedji- 
 
 miian ? 
 Who lives here? Whose house is this? Awenen oma endad ? 
 
 Awenen ow wewakaiganid (weivigiwamid) ? 
 Whose books are these ? Awenen onow wemasinaiganid ? 
 What have we to do? Wegonen ge-dodamangiba)i? (or, ge-doda- 
 
 mang ?) 
 Do you know that? {all in the sing.\ Ki kikendam na iw ? 
 Do you liear me ? Ki nondaw inal 
 Do vou understand me ? A7 nissitoiaw ina ? 
 Do you remember (recollect) ? AV mikwendan ina? 
 Do you know me? Kikikenim ina ? 
 Whom do you look for? Awenen nendawdbamad? 
 What do you look for? Wegonen nendawabanddman ? 
 What have you lost ? Wegonen ga-wanitoian ? 
 Why don't you answer ? Wegonen wendji-nakwetansiwan f 
 Wouln't you give me . . . send me . . . bring me . . . lend me ... ? 
 
 Ka na ki da-mijissi . . . nindaissi . . . bidawissi . . . awiisui ? 
 
 * Note. In these P/ira.sf.s. we express the Indian second person Jinjyutar, by 
 the second person plural in English, this being in Kuglish the usual way. 
 
 t See Ht DHirA- p. 1-5. (The mark an. signifies animate objects ; and the mark 
 in., tnoHiHio^e objects.
 
 — :{T9 — 
 
 Go and fetch it. Awi-nddin, {in. obj.) awi ndj, (an. object.) 
 
 I assure you. It i.s tlie trutli. Geget. Debwnpi mac/ad. 
 
 I speak the trutli ; believe me. Nin debive ; debwetaioinhin. 
 
 It is not so ; you tell a lie. Kawin awansinon ; kikiwanim goahd. 
 
 It is said. so; every body says it. Ikkitom sd ; kakina ikkitn- 
 wag. 
 
 I contradict it ; I don't believe it. Nind agonwetam ; kawin nin 
 debtoetansin. 
 
 It is a false report, don't believe it. Anisha dibddjimom, kego 
 debivetengen. 
 
 Do you jest (joke) ? Ani.'iha na kid ikkit ichi bapiian ? 
 
 I believe you. I don't believe you. Ki debioeion. Kawin ki bebwe- 
 iossinon. 
 
 You are in the right. Ki drbive. 
 
 He is in the wrong. Kawin debivessi. 
 
 1 say yes. I say no. E, nin ikkit. Kawin, nind ikkit. 
 
 What do you say ? Nothing. Wegonen dash kin ekkitoian ? Ka- 
 win ningot, {kawin gego.) 
 
 Yon have l>een imposed upon. Ki gi-ghcanimigo. 
 
 Don't believe iiiiniediiitely everybody. Kego pahige dahwetawa- 
 
 ken bemddi.sidjig. 
 Who has tolil it to you ? Axvenen gd-dibddjimoiok? 
 I intend to doit; I will do it. Nind inendam tchi dodamdn ; 
 
 nin rci-dodam. 
 I consent to it ; I approve it. Nin minwendam tchi ijiwebak iw ; 
 
 nin miniodbandan. 
 I am against it. Kawin nin minwendanai ichiijiwebak iw. 
 I for my part, I say nothing. Nin win, kawin ningot nind ikki- 
 
 tossi. ^ 
 
 It would be better for me to . . . Nawatch nin da-minododam 
 
 tchi . . . 
 I had rather . . . Nawatch nin- da-minwendam . . . 
 You speak too much. You .'^peak too loud. Kid osdmidon. Osdm 
 
 ki kijiwe. 
 Hold your tongue. Kid ombigis. 
 Don't .say a word. Kego ningot ikkitoken.
 
 — 380 — 
 
 Bo quiet ; you iiiuke (u(Miiuch iioi.sc. i;>/u/.| Bindnabiyiabiiogi; 
 
 osum kid (imhiyisiui. 
 Do you know that inaii ? Ki kikenimana aw inini ? 
 I saw liiin, hut I ufver npoke ti» liiin. Niii f/i-icuhama, kawin 
 
 danh wika nin yi-ganonassi. 
 I forgot his name. Nin wanenima ejinikasod. 
 I heard several reports. Anotch babamndjimowiu nin f/i-nondun. 
 It is not wortli while to speak of that. Kawin apitendaywassi- 
 
 non tchi dajindaminyihan. * 
 I request you to make that tijr me. Ki payosnenimin tchi ojita- 
 
 mawiian ow. 
 I thank you for your kiiiilne8s towards me. Miywctck mino do- 
 
 dawiian. 
 You are too good to me. Osdin ki mino dodaw. 
 I could never do too much for you. Kawin wika nin dagashki- 
 
 tossin osdin tchi mino dodondn, (or, dodondmban.) 
 You are very kind indeed. Geyet ki kitchi kijewddis. 
 I give you too much trouble. I give you too much work. Osdni 
 
 ki kotayiin. Ondm kid anokiin. 
 It affords me pleasure to do that ; to make that for you. Geget 
 
 nin minwendam tcJii dodamdn iw ; tchi ojitondn iw. 
 Where are j'ou going? Where are they gone? Anindi ejdian? 
 
 Anindi ga-ijawad ? 
 I am going far^ I am going near by. Wassa nin wi-ija. Besho 
 
 nin wi-ija. 
 I am going home. Nin yiwe, [endaidn nind ija.i 
 He is going home. They are going home. Giwe, (endad ija.) 
 
 Giweivay, (endawad ijaway.) 
 You walk too fast. They walk too slow. Oadm ki kijikd. Osdm 
 
 khikaway. * 
 
 Are you in a great hurry ? Apitchi na ki weicibishkd / 
 Let us go on the other side of the bay, (river,) or, let us cross 
 
 the bay, (river, etc ) Ayaminy ijada, or, ajaowada, (in a ca- 
 noe, etc.), ajaoyakoda, (on foot on the ice ) 
 Let us cross the road. Ajoadoda mikana. 
 
 * See Bemark 8, page 113.
 
 — 381 — 
 
 Let U8 go ill. Lot us go out. Pindigeda. Sagaandanda. 
 
 I go up. I go down. Nind akivandawe. Nin iiissandawe. 
 
 Let U8 go this way. They go tliat way. Oma nakakeia ijada. 
 
 Wedi nakakeia ijawag. 
 He goes to tlie right, lie does not go to the left. Okitchinika- 
 
 mang nakakeia ija, kawin namandjinikamang nakakeia ijassi. 
 Go straif,'ht along. Gtvaiak ani-ijdn. 
 Go back a little. Ajegabawin pungi. 
 Go hack again, (return.) Ajegiwen. 
 Stay here, don't go away. Otna aian, kego mddjaken. 
 Where do you come from? (whence come you ?) Anindi wendji- 
 
 baian 'f 
 I come (rom your house. Enddian nind ondjiba. 
 I come from home. Endaidn nind ondjiba. 
 I come from my uncle's. Nijishe (or, nimishome *) endawad 
 
 nind ondjiba. 
 Come here, or hither. Onddshdn, or, hi-mddjdn, bi-ijdn oma. 
 Go there. Wedi ijdn, mddjdn. 
 Come to me. Sit down with me. Bi-nasikaunshiii. Widabiini- 
 
 shin. 
 Come along with me. Stand here with me. Bi-widjiwishin. 
 
 Widjigabawitawishin oma. 
 Come near the fire, warm yourself. Bi-nasikan ishkote, bi-awa- 
 
 ■ son . 
 Stop, hold on ; stay a little. Bcka ; nag-gabaxoin nakawe. 
 I will wait for you. Wait for me here. Ki ga-biia Biishin oma. 
 Open the door, the window. Pakdkonan ishkwandem, loassei- 
 
 chigan. 
 Let us shut the door, the windows. Bibakwaanda ishkwandem, 
 
 wassetcliiganan. 
 I will go home now; to-morrow I will come here again. Nin 
 
 wi-giwe nongom ; wdbang minawa nin ga-bi-ija. 
 I exhort him to go, to work, etc. Nin gagansoma tchi madjad, 
 
 tr/ii (uiokid, etc. 
 
 « JViJUhf, my mother's brother. Ximifho7)u- , my father's brother.
 
 — 382 — 
 
 It is all the .Hanu' wlietlior lie comcH or not. Mi tibuhko (f:hi 
 
 daijwiching, kcma yaie tchi daijwinhinaij. 
 Thou descrvest to be whipped. A7 wikwatckilumas tchi hashan- 
 
 jeogoian. 
 I am poor for your sake, (you are tlie cause of my poverty./ 
 
 Kinawa nind ondji kitimilgis. 
 Religion will be the cause of thy happiness. Anamiewin ki gad- 
 on dji-Jawen dago.s: 
 They have been ill treated for religion's sake. Anamiewin gi- 
 
 ondjimafrhi-dodawaivag. 
 Tell me what you think, what you are doing, etc. Windama- 
 
 wishig enendameg, endodameg, etc. 
 He looks like a dead person ; you look sick ; they speak like 
 
 angry people. Nebongin ijindgosi ; aiakosingin kid ijindgos ; 
 
 neshkadisingin iji gijweieag. 
 One laughs, and the other weeps. Dejig hapi, bejig dash mawi^ 
 Some are rich and some are poor. Anind daniwag, anind dash 
 
 kitimdgisiioag. 
 One or the other will come here, (or, let one or the other come 
 
 here.) Bejig nijiwad ia-bi-ija oma. 
 One of them will embark. Bejig endashiwad ta-bosi. 
 I have a good memory, I shall not forget it soon. Nin nitamind- 
 
 jimendan gego, kawin waiba nin ga-wanendansin. 
 He is happier than you. Naicatch win jawendagosi, kin da^h, 
 
 (or, kin eji-jawendagosiian.) 
 John is wiser than Paul. Nawaich John nibwdka, Paul dash, 
 
 (or, eji-nibwdkad Paid.) 
 How much have you been charged for this gun? Anin minik 
 
 ga-inagindamagoian ow pushkisigan ? 
 AVilliam was charged more. Nawatch nibiwa William gi-inagin- 
 
 damawa. 
 I shall not go away before I speak to him. Kawin nin icitndd- 
 
 jassi tchi bwa ganonag. 
 He is wiser than he is rich. Nawatch nibwdka, eji-danid dash. 
 He is as rich as he is wise. Epitchi nibwdkad m'l epiich danid. 
 You are as happy as I am. Eji-jawendagosiidn mi eji-jawenda- 
 gosiian gaie kin. —
 
 — 383 — 
 
 Tlie older he grows, the deafer he is. Eshkam gagibishe eji- 
 
 gikad. 
 The more they are taught, the more they are ignorant. Eshkam 
 
 gagibatisiwag ano kikinoamawindwa. 
 The more I work, the better I am off. Eshkam nin mino aia 
 
 anokiidn. 
 As long as I shall behave well, I will be loved. Ged-apitch- 
 
 mino-ijiwebiniidn, nin ga-sdgiigo. 
 I am not rich enough to buy that. Kawin nin de-danisissi ge- 
 
 gishpinadoidmban iw. 
 You are not learned enough to be his teacher, (to teach him.) 
 
 Kawin ki ga-de-kikinoamawasst. 
 He is old enough to be his own master, and to take care of him- 
 self. De-apitisi ge-debenindisod, ge-bamiid'isod gaie. 
 They arrived to-day sooner than they usually do. Nawatch non- 
 
 gom waiba gi-dugwishinog, eji-dagioishinowad iko. 
 John is the wisest of all my scholars. John awashime nibwdka 
 
 mdashiwad nin kikinoamaganag . 
 This book is the most precious of all my books. Ow masinai- 
 
 gan awashime apitendagwad endassing nin masinaiganan. 
 I am not the person to do that. Kawin nind awissi ge-dodamdm- 
 
 ban iw. 
 He is not capable of stealing. Kawin o da-gashkiiossin tchi gi- 
 
 modid, (or, tchi gimodipan.) 
 I don't hate you, on the contrary, I love you. Kawin ki jinge- 
 
 mmissinon, gwaiak ki sdgiin. 
 You are by far not so strong as he is. A7 mashkawis nange eji- 
 
 mashkawisid. 
 I give him leave (permission) to go, to do that, to marry, etc. 
 
 Nin pagidina tchi mddjad, tchi ojitod iw, tchi tcidiged, etc. 
 
 2. To inquire ttfier health. 
 
 Good day, sir ; how do you do to-day? Bon Jour, nidji : anin 
 
 eji-bimddisiian (or, endiian) nongom ? 
 Thank you, lam well. Migwetrh, nin mino bimddi.t, (nin mino- 
 
 aia.)
 
 — 384 — 
 
 How do your children do? Aniii ej i-bimddisiwad kinidjdnU- 
 
 sagY 
 'They are likewise well ; nol»ody i.s .sick. Mino aiaway ffaie 
 
 ivinaica ; kawin awiia aknsissi. 
 How docs your sister do? Aula eji-aiad {endiyidi kimisse 
 
 (kishime) ? 
 How does your lirotlier do? Anin eji-aiad (eji-bimadind) ki-isaie 
 
 {kishime) f 
 Is your mother in good health ? Mino aia na kiga ? 
 She is not well. Kawin mi)io aiassi. 
 She is a little indisposed. Pangi dkosi. 
 What is her illness ? Anin enapined f 
 .She has got a cold. Agigoka sa. 
 .She has a violent headaclie. kitchi akosin oshiigicdn, [o nis- 
 
 sogon osktigwdn.) 
 I have heard your uncle is also unwell. Kimishome {kijishe) 
 
 dkosidog gaie loin. 
 He has got a sore throat. gonddgan od dkosin. 
 I have toothache. Nibid nind dkosin. 
 Has this child been sick now a long time ? Mewija dkosiban aw 
 
 abinodji ? 
 No, not very long. Kawin dpitchi mewija. 
 Have you long been sick ? Mewija na kid dkosinaban ? 
 A week. Ten days. A month. Ningo anamiegijigad. Midds- 
 
 sogwan. Ningo gisiss. 
 But now I think on it ; how does your aunt do ? Pitchinag nin 
 
 mikwendan ; anin eji-aiad {eji-bimadisid) kinoshe ikisigoss) ? * 
 She is not yet recovered ; she is yet very sick. Kawin ma^hi 
 
 nodjimossi, keidbi kitchi dkosi. 
 i have sore eyes, but my legs are not sore now. Nishkinjigon 
 
 nind akosinan, kaicin dajih nikadan nongom nind akosissinan . 
 My breast is sore, (a female speaking,) but my sister has no 
 
 more a sore breast. Nin toto.'ihimag nind akosinag, kawin 
 
 dash nimisse keidbi od akosissinan. 
 "My brother is getting better. — My mother is perfectly well. Nis- 
 
 * SinosheX or, ninwlshe,) my mother's sLster. Xinsigoss, my father's .sister.
 
 — H85 — 
 
 saie (or, nishime) eshkam nawutrh miiui aia. — Ningd apUchi 
 
 mino aia. 
 I am happy to hear it. Nin viimoendam iw nondamdn. 
 Mv father is quite sick ; he fell sick suddenly last night. Noss 
 
 kitrhi dkosi ; tsesika gi-dkon tibikoiKj. 
 Have you any medicines? Mashkiki na kid aiaiif 
 I have many good medicines. Anotch mashkiki weivjishing 
 
 niiid aian. 
 Have you any purging medicine; castor-oil, salt (for purging;) 
 
 vomitive or emetic; camphor (Opodeldoc,) etc. ? Kid aian na 
 
 jdbosigan ; bimide-jdbosigan, jiwitdgani-jdbosigan ; jashiga- 
 
 gowesigan ; gtoendasseg, etc. ? 
 This child is sick ; it has perhaps worms ; it is always occupied 
 
 with his nose. Akosi aw abiiiodji; gonima ogejagimiwldng, 
 
 mojug odjuiij o dajikan. 
 Here is some vermifuge. Ow ogejagimi-mashkiki. 
 I have the diarrluEa. I have the fever, (ague.) I have pains in 
 
 the howels, (colic.) I have pain in the breast. Nin Jdboka- 
 
 lois. Nin niningishka. Nind dkoshkade. Nin kakigan nin 
 
 dkoHn. 
 
 3. Of the age. * 
 
 How old are you? A nin endanso-bibonagisiian f 
 
 I am twenty years old. Nin nijiana das.so bibonagis. 
 
 How old is your father? Anin endasso-bibonagi.sid k'os.H? 
 
 I don't know his age;, he is already old. Kawin nin kikenimassi 
 
 endds.so-bibonagi.sigwen ; jdigwa kitchi anvihindbewi. 
 He (she) is young ; he (she) is a child. He is a young man ; she 
 
 is a young woman. He is a man : she is a wonuin. He is an 
 
 old man ; she is an old woman. O-s-hkibiinddisi, abinodjiiwi. 
 
 Oshkinawewi. Ininiwi ; ikwewi. Akiweaiiwi ; mindimoidwi. 
 He (she) is very old; extremely old. Gikd ; dpitrhi gikd. 
 He (she) returned to childhood. Neidb abinodjiiwi. 
 You are active (vigorous) yet, although very old. Keidbi ki ki- 
 
 jijawis ano gikaian. 
 
 * .See p. 'Mi.
 
 — 386 — 
 
 1 tliiuik llic Lonl who gives me gool liealth in my age. Migwelck 
 
 nind ina l)ehen(iji(/etl keiahi mijid mino himddisiwin epitisii&n. 
 Are you of my age? Epitisiiun na hid apitis f 
 I am the oldent. Nin nin Ha.i'iki.i. 
 I am the youngest. Ondasn nind ondadis. 
 Who is the oldest of you two (of you Vxith) ? Awenen sesikisid 
 
 kinawa naienj (or, nijiieg) ? 
 How many hrotliers liave you ? Anin endashiwad kissaidag^ 
 
 (kishimeiag) f 
 How many sisters liave you? Anin endashiwad kimisseiaff 
 
 {kishimeiag) f 
 I have three older lirothers, and two younger tlian I. Nissiwag 
 
 nissaieiag, nijiivag dash niahimeiag kwiwisensag. * 
 I have two older sisters, and three younger than I. Nijiicag^ 
 
 nimisseiag, nissiwag dash nishimeiag ikwesensag. 
 How old is the oldest of your brothers (sisters) ? Anin endasso- 
 
 bihonagisid sesikisid kissaie (kimisse) f 
 How old is the youngest of your brothers (sisters) ? Anin endas- 
 
 so-bibonagisidawashime egashiid kishime kwiwiseris (ikicesens)? 
 You are very tall for your age. Ki k'ltchi ginos epitisiian. 
 Is not Paul older than William? Kaicin na Paul aicashime saki- 
 
 kisissi, William dash f 
 No, he is younger. Kawin, ondass icin ondadiM. 
 How old may this young woman be ? Anin endasso-bibonagi- 
 
 sigwen aw oshkinigikwe f 
 Slie is young yet, but she is tall. Oshkibimddisi keidbi, anisha 
 
 dash ginosi. 
 My cousin is adult. My nieces are not yet adult (grown up), 
 
 Gi-nitawiginitawiss. Kawin mashi nitawigissiwag nishimis- 
 
 sag. 
 Very seldom a person now lives to the age of a liundred years. 
 
 Kitchi wika awiia nongom ningotwdk dasso bibon bimddisi. 
 
 4. On the hour, t 
 AVhat o'clock is it (what time is it) ? Anin endasso-dibaiganeg ? 
 
 * See p. 9. t See p. 317
 
 — 387 — 
 
 It is one o'clock, two o'clock, etc. Ningo dihaigan, nijo dibai- 
 
 gan, etc. 
 The day-break will soon appear. Jaigwa gega ta-wuban. 
 The (lay-break appears. — The sun is rising. Jaigwa wdban. — 
 
 Gisisn bi-^nokaam. 
 Is it late? (speaking in the morning.) No, it is not late, it is 
 
 early yet, (morning yet.) Ishpigijigad na f — Kawin ishp'igiji- 
 
 gassinon, keidbi kigijebawagad. 
 How late may it be (in the day) ? Anin epitchi-gijigadogwen. 
 Is it already noon ? Nawokwe (or, nawokwemagad) na jaigwa ? 
 No, it is not yet noon. Kawin mashi nawokwessinon. 
 It i.s just noon now, twelve o'clock. Gwaiak nawokwe nongom. 
 He started after twelve o'clock (noon.) Ga-inhkwa-nawokwenig 
 
 gi-mudja. 
 Three o'clock in the afternoon. Nisso dibaigan ga-isTikwanOr 
 
 wokweg . 
 Is it early yet? (speaking in the afternoon.) Ishpigijigad na 
 
 keidbi f 
 It i.s not early (in the afternoon), it will soon be evening. Kawin 
 
 ishpigijigassinon, jaigwa ani-ondgo.shi. 
 It is evening. It is twilight. Jaigwa ondgoshi. Tibikabaminag- 
 
 wad. 
 Is it laic in the night ? — No, it is not late, hhpiiibikad na ? — 
 
 Katvin i.s/ipifibikas6-inon. ' 
 It is night. It is a very dark night ; I see nothing. Nibdtibik, 
 
 Kitchi kashkitibikad ; kawin gego nin wdbandansin. 
 Is it already midnight ? — No, it is not yet midnight. Abitdtibi- 
 
 kad na jaigwa f Kawin mashi abita-tibikassinon. 
 .How late may it be (in the night)? Anin epitd-tibikadogwen ? 
 
 (or, epitch tibakadogwen) f 
 
 It is eleven o'clock. Middsso tibuigan sa ashi bejig. 
 It is just midnight. Abitd-tihikad gwaiak. 
 \i is now past midnight, (i i-is/i kwa-nbi Id-t ibikad nongom. 
 \ will start after midnight. Gi-iskkwa-ahiln-tihikak nin ga-mddja. 
 I startetl after midnight. Ga-ishkwa-abitd(ibikuk nin gi-mddja. 
 He started after midnight. Ga-ishktva-abitd-tibikadinig gi-madja.
 
 — 388 — 
 
 Do you get iiiKiirly in tlie rnortjing. Wdiba nn ka kid oninhka 
 
 kiijijeh f 
 I aUviiys get up in the morning early ; this morning only I did 
 not get up early. Mojatj kitchi kigijeh nind fininhka ; jeba eta 
 katrin wdlba n'ui gi-onislikfisni. 
 Get up, my brother, (sister,) it is day-light, (hiishkun, nishim ; 
 
 jaii/wa gi-wdban. 
 You are lazy ; you use to .« loop too long. A'l kilimishk ; osum 
 
 gintoenj ki niba ko. 
 It is not yet ten o'clock. Kawin mashi middsso dibaiganessinon. 
 Are you accustomed to get up at ten o'clock ? Meddsso-dibai- 
 
 ganeg na ko kid onis/ika f 
 See the watcli, (clock,) is it going? Wdbam dibaigisissican . Mad- 
 
 jishka na ? 
 It is not going ; I have not wound it up. I will wind it up now. 
 Kawin madji.shkassi ; kawin nin gi-ikwabioicassi. Nongom nin 
 gad-ikwabiowa. 
 When does the sun set? Aniniwapi gisiss pengishimod ? 
 It sets at six o'clock. Nengoiwdsso-dibaiganeg sa pangishimo. 
 When will you go home? (plur.) Aniniwapi ge-giweieg f 
 We will go home e.xacth- at seven o'clock. Najwdsso-dibaiga- 
 
 neg sa gwaiak nin wi-giwemin. 
 This watch is very fine. How much did it cost ? Kiichi oniji- 
 
 shi aw dibaigisissican. Anin dasswiVnk ga-inaginsod f 
 It costs twenty dollars. Nijtana sa dasswdbik gi-inaginso. 
 It is an old watch ; it is not new. G^ta-aiaa, kawin oshkiaiaawissi . 
 This watch goes too slow ; too quick ; it is broken ; sometimes 
 it stops. Aid dibagaigisi^swun osdm besika; osam kijika ; gi~ 
 bigoshka ; naningoiinong nagashka. 
 When will you go out to-day ? Aniniwapi ge-sdgaaman nongom f 
 I will go out at nine o'clock; and before tliree o'clock I will 
 come home again. Jangasso-dibaiganeg sa nin ga-sagaam : 
 tchi bwa dash nisso dibaigan nin ga-bi-giwe minawa. 
 Laborers work ten hours every day. Anokiwininiwag midasso 
 
 dibaigan anokiwag endassc-gijigadinig. 
 How many hours do you sleep every night? Anin dasso-dibai- 
 gan nebaian tebikak-in f
 
 — 389 — 
 
 I sleep six hours 'every night. Ningotwasso dihaigan sa n'ui 
 niba endasso-tibikak . 
 
 5. For and at breakfast. 
 
 When do you use to take lircakfast? Aniniwapi tvassimieg ikcr 
 
 kigijeb ? 
 At seven o'clock. Najwassv-dibaiganeg sa. 
 Our breakfast is ready. Mijaigwa loi-ioissiniiang 
 Come and sit down here ; sit down here by my side. Qma bi~ 
 
 namadabin ; bi-widabimisJiin . 
 What do you choose ? Wegonen ge-wi-aiaian ? 
 \ will eat some fish . Gigo nin gad-amoa pangi. 
 Here is trout, and here is white-fish. Which do you like best? 
 
 Mi aw nawegoss, aw dash atikameg. Anitiaw nawatch menwe- 
 
 aimad f 
 1 will take .some white-fish this morning. Atikameg nin wi-amoa 
 
 nongom. 
 Is if fresh fi.-^h ? Os/iki gigo na f 
 No, it is salted fish. Kawin, J iwitdgani-gigo aw. 
 It is very nice ; it has an e.xcelk'nt taste. Gegei kitc/ti onijishi ; 
 
 kitchi winopogosi. 
 Take some bread ; .some cracker.-^. Maini aw jfakwijigan ; ogow 
 
 pakwesignnsag. 
 The.xe crackers are very fine; very good. Kitclii onijiatiiwag 
 
 pakwejigan.sag ; kitchi minopogosiwag. 
 Dim't you wisli to eat potatoes ? Kawin na opiiiig ki wiamoas- 
 
 sig f 
 I took some: I am eating them. I am very fund of potatoes. 
 
 Your potatoes have a good taste indeed. Nin gimamag sa; 
 
 nind anioag. Nin kitchi minwenimag opinig. Geget minopo- 
 gosiwag kid opinimiicag. 
 Will you drink some chocolate ? Miskwubo na ki wi-minikwcn f" 
 I will drink some. Nin wi-minikwen sa. 
 But I will drink some coffee. Nin da.'<h makatc-ma-'ihkikiwdbo- 
 
 nin wi-minikwen. 
 Who will drink some coffee? Awencn ge-wi-minikwed makale^ 
 
 mashkikiwdbo f
 
 — I'.'M) — 
 
 I will take Rome. Nin nin wi-minikwcn pangi. 
 
 Give me your cup. — Tliat'fl enougli ; you give me too much. 
 
 liidon kid ondgans. — Miiw ; ondm nibiwa ki mij. 
 Take some milk in it, and sugar. Totoxhdbo dagonan, aisibdk- 
 
 wad gate. 
 Will you drink Home more? Give me your cup. Minawa na ki 
 
 wi-ininikicen ? Bidon kid ondgans. 
 I thank you ; that is enough. Migwetch; mi iw. 
 There is also some tea, who will drink some ? Anibishdbo gaie 
 
 6ma atemagad, awenen gc'ininikwed f 
 Thank you, I will drink none. Migwetch, kawin nin nin tci- 
 
 minikwessin. 
 And you, sir? Kin dash, nidji ? 
 
 I will drink a little, very little. Pangi nin wi-minikwen, pangi go. 
 This tea is very strong. Kitchi mashkatcdgami otc anibishdbo. 
 I like strong tea. Nin mimcendan meshkatcdgamig anibishdbo. 
 I don't like it, I like belter weak tea. Kawin nin minwendansin, 
 
 awashime nin minwendan tchi jagwagamig. 
 You did not take any butter, do you never eat any ? Kawin 
 
 mashi toioshdbo-bimide kid odapinansin, kawin na wika ki 
 
 midjissin ? 
 I eat it sometimes, I will take a little. Nin midjin sa ko, pangi 
 
 nin wi-mamon. 
 You eat very little of every thing. Kiichi pcpangl ki wissin. 
 I thank yon, I have eaten considerably. Migweich, eniwek nibi- 
 wa nin gi-wissin. 
 I must go now, I must go to work ; I have much work to do 
 
 to-day. Nin wirmddja dash nongom, nin wi-anoki ; nibiwa 
 
 anokiwin nind aian nongom. 
 
 6. On the tceather. 
 
 How is the weather ? Anin eji-gijigak ? 
 
 Is it fine weather ? — Is it bad weather ? Mino gijigad na ? Mat- 
 
 chi gijigad na y 
 It is fine weather. — It is bad weather. Mi7io gijigad sa. Matchi 
 
 gijigad sa.
 
 — 391 — 
 
 The weather is very bad. Niskddad, [kitchi niskddad.) 
 
 It is cloudy. — It is clear fair weather, the sun shines. Anakwad. 
 
 — Mijakwad. 
 It is dark, <;looniy weather all day. Agawa gijigad kah^gijig. 
 It is foggy, the sun does not appear. Awdn, kawin g'lsiss bi- 
 
 nagosissi. 
 It blows, it is windy. Nodin. 
 It blows hard, it is stormy. Kitchi nodin. 
 It is a dreadful time indeed. Geget gotamigwad. 
 It blows a gale, a hurricane. Apitchi kitchi nodin. 
 The wind l)lows cold. Taka.i.'iin. 
 The wind turned, shifted. Gioekdnimad. 
 
 I think it will rain to-day. Ta-gimiwan nongom, nind inendam. 
 It is likely enough. Mi geget ejinagwak. 
 It drizzles. — It rains. — It hails. Awanibis.'sa. — Gimiwan. — Sess'e- 
 
 gan. 
 Does it rain ? Does it not rain ? Gimiwan na ? Kawin na gimi- 
 
 waniiinon ? » 
 
 It rained when I left, lionic, but it does not rain now. Gimiwa- 
 
 noban api ba-mddjaidn, kawin dash nongom gimiwansinon. 
 It rains again. It rains very fast. It rains a little. Minawa 
 
 gimiwan. Kitchi gimiwan. Agdwa gimiwan. 
 I am wet, I am all wet. Nin nis.'idbawe, nind dpitchi nissdbawe. 
 Are you not wet ? Kawin na kin ki ninsdbawessi ? 
 I am wet too, I have no umbrella. Mi go gaie nin, kawin sa 
 
 gego agawateon nind aiansin. 
 Are you afraid of getting wet ? Ki gotan na iw ichi nissdbaweian ? 
 Yes, I am afraid of it ; I use to be sick when I get wet. E nin 
 
 gotan sa; nind dkos iko nessahaweidnin. 
 It is cold. It is very cold. It is extremely cold indeed. Kissina, 
 
 or kissinamagad. Kitchi kissina. Aixitchi geget kissina. 
 I am cold, very cold. Nin gikadj, nin kitchi gikadj. 
 I am starving with cold. Nin gawadj. 
 
 My fingers are benumbed with cold. Nin takwdkiganjiwadj. 
 Come in and warm yourself, there is a fire here. Pindigen, bi- 
 
 awason, ishkotewan oma. 
 
 26
 
 — 302 — 
 
 It snows fast. — It snows thick. So'/ipo, or sogipomagad. Ma~ 
 
 mangadrpo. 
 The lake, tlie river, etc., ie freezing over. Sdgaigan, sibi, etc., 
 
 gashkadin. 
 The lake is hard frozen over. Sdgaiagan gi-kilchi-ganhkadin. 
 This afternoon I will skate. Nongom gi-ishkwa-nawokweg nin 
 
 wi-joiihkwadae. 
 I have a fine pair of skates. Geget kitchi onijishinon nin josh- 
 
 kwddaaganan. 
 It thaws now, (it is mild weather.) Jaigwa abawa, or abawama- 
 
 gad. 
 The snow is soft. The snow melts away. Jakagonaga. Gon 
 
 ningiso, or angoso. 
 It begins to be warm. Jaigwa kijdte, or kijdtemagad. 
 How warm is it? — It is very warm. Geget kijdte? — Kitchi kijdte^ 
 I am warm. Nind abwes, (I sweat.) 
 I an\ excessive hot. Nind apitchi abwes. 
 Let us go into the shade. Agawateg ijada. 
 We will have a heavy rain, it is too warm. Ta-kitchi-gimiwan ,. 
 
 osdm kijdte. 
 The sky is cloudy all over. Kitchi dnakwad. 
 It lightens excessively. Kitchi loassamowag animikig. 
 It thunders, the thunder roars. Animikiwan, masitdgosiwag 
 
 animikig. 
 What a clap of thunder! Geget kitchi animiki f Pashkakwd- 
 
 aniog ! 
 Are you afraid of thunder ? To be sure. A7 gossag na animi- 
 kig y E nange. 
 Many people are afraid of thunder. Nibiwa bimddisidjig o gos- 
 
 sdwan animikin. 
 I never was afraid of it. Kawin nin wika nin gossassig. 
 Be not afraid, the storm is over. Kego segisiken, jaigwa ishkxca- 
 
 niskddad. 
 It clears up. Eshkam niijakicad. 
 I see the rain-bow. Nin tcdbandan nagweidb. 
 This is a sign of fair weather. Mi wendji-kikendaming tchi mino 
 
 gijigak.
 
 — :\9:i — 
 
 It is very good (pleasing) that it has rained, the ground was 
 already too dry ; but now the fields will produce well. Kitchi 
 minwendaywad (/i-gimiwaiuj, osum jaigwa hihinekamiyideban 
 aki ; nongom dash weweni toniiitawiginon kitiganan. 
 
 It is dirty now after the rain. Ajishkika nongom gi-gimiwang. 
 
 It is bad walking. Sanagad bimosseng. 
 
 7. For and at dinner. 
 
 It is twelve o'clock now. Come in, we will dine. Jaigwa na' 
 
 wokwe. Bi-pindigen, ki ga-wissinimin. 
 Come sit down on this chair. Bi-nahadamin ow apdbiwining. 
 Put another plate (cover) here. Minawa bejig tessinagan atoiog 
 
 oma. 
 There is some meat here. Wiiass oma atcmagad. 
 Beef, veal, pork, ham, deer-meat, bear-meat. Pijikhoi-wiiass, 
 
 pijikinsiwi-wiiasss, kokoshiwi-wiiass, wawdshkeshiwi-wiiass, 
 
 mako-wiiass. 
 Help yourself. Kin igo mamon minik menwendaman. , 
 
 You don't eat, are you sick ? Kawin ki wisinissi, kid dkos na ? 
 No, I am not sick, I eat much. Kawin nind dkosissi, nibiwanin 
 
 wissin. 
 Potatoes are there and turnips too. Which you like better? 
 
 Opinig aiuwag, tchias gaie oma ate. Wegonen nawatch men- 
 wendaman ? 
 I will take some turnips. Tchiss nin wi-mamon. 
 Bring (salt here and pepper, you did not put it on the table. Ji. 
 
 witdgan bidoiog gawissagang gaie, kawin ki gi-atossinawa ado- 
 
 powening. 
 Take some more meat. Minawa wiiass mamon. 
 This ham is very nice, I ate some. Mandan kokoshixn-wiiass 
 
 kitchi minopogwad, nin girmidjin pangi. 
 This deer-meat has an excellent flavor, and is done nicely. Iw 
 
 wawd.shkeshiwiwiia.is memindage minopogioad, weweni gaie 
 
 gijidemagad. 
 Have the Indians killed many deer this winter? Nibiwa na 
 
 anishindbeg o gi-nissawan wawashkeshiwan nongom biboninig ?
 
 — 394 — 
 
 Yes, sir, a groat many; a young man killed aeven deer, not long 
 ago. Geyet kilrhi nibiwa ; fx'ji'j oshkinawe iwmaia nijwdsswi 
 gi-ni!<.'ian trawas /i keshiira >i . 
 Deer-meat is very good, 1 like it better than any other kind o 
 meat. Waicdshkenhiici-taiiaiss memindage viinopoywad, avca- 
 shime nin miiiwendan , kakiiia dash anind wiiasn. 
 Are there many rabbits here ? Wdbosog na hatainowag oma ?* 
 There are a great many here, and the Indians are veryj skillful 
 in trapping them. Kilchi hatainowag oma, kitchi wawingesU 
 wag dash aniahindbeg dassonawad. 
 I will eat some of this rabbit. Pangi nin wi-amoa aw icdbos. 
 Are there partridges also here? Binewag na gaie aiawag oma ? 
 There are, we eat them often. Aiawag na, naningimnind amoa- 
 
 nanig. 
 In summer pigeons will be here in great quantity. Nibing dash 
 
 omimig ta-osaminowag oma. 
 We must also drink at our dinner. Ki ga-minikwemin gaie vris- 
 
 ^iniiang. 
 Let us drink, but we will only drink water, no wine. Minikwe- 
 
 da, nibi dash ki ga-minikwemin, kawin winjomindbo. 
 We have all taken the temperance pledge, we will keep it. Ka- 
 kina mamau'i ki gi-mumomin minikwessi-masinaigansan, ki 
 wi-ganawendamin dash. 
 I, for my part, I will always keep it faithfully as long as I live. 
 
 Nin win ged^ako-bimadisiidn nin wi-ganawendan weweni. 
 And so will I. Mi go gaie nin. 
 There are also some apples here, would you eat any ? Mishimi- 
 
 nag gaie oma aiawag, kawin na ki da-amoassig ? 
 1 will eat some. Nin da-amoag sa. 
 I ate one, two, three, etc., apples. Bejigominag, * nijominag, 
 
 nissominag, etc., mishiminag nin gi-amoag. 
 Eat some of these strawberries, there are very many now here. 
 Odeiminan gaie midjin, kitchi batainadon nongom geget oma. 
 Raspberries will also be in great abundance, by and by. Mis- 
 kwiminag [miskominag) gaie ta-batainowag ndgatch. 
 
 * See page 312.
 
 — 395 — 
 
 I will eat some rasplierries. Pangi nin wi amoag mishwiminag. 
 
 Will you take some more? Keidbi na ki wi-aiawag ? 
 
 No, sir, I thank you ; I'll eat some of these sweatmeats (pre- 
 serves.) Kawin migweich; pangi paskkiminassigan nin wi- 
 mkljin. 
 
 I have (lined very well. Wewerii nin gi-nawokwe-wissin. 
 
 So have I. Mi go gaie nin. 
 
 8. Concerning the Otcliipioe langtiage. 
 
 I wish to know well the Otchipwe language. Apegish tceweni 
 
 kikendaman ivi-Otchipwemoidn. 
 The Otchipwe language is very diflicult, T can speak it a little. 
 
 Kilchi aanagad Otchipioenwiviti, pangi nin gashkiton ivi-Ot- 
 
 chipwemoiun. 
 You will soon speak it better if you endeavor. Waiba naivatch 
 
 weweni ki gad-Otchipioem, kishpin ivikwatchitoian. 
 I endeavor indeed very much, but I can effect nothing. Nind 
 
 ano icikwatchtion dpitchi, kawessa dash nin gashkitossin. 
 I think it will be long before I learn to speak well Otchipwe. 
 
 W'ika ganabatch nin ga-gaskkiton tceweni tchi Otchipwemoian. 
 I will always speak Otchipwe when I speak to you, if you are 
 
 willing. Nin gad-Otchipwem mojag genomindnin, kiahjjin 
 
 niinwennuman. 
 Thank you, friend, do that and so I shall indeed know it .sooner. 
 
 Migweich, nidji, mi ge-dodoman, mi dash geget waiba naivatch 
 
 tchi kikendamdn. 
 Speak slowly, my friend, you speak too fast ; I cannot even un- 
 derstand a half of what you say. Beka naivatch gigiion, yiidji, 
 
 osdm ki daddtabi; kawin yanage abila ki mssiiotossinon ekki- 
 
 ioiun. 
 How do the Indians call this? Atiin ow ejinikadamowad anishi- 
 
 iidbcg ? 
 This is called .... .... ijinikdde ow. 
 
 And this, how is it called ? Ow dash, anin ejinikadeg ? 
 It is calk'<l .... . ... mi ejinikadeg. 
 
 I will write down these words, and I will write all the Otchipwe
 
 — :v.w, — 
 
 words, by these means also, I sliall learn the Otchipwe lan- 
 guage. Ni7i gad-ojibianan iniw ikkitowinan, nin wi-ojibianan, 
 mi ima gaie ge-ondji-kikendaman Otchipwemowin. 
 
 Have you nobody that would teach you constantly ? Kawin na 
 awiia kid aiftwansi ge-kikinoamokiban nwjag f 
 
 No, I liave nobody yet, but I will employ somebody to teach me 
 regularly. Kawin mashi awiia nind aiawassi, nin gad-anona 
 dash awiia ge-kikinoamawid weweni. 
 
 I will employ you, if you will teach me, and you will come every 
 day to give me lessons. Kin ki gad-anonin, kishpin wi-kiki- 
 noamawiian, endasso-gijigak dash ki ga-bi-kikinoamaw. 
 
 Yes, 1 promise it to you, I will come every day to teach you. 
 We will begin to-morrow. E, kinakomin sa, endasso-gijigak 
 ki ga-bi-kikinoamon. Wdbaug ki ga-madjiidmin. 
 
 I would be very happy if I could soon speak well the Otchipwe 
 language, in order to preach right (well) to the Indians. Nin 
 da-kitchi-minwendam, waiha tchi kikendamun weweni ichi Ot- 
 chipwemoidn, mi sa gicaiak tchi wigagikimagica anishinabeg. 
 
 Do you understand all I say, when I am speaking to you ? Ki 
 nissitotaw ina kakina minik ekkitoidn genonindnin ? 
 
 Yes, certainly, I understand you well. E nange ka, ki nissito- 
 ton weweni 
 
 Do you understand every Indian? Kakina na anishinabeg ki 
 nissitotawag ? 
 
 I don't untlerstand every one, I understand some of them ; but 
 some speak too quick when they are speaking to me, and I 
 don't know what they say. Kawin kakina nin nissHoidwas- 
 sig, bebejig eta nin nissitotawag ; anind dash osdm daddtabi- 
 wag genojiicadjin, kawin dash nin kikenimassig ekkitowagwen. 
 
 When they are speaking to each other, do you understand them 
 well? Kishpin dash ganonidiwad ki, nissitotawag na weweni ? 
 
 When they are speaking to each other, I don't much under- 
 stand them ; I understand them better when they speak to 
 me. Kishpin ganonidiwad, kawin gwetch nin nissitotawassig ; 
 awashime nin nissitotawag ganojiwad. 
 
 You will soon know it, endeavor, don't be liiscouraged, (die-
 
 — 397 — 
 
 heartened.) Waiba nawatch ki (ja-kikendan, aiangwamisin, 
 kego jagicenimoken . 
 lam not discouraged, and I will not give it up. Kawinnin jag- 
 wenimossi, kawin gaie nin wi- anijitansi. 
 
 9. On traveling by land m the Indian countnj, [in winter.) 
 
 When shall we start (depart) ? Aniniwapi ge-mddjaiang ? 
 
 We shall soon now depart, prepare. Jaigwa waiba ki gamddja- 
 
 min, ojitdn. 
 I am preparing, I am about. Nind ojita, nind apitchita. 
 Have you made my snow-shoes? Ki gi-gijiag na nind agiinag. 
 Your enow-ehoes are not quite made ; I made indeed the frame, 
 
 but they are not yet filled, (laced.) Kawin maaki apitchi giji- 
 
 assiwag kid agimag ; anawi nin gi-wdginag, kawin dash mashi 
 
 ashkimdsossiwag. 
 Who will fill them ? Aivenen dash ged-ashkimdnad ? 
 My wife will fill them to-morrow. Nin widigemagan o gad^ashki- 
 
 vidnan wdbang. 
 Are my moccasins made ? Nin makisinan na gi-gijiichigadewan ? 
 Yes, my sister made them ; she has made one jwiir, two pair, 
 
 three pair, four pair, etc. E, o gi-ojitonan sa nimisse ; nin- 
 
 gotweican, nijwewan, nissiceioan, niweican, etc., o gi-ojitonan. 
 I brought also nips, (foot-rags,) one pair, two pair, etc., for your 
 
 use. Ajiganan gaie nin gi-bidonan, ningntwewan, nijwewan, 
 
 etc., kin ged-aioian. 
 And my mittens ? Nin mandjikdwanag dash ? 
 Aha! I forget them. I will fetch them, .fshtc ! nin giicanike- 
 
 niig. Nin wi-ndnag. 
 We will start (depart) after Sunday, (on Monday.) Gi-ishkwa- 
 
 anamieg'ijigak sn ki ga-mddjdmin. 
 We will start in two days, in three days, in four days. Nijug- 
 
 wanagak, nissogwanagak, niogwanagak, ke ga-inddjdmin. 
 What provisions sliall we take for our voyage ? Wegonen dash 
 
 ged-ani-nawapoiang ?
 
 — 398 — 
 
 We will take (^uiiie pork and Hour ; we will also take Home meat. 
 Kokosh,pakwejigan yaie ki gornawapomin, wiiass gaie ki ga- 
 nawapomin. 
 
 Is that pork cooked ; and is the flour hakeil linto hread) ; is the 
 meat cooked ? G'lsiso na aw kokosli, pakwejigan gaie ; gijide 
 na wiiass? (or, gijidemagad.) 
 
 Not yet, the day after to-morrow my sister will cook the pork 
 and bake bread ; she will also cook the meat. Kawiii mwshiy 
 awasswaioang nimisne o ga-gi.sisican kokoshan, pagwejiganan 
 gaie ; wiiass gaie o ga-giaisan. 
 
 Well, let us start. — I will tie up my pack, (my load.) Ambe,. 
 mddjada. Nin wi-takabidon nin bimiwanan. 
 
 Oho! my pack is very heavy. Ataid! kiichi kosigican nin bi- 
 miwanan. 
 
 Do you carry all that we shall need? Ki madjidon na kakina 
 
 go-wi-aioiang ? 
 I think I have all, a little*kettle, little dishes, knives, a hatchet. 
 
 Mi go kikina, nind inendam, akikons, ondgansan, mokovidnan, 
 
 wawakwadons. 
 Don't you forget anything? have you any matclies ? Kawin na 
 
 gego ki loanikessi ? Ishkotewatigonsan na gaie kid aianan ? 
 Yes, they are here. Let us go. E, atewan. Mddjada. 
 We go too fast. — We go too slow. Osdm ki kijikamin. — Osdm 
 
 ki bSsikaviin. 
 We don't go in the right direction ; there, there! Kawin gwaiak 
 
 kid ani-ijassimin ; wedi gosha ! 
 yes ! indeed! I almost went astray. Ishte ! geget! gega nin 
 
 gi-icanishin. 
 Hold on ! I will drink some water here. I am very thirsty, I am 
 
 sweating so much. Beka! 7iin ici-minikwen nibi oma. i\in 
 
 kitchi nibdgwe, osdm nind abwes. 
 Don't drink too much water, and don't eat any snow, or else 
 
 you will be tired very soon. Kego osdm nibiwa nibi minikwe- 
 
 ken, kego gaie gon amodken, gonima waiba ki gad-aiekos. 
 Is there a trail all along, where we are going? Mikanawan na 
 
 inojag ejaiang ?
 
 — 399 — 
 
 There is indeed a trail, but it shows very little; it has snowed 
 too much of late. Anawi mikanawan, agaica dash ndgwad f 
 osdm gi-sofjipo nomaia. 
 Why! are you tired? Anin ! kid aiekos na? 
 lam not yet tired, I walk easily. Kaiviii mashi nind ai^kosissi, 
 
 nin mino bimosse. 
 Walking is good here, it is a fine place, there is no [underwood 
 
 here. Mino bimossewinagad oma, onij ishitij ibeianiagad . 
 But here there is much underwood, it is bad walking indeed. 
 The snow is soft. The snow is deep. Oma dash kitchi sasaga, 
 geget sanagad bimosseng. Jakdgonaga. Ishpagonaga. 
 There is no trail (n© road) here ; we will go astray. Kowiii oma 
 
 mikanaivansinon ; ki ga-wanisMnimin. 
 We are already gone astray. That is very bad. Mi Jaigwa gi- 
 
 ivanishinang. Geget sanagad. 
 Stop, I will look for the road, (trail.) Here it is! Come here I 
 
 Beka, ni7i ga-nandonean mikana. Mi oma ! Onddss ! 
 It is now noon, (twelve o'clock.) Let us now take a meal. Jai_ 
 
 gtca natcokweg. Nakawe wissinida. 
 Well! I will make a fire ; we will make some tea. Haw! Nin 
 
 ga-bodawe ; anibishdbo ki gad-ojiiomin. 
 I am a little tired. At the same time I have pain in one of my 
 legs; (I am lame.) Nawatch, nind aiekos. Bai6toj niiid dko- 
 sin bejig nikdd. 
 We will not walk long now; evening is approaching. Kaivin 
 
 ginwenj ki ga-biviossessimin ; jaigwa ani-onagoshi. 
 Where shall we camp? There is no fine place. Anindi ge- 
 
 gabcshiiang ? Kawiu ningotchi onijishinsinon. 
 Let u.? camp here ; this is a fine place. Oma gabeshida; onijU 
 
 shin oma. 
 There is much snow, the snow is deep. I must throw ont much, 
 snow, to make a camp. Geget gonika, ishpagonaga, (ishpate.) 
 Kitchi nibiwa gon nin ga-wehina tchi ojitoidn gabeshiioin. 
 I will take (or break) boughs ; I will take many, in order to 
 make a good bed. Jingobig nin wi-mamag, {ninwibokobinag ;} 
 nibiwa nin wi-mamag, weweni tchi apishivianikeidn.
 
 — 400 — 
 
 Friend, chop much wood, it will be perhaps cold to-night. Nihi- 
 wa manissen, nidji, ta-kissinamagad ganahatch tibikad, (ta- 
 kissintibikad.] 
 
 .So mucli wood will be enough Mi iw ge-debisseg missan. 
 
 Let us make iire. Let U8 cook. Let us eat. Bodaweda. Tchi- 
 bdkweda. Wissiriida. 
 
 Hang up my moccasins and my nips, (foot-rag.'i,) to dry. Ago- 
 don nin makisinan, nind ajiganan gate, tchi bateg. 
 
 Let us lie down, the night is advanced. Gawishimoda, jaigica 
 ishpitibikad. 
 
 Halloo! let us get up ; the day-break will soon appear. Ambe! 
 onishkada ; jaigwa gega ta-wdban. 
 
 My moccasins and nips have dried well. Weweni gi-batewan nin 
 makisinan, nind ajiganan gaie. 
 
 Let U8 start. Is it far yet where we are going? JUddjada. Wdssa 
 na keiabi ejaiang ? 
 
 We will have to sleep twice more, that is, this evening, and to- 
 morrow ; and the day after to-morrow we will arrive. Keiabi 
 nijing ki gad-ani-nibdmin, ?ni sa, nongom ondgoshig, wdbang 
 gaie; awasswdbang dash ki ga-dagwishinimin. 
 
 We are walking .smartly all day. Weweni ki bimossemin kabe- 
 
 Now the sun will soon set, let us camp. Jaigwa gega ia-pangi- 
 
 sJiimo gissis ; gabeshida. 
 We have come far to-day. Wdssa nongom ki gi-dagwishinimin_ 
 Let us make a good camp again. Weweni minawa ojitoda gabe 
 
 shiiciii. 
 Let us get up and start. If we walk very fast, we will see this 
 
 evening the house we are going to. Onishkada, mddjada. 
 
 Kishj)in dpiichi kijikaiang, nongom ondgoshig ki ga-wdban- 
 
 damin wakaigan ejaiang. 
 I will Vie very glad to reach the house to-day. Nin da-kiichimin- 
 
 tcendam tchi odiiamdn wdkaigan nongom. 
 The house is now near ; two miles more. Jaigwa boshowad 
 
 ■wdkaigan ; keiabi nijo dibaigan. 
 There is the house. Mi iccdi wdkaigan. 
 I am very glad. Nin kiichi minwendam.
 
 — 401 — 
 10. On traveling hij water, in the Indian country, (in summer. 
 
 Friend, when shall we embark ? Aniniwapi ge-bosiiang, nidji? 
 
 I don't know. I will probably not embark soon ; I have no ca- 
 noe. Kndogwen. Wika ganabatch nin nin ga-bos ; kawinnind 
 otchimdnissi. 
 
 Do you intend to make to yourself a canoe? Ki wi-ojiton 71a dash 
 ki tchimdn? 
 
 Yes, I will make one soon. The bark is here ; and to-morrow I 
 will fio for some cedar. Gegei, waiba nin wi-ojiton. Atemagad 
 wigwags ; wabang dash nin wi-passaige- 
 
 You are skilful, friend, in making canoes. Ki wawinges, nidji, 
 tchimdnikeian. 
 
 It is a long while since I always make canoes. Every summer I 
 make two or three canoes. Mewija eko-tchimanikeidn m,ojag- 
 Endasso-nibin nij, nisswi gaie, nind ojitonan tchimandn. 
 
 Make al.'^o for me a canoe, friend ; I will pay you well. Gaie nin 
 nidji, ojitamawishikan tchimdn; weweni ki ga-dihaamon. 
 
 1 will make one ; I will make it perfectly well ; I have nice bark. 
 Nin gad-ojiton sa ; dpitchi weweni nin wi-ojiton ; gwanatch 
 wigwass nind aian. 
 
 Please make it soon, friend. 1 will use that this summer. Wai- 
 ba ojitokan, nidji. Mi iw ged-aioidn nongom nihing. 
 
 I intend to go far ; I will be absent long. Wassa nin wiija ; gin- 
 wen j nin gad-incnd. 
 
 Yes, I will make it soon. Gegct waiba nin gad-ojiton. 
 
 I come to see you making a canoe, You are skilful indeed, 
 (you do it well.) Ki bi-wdbamin tchimdnikeian. Gegetki wa. 
 winges. 
 
 Well, friend ! is my canoe already made? Aiiin, nidji .' jaigwa 
 na gi-gijitchigade nin tchimdn ? 
 
 It is indeed all made, but there is no pitch yet on it. I will j)itoh 
 it to-morrow. Anaici kakina gi-gijitchigade, kawin dash ma- 
 shi pigikades.sinon. Wdbang nin wi-pigikadan. 
 
 Here is your canoe. Are you contented ? Mi ow ki tchimdn. Ki 
 minwendam ina ?
 
 — 402 — 
 
 Yes, I am coiitoiited, it is nice; I snppose it is strong. E, nin 
 minuiendam, onijishin sa ; soiif/anoilog. 
 
 Here is your puyinciit. Ow ki dihdamofjowin 
 
 I thank you, sir, you pay iiie well. Migvoetch, nidji, weweni ki 
 dibaamaw. 
 
 I will embark the day after to-morrow, if it is calm. AwassvoA- 
 bang nin ga-bos, hishpin anwdting. 
 
 I intend to hire three Indians ; one will steer, and two will pad- 
 dle. Ninswi anishhidbeg iiin ici-anonag ; bejig iaodake, nij 
 dash ta-tchimewag. 
 
 I ask you, Paul, first: Will you hire? I will h>e absent long ; 
 perhaps two months. Kin, Paul, nitam ki gagwedjimin : Ki 
 wi-anonigos na ? Ginioenj nin gad-inend ; nijo gisiss ganabatch. 
 
 I promise you, I will embark with you. A7 naknmin, ki gad- 
 adaawamin sa. 
 
 And look for two other men, Paul, who would embark with ue. 
 Minawa dash, Paul, nij ininiwag nandawdbam gedadaawami- 
 nangog. 
 
 I have found two young fellows. Nin gi-mikaicag nij oshkinor 
 weg. 
 
 Are they good paddlers ? Nita-ichimeicag na ? 
 
 First rate. Would it not be better that we should row ? Apitchi 
 sa. hawin na nawatch da-onijishinsinon tchi ajeboieiang ? 
 
 Yes, it would be good ; we go quicker by rowing, than by pad- 
 dling. G eg et da- onijishin ; awashime sa kijikam ajeboiang, iw 
 dash ichiweng. 
 
 I will make two oars ; and I have a paddle. Nin gad-ojitonan 
 nijwatig ajeboianakon ; abwi dash 7iind aian. 
 
 Halloo, halloo, my boys! let us embark! It is very calm. Have, 
 haw, kwiicisensidog ! bosida! Kitchi anwdtin. 
 
 Embark all things. Here are your provisions. Embark the 
 axe also; the dishes and our beds; all together. Bositoiog 
 kakina. Mi tnandan ki natcapicdnindn. Wdgdkwad gaie bo- 
 sitoiog, ondganan, ki nibaganinanin gaie : kakina go. 
 
 All is shipped now. Mi kakina gi-bositchigadeg. 
 
 All is not yet shipped ; here is the tent ; put it in the canoe-
 
 — 403 — 
 
 Kawin mashi hakina bospchigadessinon ; mi nw papagiwaiane- 
 gamig ; bositoing. 
 Fetcli it, friend John, put it here. Bidon, nidji John, oma aton- 
 That's all. Let us embark ! Mi kakina. Bosida! 
 It is very calm indeed. Row smartly, my boys. Kitchi anwdiin 
 
 geget. Weweni ajeboieiog, kwiwisensidog. 
 There is more and more wind; the wind is fair, we will sail. 
 
 Eskkam nodin ; minwanimad, ki ga-bimoshimin. 
 Put up the mast and hoist the sail. Patakinig ningassimnnonak, 
 
 ombakohidjigeg. 
 Aha! we are sailing very fast. Ataid ! gcget ki kijeidshimin. 
 Paul steer well ; take care of the canoe. Weiceni ndaken, Paid ; 
 
 ganawendaa tchimdn. 
 It blows harder and harder ; and the sea runs hij^her and liigher. 
 
 Waves come in. Eshkam kitchi nodin ; eshkam gaie maman- 
 
 gashka. Bosiwag tigowag. 
 The wind shifted. Take down the sail. Jaigiva gwekdnimad. 
 
 Bindkonigeg. 
 It will t)e dreadful ; let us save ourselves. Is there a river near? 
 
 Ta-kitchi-sanagad ; ojimoda. Sibi na dago besho? 
 There is a large river ; we will fly there. Steer for that place, 
 
 Paul. Wedi kitchi sibi ; mi wedi ged-ininijimoiang. Mi wedi, 
 
 Paul, ged-inikweaman. 
 This is a very fine river. I am glad that we arc here. It blows 
 
 harder and harder. It blows from the lake. Geget gwanatch 
 
 sibi. Nin minwendam oma aiaiang. Eshkam kitchi nodin. 
 
 Ndwitch ondin. 
 A dreadful time! See, huw the lake looks ! Kiichi\goidmigwad ! 
 
 Na, ejinnagwak kitchXgami ! 
 The wind will probably blow long from the lake; wc will be 
 
 long wind-bound here. GinwcnJ ganabatch nawitch ta ondin ; 
 
 ginwenj ki ga-ginissinaogomin oma. 
 Pitch the tent, boy.'i, it will rain ; it is very cloudy. Paiakidoiog 
 
 papagiwaianegamig , ku-itpisensidog, tn-gimiwan ; kitrhi anak- 
 
 wad. 
 Bring in here all our luggage, it will be wry bad weather. Pin- 
 
 digadoiog oma kakina kid aiiminanin, na-kitchi-niskadad.
 
 — 404 — 
 
 Put also tlie canoe lietttT inluiid, lojt the wind carry it off. 
 
 Tchimdn (jaie nopiminy nawatck atoiog, tcki wehassinog. 
 We have now been wind-bouml here two day. s — three days — four 
 
 days ; to-morrow I liope we will embark. Jaigxoa nijoywan — 
 
 nissogwan — niogwan ki giiiissinaogomiii oma ; wfibany gana- 
 
 batch ki ga-hosimin. 
 We will start very early in the morning, if it is calm. Kitchi 
 
 kigijeb ki ga-bosimin, kishpiii anwating. 
 Wake up, boys, get up ; it is calm, we will embark, (start.) 
 
 Goshkosiiog,kwiwiseiisidog, onishkag ; anwatin, hi ga-bosimin. 
 I see there two canoes. Let us go there and see those that tra- 
 vel there, (in canoes ) Tchimandn nijonag nin icdbandanan 
 
 wedi. Ijada aioi-wdbamada wedi bemishkadjig. 
 Bonjour 1 bonjour ! Where do you come from ? Bo jo I bo jo I ' 
 
 Anindi wendjibaieg ? 
 Sault Ste. Marie — And you? Bawiting sa. — Kinawa dash? We 
 
 come from L'Anse. — What news at the Sault? Wikwedong 
 
 nind ondjibamin. — Aniii enakamig Bawitiog ? 
 Not any. Two children died lately. — We are starving ; we have 
 
 nothing to eat. Kawin ningot. Nij abinodjiiag gi-nibowag 
 
 nomaia — Nin bakademin ninawind. 
 Paul, give them some pork and flour. Paid, asham kdkoshan, 
 
 paktoejigdnan gaie. 
 Well I thank you ! — We will eat nicely indeed. ! o ! mig- 
 
 wetch, migwetch ! — Geget nin ga-mino-wissinimin. 
 And we have also nothing to smoke. Nin manepwdmin gaie 
 
 ninawind. 
 Here is some tobacco. Oic assima. 
 Ho ! that's right, that's right ! you make us happy indeed. ! 
 
 wendjita, wendjita ! Geget ki debiimin. 
 Bonjour! Farewell, farewell I Bo jo ! Mddjdg, mddjdg ! 
 Let us land , boys ; evening is approaching. Gabada, ktciwisen- 
 
 sidog ; jaigioa ani-onagoshi. 
 Let us not land there, it is too stony. Kego wedi gabassida, osdm 
 
 assinika. 
 Let us land here, there is sand here. This is indeed a line land-
 
 — 405 — 
 
 ing-place. Oma gabada, mitowanga oma. Geget gwanatch 
 
 gab^toin. 
 If it is calm to-morrow, or if the wind is fair, then we will arrive 
 
 to-morow at the village. Kishpin anwating wdbang, gonima 
 
 gaie minwanimak, ml icdbdng tchi de-mijagaiang odenang. 
 Let us embark (start), the wind is fair ; we are happy. Bosida, 
 
 minwanimad ; ki jawendagosimin. 
 We are again sailing very fast. Ai kitchi kijeiashimin minaica. 
 The sea runs higher and higher. I am sick, I am sea-sick. I 
 
 am always 80, when the sea is high. Eshkam mamangashka ; 
 
 nind dkos, nin majidee. Mi mojag endiidn, kishpin maman- 
 
 gashkag. 
 Sea-sickness is very disagreeable. I wish we should soon arrive. 
 
 Geget sanagad iw majideewin. Apegish ivaiba mijagaiang. 
 We shall soon arrive. — Here is the village we are going to. Wai' 
 
 ba ki ga-mijagamin. — Mi wedi odena ejaiang. 
 I am glad indeed. Geget nin minwendam.
 
 NOTES FOR THE AID OF BEGINNERS. (*) 
 
 OF xorx. 
 
 Tlierc are two kinds of coiiiiiioii nouns : the verba! noun, 
 •Msually in icln or gun, and the root noun, the terminations of 
 ivliicli are various. 
 
 FORMATION OF XOUNS. 
 
 The verbal noun in win is formed from tlie reflective verl>, by 
 addinjr tcin to tlie third person singular indicative, v.g. anawe- 
 'lindisowiti, self disapproliation, self amending ; or from the 
 mutual, by changing in the third ]»erson plural icoJc into iriii, 
 • v. g. Ji-agicanissafcenhidiw'w, mutual liatred ; or from the inde- 
 tinite, oy a ding win, saA/Aiu'ew' i, the action of loving some 
 one or from the indefinite passive verb, by adding win to the 
 firs person, v. g. sukihikow'in, the action of being loved : or 
 from a neuter or indefinite verb ending by a consonant, bv adding 
 win (o the first mutative vowel, v.g. t/ashl.endam, he is sorry, 
 tedious ; _(7asAA-eH(/amo\vin, sorrowfulness, tediou.sness; or from 
 the negative verb, iiy adding irin to the third person singu- 
 lar negative : papamiftansiwin, disobedience. 
 
 The names of instruments which for the most part end in f/an, 
 are formed from the termination of the verb in ((//Ac, signifying, 
 to do, by changing djike into djiijan, or of other verbs, by 
 changing ike into igan, v. g. sonhkudjike, soshkndjigan. a 
 polisher ; pakunekike, pakunchigan, a piercer. We indi(;atc 
 liere the usual formation only, as all the root nouns will 
 he found ready tV)rmed in the Dictionary, as well as those less 
 regular. 
 
 The root nouns are those ready formed, \. <s. pij'ikki, an ox ; 
 abwi, a boat-oar. 
 
 (*) These notes have been taken from the little Sauteux Grammar of Rev. (J 
 Belcourt. We give them here for more explanations in the Otchipwe Grammar 
 
 27
 
 — 408 — 
 
 Tlicrc arc in tlip Otcliipwc language irregular nouns chan- 
 giiij^ their form according to the nonnb or pronouns accompa- 
 nying them ; some are tlie compound noun;^, wliich arc 
 numerous ; tlie otliers are the irregular nouns, in very small 
 number. 
 
 A horse, pejtejikokunji', from jx'jxjik, one hy one, ami 
 okanj, its shoe-horn, that is to say, the one who lias only a 
 single shoe-horn. Atuong the Cree Imlians and in this country 
 they use to say a home, mistatim, from miatsha, big, and atiim. 
 composing-particle signifying a dog in the Cree language ; 
 among the Otchipwe Indians tiie comjiosing particle signifying 
 a dog is assim, v. g. M'M6assim, a white dog, and by extension, 
 after the Cree acception, a white horse. 
 
 In the possessive case, this word changes its tbrm, for it i.- 
 tlien irregular, v. g. a horse, inisfaiun ; my horse, niiid ay : 
 my horses, nind ayak ; that irregularity affects that word only. 
 The word misiatim is conjugated regularly ; and the word 
 nind ay is also conjugated regularly according to that form. 
 
 In the vocative case, the word n'cJ.? makes n'osse, nin ga 
 makes nin ge, n'okkumis, my grand-mother, makes n'okko ; 
 they also say, «i» gwis instead of nin gwisis, my son, nind aw 
 instead of «i/KZ (WW, my daughter ; that word nind an make.s 
 also ot dnan, his daughter. 
 
 O.N THE FORMATION' OF Noi'S'S. 
 
 There are nouns formed from the verlis in an by adding 
 dgan, v. g. nind appenimun wiyatc, I hope in his own person, 
 nind appenimunCigSin, my hope. 
 
 In the verbs in h making ho in the tliird person, the noun is 
 formed by adding wdgan, v. g. nind ondjiho-icdgan, my defen- 
 der, from ondjiho, he defends his body, he defends himself. 
 
 The names of fruit trees, as far as fruit trees, are formed from 
 the singular of the name of the fruit by adding akaonj, v. g. 
 sGwimin, grape, sowindnakaonj, the vine.
 
 — 40!> - 
 
 Many ur almost all ilie trees have a second name, with 
 abstraction of their quality of fruit trees, v. g sijiriminattWi. 
 tlie wood of the vine ; mittikomij, oak ; mittikomin, acorn ; 
 viittikominakuouj , the oak as a fruit tree, lemale oak bearing 
 its fruit, fron> onj which signifies in composition cliild, v. g. 
 niiiaui onjan, the eldest child, the first born child ; 7/«'h niaking 
 minak in many plural nouns, signifies fruit iti composition . 
 when alone, it signifies blue-berry ; it makes then minan in 
 the plural number. 
 
 There are names of things signifying a dress or ornament, or 
 a part thereof ; tiiey are formed from the verb, by chan>ring the 
 final (I in the third person into un, v. g. kitshippiso, he is; 
 belted ; kitshippisun, a belt ; whcokktcehoso, he is wrapped 
 up, whcokkwehosnxi, a wrapper, a husk of peas, etc.; fiHiniii- 
 iljiliiso, his finger is surrounded by, iHiinincIjibisun, a ring, 
 a digital ring. • 
 
 The names of clothes generally are expressed by the termi- 
 nation weydn, pijikki-weydn, the skin of an ox, that is the skin 
 with the hair on it ; and so on of all other animals, adding 
 weydn to the name of the animal; and these words are animate 
 by a('c('ption,/>(;7A-A/jfeyrtHak, ox skins with their hair; thence 
 wdhowei/dii, white cloth, blanket. 
 
 The numeral nouns, joined collectively, do not take the plu- 
 ral number, v. g. nijowdhik, two measures, v. g. of water, 
 iK'cause the usual measure is a metal pot ; nijotdbdndk, two 
 cart-loads. 
 
 Some nouns are nothing but the participle from which some 
 thing has been taken oft", v. g. mekkaieokoitai/ed, positive par- 
 ticiple, he being clothed in l)lack. We say : mekkatenkonaye, 
 a priest, the black-gown. This manner of forming nouns is 
 generally used only in proper nouns. 
 
 The participle, adjective and verb are frequently used 
 as a substantive, v. g. nimjo-takkopitek or pejik-takkopitek, 
 something tied up, a sheaf, etc., and plural, takkopitekin. If 
 this won! was not preceded by the numeral noun incorpo- 
 rated with it, it would be used in the positive, v. g. tekkopitek
 
 — 41(1 — 
 
 pejik. Niuijn i.-; I lie word pcjlk useil in com|)0-iti(jti ; one 
 should not say tekkopiiek nini/o ; it in jiiways more conform- 
 able witli the jioiiiiiH of the lanfruage to use tlic word entering 
 in conijxjsition, and still better to say : ninifo lukktijiilck, than 
 pejik-fakkopitek. 
 
 The name of the place wliere a thing is made i." formed from 
 tlie indefinite, v. g. pdnakkadjike, he cast.s anchor; pounkkad- 
 jikewang, the place where tliey cast anclior, ancliorage. 
 
 The particle taji means that one is engaged in, v. g. tnji- 
 tcusini, he is engaged in eating. 
 
 The particle en used in the positive participle in many man- 
 ners of saying, means the place where, v. g. the place where 
 I am engaged in workin'.'. ('iit"ji-anokkii/'(ii, my laboratory. 
 
 Ox DiMIXL'TIVES. 
 
 The diminutive nouns are fornii'd by atlding nn to the noun 
 ending by a vowel, x.g. pijikki, an ox, pijikkinti, a calf, a young 
 ox. The nouns ending by a consonant take «.v after the 1st. 
 mutative vowel, which is known by the plural of the word, 
 V. g. mistatim, makes in the plural number misiatinwk ; the 
 6 in mok is what 1 cull the 1st. mutative vowel ; add to it ns, 
 you will have mistuUmon^, a ^small horse, a colt. Kinebik, 
 kinebikok, whence kiiu-hikdns, little adder. 
 
 The exceptions are: the wordsending by »and taking s toform 
 the diminutive of words whose last syllable is short, 
 V. g. sdka/iigan makes sdkaigam, a small lake. It takes enf 
 when that last syllable is long, v. g ircwebandbdn, whence 
 wewebandbdnQwti, a small fishing - line ; otdbdn, whence 
 oidbdnGns, a small carriage. Do not be astonished at hearing 
 Pome Indians confoundin;: some times this rule, which one must 
 certainly follow to speak correctly. 
 
 OX .VDJECTIVES. 
 
 Thore are adjectives in cs making esi in the 3d person : they 
 are formed from the noun in gan by adding to it esi in order to
 
 — 411 — 
 
 liiakt' it an animate adjective, v. g. (aJinddganeHi, he who is 
 every wliere the subject ol'convergation ; it is rather taken amiss. 
 Wairinthn/fni, is taken in trood part to mean a celcljrateil man. 
 
 Tkuminatioxs of An.itCTivt;s in .s/ika. v/iiii, sain, sse. 
 
 'I'iie termination in s/ika applies to the animate ami 
 inanimate, and indicates that tlie thing is in the passive state of 
 the action of the verb, v. g. pakk'Viiit^hka ishktvandani, the door 
 opens (b\' itself), or niisiive pikusJd(( mikliwam, the ice is break- 
 ing everywhere. 
 
 The termination in shin is used lor the animate and indicates 
 the action already suft'ered either in falling, either in lying on 
 tlie ground, either in its manner of being, v. g. 7Hmoshin, it 
 lies well, or, it is well fixed in its place, v. g. a clock, a watch ; 
 a/io^shin, it is in its manner of being suspended, v. g. the sun, 
 the stars, etc. ; pokitAuu, v. g. my watch, it exists broken, 
 v. g. falling. 
 
 The adjective in ssin is used fur the inanimate, and indicates 
 the action already suft'ered, v. g. pakkdkiis^'m ishkwcmdem, the 
 door stands open ; miiiosfi'wi , this is well laid on, suits well. 
 
 The adjective in sse indicates that the action is not suffered, 
 but is made in such or such a manner when one pleases, v. g. 
 pdkkuku8i^e ishkwandem, the door opens (when one wishes), or, 
 niinosne o/ia ?<"« Ay? AAwft/, this axe suits v.ell, is handy, that is 
 to say wiien one makes use of it 
 
 These adjectives are formed from tlie indefinite in usidjike, by 
 changing sftidjike into shka, shiii, .sniu, s.se, whenever the 
 meaning of the verb is susceptible of the same. They make in 
 the plural number, shkuwok, and shkiiwan inanimate ; ssewok, 
 and .ssevatt inanimate ; shinok, and .isiiion inanimate. 
 
 All the verbs in djike, make the verbal adjective in djikitso, 
 animate, and djiknle, inanimate; plural, djik/isowok, djikd- 
 tewan. 
 
 The adjectives in /.s'niake«/ in the inanimate, v.g. kUinidk\>\, 
 he is miserable, he is wretched ; kiihiidkixt, would be said.
 
 — 412 — 
 
 V. g. of 11 Ikutoii, iiiipioiluctive laml ; /*/ ninaimH, I am weak ; 
 ninamai wdkkahiyan, tlie house is weak, nol «lroii<r 
 
 Tlic iidjectives in lie or te, iiiake »ni> or no in the 3(1. animate 
 person, v. g. patakkiu-, it is planted, v. g. my knife ; patakki»o 
 assdtinn, the little as|)en-tree is planted ; all the nouns of trecH 
 are animate, if thev are not dead. Wabfdie, wdhdsso, wliitened 
 in the sun. The adjectives in /e make teivan in tiie plural 
 number ; iek in the participle ; tekin at the phiral participle. 
 The animate adjective is conjugated like iii minoenddyus, with 
 the exception that the Ist. mutative vowel is o instead of i. 
 
 Some would sometimes say iiidniwan at the end of an adjec- 
 tive, V. g. ajimddji-ipin shiyiva kiHmdkatinnmwdn mi,siipe, 
 alas, wretchedness is reigning everywhere. This part of the 
 word indicates that the thing spoken of is general and common 
 to all, V. g. imnaicdniiif/ottondniwan, or ;H0(/;7ti.<finaniw»n 
 kitshi kijikony, one rejoices in heaven. They say also, acconl- 
 ingly to the root, kHintdki-ndniwan ; modjiki-ndniwan. 
 
 OF IKREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 1° Neuter, as nin gashkendam, 1 am sorrowful. 
 
 2' Verbs in un, an, as nind appenimnn, I hope in something. 
 
 H" Tlie impersonal, as sanakisim, one is suffering, etc. 
 
 4" The objective verb, as aanakiniwaii, agrees witii a noun 
 in the objective case. 
 
 5" The negative verb, kdwiii nind ikkitn.s.si, I do not say. . 
 
 5" The contingent verb, ekkUuijdn'iu, e\ery time I .-^ay. 
 
 7" The dubitative, nind ikkHom-Huk, I perhaps say. 
 
 8" The verb in favor of, nind anokkiiamowa, I work for him. 
 
 9" The verb with a double inanimate object, nind ojittamn- 
 icun, I do it to him. 
 
 10° The verb with a double animate object, nin kikkenimi- 
 mdn, I know of something belonging to him, v. g. his son. 
 
 The verbs in un make unan tor the animate ; they are 
 formed, 1° from the verb in im, by adding to it unan, v. g nind 
 appenim, T rely upon myself ; nind o))j)enini\iu, inanimate.
 
 - 41.? - 
 
 nind appenhisunan, auiiuaio, 1 ri-'iy on iiiiii, I hope in him. 2" 
 They are also formed t'rom the indctinite \>\ aildintr n, inanimate, 
 >ian, animate, V g. jj/hc/ a/retre, I sell, or, rather, I hargai n (an 
 it also signifies to huij) ; niiid atnwew ni mokkumun, I sell ray 
 knife ; 7imd atdwenan ninday, 1 .sell my horst-. ?>" They are 
 also formed from the reflected or the verbal adjective in *, by 
 adding to it nn,vnan, v. g.nin kashkittamds, I obtain for my- 
 i^elf ; nin kashJdttamdsnn, inanimate, nin kashkitfmndsuu&ix, 
 animate, etc. 
 
 These verbs are regularly conjugated in the inanimate, as 
 any inanimate relative verb. For the ^nimate, it.s three person.^ 
 singular are in «?i with their plural in ak instead ofoH, v. g. 
 nind atdwenan, nitid atdwcnak, I trade them ; i/< a<ffK'c»an, ak, 
 thou, etc., ot atdwenan. In all the rest of the conjugation, 
 the animate is conjugated like the inanimate relative, v. g. nind 
 atdwemin, kit atdtcendwa, 6t atdvoendwdn ; a very irregular 
 thing is that they used to say in the 3d. person i>\\xva\,atdwewok 
 mixtatimoh, they bargain horses, without using the sign, o, of 
 the 3d. per.«on ; it is often heard, and one must say, I think, 
 ot afdwendwdh mintatimoh, they trade horses. 
 
 The objective verb is used in the 3d. persons only ; in the 
 indicative it is formed by adding wanio the .3d. person singular 
 and wah to the 3d. person singular to form the plural, v. g. his 
 son is sick, dkusiwan o kwisissan ; his children are sick, 
 dkusiwah o nidjanissuh. 
 
 In the participle, ni is addtd before the final d or / of the 3d. 
 person singular participle, in all the verbs whose 3d person 
 singular is in d or /, v. g. mih'' aniw seseki.simt n kwisi.isau, 
 here is his elder son, from .sasckisit, 3d. person singular of 
 the participle simple ; in the plural, Jin is added to it, v. g. 
 God will judge the living and dead, Kije Manito o ka tipakimdh 
 pemdtiiiin\\.]\n (jatje ne})iinit\jin ,• in this case, the t has a more 
 jirticulated sound of rf. 
 
 In the neuter verbs, the indicative of the objective verb is 
 formed in the same way ; but for the participle, as those having 
 their .3d j)orson singular in /(//, make mini/Jin, v. g. lie .said to
 
 — 414 — 
 
 liifl son wlio was lonely, of inan //M/iAe«'i«iiiinitjin a kwi!<.ii.'y 
 sun, from tlie '^d. person sin^iular jiiirtioiple yaJihkendan<i. 
 
 The ne<riitivc vorit is a nio<liMcation a{)plicable to all tlir 
 verbs. 
 
 Formation ok thk Nkgativk. 
 
 Rule I. To tbrni the nei/alive of the relative verb aniniate,. 
 ssi is added to the 1st. person of the indicative, and it keeps 
 that .syllable throughout the whole con.juf-'ation, tlie verb being 
 conjugated regularly, v. g. hawin ni sakihastii , I don't love him, 
 kdicin o sdkihnsaln , he does not love him, kain'n ki *rtA77<//!s.«i- 
 han. he did not love thee, etc. 
 
 The participle is formed by adding ssiw to the 1st. per.*on 
 indicative, and adding to ssiw the characteristic of the animate 
 participle ak, v. g. .wA-J/iftssiifaA', sdki/idr'f'mat ; but in the 3d. 
 person we say, ndkihdssik, and sdkihd.s:'\ktca for tlie plural. 
 All tlie rest keep ssiw liefore their respective mutative, v. g. 
 sdkihdssiwaiig, sdkihdss'iwey, etc. 
 
 II. In the inanimate verb, the *-.s/ is inserted between tlie 
 vowel and con.sonant of the last syllable, and holds that place 
 everywhere, v. g. kawiii ni sdkitfdHAn, I don't love it, from ui 
 snkUton, I love it. 
 
 In the participle, S.S? makes ssiw as in the animate, with the 
 characteristic of the inanimate participle, v.g. sdkHtoydti. nega- 
 tive, sdkitioss'ucdn, ssijt'aH, ssiA", ssiwoH^, ssiwc*/, ssikiro. The 
 inanimate participle, the reflected participle, in short, all the 
 participles similar in the affirmative are also similar in the 
 negative. 
 
 III. The redecting verb, all the adjectives in A^and the inde- 
 finite verb, form the negative of the 3d. person singular by 
 adding ssi, v. g. 7nashkairisi, he is strong, kaicin mashkairisi- 
 ssi, he is not strong ; thus formed, it is conjugated regularly 
 through all its tenses and moods ; in its participle, it is con" 
 jugated like the inanimate verb. 
 
 IV. In the verb from 3d. person to first, relative passive verb, 
 and in the indefinite pa-^sive verb, the negative is formed from
 
 — n'> — 
 
 the first lX'r:^on singular passive indctiiiite, by aiKling ssi ; it 
 remains so all through, the characteristics and mutatives being 
 conjugated as usual ; kawiii ni sdkihikossi, he don't love me, 
 kawinki sakihikdi^A, kawin o sdkihikdss'm, etc. The 3d. person, 
 pa.s.'^ive indefinite makes : kawin sdkihdf^i^i, he is not loved. 
 
 The negative is applied to the participle, 1" for the passive 
 relative kikkemismk, ssinok, kussik, smnowang, .-s.'iinoweg, 
 kussikwa. Its imperfect is formed by adding iban everywhere. 
 2° For the indefinite passive the negative participle is formed as 
 it is in the indefinite, sakifiikossiwdn, ssiwan, ssi\va»^, ssiweg; 
 for the 3d. person, ssiwind, ssiwindjra, plural, is added to the 
 3d. person singular indicative, v. g. saA'iA«ssiwind, if he is not 
 loved ; 6a/rAv7/e/(ic«ssi\vind\va, if they are not struck. The 
 passive impersonal indefinite, is regular. .s-«/i///?A-cissi»(/, trom 
 sdkihikony, one, being loved. 
 
 V. In the verb from 1st. person to 2d. the negative is t'ormed 
 by changing the final n into ssinoti, v. g. kit inin, I tell you, 
 kawin kit /w/ssinon, kawin kit vm.sindnimm, in the imper- 
 fect, the reciprocal characteristics of each person are added, 
 kawin ki ki inissinomwhfiw, kawin ki ki missinoninimowrt- 
 ban, etc. 
 
 The negative participle is /H/ssiinowc?/*, inissinona(/ok. iko- 
 ssiwfl/?, ikoHsiwei/. 
 
 VI. The verb from 2d. person to 1st. is conjugated as follows 
 in tlie affirmative ; it is nothing else but the 2d. person singular 
 of the iniperative of the animate relative verb preceded by the 
 pronoun ; we must except tlie verb iiind ina, which makes in 
 the imperative iji, or i.^hi instead of /.s//, either regularly, 
 or irregularly, v.g. 
 
 Kawin ki bakkittek ussi, you don't strike me. 
 Kdwin ki bakkilteh ussi/n, you (many) don't strike mo. 
 — — ussinw'w, you don't strike me. 
 
 — ussiffjmm, you don't strike us. etc- 
 
 The imperfect, regularly, according to the negative.-.
 
 — 41 C. — 
 I'auticiim.k. 
 
 bakkitteh iissi\\v/», 
 
 — ussiwf//, 
 
 — n.-si\v«/?_y. 
 
 The first mutative n is clianjred into / in the verbs whoae 
 tnutativo is /, v. g. kawiu ki .liiki/nssi, you don't love me. 
 
 Negative, on Proiiibitivk Impkkativks. 
 
 Keko, ikkito-A/.p//. 
 Kekf), — kkek. 
 Keko, — sihi. 
 Keko, — sitfik. 1). 
 
 I" In tlio indefinite, tliese terminations are added to the firat 
 person of the present, v. g. keko hakkittehike kken, or howe- 
 kken, animate indefinite, don't strike. 
 
 2" In the animate relative they also add that termination to 
 the l.'^t. per.*on of the present : keko bakkittehwdkken , don't 
 strike hin). 
 
 3" In the animate relative, the final n is replacerl hy those 
 terminations ; this rule concerns tlie animates in on only, v. g. 
 keko ojitiokken, do not make it ; in the inanimate verbs in an, 
 the n is not taken off, but it becomes mute, keko bakkittehan- 
 ken ; then, on account of the n, one of the k becomes useless 
 and i.< dropped. 
 
 4" In all the verbs that have a vowel in the 3d. person sin- 
 gular, that termination is addeil, which must V)e understood 
 also as to the verbal adjectives in s, v. g. keko bakkittehoiiso- 
 kken, do not strike yourself ; keko anokkikkvw, do not work, 
 AeAomrt6/kken, don't look ; kekopisinatiaikki^w.Aonox be dissi- 
 pated, light-headed ; keko aA-?ts/AA7?.s'okken, don't pretend to be 
 ill ; and so as to the indefinite passive, the prohibitive of 
 •which is formed from the 1st. person, AeAo totdkokken, let it 
 not be done to you. 
 
 5" In the verb from 2d. person to 1st. to form the prohibitive, 
 they change u in the 2d. person of the imperative into kken.
 
 - 417 
 
 kkek, kkaiifjen, v. «^. keko ijinhikken, don't tell nie, etc., from 
 ijisliin, tell me, in which the ii is droppeil. 
 
 tj" In the neuter verbs in am, m is changed into a mutt; u in 
 the prohibitive, v. g. keko gashkeudanken, as tiie inanimate 
 relative. (Vide supra 3"). 
 
 7' The prohibitiveof the relative passive verb is formed I'roni 
 the 3d. person singular, by dropping n in the animate as well 
 as in the inanimate, and by using in its place the usual ter. 
 luinations of the prohibitive, kckn //,v3kken, let him not tell 
 you ; keko f/ashkendamikikukkei\, let tliat not make you 
 uneasy, from of ikon, and o r/ashkendainihikitn, that makes 
 him uneasy. 
 
 VII. The dubitative is formed nearly in the same way 
 through all the voice.=<. 
 
 niii tcbwe, I say true, makes at 
 
 I-MPERIKCT. 
 
 Nin tebwennhan-Hiik. 
 ki Irhwenaban-ituk. 
 
 iebtcef/iihan. 
 II ill tebirenwidban-ilnk . 
 ki tebweminuban-Huk. 
 
 lebwecjubanik. 
 
 Impkukkct. 
 
 Tai/ebwcwaiibdii en. 
 
 — waiibnii en. 
 
 — gubanen, 
 
 — wingibancn. (Imp.) 
 
 — wanijubancn. iD.) 
 
 — ti'angubanen. 
 
 — wcgubanen. 
 
 — wagubanen. 
 
 1" The active indefinites as . 
 the dubitative, 
 
 Nin tcbwenutuk. 
 
 — — niiluk. 
 
 — Icbwe-tuk. 
 
 — — mina^yxk. 
 
 — — mowatnk. 
 lebice-tukenak. 
 
 P.VKTICIPLK. 
 
 Tai/ebwc wM«en. 
 
 — wanen. 
 
 — kwcn. 
 
 — iriiigen. (Imp. 
 
 — ir/iiigen. (D.) 
 
 — wan gen. 
 
 — weijiccn . 
 
 — tiu'tkiren. 
 
 Thus are to be conjugated in the dubitative all the verbs in 
 tndanu which make, v. g. nind incnddni-ihik, I think perhaps ;
 
 — IIH _ 
 
 tliie said, all the others are regular ; they nay at tlie 'M. fjer- 
 fioii inendnviotuk, etc., participle, tuftKUimo-wntH'W, etc. The 
 others are regular. 
 
 The verbH taking a vowel in the 3(1. person atlil the m to it 
 in the diil)itative, \a^. nin soiKjenimfAniluk ; 3(1. \K!Tnox\, songe- 
 M/w<c»/HA,perhaps he presnnie.s much of hi."? own courage; irnb\y 
 he sees; ki wubinvituk, perhap.a you see; 3(1. per-Jon, viihituk, 
 etc. The participle is regular, vaiii'iliiiri'tni-ii, etc., .ficanf/eiii- 
 inowdneu, etc. 
 
 One may see therelVoni that the dubitative, either in the 
 indicative, or in the participle, is formed from the 3d. person 
 singular of the verb. 
 
 The mutual is conjugated as the plural of the indefinite in 
 the dubitativi', v. g. sakitiminaink, etc. 
 
 VIII. In tlie animate adjectives, tlie negative is formed 
 into ssi, v. g. kaiciii nia.sJikawisiss'x, kmciu kossigicanisi'i, he Ls 
 not strong, he is not lieavy. The negatives of an animate 
 adjective are formed by clianging t into ssinon, v. g. kawin 
 dbataf^sinon ; and by adding sinoii to the adjectives in w, v. g. 
 kawin nokkansinon ; the final h of the adjective is then pro- 
 nounced mute. 
 
 IX. The verb in favor o/is t'ormed by adding itamrnca, age, 
 dian, ddjike, to the root or indefinite of the verb, v. g. nind 
 anokki, I work, whence nind anokkitiamuira , I work fur him ; 
 
 nind anamilieilamCiwa, I pray tor him, etc. 
 
 Remark. According to the rule IV, one might observe 
 a deficiency, which is the objective formation of the inde- 
 finite passive verb, which is as follows, v. g. ina, 3d. inde- 
 finite passive person makes inind in the participle, and in the 
 objective, inimdn, inimdh, okwisissan, they say of his son, 
 etc. ; hishpin inimind o kicisissan, if they say of his .*on. To 
 form that objective, nd of the 3d. person participle is changed 
 into man for the indicative, and into mind for the participle, 
 V. g. bakkiiiehv,-a, huud, makes bakkiUe/iiimC\n and bakkitte- 
 hummd. 
 
 The irregular latin verb inquit is translated by iica which is 
 used in the singular onU, itciban, iicibanik. in the imperfect.
 
 — 419 — 
 
 K KM ARKS 
 
 on noiiie pariicles vcni/rctiiuniihi m^cil lit Ihr fllchijuri' hniguiKje, 
 
 Although tliosf wonls are explaiiu'd respectively in tlie Dic- 
 tionary, we sliall lay hero in the reader's sight, those most 
 i'reqviently >ised, in order tn inii)art a (juieker knowledge of 
 theiri. 
 
 1" Iko is frequently met with in enn\ei'sation and denotes 
 attiriiiation, v. g. your friend sets forth a proposition which 
 agrees well with your opinion. If you wish lo till hii.i //r.v, vou 
 wil! not say keyet only, but kegei-iko, v. g. it is awful weather, 
 is it not? kagwani.snakikiJH/ai-iiia ? yes, indeed, keget-iko. 
 
 2° Issa, denotes that one afHrins something said liy one's 
 self, without minding the opinion of any other person, v. g 
 keget isaa kugwunissukaniinnl, the wind is awful. 
 
 3' Akko, in the end of a word, denotes an hahitual action . 
 altJiough it aflect.s the verh, it is placed usually after the first 
 word, V. g wiyas akko ni inidjin, I am in the hahit of eating 
 Hesh, or merely, I eat flesh meat (heing understooil, when I 
 have .some). To the first voweloftlie.se three words iko, issa, 
 akko,x\\{.' apostrophe is substituted, whenever they are pre- 
 ceded hy a vowel. 
 
 4" Guska, denotes that one insists nj)on a proposition which 
 one would have ,<eemed to deny, or had already denied, v. z- 
 gioei/itk ki /ipadJimuUoii, ni tj'i, 1 relate the fact exactly to 
 you, my friend. Keget-ina ? Do you ? AV//e^gusha, Ido, indeed. 
 
 ')" /?//<« is used when a person having being ordered to do 
 something, it iiecomes necessary to give that per.son a new 
 ■order ; then one says : amhc bina, go on, do. 
 
 f>" Kuta is used as a synonyme of bina, but rather impro. 
 perly. It is used properly when one, after some resistance, 
 accomplishes at last what was ordered to one, v. g. I have for 
 a long while refused to go where he wished to liring me, I at 
 last (;onsent to go, and tell liim so : umbr kuta iji'itn. well, 
 come, let us go.
 
 — 420 — 
 
 7° llcinin is used to atlirin the trutli of ii thin;: which seetiiefJ 
 not to be true, or wan not cxjx'Cted to l»e so, v. g. from his 
 appearance, I think he is coward, shutjotehe wafiaw nind iji- 
 nawa ; well, nevenheless he is not, kawin ikinin ; v. g. n/ih 
 'kinin epii.sh mu-shkawi-sit, see how strong he is, that is to nayr 
 I would never have suspected that he was so strong. 
 
 !!<'■ Ambe signifies come, let us go ; v. g. come, let us go away, 
 am be, kiweta. 
 
 9* Nah means the apostrophe here, v. g. here, my friend, I 
 give you this, ndh, nifji, o/io ki minin. 
 
 10" Taka is almost a synonyme of ambe ; it is the apos- 
 trophe made to one to have one relate, sing, or do something, 
 v. g. well, yon arrived lately, tell us the r)ev,!>, jjutntevrit/an 
 taka, iipaiJjinmn enakkamigak. 
 
 11° Na is a particle not differing from the interrogative, it is 
 used in speaking to a superior or a respected person, of whom 
 something is wished for ; v. g. hand me the bread, if you please, 
 /aA-«-na, pakkwejigan ininamdwisliin. 
 
 12" ]kish, is a synonyme of iko ; it is used when one advances 
 a proposition as true, without being very sure of it : if I am 
 aware that one's proposition is true, I shall answer, keget ikisJi. 
 13" AJikish is a sarcastic expression used when some body's 
 actions prove that he is not what he pretends to be, v. g. a man 
 pretends to be generous, or reputed so ; I see him accomplish- 
 ing a deed of sordidness, and I say of him : ajikish kijewatUsi ; 
 without translating, I express that idea by the ironic french 
 phrase : le roiUi ce pr^tendu genereux ; so true it is that he is a 
 generous man. 
 
 X.— Conjugation of the vkrb with a double animate 
 Objective. 
 
 That verb is formed from the 1st. person singular of the pas- 
 sive animate relative, by changing A" into man, v. g. ni sakihiV, 
 he loves me, whence ni sdkihimany I love that in him, v. g^ 
 o kwisissan, his son ; nim pakitiuik. he lets me go, 7iim 
 pakitinimdn, I let that from him go ; ni icikkupini\i., whence
 
 — 421 — 
 
 ni wikkupinimuu, I draw tliat uf him ; nim hakkitieliuk, 
 whence nim bakkittehumkn, I strike tliat of him. With the 
 exception of the irregular verb, nind ina, I tell him, makirij^ 
 irregularly nind ik ; I ain toM l>y him, it makes nevortln'- 
 les8 in the (iouMi' olijective : nind inimdu, \ ti'li him. 
 
 Prksknt — SlNU fl.A K . 
 
 A7 Hakihimnn. 
 ki sakihimnn. 
 o sakihimnn, h. 
 
 Sg. PI. 
 
 /'. Ni ndkiliimdniinWi. 
 
 ki sdkihimdndnW.. (D.) 
 ki n('ikihiniawn\i. 
 (J sdkihii/idtvdU. 
 
 Imperfect — Sin(;li,ak. 
 
 Ni sdkiJiitudbfDnk. 
 ki sdki/iiiiidhinnk. 
 o .sd/i//ii/iidh(iii/\\ 
 Ni sdki/ii)iidiidh(iii\\< . 
 ki .sv? ki/i iiii d II dl>(ni\k. 
 ki sd ki himd trdhanik . 
 o sdkihimdicdban'ih. 
 
 1mi'kii.\.tivk. 
 
 Sdki/iiin. 
 
 xdkihiniik. 
 
 sdkihiindtu. 
 
 Fl'Tl'RK — ImI'KIIFKCT. 
 
 Sdkihimdkkfiw, kkatwdk. 
 sdkihiindk kek , kkmjwdk. 
 sdkilii III ukkiuvj^, kkaiujwdh. 
 
 I'ari icin.K. 
 
 Say dk ill iiiiakwn . 
 himalwix.
 
 — 422 — 
 
 hi mail. 
 
 /iit)in)ii/wd. 
 
 hiuifiiii/ifwH. 
 
 /liineifwii. 
 
 himawud. 
 
 Tmpkrfkct. 
 
 Siiyuki/iiinahWuiu, waliau, ili- 
 
 Na. — In tlic verbs in awa or owa, the double animate objec- 
 tive is formed regularly, if you suppose that the passive 
 animate relative is formed as in other verbs, and that one may 
 say: ni nissiloHawik ; it is therefrom formed regularly, and 
 they say : ni nissHoifawimuu, I understand that of him. 
 
 XI. The verb with a doulile inanimate object is formed 
 from the 1st. inanimate person singular indicative, in the 
 verbs in on, by changing the final n into lodn, v. g. nind ojii- 
 ion, whence nind ojiliowdn, I do it for him ; and from the 
 «ame person in the verbs in an, by changing the final n into 
 mowdn, v. g. ni wdnikkdtun , whence ni lodnikkdtamowdn, I 
 •dig that for him ; ni nissitottdn, whence ni nissitotlaxnow An , I 
 understand that of him, etc. It is conjugated as above. 
 
 A LAST WUKL). 
 
 In closing let it be allowed that the Indian language is perfect 
 in its own icny, and has many beauties not to be found in our 
 modern languages ; for instance, the verb in the Indian idiom, 
 is the supreme chief of the language; it draws into its magical 
 circle, all the otlier parts of speech, and makes them act, 
 move, surter and even exist in the manner, and in such si- 
 tuations as is pleasing to it. In truth a learned philologist 
 likened the verb of the Indian language to Atlas that carries 
 the world on its shoulders. If a language can be compared to 
 a world, this comparison appears to us very just ; for the verb 
 can carrv it entirelv in its bosom. 
 
 h /• p- ^ ;*• ]•
 
 \
 
 A DICTIONARY 
 
 OTCHIPWE LANGUAGE
 
 A DICTIONARY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 OTCHIPWE LANGUAGE, 
 
 EXPLAINED IN ENGLISH. 
 
 PART I. 
 
 ENGLISH - OTCHIP W E. 
 
 By R. R. BISHOP BARAGA. 
 
 A NEW EDITION, BY A MISSIONARY OF THE OBLATES. 
 
 Let foreign nations of their language boast, 
 And, proud, with skilful pen, man's fate record ; 
 I like the tongue, which speak our men, our coast. 
 Who cannot dress it well, want wit not word. 
 
 MONTREAL: 
 
 BEAUCHKMIN & VALOIS, Publishers, 
 256 and 258, St. Paul Street. 
 
 1878
 
 NOTICE 
 
 The reader must not expect to find all the words of the 
 English language in this first Part, of the Otchipwe Dictio- 
 nary, but, of course, only such as can be given in Otchipwe. 
 There are thousands of technical expressions and scientific 
 words in English (and in every other civilized language), for 
 which the uncultivated and unlearned Indian languages have 
 no terms. 
 
 Many English words are abbreviated in the different articles 
 in this Part, which, however, will be easily understood by the 
 first word of the article. For instance, in the article " Abolish", 
 
 y-ou will find, "I ab. it"'; which means, I abolish it. — And so 
 
 ♦n respectively.
 
 ON THE NEW EDITION OF THE ENGLISH OTCHIPWE 
 DICTIONARY. 
 
 1" Wherever there is a circumflex accent on a or any otlier 
 vowel, this letter is pronounced very long and with a certain em- 
 phasis ; V. g. osdgidn, he loves him ; dmo, a bee. When the 
 vowels are not accompanied by this sign, they are regarded as 
 short ; V. g. sagaigan, a nail. 
 
 2° The indian words placed between parenthesis ( ) are the 
 Cree word.s corresponding to the Otchipwe expressions. The Cree 
 verbs are always indicated by the 3rd. person singular of the 
 Indicative mood, while in the Otchipwe they are known by the 
 let. person singular ; v. g , Otch., nind ina, I tell him ; Cree : 
 itew, he tells him. This last idiom does not use the sign of the 
 pronoun o, in the 3rd person ; it is included in the verb or 
 rather in its termination. 
 
 3" The idea of putting a certain number of Cree words to cor- 
 respond with Otchipvye sayings, is 1st. to familiarize the people 
 of Manitoba and of the North-West with .some expressions which, 
 although Cree by themselves, are employed, nevertheless, by 
 those talking the Otchipwe in this country ; in the secontl place, 
 to show to philol(jgist3 some of the comparative difi'erences 
 existing between the roots of those two sister languages. 
 
 In fact, there are no Indian dialects which present more simi- 
 tude than the Otchipwe or Sauteux and the Cree which are 
 spoken by the Indian.s and the Half-breeds of the Province of 
 Manitoba. The Otchipwe language, which is nothing else, (with
 
 — 2 — 
 
 lull lew variations,) tliaii tlic Al^roiiqnin/ornis one of tlie llau<;hter^ 
 of'tlie great Algic, family, whose liarangnes were lieard, in olden 
 times, on the liorders of the St. Lawrence and MiHslHwipi rivers, 
 on the shores of lake Superior, and even as far as the immense 
 plains of the Red River. The names of rivers, of lakes and of 
 diverse places in Otcliipwe or Cree, are still in use to attest, iu 
 future times, the existence of these languages and reclaim their 
 rights to first possession. Obliged to disappear before tlie white 
 man, the haughty savage will comjjel his invader to jjreserve these 
 fir.st denominations, at the risk, however, of seeing them di.sfigu- 
 red. The Dominion of Canada in adjoining to lier pos-se-^^sions 
 the new territories, is an.xious to give them Indian names, wishing 
 undoubtedly, by this attention, to spare the sensitive feelings of 
 her brother. 
 
 As regards the relations existing between the Otchipweand Cree, 
 we know beforehand that we shall please indianalogists, by placing 
 under their notice, the different resemblances and disparities 
 which characterize the two idioms. It is difficult to demonstrate 
 the precise time in which one has been derived from the other 
 and has had its proper autonomy ; for, all the ancient Missionaries 
 and the travellers in the North-West speak, in their writings, of 
 the Otchipwe or Sauteux, and of the Crees or Kinistineaux. 
 
 Negation. — In Otchipwe, the negation is indicated by kawiii, 
 before the verb with the ending ssi; while in Cree we simply 
 place namaieiya or nama, as the negative sign before the verb, 
 without changing the latter ; v. g. Otch. nin sdgia, I love him ; 
 neg. kawin nin sdgidssi, I don't love him ; Cree : ni sdkihaw, neg. 
 namawiya ni sdkihaw. For the participle, we say : Otch. iciyd- 
 hamdd, neg. wiydhavidssik, he, not seeing him ; Cree, wiydbamdt, 
 neg. eka tciydbamdt. 
 
 In these two dialects the roots are almost always the same. 
 
 1° In Otch.: Whenever (with very few exceptions i two conso- 
 nants follow each other; usually, the tirst is changed into s, for 
 the Cree word, and vice versa.
 
 3 — 
 
 Otchipwk. 
 
 
 
 Ckek. 
 
 akki 
 
 earth 
 
 
 askii/ 
 
 akkik 
 
 kettle 
 
 
 askik 
 
 ikkwe 
 
 woman 
 
 
 iskivew 
 
 sakka-oii 
 
 cane-ftick 
 
 
 t<askahiiii 
 
 tvifikwi 
 
 hladiler 
 
 
 wikkwct/ 
 
 nappdtch 
 
 the wrong 
 
 way 
 
 naspdtsh 
 
 2" When the Otchipwe word begins by 0, this letter is sonie- 
 tintes changed into VFrt in Cree ; v. g. Omshka,he rises up; in 
 Cree, Waniskaw ; Ottawa, Wataiva. 
 
 3" Na, No,'\\\ Otchipwe, is sometimes ciianged into ya, yo, in 
 Cree; v. g. notin,\\'mi\,yotin ; ondc/an, {Ante, oijdgan ; ona(/ima. 
 he is judged so much, oyakimaw. 
 
 4" For tlie orthograpliy of the Cree-words, we have thought 
 proper to follow the Cree dictionaries ; v. g. U, as the french oii or 
 the Italian u; y, when two syllables follow each other, as in the 
 sounds of ya, yc, yi, yo. 
 
 {'■■■) Although there is, usually, only one consonant in the Otchipwe Dictionary, 
 we here employ two bucause the sound of the double consonant undoubtedly exists 
 in the pronunciation.
 
 — 4 
 
 
 c -^ 
 
 ? 03 .Si, 9 c3 .- .- = — .= 
 
 ce c c3 ? Ch::^ s< =5 -r :"■ 
 
 
 
 r- =* 
 
 o ^ •— . = 
 
 fa = _ 
 
 QQ 
 
 Q> o3 rt Cv c* 
 
 2«^ 
 
 _ C' :3 _ 
 
 ^^ =c X § I 
 
 Cy.i O :i :i 
 
 a roT: 
 
 — - o
 
 — 5 — 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 - 
 
 ^ ^ .5. 
 
 '^ C — " 
 
 o 
 
 !S -r — ■ 
 
 -rr:-r o 
 
 '^ 
 
 5 sa 'S 
 
 5 g = :^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 tJ3 M S 
 
 ■S.a-'S.L5 
 
 
 CS O • — '^ 
 
 p. 
 
 2 5 =3 
 
 32 — Jj cJcJjjS eS5* 
 
 ~ O c3 o .~. O .;
 
 ABU 
 
 A, an, hrjiii. (I'evak). 
 
 Abandon; I iihamlon, I i^ivo up, 
 niiid (iiuiwriuljiiir, iiiml itniji- 
 iuin. J iiLiiuulun him, (licr, iti 
 iiiti nayatui, nia wchiiia, iiiiid 
 iniwca ; niii iiatjadiui, niti ice- 
 biuaii, niiul iniu'eaii. I ab- 
 aiuluii Diysi'lf. nind iniiceidis. 
 I abandon it, (a liabit,) nin 
 bonildii. (Xi nakataw j. 
 
 Abandotu'il, (in s. iM.)S.]{ejocted. 
 
 Abase, (in. ,s. in.) S. Jjiiwit. 
 
 Abhor, (hate); 1 abhor hini,(lier, 
 \{),niii f/ai/wdiiinsai/cninKt; nin 
 (f(tt/ir(im'ss(i(/fndtiii. 
 
 Abide; 1 abide in liiiii or with 
 liini. S. Enter into him. 
 
 Aliility, wfiwintje.siu'ht. (Mito- 
 niwin). 
 
 Al)jcet. S. Low, hiican.) 
 
 Alil<;, (.skilful ;i I am able, /(//( 
 VHnriiii/rs. (Ni mitonini. 
 
 Aide; I am able to do it, jiiii 
 </a.s/ikit()ii. 
 
 Abolish ; 1 ab. it, itind inu/ottm, 
 iiiiid nniio.slikau. I abolish it 
 for him, or s. th. relatinii; to 
 him, ninil tnKjatuuKunt. 
 
 Abolished ; it is ali., (iiii/n.s/ihii- 
 III (I If lid, aiii/iitchii/itdr. 
 
 Abominable, (in s. in. )S. Hateful. 
 
 Abominable ; 1 am (it is) abom., 
 ■nin i/iii)i('tinissiii/endfii/oi', niii 
 f/ai/iranissiii/i.s ; ijiti/irnni.s.sa- 
 </endai/wad, ijajwanisaaijad. 
 
 ABS 
 
 Aboi't ; ijiii nissi, or, ifHi niasi- 
 a/iiii. (Xij)ahikosisse\v). 
 
 Abortive fruit of the \\ij\n\>,iiuis/i- 
 kijiiii. 
 
 Abounil; it abounds, (tliere is 
 much of it, I nii.s/iinud, butai- 
 nad. (Mitchetiii). 
 
 About, (almost,) </('</«. 
 
 A.\}o\v, paijidji ; is/ipiiniiii/. 
 
 Abridgment of s. th.., vji-tukwaij. 
 
 Abscess with matter, mini. I 
 have an abscess, -nin ininiir. 
 Matter or pus is running out 
 out of an abscess or ulcer, nii- 
 niiL'cin. My abscess bursts, 
 nin jxt.s/ikiniini.s/iha. 
 
 iVbscond ; 1 ali.'-coiid, nin has ; 
 nin lid Lis. 
 
 Absent ; 1 am (it is) absent so 
 lon<r, nind inend: incndoma- 
 i/iid. J am absent for so many 
 ilays, ////;, ildssoi/irmirnd. I am 
 all., I:inriii. nind dlii.'^.si. I am 
 all. Ilir a nijrlit, nikiinnid. 1 
 am all. two days, three days, 
 etc., nin nijoi/wanrnd, nin nis- 
 sii<nrancnd, etc. 1 am ali. from 
 home, nin (indainishka. I am 
 all. for such a reason, nind 
 nndi'iid. 
 
 Absolutely, opi/r/ii, piikatrli. 
 
 Absolution. S. ]}lolting out. 
 
 Absolve. S. IMot out. 
 
 Abstain ; I abstain, ain mindji- 
 minidis. I al».st. from it ; (I
 
 ACC 
 
 8 — 
 
 A CO 
 
 don't ('.it it, (i/t., an.) nin yon- 
 vylpon ; nin (/onvuqioiian 
 Abstemious ])ersoii, in ever 
 (Irinkiiif; wine,) menikiccHsiij 
 joininalid. 
 Ahsterge. S. Wipo. 
 AlistiiH'iice, i/i)inri'ij)oii'in. 
 Alisiiril ; it \!^ii\>>'uvi\, 1/(1, /il)(t(I(t<l. 
 A 1 IS iin 1 i t y , (/(i;/i/Hidisitrin . 
 Aliuiidjiiicp, ilrliixiiriii. 
 Aliiise, liad use, mutclii aioirin. 
 I make a bad use of it, almsc 
 it, (in., on.) nin mutcliiainn ; 
 nin malclviittra 
 Abuse, (treat ili;i I abuse iiini, 
 (her, it,) nind ohindjia ; iiind 
 abindjiion. J ahwf'L' with words, 
 ^iind dbin.^nnt/c. I abuse liini 
 llier, it) with words, nind 
 abin.snma : jiind ubinsondan. 
 Abuse, abusive words, (in. s. in.) 
 
 S. Insult. 
 Abyss, i/ond(d:a7nif/i.'^.<tan. There 
 is aji abyss, gnndakamiijis.'^e- 
 mar/ad. 
 Accept. Accepted. S. Take, (ac- 
 cept.) Taken. 
 Accident; Criirhttul accident, 
 gagxcanisucKjakavi ig cjiwebak. 
 Accompany ; I accompany, nin 
 widjiiwe. It accompanies, 
 7cidjiiu'enia(/((d. I ace. him., 
 nin iridjiw((. "We ace. each 
 other, nin vidjindimin. I ace. 
 him a little distance through 
 politeness, nin viidji.s'.'iikawa. 
 I aec. liim going about, nin 
 iiaJxiu'idjiira. We ace. each 
 other going about, nin baba- 
 tridjindiniin. 
 Accompaniment, iridjiiwcwin ; 
 widjindiu-in ; babairidjindi- 
 win. 
 Acconiplish ; I ace ningiJUa.l 
 make him accomplisli s. tli.. 
 
 ningijilna. I make myf-elfacc. 
 s. th., nin gijilaidi.s, nin gijitas 
 
 Accroach; I ticc.,nind adjigirad- 
 Jige. I ace. him, (Ikt, it,) nind 
 (idjigiriind ; nintt adjigtradaiu 
 
 Accumulate. S. (lather. 
 
 Accu.eatioti (causing condenma- 
 tion,) batangeicin. 
 
 Accuse ; I accuse, nin balange ; 
 nind nnnniinge. I accu.-^e him, 
 land cause by it liis condem- 
 nation, or a penalty, etc.) nin 
 bittnnxi. I am in a habit of 
 accusing, nin bcitan'/eshk. 
 
 Accuse; I ace. liim (lier, it) in 
 thfuights of .<ome fault, nind 
 andmeninia : nind anmnendan. 
 I ace. him, iher, it I in words 
 of some fault, nind anuminia; 
 nind andniendan. I ace. liim 
 J'al.seJi/, nin bini.thinm, nin ma- 
 niijimn. I ac ;. him iher) of 
 an unlawful intercourse with 
 a per.«on of tlie otlier sex,nind 
 ogwadamaica ikweiran, [nind 
 agwadam a ira in in iican . ) 
 
 Accuse, iimpute ;) I ace. him of 
 it, (impute it to him,) nind 
 ap(igadJi.si>Hawa,n ind apagad- 
 Ji.s-.sHanuuca. 
 
 Accuser, baiaiange.iJiIiid ; baia- 
 
 ianged. 
 Accustomed ; I am aec. nin na- 
 gadi.t, nin nogadi'ndam. The 
 state or disposition of being 
 ace, magadcndantoic in. I am 
 ace. to liim, iher, it, t nin naga- 
 lieninia ; nin nagadinddn. I 
 feel ace. to s. th , nin naga- 
 dniindi.s. I endeavor to get 
 ace. to s. til., nin nagadjiidi^. 
 I am aec. to do it, to make it, 
 nin nagadjiton. 
 Acid. S. Sour. 
 Acorn, mitigomin.
 
 ADD 
 
 
 ADO 
 
 Acquire, (in s. in.) S. Gain. 
 Earn. Procure. 
 
 Acquire for food ; I ac<). it for 
 food, {an., in.} nin nodjia ; nin 
 nod) Hon. 
 
 Acquisition , i/a.'iJikiU-hif/cicin . 
 
 Acros.s a river, etc., I carry or 
 convey liini (her, it) acros.s a 
 river, etc., )iiii(l ojaicaona, 
 nind ajaipua ; nind ajawaodon, 
 nind ajaioaan. I am (it is) 
 carried or conveyed acres.'*, 
 nind ajaicaodjigan ; ajawaod- 
 jUjade. 
 
 Act; lad, nind ijitchiije, nind 
 (inoki. I act hy nii.-take, nin 
 wanitcliii/t'. I act looli.shh', 
 nin (jdi/ilxidjiije. I act rigiit, 
 exactly, nin ni.s.sitddodion. I 
 act so..., nind i/ifwa, nind 
 inanoki. I act 8trangely, curi- 
 ously, nin nunnntdawHchif/e. 
 I act well, nin viinotwa, nin 
 niinofrliiiic I act wickedly, 
 nin vuilrliHwo, nin nutlclii- 
 tchiijc. r actwitii patience, ////( 
 miniradjilo. I act wrongly, 
 i\in niunndjitcliiye, nin uuin- 
 Jifchii/e. AVe act (or work) to- 
 gether, nin muniaifit<hi(jemin. 
 
 Action, acting, doduinowin, 
 ijitchiyetcin. Strange acting 
 or manners, inominnli'itrHclii- 
 t/eicin, inaiiKintlatriii/iii/dn. 
 Impure action, hishituradnda- 
 tnoicin, bi.s/ii</wadj-dod(inio- 
 unn. I commit an impure 
 action, nin f>i.s/ii</iradodani, 
 nin bisJi ifjicadjilodum . 
 
 Active ; I am active, (diligent), 
 nin nitd-anoki. (Nitta-atus- 
 kew). 
 
 Actually, nom/uni. 
 
 Add ; I add, I put more, iin. an.) 
 nawatrk nibivca nind aion ; 
 
 nmt'alrh niliiirn nind a.v.va. 1 
 
 add to it, uind aniketon, nin 
 
 (liki.-fsHon. 
 Added ; tliere is s. tli. ailded to 
 
 it, (inikefc/iif/dde. 
 Addition, anikeir/ii(/an. There 
 
 is an addition made, aniket- 
 
 >:/ii;/(idc. 
 Address; J address liim, (her, 
 
 it.) nin ijanona : nin i/unoddn. 
 Administration. Administrator. 
 
 S. 8tewar.*hip. Steward. 
 Admirahle; 1 am (it i.«) adm.y 
 
 nin nuunakadendagos ; mama- 
 
 ka<l( ndcKjwad. 
 Admiralily, inatnakiiddkami;/. 
 Admiration, mamakudendamo- 
 
 win. 
 Admire; I admire, nin mama- 
 
 kddi'ndam, nin nianuikddenim. 
 
 I make him admire, nin ma- 
 
 malaidcndamia, nia muniakd- 
 
 denimoa. I admire him, (her 
 
 it,) nin nianiakudenima ; nin 
 
 niiniKikadciiddii. 
 Admirer, iiididinaddenihinr/. 
 Admit ; I admit him, )iinil oda- 
 
 pind 
 Adopt ; I ad. him, (her it,) nin 
 
 u'dni/ovKi : nin irangnndan. 
 Adopted father, mother, child, 
 
 son, daughter ; the same as, 
 
 god-father, gud-mother, god- 
 
 ciiild, god-scin, gdl-ilaughter ; 
 
 wliicii see respectively. 
 Adorn. Adorned, (in s. in.) S. 
 
 Ornament. OrnauK'nted. 
 Adorn, (al.so, paint;) I adorn, 
 
 nin ipowt'jintfe. .1 adorn him, 
 
 (her, it,) nin icaicrjid ; nin 
 
 •cawejiton. I adorn my.-^elf for 
 
 him, (her,i»/;i trairejinodawa. 
 Adornetl, (also, painted ;) I am 
 
 (it is) ad., nin iraweginigas ; 
 
 wawejinigade.
 
 A Fit 
 
 — 10 — 
 
 AGK 
 
 Adore; I ml. Iiiiii, niii'l finnmir- 
 lawa, nin manndjiu, itin i/uoii- 
 wadjia. 
 
 Adorer of God, enamielairud 
 KiJc-.Vaniloii. 
 
 Adorer of idols, cnamictawad 
 wdsiiiinin. 
 
 Adult ; I am adult, Jiin fjijif/, 
 nin niiawig, nin. niffiirii/iii/'i. 
 
 Adulterer, ln.s/n(/ic(idjiiiiiii, Icc- 
 iciiifiisii/u'iidisid inini, keke- 
 niniad bi'kini i.sid idj i n ikiceirafi. 
 
 AdulteresH, bishi;/iradjiku'e, kc- 
 irhihi.s/ii</triifli.siil ikirr, keke- 
 ninuid hvknn isin idj in in in iwan . 
 
 Adultery, liishiiprndisiwin, ki- 
 ichi hishi(jwadi.-iiviii. 
 
 Advance ; in advance, icija. ni- 
 gan. 
 
 Adversary. S. Enemy. 
 
 Adversity. S. Sufleri'ng. 
 
 Afar off, wassa. 
 
 Aticct ion , sar/iiwevrin . 
 
 Afiiru) ; I atfirni, e nind ikil, (I 
 say yes.) 
 
 Afflict ; I afflict liini, nin kash- 
 kendmnia, nin koiatjia. I af- 
 flict him with words, nind 
 indpinemn. 
 
 Afflicted ; I am ad'., ni}i kash- 
 kendnm, nin nxnnidawendain, 
 nin gissadcndain. 
 
 Afflicted. Afflictin;.'. Affliction. 
 — S. Sad. Sadness. 
 
 Affliction, niumiauwendamowin, 
 gibendamrnrin , gissadendamo- 
 win, kaiihkendamou'in. 
 
 Affliction ; (in. s. in.) S. Suffering. 
 
 Afford ; I can afford it, nin gaali- 
 kiton ; nin debis.s-e. 
 
 Affront, bi.ssfingeu'in 
 
 Afraid, (in. s. in. I S. Fear. 
 
 Afraid ; I am afraid, nindagoaki. 
 I am af al)outhim, nind agos- 
 kcnui. I am afraid for mvself, 
 
 nind figoskiinidi.^.l make him 
 
 afraid hy my words, nin gotd- 
 
 simin. 
 A fternoon , gi-is/ikuui-nnwakireg. 
 After tiiree days, kitrhe aira,i.i- 
 
 vaJiting. 
 After to-morrow, (nrti.ssirahang, 
 
 ajavi-vdbnug. 
 Afterwards, itdgafr/i, pdnima, 
 
 pdnid. 
 Again, minium, and}, minmni 
 
 atiilj ; bixkab ; nasnab, neiab. 
 Age ; I am of age, or, I am of 
 
 such an age, nindapHin. I am 
 
 at the age of di.scretion, nin 
 
 bi.si.skiidin. 
 Aged, kit'/ii : aged person, ki- 
 
 ichi anis/iinttbe. I am an aged 
 
 person ,nin kiirhi anLshinabeir. 
 Agent, iigiuia. — S. Indian agent. 
 
 Mining Agent. 
 Agitate; I agitate it, (liquid,) 
 
 /( //( mamaddgamissidon . 
 Agitated ; it is ag. hy the wind, 
 
 (liquid,) nianiaddgamisse. It 
 
 is ag. b}' the wind, (a reed, 
 
 etc.) niamdda.snin. 
 Aggress ; I aggress, nin mddjita. 
 Aggression, niadJUairin. 
 Aggressor, maiadjitad. 
 Agree ; we agree together, nin 
 
 bejigicendaniin, nin niiiintrid- 
 
 Jindimin. It agrees together, 
 
 icidjindiinngad. 
 Agreeable, I am (it is) ag., nin 
 
 minicendagos, nind nnijish ; 
 
 m in weudiiirad, on ijisJiin . 
 Agreeablcness, minicendagosi- 
 
 U'in. 
 Agreeably, ntinwendagicakamig. 
 Agri c VI 1 1 u re , kitigeicin . 
 Agricu Itnrer, kiiigeicinini. 
 Aground ; I run aground pad- 
 dling, nin ichekisse. I run ag. 
 
 sailing, nin Ichikash.
 
 ALL 
 
 11 — 
 
 ALT 
 
 Alia! ah! dtaid ! iiivcJ — Md .' 
 
 niai/ii ! ningo ! 
 Ahead, ?m/a«. 
 
 Aim, of an arclicr, hii)ioiJJi(/a>i. 
 Aim, of a j^un, kikinawdtljitchi- 
 
 (jaii. 
 Aim, at, (witli a j^n;i, oto.) I 
 
 aim at 8. \\\., iiiii ji(jirriali<iii(l- 
 Jif/c, nin piislikiiKjwcn. I aim 
 
 at liim, (Ikt, it,i niii Jujivtia- 
 
 buma ; niiijiijirn'aliniKUtn. 
 Air ; in the air, isJipiiniiKj : ///- 
 
 Ji(/<>ii(/. 
 Air-lilacldcr of a fisli, opilarndj, 
 
 (its air-bladder.) 
 Alal)aster, wdhdssin, (while 
 
 stone.) 
 Alahaster-bo.v,(i'rt6a.s-.>*/(it-wrtAaA-. 
 Alarm, amanissowin, (jotndji- 
 
 win. 
 Alarm. S. Litimidate. 
 Alarmed ; I am al., iiiii niigos/i- 
 
 kadjiaia. 1 am al. by .s. th. I 
 
 heard, /(/«'/ (inuiniss. It alarms 
 
 me," ill iiiiijdilikadji-aiaiciijoH . 
 Alder-I'orest , iradopiki. 
 Alder-Point, Nrddpikan. At, to 
 
 or frum Alder-Point, Nedijpi- 
 
 kany. 
 Aldcr-trec, wadop. There iire 
 
 alder-tree.s, wadopikci. Place 
 
 where there are alder-trees, 
 
 icadopikanij. 
 Aliionqiiin Indian, Odishkwd- 
 
 ijami. 
 Algonquin squaw, odis/ikirai/d- 
 
 inikwc 
 Alight; I alight ujion him, iiin 
 
 Jwaindawd. The bird alights, 
 
 honi hi/irsfii. 
 Alive, (/i(/il)ii)iiiilis. 1 iim alive, 
 
 )iin binuidis. It is nlive, bi- 
 
 madad, bim(tdi.siiii<ii/ad. 
 All, kakiiia, misi, mini ijexjo, ka- 
 
 kina yego. All of it, im., an.) 
 
 eiidds.siiiy ; endashid. All of 
 
 us, t'lidd-s/iiiaiii/ . 
 Ail, lin comiiositioiis,) kuhc-. 
 Alliance, icidokodadiwin. 
 Allied. S. Associated. 
 All kinds, aiwtrli, wiiayi. 
 Allow; I allow it to him, niii 
 
 iiiina. 
 Allow, (in. s. in.) S. Permit. 
 All Saints day, kakina kctcliHwn- 
 
 irciidayosidjiy '/ijiyony tbidjiy 
 
 " yijiilddoiiiltca. 
 All Souls da\', tcliiliuiyijiy. 
 All is sjieiit, all spent, (an., in.) 
 
 fc/iayi.s.se .■ fc/iuyis.semayad. 
 Allure. Allurement. — S. Entice. 
 
 Enticing. 
 Almighty, ini.si yeyn ludawilod. 
 Almost, ycyu. 
 Alms; I give alms, nin Jaja- 
 
 wcndjiyc. ketimayisid n i n 
 
 iiiiua yeyo. 
 A\\ns<Xi\''\\]^^, idjairendjiyewin. 
 Alone, iiijikc. I am alone, nin 
 
 nijikcicis, nil) b( jiy. I am alone 
 
 in a canoe, iiiii bcjiydkum,nin 
 
 iiijikcokditi . I am ak)ne in a 
 
 house, /(//( iiijikrwab. I am 
 
 alone, I have no more a wife ,- 
 
 J have no more a liusband, 
 
 nin bi.s/iiyou'i.s-. 
 Wrvsidy , Jaiywd,Jiyica, djiyiia ; 
 
 dji,jaie,j(ijaie. 
 Also, yaie. 
 Altar, dnamcsKikc-adopowin, an- 
 
 dtticsslkdii . I'dyidiniyi-ddopn- 
 
 iriii , jidyiiljiyc-adopoifin. — S. 
 
 Sacriticing-altar. 
 Altar-cloth , diunncisike-adopo- 
 
 winiyin. 
 Alter. "S. Change. 
 Altercation. S. Quarrel. 
 Altered ; 1 am (it is) alt., nind 
 
 andjiyds, nin dndjilrhiyds ; 
 
 diidjiyade, andjiichiyadt.
 
 AMI) 
 
 12 — 
 
 ANG 
 
 Alti'iniiti'ly, iiioiirslikwal. 
 Aitlit>ii;zli. /'/'", mhsdini. 
 A\n\n, J iiralii'L-, niiL-irdiniii;/ <ji- 
 
 Haificiir/ DiasliLihi, waiahi.s/i- 
 
 ki.s ii/ ir (I (J m a s h kik i . 
 Alwjiy.s, mojaij, (i]>ine, Lvn/iiii;/, 
 
 )>ii}>ti(/wa.'<h. 
 Ahviiys tliL'saiiio, mi njnitr. 
 Am ; I am, iiiinl aw, itiixl aia. J 
 
 am witli him, itin iciiViiniaird. 
 
 I am in a ccM'taiii placr, nin 
 
 dajike, uiii dam's. I am so, 
 
 Qiind a i web is. I ii.«e to lie po, 
 
 will nita-ijiwcbis, niii wakr- 
 
 ijiwebis. 
 Amaliility. S. AmiaiiloiifHs. 
 Ambition, askicaiii.'<iiri>i. 
 Ambitious; 1 am amb., iiind 
 
 askicaiiis. ( Akaw.'itamowiii). 
 Ambush, lyiiisr in ambush,oAY/«- 
 
 doivin. 1 lie in ambusli, iiiiul 
 
 nkaiido. I lie in ambush tor 
 
 him, nind akkamawa . (N't as- 
 
 kamawaw). 
 Amen, mi (/e-iitf/. 
 American, KHi-/timnko7)ian,(Big- 
 
 Knite). 
 American boy, Kiichimokoma- 
 
 neiis. 
 American girl, Kitchimokoma- 
 
 nikwcns. 
 American woman, Kitchimo- 
 
 komanikwc. 
 Amiable ; I am amiable, nin 
 
 mimrendagos, nin .■iar/iif/os. 
 Amiableness, viinicendaffosiiciny 
 
 snr/iiijnsiwin. 
 A m i c a i I i 1 i t y , kijadisiicin , k-ijewa- 
 
 disiirin. 
 Amicable ; I am amicable, nin 
 
 kijadi.s-, nin kijewndis. 
 Amidst, amon,2, nirr/waii. 
 Ammunition, (powder and shot, ^ 
 
 j)rishki.'iiijcu'in. 
 Among, an)ongst, megicc. I am 
 
 Homowhere amongnt otherp, 
 nin ddt/oaia. It i.s (<omewhcrc 
 amongst other things, r/a^oa/«- 
 ind;/dd. I am sitting some- 
 where .among others, nin dag- 
 ii'db. I count liim (her, it) 
 among others, nin dmjoijima ; 
 nin dd(/f>)/i/iddn. I count my- 
 self amutigst others, nin drn/o- 
 </'inidis. 1 die amongst others, 
 iiin ddijonc. I name him (her, 
 it) among other words I pro- 
 nounce, nin dai/'iirina ; nin 
 ddi/owindan. I p\it him (her, 
 it) somewhere among other 
 olijects, nin dar/o.ssa ; nin da- 
 (jntnn. I stand somewhere 
 iimongst others, nin dagoga- 
 buw. I swallow it amongst 
 other objects, \nn.,in.] nin da- 
 gogona : nin dagogondan. 
 
 Amuse. Amusement, (in. s. in.) 
 8. Noisy amusement. 
 
 Ancester, kiii.'dm. 
 
 Anchor, bonakadjii/an. I cast 
 anchor, nin bonaXadJige. 1 lift 
 the anchor, nin uikirakwaan 
 bonakadjigan. 
 
 Anchor; I anchor it, {in., an.) 
 nin bonakadon ; nin honakana. 
 
 Ancient, getc. 
 
 And, gaie; achi ; dash. (Mina). 
 
 Andiron, nginichiknjeigan. 
 
 Anew, niinaica, minaira andj, 
 ntidb. iKittwam). 
 
 Angel, .injeni. I am an Angel, 
 niml Anjcniw. (Okijiko). 
 
 Angelica-root, irike. 
 
 Anger, (rancour,) nishkendjige- 
 icin, ni.slikadi.tiwiu, bitch ina- 
 we.siirin I keep anger a long 
 time, I am rancorous, nin 
 nishkeningc, nin ni.-ihkendlige. 
 1 use to keep anger a long time, 
 nin nishkemJjigeshk. Bad ha-
 
 ANT 
 
 — in — 
 
 ANS 
 
 hitofkoopiiigaiigor, uis/ikoul- 
 jn/es/ilciwiii. I keop anger or 
 rancour towards liini, (lior, it,) 
 nin iiis/i/,-/'iiiiii(( : niii ni.slikcn- 
 daii. We keej) anger towards 
 each otlicr, nin imhkoiindi- 
 miii. Mutual anger or rancour, 
 ni.s/ikeiiindiwin. Anger in tlie 
 heart, nia/ikideeivhi. I liear 
 him with anger, nin ni.s/ikadi- 
 siiairu. We hear each other 
 witii anger, nin ni.s/ikaili.bitu- 
 diniin. I j)ri)voke him to an- 
 ger, /(//( ndnishkadjin We 
 provoko each other to anger, 
 nin nanis/ikadjiidiniin . 
 Angry ; ] begin to be angry, 
 itin )n(tdji(/ida.s\ I am an., nin 
 ni.shkadi.s, nin bUchinaivca, 
 iiindiniwiis I come here an., 
 nin hidjiijidas. 1 get an. on 
 account fit".. , nind undjii/idns. 
 I am too an., /(/;/(/ osuniiijidns. 
 I go out an., nin sajiiljiijidds. 
 I use to l)e an., nin ni-s/ikudi- 
 ni.shk. I look an., ;(//) nis/ikad- 
 jinijwe, nin nis/ikadjini/tccs/i- 
 ka. I am an. being ."ick, ?(/« 
 nislikine. I make people an., 
 nin nishkiiirr. ] make him 
 an., /(/// nisliklit. nin l)ilr/iin<(- 
 vea, iniwc.^id. I make him 
 an. holding him, nin nis/iki- 
 na. 1 nuike him an. with 
 my words, nin Intchinawema, 
 nin nishkima. We make each 
 other an. with our words, nin 
 niahkindiniin. My heart is 
 angi'v, nin ninhkidrr. 
 Animal, aifrssi. Small animal, 
 manildircifih. Wicked danger- 
 ou.s animal, inah/ii (lid'iwixh. 
 (Pijiskiw). 
 Animate ; I animate, nin (jtujiin- 
 
 snncfc. I an. liim, nin (jaffdn- 
 
 tfonta. 
 
 Ankle-boui', ]>ikii(j(tndn, pik- 
 
 nakdijiindn. 
 
 Annoy. Annoying. Annoyance, 
 (in. s. in.) S. Trouble, "'j'rou- 
 Idesome. TroubIesomene.-<s. 
 
 Annihilate ; I an. it, [an., in.) 
 nind (ipilrlii banadjia ; nind 
 a})iiclii Ixuutdjiton . 
 
 Anniversary; I come (it comesi 
 to the anniversary, nin iihish- 
 k(t ; iihi.shkdiHdijad. 
 
 Announce; 1 an., )iin irinda- 
 mdf/e, nin kikcndamiiwc, nin 
 kikcndaniodjiwe. I an. him s. 
 th., nin windaindirti. 1 an. it, 
 nin icinihunai/en. 
 
 Announcing, windanuKjcwin. 
 
 Annunciation of the B. V. 
 Mary, Kitdiilwa Mdric ml and- 
 )nika</oil'in. 
 
 Anodyne drops for tooth-ache, 
 wibida-nuishkiki. 
 
 Anoint; J anoint him, (her, it,) 
 nin noniina : )iin noniindn. 
 I anoint his liead, (grease it,) 
 nin nnnidkond. (I r ease to 
 anoint the ]\Ciu\,ndnidkiriivin. 
 T anoint (or grease) mv head, 
 nin namcikonidin. [S^i tomi- 
 naw). 
 
 Anon, ndninijdtinonij, nanin'jo- 
 iinoni/in. 
 
 Another ; 1 am another person, 
 nin Ixikdnis. Another one, 
 licknnisid. It is another thing, 
 liekdiidd. Another thing, hc- 
 kandk. I am of another nation, 
 )iin Ixikdnwdidijis. It is of an- 
 other sort, lidkdnifdidi/dd. I 
 take another route, nin Ixikr, 
 nin Ixikriri.t. (I'itns awiyak). 
 
 I Answer, mtku'rldniowin. t give 
 
 I him an answer, nin nakwctc-
 
 Al'P 
 
 1 — 
 
 AIM' 
 
 tra. I jj;ive had disrespectful 
 unswi'is, iiinti (ijklewe, niiid 
 (ijidt'widdiii. I f^ive him lia<l 
 jiii.swers, niiul (ijidciiid. — iS. 
 Gainsay). 
 
 Answer ; I answer, niii iiakwc- 
 icKjCy nin uakirrfaiu. 1 answer 
 liini, nin nakwi'taxca. 
 
 Ant, cniijd. 
 
 Anticipation ; liy aiiticii)at:un, 
 kijn, nif/(in. 
 
 Ant'ipatliy. S. Ilatro.l. 
 
 Ant's lull, cni(/()U'i(/amk/, (ant's 
 house.) 
 
 Anvil, ashniafnu/nn. 
 
 An.N'ious ; I am an. almut liini, 
 niiul (t(/oskuna. lain an. alxiut 
 myself, nin a(/oskanidi.s. 
 
 Apart, npiuiaaii, maicn. 
 
 Aj)e, nandoniakoiiicshl. 
 
 Ape; 1 ape him, imitate him, 
 nind ainawa. (X't ayL-^ina- 
 waw) . 
 
 Apostate, tcaicbinanff od anamie- 
 win. 
 
 Apostatize ; T ap.. )iin irchinan, 
 nind anamicwin. 
 
 Apostle,./e.s».s' o kikinoamagannn. 
 
 Apostume, mini. 
 
 Apothecary, mashkikikarinini. 
 Female ajjothecary, mashkiki- 
 keirikwe. 
 
 Apothecary's art or trade, mash- 
 kikikewin. 
 
 Apothecary's laboratory, 
 mashkikikewi(/amig. 
 
 Apothecary's shop, mashkikiwi- 
 (/ami(/. 
 
 Apparition. S. Vision. 
 
 Appear; I appear, /(//( ndf/ici, 
 nin nd(/o.s. It ajipears, ndj/wad. 
 I appear so...-, nind ijinaijici. I 
 make myself appear, (in a vi- 
 sion,) nin ndtfwiidis. I ap- 
 pear (it appears) chan^eil. dif- 
 
 ferent, nind andjinayoH ;and- 
 Jin<i<itr<id. (N't ijinakusiiu. 
 
 Appear, in. .'•. in. J S. Visible. 
 
 A|tpearance, iiiiijiminin. 1 iiave 
 (it hasi iiii astonishin;: a|)p., 
 marvellous apj»., nin inaninn- 
 ddwiiKK/os ; vuimanddwinoij- 
 H'dd. I liave lithasia hean- 
 tifnl aj)p., 7iiii onijislntlmini- 
 I n(i<j<>s ; fniiji.s/i(diamin(i;/irnd. 
 I have lit hasi achan<:ed app., 
 nind <indjin(tiiii.t:<tndjin(i<iir<id. 
 I jrive him ihcr, iti a chanj^ed 
 oranother app., nind andjiud- 
 go.siu,nind andjindi/iria ; nind 
 andjinuf/witon. I take another 
 app., nind andjinxt/wi, nind 
 anilJiiuKjiciidi.'i. 1 have (it has) 
 a clean app., nin hininagoH ; 
 Oininoi/tcud. I have a curious 
 ridiculous a)>p., nin (joshkuiui- 
 t/oK. I have a fine-looking 
 app., )iind ojiiawe.f, nin mika- 
 wudis. I have (it lias) a tine 
 app., nin luinicuhaminatjos ; 
 minicahaminagicad. I have lit 
 has) a frightful app., nin ;/a<j- 
 icunifisa[/intit/os, nin gotii.sina- 
 i/o.s; i/(i)/ii:iutis:sagini(ii/irad.!/(f- 
 idsi naif wad. I cause him iher, 
 it) to have a frightful app.,/i</i 
 iioid.sinaijiria : nin f/(di't.-<inuy- 
 wifnn. 1 havt' a roguish app.. 
 7iin inamande.'^.'iadendagos. 1 
 liave a sickly app., nind iiko- 
 ttinagn.'i. I have (it has) such 
 an app., nind ijinayos ; iji- 
 nagwad. T give to myself such 
 an app., nind iji)tagiciidi.s. I 
 have (it hasi an ugly app., nin 
 tnanabaniinar/dS, nin nianina- 
 ryo.s', nin nianjiiaire.s : ninnaba- 
 minagwad, maninagwad.' 
 
 * XoTE. To form the respective sub- 
 stantives corresponding to the verbs of
 
 APP 
 
 — 15 — 
 
 ARM 
 
 -Appease ; I appease, nin gugi- 
 songe. I appease liim, nin 
 gat/isoma, nin gagicljia, tiind 
 odjilc/tia ; nin wangawima ; 
 nin wangawina. I app. him 
 for somebody, nin gagisonda- 
 mawa. I app. myself', iiin (jdgi- 
 sondis. 
 
 Appeaseil ; I am app., nindanis- 
 scndam, nin wanakiwendam. 
 The waves are app., anivawei- 
 ashha. 
 J Appellation, i/inikasowin. 
 1 Apple, misliimin. Dry apples, 
 [ batnnisliiminag. 
 
 \ Appk'-peel, mi sitimini-okonass. 
 
 ,A.ppl('-tree, inisfiiminalig. 
 
 Aj>p()iiit ; I apijoint him, nind 
 onaknna. 1 appoint him to s. 
 th., niml inakona. (N't kiski- 
 maw). 
 
 Appointment, onakonigewin.ina- 
 koiiigewiii. 
 
 Appreciate; I app. him, (her, 
 it, I nind apilenima ; ttindapi- 
 (endan. (N't ispiteyimaw). 
 
 Apprehend ; 1 app. niii segen- 
 aain. 
 
 Apprehend danger. S. Fear. 
 
 Aj)preliension, segendamowin. 
 (Astasiwin). 
 
 Apprentice, kikinoamagan, kiki- 
 noa>nawind. 
 
 Ai)pr(iach ; 1 anp., nin nasikage . 
 J app. him, (tier, it,) nin ndsi- 
 kaua. nin beslxHlJia, nin hr- 
 slio.sikaira ; nin ndsikan, nin 
 hi'shudjilon, 7iin brsliosikan. 
 We apjj. each other, nin nusiko- 
 dadimin, nin beshosikodadi- 
 min . 
 
 this iirticle, you have only to anne.x 
 iwin to llif tmiiuati: verb, and you liave 
 the substiintlve. As , Alu mamiinda- 
 wliiaoos ; 7iia)iian(tawinagosiwin, astoii- 
 isbiiig uppeuriitice. 
 
 Appropriate ; I app. s. th. to me, 
 nin dibrndamonidis. (Ni ti- 
 beyittamasun ) 
 
 Appruve ; I app. him, 7iin wa- 
 winau'i'u. I approve of it, 7nn 
 ininirabandan. 
 
 Ap])rove, (in s. in.) S. Permit. 
 
 Ajjri 1 , bebokwcdagiming-gisiss. 
 
 Apron, inapisowin. (Ayekiwi- 
 ])i8ini.) 
 
 Archangel, Kilclii Anjcni. 
 
 Archbi.shoj), Naganisid Kilclii- 
 nickaleivikwanaie. 
 
 Archer ; I am a good arclier, 
 nin icaicindkr. I am a poor 
 archer, nin mamandkc. 
 
 Ardent liquor, ishlwlcwabo. 
 
 Ark, Noc nabikwan. 
 
 Ark of the covenant, Gaial-ijil- 
 iL'awini-makak. 
 
 Arm, nnikama. The right arm, 
 kilcliinik, okilcliinihama. Tlie 
 letl arm, naindndjinik, ona- 
 m'indjinikania. My, thy, his 
 arm, ninik, kinik,onik. I have 
 arms, nind onika. I have a 
 dead arm, nin niboivinike. I 
 liavc hairy arms, h/« mishin- 
 ikc, nin memisliinike. I have 
 large arms, nin manvinginike. 
 I have a long arm, nin gino- 
 nike ; 1 have long arms, nin 
 gagdnonike. One of my arms 
 is longer than the other, nin 
 ntibani'ginonikc. I have onlv 
 one arm, nin nabanniike. 1 
 have a short arm, nin lakon- 
 ike ; I have short arms, nin 
 tatakonike. One of my arms 
 is shorter than the other, nin 
 nabanrtakonike. I have a small 
 arm, ;i//(V/ ai/assinike : I have 
 .-^niall arms, nin bal)iuinike. I 
 have a still' arm, nin Ichibata- 
 kanike. I have strong arms.
 
 ARM 
 
 -16 — 
 
 A lilt 
 
 nin maslihawinike. — I have 
 convulsions in my arm, nin 
 IrhUchihinikeshka. I h a v e 
 
 Fain in my arm,?;//? dnvinihr. 
 have a scar on my arm, niuil 
 odtjishinilic. I liavc sjiasms or 
 cramps in my arm, niiid olclii- 
 nikrjiiuifi. 1 have my arm 
 stretched out in a certain man- 
 ner, niiul ijiniken. I stretch 
 out my arm, nin Jihinila'n ; 
 nin passaginiken. I stretch 
 out my arms, ninjindinike. I 
 stretch my arm out towards 
 him, nin jihinikvlawa : I 
 stretch out his arm, nin pas- 
 saginikma. — I hreak my arm, 
 nin bokonikcsliin. My arm is 
 broken, nin bokonikc. I dis- 
 locate my arm, falling, nin 
 kotigonikcshin. My arm is 
 dislocated, vim kotigonikela. I 
 dislocate my arm, nin gidia- 
 kakonikeshin, nin bimiskonikc- 
 shin. My arm is dislocated, 
 nin gidiskuknnikria, nin biinis- 
 konikela.l draw back my arm, 
 nind odjiniken. I feel his arm, 
 nin godjinikena. I hold or 
 carry under my arm s. th., 
 nin sinsiningicandjigi' . I hold 
 or carry him (her, it) under 
 my arm, nin sinsiningwdma ; 
 nin sinsiningwandan. I lift 
 up Tuy arm, ni)id ombiniken. 
 I make him move his arm, 
 nin. nanginikrshkaiva. I put 
 my whole arm in, nin 7iiki- 
 nisse. I rub his arm with 
 medicine, nin sinignnikebina. 
 I show forth my arm, nin 
 saginiken. I stretch out my 
 arm, nin dajnnikcn. 1 have 
 my arm stretched ont, nin da- 
 jdnikeshin. I sit with down- 
 
 hanging arms, 7i/n Jinginikeh 
 I walk with d o w n - li a n g- 
 ing arms, nin jinginike- 
 os.se. My arm is stretched and 
 hanging down, ninjihinikegod- 
 jin. My arms are stretched 
 and hangingdown, ;u'/t.y/H_7 //</'- 
 krgodjin. f take liim bv the 
 arm, /(//( .saginikena. 1 tire 
 his arm, nind aickonikcwina, 
 nind islikinikewina. It tires 
 my arm, nind aiekonikewini- 
 gon, nind i.shkinikeuinigon. — 
 My arms are cold, ninlakinike. 
 My arm is cut off, tiin kish- 
 kinikr. J cut off his arms, nin 
 kishkinikejwa. My arm is 
 pierced, nin jibanikejigas. My 
 arm shakes, nin nininginike. 
 My arm is swollen, nin biigi- 
 nikp. My arm is much tired, 
 nind apitcfiinikeb. My arms 
 are warm, nin kijonike. My 
 arm is wounded, nin mdk'inike. 
 — The other arm, nabancnik. 
 dgnuinik. (Xabatenisk i. 
 
 Armed ; I am armed, nind dsli- 
 ivi. I am well armed and 
 dangerous, nind akolewagis. 
 (Nimaskwew). 
 
 Armpit; my, thy, his armpit, 
 niningtci, kiningui, oningwi. 
 
 Arms of a warrior, armor, ash- 
 irin-in. (Nimaskwewin). 
 
 Around, ginilnii. 
 
 Arrange ; I arrange, nind ina- 
 konige, nin dibowe. I arr. it 
 in a certain manner, nind ina- 
 konan. I arr. him, (her, it, 
 ni)i dibowana; nin dibowadan. 
 I arr. it right, nin gwaiakoton. 
 I arr. it well, put it up well. 
 \an., in.) nin naakona ; nin 
 naakonan, nin naakossidon. 
 (Ni nahastasuni.
 
 ARR 
 
 — 17 — 
 
 ASH 
 
 Arrange, (ineml;) I arr. it {an., 
 in.) nin naii/iina ; nin nandi- 
 lon. (Ni naliinaw). 
 Arranged ; it is arr., inakonigade, 
 
 nuahonifjadc. 
 Arrest. Arre.^ted, (in s. in.) S. 
 Seize. Seized. (Xi takn.^inin). 
 Arrive; I arrive, nind odishiwe, 
 nind (tdHunwe. I arr. bv land, 
 nin duijwishin. I arr. by wa- 
 ter, nin niijar/o, nin mijaf/a- 
 mckwajiwe, nind odilnowe. It 
 arrive.';, dniiwishinomadad. I 
 arr. in llie nigiit, by land, nin 
 nihdodilaoiic, nin bi-nibainn. 
 I arr. in the night, by water, 
 nin nibdniijnqn. I arr. at half- 
 way , /( ind ahilosse. It arri ves 
 at iialfway, abiiossemagad. I 
 arr. to the pliore, walking on 
 the ice, nind agiraiadar/ak, 
 nin mijagnk. I arr. at the 
 ■suniniit of a mountain, nin 
 paganiainadjiirr, nin gija)nad- 
 jiwe. I arr. sailing, nin prtga- 
 mash. It arrives by the wind, 
 pagama.s.sin. I arr. running, 
 nin pngnmibaln. I arr. liere 
 in passing by, nin biinidagiri- 
 sliin. I arr. in due time, nin 
 gr.ssikage. I arr. to him (her, 
 it) in due tiine,«//( grssikmi'it : 
 nin gcasikdn. I arr. to him in 
 good time, nin gctsikonn. I 
 arr. too late, nin meda.ssikagc. 
 I arr. too late to him, (her, it) 
 nin mi''das.sikawn ; nin mcdas- 
 sikan. I arr. to him (her, iti 
 in the night, nin nibdoditnwa : 
 nin nilidndilan. I arr. to the 
 moment uf seeing him, (her, 
 it,) nind odissnbmna ; nind 
 odis.sabandnn. I arr. at home, 
 nin paganiadis. I make him 
 arr. somewhere, nin dagwi- 
 
 sltiina. I arr. sotnewhere, 
 nin paganiishka, nin paga- 
 ini.<!.se. It arrives, (happens;, 
 pagnmi- (lianuigad, pogann'.s/i- 
 knniagnd, p'lgami.ssciiKigod. 
 The time arrives, ka be. s.sr ma- 
 gad. It arrives, la certain time) 
 odjilvhisse. It arrives again, 
 tibishkosse. 
 Arrogant; lam arr., ?;//( gola- 
 
 migirenini. 
 Arrogant. Arrogance. S. Proud. 
 
 Pride. 
 Arrow, miiigwaniH. (Atns). 
 Arrow-head, arrow-poini, nabo-- 
 
 vewanwi. 
 Arrow made of wood, pikwak. 
 
 (Webisis). 
 Arrow with an iron liead or 
 point, assdwan. Long arrow. 
 ginwakwanxri. 
 ''Arse, (buttocks,) miskicnssab. 
 Arter?, kilclii nt iskii'riab. 
 Artlul; I am artful, cunning, 
 
 nin gagaicnis. 
 Artfulness, gagaithiisiuin. 
 A.scend ; I ascend a mountain 
 or hill in a certain way, nind 
 inamddjiii'c. I ascend a moun- 
 tain, nind aniddjiwe. nind 
 ojidadjiwc, nind njidakiirr. 1 
 ascend a mountain or liill 
 running, nind nmddjiwcbalo. 
 I ascend a mountain carrying 
 s. th. on my shoulder, nind 
 ainddjiuenige. 
 Ascension-day, api Jesus ijijig- 
 
 nnil rjad. 
 As far as, binish. 
 Ashamed ; 1 am ash., nind 
 agalcli, xm inrnissmdant. I 
 am ash. betbre him, nin agal- 
 rliitawa. I am ash. of l)im 
 (in thouglits,) nindagaleninia, 
 7iin menissenima . t am ash
 
 AST 
 
 — 18 — 
 
 ASS 
 
 of myself, or lit-fore myself, 
 nin ai/alenindis, nin nicnisscn- 
 inilis. I am iisli. of it, iiiiul 
 agalchilan, itiii mniissnidiin. 
 I am ash. of it lin tiiouj^hts,) 
 nind aijall^ulan, nin nn'nisnen- 
 ddn. I make him ash., niml 
 (iifdlclna, uiii menisliea. I 
 make him ash. with my words, 
 nind aijiisoma, itinmrnix/ihna. 
 It makes me ashamed, niiul 
 aciaivhiigon, nind ar/asomit/on, 
 nin menislii)iii(jon. iNi iiepe- 
 wi.sin). 
 Ash-colored ; it is asli-colored, 
 (stuff, in., an.) jipinr/wegad ; 
 jipingiveyisi. It is ash-col., 
 (in., ati.) jipingirande, jiping- 
 wadile ; jipinywadisso, Jiping- 
 ivas.so. I dye ai«li-colored, nin 
 jipingwasigc. I dye it a.«h- 
 col., {in., an.) ninjiiiingnadis- 
 san. nin jipinyuansan ; nin 
 jipingwadissiua, nin jiping- 
 wanswa. 
 Ashes, pingwi ; pangwi. On 
 ashes, mitchipingwi. The up- 
 per white part ot'a.shes,Jigwa- 
 pingwane. Ashes are put on 
 me, nin pingwiwinigo. I put 
 ashes upon him, 7iin pingui- 
 wina. I throw ashes on me, 
 niii pingwaodi.s. I throw 
 ashes upon him, nin pingwa- 
 wa. I have ashes on my 
 face, nin jipinqwingwe. I slide 
 and fall in aslies, nind odad'- 
 jipingwesse. (Pihkko). 
 Ash-tree, agimak. Another kind 
 of ash-tree, gawdkomij. Ano- 
 ther kind, papagimak. Ano- 
 ther kind again, iris.'iagak. 
 Ash-Wcdnc^iday, piiigui-gijigad. 
 Aside, opimeaii, alcliitcltaii, ba- 
 keaii, maien. I step aside, nin 
 
 hakrgahaw. I step aside for 
 hiju, 1 1 go out of hi.>* way,) nin 
 hakrgn ha u ilaiia. 
 Ah it were, nindigo. 
 Ask ; I ask, nin nandolatnage, 
 nin nandolain. I a.-k him for 
 8. th., nin nandolamawa. 
 Ask ; I ask a que.stion or que.-- 
 tions, nin gagwedwe. I ask 
 liim a question, iiin gagw&lji- 
 ma. We ask each other ques- 
 tions, nin gagu'i'djindimin. 
 
 Ask aims. S. Beg. 
 
 Ask for s. th. to eat. I ask for 
 s. th. to eat, )iin pagwis/iiiii < 
 I ask him iher, iti lor s. th. \<- 
 eat, nin pagwishia ; nin' ]ia- 
 gwishilon. I am in a habit 
 of asking to eat, pagwishii- 
 wesltk. 
 
 Asking, nanddtamou'in, nando- 
 (a)nagricin. Asking for s. th. 
 to eat, pagu'isliiiu'cwin. Habit 
 of a.sking for s. th. to eat, pa- 
 gwisli iiweslikiwin . 
 
 Ask with hope ; I ask with 
 hope, 7iin pagossendam, nin 
 pagossenim, nin pagossendjige. 
 I a.sk him, nin pagussenima. 
 I ask for it, nin pagossendan. 
 
 Asking with hope, pagossenda- 
 moii'in. I am (it is) worth 
 asking, nin pagossendagos ; 
 pagosse ndagwad . 
 
 Asleep, pawenguai. I fall as- 
 leep, nin bislikongicasli. I am 
 asleep, nin niba. 
 
 As much, as many, libishko 
 minik. (Tatto). 
 
 Aspen-tree, asddi. Another kind 
 of aspen-tree, manasddi. 
 
 Asperse. Aspersion. — S. Sprin- 
 kle. Sprinkling. 
 
 Ass, memangishe ; mengishka- 
 lai.
 
 ATT 
 
 — 19 — 
 
 AUG 
 
 Assemble. Assembly. — S. Meet 
 
 together. Meeting. 
 Assiduous working, nila-anoki- 
 
 win. (Nitta-atuskew). 
 Assist; I assist liim, nin'ivido- 
 
 kawa, nin tvuljiwa, nin nyo- 
 
 kairn, nin nijokamawa. We 
 
 assist eacii other, nin nidoko- 
 
 dadimin, nin icidjindindn. 
 Assist, (in. s. in.) S. Help. 
 Assistant, wadokasod. 
 Associate, icidjiwagan. 
 Associate. S. Company. 
 Associated ; we are associated, 
 
 nin u'idnkodadimin. 
 Associat ion , widokodadiwin. — S. 
 
 Company. 
 Assumption of the B. V. Mary, 
 
 api kilclnlwa Marie gijigong 
 
 ejad. 
 Asterisk, anangons. 
 Aston isii ; I ast. him, nin md- 
 
 mnkddenilanioa. 
 Astonisiied ; I am ast., nin md- 
 
 nialiddmdani. 
 Astonishing, )namakadakainig. 
 
 It is ast., inainakadrndagwdd. 
 
 I do astonishing tilings, nin 
 
 mdmandadoduni. Aston i.shing 
 
 doing, mamandadodamoivin. 
 Astonishment, mamakadenda- 
 
 niou'in. 
 Astray. S. Go astray. 
 Astronomer,^/*^/!//^/; kekeniynad. 
 At. Iclii;/'. Icliigaii. 
 At all eviMits, at any rate, potclt. 
 
 (Eyiwek. Missawatch)- 
 At first, waieshkat. 
 At last, at length, gcgapi, ish- 
 
 ku'dlclt. 
 At once, scsika, grsika. 
 Attached ; I am attached to 
 
 him, (her, it,) nin sagia, nin 
 
 nunninau'cniind : nin sagilon, 
 
 nin inaniinawendan. 
 
 Attack, (in s. in.) S. Insult. 
 
 Attack. Attacker. — S. Aggress. 
 Aggression. Aggressor. 
 
 Attendant, os/ikaheiciss. 
 
 Attention, bubiuncndnmowin, 
 aiangwdmendanioii'in, angwa- 
 menddniou'in. I pay attention, 
 nind aiangiratnfndant. nind 
 angwamcndan, nin bubamen- 
 dani,nin babmnindam. I pay 
 attention to him. (her, it,) 
 nind aiangwamenima, nind 
 angwamenima. nin babameni- 
 ma, nin bnbaniimd ; nind aian- 
 gicamen<l(in, nind angu-amen- 
 dan, nin bcdHtmendan, nin 
 babaniindan. We turn 
 our attention to one ano- 
 ther, nin babainenindimin, nin 
 babamcndaniddiniin. I turn 
 my attention to myself, nind 
 aiangwamenindis, nin baba- 
 ntcnindix. I pay att. to s. th. 
 relating to him, nin babamen- 
 danidwa. Attention is paid 
 tome, nin babainendagos. Att. 
 is paid to it, babantrndagwad. 
 
 At that time, iirapi. (Ekuspi). 
 
 At the top, ixbpiminp. 
 
 Attract ; I attract him, nin wi- 
 kobina. It attracts me, nin 
 U'i/>nl)inignn, tiin wikoshka, 
 nin irikdnau'is. 
 
 Attract, (in. s. in.) S. Tempt. 
 
 Auction, bibngidandiirin. I sell 
 at auction, nin bibdgalawe., 
 
 Audacious ; I am audacious, 
 nin songidre. Audacious per- 
 son, su'ungidri'd. 
 
 A udaci ty , songidccicin . 
 
 Auger, biminigan, kitclii bimi- 
 nigan. 
 
 Augment. S. Increase. 
 
 Augur, oniratr/iigt'winini. 
 
 Augur; I augur, nind onivai-
 
 AWA 
 
 — 20 — 
 
 AXE 
 
 rliitji'. 1 augur of liiiu, )iind 
 
 (intt'dlawu. 
 A uf^ui-iit ion . onwalchigewin. 
 August, mill ifisiss. 
 Aunt, (father's sister) my, thy, 
 
 his aunt, ninsigoss, kisigoss, 
 
 osigossan. 
 Aunt, Unother's sister,) my, thy, 
 
 liirt aunt, ninoshe, kinoshe, 
 
 nnoshrimi. 
 Authority, (power,) gas/ikicwi- 
 
 .siirin. I Itave authority, niii 
 
 gaslikicivis. — S . Power. 
 Avarice, sasdi/isiu'm. 
 Avaricious ; \ am av., niu sasd- 
 
 gis. Avaricious person, sesa- 
 
 gisid. 
 Avenge ; I avenge a bad doing 
 
 on him, (I render him evil for 
 
 evil,) nind ajcdibaaiiuiwa. I 
 
 avenge it, nind ajcdibucin. 
 Avidity. S. Coveteousness. 
 Avoid, (in. s. in.) S. P'ly. 
 Avowal, sincere avowal, r/waiak 
 
 dibadjiniowin, givaiakwadji- 
 
 moicin. — I make a sincere 
 
 avowal. Ilia f/iraiaku'ddjim. 
 Await; I await him, (her, it,) 
 
 nin bia ; nin bilon. 
 
 Awake ; I awake, nin gosldios, 
 iiind (imddjissi:, nin atndxika. 
 I awake starting up, nin go.sli- 
 liOngwasli. I awake perlectly, 
 nind abisingunsh. — I awal<e 
 liim, nind umddjia, nind aind- 
 d.ina, nind goslikosia. I awake 
 liim hy pulling or jju.-^hing, nin 
 aniddjiwcbina. f awake him 
 by making noibe, nind amad- 
 wewcwa. 
 
 Aware; I am aware of it, nin 
 kikendan. 
 
 Away, alchilchaii ; aivdss. 
 
 Awful ; it is awful, golami- 
 gwendagwad. 
 
 Awkward. Awkwardness. — S. 
 Stupid. Stupidity. 
 
 Awkward situation, sanagisi- 
 U'in. I am in an awkward 
 difficult situation, nin sanagis. 
 I put him in an awkvvard si- 
 tuation, I cause him trouble, 
 ni sanagisia. (Ayimisiw). 
 
 Awl, migdss. (Oskatjik). 
 
 Axe, wagdkwad. Small axe, 
 tvagdkuadons. Old bad axe, 
 wagdkwadosli. iTchikahigan). 
 
 Ay, ay I o J
 
 B 
 
 BAG 
 
 Babe, baity, oshki-abino<Iji. 
 (Awasis). 
 
 Baclielor, wadigessig inini. 
 
 Back, opikii andma, pitwau. 
 My, thy, bis back, nin ))ik- 
 wan, ki piLu'an, o pikwan. I 
 fall on my back, niud dligid- 
 jisse. I have pain in the back, 
 ni dcwipiku'un. My back is 
 cold, nin lukipikwan. I have a 
 sharp back, nitid osliaiawi- 
 gan. (Otak). 
 
 Back again, neiah. I come back 
 again, nin hi-r/iwe, or, neiab 
 nin biija. 
 
 Back und iorward, ajaok. (Kek- 
 wesk). 
 
 Backbasket, or anything to car- 
 ry s. th. in it, awadjiiranagan. 
 
 Backbite; I backbite, nin pag- 
 wanonge, nin dajinge. I back- 
 bite him, (her, it,) nin jiatjwa- 
 nitnifi, nin dajinin : nin 
 ntigwanondan, nin dajindan. 
 We backbite one another, nin 
 pagwanondimin, nin dajindi- 
 min. 
 
 B&ckhiting,pagwanondiicin. da- 
 jindiwin. 
 
 Backbone, (alagagwan, naird- 
 wigan. 
 
 Sack of the hand, pikwane- 
 nindj. T strike him with the 
 back of my hand, 7iin pikwor 
 ni'nindjilawa. 
 
 BAD 
 
 Backslider, ejessed. I slide back, 
 nind ajcsse. 
 
 Backsliding, ajcssewin. 
 
 Backwards ; I draw (move) back 
 wards, nind ajrfa. I fall back- 
 wards, (on my back,) iii7id 
 djii/idjisse. It falls backwards, 
 (ijigidjissemagad. I am dri- 
 ven backwards by the wind, 
 nind ajriasli. It is driven b. 
 by the wind, ajeiassin. I 
 move him (her, it) backwards, 
 nind ajrhina; nind ajebinan, 
 nind (iji'bidon. I move back- 
 wartis, sitting, nind ajcb. I 
 run backwards, nind ajebalo. 
 I walk backwards, nind aje- 
 ossc. 
 
 Bail, nidi r hi. It is bad, mandr 
 dad. I am (it is) bad or dis- 
 agreeable, (considered such,) 
 nin nidnrndagos ; mdnendag- 
 wad. I think he (she, it) is 
 bad, /(//( mdnddcninia ; nin 
 nidnddrndan. 
 
 Had being, nialviii aiaawish. 
 
 liailger, m i.s.sakakwidji.sh . 
 
 Bad language, ottensive words ; 
 1 use bad language in a cer- 
 tain manner, nind indpinewi- 
 dam. I use bad 1. towards 
 him, (her, it,) nind indpine- 
 ma ; nind ijidpinendan. 
 
 Bad language, wicked speaking, 
 malvhigijurwin, mdnddwe-
 
 I!AK 
 
 — 22 
 
 BAP 
 
 w'/h, niandgidonoirin, indiid- 
 silcufosiwin. I use liuii wickctl 
 1., nin mdnndwr, niii indiifi- 
 rjiiloii, uin Didiidsilrif/os. 
 
 Bad life, malclii biinwlishvin. I 
 live a bad life, nin uialchi bi- 
 madis. 
 
 Bad luck, massdijicndisiwin. I 
 cause him l>ad luck, nin mas- 
 safjwia. 
 
 Badly, mdmnnj, Irhinak. 
 
 Bad-mouth, malrlii odnn. 
 
 Badne«s, malclii ijiirrbisiwin. 
 
 Bad River, Mnshki-sihi. 
 -Bag, maslikimod, pinddf/un. 
 Bad old bag, niashkimodasli. 
 Small bag, lUdslikimodrns. 
 So many bags full, das.sdshkin. 
 One bag lull, ninrjoldshkin. 
 Two bags full, etc., nijdslikin, 
 etc. I put in a bag, ninpindu- 
 ganiwe. I put in a bag, (in., 
 an.) )iin pindagaiiiu'CH ; nin 
 pindaganiwcnan. I make a bag 
 or bags, nin ma.slikimodake. 
 It is sewed up in the shape of a 
 bag, mashkimodrgwadc. Stuff 
 for bags, maslikimodcwegin. 
 
 Bait (in a trap), midjimikandji- 
 gan. 
 
 Bait ; I bait a trap, nin midji- 
 mikanddn d(t.s.sonagan. 
 
 Bake. S. Cook. 
 
 Bake, (in. s. in.) S. Stew. 
 
 Bake bread ; I bake bread, nin 
 pakwrjiganikc. 
 
 Bake in hot ashes ; I bake in h. 
 a., nin ningwaabwe. I bake 
 it in h. a., \in.. an.) nin nin- 
 gwaabwen ; nin ningxcaabive- 
 nan . 
 
 Bake-house, bakery, pakwejiga- 
 nikewigajuig. 
 
 Baker, pakwejiganikeivinini, 
 pekwejiganiked. 
 
 leaking, bread-baking, pakweji- 
 ganikeu'in. 
 
 Bak i ng-o ven , pakwejiganikan . 
 
 Balance. S. Scale. 
 
 Bald ; I am bald, nin pa^ash- 
 ku'dkondibc Balil j>er.<on , /y^- 
 pusid;wdkondibed. I am half 
 balil, nin ji.shiguanikwc, nin 
 ?/ ' apaguliin dihe . 
 
 Baldness, papashkwdkondibewin 
 
 Ball, niniiidiwin. I give a ball, 
 nin Jiimiiwp. 
 
 Ball. S. Musket-ball. Plaving- 
 ball. 
 
 Ballast, .sidogairislikodjigan. 
 
 Ballast ; I ballast it, uin sidoga- 
 wislikodon. 
 
 Ballasted ; it is ball., sidoga- 
 wis/ikodr. 
 
 Ball of thread, pikndjan. I wind 
 it up on a ball, ni7i pikodjan- 
 oadnn. 
 
 B a 1 1- p 1 a y , pagaadorceuin , 
 — S. Crosier. 
 
 Ball-room, n imiidiwigam ig, 
 (dance-house.) 
 
 Balsam, papas/tkigiw ; jwmini- 
 gan. 
 
 Bandage of a wound, sinsobiso- 
 win. 
 
 Bank, (sand-bank. i S. Shoals. 
 
 Banner, kikiuauadjion, kiJcina- 
 wadjiwin, kikiueon . 
 
 Bans of marriage ; I publish his 
 bans, nin bibagima anamieui- 
 gamigong. I publish bans of 
 marriage, nin bibagimag wa- 
 ll idigcndidjig. Publication of 
 bans, bibagiu'in. 
 Baptism, sigaandadiuin . — S. 
 
 Private baptism. 
 Baptism given, .sigaandagewin. 
 Baptism reccired, sigaandago- 
 
 win, sigaandasowin. 
 Baptize; I baptize, nin sigaan-
 
 BAR 
 
 — 2:i — 
 
 BAS 
 
 dage. I bap. him, nin siga- 
 andawa. 
 
 Baptized ; I am bap., nin siga- 
 andas, nin sigaandjigas. 
 
 Bar, S. Shut up. 
 
 Barber, gaslikibasawin ini. 
 
 Barber-.shop, gashkibasowiga- 
 mig. 
 
 Barber's trade or occupation, 
 gashkibasoicin. 
 
 Bare-armed ; I am b. a., nin 
 jdshdgininike . 
 
 Barefoot ; I am b., nin jushdgi- 
 niside. 
 
 Bare hands ; I liave h. h., nin 
 jdsli agin in in dji. 
 
 Bare-lieaded ; I am b. h., nin 
 jdslidginindibe. 
 
 Bare-legged ; I am b. )., nin 
 Jdshdginigade. 
 
 Barge, miligo-tckiman, nabagit- 
 c/iinian. 
 
 Bark ; tlie dog barks, migi 
 animosh. The dog barks at 
 him, (lier, it,) aniuios/i o mi- 
 ginan ; 6 migidan. (Mikisi- 
 mow). 
 
 Bark, wigirass ; onagek. I take 
 off" tlie bark from trpes, iiin 
 bahagiraajigivr. I take it off, 
 (bark, //(., a«.) )iin tc/iigana- 
 grkwuan : nin Icliigancigrk- 
 uiiira. Tiie bark cannot bo 
 taken off", jxikwani inilig. I eat 
 the interior bark, nin nosk- 
 was. (Wayakesk-waskway). 
 
 Bark -canoe, wigwass-kfi iinan . 
 (Wa.'^kwayosi). 
 
 Bark for smoking, apdkosignn. 
 
 I mi.x my tobacco with bark, 
 
 nind apdkosige. (A.^^paskusa- 
 
 wew). 
 
 Barking, migiwin. (Mikisimo- 
 
 win). 
 Bark-ehelter, agwanapakwaso- 
 
 win. I put myself under a 
 bark-shelter, nind aguana- 
 pakwas. 
 
 Barley, manotnin wesowawang. 
 (I.'^kwesis.sak). 
 
 Barn, (thrashing-floor,) apagan- 
 daigeu'igamig. 
 
 Bar of a canoe, bimidassa, pin- 
 das.sa. 
 
 Barrel, mdkak, mnkdkossag ; 
 wawiiendagan. Under a bar- 
 rel, anamiinakak. Su many 
 barrels full, dassossag. One 
 barrel full, ningotossag. Two 
 barrel.-! full, etc.,niJos.sag, etc. 
 I make a barrel or barrels, 
 nin makakoke. 
 
 Barrel-bottom, barrel-head,</a5/t- 
 kissagaigan. I put the bottom 
 or the head to a barrel, or box, 
 nin gaslikissagann makak. 
 
 Barrel-staff, inakakossagwalig. 
 
 Barrow carried on the shoulder, 
 biminii/anak. 
 
 Base. S.'Bad. 
 
 Base-viol, kilc/n-najabiigan, ki- 
 tc/ti-kilotrhigan. 
 
 Bashful ; I am baslitul. nitid 
 agaUliislik, nind agalchiwa- 
 dis. nind agutrliiiiis. I am 
 bashful in speaking, /tmrfrtva- 
 som, nind agalchini, nind 
 afialchilagos. i Xepewi,-;iw). 
 
 Bashful ness, (igahinshkiwin. 
 
 Basin of water, naidnag. There 
 is a basin of water, wdnania- 
 gad, U'rinashknbiainogad. 
 
 Basis, asliolcli issilrli igan . 
 
 Basket, iv^i'iknbinagan, ualabi- 
 nudiuk. I make ba.-^kets, nind 
 (diokobinaganikc, nin w dabi- 
 inakakokc. 
 
 Ba.-'sHsh, asliigon ; nianashigan. 
 
 Basswood, wignb, uigobimij. 
 Bark of basswood, wigob.
 
 HI-: A 
 
 — 24 — 
 
 IJEA 
 
 Hastai'il, yiiniiiidjiujaii. I <;ivL' 
 birth to a bastard, nin gimin- 
 vlji. 
 Bastard-loon, a.sliiinan(j. 
 But , iHiiHihwdnailji. 
 Bath, bathing-house, pagisotci- 
 
 gamig. 
 Bathe ; I bathe, nin pagis. (Pa- 
 
 kasiniow). 
 Bathing, pagisouiii. 
 Bathing-tub, pagisowimokak. 
 Battle. S. Fight. 
 Bay, wikwcd. In a bay, from 
 or to a bay, wikwedong. There 
 is a baj', icikweia. I walk 
 around a bay, nin giwilaiaja- 
 game. I go in a canoe around 
 a hay , nin givilaam. 'Wasawi. 
 Bayonet, nabadjaslikaigan, ni- 
 
 luashkaigan. 
 Be ; I am, nind aia. I am so..., 
 nind ijiwebis. It is, dican. It 
 is »o...,ijiivebad. It was, iban. 
 I am (it is) thought to be in 
 such a place, /;//( danendagos ; 
 dannndngwad. There i.<, dago, 
 dagijmagad, aiamagad, ale, 
 alemagad. 
 Beach ; on the beach, agaming. 
 Along the beach, jijodew : 
 tilibeiv. I walk on the beacli, 
 nin jijodewe ; nin iilibcu'e. I 
 coast, (near the beach or 
 shore,) nin jijodewaam ; nin 
 iilibewaam. There is a fine 
 even beach, analanianga. 
 Beadle, genawendang ishku'an- 
 
 dcm anamii'U'igainigong. 
 Beads, (rosary,) anaminninag. 
 Beak ; its beak,iofa bird,i okoj. 
 It has a long beak, ginikoje. 
 It has a sliort beak, lakoknjc. 
 Beam, agwawanak ; bimidaa- 
 
 gan. 
 Bean, miskodissiniin. 
 
 Jiear, rnakwd. Young bear, ino- 
 ki'nis. Male bear, Hfl/W.-. Skin 
 of a male bear, nabekwaian. 
 P'emale bear, nojrk. Skin of a 
 lemale bear, nojt'kuuian. I 
 hunt bears, nin nandawdkwe. 
 
 Beanl, )nishidono(/an. I have 
 a beard arounil the mouth, 
 nin inisliidon. I have a b. 
 around the chin, nin mishida- 
 ntikan. I liave a b. on the 
 cheeks, (whiskers,) nin inam- 
 islianowe. I have a b. on the 
 throat, nin mishigondagan. — 
 I have no beard, nin jiashko- 
 don. I pull my beard out, 
 nin paslikndonebinidis. I pull 
 his b. o\\\..}tin pashkodonebina. 
 
 Bear-meat, makowiiass. 
 
 Bear's bone, mah'tgan. 
 
 Bear's claw, makngdnj. 
 
 Bear's croup, makojlgan. 
 
 Bear's den or hole, makwdj. 
 
 Bear's head, makoxhligwaii. 
 
 Bear-skin, makowaian, mak- 
 waian. A small bear-skin, 
 niakiraiancns. 
 
 Bear-snowshoe, makwassagim. 
 
 Bear's potato, inakopin. 
 
 Bear's tree, rnakwalig. 
 
 Beast, awess'i.^ 
 
 Beat, (in s. in.) S. Surpass. 
 
 Beat ; the sea beats against s. 
 th., (the waves beat,) apagad- 
 ashka. The waves beat against 
 my canoe, nind apagadjiue- 
 baog. It is beating against s. 
 th., apagadjissentagad. The 
 waves are beating against s. 
 th., apagadashkaxcag ligowag. 
 
 Beaten ; 1 am (it isi beaten, nin 
 pakilrigas : pakitcigade. 
 
 Beautiful, f/Handtch. I am (it is 
 beautiful, 7iin gwandtchiu, 
 nind onijish, nin bisfiigenda-
 
 BED 
 
 25 — 
 
 BEG 
 
 gns\ f/wanalcliiwan, onijishin, 
 hisli itjcndnijwnd. 
 
 Beauty, (iwandlchiwin, onijishi- 
 win , hish h/en du<iosiwin . 
 
 Beaver, amik. Young beaver, 
 amikons. Young beaver un- 
 der two years, awenisfii'. 
 Young beaver between two 
 and three years, ahoiaice. 
 Y()\ing beaver of tliree years, 
 hakemik, palamik. Male bea- 
 ver, nabi'nnik. Female beaver, 
 noji'mik. Female beaver bear- 
 ing young ones, andjiinik. I 
 hunt beavers, nin iiaiidonii- 
 kive, nin nodamikwe. I live 
 like a beaver, nind amikwa- 
 gis. 
 
 Beaver-duck , am ikn.sli ih. 
 
 Beaver-fur, niniknbiwai. 
 
 Beaver Island, in Lake Michi- 
 gan, Amikoycndu. 
 
 Beaver's bone, amikorjan. 
 
 Beaver's dam, okwanhn. 
 
 Beaver's hole, (not lodge,) nmik- 
 waj. 
 
 Beaver's kidney, wijiria. 
 
 Bea ver-sk i n , ahim in ikirai. 
 
 Beaver's lodge, (imikwis/i. 
 
 Beaver's tail, amikosoiv, amik- 
 iraiio. 
 
 Because, <>ndji, wendji-, -ta. 
 
 Beckon ; I beckon, nind aini- 
 ni(/r. I beckon him, nind ai- 
 iiinanidira. 
 
 Jieckon, I in. s. in.) S. Nod. 
 
 Bed, iiilxii/an. Under the bed, 
 andiiiihdijan. I go to bed, niu 
 (/auux/rim. Any thing used as 
 a bed to lie upon, apishimnn. 
 
 Bed-liug, niiiidgodji.s.si, nijowesui, 
 jHaiaJiiiKii/o.sid ina nitons, (the 
 stinking inset;!. 1 
 
 Bed-fellow, irihntiarfan. 
 
 Bedsheet, nihdijanigin. 
 
 Bedstead, nibdganatig, nibdga- 
 
 nak. 
 Bee, antft. 
 
 Beee h -n u t , aja irnti in . 
 Beec h-t ree , ajatrnn ij. 
 Beef, pijikiwiwiid.sx. 
 Bwr,Jing()hfd)o, kitrin jingoba- 
 
 b<i. Beer made of fir-branches, 
 
 Jingobabo. 
 Beet, beetroot, miskokddak, mis- 
 
 kofc/iisn, hni-skicaichiss .} 
 Before, 7wnd ; bica, tchi hwa, 
 
 bum tnas/ri. (Mayowes). 
 Before, before]iand,'/r//« ; nqidg: 
 
 nigan. 
 Before all, nakawr. 
 Before, (formerly,) gaiaf. 
 Before me, ena.s-samiiuv ; enas- 
 
 samahiidn ; enassiamigabawii- 
 
 dn ; enassavii.shiiidn. 
 Before my eyes, in my face, 
 
 cnassamishkinjigiveidn. 
 Before soiuething, enassamima- 
 
 gnk : cna.s.sa^nissing. 
 Beg : I l)eg for s. th. to eat, 
 
 weeping, nin niokonem. I beg 
 
 him for s. th. to eat, weeping, 
 
 nin mokoneniotdwa. 
 Beg, (mendicate:) I beg, nin 
 
 nandolamagc. I am in a bad 
 
 lial)it of begging, nin nnndo- 
 
 iamagcs/ik. I beg him for s. 
 
 th., nin nandafiiniawa. I beg 
 
 him for help, nin nundndonia. 
 
 I beg fur it, i/h., an.) nin nan- 
 do/an, nin nandoianiagen ; 
 
 nin nandotamagenan. 
 Beg, (in. s. in.) S. Ask witli 
 
 hope. 
 Beggar, ncndniuniaged, bebdnan- 
 
 ddlaniaged. 
 Beggary, begging, nandoiama- 
 
 geirin ; nandoianiageshkiwin. 
 Beg for s. til., (in. s. in.) S. Ask 
 
 for s. th. ti) eat.
 
 BEI 
 
 — 2r. _ 
 
 BEL 
 
 Bejr^inf^ tor s. th. — S. Asking 
 for s. th. to oat. 
 
 Begin ; I begin, iiin madjita. I 
 begin .'^oine work, /*//( itKulji- 
 kan. It begin.'!, mndjisacuKtijad, 
 viadjissin ; ina<IJilcami(/ad. 
 
 Beginning, madjitawin ; madji- 
 kai)i(iwin. In the beginning, 
 iiitidjifdiKj ; waieshkdt. 
 
 Behiive ; I behave, nind ijiwe- 
 bis, nin himadis, nind inadis. 
 I beliave so..., nind ijiwefjis. I 
 behave otlierwise, nind and. 
 jijiwebis, nind andji-hinuidin. 
 I beh. decently, clia.«tely, nin 
 hinadis. I beh. impurelv, nin 
 winadis, nin hisliiijwadj-ijiwe- 
 his, nin giKjibadis. I beh. 
 badly, nin matclii ijiwebi.s. I 
 bell, well, nin mino ijiwcbi.s. 
 I bell, too badly, nind osami- 
 tchige. I make him beh. so, 
 or be so, nind ijiwebisia. 
 
 Behavior, ijiwebiniwin bimndisi- 
 win, inadissiwin. Good beh., 
 7nino ijiwebisiicin. Bad beha- 
 vior, niatchi ij i w e b in i w i n. 
 Changed beh., andji-binuidisi- 
 win , a n dj ij i tv ebi si w / n. 
 I change my beh., nind and" 
 ji-bimadis, nind andjijiwebis. 
 Decent chaste beh., binaditti- 
 win. Impure beh., bishig- 
 uiadjijitcebisiwin , winadisi- 
 win, gagibadisiwin. 
 
 Behind, ajawaii, agawaii. Be- 
 liind the lodge or house, 
 au-assigamig,agaunganiig. Be- 
 hind the island, agawiniiniss. 
 Behind the others, ishkwei- 
 ang, ishweaii. 
 
 Behold ! bina ! nashke ! 
 
 Being, aiaa. Young being, 
 aiaans. Great being, kitclii 
 
 aiaa. Wicked i)eing, uiaaiciKh, 
 watr/ii aiaawish. 
 
 Be it so, mi ge-ing ; apeingi. 
 (Pitane). 
 
 Belch ; I belch, nin megandji ; 
 nin babisibi. 
 
 Belfrey, kitofagan agodeg. 
 
 Belie ; I belie him, uin giicani- 
 ma. 
 
 Belief, debweiendamowin. 
 
 Believe; I bel., 7iin debweiam, 
 nin debweiendavi. I believe 
 in him, nin debtreienima. I 
 bel. him, h/m debweiaica. I 
 bel. it, nin debtcetun. 
 
 Believer, daiebtcetang, gagikwe- 
 win daiebwetang. 
 
 Bell, kitidagan ; fewe.^sekaigan. 
 Small globular heU, J i nawaod- 
 Jigan. 
 
 Bellow ; the ox or cow bellows, 
 masHagosi pijiki. 
 
 Bellows, bodadjishkotawan. 
 
 Belly, omissadama, 7nissad. Mj, 
 thy, his belly, nimissad, ki- 
 missad, onn'.'isad. I have pain 
 in the belly, nind ako.shkade. 
 I have a big fat belly, nin pi- 
 kndji, nin pikonagiji. I have 
 a large belly, nin inangimis- 
 sade, nin manginagiji, nin 
 7nangidji. I have a red belly, 
 nin /ni.<<kH'asJikade. My belly 
 is swollen up, nin bodadjish- 
 ka. I put it in my belly, or I 
 have it in my belly, (/«., a7i.) 
 nin icadendan ; nin tcadeni- 
 ma. 
 
 Belly of an animal, Tnodji. 
 
 Below, laba.thish, nissaii, nissd- 
 ki, niiisddjiica7i. 
 
 Belt, (girdle,) kitchipisoicin. 
 (Pakwilttehun). 
 Woolen belt, niiskogad. Wool
 
 BEN 
 
 — 27 — 
 
 BEW 
 
 for belts, mishkogadeiab. I 
 make a belt, niii miskogadike. 
 
 Bemoan. S. Weep over.... Weep- 
 ing over... 
 
 Bench, apabiwin, tessabiwin. 
 
 Bend, ibow ;) I bend, nin wiigi- 
 nige. I bend it, (//)., an.) nin 
 wciginan, nin Jawuginan, nin 
 saweshkan ; nin ipaqina, nin 
 jawtigina, nin saipcshkawa. I 
 bend it towards me, nin bida- 
 ginan. It hei\ds, jashawabin- 
 scmugad. 
 
 Bend, ifold) ; I bend it, [in., an.) 
 nin bi.skinan ; nin biskina. I 
 l)end my arm, nin biskiniken. 
 
 Bend ; I bend or incline my.seir, 
 nin natceta. 
 
 Beneath, (under,) a n a m a i i, 
 annming. 
 
 Beneficence, jawcndjigewin, jar 
 jau'vndjigewin , nitd-jawendji- 
 gewin. 
 
 Beneiicent ; I am ben., ninjaja- 
 wrndjige, nin nitu-jawendjige. 
 
 Beneticial. S. Utieful. 
 
 Benefit, mino dodamowin, ja- 
 tcendjigeioin. I bestow a Ibe- 
 nelit, ni)i jaivcndjige. I be.s- 
 tow benefits, nin jujawendjige. 
 
 Benefit ; I Ijenefit liiin, nin Ja- 
 weniino, nin niino dodaira. I 
 benefit myself, ninjaii'cnindi.s, 
 nin mino doda.s. The act of 
 beneritting,,/««'e/jf/////ew?«,./a- 
 ja wa n djigewin . 
 
 Benevolence, kijadisiwin, kije- 
 tcadisiwin. 
 
 Benevolent; lam ben., nin ki- 
 jadi.s-, nin kijeiradi.s. 
 
 Benigiilcd ; I am ben., nin non- 
 driibi.s/ika. ^ 
 
 Benighted, lignorant ;) I am 
 ben., nin iibikadis. 
 
 Benignitv. S. Benevolence. 
 
 Bent, (bowed ;) I am (it is) bent, 
 nin wagishka ; wagishkama- 
 gad. 
 
 Bent, (folded;) it is bent, bi.-ika- 
 magad, biakigishka, biskini- 
 gade. 
 
 Bent back\iard.-i ; I am lient b. 
 nin jashagiia. 
 
 Bent forwards ; I am bent f., 
 nin loageni.i. I am bent by old 
 age, nin wagigika. (Wakisiw 
 wakikkaw). 
 
 Beniimiied ; lam ben., nin gi- 
 kinianis. My arm is ben., nin 
 gikiinaninike. My loot is ben., 
 mj' feet are ben., nin gikinia- 
 niside, nin babisigi.sidcwadj . 
 My hand is ben., my hands 
 are ben., nin gikimaninindji, 
 nin babisigimindjiwadj . My 
 leg is ben., nin gikimani- 
 gdde. 
 
 Berr}' ; a kind of red berry, wi- 
 nisiiniin. 
 
 Bet, atddiwin. (Attatuwin). 
 
 Bet ; I bet, nind aidge. I bet it. 
 [in., an.) nind dtagen, nind 
 aton ; nind atagenan, nind 
 atnwd. (Atainew). 
 
 Bete-grise Bay. Pagidawewin. 
 At, to or from Bctegrise Bay, 
 I'agidawcwining. 
 
 Betray ; I liet. him, nin pagi- 
 dina. (Misimew). 
 
 Better ; a little l)etter, bab^nag. 
 
 Between, naicaii, nasnaicaii. 
 (Tastawicth). 
 
 Bewail; I bew. him, (her, it,) 
 nin mawinia, nind ondadt'mn- 
 nan ; nin mawindan, nindon- 
 diidiUnon. 
 
 Ik'wail. Bewailing. — S. Weep 
 over. . .Weeping over... 
 
 Bewilder; I liew. him, nin </i- 
 ird.i/tkwciriidainid. 1 am ne-
 
 HIN 
 
 — 28 — 
 
 HIU 
 
 wildcTc'd, iiin </iwa.shkiveieTir j 
 (l<ini. ] 
 
 Beyond, (iicns.s ircili. 
 
 Bible, Kije-Mdiiito omamnaigan. 
 I Kweiir on tlie Bible, Kij(t- 
 Manito o masinaiyan nind oil- 
 jindan. 
 
 Bid ; I bid liim j^o home, or back, 
 uin (liirriutjdwd. 
 
 Bier, ivhihai-oiuijanaticf. 
 
 Big, kitchi. I am biji, nin miu- 
 did. It is bi^, miichamai/ad. 
 
 Bigamist, iiajo/cwewid. I am a 
 bigamist, iiiii uijokwew. 
 
 Bilberry. S. Wliertleberry. 
 
 Bile, ofidwdbdn. 
 
 Bilious; I am bilious, nind osd- 
 wdbi. 
 
 Bill, nia.sinaii/iins. 
 
 Bill, (beak ;) 'its bill, (of a bird,) 
 okoj. 
 
 Bill of divorce, webinidiwi-ma- 
 .sinaigan , wehinidiun-ojibiigan. 
 
 Billow, (wave,) iigow. 
 
 Bind ; I bind, nin sagibidjige, 
 nin windjiindpidjige. I bind 
 him, (her, it,) nin sagibina, 
 nin mindjimapina ; nin sagi- 
 bidon, 7iin mindjimapidon. 1 
 bind him, fetter him, nin ma- 
 ■mandjigwapina. I bind him, 
 (her, it) well, nind aindapina. 
 nin wawenapina : nin ainda- 
 pidon, nin wawenapidon. I 
 bind or tic well his pack, nin 
 wmveaapidamaiva wiwaj. I 
 bind it in the middle, (in., an.) 
 nind id>itotchipidon ; nind 
 abiiotchipina. I bind it again 
 or otherwise, {in., an.) nind 
 andapidon ; nind <tndapina. I 
 bind them together, (///., an.) 
 nindansapinadonan : nind an- 
 .s-apincig. \Takkonitew). 
 
 Bind, (in. s. in.) S. Tie. 
 
 Bind; 1 biml or fetter his liands, 
 his feet. S. Hand. Foot. 
 
 Birch-bark, wigwa-Hn. Birch-bark 
 for a lodge, irigwfi.s.sapakwei. 
 1 look lor liirch-barK, nin 
 nandokwani. I am taking oti" 
 birch-bark, nin wigwassike. 
 I Was k way). 
 
 Birch-bark box ,wigwasi<i-niakak 
 
 Birch-bark canoe, icigwass-tchi- 
 mdn (Wa-kwiiy-o.xi). 
 
 Birch-bark di.sli, jpigwass-onu- 
 guii. 
 
 Birch-l>ark lodge, xcigwa.fsiwi- 
 gainlg. 
 
 Birch-tree, wigicasn. There are 
 birch-trees, witjica.tsika. In a 
 place where tliere are birch- 
 trees, wigiraJisikang. The 
 birch-trees are white, icassa- 
 kodewan wigwaaxun. (Wayak- 
 esk). 
 
 Bird ; a .finnU bird, bin^shi; a 
 lar(/e bird, bini.fsi. Young 
 little bird, 7)aHw(;V?. A kind 
 of iiird, pa.s/ikund(uni>. The 
 bird tlies quick, Avj/.v-se bineshi. 
 The bird Hies low, tabassi^se 
 binci</ii. The bird has his 
 wings closed, nubicangc^hka 
 bineshi. The bird is naked, 
 lias no feathers, pashkoni, pa- 
 pa.shkosi bine.'ilii. The bird 
 carries s. th. in his beak, ni- 
 maige bine.shi. The bird startti. 
 j)a.sigic(iu bineshi. iPiyesis). 
 
 Bird ; a kind of black bird, se- 
 niba)iirani.<ihi. A kind of blue 
 bird, iijaicane. A kind of gray 
 bird, nkani.'^se. A kind of white 
 bird, ndatnaweshi. 
 
 Birth, ondadisitcin, nigitrin. I 
 give birtli, nind ondadisike. 
 nin nigiawa^ss. I give him 
 (her, it) birth, nind undadijiiOy
 
 BLA 
 
 — 2y — 
 
 liLA 
 
 nin nigia ; nind ondadisiton , 
 nin nicfiton. I give birth to a 
 chilli for him or (u him, nin 
 niijildwa. Premature abortive 
 birth, nishiwiu. (Nittawikiw). 
 
 Birth ; I give birth, (in. 8. in.) S. 
 delivered. 
 
 Birtlidav, nigiwini-cpjigad, on- 
 dailisiwini-gijigud. 
 
 Birtli-giving, niyiawanHowin, on- 
 dadisikcwin. 
 
 Biscuit, (sea-bread,) anakona. 
 
 Bi.scuit, (small cake,) pakw£ji- 
 gcms. 
 
 Bishop, Kilchi-meknlewikivanaie 
 (Kitchi-ayami-hewiyinivv). 
 
 Bitch, nojrssiin, giskkish^, ant- 
 monk. The bitch i.s to have 
 young ones, an<lJis.nmo ani- 
 moiih. (Kislcanuk kiskisi.9). 
 
 Bite; 1 bite, ///// hikwange. I 
 am in a habit of l)iting, nin 
 tukwangt'.shk. — 1 bite li i m, 
 (lier, it,) nin i/ikwama ; nin 
 takirdnddn. 1 bite him much, 
 cruelly, nind ahindama. (Tak- 
 kwamew). 
 
 Bite o(i'; I bite ofl', nin pak- 
 toendjige. I bite off a piece of 
 it, {an., in.) nin pakwema ; 
 nin pakwcnddn. 
 
 Bitter ; it is bitter, (/»., an.,] 
 winsagan, toissaga ; wi.'iaagisi. 
 It is bitter, (liquid,) wi.'<sagd- 
 gami. It is bitter, (leaf,) «;?>- 
 aagibag. 
 
 Bittern, (bird,) moshkao.'nii , ga- 
 n a IP ah im <>g i.^i.'i.swr.f h i . 
 
 Bitterness, wissaginiwin. 
 
 Black, //(rt/i7//t'-...(Kaskite\va\V). 
 I am black, nin niakntrwi.s, 
 nin niakal/wiire. It is black, 
 {in., an.) makaUxoa; niaka- 
 Mwini. It 18 Itlack: Metal, 
 [in., an.) makaUwabikad ; 
 
 makat6wahikisi Thread, [in., 
 an.,) makatewahigad ; ma- 
 knfewabigi.si. Liquid, maka- 
 tewa garni. 
 
 Black ; I ilye black, nin maka- 
 fewadis.iige, nin makalcwun- 
 .sige. I dye it black, iin., an.,) 
 nin makatewadi.'i.Hdn, nin ma- 
 kaiewan.-idn ; nin makafewa- 
 di.s.swa, nin makaiewanswa. 
 
 Black; I paint it black, [in., 
 an.,) nin viakatekodon ; nin 
 makaifkona. — It is painted 
 black : Metal, (in., an.,\ nia- 
 ka/etcahikinigade ; makatewa- 
 bikinigd.so. Wood, (i)t., an.,) 
 makatewaknnigade, m a k aie- 
 wisHuginigdde ; makattwako- 
 nigdso, makateioissagin igdso. 
 
 Blackbird, a kind of blackbird, 
 uiakdlrianak. 
 
 Black cloth, makatewegin. (Kas- 
 kitewegin). 
 
 Black dog, makaietooJisim. (Kae- 
 kitewastini). 
 
 Black duck, makateshib. (Kas- 
 kiteshib). 
 
 Blacken ; I blacken, nin makor 
 feiciic/iige. I blacken him, 
 (her, it,) nin makatdwialikawa, 
 nin makalewis/iinia ; nin tna- 
 ka Mir /.v A ka h , nin ni a ka fiUr i.s- 
 .siUin, nin inakatewittin. (Kas- 
 kitewinam). 
 
 Bliicken, un. s. in.i S. I paint it 
 black. 
 
 Blackfoot Indian, Aydichinini. 
 
 Black-foot woman, Aydtchini- 
 n ikire. 
 
 Blacking, (especially for boots or 
 shoes,) makalcirilrhigan, miti- 
 gwaki.sini-niakdttirHr/iigan. 
 
 Black-lead (or polishing stoves 
 with, api.'<.s(d)ik, wa.t.'iikwadcw- 
 (I igan , was^ikirabikaigan .
 
 HLA 
 
 — 30 
 
 I51J 
 
 Black River, Makatewagami, 
 Mil ka t rwaija m iw i.s ih i . 
 
 Black scriient, makafrf/iiiehifj. 
 
 Blacksniitli, airis/itoin. I am a 
 blacksmith, itind awishtoiaw. 
 (Ovahisuw). 
 
 Blacksmitli'.s shop, airishiom- 
 iiui/diiiii/. (Oyahisiuvikamik). 
 
 Blacl<smith's trade, awiaktoia- 
 wiwln. 
 
 Bladder, S. Urine-bladder. 
 
 Blame ; I blame him, (her, it,) 
 nind anioenima ; nind dnwen- 
 daii. 
 
 Blanket, wdboiilu. My, thy, his 
 blanket; nikonass, kikaiifi.ss, 
 okonas.s. 1 tie up high my 
 blanket, nhi fnkwdirdji.s. I tie 
 my lilanket under my chin, 
 7iin saijdnikamamhis. (Wabo- 
 wevAn akkup). 
 
 Blanket moccasin, wdhoiakisin. 
 I wear blanket-moccasins, nin 
 wdboiakisine. 
 
 Blaspheme; I bias., nin baia- 
 gijwe, 7iin 7natc/i></ijire, nind 
 indpineicinam. I bias, liim, 
 (her, it,) nind indinnenia ; nin 
 indpinenddn. (\\ lyakimow). 
 
 Blaspheming, baia-y ij icew i n, 
 indpidewin. (Wiyakimowin). 
 
 Blaze ; T make the fire blaze, 
 nin bi-tkakonendjige, nin bis- 
 kakoneton or nin biskakonean 
 ishkote. The fire blazes, ?ni.s-h- 
 wakone, biskakone or biskane 
 ishkote. The fire blazes up 
 high , namatdkone i x hkot e. 
 The fire blazes up by the wind, 
 hiskaneiassin ishkote- iWasas- 
 kutew). 
 
 Blaze on a tree, wassdkwaigan, 
 w(m'(d)ijagakwaigan , kikina- 
 wadakwaigan. 
 
 Blaze trees ; I blaze trees, nin 
 
 ipnssakwaige; nin kikinawa- 
 dnkwaige. The trees are blaz- 
 ed, kikinavadakwaigade. 
 
 Bleach ; 1 bleach it, nin wdhish- 
 kigiton. ( Wa pasam | . 
 
 Blearedness, tchissigawisibing- 
 irewin. 
 
 Blear-eyed ; I am bl., nin tchis- 
 sigairisibingtpe. ( Pasakabiw). 
 
 Bleed ; 1 bleed, (let blood, i nin 
 bdskikweige. I bleed him, nin 
 bdshkikwewa — Bleed ing, the 
 act of bleeding somebody, has- 
 kikiceigewin. 
 
 Bleed ; I l)leed, (shed blood,) nin 
 misku'iir. I make him bleed, 
 nin 7}ii.skwitria- — I bleed at 
 the no.«e, nin giln'tdn. I bleed 
 at the nose Ijv a fail, nin gibi- 
 taneshin. I make him bleed 
 at the nose by a blow, nin 
 gibitanegandma. (Mikkowiw). 
 
 Bless ; I bless him, (her, it,) 
 7iind anamietawa ; nind ana- 
 mietan. I bless it, (in,, an.) 
 nin siganndan ; nin sigaan- 
 dawa. (Saweyimew). 
 
 Blessed ; it is blessed, {in., an.) 
 sigaandjigdde ; sigaandjigdso. 
 
 Blessed water, anamieicdbo. 
 
 Blind ; 1 am blind, nin gagi- 
 bingwe. I make him blind, I 
 blind him, nin gagibingwea. 
 iNama wabiw). 
 
 Blindfold; I bl. him, nind ag- 
 vingwebina, nin gagibingice- 
 bina. 
 
 Blindfolded ; I am bl., nind ag- 
 iringicebig, nin gagibingiccbis. 
 
 Blindness, gagibingweicin. 
 
 Blind person, gegibingiced. 
 
 Blink ; I blink with the eyes, 
 nin })apdssangicab, nin pas- 
 sangaanab, nin 2>(i2>dssangaa- 
 nab.
 
 BLO 
 
 — 31 — 
 
 BOA 
 
 Blister. S. Visicatory. 
 
 Blister; I have a blister; nind 
 abi.shkwebi(jis. I have a blis- 
 ter on my hand, nind nhish- 
 kwebif/inindji.shin. 1 luive a 
 blister on my loot, ttind ahi-s/i- 
 kwehifiisidesli in . 
 
 Block, kotau'dn. 
 
 Block ; in a block, mdmawi. 
 iMikko ni inikl. 
 
 Blood, misktvi. Coagulated 
 blood, icado. (Let blood. S. 
 Bleed.) My blood is coming 
 out, nin sdr/iskwagia. I stain 
 liim, (her, it) with blood, tiiii 
 mi.iku'iwia ; nin miskwiwifon. 
 
 Bloody, (stained with blood ;) I 
 am, (it is) bloody, nin mi.sk- 
 wiio ; miskwiwan- I strike 
 him bloody, nin miskwiwaya- 
 ndma. 
 
 Bloody tlux, viiskwahiunn. I 
 have the bloody tlu.x, nin 
 mi.sktcahi. (S. Dysentery. — S. 
 Issue of blood.) 
 
 Bloom, l)lossoni, wdbigon. 
 
 Blot out ; I blot out, nin yas.sia- 
 maf/e. I blot it out, nin c/as- 
 sian. I blot it out to him, 
 (forgive him,) nin (/asaiamd- 
 wa. We blot out to each other, 
 (panlon each other, i nin i/u-s- 
 siamadimin. — I blot out a 
 writing, nin (/assibian. 1 blot 
 him out, strike out his name, 
 nin f/asnibiwa. 
 
 Blotted out ; it is blotted out, 
 ga-ssiit/ude. It Ijecomes blotted 
 out, f/assiikamaf/ad. 
 
 Blotting out, ijassiaina(jewin, 
 yassiamndiwin . 
 
 Blow; I blow, nin bodddjif/e. I 
 blow him, (her, it,) 7iin bodd- 
 nd, nin bududun. I blow a 
 sick person, 7iin babwedana, 
 
 (nin babodana.) I ijlow the 
 fire with bellows, nin bodud- 
 jishkolnirc. — It blows, (it is 
 wiiidv.) iKidin ; aniiuad. 
 
 Blue. S.' Sky-blue. 
 
 HhuKler. S. "Mistake. 
 
 Blunt; it i.s blunt, ajiwa, dji- 
 wd.ssin, ajiiahikiiisin. 
 
 Blunti.sh ; it is h\.,jHtnyi ajiior 
 bikissin. 
 
 Blush ; I blush, 7iiii iniskwing- 
 tcc.s.se. 
 
 Board ; I go on board, nin bos: 
 I put him, (her, iti on board, 
 nin bosid; nin bonifon. It is 
 on board, (in., an.) bositchi- 
 gdde : bositchigdso. 
 
 Board ( plan k ,) nab a r/ i s .v a r/. 
 Small board, nahayi-ssayons. 
 I make it of lioard.s, nabayis- 
 .sayi)knd(in. It i.s made of 
 boards, nabnyi.'isny(diade. Hut 
 or house made of boards only, 
 nabayissayowiyaniiy. — T h e 
 board is narrow, aya,ssadesi 
 nabriyi.ssay. The b o a r d is 
 wide, manyadesi nabayissag. 
 Under a hoard, andmiti.^ay In 
 the middle of a board, ndwis- 
 ■say. 
 
 Boarding, ashafigeicin, ashandi- 
 win ; u'i.s.siniu'in. 
 
 Boarding-house, ashangewiga- 
 mig. 
 
 Boarding-master, ashangewini- 
 ni. 
 
 Boarding-mistress, ashangekive. 
 
 lioard-road. S. Plank-road. 
 
 Boast; I boast of..., nin mamik- 
 was, nin nuwijini. (Mamiya- 
 kiitjimow). 
 
 Boaster, S. liraggart. 
 
 Boasting, viamikirasouii). 
 
 Boat, miligo-lcliimdn. (Mistik'o 
 si).
 
 BOO 
 
 — :{2 
 
 liOT 
 
 Boat-liuilder, lioat-maker, Irlia- 
 mdn ihcd. hit imdnilcewinini. 
 
 Bodkin, )iti(i'i.s.s. 
 
 Body, wiiau'ima. My, tliy, his 
 body, f}iiaw, kiiaw, wiiaw. I 
 have a body, nitid oxviiaw. I 
 have it in my body, (in me,) 
 nind oxviiawinndan.— In tie 
 side of the body, opimrna. I 
 make him lie on his side, 
 nind opimesliima. I liave con- 
 vulsions in my body, nin Ichi- 
 Ichibishl-a. 
 
 Body ; in a Viody, mdmawi. 
 
 Bog, irdbashkUd. 
 
 Boil ; I boil s. th., tiind onsekwe. 
 I boil it, (in., an.) nind onsdn ; 
 nind onsica. It boils, ondema- 
 gad. The kettle boils, onso 
 alcih: 
 
 Boiling water, ivcndeg-nibi. 
 
 Bois-blanc Island, Wigobiminiss. 
 
 Bomb, bimoshliodaiL'dn. 
 
 Bom basin, gaskigin. 
 
 Bond, takobinigowin. 
 
 Bone, okanima. My, thy, his 
 bone, nikdn, kikdn, okdn. (Os- 
 kan). A bone comes out of 
 my body, nin .sagigatjcsfiin. 
 A certain bone in the leg, 
 nilchisldbodagan. I have pain 
 in the bones, nin dcwigan. — 
 I liave large bones, nin ma- 
 mangigan. I have small bones, 
 nin biwigan, or, nin babiwi- 
 ganc. I have strong bones, 
 nin mashkaungane, nin songi- 
 gane. 
 
 Bonnet, iviwakwdn. (Astotin). 
 
 Book, masinaigan. A small 
 hook, masinaigans. I open a 
 book, (or letter.) nin pakigi- 
 tian masinaigan. I close a 
 book slightlv, nin patabinan 
 masi7iaigan. t close it briskly, 
 
 ninpatabiwebinan, or, nin pa- 
 (akowebinan. 
 
 Book-cane, mas inaigani-tessabdn. 
 
 Boot, mitigwakisin. 
 
 Bore ; I bore liim, (her, it) 
 til rough, ninjabopagwanewa ; 
 nin jabopagwanedn. (Paku- 
 nehwew). 
 
 Bore, (in. s. in.) S. Pierce. 
 
 Born ; I am, (it is) born, nmnig^, 
 7iind ondadis ; nigimagad, on- 
 dadisimagad. 
 
 Born again. S. Reborn. 
 
 Born with ; I am born with it, 
 nin giginig. 'Kikinittawikiw). 
 
 Borrow; I borrow, nind ala- 
 wange. I borrow of him, nind 
 alaivama. I borrow it, (in., 
 an.) nind alawangen ; nind 
 alawangrnan. I am in a ha- 
 bit of borrowing, nind dlauan- 
 geshk. Bad habit of borrow- 
 ing, alawanyeshkiwin. (Nan- 
 dattamow). 
 
 Borrowed; any thing borrowed. 
 awiigowin. 
 
 Borrowing ; anything borrowed^ 
 awiigowin. 
 
 Borrowing, atawangewin. (Awi- 
 hasuwin). 
 
 Bosom, pindomowin. I put it in 
 my bosom, {in., an.) nin pino- 
 mon ; nin pinotnonan. (Pimo- 
 yuw). 
 
 Boss, ndganisid, ogima. 
 
 Boss in a copper-mine, miskwa- 
 bikokeogima 
 
 Both, (in compositions,) dau'C, 
 etawi... 
 
 Both, naiety, neienj, nij. On 
 both sides, f/a«'a(('. Botli sides 
 of the body, elawina. 
 
 Bother; I bother him, nin mi- 
 goshkadjia. It bothers me, nin 
 migoshkadjiigon.
 
 BOY 
 
 — 33 — 
 
 BRA 
 
 Bottlp, nnindai. lAttlo liottle or 
 vial, (nnudens. (Motoviil)i.«k). 
 , Bottom ; 1 liottoiii a barrel, /i(/i 
 (jibidican nxukak. 
 
 Bought ; I am, (it is) bought, 
 nin f/islt}iinadji(jas ; f/is/ipi/iad- 
 Jifjade. A liouglit otiject, //('.v//- 
 pinaddt/an. It is a hougiit ol»- 
 ject, (lishpinadananiwan. 
 
 Bound ; lam liouii(i,or lettered, 
 nin niania/iiljifitidpis, nin ma- 
 mandji(/ir<ipidji(i(ts, nin uii/id- 
 Jimajiis, nin mindjiirtapikaif/ds, 
 nin ))ii/idji)napidji(ia.s. It is 
 bound, inindjiinapide, )iii»(l- 
 jimapidjifiadc. \ Tak k upis u \v) . 
 
 Botiiity. S. Benevolence. 
 
 How, inilifjwah Bow over tlie 
 Indian cradle, afiwinrjweon. 
 (Atehal.iy). 
 
 Bow, Bowed, (in. s. in.) S. Bend. 
 Bent. 
 
 Bow down ; I bow down, nin 
 jaijashkila. I bow down be- 
 fore him, (her, it,) ninjacjasli- 
 kilawa; nin jagashkilan. (Wa- 
 kinew). 
 
 Bowels, onafjij. I e.xonerate tlie 
 bowels, nin tnisi. I e.xonerate 
 the bowels in my bed, nin )ni- 
 tingirain. I have pains in the 
 bowels, nintl akn.slikadc. Pain 
 in the bowels, akoshkadncin. 
 (Kisiwaskatewin). 
 
 Bowl, nncUjans. 
 
 Bowman. iS. Archer. 
 
 Bows|)rit , nii/andkiraiffan. 
 
 iiow-stritig, atclidh. 
 
 Box, makak. Small box, v\a>ia- 
 kons. Wooden box, makakos- 
 sag. 
 
 Boy, ku'iirisens. I am a boy, nin 
 ku'iwismsiw. The first-born 
 boy of a family, inailjikitriss. 
 I am the first-born bov of the 
 
 family, nin madjikiwissiw. 
 (Xaliesisi. 
 
 Bracelet or ring arounfT the 
 wrist, andn ; around the ami, 
 kitcli itrcbison . ( Atchan i . 
 
 Brag ; I brag of myself, nin ma- 
 mikwas.—H. Praise, (Hatter.) 
 
 Braggart, bragger, mamaddgo- 
 winini,memikmasod. lam a 
 braggart, nin mnmikwas. 
 
 Bragging, vunuikira.soirin. 
 
 Brain; my, thy, liis brain, ni- 
 nindib, kinindib,ivinindib. (Wi- 
 yitip). 
 
 Brainpan. S. Skull. 
 
 Branch, wddikwan, odikuan. 
 There are branches, bigwebi- 
 magad. The tree lia.s branches, 
 bigirebimagisi inilig. I cut oft' 
 branches, /?//( iiiajidikwanaige, 
 nin Irliigandaweigc. I cut off 
 the branches of a tree, nin 
 niajidikwancwa mitig, nin tclii- 
 gandaweva milig. The tree 
 lias large l>ranches, maman- 
 gidikwanagisi mitig. (Musa- 
 watikwanew). 
 
 B ra n 1 , ki'sit kakideg. 
 
 Brandy, ishl.olewdbo, mes/ikawa- 
 gainig isltkoteivdbo, (strong 
 fire-water.) 
 
 Bra.'js, nsawabik. 
 
 Brass-wire, nsawnbikons. 
 
 Brass-wire collar, osawubiko- 
 nabikawdgan. 
 
 Brave ; I am l)rave, nin songi- 
 dee. Brave courageou.s per- 
 son, sivangideed. (Nabekka- 
 sow). 
 
 Brave, Bravery. — S. Courage- 
 ous. Courage. 
 
 Brave. Brave warrior. — S. Hero. 
 
 B rave ry , songideewin . 
 
 Brawl. Brawling. — S. Quarrel, 
 Quarreling.
 
 BRK 
 
 :ji — 
 
 I'AiK 
 
 Brazen t'ucei I. S. Sliainclcss per- 
 son. 
 
 Brajrier, aliihnkcwinini. 
 
 Brazier's traile, work, Imsiness, 
 ahiknkcuin. 
 
 Broacli ; there are 1 (reaches, 
 tniawaJarinsin. 
 
 Bread, pakwrjii/a)!. Unleavened 
 liread, wnnbissilrhifjiis n s s if) 
 j)al;wejiriafi. Leavened hread, 
 ircmbisstlrli ifjdsod pakwrjigan. 
 (S. Leavened). 
 . Breadth ; one breadtli, (of stuff 
 or cloth,) b ej ig o s h k. T w o 
 breadths, etc., nijoshk, etc. 
 So many hreadtlis, das.soshk. 
 
 Break ; I break it, (in. an.) 
 nin bigoshkdn, nin higwa- 
 an ; nin bigoslikawa, nin big- 
 ivaxva. (Pikunew pikupitew).! 
 l)rcak it to pieces, [in., an.) 
 nin bigond/i ; nin bignna. I 
 break it by Icttin*: it tall down, 
 {in., an.) nin bigiri.'i.'iidon ; nin 
 bigwishinm. It breaks fallin;^ 
 down, (in., an.) bigwi.s.sin. \bi- 
 gossin ;) bigirisliin, {bigo.shin,) 
 bigweni.^hin. I break it in two, 
 (in., an) ni)i bol;nbidini ; nin 
 hokobina. I break it to small 
 pieces, iin., an.) nin bis.wan ; 
 nin bis.sau'a. I break it to 
 small pieces in my hand, [in., 
 an.,) 7iin bi.ssihidon : nin bi.s.si- 
 bina. I break it, (a dish, in.; 
 a watch, an.) nin pd.ssaafi ; nin 
 passawa. I break it to pieces 
 by strikinjr, ('/) , an.) nin bis- 
 sagananddn : nin bissagan(7ma. 
 I break some long object, ((';}., 
 an.) nin bokos.sidon, nin bo- 
 ko.shkan ; nin bokoshima, nin 
 bokoshkawa. It breaks, bokot- 
 chislika, bokwasi/ia. — I break 
 a bone, nin bokicaigane. I 
 
 break branches on the roa<J, 
 nin bdkonigc I lireak my ca- 
 noe, nin bigoncsliin, nin hoko- 
 .sliin nin lrliiiii''tn. I break a 
 commandment, nin bigohidon 
 gana.songruin. I break a Held, 
 jiin bigwakaniigaan kiligan. I 
 break my nose falling, nin 
 hi.ssagiiljane.sfiin. I bnak the 
 point of .>-. th., nin bokokoji'nnn. 
 The tree breaks, bi.skibagi.shka 
 milig Sticks break under the 
 feet, boku'cniagad. 
 
 Break lin s. in.i S. Tear. 
 
 Breakdown; I break down, I 
 am ruined,! tiind angoslika, 
 ninbigoslika. It lireaks down, 
 (it is ruined,) angoshkamagad . 
 angomagad , bigoshkamagail . I 
 break it down, nin bigohidon, 
 nin nissakobidon. 1 break it 
 down ]jy striking, (in., an. 
 nin bigogananddn ; nin bigo- 
 gandma. 
 
 Breakfast, kigijeb-uissiniwin. I 
 take my breakfast, nin kigijeb- 
 nu'ssin . (Kik i jebamitjisuwic ) . 
 
 Break off; I lireak it uff, {in., an.) 
 nin bokoshkobindn, nin bok- 
 iranwissidon ; nin bokoshko- 
 hina, nin bokuanwishima. I 
 break off a piece, \in., an.) nin 
 paku'cbiilon : nin pakivebina. I 
 oreak off a piece of wood, iin., 
 an] nin pakirrgaan ; nin pak- 
 irrgawa. I lireak it off by 
 small pieces, \in., an.) nin pi- 
 gishkibidon ; nin ydgishkibina. 
 it breaks off. (falls off,) pak- 
 weshkamagad. (Pakkwepi- 
 tew). 
 
 Break open ; I break it open, 
 nin nas.'iidican. It breaks open, 
 tiassidicssin, nassidicshka. 
 
 Break, (split ;) I break it, nin
 
 BRK 
 
 — 35 — 
 
 BRI 
 
 passikat}, nin passilon. h 
 hreakfj, pnssihamafiad. 
 
 Break tlirougli ; I l>reak tlirough 
 p. til. witli my foot, ninboldssc 
 I hroak through the groiiiul, 
 nin bnliakamiiiissc- 
 
 Break to pieces ; I hreak it to 
 piece.--, [in., an.) nin passihi- 
 don; nin passibina. It breaks 
 to pieces falling from a height, 
 (in., an.] pi'jisltldsxin ; piijish- 
 kisliin. 
 
 Breakers. S. Shoals. 
 
 Breast, n/.aliifianama, kah if/an. 
 My, thy, his hreast, nin kaki- 
 (jan,kikaki<jan,o kakigan. (V^'ki--- 
 kigan). 1 have pain in my 
 breast, nin dcwakifjan. I have 
 liair on the breast, nin misliaki- 
 (jan. I warm my breast, nin ki- 
 jakif/dnc.s. I cover my breast, 
 nin kaslikakif/ancodis. I un- 
 cover my breast, 7iin rni- 
 jisltakii/d/ifhinidis, ni/i miji- 
 sftakifjanmidis. My breast is 
 uncovered, nin wijisliakiyane- 
 shin, nin tnilakifiancshiji. My 
 breast is uiicovereil indecent- 
 ly, nin nihaddkitjan. I unco- 
 ver his, (her) breast, ninmiji- 
 shakiijnnebina, nin mijis/taki- 
 yanrna. 
 
 Breast, wttman's breast, (olnsli. 
 
 Breast-pi n , ka.shkakiyancon. 
 
 Breast-plate, essimi;/. Breast- 
 
 Blate of s\\\iir,joniiawessiini(i. 
 Ireast-plate of porcelain, ini- 
 gissiiessiiiiig. 
 
 Breath, nrssrii'in. imyidannmo- 
 win. My breath is short, ////( 
 lakuanutn. My breath smells 
 bad, nin manjiwagwanam. 
 (Yeyewin). 
 
 Breathe ; I breathe, nin nesse, 
 nin pagidanain. 1 breathe 
 
 forth, ninnassanam. I breathe 
 into \i'uu, nin ncxsenodawa. I 
 breathe otherwise, nind anda- 
 nam. I breathe (h'eply, nin 
 jnijanam. I breathe interrupt- 
 edly, nin kishkanain. J br. by 
 long intervals, /(//( Jqjibanam. 
 I br. with ditticulty, nind ak- 
 icanaiu, nind ishkanain, nind 
 aiekwanam. I can be long 
 without breathing, nin jiba- 
 nam. I br. my last, nind ish- 
 k iranain. (Yeyewyeyekaniow), 
 
 Breechclotl.', ansidn. 
 
 B reec lies, (/ibodrirf/ uas.son. 
 
 Brick , miskwdhir/anoicassin. 
 
 Bride, wa-widirjed ikwe. 
 
 Bridegroom, ua-widiijed inini. 
 
 Bridge, ajogan. There is a 
 bridge made, ajocjanikade. I 
 make a bridge, nind ajnganike. 
 I walk over a bridge, nind 
 ajoge. 
 
 Bridle, sagidonebidjigan. The 
 horse has a bridle on, sagido- 
 uchidjii/d.so bebejigoganji. (Ta- 
 l)itunepitcliigan). 
 
 Brigand, inakandunrinini. 
 
 Bright; I make it briglit, nin 
 wushkeiabikishkan. 
 
 Briglit, (in. s. in.) S. Shine. 
 Siiining. 
 
 Brightness, wasscidsiwin. 
 
 lirim ; 1 brim it, (in., an.) nin 
 na.ssabasldiiiiadon ; nin nassa- 
 bashkinaa. 
 
 Brimstone, oxiliri-inakate. 
 
 lirhw, Jiu'ilaganabi). 
 
 Bring ; I bring, ni)i bidass. I 
 bring liijn, ilier, it,| nin bina, 
 nin bidiniia ; liin bidon, nin 
 bidoudan. I bring him s. th., 
 nin bidawa, nin bidaniawa. I 
 bring him, (her, it) to some 
 place, nin dagicishima ; nin
 
 Bl{() 
 
 — 36 — 
 
 into 
 
 (laf/wissilon. I l)rin;» liiin,(licr, 
 it) ashore on my t>ack, from 
 a canoe or lioat, 7ii/)(l af/uai')- 
 ma ; iiind aijwanndmi . (Posi- 
 wew petaw). 
 Brinj: back ; I Krin;^ liim (her, 
 it) hack again, niii hi-rjiwewi- 
 na, nriab nin bina ; nin bi-oe- 
 v'iiridon, nciab tiin bidon. (Ki- 
 wittaiiew). 
 Bring down ; I bring liim (her, 
 it) down, 7rin bi-ni.ssiwi>ia ; 
 nin bi-nissiwidon. 
 Bring t'ortli, (in. s. in.) S. Birth. 
 
 — S. Yield fruit. 
 Bring in ; I bring him (her, it) 
 in, nin pindir/ana ; nin pindi- 
 gadon. I bring in wood, nin 
 pindigcnissc. (Pesiwew). 
 Bring to light ;I bring him (her, 
 it) to Hght, irin mokawa, 7nn 
 molxina ; nin mokaan, 7iin nio- 
 ki7ian. 
 Bring up; I liring liim (her, it) 
 lip, nind ikwegia, nin nilawe- 
 gia ; nind ikiregiton, nin nita- 
 wigiion. 
 Bring with ; I bring with mo, 
 7ii7i bigigis. I bring him (her, 
 it) with me, nin bi-gigisi/mn ; 
 nin bi-gigisin. I cause him to 
 bring along with him s. th , 
 7rin bi-gigisia. It brings along 
 with it, bi-gigisimagad. (Ki- 
 kiwisiw). 
 Brittle ; it i.s brittle, (in., an.) 
 kdpan, kapadad ; kapisi, kapa- 
 disi. (Kaspisiw). 
 Broad, "(in. s. in.l S. Wide. 
 Broad axe, tcliigigaigan. 
 Broil; I broil it, {in., an.) ni/i 
 bansan ; nin ban.sira.('Piis-\\evr] . 
 Broken ; it is broken, bignshka, 
 makishka, bigobidjigade. It is 
 broken to pieces, {in., an.) bis- 
 
 saigadc ; bissaigasn It is brok- 
 en to pieces by 8. th tliat fell 
 on it, [in., an ) bissikode ; bis- 
 .sikoxo. Tlie gn^und or soil is 
 broken uj), bigirakmnigaigade. 
 Something is liroken in my 
 \ body, nin bokodjislika. (Piku- 
 payiw). 
 
 Broken. S. Infirm. 
 
 Broken lirancli on the road, bo- 
 konigan. 
 
 Brook, sibiirislir. 
 
 Broom, Irhigalaigan, Icliishalai- 
 ga7i. (Webahigan). 
 
 Broomstick, Irliig at ai ganak, 
 Ic/i igalaigan/ilig. 
 
 Brotli, 7iab'Jb, uiid.s.sabo. (Mitji- 
 mabiiy,. 
 
 Brother, my, thy, her brother, 
 7iin awema, kid aicema, od 
 awcman. My, thy, liis older 
 brother, nissaie, kissaie, os- 
 .saieian My, thy, his gounge)' 
 brother, 7iisliime, ki s /i ime, 
 osliimeia7i. We are brothers, 
 /lind osliimei/idimin. (N'istes 
 oste.sa). 
 
 Brother-in-law ; my, t h y, h i s 
 brother-in-law, nila, kila, wi- 
 (an. My, thy, her l)rother-in- 
 law, ninim, kinim, ivinimo/i. 
 (N'ista). 
 
 Brother or friend ; my, thy, hie 
 brother, (friend,) nidjikiive, 
 kidjikiirc, iridjikiucian ; or, 
 7iikaniss, kikani.i.^, uikanissan. 
 He is my brother, i friend,) 
 nind ouidjikiircima, ni/id oici- 
 kanissima. We are brothers, 
 (friends,) ni/id mvidjikiuei/ifli- 
 min, ni/id owikanissi/idiniin. 
 (X'itjiwa otjiwama). 
 
 Broth-pot with leg.s, okddakik. 
 
 Brought: it is brought here, 
 [in., an.) bidjigude ; bidjigd^o.
 
 BUF 
 
 — 37 — 
 
 BUR 
 
 It is liroujrht somewhere, (in., 
 
 an.) dnr/wi.ssHchigdde ; dag- 
 
 wiatiitchiiid.so. 
 Brought in ; I am brought in, 
 
 nin pindif/anir/o. He (she, it) 
 
 is brought in, pindigana ,pin- 
 
 digade, pindigadjigade. 
 Brouglit u]) ; I am brought up, 
 
 nin >ii lair igiigo, nin niiau'ig. 
 Brow. S. Forehead- 
 Brown ; I am l)rown, nin mig- 
 
 xcaningicewadj. 
 Browse, kibins vnimik. 
 Browse; it browses, (a beast,) 
 
 onimikoke, gishkdkwandjige. 
 
 (Mamattwettawew). 
 Bruise, jashagoshkosowin, das- 
 
 so.sowin. 
 Bruise; I liruise him, Cher, it,) 
 
 nin banosika ira ;n in banasikan . 
 Bruised ; I am bruised by s. th. 
 
 that fell upon me, nin jasha- 
 
 goshkos. 
 Brush, clothes-brush, binaw^i- 
 
 gan. 
 Brush ; I brush clothes, 7iin 
 
 binatc^ige. 
 Brusji, painting-brush, bijijo- 
 
 biigan. 
 Bucket, for fetching water, na- 
 
 dobun, nimibagan. 
 Buck le, adal>iki.s.sidjigan. 
 Buckler, pakukwaan. 
 Bud, onimik, lo a n i /h i k. — S. 
 
 Germ. 
 Bulliili), manhkodi-pijiki. (Mas- 
 
 kutewimustus). 
 Butialo-robe, pijikiwegin. (Mus- 
 
 tusweyani. 
 Buffet; I burtet h\m, ni n pas. m- 
 
 now6wa, nin nabagaskinindji- 
 
 fawa. 
 Butlbon, wembdjisid. I play the 
 
 buffoon, nind ombdjiii, nin ba- 
 
 bapinire. 
 
 Buffoonery, ombajisiwin, baba- 
 pinwewin. 
 
 Bugliear, gagawetadjitchigan. 
 
 liugle, bndt'idjigan. 
 
 Build, I build a lodge, 7iind 
 njige. I build a house, nin 
 lodkaige. 
 
 Builder, ojigewinini, wdkaige- 
 winini. 
 
 Building, ojigewin, n-dkaigeicin. 
 
 Bulky ; I am, lit i.-i inilky, nin 
 tnindid; mitrhd. (Misikitiw). 
 
 Bull, nabt'-pijiki. 
 
 Bullet, amoi. (Mousassin'/y). 
 
 Bullet-mould, amcikadjigan. 
 
 Bundle, of hay or some other in. 
 obj., takobideg. 
 
 Bundle, of shingles or some 
 other an. obj , takobisowag. 
 
 Bundle or packet of fur, mikin- 
 dagan. 
 
 Buoy to a net, okandigan. An- 
 otlier kind of buoy, nkandikan 
 bikodjiko.iod. ( AyApattik) . 
 
 Buoy. S. Sea-mark. 
 
 Burbot, awd.s.si, awd.f.'^i.'i.ii. 
 
 Burial, pagigendamawin. 
 
 Burn, triiagi.^oiriii. (Kisisowin). 
 
 Burn; I Inirn, nin tdidgi.s. I 
 liurn and weep, ni scs.sasakis. 
 It burns, tchdgide. I burn s. 
 th., nin tchdgi.sige. I burn 
 him, (her, \\.),nin irhaginwa : 
 ni)i ir/iagi.san. I Inirn myself, 
 ;(//( agwdbikis. 'Kisisowi. I 
 burn him, nind agtrdbikiswa. 
 1 l)urn (it I)urnsi in a certain 
 place, nin dnnaki.^. danakide. 
 (l\isitew). I burn entirely, 
 to coal, nind akakanaki.s'. 
 It burns to coal, akakana- 
 kide, akakanakate. I burn 
 him, (her, it* to coal, nind 
 akukanaki.'<wa, nind akaka- 
 naki.san. I burn (or make)
 
 BUR 
 
 — 38 — 
 
 bi:t 
 
 coal, iiind akakaje/ce — I burn 
 (it huriiP) all np, uin kas/ika- 
 kis, niv (i;fif7(/aki.*i, ka.sfika- 
 kide, h-fiiH/akifle. I cease (it 
 ceases) luiriiinjr, nind iith- 
 kwaiakis, in It kw aia k i de. It 
 burns through, kishkakide, 
 hiijode. I iiurn it tlirou<rh, 
 (in., an.) ni ki.'ihkaki.san, khh- 
 kaki.iwa. — I burn it for fuel, 
 {in., an.) uin hodatcen, nin 
 hodatoenan. — I burn 8. th. to 
 make a good odor, nin. mino- 
 magipekisige. I burn s. th. on 
 metal {in., an.) to make a 
 
 food odor, nin minomagwahi. 
 isati, nin viinomagwahiki.H- 
 wa. (Kisiswew). 
 
 Burn up ; I burn (it burns) up* 
 entirely, nin ichdgaki.i, tchd- 
 gakidc. I burn him, (her, itj 
 lip entirely, nin ic/ia;/aki.sn-a, 
 nin tchagaki.'ian. I Inirn up 
 all my fuel, nin tchagaki.sania. 
 
 Burnt; it is burnt in a certain 
 manner, inidemar/ad. It is too 
 much huTnt,o.'iamakidema(/ad. 
 
 Burnt forest, u-i.'^sakode. There 
 is a burnt forest, wissakode- 
 10071. (AVipuskaw). 
 
 Burnt-sacrifice, tchdgisige-pagi- 
 dinigetcin. 
 
 Burst ; I burst it, nin idioshkan. 
 It bursts, pd.^hkikamagad. It 
 bursts by freezing, pa.'thkak- 
 rvadin,pa.'<sadin. It bursts by 
 heat, pu.'^/ikide. I make burst 
 (berries,) ninpas/ikiminassige. 
 1 make them burst, (berries, 
 in., an.,) ]>a.'^hkiniinassanan ; 
 nin pashkim ina.s.swag. 
 
 Burst asunder; I burst (it bursts) 
 asunder, nin nanawisse ; na- 
 nawissemagad. (Paskitew). 
 
 Bury ; I bury hiin, nin pagide- 
 
 nima. I bury hiui (lier, it) 
 under s. th., nin ningirmca, 
 nin ningxraakana ; nin ning- 
 iraan, 7titi ningwaakadan. fNa- 
 hinewi. 
 
 Bury insr-place, n i n g tr a a k an, 
 tihilirgamig. ( Kikwaha.skaw). 
 
 Bush, kihiu.san. In the bushes, 
 anihi.tlrikang. (Xiitisikubak). 
 
 Bushel, dibuigan, diouitninan. 
 
 Business ; anokiicin, inanoki- 
 icin. Trouble.«onie difficult 
 business, ani makamigisiwin. I 
 have a dittioult business, nind 
 animakaviigis. lAtuskewinl. 
 
 Bustle ; I bustle about, nin ba^ 
 biiijita. 
 
 Busy ; I am busy, 7iind onda- 
 miia, nind ondamis, nind on- 
 dajnakamigi-s, nind akamigis. 
 I am busy at s. th., nind on- 
 damitchige. I am busy at my 
 child, (children, I nind onda- 
 nionje. I am no more busy, 
 nind ishktcakamigis. (Otami- 
 yuw). 
 
 But, dash, (after the word), anis- 
 ha dash. iMaka). 
 
 Butcher, nitageicinini. (Nipahi- 
 pijiskiwew). 
 
 Butcher. S. Kill animals. 
 
 Butchering, nitageirin. 
 
 Butter, ioioshdbfi-hiniide. osdira- 
 biniide. I butter bread, nin 
 jijowa pakwejigan. The bread 
 is buttered, jijoigaso paktceji- 
 gan. 
 
 Buttertly, memcngira. (Kama- 
 maki. 
 
 Buttocks, miskicassab. I have 
 large buttocks, nin pikicakos- 
 sagidiie. lOppwam i. 
 
 Button, boio. I button myself 
 up, nin g'lbicandjakicaodis. 
 (Aniskaman).
 
 BUZ 
 
 — ■3d — 
 
 BY 
 
 Buy ; 1 buy, iiin gishpinage, nin 
 gishpiiiadjige. I buy him, 
 (her, it,) niii gi.shpinana ; nin 
 g'lshp'inadon. I buy for my- 
 self, nin gis/ipiiiamcnlis-. I buy 
 him (her, it) for myself, iiia 
 giahpinamadisonan ; nin gish- 
 pinamadison. I buy i t for 
 liim, nin giahpinadawa, nin 
 gis/ipi nadumuica. i Otawew ) . 
 
 Buzz ; it buzzes, gashwcmagad. 
 
 Buzzing Hy, kiichi dmo. 
 By-and-by, ndgatch, pUchinag; 
 
 gonidpi, p a ma, pa n i m a. 
 
 (Tclieskwai. 
 By heart, pagwana. 
 By little and little, pepangi ;: 
 
 gcgapi. lAyapisisL 
 By meat, apdndjigan. 
 By no means, kuwin bdpish, ka~ 
 
 wcssa. (Namawatch) . 
 By the side of...., opimiSaii.
 
 c 
 
 Cabbage, kilchi anibish. (Otelio- 
 pok). 
 
 Caole, kiichi biminakwdn. 
 
 Cake, pakwejiqans. 
 
 Calash, titibiAabdn, babamibai- 
 go-titibidabdn. 
 
 Caleiiilar, (lijiqado-maainaigan. 
 (Akinokkwckijikasinahigan). 
 
 Calf, jrijikins. (Muptusus). 
 
 Calf of the leg ; the calf of my, 
 thy, his leg ; nindn, kindn, 
 ondnan. (Otasiskitan). 
 
 Calico, kitagigin. Calico for 
 curtains, agobidjiganigin. 
 
 ■Call, nandomigosiwin. 
 
 <Dall ; I call, nin nandweicem. I 
 call for him, (her, it,) ninnand- 
 ivewema ; nin nandwewendan. 
 
 ■Call loud ; I call loud, nin bi- 
 bag. I call him (her, it) loud, 
 nin bibagima ; nin bibagin- 
 dan. It calls me, nin bibagi- 
 migon. (Tepwatew). 
 
 Call, (name ;) I call him, (her, 
 it,) nind ijinikana, nind ina, 
 nin wina ; nind ijinikaddn. 
 nind iddn; 7iin windan. I call 
 myself so...., nind ijinikanidis, 
 nin winidit;. 
 
 Call, (summon, invite;) I call, 
 nin nandonge, nin nandond- 
 jige. I call him, nin nando- 
 ma. I call them together, nin 
 maioandonandomag. I call by 
 firing guns, 7iin nandw^wesige. 
 
 Call upon ; I call upon his name, 
 nin wawina. 
 
 Called ; I am called in a certain 
 manner, nind ijinikanigos. I 
 
 am (it is) called so nimi 
 
 ijinikas, nin icins, nind ijv- 
 wins ; ijinikade, ijiwinde 
 
 Called, (summoned, invited;) I 
 am called, ninnandomigo,nin 
 nan do m igos , n in nan do ndjigan 
 
 Calling, bibagiicin. 
 
 Calm ; I calm myself, nind 
 ayiinsendam. 
 
 Calm ; it is calm, anicdtin ; do- 
 gis.sin. The water is calm like 
 a mirror, ii'ussikogami.ssin. It 
 is calm after a heavy sea, ish- 
 kwaiaganusse. (Ayowastin). 
 
 Calumet of red stone, miskwas- 
 xinnpwdgan. 
 
 Calumniate ; I ca.\.,nin dajinge. 
 I calumniate him, iher.it, i nin 
 dajima, nin modjimotawa ; 
 nin tajindan. We cal. each 
 other, nin dajindimin. (Ayi- 
 momew). 
 
 Calunmiation, calumny, dajin- 
 diwin. 
 
 Calumniator, dejingeshkid. I am 
 a calumniator, nin dajingeshk. 
 
 Calumnious ; I am cal., nin da- 
 jingeshk. iMatchi-ay imwew) . 
 
 C a 1 vary , icijiga )i ika n . 
 
 Camel, pekicaicigang, megwawi- 
 gang aircsai. 
 
 Camp, gabrshiwin, nibewin. 
 
 Camp ; I camp, nin gabesh. I 
 camp from distance to dis- 
 tance, nin bimodegos.
 
 CAN 
 
 41 — 
 
 CAN 
 
 Camphor, gwedasseg. 
 Camping, gab^shiwin. Camping 
 
 from distance to distance, hi- 
 
 modegosiwin. 
 Can; 1 can, iiin gnahlciton. I 
 
 can do nothing with him, (her, 
 
 it,) niii hwanawia; nin bwa- 
 
 nawiton. 
 Canada, Mnnia. In, from or to 
 
 Canada, Moniang. 
 Canadian, monidwinini, wemiti- 
 
 Canadian woman, m o n i a k w e, 
 
 weniifigdjikiri'. 
 Canal, sibikadjigini. I dig or 
 
 make a canal, /(//; sibikndjigr. 
 
 There is a canal made, .sibi- 
 
 kdde. 
 Cancer, manadapinewin emove- 
 
 magak. I have a cancer, nind 
 
 amog. 
 Cancerous ; I am can., nind 
 
 amog. 
 Candle, wa.ssakwancndjigan. 
 Candlestick of meial, tcassakwa- 
 
 nendjiganabik. 
 Candlestick of wood, wasxakwa- 
 
 nendjiganntig. 
 Cane, (walking stick,) sakann. I 
 
 use it as a cane, nin nakaon . 
 Can e-sugar, sibwagani-sisibdk- 
 
 wat. 
 Cannibal, eater of human flesh, 
 
 windigo ; windigokire. 
 Cannot ; T cannot, nin birana- 
 
 wi, kaicin ni)i gasJikiiossin. I 
 
 cannot make it, or get it, nin 
 
 bwiinfiiriftm. 
 Canon, kitr lii-pdnhkingan- 
 Canon-ball, Iciirhi-pnshkisigan 
 
 anwi . 
 Canoe, iciiimdn . (Osi). A 
 
 small canoe, tchinxinens. A 
 
 bad old canoe, tchimdnish. 
 
 So many canoes, das.sonug. 
 
 Two canoes, three canoes, 
 etc., nijonag, nissonag, etc. 
 I have a large canoe, nin 
 mnngon. I have a small canoe, 
 niml agasfion. — 'JMie canoe is 
 high, ishponagad ivkimdn ; 
 it is low, iabasaonagad. The 
 canoe is large, vuingonagad 
 tchiman ; it is small, agasso- 
 ■nagad. The canoe is long, 
 ginonagad ichiman; it is short, 
 takonagad. The canoe is sure, 
 (not dangerou.«,l kiUxgwinde 
 irhinian ; it is nut sure, (it is 
 rolling,) gokokicamagad. — In 
 the canoe, pindonag. I am 
 alone in a canoe, h?« bejigokam, 
 nin nijikeokam. We are two, 
 three, etc., in a canoe, nin ni- 
 jokamin, nin ni^sokamin, etc. 
 We are so many in a canoe, 
 dassoknmin. — In the foremost 
 j)art <.)f a canoe, iranakodjuo- 
 nag. ni/anionagong ; in the 
 stern, odakaning. — Under the 
 canoe, anntnonag. On this 
 side of the canoe, ondassonag; 
 on the other side, awansonag. 
 — I carry a canoe to the wa- 
 ter, nin madddon ichimdn, or, 
 nin niadds.sidon. I push my 
 canue from the shore, nin 
 niniiiunreshka. The canoe 
 goes out into the lake, ;*//«/- 
 nawesfikanidgad irhiman. I 
 have notliing in my canoe, nin 
 p'ljishigonitgdani. My canoe 
 breaks, kis/iki.ssin nin tchi- 
 nidn. I mend my canoe, nin 
 irninjaatun nin fc/iinidn. 
 
 Cani>e-liark, tchimanijig. (Was- 
 kwAv-osi). 
 
 Canoe-maker, irhnnuntiked, tchi- 
 inanikiii'iiiini. I make a canoe, 
 nin Ir/iinuxnikc. (Astoyuw).
 
 CAR 
 
 — 12 — 
 
 CAR 
 
 Canoo-iiiakin<:, Ichimctitikeimn. 
 
 Canoe-inciisure, dihuonon. 
 
 Canoe-model, wanades hko dj i- 
 </an. 
 
 Canvaps, (sail-cloth,) nintjassi- 
 jnonniili/in. 
 
 Cap, wiwd/cwdn, twhi'ii/a;/ iriwak- 
 wdn. Cap iiiatie ofclutli, ma- 
 nitoweginoinwakwdn. ( Asto- 
 tin). 
 
 Capable. S. Able. 
 
 Cape. S. Point of land. 
 
 Capricion.s; I am cap., nin ha- 
 shiywadis. 
 
 Captive, awokau. I am a caj>- 
 tive. .(in Indian captivity,) 
 nind aicokdiiiir. 
 
 Capsize ; I cap., (in a canoo, 
 boat, etc.), nin (i(>ii(d)islik((. I 
 cap. in a rapid, nin ijanabahoij. 
 I capsize (up.set| him, (her, it,) 
 nin gaicina ; nin (/aicinan. — 
 S. Overthrow. 
 
 Capuchin, wiwakwdn. 
 
 Carabine, hemldekadeg pasJtki- 
 .sigan. 
 
 Carbonized ; it is car., akaka- 
 nakidc, akdkanate. I am car., 
 nind akakanadi.s. 
 
 Carcas.s, jigo.t/i igan . 
 
 Card-playing, afndiwin, aiage- 
 win. 
 
 Card. S. Playing-card. 
 
 Care ; I care, nin babamendam. 
 I care for him, (her, it,) nin 
 babamenima, nin sabenima ; 
 nin babamendan, nin sabcn- 
 dan. I don't care for him, 
 nind ojidenia. I care tor my- 
 self, nin babameninditi. — I 
 take care of somebody, nin 
 bamiiwe. I take care of him, 
 (her, it,) nin bamia ; nin ba- 
 miion. I take care of myself, 
 nin bamiidi.-i, nin bumikoda- 
 
 dia. I am taken care of, nin 
 habamendjigdn. It i.s taken 
 care o f, b a h a in mifjigade. 
 — I take \\(A\ <'are, nind any- 
 v:njni.<i, nind aiangiramiji. I 
 take well care of it, nind 
 aiangwfimendtin, nind aiang- 
 waminait, nind (ingwamaidan, 
 nind angiraniinan. — I take 
 care of it, in., <tn.) in order to 
 conserve it lung, nin manadr 
 jiion ; nin manadjlu. — I have 
 too much care, nintl o.tamen- 
 dam. Too miich care, 08a- 
 mendamoipin. I take care of 
 sick per.'^ons, nin gatinitce. I 
 take care of him in his sick- 
 ness, nin gatina. (Pisiskeyi- 
 mewi. 
 
 Care, (in. s. in.) S. Take care. 
 
 Careful, (orderly ;) I am careful, 
 nin in.fagakamis. (Pisiskeyit- 
 tam). 
 
 Carefulness, (good order,) sagd- 
 kami.siwin. 
 
 Careless ; I am careless, kaicin 
 nin sagnkamisissi. 
 
 Careless ly , mamanj. 
 
 Carnage, nissidiwin. iMetchihi- 
 tuwini. 
 
 Carp, (fish,) na/nrbin. Large 
 carp, papages.ti. 
 
 Carp-lione, namebinigan. 
 
 Carpet for a fioor, apishimoni- 
 gin. Anaskewin). 
 
 Carp-River, Namebin'i-sibi. 
 
 Carpenter, icakaigeirinini, ojige- 
 winini. 
 
 Carpenter, (in. s. in.) S. Joiner. 
 
 Carpentry, waka'igewin, oji^e- 
 icin. i work carpentry, (build 
 houses,) nin icakaige. 
 
 Carriage. S. Cart. 
 
 Carried away ; I am, (it is) car- 
 ried away, nin madjidjigas.
 
 CAR 
 
 — 43 — 
 
 CAR 
 
 II in madjacidjiqan ; madjidji- 
 (jade, madjiicidji(/ade. 
 
 Carrot, osawakadalxons. 
 
 Carry ; I carry lor coiivcyi liiiii, 
 her, it,) nind ijiwina ; nind 
 ijiwidoii. I carry it to liiin, 
 nind ijiicidatra, nind ijiwida- 
 mawa. I carry s. tli. in a bas- 
 ket, nind awadjiwane. I carry 
 it for liiin, nind awudjiwana- 
 wa, nin bimiindaica, nin l/a- 
 hiniiwidau'd. Wc carry it for 
 each other, nin bahiniiwidadi- 
 min. I carry it elsewhere, 
 (in., an.) nin hakihc'idon ; nin 
 bakewina. I carry it to him, 
 )iin madjidawa, nin madjiwi- 
 dawa, nin inadjiiridmnawa. I 
 carry it on s. tl). (/«., an.), 
 nin niniaan ; nin nimaa. I 
 carry (ur coiivcv) liiin, iher, 
 it) furtiier tlian 1 oujrlit, nind 
 anstcewina ; nind an.swewidon. 
 I carry in a canoe, nind dica- 
 dai/t'iodd.i.s-. 
 
 Carry away ; I carry liim (her, 
 it) away, nin viadjina, nin 
 inadjiwina, nin b i m i w i n a ; 
 nin madjid<)n,nin vifidjiiridojt, 
 nin bimiiridoii. iSii)wettaliew . 
 I carry myself away, nin nnid- 
 jiwinidi.'i. I carry liim (lier, it) 
 awavinacanoe or liuat, 7iin 
 madjiona ; nin madjiodon. I 
 carrv him (lier, it) away on 
 my back, nin niadjioma, nin 
 maddrna ; nin madjiondan, 
 nin mndiindan. I cannot 
 carry liim (lier, iti away, nin 
 bnuiu'inti : nin bwawidon. 
 
 Carry hack ajjain ; I carry 
 (lead or convey) him, (her, it) 
 hack a;rain, nin (jiiccirimi ; 
 nin f/iwcu'idon. 
 
 Carry down ; I carry him (her. 
 
 it) down, nin nissandawaa ; 
 
 nin n i.s.sa n da ica in n . 
 
 Carry in ; I carry him (lier, it) 
 in, nin 2)indiijana ; nin pin- 
 diijiidon. 
 
 Carry in or on a carriage or sled 
 or slei;;h ; I carry in a carriage, 
 nind awailas.'s, nind awadjida- 
 bi. lOtabew). I carry it in or 
 on a carriage, etc., (in., an.) 
 nind awadon ; nind dwnna. I 
 carry stones, nind ihradu.'isini. 
 I carry \YiHjd,nind dwuddnistn'. 
 I carry for myself, nind aicad- 
 jiiranadis. I carry for some- 
 body, nin dwadjiiran(i(je. I 
 carry for him, nind die adjiwa- 
 naica. — Carrying in or on a 
 carriage, etc., awitdjidabiwin, 
 odabiicin. (Utabatew). 
 
 Carry in or on one".s self; I 
 carry in or on me, nin (jiiii-sh- 
 ka(je. I carry him (her, it) in 
 me or on me,/i/» i/it/i.s/ikawa : 
 )iin ijiijishkan. (Pimoyuw ki- 
 kiskawew). 
 
 Carry in the mouth ; I carry in 
 my mouth, nin nimandjiije. I 
 carry him (her, it) in my 
 mouth, /(//( niuKiuut ; nin ni- 
 niandan. ,Takkwamew). 
 
 Carry on the liack ; I carry a 
 pack or loatl on my back,H/» 
 hiniinumc, nin bimondan. (Xa- 
 yatchikewi. 1 make him carry 
 a load on his l)ack, )iin bimi- 
 tcnnea, nin biniondaa. I carry 
 somebody on my back, la 
 ciiild,! nin bini<>mi'iwa.'<s. (Na- 
 yew nayawasuwj. I carry him 
 (her, iti on my hiwV., nin binio- 
 ma : nin bimondan. — I carry 
 a heavv \)nck, nin k(>.'<iijuir(int. 
 I can hardly carry my load, 
 nin incawane. I can hardlv
 
 CAR 
 
 — 44 — 
 
 CAT 
 
 carry him, (her, it,) nin btca- 
 oma ; nin bwaondan. (Kawis- 
 koaow). I carry too heavy a 
 load on jiiy back, nind ommi- 
 toaii. I carry it all at once, nin 
 drbitvane. I can carry the 
 whole of it, nin (/as/ikiwanc. 
 I can carry him (her, it) on 
 my back, nin </(is/i/iOni(t ; nin 
 (jushkondan. I carry a load in 
 advance, )dn bidjita.ts. 
 
 Carry on the shoulder ; I carry 
 on my shoulder, /(('// biminiye. 
 I carry him (her, it) on my 
 s li o u 1 d e r, nin biniinifjana, 
 nin onifjana ; nin biminif/a- 
 dan, nind onigadan. I make 
 him carry s. th. on his shoul- 
 dei', nin biminiyadamoa, nind 
 oniijadamoa. 
 
 Carry out ; I carry him ilier, it) 
 out of doors, nin saijisiu, nin 
 sagidina, nin saijidj'twina ; 
 nin sagisiton, nin sagidinan, 
 nin sagidjucidon. (AVayawit- 
 tahew). 
 
 Cart, odabun, iiiibis.<ie-odabdn, 
 iiiibidaban. I make carts, I 
 am a cartwright ; nind oda- 
 banike, nin iitibidabanike. 
 
 Cartilage, kukdwandjigan. 
 
 Cartman, wedabidd uehejigogan- 
 jin. 
 
 Cartwright, titibidabanikewini- 
 ni, odabanikewinini, wedaba- 
 niked. 
 
 Cartwright's business or trade, 
 odabanikewin, iUibidabanike- 
 win. 
 
 Carve ; I carve, nin masinikod- 
 jige. I carve it, [in., an.) nin 
 masinikoddn; nin masinikona. 
 
 Carved ; it is carved {in., an.), 
 ma^inikode, masiniichigade ; 
 inasinikoso, masin itclugaso. 
 
 Carved image, (statue,) masinv- 
 
 kodjignn. 
 Carver, nia.'<in ikodjigtwinini. 
 Carver'ri chisel, ma.sinikodjigan. 
 Carving, ma.-tinikodjigcwin. 
 Cascade, cataract; there is a 
 
 cascade, a cataract, kakdbika, 
 
 kakdbiknwan. Jn a place 
 
 where there is a cataract, to 
 
 or from such a j)lace, kakubi- 
 
 kang, kakubikawang. (Pawis- 
 
 tik). 
 Case, p'lndanonikadjigan. I put 
 
 it in a case or cover, (in., an.) 
 
 ninpindaodon ; ninpindaona. 
 
 It is in a case, [in., an.) pin- 
 
 daode ; j>i^idaoso. 
 Case for arrows, pindanwdn. 
 
 (Pittatwani. 
 Casern , jimagu nishi-tcakaigan. 
 Cash, gwaiuk joniia. 
 Cask, makak(j.^Hag. 
 Cassock, mekaicwikwana'ie o ba- 
 
 biaikawagan. 
 Cast ; I cast, nind apagijiwe. I 
 
 cast him (her, it) somewhere, 
 
 nind apagina ; niml apagi- 
 
 ton ,nind upogitan. — S. 1 hrow 
 Cast, (in. s. in.) S. Mould. 
 
 Moulded. 
 Casting-house, ningikosigewiga- 
 
 mig. 
 Cast iron, sagaigadeg hiwdbik. 
 Castor-oil, bitn ide-jabosigan. 
 Cast ott'. S. Throw away. 
 Castrate ; I castrate him, nin 
 
 pakwejwa, nin kishkijwu. (Ma- 
 
 niswew). 
 Castrated ; I am cast., nin kish- 
 
 kijigas. 
 Castration, pakwejodiicin, kish- 
 
 kijigasoicin. 
 Cat, gajagen.t, minon.f. Male 
 
 cat, nabc-gajagens. Female 
 
 cat, ikwe-gajagens.
 
 CAU 
 
 45 — 
 
 CEN 
 
 Catamenia. S. Monthly flowings. | 
 
 Cataract. S. Cascade. 
 
 Catarrli, (ujiij, aijitfokaicin. 
 
 Catch ; I catch him (her, it) 
 witli my hand, nia dchibind ; 
 nin dehihinan. I catch liim 
 (her, it) \vithmyhaii<l liastily, 
 iiin nawddina ; nin iiatcddi- 
 nan. I catch it for liim, nin 
 nawadinamawa. 
 
 Catch, (cruHli ;) I catch liis liand 
 (or tinger) between the door, 
 nin t(ti/wa/yonindjiica. M y 
 hand or finger is catched, nin 
 tmiwakanindjinhkoH. 
 
 Catch tish ; I catcli so many 
 fishes in my net, nin dassO- 
 Inna. 
 
 Catch in a net ; I catch in a net, 
 (or nets,) ninjjindaan. I catcli 
 liim (her, it) in a net, nitijn'n- 
 daana; nin pindaadon.. \ 
 catch myself (or I am caught) 
 in a net, nin pindaas. (Nak- 
 watewf. 
 
 Catch in the air ; I catch it, (in., 
 an.), nakwebidon ; ninnakwe- 
 bina. 
 
 Catch with a hook; I catch 
 with a h(jok, nind adjiijirad- 
 ji(je. I catch him (her, it) 
 with a hook, nindadjiijirana ; 
 nind <idji(/w(tdun. ii catches, 
 (idfdiikix.sin. 
 
 Catechumen, wa-sigaandosod. 
 
 Catechism, Katcshim. 
 
 ('atholic, katidik. 
 
 Catholic Christian, kaiolik ena- 
 miad. 
 
 Catholic religion, kaiolik ena- 
 m if win . 
 
 Cause ; I cause it to him, 'her, 
 it,) nin dodawn, nind inikuwa, 
 nin mina : nin dodan, nind 
 inikan. I cause it to myself, 
 
 nin dodu.s, nin minidis. It 
 causes me s. th., nind inika- 
 (jon. 
 
 Cause of anger or condemnation, 
 ondenindiirin. 
 
 Cause to one's self S. Deserve. 
 
 Cave. S. Cavern. 
 
 Cavern ; there is a cavern in a 
 rock, trintbabikuntaf/ad. There 
 is a cavern in a mountain, 
 wanadinavHti/ad. 
 
 Cease ; I cease, nind anwata, 
 nin bisanab. 1 cease working, 
 nin bonitd. I cease speaking, 
 nin banwcwidam. It ceases, 
 bisanubinuKjad, anwaianiuijad 
 
 Cease, bani-, (in compostions.) 
 I cease to be thirsty, nin boni- 
 nibdijice, etc. 
 
 Cedar. 8. Cedar-tree. 
 
 Cedar-bag, cedar-sack, ijijikask- 
 kiniod. 
 
 Cedar-bark, icanagek, onagek. I 
 take off cedar-bark, nin gash- 
 kdanagckn-c. The cedar-bark 
 can be taken ofl', piikwcs/ika 
 tcanagek. ( Pak k wani w i . 
 
 Cedar-branch, i/ijikdndag. I 
 break and gatlier cedar-bran- 
 <'hes, nin mandjide. 
 
 Cedar-forest, cedar-.swamp, giji- 
 kiki. 
 
 Cedar-tree, gijik. Youn}^ email 
 cedar, gijikens. (Mansikiska). 
 
 Cedar-woo(l, gijik. 
 
 Cede, (deliver) ; I cede him, (her, 
 it,) nin pagidcninia : nin pa- 
 gidindan. I cede it to him, 
 /( ('/( pagidinanidwa. 
 
 Celebratetl. Celebrity. — S. Re- 
 nown. Jtcnowned. 
 
 Cellar, (under the floor of a 
 house,) anaini.^sdg-wdnikdn. 
 
 Cemetery, tchiliegamig. 
 
 Cciisc. S. Incense.
 
 CHA 
 
 — jr, _ 
 
 CHA 
 
 Censor, pakwencssofchitjuu, mi- 
 
 nomaffW(iljikhi;/an. 
 Censure; I censure liim, nin 
 
 dajima. We censure one ano- 
 
 tlier, niii dajindimin. (Ata- 
 
 weyittanuiwew). 
 Census, agindjigadewin. (Aki- 
 
 miwewin). 
 Cent, copper-cent, J n m a n i k e, 
 
 miskwaJjiknnn, osawiViiknim. 
 Centre; in the centre, iiawaii. 
 
 It is the centre, nawaiiwan, 
 
 nassawaiiwan, nissawaiiwan. 
 Certain, gwaiak. A certain, he- 
 
 jifj. (Peyak). 
 Certainly, abide kaniig, <j e g e t, 
 
 angwamass, gwaiak. Yes, 
 
 certainly, e nange ka, aning- 
 
 tcana. (Tapwe-ketchinai. 
 Certificate, debwcwini-masinai- 
 
 gan. 
 Cerumen. S. Ear-wax. 
 Chagrin. S. Sadness. 
 Cliair, apahiwin. I take chair, 
 
 nin namadab. 
 Chalice, anamie-min ikwdtchi- 
 
 gan. 
 Chalk, loabishkihejibiigan, icd- 
 
 bishkiheshaigan. 
 Chambermaid, anokitugekice, 
 
 hamitdgekwe. 
 Chance, jdwenddgosiwin, min- 
 
 wubamewisiwin. I have a 
 
 good chance, nin jaicendagoa , 
 
 nin minwabaniewis. (Papewe- 
 
 win). 
 Chandler, tcassukioanendjigani- 
 
 kewinini. I am a chandler, 
 
 (I make candles,) nin ivassak- 
 
 wanendjiganike. 
 Change ; I change it, {in., an.) 
 
 nind andjiton ; nind andjia. 
 
 I change (or alter) s. th. for 
 
 him, nind andjitaica, nind 
 
 .dndjitamawa. — I change my 
 
 clothes, nind andjikwanaic. 
 I change mv life, my conduct, 
 nind andji-himddis, nind and- 
 jijiwebia. I change my lodge, 
 nind andjige. I change my 
 mind often, nind aiajawen- 
 dam, nin bindiendam, nin hi- 
 naaifsaioagendam. I change 
 my name, nind andjinikani- 
 dia. I change hi.-< (her, its) 
 name, nind andjinikana ; nind 
 andjin'ikadan. I change my 
 shoes, nind andakiaine. I 
 change a writing, nind andji- 
 hian. (Me.^kutchi- pimatisiw 
 me.-ikutaskisinew, etc.). 
 
 Change, exchange ; I change it, 
 I for some other object, in., 
 an.) )iin mc.ihkwatonan ; nin 
 meshkwaiona. I change it to 
 him, nin meahkicaionamawa. 
 
 Changed; lam (it is) changed, 
 nin andjiaia ; andjigade, and- 
 jitchigade. Changed life or 
 conduct, andji-bimadisiwin. 
 Changed name, andjinikaso- 
 icin, andjitcinsoicin. I have 
 (it hasi a changed name, nind 
 a)idjiniku.s ; a n dj i n ikad e. 
 Changed writing, andjibiigan. 
 iMeskutcikatewi. 
 
 Change, exchanged ; it is chan- 
 ged into..., meshwatosse. 
 
 Changed, strange; lam (it is) 
 changed, strange, nin maia- 
 gendagos ; maiagendagicad. 
 I find him (her, it) changed, 
 nin maiagenijna ; nin maia- 
 genddn. I Hnd myself changed, 
 nin maiagenindis. I look (it 
 looks) changed, strange, nin 
 maiaginagns ; maiaginagwad. 
 I see him (her, it) changed, 
 nin ma'mqinawa : 7iin ?naia- 
 ginan. (Maniaskatjinakusiw).
 
 CHA 
 
 17 — 
 
 CHE 
 
 Changing ; it is changing fur, 
 (an animal, I andawe. (Pina- 
 wewi. 
 
 Changing-house, change-house, 
 aniljiku'uniiii'wiijaiiiiij. 
 
 Changing oimiml, inconstancy, 
 aiajawenihiiiioirin. 
 
 Channel, iniiouan. Channel be- 
 tween islands, _//6«//;/. 
 
 Chap, OS hk ilia we. 
 
 Chapel, anamiewigamiij, ana- 
 ui iew ill a in igo n.s. 
 
 Chapped. S." Cracked. 
 
 Charcoal, akakanje. I hurn (or 
 make I charcoal, nindakakan- 
 jek. Place where they burn 
 charcoal, akakanjekan. 
 
 Charcoal-man , akakanjekewini- 
 ni. 
 
 Charcoal-man'.* business or 
 trade, (ikdkanjekeicin. 
 
 Charitaiiic ; I am ch., nin kijd- 
 ilis, iiiii kijt'wildis, itin nita- 
 jaiL'cndjiijc. I am ch. to him, 
 nin kijewadiaHiiica. We are 
 ch. to each other, niii kijewa- 
 disitddimin. 
 
 Charitaide heart, jairendami- 
 deeiriii. I have a ch. heart, 
 71 in J a wen da m idee . 
 
 Charitable |>erson, kejewudi.sid, 
 lirtiijinrcndjii/fd. 
 
 Charity, kijiw/'idisiwin, kij/idi- 
 .liwin, jnwendjiffeirin, jitju- 
 weinljii/eicin , Jn wen in diwin , 
 jujawenindiwin. I j) r a c t i .s c 
 c h a r i t y , >i /;« jaja wen djii/e , n in 
 jajdwi'iiiiKje, ketiinaiii.sid nin 
 jawvniiiia. We do charity to 
 each other, nin idwenindiinin, 
 ninjdjitwenindiinin. I ask him 
 charity, nin kiliindgiinnldwa. 
 
 Charity of heart, heartfelt cha- 
 rity , jdwenddinidrcwin . 
 
 Chaste ; I am chaste, /(//) hinis. 
 
 nin hinidcc, nin nibicaka. iKa- 
 natisiw). 
 
 Chastely ; I behave ch., nin hi- 
 iifidin. (Kanatji-pimatisiwi. 
 
 Chastise ; I oha.-tise, nin bd- 
 shanjeige. I ch. him, nin la- 
 shanjrwa. (Pasastehwewi . 
 
 Chasti.sed ; I am ch., nin ba- 
 shanjeigas. 
 
 Chastisement, bashanjcigeicin ; 
 lids/idiijeogowin . 
 
 Chastity, bi.nddi.siwin, binisiwin. 
 (Kanatji-pimatisiwinl. 
 
 C has n I) 1 e , )in am es.sike-agwiwin . 
 
 Chatter ; I chatter, I speak too 
 much, nind osainidon. 
 
 Chatter ; I chatter w i t h the 
 teeth, nin madweiabideshin, 
 nin madweiahidenhiinon, nin 
 papagabidewndj. 
 
 Cfieaj) ; I am (it is) cheap, nin 
 wendis,nin wen ipan is ,wendad , 
 wenipaiiad. 1 think it is cheap, 
 \an., in.) nin wenipdneniina ; 
 nin wenipditenddn .1 fivU cheap, 
 nin wendwe, nin wcndis. Wet- 
 takisuw, wettakimewi. 
 
 Cheat; I cheat, nin wairjinge. I 
 use to cheat, «m waiejingeshk. 
 I cheat him, (her, it,i nin 
 wdii'jiina ; nin waiejindan. — 
 S. Deceive. 
 
 Cheated; I am ch., nin nanbii- 
 n i,<i. 
 
 Cheated, (in. s. in.) S. Deceived. 
 
 Cheater, welejinged, welejingesh- 
 h'd. 
 
 Cheating', wniejingewin, tcaic- 
 Jiiu/es/ikiwin. 
 
 Cheek , nnowdina. > Manawiiy n'a- 
 nAw.iv, wanawayai. My, thy, 
 his clieek, n'lnow, khiow, ono- 
 wdn. The right cheek, oAvVc/u- 
 nnwdind, kitrhinow. The lell 
 cheek, ondnidiidjinowaind, na-
 
 CHI 
 
 — 48 — 
 
 CHI 
 
 iiuiniljliww. My clieokH arc 
 red, nin misktcanowe. I paint 
 my clieeks red, nind osaiiamd- 
 ni. My cli. are swollfii, nin 
 Ixit/dnoivc. I have dirty cli.. 
 nin iciia(/is/ik(in<>ire. I have 
 hollow ch., nin (/irinrahnnowe. 
 J have large eh., nin inanian- 
 yiyanoire. The other cheek, 
 nabancnotr. 
 
 Cherry, oktrcmin. (Takkwahe- 
 111 in). 
 
 Cherry-tree, oJacnniJ. (Takkwa- 
 heniinattik). 
 
 Chest, niakak: (Maskigan). 
 
 Chesn ut , hitclii jawemin . 
 
 Chew ; I chew, nin juslKUnraitil- 
 jige. (Maiiiakwatchikeiij. I 
 chew it, [in., an.] nin jashag- 
 tcandan ; nin jashagivama. I 
 chew pitch, nin jashagivami- 
 giive. (Misimiskiwew). 
 
 Chewed object, [in. ct an.) ja- 
 shagicanmdjigan. 
 
 Chicken, panaajd pakaakweiis. 
 
 Chief, ogima. Second c h i e f, 
 anikcogima. I am a chief, 
 nind ogimaw, nind ogimaka- 
 niio, nind ugimakandage , nind 
 ogimakandawe, nind oginid- 
 kandamage. I r.iake him a 
 chief, nind ogimawia. (Oki- 
 miikkatew). 1 am chief over 
 him, (her, it,) nind ogimakan- 
 daica, nind ogimakandan. I 
 live or act like a chief, nind 
 ogimuicadis. 
 
 Clii'ef, (in. s. in.) S. Superior. 
 
 Chief's hat, (crown,) ogimd- 
 wiwdkwdn . (Okimawastotin) . 
 
 Chief's lodge or liouse, (palace,) 
 ogimau'igamig. 
 
 Chief's wife, ogimnkwe. I am 
 the chief's w"ife, or a female 
 chief, nind ogimdkicew. I 
 
 make lier a female chief, )iind 
 ogimiikiceirio. 
 Chieftain. S. Ciiief. 
 Chieftainship, ogiuiuwiwin, ni- 
 
 gnni.iimn. 
 Child, uhinodji, onidjdnissima. 
 lAwasis). ^fv, tliy, his child, 
 ninidjdni.is, kinidji'ini.s.s, onid- 
 jdni.H.san. Adopted chilil, nid- 
 jdni.i.'iikau'in. Like a child, 
 abinodjiing . lam a child, /(/m^/ 
 abitiodjiiw. I play the child, 
 nind abinodjiika.s-. I am with 
 child, nind udjik, nind uiawa 
 uhinodji, nin gigi.s/ikaira ahi- 
 nadji. I have a child from..., 
 tiinil ondfjnjc. I have only one 
 child, ni)i bejigonje. I have 
 many children, nin bissagonje, 
 nin ni.skonje. I have a child 
 (or children), iiitid onidjdniss. 
 I have no cliildren (or a few 
 cliildren), nin munronje. I 
 have two children, three chil- 
 dren, etc., nin nijonje, nin 
 nissonje, etc. All the children 
 of a family, ningotunjan. I 
 am child to somebody, nind 
 onidjdnissimigo. I am his 
 (her) child, nind onidjdnissi- 
 niig. I have him, (her, iti for 
 a child, nin onidjdnissinan ; 
 nind on idju n is.fi n da n . 
 
 Child ; like one's own child, 
 wenidjanixaingin. 
 
 Chi Idh ood , abinodjiiwin . 
 
 Childish ; I am ch., abinodjiing 
 nindijiicebis. 
 
 C h i Id ishn ess , abinodji-ijiicebisi- 
 win. 
 
 Chimney, boduicdn. I make a 
 chimney, nin bodaicdnike. 
 iKutawanabiskt. 
 
 Chi mney-sweeper, peicindeiged, 
 pawindeigewinini. I am a
 
 CHO 
 
 — 49 — 
 
 CHU 
 
 cliiiiiiKV-sweepcr, I s \v e c p 
 cliiiniioys, nvipdwiiideitje. 
 
 Chin ; my, tliy, lii.s cliiii, tiiiula- 
 viikdii, kiihimikan, odamikau- 
 (Mikwa.skiiiiew). 
 
 Cliinuware. S. Porcelain. 
 
 Cliine. S. HiU'lvlmiie. 
 
 Chip, hiiri(/(ti</(in. 1 make chips, 
 nin hiwii/diije. 
 
 Cliippewa Indian, Otchipwe. I 
 aui a Chippewa Indian, iiiiid 
 oichipwem. 
 
 Cliippewa language, <il</iipwc- 
 mdti'in. 1 speak the Cliippe- 
 wa language, nind olr/iipirein. 
 I translate it in the Ch. lan- 
 guage, Jtind (lichijnccu-issiioH. 
 It is translated in the Ch. lan- 
 guage, ofr/iipireiri.ssitcfiif/ade. 
 It is in Clii]>])ewa, otrhipice- 
 irissin. 
 
 Chippewa .«quaw, otchipicekwe. 
 
 Chippewa writing, oichipwewi- 
 f)ii(/iiii. I write in Chippewa, 
 niiid otrfiipircirihiit/e. 
 
 Chisel, j>iii/iriiiiri/(ii(/an, panihi- 
 tjai(jan. Hollow chisel, tchi- 
 (jai'iinkipan. Hollow chisel to 
 make incisions in maple-trees, 
 iieijwdkwaiii-hiwiihik. 
 
 Chocolate, miskwuho. T make 
 (or cook) chocolate, niiiini.sk- 
 Wdlioke. 
 
 Choice, oiiiib(tndoiHOiriii, icaire- 
 ndbnnddmowin. (Nawasowa- 
 bamowin). 
 
 Choke, (eating or drinking ;) 
 I choke him, (her, it,) nin 
 pakireiiis/iknna ; nin pakwe- 
 nishkodnn. I choke myself, 
 nin jKikwenisltkunidis. It 
 chokes me; nin jiakircnish- 
 kcKjon. (Atohiiw-atohuhew). 
 
 Choke, 'sutlucate ;i I clmke him 
 with a rope, nin knalika- 
 
 l>iijinavHnrn. I choke myself 
 with a rope, nin kuahkabigi- 
 nanias. { K i ppwa ta mow ) . 
 
 Choke, lin. s. in) S. Hang. 
 Strangle. 
 
 Choked, (eating or drinking ;) I 
 am ch., nin pukwcninlikag, 
 nin pokwenUii. 
 
 Choleric. S. Passionate. 
 
 Choose ; I choose, n i n d a n d- 
 liandjii/e, nin icdirendbandjige. 
 I choose him, (her, it,) nind 
 nndbdind, nin rcdtrendbdma ; 
 nintl ondbandan, nin irdwena- 
 bdnddn. iXawasowabamow). 
 
 Chop ; I chop wooil, ////( inanisse, 
 nin ki.s/iki(/dige. (Xikuttew). I 
 chop green wooil, nind dnhkaii- 
 ijoke I chop dry wood, ninmi- 
 shiu-dtiijokc I chop into small 
 sticks, nin bissigaige, nin bi- 
 wigdisse. I chop into chips, 
 nin. biwigdisse. I chop it into 
 chips, nin biwigdan — I chop 
 for people, nin nidnis.sdge. I 
 chop for him, nin mani.s.sdwn. 
 I chop for myself, nin mdnis- 
 
 HdS. 
 
 Chopper, menissed. Somebody's 
 
 chopper, nidnissdgan. 
 Chopjiing, nidni.s.sewin 
 Chosen ; I am (it is) cliosen, 
 
 nind imdbdudjigds, nin wawe- 
 
 niibdndjigd.s ; ondbdndjigade, 
 
 Wdiriiudxindjigdih'. 
 Chosen object, oniibdudgigan, 
 
 tcdwendlnimljigdn. 
 Church , dndniicirigdmig. 
 Church-banner, (indniic-kikina- 
 
 wddjion. 
 Church-organ, kiichi-pipigican. 
 
 (Kitotchigan). 
 Church-steeple, kitotdgdu ago- 
 
 drg. 
 Church-tithes. S. Tithes.
 
 CLA 
 
 — .30 — 
 
 CLE 
 
 Christen S. Baptize. 
 
 Ch r'lBti a, n, eiKunidd. I am a 
 Cliristian, nind anamia. I 
 am no Cli., kavin nind ana- 
 miassi. I become a Cli., nind 
 odapinan anmniewin. I am a 
 good strong Ch , nin .<toiu/ana- 
 mia A good .strong Cli., swan- 
 ganamiad. 
 
 Christianity, Christian religion, 
 anamiewin. 
 
 Christmas, Niha-anamiri/iJ if/ad 
 
 Cigar, ieiibiba(/ini(/usod <is.sc/nti. 
 
 Cinnamon, lui.skwduaijck-, incsfc- 
 wanagekosid wanagek. 
 
 Cipher, agindasaoivin, ugindas- 
 s-obiigan. lAkittasuwini. 
 
 Cipher ; I cipher, nind agin- 
 .dass, nind agimhissfibiige, 
 ngiiidassowinan nind ojibiiu- 
 nan. 
 Ciphering", agindassobiigewin. 
 Oircumc ise;I cir. him, nin 
 pakwejwa. 
 
 ■Circnmci.sed ; I am cir., nin 
 pakwejog, nin kikinawddji, 
 nin kikinaioudenddgos. 
 
 Circumcision , jiakwejodiwin; ki- 
 kinaivddjion, kikinawddendu- 
 gosiioin. 
 
 Cite. S. Call. 
 
 City, odena, kitchi odena. There 
 is a city, ndendwan. 
 
 Clandestinely. S. Secretly. 
 
 Clap ; I clajj my hands toge- 
 ther, nin papassinindjiodis. 
 (Papaditchitchehamaw). 
 
 Claw ; its claw, oahkdnjin. Claw 
 of a cow or ox, pijikiwiganj- 
 S. Hoof. (Pijiskiwaskasiy). 
 
 Clay, wdbigan. White clay, icd- 
 babigan. Red clay, meiswabi- 
 gan, osaman. I put clay on, 
 i plaster with clay, nin icdbi- 
 gaige. (Wabatonisk). 
 
 Ciay-iiank ; there ifiaclay-bank, 
 kis/ikabdnonikaga. 
 
 Clay-plastering, wdbignigewin. 
 
 Clean; I am (it is) clean, /i?h bintt, 
 bintid. (Kanatisiw). Itifi clean : 
 a board, bininsagisi ; a Hour, 
 fiinis.sfiga ; a house or room, 
 binate ; a liquid, binagami ; 
 stuff, in., hinif/ad ; stuff', an., 
 l/inigini — I clean him, (her, 
 it,) nin binia ; nin biniton I 
 clean it, (a board,) nin binia- 
 .sagia I clean it, (a floor,) 
 nin binis.fogiton. I clean s. 
 til. for him, nin biniiawa, nin 
 binitainawa. i Kanatjihew). 
 
 Clean or dress fish ; I clean fish, 
 7iin pakajaice. I clean a fish, 
 nin pakajwa gigo. 
 
 Clean, (in. s. in.) S. Wipe. 
 
 Cleanness, cleanliness, binisi- 
 icin. (Kanatisiwini. 
 
 Cleanness of heart, binideeicin. 
 I have a clean heart, nin bini- 
 dee. (Kanatjitehewin). 
 
 Cleanse ; I cleanse him, (her, 
 it, I nin binia ; nin biniton. 
 
 Cleanse, (in. s. in.) S. Wash 
 clean. 
 
 Cleansed ; I am (it isi cleansed, 
 nin biniigos ; biniigdde. 
 
 Clean.sed by fire ; I am iit is) cl. 
 by fire, nin gassiiakin ; gassii- 
 akide. 
 
 Clear ; it is clear, (in the woods,) 
 jibeidniagad, Jishigankicai- 
 gade.I clear land,«//( majiige, 
 nin majiiakonige. The act of 
 clearing land, majiigewin, 
 majiiakoniqeicin. (Musawata- 
 hikewin. Tawakahikewin). 
 
 Clearing, mnjiigan, majiiakoni- 
 gan. There is a clearing, j)a- 
 pashkiramaqad, papashkwa- 
 kamiga. Tliere is a clearing
 
 CLO 
 
 — 51 
 
 COA 
 
 made, majiifpide, ])apa.ihKu'ai- 
 
 gdile. I make a clearing, 7vin 
 
 majiige, niii papashkogaiye. 
 
 A clearing is seen tlirougli 
 
 the woods, babmcasse, jojiba- 
 
 wassakweiu. (Sipeyaw). 
 C leaver, jjassigaigcni. 
 C 1 e a V e, (split ;) I cleave, m'n 
 
 pass Uja ige . — S . Split. 
 Cleave, (stick ;) I cleave to s. 
 
 th ., nind agoke. It cl eaves to 
 
 s.th., agogin, agokemagad. 
 Clemency , minicadendamoxvin, 
 
 kijeAi'tidisiicin , kijddisiinn . 
 
 (Yospisiwini. 
 Clement ; 1 am cl., nin kijeipu- 
 
 di.s, nin kijddis-, nin minwa- 
 
 dcndam. lYospisiw). 
 Clerk , ojibiigewinini, wejibiiged. 
 Clerk's oftice, ojibiigewigamig . 
 Clitf, cliCt, ajibik. There is a 
 
 clitt', ajibikoka, kisJikabika. 
 Climb lip ; I climb up on a tree, 
 
 etc., nind aktcandawe. (Ket- 
 
 chikusiw). 
 Cloak, kiichi Ixibi.tikawdgan. 
 Clock, dibdigisissinln. I make 
 
 clocks, nin <libaigisi>isicunike. 
 
 (Pisimokkan). 
 C 1 oc k - m a n u fa c t ory , dibaigisis- 
 
 sirnnikewin. 
 Clock - manut'acturer, dibaigi- 
 
 si.sswd n i keiri nini . 
 Clog, mitigo-makiiiin. (Mistikos- 
 
 kisin). 
 Close by, tchig', ichigaii. — S. 
 
 Near. 
 Closet ; there is a closet made, 
 
 pikinsa nagokdde. In the clo- 
 set, pikisaandgong. 
 Cloth, miniiifiwcgin. Black 
 
 cloth, bonmakateiregin. iKas- 
 
 kitewegin). Reil c\o\\\,miskxce- 
 
 gin . 
 Clothe; I clothe him, (her, it,) 
 
 nin bisiknna, nind a g ic i a ; 
 nin hisiknuan, nind agrriton. 
 I clothe myself, 7<?«r? agiciidis. 
 We clothe one another, nind 
 agiciidimin. (Akwanahwew). 
 
 Clothe, (in. s. in.) S. Dress. 
 
 Clothes, (igiriwin, madindngan. 
 I put !ny clothes on, nin bisik- 
 vanaie, nin iniircjiis. (Pusta- 
 yonissewi. I put him hisclothes 
 on , nin bi.sikona, nin wmrepina. 
 I change clothes, nind andjik- 
 wanaie. I have double clothes 
 on, nin bilokii'anaie. I have 
 many clothes, nin madindass. 
 I give him clothes, nind ag- 
 U'in, nin madindamawa, nin 
 madimona. 
 
 Clothing, nrudindaqan, bisika- 
 gan, agu'iirin. I'he giving or 
 receiving of clothing, agicii- 
 diwin. I give him clothing, 
 nin agwia. 
 
 Clothing-store, madindag a n i- 
 tri garni g. 
 
 Clonil, anahrad. (Waskow). 
 Black cloud, (mourning 
 cloud,) nitdgdnakirad. Dark 
 cloud,or, there is a dark cloud, 
 pasha gisfikcinakirod. 'i'liere 
 are small curled clouds, git- 
 cbiganakwad. The cloiids are 
 red, ini.ikvdnakirad. (Clouds 
 from the north, west, etc. S. 
 North. "\Ve.«t. etc.) 
 
 Cloudy ; it is cloudy, anakwad, 
 ningirakwad. ^lyekwaskwan ) 
 
 Clove, sagdigans menomagwak. 
 
 Clover, nessobagak. 
 
 Clyster. S. Injection. 
 
 Clyster-pi pe, pindabaxpddjigan, 
 siginamddiwin. 
 
 Coach. S. Cart. 
 
 Coachman. S. Cartman. 
 
 Coal, akakanje. (Kaskaskasew).
 
 con 
 
 — 52 — 
 
 COL 
 
 I 1)11111 (or iD.nkc) coal, iiind 
 (ikukiinjrkr. Place wlicre coal 
 is l)iiriit, ak(ik(ittj<;knn. I liiirii 
 liiiM (lior, it] to coal, niml 
 akakanakiifwa ; nind akaka- 
 nakisan. I am (it is) burnt 
 to coal, or, I Imrnt (it buri\s^ 
 to coal, niml akdkanakin ; 
 akakanakide, ukakanatc. — 
 There are coals, akakanjekn, 
 akakanjewun. I gather burii- 
 in» coals together, iiin mawan- 
 dokije. 
 
 Coal-house, akakanjewif/nmif/. 
 
 Coal, red-hot coals, miskokinje. 
 
 Coal. S. Pit-coal. 
 
 Coarse ; it is coarse, thin, light, 
 (stuff,) [in., an.) babigwi'tagad; 
 habigwetagisi. 
 
 Coast ; I coast, nin bimcijaam, 
 nin jijodewaam, nin tchige- 
 xvaam. (Sisoneskani). 
 
 Coat, babisikawagan , bisikaicd- 
 gan. (Miskutakiiy). 
 
 Coat of cloth, manitowegino-ba- 
 bisikawdgan. 
 
 Cobweb, a.ssabikeshiwassab. 
 
 Cock, pakaakwe, nabr-pakaak- 
 we. — Cock's crest, pakaakwe 
 
 pafakibinwcon. 
 Cock of a gun, obwdmens. 
 Cock ; I cock a g\xn,nind ajig'i- 
 
 dabikinan pdshkisigaji. 
 Coftee, inakate-mashkikiicdbo . I 
 
 make coffee, n i n m a k at e- 
 
 mashkikhcdboke . 
 Coffee-house, mnkaie-mashkiki- 
 
 wdbokew iga m ig . 
 Coffee-mill, bissibodjigans. 
 Coffer, makak. 
 Coffin, icfubai-Diakak. 
 Cohabit ; I cohabit, nin ictdige. 
 
 1 cohabit with her, (him,) nin 
 widigema. We cohabit, nin 
 wedigendim in. ( A\' i k i 1 1 u wok ) . 
 
 Cohabitant, widigemdgun. fWi- 
 kimagani. 
 
 Cohabitation, vidigendiwin, tci- 
 digewiii. 
 
 Colander, jabwajigawilrhigan. 
 
 Colli, bad cold, ogig, ar/igoka- 
 u'in. I have a bad cold, nind 
 agigoka. 
 
 Cold, gikfidjiwin. 
 
 Cold ; it is cold, kissina. It is 
 cold by the wind, takdninn. 
 It is cold (i n a bu i I d i n g), 
 takate. It is a cold night, 
 ki.ssintib'ikad. — lam colJ, I 
 feel cold, nin gikadj, nin bin- 
 gedj, nin takenis. (Kawat- 
 chiw). I am very cold, 
 nin niningadj. I am cold, 
 my body is cold, nin ta- 
 kis. I .«oon feel cold, ni)i 
 nitd-gikadj, nin wakcwadj. I 
 can endure much cold, nin 
 jibadj. — I catch cold, I lie- 
 come cold, nin iakash. I make 
 him catch cold, nin iaka-shi- 
 ma. My hands are cold, nin 
 gikadjinindjiwadj. My feet 
 are cold, nin gikadjisideicadi . 
 My ears are cold, nin gikadji- 
 fairagewadj. I weep from 
 cold, nin mokawadj. — 1 1 i s 
 cold, (liquid,! iakugami. It is 
 cold, (metal, in., an.) takdbi- 
 bikad ; iakdbiki.si. 
 
 Colic, akoiihkddewin. I have 
 colics, nind akoshkdde. (Ki- 
 siwaskatew). 
 
 Collar, nabikaicdgan, nabikd- 
 gan. 
 
 Collar-bone, clavicule, bimida- 
 kiganan. 
 
 Collar of a coat, etc., apikweia- 
 weqieasson. 
 
 Collect. Collected.— S. Gather. 
 Gathered.
 
 COM 
 
 — 53 
 
 COM 
 
 Collectively, mamawi. 
 Colored ; I am colored, a color- 
 ed person, nin makathvis, nin 
 makaf-'wiwe. 
 Colored person, mekatewisid, 
 mekatewiwed, makatewiiass. 
 (Kaskitewiyas). 
 Color of ripeness ; it has the co- 
 lor of r., [in., an.) gijande ; 
 gijan.sn. 
 Colt, behejir/of/aujins ; manijins. 
 
 (PilX)na.skus). 
 CoTnl», hinakwau. Large dress- 
 ing conil), na.'ihkdhide-hinnk- 
 wan, na.s.sai;/(in. — Lonin tor 
 liorses , n as'i kwciga n . 
 Conil); I comb myself, nin na- 
 sikwi'. I comb liim, nin na- 
 .sikwcwa. 
 Combat. S. Fight. 
 Come down ; I come down, nin 
 bininnandaioe. I come down 
 on a rope, nin ni.ssahigitn. I 
 come down flyino;, nin bi-nan- 
 jisse. (Xittakusiw). 
 Come forth ; I come forth, nin 
 moki, nin mokan. It comes 
 forth, inoki.s.senifigad, rnoki.sh- 
 kaniaijad. I come forth by the 
 current of a river, nin moka- 
 hotj. (M a h a b o y u w). 1 1 
 come forth, (out of the 
 water,) nin 7nnkibi, nin viotsh- 
 kani. I come (it comes) forth 
 to the surface of the water, 
 nin mekigU.ie ; mokiiji.'iscma- 
 ffdd. 1 come (it comes) forth 
 to the surface of the water, 
 and fJatif, (floaf.t,) nin vio.shkn- 
 (ti/iriiidjin ; inoshknagwinde. 
 — The water comes forth, mo- 
 kidjiwiin nibi. It comes forth, 
 .s(igii/in . 
 Come from ; I come from..., 
 nind ondji, nind ondjiha, nind 
 
 ondndi.'i. It comes from..., 
 ondjiinrti/ad, ondjibaniat/ad, 
 ondadad, ondji.s.'iin, oii.sikuma- 
 gad. 
 
 Come here ; come here, onddss, 
 ondd.'ihdn. (Astam). I come 
 here, nin bi-ija ; nin bidjija. I 
 come here for some reason, h/h 
 bi-in'ikn, nin /y/-o/(.v/Avf. I come 
 here weejiing, crying, nin bi- 
 dadem. I come here speaking, 
 talking, nin bidwewidam. I 
 come to tell s. th., nin biddd- 
 jim, nin bidddjimotnge. I come 
 to tell itj ni)i hidddjimotan. I 
 come to tell him, nin bidddji- 
 motnica. I come here to trou- 
 ble him, nin bi-m'igonhkd.'iika- 
 loa. — I come with snow-shoes, 
 or on snow-shoes, nin bidagi- 
 mosse. I come here running, 
 nin bidjibato. I come here 
 dragging s. th., nin Indjidubi. 
 It comes sliding, bidjibide. 
 Come in ; I comein,»//( pindige. 
 It comes \u, pindigeiniignd. I 
 come in to him, nin ]iindiga- 
 wa. I come (or goi into him, 
 (l)er, it,) nin pindigeshkawa; 
 nin pindige.ifikan. It comes 
 in me, nin pindige-fJikagon. I 
 
 I come in (or go in) in a canoe 
 or boat, nin })indjid(iicaam. 
 Come out ; Iconic out, nin bi- 
 .sagaani. It comes out, />/-so- 
 gaanioningdd, bi-.'^(igid/i.'<.^t'ma- 
 gad. 1 come out of the wa- 
 ter, nind agwata, nind agwa- 
 biia. 
 Come to..., I come to him, (her, 
 it,) nin bi-nn.'<ikawa, nin bi- 
 odi.'^.in : nin bi-na.fikan, nin 
 bi-nditan. I don't come to 
 liim, (her, it,^ nin nondi'shka- 
 ica ; nin nondr.fhkun. It comes
 
 COM 
 
 54 — 
 
 COM 
 
 to mo, )un(l odissiijon, nind 
 odhsikayoit, iiiiid odjis.silcu- 
 gon. It flof.s not come to mo, 
 nin nondcKhkcujon. — I come to 
 the shore, nind cK/waam. (Ka- 
 paw). I come to the sliore out 
 of the water, nind uyicuiudn- 
 gas. It comes to the shore by 
 the wind, agicaidtisiu. — I let it 
 come to him from hand to 
 hand, nind anikinamdica. 
 
 Come upon ; I come upon liim, 
 nin payidjinotawa, nin pagu- 
 mislikawa. It comes upon me, 
 nin pagamishkagan . It comes 
 to pass, ])agami.slikaniagud. — 
 I come upon him and make 
 him tiill, nind apagasikdwa. 
 It comes upon me and maives 
 me fall, nind apxtgasikagon. 
 
 Come with. S. Bring with. 
 
 Comer, hiwide. (Okiyutew). 
 
 Comfort ; I comfort, nin sengi- 
 deeshkage, nin songideesh- 
 kaice. I comfort him, nin 
 songideeshkau'a. 
 
 Comfi,>rtalile life, mino aidicin. 
 
 Comforter, sicangideeshkaiced. 
 
 Coming; t am coming here, «m 
 hidassamosse. I am (it is) 
 coming on, nind apisika ; api- 
 sikamugad. I am coming on 
 the ice, nin hidadagak. I am 
 coming licrein a canoe or lioat, 
 nin hidassiunishka. 1 am (it 
 is) coming with the wind, nin 
 bidash ; biddssin. The wind 
 is coming, bidanimad. 
 
 Command ; I command him s. 
 th. urgently, nin pdpijimu. I 
 com. it urgently, nin pdpijin- 
 dan. (Sikkimew). 
 
 Command, (in. s. in.) S. Reign. 
 
 Commander, nigdnosseiciniid. 
 
 Commandment, gandsongewin. 
 
 I make commandments, nin 
 ganunonge. ( Ita.sowevv) . 
 
 Commence. Commencement. — 
 S. Begin. Beginning. 
 
 Commerce, atandiwin, aiawe- 
 irin. 
 
 Commi-ssion, (word sent,) mit- 
 chitweivin. I give or .send a 
 commission, nin mitchitwe. I 
 give or send him a commis- 
 sion, «m viH(hii<;hima. I give 
 or send a com. for it, (j'n., an.) 
 nitt mitchiiwen ; nin mitchit- 
 wenan. iltwehiwewin). 
 
 Commit ; I commit, nin dodam. 
 I make him conunit some ac- 
 tion, nin dodamoa. 
 
 Commit ; I commit or intrust 
 8. th. to his care, nin gana- 
 wendaa, nin ganuwendamona. 
 
 Common ; in common, mdmawi. 
 
 Common-hall. S. Judgment- 
 house. 
 
 Communicant, iL'edapinang jd- 
 icenddgosiwin . i Ey amihesas- 
 kamut). 
 
 Communicate; I com. it, nin 
 windamdgen. I com. it to him, 
 nin icindamdwa. 
 
 ComunimcaUon,ici)idamdgewin. 
 
 Communion, Jdwenddgosiicin. 
 I take communion, ninjdicen- 
 dagos, nind adapinan Jdwen- 
 ddgosiicin . i Ayamihe-saska- 
 mowini. 
 
 Communion of Saints, ketchit- 
 icdwenddgosidjig o widokoda- 
 w'lniica, anamie-iridokudddi- 
 trin. We are in the Commu- 
 nion of Saints, nind anamie- 
 U'idokodddiinin. (Ayamihes- 
 tamakewok o kanatatchakwe- 
 wok ) . 
 
 Companion, rcidjiwagan, tcid- 
 jindinoicdgan.
 
 COM 
 
 CON 
 
 Company, anikomiiwdewiwiii. 
 (Witjt'ttuwin). There is a com- 
 pany, anikominodemar/ad. We 
 Ibrtii a company, niii(l aniko- 
 minodewimin. — I keep compa- 
 ny witli him, nin widjiwa, nin 
 widokawd. — I keep com p. 
 witli liim in religioius respect, 
 nind anamk-widokawa. 
 
 Company, (in. s. in.) S. Keep 
 company. — S. Help. 
 
 Compared to... S. Esteemed 
 equal. 
 
 C o m p a r i .s o n , awi''tchi(jan . I 
 m a k e a comparison, wind 
 aicetchige. 
 
 Compass, ipmniebiigan. 
 
 Compass ; it compasses me, nin 
 giwituslikuyon. 
 
 Compassed. S. Enclosed. 
 
 Compassion , kitimdyeniuf/ewin , 
 kiiimdyendjigcicin , kHinidge- 
 ninditrin,jdwendjigeici)i, kije- 
 wddisiwin. I have comp. on 
 him, (her, it,) nin kitimuge- 
 nima, nin jdwenima ; nin kiii- 
 mdgt'udfin, nin Jdirendan. — I 
 e.xcite cump. with my words, 
 nind inigatagos, nin kitimdgi- 
 iagon. 
 
 Compa.ssionate ; I am comp., 
 nin kifimugendjige, nin Jd- 
 wendjige, nin kijewddiH. 
 
 Complaint, gaginiidonowiit. 
 
 Comjjlaisant ; I am comp., nin 
 minircioi.s. 
 
 Compliments, anamikdgexrin ; 
 anauiikdgowin. I give him my 
 comp., ;///((/ anamikuwn. We 
 give or send comp. to each 
 other, nind onamikodddimin. 
 
 Compliments, (in. s. in.) S. Nod 
 with the head. 
 
 Comport ; I comport myself in a 
 certain manner, nind ijiwebin. 
 
 Comportment, ijiivehi.nwin . 
 
 Compotation , undjibindiwin. — ' 
 S. Drink together. 
 
 Compotator, icidjibimagan . 
 
 Comprehend ; I comp. it, nin 
 nissitotdn. 
 
 Comprehend, (in. s. in.) S. Un- 
 derstand. 
 
 Comprehensilile; it is comp., 
 nis.sitoidgicad. 
 
 Compress. S. Press together. 
 
 Comrade, widjiwdgan. 
 
 Comrade; my comrade, nidji ; 
 nidjikiwe, nidjikitcesi. 
 
 Conceal. S. Hide. 
 
 Conceive ; I conceive it, nin nis- 
 \siiotdn. 
 
 Conceive, (in. s. in.) S. Under- 
 stand. 
 
 Conclude. S. Consolidate. 
 
 Concord , liejigwendaniowui . 
 
 Concord, (in. s. in.) S. Peace. 
 
 Concubinage, ani.sha widigendi- 
 win, maichi undigcndiwin. 
 (Pis ik wat c h i-wikittuwini. 
 We live together in conculiin- 
 age, ani.sfia nin widigcndimin. 
 
 Concuiiine ; lam aeon., (ininha 
 nin u'idigemu inini. I keep a 
 con., aninhu nin widigema 
 igwe. 
 
 Concupiscence, missawenimo- 
 win. I look at her (him) with 
 cone, nin niissntrit/andirdba- 
 ma. ( Pisik watch i-mustawi- 
 nawcwi. 
 
 Condemn ; I condemn him, nin 
 banddjia, nin bandnonia, nin 
 uunmjima. I condemn my- 
 self, nin banddjiidi.t. I con- 
 demn him to death, nin nibo- 
 ma, nin naniboma. (Oyasu- 
 watew). 
 
 Conduct, ijiwebisiwin, bimddi- 
 siicin. Decent chaste conduct^
 
 CON 
 
 CON 
 
 hinddisiwin. (I t, a t i s i \v i ni. 
 Cliaiigoil coiidiift, (iii</Jiirfhi- 
 siiriii, (I H (I J i him a <l i .v / ?/' / // . 
 W ise J) r u 1 1 e n t c o n d net, 
 nihwaka - ijiwchixitviit . I ndi-- 
 ci'iit nncliiiHte conduct, ,'/".'/'- 
 hddisiwin. My cond. is shame- 
 ful, is considered shameful, 
 nind agatendagos. 
 
 Conduct, (in. s. in.) S. Behave. 
 Behavior. 
 
 Conduct; I conduct liini, nin 
 himiwiiia. 
 
 Conduct away. S. Lead away. 
 
 Conduct in ; I cond. liiiu in, 
 ninpindigana. 
 
 Conduct oat; I cond. liini out, 
 nin sagidjiwina. 
 
 Conduct. Conductor. — S. Guide. 
 
 Conduct. S. Oversee. 
 
 Coni'ect, jynshkiminassigan. 
 
 ,Confect ; I contect, niji pa^liki- 
 minassige. I confect tluMii, 
 (berries, in., an.) nin jxtshki- 
 minassanan ; nin 2)a!ihkimi- 
 nasstvag. 
 
 Confectionery articles, sisibdk- 
 iiHitonsan. 
 
 Confess, declare ; I confess sin- 
 cerely, nin gwaiakwddjim. 
 (Kwayaskatjimow i . 
 
 -Confess sins; I confess my sins, 
 nin webinige. (Ayamihewat- 
 jimisuw). 
 
 Confession , loebinigeitiii . 
 
 Conlidence. S. trust. 
 
 Contidence, (in. s. in.) S. Ask 
 with hope. 
 
 Confirm. S. Consolidate. 
 
 Confirm; I confirm, nin migi- 
 iven Songidecs-hkdgeirin. I 
 confirm him, nin ntiiia Songi- 
 deeshkdgewin. 
 
 Confirmation, Songideeshkdge- 
 irin. I give Conf , nin miqi- 
 
 wen Songideeshkdge.win . I re- 
 ceive Conf, nin minigo Son- 
 gidi-fshkngcwin. 
 
 Confirmed; lam conf., nin gi- 
 niinigo Songidee-thkagewin. 
 
 Confirmed, ratified ; it is conf., 
 .songifc/iigdde. 
 
 Cenfronted; we are conf toge- 
 ther, 7iin as.iamiibandimin. 
 
 Conscience ; I have hitter re- 
 mor.-es of conscience, nind 
 in igit wngen d<i ni . 
 
 Consent, mi nwendamowin. (Nas- 
 komowin). 
 
 Consent ; I conservt, I am wil- 
 ling, nin minwendam. (Nas- 
 komow). 
 
 Con.sent to do. S. Promise. 
 
 Conservation,_7flHajoert^/(//noK'iH. 
 
 Conserve ; I conserve him, (her, 
 it,) nin gandwenima ; nin ga- 
 ndwendan. I conserve to me, 
 nin gandwendamas. I con- 
 serve it to me, (in., an.) nin 
 gantiwendamason ; nin gand- 
 wendamasonan. — I conserve 
 or put up provisions, riind 
 aiwab. (Astwaw). 
 
 Conserve, lin. s. in.) S. Live, I 
 make live. 
 
 Consider. Consideration. — S. 
 Reflect. Reflection. 
 
 Consider. Considered. — Remark. 
 In regard to the expressions : 
 I am considered to \>e so and 
 so, or to he this or that, we 
 remark here that these ex- 
 pressions are to he found un- 
 der their respective .<tubstan- 
 fires, rerb.f or adjepiire.<<. — For 
 instance, I am considered su- 
 perior, or to he a sujierior, 
 nin nigdnendagos. You will 
 find it uniler " Superior." — It 
 is considered shameful, aga-
 
 CON 
 
 — 57 
 
 COX 
 
 teiiflagwafl. You will find this 
 
 under " Shaiiiolul." — Etc. 
 Consolator, aiahiniwiiKjed. 
 Consolation, ahinindiwin. 
 Console; I console, nind ahisi- 
 
 wint/e, niii (/cic/hsfmi/e, itin soii- 
 
 (jideeahkaye, niii nonfjideesh- 
 
 kawe. I console liiiii, nind 
 
 abiniwima, nin sonr/ideeshka- 
 
 wa, nin </dr/isoma, nin mino- 
 
 deea, nin ijcKjannmn. (Kiikit- 
 
 jiliew). I console myself, nin 
 
 gaijisondis. 
 Consoler, sioancfideeslikawed, 
 
 r/aidi/isoni/ed, aidbi.siwinged. 
 Consolidate; I cons, it, nm son- 
 
 giton, nind aindjisHilon. 
 Con.toling, consolation, abiaiu- 
 
 diirin. 
 Constal)!e, tukoniwcwinini, teko- 
 
 niived. 
 Constancy, songendamowin, be- 
 
 jigwcndammvin . (Sok k a ti si- 
 
 wi n ) . 
 Constant; I am constant, nin 
 
 songendam, nin bejigwendam. 
 Constant at work ; 1 am con., 
 
 nin minwhris. (Sokkeyimow). 
 Constantly, mojng, opine, bejig- 
 
 wanong. (Sakamo). 
 Constipated ; I am con., nin ma- 
 
 midtiH'Hchi. — S. Costive. 
 Constipation. S. Costiveness. 
 Constitution, inakonigewin. 
 Construct, (in. e. in.) S. Make. 
 
 Build. 
 Constructed ; it is con. (in., an.) 
 
 ijifr/iigdde, gijUchigdde ; iji- 
 
 tchiga.so, gijitch iga.sn . 
 Consume, (in. s. in.) S. Eat up. 
 Consume. S. Spend all. 
 Consumption, miniirajyinewin. I 
 
 liave the consumption, 7iin 
 
 miniwapinc 
 Contain, (hold ;) it c o n t a i n s, 
 
 dibashkinc, drbibi. It does not 
 contain much, {in., an.) ndwa- 
 dub ; ndiradi.si. It cannot 
 contain all, nnna.sJikinemagad, 
 nojibadjigenifigtid. I cannot 
 make it contain all, (I cannot 
 put all in,) nin nojibadjige. 
 
 Contemn. S. Despise. 
 
 Contemplate. Contemplation, 
 (in. s. in.) — S. Reflect. Ketlec- 
 tion. 
 
 Content, mimpendamoicin. (Mi- 
 weyittamowin). 
 
 Content; I content him, nin de- 
 bia ; nin minwendamia. 
 
 Contented ; I am con., nin min- 
 icendam, nin minawas, nin 
 di'bagenim, nin debenim, nin 
 dehendam, nin drbis, nin 
 nacndnm. I make him con- 
 tended, ?!?« minwendamia, nin 
 maminwendamia, nin minicen- 
 daa, nin minonawea, nin mi- 
 naicasia, nin nacndamia. I 
 make it contented, nin min- 
 wendamiton,nin naendamitf>n . 
 We make each other content- 
 ed,?* in m am in wen da m iidim in , 
 etc. (Miweyittam). 
 
 Contentedness, drbinimoicin, 
 minwendamott'in. 
 
 Contention. S. Dispute. 
 
 Continent ; it is the continent, 
 kifakamiga. On the conti- 
 nent, kitakamigang. 
 
 Continually, kaginig, npine, be- 
 jigiranong, inojag. 
 
 Cuntiniu': I continue long, nin 
 ginwatrliita. 
 
 Contract ; I contract it, nin .sin- 
 dabiginan. 
 
 Contradict ; I contradict, nind 
 aj i d e w e, nind ajidewidani . 
 nind agonwciam, nind agon- 
 weiage. I contradict in
 
 CON 
 
 — 58 — 
 
 COO 
 
 tho\\ghte,nindajideenclam,nin 
 (((/oHwricndaiti. I contradict 
 liiin, iiiiiil <if/ou}l'ctriir(i, iiiiid 
 ajideniu. I contradict him in 
 thoughts, nind ajidenima. 1 
 cont. it, nind a(/omceinn. We 
 cent, each otlier, niml di/nii- 
 wefddimiii, nind ajidendiiniii. 
 I cont. myself, nind (ji/onive- 
 iadis. I am in tl>e habit of 
 contradicting, nind ai/nnirefa- 
 (jeshk. Bad haliit of contra- 
 dicting, ar/ouwciaf/cshkiicin. 
 (Anvvettam). 
 
 Contradicter, neta-agonicetang. 
 
 Contradiction, agonwetamounn, 
 ajidcu'idamowin, uqon weta- 
 diicin. Cont. in tiiouglit.':, 
 agonwHendamowin, ajid^en- 
 danuncin. 
 
 Contribute. Contribution. — S. 
 Give. Gift. 
 
 Contrite ; I am contrite, 7iind 
 anwenindis. (Kesinateyimi- 
 siw). 
 
 Contrition , anwenindisoicin. 
 
 Conversation, ganonidiwin, ga- 
 ganonidiwin. 
 
 Converse ; I couv., nin gagigit. 
 I con. with him, nin gagano- 
 na, nin widjidonamu. We 
 con. together, nin gagdnoni- 
 dimin. 
 
 Conversion, anwenindisowin, 
 andjihimddisiwin, andjijiwe- 
 bisiwin. 
 
 Convert, icedapinang anamie- 
 ii'in. 
 
 Convert ; I convert mj^self, nind 
 antvenindis, nind andjiton, 
 nind ijiicebi.'^iwin .'nind <idu- 
 pinan anamiewin. I convert 
 him, nin gashkia ichi andji- 
 Jiwebisid ; nin gashkia tchi 
 anamiad. 
 
 Converted ; I am con., nind and- 
 jibirnddin, nind andjijiivebis; 
 nind (inmnia. 
 
 Convey; I convey liim (her, it) 
 on or in a carriage, nind orld- 
 bana ; nind oddbudan. I con- 
 vey liim (her, it) in a canoe or 
 buat from the lake to the 
 ."hore, nind aguaona; nind 
 ngwdodon. I convey him (her, 
 it I in a canoe or Ifoat over a 
 river or bay, nind ajawaa, 
 nind ajmvuona ; nind ajawa- 
 an, nind ajawaodon. 
 
 Convey back; I convey him 
 (her, iti back, nind ajnvina ; 
 nind ajrwidon. I convey him 
 (her, it) back again in a canoe 
 or boat, nin giweona; nind 
 giweodon. 
 
 Convey in ; I convey him (her, 
 it) in, ninpindigana; ninpin- 
 digadon. 
 
 Convey, (in. s. in.) S. Carry. 
 Carry away. Conduct. 
 
 Conveyance in a carriage, awad- 
 jiddbiwin. 
 
 Conviction, abeidiwin. I give 
 testimony to conviction, nin 
 batange. Testimony to con- 
 viction, batangeuin. 
 
 Convince ; I convince him, nind 
 abea. (Tapwemewi. 
 
 Convoke ;I con v., nin nandonge. 
 I con. them, nin nandomag. 
 
 Convulsion, tchitchibishkawin. 
 — S. Spasms. 
 
 Cook, fcnibakuewinini; ichiba- 
 kweikice: tchabukwed. (Opi- 
 minawasuw). 
 
 Cook ; I cook, nin tchibcikwe, 
 nin gifii.sekire. I cook for 
 him, nin tchibakwawa, nin 
 gini/yitma, nin gisidebona. I 
 cook lor myself, nin tchibCik-
 
 COP 
 
 59 
 
 COR 
 
 was. I cook it, {in., an.) nin 
 ()isisan ; nin gisiniva. I cook 
 it tender, (in., an.) nin noki- 
 sau ; nin nokisica. (Pimina- 
 watew) . 
 
 Cooked; it is cooked, Hn., an.) 
 (fijide ; ffisi^o. It in cooked 
 in a certain manner, inidcma- 
 yhd. It is well cooked, well 
 done, (in., an.)ininodemariad; 
 viino.Ho. It is cooked tender, 
 iin.,an.) nokide ; nokiso. 
 
 Cookery, cooking, tchibdkwe- 
 win, gisisekweu'in. 
 
 Cook-liouse, kitchen, tchihak- 
 wewiffamig. (Piminawasuwi- 
 kamik). 
 
 Cook-maid, ichibakweikwe. 
 
 Cook-stove, cooking-stove, tchi- 
 bdkwe-kijdbikisi(jan. 
 
 Cool ; it is cool or cold, taki's.nn. 
 It is cool, iakaiamar/ad. It is 
 cool, (liquid,) takdf/ami. 
 
 Cool ; I cool, nin taki.s.<iidjlge. 
 I cool liini, (her, iti, nin iaki- 
 .fhinia ,■ nin taki.s.sidon. 
 
 Cool, (hv wetting ;i I cool him, 
 (her. It, I nin takdbdwana; nin 
 takdb/iirfidan. I cool it, pour- 
 ing cold water in, nin iakuga- 
 mi.'ihhodon, takibndon . 
 
 Cool, (in. 8. in.) S. Cold. 
 
 Cooper, mnkakokcH'inini. I am 
 a cooper, (I make barrels, i 
 nin niakaknke. 
 
 Cooper's jjus'ness, trade, work, 
 maknknkewin. 
 
 Coo\)cr-»\\o]),nntkakokeirii/rnnii/. 
 
 Copper, mi.tktrdhik, i>.sdii'i'ihik. 
 
 Copper-mine, miskivabikokdn, 
 biu'fibiknkihi. I work in a 
 copper-mine, nin niiskirdbi- 
 kokt', nin hiirdhikoki'. Miner 
 in a copper-mine, ini-ikuy'ibi- I 
 kokewinini,biwdbikokeu'inini. \ 
 
 Copper-mining business, niisk- 
 wdbikokewin. 
 
 Copper-mining A»ent or Super- 
 intendent, miskwdbikok4-ogi- 
 ma. 
 
 Copper-cent, jomdnike, miskwd- 
 hikons, (/.•^dicdbikon.s. 
 
 Copy, na.s.sdbiigan, nabibiigan, 
 andjibiigan. 
 
 Copy, (in. s. in.) S. Writing. 
 
 Copy, (tran.scriVje ;) I copy, nin 
 na.s.mbiige, nin n a b ib i i g e, 
 nindandjibiige. I copy it, h/« 
 nas.sdbian, nin nabibiun, nind 
 audjibinn. 
 
 Copy, limitate;) I copy it, nin 
 kikinowdbandan, nassdb nind 
 ojiton. 
 
 Copying, nassdbiigewin, nabi- 
 biigewin, andjibiigewin. 
 
 Cord ofwood, aiawi.isan. (Asas- 
 tatchigan). 
 
 Cord. S. Rope. 
 
 Core of a corn-ear, oknndk. 
 
 Cork, irri i<i.s-/ikwedi), kitrhi wa- 
 Ja.s/ikwcdo. 
 
 Cork-screw, gitaigan. 
 
 Cork-stopper, wajashkwedo- gi- 
 bnkwdigan. 
 
 Cormorant, kdgdgishib, 'raven- 
 duck). 
 
 Corn. S. Indian corn. 
 
 Corn-ear, (of Indian corn,i tii.sa- 
 ko.fi. The corn-ear bursts at 
 the fire, pdahkingwcso nisa- 
 ko.si. 
 
 Cornel-tree, mdnan. 
 
 Corner; there i.s a corner, ird- 
 wikweia. In a corner of the 
 room, wikive-ssagag. In a cor- 
 ner of the earth, wikwekanii- 
 giig (iki. 
 
 Corner-stone, iraickiraidbiki-as' 
 .sin, w i k tv e iabikis.tHchigan , 
 maiawaiekwaiabikissi ass in,
 
 cou 
 
 — CO — 
 
 cov 
 
 netiiuiuhikislniKf axsin. Chief 
 coriu'i-stone, nii/dniicikiceia- 
 bikissUchi(/itti. 
 
 Corn-meal , bi.s.sibo(lJi(/tiii . 
 
 Corn-soup, corn-masli. — S. In- 
 dian corn-soup. 
 
 Corn-stalk, fiihwdf/an. Sprout of 
 the corn-stalk, .sihinii/ttii-s. 
 
 Costive ; I am costive, nin <ji- 
 hissagaje. 
 
 CostivenesH, gihisscuia jeicin. 
 
 Costly. S. High. 
 
 Corp.se, tchihui. 
 
 Corpus Christi Jay, ivuhiijoul- 
 (fijiyad. 
 
 Correct, givaiak. 
 
 Correct ; I correct it, nin mcai- 
 akoton, nin nanaiton. I cor- 
 rect a writing, nin nandihiige; 
 I correct it, nin nandihian. 
 
 Corrected writing, nandibiigun. 
 
 Correct. Correcting, (in. s. in.) 
 S. Repair. Repairing. 
 
 Corrupt; I corrupt Iiini, nin 
 maichi ijiwebisia, nin bandd- 
 jia, nin gagibdsoma. iMisiwa- 
 natjihew). 
 
 Corrupted; it is corrupted, (li- 
 quid,) ajagamissin. Itiscorr., 
 [in.,an.) pigishkanad ; pigish- 
 kanani. (Pikiskatin). 
 
 Cotton, papagiwaidn, papagi- 
 waidnigin. 
 
 Cotton bag, made of cotton, pa- 
 pagiicaidneahkimod. 
 
 Cough, ossossodamowin. (Os- 
 tustutamowin). 
 
 Cough ; I cough, nind ossosso- 
 dam. 
 
 Council, gigitoicin. (Mawatjihi- 
 tuwin). 
 
 Council-house, gigitoivigamig . 
 
 Counsel ; I counsel him, nin ga- 
 gansoma. (Kakeskimew). 
 
 Count ; I count, nind agindass. 
 
 I mistake in counting, 7iin 
 n'aniigindann. I mistaKe in 
 counting it, \in., an.) nin wa- 
 nagindun ; nin wanagima. I 
 count him, (her, it,) nind agi- 
 ma ; nind agindan. 
 
 Counte<l ; I am (it is) counted, 
 ///;('/ (igindjigas; agindji- 
 gdde. 
 
 Countenance; I liave a smiling 
 countenance, nin bahapingwe. 
 
 Counting, agindjigddewin. 
 
 Country, aki. 
 
 Countryman, icid jidakiwema- 
 gan. 
 
 Couple ; .so many couple, dass- 
 icewan. 
 
 Couple. S. Pair. 
 
 Courage, aongideeicin, mango- 
 ia.s.siicin, mangideewin. 
 
 Courageous ; 1 am cour., nin 
 songidee, nin nuingotass, nin 
 mangidee. I make him cour., 
 nin songideea, nin mangideea. 
 
 Courageous man, mangofassi- 
 ici)iiiti, .ficangideed jh/hj. (Na- 
 bekkasuw). 
 
 Courageous person, swangideed, 
 niengoiassid. 
 
 Cou rt, dibakonidiicin . 
 
 Cousin, (he-cousin ;) my, thy, 
 his cousin, ninimnsfie, kini- 
 moshe, uinimosheian ; or, ni- 
 iatriiis, kHawiss, wihiiri-ssan. 
 
 Cousin, (she-cousin ;) my, thy, 
 her cousin, nindangoshe, ki- 
 dangoshe, odangosheian . 
 
 Cover ; cover of a kettle, etc., 
 dibaboicciqan, padagwaboei- 
 gan, gib(il)ikaigan, gibakwai- 
 gan, gibabotigan. Cover of a 
 powder-pan , agicanakokud- 
 gan. 
 
 Cover ; I cover him (her, it) 
 with s. th., nin padagwana-
 
 cov 
 
 — (Il — 
 
 CRA 
 
 wa ; nin padagwanaan. I co- 
 ver liim (her, it) with luy 
 body, ninpaihujwanishkau'a ; 
 nin padoi/icanishkciu. It co- 
 vers nie, iiin padaiju'diiishka- 
 gon. I cover him, ilier, it,; 
 vvitli some articles of clothing, 
 iiind agwajnva, niiid uywa- 
 ndwa ; nind agwunaaii. — I 
 cover myself, nin naagwaji, 
 nind ugwaje. I cover my head, 
 nind agwanikweodits. I cover 
 my breast, nind agwaiukiga- 
 ncodis. 
 
 Cover, (roof;) I cover, nind apa- 
 kodjige. I cover it, (a lodge 
 or house,) nind apakodon. 
 (Apakkwew). 
 
 Cover with bark ; I cover, nin 
 ningwanupukwe. I cover it, 
 nin ni)tgwana2Jakwada)i . 
 
 Covered; I am ^it is) covered 
 with 8. th., nin padagwanai- 
 gas ; padagwanuigade. 1 am 
 (it is ) covered, nind ugwanai- 
 gas; agwanaigdde. — All is cov- 
 ered with it, ini.'iiice.sJikanid- 
 gad. 
 
 Covered, (roofed ;) it is covered, 
 apakode, apakodjigdde. 
 
 Covet; I covet, nin missawen- 
 dam, iiin nii.ssawend jige, nin 
 mitinmi'inage. I covethim,(her, 
 it, I nin missmoenimu, nin niis- 
 sawinatua ; nin minscfiocndan, 
 niti mia.sau'inan. I covet s. 
 til. belonging to him, {in., an.) 
 nin mi.snawendamawa ; nin 
 mis.ia win amawa . (M us ta w i- 
 nawew). 
 
 Covetous ; I am covetous. S. 
 Covet. 
 
 Covetous desire, mi.s.'iiuendamo- 
 toin. I look at him (her, it) 
 with a covetous desire, nin 
 
 missawiganawdbama ; n i n 
 nmsawiganawdhandan. 
 
 Covetousness, mi.s.sawendjig&' 
 win, inisiiau'enindiwin, missa- 
 wendiunowin. 
 
 Cow, pijiki, ikwe-pijiki. (Onit- 
 janiw). The cow is to have a/ 
 calf, and jiso pijiki. The 
 cow hasa calfuntimely, abor- 
 tively, ni.s-/ii jiijiki. The cow- 
 has a calf, onidjdni.'isi pijiki. 
 
 Coward, jaidgodced. I am a 
 coward, nin jdgodee. 
 
 Cowiivd'wi^, J dgiidt'cirin. 
 
 Cow-h ide, pijiklgewin . 
 
 Cow-pox, uiamakisiwin. I ino- 
 culate with the cow-pox, nin 
 nidinaki.'iiiwe. I inoculate him 
 with the cow-pox, nin manta- 
 ki.s-ia. I am inoculated with 
 the cow-pox, ninmamaki.'iiigo. 
 — Inoculating, inoculation, 
 nuunaki.'iiiivewin. 
 
 Cow-pox inoculator, 7nemakissii- 
 wed, niamaki.siiweivinini. 
 
 Crab. S. Craw-fish. 
 
 Crack ; I crack or craunch, nin 
 madwendjige. I crack or 
 craunch it, (in., an.) nin mad- 
 wcnddn ; nin m adto e m a. I 
 nuike crack my fingers, nin 
 in adwt'gn n en indjihin idii^ . The 
 joints of my limbs crack, nin 
 nutdweganenhka. It cracks, 
 jnadwcs/ika, manuidweshka. 
 The ice cracks, madwikwa- 
 din . 
 
 Crack, (split ;) gipi.nwin, gdgi- 
 ]>i.siirin. There is a crack or 
 split in a piece of wuod, fawi.i- 
 s(ig<t. 
 
 Cratked ; my feet, my hand, 
 my legs, etc., are cracked. — 
 S. Foot. Hand, heg, etc. 
 
 Cracked through ; it is cr. thr...
 
 ORE 
 
 f.2 
 
 (mo 
 
 (metal,) tawahiknti . It is or. 
 th., (rock,) tawabikumanad. 
 
 ■Cracker, andkonaiis jxikweji- 
 yana. 
 
 Crackle; the fire crackles, ])a- 
 kinc or papa kinc i.s/ikote. 
 
 Cradle, tcliitrhilxikondijan. Tii- 
 dian (iradle, tikiiui<ian. (Wc- 
 weliisuii). 
 
 Crafty. S. Artful. 
 
 Cramps. S. Spasms. 
 
 Cranberry, 7nas/tki</imhi. There 
 are cran., ma.shki(/iminik(i. 
 Place where there are cran., 
 mashki[/i»iin iknii . I gather 
 cran., nin mashki(jit)unike. 
 
 Cranberry-River, Mashkigbnini- 
 kaniwi-sibi . 
 
 Crane, adjidjdd. (Otchitchak). 
 
 Crane- potato, adjidjakopin . 
 
 Crank, kijibaicebinic/an. I turn 
 a crank, mn kijibawebinige. 
 
 Crank, (in. s. in.) S. Handle. 
 
 Crape, nitagewaidn. 
 
 Craunch. S. Crack. 
 
 Craw-lish, ajageshi. 
 
 Crawl. S. Creep. 
 
 Crazy, I am crazy, nind agaiva- 
 dis, nin giwiinadis. (Nama- 
 wiya wayeskamisiw). 
 
 Cream ; I take oft' the cream, 
 nin himaan. 
 
 Creator, misi gego qa-gijiiod. 
 
 Credit ; I give credit to people, 
 nin masinamdgos. I take on 
 credit, nin masinaige. I col- 
 lect my credits, imy active 
 debts,) nin nandoshkamage. I 
 ask him to pay his credit, (his 
 debt,) nin nandos/ikamdwa. I 
 try to get my credits paid, nin 
 nandoshkas. 
 
 Creditor, mesinaamagosid, mesi- 
 naamaicind. 
 
 Crediilou.s superstitious person, 
 anolrh gego daiehuetnng. 
 
 Cree Indian, Kinishtino. (Nehi- 
 yaw.) 
 
 Creek, sihi. 
 
 Creep ; I creep, nin bimode, nin 
 hdhi'iiiiodr.. I creep about, nin 
 lidlxiiiKidi'. I creep out, nin 
 .idgidode. 
 
 Cree squaw, kinishtinokwe. (Ne- 
 hiyawiskwew). 
 
 Crepusculous; it is crep., tehi- 
 kabamindgwad. 
 
 Crevice ; there is a crevice in 
 the ice, tdahkikwad, passik- 
 tcud. 
 
 Cribble. S. Sieve. 
 
 Cricket, papakine. 
 
 Crime, batadowin, batdjitita- 
 win, matchi dodamowin. I 
 commit a crime, nin batd- 
 dodam, nin matchi dodam. 
 iPastahuwin). 
 
 Cripple ; I am a cripple, nin 
 mdkis. I make him a cripple 
 by striking him, nin mukina- 
 na. 
 
 Cripple, (unable to walk,) he- 
 rn osse.'ifug, mema n djignsid. 
 
 Crooked knife, wdgikomdn, ja- 
 shagashkddekomdn. 
 
 Crooked root, wagitckibik. 
 
 Crop. S. Harvest. 
 
 Crop or craw of a bird, nmodai. 
 This bird has a large crop, 
 mangnmodaie aw hineshi. 
 
 Crosier, (Bishop's staft',) Kiichi- 
 mekatewikwanaie o sakaon. 
 
 Crosier, (Indian crosier,) pagaa- 
 dou'dn, pagaadoiranak. I 
 play with crosier and ball, nin 
 pagaadnwc. The play itself, 
 pagaadoweu'in. 
 
 Cross, tchibaidiig, ajideidtig ;
 
 CRO 
 
 — G3 — 
 
 CRY 
 
 anamieu'uti(j. I niaketlie sign 
 of the cross upon myself, (I 
 bless myself,) nin ichibaiati- 
 yoni(/e. I make the sign of tlie 
 cross upon him or over him, 
 nin fr/iihaiafii/tnunndira. (A- 
 yiimilu'wAttikoniimawew). 
 Cross-l)ill, cross-beak, (bird,) 
 ajidikonenhi. 
 
 Cross, (peevish) ; I am cross, 
 wickeil, nin mitihidee , (I have 
 a hairy heart.) 
 
 Cross-saw. S. Log-saw. 
 
 Cros.s-stick in the snow-shoe, 
 okwik. 
 
 Cross, (traverse ;) I cross a river, 
 in a canoe or boat, nind cija- 
 H'd, nind ajuwauvi, ni7ninam. 
 I cro.ss him {convey him) over 
 a river, etc., nind ajawaa. I 
 cross it, (a river, etc.) nind 
 ajdwaan. I cross a river 
 swimming, nind djaumdaga. 
 1 cross it walking on the ice, 
 nind ojnuvidui/uk, nind qja- 
 wagdk. I cross it walking over 
 a bridge, nind ojof/e. I cross 
 it walking over a tree or log, 
 /(//((/ ajawandawe, nind ajo- 
 yi'idndawe. — I cross or con- 
 voy people over a river in a 
 canoe or boat, nind djdwdod- 
 Ji(/c. 1 get myselfcnjssed over 
 a river, nind djau'donigos. I 
 cross over sailing, tiind njd- 
 ivdnh. — It crosses, ajidesse. 
 
 Croup ; my, thy, his croup, ni- 
 ji'fdn, kijiijdn, ojiijdn. 
 
 Croup-bone; my, tliy,hi8Croup- 
 liune, niji;/dnif/dn, kijigani- 
 (Jdn, iijiiidiiiijdn. 
 
 Crow, dndck. Young crow, an- 
 dekon.s. (AhAsiw). 
 
 Crow ; the cock crows, tndsita- 
 gosi pakaakwe. 
 
 Crowtl ; we crowd too much, nin 
 non'inhkodddimin. 
 
 Crowded ; we are crowded, nin 
 moalilxincmin. 
 
 Crown, ogimdiL'iwaktvdn, kitchi- 
 ogiuid iriii'dkwdn . 
 
 Crown ; I crowu him, (her,) 
 nind ogimdwid ; nind ogimd- 
 kicewid. 
 
 Crown of the head, nawisigok- 
 Vdiidib, nidiaosh tigivdn. 
 
 Crucible. S. Melting-])0t. 
 
 Cruel. Cruelty. S.^ Wicked- 
 ness of heart. 
 
 Crumb, hiwdndjigan. 
 
 Crumb; I crumb it, {in., an.,) 
 nin gdpindn ; nin gapina. 
 
 Crumble ; I crumble it, {in.,dn.) 
 nin biwidan, nin bi-'t.'iibidon ; 
 nin biivind, nin bissibina. The 
 bread crumbles, b i w is h k a 
 pdkwejigdn. The bread crum- 
 bles into small pieces, biici.'ise 
 pakivejigdn. 
 
 Crush ; I crush (or bruise) him, 
 (her, it,) nin bdnasikdWd ; 
 nin bdnd.tikdn. I crush him, 
 putting myself upon him, nin 
 baddgosfikdwd. I crush it, 
 nin bdddgo.shkan. I crusii it 
 to small pieces, to powder, 
 {in.,dn.\ nin hi.s.sdan ; ninbi.t- 
 .idird. I crush his head, nin 
 jigosiifigwdnishkd. I crush it 
 with my hand, [in.,dn.) nin 
 Ji.s-/iil/nnindjdndan ; nin ji.s/ii- 
 gonindjinid. I crusli it with 
 my foot, (/«., ff?j.) nin jisliigo- 
 .v'lltinddn ; ninii.i/iigosiddnia. 
 I crush it with my foot or 
 body, (in., dn.,] nin Jd/dgo.ih- 
 kdn ; nin idjdgns/ikdird.' 
 Crutch, gu'd.shkwdnddun. 
 Cry ; I cry, nin nid.siUigo.s. I 
 cry loud, nind aidjikiue. I cry
 
 CUR 
 
 — f,4 — 
 
 CUT 
 
 out, nin hihag. I cry selling, 
 (at an auction,) nin bibdga- 
 taire. (Tepwewl. 
 
 Cry, (in. s. in.) S. Weep. 
 
 Cryinu; sale, (auction,) bibdga- 
 tandiivin. 
 
 Cubit, biminik, bixkinikenowin, 
 ekodi'iskwaniny. One cubit, 
 niiKjobiminik. Two, three cu- 
 bits, etc., nijobiminik, nisso- 
 biminik, etc. 
 
 Cucumber, eslikandamimj. 
 
 Cudgel, payamdgan. 
 
 Cudgel, (round stick, not split,) 
 misdtig. 
 
 Cue, (tuft of hair,) .segibanudn. 
 I wear a cue, nin segibanwa. 
 
 Cuff; I cuff him, nin j)ikii'ako- 
 nindJHawa. 
 
 Cumin, menace. 
 
 Cunning. S. Artful. Artfulness. 
 
 Cup, ondgans, anibishdbo-ond- 
 gans. 
 
 Cupboard, Ussdbdn. I put it in 
 a cupboard, [in., an.) nin tes- 
 sdbddan ; nin tessdbana. 
 
 Cup-shot; I am cup-shot, nin 
 giirasbkicebi. 
 
 Cure; I cure, nin nodjimoiwe. 
 It cures, nodjimoiweniagad . I 
 cure him, nin nodjimoa. I 
 cure for him or to him, nin 
 ntkljimotawa. (lyinikkahew). 
 
 Cured ; I am cureci, nin nndjim, 
 nin nanundawis. (lyiniwiw). 
 
 Curing, nodjimoiweicin. 
 
 Curiosity, linquisitiveness ;) bad 
 curiositj', mamakasabangesh- 
 kiirin, mamakasinamowin. I 
 use to look on with too much 
 curiosity, nin mamakasaban- 
 geshk. 
 
 Curious ! ashinangwana ! (Ma- 
 maskatch) ! 
 
 Curious, mamakadakamig, ma- 
 
 makadjaii.l am (itis) curioufi, 
 (astonishing,) nin mamakd- 
 denddgo.s, nin viamakddin, 
 mamakadendagwad , imimakd- 
 dad. I find him (her, it; curi- 
 ous, (a8toni.«hing,i nin mama- 
 kadenima ; nin mamakaden- 
 ddn. (Anakatchav). 
 
 Curious, (in. e. in.) §. Droll. 
 
 Curiously, waiciiaj. 
 
 Curl. C u r 1 ed, (in. 8. in.) S. 
 Twist. Twisted. 
 
 Curled hair ; I have curled liair, 
 nin bahisigindibe. (Titipiwe- 
 yaniskwewi. 
 
 Curlew, pata.shkanje. 
 
 C u r ran I- l)erry , ;h ink idjim in . 
 
 C u r ra n t-sh ru b, minhidjim inaga- 
 wanj. 
 
 Current ; the current of a river 
 is heard, madiredjiiran. There 
 is a strong foaming current, 
 U'd-s-nidjiwan. The current 
 carries nie away, nin u'cbabog. 
 The current of a river comes 
 out of the woods and falls in 
 the lake, sdgidawidjitran. 
 
 Currycomb, na.sikirngan, hebe- 
 jigngauji-nasiku'cigan. 
 
 Curse ;:I curse, nin matchi-ina- 
 pinendjige. I curse him, 'her, 
 it,) nin mafchi-inapinema ; nin 
 mafchi-inapinendan . 
 
 Curtain, agohidjigan. Calico for 
 curtains, agob idjiga n igin . 
 
 Curtain, as a {partition, //j6fl^orf- 
 Jigan. I hang up a partition- 
 curtain, nin gibagodjige. 
 
 Cushion, apikwe.'iJrimon. 
 
 Custom, nagadisiiciti. — S. Ac- 
 customed. 
 
 Cut ; I cut him, (her, it,) nin 
 kishkijica, nin biwikona, 7iin 
 kishkdica ; nin kishkijan, nin 
 biicikodan, nin kishkaan. I
 
 CUT 
 
 — 65 
 
 CYP 
 
 ■cut myself, nin kijaodLf, nin 
 kishkijodi.s. I cut it with a 
 knife, nin kisfikikodnn. I cut 
 it with the teeth, nin kishkan- 
 dan. I cut it with a scythe, 
 nin kishkashkijan. I cut grass, 
 nin ki.s/ikashkossiwe. I cut his 
 skin, nin kishkajhoa. It cuts, 
 gina.s/tkad. — I cut it to 7iiake 
 it sniiiUer, (/«., an.) nind agns- 
 sikodtin : nind (if/asaikona. I 
 cut it with ditticulty, nin yash- 
 kaan. — lam (it is) cut, nin 
 kishkijigas ; kishkiji(/dde. I 
 am (it is) cut by accicleut, nin 
 kijaigas ; kijaigdde. I am cut 
 to the bone, nin miichiijanc. 
 shin It is cut, (metal,) kish- 
 kdbikad. 
 
 Cut, (a coatj etc.) I cut, nind 
 onijige. I cut it, nind onijan. 
 
 Cut accidentally ; I cut him, 
 (her, it,) ninpitijwa ; nin pi- 
 tijan. I cut myself, nin piti- 
 jodis. 
 
 Cut down ; I cut down a tree, 
 nin gairuwa initio/, nin Aw'.s//- 
 kiyawa miiig. I cut down 
 trees, nin gauaisse, nin ga- 
 loakipaige, nin gawaakwand- 
 jige. I cut down a birch-tree 
 to get the bark, nin (/uwaijig- 
 we. The tree is cut clown, ga- 
 waiguso viitig. Many trees 
 cut down, gawaakwandjigan. 
 Many trees are cut down, ga- 
 waakuandjigadc. 
 
 Cut long ; I cut it long, {in., an.) 
 nin ginwakwaan ; nin ginwak- 
 wdwa. 
 
 Cutotl"; I cut off what is spoil- 
 ed, [in., an.) ningagigikodan ; 
 nin gagigik(ina,nin gagigijwa. 
 I cut otl'a piece or pieces, nin 
 pakwfjige. I cut oti a piece 
 
 from it, {in., an.) nin pakwe- 
 jan : nin pakwejwa. — 1 cut it 
 ortwith an axe, [in., an.) nin 
 webigaan ; nin webigaica. I 
 cut it oft" with a knife, {in., 
 071.) nin webijan, nin webiko- 
 nan, nin tchigapidan ; nin 
 webijwa, nin webikona, nin 
 fi'/iigapijira. I cut it oft', {in., 
 an.) nin kishkigaan, )iin kish- 
 kigadan ; nin ki.shkigana. — I 
 cut his tongue oft", nin kishkn- 
 denaniwejwa. My tongue is 
 cut oft", nin kishkidenaniive. 
 I cut Ins nose oft", nin kish- 
 kidjanejwa. My nose is cut 
 oft", nin kishkidjane. I cut 
 my nails oft, nin kishkiganji- 
 sodis. 
 
 Cut oft" hand, foot, leg. S. Hand. 
 Foot. Leg. 
 
 Cut pointed ; I cut it pointed, 
 (in., an.) nin jJrt^;/(/.s7iA-/y"aJi, 
 ninpatchi.'ihkibudon ; nin pai- 
 chishkijica, nin ]>atchishkibo- 
 na. I cut it pointed with an 
 axe, [in., an.) nin jidtr/iishki- 
 gaan ; nin patchisliklgaii'a. I 
 cut it pointed with a knife, 
 {in., an.) niiipaic/iii-hkikodan; 
 nin ]>atc/iis/ikikona. It is cut 
 pointed, (stuff, in., an.) pat- 
 r/iishkigad ; ])atrJii.shkigisi. 
 It is cut pointed, (wood, in., 
 an.) pairnislikigad patchish- 
 kigi-si. 
 
 Cutler, viokomdnikewinini. I 
 am a cutler, (1 make knives,) 
 nin mokomdnike. 
 
 Cutler's shop, mokomdnikewiga- 
 mig. 
 
 Cutlery, cutk-r's work or trade, 
 ninknnidnikewin. 
 
 Cyi)ress-tree, okikandag. (Sitta).
 
 D 
 
 Dagger, ajaweshkson. (Takka- 
 tcnigan). 
 
 Daily, every day, endasso-giji- 
 gak. 
 
 Dainty ; I am fond of dainties, 
 nin maviindiljib. Fondness ot 
 dainties, uuimiiiailjibrniin. I 
 feed myself daintily, nin ma- 
 minfqxiuklis. 
 
 Dairy , toionlidhowi (jamig . 
 
 Dam, okwanim, (jilxuiawaigan. 
 I make a dam, nind okwani- 
 mike, nin gibagnwaige. There 
 is a dam made, okwanimikdile, 
 gibagaivaignde. i Oskutim ) . 
 
 Damage, banddjiiilssoirin , ba- 
 nddjitchigewin. I suffer dam- 
 age, nin banddjitass. I make 
 damage, nin banddjiichige. I 
 make damage to jx'ople, nin 
 hnnddjiioge. I make or cause 
 liim damage, nin banadjita- 
 wa, nind agaicadjia. I cause 
 damage to myself, nin bandd- 
 jitcts, nind agawadjiidis. (Mi- 
 siwanatjittawin). 
 
 Damage ; I damage it, (in., an.) 
 nin mijiion, nind enapinadon ; 
 nin mijia, nind enapinana. 
 (Misiwanatjihew). 
 
 Damage, (in. s. in.) S. Injure. 
 Detile. 
 
 Damaged ; it is dam., (in., an.) 
 banddjitchigdde ; handdjitchi- 
 gaso. 
 
 Damaging, banddjiichigeivin. 
 
 Damnation, banddjiiu'ewin, ba- 
 
 nddinwin. I cause his dam- 
 nation, nin banudjia. I cause 
 my own damnation, nin ba- 
 nddjiidi.'t. It causes damna- 
 tion, banddjiiwetnagad. 
 
 Damp ; it is damp, ni.^.iahawe- 
 ningad. It is mucli damp, 
 nibiwan, tipamogad. It is a 
 little damp, awi.s.samagad. — 
 S. Moistened. iMiyimawaw). 
 
 Dance, nimiicin, nimiidiuin. 
 Dance with a scalp, gamddji- 
 win. (Nimihituwin). 
 
 Dance; I dance, nin nim. I 
 make him dance, nin nimia. 
 I dance with lier, ihim,) nin 
 widjishimoiawa. We dance 
 together, nin nimiidimin. I 
 make people dance, (I give a 
 ball,) nin nimiiwe. I dance 
 for h i m , ?i in n i m it aw a. I 
 dance with a scalp in ; my 
 liand, nin gamddj. I come to 
 liim dancing with a scalp ,;ijh 
 gam d dj i noi a w a. I dance 
 around s. th., nin giicitashim. 
 I dance like a lame person, 
 nin tatchigashim. 
 
 Dancer, ndmid, netd-nimid, nd- 
 mishkid. 
 
 Dancing, (ball,t nimiidiwin, ni- 
 miiding. I am too much in a 
 habit ofdancing, nin nimi.shk. 
 Habit ofdancing, nimi.^hkiirin. 
 
 Diincing-honse, niiniidiuigamig. 
 
 Dandruff-comb, .mgicabide-bi- 
 ndktcan, binaidikamdn.
 
 DAR 
 
 — 07 — 
 
 DAY 
 
 Danger, nanisanisiwin. Emi- 
 nent danger, dangerous thing, 
 bdpinisiwuf/an. I am in dan- 
 ger, nin naiiiidnis. 1 jmt him 
 Oier, it) in danger, uiii nani- 
 sdnia : nin naniadnHon. I put 
 myself in danger, nin nani.m- 
 niidis. I am in danger of per- 
 ishing, nin bajine, nin haba- 
 nadis. I put him in danger 
 of perishing, nin bajinuna. 
 
 Dangerous; it is dangerous, (in., 
 an.) nanisanad ; nani.<mnisi. 
 I am (it is) considered dang., 
 nin nanisanenddc/o.s, nin )ii- 
 saiemluyois ; nanisunenddg- 
 xvad, nisaienddgwad. I con- 
 sider him (her, it) dang., nin 
 7ianisaneniina ; nin nanisd- 
 nendan. I am dang, by my 
 speaking, nin naninaniiayos. 
 I tliink there is s. th. danger- 
 ous, nin nanindncndam. I 
 look (it looks) dang. ,/;/'« nani- 
 sdni)id(/os ; nanisdninydwad. 
 
 Dangerously, habanadj. 
 
 Dare ; I dare not, ninjdgwenim. 
 (Nama sakwevimow). 
 
 Daring; I am daring, nin son- 
 (jid,A'. 
 
 Dark ; it is dark, pashagishka, 
 kti.s/ikilibi/vuit. 
 
 Dark-hlue ; it is dark-blue or 
 livid, dpi.s.sin, dni-snamagad. I 
 have a dark-l»lue eve, iiind 
 dpissab. I have a dark-lilue 
 spot,nind dpiif.sabnwe. My skin 
 is dark-blue, nind apissage.l 
 have a dark-blue face, nind 
 npis.singwe. I am of a dark- 
 blue iMjlor, nind djii.s.tis. It is 
 dark-l)lue, (metal,) dpissabi- 
 kislika. 
 
 Dark-colored, makate-... 
 
 Darkness ; there is darkness. 
 
 pashagishkibikad, ka.<shkitibi- 
 kad, pasJuigi-shkinamowin. I 
 am in darkness, nin pa.'iha- 
 gi.s-hkinam. ( Wanitibiklcisiw). 
 
 Dash, lin. s. in.)'S. Knock. 
 
 Daugliter, oddni.s.iima. My, thy, 
 his daughter, ninddni.s-n, kidd- 
 nitis, oddni.s.san. His adult 
 daughter, oddnan. I have a 
 daughter, nind oddniss. I 
 have her for a daugliter, nind 
 oddni.s.sinan, nind oddninsima, 
 1 am a daughter, nind oddnis- 
 simigo. I am his daughter, 
 nind odd n i.^.sim ig . 
 
 Daughter-in-law ; my, thy, his 
 daughter-in-law, iiissim, kis- 
 sitn, onsiniin. The daughter- 
 in-law in a fa.nn\y , nadnf/anik- 
 we. I am daughter-in-law in 
 a fanuly, nin nadnganab, nind 
 ojinindam . ( Witim wa) . 
 
 Dawn ; it begins to dawn, bidd- 
 ban. 
 
 Day, gijig, gijigad. So many 
 days, dassogwan. Two days, 
 nijogijig, nijogwan, etc. It is 
 so many days, dassogwana- 
 gad. It is two days, nijngiji- 
 gad, nijogwanaffiid, etc. I am 
 so many davs old, nin da.ssog- 
 wanaifis. f am two days old, 
 nin nijogwanagix, etc. I am 
 two days alisent, nin nijogwa- 
 wanend, etc. — Good day ! bojo! 
 I bid him good day, nin bojoa. 
 
 Daylight; it is daylight, »vt/>a?i. 
 Ik'fore dayliglit. tclii l>ica wa- 
 bang. It i.s l)road daylight, 
 jtagakdban. 
 
 Day of judgment, dibakonige- 
 gijigaii. 
 
 Day of resurrection, dbitchiba- 
 winigijigad. (Apisisinokiji- 
 kaw).
 
 i)i-:i{ 
 
 — 68 — 
 
 DEC 
 
 Dazzled ; I am tlaz., nin jhoa.i, 
 
 iiin pasha f/ishkinam. 1 am 
 iliiz. liv it, I cannot look at it, 
 
 nin su.ssabis. 
 Dead ; he is de4d, nibo, gi-nibo. 
 
 (Nipiw). 
 Dead person, tchihai, nebod, ga- 
 
 nibod. 
 Dead person's bone, ichibai- 
 
 gan. 
 Dead pnioll ; nibasomagosimn. I 
 
 smoll like a dead person, nin 
 
 nibasomagos. 
 Deaf; 1 am deaf, nin gagibishc. 
 
 I ieign to be deaf, nin gagi- 
 
 biskekds. (Kakepittew;. 
 Deafness, gagibishewin. 
 Deaf person, gegihiahed. 
 Deal ; I deal, nind atdwe. 
 Dealer, aiawewinini. 
 Dealt with ; I am not easy to 
 
 be dealt with, nin sanagis. 
 
 (Ayimisiw). I think he is not 
 
 easy to be dealt with, 7iin sa- 
 
 nagenima. (Ayimeyimew). 
 Dear, (of a high price ;) it is 
 
 dear, (in., an.) sanagad, sana- 
 
 gaginde, mamissaginde ; sa- 
 
 nagisi, saiiagaginso, mamissa- 
 
 ginso. (Sokkakittew). 
 Death, nibowin. Sudden death, 
 
 sesika-nibou'in, kakaminewin, 
 
 kaiakamisiwin . 
 Death from hunger, gaicana7t- 
 
 damowin. (Kawakkatosowin ) . 
 Death-whoop, hibCigotamowin. I 
 
 raise the death-whoop, nin 
 
 6/6a^ofam. I Kamatchiwaham) . 
 Debate ; we debate with each 
 
 other, nin aiajindendimin. 
 Debauch ; I debauch him, nin 
 
 gagibasoma. (Matchi-slkki- 
 
 mew). 
 Debt, masinaigan, masinaige- 
 
 tcin. I make debts, nin ma- 
 
 sinaige. Making debts, ma»i- 
 naigcwin. 
 
 Debtor, miminaiged. 
 
 Decamp; I decamp, nin gos. 
 (Pitchiw). 
 
 Decamping, decampment, goai- 
 win. (Pitcliiwin). 
 
 Decant; I decant it, nin sikobi- 
 ginan. 
 
 Decay ; it decays, anaxcissema- 
 gad, angomagad. It decays, 
 (clothing,) _i7«HY//(r('/. It decays, 
 (flower, herb,) nibwashkissin. 
 
 Decease, nibowin. 
 
 Deceased. S. Dead person. 
 
 Deceit, icaipjingemn. 
 
 Deceive; I deceive, nin waii- 
 jinge. I deceive him, (her, it,) 
 nin tvairjima ; nin waiejindan. 
 I deceive with my speaking, 
 nin waiejitdgos. I use to de- 
 ceive, nin nitd-waiijinge, nin 
 waiejingeshk. I deceive my- 
 self, nin waiejindis. (Wayesi- 
 mew). 
 
 Deceiver, weiejinged, weiejin- 
 geshkid. 
 
 Deceiving, ^caivjingewin. Habit 
 of deceiving, waiejingeshki- 
 win. 
 
 Deceiving; I am dec, I look 
 better tlian I am, nind agawi- 
 nago.'s. It is dec, agaicinag- 
 wad. 
 
 December, manitogisissons . 
 
 (Pawatchakinasisi. 
 Decent behavior, binddisiicin. I 
 behave decently, nin bijiddis. 
 Decent narration, binddjimoicin. 
 I tell decently, nin binddjim. 
 Decide. S. Resolve. 
 Declare. S. Explain. 
 Decline ; the sun is on his de- 
 cline, giiceiassarn gi.'ti.9.<i. lOta- 
 kwiisan). Tlie winter is on
 
 DEF 
 
 r.9 — 
 
 DEL 
 
 its decline, giwchiban. The 
 
 summer is on its decline, yi- 
 
 wciiibiii. 
 Decoration. S. Ornament. 
 Decorticate ; I dec. cedar-trees, 
 
 nia gaahkauiuKjekwe. 
 Decrepit ; T am dec, nin kiichi 
 
 gika. (Kawikikkaw). 
 Decry. Decried. — S. Defame. 
 
 Defamed. 
 Deed, (action,) dodanioicin. 
 Deed, (writing, document,) drb- 
 
 w('wiiii-m(i.siiiai(/ait. 
 Deep; I deej) him (her, iti a little 
 
 in water, iiiii /((iii/di/windjima ; 
 
 niti tamiagwindjitoH. 
 Deep ; it is deep, (water,) dimi, 
 
 dimitiifweia, yinwindimn, tak- 
 
 windiina. — It is deep, hosika. 
 
 I make it deep, niii hosikUon. 
 
 It is made deep, hotiikitchiyude. 
 
 Soileepinthe ground, epita- 
 
 kamiy. 
 Deep, (hollow ;) it is deep, wd- 
 
 namayad. 
 Deer, wawashkeshi. Young 
 
 spotted deer, kituydkons. 
 Deer-meet, waicualikeahmiwii- 
 
 Deer-bone, wdwa.shke.shiwiyan. 
 
 Deer-sk in , wdioashkeshiweyin. 
 
 Deer's tail, wdwa-s/ikeshiwano. 
 
 Deer-trail, omonsom. 
 
 Defamation , matchi-wawindji- 
 yddewi/t. 
 
 Defame; I defame liim, (lier, it,) 
 w'n mdtc/iHvina, nin luatchi- 
 wawiiKt ; nin iiKilclii-whidan, 
 nin mut</ii-ii'iiwiiidan. (Mat- 
 ch i-ayimomevv) . 
 
 Defame, (in. s. in.) S. Tell bad 
 reports. 
 
 Defamed ; I am (it isi defamed, 
 /(//( matc/ii-irdwindjiyas ; mat- 
 chi-waioindjiydde. 
 
 Defend ; I defend him, nin nd- 
 damdwa. 
 
 Defend, (resist ;) I def. myself, 
 nin nundkwi. I def. myself 
 against him, (her, it,) nin na- 
 ndkona ; nin n a a d k o nan. 
 S e 1 f-d efe nee, nandkwiwin. 
 (Naskwaw). 
 
 Deficient; lam def.,7iinndndes. 
 iNottepayiw). 
 
 Deficient, (in. 8. in.) S. Unpro- 
 fitable. 
 
 Deficiently, nonddss. 
 
 Defile; I'defile him, (her, it,) 
 nin winia, nin wiiayia, nin 
 wiaayishkawa ; nin winiion, 
 nin iciiayiton, nin tviiayish- 
 kan. It defiles me, nin icinii- 
 gon, nin loiiagiiyon, nin wii- 
 ayi.shkaknn. I defile myself, 
 nin w Hay i id is. 
 
 Defraud. Defrauder. — S. De- 
 ceive. Deceiver. 
 
 Defunct. S. Dead. Dead person. 
 
 Dejected. S. Sad. 
 
 Delay ; I delay, (in words,) pd- 
 nitna, nind ikit vwjay. I de- 
 lay, (in thoughts,) j[> ««?■/» a 
 nind inendam mojay. (Tches- 
 kwa itwew). 
 
 Deliberate. Deliberation. — S. 
 Reflect. Reflection. 
 
 Delicacy, (weakness of constitu- 
 tion,) gdyidi.siwin. 
 
 Delicate, (weak of constitution ;) 
 I am del., nin ydyidin, nin 
 ncs/i(inya<li.'i, nin noki.i. — I am 
 del. in mv eating, nin nokitoe. 
 
 Delicate. Delicious. — S. Taste, 
 good taste. 
 
 Delight. S. Joy. Joyful. 
 
 Delightful; it is del., modjiyen- 
 d'lywnd, minioendaywad. — S. 
 Joyful. 
 
 Deliver, (give ;) I deliver, nin
 
 DES 
 
 — 70 — 
 
 Dies 
 
 ])agidi7iamag€. I deliver him, 
 (her, it,) 7iin pa;/idina ; nin 
 jxuiitliiKui. 1 (k'liver it to him, 
 /( in jja(/i(liu am a «•« . 
 
 Deliver, (untie, save, etc.) I de- 
 liver him, 7iind dhiskona. 
 (Abikkuiiew). I deliver him 
 from 8. th., iiind ikonawa, 
 nind ikonamdica, iiin midag- 
 wenamawa. 
 
 Delivered, (of a child ;) I am 
 del., nin niijiavuas, nind on- 
 dadiiiike. 1 am del. of a boy, 
 nin kunwisensike, nind inini- 
 onje. I am del. of a girl, nind 
 ikwesensike, nind ikicronje. I 
 am del. of twin.'*, nin nijodeike. 
 I am often del., nin nitdonje. 
 I am del. before my time, ;(/« 
 nondi'-nigiaicass. (Nittawiki- 
 hawasuw). 
 
 Delivery. S. Birth. 
 
 Deluge, aki gi-moshkaang . (Ka 
 iskipek). 
 
 Delve, wdnikdn. (Watikkan). 
 
 Delve ; I delve, nin wdnike. 
 
 - (Watikkew). 
 
 Delver, icaianiked. 
 
 Den, tvaj. (Wati). 
 
 Depart ; I dep. from him, niti 
 bakewina. I dep. from it, nin 
 bakeicinan . ( Paskewiy ew ) . 
 
 Deplore. Deploration.— S. "Weep 
 over... Weejjingover... 
 
 Depth ; in the depth, (in deep 
 water,) miiljindin, andmin- 
 dim . 
 
 Deride; 1 deride him, (her, it,) 
 nin bdpia, nin bdpinodawa ; 
 niji bapiton, nin bapinoddn. 
 
 Derision, bapinodagewin, hapi- 
 nodamotoin. 
 
 Derision. S. Sing mocking. 
 
 Descend ; I desc. a hill or moun- 
 tain, nin nissdkiwe, nin nis- 
 
 .sadjiwe. At the foot of a hill 
 or mDiiiitaiii, ninndki. 
 
 Dericond ; I dc-cend upon hiin. 
 nin boiiinduwa. 
 
 Descend, (go down ;i I desc, 7iin 
 niisfiandawe. I descend a step, 
 7iin nisudtakoki. 
 
 Descent ; there is a steep de.-- 
 cent of a mountain, anibidina. 
 
 Describe; I de.-^cribe him, iher, 
 it, I 7\iud ojibiira ; nind ojibian. 
 
 Describeil ; I am lit is; desc, 
 nitid ojibiiga.i, ojibiigdde. 
 
 Desert ; in the desert, pagirdda- 
 kawig, pagwddj, Tnegtc^ka- 
 mig. There is a desert, pag- 
 tcadakain igawa7i. 
 
 Desert ; I desert, nin gimi. I 
 make him de.^ert, 7un giTnia. 
 
 Deserter, gdmid ga-gimid. 
 
 Deserted ; it is deserted, nita- 
 gendagtcad. 
 
 Desertion, gimiucin. 
 
 Deserve; I des., nin wikwat- 
 chitds, nin inkiratrhHamas. I 
 des. it, 7iin xjcikwatchitamdHoii. 
 
 Deserving, desert, tcikwatchita- 
 masoicin. 
 
 Desirable; I am (it is) des., nin 
 nandatcenddgos, nin pagos- 
 senddgos ; nandaicendagwad, 
 pagossendagicad. 
 
 De.sire, nandaicendamowin, nan- 
 dawen djigeirin . 
 
 Desire ; I desire, 7iin 7xa7ida- 
 icendam, nin na7idaicetidjige, 
 7iin nandairendass. I desire 
 him, I her, it,) nin )iandatce- 
 ninia : nin nandaicendan. — It 
 desires, nandaicendamo7nagad 
 — I desire strongly, 7iin kiji- 
 gendatn. I des. hiiu (her, it) 
 strongly, ?im kijigenima ; iwi 
 kijigendan. 
 
 Desired; lam (it isi des., nin
 
 DES 
 
 
 DET 
 
 nandawendjigas, 7iiu nanda- 
 toendufjos ; nandaicendjigade, 
 7iandmce)ida<jicad. 
 
 Desist ; I desist from him, (her, 
 it,) iiin noyenima, nin j^a'jedi- 
 na ; 7iin iiof/endan, nin pagi- 
 dinan. (Ponimew). 
 
 Desist. S. Let alone. 
 
 Desolate ; it becomes desolate, 
 antiomagad. 
 
 Desolate, (lonesome;) it is des., 
 nihii/eiidagirad. 
 
 Desolation, banudjitchigewin. 
 
 Despair, anawendjigeivin. (lyi- 
 mowin). 
 
 Despair; I despair, nin band- 
 dcndam, (iyimow), nind and- 
 wendam, iiindanivendani, nind 
 andwcndjige, nind andtvahan- 
 djige. I despair of him, (her, 
 it,) nin banddcnima ; nin ha- 
 nad^nddn. I desp. of myself, 
 nin banddenindi.'i. — 1 desp. of 
 him hy his appearance, nind 
 anduv'ibama. 1 desji. of it by 
 its app , nind andwdbandan . 
 I am (it is) despaired of hy 
 the iij)\).,nind annwdbamina- 
 goN ; anawnbaiiiinugwad. — I 
 desp. of him liy his voice, nin 
 babunuisitawa. I am desp. of 
 by my voice, nin babanasitd- 
 gos. 
 
 Despatch, (send ;) I despatch 
 him, nind ininajdiva. 
 
 Despicable, despisable ; I am 
 (it is) desp., yi?«</ agatenddgo.s, 
 nin tabassendago.s ,• agaten- 
 du g w a li, iidxi.s.scndagwad. 
 (Piweyittakwani. 
 
 Despise ; I ilespise, nin kopdd- 
 jiiwe, nind nbinnonge, nin ko- 
 
 fdsvnue, nin ni.s/iiwunasDnge. 
 des. nim (her, it) in thou<:hts, 
 nin (abansenima ; nin tubas- \ 
 
 senddn. I despise myself, nin 
 iaba-ssenindis, nin tabasseni77i. 
 — I (k'Sj)ise him (her, it) with 
 words, nin kopdmnna, nind 
 abin.sonta,nin nishixcanasoma; 
 nin kopd.sondan, nind abin- 
 sondan, nin ninhiwanasondan. 
 I despise myself, nin kopdson- 
 dis, tiind abinsondis, nin ni- 
 s/iiwana.sondi.s. 
 
 Destine ; I destine him (her, it) 
 to s. th., nind incninui ; nind 
 inendan. I dest. my.solf, nind 
 inenindis. (Jtakimew). 
 
 Destined; I am (it is) destined, 
 nind inenddgos ; inenddg- 
 wad. 
 
 Destroy; I destroy, nin bandd- 
 jiiwe, nin kopddjiiwe, nin ba- 
 nddjiifhige. 1 destroy him, 
 ihcr, it) nind angoa, nind an- 
 goiiltkaiva, nin knpadjia, nin 
 apilchi banddjia ; nind an- 
 goan, nind angoshkan, nin 
 kojiddjiion, nind apitchi ba- 
 nddjiton. — I destroy the dam 
 of a beaver, nin banaige. (Met- 
 chihew). 
 
 Destroy, (in. s. in.) S. Kill. 
 
 Destroyed ; I am (it isi des., nin 
 banddjiichigus ; banddjitchi- 
 gdde. 
 
 Destruction, banddjiixcewin, ba- 
 nddjiirhigeu'in. 
 
 Destrnctioii, (death.) (Metchi- 
 newin). I wi.sh his (her, its) 
 destruction, nin nilioma ; nin 
 nibondan. We wish each 
 other's dost., nin nibnndiniin. 
 
 Detect. Detected. — 8. Find. 
 Found. 
 
 Determine; I det. it, nin icaw^- 
 nudan. (Kiscyittam). 
 
 Determine. Determination. — S. 
 Ke.-iolve. Resolution.
 
 1)11 
 
 1)10 
 
 Determined ; it in liot., wawe- 
 nddjigfide . 
 
 Detest ;" I detest him, (lier, it,; 
 nm jhit/enima ; ninjiiu/euddn. 
 (PakwAtew). 
 
 Detour, ghcedConan. tWawiniAt- 
 tewin). 
 
 Detraction, dujindiirin, matr/ii 
 dajindiwin , dajiniieslikiwin . 
 
 Detractor, dijinc/es/tkid. 
 
 Detroit, Wawiiakin. At, from 
 or to Detroit, Wnwilatanong. 
 
 Devastation , hanadjitr/nc/eiphi. 
 
 Devil, match'i manitn, manishci- 
 niasi, matchi aiaawiih, wani- 
 sid manito. 
 
 Devoted; lam dev. to him, (her, 
 it,) nind angwamikawa ; nind 
 angioamikan. 
 
 Devotion, songanamiawin. 
 (Ayamihewatisiwin). 
 
 Devour; I devour him, )bite 
 him much,) nind ctMndama. 
 (Pikwamew). 
 
 Devout. S. Religious. 
 
 Dew ; there is dew on the ground, 
 mindokad. ( Akosipeyaw) . 
 
 D i a r r h ce a, jabokawisiwin. I 
 have the diar.,?u'« jahokaiois. 
 
 Dictionary, ikkitowini masinai- 
 gan. 
 
 Die; I die, nin nib. It dies, 
 (perishes,) nibomagad. It dies 
 from heat, [in., an.) nibode ; 
 nibodeso. I die suddenly, nin 
 kakaniine, nin kaiakamis. I 
 die in a certain place, nin da- 
 pine. I make him die in a 
 certain place, nin dapinea. I 
 die on account of...., nind 
 nndjine. I die for somebody, 
 nin niboiage. I die for him, 
 nin niboiawa. I die of hungry, 
 nin gawandndam. We die all 
 away, nin tchaginemin. I re- 
 
 main while the otherfidie,7jjn'/ 
 i.shkone. — I wi.sh lie would die, 
 nin nibama, nin nanibotna. 1 
 wish he would die, (in 
 thoughts, nin niboircnima. 
 
 Die with....; I die with...., nin 
 gigine, nin giginib. I die with 
 him, nin icidjiniboma, ningi- 
 ginenan. I die with it, nin 
 giginen. 
 
 Differently, in a different man- 
 ner, behikinong, bakdn. In 
 diHerent directions, in diff. 
 places, bepakdn. (Pitur^). 
 
 Difficult ; I am fit isi diff., nin 
 sanagis ; aanagad. (Ayimi- 
 siw). 
 
 Difficulty ; I liave difficulties, 
 nin sanagis. I cause him diff., 
 nin .sanagi.tia. lAyimihew). 
 
 Difficulty in thoughts, sanagen- 
 damoivin. I have thoughts of 
 diff., I am troubled, nin sana- 
 gendam. ( Ayimeyittamowin |. 
 
 Difficulty of temperament, sana- 
 gi.'iiicin. I am of a difficult 
 temperament, nin sanagis. 
 (Ayimisiwini. 
 
 Difformed ; I am (it is) difform- 
 ed, nin manddis ; manddad. 
 (Mayatisiwi. 
 
 Difforined ; lin. s. in.) S. Ugly. 
 
 Difformity, manddisiwin. 
 
 Dig; I dig, Hm wdnike. I dig 
 a deep hole in the ground, hjh 
 dimiianike,nin ginwanike, nin 
 ishpdnike. It is dug deep, di- 
 miianikade, ginicanikade, ish- 
 pdnikdde. \Watikkew). 
 
 Dig out ; I dig out potatoes, 7im 
 mondapini. I dig out medical 
 roots, nin ynondajshkikitce. 
 
 Dig up, lin. s. in.) S. Bring to 
 light. 
 
 Digest ; I digest it well, nin mi-
 
 DIR 
 
 — 73 — 
 
 DIS 
 
 nokdgon. I cannot digest it, 
 nin mdnikCtgon. 
 
 Diligent ; I am dil. at work,?r/H 
 nUddunki, nin liajigwadis. 
 (Kakavawisiwj. 
 
 Dilute ; i dilute it {in., an.], nin 
 niiKjabmcadon ; nin ningaba- 
 tcana. 
 
 Dim; I have dim 'eyes, nin bi- 
 giscncab, nin bigismcinam. 
 
 Diminish; I diminish it, jim 
 pangiwagiton. 
 
 Dinner, nau-akuie-wi.^niniwin. I 
 take my dinner, nin nairakice- 
 tci.s.sin . 
 
 Dieorder ; it is in disorder, bi- 
 wi.'i.nn. I put it in die., nin 
 biiciisidon. 
 
 Dip in; I dip him (lier, it) in 
 water, nin gogina, nin icheka- 
 gamina, nin tvhekagirindjima; 
 nin goginan, nin iihckagami- 
 nan, iii)i ir/tekagwiniljifon. I 
 dip liim (her, it) in s. th., nin 
 ginddbigina ; nin ginddbigi- 
 nan. — I dip my hand in the 
 same vessel with him, nin 
 widjigwabaamawa . 
 
 Dipped; it is dipped in s. th., 
 (in., an.) ginaabiginigdde ; 
 gin dalriffin igd.s'o . 
 
 Dirt, r///.vflA/ imud) ; wanak. 1 
 am in dirt, I live in dirt, nin 
 loinab. Dirt, (excrement,) mo. 
 
 Dirtiness, wini.siwin. 
 
 Dirty ; I am dirty, nin ivini.s ; 
 nin moicidjiw, nin mowidjiwi.-i. 
 It is dirty, winad. I think he 
 (she, it) is dirty, impure, nin 
 winenima : nin winvndan. It 
 is dirty, (liquid, i winngami. 
 It is dirty, (wood,) (in., an.\ 
 winissaga ; tcinin.sagisi. — I 
 make dirty somebody, nin 
 winishkdge, nin winiiwe. \ 
 
 make him (her, it) dirty, nin 
 winin, nin winislikaira ; nin 
 wi niton, nin wini.shkan. I 
 make myself dirty, nin icin'ii- 
 diji. It makes me dirty, nin 
 winiigon, )tin wini^/ikagon, I 
 am (it is) made dirty, nin wi- 
 nitchigas : tcinitchigdde. — I 
 make things dirty, nin irinit- 
 c/iige. It makes dirty, tciniio- 
 magad. (Wiyipisiw wiyipaw). 
 
 Dirty, (nuiddy ;) it is dirty, ajish- 
 kiu'ika. 
 
 Dirty house or lodge, momiga- 
 Vi'ig. 
 
 Dirty story, irinddjimotrin. I 
 tell a dirty story, nin windd- 
 jim. 
 
 Disagreeable ; I am (it is) dis., 
 nin tianagis ; sanagad. I am 
 (it is) considered disagreeable, 
 nin jingenddgn.'t, nin manen- 
 dago.'i, nil! .'innugendagos : Jin- 
 gcnddgwad, manendagwad,.sa- 
 nagendagwad. — My speaking 
 is dis., nin jingifagos. Its 
 sound is dis., jingitagicad. 
 (Nayattawisiw). 
 
 Disappear ; I di.s., nind angwa- 
 nagos, nin boninago.s, nin na- 
 u'inago.'i. I dis. under the wa- 
 ter, nin nikibi.shin, nin nikag- 
 windjin. He (she, iti di.sap- 
 pears to me, nind angicdbama; 
 nind angwdbandun. (Wana- 
 bamewi. It dis., angicanag- 
 wad, boninagicad. 
 
 Disappeared ! gone ! weniban. 
 (Aweniban, aspin). 
 
 Discern ; I discern, nin mami- 
 noirdb, nin ni.s.sHawdb. I dis- 
 cern him, (her, it,i nin mami- 
 nondbama, nin ni.s.siiatrdba- 
 ma ; nin maniinowdbandan, 
 nin nissiiaivdbandan .
 
 DIS 
 
 — 71 — 
 
 DIS 
 
 T)isoi j)lo, kikiuoamaijau . 
 
 Discontented ; I uni (lis., kawiii 
 niii viiiiwemlanNi. I urn ilis. 
 in my mind, /tin munendnm. 
 I liave discontented thouglii.s 
 towards him, (her, it,) iiin 
 mcincii i»i a ; n in m n n en da n . 
 
 Discontinuance, (iiiijifai/ioirin, 
 aiuurendjiijewin. (Poinewin). 
 
 Discontinue ; I dis., nind aniji- 
 tam. (Ponittaw). 
 
 Discourage ; I disc, liim, nind 
 anisJiima, nin jdgwenimoa . 
 (lyimohevv). 
 
 Discouraged ; I am disc, nin 
 Jugwenim. (lyiinow) . 
 
 Discourse, c)i(jHowin. Prudent 
 wise discourse, nibwdkaiogo- 
 siicin. Foolisli imprudent dis- 
 course, gagibasitayosiwin. 
 iPikiskwewin). 
 
 Discover ; I begin to discover 
 (to discern) a certain point of 
 land, nin sdgewessidon. 
 
 Discover. Discovered, (in. s. in.) 
 S. Find. Found. Invent. In- 
 vented. 
 
 Discoverer, (inventor,) mekawa- 
 s hi tod 
 
 Discredit. S. Defame. 
 
 Discreet; I am discreet, nj'»?u'6- 
 wdka. (lyinisiw). 
 
 Disease, akoniicin ; inapinewin. 
 
 Disembarrass ; I dis. him from 
 s. th., nin midfu/wenamawa. 
 
 Disentangle. S. L nravel. 
 
 Disguise; I dis. myself, nin 
 wani (Wayesihuw). 
 
 Disgust, jigadendamowin . 
 
 Disgusted ; I am dis., nin jiga- 
 dendam. — S. Tired of... 
 
 Dii^h, ondqan. A little dish, oho- 
 gans. Earthen dish, wdbigan 
 ondgan. I make dishes, nind 
 ondganike. The making of 
 
 dishes, ondganikewin. I wapli 
 or rinse di.shes, nin kisihigi- 
 ndgane. I wijK' di.-^hes, nin 
 kisiindgane. 
 
 Dish-clout, kisiindgandn, gds- 
 siigan. 
 
 Dishful ; a dishful, ningotond- 
 .'/""■ 
 
 Dish-game, pag^ssewin I play 
 the dish-game, nin pag^nne. 
 
 Dish-maker, ondganikewinini, 
 wendganiked. I am a dish- 
 maker, nind ondganike. 
 
 Dishonor ; I dishonor him, (her, 
 it, I nind agalchia, nind aga- 
 soma ; nind aqatchHon, nind 
 aqasondan. i Nepewihew). 
 
 Dislionorable ; my conduct is 
 dis., nind agatendagos. It is 
 dis., agatendagicad . 
 
 Dish-water, kiaihigindganabo. 
 
 Dislocate. Dislocated. — I dislo- 
 cate my arm, leg, etc. My 
 arm, leg, etc. is dislocated. S. 
 Arm. Leg, etc. 
 
 Dislocated ; I have some limb 
 dislocated, nin kotigota, nin 
 koiigoshka. 
 
 Dislocation (of limbs in the 
 body,) kotigoshkdicin. 
 
 Disobedience, agonwetamowin. 
 
 Disobedient ; I am dis., nin agon- 
 treiam, nin niia-agontcetam. 
 Disobedient person, aiagon- 
 wetung, ncta-agonwetang. 
 
 Disobey ; I disobey, nind agon- 
 wetam, nin gagansitam, nin 
 ojidenge. I use to disobey, 
 nin nita-agonicciam, nin aji- 
 dengeshk. I disobey him,H//J'i 
 agonwetaica, nin gagansiiatca. 
 i^asibittawewi. 
 
 Disperse ; I disjjerse, biiciirebi- 
 nige. I dis. it, {in., an.) nin 
 biwiicebinan. nin beicissidon ;
 
 DIS 
 
 DIS 
 
 nin biwiwehina, niii biwishi- 
 ma. (Sawetisaliwew). 
 
 Disperse. Dispersed, (in. s. in.) 
 S. ScattiT aliuiit. Scattered 
 about. 
 
 Disper!-ed ; it is tlis., \in., an.i 
 biwissin, biwiwebinigade ; bi- 
 wishima, biwiwebini(/aso. 
 
 Di.«per.*ed!y, tch^lchutcldban. 
 
 Displeasure. S. Discontent. 
 
 Dispose; I dispose of him, (her, 
 it,) nind utdwenan, nin miyi- 
 wenan ; nind aidwen, nin mi- 
 l/iioen. 
 
 Di.sposed ; I am well disp., nin 
 minoijiwebis. I am evil disp., 
 nin matchi ijiwebiji. 
 
 Disposition of mind, ijiicebisi- 
 win. Good disp mino ijiwe- 
 bisiwin. Bad disp. matchi iji- 
 webisiwin. 
 
 Dispute, fii/onwfifddiu'in, aiayin- 
 dcmliwiit. iKikikittowini. 
 
 Dispute ; I dispute, nin (jikdwi- 
 dam ; nind njidewidani, nind 
 ajidewe. (Kikkawitami. 
 
 Dispute ; we dispute with one 
 another, nind ayonwetddimin, 
 n ind aiajindendimin. 
 
 Dispute, (in. s. in.) S. Quarrel. 
 
 Disf|uiot ; I am disquiet, nin 
 irdnixltkwcs. 
 
 Dixpiietness, wrtni.s'/ikwrxiioin. 
 
 Disrespectful answer, njidewida- 
 inowin. I give him disrespect- 
 ful answer, nind ajidenia. 
 
 Dissatisfied ; I am diss., kawin 
 nin minwendnn.si, nin mim/a- 
 we. I look diss., nin mindfi- 
 irewlndf/ofi. (Mittawew). 
 
 DisscttiMc ; I dissemble sickness, 
 nind ('t/otsikas. 
 
 Dissention, iconfusiun ;i there 
 is diss., nis/iiwunadfikamii/. 
 (Ayasitemowin). 
 
 Dissipate, I dissipate, nin ba- 
 nddjitchiije.. I diss, it, (in., 
 an.) nin Ixmddjiton, nin nishi- 
 uauddjiUm, nin banadjia nin 
 iii-^liiwaitildjia. 
 
 Dissuade ; I diss, him from s. 
 th . , nind anijitamoa. (Pome- 
 mew). 
 
 Dissuade, (in. s. in.) S. Discour- 
 age. 
 
 Distance ; from dist. to dist., 
 aiapi. It is of such adistance,^ 
 apitchdmnyad. The distance 
 of a jjlai-e, vpih-hdy. 
 
 Distant, far, wrt.s-.sw. ft is distant, 
 wa-^sawad, apXtcha, pitcha. 
 (Wayo). 
 
 Distil; I distil, ll make ardent 
 licjuor,) nind i.'ihkotewdbnke. 
 
 Distiller, i.ihkotewd/iokcwinini. 
 
 Disti 1 lery, i.s/ikolewdbokeiciya- 
 miy. 
 
 Distort. S. Dislocate. 
 
 Distracted ; I am dist. in my 
 thoughts, nind nndamendam. 
 I am dist. in listening, nin be- 
 bis/ikwendum. I am dist. in 
 listening to him, nin babish- 
 kotawa. I am dist. in listen- 
 ing to a sermon, nin babish- 
 koinn yayikwewin. (Wanwe- 
 yittam). 
 
 Di.strain, etc. — S. Seize, etc. 
 
 Distress, rininiisiipin. — S. Sutter- 
 ing. (Wawaneyittamowini. 
 
 Distribute, nin mddaoki. I dist. 
 it, {in., an.) nin mndaoken ; 
 nin niddaokenan. I dist. it 
 among them, nin niddaona- 
 mairay. We dist. it amongst 
 us, nin madaonidimin. (Ma- 
 tinawew). 
 
 Distribute, (in. s. in.) S. Divide. 
 
 Distriliution, mddaoki win, md- 
 daonidiwin, nenawitagewin.
 
 DIV 
 
 — 7G — 
 
 DOC 
 
 Disturb; I diHturli him in hiw 
 speaking; nin iraiiishkwea. I 
 distnrli liiin in hin sleep, nin 
 iiiskd.soma. 1 dist. it, nin wa- 
 ninhkweton. 
 
 Disturbance, (in. s. in.) S. Riot. 
 Trouble. 
 
 Ditch, passnnikan, passdnikai- 
 yan. I dig a ditcli, nin pas- 
 sdnike, uin pd.s.sfhiikaige. I 
 make a ditch through it, nin 
 pdssdnikadan. There is a 
 ditch made, pa.ssdnikade,pai<- 
 .sdiiikaiydde. — I dig a (iitcli 
 around him, (her, it,) nin f/i- 
 witaianikana , nin (jiwitaia- 
 nikadan. 
 
 Dive ; I dive, 7iin goqi. 
 
 Diver, gogiwinini. 1 am a good 
 diver, nin jibdnnbawe. 
 
 Divers, anotch. (Nanantok). 
 
 Divide ; I divide amongst peo- 
 ple, nin nenawitdge. I divide 
 '\\.,[in., an.), nin nenatvinan ; 
 nin nenaicina. I divide it to 
 him, nin nenawinamawa, nin 
 nenawitawa. I divide it to 
 them or among.st them, nin 
 nenawitawag. We divide it 
 amongst us, nin nenawinama- 
 diwin. — I divide myself, nin 
 nenawiidis, nin nenawinidis. 
 It divides itself, nenawiidiso- 
 magad, nenawinidisomagad. 
 
 Divide, (in. s. in.) S. Distribute. 
 S. Open. 
 
 Divided ; I am (it is) divided, 
 nin nenawinigds ; nendwini- 
 f/dde. — I am div. in my 
 thoughts, nin bakdnenim. l&m 
 div. against myself, nin bakd- 
 nenindis. It is div. against 
 itt^elf, bakdnenindisomagad. 
 
 Divinity, divine nature, Kije- 
 Manitowiwin. 
 
 Division, (in. s.in.) S. Distribu- 
 tion. 
 
 Divorce, bakeshkodddiwin, wt- 
 binidiwin. We make a di- 
 vorce, nin bakeshkodddimiti, 
 nin webinidimin. 
 
 Dizzy. Dizziness. — S. Giddy. 
 Giddiness. 
 
 Do ; I do, nin dodam, nind ijit- 
 chige, nin doddge. It does, 
 dodat/emngad, ijitchigemagad. 
 I make him do s. th., nin do- 
 damoa. I do him s. tli., nin 
 dodftwa. It does me s. th., nin 
 doddgon. We do s. th. to one 
 another, nin dodddimin. — I 
 do s. th. by mi.-take, )iin «•«- 
 nidvdam, ninyitclii-dodam. I 
 don't dare do It, nin manddo- 
 dam. 1 do s. th. in sucli a 
 place, 7iin danakamiqii. I do 
 8. th. often, nin wak^dodam, 
 nin niid-dodam. 1 do it in- 
 stead of him, nin nabishka- 
 mawa. I do (or say) what is 
 not my business, nin wawiia- 
 gis. (Wawiyatisiwi. 
 
 Doctor, mashkikiwinini, nanan- 
 da w iiwewin in i, n enanda w ii- 
 leed. 
 
 Doctor ; I doctor, (I ^ive medi- 
 cines,) nin nananiiawiiwe. I 
 doctor him, nin nandndawia, 
 nin nanandaiciiwa. 
 
 Doctored ; I am doc, nin na- 
 ndndawiigos. Doctored per- 
 son, nandndawitchigan. 
 
 Doctoring, a doctor's art,science, 
 business, nandndawiiwewin, 
 nandndawitu'diciti. 
 
 Document, (deed,) debicewini- 
 masinaigan. Any writing, oji- 
 biigan. 
 
 Do evil ; I do evil, nin matchi 
 dodam, nin matchiiwa. I do
 
 DOU 
 
 DRA 
 
 him evil, nin viaichi dndmca. 
 We do evil to eacii other, nin 
 
 ' matchi dodadimin. Mutual 
 evil doing, matchi dodddiwin. 
 
 Dog, animosh, onini, aniinokad- 
 Ji. I am a dog, nind (inimo- 
 sliiw. My, tliy, his dog, nin- 
 dai, kidui, odaian. French 
 dog, jonjo, jonjowassim. Male 
 dog, 7idbessim. Female dog, 
 (bitch,) nrij^.ssim. Young dog, 
 oshkuKsim. This dog is a good 
 pointer, a good sporting dog, 
 mikwddisi aw aiiimn.s/i. I call 
 a dog whistling, nin icikwik- 
 wa.ssivitrc- The dog wags his 
 tail, tcewebanoiveni animosh. 
 (Atim,n'tem, otema weweba- 
 yowew). 
 
 Dog-train, dog-sled, nabdgadd- 
 bdndk. 
 
 Doing, dodannncin, ijiichigetcin. 
 Doing 1)}' mistake, ivanidoda- 
 motrin, pitchi-dodamoirin. 
 
 Dom i nat ion , dibendjii/ewin . 
 
 Done! opine! (Aspini. 
 
 Done; it is done or placet!, gi- 
 jiirhigdde, (jijikiydde, yijissil- 
 chiydde. 
 
 Done. S. Cooked. 
 
 Don't, kvijo. (Ekawiya). 
 
 Door, ishkwandan. I m a k e a 
 door or doors, nind ishkwim- 
 dcinikf. There is a door, ish- 
 kwandemiwan. There is a 
 large door, manr/i.shkirandeia. 
 There is a small door, ai/as- 
 sishkn'andeia. I fix the door, 
 nin niti.fhkwdndenan. Near 
 the do(jr, trhitji.shkudnd. 
 
 Dormitorv, nib^nin. 
 
 Dotted. S. Spottei. 
 
 Doulile-barri'li'd gun, nnjoshkak 
 pd.shkisiijan. It is a double- 
 oarreled gun, nijoshkadpdsh- 
 
 kisigan. CNejomok-paekisi- 
 gan). 
 
 Doubt, giwadenkamowin. (\Va- 
 waneyittamowin) 
 
 Doubt ; I doulit, nin giioaden- 
 dani. I doubt whether I am 
 ablf to do it or not, nind anor 
 wrnim. I Wiiwaneyittam). 
 
 Doubtful ; it is doubtful, giua- 
 denddgwad. 
 
 Doubtless, gicniak, gegei, e 
 nang^ka. iMiyamawi. 
 
 Dough ; I make up flour into 
 dough, nin miaiwdchiahkiiLa- 
 gina pakicejigan, nin misiwe- 
 dina pakwyigun. 
 
 Dove, (domestic pigeon,) wdbo- 
 mimi. 
 
 Down, (soft, underfeather,) mis- 
 s^gwanan 
 
 Down , niasdii, mitchdii. — Down , 
 'respecting rivers,) ninnddji- 
 wan. 
 
 Down-hanging ; I have down- 
 hanging lips, nin abodjidon- 
 
 Down the stream ; I go down 
 the stream in a canoe or boat, 
 nin ni.ssdbon, nin bimdbon. 1 
 go down over a rapid, nin ni- 
 nhibon. I take him down the 
 stream in a canoe or boat, 
 nin ni.shibona. (Mamik-ma- 
 mitak). 
 
 Doze; I doze, nind asingicam. 
 
 Dozen, niidd.s.sui a.shi nij. (Mi- 
 tatat nijosab). 
 
 Drag ; I drag myself aliout, nin 
 babamode, nin babitinode. I 
 drag s. th. with great ditticul- 
 ty, nin animiddbi. 
 
 Drag, (in. s. in ) 8. Draw. 
 
 Drag-net, ugwabindgan. S. 
 Draw-net. 
 
 Dragon-fly, obodashhwanishi . 
 I Drag out ; I drag him ( her, it,)
 
 DRA 
 
 78 — 
 
 DRA 
 
 out, nin safji.tuldhdna; nin 
 nai/isuldhdtlan. 
 Drain-shoj), mi nikiviwigamig , 
 
 .fiijiiiii/nrii/ainiij. 
 Dram-shop keeper, siyinigiwi- 
 
 ti in i. 
 Draiiirlit-hoard, i/dn dinir/ an, 
 joshhoniiian. I ilraw on a 
 (lrau;4ht-l)uard, nini/andinii/c, 
 ninjoshkonige. 
 Drauglit of air ; there is a dr. of 
 
 air, jdbodeiasain . 
 Draught-ox, oddhi-p'tjiki. 
 Draw ; 1 draw, nind uddbi. I 
 make him draw, nind oddhia. 
 I draw liim, llier, it,) nind 
 odnbdna ; nind oddhdd<tn. I 
 draw a load, nind awddjiddhi. 
 I make him draw a load, nind 
 awadjiddbia. I cannot draw 
 him, (her, it,) nin bwawibina; 
 nin bivdwibidon I have drawn _ 
 all of it, (trt., 071.) nin ichagi- 
 ddbddan ; nin tchagiddbana. 
 — I draw back or a.«ide, sit- 
 ting, nindikwdb. (Otabew). 
 
 Draw. Drawing. — S. Paint. 
 Painting. 
 
 Draw along ; I draw or drag 
 him, (her, it) along, nin bimi- 
 dubdna ; nin bimiddbddan. 
 
 Draw away ; I draw or drag 
 away, nin mddjiddbi. I draw 
 or drag him (her, it) away, 
 nin mddjiddbdna ; nin mdd- 
 jiddbddan. (Sipwetabatew). 
 
 Drawers, bitaivigibodeiegwds- 
 son. 
 
 Drawing, oddbiwin. (Otahewin). 
 
 Drawing-knife, mokodjigan, kit- 
 chiwdgikomdn. 
 
 Draw in the mouth. S. Suck. 
 
 Draw liquid ; I draw, nin gwd- 
 baam. I draw it, (liquid,) 
 ningwdbaan, nin gwdbandan. 
 
 I draw water, nin gwdbaige. I 
 draw water out of a fountain, 
 7iin givdbaibi. I draw broth, 
 etc., niii gwdbaabotoe. I draw 
 a ri.-h out of the water, nin 
 gwdbdwfi gigo. (Akwanew). 
 Draw-net, large draw-net, trhi- 
 nuidgdn. I am fishing with a 
 draw-net, nin tchimau. 
 Draw out ; I draw it out, [in., 
 an.) nin gitaan, nin gitinan, 
 ningitchigobidon, nin gis.iigo- 
 bidon, nin gitc/iigwdkonan, 
 nin gissigtcdkonan, nin nani- 
 kibidon ; nin gitawa, nin gi- 
 tina, nin gitrhigobina, nin 
 gitisigobina, nin gilchigwdk/j- 
 na, nin gis.tigwukona, nin na- 
 nikibina. I draw it out for 
 liim, nin giichibitawa, nin git- 
 chignbidamawa. (Pikhkohew, 
 wikkwatinam). I draw it out 
 with the teeth, nin icikican- 
 dan. I try to draw him out 
 s. th. with the teetii, nin 
 ivikwaichiwikwandamawa. — I 
 draw it out of a ves.sel, (in., 
 an.) nind agwdbian, nind ag- 
 wdbiwa. I draw him ilier, ii) 
 out of a kettle, etc., nind ag- 
 wdwa ; nind agwaan. — I draw 
 out the threads of it, nind 
 abibidon. 
 
 Draw over ; I draw s. th. over a 
 string, nin ndjabiige. I draw 
 it over a string or cord, nin 
 ndjabian. (I play on the vio- 
 lin, nin ndjabiige. — S. Violin, 
 najabiigan.) 
 
 Draw to... ; I draw to me, nin 
 wikobidjige. I draw him (her, 
 it) to me, nin icikobina : nin 
 icikobidon . I am (it i.s) drawn 
 to..., nin u'ikobidjigas ; wiko- 
 bidgigdde.
 
 DRE 
 
 — 79 — 
 
 DRE 
 
 Draw >ip ; I draw liiin (her, it) 
 up on a rope,;u'»'/ ikirdhii/iiia, 
 nin wikwdbir/ina, tu'ii wik-wd- 
 bif/ibina ; niiid ikwdbii/inaii, 
 nin irikwabiijinan, nin wik- 
 wdbiijibinnn. 
 
 Droad ; I dread him, 'retspect 
 liiiii,) nin noshimu. I dreail 
 it, (respect it,) nin ijo.ssifan. I 
 dread him (her, it) in tiioiifihts, 
 ninf/otanenima ; ningotdnen- 
 ddn. (Kustonaniew). 
 
 Dread. Dreaded, (in. 8. in.) S. 
 Fear. Feared. 
 
 Dreaded ; I am (it is) dreaded, 
 con.sidered dreadful, nin <jotd- 
 nendagos ; f/olunenda(/wad. 
 (Kn.';tatii<usiw). 
 
 T)readtul. S. Frightful. 
 
 l^reaiM, indbunilmiKiwin. indbnn- 
 Ji</<tu, bftirihljii/iin. — Bad 
 dream, niihidsabandainowin. 
 I havo a had dream, nin nid- 
 ndsdb(nidani MQti\\{.\\\\\ dream, 
 wejibdbandjigan, ivejibaban- 
 damoicin. I have a heautiful 
 dr., nin wejibabandjiije, nin 
 tvejibdbnndani. — (Jood dream , 
 ■minu'itbundamoirin. I have a 
 jrood dream, nin niinuutbdnjii/i' 
 ■nin niinirabdndiiin. — Impure 
 dream, bis/ii</iC(is(iban<linntf 
 V'in. I have ainm])ure dream, 
 nin bi.tfiijjirasubanduni. Omi- 
 nous unlucky dream, dpawe- 
 win. I have an ominous un- 
 lucky dream, nind dpnwfi. — 
 Painful dream, kfifn(/dbtnid(i- 
 inmi'in. I have a pa i n f u 1 
 dream, ;(//( kdtitijdbandain. 
 I I'awatamowin, pawAgani. 
 
 Dream ; I dream, nind indban- 
 dani, nind indbnndjii/i', nin 
 bairadjif/e. I dream ollen, nin 
 nitd-innbundani, nin ni(d-ba- 
 
 ivddjige. (Pawatani, itabat- 
 tam). I dream of him, (her, 
 it,) nind indbamn, nin bawd- 
 na ; nind inabandun, nin ba- 
 wddan. 
 
 Dreamer, endhandang, bewddji- 
 ged. (jrreat dreamer, neid- 
 indbandang, neid-bawddj iged . 
 
 Dreaming. S. Dream. 
 
 Dregs ; tliere are dregs, Jigosse- 
 magad. 
 
 Drenched ; I am dr. with rain, 
 nin bnsdbawe. I am (it is) dr. 
 through, nin jdbwdbawe ; 
 jabwdbaw em a gad. 
 
 Dress, agwiwin. I have a new 
 dress on, nind nnhkikwanaie, 
 nind oshkigwaje. (Miskuta- 
 kiiy). 
 
 Dress ; I dress myself, nin bi- 
 sikwanaie, nin bi.fikonidis, 
 nind agwiidis. I dress him 
 (her, it) nin biaikona, nind 
 agwia ; nin bisikonan, nin 
 agwiton. (Pustayoni.sew). I 
 dress luyself in a certain man- 
 ner, nind ijikwanaie. I dress 
 it (or clothe it! in a certain man- 
 ner, nind ijikwdnaietnn. I 
 dress like..., /(/;('/ ///, nind 
 ijikwanaie. It dresses (is 
 d r e ss ed) like..., ijiomagad, 
 ij ikwanaiemagad . — I dress 
 elegantly, nin ivdireji, 7iin 
 li'divejikwanaie ( Wawesiw) . 
 I dress him elegantly, «/« «v?- 
 ii'f'jid. I dress gloriously, nin 
 bi.-</iigenddgiri. I dress in 
 liiack, nin nuikdfeir'ikn'dna'u'. 
 I dress in green, niml ojdwa.sfi- 
 kirnndie. I dress in red, nin 
 nii.fku'dku'dndie. I dress in 
 white, /(('/) Hdl>ikwanaie, nin 
 U'dbi.'i/ikikirandic. I dress 
 vainly, splendidly, nin nas^-
 
 DRI 
 
 — 80 
 
 DRO 
 
 ijdkwanaie. I dross warmly, 
 nin kijojii.s. (Kisosuw). 
 
 Dress a wound ; I dress li i s 
 wound, tie it uj), nin sinxoln- 
 na. My wound is dressed, 
 nin sinsobis. The dressing of 
 a wound, sinnohi.sowiit. (Ak- 
 kupisnwin). 
 
 Dress. S. Tan. 
 
 Dressed ; I am dressed. S. I 
 dress. 
 
 Dressed; poorly dres.^ed. S. 
 Naked. 
 
 Dressed. S. Tanned. 
 
 Dried fisli, bdtiUjvjo, namiieg. 
 
 Dried meat, bdtewiiass. (Kakke- 
 wok). 
 
 Drink, miniktrewin. It is drinkj 
 mhtikii'ein'niwan. 
 
 Drink ; I drink, nin minikwe, 
 nin minikwddjige. I drink in 
 such a place, nin dajibi. I 
 drink in diff. places, nin babd- 
 ijibi. I drink it, nin minik- 
 icen. I drink it, (spend it for 
 drinking,) [in., an.) nin minik- 
 U'ddan ; nin minikirdna. 
 
 Drink. S. Give to drink. 
 
 Drink all ; I drink it all up, nind 
 iskandan, nindiskapidan, nin 
 sikapidan. (Kitaw). 
 
 Drink-house, drinking-liouse, 
 minikweivigamig, aiginigeu'i- 
 gamig. 
 
 Drinking, minikwewin. Bad 
 habit of drinking, hahitual 
 drinking, minikweshkiuin. I 
 am in a bad habit of drinking, 
 nin minikireshk. 
 
 Dnnk'mg-xessel, minikicddjigan. 
 
 Drink together ; I drink toge- 
 ther with him, nin uidjimi- 
 nikirema, nin ividjibima. We 
 drink together, nin widjibin- 
 dimi)i. 
 
 Driven by tlie waves ; I am lir 
 is) driven by the waves, nin 
 bubaniiu'tbaog ; babamiwtbu- 
 un. I am lit isi driven away 
 by the waves, nin bimiwebaog; 
 bimin'ebuan . ( Webaj<okow i . 
 
 Driven by tjie wind; lam (it is) 
 dr. about by the w., nin ba- 
 baindsli ; bubamdnsin. I am 
 (it is) dr. aside ity tlie w., nin 
 bimidatih ; bimidd.s.sin. lam 
 (it is) dr. backwards by the 
 w., nind ajeiash ,- aj^iOssin. I 
 am (it is) dr. by the w. to tin- 
 shore, nind agwaiash ; ag- 
 ica'idssin. < Webassin i. 
 
 Drive otf'; I drive liim off, 
 (away,) ni7id ikonaidua, nin 
 nuldjinajikau'a.ilyeK.atetiHSih- 
 wew). 
 
 Driver. S. Cartman. 
 
 Droll ; I droll, nin babdpinis. 
 (Wawiyatwe.'^k). 
 
 Droll, (curious, comical ;) I am 
 (it isi droll, considered droll, 
 nin waiciiadenddgos .- wauiia- 
 denddgwad. I find him iher, 
 it) droll, nin uauiiadenima ; 
 nin ivaiciiadendiin. I find or 
 think myself droll, «?H icauii- 
 adenindis. 
 
 Droll. Drollery, (in. s. in.i S. 
 Buffoonery. 
 
 Drollery, babapinweuin, wa- 
 U'iiaJUdgotiiicin. I am telling 
 drolleries, nin babapinne, nin 
 wawiiagitdgos. 
 
 Drop, pangigag. (Pakkikawi- 
 win). 
 
 Drop; itdrO'ps,pangiga. (Pak- 
 kipestin). 
 
 Drop, ilei fall ;) I drop it. /«.. 
 an.) nin bdninan : ninbdnina. 
 — S. Fall, let fall down. 
 
 Dropsy, missidjiuin. I have
 
 DRY 
 
 — 81 — 
 
 DUS 
 
 the lirop.sy, nin missiilji. (Mis- 
 tatayt'ppinewiiij. 
 
 Drouglit ; where is a dr., hibine- 
 kamale. 
 
 Drown ; I drown him, iiin t/ihiva- 
 ncVxiwand. (Nistaljiuvayew). 
 
 Drowned ; I atn dr., nin ijihwa- 
 nuniabdwe, nin ni.s.sdhatce. 
 (Nistaluiwew). 
 
 Dr o w s y. Dro w s i ness.— S. 
 Sleepy. Sleepiness. 
 
 Drum, icifei</an, viiiigwakik. 
 iMi.slikwa.skik.) 
 
 Drum; I drum, nin ieweige. 
 (Pakaliamaw). 
 
 Drummer, tai6wn(jed, tewiige- 
 u'inini. 
 
 Drum-.stick, pafjaakokicdn . 
 
 Drunk ; I am drunk, nin gi- 
 }nishkwcbi. (Kiiskweliew). 
 
 Drunkard, niiiiikii'c.s/ikid. Con- 
 lirmcd haliitnal drunkard, 
 gdii'dshkircbishkid, nctd-gi- 
 wn.slikn-cbid. I am a lialiituai 
 drunkard, nin niin-ijiinish- 
 kwebi, iiin giwas/ikirehis/ik. I 
 make him a perfect drunkard, 
 vin giu'a.s/ikir<.'bi.s/ikici. 
 
 Drunken portion, gdiras/ikwebid. 
 
 Drunkenness, iiiiiiiktccshkiirin, 
 iliiftishkirchiivin. Haliitnal 
 d r u n k e n n e s s, ginuislikire- 
 bislikiivin.- (K ii.sk weltewin). 
 
 Dry ; I drv myself, I liecome 
 ihy, nin lidti.f.' 1 dry it, (//;., 
 nn.) nin bnssan ; nin bd.s.iwa. 
 I drv meat, etc., nin bds.sdind. 
 
 Dry ; i am (iti.s) dry, nin /ifenins, 
 nin hdss ,• honjinin, bd/tr. Tho 
 ".'round is dry ,bt'ni/it'dk((migi(, 
 bibinckdniiilr. It is dry, itlif 
 water dried up,) i.skd/( intigad, 
 ink(tbint(ignd. It dries and (lies, 
 niboljute. (Dry-meat, kakki- 
 wok). 
 
 Dry. S. Thir.^ty. 
 
 Drying, bd.s.saindii'in. 
 
 Dry in .smoke; 1 dry .s. tli. in 
 smoke, ///// nuiwaktidosama, 
 nil! gdski.sigc. I dry it in 
 smoke, (///., an.) nin ijdskisan: 
 ningaxkiswa. ( Kaskaliaswew). 
 
 Duck, Ji.'i/rib. A large kind of 
 d uck , in in inkib. A ii other 
 kind of wild duck, onsig. An- 
 other kind, jin<iH)ixii. Duck 
 witli a long noelv, ginogweia- 
 weshil). Another kindol'duck, 
 kinislitin(d:xcesldb. Ancitlier 
 kind, sidina. Another kind 
 again, xcakrimcishib. A kind 
 ofautumn d\\ck,pikwnkoshiJi. 
 A very fat duck, pakoJiN/iib. 
 — I hunt ducks, nin nundi)\ 
 •shibe, nin nodjishibe. 
 
 Dug; it is dug deep, ginwani- 
 kdde, dimiianikdde, islipdn!- 
 kdde. 
 
 Dug. S. Woman's breast. 
 
 Dull; it is dull, blunt, n/'dssin, 
 (ijin'a.s.sin, (iJii(il>ikiK.sin. 1 am 
 dull at work, nin batit'gikddis, 
 nin bab^djinmris. 
 
 Dull (in. s. in.) S. Stupid. 
 
 Dullness at work, babcgikudisi- 
 ivin, IxibedjinaU'isiwin . 
 
 Dung, pigikiu'inio. (Mustu.so- 
 mey). 
 
 D u plicate, anl>jibiigan . — S. 
 Copy. 
 
 Durable ; I am dur,, of a strong 
 constitution, nin Jibinairi.s. It 
 is duralile, |/h. an.) nongan ; 
 songisi. h is dur., (wood,) 
 Jibigissin. It is dur., metal,) 
 Jibdbik'issin. iSiban, sibinew). 
 
 During, imgirn, (initr/i. 
 
 Dusky ; I am dusky, nin maka- 
 t^tvi.H. 
 
 Dusl, wiiagassiidn. The white
 
 DYE 
 
 H2 — 
 
 DYS 
 
 <lust on the lieail of a person, 
 akinikwan. i Pikkowakkaw). 
 The du.-'t i.s raised by tlie 
 wind, piiit/wromhan-iin. The 
 duHt falls on s. th., binakami- 
 gishka. I wipe the du.«t off, 
 nin binawian. I shake the 
 dust ott' from it, \in. an.) nin 
 baweyinan : nin baweyina. 
 
 Dusty ; I jnake it dusty, nin bi- 
 naka m ig ish ka a . 
 
 Dwell ; I dwell, nin da, nind ab 
 I dwell in him, (her, it,) nind 
 abitaica; nind abilan. 
 
 Dwellini^. S. Habitation. 
 
 Dye, (color,) onansigan, adissi- 
 gan. 
 
 Dye, (color;) I dye, nin onan- 
 -sige, nind adissige. I dye 
 ash-coloreil, black, etc. S. 
 Ash-colored, Black, etc. 
 
 Dyed ; itiji dyed, [in.,an.}adiite ; 
 
 adisso. It is dyed so..., (in., 
 
 an.,} inande ; inansn. It is 
 
 dyed green, red, etc. S.Green. 
 
 Ited, etc. 
 Dying ; I am 'lying, nin giwinc, 
 
 nin nib, nin bdbanadis. ( Ati- 
 
 nipiw). 
 Dyemg, (coloring,) adissigewin, 
 
 onan.fi gewin. 
 Dyer, edi.t.siged, advtaigewinini, 
 
 onan.sigewin ini. 
 Dyer's business or trade, adissi- 
 gewin, onansigeicin. 
 Dyer's shop, dye-house, adui.fi- 
 
 gewigamig, onansigeioiganiig. 
 Dye-stuff, adi.H-iigan, onan.sigan. 
 Dysentery, Jabondeshkawin. I 
 
 I have the dys., nin jdbon- 
 
 deshka. (Sabo.sow.) 
 Dysury, gibiji giicineshkaxcin. I 
 
 have the dysury, nin gibijigi- 
 
 winerhka.
 
 E 
 
 Eagle, migin. Young eagle, mi- 
 yi.sius. Anotlier kind of eagle, 
 W(i0ijaktce. Black eagle, mis- 
 san.ii. (Kiyiw). 
 
 !'-agle's claw, migishciyanj. 
 
 lOagle-figliter, migisananissi, j)i- 
 pigiwis. 
 
 Ivigie-Iiarhor, Migisiwiwikwed. 
 At Kagle-Harlior, from or to 
 \\iig\e-\{a.Y\)Ov , Migisiumvikwe- 
 (loiig. 
 
 Ivigje-liiver, Migisiwi.iibi. At, 
 from or to Eagle-lliver, Migi- 
 siwisihiiig. 
 
 Mar, iitawi'tgama. My, tliy, lii.s 
 ear, nitawag, kitawag, oia- 
 wng. (N'ittawokJiy, k'ittawc)- 
 kiiy, ottawukay). I liave ears, 
 iiiiid (itmvdga. I liave large 
 ear-s, nijt, mamaiigitawage. J 
 liave a long ear, ninginotu- 
 ivage , I liave long ears,/(/« gn- 
 f/anotawnge.l have a small ear, 
 nin agiissHawngf; I have .«m all 
 earM, niii hahiwitawuge. I have 
 ugly ear.«,/(/» niavianjitawugr. 
 My ear is cold, imy ears are 
 ciildj nin takilairagc, nhi ia- 
 takitdwage. My ear is cut oil', 
 nin ki.shkifawagt'. I cut otl 
 his ear, nin kis/ikifaivagciwit. 
 I strike oH his ear, nin kinh- 
 kitaicdgrgttnania. My ear is 
 frozen, (my ears are frozen, i 
 nin iiiashkawddjilairdgtudilj. 
 My ear is stopped, nin gibitu- 
 ivaye ; my ears are stopped, 
 
 (T am (leaf,) nin gagibiiawage. 
 (Kipittewi. I stop my ear, 
 nin gibitau'ageodi.s ,1 s t o j) 
 my ears, nin gagibita,cageo- 
 dis, nin gagibishebinidis. I 
 stop his ear, nin gibitawage- 
 UHi ; I slop his ears, nin gagi- 
 biiawaq^wa, nin gagibi.shebi- 
 na. My ear is swollen, 7iin 
 bagilau'oge. — I liave only one 
 ear, nin nahanciawage. The 
 otlier ear, or only one ear, na- 
 Jnuietmvug. I pull hisear,7jjM 
 wik<>1au'a<ichiiia, ninjibiiawa- 
 gcbin a . ( Tewi t ta woke w ) . 
 
 Ear-hanging. S. Ear-ring. 
 
 Earn; 1 earn, nin dushkitchige. 
 I earn to my.^elf or for myself, 
 nin gaslikitas, nin gd.s/tkita- 
 inna, nin gdslikitdmudia, nin 
 wikirdfr/iifas, nin icikwai- 
 c/iiluniddi.s. — I earn it, {in., 
 an.) nin gdshkitchiqen, nin 
 ga-f/ikifon ; nin gd.shkitchige- 
 nan, nin gaslikiu. I earn it to 
 myself, {in., an.) nin gashkita- 
 mdson ,• nin vikirdlc/iitoma- 
 son ; nin gd.shkHdnia.sonan, 
 nin U'ikwdfc/iilandi.siinan. I 
 earn it for him, nin gas/tkHa- 
 H'd, nin ga.s/ikilanidwa. (Kis- 
 pinatew.) 
 
 Earn, (in. s. in.) S. Gain. Pro- 
 cure. 
 
 Earned ; it is earnetl, (in. an.) 
 ga.fhkHc/iigdde ; gasfikia. 
 
 Earning, gaslikitchigeuin, loik-
 
 EAS 
 
 84 — 
 
 EAT 
 
 wcitchilfnnd.sfiiiiii . 
 EarniiifTf, </as/ikilr/iii/n)i. 
 Ear of HhIi, ofein/waii. 
 Ear of Indian corn, nisakoni. 
 Ear-ring, nabishehison. (Tabit- 
 tebisun.) 
 
 Eartli, r/A-A/. On cartli, oA-A-jh//, 
 (ii/i(lak(tiiii</. (Askivi. Umler 
 tiic earth, lAtaniaskaniiki.Tlie 
 opposite side of tlie earth, 
 ajawakamiij. I am earth, 
 nind akkiw. It is earth, or 
 tliere is earth, akkiwan. The 
 earth qnake.«, or shakes, ni- 
 nint^ikaniii/is/ika akki ; (/winy- 
 wan, tchiiKjwan, tchiiKjwaka- 
 mhfa. 
 
 Earthen dish or plate, icdbiijan- 
 o»a(/aii. I Ajiskiwoyagan). I 
 make eartheii dishes and 
 plates, nin tpdbi</aii-onagar 
 nike. A man that makes 
 earthen dishes and plates, a 
 potter, iL'dhigan-oiiaijunikewi- 
 nini. 
 
 Earth-house, (under ground,) 
 akkiuugamir/. 
 
 Earthquake ; there is an earth- 
 quake, » in ingakain igitihka 
 aki, niningishkamagad akki. 
 
 Ear-wax, moundjitaipdgan . 
 
 Easily, icenipaj, wenipanaj. 
 
 East, icdban, ivendjimokaang. 
 In the east, from or to the 
 east, udbanong. 
 
 East-cloud, wdbanakwad. 
 
 Easter. Pak. Easter-Sunday, 
 Pakgijigad or Apitchipdwi- 
 kijigdt. 
 
 East-rain, icabanibisca. 
 
 East- star, i morning-star,) icdba- 
 nang. 
 
 East-wind, icabaiiinodin . 
 
 Easy ; it is easy, icenipanad. I 
 think s. th. is easv, nin ic^ni- 
 
 pancndam. I think it in easy, 
 nin wenipaneudan, 
 Eat; I eat, nin wvtuin. 'Milji- 
 suwi.Ieat it, (in ,an.\ nin tnid- 
 jin ; nind ainica. lyiowew). I 
 eat with him, nin iridnpama. I 
 eat lor farei so..., nind innnd- 
 jige. nind indanamljige. I eat 
 good things, nind minwand- 
 Jige- I begin to eat, nin ma- 
 dandjige. I eat before I start, 
 nin naxcadji. I eat as long 
 as..., nind apitandjige. I eat 
 it raw, (in., an.) nind ashkan- 
 dan ; nind ashkama. I eat 
 eecretly, (in a stealthy man- 
 ner,) nin gimodand/ige. iKi- 
 mipuwi. I ''at slowly, nin ba- 
 h^jikadandjiife, nin bedjissin. 
 I eat fast and much, nin yd- 
 jaqe. I eat s. th. with some 
 otlier thing, nind apnndjige, 
 nin daywandjige. I eat it 
 {in., an.) with some other thing 
 as a by-meat, nind apdndji- 
 gen, nin dagwandjigen, nin 
 dagicanddn . nind apdndjige- 
 nan, nin dagwandjigenan, nin 
 dagwama. I look fors. th. to 
 eat, nin nandaicissin. I go 
 somewhere to get s. th.to eat, 
 (or to drink.) nin nadaboice. I 
 eat sufficiently, nin debissin. 
 I make him eat sufficiently, 
 nin debi.'i.'iinia. — I give to eat, 
 nind a.'ihange. I give liim(her, 
 iti toeat, h/h(Z ashatna : nind 
 ashandan. 
 Eat up, (consume ;) I eat up, 
 nin gidawe. I eat it all up, 
 iin., an.) nin yidan ; nin yi- 
 damica. I eat all up, s. th. 
 belonging to him, nin yida- 
 mdica. It eats me up, nin gi- 
 damogon.
 
 EGG 
 
 — 85 
 
 ELB 
 
 Eatable root ; a small eatable 
 
 root, icatapin. 
 Eatables, (provisions, i )»i<Ijiin. 
 Eating, wia.siniwin (Mitjisuwin). 
 Eating-house, wisnniwiyamig, 
 
 as h a n;/e w it/a m ig . 
 Elib, ebbing tide : it is the eb- 
 bing tide, odaskimagad nibi. 
 Echo. S. Resound. 
 Eclipsed ; the sun (or moon) is 
 eclip-:ed, there is an eclip.«e, 
 gisis^ niho. (Wanitibiskipa- 
 yiw pisim ) 
 lEditication, viino kikinowdba- 
 
 migoiciii. 
 Edify ; I edify, niii minn kiki- 
 notcabandaiwe. I edify him, 
 iiiii mino kikinoipdbamig He 
 edities me, nin mino kibino- 
 wdbama 
 Edge of a tool, gdnag, ganama- 
 gak. It has such an edge, (or 
 such teeth,) inabidiiamagad. 
 Eel, Inmisi. 
 Efface. Etlaced. S. Blot out. 
 
 Blotted out. 
 Effect ; it makes a good effect, 
 (medicine, etc.) minnshkdge- 
 mugad. It nutkes a gooii effect 
 in u\o, nil! iiiiimki'igon ,• it 
 makes a bad effect, nin niani- 
 kdgon. 
 Effect ; I efl'ect it, nin ganhki- 
 ton. I cannot effect it, nin 
 btmnawifon. I eff. litt]c, nind 
 inu'd.s. It efl. little, inwdso- 
 miigiid. I eff. nothing iwitli 
 my Working,) nind (nunnricis, 
 ninil ti.i/ikoiKiiris. It effects 
 nothing, ((nairi'ifisimiigad. 
 Eflort ; I make efforts, nin manlv- 
 kairis, nin wikicatchilo. (Kut- 
 chiwi. 
 Egg, icdnan. Small egg, wawa- 
 nons. Bad s|)oiletl egg, wana- 
 
 nosh. Hen's e^g, pakaaktoa- 
 wanan. (Wawi). 
 Eight, ni.'ihu'dsswi. We are 
 eight ofus, nin ninhicdtchimin. 
 There are eight in. obj., nish- 
 iraichinon. ( Ayenanew) . 
 Eight, nis/iwdsso .., in composi- 
 tions; which see in the First 
 Part. 
 Eight every time, eight each or 
 
 to each, neiiishirdasici. 
 Eighth, eko-nis/iirdfr/iing. The 
 
 eighth time, nis/urdir/iing. 
 Eighthly, eko-n i.sh wd trh ing. 
 Eight hundred every time, eight 
 hundred each or to eacli, ne- 
 ni.shwdsswuk. 
 Eight thousand, nishwdtching 
 
 niiddswak. 
 Eight times, nishwdtcliing. 
 Eigiit times every time, eight 
 times each or to each, newish- 
 icdivhing. 
 Eighty, nishwdssimidana. We 
 are eighty, nin )ii.ihicds.nmida- 
 naicemin. There are eighty 
 in. obj , nishwdssimidanawe- 
 uan. 
 Eighty every time, eighty each 
 or to each , ncni.s/nrd.s.timidami. 
 Eij'hty hun Ireil, ni.'</iwd.ssimi- 
 aanak. We are eighty hun- 
 dred of us, 7iin ni.third.sifinii- 
 dandko.s-imin. There are 
 eighty hundred in. ohy, nish- 
 wd.s.tiniidanakwadoti. 
 Eking j)iece, a n i k e tc h ig a n. 
 There is an eking piece, ani- 
 kitihigdde 
 Elapsed". S. Passed. (Past.) 
 Elbow, himinik, bixkinikenowin, 
 o.skiran. I lean on my elbows, 
 nind odn.sktrani.s/iin. I strike 
 him wilii tlu' elbow, iiind 
 iidii.skirandwa.
 
 EMB 
 
 — 80 — 
 
 EMP 
 
 Elder-tree, elder-slirub, papash- 
 kiaif/anak, pipii/wewannshk, 
 wimliis.sfi(/(tshk. 
 
 Election. S. Choice. 
 
 Elej)haiit, kctclii awesxi. 
 
 Elevated ; I am elevated, nin 
 kitchitwdwiii. 
 
 Eleven, middsswi ashi hejifj. 
 (MitiUat peyak osab.) 
 
 Elk. S. Moose. 
 
 Elm or elm-tree, anib. Another 
 kind of elm-tree, ojdshigob. 
 (Atchapask). 
 
 Elm-bark, anibiwancujek. Sack 
 of elm-bark, wanimod. 
 
 Elm-forest, elm-grove, anibiki. 
 
 Elm-River, A nibinsiwi-sibi. 
 
 Eloquent ; I am el., nin nitdwe. 
 
 Elsewhere, niniiotchi, bakdn. 
 
 Emaciated ; I am em., 7iin Jd- 
 shdgicabewis. 
 
 Emancipate ; I en), him, nin 
 payidina tclii dibenindiaod. 
 
 Embark ; I embark, nin bos. I 
 emb. with somebody, nind 
 adaicdawi. I emb. liim, (her, 
 it,) nin bosia ; nin bositon. I 
 em. with him, nin adawaama. 
 (Tchimew). I bid him em- 
 bark, nin bosinajdwa. I em. 
 him by force, nin bonwebina. 
 I am embarked by force, nin 
 boswebinigus. 
 
 Embarkation, bosiwin. 
 
 Embarrass; I emb. him with 
 my words, nin icdwdnima. I 
 emb. liim by my requests, nin 
 wdwdnimofawa. 
 
 Embarrassed ; I am emb. in my 
 thouglits, nin wdwdnendam. 
 I cause him to be emb. in his 
 thoughts, niti icdwdnendamia. 
 Embellish ; I em. him, (her, it,) 
 nind oniJt>ihia, nin sa^egaa ; 
 nind onijishiion, nin sasegaion. 
 
 I Embellishment. S. Ornament. 
 
 I E m lie z z I e. Embezzlement. 
 
 ' Embezzler. — S. Cheat. Cheat- 
 ing. Cheater. 
 Embrace. S. Hug. 
 Embroider ; I embroider or or- 
 nament, 7iin ninkaywaige. I 
 embroider, making Hower.", 
 etc., nin masinigicadam. I 
 embroider it, {in , an.) nin 
 ma.sinigwdddn ; nin maninig- 
 u'cina. I emli.with porcupine- 
 quills, )iin bimiy, nind ond- 
 ga.skwatcaie. I e m b. with 
 .«mall glass-beads, nin ma.n- 
 niminensike, nin niakimine- 
 sike. I embr. or ornament it 
 witli small glass-beads, {in., 
 an.) nin niskiminensikddan ; 
 nin niskiminen.'iikdna. 
 
 Embroidered ; it is embr. or or- 
 n a m e n t e d, 7iiskagwaigdde, 
 ni.^kamagad. It is emb. with 
 flowers, etc., (in., an.\ ma.'ii- 
 nigwdde; masinigwdso. It is 
 embr. witJi small glass-beads, 
 (in., an.) masiniminensigdde, 
 niskiminensikdde ; masinimi- 
 nen.'i ika na, n i.'ikim in en aika 7i a . 
 
 Embroidery ; fine emb. with por- 
 cupine-quills, onagaskwaicai. 
 
 Emerge ; 1 emerge, nin 7noshka- 
 agwindji.s.se. It emerges, 
 ni os/t ka ag win djisse7n a gad. 
 
 Emet'ns, Jaahigagoicesigan. (Pa- 
 komosigank 
 
 Eminently, dpiichi. (Xaspitch). 
 
 Emmet, enigo. (Eyiki. 
 
 Emperor, kifc/ii-ogi/na. 
 
 Empire, ogiindwiirin. 
 
 Employ ; I employ him, nin 
 anona. I empl. him (her, it) 
 in a certain manner, nind 
 inaw^7nikana : 7iind inaicimi— 
 kadan. (Atotewi.
 
 END 
 
 — 87 — 
 
 ENG 
 
 Employed ; employed per.-on, 
 anondgan, anonam, enoniiut, 
 onotdyan. Employed (used) 
 thing, aiouu'ii anoka.sovnn. I 
 am employed, nind anonif/o. 
 I am empl. in a certain man- 
 ner, nind indw^mikas. 
 
 Kmjiioyer, enokid. 
 
 Empio yment, anonUjosiwin, 
 (iitoniJiwiii. 
 
 Empres.s, kitr/ii nt/imtikirc. 
 
 Emptv, I without a \oii.d, ']>ijis/ii(/. 
 
 Enable; I enable him, itindiite- 
 nima. 
 
 Encamp. Encampment. S- 
 Camp. 
 
 Encampment, nibewin. (Kape.si- 
 win). 
 
 Enclose. S. Fence in. 
 
 Enclosure, airhikinicjan, qiwi- 
 takiiiitjan. — S. Fence. (Was- 
 kaiii<ran). 
 
 Encourage ; I enc, nin ijarjan- 
 .suii(/c.l enc. him, nin (jagan- 
 xotna. i Akamimcw). 
 
 Encourai!;e, (console ;) I enc, 
 }iind alilsiwinge. 1 enc. him, 
 nind al>isiiri»ia, nin, gagdno- 
 mu. (Kakitjimew). 
 
 Encourage to do evil; I enc. 
 him to do evil, nind anliia, 
 nind ashiwima. (Matchi-sik- 
 kimew). 
 
 Encouraging, gagdnsondiwin, 
 gagun.songewin, abisiwinge- 
 iriii ; (i.-^/iiidiwin. 
 
 Encumber; I enc, nin ni.ski- 
 kage. I eiKnimber him, (her, 
 it,) nin niskia, nin niskikaira; 
 nin niskikiin. It enc me, nin 
 iiiskikdgnn. 
 
 I'^ncuml'cr, lin. s. in.) S. Ob- 
 struct. 
 
 Knd, wairkwa. — (Wanaskutch). 
 iln compositions.) There is 
 
 an end, wuiekicaiamagad. At 
 the end, icaiekwaiaii. It is 
 considered the end of h, toai- 
 ekwaiendagwad. I think it is 
 the end oCit, nin waiekivaien- 
 dan. I go to the end of it, nin 
 kabeslikan. I arrive at the 
 end, nin waiekwa.s/ikati. I 
 bring it to an end, nin waiek- 
 tva.ssiton, nin waickwaion. It 
 comes to an end, uaiekicasse- 
 niagad. — It is the end of the 
 world, U'uiekwaakkiwan, ish- 
 kwa-akkiwun , ban i-akkiwan — 
 (Kisipaskamik). The end of 
 an action or work, is/ikwaka- 
 migi.iiwin, ishkwutdwin ; an- 
 tmtawin. 
 
 Endeavor ; I endeavor, nin wik- 
 watchi, nin loikicaichito, nin 
 wikwafchiion, iiind aiangwa- 
 mendam, nind aiungwamis. I 
 end. in vain to have it, nind 
 agawadan. I end. (or work) in 
 vain, nind dnawewis. I end. 
 without much ctlect, nind in- 
 u'a.s. — I end. to get, (in 
 thoui^hts,) nin tcikuaiendam. 
 ] i'ud. to get him, (her, it,) nin 
 uikwatcninia; nin wikwaten- 
 dnn. (Kutchi, v. ^. kutchi- 
 nakamuw ; he endeavors to 
 sing ; akawittam.) 
 
 Endeavor, (in. s. in.) S. 'J'ry. 
 
 Endless, ucicktraiu.'i.sinog. 
 
 Endure ; 1 can endure much 
 cold, nin JifxtdJ. I can eml. 
 much hunger, nin Jibananda- 
 mi. I can end. much smoke, 
 nin JibunanKins. (Siljeyittam). 
 
 Enemy, Jangeniljiged. I am 
 enemy, ninjingendjige. (Pak- 
 wi'itAgan.) 
 
 Engage ; I engage in a service, 
 nind anonigos.
 
 ENL 
 
 — 88 
 
 ENT 
 
 I'iiiKagcniont, aiionif/oaiwin. 
 
 England, Groat IJritiiin and Iro- 
 laiid, Jd(/fi)i(i.fhiwnk'I\i.]i],\'row 
 or to p]nglaiid, .hhjanaahiwdk- 
 k'uKj. 
 
 Englinli ; it Ih Englisli, (Aka- 
 yassiniowin), (written or nrinU 
 cd inEnglisli,) Jf'Kjandsfiiwis- 
 sin, jnganishimomnijdd. I 
 translate it in Yjng.,ninja(jana- 
 shiwi.initon. It is translated 
 in Eng., jdfjanashiwissitchi- 
 (jdde. 
 
 English lioy, or a little English- 
 man , _/ff'r/f/»rt.s7i /«.<?. 
 
 English f^\v\, Jnf/aiKt.thih-weiis. 
 
 English language, _yV?7r//(^/.v Amo- 
 win. I speak English, nin 
 jaganashim. It speaks Engl., 
 (it is in Eng.,) jaganashimo- 
 mngad. 
 
 Englishman, Jdganash. (Aka- 
 yassiw). 
 
 English minister, Jdganashi- 
 meliateu'ikwanaie. 
 
 English religion, (Church of 
 England,! J ugunashi-anamie- 
 icin. I profess the V^ng. reli- 
 gion, nin jdganashi-anamia. 
 
 Englishwoman, _/a^a«rtA7u'A7Pe. 
 
 English writing, jnganashim- 
 hiigan. I write in" Eng., nin 
 jdganashiii'ihiige. 
 
 Engrave ; I engrave, nin masi- 
 nibiige. 
 
 Engraved ; I am (it isi engr., 
 nin masinns, 7iin masinibii- 
 gds ; masindde, masinibiigdde. 
 
 E n g r a V i n g, masinibiiqewin ; 
 masinibiigan, 7nnsinifc)iigan. 
 
 Enkindle; I enk. it, nin biska- 
 kondan. 
 
 Enlargen. S. Widen. 
 
 Enlighten ; I enl. him, nin irds- 
 s^iabia, nin wdssenamaica. I 
 
 enl. Ilia mind, 7iin wdsneien- 
 daniia, nin wdHnakwanenda- 
 mawa. 
 
 Enmity. S. Hatred. 
 
 Enormity. S. Horror. 
 
 Enormou.-;. S. Frightful. 
 
 Enough, wij minik, miiir. 'Eku- 
 yigok). There is enough of 
 it, {in , an.) d^bin.idmanad ; 
 debinse. (Tepipayiw). I nave 
 enotigh, nin d6bis. I think I 
 have enough, or, I think it is 
 enough, nin d6b^nim, nin de- 
 bendam, nin dehagenim. I 
 talk enough, nin di'bdnagidon . 
 I drank enough, nin debibi : 
 I ate enough, nin dcbi.s.iin. — 
 We are just enough, nin mi- 
 nodashimin. There is j us t 
 enough of it, minodassin. 
 
 Enraged person, very angry, 
 ketchi nishkddisid. I am en- 
 raged, very angry, nin kitchi 
 nishkddis. (Osaniiyawesiw). 
 
 Enslave; I ens. him, nind awa- 
 kdna. It enslaves me, 7iind 
 awakanigon. I ens. myself, 
 jiind airakanidis. 
 
 Entangled; I am ent. in a cord, 
 niti bisicabigishin. 
 
 Enter, (go in ;) I enter sorae- 
 wliere, nin pindige. (Pittu- 
 kew). It enters, pindigema- 
 gnd. I enter into him, nin 
 pindigaica, nin 2)indigeshka- 
 wa, nin jyindjinawe.shkaua, 
 nin pindjine)i/ikaira. It enters 
 into me. nin pindigeshkdgon, 
 nin pindjinawe.shkdgon, nin 
 pindjinesfikagon . 
 
 Enter, (take in or bring in;) I 
 enter him, (her, it,) nin pin- 
 digana : nin pindigadon . 
 
 Entice ; I entice, nin triktra- 
 songe. I ent. him ; nin icik-
 
 ERE 
 
 89 — 
 
 EST 
 
 wasoma. We ent. each other, 
 nin unkwasondimin. ( Ayakuk- 
 kasuw). 
 
 Enticing, tiikwasongexi'in, wik- 
 iva.iondiwin. 
 
 Entire. S. Whole. 
 
 Entirely, kakina wdwinge, dpit- 
 chi. (Miniwe). 
 
 Entreat. Entreaty. — S. Entice. 
 Enticing. — S. Bequo.-^t. 
 
 Envelop. S. Wrap uj). 
 
 Envy, kijdu'citiinliiriii, kijd- 
 iceiidjiyeuin ijaijawcni adiwin, 
 (/agaiccndji<jewin. (Isawana- 
 Keyiniowiti). 
 
 Envy ; I envy, I am envious, 
 nin (/a(/aweitdji(/e, niti kijd- 
 ioendjif/e. I envy liini, (her, 
 it, I nui kijuwenimn, uiii ijaiirv- 
 weiiiinii ; iiiii kijdirrndnit, iiiii 
 ija<i<nr<;nil(ui . (< ) t tcy i ttaiii i . 
 
 Epaulet, niskitiiiiimuKjanedji- 
 (jan. 
 
 Ej)ideniy, mejikdgemagak ina- 
 pi new ill. 
 
 Epiphanv, ()i/i»id-ffijigad. 
 
 Equal ; 1 oipial him, iiin tibish- 
 kokdwa, iiiiid ndima. 
 
 Ecpuilly, tihishko tetihinhko, 
 tdfiixhkii(i-li, ntinsab. 
 
 Equivalent, fihix/iko. It i.-^ eq. 
 {in., an.\, tihiKhko (ipilciidd;/- 
 wad ; tihi.slikii apitcudagosi. 
 (iHpiteyittakwan). 
 
 Erect; I erect him, (her, it,) 
 iiin uiuiawakona, nin maiuwi- 
 shinid, nin mttiiutina ; nin 
 inaiairakdnan, nin iniiimri.s.si- 
 inn, nin wniuwintin. I erect 
 my.felf, nin niaidwiia, nin 
 viaiawi.s/ik<i, nin VKiiawi.s/tin, 
 7iin pdaaagita. He erects 
 himnelt', naniatr/iigtihawi, (a 
 beast. I It erects it.«eir, maia- 
 iri.shkuni(ig(id. — I erect h,(in., 
 
 an.) nin patakidon ; ninpata- 
 kina. (Tcliimayew). 
 
 Erected ; I am (it i.«) erected hy 
 the wind, ni)i m a i dw as h ; 
 ■maiawas.fin. It i.** erected, 
 lin.,an.) niaiairi.'i.<tin, maiawis- 
 .sifrhigdde; maiaicisnifr/iigdso. 
 
 Erected, (in. .s. in.) S. Stand up. 
 
 Errand, ininajaogowin. (Itisa- 
 liam.ituwin). 
 
 Ery.sipela.s. S. Herpes. 
 
 Escape, ojimowin. (Paspiwin). 
 
 Esca])e ; I escajx", nind fjim, 
 nin giiwe, nin gidi.ikiiu'e, nin 
 jnhu'i, ninjuhtriiwe, nin gidi.n- 
 kiidi.w I escape out of his 
 hands, nin gia, nin gidish'a. 
 I make him escape, nind oji- 
 moii, ninjahwia. (Pa.^piw, ta- 
 iiasiw). 
 
 Escaped ; a person esc. from a 
 massacre, iishkwatdgan, ish- 
 kwatcliigun. 
 
 Especially, memindage, mein- 
 
 specuUly, 
 dage, wdu 
 
 If- 
 
 l'.,s(iuimau fndian, Eshkibod, 
 (raw-eater.) 
 
 ?]ssay. S. Try. Endeavor. 
 
 E.N.«ential. S. Foremost. 
 
 Estaldisli ; I est. it, nind ojisisi- 
 t<in, nind nindjis.sittm. 
 
 Estahlishetl ; it id est., aindjis- 
 aitrhigdile. 
 
 Esteem ; 1 esteem, nind opHen- 
 dam. I esteem or respect him, 
 (her, it,) niml apifmimn, nin 
 f/okwadeniina , nind ti pile n- 
 dan, nin gi>kir(idtnd)in. I es- 
 teem myself, nind (ipittnini, 
 nind apilmindi.s, nin gnkwa- 
 denini, nin gokuailrnindi.s. I 
 esteem myself as high as him, 
 )iind ii))Hrniin<inan. — I est. 
 him ilier, ili in a Certain man- 
 ner, nind inassagadaiima ;
 
 EVE 
 
 90 — 
 
 EX A 
 
 nind inassagadi'nddn. I est. 
 him (her, it) little, nin bewe- 
 nima ; nin heirendaii. (Ispite- 
 yiniew, kisteyiiiiew i. 
 
 E.steeni, (in s. in.) S. Respect. 
 Higli esteem. 
 
 Esteem little. Esteemed little, 
 (in.."?, in.) S. Insi<riiificiint. 
 
 Esteemed ; I am (it Is) esteemed 
 in a certain manner, nind ina-i- 
 liagadenduiioa ; inasxai/aden- 
 ddi/wad. ( Kiskeyit tak usi w \ . 
 
 Esteemed, (in. s. in.) S. lte.s- 
 pectable. Highly esteemed. 
 
 Esteemed equal ; I am (it is) est. 
 equal to..., nin tihis/ikoioendd- 
 gos ; tibishkowenda</U'ad. 
 
 Estimate. S. Value. 
 
 Eternal, Kaiagige-bimddisid. 
 
 Eternal, iveiekwain.'^sinng, '.Jcd- 
 gige, kdgini. Life eternal, 
 kdqige bimddisiwin. Eternal 
 welfare, eternal salvation, Ad- 
 gige jawendagn.siicin, kdgige 
 mino aidwin. Eternal misery, 
 eternal damnation, kdgige ko- 
 tagitowin, kdgige bandcijiidi- 
 sowin. 
 
 Eternally, kdjigekamig,kdginig, 
 kdgini. 
 
 Eternity, kdgige bimddisiwin. 
 
 Eucharist; the holy Eucharist, 
 kitchiftca Eukarisiiwin. 1 re- 
 ceive the holy Eucharist, nind 
 odapinan kitchitwa Eukari.s- 
 tiwin. 
 
 Eunuch. S. Castrated. 
 
 Europe, Kiiclri agdming, Agd- 
 ming kilchigami. 
 
 Evangely. S. Gospel. 
 
 Evaporate ; it evap., anississin, 
 anissassin. (Mestsibattew) . 
 
 Even; it is, even, (hark, etc.) 
 onashkweiamagad. It is even, 
 (wood, in., an.)ojissaga ; ojis- 
 
 sagisi. It is even, flat, (metal, 
 in., an.) onahikamagad, ona- 
 bikad ; onabiki.fi. 
 
 Even if..., mi.siiaKa ; missaxca 
 gaie. (Appo). 
 
 Evening, ondgonh, ondgwhilt. It 
 is evening, ondgo.ski, ondgici- 
 shi. Evening is apj>roachitig, 
 towanls evening, uni-ondgo- 
 .sJii, eni-ond(/o.i/iig. (Otakwa- 
 sa\v,otak>isin). 
 
 Evening meal, ondgosJii-icis.tini- 
 U'in. (Otakusiwimitjisuwin). 
 
 Evening-prayer, ondgo.sfii-ana- 
 m iang, ondgo.shi-anam ieicin. 
 
 Event ; good event, 7nino inaka- 
 migad. Sad event, matchi 
 inakamigad. (Ikkin). 
 
 Ever; ever since, apine. For 
 ever, apine, kaginig. (Aspin). 
 
 Everlasting, kdgige. 
 
 Ever y day, endasso-gijigak. 
 (Tattwawikijikaki). 
 
 Every night, endasso-tihikak. 
 (Tattwawitiliiskaki). 
 
 Every second day, nena.<isaici- 
 gijig, nenijogijig, nenijogican. 
 
 Every time, da.ising. iTaitwaw). 
 
 Everywhere, mi.si mi.iiwe. There 
 is of it everywhere, misiwesh- 
 kamagad. Everywhere on 
 earth, misi enigokicag akik, 
 mi.sdkkamig. 
 
 ¥i\i],maianadak,7naichi aiiici.th. 
 My evil linsickness: increases 
 when I sj)eak, nin gidjim, nin 
 gidowe. 
 
 Evil, matchi. It is evil ; mana- 
 dad, maic/ii ijitcebad. 
 
 Evil spirit, matchi nianito, mat- 
 chi aiaawi.s-h. 
 
 Eviscerate. S. Gut. 
 
 Exact, exactly, gwaidk, ni.^.v'td, 
 u'duinge. I arrange it exactly, 
 nin icdicingeton.
 
 EXA 
 
 — 91 — 
 
 EXH 
 
 It ; I exalt him, ;///((/ isJipr- 
 ima, itind is/inia, nin kit- 
 litwawia, nin kitc/iilirdiccn- 
 
 Exact ; I am exact, tiin wdwiii- 
 gcs. 
 
 Exact, (in. s. in.) S. Severe. 
 
 Exactnc.'i.'j, wawinffesiwin. I act 
 witli exact 11 e.'^.'^, H //J wCiwinyes, 
 nin wawimjctchiije. 
 
 Exaggerate ; I ex., osdm nibitpa 
 nind ani-ikkit, osdm nibiwa 
 nin dibddjim. 
 
 Exalt ; I exalt him, ;///((/ inhpr- 
 nima 
 ch 
 
 dac/n.sia. I exalt it, nind iah 
 pendan, nin kitrhitirawendan, 
 nin kitc/iilwawHini. I exalt 
 niv.«cl(, nind ishpenindis, nind 
 ishpenim, nin kitrhitwawenin- 
 dia, nin hitchitwawenim. (Ma- 
 mitjimew). 
 
 Exainen of con.^cieiicc, nanaga- 
 (awenindisowin. I examine 
 my cons., nin ndnagdiawcnin- 
 di.s. iMi'imitcmeyimisuwiii). 
 
 Examine ; I examine him, (her, 
 it,) nin ijodji-kikeninia ; nin 
 (/odji-kikcndan . (Naiiagatawa- 
 namew). 
 
 Examine, (in. s. in.) 8. Try. 
 ^ Seek. 
 
 Example, kikinowdbamii/owin, 
 kikinoirdlnindaiimrin , kiki- 
 7i(iiriiliiiudjii/iiii. — (iduil exam- 
 ple, niiiK) kikinowdbmnii/oirin. 
 inino kikinou-dbtinddiwfwin. I 
 give a good ex., nin mino ki- 
 kinoirdliandaiirc. I give him 
 a gooil ex., nin niino kikino- 
 wdbanii;/. He given me agcjod 
 ex., /(//( mint) kikinoirdlnmin. 
 — Bail example, nutlrhi kiki- 
 nowd/iiiniii/'iirin, nuilrhi kiki- 
 nou'dbitndiiiiri-win. I give a 
 had ex., nin uiatchi kikimncd- 
 bandaixi'c. I give him a had 
 ex., niti niatrlii kikinowdbu- 
 
 miy. He give.s me a had ex., 
 )iin matchi kikinoirdbama. 
 
 Example, imitate example ; I 
 imitate hi.s ex., nin kikinowd- 
 bama. He imitates my ex., 
 nin kikinowdbanii;/. I give an 
 example, nin kikinowdban- 
 daiire. I regulate my miml 
 after hi.s ex., nin kikinawc- 
 ninia. 
 
 Exceedingly, excessively, dpii- 
 c/ii. lNa.«pitchi). 
 
 Excel. S. Surpass. 
 
 Excellent, ki/c/ii onijiishin. 
 
 Exchange S. Change. 
 
 Excite ; I excite or push him to 
 s. th., nind as/iia, ni)ul ina- 
 shia. (Sikkimew). 
 
 Excite, (in. s. in.j S. Provoke to 
 
 ^ anger. 
 
 Excitement. S. Troulile, (noise.) 
 S. Stir up. 
 
 Excrement, mo. (Omey). 
 
 Excuse ; I ask excu.se for not 
 heing ahle to do s. th., nin 
 Jagwenimotagos. (Kukitokka- 
 
 8U\V). 
 
 Execution, (iianging,) agojiwc- 
 H'in, cujonidiwin. (Akosiwe- 
 wini. 
 
 Executioner, (hangman,) agnji- 
 irririnini, <njnnidiwinini. 
 
 Exliale, it exhales, ani^miasin, 
 (ininsuK.sin. 
 
 Exhausted ; 1 am ex., nind 
 dititrlii aieki'.f, nind tikwiivi. 
 (Ne.stuw). 
 
 Exhiirt ; I exhi>rl, nind ainng- 
 iinniigi', nind <i n g w a m i ge, 
 nind uidngtrtiniiltigos, nind 
 (ingn'tunilagos, nin gagan- 
 songf, nin gngikwt', nin 
 gitniijiwe. I exhort him, nin 
 giigikima. I exh. him to do 
 s. th , nin gogdnsonia. \\\,
 
 EXT 
 
 !t2 — 
 
 KVK 
 
 oxli. each otlicr, nin t/nt/ikin- 
 (limin, nin (/ai/aiisoii(liiiiin. I 
 exhort myself, tiin f/tii/ikimlis- 
 
 Exhortation, (tiaui/icumitai/osi- 
 win, ija(/<inson</<'iriii, (jiKjikin- 
 diwin, i/ayikwcwin. 
 
 Exist ; I exist, nind aid. (It- 
 taw). 
 
 Existence, aidwin. (Ittiiwin). 
 
 Exonerate ; I exonerate tlie bo- 
 wels, nin misi. 
 
 Exorbitant. S. Extravagant. 
 
 Expand. S. Extend. 
 
 Expect ; 1 expect, nind akatrnb. 
 I exp. him, (her, it,) nind aka- 
 imbama ; nind aktncdlntndan. ', 
 
 Expedition, (ha-ste,) dudutabi- 
 ivin. 
 
 Expeditious ; I am ex., nin da- 
 ddtabi, nin gwushkwes. — S. 
 Quick. 
 
 Expeditious -working, r/icash- 
 kwesiicin, daddtubiwin. 
 
 Experience; I know it In- exp., 
 (I tried it,) nin gofamandan, 
 nin yoiamandjiion. I expe- 
 rienced it, /(//( kikendun. (Na- 
 katchittaw). 
 
 Experiment. S. Trial. 
 
 Expire ; I expire, nin nib, nind 
 ■ishkira biinddis. — S. Finish. 
 (IskwrUamow). 
 
 Explain ; I explain it to him, 
 weiceni nin windamawa. (Gwa- 
 yaskomew). 
 
 Expose ; I expose myself, iiind 
 iniwt'idis . { ly i weh u w ) . 
 
 Expose to the sight of people. — 
 S. Lav open. 
 
 Expres.sly, mijisJia, p a k at c h. 
 (Meyakwam.) 
 
 Extend ; 1 extend it, {in., an.) 
 ninjibadaan, ninjibadawa. I 
 ext. it by pulling, [in., an.) 
 nin jibabigibidon ; nin jibabi- 
 
 jihinn. It extends, jibabish- 
 k< una gad. 
 
 Extensive, kitrhi. It ]« exten- 
 sive, inililidmagad. 
 
 Extent ; its extent, cktrag. 
 
 Exterminate. S. Spi-nd all. 
 
 Externally, on the outside, ag- 
 ira/r/iaii. (Wayawitimavik). 
 
 Extinguish ; I extinguish, nind 
 airige. I ex. it, nind dUhui. 
 (Astaweham). 
 
 Extinguisher, at^igan. 
 
 Extravagancy, o.'idmisiiein. 
 
 Extravagant ; I am ext., nind 
 o.sdmi.i. (Kiiskwew.) Extra- 
 vagant spending, tchagini- 
 ge.shkiu'in. 
 
 Extremely, dpitchi. 
 
 Extremity, (end, summit,) icd- 
 nakoitin. 
 
 Extreme-Unction, Anamie-no- 
 minidiwin. 
 
 Eye, oshkinjigoma. (M'iskijik). 
 The right eye, kiichinhkinjigf 
 okiichishkinjigdma. The lelt 
 eye, naniandji.shkinjig, ona- 
 mandjiahkinjiifoma. My, thy, 
 liis eye, ni.'<hkinjig, kishkin- 
 jig, oshkinjig. — 1 iiave eyes, 
 nind os/ikinjig. I have dim 
 eyes, nin iibikinam. I have 
 good eyes, nin nadb. I have 
 hollow eyes, nin trairinikab. 
 I have large eyes, nin inanian- 
 gi.'i/ikinjigwe. iMamakksibiw) . 
 1 have only one eve, nin na- 
 baneshkinjigire. "The other 
 eye, or one eye only, naba- 
 m'ls/ikinjig. I have small eyes, 
 nind agaa-'ii.'ihkinjigire, nind 
 babiici.'<likinjigwe. I have 
 sore eyes, nind o.'ihkinjigone.^, 
 nin .va.v.s"rtA/?i(/jrf, nind as/i- 
 kashkanagingwe. I have weak 
 eyes, nin bisicab, nin bigisa-
 
 EYE 
 
 93 — 
 
 EYE 
 
 wab, 7iin hiqisawinam. — My 
 eyes are lilleu witli tear.", nin 
 moiihkincsihingwe. My eyes 
 are open, ninpdkakab- I open 
 iiry eves, nin pa k a t aw a b. 
 (Tokkabiw). 1 open liis eye.«, 
 nin wdbia. My eyes are spoil- 
 ed by smoke, nin pdshkabis. 
 My eve is swollen, nin bdf/i- 
 (/os/ilcinJi(/H'e. My eyes are 
 tired, nind ishkaiaicab, nin 
 pagissab. — I burst one of my 
 eyes, ninpdshkdbidjin. (Pas- 
 kabiw). I cover his eyes with 
 K. th., 7iin titibinmrebina. I 
 cover my eyes witli s. th., nin 
 titibintiu'cbis. I feel a burn- 
 ing pain in my eves, nin sas- 
 .scikab. 1 feel a burning pain 
 in my eyes from smoke, jiin 
 sassakisibi nt/weidba.s . I hurt 
 my eye falling, nin gidjdbi- 
 shin. I keep my eves shut, 
 nin passangwab. (fassakwa- 
 biw.) I look with one eye 
 only, nin jHishkingwen. I look 
 
 witii almost close<i eyes, niii 
 (o.skab, nin toskdbandjige. I 
 look with almost closed eyes 
 at him, (her, it,) nin ioskdba- 
 ma ; nin toskdbandan. I have 
 a mote in my eye, nin binsin. 
 (Pisinin). I pluck my eye out, 
 ni)i gidjnbaiidis. I pluck his 
 eye out, nin gidjdbatra. I 
 rub his eyes with some medi- 
 cine, nin sinigoiilikinjigicena. 
 My eyes shut against my will, 
 nin passangicabi.f/tka. — It is 
 made like an eye, os/tkinjigo- 
 kdde. 
 
 Eye-apple, apple of the eye, ma- 
 katewagam inhkinjigivan . 
 
 Eyebrow, mama. My, thy, his 
 eyebrow, nimdma, kimdma, 
 omduian. My eyebrows are 
 bristled up, nin niskimdmawe. 
 (Misiibiwuu'in). 
 
 Eyelid ; the under part of thi' 
 eyelid, sibingwai. The hair 
 iif the eyelid, misMbiwindn. 
 (Misabiwinun).
 
 Fable, ndisokaii. (Atayokkan). 
 I tell a fable or tables, nind 
 adisoke. 
 
 Pabiiiuus giant, wiiidign. 
 
 Fabalou8 giantess, it'indh/nkue. 
 
 Face ; my, tli}', bis face, ninh- 
 kinjiq, kishkinjiij, oshkinjiy ; 
 (Mikkwiigan, n'ikkwagan, 
 oskw^igan) or, nindengwai, 
 .kidenywai, odcngwai. — I bave 
 an angry face, nin nishkud- 
 j i n g 10 e, n i n nishkudjin- 
 gweshka. I bave a b 1 ack 
 face, nin makuiewingwe. I 
 bave a clean face, nin bining- 
 we. I bave a dark-blue face, 
 nind apisaingwe. I bave a 
 ■dirty face, nin iciningwe, nin 
 mouHngwe, nin wnwidjiwing- 
 ive. I bave a fat full face, 7nn 
 loinimvingire. I bave a greas- 
 ed face, nin nomingwe. I 
 grease bis face, nin noniingwe- 
 na. I grease my face, nin no- 
 mingwenindis. Greasing tbe 
 face, or grease for tbe face,- 
 
 ' nomingweicin. I bave a large 
 face, nin mangadangwe. I 
 have a lean face, nin paka- 
 kadivengwe. 1 bave a face 
 like..., nind inadengire. Iliave 
 a long face, nin ginwingice. I 
 have pimples or pustules on 
 my face, nin rnonsewingice, 
 nin babigu'ingwe. I have a 
 ecar in my face, nin odji- 
 ■shingive. I bave a small face, 
 
 7iind agaanadengive. (Timik- 
 kwew). I bave a strange or 
 cbanged face, nin rniagish- 
 kinjigire. I bave a wrinkled 
 \\iCQ,nind o.sigingice. — My face 
 is cracked, nen gijingwe. Mv 
 face is frozen, «//j munhkawai- 
 jingwewadj. My face is mark- 
 ed with sadness, nin nanina- 
 icingwe. I mark my face with 
 sadne.ss, 7iin nuninauingupi- 
 di.s. My face is marked with 
 the small pox, nin mamakin- 
 gwe. My face is pale, nin wu- 
 bishkingwe, nin wdbidewad- 
 engwe. (Wdbinewisiw). My 
 face is red, nin miskiringwe. 
 My face is sbining, radiant, 
 nin wasseingwe, nin uassing- 
 wes. M\- face is swollen, nin 
 bagingwe. My face is uncov- 
 ered, nin pakingwe. I unco- 
 ver my face, nin pakingweni- 
 dis. I bruise my face, nin Ja- 
 skingwingirnra. I di.<figure 
 my fac(^, nin manadjinguei- 
 dis. I disfigure bis face, nin 
 manadjingiccwa. I paint my 
 lace, nin waweji. I paint my 
 face black, nin makateke : nin 
 niakaiekiinidi.s. I ruli his face 
 with medicine, etc., nin sinig- 
 U'ingwehina. I rub my face, 
 nin sinigwingwebinidis. I 
 wasb my face, nin kisibiging- 
 we. (Kiissikkwew). I wipe my 
 face, nin kisingwe. I wrap up
 
 FAL 
 
 95 — 
 
 FAL 
 
 my face in s. th., nin tiiibiny- 
 webix. I wrap up liis face, nin 
 iitibiiKjwehinn. 
 
 Fade; it fades; anoshkn. It 
 fades in washinir, ki.sidbdwe. 
 — S. Whitish. 
 
 Fail ; it fails, it gives no profit, 
 annufu'ishnuijdil. 
 
 Faint ; I faint, ;///( wanimikau', 
 nin wanendama. I faint and 
 have a vision, jj/h nikabandam. 
 (Wanikiskisiw). 
 
 Faintin;r, wanimikdwiwin. 
 
 Fa'w, i/iriindtc/i. I am fair, nin 
 gwandtrhiw, nind onijiah, nin 
 mikauadis. It is fair, ;/u:undt- 
 fkiwan. nnijishin, .lasi'tjunid- 
 ijad. I am (it is) considered 
 fair, nin bi.s/iii/endm/ii.i ; bi- 
 shi(jendagw(id. I think it is 
 tiiir, (/«., an.) nin sa.scffincen- 
 ddn ; nin .s(i.sc;/aii'cninia. 
 
 Fairness, ijwandlchiu'in, nniji- 
 s/i iirin , bish igendagnniirin . 
 
 ¥:i\t]\,dcl)ireiend(imowin. I have 
 faith, nin debwrii'iidnni. (Aya- 
 miewitiipwewokeyitlamuwin). 
 
 Fall, taiju-i'iiji. in fall, hif/icdtfi/f. 
 — Last fall, /(ifjwdi/onij. riie 
 tiill before last, ttird.ss-fagwn- 
 gontj. I spend the fall in such 
 a place, nin fagwdgix/i. I 
 spend the fall witTi him, nin 
 ipidjitdi/icdi/i.s/i inia . 
 
 Fall; 1 U\\\, nin pangishin. fl*;i- 
 kissini. It UxWf, jmngixsin. 1 
 fall, nin gawis.sc, nin ircbu- 
 gndjtn. It fails, gnwanad, i/a- 
 tcitneniagad. I fall (it falls) 
 somewhere, nind ajinnijishin ; 
 apanginnin. I fall (it tails) in 
 a certain manni-r, nind ijinse, 
 (IsjKiyiw), ijisseuingad. 1 fall 
 heing drunk, nin gnwibi. I 
 fall hard, nin pakiteshin, nin 
 
 wiasagishin, nin Ir/iigwaka 
 ini</i.shin, nind apitrhishin. It 
 falls hard, tthiiiwukamigisin. 
 I make him fall, nin pakite- 
 shima. I make it fall, ninpan- 
 gisniton. I make him (her, it| 
 fall, )iin gdwi.s/ikdica ; nin ga- 
 wi.s/ikun, nin gauuton. I make 
 it fall to the ground, [in., an.) 
 nin webissiton. ; nin webinhi- 
 ma. I make it fall from its 
 place, [in., an) nin binislikan ; 
 nin bini.flikawa. I fall often, 
 )iin nitn-pangi.i/iin, nin wake- 
 j)(ingis/iin. I fall on ]\'im, nind 
 as/iosikawa. I fall on my hack, 
 nind afawas.'<c. I fhll on my 
 face, nin tcliingidjisse, nind 
 aicliiichingwes.se, nind a)iinii- 
 /ro.s'.fc. I fall <jii my feet, nin 
 nibatraki.s.te. I fall (it falls) by 
 the \\\ini, )i in i/aird.sh : i/awd.t- 
 .iin. It will fall, gaicis)ikama- 
 gad. 
 
 F.-tll, let fall ; I let liim (her, it) 
 tiill, nind apitchishinta, nin 
 lianina, nin pangishinia ; nin 
 ban i nan, nin pangi-tniinn. I 
 let fire fall, nin tiinanjenan 
 i.s/ikfde, nin giras/ikiranjenaii 
 ishkote. 
 
 Fall down ; I fall (it falls) down, 
 nin ni.wko.^hka ; nissakosh- 
 kaniagad. \ let him (her, it) 
 fallduwn. nin ni.'<.sako.i/ikawa; 
 nin ni.i.-^ako.s/ikiin. 1 tall dt)wn 
 headlong, nind alr/iifakis.'fc. I 
 fall d(jwn before him, nin ga- 
 wilaira. nin gawitaniawa. 
 
 Fall in ; I fall in, nin pindjisse, 
 nin gindjiila.'tsc. It talis in, 
 pindjix.^cmagad. I fall (it falls) 
 III a hole, nin Imdakwr.s.ic ; bo- 
 dakwesseemagad. I let it fall 
 in, (in., an.) nin bodukwen;
 
 FAM 
 
 'jc, 
 
 FAS 
 
 ninboddkwenan. I iiill (it fiill8) 
 in the water, nin hakohissr, 
 in'ii t/i'ii/is.si' ; hah'ohi.'isoiKKjitd, 
 tfuijisHcnKUjdd. I PfikiiHtawc- 
 pa'yiw). I fall (it falls) in the 
 water out of a eanoc or l)oat, 
 niii </i'(!oitf(ijissc ; (/idonai/i.ssc- 
 miKjdd. — I fall and hurt my- 
 self, nin IxiweuiK/iiii. I fall 
 stumbling, nin hi.soijeshiii. I 
 fall through, nin Jabnsse, nin 
 jabwi, nin. Jaljwiin'c. It falls 
 through, jahnfuicntUijud. (In 
 the fire, Matchustepayiw). 
 
 Fallacious ;I am full (I look bet- 
 ter than I am,) nind ar/wawina- 
 gos. It is fall., agwawinagwad. 
 
 Falsehood. S. Lie. 
 
 False prophet, (jcginawislikid 
 ni ganddj imoivinini . 
 
 Fanie. Famous. — S. Renown 
 Renowned. 
 
 Family, inodcwislwin. (Kisto- 
 tew). One family, ningotode. 
 (Peyakoskan) . I'wo, t h r Q e 
 families, etc., nijode, nissode, 
 etc. We are two, three, four 
 families, etc., nin nijodcwisi- 
 min, nin nissodewi.simin, nin 
 niodewisiniin, etc. — My whole 
 family, cndas/iii/in, enigoko- 
 dewiiiiian, enigokwiniidn, eno- 
 dcwisii(2n. My family is so 
 1 a r g e..., nind inigokodcwis, 
 nind inigokirin, nind inode- 
 ivis. I move with my whole 
 family, nin kigodcwishka. I 
 come with my whole family, 
 nin da'^xokd, nin bi-dassoka. 
 
 Family-mark, odcni. 1 have him 
 (her, it) for my family mark, 
 nind ododcniinan. (N.B. odem, 
 or, otem means only his pa- 
 rents, relations. In Cree oioie- 
 ma, his relation.) 
 
 Family way ; I am in a f w., 
 nind ai/lwa abinodji, nin gi- 
 gi.s/iknwa abinodji. (Ayuwew 
 awasi.ssa). 
 
 Famine, bakad^win. There is a 
 famine in a country or place, 
 bukadtwinugdd, bakadcknmi- 
 (jud, bakadi'winiwan. (Notte- 
 Katewin.) 
 
 Fan , u'cn-^nsHgan,wewesseowin. 
 
 Fan ; I fan, nin wewes.seige. I 
 fan him, nin wewe.i.sSiva. I 
 fan myself, nin ivewesseidis. 
 (Yoyowehamaw). 
 
 Far, wdnsa, u'ussau'ekamig. 
 (Wayo). It is far, wussauad, 
 uulssa, pitcha. It is consider- 
 ed or thought far, wdssawen- 
 dagivad. I think it is far, I 
 find it far, nin u'dssawcnddn. 
 I find distances far, nin wds- 
 sairendam. 
 
 Far from each other, rrdivu-isa. 
 
 Far yet, but not very far, nage- 
 wdssa. It is far, but not very 
 far, nagewdssawad. 
 
 Fare ; I fare (or eat) so, nind 
 inandjigc. I fare well, nin 
 min wandjige. 
 
 Farewell-visit, anamikngeioin. I 
 make my farewell-visit, nin 
 bianamikage nakawe. 
 
 Farm, aki. 
 
 Farm ; I farm, nin kitige. (Nit- 
 tawikitchikewt. 
 
 Farmer, kiligtwinini. 
 
 Farming, kitigewin . 
 
 Fart, farting, bogidiicin. (Pwe- 
 kitowin). 
 
 Fart ; I fart, nin bogid, nin nes- 
 sediie. 
 
 Fast, giigiriskimowin. (lyewa- 
 nisihisuwin). 
 
 Fast; I fast, nin giigwishimy 
 nin pagidandjigc, nin bakade.
 
 FAT 
 
 — !)7 
 
 FEA 
 
 nia hahadndis. I fast one day, 
 nin ttiii;/i>to(jwaiie. I fast two, 
 three, four clays, etc., nia ni- 
 jogwune, nin nUsoijivane, nin 
 niogwane, etc.; I make him 
 fast, nin (jiiyirinkinioa, nin 
 bakddfut. 
 
 Fast, last-<lay, (ji'igwialilnio vi 
 qijigad. (lyewaiiisihisuwilviji- 
 kaw). 
 
 Fasten ; I fasten it to the end of 
 s. Ih. (/«., an) nin ndbuan ; 
 nin nahawa. I fasten it to tlie 
 end of a stiek, [in., an.) nin 
 nubakwaan ; nin nabakwduui. 
 I tasteii it tu the end of s. th. 
 so as t(j lie al)ie tu take it off 
 ajiain, nin niibad/aishlxaau. 
 
 Fasten with a iiook ^ I fasten it 
 hooking it, nindadabikaan. 1 
 lasten witiiasmali liook, nind 
 (idjibidjige. I fasten it, nind 
 adjibldon. 
 
 Fastin.Lr, giigwis/rimnirin, x>agi- 
 dandjigciiin. 
 
 Fat, irinin, bimidc. 
 
 i''at ; I am fat, nin winin. (\Vi- 
 yinow). 
 
 I-atiier, oo.s.sinia, weo-tsiniind. 
 (Weyottawimit). I am fatlier, 
 nind oos.siniigo. My, thy, iiis 
 fatlier, miss, Ao.v.v, o.v.sv/zr 
 (N'otti'twiy, k'otfawTy, otta- 
 wiya). I have a fatlier, nin<l 
 ooss. He is my father, nind 
 oosxima, nind oossinan. — I 
 liave the same father with 
 him, nin widjoossema. We 
 have all the same father, 
 nin widjoosHendimin. liike 
 one's own father, waJsHin- 
 gin . 
 
 Father, i)apa, nijsne, htlba, dede. 
 (N'ottai. 
 
 Father-iti-law ; my, thy, his 
 
 lather-in-!aw, ninsinins, kisi- 
 Hj.v.v, osini.ssan. 
 
 Father or mother of my son-in- 
 law or danjrhter-in-law, nin- 
 dindawa. 
 
 Fathom ; one fathom, ningoii)- 
 nik. — Two, three liithomsjetc, 
 // // I) n i k, ni.s.sDiiik, etc. So 
 many fathoms, dtissonik. — I 
 measure hy the fathom, nin 
 dibinikandjiffc. I measure it 
 hy the f., iin , an.) nin dihi- 
 nikandan : nin dibinikdniu. 
 
 Fatijiue. S. 'J'iredness. Tire. 
 
 Fatigued. S. Tired. 
 
 Fatten ; I fatten him. ///// irini- 
 nmt. 
 
 Fattened ; I um f., nin irininod- 
 
 Jigtt.s. 
 
 Fault, nidtclii dudanimvin, bata- 
 doicin, indoH'in. I commit a 
 (iuilt, nin nnttchi dodani, nin 
 b(ii((-d<>d<nn I lind fault with 
 him, (lier, its, nind (inufnima: 
 nind unH'<:nd(in.\ lay the fault 
 of it upon him, nin biniondaa. 
 (Pateyittamowin). 
 
 Fawn, yet dotted, kitagaknns. 
 
 Fear, .st'gi.siirin,go/i1djiwin, gos- 
 sidiirin, s eg c n d a ni o w i n , 
 gossitawrnilanuiwin, asliun- 
 ninnissoH'in. I tri-mhle with 
 fear, nin niningisvgix. I am 
 in fear of the enemy, nind 
 as hu'd nut n is.s . ( A s ta s i w ) . 
 
 Fear ; I fear, nin .sf-gis, nin gn- 
 tddj, nind agnski, nind atc/ii- 
 h/.v, nin gas/iin'e, tiin segen- 
 dani. 1 fear him (her, it,) /im 
 gassn ; nin'gotan. It fears me, 
 /(/;( gii.isigon. I fear him (her, 
 it) in thoughts, nin gi).isitan'e 
 niniii ; ningossitmrcndan. We 
 fear one another, nin gos.tidi- 
 niin. I fear for him, or in re-
 
 FEA 
 
 — 98 — 
 
 FEL 
 
 ganl to liiin, )nit t/ossitmi'a, 
 kin f/o.s.si((itnawa, Jiin (jotama- 
 wa. — 1 tear dcatli, nin mane- 
 naicenim . 
 
 Fear ; I fear, I ilare not, nin 
 J(if/wcnim. I make liini fear, 
 ni'ii jin/mt'iiiitina. T fear my- 
 self, niajdrjV'cnindis. 
 
 Fear, (mistrust,) nisaiendamo- 
 loin. 
 
 Fear ; I fear, I mistrust, nin ni- 
 saiendani. I tear him, (her, 
 it,) nin nisaicnima ; nin ni- 
 .sainuldn . ( Moyey ittam .) 
 
 Feared ; I am fearoil, )un gossi- 
 tdganes, nin f/oiildjigdncf. I 
 am (it is) to be feared, ni)i yo- 
 tamigwenddgofi ; gotamigwen- 
 ddgwad. 
 
 Feared ; I am (it isi feared, mis- 
 trusted, nin nisaiendCigos ; ni- 
 saienddgicad. 
 
 Fearful, (dreadful I am (it is) 
 fearful, nia segenddgns ; segen- 
 ddgwad. (Kakwayakeyitta- 
 kusiw.) 
 
 Fearful. S. Timid. Timorous. 
 
 Fearless ; I am f., nin songi- 
 dee. 
 
 Fearlessness, songideewin. 
 
 Feast, wikongeivin, ^pikonditcin. 
 I make a feast, or invite to a 
 feast, nin irikonge. I invite 
 liim, nin u'ikoma. We make 
 a feast or feasts, nin irikondi- 
 min. — Indian religious feast, 
 magoshewin. 1 make an Ind. 
 rel. feast, nin magoshe. 
 
 Feast ; we feast together, nin 
 icikondiniin. 1 feast with liim, 
 nin H'idiiiriko)ige>na. 
 
 Feast-coat, teast-garment, icikon- 
 diicin i-hdbisikicdgan , icikon- 
 diwiniagwiicin. 
 
 Feast of the dead, tchibekanake- 
 
 v'in. I make a fea?-t of the 
 dead, nin tchihekanake. 
 
 Feather, migwan. Feather of a 
 small bird, hine-shiwigivan. 
 — Large feather, kitihigicd- 
 ndn ; small soft feather, 
 (down,) viiasegwandn. (Me.s- 
 taniwipiweyan.) 
 
 Feather-bed, migwani-nibdgan, 
 ni ig wa n -ap is h im owin. 
 
 Featiier-ousliion, migwan-apik- 
 irpsliimoicin. 
 
 February, namebini-gi-fiss. (Mi- 
 kisiwii)isiin.) 
 
 Feelile; 1 am feeble, 7iin bwdna- 
 irito. S. Weak. (Niyamisiw.i 
 
 Feed, (give to eat ;) I fee<J, nind 
 ashange. I feed him, (lier, it,) 
 nind ashania ; nind ashanddn. 
 I feed myself, )iind ashandin. 
 
 Feel ; I feel, )iin gagia'dinige. I 
 feel him, (her, it,) nin gagice- 
 dina ; nin gagwedinan. I feel 
 him, (her, it,) on me, about 
 me, in me, 7iin mojia ; nin 
 mojUon. 
 
 Feelings; I hurt his feelings, 
 nin kashkcndamia. He liurts 
 my f., nin kashkendamiig. — I 
 liave bad feelings (anger) 
 against him for such a reason, 
 nind ondcnima. We have bad 
 f. towards one another for a 
 certain reason, nind ondenin- 
 ditnin. (Xayettawihew.) 
 
 Feign ; I feign to be a child, nind 
 abinodjiikas. I f. to be sick, 
 nind dkosikas. 
 
 Fellow-citizen , widjidakiwemd- 
 gan, wishdanakitceindgan. 
 
 FeWowAsxhorer ,icidjanokiindgan . 
 
 Fellow-liver, meighbor ;• my, 
 thy, his fellow-liver, nidji- 
 bimddisi, kidji-bimddi^-i, icid- 
 ji-bimddisin.
 
 FER 
 
 — 9;) — 
 
 FET 
 
 Fellow-man ; iny,lliy, liis ti'llow- 
 iiian, nvJfanislniu'ihi', h-iilj'dn- 
 ishindbe, vndfanisliinalicn. 
 (N'itjayi.'^iyiniw.) 
 
 Fellow-.sur.iincrcr, tridjitiihi.s/ii- 
 mdijan. 
 
 Fe 11 o \v-\v i n t e ro r, w iiJjiJ) Hio n is h ?- 
 mchian. 
 
 Fell trees. S. Cut down tree?. 
 
 Female, ( woman,) ikwe (pro- 
 nounce as if there were two /r), 
 «/ijtv'. (Iskwew.) 
 
 Female bear. Female Iteaver, 
 ttc. — S. Bear, Beaver, &c. 
 
 Female beinjr, ihrr-aittd. 
 
 Female of animals, quadrupeds, 
 noji', iiojc-aidd, ikin'-ai(t((. 
 ouifljdiii. 
 
 Female of birds, uoj(':<ise. 
 
 Feinaleof deer, of tliedeer-klTid, 
 nnjrs. 
 
 Female offish, nnjrmcf/. 
 
 Female's skin, iKiJcicaidii, oniil- 
 jdiiiioiiidii. 
 
 Female's skin of the largest qua- 
 drupeds, nojnoegin. 'M i s i- 
 weye^rin.) 
 
 Fenee, nilfchikau, luilchikaua- 
 kolih/Jii/aii. I make a fence, 
 niti luilrhikauakohidjiije. 
 
 Fence ; I fence it all r(jnnd, niii 
 t/iwita-inHfhik(tiutkidiid(ni . 1 
 fence in, iiiii irakaiakossU- 
 rh)t/e. I fence him, (her. it,) 
 in, /*/// iidlrliikiiitdkfihiiut, iiiii 
 wdkt'ikiiKi, iiind (ilcliikimi : iiiii 
 mili/iikitiKikohiduii. uin iiuka- 
 kiuan, nind alr/iikiiidii. 
 
 Fenced in ; it is fenced in, ird- 
 kaifikf)SsHf/ii(judc. 
 
 Fence-rail, inilr/iikaudlii/, iiiit- 
 c/iikanaknhidji<jaiidti;/. i Me- 
 ni^^an.i 
 
 Fern, attdfjanaxlik. 
 
 Ferret, seiiiha kepaf/iiji.v'd. 
 
 Ferry-boat, ajuwaodjiydn, aja- 
 ifdiisoirdi/dii. 
 
 Ferryman , djincuod Jiffeiri nini . 
 
 Fertile ; the Held is fertile, uitd- 
 wit/iii ki/ii/dii. 
 
 Festival, kHc/iHti'd(/iJif/ad. 
 
 Fetch ; I fetch him, iher, it,) nin 
 iidiid : iiiii iiddiii. I come to 
 fetch him, (her, it.i /(/;/ bi- 
 ii'iiid ; 11111 bi-nddid. (Xatew.) 
 I fetch, carrying: on mv back, 
 nin iiddjiwanc, niiuiddondani. 
 I fetch him, (her, it,) on my 
 l)ack,H?H nddomu .nin ndditn- 
 ddn. I fetch s. th.in a canoe 
 or hoat, nin nddaodass. J fetch 
 him. (her, it,i in a canoe or 
 boat, ;(/■// iidddwa : nin nd- 
 dddii. J fetch a canoe, nin 
 nddun ; I fetch, dragjxing, nin 
 nddjiddhi. 1 fetch him, iher, 
 it,) (1 raiii^i ng or drawing, nin 
 ndiljiddbdnd ; nin nadjidaba- 
 ddii. 1 fetch fire,/(/// nddish- 
 kiddirr. I fetch hay, or reed 
 for mats, nin nddds/iko.ssitre. 
 I fetch li(|Uor. (in a canne or 
 iioat,! ///// nddjibidin. I fetch 
 li(|Unr. iwalkin^',! /(//( nddibi- 
 s/iktnn. 1 fetch lor collect) the 
 maplc-saj), nin n/idjibi, nind 
 diranibi. 1 fetch a net or nets, 
 nin nddd.ssdbi. (Niitayapew.) 
 1 fetch what is owed me, nin 
 ndddsindii/nnc. I fetch what 
 he owes me, nin nadd.sinaii/d- 
 iidU'ii. I fetch water, nin nd- 
 diibi. 1 fetch wood, nin niidi- 
 nissc. I litch wood in n canoe 
 or boat, nin nddaissc. 1 fetch 
 wood in a canoe or boat, Hail- 
 ing, nin ndddisneid.i/i. I fetch 
 a traj) or traj)s, (or I go to visit 
 mv traps,) nin ndila.ssondi/ane. 
 (]^iUjiwanihiganew.i
 
 fk; 
 
 — 100 — 
 
 FIL 
 
 FetttT. Fotlcrcil.— S. Ji i imI . 
 IJoniid. 
 
 Fetters, )nnin(i)iilji(nrii])i<lji<i(in. 
 
 Fever, kijisowin. I liiive the 
 fever, nhi kljis. 
 
 Fever witli liea,t, IcijiKtiivaphie- 
 loin. I have tlie fever with 
 great heat, niii kijifiowapinc. 
 
 Few, a few, hehcjiij, ptou/i. ( Api- 
 8is tcliikawAsis.i We are a few 
 of us, niiipinujhcaijiximin, iiin 
 ])aii(jiwissi»iiji, )tiii(l tK/a.s.sin- 
 omin or nind ti<ju.ssin>»nn,niii 
 manciinnnin or nin inanrini- 
 miii. Tliere are a few. in. obj., 
 jxnii/iirdi/ddoii. 
 
 Fickle-minded ; I am f., nin no- 
 kidee. 
 
 Field, kitiyan. New field, nnh- 
 kdkaan. I make a new field, 
 nind oshkakuniguiije- There 
 is a new field made, oshkaka- 
 niqaigdde. 
 
 Fiel(Vhoii?e, kifif/coiiwii/ainii/. 
 
 Field-mouse, ncnupulcldniketiiii 
 
 Fiend , Jani/endji(/ed. 
 
 Fife, pipifiwan. 
 
 ¥\\\-Y , pipiijiracinini. 
 
 Fifth ; the fifth, eko-ndndninii . 
 The fifth time, ndning. (Ni- 
 yananwaw.) 
 
 Fifthly, cko-ndndnin;/. 
 
 Fifty, ndnimidana. We are lifty 
 of us, nin ndnimidanaivemin. 
 There are fifty in. obj., ndni- 
 midanawewan. 
 
 Fifty every time, fifty each or to 
 
 each, nnian im ida na . 
 Fifty hundred, or five thousand, 
 ndnimidandk. We are five 
 thousand in number, nin nani- 
 tnidondkosimin. There are 
 rive tliousand in. obj., nani- 
 midanakwadon. 
 Fig, kitchi-jomin. 
 
 Fi^rht, uiii/f'/diii-in ; wiga.sowin. 
 
 (Notikewin ) 
 Figlit ; I fight, nin migas. It 
 fights, )ni</fiiliinai/fid. (Noti- 
 kewin. i We fii-'ht together, 
 ;(//( miipidiniin. I figlit liim, 
 (iier, it, I nin migand ; nin 
 niigaddii. I figlit (or beat) 
 my wife, nin migakikiccire. I 
 fight myself, nin migtinidi.s. I 
 am in a bad habit of fighting, 
 nin niii/ii.ionhk. Had habit of 
 figliting, migasoshkixcin. (No- 
 tinituwin.) 
 F'ight, ffor joke,) mamiga-foimn. 
 F'ight, (for joke ;) I fight or 
 wrestle, »/u mamiga.s. I fight 
 him, for play, nin mmniffana. 
 I am too much in a habit of 
 fighting, lor play, nin mami- 
 gd.so.ihk. 
 Fighter, miga.s-nicinini. 
 Fighting-.'ihip, (war-vessel,) mi- 
 
 gadinubikwdn. 
 I Fighting-time, (time of war,) mi- 
 gudinaniwati. i^andop&yiwin.) 
 Fig-tree, kile.liijomindtig, kitchi- 
 
 jomindgmcanj. 
 Figure, agindaftsowin, agindas- 
 
 sobiigan . ( Ak i tt a .so wi n . ) 
 Figure. S. Form. 
 File, tii.ssibodjigan, bitcdbiko-sis- 
 
 sibodjigan . (Kiskinian.) 
 File ; I file, nin sinsibodjige. I 
 file it, {in., an.) nin si-f-nbo- 
 don ; nin nissiboiia. (Kini- 
 puyew.) 
 Filedust, filings, biwdbiko-biwi- 
 
 bodjigan. 
 Fill; I fill it, {in., an.) with drg 
 things, nin moshkinado)i : )iin 
 nio.'i/ikinaa. (Sakaskinattaw.) 
 I fill it for him, nin nio.'^hkina- 
 dawa, nin moshkinaiiamdua. 
 I fill it {in., an.) with some
 
 FIX 
 
 — 101 — 
 
 FIN 
 
 liquid, nia monhlcitirbailoii ; 
 nm moshkinrbana. I fill up 
 vessels, nin moshkabowe. I 
 rill it up with another vcsnel, 
 (in., ail.) nin moshkabowadan ; 
 nin moshkdboicana — I fill it 
 with a heap, not overllowing, 
 {in., an.) nin t/ica.i/ikiras/iki- 
 nadon; )iin iiwa.flikwa.-<hkinaa. 
 I fill it tu overdo w, [in., an.) 
 nin biijidebadon ; nin bdjide- 
 banu. I fill him with s. th., 
 nin moshkincshkaica. It fills 
 me, n i n mo.shkineskkaijun. 
 (Sukaskine.-kakuw.) 
 
 Filled; I am fille.l with s. th., 
 nin rnoshkine. It is filled, 
 moshkine, mas/ikiiiebi. iSak- 
 askinew.) It is filled with 
 smoke, 7ni>.'</ikincdba(e. I am 
 filler! with it, (penetrated,) nin 
 bo.sakai/on. I am filled with 
 liciuor, nin debibi. It is filled 
 up with a heap, ijicas/iktra- 
 shkincniai/ad. 
 
 F i 1 1 i p , ;;rt.v.v</ Av» /< a n djiija n . 
 
 Fillip ; I fillip, nin passakonand- 
 Jii/e. I fillip him, nin j}astia- 
 konandawa. ^Mikkamew.) 
 
 ¥\\\\ , bebejiyoijauj i n.-i , ikwi'-bebe- 
 jiijoi/unjin.s. (Piponaskus.) 
 
 Fdtering-vessel, jabicdjiyawil- 
 chi'/an. 
 
 Filth". Filthy.— S. Dirt. Dirty. 
 
 Filth of the head, winashujan- 
 dibdn. 
 
 Fin ot'a fish ; its fin, onindjii/an. 
 
 Finally, </i'';/api, i.^dikwutcli. 
 (Piyis, or i-skweyateh.) 
 
 Find ; I find, nin mikd</c. I find 
 him, (her, it,l /*/;/ niikawa ; 
 nin niikan. I find s. th., \\)T 
 him, nin niikaniaiia. I find to 
 myself, nin mikunuut, nin 
 niikatnadix. I find him, (her, 
 
 il,i to myself t»r for myself, nin 
 mikarnd.sonatt, nin niikama- 
 (H.-t'tnan : nin niikaind-ton, nin 
 mikamddiaon. I find him, 
 (her, it, I by feeling or groping, 
 )iin, mikndjina ; nin mikodji- 
 nan. I find him, (her, it,) 
 among other olijeets, nin mik- 
 onc : nin inikanan. 
 
 Findling, milci'njun. 1 am a fiiul- 
 ling, nin mikayaniic. 
 
 F'ine, ijwandirh. I am (it is) 
 fine, nind ouiji.sfi, nin t/irandt- 
 rhiw ; tiniji.s/iin, ;/U(inult'/ti- 
 iran. I make liim, (her, it,) 
 fine, /(//((/ f)niji.s-/iia ; nind oni- 
 Ji.s/iifon. I have (it hasi a fine 
 api>earanee, nind onijisliaba- 
 in i n a <j <> .s ; oniji.shabantinay- 
 wad. (Miyosiw-miywiisin.) 
 
 Fino ; it is fine, (thread, 7h., an.) 
 a(/a.ssahii/ail ; ai/d.s.sabigi.fi. It 
 is fine, (stuH', in., an.) bis.idia- 
 ijad : lii.i.sdta^/isi. (Pipakasin.) 
 
 Fine looking child, niikaicadj- 
 abinodji. 
 
 Fine looking man, mikaicadji- 
 nih i, .'<ii.s((/a-inin i. 
 
 Fine looking woman, mikawad- 
 Jikwc, .sa.sei/(t-ikwe. 
 
 Finger, onindjinia, nibinakwa- 
 ninindj. My, thy, his finger, 
 nininiij, kiniiidJ,onindJ. Tlie 
 small finger, i.skiirnindj. I 
 stretch out my fingers, nin 
 naniskakonindjin. — I Iiave 
 long fingers, nin i/tii/anonindji; 
 tig. I am a thief. I liave 
 crooked fingers, nin wdijinimi- 
 ji ; fig. I am a thief. 
 
 Finger-nail. S. Nail. 
 
 Finger-ring, titihinindjipi.tun. 
 
 Finish ; I tiiii.-h, nin>l i.s/ikudfa, 
 ninil anicula. it finishes, ishk- 
 tcassin,aHtca(amai/ad. I finish
 
 FIR 
 
 — 102 — 
 
 FIR 
 
 it, (an., in.) nin dc-tjijia ; nin 
 tU-yijiton ; niniraiekwa.i.Hilon, 
 nin waiekwaton. — It finiHlicH, 
 anr/nmaf/ail, awjonhkanuKjad. 
 (Kijittaw.) 
 
 Finish, (doing or placing s. tli.) 
 r finish, nin (/iji.'i.sitrhif/e, nin 
 ijijllon, nin 'jijitd. 1 nuiko 
 him finish, ninijijilua. I make 
 m^'seif finish, nin gijUaidis, 
 nin (/ijiiofi. (Poamiw.) 
 
 Finished ; it is t'., (/ijissiichigdde, 
 gijiichigdde. 
 
 Finishing, i.shkwaiuwin, amra- 
 tdwin. 
 
 Fire, ishkote, asJiknie. I make 
 fire, nind ishknfeke, nin huda- 
 we. (Kutawew.) I have no 
 fire, nind anis.^ab. The fire 
 goes out, uiemagad i.shkote, 
 niwanje ishkote. My fire goes 
 out, or is gone, nind diaive. 
 (Astawew ) I make a large 
 fire, nin kijlkinjawe. The fire 
 blazes up, biskakone, ishkote, 
 namatdknne. I catch (it 
 catches) fire, nin ncacadis, nin 
 sakis ; nairadide, sakide. In 
 the midst of a fire, nawishkote. 
 The fire crackles, j;flj9aA'iHe- 
 magad ishkote. The fire makes 
 noise, hidikwakone ishkote. — 
 I set fire, nin sakaige, nin 
 sakaoive. I set fire to him, 
 (her, it,) nin sakmoa; nin 
 sak(t(tn. Fire is set to it, sak- 
 aignde. The act of setting 
 tire, sakaigewin. Fire in the 
 prairie, pasitcw. 
 
 Fire ; I fire a gun , nin^pashMsige, 
 nin madwesige. I fire guns, 
 nin papdshkisige. 
 
 Firebrand , keshkakideg. 
 
 Firebrand for pitching a canoe, 
 pigikeicanissag. 
 
 Fire-jdace, Ijodaudn. /Kutawan.) 
 
 Fire-jjoker, naikinjrigan, nana- 
 ikinjeigan, nanuikinjeiganak, 
 tchitrhikinjrigan. I stir or 
 repair the fire with a poker, 
 nin mnkiiijf'ige, nin nanaikin- 
 jeige,nin trkitchikinjeige ; nin 
 naikinjean, or nin nanuikin- 
 Jeun ishkote, 7iin tchiichikin- 
 Jean ishkote. 
 
 Fire-steei, ishkotekdn. iPiwjI- 
 bisk-appit, or Sikattagan.i 
 
 Fire-steel River, Nibegomowini- 
 sibi. 
 
 Fire-vessel, (steamboat,) ishkote- 
 ndbikicdn. 
 
 Firing-day, (the fourth of July,) 
 madwesige-gijigad, i>apushki- 
 
 Firing guns, madwesigeivin. 
 
 Firm, (strong;) it is firm, (j'n., 
 an.) songan; songisi. (Sok- 
 kan, kisiw.) 
 
 Firmament, gijig. 
 
 Firmly, songan. (Sokki.) 
 
 First, nakawe, nitam. (Nikan.) 
 The first, nitam, netamissing. 
 It is the first, nitamissin. I 
 consider him, iher, it,) tl»e 
 first, nin niiamenima ; nin 
 nitamendan. I am (it is) con- 
 sidered the first, nin nitamen- 
 ddgos ; nitamenddgwad. I am 
 the first after him, nind aka- 
 u'ishkawa. 
 
 First, (new,) o.'ihki. 
 
 Fi rst-1 )i rtli , sa.sikisiicin . 
 
 First-born ; the first-born, neta- 
 minigid. sesikisid. I am the 
 first-liorn, ni7i nitaminig, nin 
 sajiikis. The first-born child, 
 niiamonjdn. — First-born boy. 
 First-born girl. — S. Boy. Girl. 
 
 Fir-tree, ininandag. Any kind 
 of fir-tree, jingob. A branch
 
 FIS 
 
 — 103 
 
 FIV 
 
 of a iir-treo,jiii<johako7t. Little 
 Hr-branch, or ocdar-branch, 
 jinf/obins. — Slieltcr or hut 
 ma<le of i\r-\>ra,uc\\cii, Jiiif/obi- 
 qan. I inade a .-Iielter of fir- 
 branclies, or I am under such 
 a sliclter, ninjinyobige. (Na- 
 ]iaka-.<itta.i 
 
 Firy ; it is flry, islikotewad. 
 
 Fi«li, </i</o. (Kiiuihiew.) A kind 
 of 8iiiall fish, nhjidji. Dried 
 fisli, nam^'icii. (iSiainc«tak.) 
 Dried .«nioked fisii, (jushiijr- 
 i/igo. I dry and unioke fisli, 
 niii f/askklr-ifigi'iikc. There is 
 plenty of fisli, </i;/(Jihi. The 
 fish leaps up, yoi/iiuin-gigO. 
 — The fish is soft, Jiyoni (jujo. 
 The fish looks whitish, wCiba- 
 hii'i/os/iin giyo. The fish has 
 many hones, .saf/ii/aiiayisi 
 yiijo. I eatch a very large 
 fish, niii kaiiabadjib'nia. I 
 caught so many fishes. When 
 the fisii spawns, lAmiw.) 
 
 Fish-hliidder, pikwadj. 
 
 Fish-bone, (/it/oiriijitii . 
 
 Fisher, (aniiiial,) otchig ; (tkclk- 
 wiiljish. 
 
 Fisher, ibird,) okin/ikii>iaiiins( . 
 
 Fisher-line with many hooks. 
 pa;/i(l'ibdii. I set a line with 
 honks, niit jxiyhldbi. I haul 
 out a fisher-line, iiin nfuliuibi. 
 
 Fisherman, i/dt/aiknl, gi'/dikc- 
 wiiiini, jxi/idiiirtiil, puyiilawi- 
 whiini. (Nuljikinusewew.) 
 
 Fisher's buoy. S. liuoy. 
 
 Fishery, fisliing, gii/oikriciii. 
 iNotjikinuscwewin.) 
 
 Fish-haw k , vii/c/iii/iywane. 
 
 Fish-lioiik, iiiiijiskdii. 
 
 Fish-hook line, iiiii/iskaui'idii. 
 
 Fishing; 1 am fishing, iiin i/igf- 
 ikc. (Notjikinusewew.) I am 
 
 i\. with a drag-net or draw-net, 
 i/igoicKj iiind aijicabinng. 1 
 am fishing with a hook, nia 
 wcwebaiidbi. iKwaskwepit- 
 chikew.i I am fi. with a liouk 
 in the night, iiiii iiibditeueba- 
 ndbi. I am fi. with a hook in 
 a canoe or boat, iiiml (igoiui't- 
 vcircbdiidbi. Fishing in the 
 night with a light, ( Waswaw.) 
 
 F ish i n g-grou nd , pdijiddwewin . 
 
 Fishing-implement, uewcband- 
 buit,\W('wrbanabiitfau. 
 
 Fishing-line with a hook, odad- 
 jl<l<ikan. I am fishing witli a 
 hook, nhid odadjii/oke ; nin 
 n'cwebandbi. 
 
 Fishing-rod or stick, weweband- 
 bmiak. 
 
 Fishnet, assdb. A small net, 
 assdbhis. An old useless net,. 
 assdlnsli. (Ayapiy.) 
 
 Fish-tji 1 , (fif/o-bimide. (Kin use- 
 wipimiy.) 
 
 Fish-scale, iraiia;/aai. 
 
 Fish-store, i/iijoicii/ainiij. 
 
 Fissure ; there is a fissure in a 
 rock, innIikabikiKhka, passd- 
 bikd. 
 
 Fist, pikwdkidtindj. 1 strike 
 him with the fist, jj//j pjAirn- 
 kidiindjilau'd. 
 
 Fit ; it lils well, 7niiiitk(itnof/dd. 
 It fits me well,/*//; uilitdkdqoii^ 
 vin di'hishkdu. It tits well iti, 
 /// /;/ oxh kill c. t M iy O] >ay i \v. ) 
 
 Fitchat, fitchew, _yVA<7(/. 
 
 Five, ndiio..., in compositions; 
 which see in the Second Part. 
 
 Five, iidnaii. We are five, inn 
 iidndnimiii. There are five 
 /■//. obj., ndnaninoii. (Niyd- 
 nan.) 
 
 Five every time, Ixvo oacli or to 
 each, luiiaiiaii.
 
 VL\ 
 
 — 104 
 
 FLE 
 
 i'^ivc luiiidrcd, ndnwdk. (NiyA- 
 uiiinviuiiitiitatoinitano.) 
 
 Five liuinlrc'il I'very time, five 
 hundred l'ucIi or to each, ncii- 
 anwak. 
 
 Five thousand, ndnimj midd.sn- 
 wak, nanimidanuk. We are 
 five thousand in number, /<z/t 
 ■nanimiduiiuko.simiii. T h e r e 
 are five tli. in. obj., lumimid- 
 anakwadon . (Niydnan\vai\if- 
 chimitatatumitano.) 
 
 Five times, naniiKj. (Niyunan- 
 waw.) 
 
 Five times every time, tive tinie.s 
 each or to each, nendniiifi. 
 
 Fix : I fix it riglit, nin i/waiako- 
 ion. I fix it in a certain man- 
 ner, tiind ijisKiton. 
 
 Fix, (in s. in.) S. Repair. 
 
 Flabby ; I am llal)l)y, nin j(';/o.i. 
 
 Flag. S. Banner. 
 
 Flageolet, pipigwnn. 
 
 Fiag-.staft", kikiweondtig. 
 
 Flail, apagandai</an, apuyan- 
 daiganak, gitchiminaigan. 
 
 Flail or stick, to knock out wild 
 rice, bawdigan, baicaiganak. 
 
 Flambeau. S. Torch. 
 
 Flame, the fiame is ascending 
 high, sa-sdgakwane. There i.s 
 a blue fiame, ojdwanashkwa- 
 kone. iKwakkutew.) 
 
 Flame. S. Blaze. 
 
 Flank, <tside of the body ;) my, 
 thy, his dank, ninbimcbigwa- 
 dai, kibimcbigwadai, obiinf- 
 bigwadaian . ( Xa iiateyaw.) 
 
 Flannel, irdhigin. Yellow fian- 
 nel, oadwdbigin. Ked fiannel, 
 miskwdbigin. 
 
 Flask, fiagon, omodai. 
 
 Flat ; it is fiat, {in., an.) nubaga ; 
 nabagisi. It is fiat, imetal, 
 hi., an.) nabagdbikad, iessd- 
 
 bikad ; nabagdbikiai , tessdhi- 
 ki.<ti. 
 
 Flat "rasH or herb, nabogashk. 
 
 Flat hand, nubagd.ikinindj, /<■'.><- 
 ■sinindj, na<inkinindjun. I 
 strike him with the fiat hand, 
 nin nabagd.ikinindjiiatca. 
 
 Flat hat or cap, ti'xmi'akwdn. 
 
 Flat-liead Indian, Nehagindibe. 
 
 Fiat-iron , jonhkivdigaigan. 
 
 Flat jiipe-.stem, nabagukokidj. 
 
 Flat .•^tone, tcsHubik, nabugd- 
 bik. 
 
 Flatten ; I flatten it, iin., an.) 
 nin tc.s.siion, nin nabagadaan ; 
 nin tcs.sia, nin nabagaddica. 
 
 Flatten with an iron ; I flatten, 
 nin jonhkicaigaige. I flatten 
 it, {in., a)i.) nin joahkicaigaan ; 
 n in josh kicaigd wa . 
 
 Flatter. Flattery, (in s. in.) S. 
 Praise. 
 
 Flattery, wawijindiwin. (Ayak- 
 nkkasuwin.) 
 
 Flat tobacco, nebagibagisid «.-- 
 sema. 
 
 Flavor. S. Taste, good taste. 
 
 Flay ; I flay, nin pakonige. I 
 fiay him, )iin pakona, nin 
 bis/uigibina, nin bi.s/iagigijwa. 
 
 Flea, pabig. I have fieas, nin 
 pabigos. (Pipi kus. i 
 
 Flea-herl), animikibag- 
 
 Flee ; I flee, nind ojim. (Taba- 
 siw.) I make him flee, or I 
 save him l>y flight, nind oji- 
 moa. (Ni tabasihaw.) 
 
 Flesh, wiid.'is, iriid.'iKima. My, 
 thy, his flesh, niia-'^.s, kiiass, 
 wiiass. I have flesh, nind 
 oiciiass. I am flesh, nin wii- 
 assiw. As one is flesh, ejiwii- 
 a.<ising. 1 make myself flesh, 
 nin wiia.ssiiriidis. — I take the 
 flesh ofl', nin gitchiganejdn
 
 FLO 
 
 105 — 
 
 FLY 
 
 wiiass. I take oH' h\>f flcsli, 
 niii (jitchujanojwa. 
 
 Fleshy part of the \c^, of my, 
 thy, his leg, nindsid, kindsid, 
 onanid. 
 
 Flcxihlo, I l)econic H. a<rain, nin 
 jcjau'ishka. My loir liocomo 
 ri. again, nin Je'mwKjadesJika. 
 — It i? flexible, nibiskagad. 
 (Sesihviw.) 
 
 Flijrht, (ijiin'iwt'n. (Tahasiwin.) 
 
 Fligiit, lotUiird.s,) binii.s.sewin. 
 
 Flint, biuunag. (Tchakisahi- 
 «rari.) 
 
 V\\{{QV\no\\i^Q , papnkwanndji . 
 
 Float : 1 float, I am on the sur- 
 face of the water, /////(/ lujom. 
 1 float, lieing jiartly in the 
 water, nind cujwindjin. It 
 floats, lieing partly in the 
 water. a<jirinde. I Hoat (it 
 floats) down witli the current, 
 niiihimahoij ; biinaian. iPinul- 
 potew.'i 
 
 Float about ; I float (it floats| 
 about, nin tctcbauQwindjin ; 
 ietebfiotjwiiide. 
 
 Float, for unot, af/tcindjdnagan. 
 (Ayapattik.i 
 
 Flood, nikibiirin, ino.sJiktKnif/. 
 There is a Hood, mnnlikaau, 
 n ikibimatjad. ( Is k i pewi n . ) 
 Flood, flowing tide: it is the fl. 
 
 tide, inns/ikt'n/(nni nibi. 
 Floodwood, auijvd.ssnff. There 
 is floodwood, nni/if('(.sxai/()kii. 
 In a place where there is much 
 floodwood, anijwdssnijoktnKj. 
 Floor ; there is a floor, (i])ishi- 
 vwnikdde. I An ask A n i 1 1 ak . ) 
 I make a floor, ni)id (ijtis/ii- 
 mniiikc- I make a floor in it, 
 ')iind(tpis/ii>nf)nikd(ltin.-\'\\t\('r 
 the floor, and)nis.i(i;/. On the 
 floor, mitchissaff. In the iilid- 
 
 dle of tlie fl., ndaisxafj. The 
 H. is dirty, winixaaija. I wasli 
 the fl., nin kinibiffi.saaifinit/e. 
 The ti. is wet, nibiwissaga. 
 The fl. is clean, binisaaya. 
 
 Floor-board in a house, apishi- 
 Difiniik, apisliininn. 
 
 Floor-branch in a lodge, (ipi.sfii- 
 vion. lAniiskewin.) 
 
 Floor-carpet, (ipis/iimonigin. 
 
 Floor-mat, andkan. 
 
 Flour, pakic('iiij(in,b((.s.si.s id pak- 
 we) if/an. 
 
 Flonv-bag, paku'ejif/aniiroi . 
 
 Flour-mill, Inssibodjiifan. (Pini- 
 putjigan.) 
 
 Flour-pap, pakicejiijandho. 
 
 Flower, icdbijon. A kind of 
 yellow flower, okiiebaf/eivas- 
 .sakn-anc. Another kind, mo- 
 nau'inr/wabifjon. The fruit of 
 it, monairiiii/.—l make flowers, 
 itiii wdbi(/oitikc. Woman that 
 makes f 1 , irdbii/nitikeirikwe. 
 
 Flowings ; I am in my monthly 
 flowings, aijuafc/iiufj nind aia, 
 ar/ifdirhin;/ nin bodawe. (Isk- 
 wewakkusiw.) 
 
 Fhitf, pipi(/irau. I jilay on the 
 flute, 7iin ])i2)iijii'e. 
 
 Flute - player, pipigwhcinini, 
 pcpigtred. 
 
 Flute-playing, pipiqu'tncin. 
 
 Flutt-reed, elder-slirnb, pipig- 
 U'l'Hunifi.s/ik. 
 
 Fly, odji. Small fly, r;///)s.(Otjew.) 
 
 Fly ; I fly, nin bimi.ssr. It flies 
 about, (a bird,i Ijabdmtsse. 
 (Papamiyaw.i It flies around, 
 s. til., giuifassf. It fl. from..., 
 ttndji.-fsf. It flies hither, bid- 
 Jissr. It tlies rotind, bijibasse. 
 — It flies otf, (something,! uidd- 
 Jibide. It fl. from... (>n<[jibide. 
 It flies hither, bidjibide.
 
 FOl. 
 
 — lot) — 
 
 K(JO 
 
 Fly down, (in .«. in ) S. Slide 
 down. 
 
 Fly in ; it flies in, (a bird,) m'ufli- 
 ge.'i.ie. It Hies in, (something,) 
 pindjihide. 
 
 Fryintr, bimiasiewin. 
 
 ¥]y'm^ >^iiu\rrt'\ ,J(i</a-sJi kfi itdatoe. 
 
 Fly i'or safety ; J fly, itind njim. 
 (Tiibasiw.) I fly from him, 
 (her, it.) nind ojima, nind oji- 
 Diofaica ; nind ojindan, nind 
 rijimotan. I make him fly, 
 nind ojimoa. I tly to liiin, 
 (her, it,) nin nudjinijiwa ; nin 
 nddjinijindan. I fly to some 
 place, nind ininijim. 
 
 Fly out; it flies out, (a bird,) 
 .s-ri/idiisse. ft flies out, (some- 
 thinir,! .sKf/id/ihide. 
 
 Fly up ; I fly up in the air, nind 
 omhisse. It llies up, omhibide. 
 (Oppahuw.) 
 
 Foam, biir. My mouth is full 
 of foam, nin bithcidon. (Pis- 
 tewatamow.) My mouth is 
 full of foam from anger, nin 
 bitamdonegidas. 
 
 Foam ; I foam at my mouth in 
 running, nin biicicanam. (Pis- 
 tew.) 
 
 Fog, mean. (Kaskawan.) The 
 fog is falling, binawdn. The 
 fog disappears, j;«tawd?t. 
 
 Foggy ; it is foggy, aiodn. (Kas- 
 kawakkamik. 
 
 Fold ; I fold, nin bisldienige. I 
 fold it, nin bi.sk iienan. I fold 
 it, (stuff /»., an.\nin nahwcgi- 
 nan ; nin nabiro/ina. 
 
 Folded ; it is folded, biskinigude, 
 biski.ssin. 
 
 Folks, bemudisidjig. 
 
 Follow ; I follow, nin nupinaki. 
 I follow him, (her, it,) nin no- 
 pinana, nind ishkirrkaira ; nin 
 
 nopinadan, nind isJikwrkan. f 
 follow it, iin., an.) nin nngal- 
 waodon ; nin iiagalti/iira. I 
 follow hi.s track, «/« liimaana, 
 nin madaana, nin nosmeuana. 
 I follow a ro.id or trail, nin bi- 
 viaadon mikana, nin vindna- 
 don mikana, nin nosmraadon 
 mikana. I follow a certain 
 trail, nind inamodjige. (Mata- 
 hew, mittimew.) 
 
 Follow in succession-; I follow 
 in sue, 7iind anike.tltkdge. I 
 follow him, nindanikeshkawa. 
 It follows, anikessin. 
 
 Fond ; I am fond of it, nin nitd- 
 ipanddn. 
 
 Fond of..., (in s. in.) S. Attached 
 to... 
 
 Fond du Lac, Waiekicdkitchi- 
 gami. 
 
 Fond du Lac, Nagddjiiran. At, 
 to or from Fond du Lac, Na- 
 gddjiwanang. 
 
 Food, midjim. It is food, mid- 
 jimiwan. I gather or collect 
 food, (provisions,) ?jjH nacnim. 
 I collect it for food, \in., an.) 
 nin naniimon ; nin naniimo- 
 nan. 
 
 Fool, gaipanadisid, gegibddisid. 
 I am a fool, nin giwanadis, 
 nin qagibddis. 
 
 Fooli.sh ; I am foolish, nin gagi- 
 bddi.s, nin bi.sinddi.s, nindaga- 
 wadis. It is foolisli, gagibd- 
 dad. T make him foolish, nin 
 gagibddi.s'ia, nin gagibdso- 
 ma. 
 
 Foolishly ; I act or behave fool- 
 ishly, nin gagihddjige. 
 
 Foolishness, gagibddi.tiicin, aga- 
 wadisiicin , gagibddjigeicin, 
 bittinddi.'iiwin^ 
 
 Foolish noise, kiicanisiicin. I
 
 FOO 
 
 10( 
 
 FOO 
 
 make noise foolishly, niii ki- 
 wani:i. 
 Foolish person, geqihadisid. 
 Foot, usiihtma. My, thy, his 
 foot, nisid, kinid, osid. Tlie 
 ri<:!;hl foot, kitchisid, nkitrlti- 
 sidnmii. Tiio left fool, iki- 
 mandjisid, onaniaiidjisidanid. 
 — I have feet, nhid osid. I 
 have clean feet, nin hinisidf. 
 I have convulsions in my foot 
 or feet, 7iiH trliUchibiaidvshkn. 
 I have cramps in my foot or 
 feet, nind otrhisidrpiniff. I 
 have a dead foot, luii nihniri- 
 side. I liave dirty feet, nhi 
 wiiiiniile. I have hairy feet, 
 ■nin mu<hii<ide, ninnieminhiside. 
 1 have Jarpe feet, nin matiiun- 
 fjiside. I liavea loiigfoot, H?H 
 f/inoside. 1 have long feet, 
 nin tjai/iinaside. One of my 
 leet is longer than the other, 
 nin n(d)((n<''i/in(>.iide. \ have 
 only one fixjt, nin nahnnrsiilc. 
 I liave pain in my foot, nin 
 dewisidc. I have a sear on my 
 foot, nind odji.s/ii.sidr. I have 
 a sliort foot, nin lakuside. 1 
 have short feet, nin iataknsidr. 
 One of my feet is .shorter than 
 tiie other, nin niditini'takosidr. 
 I iiave a small foot, nind <ii/(i.s- 
 .siside. I iiave small feet, nin 
 hnbiwiside. — My foot is Moody, 
 7iin wiskiriirisidv. My fei-t 
 are lioiiiui, nin m<nnnndji(jn.si- 
 debis. I hind or fetter his 
 feet, nin nnimandii<i<)sidibinii, 
 nin niamdndji<iniipisi<hbin(i. 
 My foot is lirniscd, nin jns/in- 
 j/osidi'x/ikns. I liriiiseniy foot, 
 nin ititdijosideodis. My feet 
 are colli, nin ltiki.sidf,nin tata- 
 ki.tidc. My feet are cold being 
 
 wet, nin iakicakisidei/ibawe. 
 My feet are bennnd)ed with 
 cold, nin fdkwaki.sideiradj. My 
 feet are craekefl, nin ifipiside, 
 }lin f/nf/ij)i.side. My foot is cut 
 otf, /(//( ki.i/ikisidt: I mt oft' 
 my foot, nin kis/ikisidrodi.f. 1 
 cut otf his fo(.)t, nin ki.s/ikisi- 
 dejwa. My foot is dislocated, 
 nin k(di(j<isiki>la. I dislocate 
 my foot, nin koli</fn<ides/iin, 
 nin (jidi.ska kii.sidrs/i i n , nin bi- 
 vii.skosidrsfiin. My foot is 
 frozen, nin ninshkmcadji.side- 
 wadj. My foot is pieroeil,«m 
 jibatiisidejiijas. My foot is 
 swollen, «/« batjitddc. My foot 
 is stili', nin irliibatnkoside. My 
 foot is tender, or my feet arc 
 tender, nin nokisidr. My feet 
 are warm, nia kijoside. My 
 feet are wet, nin nibiwiside. 
 My loot is wounded, nin mil- 
 kisidc. — At my feet, (jiaide- 
 biiiin. I liurn my foot, nin 
 bndaijiisidea. I hurt my foot, 
 nin nnnt/isitles/iin. I hurt my 
 foot walking, /(//* bifukosi- 
 di's/iin, nin })akirr.\idi's/iin. I 
 lift upmy toot, »//('/ otnbisiden. 
 The other foot, ajairisid, na- 
 fiiin'isid, 1 press his foot, /i//t 
 nia</o.sidrnit. I put my lout on 
 s. th. sitting, nind di/iritr/iisi- 
 des/iimnn. fn put my foot 
 in..., nin iiimliisidr.t/nn. I 
 slide or fall in with one foot, 
 nin pint/Ji.tidrs.st'. I ruli liis 
 foot or feet with .«ome medi- 
 cine, nitt sinii/osiilrliinii. 1 
 s]M-ain his foot hy pulling, »?« 
 iiiiki.siilibind. I have it stick- 
 ing in my fool, it sticks iu my 
 foot, nin patdkisiilidjin. I 
 thrust it in my fool, nin pain-
 
 FOR 
 
 — 108 — 
 
 FUJI 
 
 kisideodia. 1 Ihnist it in liis 
 foot, nin patdLisldrini. I 
 wasli my feet, nin /cisihii/inidr. 
 I wasli lii.s feet, ;*//* ki.sibiijixi- 
 dcna. 1 Avij)e my feet, y//« 
 khiside. I "^VW" liis feet, ?<//< 
 ki.nskleioa. — TJie extremity of 
 tlie foot, u-anCikosid. — At the 
 foot of a liill oriiioiintaiii, nis- 
 adki. (Nitti'tmatiii.) 
 
 Foot, (12 inclies,) one foot, ninr/- 
 otosid. Two, three, four leet, 
 etc., nijosid, ni.ssosid, nioxid, 
 etc. So many feet, danso- 
 sid. 
 
 Foot-batli ; I take a warm foot- 
 bath, nind ubakmnass. I give 
 liim a warm f., nvul abaka- 
 masswa. 
 
 Footboard of the Irulian cradle, 
 atchisidcbison. 
 
 Footing ; I liave a good footing, 
 nia iitinokami. I have a bad 
 footing, nin mdnikuini. 
 
 Footman, bamitugan, bamilage- 
 winini. 
 
 Foot-rag, ajigan. 
 
 Footsteps ; I make .small foot- 
 .steps, nind agd.ssikam, nin 
 babiwishkam. — 8. Track. 
 
 Footstool , agwitcliisideskimono- 
 w in, up i si deb iicin . 
 
 For, (because.) sa. ('rcliikema.) 
 
 Forbear; I forbear with liim, 
 nin ganabitawa, nia babimi- 
 tvidawa. — We forbear with one 
 another, nin gnnabitadimin, 
 nin babiiniwidadimin. 
 
 Forbear, Forbearance, lin .«. in.) 
 S. Patient. Patience. 
 
 Forbid; 1 forbid, nin giuaamdge. 
 I Ibrbid him, (her, it,) nin gi- 
 naamawa ; nin ginaamadan, 
 nin ginaamawadan. I forbid 
 it to myself, nin ginaainadii: 
 
 — It fur\>'\dH,ginaajn(igfnnaga<l. 
 (Kiti'ihamakew.) 
 
 Forbiddaiice, ginuamagewin, gi- 
 nudiuddiirin. 
 
 Forbidden ; anytliing forbidden, 
 giniKdHfigowin. 1 am forbid- 
 den, nin ginautiKigo. It ia for- 
 bidden, giniiamdgcmagad. 
 
 Fori^idder, genanmaged. 
 
 Force. S. Power. 
 
 Ford ; 1 lord a river, nin taka- 
 inadd.si. (.Mu.~t.itakaw.) 
 
 Foreboding. S. Augur. Augura- 
 tion. 
 
 F o r e fi n g e r, (sliowing-finger,) 
 iuoinindj. (Itwahikewitchitr 
 chiy.) 
 
 Forehead, kaiitjudn. (Miskat- 
 tik.) 
 
 Foreigner, stranger, maidginini. 
 — Foreign woman, maiugikwe. 
 I am a foreigner, (man or 
 woman,) nin rnaidgis, nin 
 maidtaivis. ( Pitu.sisiw.) 
 
 Foreman, nagdniaid. 
 
 Foremost, nigdnenagivakamig . 
 I am tbremost, nin nigdnis. I 
 am (it is) foremost, considered 
 foremost, nin nigdnendagos, 
 nin nitamendagos, nin maia- 
 wen dagos ; n igd n en dagwad, 
 nitamendagwad, i/iniawendag- 
 icad. 1 consider him, (her, it,; 
 foremost, /u'/i nigunenitna : }iin 
 niganendan. — I am tbremost 
 (traveling by water,) nin nigu- 
 nd. — The foremost in. object, 
 neiamissing. 
 
 Forerunner, naganishkad. 
 
 Forepart : in the forepart, nigdn. 
 
 Forenoon ; a forenoon, or half a 
 day, ningo-nairakue. In the 
 forenoon, tc/ii bwa naicakweg. 
 
 Forest, initigwaki. ^Sakaw. ) 
 There is a forest, 6»«aA:ica. In
 
 FOR 
 
 — 109 — 
 
 FOR 
 
 the niiiklle of a forest, iiairak- 
 tca. 1 walk on tlu- Ijorder of 
 a forest, niu Jijoddhwiuun — 
 Near the forest, tcliiiinkwa. 
 The forest is far, wassuukwah- 
 toa. The forest has a white 
 appearance, iralntkivaniaf/ad. 
 The forest is low, labasHukwa. 
 The forest is thick, ijihukira, 
 .saf/ii'aiiil(i</a. Indian from tlie 
 thick forests, Saii\r(inil(i'jmci- 
 iiinJ. IJiirnt forest. S. Burnt. 
 (SakAwiyiniw.) 
 
 Foretell ; [Un-He\\,nvinif/dnud- 
 jim . 
 
 Foretell. Foreteller. Foretelling, 
 (in. s.in.) A<ig\ir. Augnration. 
 
 Foreteller, uiiinnddjimowinini. 
 
 Foretel ling, iiii/niunljimoiriu. 
 
 Foretelling woman, nigunddjl- 
 moioikicc 
 
 Forget ; 1 forget, niii wanrndani, 
 niii bOnnulam. I ibrget him, 
 (lier, it, I inn wanenima, nin 
 honenima ; iiinivanrnddn, nin 
 boneudiin. I forget myself, 
 nin wacnnindin, nin boniuin- 
 di.i. I forget .«. th. relating to 
 him, nin uuiiirndaniitWd, nin 
 bonendatiKtwd. We forget onr 
 nuitual otlences, nin boncnin- 
 diinin. (Wani-kiskisiw.) 
 
 Forgetful ; I am forgetful, nin 
 nitd-ioanendam. 
 
 Forgetful ness, manrndaninicin, 
 nitd-u'dncudaniowin. , _ 
 
 Forgetting, wannidamowin, un- 
 nenddiiiowln. 
 
 Forget to take; 1 forget to take, 
 7iin wanike. 1 forget to take 
 him, (her, it,) ninwanikcnun ; 
 7iin wanikcn. 
 
 Forgive; I forgive, nin bimiiji- 
 detdge, nin banrndani. I for- 
 give it, nin buncnddn, nin tcr- 
 
 bindn. I lorgivc him, niip 
 bonif/idekiini, nin ict'binauia- 
 u'ti, nin wanrndamawa, niti 
 bu)i(:nd<nnawa, nind odjimeni- 
 ma. We for. each otlier, nin 
 bonijideiadimin, nin webinn- 
 madiniin, nin bOnenindiinin, 
 (Pakiteyittamiikew.) 
 
 Forgiven ; I am for., nin bonigi- 
 dvtagos, nin i/d-saiaindgo. It 
 is for., Ixincndjigi'ide, wcbini- 
 gddc, i/dssiigddt'. 
 
 Forgiven, (in. s. in.) S. Rejected. 
 Tiirown awa\-. 
 
 Forgiveness, bonendamowin, bo- 
 n igidetagewin , banigidclago- 
 win, gd.Hsidmdgcwin, gdHsia- 
 magoivin. Mutual forgiveness,. 
 bon en in diwin , bonigidriadi- 
 u'in, u'chiiidmddiu'in. 
 
 Forgotten ; 1 am (it isi forgotten,, 
 as well as tbrg., nin vanenda- 
 gos ; wanendagwad. I am 
 (it is) quite forgotten, nin 
 wanendjigas ; vnnendjignde. 
 
 Fork, nasudWdbidcigan , patak- 
 ds/ikdigdd, hay-fork. (Tchis- 
 tahepuwin.) 
 
 Fork, iii\>\i'-iork, paid kdigan. I 
 pick u])with a fork, nin pata- 
 kdigi.'. I pi(!k it up, (m., an.) 
 nin jidtdkaan .- nin patakdwa^ 
 
 Form , ijindgoaiu'in . 
 
 Form ; 1 form it, {in., an.) niit 
 masidinan; nin vianidina. I 
 form it for h\in, nin masidinn~ 
 mau'd. 
 
 Formed ; ] am (it is; formed, 
 nind djig : ojigin. 
 
 Former, gctr — . 
 
 Formerly, gaidt, m''irija. (O.s- 
 katch — kayas.) 
 
 Fiirmidalile. S. Feared. 
 
 Forn i ca t i on , bis/n'gwddisiKin, 
 gagibadisiwin.
 
 FOR 
 
 — 110 
 
 \-()X 
 
 Foiiiiciitor, hi.shigiL'udjinini, f/a- 
 f/ibddjinini. 
 
 Forii icatress, bishir/wddjikwe, 
 gatfihdflJilvU'e. 
 
 Forsake ; J forsake liiin, (her, it) 
 m'n lUKjaiKi ; iiiii iiiujtulan. 
 
 Forsake. Forsaken, (in. s. in.) 
 S. TJirow away. Thrown 
 away. 
 
 Fort, fortress, wdkau/an, ako- 
 hinnodn. In tlie fort, pinrlj- 
 icdkaigan. Out of the fort, 
 agivatchiivdkaif/an. ( A s w A- 
 huwin.) 
 
 For tlie sake of..., ondji. 
 
 Forthwith, wcwih, pabiije, keji- 
 din. (Semak.) 
 
 Fortify ; I fortify liini, (her, it,i 
 iiin soiH/itiia, iiin man/ikairisia; 
 niii songiton,uin mashkaipHnn. 
 
 Fortify tlie heart or mind ; I for., 
 nin songideeshkaye. I fortify 
 Jiini, Ilia aongideeshkaxoa, nin 
 maskkawendamia . 
 
 Fortitude of tlie lieart, .vo;ir//t7ee- 
 win. I give him fortitude, 
 nin songideeshkawa. Giving 
 fortitude of the heart, songi- 
 deeshkdgewin. 
 
 Fortnight, mja-anamiegijigad. 
 
 Fortunate; I am (or., ninjaic en- 
 dagos. ( Papewew. ) 
 
 Fortune. S. Riches. 
 
 Fort William, Gnnianciigicciag, 
 or Kamanrtigirciag. 
 
 Forty, nimidana. We are forty, 
 nin niniidanaicemin. There 
 are forty in. objects, nimidana- 
 tceipan. There arc forty pairs, 
 nimidanawrwdn. 
 
 Porty every time, torty each or 
 to each, iienimidana. 
 
 Forty hundred, or four thousand, 
 nimidanak. We are four 
 thousand of us, nin nimidana- 
 
 koKiniin. Tliere are 4000 in. 
 
 ohjccts, nimidanakwadon. 
 Found ; 1 am (it is) found, ?mj 
 
 mika.i, nin inikndjigais ; mik- 
 
 dde, mikadjigdde. Found 
 
 filing, inikdgini. Itisa found 
 
 tiling, niikdgiiniwan. 
 Foundation, (is/iolckissitchigan. 
 Foundation of a house, ondka- 
 
 migi.isitc/iigdn. 
 Foundation-stone, ashotrhissit- 
 
 rhigannhik, u.s/iotabikisifitchi- 
 
 Founded ; it is well founded, 
 
 mind}iniossitrhigdde. 
 Founder. Foundry. — S. Smelter. 
 
 Smelting-house. 
 Fountain. S. Spring. 
 Four, nio..., in compositions; 
 
 wliich see in the Second Part. 
 Four, niwin. We are four, nin 
 
 7iiwimin. There are four in. 
 
 objects, niwinon. (Newo.) 
 Four every time, four each or to 
 
 each, neniu'in. 
 Four hundred, nitcak. We are 
 
 four hundred in number, nin 
 
 niwakonimin. There are 400 
 
 VM. olyects, niioakicadon. Four 
 
 hundred pairs, niwakwewdn. 
 Four hundred every time, 400 
 
 each or to each, neniwak. 
 Fourth ; the fourth, eko-niiving. 
 
 Thefourth time, or fourtimes, 
 
 niu'ing. 
 Fojjrthly, eko-niwing. 
 Fourth of iwW, })d,'ihkisige-giji- 
 
 gad, papdshkisige-g ij ig ad, 
 
 madwesige-gijigad. 
 Four times, niwing. (Newaw.) 
 Four times every time, four 
 
 times each or to each, neni- 
 
 wing. 
 Fox, icdgosh. ( M a k k e s i s . ) 
 
 Young fox, wdgoshen^.
 
 FEE 
 
 — 111 — 
 
 FRI 
 
 Fragment, bokwaii. 
 
 Frame-house, wdkai<jan, milhjo- 
 VHikaiijan. 
 
 France, WemHu/ojiwaki. In 
 France, to or from France, 
 Wemiiigojiicakinf/ . 
 
 Fran k i ncen.se, minomagioakisi- 
 f/an. I burn frankincense, I 
 incense, nin minoindywakiHige. 
 — S. Perfume. 
 
 Fraud. S. Cheat. Cheating. 
 
 Free ; I am free, nin dibniindis. 
 (Tibeyinjisuw.) 
 
 Freedom , dihenindinoioin . 
 
 Freeze ; I freeze to death, nin 
 g a w a dj, nin mas/ikawddj. 
 (Nipaliatcliiw.) I begin to feel 
 that a part of my body is 
 freezing, nin mikawadj. — It 
 freezes over, gashkadin, giba- 
 din. 
 
 Freezing, mashkawadjiw i n, ga- 
 wadjiwin. 
 
 Freezing-moon, (N o v e m b e r,) 
 gas/tkadini-gisi.s.'i. 
 
 Frencli ; I speak French, nin 
 wemitigojim. 
 
 French book or letter, loemiiigo- 
 jimdsindigan. 
 
 French bov, or a little French- 
 man, Wemitignjins, 
 
 French church, loemitigoji-ana- 
 miewigamig. 
 
 Frencli girl, wemitigojikwens. 
 
 French language, wemitigoji- 
 moiuin. 
 
 French man , Wemitignji. 
 
 French priest, i Catholic priest,) 
 wemitigoji- mekatcwikwanaie . 
 
 French religion, (Catholic reli- 
 gion,) wemitigqji-anajniewin. 
 
 Frenchwoman, wemifigojikn'e. 
 
 Frencli writing, wemi/igojiwi- 
 biigan. I write in French, 
 nin ivemidgdjiwibiige. It is 
 
 written (or printed) in French, 
 ii'i'niHigoJiwis.sin. I translate 
 it into French, nin wonifigo- 
 jiwis.sitnn. It is translated in 
 French , weniitignjiwissitrhi- 
 gdde. 
 
 Frequent; I tm|. bad women, 
 7iin nodikivewe, nin nodjik- 
 wcwe. 
 
 Fro((uent. S. Keep comjiany. 
 
 Fre(|uentiy, ntniingim.niningiin, 
 .siisdgirand. iKakiyipa.i " 
 
 Fresh, ox/iki-. 
 
 Fret ; I fret liim, nin nishkia. It 
 frets me, nin ninhkiigon. — S. 
 Angry. 
 
 Friend; my friend, (or brother) 
 nikdnisa, n i dj ik im r. 1' h y 
 friend, kikdniss, kidjikiw^. 
 His friend, irikani.s.'nin, wid- 
 Jikinriun. I am his friend, (or 
 he i.s my friend,) nin mino- 
 inuwcma. I am it.s friend, nin 
 mino-inawendan . (Otjiwama, 
 or, Witchasa). 
 
 Friendship, ijuiwcndiwin, mino- 
 in(nrfi)idiwin, s d g i i di w i n. 
 (Miyo-witjettnwin). 
 
 Fright, mudnissowin, golddji- 
 win, kifc/ii scgisiwin 
 
 Frighten ; I fr. liiu), nin segia, 
 nin xrgima, nind uinawa. 
 
 Frighten, (startle ;) I frighten it, 
 (an animal,) nind n.shnwa, 
 nind oshakatca, nin nana- 
 mda. 
 
 Frightened ; I am fr., nin segen- 
 dani, nil! niigo.s/ikadji-aia. I 
 am fr. by s. th. I heard, nin 
 amaniss. I look frightened, 
 jiin seginagos. ( Amalisuw). 
 
 Frightened animal, nanmnddji- 
 </an 
 
 Frightful j I am (it is)friglitful, 
 nin gotdmigoH ; gotdniigwad. 
 
 8
 
 FRY 
 
 — 112 — 
 
 VVli 
 
 — S. Horrible. (Kakwiiyake- 
 yittakwan). 
 Friglitful or oiionn'ous number 
 or quantity. (Anakatchay). 
 There i.s a fr. number of U8, 
 'nin (/(((/ivain.ssaijinomiii, or, 
 nin ijitijwa n i.ssat/in imin . Tli ere 
 isafr. quantity of it, (jaywd- 
 nisscujinad. 
 Frivolous ; I am fr., nin hinina- 
 disy nin gagibddis. I make 
 him friv., nm Msinddjia. — S. 
 Disquiet. 
 Frivolousne.ss, bisinadisiwin, 
 
 gagibddisiwin. 
 Frock for men, bahixikaudgcin. 
 Frock for women, godass. I wear 
 
 a long f rock, nin ginwambi a. 
 Frog, omal-uhi. A kind of green 
 {ros,ias}ut</air(is/ikogis.si. An- 
 other kind of frog, jta^aeka- 
 nak. A small kind of frog, ^i- 
 konekwe. (Ayekis). 
 Frost ; there is glazed frost (or 
 rime) on the ground, gaskice- 
 wemagad. 
 Frower, tdshkigaigan. 
 Frozen ; I am frozen, nin inash- 
 kaivadj. It is frozen hard, 
 mashkawadin. It is frozen 
 over, ga-'ihkadin, gibadin. It 
 is frozen' thick, kipagadin. 
 Frugal ; I am frugal, pcpangi 
 
 nin wissin. 
 Fruit; different kinds of fruit, 
 
 wiiagiminan. 
 Fruit of the tree, maniwdng mi- 
 tig. 
 Frviit-tree, maniwid miiiq. 
 Fry ; I fry, nin sdnsakokwe. I 
 fry it, [in., an.) nin sdssakok- 
 wadan ; nin k-dssakokicana. 
 Frying-pan, .sd.s.sakokwddjigan, 
 abicewin. Frying-pan with a 
 short handle, abwewinents. 
 
 Fuel, wood, missan. (Mitta). I 
 have no i\ni\,ninddtawe. (As- 
 tuwewi. 
 Full ; it i.H full in a certain man- 
 ner, ina.fhkine. (Sakaskinew). 
 Full. S. Filled. 
 
 Fulfil; I fultil it, nin tibixhkon- 
 .siton. I fulfil a promise, 7i?H 
 iibi.s.'ittton, 7iin iioi.t.fiton. 
 Fulfilled ; it i.s fulfilled, tibish- 
 
 koii.'i i (eh ig/i de. 
 Fully, u'uvinge, npitchi. 
 Funeral. 8. Burial. 
 Funnel, pin.'iibddjigan. I am 
 pouring through a funnel, 
 nin pinnibddjigc. I pour it 
 through a funnel, nin pinsi' 
 bddan. 
 Fur, (hair of animals,) biwai. 
 Its fur, obiwai. (Attiiy). It 
 has no fur or hair, prnsh- 
 kwddikivebigisi. This animal 
 has a black fur, bo.ijnakdte- 
 wawe aw awesni. It lias a fine 
 fur, bi.i.'iibiwaie. It has a 
 good fur, minwaice. It has a 
 long fur, gagdnobiwaie, i.ih- 
 pawe. It has a .short fur, 
 titi.'<saice. It has a thick and 
 profitable fur, bi.s\>iagwawe. 
 Fur, given as payment to a fur- 
 trader, ataicdgan. (Attiiy ; two, 
 — nijwattiiy). 
 Furnish, I furnish to people, 
 nind ondiitamdge. I fur. it to 
 him, nind ondinumdwa. I fur. 
 to myself, nind ondinamddi.'i, 
 nind niinidi.w I furnish it to 
 my.-clf, (in., an.) nind ondina- 
 madi.sou, ]iin minidi-fun ; nind 
 ondinamadisonan, nin minidi- 
 sonan. 
 Further, or farther, airdss. 
 Further there, aicdiss wedi.
 
 G 
 
 Gaiet}'. S. Gayness. 
 
 Gain ; I ;;aiii it, {in. an.,) nin 
 (jash/citon ; nin yabh/cia. I 
 gain nothing, JimfZ a<jawi.f, 
 nind ai/awi.fhka, nind at/n- 
 ii'ita, nind anaweici.'i. 1 gain, 
 (in a play,) nin pakinayc, nin 
 inijiK/ado. ( PaslviyakoW) . 
 
 Gain ■,\ gain, (cmleavoring,) nin 
 wikwdfchi. 1 gain it, (in., an.] 
 nin wikwatchilon ; nin wik- 
 watchia. I gain to myself, h/u 
 wikwutrJiitas, nin wikwaic/ii- 
 iania.'i. 1 gain it to niysell', 
 {in., an.) nin wikwatcliitanon, 
 iiin irikwaffhi/anidson ; nin 
 uikwutrhita.sunan, nin u-ik- 
 wak/iilaniu.sonnn. 
 
 Gain, (in. s. in.) S. Earn. 
 
 Gaiufil ; it is gained, (<«., an.) 
 (jaahkiU-higdiie ; ganhkitr/ii- 
 i/dntt. Gained object, 1/a.fhki- 
 tcliiijan. 
 
 Gain i ng, i/a.thkHr/i if/ewin . 
 
 Gain over. S. Prevail. 
 
 GaiiiHiiy; Igain.«ay, nind ajidr- 
 iridam, nind ajidiwr, nind 
 ajiilcntje, nin ijuijdn.si(ani,\nin 
 nakwetdije, nin nakwcian. I 
 line to gainsay, nind ajiden- 
 f/cffik, nin nakicttani/en/ik, 
 nind a</<intrelan;/L.'i Ilk. — I gain- 
 say him, ninil ajidcma, nin 
 </<i</iin.'<itau'ii, nin nakircfaira, 
 niitd at/Dniritaira. 1 gainsay 
 in tlxjughts, nind ajidt'it'n- 
 ilam, nin<l u<jonwricn<iain. I 
 
 gainsay against it, nin ga;/an- 
 .sifdn. (Anwettam, or, Nas- 
 kwewojimow). 
 
 Gain.<ayer, aiaijonicciung. 
 
 Gainsaying, ayonnciamnxcin. 
 
 Gait, walking, himo.s-.sewin. 
 
 Galilean ; (lalilcirinini. 
 
 Gall, win-soj). 
 
 Gallon, ni in ikwddjiijan . 
 
 Gallows, aijonidiwi-mitiij. 
 
 Ganihle; I gamble, nin atd(/c, 
 nin nifd atayc, nin matclii- 
 afagc. (Pakessew). 
 
 Gambler, netd-ataijed, etagesh- 
 kid. 
 
 Gambling, afddiwin. ata</esh- 
 kiii'in, ntafr/ii-otddiwin. 
 
 (5 ambling-house, afddiwiijanii;/. 
 
 (iame, (interested game,) alddi- 
 uin. (Pakesscwin.) 
 
 Game ; I game, nind atdije. 
 
 Garden, kifigan, hitiganens. 
 (Xitt.iwikitchigan). 
 
 Garden-house, kitii/aniirif/ami;/. 
 
 Garden-Kiver, Kilii/ani.silii. 
 
 Gard-house, akandmrii/amig. 
 
 (i arl ic, Jii/a;/(twanj. 
 
 Garment, agwiwin. 
 
 G a r t e r, kanhkibidasHebison. 
 (.Se.-<kipi.sun). 
 
 Gather ; I gatiier togetlier, nin 
 niawandinige, nin niawnndo- 
 niijr, nin niaw(tn<ijiichigc. I 
 gather it togetlier, \in., an.) 
 nin maicand)ili>n, nin mawan- 
 dinan, nin mawandonan,, nin 
 ntuwandJisuHon ; nin ma-
 
 GAZ 
 
 — 11} 
 
 njA 
 
 tcandjia, nin mawandhia, iiin 
 mawandona. I Kalher people 
 togetlier, nin mawmifsomay. — 
 I gather for soineboily, nin 
 maicandjitamar/e . I gather it 
 lor liim, niti mmcaiidjitama- 
 wa. I gatluT for luy.-elf, /(//( 
 maW(ni<IJi(a)ii(i-t, nin iiKurmid- 
 jitamadis, iiia niawamljitdss. 
 I gather together sewing, nin 
 mawandor/wass. I g a t li e r 
 them togetlier sewing, nin 
 mawandof/wadayi, nin mawan- 
 dogwadanan. — I gather burn- 
 ing coals together, 7i>n ma- 
 wandokige. — I gather hay, nin 
 mawandoslihin. — It gathers 
 together, mawandosseinayad. 
 
 Gather berries ; I gather berries, 
 nin mawins. I gather berries 
 and eat ih&nx, nin gdpon. (Mo- 
 luinew). I gather them, {in., 
 an.) nin guponan ; iiin ydpo- 
 nag. 
 
 Gathered ; we are gath. togetlier 
 in a great number, ////) mdmd- 
 icinimin, nin mdnidwinnniin. 
 
 Gathered object, maicani/Jigtin. 
 
 Gather er, mawandJUchigctri- 
 nini. 
 
 Gauze, jibawassSigin. 
 
 Gay ; I am gay, nin bdpinenim, 
 ninjomiwadi.'i. I make him 
 gay, nin bdpinenimoa, ninjo- 
 miwadisia. I am gay, in li- 
 quor, nin minobi, nin jowen- 
 dam. 
 
 Gay, (in. s. in.) S. Joyful. 
 
 Gayness, gayety, bdpinenimo- 
 win. Gayety in half drunken- 
 ness, joioendamoivin. 
 
 Gaze ; I gaze at s. th. with sur- 
 prise, nin mamakdsabange. I 
 gaze at him (her, it) with as- 
 tonishment, nin matnaka^d- 
 
 hama, nin mamakdisinawa ; 
 nin mamakasdhundan, nin 
 mamakd-nnan. 
 
 Gazed ; any object gazed at, 
 mamakdaahandjigan. 
 
 Gelii. 8. Castrate. 
 
 (t e h c r a 1, kilchi jimaganinhi- 
 ogiuin. 
 
 (Jeiierally, mdmawi. (Mana;. 
 
 Gentile. 8. Pagan. 
 
 Gentle ; it is gentle, (a horse, 
 etc.) wdngaici.si,u'aivangmci3i. 
 I Wat jek k a m i k i s i w). 
 
 Gentlej (in. s. in.) 8. Mild. 
 
 Gentleness, hckddisiicin, mino- 
 deewin. (Peyattikowisiwin) 
 
 Gently, biku. "(Peyattikl. 
 
 Genuflection , otchitchingwani- 
 tdwin. 
 
 Geometer, dibaaMicinini . 
 
 Geometry, dibaakiicin . 
 
 Germ, (bud,) .•iaganici. 
 
 German, animd. I speak Ger- 
 man, nind animdm. 
 
 German language, animamoicin. 
 
 German woman, animdkwe. 
 
 Germinate; it germinates, \in., 
 an.) sagamcimagad ; sagamei. 
 I make it germ., iin., an.) nin 
 sagamri.'i.nion ; nin sagantcia. 
 
 Get ; I am getting wonse, (in my 
 sickness,) nind abi7idis, nind 
 abindjine. 
 
 Get from.... ; I get s. th. from. ., 
 nind ondinige, nind ondis. I 
 get him (her, it) from..., nind 
 ondina : nind ondinan. 
 
 Get lost. S. Go astraj'. 
 
 Get ready. S. Prepare. 
 
 Ghost, maniio : tchibai. 
 
 Giant, missdbe, kitchi inini. Fab- 
 ulous giant, tcindigo. 
 
 Giantess, kUchi ikice. Fabulous 
 giantess, windigokwe. 
 
 Giant's bird, windigobineshi.
 
 GIR 
 
 — 115 — 
 
 GIV 
 
 Oiant'.s " tripes de roclic," win- 
 
 diqoipakou. 
 Giddiness, (/iicashktceinn. 
 Giddy ; 1 am jriddy, nin tjiipas/i- 
 kioe ; I am i,'i<liiy from drink- 
 ing, nin </itcas/iLwchi. I am g. 
 from licat, iiiit f/iwa,shkwes. I 
 am g. by .•smelling, «//i ijiwaah- 
 kiccnas. I am g. liv falling, 
 nin i/iiras/ikiccshiii. Tarn made 
 gidtly by s. th. falling upon 
 me, niii ip'iratihkwekos. (Iviis- 
 kwebeyiltisiw). 
 G i ft, mlniijcnvin, minigomcin, 
 iiiiijiweu'iii, minidiicin, pagi- 
 ditiigan. 
 Gild; I gild it, iin.. an.) nind 
 osntva-joniiakadun ; nind os/t- 
 wa-Joniiakaiia. 
 Gilt; it is gilt, {ill., an.) o.tawa- 
 Joniiakdde ; osftwa-joniiakdso. 
 Gimbk't , In'ininigan.f. 
 Ginger-l)r(iul, waslikobUc/ngd- 
 
 .sod pakirriiifaii. 
 Gird ; I gird myself, nin kitchi- 
 pi.i. I gird mvself strongly, 
 nin .siitdtipi.i. li'akw.Utelmw). 
 I gird np high my blanket, 
 nin iakir(inil>i.'<, )iind islipnn- 
 iakwclii.s. I gird him, (her, it,) 
 nind tiitiasirnpinn ; nind aias.s- 
 irapiiliin. — 8. fiirdle. 
 G ird \v, kHrhipi.son. — S. Belt. 
 
 (Fakwattehuni. 
 Girdle; I girdle myself other- 
 wise, or with another belt, 
 nind andapix. 
 (iirl ; little girl, ikirrsrn.s. I am 
 a little girl, nind ikirc.tcn.tiir. 
 fJrowii \ip girl, o.s/ikinigiku-c, 
 gijikici:. I am a grown up 
 girl, adult, nind oshkinigik- 
 irew,nin gijikurir. — The first- 
 born girl of a family, madjiki- 
 kwewiss. I am the tirst-horn 
 
 girl of the family, nin madji- 
 kikweici-isiw. 
 
 Girt; I am not well girt, nin 
 nidnapi.s. 
 
 Girth, a.isotrhib idjiga n . 
 
 Give; I f^'ivi\ nin migiwe. iMe- 
 kiw). I give him, nin inina. 
 
 ■ (Miyew;. I give to my'^elf, nin 
 niinidi.'<. We give to each 
 other, nin ininidiniin. I give 
 him, iher, it,) nin hidina ; nin 
 hidinan. I give him (her, it) 
 to him, nin hidinnmawa. — I 
 give to all, nin d^hauki. I give 
 also to him, «?/( drbaona. I 
 have not enough to give (o all, 
 nin nondt'oki. I li a v e not 
 enough to give to him, nin 
 nnndnnia. — I don't like togive 
 soon, nin numagewi-t. 
 
 Give, (in. s. in.) S. Present. — S. 
 Sacrifice. 
 
 Give away. I give away, nin 
 niigiwe.' I give him (her, it) 
 away, nin migiirenan, nin par 
 gidina, nin pagiden'imu ; nin 
 inigiwen, nin pagitinan, nin 
 pagidendan. I give it to him, 
 nin i>agidendanui>rii, nin pa- 
 gidinaniatca. 1 give it away 
 ifur him, nin niigiuctairn, tiin 
 inigiwetamnirn. — I am too 
 much in a hal>it of giving 
 away, nin wigiirc'^fik. Habii 
 of giving away, niigitrev/iki- 
 
 Give back; I give l>ack, neidb 
 nin niii/iwi'. I give him 'her, 
 it) bacK again, nt^idl) ninniigi- 
 wrniin, nind aj?na ; nndli nin 
 jnigiiirn, nind ajr nan. I give 
 him liack again s. th., luHdb 
 nin niina, nind dji'namawa. 
 
 Given; I am given s. th., jji?* 
 minigim. I am given s. ih.by
 
 GLA 
 
 — lie — 
 
 GLO 
 
 divine goodness, nin minujo- 
 wis. It is given away, (in., 
 an.) pagidinigdde ; pagidini- 
 gdso. 
 
 Give to drink ; I give to drink, 
 nin minaiivel am in a bad ha- 
 bit of giving to drink, nin 
 minaiwe.^hk. I give liini to 
 drink, ni)i minaa. I give (or 
 procure) to drink to myself, 
 nin minaidis. We give eaeli 
 other to drink, nin minaidi- 
 min. The act of giving to 
 drink to eacli other, or to sev- 
 eral, minaidiwin. The bad 
 habit of giving to drink, 7)ii- 
 naiwcs-hkiicin. 
 
 Give up ; I give up, nind aiii- 
 jitan, nind anaicoidjige, 7tind 
 anwendam. I give him uj), 
 nindinawea, nin bonia. I give 
 it up, nin boniton. — I give 
 myself up to somebody, nin 
 pingidenindis. 
 
 Given up ; it is given up, boni- 
 ichigude, webinigdde. 
 
 Giving, migiicewin, pagidenda- 
 mowin. 
 
 Giving up, anijitamoioin, ana- 
 toendjigcicin, anwendamounn. 
 
 Glad ; I am glad, nin minwen- 
 dam, nin bdpinenim, nin ndcn- 
 dam, nindonanigweadani, nin 
 modjigendam. (Ataminaw). I 
 am very glad, nind nsdmcnim. 
 I am glad to have escaped 
 the danger of perishing, nin 
 bajinrwagcndani. I m a k e 
 him glad, nin minwendatyiia, 
 nin naendamia, nin bdpincni- 
 moa. 
 
 Glad and thankful ; I am glad 
 and i\\.,nin mihonawciendam. 
 I make him glad, (by some 
 good service,) nin mikonawea. 
 
 1 am gl. and th. he has it, nin 
 mikonaiceieniina. ( Nanasku- 
 mow). 
 Gland ; my, thy, his gland, ni- 
 
 ni.shk, kinishk, onishkican. 
 Glanders ; the horse has glau- 
 
 ilers, agigoka bebejigoganji. 
 Glass ; drinking-glass, jninik- 
 u'udjigan ; w i n d o w-g lass, 
 wntisi-ichiganubik . 
 Glass-bead, inanituminen.i. 
 Glide; I glide in the water, nin 
 b uk ob i ss e, nin goginse. It 
 glides away, madjibide. (Sos- 
 kupayiw). 
 Globe, uki, or, akki. (Askiy). 
 Gloliulous or gloliular ; it is glo- 
 bulous, (in., an.} bikomina- 
 gad, bahikoniinugad ; bikonii- 
 nagi.si, babikominagi-'ii. (Wa- 
 wiyeyaw). Two, three, four, 
 etc., globular objects, nijomi- 
 nag,'nisiminag, niominag, etc. 
 So many globular objects, 
 das.suminag. 
 Glorification, kitchihcuwendd- 
 
 gosiwin, bishigendagnsiwin. 
 Glorify ; I glorify him, iher, it,) 
 nin kitcliiUcdicina, nin mino- 
 icawina, nin bishigendagwia, 
 nin kiickitwawenima, nin 
 bishigenima; nin kitchitwa- 
 U'indan, ninmino-icindan, nin 
 bishigendagiciton, nin kitchit- 
 wawendan, >iin bishigendan. 
 I glorily myself, nin kiichitwa- 
 n-iidis, nin kitcliitwaivenindis. 
 (Miimitjimew.) 
 Glorify, (in. s. in.) S. Exah. 
 Glorious; I am litis) glorious, 
 nin kitchitwdwenddgos, nin 
 bishigenddgos ; kifchiiwaicen- 
 dagwad, bitiJiigendagwad. I 
 make him glor., nin kitchit- 
 wawia, nin kitchiiwaicendago-
 
 GO 
 
 — 117 
 
 GO 
 
 sia, nin hishigendagwia. (Mii- 
 miteyittaknsiw.) 
 
 Glory, kite hit H'du ill, kitrhitwd- 
 wiaiwin, kHrhitwaweiulajosi- 
 win, bi.sJUyendagoinioin, ifih- 
 pendagosiwin. 
 
 Glove, mindjikawan. (Yivikas- 
 tis). 
 
 Gow-worni , icawaietati. 
 
 Glue, nami'kwan. I make <rlue, 
 iiiti na»i''kwanike. iPasakwa- 
 higani. 
 
 Glue-boiler, namekwanikeioeni- 
 ni. 
 
 Glutton, nebndi.sid. I am a glut- 
 ton, nin nibdd'is. 
 
 Gluttonous; lam gl., nin ni- 
 bddis. (Kajakew). 
 
 Gluttony, nihdilisiicin. 
 
 Gnasli; i gnash, nin kakit- 
 chishkabiden. 1 gnash anti 
 show the teeth, nin niiabideii. 
 I gnash with anger, nin nis-- 
 kabiden. I gnasli at him, nin 
 niskdbidehtwa. (Kiikitchika- 
 pitew). 
 
 Gnaw ; I gnaw, nin Jishigwand- 
 Jige. I gnaw it, (in., an.) nin 
 jvihigwandan ; nin jishigwa- 
 ma. 
 
 Go ; I go, nind ijd. (Ituttew). It 
 goes, ijdmagad. I go some- 
 where by land, nin bimo.s.se; 
 by water, ninbimi.fhka ; sail- 
 ing, nin bimuali. 1 go further 
 and further, nin niiivi. — Ft 
 
 goes so , iJi.H.tin. It goes in 
 
 a certain direction, inikama- 
 gad. (Ispayiw). 
 
 Go about; I go about, nin btdia- 
 ija, nin babu-inika. I go al)out 
 in a canoe <jr boat, nin baba- 
 mishka ; near the shore, nin 
 babuinujaani ; sailing, nin ba- 
 bamn.s/i. I am L'oitiir about. 
 
 roving, nin bind.^, nin bindia- 
 di.i, niji binashka. (Papa-itut- 
 tew). 
 
 Go along ; I go along, nind ani- 
 bim/>.f.<ie. I go along in a canoe, 
 nind ani-bimi.slikd or, nind 
 animisJika. I go along on the 
 ice, nind aniniddagak. And 
 so forth, prefixing oni- to 
 the verbs. lAtimuttew). 
 
 Go astray ; I go lit gocsi astray, 
 nin wanisJiin ; tcani-ssin. I 
 cause him to go astray, nin 
 wani.s-hinia. I cause myself to 
 go astrav, nin wanishindi.i. 
 (lyekattew). 
 
 Go asunder. S. Open. 
 
 Go away ; I go (it goes) away, 
 n i n m d dj a : niddjdniagad. 
 (Sipwettew). I go away in a 
 canoe or boat, nin mddji. I 
 go away (out of the way,) nind 
 ikogn. (Opime-ituttewi. I go 
 away, talking, nin<l animtre- 
 nu'duni, 7iind anitnweireio. 
 
 Go from ; I go from one person 
 to another, nin nibite.-<hKaicag, 
 or, nin binn-nibiii'.'<likinr<ig. I 
 go from one house to another, 
 nin nibiii'shkanan, or, nin bi- 
 mi-nibiies/ikanan w d k a i g a- 
 nan. (Ottuttew). 
 
 Go in ; I go (it goes) \u,nin pin- 
 dige: pindigmingad. I go in 
 freiiuently, nin jnqn'ndige. I 
 gij in to him, or in him, nin 
 pindignicii ; I go freiiuently 
 in to iiim, or in him, nin pa- 
 pindigawd. I go in him, (her, 
 it,) nin jdndigeshkawti, nin 
 pindjinmrex/ikawd ; iiin pin- 
 digexlikan, nin pindjinawesh- 
 kan. — I go in tlie woods, nin 
 jekakwnani. I go in the water, 
 nin bakiibi. I make him go in
 
 GO 
 
 — 118^ 
 
 GOO 
 
 tlu' water, viii hakobininajd- 
 wa. (Pakkubevv). 
 Go on ; I go (it goes) on, uind 
 animudja, niii inddjishka ; 
 ani mddJ(ii)io(/ad, rnddjishka- 
 marjad. 1 make it go on, (in., 
 an.) nin inddjitihkan ; nin 
 madjishkuwa. I go straight 
 upon liini, (her, it,) nin niaiu- 
 wishkatca; nin viaiaicishkan. 
 — I go (it goes) on straight, 
 right, nin </ivaiukosse, nin 
 gwaiakoshka ; f/icaiukonsemu- 
 gad, (jwaia k o s It A a m a g a d, 
 gwaiakosain. — 1 go (it goes) on 
 slowly, Hin besika ; besikama- 
 gad. 
 Go out ; I go ( it goes) out, nin 
 sagaam ; .sdgaamomagad. i Wa- 
 yawiw). I go out ot'hini, (her, 
 it,) nin sdgisinoiawa, .sdgidji- 
 notawa, ndgidjinatceshkawa ; 
 nin sdgisinotan, sdgidjinotan, 
 sagidjinaweshkan. It goes out 
 of me, nin sdgixinotagon, nin 
 sagidjinotagon, nin sdgidjina- 
 weshkagon. — I go out of liif^ 
 heart, nin adgidjideeshkawa. 
 It goes out of my heart, nin 
 sdgidjidees h kago n . 
 Go round ; I go round, nin toa- 
 ninishka, nin giwitashka. I 
 go round him, (her, it,) nin 
 giwifashkawa, nin giwHash- 
 X-an. (Wask;ittew). 
 Go to; I go to him, (her, it) 
 nind na.'iikawa, nind ijanan ; 
 nin nasikan, nind ijan. I go 
 to the end of it, nin kabesh- 
 han, (Natew). 
 Go with... ; I go with .somebody, 
 nin toidjiitce. I go with him, 
 (or he goes with me,i nin wid- 
 jiwa. I go with him some- 
 where in a canoe or boat, nind 
 
 adawaama. I make liim go 
 witli Homebody, nin vridjiiir 
 daa. I make it go (or come) 
 witli me, nin vidjinddn. It 
 goes with.... widjindimagad. 
 We go witli one another, nin 
 iridjindimin. f jier.^uade him 
 tij L'(j with me, *(//( irijdma. I 
 go in with him, nin widjipin- 
 digetna. 
 Gobiet, niinikwddjigan . 
 GOD, Kije-ManiUi. I am God, 
 Nin Kije-Maniioic. God is One 
 in Three, Nis.io-bejigo Kije- 
 Maniio. 
 
 Godchild; my, thy, his god- 
 ch i 1 , H / H idjd n i.ssikd win , kin id- 
 Jd n i^x ikd icin, on idjd n issikd- 
 winan. He (she) is n)y god- 
 child, nind onidjdnissikdnan. 
 (N'tawa.sisikkawin). 
 
 Goddaughter ; my, thy, his god- 
 daughter, ninddnissikdwin, 
 kiddnis)iikdicin , oddnis.'iikd- 
 u'inan. She is my goddaugh- 
 ter, nind oddni.<(.'iikdnan. 
 
 Godfather, habdikawin ; ossikd- 
 win. (^Ottawikkawina). He is 
 my godfather, tor adopted fa- 
 ther,) nind oossikanan. 
 
 Godhead, Kije-Manitowiitin. 
 
 Godmother, mamdikdicin, ogi- 
 kd wi n. (Okkawikkawina). 
 She is my godmother, (or 
 adopted mother,) nind ogikd- 
 nci)i. 
 
 Godson ; my, thy, his godson, 
 ningwisxikdicin , kigicissikd- 
 win, ogicissikdwinan. He is 
 my godson, nind ogicissikd- 
 nan. (Nikosisikkawin). 
 
 Gold, asdwa-Joniia. 
 
 Gone! apine! weniban .' (As- 
 pin !) 
 
 Good, mind, gicandich. I am
 
 GOO 
 
 — 110 
 
 GRA 
 
 (it is) good, niii viino ijiwebvf, 
 niii t/ic(tnntrhiir, iiiinJ nniji.sh, 
 ?lin kiji'wi'i'lis : Dtiuo ijiivchfiiJ, 
 (jwundlcliiwuii, onijishiii, hije- 
 wddad. I nuikchini jrnotl, niu 
 viino ijiwebinia, nin kijrwaiU- 
 sia. I make it good, nind oiii- 
 jisliiton. 
 
 Good-lbr-notliing follow, iiimjot 
 eiuib(iitisi.s.si(/, ])af/andjiiiiui. I 
 am guod fur iiotliiiig, I can 
 make iiuthing, no work, La- 
 win niiKjoi nind indbadi.si.ssi, 
 nin j>fi;/tnidi.\-. 
 
 (Jood-m-arted : I am g. li., nin 
 ttiinoilee. (MivHtciiew.) 
 
 (iood luck ; jdiri'ndiijosiirin. I 
 liavc good luck ; ;itu Juwea- 
 dd</os. il*aj)iwcwi. 
 
 Guod-nature, minodeewin, mino 
 ijiwcbiniwin, minoininiwdyi- 
 siwi/i. 
 
 Good-nutnrcd ; I am g. n., nin 
 mino biinddis, nin mino ijiice- 
 bis, nin minndec, fv'n mino- 
 ininiwdifi.i. (Miyowiiti.siw). 
 
 Goo<l-naturc'd ])crHon, mcnodccd, 
 nuiii'-hinddi.sid. 
 
 (ioodiK'ss of iicarf, minodeewin. 
 
 Good order; I put it in good 
 order, I//?., an.) ninnandinan ; 
 71 in nandina. 
 
 Good person, meno-ijiwebixid, 
 meno-bimddi.sid. I am good, 
 kind, nin mino ijiwebis, nin 
 mino biniddi.i. 
 
 Goods, (mcridiandise,) anohdd- 
 jiijan. (Ayowinisa). 
 
 Good sense, nibwdkdwin. (lyi- 
 nisiwin) 
 
 Good temper, niinobinidiii.iiirin, 
 niinoini/iiirdiji.iiwin. 1 have a 
 good temper or temjierammt, 
 nin mino itiiiiddis, nin tnino- 
 ininiwdijin . 
 
 Good terms, maivendiwin, mino 
 inaweiidiwin. I am on good 
 terms with him, nin 7nino-ina- 
 icnnd. We are on g. t. with 
 each otiier, nin mino-inawen- 
 diuiin. 
 
 Goose, loewe. — S. Wild goose. 
 
 Gooseberry , J«/jo»( /« . 
 
 Goose! lerry-bush, jdbominaga- 
 tcanj. 
 
 Gospel, (Kvangely,) minirddji- 
 mowin. 
 
 Got from; it is got from., 'in., 
 (in.) ondinigdde ; ondiiiiydso. 
 
 Gourd-l)Ottle, (for Indian cere- 
 monies,) ji.thir/uan, oijwissi- 
 manishi(/ican. 
 
 Grace, Jdirenoiii/ewin . (Manito- 
 nisokkamakewin). 
 
 Grain ; it is a large grain, man- 
 <jiminu<ind. It is a small grain, 
 aijassiininotjad. 
 
 Grand, kitrhi. 
 
 Grandchild ; my, thy. hisgrand- 
 ciiild, ;i/;//«/j'', kojiulu^, ojishei- 
 an. (X'osissim, osissimai. He 
 is my grandchiM, innd ooji- 
 .f/iriinn. 
 
 G r and fat ii or ; my, tliy, liis 
 grandfather, ninii.s/ionii.s.s, hi- 
 niis/io>ni.-<.s, oini.s/ioinissan. He 
 is my grandfather, ninil nmi- 
 if/ii»ni.s.sini(i. iNi musom,omu- 
 somai. 
 
 'Grand Island, hUrhi-niini.t.'i. At, 
 to or from Grand Island, A7- 
 /<•///-//* //i/.v.v/h//. 
 
 (J rand Medicine, niiilrwitrin. 
 
 (Jrand Medicine Indian, inid^. I 
 am an Indian of the (i. M., 
 uin viidrw. I make him a 
 member of the fi. M., nin mi- 
 d/iria . 
 
 Grand Medicine lodge, niidcici- 
 ijmniij.
 
 GRA 
 
 — 120 — 
 
 (;he 
 
 Grand Medicine squaw, tnidclc- 
 we. 
 
 GrandinotlK-r, my, t li y, li i s 
 gramlinotlier, ito/tonii.s.s, koko- 
 miss, ()k(i)ni.ssaii- My j^rand- 
 motluT ! iioko ! She is my 
 grandmother, 7i)>id Onkomissi- 
 iian, nind oukomiaaima. 
 
 Grand-Portage, Kitchi-onigam . 
 (Kitchi-onikap). At, to or 
 from Grand-rortage, Kitchi- 
 onigamiiKj. 
 
 Grand River, Washianong. 
 
 Grant ; T grant liis petition, nin 
 babivniiawa. 1 grant it to him, 
 nin minu, nin iJugidi)UUHaii'a. 
 
 Grape, Jo?»/>(. 
 
 Grapple, patakiskwaigan. — 8. 
 Harpoon. ^Ilook. 
 
 G rappH n g-1 1 ook , adjigivadjigan , 
 adjigu'adjigandhik-. 
 
 Grass, mas/ikos-.siir. There is 
 grass, mu.'ihko.ssiwika. On the 
 grass, mifashkot^sitc. — The 
 grass begins to grow, sugash- 
 kamagad. The grass is wet, 
 tipa^hkamagad, nibishkoba. 
 
 Grass-hopper, papakine, mina- 
 baundjissi, adissatvaieshi. 
 
 Grass-seed, mashkossiwi-mini- 
 kan. 
 
 Grate, to dry venison, etc., ab- 
 wdfcJiigan. 
 
 Grate, (in.s. in.) S. Scrape. 
 
 Grave, tchibegamig. 
 
 Grave, (in. s. in. S. Hole in the 
 ground. 
 
 Grave, I am grave, (considered 
 grave,) nin ichiianendagos. — 
 S. Serious. 
 
 Graver, or any thing to mark 
 with, beshigaigan. 
 
 Graverod River, Pa.'i.mbika-sibi. 
 
 G r a vey ard , ich ibega )n ig. 
 
 Gray ; it is gray, (stufi, in., an.) 
 
 ni(/i;/irrfagitd ; nigigwetagisi. 
 (.Sipikkusiw). 
 
 Gray age, vnbikwewin. 
 
 Gray-heiuled ; I am g. h., nin 
 ivdbikire. ( Wahistikwanew). 
 
 Gray-hor.«e, negigwelagawed be- 
 bcjigoganji. This horse is gray, 
 nigigweiagawe aw bebejigo- 
 gunji. 
 
 Grease, bimide. (Pimiy). 
 
 (Jrease ; I grease, nin biinidi- 
 u'inige, nin nominige. (Tomi- 
 nam). I grease him, (her, it,) 
 )iin bimidewina, nin nomina ; 
 nin bimidcicinan, 7iin nominan 
 I grease it, (wood, in., an. i nin 
 nomakonan ; nin nomakona. 
 I grea.se it, (metal, in., an.) 
 nomdbikonun ; nin nomdbiko- 
 na. 
 
 Greasy ; I am (it is) greasy, 7U» 
 bimidetcis ; bimideican. ,iPi- 
 miwiw, tomaw). 
 
 Great, kUchi. 
 
 Great bear, (constellation,) oichi- 
 ganang. (Otchekatak). 
 
 Great grandchild, anikobidji- 
 gan. 
 
 Great grandfather ; my, thy, his 
 gr., nind anike-nimi.'diomiss, 
 kid anikekimishoini.'is, od 
 anike-oini.'<honii.'i.sa7i. 
 
 Great grandmother ; my, thy, 
 his gr., 7iind anike-nokomi.ss, 
 kid anike-kokomiss, od anike- 
 okonm.s\i)i. 
 
 Great water, (great lake,) ki- 
 te hi gain i. 
 
 Green ; it is green, <in., an.) 
 ojdwa-^ihkica : oj a icashk osi. 
 (Askittakwaw). It is green, 
 (ice, I ojdwa.'ihkwatiigwa. It is 
 green, (leaf,) ojdwailikwabaga. 
 It is ^reen, istutl", in., an.) ojd- 
 wasfikwaicegad ; njatcushkwa-
 
 GRI 
 
 — 121 — 
 
 GRO 
 
 wegisi. — I dye green,nindoJd- 
 washkwadissiije, nind oja- 
 washkwanttige. I dye it j^reen, 
 {in., an.) uiiul oJawa.sJikivadi>i- 
 
 f .san, itiiid njawaskkwdnaan ; 
 nind oji'nra.-ihkirttdi.sswa, nind 
 ojawa.shkwan.swa. It iw dyed 
 green, {in., an.) ojairashkwa- 
 dite, ojawashkwande ,• oja- 
 wa^HlikwadiiSKo, ojaica.skkican- 
 •so, — Tliegr:is.s l)ei;iiis to green 
 ojaicanlikwanhkanuuiad. 
 
 Green, (painted green ;) it is 
 painted green, (//(., an.) nja- 
 wa~s-/tk<»iii/dde ; ojawu.^hkoni- 
 (/a.so. It is painted green, 
 (wood; in., an.} fijawa.fhko.ssu- 
 yiniydde ; ojawashko.'<.sayini- 
 gdso. 
 
 Green bay, Dndjwikived. 
 
 Green serpent, ojCiwaslikwd-gi- 
 nebig. 
 
 Greet. S. Salute. 
 
 Greeting. S. Salutation. 
 
 Gridiron, ulncdtchiganCibik. (Al>- 
 wanask). 
 
 Grief, naninawendamoicin. 
 
 Grief, (in. s. in.) S. Sadne.-<s. 
 
 Grieve ; I grieve, 7iin nanina- 
 wendant. I grieve liini, (with 
 words,) niu naninavima, nind 
 indpinema. 
 
 Grieved; I am grieved, ninna- 
 ninawenddgo.1. 
 
 Grieved. Grievous, (in. s. in.) S. 
 Sadne.ss. 
 
 Grill ; I grill it, (in., an.) nin 
 bansun ; niu banswa. (Pat- 
 taiu). 
 
 Grimaces ; I make grimace.s or 
 facefs, nin niskingwen . {}iila\'ik- 
 kwew). 
 
 Grind ; I grind, nin bixsibod- 
 Jige. (Pinipulcliikewi. I grind 
 it, {in., an.) nin binsibodun ; 
 
 nin bixnibona. 1 wear it out by 
 grinding, (in., an.) nin met- 
 chibodon ; nin inefi'/ribona. It 
 is worn out by grinding, u/j., 
 an.) niefrhibode ; nietchibo.to. 
 
 Grinder, (large toutli,i gitabid. 
 My, tliy, ins grinder, ninda- 
 mikaiiabid, kidatnikanabid, 
 odaniikanabid. 
 
 Grindmill, hissibodjigan. (Pini- 
 putchigan). 
 
 Grind.stune, .//'/KY/««WA-. 
 
 Gri.-^tle, ktikaucndjigan. 
 
 Groan; I groan, nin ma.iHago.i, 
 nin iciiigine, nin niamddiri. I 
 groan .sleeping, nin nidnuul- 
 wcngwnm. 
 
 Groaning, mamadwnvin, masi- 
 idgosiwin. 
 
 CJrope ; I grope, nind odjinige, 
 nin nandodjinige. I grope 
 him, (her, it,) nind odJinu,nin 
 nundodjina : nin odjinnn, nin 
 nandodjinan. 
 
 Grotto. 8. Cavern. 
 
 Ground; it is ground, (in., an ) 
 bi.'<sa, bi-t.-fibode, bin.fibodji- 
 (/dde ; bi.ssisi, bissiboso, bi.i.n- 
 bodjigiiso. 
 
 Ground, (.-^oil,! aki, akki. 
 (Askiy, ajiskiy). Under 
 ground, andniakim/, andka- 
 niig. (A I .i m a s k a m i k). 
 On the ground, (bare ground,) 
 ni iidka m ig, ni ita.s/i kaka nt iij, 
 milchikang. — Tiie grountl is 
 sue h...., imikamigatniigad. 
 The ground ajmears, (is bare,) 
 niildkamiga. The gr. i.-^ Iiad, 
 mdndkaniiga. The gr. e racks, 
 or is cracked, from cold, pa- 
 paaadkaniigadin. The grviuml 
 crack.i, or is cracked, from 
 lieat, papasKubiganatf. The 
 gr. is dry, bengicukamiga, bi-
 
 GRO 
 
 — 122 — 
 
 GUN 
 
 binekamaie. The f^v. is good, 
 minokamifia. 'M i yokkami- 
 kaw). The gr. is hilly, rou<;h, 
 piwci ka m irju , ]> np ik wd ka m uja . 
 There is a liollow in the gr., 
 loimhakamiya. There is a hol- 
 low made in the ground, icim- 
 hakami(jndc. The gr. is level, 
 o n a k a m i (j a , jingakami- 
 qa, taiagwa. I make the gr. 
 level, nind nnakamigaan. It 
 is made level, onakamigdi- 
 gade. There is a 1 o w 
 ground, tabassakamiga, iabas- 
 sadina, tranakamiga. The gr. 
 is made low or lowered, faJxia- 
 sakamigaigdde. There is a ris- 
 ing gr., anibekamiga. The gr. 
 shakes, from some cause 
 above ground, thunder, etc., 
 tchingwamagad aki, iching- 
 wdkamiga. The gr. is very 
 steep, kiahkakamiga. The gr. 
 thaws, iiiugakamate, ninga- 
 kamigi.slikamagad. T h e g r. 
 is thick, kipagakamigamagad. 
 There is a trembling gr., toto- 
 ganowan. Trembling ground, 
 
 . totogan. The gr. is wet, nibi- 
 wdkamiga. — I stick it in the 
 ground, niii potakakamigissi- 
 don. It is the end of the gr., 
 waiekicdkamiga. (Kisipaska- 
 mik). 
 
 Orow ; I grow (it grows) slowly, 
 nin brdjig: bcdjigin. (Sak'i- 
 kiw, kiyipikiw). I grow (it 
 grows) fast, 7i7n ginibiq ; gi- 
 nibimagad, ginibigin. I grow 
 (it grows) taller, higher, nin 
 mddjig : mddjigin. I grow (it 
 grow.-^i stronger, sougigi ; sou- 
 gigin. — It grows out of the 
 earth, sdgakimagad. It grows 
 together, mamawigimagad. 
 
 Grumble, (like a dog;) I grum- 
 ble, /(//( nikim. I grumble at 
 him, nin nikimotawa. (Ne- 
 mow). 
 
 Guard; I guard him, (her, it,) 
 nin hijfina ; nin kijndnn. I 
 guard a child, nin kijddawass. 
 I guard a Iod;^e, nin kijddige. 
 I guard my.'^elf, nind anhvn. I 
 guard myself against liim, 
 (her, it,) nind ashwikawa ; 
 nind axhuikandan. (Kanawe- 
 y it tain, kani'iwapukew). 
 
 G uardian , kijddignrinini. 
 
 Guardian Angel ; my, thy, his 
 Guardian Angel, Anjeni gena- 
 ipenimid,Anjeni genaioenimik, 
 Anjeniwan genawenimigodjin. 
 
 Gue.^s ; I gue.-^s, pagicana nind 
 ikkit,pagicana nind ijiicindan. 
 I guess in thoughts, ^^a^icaHa 
 nind inendam. 
 
 Guessing, in a guessing manner, 
 pagioana. 
 
 Guest, v'dkomind. 
 
 Guide, kikinoicijiued, kikinowi- 
 jiiccwinini. (Okiskinottahi- 
 wew). 
 
 Guide ; I guide, nin kikinoici- 
 jiwe. I guide him, nin kikino- 
 tcina. 
 
 Guilt, indoicifi. 
 
 Guitar, madu-ewctchigan. 
 
 Gulf S. Abyss. 
 
 Gull, gaia//ik. (Kiyask). Young 
 gull, gaias/ikons. Gull's egg, 
 gaia-s/ikicaican. 
 
 Gum, o.slikaniganima. My, thy, 
 his gum, nishkanigan, kish- 
 kan igan , os/ikan iga n . 
 
 Gun, pds/iki.'<igan. The stock of 
 a (inn, pd.'ihki^igandtig. I load 
 a gun, nind onanhkinadon 
 pdshkiifigan. The gun is load- 
 ed, onashkinade pdshkisigan.
 
 GUN 
 
 123 — 
 
 GUT 
 
 I cock a gun, nind ajigidahi- 
 kinanjiuahkisigaii. Tliejrun is 
 cock il, ajiaidabikinUfdde 
 p(is/ikisit/<(u. 1 he gun nusf^es 
 tilWdinr/Uiikh'isinjxI-shkisigan. 
 iPuiUviipittettin). 
 
 Gun-cap, ()iwissidji(j(n). I put a 
 cap to a gun, iiiii biwisaiddn 
 pdnhki.'iigan. 
 
 G u n- s 1 n i 1 1 1 , pdshkisiganikewi- 
 
 nini. I am a gun-smith, nin 
 
 puyhkisif/anike. 
 Gun-smith's trade or business, 
 
 pd-shkisif/auikewin. 
 Gun-worm , gitaif/an. 
 Gut, opikvKid. 
 
 , ot 
 
 Gut; J gut liim, nin kUchina- 
 (jijina . \ Ta totayeswew) 
 
 Gut of tlie 
 onagij. 
 
 moose, ashkakwa-
 
 H 
 
 Ha ! fnia ! ataid ! fdira '. tiwe ' 
 
 — Nid ! 
 Haliit, ijiipebisiwin, nar/adi.si- 
 win. Good haliit, mi)io ijiwe- 
 bisiwin. Bad habit, matclii 
 ijiwebisiwiii. — S. Accustomed . 
 (Nauainabuwin). 
 Habitation, (dnwiti. My, thy, 
 his haliitation, endaidn, en- 
 dad. (Ni'ki. wiki). 
 Haft. S. Handle. 
 Hail, A-esscgan. 
 Hail ; it hails, sesscgan, mikwa- 
 
 minaniwan. 
 Hair, winiaissima. (Mistakiiy). 
 My, thy, his hair, ninishs, 
 Ainisiss, winisins; plural, nl- 
 «/.v/.s.sfl/t, ivinisissan. — I have 
 black hair, or my hair (head) 
 i.s bkxck, II in. mukaicwindibc. 
 I have curled hair, nin babi- 
 sigindibe. My hair is in dis- 
 order, bristled up, nin niskin- 
 dibe. My hair is long, nin 
 gimmnikwc, nin f/agdnwanik- 
 we. I have red hair, (a red 
 head,) nin vm-kwanikwe, nin 
 miskicandibc, inii.'ikondibe.) 
 I have .short hair, nin iakwd- 
 mkwc. My hair i.s white, nin 
 wdbikwe, nin uu'ibishkindibe. 
 My hair i.s yellow, fla.xen, 
 nind osdvnndibe. — I lose my 
 hair, nin bindnikwe. I cut his 
 hair, nin mojica. I take him 
 by the hair, nin sagdnikwena. 
 Hair of animals. S. Fur. 
 
 Hair-powder. S. Powder. 
 Hairy ; it is hairy, coarse, (stuff, 
 in.,nn.\ mishaweigad ; minha- 
 ireigisi. nii.s/ioipesi. (Wetisiw). 
 Half, r/6;7rt. Half each, aidbita. 
 Half a Ijarrel, abiiawisxag ; 
 Jialf a bottle, dbila-omodai . 
 Halfway across a river or 
 lake, dbifawagdm. Halfway 
 going up on a mountain or 
 Jiill, dbHau-amadJiir. Halfway 
 from one place to another, 
 dbi/awikana. 
 
 Haifa day, ningo-nawakwe. 
 
 Halfl)reed, aiabitdin.sid. I am 
 a halfbreed, nind abitdwis. 
 Halfbreed man, winsdkodewi- 
 nini. Halfbreed woman, wis- 
 sdkodewikioe. (Abittawoko- 
 sis.sun). 
 
 Half-cloth, nebanetagak. (S. Na- 
 bnnctagad.) 
 
 Half drunk ; I am li.d., nin jo- 
 tcibi. I am joyful being h. d., 
 ninjoicendam. 
 
 Half drunkenness, joicibiwin. 
 Gaiety or joyfulness in half 
 drunkenness, jotcendamowin. 
 
 Half full ; it is half full, la bag,) 
 dbifoshkin. 
 
 Halibut, (lishi mandmeg. 
 
 Halloo! haw ! taga .' hoi ! 
 (Matte!) 
 
 Ham, kokoshiwibtcdin. Smoked 
 haiu, kokoshitcibwdin gakana- 
 modeg. 
 
 Hamlet, odcnaicens.
 
 HAN 
 
 12.3 — 
 
 HAN 
 
 Hammer, pakiieiijan. 
 Hammer; I hammer iron ilut, 
 
 niiid onadadii biwdbik. 
 Hammered ; tlie iron is liam- 
 
 mered, onudaii/dde biwdbik. 
 
 Hand, on indjim a. ( M i tc h i t j i , 
 
 otcliitji). The whole hand, 
 
 viisiiri'niiiiljun. The rig lit 
 
 hati'l, kilrltinindj, nkitclunind- 
 
 jima. Tlie k'll \vA\\i\,nmiinnd- 
 
 JiniiidJ, (tnamdndjlitindjiwd. 
 
 The otluT hand, iKibtiiiniiiidJ, 
 
 ojaicinindj. M^-.thy, iiishand, 
 
 ninindj, kinindj, oiiindj. — I 
 
 liave hand.*, iiind oiiindji. I 
 
 have ahoniinable liands, nin 
 
 </agu'dni.s.s(i(/inindJi. I have 
 
 clean hands, iiin bininindji. I 
 
 have cunvulsion.s in my hand 
 
 or hands, nin tchitrliibinind- 
 
 jinlika. I iiave a dead hand, 
 
 nin nibowinindji . I have dirty 
 
 hands, nin wininindji. (Wiyi- 
 
 pitchitchewi. I have hairy 
 
 liands, nin vtis/iinindji. 1 
 
 liave large hands, (or lingers,) 
 
 ni)i iniiDiinif/inindJi. I liave a 
 
 long hand, nin (/inonind/i. I 
 
 have lung hands, nin ijaijann- 
 
 ■nindji. I have only one liand, 
 
 7iin nabuni'nindji. J have pain 
 
 in my hand or liands, nin dr- 
 
 winindji. I have a scar on my 
 
 hand, nind odjis/iiuindji. I 
 
 have a short hand, 7iin iako- 
 
 nindji. I have a small hand. 
 
 iiind ni/as.sinindji. •! h ji v e 
 
 small hands, nin balnwiniud- 
 
 ji. I have s|)asmfl ur cramps 
 
 in my hand, nind oichinind- 
 
 jijriniij. I have strong hands, 
 
 nin mashlinwinindji. — My 
 
 hands are henundied with 
 
 cold, "jiin fd/itnikinindjnutdj. 
 
 Mv hands are hluodv, )iin 
 
 viiskii'iwinindji. My hands are 
 hound, nin mamandjirfonindji- 
 bis. I hind or fetter his hands, 
 tnn maniandjif/wdpinindjiba- 
 iia. My hands are cold, nin 
 iakinindji. My hand s are 
 cracked, nin yipinindji, nin 
 l/cKjipinindji. My liand lor 
 linger, I is cut of}', nin kinhki- 
 nindji. I cut otriiis hand, (or 
 linger,! nin ki.ihkiniiidjiodi.s. 
 My hand (or finger) is dislo- 
 cated, nin fjidinkiikonindji- 
 skin, nin himi.skonindjishin. I 
 dislocate my hanil hy falling, 
 nin koti(jnnindjislnn. Mv hand 
 is dislocated hy falling, nin 
 ko/it/onini/JHa. J dislocate or 
 sprain his haml liy pulling, 
 nin pakibinindjibinci. M v 
 hand is frozen, nin ma.fhka- 
 wadjinindjiwadj. My liand is 
 nierced, nin jihanindjijirjas. 
 My hand shakes, )un nintmji- 
 nindji. My hantl is stitt, nin 
 tchiliatakonindji. My hand is 
 swollen, nin buifinindji. Mv 
 hands are lender, nin noki- 
 niiidji. My hands are warm, 
 nin kijonindji. My hand is 
 wounded, nin mdkinindji. — I 
 hruisc my hand, win tataijo- 
 nindjiodin. I hruisc my hand 
 hy striking, )iin J<is/iai/nnind- 
 jii/rinunilis. My hand is hruis- 
 ed liy s. th. that (i-ll on it, nin 
 iii.s/Kii/onindJi.s/ikos-. 1 close 
 my hanil, nin jitidii/wdkonind- 
 jin. I hurt my hantl lur finger,) 
 nin kis/ikinindjis/iin. I join 
 iiuth hands together, nin ni- 
 Jiininiljin. I keep my hamls 
 under the arms, nin kanhkaad- 
 jinikrb. 1 lay my hand or 
 hands on him, nind ijiniud-
 
 HAN 
 
 120 — 
 
 HAN 
 
 jitaum. I open my liand, niii 
 pa.is(i(jinin(lji)i. I open his 
 hand, iiin passaf/hiiiKijina. T 
 open my liand flat, niii tesai- 
 nindjin. I press his hand, nin 
 ■maf/omndjiua. I put my liand 
 (or finger) in, nin ]>hnl/ininil- 
 jissin. 1 reach my hand out 
 towards him, (I shake hands 
 with him.) nin ftof/inintljina. 
 I rub his hand witii medicine, 
 nin .'iini(j<ininrljihina. I stretch 
 out my liand, (or finger,) nin 
 jihinindjin. I stretch my hand 
 flat towards him or over him, 
 nin tcsHinindjitaiva. I thrust 
 s. th. in my hand, nin pataki- 
 nindjiodis. I thrust s. th. in 
 his hand, nin puiukinindjiica. 
 It sticks (it is thrust) in my 
 hand, nin paiakinindjishin. 
 I ATash my hands, nin kisihi- 
 ginindji.i wipe my hands, nin 
 kisinindji. 
 
 Hand-barrow, oniganCdig, iessa- 
 knnigan,nimdkonigan. I carry 
 on a hand-barrow, (or pole,i 
 nin nimdkonige. I carry him 
 (her, it) on a hand-barrow, nin 
 nimdkona ; 7iin nimdkonan. 
 
 Handful ; a handful, ningotoba- 
 nenindj. Twice, three times, 
 four times, a handful, nijoba- 
 nenindj, nissobanniindji, nio- 
 banenindj . So many times a 
 h a n d f u 1, dassobancnindj. — 
 Both hands full, ningotobeni- 
 kan. Twice, three times, both 
 hands full, nijobonikan, nisso- 
 honikan. So many times botli 
 hands full, dassobunikan. 
 
 Handkerchief, moshwe. (Tabis- 
 kiigan). 
 
 Handle, haft, nabdko.tmdjigan. 
 I put a handle, haft or crank 
 
 to it, nia nahukossidon, nin 
 onnkoHKidon. 
 
 Hamlle to an axe or hoe, osida- 
 kuntig, nididkox.sidjigan. (Mit- 
 jiminigan, or, iittik at the 
 end of tlic word : v. g. tckika- 
 higtindtlik, handle to an axe). 
 
 Handle to a kettle, pot, etc., sa- 
 gahiginigan. 
 
 Handle to a .spear, anitiiak, ani- 
 liidtig. 
 
 Hainl-saw, kiahkibodjigan, tdsh- 
 kihndjigfui. 
 
 Handsome, gwandlch. I am (it 
 is) handsome, 7?//t gwandtchitr, 
 nind onijiah; gwandichiican, 
 oniJisJiin. 
 
 Hang ; I hang, or I am up .some- 
 where, nindagndjin. It liangs 
 or it is up somewhere, agode. 
 It does not hang well, wewe- 
 bdgode. I hang him (her, it) 
 up, or put him (her, it) up 
 somewhere, nind agona ; Jiind 
 agodon. I hang it or put it up 
 for him, nind ugonamawa. I 
 hang him s. th. around the 
 neck, nin nubikona. I hang s. 
 th. on my neck belonging to 
 him, nin ndbikamaiva. — I 
 hang up a net, nind agonas- 
 i^ab. — I hang spread out, gi- 
 bagude. It hangs so..., inagode. 
 
 Hang, (execute ;) I hang persons, 
 7iind agujiire, nin gibinewebi- 
 Jiwe. I hang him, nind agona, 
 nin gibinihcebina. I hang niy- 
 .•«elf, nind ngonidis, nin gibi- 
 nrwebinidis. (Oppapekipitew.) 
 
 Hatiging up persons, agnjiice- 
 win, agOnidiwin, gibinewebi- 
 jiweicin . 
 
 Hangman, agnjiwewinini, ago- 
 nidiwinini, gibinewebijiwewi- 
 nini, gebinewebijiwed.
 
 11 A R 
 
 — 127 
 
 HAS 
 
 Hang n\>; I hang s. th. up to 
 let the water dropout, (i)i.,an.) 
 niii sikobi</i7ian ; nin sikobi- 
 yina. 
 
 Hank. S. Skein. 
 
 Happen ; it happen?, paijaml- 
 aiamagad. It happens to me, 
 ni a ^ar/ami.shkaf/(t)i . I Ikk in ) . 
 
 Happinee.'^, jilwetidayosiwin, de- 
 bi.siwin , iiiinwciidumovnii. 
 
 Happy , niiKjo fa was.sidar/ . 
 
 Happy ; I am happy, niiijaweit- 
 durjos, nin dcbia, nin minwen- 
 dain. I make him happy, nin 
 jdwcndaoo.sia, nin drbia. I 
 make it happy, nin drbiton. 
 
 Happv, (in. .s. in.) S. Joyful. 
 Clad. 
 
 Harangue, animitdgosiwin. I 
 make a harangue, nind ani- 
 iniid(/os. — S. Speech. 
 
 Haranguer, ncld-yigiiod, ncin- 
 aniinitdi/osid. 
 
 Harangue to obtain charity, /./- 
 livuii/uniiniiuj/osiwin. I make 
 a harangue in order to olitain 
 charity, nin kilimdganimitd- 
 goa. 
 
 Harhor, dgnmowin. I am in a 
 harlfor, nind agum. We are in 
 a harbor with a ves.sel, nind 
 agomiimin. (Kapawin). 
 
 Hard, it is hard, viashkmcissin. 
 It is hard and dry from heat, 
 mas/iknn'dkddode. It is haril 
 or strong, (wood,) mas/ikawa- 
 kwud. 
 
 Hard, (in. .s. in) S. Strong. 
 
 Hard, painful ; it iw hard, koin- 
 gcnddgirnd. — S. D i th c u 1 1. 
 (AvimeyittAkwan). 
 
 Harden ; I harden or temper it. 
 nin nuis/ikdU'dbikisdii. 
 
 llardene<l sinner, (liunirrnindi- 
 sossig. 
 
 Hardly, agdwa. 
 
 Hardy ; I am hardy, ninjibina- 
 
 u'is. 
 Hare, mi.ssdbos. (Mistabuf?). 
 Harlot, pagdndjikwe, gagibdd- 
 
 jikwe. 
 Harmony. S. Peace. 
 Harne.ss, onapiaowin. (Otdbane- 
 
 yal)Ty(. 
 Harnes.s ; I harne.ss him, nind 
 
 unapina. 
 Harnessed ; I am harnessed, 
 
 nind ondpis. 
 Harj), nindircH'cli-higan. 
 Harpoon , patakihidjigan. 
 Harpoon; I harpoon, ninpaia- 
 
 kihidjigc. I harpoon him, (her, 
 
 it,| nin patakibina ; nin2yat(i- 
 
 kibidvn . 
 Harrow, bissaknm igibndjignn , 
 
 bindkwan, kitclii bindwan, 
 
 hinakwaigan , bigobidjigan. 
 
 (Ayipitcliigan). 
 Harrow ; 1 harrow, nin binsaka- 
 
 miglbiidjigc, nin hindkirnige. 
 Hardship, knidgiiowin, kotdgi- 
 
 win. I endure hardshiji, «//; 
 
 kotdgiio, nin kotdgiw. 
 Hart's horn, onins/ikiHwc.'fJikan. 
 Harvest, harvesting, ninnidtrin, 
 
 ki.s/ikas/tkiJigeicinfpiisJikkdsh- 
 
 kijigcwin. (.Mawafciiitch ike- 
 win |. 
 Harvest ; I harvest, nin mama, 
 
 nin kin/ikdshkijige, nin jXf.vA- 
 
 kd.s/ikijige. 
 Harvester, kif</ika.<tlikiiigcwini- 
 
 ni, pdshkdKlikijigcU'inini. 
 Harvesting Wuman, kis/ikdshki- 
 
 Jigi'wikwv, pashkdnhkijige- 
 
 wikire. 
 Haste, iretvibisiirin, ireti'ibUd- 
 
 !/•/;(, vewibt nddnmit'in, dadd. 
 
 tabiwin. (Kiyipiwin). I makp 
 
 iiaste, nm wcwebis. 1 make], 
 
 •J
 
 HAT 
 
 — 12.S 
 
 II HA 
 
 workiiiKi niii wewehita. (Pa- 
 pasiliew). I nifvkc li. to re- 
 turn lionie, niii wcwibcndam. 
 I make haste, (in workiii^r, 
 eating, ppeaking, etc.) idn da- 
 duinbi,iiiii p<iji(iu'adi>i. I in- 
 tend to make haste, niii ])fijif/- 
 icadcndaiii. — I make liaste in 
 carrying s. th., niii wewihi- 
 lu'j/e. 1 make hastegoing some- 
 where, niii weivihishka. — It 
 makes haste, daddtahimagad. 
 
 Hasten. S. I make haste. 
 
 Hat, wiicakicdn. (Astotini. I put 
 my hat on, nin bidjiwaktrane 
 I take oti' my hat, uiH gitchi- 
 wakwdne. 
 
 Hatch ; she hatches, (hen, bird,) 
 padagimwagishkam . ■; Asti ne- 
 piw). 
 
 Hatclied ; tlie young cliicken 
 or bird is hatched out, pash- 
 hcaceo jyatiadjd. 
 
 Hatchet, wagdkwadons. (Tchi- 
 kahiganisi. 
 
 Hate ; I hate, nin jingendjige. 
 I hatelial)itually, ninjingend- 
 jigcihk. I liate him, (her, it,) 
 nin jingenima ; nin jingen- 
 dan. (Pakwatewi. I liate some 
 object relating to him,la?j.,m.| 
 nin jingcnamima ; nin Jing^n- 
 damdwa. I hate myself, n'ln 
 jingenindiK. We hate each 
 other, nin jingenindimin. — I 
 hate to hear him, (her, it,i 
 nin jingitawa, nin mdniiawa ; 
 nin jingitan, nin mnniian. 
 (Mayittawew), 
 
 Hate, "(in. s. in.) S. Abhor. 
 
 Hated ; it is hated, (in., on.) 
 jingcndjigude ; jingendjigd.^o. 
 My speaking is hated, ninjin- 
 gitagos. Its sound is hated, 
 jingitagioad. 
 
 Hateful; I am lit is) hateful, 
 considered hateful, nin jin- 
 gcnddgo.f ; jingentlagirnd.T]tv 
 state of being hateful, liate- 
 i'n\\iv»^,Jlngcnddgosiwin. (Pa- 
 kwatikusiw). 
 
 Hateful, (in. s. in.) S. Horrible. 
 
 Hatred, jingendmnowin, jin- 
 gt')idjigfiwin. Haiiitual hatred, 
 jingcndjigrs/iklirin. Mutual 
 hatred, Jingcnindiwin. (Pa- 
 kwasiwewini. 
 
 Haughtiness. H a u g h t y. — S. 
 Pride. Proud. 
 
 Haul ; I haul on tlie beach a 
 canoe or boat, nind agwassi- 
 don tchimun. 
 
 Haul, (in. s. in.) S. Draw. 
 
 Havannah sugar, sibwdgani- 
 .^i.sibdkwat. 
 
 Have ; I have liim, (her, it,) 
 nind aidica ; nind ainn. I 
 have him with me, nin irid- 
 widjaiawa. 
 
 Hawen. S. Harbor. 
 
 Hawk, gibwdnasi. (Kekkek). 
 
 Hay, mosJikoii.'^iwan, mija-ihkon. 
 (MaskusTy). I make hay, nin 
 washkossike, nin vianaahkos- 
 .siwe. 
 
 Hny-fork, pataka.^hkaigaa. 
 
 Hay-loft, hay-shed, ma.shko.'isi- 
 u'tgamig. 
 
 Hay-niaking, mashkofisikewin. 
 
 Hazelnut, ])agdn, pagdnens. 
 The hazelnut begins to ripen, 
 pagnnens winiwi. 
 
 Hazelnut-shrub or hazel, 2^^'' 
 gdnimij, ogebwamif. 
 
 He, win. (Wiyai. lie-, in he- 
 bear, he-cat, etc. S. Male 
 
 Head, oshtiguulnima. My. thy, 
 his head, ni.shii/iicdn, kishiig- 
 U'dn, oihtigicdn. I have such 
 ahead, nind indibc. I have a
 
 HEA 
 
 12'J — 
 
 II KA 
 
 Hat head, nin nahuyiiulihc. I 
 liave a large head, nin inan- 
 (/ishiii/waite, nin mcnKjinttihc. 
 I liave a scar on inv head, 
 nind, (uljisltindilie. I liave a 
 small head, nind ar/tdssinilihe. 
 My head only is o\it of s. th., 
 nin scKjikwcn. My liead is out 
 of the water, /(//( scKjikwei/tmi. 
 My head is swollen, nin Ini- 
 (/iirdibe. My Jiead is wrapped 
 up ill s. til., (»r, I wrap my 
 head u|) iu s. th., or cover it, 
 vin iriwdkaenindihi.s, nin vc- 
 u'indibchix. I wrap up his 
 head, or cover it. with s. th., 
 nin u'iwakicni'd. I crush his 
 head, nin JaHliiKjondihcwa. I 
 hold up .<traigiit my head,yi//i 
 (/(liiihokiren. I inciine my 
 liead hackwards, itind oJ(i</i- 
 dil-trcu. I incline my head 
 forwards, nin ndwayikiccn. I 
 iiicliiu' my liead on one side, 
 nind iinihikicen. I keep my 
 head still', /(//( nKtuJikinci/iiven. 
 I make a certain motion with 
 my head, nind iniikiccn. I 
 make my liead per.^pire, nin 
 ,s7/.v.s7/7//7,-« <'. I make his hea<l 
 I)ers|jire, nin nas.sdliikonii. I 
 move my head, nin inmnndik- 
 wen. 1 stretch my head 
 througli a window to see s. 
 th., iiin ttijiikicen. I tear his 
 head ofl', nin kislihii/irchinn. 
 I lie up my heail, niii simiok- 
 ireliis. I tie up his lieail, nin 
 sinsukirrliind I tie s. th. 
 around my head, nin Inin.iik- 
 ii'i'IiIk. I t ie o r ji u t h. ih. 
 around his head, iiin Ixi.i.sik- 
 u'lhinn. Any t h i n p I i e d 
 aroumi the head, hiiKsikwclii- 
 son. 1 turn mv head round, 
 
 ////) ijuchikwen. I wag my 
 head to signily, no! nin tren-r- 
 biku'tn. I wag my head to 
 him, nin wviccbikicduuu. J 
 wash my head, nin ki.sibit/in- 
 dibe. I wash his head, nin 
 kisibiijindibcmt. 
 
 IIead-ache,j(/r «•//.•«■('«•/;/. I have 
 liead-ache, nin dcuiliic, nind 
 ako-sin ni.s/iii</ic(in. (Tchisti- 
 kwanewi. 1 ha\e head-ache 
 from too much heat, ////( ilc- 
 icikinio.s.s. 
 
 lieailstroiig ; I am h , nin imi-s/i- 
 /idirinilibc. 
 
 Head-wind ; there is head-wind, 
 contrary wind, undji.s/ikdinid- 
 niyipud. I have liead-wind, 
 nind ondjia/ikdwauni. (Xahi- 
 miskaui). 
 
 Heal ; my woiind heals, niti 
 ijiije. 1 heal his wound or 
 wounds, nin </<'!/ed. 
 
 Heal. Healing, lin. s. in.) S. 
 Cure. Curing 
 
 Health, ijdndnddirisin-in, niinn 
 aittirin, mi no binnhlixiicin. I 
 am in good health, nin i/audn- 
 ddwis, nin niino did, nin niino 
 Itiniddis. l*in)r lualtli, nitd- 
 <ik<)siuin. I have a j>oor 
 health, nin nild dkos. 
 
 Heap, ipile;i the whole luaj), 
 inii/okirissin;/. I put them in 
 a heap, i//(., dii.juin o/vr/.v.v/- 
 t II n (t n ; nind okiris/iinidt/. 
 They are together in a heap, 
 (//( , (in ) dkirissinon : okni- 
 shiniii/. 'I'heie is a high heap, 
 I/';/., an.) is/ij>i.ssin : ishpisliin. 
 There are heaps of driven 
 snow, i.shpddjibiirdn. il'a|K's- 
 tin). 
 
 Hear ; I ih-n't like to hear. S. 
 I hate to hear.
 
 HEA 
 
 — 130 — 
 
 IIEA 
 
 Hear ; I hear, nin nondam, nin 
 nondage, iiin nnndamanH. 
 (Pcttixwew). I hear him, (lier, 
 it),jj?/( nondaiva ; nin nondan. 
 I hear myself, nin nondas, 
 nin nondadis. I hear for my- 
 self, nin nmidamas. — I liear 
 him witli anirer, uin nishkn- 
 kadisifawa. Wo hear each 
 other with anger, »m nishka- 
 disi/adiiiiin. I hear liim .speak 
 angry, nin nis}ik(7sit(nca. I 
 cannot hear liim, nin nctwita- 
 wa. I hear him coming hither 
 speaking, niii bidwetveicnva. 
 I hear liim (her, it| here, 7iin 
 drbitaira ; nin dcbitan. I go 
 round to hear what is said, 
 nin nanandos/ikite, nin haba- 
 nannndoshkite. I am in a 
 had habit of going round to 
 liear what is said, nin nandn- 
 dos/tkiies'hk. I endeavor to 
 hear what is said, nin nandn- 
 iac/e. 1 endeavor to hear wliat 
 he says, nin nandotmca. I 
 stand still in difterent places 
 to hear what thej' say, nin 
 nanandoshkifcr/abcuc. I let 
 him hear or make him hear, 
 nin nnndamona. I hear him 
 with the impression that he is 
 telling a lie or lies, nin </ina- 
 wi-shkitawa. I hear it with 
 the impression that it is a lie, 
 niu (/inaivi.shkiian. I hear 
 him, (her, it)outof some place, 
 nind ont<ihiw<i : nind onsiidn. 
 I hear him witli pity, nin ki- 
 tiniaijUawa. I hear liim plain- 
 ly, nin piKjakitawa. I hear 
 him, (her, it) right or correct- 
 ly, win (jivaiakotawa ; nin 
 gwaiakolan. I hear what is 
 said, nind iniiam. I hear peo- 
 
 ple say HO..., nind initage. I 
 jicar him say so..., nind inilcir 
 n-a. I hear him in a stealthy 
 manner, 7iin gimilnva ; nin 
 l/iinoniiawa. I liear him speak 
 stupidly, nin kovasitawa. I 
 hear him tell wonderful 
 things, I hear him with as- 
 tonishment, nin mamaktisi- 
 iuu'u. 
 
 Hoar, (in. s. in.) S. Listen to.... 
 
 Heard ; I am (it is) heard, nin 
 nnndtti/o.'i, nin nondadjigas, 
 nin nondjigan ; nrmddgwad, 
 nondadjigndc, nondjigade. It 
 is heard, it is reported, nnn- 
 dagwaniwan. A n y thing 
 heard, nondammcin. — I can 
 lit can) he heard, nin dvbitd- 
 gos ; dcbiiafjuad. Its sound 
 IS heard at such a place, dcb- 
 irewes.sin. I make in y s e 1 f 
 heard from a certain distance, 
 nin di'bwewidam. I am heard 
 coming on, nin bidwewexhin. 
 I am heard coming hither 
 running, nin bidwncebain. I 
 am heard coming hither 
 sj)eaking, nin bidichvtidgos. I 
 am heard passing hy, nin 
 biinirciccHliin. I am heartl 
 making noise in pa.ssing hy, 
 nin bimweipe. I am heard 
 talking in passing by, nin 
 bimicewedavi. I am (it is) 
 heard from some place, nin 
 jnadicrwe.f/iin : madici'westtin. 
 I am heanl making noise in 
 some place, nin madwrta. I 
 am hoard in a certain jilace, 
 nin donwnrc. I am (it is) 
 heanl out of a certain i)lace, 
 nind nnsifi/gos ; nnsitdgtcad. 
 I am (it is) lieard falling, nin 
 madwi'shin ,- madici's.itn. I am
 
 IIEA 
 
 i;!i — 
 
 llEA 
 
 lit is) hoard falliii;^ to t li c 
 ^Tou ml ,H in madici'kttiu it/isfiiii; 
 inddirrli/ii/iii/issiii. I am (it isi 
 lu'ani ialliiiif on tlio lloor, 7?m 
 »i(Klwr.ssiii/i.s/iiii ; UKiilirc.ssa- 
 l/isftiii. ] am heard with pity, 
 with compassion, nin kifiiiid- 
 i/it'li/os. 1 am licard with plea- 
 sure, iiiii miiuitatfos. I am 
 heani with <li.spleasiire, iiiii 
 jiiKjiinijos. I am lieard ri^-'ht 
 or correctly, nin (ju'iiidkutti- 
 1/ii.s. I am heard so... niml ini- 
 l(it/(i.i. 1 nm heard t e 1 1 i ii j^ 
 wondert'iil thin;.'^, niji tnania- 
 k(tHilag<tfs. The rapids of a ri- 
 ver are heard, i/idicrircilji- 
 U'un. 
 
 H c a r i n jr, ni>n(Utni(Hvin. Any 
 thin;^ I hear, nin niniddnio- 
 H'in. My liearings, nin mm- 
 (lunioirindn. il'ettamowini. 
 
 Hearken; I hearken, nin ndit- 
 (Idfdi/c, ninpitiinddin, nin pi- 
 .siiiild;/e. Ilia uanddmniiildni. 
 I hearken in order to hear 
 wiiat he shall say, nin nan- 
 ilohiwd, nin nunddtndsitdWd. 
 
 Heart, ndrinia. (Miteh). My, thv, 
 his heart, nindr, kiilr, oih\ 
 In the heart, anoinitlr. I have 
 a heart, nind udr. (X'otehini. 
 J have such a heart, or, my 
 heart is so..., wind drr, or, 
 nin iji dSr. I iiuve a i-lean 
 lieart, nin hinid£6. (KanAtji- 
 telicw). I luive an unclean 
 Iieart, )iin winidre. I have a 
 lar;j;e heart, nin ntdntjidiU'. I 
 iiave a small heart, nindd</ds- 
 siili'c. I make his heart sn..,, 
 nin (Ucdy or, nind iji drni. I 
 make his heart larjic, nin. 
 inuni/iderd. I nuikc his heart 
 strong, nin annijidccskkdijc, 
 
 nin nonkidMshkawa. I make 
 his heart stronjr, nin Honyi- 
 di'ra ; nin xoiujidi'^slikdwd. I 
 m ak h i s he ar t hard, or 
 s t r o n g, )iin nidfthkdwidrca, 
 nin inashkun'iders/tkdu-d. I 
 iiave a strong heart, nin .vni- 
 f/idr.r. I have a .«trong heart, 
 or, I have a hard and stulihorn 
 hear t, n i n nidshkdwidi'e. 
 Strength or fortitude of heart, 
 .•irnii/iilrnrin. (Jixing .-strength 
 of heart, sont/idccs/ikdj/cwin. 
 f have the same heart with 
 him, )iin widjidrcnnt. I have 
 spasmsor cramps at the heart, 
 nind (dc/iidrrpini;/. I feel 
 pain in n\y hvari, nin (hwidrc. 
 1 have a good heart, nin mi- 
 nodre. I have a wicked heart, 
 )iin nidtc/u'ilrr. — My heart is 
 atiected in a certain manner, 
 nin ilrrshkd. My h e art i s 
 alHicted, is .•sorrowful, nin 
 wds.sitdwiih'r. AtHiction of 
 heart, trassi/dwidrruin. My 
 heart is angry, nin ni.'ihkidrr. 
 Anger in the heart, nishki- 
 dri'irin. My heart heats much, 
 nin vikwinyadrr. My iieart 
 heats violently, nin sessnji- 
 flrr. Violent heating of llie 
 heart, se.s.sn/idrnrin. My heart 
 is cool, niit iakidn'-. I cool 
 my heart, nin tdkidvriabuiva- 
 nidis. I cool his heart, nin 
 Idkidi'i'idhau'dnd. Mv Iieart 
 is in peace, nin intnaXiiridrr. 
 I'eace of heart, Wdnnkiiridrc- 
 win. My heart is .so large..., 
 ///;((/ inii/(di(idn'. From all mv 
 heart, inii/idindkridii. My 
 heart is tired of .-sorrow and 
 grief, nind i.'</iki<li'r. My heart 
 IS trouhled, alarmed, nin mi-
 
 HEI 
 
 — 1 M — 
 
 HER 
 
 ilnslik-i'iiljidrr. 'J' r u u li I o (' 
 Iic'iirt, niii/'i.s/iliih/jiilriiriii. My 
 liciirt is wi'jik, licklc, niii no- 
 Kiilrr. Fickleiifss of niiiid, 
 im/adrrwin. — I cum" in liis 
 liftirt, ju'ii pin(IJi(li:r.s/i/iuica. 
 It comes in my heart, iiin 
 i/iii iIJi<lrc.s-Ji K/ii/on . 
 
 Heat; tlierc is lieat, kijate, ki- 
 jidc. Tlie licut comes in,j>//«- 
 (l i ;/('•)' aie. 
 
 Heath e n , enamias.sii/. 
 
 Heaven, 'jigif/, irakiri. In liea- 
 ven, from or to liea\eii, ijiji- 
 !/""[/ ; wakiriiii/. 
 
 Heavy, (difficult ;) it is heavy to 
 me, it comes heavy upon me, 
 iiiiid dkoshkdijon. (Ayimeyit- 
 tam). 
 
 Heavy, ponderous ; I am (it is) 
 lieavy, niii kosv/waii; ku.si;/- 
 iraii. I make liim, llier, iti 
 licavv, itiii kosiijivaniit ; nin 
 kosii/irauifoii. I find him (her, 
 it I heavy, ;*//( ko^'K/waneiiima ; 
 itiii kosii/iranciidcnt . 
 
 Heavy object ; to keej) s. th. 
 down, miudJimisJikndJii/an. I 
 put a heavy object on 8. th. 
 to keep it down, nin minji- 
 viis/iknd/ii/e. I put a lieavy 
 olijcct on liim, (her, it,i nin 
 mindjimishkona ; nin mindji- 
 ml.ihkodon. 
 
 Hectic ; I am hectic, ?(/// Jii/wa- 
 kddos, nin miniicapinv, nin 
 lakwamicf. 
 
 TIedge, mitcliikan. 
 
 Heel, odnndanama. My. tliy, 
 liis lieel, nindnndan, kidnn- 
 dan, (idiindan. I sit on my 
 lieels, }iin pitiipvcssab. (N'ak- 
 kwan, wakkwani. 
 
 Heifer, ijibandkoi^h. 
 
 Height; it is uf a certain lii^Mit, 
 
 (ijn'/dnHK/dd. 'J'lie lii;;lit of s. 
 th., or as it is liigli, cn/ijin;/, 
 rnHi.fsini/. 
 
 Hel;:liten "S. Hi-h. 
 
 Helas ! iitri: .' cilaid. — A7V< .' (ee ! 
 hey ! inaneka !) 
 
 Hell, anumukumiij. (Kite li i- 
 iskutew). 
 
 Helm, iiddkan. 
 
 Helmet, (i;/o.s/itl(/irrinsiin. 
 
 Help, vidokdijeirin. Mutual 
 help, iridokodadiu-in. (Otchik- 
 kamawewin). 
 
 Help ; I helj), nin widokaye, nin 
 in'dokaa. I help him, nin iri- 
 dokitwa, tridiikumawa. We 
 help each other, nin icidnko- 
 dadintin, nin wid'/kamadiniin. 
 I helj) or assist his mind, (his 
 tliouL'hts,) nin widokawenimu. 
 (Nisokkam.lkew). 
 
 Heljier, wndaktir/cd, iradokasod. 
 
 Hem ; I hem, nin fidhii/iras.s. I 
 hem it, (/»., nn.\ nin iitihiy- 
 iradan ; nin tifibiijwmta. 
 
 Hemlock, kagajiiranj. (Waba- 
 nowa.«k). 
 
 Hemlock-forest, kafjafj iicanjtki. 
 
 Hem 1( )ck-tea , kaf/oyiiranjiirdbn. 
 
 Hemmed; it is hemmed, tin., 
 (in.\ /itibii/irdde ; fitibitjird.so. 
 
 llo\],i>(ikii(ikn'c, ikirr-pakaakire. 
 
 Hen-house, hen roost, pakuak- 
 irrtrii/ami;/. 
 
 Hen's egjr, jmkaakirewairan, 
 pakaakirairairan. 
 
 Hermit, ncjikv-bimndisid pay- 
 irddnkrnnii/. 
 
 Herb, uios/iknssiir. Aniongts 
 herbs, ineyirc-i/ikosxiw. The 
 herb is bent, beaten or trod- 
 den down, .'itiircs/iki.s.sin masdi- 
 l)ii:<siir. 'J'he herb is wet. nilii- 
 irus/ikd. The herb is whitifh, 
 irabaahkad in a f li k o s s i ic. —
 
 IllG 
 
 — i;^;^ — 
 
 HIN 
 
 A r (J m a t i c liorl), iriiir/ashlc. 
 Hcrlioii the liuttoni t>f' rivor.^, 
 ansi.siw. 
 
 Hcrli, (ill s. in.) S. Gra.-s. 
 
 Herl) of Voims, (iijiislikdu'cica-thk 
 
 Ilcrdsman , (jciidwenimud j^iji^i- 
 wan. 
 
 Here, omd, manyiji ajonda 
 (Ota). 
 
 Here! here it is, ow ! 
 
 Hero, mini.ssino, mini.ssitwiciiii- 
 ni, of/itr/iida. I am a hero, 
 iiiii Dniii.ssiiifiirediN, iiiii }iiiiii.s- 
 .sinoir, niii iiiiiiis.sinowiiniiur, 
 niml i>(/il(/ii(lair. 
 
 lliiVpKfifOiiaiiiiliiine.siiriii. I \iii\C' 
 the lierpes, niud onaiininine-<. 
 
 Ilerrinjr, oknris.s. 
 
 Uorriii;x-nct, okririnscd/. 
 
 Hey! hear! ink! i.shl ! hislii! 
 
 Hiec()n<:li or liickup, mnrdvc- 
 v'iii. J have tlie liiccimirli, J 
 hiecoiijrii, iiind oiiwuirc. 
 
 H i(.le, airis.tiirdirni . 
 
 Hide ; 1 liiile liini. (lier, it,i itiii 
 kiina ; iiiii kddoii. 1 Iiide to 
 him s. til., iiiii kddutra. I liide 
 my.ielf, »//j kakix, »/u kanoi- 
 f//.v. I liide my.«elf, iiiii kas-, 
 iiin kakix, iiin ka.soidis. I liide 
 mysell' liel'ore him, iiiii kano- 
 1(1 wa. 
 
 Hidden ; I am liidck'n, nin kn.s. 
 It in hidden, kddjii/fidf, i/ii)i<i- 
 divl. It i.s liidden to me, nin 
 kd.idiifdt/fin. 
 IIi(hlen tliinjj, mystery, k(ii(tdji- 
 [/odei/, i/i>iii>(li.\iiriii. It is a 
 mystery, ki'idjliji'idr. — In a liid- 
 den or stealthy manner, iji- 
 viiidj. 
 Hi^'li, (dear, eostly ;i it is lii;:li, 
 {hi., (in.) .tdninjiid, ndninjii- 
 ffiiidc ; .sdnni/Lsi, .sdndi/di/in.^ii. 
 
 . (Sokkaki^ow TTKw 
 
 Iligli, on higli, i.fhpvnlnj/. It is 
 hij^ii, is/i))dtna</dd It is lii;:h : 
 A ijook, i.fhpansikd ; a canoe, 
 i.ili])iind(ia(l; a forest, i.s/ijjdk- 
 ivcidnf(i(/dd ; a liill or moun- 
 tain, i.slmadina ; a mat, ink- 
 pd.shkdil ; metal, in., i.s/ipd- 
 hika ; metal, an.,ishp(ibikiiii ; 
 a rock, i.s/iptlhika. 
 Hij'her than lar^e ; it is hijiher 
 
 than large, noinaddnuif/dd. 
 High esteem, i.'</ij)cnda</ii.fiwin. 
 Highly esteemed ; I am highly 
 esteemed, nind i.fhpemWujtjs. 
 I cause him to he highly est., 
 iiind i.s/ipendd(/'i.sia. 
 Hill ; there is a very steep liill, 
 ki.s/ikddiua. On u hill, or on 
 the hill, iKjidfiki. I a.sceiid a 
 hill, nind (Kjiddkivr. I run up 
 on a \n\\,jiind (n/iddkiwclidfd. 1 
 "lescend a hill, nin ni.s.'^akiicc. 
 1 deseend a iiiil running, nin 
 ni.s.si'/kiirchdtd. 
 Hill ; I hill. S. Hoe. 
 Ililly ; it is hilly, jnkwddind, 
 pf'n)ikirddind,pi1j)ikirdkdmii/a 
 HiikI, ndjr.s. (^\ awaskesiw). 
 Hinder; I himler him, nin na- 
 (Jdd, nin ndiji'ind. I hinder 
 myself, nin ndijdidis, nin nd- 
 i/dnidi.s. I hinder or stop 
 lighter.-, ndnihjiniwc. I hinder 
 him, ;//// ndni'Kjind. I liinder 
 him to do s. tli., or to go some- 
 where, nind ondjid. 1 hinder 
 soineiiody, nind dniljiiirc. 
 Hinder, (ill. h. in.) S. l''orl>id. 
 Hindered; I am iiiinhreil hy 
 rain, ////( 'i/ini'dnnrr. I am h. 
 hy the wind to .•<ail, nin ntiijdi- 
 uhIi. 1 am Ji. hy a river in my 
 voyage, nind dddifdnnnji.s/iin 
 {lilji. — The water is Jiindered, 
 ndi/f/iljiwdn.
 
 HOE 
 
 134 — 
 
 HOL 
 
 Hinder to sleep ; 1 hinder peo- 
 
 f)le to sleep, nind opdwe. I h. 
 liin to sleep, niiid opuma. — 
 (Waspriwemcw). 
 
 Hip, onoganama. My, thy, hif^ 
 hip, niiKxjan, kiuoijan, onn- 
 gan. (Otogan). The hone of 
 my, thy, hi« hip, nintchitsk- 
 ilxxhigan , kitchishibodagau , 
 otchislnhodagaii. My hip is 
 dislocated, nin gidiskakuao- 
 gancshka. 
 
 Hire ; I liire people, nind ano- 
 nige. I hire him, iiind anona. 
 (Atotew, masinahikehew) . 
 
 Hired ; I am hired, nind ano- 
 nigo. « 
 
 Hired person, hireling, anona- 
 gan, andtngan, anotuiin, ano- 
 kildgan, bam Hicgan. 
 
 Hisser, (a kind of serpent,) newe. 
 
 Hit; I hit him (her, it) throw- 
 ing, nin mikicdwa ; nin inik- 
 waan. 
 
 Hit accidentally ; I hit him (her, 
 it) accidentally, nin jjisikawa ; 
 nin pisikan. 
 
 H i t h e r, omd, nmd nukakeia. 
 (Astaniite). 
 
 Hoarfrost ; there is hoarfrost: 
 On the grass, nigigwashkddin; 
 on the groimd, nigigwakami- 
 gadin, wdhikadin, lodbikami- 
 dadin ; on the ice, migwanan- 
 gewadin; on the trees, nigig- 
 ivanakad, nigigwanakadin. 
 
 Hoarse ; I am hoarse, nin gi- 
 biskioe. (Paskiknttaganew). 
 
 Hoarseness, gibiskiccwin' 
 
 Hoe, bimidjiwagdkil'ad,pigong- 
 weigan. — S. Plough. 
 
 Hoe ; I hoe or hill, nin ning- 
 icaichaige. I hill it, (in., an.) 
 nin ningvoatchaan ; nin ning- 
 watclidwa. 
 
 Hog, kokoah. 
 
 Ilogslard, kokoshi-biniide, ncn- 
 gag bimide. 
 
 Hogs n 1 eat, kokosliiwi-vnidss. 
 
 Hog's snont, kokoahitci.'ihkinj 
 
 Hoist the sail ; I hoist the sail, 
 nind ombdknlndjige. 
 
 Hoist up. S. Lift up. 
 
 Hold ; in the liold of the vessel, 
 pin don (ig n dbikwa ning . 
 
 Hold; I hold him, iher, it,| ju'k 
 mindjiniina, nin takona ; nin 
 inindjitninan, nin iakonan. I 
 hold myself, (refrain,) nin 
 mindjiminidia I hold him 
 (her, it) well, nind aindina ; 
 nind aindinan. I hold him 
 (her, it) s{rong\y , nin ma.shka- 
 ■winiindjimina ; nin ma.'ikka- 
 wimindjiminan. I take liold 
 of him, (her, it,) nin mashka- 
 icind ; nin maslikmcinan. I 
 hold a child, nin takondwa.'ix. 
 — I lioI<l him (iier, it) up, nind 
 aslndakwawa ; ning a.shida- 
 kwaan. I hold him under me, 
 nin )nindji>ni.'ihkaica. It holds 
 me under, nin mindjimi.'ihkd- 
 gon. It holds, mi)idjiviis.tin, 
 miiijinio.sain. — I hold the rud- 
 der, I steer, nind adikwccun- 
 iTakkwaham). 
 
 Hold, (in. s. in.) S. Seize. 
 
 Hold, (contain ;1 it holds, de- 
 ba-shkine ; dcbibi. I cannot 
 hold all, is/ikwashkinemagad ; 
 i.shkwabimagad. 
 
 Hold on! bcka I iPcyattik). 
 
 Hole ; there is a hole, paqwa- 
 nciamagad, jibainagad. 1 here 
 is a hole in a rock, pagwanci- 
 abika. I make a hole or holes, 
 nin pagicancige, nin pagioa- 
 ncgaige, nin panibigaige, nin 
 pagwancbitchigc, nin iwaige.
 
 HON 
 
 135 
 
 HOO 
 
 I make a hole in it or through 
 it, {in., an.) nin paywan^an, 
 nin panibi(jaan, nin twaan ; 
 nin paf/icaneica, nin panibi- 
 biijflwu, nin iwdwa. I uurn a 
 liok- ill \i,(in., an.) nin paif- 
 tcanriahisan ; nin pnciwanvia- 
 kiswa. Tlierc is a liole burnt 
 in it, (in., an.) ]>af/ivanriaki<le; 
 jyaifwanciakiiso. I wear a liole 
 in it, [iu., an.) nin paf/wancs- 
 sidon, nin paf/wancshkan ; 
 nin paf/iruncshkawa. Tiiere 
 i.s a nolo worn in it, it lias a 
 hole, puijwanensin, 2)u<ju'a- 
 ncslilcit. 
 
 Hole in the gvownA, icanikan. I 
 ilij; a hiile, ninwnnike There 
 is a hole dug in the grouml, 
 wdnikailc ( Watikatew). 
 
 Hole tiC a beaver, amikwaj. 
 
 ildle i>t' any animal, (its aijoile 
 or den, I w<ij. (Wiiti). 
 
 Hole of a serpent, i/inibiijwa/. 
 
 1 It iloeaust, kh(iiji)si(je-pa(jiaini- 
 (jcu-in. 
 
 Holy, kHrliiwa. I am (it isi holy, 
 nin kili/iiticnwendai/os, kil- 
 t/iifwiiirendai/icad. I make 
 him, iher, iti holy, ninkihhU- 
 wi'nria; nin kilcliilwau-iton. 
 
 I Ii^iyday, kit'/iHirai/iJi'/dd. 
 
 Iliily (tliost, \\\niJi.s/riil-Manifi). 
 
 Holy water, ananiicwabti. 
 
 Home ; I am at home, nind ab. 
 1 go home, nin f/iwe. My, thy, 
 his home, cndainn, endaian, 
 endad. 'Niki, wiki). 
 
 Homesick; I am ii., nin ka.s/t- 
 kendam. 
 
 Homesick ness, kaxlikendauuh- 
 win. 
 
 Monv, Ji(/iranubik. 
 
 Honesty, honest life, (/iruiakfr 
 bimddi.'iiicin. I lead an honest 
 
 and Just life, nin (jwaiako- 
 bimfidi.ffjaiaip nin bimddis. 
 
 Honey, atno-.si.sibdkwat 
 
 Honey-bird, nonoka.s.se. 
 
 H o n o r, kitrhilwnwiiiiwin, ki- 
 tchitwdwenduijusiwin, minu- 
 dinindiwin. 
 
 Honor; I honor, nin mimlden- 
 dani, etc. (Kisteyiinew). I 
 lionor him, (her, it,) nin nuv- 
 nddenima. nin kUchitwdiceni- 
 ma, nin vianudjicnimn, nin 
 i/iranuuidjia ; nin mindden- 
 ddn, nin kit(hilicdwcndan,nin 
 bi.i/ii</rnd(in, nin manddjiton, 
 nin nidnddjiendan, nin </ipan- 
 vddjitiiw. I h(jnor myself, nin 
 kililiitwdwcninditi, nin mind- 
 dcnim. We honor each other, 
 nin niinddenindimin, nin ki- 
 tihihrdwanindiniin, nin nia- 
 nddjiidiniin. 
 
 Honor. Honored, (in. s. in.) S. 
 High esteem. Highly esteemed. 
 
 HonoiJiiile, kililiitwa. I am (it 
 is) honorable, nin kifrhiticd- 
 irenddi/o.t ; kiir/iitwdwcndaij- 
 wad. f cause him to be honor- 
 ed, nin kitchilwdiri.sia, nin 
 kitr/iiiirawcnddi/o.sia. 
 
 Hood, u'iwdknum. (Astotin). 
 
 Iloodman's idind, ;/ii;/ibiiiijn-t- 
 bi.siiirin, niind<')djiin<liwin. We 
 jilay hoodman's Idind, «//» </«- 
 i/il)ini/irt'liisomin, nin nandod- 
 jindiniin. 
 
 Hoof ; its hoof, oshkanjin.— 
 Ilcbfiiifiii/nnji, hor.se, tlial i.-*, 
 one-liooti'd animal.— S. Claw. 
 lOskasiya). 
 
 H<iok; a small liook, adjibidji- 
 ifitn. Iron hook lor eatciiing 
 sturgeon, (idjii/irddjit/an, an- 
 Jiificddjiijandbik, patakibidji-
 
 ilUK 
 
 — \:w, — 
 
 IIUU 
 
 Ilook ; I hook up, niixl fi<liif/- 
 v'lnljii/c, niii piilalcihii/jif/e. I 
 Look liiiii, (luT, it,) nind ad- 
 Jii/inhifi. II ill ]i (I 1 n k i li i ii a ; 
 in'ml (Kljiijirdi/aii, iiiii jxthiki- 
 hidiiii. I liouk it, ninil tidn- 
 (likaan, nind adflfiikia.sidon. 
 It hook8, it catches, adiibi- 
 Jcissiii. 
 
 Hoop, liarrel-Iioop, etc, falo- 
 bidjiijaii , nuikakossag-iako- 
 hidjiijan. 
 
 Hooping-cou;jrh, kiirhi ossosso- 
 dainoirin. 
 
 Hope ; I iiopo in liiin, nin pa- 
 go.ssenini(t, nind apeninionan. 
 S. Ask witii liope. 
 
 Horizont.ally ; I j)ut it horizon- 
 tall}', nin f/irainkitssidon. 
 
 Horn, I'.s/ikdii, eakaniyan. It 
 l\as horn, odcslikttni. It has 
 only one iiorn, iiiiii/ofcs/ikfini. 
 It has two horns, iiijodesltkd- , 
 ni. It has crooked horns, 
 wayiirine. 
 
 Horn, hodudjigan, niadiceiccf- 
 cliigan. 
 
 Horned owl, ircircndiii/rino. 
 
 Horriiile; I am (it is) horriliie, 
 Ilia !/a(/u'nnis.sai/is, nin gag- 
 teunisaagonddgos, nin giddmi- 
 go.s, nin gofiunigircnddgos, 
 gagirdn issagnd, gagicdn issa- 
 gendagirad, gofdniigirad, go- 
 idniigwendogirad. — It is hor- 
 rible, (painful,) aniniad. 
 
 Horri 1 ily, gagtcdnissdgakamig, 
 gagu'dnissiigendagwakamig. 
 
 Horror, kiiclii .segisiirin, gag- 
 irdni.ssagendogosiwin. 
 
 Horse, bchcjii/oganji. (Mista- 
 tim). 
 
 Horseback ; I am on horseback, 
 nin, tSfisab, b^bcjigoganji nin 
 bimomig. 
 
 Horse-comb, curry-coml), btdx;- 
 jigogdiiji-biiidkiran , bcbrjigo- 
 giiiiji-hiiidkirrigiin, bcbejigo- 
 ganji- n as Ik irrign n . 
 
 Horse- <lun;r, bflnjigoganjitcimo. 
 
 Hors>.-Hy, viinindk. 
 
 H or se-li a i r, (the mane of a 
 horse,) bcbtjignganji-winisis- 
 ■san. 
 
 Hor8e-l)arne.ss, bebejigoyanji- 
 onapinowin. 
 
 Horseman, bebamomigod bebe- 
 jigognnjin. 
 
 Hoi'se-shoe, osJikanjikddJigini. 
 
 Horse-stalile, bcbrjigoganjiwigu- 
 mig. 
 
 Horse-tail, liebeJigoganjioHOir, 
 bebrjigoganjiwano. ( OsiiyK 
 
 Horsetail, (i)lant,) kisibanunlik. 
 
 Hospitalile; I am hosp., nin ki- 
 Jeicddis, nin mino dodaicag 
 bcham ddi.sidjig. 
 
 Hosjiital, (tkosiirigatnig. 
 
 Hospital ity, kijeirddiaiiri n ,mino 
 dodairiiid hehnniddixid. 
 
 Host, Osiiirin, kiic/iidra Usii- 
 trin. 
 
 Host, (landlord,! (Oihangihcinini. 
 
 Hostes,-, (tshangi'kirc. 
 
 Hotel , (t.s/ifingnvigamig. 
 
 Hotel-keeper ; oshnngcwinini. 
 
 Hot weather, very hot weather, 
 trifisagdfewin. It is very liot, 
 tris.ingdh'. It is hot, warm, 
 kijdie. 
 
 House, irdkalgan, wigiicum. In 
 the house, jiindignmig. One 
 hoTise, ningtdngamig. Two, 
 three, four houses, etc., vijo- 
 guinig. nissoganiig, ningamig, 
 etc. On the toj) of tlie house, 
 ogidigamig. 
 
 House! mid, (family,) inddewi.si- 
 icin. I havi' such a hojise- 
 liold, nind iuodetcis. One
 
 HL'M 
 
 — 137 — 
 
 HUN 
 
 housoliuM, niiii/olode. Two, 
 
 tlircc liout<fhoI(is, etc., nijode, 
 
 ui.ssOde, etc. 
 House of coiiiiiieree or tra<le, 
 
 tr.iiliiig-liouse, aiawnri)j(imit/. 
 How? aiu'ii ? iret/otien f hini Y 
 
 taiii.s/i f (Kekway? taneki?) 
 Howl ; I liuwl, nin woii,iiin ica- 
 
 iriiii. 
 Howliii;r, iri'iiiiwiii, wniri>notriii. 
 JlowiMiu:li? liow many? anin 
 
 iiiiniky (Tiin<Iatto). 
 How u ft e n ? unin da.s.siinj f 
 
 ('I'Aiiilattwaw). 
 IIn;r; I Img liiin, embrace him, 
 
 /(//( kishkiinrcna. 
 Hull ; I liull euni, nin ijHrki- 
 
 kiruiuiicsiiic iiiii i/itr/iikira- 
 
 iKiicstra;/ iii(iit<loi>iiiiii;/. 
 Hulleil corn, i/itr/iikiranaicxi- 
 
 1/1(11 (I I/. 
 Iluniitiic ; I iim humane, tiiii 
 
 kijrirniliH, it hi mhm hhiithlis. 
 Iliimanity, iiuinau nature, itiii- 
 
 .s/iiiii'iliiiriiriu. (Ayisiyiniwi- 
 
 wi?ij. 
 Ilunililc; 1 iim liuinMe, I liave 
 
 liunililc tiioujjiits of my.-eif, 
 
 ;//// tahii.ssriiiiii^ iiiit fiil>asK(~ 
 
 iiiiidix, iiiiid tii/a.ssniiiH. (I'i- 
 
 weyimisuw!. 
 1 1 uinlile-hee, (iiio, kHrlii tinm. 
 llunilile sul>mi.--.«ion, tidmxniuti- 
 
 i/idfiiiiidixoirin. (I'iweyimisu- 
 
 wii; .1 
 Huinlily ; I huinlily .^ulmiit my- 
 
 .-elf, ///'/; ItdHi.i.sijKitjiilciiiiidix. 
 
 I liumhly sulmiit him, (her, 
 
 it, I iiiii tidinssiimijidhiii, uiii 
 
 tidi<issi})iii/idriiiiiiii ; nin ta- 
 
 hiixsipiiiiidin<ni, nin 1<d>iisxi- 
 
 l>(ii/ii/rnd(in- 
 11 iimili.'ition. S. Humility. 
 H II III i I i t V, tnhtinsmindisnirin. 
 
 tuhaxiscniinijwin , o/jaxxcniinu- 
 w'ui. 
 
 Humor. S. Temper. Tenij)era- 
 ment. 
 
 Humjiback, maffirairii/an, vi- 
 kiroiriifiin, linlavuicitjun. (I'i- 
 tikoiii^kwanewi. 
 
 Hunijilpackeil or liunehbacketi ; 
 I am h., /(//( iiiai/iniirii/dii, nin 
 pikiritwiijun, nin iiokwiucijan, 
 it in hiiktratrii/itcsltka. 
 
 Hundred, nin(/ntirak. (Mitatat- 
 tomitanoi. We are a hninlrtil 
 of u.«, itin niiitjntirdkdxiiiiin. 
 There are a hun<lre<l in. ob- 
 jects, itiiK/idinikicddoit. 
 
 We are .-^o many hundreil of us, 
 ;(//( ilds.sirdknsiinin. T h e r e 
 are so many hundred in. olt- 
 jeets, d <i s .s ir a k tr ado n. So 
 m a n y h u n d red, dax.ttrnk. 
 (Tattwaw mitatatto mitano). 
 
 Hundred each or to each, He»?/i- 
 ijtdirdk. 
 
 Hundred times, nini/nfirdk ihi.'i- 
 .siiti/. 
 
 Hun;:er, Imkndririit. .Xotteka- 
 tewini. Tiiere is hun;rer, a 
 famine, Inikddi'iriititrdn, hd- 
 k<idt!irindt/<iifjiakadrkdniiijdd. 
 1 die of iiunjrer, nin i/ttirdnnit- 
 itdm. Death from hun;rer, fju- 
 irdnditddinoirin. I can indure 
 much hun^rer, nin jihamht- 
 thtin. 
 
 Hunj^er ; I liun;:er, nin Imkddr. 
 I liunger after it, ///;* Ixikdili'- 
 nodnn. 
 
 Hungry; I am hungry, nin ha- 
 kadf. I make him hungry, 
 nin Inikdtli'd. I make myself 
 liungry, /(//* lnikddiidi.'<. 
 
 Hung up ; it is hung up. (//>., 
 (///.I di/iidnndi/dd : df/ddjiii. It
 
 HUH 
 
 — 13H — 
 
 11 CH 
 
 i hung up, to let tlic water 
 dro]) out of it, (/;(., an.} nikn- 
 hifjuj/txlc : sik(>bit/(i(jo(}Jin. 
 
 Hunt ;' I liuut, I am liuntiii.Lr, 
 ninijiofifie, nin tuuKhiiccndjiyc. 
 I liuiitwitli a l>o\vaii(l arrows, 
 nin nundohimwa. (Matjitota- 
 wcw, matjiw). 
 
 Hunter, luuitsnian, (/aonscl, 
 ncndaweiuljit/cd. Oooil luinter, 
 ni/itf/ewinini. (0 n'taniina- 
 liuw). 
 
 Hun tin jj, (/iosscwhi, nandawni- 
 djii/cirlit. (Matjiwiii). 
 
 Hunting; district, {jio.s.seiOiii. 
 
 Hurrah ! /lair .' 
 
 Hurry, wcwil^lfiwiii. — 8. Haste. 
 (Kakweyaliuwinl. 
 
 Hurry ; I linrrv him, niu ireicc- 
 bia. (Nanikkimew). 1 liurry 
 myself, )iia weicchiidi.s-. 1 
 hurry him away, uiii madji- 
 najikaira. — I am in a hurrv, 
 niii naydwaijcndain. (Nanik- 
 kisiw). 
 
 Hurt ; I hurt, nind alaccnda- 
 moiwe. I hurt him, nind uk- 
 wcndamla. 1 hurt him i)y 
 striking, nind akiccndania(/H- 
 numa. I hurt him, falling 
 upon him, nin (jijikawa, nin 
 
 . nisukoshkuwa. I hurt him 
 toucliing his wound, nin yid- 
 jibina. — I hurt my^3elf, nin 
 
 bains-, nin iiulaidis. I hurt 
 myself hy carrying, niu tjiji- 
 kiis. I hurt ujyself liiliing, nin 
 pat/fimak(/.ssc. I hurt myself 
 l>y lifting up s. ih., nin Irhu- 
 kiiri, nin kitiliakiiri. I hurt 
 or Htrike myself frightfully, 
 nin jiaytfaniimakiiihkiiiiiiliv. — 
 I hurt my eye. S. Kye. 
 
 Hurt, (in. s. in.) S. Bruise. In- 
 jure. 
 
 PIusi)andman, kiiif/eicinini. 
 
 Husbandry, kifif/cwin. 
 
 H usk , ji<ii)slidi'idjiijan . 
 
 Hymn, nuyuinon, anamie-nai/a- 
 won. 
 
 Hymn-book, mu/amo-majfinai- 
 f/an. 
 
 Hyjiocrisy, anamickdaoicin. 
 
 Hyj)ocrite, enaviirkasod. I am 
 a hyjKJcrite, nin anamirkcuf. 
 (Kakayehisiw). 
 
 Hurtful ; any hurtful ba<l thing, 
 (//(., fl«.) maichi-uiiicush ; ma- 
 tclti-uiauicisli. 
 
 Hurting of one's self, baia.tiicin. 
 
 Husband, finobeniinia, icddiijed 
 inijti, widiifeuuKjan, wiijimd- 
 aan, u-idjitcdi/an. My, thy, 
 her husband, (unpolitely,) 
 nin ndbem, ki ndbcm, o ndbe- 
 nian ; (j)olitely) nin icidiije- 
 mdi/an, etc.
 
 T, niii, niad. (Ni, N', Niya.) 
 
 Ice, viikicum, Tlit'i-i' is ice, mik- 
 UHniiiKn. (Miswainiy). I am 
 eimiiiijr oil tlio ice, nhi hidil- 
 (l(i</(tk. iPiiiiiskiittew.) I make 
 a imli' ill iIk- ice, niii ttn'iii/i', 
 iiiii tirilicd iiilkirdin. I make 
 a lioie ill tiie ice to liave water, 
 ///;( iwiinilii. Hole in the ice 
 for water, iivaibaii. I lireak 
 tlirou^rh the ice, walking oi; it, 
 Ilia Iwa.ihiii. I walk on the 
 ice, iiin hiiiuHlat/ak. I walk 
 on the ice in water, nin 
 tii'dlirii.skohiifiiKtiii. The ice 
 hreaks oil", (the water aj)])ears 
 airain,) j(l<iiij(iuiiir<tii. '\ he ice 
 of a ri\i'r i^oes oil', hiiin'icchitl- 
 Jiwait .sihi. (Matchistan.) The 
 i(;e is Hoatingilown thestream, 
 jiiikiraiii liiint'ihoi/f). There are 
 holes iiitiie wv, ^)(i(/iciiii('-Jii</i- 
 ijdtnhran. The ice is hollow, 
 winilniijiiiljiii iiiikiruiti. The ice 
 splits or opens, tnxlikiktfddin. 
 
 Ice-liank, </iii/riiii/ir(i(iii. There 
 are ice liaiiks, (/uijniii/wiKiiia- 
 k(i. 
 
 Ice-cutter, ('.shkan. (EiiHkagan.) 
 I make a hole with an ice-cut- 
 ler, nin lit'ilitje. 
 
 Ice-hoiisc, ice-i)it, iiiikwainiiri- 
 (font i I/. 
 
 Icicle, Nu'kirnin, iiiikiramimf. 
 
 Mol, inusiniiii. I iiiiorc or wor- 
 ship idols, nin nninitukr. I 
 adore him, (her, it, an idol,) 
 
 nin manitokenan ; nin mani- 
 Uiken . 
 
 Idolator, idolatress, masininin 
 nicnitoked. 
 
 Molatrv, niiinitokewin, matchi- 
 iHdnitokewin. I practise ido- 
 latry, nin manitoke. 
 
 I don't l«iow, (in s. in.) is ex- 
 pressed liy (jwinaici-; ami so 
 metimes l)y cndoywen. (Wis- 
 kowin). 
 
 ft, kis/qyin. 
 
 Ignorance, //(Kjibadi.siirin, j'fl'/- 
 ivdnf'dri.siirin. 
 
 lirnorant; I iuw ig., nin yaf/ihn- 
 di.i, nin pmiwanawix, )iin jxi;/- 
 ininmcddis, katrin (/ei/n nin 
 kikenddnsin. I am ijrnorant, 
 (lienighted,! nin tihikadis. 
 
 Ignorant iterson, peifwnnawixid, 
 ;/e(/() kckcndannii/, {chikddiaid. 
 
 Ill, nidtchi. It is ill, evil, ntdnn- 
 ildd, nidtchi ijiwctxul. 
 
 111. Illness, (in s. in.) S. Siek. 
 Sickness. 
 
 llhj^'itimate child. 8. Bastard. 
 
 Ill humor, ill temper, (iliHicnIt 
 temperament,) sanaijisiwin, 
 vidnjininiwaijisiwin, mutch i 
 bimndisiwin, uiulrlii ijiwvhisi- 
 win. (Nayettawisiwin ) 
 
 111 tempered ; I am ill-tempered, 
 nin .siind^/is, nin nidnjininiint- 
 ijix, nin nidlc/ii hiinddi.i. 
 
 Illusion, ii'dirjindisiiirin 
 
 Imaj,'e, nidsinHr/iii/an. (Xasj»a- 
 siiiahiL'ani. 1 make iniajres,
 
 IMP 
 
 — 110 — 
 
 IMP 
 
 iiiii m<(.siiiilcJiii/(iiiili:e. Maker 
 of iiMii^t's, iiKt.siiiilrliii/aiiiki- 
 wiiiiiii. 'J'Ik' niiikiiij^of iinagC'H, 
 VKlsiiiitr/iit/diiihririii. 
 Iiiiajriiiivtioii, (inishu iiieii(l<iiiifi- 
 
 U'ill. 
 
 IiiiujriiK' ; I iiiiajiiiic, aiiisliu niml 
 iiienddm. 
 
 Iiiilic'cilc, I am iiii , niii </af/ibfi- 
 (lis, iiliid kiijiwtia. 
 
 Iiiilii'cility, i/iii/iliailisiipiii, l-op'c 
 (liaiwhi. 
 
 Imitate;! im., ///// kikiiitiwahiiii- 
 (je. I imitate liim, aiii kikiiio- 
 wdbama. I im. it, fcopy it,) 
 nin hikinowabandaiL (Ayisi- 
 iiawew.) 
 
 Immeiliatelv, lyohige. (Semak.) 
 S. QuieklV. 
 
 Immolate. Immolation. — S. Sa- 
 crilice. 
 
 Impatience, hHchinmcesiwin, 
 tnamidau'p.ndumowin. 
 
 Impatient; I am im., nin hiichi- 
 u/iwes, ni'nd iniices, nin nidini- 
 dawendum. (Kisiweyittajii ) 
 
 Impenitent ; I am im., kaicin 
 nind amrenindi.sos.si. 
 
 Impenitent heart ; my, thy, lii.-^ 
 impenitent heart, nindr kidr, 
 ode ainnwenindisonutiiassinoij. 
 (Nama-kesinateyittam.) 
 
 Impenitent i)erson, uianwcnin, 
 disossiy. 
 
 Imperfect, (had ;) I am (it is) 
 imperfect, nin wdinwanemlu- 
 l/os, kairiji ijicdiak nind l/iirc- 
 liisi.ssi : u'iiimrnnendiKjwad, 
 kawin gwaiak ijiwchasKinan. 
 
 Importune; I imp. him, nin mi- 
 (jnxltkadjin. I importune liim 
 with my woni,-^, nin niiiioshka- 
 soma. — S. Troublesome. 
 
 Importunity. S. Trouhle.some- 
 ness. 
 
 J impose; I imi>o.«e upon liim, 
 nin mina. I im)>o.«o upon my- 
 self, nin minidin. 
 
 Impose, (deceive ;) 1 impose upon 
 him, nin irairjinifi, nin fjiuui- 
 ninni, nin ;/fii/in(iwi.s/ikini(i. 
 
 Impostor. Impost\ire.— S. (-hea- 
 ter. Cheat. 
 
 Impotent; I am imjj., nia nana- 
 jtoi/is. — S. Weak. (Pwatawi- 
 huw.) 
 
 Imprint ; I imprint it with (ire, 
 /(//( nid.s-infiKi.ian. 
 
 Imprinted ; I am (it is) imp. on 
 s. til., nin maninibiiyaa ; ina- 
 sinibiii/tide. 
 
 Imprison ; I impri.«on him, nin 
 i/ibnkwdwa. 
 
 Imprisoned ; I am imp., vin gi- 
 bdkicaigtis. ( Kippah ika.«uw.) 
 
 Im))rove. Improvement. — S. Re- 
 pair. Kepairin,<T. 
 
 Imprudent; I am (it is) impru- 
 dent, /(/// bisintidis, nin i/nyi- 
 bddi.s ; bixinaddd, (/agibnddd. 
 
 Im]Miilency, (jaijibCidisiicin, a- 
 ijatrliixsiwin. 
 
 Impudent : I am inipmlent, nia 
 (jiKjibddis, kdwin nind aijatch 
 issi. 
 
 Impudent, impudent per.«on, 
 viialrlnssiij. — S. Sliameless 
 person. 
 
 Imp\ire: I am (it is) impure, ?j/h 
 ifinis, nin icinddis,nin bishiij- 
 wndis, nin (/(i</ibt'idi.\\ irinad, 
 iriniidiid, l)ix/ii(/iriidod, f/ngi- 
 liHiliid. — I think he, (she, it) i.s 
 im]jure, nin u'inenima ; iiin 
 icinendan. 
 
 Imjuire lire, trinnris/ikote. There 
 is an impure tire, irineiri.sh- 
 kidcwan. 
 
 Imjiurity, ItisJiii/wndisiwin, hi- 
 s/i ii/wadj- ijiicebiaiwin , gaijibii-
 
 INC 
 
 — Ml — 
 
 IXC 
 
 (li.siiriii, viiit'fili.siirlii, iriiii- 
 .siwiii. — I coiimiit iinimrity. 
 S. I am inipurc. — I uiakc liim 
 (her) coiiiiiiit iui])., /(/// liis/ii<j- 
 wadjiii, II ill ijiij/HxiiliKid. 
 
 Impurity of lu-iirt, iriniilrfwin. 
 I liave an impiiiv lu'art, niii 
 winiiln''. 
 
 Impute ; I impute to liim, iiiiid 
 <ij)(i<l(it}jissHiiirii, iiliiil ii}><ii/((il- 
 jissHdiiutwa, Ilia bininiidiut. 
 (Atamimew.i 
 
 In, piii<liij,])iiii1f... I am in, iiiinl 
 lib, jiiinliij, iiiii'l (lid. I am (it 
 isi in s. til., ///;/ jiiim; j^imlc. 
 (Pittukamik.i 
 
 In('ai)alile ; lam incapalilo, ?;?« 
 hicantlwito, hiiwin nin i/os/iki- 
 toHain. (Puatawittaw.) 
 
 Incapacity, hivcinfiwiiowin. 
 
 Incainate ; I inc. myself, nin 
 wiiiissiwiiilis, ninil (tnishiiid- 
 Itciriidis. ( w iy A w i 1 1 i s u w .) 
 
 Incarnation, iriiiis.siiriitli.soiriii, 
 anisliiniibcwiidisowin. 
 
 In case..., kishjiia. 
 
 Incendiai'v, aekaoired, nekaii/ed, 
 .fahuii/rwiiiiiii. I am an in- 
 cendiary, iiin tfiikaiiwe, nin 
 sakdiiji'. 
 
 Incendiary'.'* wtirk, saknii/cirin 
 
 IncH-nse, miiitiindi/irdkixi</dii. I 
 hum incense, nin niinoiiidij- 
 nHikisiyc. 
 
 Incense ; I incense, ////( tnina- 
 viai/ii'iibikisii/c, nin jxikwenes- 
 sdir/iii/e. I incense liim, (her, 
 it,) nin jxikircnr.s.sdfdird ; nin 
 piikiri'iies.sddiii. 
 
 l>\r(.-ti!'i>vy ,viiniiind</irdbikisii/dn, 
 /idkirriii'ss/ltr/iii/dii. 
 
 Incessantly. S. Always. 
 
 Inch ; one inidi, iiini/oloiiindi. 
 Two, three inches, etc., niju- 
 niiidj, nissitnindj. etc. So 
 
 many inches, diissoniiidj. (Pe- 
 yakonitch.i 
 
 Incision, in a maple-tree, <>jiijdi- 
 (/dii. A fresh incision, os/iki- 
 i/dij/dii. I make incisions in 
 maple-ti'ees, nind ojii/dii/c. 1 
 maKC large incisions, /j/// nian- 
 (/i'Jdii/e. There is a larjre 
 incision, nidiii/ii/dii/ddc. I 
 make small incisions, ////( bd- 
 l>ii('i;/dii/e. Tliert' ai'o small 
 incisions, biibiirii/dii/aih;. The 
 incision is wjiitish, inlbit/dd 
 ojiifdii/dii. 
 
 Incite; 1 incite, /(/// t/d(/dn.siiiiijc. 
 (Oppwemew). I incite him, 
 nin i/di/dii.snmd, nin ifdniljia, 
 nind uniJiiii, nind midiimu, 
 nind asliia, nind ashiwina. 
 (Sikkimew). 
 
 Incitinjr, i/di/dnsnndiicin. (Sik- 
 kimiwew in). 
 
 Incline ; I incline my head on 
 one side, nind diiibekircn. — 
 S. Head. 
 
 Incline, (in s. in.) S. Bow down. 
 
 In(dined ; it is inclined in .such 
 a manner, iiun/ode. (Skiw, 
 V. jr. — to driidv, minikkwe- 
 .skiw.) 
 
 Inclined, lin s. in.) S. Bent for- 
 ward. 
 
 Inconstancy, didjawenddniincin. 
 
 Inconstant ; I am inc , nind 
 didjdwenddin. ( Mameskute- 
 yittam). 
 
 Inconvenient; it is inc., s-dndi/nd. 
 
 Incorporated ; it is incorp. to 
 nu', nind oiriidiriiinddn. 
 
 Incorru|)tilile, neta-piijislikdiidn- 
 ■sinoi/. 
 
 Increase ; I increase it, nin nii- 
 sliinatiiii, nin niix/iinntiin. I 
 increase it to him, nin inis/ii- 
 mddindird. We increase in
 
 INI) 
 
 — ■ 12 
 
 INI) 
 
 j)Oi)\ilafi()n, Ilia niidwh/iniiii, 
 Ilia nitdwii/iidiiniii. 
 
 lncri.'dn\i\y,(ii/i)awcieii<l(imowiii, 
 af/nmocicanowia. I An wft tamo- 
 win). 
 
 Iiioroihilous ; I iun inc., iiind 
 di/(imvn'eadftia, uiiid di/onirc- 
 tarn, Iliad fKjoaivetaye, nia 
 nitd-ar/tiincetam. 
 
 Incredulous jaTHon, aid(/omi'e- 
 ■iendany , aetd-uijonwdany , 
 daicbwetansiy. 
 
 Incur ; I incur it, aiiid oadita- 
 mddiaoai nia wiKwafc/iitaiad- 
 disoa. 
 
 ImU'Ccnt. S. Impure. Dirty. 
 
 Imleeil, in trutli, f/eyet. (Tapwe). 
 
 Indent ; I indent \t,{ia.,an.) nia 
 kiirkiyijaa ; nia kitchiyijwa. 
 
 Iiulented ; it is ind., [in., an.) 
 kitchiyijiydde : kitchiyijiydso. 
 
 Independence, dibraindisnwin. 
 
 Independent; I am indei)endcnt, 
 nia dibrnindis. 
 
 Indian, rt«/.s7//;u76e.'(Ayisiyini\v). 
 Had Indian, anifthiadbewisfi. 
 I am an Indian, a ind anis/ii- 
 nnbew. I i)lay tlie Indian, ;(//((/ 
 anishiadbekas. I live like an 
 Indian, aiad aaishiadbe-bi- 
 mddis, aniskindbeny aiad iji- 
 biniddis. A .«trange Imlian, 
 maidyanishi- ndbe, maiatdwa- 
 nisliindbe. A kind of .-^trange 
 Indian, lais/ii niaiakianyo. 
 
 Indian Agent, aais/iiiidbc-nyimn. 
 
 Indian character, anis/iiadbewd- 
 di^siwia I liave the Indian 
 ciiaracter, nind anis/iindbc- 
 v'ddia. 
 
 Indian corn, maaddniia,iaandd- 
 lainay. I pnKiuce Indian corn, 
 aia maaddaiiaike. I f^tamp 
 Indian corn, aia taywaway 
 viaaddviiaay. Indian coni- 
 
 >(»up or corn-niiisli, maadntiii- 
 ndbo, iaywaaadbo. I make 
 corn-soup, aia munddiaiad- 
 boke, aia (ayv'tinadboke. 
 
 Indian corn tieid, maadiimiui- 
 kitiyua. 
 
 Indian corn hatr, vwadumini- 
 
 U'Clj. 
 
 Indian corn .'itore-houfc, mandd- 
 viiaiwiyamiy. 
 
 Inilian coimtry, aaiKhiadbewaki. 
 I live in the Indian country, 
 nind aaisliiadbeki. (Iviniwa.'*- 
 kiy). 
 
 Indian cradle, tikiaayan. I make 
 a laaiile, aia tikinayaaike. 
 (Weweliisuwin). 
 
 Indian dancing, (inishindltemnh- 
 iaifiwia. I dance after tlie 
 Indian fashion, h?h(? miishind- 
 be iris him. 
 
 Indian fashion, Indian mode of 
 1 i ving, aiiiskiadbewiiljiyeiria. 
 I live or act after the Indian 
 fashion, aind (inishindl)ewid- 
 jiyc (lyiniwittwawini. 
 
 Indian from the liack wcxkI?, 
 sayicdndciyuwiaiai. (Sakawi- 
 yiniw). 
 
 Indian language, anishindhemn- 
 wia. I .«peaK the Indian lan- 
 guage, aiad aaishindbem. It 
 speaks Indian, lit is written 
 in the Ind. lang.,i ani.^hiadbe- 
 lanaiayad. It is Indian, (it is 
 written in the Ind. lang.,) 
 aiiis/iiadbeiris.sia. I tran.^late 
 it in the Ind. lang., nind aui- 
 i,/i iadbeicissifoa . 
 
 Indian life, aaishiadbc-bimddi- 
 siiria. 
 
 Indian name, aaisJiiaubewinikd- 
 sou'in. I liave lit hasi an 
 Indian name, nind anishiad- 
 beicinikas ; aaishiadbeicini-
 
 IND 
 
 143 — 
 
 INF 
 
 kdde. I give him, (her, it) an 
 Indian name, nitid aninhinu- 
 bewinikana ; nind aiiishind- 
 bewinikadan. 
 
 Iiiilian not bolon^inj; to the 
 Grand Medicine, sa;/ima, .sa- 
 {/itiKtwiiiiiii. I ilon't belong 
 to tiie (Jr. M., nin sin/immv. 
 
 Imliaii of the Grand Medicine, 
 tiiidt'. I am an Indian of the 
 Gr. M., mil viidi'tc. 
 
 Indian ornament ; a kind of 
 Ind. or., mayi.ti. 
 
 Indian religion, anishinabe-ijit- 
 wuwin. 
 
 Indian .sonjr, anhhindhe-naga- 
 iiioii. 1 sin;; an Indian ."ong, 
 n ind an is/i in dltc-iKujam. 
 
 Indian tea ; a kind of tea, 
 irinissibatj. Anotlier kind, 
 wininiketinibat/. (Maskekow i- 
 pokwa). 
 
 Indian to whom a woman i.-j 
 given to marry her, {nolens, 
 volcns,) wdwlkawind. 
 
 Imlian woman, anis/iimlbckire. 
 I am an ln<iian woman, nind 
 tin i.s/i indlnkwcw. 
 
 Indian writer, a man that write.'* 
 in Indian, anisfiiuftbembiiye- 
 tcinini. 
 
 Indian writing, anijihinnbeiri- 
 biiijan. 1 write in Imlian, 
 nind nnifi/iin<ibewibii</c. 'I'hc 
 act of writing in Indian, ani- 
 s/iim'iben'ibiit/cwin. 
 
 India rnMiiT, i/nssibiif/rin. 
 
 Indicate ; 1 indicate, nin wind<t- 
 inof/p, nin kikinoamagc. I 
 inil. him 8. th., nin windama- 
 wa weweni, nin kikinnamaica. 
 
 I ndigence, kiliindgisiu'in. 
 
 Indigent. S. Poor. 
 
 Indispo.-jed, (a little pick ;) I am 
 indi.-*i)OHed,^)rtJJ//? nind fikos. 
 
 nin mdnamandji, nin sibiskd- 
 dis. 
 
 Indi.-iposition, mdnamandjiomn, 
 sibi.skddi,siicin. 
 
 Indolent, Indolence. — S. Lazy. 
 LazincPs, 
 
 Indnlgence , webindmagowini • 
 jdwenddgasiwin. 
 
 Indn-strions ; I am ind., nin 
 iiitd-anoki , nin niiniranoki , 
 nin kijijawis, nin niimvhcis, 
 nin mikos, nin ija-shkiichige. 
 
 Indnstrion.x man, gaining or 
 earning nmch liy Wis labor, 
 gituhkitchigemnini . 
 
 lndu.-Jtrion.'< ner.-^on, netd-anokiil, 
 kijijdwisid. (Mamiyow). 
 
 Indnstry, nHa-(inokiwin, kijijn- 
 irisiwin, ////// //v')/'/.v//r//(. 
 
 1 n fancy , (diinodjiiwin. 
 
 Infant, os/iki-abinodji, tekobisod 
 ttbinod/i. 
 
 Infect ; 1 infect a i>lace with 
 sickne.-,«, dkosiwin nin bidon, 
 dkosiirin nin bi-niigiiren. 
 
 Infidel, inainidssig, dnicbwetan- 
 sig iiiKiniicwin. 
 
 Intirm, i.-iick, wiak ;) 1 am in- 
 firm, nind dkos,nin nita-dkos, 
 nin /(««/y;/«/.v. (Nanekkatisiw.) 
 
 Infirmary, dkosiwigumig. 
 
 Infirmity, dkosiirin, nitn-dknsi- 
 win, nanijiinisimin, inapinc- 
 irin ; liadisiirin. 
 
 Inllame; I inflame it, (kindle it,) 
 nin biskiinrmhin. (Sa.-ki.^am)- 
 
 liillexible. S. Mrittle. 
 
 Inform ; I inform, nin iriitda- 
 niiigc, nin kikimtmnge. I in- 
 form him, nin icindamnwa, 
 nin kikiniKiunnrn. 
 
 Inform Information. — S. Incjni- 
 re. IiKpiiry. 
 
 Informati<in , irindanidgewin , 
 irindamdwarisiwin. 
 
 10
 
 INO 
 
 — Ill — 
 
 JNS 
 
 Inf'oniu'il; 1 inn int., )iin iriinla- 
 milijo, )iiti uiiii(l(ntiiiwcirin. 
 
 Inhaliit ; I iiiliahit it, dwoll in 
 it, /(//('/ iihitthi. 
 
 Iiilialiitunt, chitaiiij, henn'ijcd. 
 
 Injection, (clyster,) pinduhawa- 
 djiyun, sif/iiicunadiwin. I re- 
 ceive an injection, niii piiida- 
 haiodniyo, niii sii/iiiaindtjo. \ 
 give an inj., nin ]>indahuira- 
 djiye, nin siyinaniaye. I give 
 liini an \w}.,nin})indahawana, 
 nin .siyiauniawa. 
 
 Injure ; I injure, nin mijiiwe. I 
 injure him, (her, it,) ninmijia, 
 nindiniyaa, nind tnapinanu; 
 nin mijiton, nind ■iniyaton, 
 nind enapinadon. I injure 
 myself, nind iniyas, nind 
 iniyaidis. It injures n>e, nind 
 iniyaiyon. (Koppiitjimew). 
 
 Injure, (in s. in.) S. Defile. 
 
 Injury. S. Insult. 
 
 Ink, (ijihiiyandbo. (Masinahigu- 
 mlbuy). 
 
 Inland, (in the wooils,) nopi- 
 miny, miywrkamiy. I go in 
 the in land, (in the woods, in 
 the interior,) nin yopi. I go 
 in the inland, on a river in a 
 canov, ni n ynpaani- The road 
 or trail leads in the woods, 
 qopamo mikana. (Notjimik). 
 
 Inland, (in. s. in.) S.Woods. 
 
 Inland lake, sdyaiyan. Tlie in- 
 land lake is large, manyiyama 
 sdyaiyan. 
 
 Inn. Inn-keeper. — S. Hotel. 
 Hotel-keeper. 
 
 Innocence, henisiwin. 
 
 Innocent; I am innocent, nin 
 binis. 
 
 Inoculate ; I in. with the cow- 
 pox, nind atayen mamdkisi- 
 loin, nin mamakisiiwe. I in. 
 
 him witii tiie cow-])Ox, nind' 
 (tltiuvi indmdki.siwin, nin ma- 
 nidkisia. — S. Co\v-j)Ox. 
 
 [n()( iilatur, efayed mamdkisiwin. 
 — S. Cow pox inuculator. 
 
 In order to..., ichi, ichi ici-. 
 
 Inquire ; I inquire, nin yaywi'd- 
 v:e. 
 
 In(|uiry, ynywedwevrin. 
 
 In reganl to..., ondji. 
 
 Insane ; I am ins., nin yiicand- 
 dis. I am ins. hy intervals, 
 nin yiwanddapinc. (Kiiskwap- 
 pinew). 
 
 Insanene.-;s, yiicaniidi.siwin. In- 
 saneness hy intervals, ^v/irot/a- 
 pinewin. 
 
 Insect, manitons. A kind of 
 poisonous insect, omitikossi. 
 
 Inside, pindiy, 2)indjii, pindj'...,, 
 pindjina. Towards the inside, 
 pindiy inakakeia. (Pitehayik). 
 
 Insignificant; lam (it is) insi- 
 gnificant, considered ins., 
 nin nayikaicenddyos, nind 
 ayassenddyos ,• nayikairenday- 
 wad. I think lie, (she,iti is in- 
 significant, «("« nayikaicenima, 
 nind oyassenima ; nin nayi- 
 kawendan, nin ayassindam . I 
 think myself ins., nin nayi- 
 kawenindis, nind aya.isenin- 
 dia. — I make him ins., nin 
 nayikawendayosia, nind ayas- 
 scndayosia. 
 
 Insipid ; it is insipid, [in., an.) 
 binis.sipogipad ; binis.'iiyogosi. 
 (Xania nissitospokwan). 
 
 Insipidity, insipiuness, binissi- 
 gosiwin. 
 
 Instantly, .tesika. (Semak). 
 
 Instead of..., jneshkwat. (Mes- 
 kutch, kekutch). 
 
 Instigate; I instigate, nin yaydii- 
 songe. — S. Incite. (Sikkiniew).
 
 INS 
 
 — 1 15 — 
 
 INT 
 
 Instijration, (/af/anaondiwin. 
 I iistinot, uwe.ssi-ainciulatHoiviii. 
 Instruct; I instruct, niii /ci/iin- 
 
 oamdge. I inst. him, idii kl- 
 
 kiiioamatca. 
 Instruction. S. Teaching. 
 Instruction, relij^ious inst., //«- 
 
 (jikwewiii, anamie-</a(/ikive- 
 
 trill. (Ayaniihe-kake.skwewini. 
 Instrument, itool,) anokanowiii. 
 
 ( Ahatchitjigani. 
 Insult, UiH.suiujewin, mau'ina(/e- 
 
 U'ill. 
 
 Insult; I insult, niiimuwim'itje, 
 niu hissiiiKjc, iiin bisnituijox. I 
 in.sult him, (her, it,| niu via- 
 winnra, nin viaicincs/ikawa, 
 niii bisnoma ; nin muwincan, 
 via niairinoi/ikioi, nin hissan- 
 dan. I insult liini ami make 
 liim weep, nin sQ^sessinia. It 
 insults me, nin mawines/ika- 
 (fon. — S. Insulting language. 
 
 Insult, (in. 8. in.) S. Mock. 
 
 Insult hv signs with the hami, 
 niniishtiniU'icin, nimi.skanilji- 
 (/ewin, nimiskundiicin. 
 
 Insult; I insult \>y signs with 
 the haiiil, nin niniisk(tn(/c,uin 
 jiiiniskuniljiije. I insult him, 
 (her, it) l>y signs, nin niinis- 
 kama; nin niniiskandun. We 
 insult each other, nin nimia- 
 kandimin. (Nimikkamew.) 
 
 Insulted ; I am ins., nin viuu-i- 
 ncoijd, nin bisamniyo, niu bi.s- 
 aiiawci. 
 
 Insulter, uelu-bi.ssom/ed, neta- 
 niniisk<ini/ed. 
 
 Insulting. S. Insult. 
 
 Insuiling language, bissitiit/osi- 
 ii'in, bis.tftn</cirin. I use in- 
 Hulting language, nin bisni- 
 taiu. I hear him using insult- 
 ing huiguage, nin bisailawa. 
 
 Iiisupportalile ; I am ins., vin 
 
 SdlKlj/is. 
 
 Intellect, intelligence, uiltwiiku- 
 win. 
 
 Intelligent ; lam intelligent, «nt 
 nibicdku. I make him int., 
 nin nibwakua. 
 
 Intelligent man, nibwakuwinini. 
 
 Iiitelligilile ; it is int., iii.t.iito- 
 idi/wad. 
 
 Intemix'rance in eating, nibudi- 
 .siiciu ; in drinking, ininik- 
 ices/i kiu'in , (jiwuskwcbishki- 
 win. (Kasakewin, kiiskwebe- 
 win). 
 
 Intemperate: I am in. in eating, 
 niu nibndis. I am intem{)erale 
 in drinking , nin niinik- 
 weslik, nin ijiwa.shku'vbi.thk. 
 (Kiiskweiieskiw). 
 
 Intend ; I intend, niu iucndam. 
 I intend toiios. th., I am pre- 
 paring, nind apUvhi. ilsj)isiwi. 
 
 Intention, iuendumowin. 
 
 Intercede; I intercede tor .some- 
 body, nin (/ii(/<iuf>dt(ni(tf/c. I 
 int. lor him, niu i/di/anoda- 
 VKiuut. I I'ikisk westamnwew). 
 
 ]i\ti;rcviifi\on,;/iii/iin>id(nnrii/t'wiu. 
 
 Intercessor, </( </(tnud(iini1</(id. 
 
 Interior. S. Inland. 
 
 I Mteriurly, nind jinn, pindjaii. 
 
 Inter])ret; i interpret, nind fini- 
 kdnntdi/e. I interpret him, 
 (her, it, I nind dnikdnotmca , 
 nind anikdiuddn. (Itwestnma- 
 kew). 
 
 Interpretation, fmikanotayewin. 
 
 Interpretetl ; I am (it is) inter- 
 preted, nind duikauuhtt/a ; atii- 
 kdn(ddf)Jii/dde. 
 
 In f e rpr e t e r, dianikarnddijed, 
 linikdna fdijiir in ini. Female 
 interjireter, {inikantdayckict. 
 (Itwestaim'ikewiviniwi.
 
 INV 
 
 — ik; 
 
 IRO 
 
 Inlersoct ; it intersects, ajidesse. 
 
 Interval ; tlie interval between 
 two loilgen or houses, ajaioi- 
 ijamif/, nissaioii/amif/. 
 
 In'tice ; I intice, ida f/agwedibe- 
 ninqe, nin qagwedibmdjige. — 
 S. tempt. " 
 
 Inticer. S. Tempter. 
 
 Intimidate; lint, nin segiiwe. 
 I int. him, nin segia, nin .ve- 
 gimct. I try to intimidate, nin 
 gagivcsegiiioe. I try to int. him, 
 nin gagivcscgia, nin gagwese- 
 gina. 
 
 Intoxicate ; 1 int. my .sol f, I cot 
 drunk, nin giwashkicebi. I 
 int. him, I make him drunk, 
 niji giioashkwcbia. — It intoxi- 
 cates, (it is intoxicatinix.) gi- 
 washhwebimagad, giioaahkwe- 
 bishkagemagad. It intoxicates 
 me, nin giwashkwekishkdgon. 
 
 Intoxicated; lam int., nin gi- 
 washkwebi. (Kawihew). 
 
 Intoxication, (/iwashkwebiwin. 
 
 Intractable ; 1 am int., nin sa- 
 nagia. I tind him intr., ni/j 
 sanagenima. 
 
 Intractableness, sonagisewtn. 
 (Ayimisiwin). 
 
 Intrepid. Intrepidity.— S. Coura- 
 geous. Courage. 
 
 Intrust. S. Commit. 
 
 Inundation. S. Flood. 
 
 Inured. S. Accustomed. 
 
 Inurement, nagadisiwin, 
 
 Invent; I invent it, or di.'scover 
 it, nin mikaivashiton. (Mis- 
 kweyiltam). 
 
 Invented ; it is inventetl, mika- 
 ircdjigade. 
 
 Invention, ynikawusJiitoirin. 
 
 Inventor, mekatcashitod, ga- 
 viikaivashiiod. 
 
 Invisible ; I am (it is) invisible, 
 
 kawin nin wabaminagosinsi, 
 kawin wdbaminagwassinon. 
 Invisible an. being, waiamami- 
 nagasissig. Invisilile in. ol»- 
 ject, waidbaminagwassinoa . 
 
 Invitation, inipongewiu, tcikon- 
 diioin. (Wisiliuew). 
 
 Invite; I invite to a meal, nin 
 wikonge. I invite him, nin wi- 
 koma. 
 
 Invite, (in. s. in.) S. Call. 
 
 Inwardly. S. Inside. 
 
 Inwardly, in the body, andmina. 
 (Atamiyiik). 
 
 Ire. S. Anger. 
 
 Ireland, Jdgandshiwaki. (Eng- 
 land.) 
 
 Irish boy, jdgandshins, (Eng- 
 lish t>oy.) 
 
 Irish girl, jdgandshiknoens, 
 (English girl.) 
 
 Irishman, jdgandsh, (English- 
 man.) 
 
 Irishwoman, jdgandshikwe, 
 (Engli-shwoman.) 
 
 Iron, biwdbik. A piece or frag- 
 ment of iron, bokicubik. I 
 work or protluce iron, nin 
 bitcdbikohc. Place where they 
 produce iron, piicdbikokan. — 
 S. Cast iron. Wrought iron. 
 
 Iron ; I iron, nin joshkwaigaige. 
 I iron it, (in., an.) nin josh- 
 kwrgaaii ; nin Joshkwrgdwa. 
 
 Iron boat, biwdbiko-tchimdn. 
 
 Iron chain, or iron fetters, />/- 
 irdbiko-.sagabiginigan, biicd- 
 bikn-.sagibidjigan, biicdbiko- 
 takubiijigan. 
 
 Ironed ; it is ironed, [in., an.) 
 joshkwaigaigdde ; joshhcai- 
 kaigaso. 
 
 Iron-mine, biwdbikokdn, (pro- 
 perly,) I work in a iron-mine, 
 nin biicabikokc, (properly.)
 
 ISL 
 
 — 1-17 — 
 
 IVY 
 
 Iron-Mountain, Biioabiko-wad- 
 
 jiw. 
 Iron jx)t, hiwahikmnhik. 
 
 Iron-road, (rail road,) biwCibiko- 
 
 mikana. 
 Iron vessel, bivoCibiko - niibik- 
 
 wCm. 
 Iroquoi Indian, Nddoiov. 
 Iroquoi \a,n^\\ii)iQ,nndowcmniriH. 
 
 I .sjtiak llielrociuoi langiiajio, 
 
 liiii nudownn. 
 Iroquoi ."iiuaw, nudowrktoe. 
 Irrational ; I am irr., itia <iu(ji- 
 
 bddis. It is '\ty., givjihudad. 
 Irritate ; 1 irritate liini, niii 
 
 nislikia. (Kisiwahew). S. An- 
 gry. Provoke to an<;er. 
 luland, isle, minins. Vhv end of 
 
 the island , tcaickwutninis.i. 
 
 (Mini.-itik). 
 Islander, mviifsiinj cndaiiakid, 
 
 mill isdinj endaji-bimudisid. 
 
 Island in a current, miniiifjod- 
 iiwaii, me7uiuifit/f>djiiraii</. 
 
 Island ill a river, minidij. 
 
 Isk- Roval, Miiu'iiii/. 
 
 Issue of l»loo<l, mi^kwiirapine- 
 trin. I have an issue of 
 lilood , vii.skin'wapiiie. 
 
 Iteh, itcliinjr, ijijibixiiriit, [fiji- 
 bojeirin. I feel itchinjrs, itiii 
 i/ijibis. (Kiyakisiuiti). I feel 
 itcliin^s : On nty arm, iiin ifi- 
 jibinikc ; in my oars, nin iji- 
 jibiliwaijc, nin ijinai/ifawni/i ,• 
 on my foot or feet, nin </iJibi- 
 fii<h' ; on my hand, nin ijiji- 
 binindji ; on my head, )(in <ji- 
 Jibindibc, nin i/ijibi.shtii/irdnc, 
 itin tfiuai/is/itii/wane : on my 
 Ie<r, nin ijijihiijddc ; on my 
 skin, nin ijijibaje. 
 
 Itchv ; I am itchy, nin ijijibojc. 
 iKiyakisiw). 
 
 Ivy, icdbijvithiwaichub.
 
 Jack ot , habisikawafiav . 
 
 Jack-knife, hhkahikikomdn. I 
 sliiit a jack-knife, nin hiskCi- 
 hikinan mokomdn. (Pikikku- 
 iiian). 
 
 Jasij;. JaggeJ. — S. Indent. In- 
 ilented. 
 
 Jail, (/ibakirandiu'ij/amii/. (Kil> 
 paliikasowikaniikl. 
 
 Jailor, t/enawenimad (jebakwai- 
 gdsonidjin. 
 
 January, )iianifor/i,sls. (Kisepi- 
 siml. 
 
 Jar. S. Jug. 
 
 >h,inuiV\cQ,»suH'ine-'<iin'n. I have 
 the jauntiice, niiid osdii'ine.f. 
 
 Jaw, odumikanama. My, thy, 
 his jaw, nindnmikdn, kidami- 
 kdn, odamikdn. My jaw is 
 swollen, nin bdjjfti^hkamige. 
 
 Jawbone, oddmiki(janima. My, 
 thy, his jawbone, nindamiki- 
 11(1)1, kidnmikifinn, ndamiki- 
 gan. I have bare jawbones, 
 nin mitaskkanige. 
 
 Jay, pikiraknkireu'cshi. 
 
 Jealuus ; I am jealous, nin gave, 
 nin gagaux-ndjige, nin binti- 
 inassige. I am jea. in thoughts, 
 nin gdwendam. I am jealous 
 in thoughts towards her, 
 (him,) )iin gdircninia. nin </n- 
 gdii'cnima. I am too jealous, 
 or in a habit of being jealous, 
 nin gdwcsk, nin gagdwendji- 
 gi's/ik. I am jealous tor him, 
 niti adirefatra, nin gnwefama- 
 
 tea. We are jealonp towards 
 
 one another, nin gdwindimin, 
 
 nin gagdirenindimin . 
 Jealousy, gdirewin, gagdirend- 
 Jigcirin, gdirindivin, gagdire- 
 
 nindiirin. Habitual jealousy, 
 
 r/d n-e,sh kiir in , gagd wendjigesh- 
 
 kitrin . 
 Jeopardy, nanisdnisiwin. — S. 
 
 Danger. 
 Jest. S. Buflbon. Buffoonery. 
 Jester, bcbdpinisid, Itehdpinwed. 
 
 Great jester, neid-hah/ijjinisid. 
 
 — S. Buffoon. (Wawiyatwes- 
 
 kiwin.) 
 Jew, Judawiniiii. 
 Jewess, Jtidairikwe. 
 Jingle ; it jingles, madiceidhi- 
 
 kissin. 
 Join ; I join it together, nin mu- 
 
 mdwitnn. It joins together, 
 
 mdnidwi.'isin. 
 Joiner, (carpenter,) inokodusso- 
 
 7cinini. 
 Joiner'.s sliop, mokoddsioiciga- 
 
 mig. 
 Joiner's trade or work, moko- 
 
 ddssou'in. 
 Joke; lam telling jokes, I joke, 
 
 nin babdpinice, ninbahdpinis^ 
 
 nin niairsxandirax, nin irdirii- 
 
 agitdgoi^- 
 Joker. S. Jester. 
 Jokcry, Ixdidpinwnrin, halnipi- 
 
 nesiwin, wawiiajiidgosiicin . 
 Joy, joyfulness, ininatrdnigo.si. 
 
 win, minairanigicendamotrin .
 
 lUD 
 
 — 149— JUS 
 
 minawasiwin, onanigosiwin, 
 onanif/weiulamdwiii , bapiaeni- 
 mowiii, bapincndiuiinwin, Ja- 
 miicadisiwiii, modjii/iniwin, 
 modjiijendamoxnii. There is 
 joy, mviawani(jwad. Joy ful- 
 ness in liair drunkenness, jo- 
 weiidamoirin. Joyt'ulness in 
 drunkenness, minamniir/ohi- 
 tvin, ))H>dJi(/ibiwin. (Miyawa- 
 taniowin). 
 
 Joyful ; I iini joyful, nin mina- 
 ivcmiijiis, nin miaawanijiocii- 
 dam, nin miiiawa.s, nind ona- 
 nif/os, nind onaniywendavi, 
 nin bapinenim, nin bapinen- 
 dam, ninjo))iitPadis, nin mod- 
 Jif/is, nin modji<iendam I am 
 joyful liein<.' lialf drunk, nin 
 jownidam. I am joyf\il in 
 drunkenness, /(//; minawani- 
 l/'ibi, nin madjiijibi- 1 am joyful 
 in my heart, nin modjigidee. 
 
 Judea, Jndrinij. 
 
 Juilge, dibakonigeinnini , diho- 
 koniiccwinini, dcbukoni<jcd. 
 (Wiyasuwew.) 
 
 Judge ; 1 judge, nindibakonige, 
 nin dibiikoniwr. I judge liini, 
 nin dilii'ikiiiKi, nin (liuthjinxi^ 
 ninil ondi/iinn. 1 judge him 
 in tliouglits, nind onniima. 
 Jt judge it in tlioughts, nind 
 oncniidn. (Wiyasuwatew). 
 
 Judged ; I am (it is) judged, 
 nin dihcikonigtla ; dihakoni- 
 gdde. 
 
 Judgment, dilxdionigewin, dilxi- 
 knnii/iiirin, dibnktmiu'cn'in, di- 
 biikimidiirin . 
 
 .hidLMiicnt-il;iv. (diiv of divine 
 
 judgment,) dibakonigc-giji- 
 
 gad. 
 Judgment-house, dibakonigewi- 
 
 gam ig, dibakonidiwigamig. 
 Judgment-scat, dibakoniwetoini- 
 
 apabiwin. 
 Jug, omodai, wdbigan-omndai. 
 Juggler, tchessakid, tchissaki- 
 
 winini. 
 Juggler's lodge, tchissakan. 
 Jugglery, tckisnakiwin. I prac- 
 tice jugglery, nin ir/nasaki. 
 Jugglery in regard to sickness, 
 
 kosdbandaniowin. I practice 
 
 jugglery for a sick person, nin 
 
 kiisdbfindam. I practice jug. 
 
 on him or tor him, nin kosu- 
 
 bama. 
 July, miskioimini-gisiss, madice- 
 
 sigrgisiss, pnpdshkisige-giaiHS 
 
 (Opask\i\vipisiini. 
 Jump. S. Leap. 
 June, odeiniini-gisisa. (Opaska- 
 
 wehupisiini. 
 J u n i pcr-1 )er ry , oka wanjimin. 
 J uniper-liush, okawanj. 
 Jury, dibowewin. I serve on a 
 
 jury, nin dibowc. 
 Juryman , dibnweicinini. 
 Just, nirniwcic/i, ndita. (Mwet- 
 
 ehi). 
 Just; lam just, nin gwaiako- 
 
 biniadi.ii gwainknind ijiwcbis. 
 Just, justly, gwaiak ; Jainw. 
 Justice, (virtue,! gwaiako-bimd- 
 
 disiiriii, giraiak ijiwebisiwin ; 
 
 jdikiriinhli.siirin. 
 Justice, (law.) dib((konigeu'in. 
 Justice of the peace. S. .Fudge. 
 Just, so. fibis/,l,f,. (Mwetehi 
 
 ekusi)
 
 K 
 
 Kalendar. S. Calender. 
 
 Keg, 7naka(/0iis, makakossaf/ons . 
 
 Keep ; I keep liiin, (her, it,) 
 nmd mindjimina, nin mindji- 
 mishkawa; nin mindjiminan. 
 [ keep him, (lier, it) sliglitly, 
 nin sagina ; nin saqinan. It 
 keeps me, nin minitjimishka- 
 gon. I keep mysell' back, nin 
 viindjiminidis. I keep myself 
 from him, nin midagwctaiva. 
 
 Keep, (in. s. in.) S. Conserve. 
 Reserve. 
 
 Keep company ; I keep com., 
 nin wianoke. I keep company 
 with him, (her, it,) nin wisso- 
 kawa; nin loissokan. 
 
 Keep, (contain ; it keeps much, 
 (in., an.) bissdgwan ; biasu- 
 (jod. 
 
 Keep in memory; I keep inm., 
 nin mindjimendam. I keep 
 him, (her, it) in memory, nin 
 mindjimenima ; nin mindji- 
 mcnddn. I keep mys^' in m., 
 ( I think on myself,) ninuiind- 
 jimcnindi.i. (Mittimeyittam). 
 
 Kept, (in. s. in.) S. Conserved. 
 Reserved. 
 
 Kernel, (stone,) ojnkomindn. 
 
 Kettle, akik. I make kettles, 
 nind akikoke. The kettle is 
 ^ too small, naau'adisi akik. 
 
 Kettle-hook, or kettle-hanger, 
 ogndakikwun. 
 
 Kettle-maker, kettle-manufac- 
 , turer, akikokewinini. 
 
 Kettle - manufactory, akikoke- 
 win. 
 
 Key, abdbikaigan. I make keys, 
 nind abdbikaiganike. (Abik- 
 kokahigan). 
 
 Kick ; I kick, nin tnngislikige, 
 nin tdngishkage. I kick him, 
 (her, it,) nin tdngvilikaica, nin 
 tatdngishkaica ; nin idngish- 
 kan, nin tatdngishkan. 
 
 Kicked ; I am (itis) kicked, nin 
 fangishkigas ; tdngishkigdde. 
 
 Kidney ; my, thy, his kidney, 
 nindodikossitc, kidodikossiw, 
 ododikossiwan. (Otittikusiw). 
 
 Kill ; I kill, nin nishiwe, nin 
 nitagc. I use to kill, nin niihi- 
 weslik. iNipattakew). It kills, 
 nitihiwemagad. I kill him, 
 (her, it) nin nissd, nin niwor 
 nawa; nin niton. I seek an 
 opportunity to kill him, nin 
 ndnddnissa. I kill him in a 
 certain manner, nind indpi- 
 nana. I kill him for such a 
 reason, or on account of...., 
 nind ondjinana. (Nipahew). 
 
 Kill animals ; I kill for people, 
 nin nitamdqc. iNipattama- 
 wew). I kill it for him, nin 
 niiamawa. I kill for myself, 
 nin nitwnas, nin nitamadis. 
 
 Killed person, nitdgan. 
 
 Killer of animals, nitagcwinini. 
 
 Killer of persons, murderer, ne- 
 shiiced, neshiwes/ikid. (Oni- 
 pattakesk).
 
 KIT 
 
 — 151 — 
 
 KNO 
 
 Killing, nisliiwcwin, nissidiwia ; 
 nitaijcwin. 
 
 Kind ; only objects of one an<l 
 tlic same kind are lying there, 
 (in., an.) VKijcKjusinon ; moja- 
 ahhinoy. Wc arc of .so many 
 Kinds, nin da.sswaiaf/isiniin. 
 It is of so many kinds, da.ss- 
 vmiaijad. We are (it is) of two, 
 three kinds, etc., nin nijwaia- 
 iji.'iimin, nin ni.f.swuiai/i.siniin, : 
 nijwaiu(jad, iii.s.'iwaiaf/ad, etc. 
 
 Kind ; I am kind, nin kijddia, 
 nin kijcwddis, nin mino bimd- 
 diii. 
 
 Kindle ; I kindle it, nin aakaan. 
 — S. Blaze. 
 
 Kindle-wood, misJiiwdtiij, biska- 
 koncndjiyan. 
 
 Kindness, kijddi.fiwin, kijewd- 
 (li.siwin, mino hiinddiniwin. 
 
 Kindred, inawendiivin. 
 
 King, oaiinn, kUclii-iKjiina. I 
 am a king, nind of/iinuir. I 
 make him a kiw^, nind oaivid- 
 wia. I live or act like a 
 king, nind iKjimCiwddis. 
 
 K ingdoin, ix/inidtriwin. 
 
 Kinglisher, (hird,) oyishkima- 
 ni-iiii. 
 
 Kinsman, kinswoman, /«fljt'e)/i«- 
 ijun, in<ririiid(/i/an. 
 
 Kiss, kissing, odjindiwin. 
 
 Kiss ; I k'xufi, nind (idjindam. I 
 kiss him, (her, it,) nind odji- 
 ma; nind odjinddn. I kiss 
 s. th., relating to him, nind 
 ndjindamnu'd. We kiss each 
 otlier, nind odjindimin. Kiss- 
 ing each other, ndjindiwin. — 
 
 Kissing-<lay, odjiitdiirini - ijiji- 
 (jiid. (New-year's day,(Otslict- 
 tnwikijikaw). 
 
 Kitchen, (rfiilxikwcwif/nmii/. — 
 (Piminawasnwikanuk). 
 
 Khe, gibtodna.ii ; mishikekek. 
 
 Kite, made of paper, babamas- 
 .sitrhitjan. 
 
 Knead ; I knQiiA,nin nnadiniije. 
 1 knead it, (/«., an.,) nind 
 ojitc/ii.slikiwd'/inan : nindojit- 
 r/ii.shkiu'a(fina. I knead bread, 
 nind onadinu pukuejif/an. 
 
 Knee, tn/idit/wania. My, thy, 
 his knee, ninijidij, kijidiij, 
 ii'jidijiran. 
 
 Kneel ; 1 kneel, I am kneeling, 
 nind i>l(/ii/f/iin(/ir(inab, nind 
 ntchili-/ii)ii/iraui(/ab<iu\ I kneel 
 before liim, (her, it,i nind 
 o(chitc/iin</H'ani(j(tbau'Hawa ; 
 nind otc/iilc/iini/iraniijabawi- 
 tam. 
 
 Kneelilown ; 1 kneel down, «///(/ 
 olc/iitf/iinr/iranitu. 1 kneel 
 down before him, (her, it,) 
 nin olc/iiic/iini/waiiUnwa 
 nind i>tr/iib-/tiji;/ir(niitani. 1 
 fall down on my knees, nind 
 olc/i ifrfi inifwanisse. 
 
 Knife, mokovidn. Small knife, 
 ( penknife, ) viokamdnrn.s. 1 
 make knives, nin mokouid- 
 nikn. — S. Cntlcr. 
 
 Knife-sheath, pindikuviun. 
 
 Knife with two edges, e/awiko- 
 nnhi. 
 
 Knit ; 1 knit socks or stoekingh, 
 nind ajiijnnikc. I knit stock- 
 ings, nind ukfikinniddssikc, 
 nin nii.'idfii/nniidd.i.iikf. 
 
 Knitting, nkoknm idd.s.-iikcirin . 
 
 Knol) on a tree, ])ikirakn-ad. 
 
 Knock; I ki\iK-k, nin jnikHciijc. 
 I kno<k with s. th., nin jni- 
 i/tikiraiiff. I knock him witii 
 my shonlders, tiin pakitcth- 
 ki'nra. I knock him, iber, it) 
 down, nin pakHrnshima .- nin 
 /<a/lv7c'»."J.'J»(/"7».(I'akamabwew).
 
 KNO 
 
 - 152 
 
 KN'O 
 
 Knock against ; I knock against 
 liim, 7u'ii hitdkoshknwa. I 
 knock against \{,ninbitdlc<>sh- 
 kaii. It knocks against inc, 
 Ilia bitdkoslikafjon. — I knock 
 my foot against s. \\\.,nin hitn- 
 knsideshin ; my forcheail, 
 nin hitdkoktoaiifjwenhin ; my 
 hand, niii hitdknniiifjjishin ,• 
 my head, nin hitdkondibesh'ni ; 
 my knee, nin biinkofjidi(/we- 
 shin. 
 
 Knock at a door ; I knock, nin 
 pdpa(/okwai(/e. I knocl': at a 
 door, nin pupatjakwaan is/ik- 
 ivanchni, nin yttpagaan ishk- 
 wandem. 
 
 Knocked out ; the head and the 
 bottom ofa barrel are knocked 
 out, jdbondcia makaknssar/. — 
 I knock tlie liead and the l)Ot- 
 tom ofa barrel ont, nin jdbon- 
 dean ni a ka knssa;/ . 
 
 Knocking, pukiteigewin, payak- 
 waiyeicin. 
 
 Know ; I know, nin kikcndjiye, 
 nind indmnndjiye. I know 
 him, (her, it,) nin kikenima, 
 nind indmama, nin nis.sifairi- 
 naica ; nin kikcnddn, nind 
 inamandnn, nin nissitairinan. 
 I know myself, nin kikcncn- 
 dis. — T try to know liim, (her, 
 it,) nin nandakikmiuia ; nin 
 nandakikcnddn. I want to 
 
 know liini, (her, it,) nin wi- 
 kikenima ; nin ui-kikenddn.- 
 J make liim know, nin kiken- 
 dnrnfifi, nin kikendamona. — 
 I kn<jw i)lainly, surely, nin 
 pakakoidain, nin bini-ffcendji- 
 ye. I know liim, (her, it,) 
 j)lainly, nin j>aknkenima, nin 
 bi.siskeniina ; nin pakakQndan, 
 nin bisinkendan. — I know, (I 
 am learned,) nin kikendass. — 
 I don't know, endoytcen. I 
 don't know what, weyoioytcen. 
 I don't know who, aireyiccn. 
 I don't know why ,weyotoyiren 
 tvendji-... 
 
 Knowledge, (science,) kikenddn- 
 sowin. I possess kn., nin 
 kikendass. 
 
 Knowledge of s. th., kikcndamo- 
 win. Perfect kn., bisi-tkenda- 
 nioicin, In'aiskendjiyeuin. 
 
 Known ; I am (it isi known, nin 
 kikenddyriK, nin kikendjiyas ; 
 kikendayirad, kikendjiydde. — 
 I make known, nin kikenda- 
 miiwe, nin kikcndmnndjiwe. I 
 make it known, [in., an.,) nin 
 kikcndamiiiccn, nin kikenda- 
 modjiwcn ; nin kikendami- 
 iwcnan, nin kikendamodji- 
 wenan. — 1 look, (it looks, 
 known, nin ni.'isitaicindyos ; 
 nissitatcindywad.
 
 Lai tor, nnokiwiti, Aifchi anoki- 
 icin, kaliKjiwin. — L<a]tor of a 
 woman in ^xivinfi; Iiirlli to a 
 cliild, iiii/idwdfisiiirin. (Atus- 
 kcwin, nittawikihawasow). 
 
 Lalior; I lahor, toil, nind anoki, 
 niii kitchi anoki, nin kohnjiic. 
 (Atu8ke\v). 
 
 Lalior, (in s. in.) S. Servo. 
 
 Laborer, anokiwinini, cnokid, 
 OKiiiind. 
 
 Lai n'ador. iiias/ikit/obof/. 
 
 Laco, nixkHrhiijan, wihidekadji- 
 yan. I ornanu-nt with lace, 
 ninniskifr/ii(/i', uiii wihidekrtil- 
 jif/r. — T lart' or till .^now-^lioos, 
 m'nil os/ikime. Lacing .«now- 
 sliocs, fi.skkhiicin'it. 
 
 Lacc'cl ; it is laccil, ornamented 
 with lace, iiiakitchiyade, wihi- 
 dakftdr. 
 
 Lad, ns/ikiiKiire, vcsfikiiih/id. 
 
 Ladder, (diirdiitloirdi/aii. lascH'hd 
 a ladder, tiiiid (ikiraiiddirc. I 
 ascend a ladder running, niiid 
 (ikinttiddirchalo. I descend a 
 ladder, itiii, nix.'ianddwc. (Ket- 
 chikusiwinattik). 
 
 Laid ; two arc laid togotJier, 
 {(in. in.,) nijo.f.'iiff/iikihnwaf/ ; 
 nijoitsilrhifjddfn'un. 
 
 Lake ; lar^jje lake, kifrfiii/nnii. 
 Small lake, inland-lake, sd- 
 (/<ii(/(in. The lake looks dark, 
 (liv the wind.) uiakitli trhjinni. 
 In the middle of a lake, lor 
 other wafer), ndicaq/im. (TA- 
 
 wAkinn.) Along the jrrcat lake, 
 irhii/ikifrfn'r/rnni. — I come to 
 tlie lake from the woods, nin 
 mnddhi. (Matawisiw). It comes 
 to the lake, vi(iddhinni(j(id. I 
 come to tlie lake from camp 
 to camp, nin niaddhiijos. I go 
 down to the lake hy water, 
 nin nidddbfin. — I carry or con- 
 vey him, (her, it) to the lake, 
 nin vitiddliinii ; nin niaddhi- 
 don. I slide (it slidesi down to 
 tlie lake, nin ynaddhi.sse ; ma- 
 ddhit<!irwa(ind. At the end of 
 a lake, trairkirar/dni. 
 
 J^ake Superior, Oirhipire-kilrlii 
 (jand, (the sea of the Chipi)e- 
 was.) 
 
 Lamlt, viani-shianinhenn . 
 
 Lame ; I am lame, tiin vinindnd- 
 j'l'/fi.s, nind (idjdn.s.sc. I am 
 lame in one k'g, nin lutrlii- 
 (jdde. I am lame in the hack, 
 ////( linkiriiirii/finrta. I lame 
 mvself, ;///( Ixifaw iWatchis- 
 kaw). 
 
 J^ame, lin. s. in.) S. Cripple. 
 
 Jjatne person, unaide to walk, 
 licni o.s.sc.s.'fi;/ , in eiiiiindjii/n.iid. 
 
 I..ament ; I lament, nin t/ni/iiln- 
 irr, nil! iinninnirildijns. (Ma- 
 wikkasiwewini. 
 
 Lament. \i a m e n t a t io n — .'^. 
 Weep over... Weeping over.. . 
 
 Lam p, irasHiikiram ndjiijitn . 
 
 Lamjcoil, icn.'^sukirdn'.ndiiijnn- 
 hi mid''.
 
 LAU 
 
 — 154 — 
 
 LAS 
 
 Lan CO, jimfujan. 
 
 Lancer, (soldier,) Jimdf/anish. 
 
 Lancet for bleeding, haakikwci- 
 yau. 
 
 Land, oki. — S. Ground, (noil.) — 
 (A.skiy). 
 
 Land ; I land, nin (jaha, I land 
 it, [in., an.) nind af/wasnitou ; 
 nind aijwanhima. It is landed, 
 put asliore ; {in., an.) aotra.s- 
 sitcliiyudc ; aijwa.ssiichi(/d.so . 
 
 Lauding, landing-place, ;/abe- 
 win. 
 
 LandUid}', aiihangckwe. 
 
 Landlord, ushaiu/ewinini. 
 
 Language, inwewin. (ftowewin). 
 Foreign language, maiuf/we- 
 win, pakdn imrewin. I speak 
 a foreign language, nin mai- 
 aywe, nin maiaqiidyn.s-, pakdn 
 nin inwc. I make him speak a 
 foreign language, nin maiay- 
 wea. Difticuit language, sa- 
 naywewin. I speak a (lifterent 
 languai^e, nin .sanayirc. — I try 
 to speak the language of tlie 
 people ^vith whom 1 live, )iin 
 nandaniinaicc. 
 
 Language. S. Bad language. 
 
 L'Anse, Wikwed. At L'Anse, to 
 or from L'Anse, Wikiccdony. 
 
 Lantern , wds.sakwancndjiyan. 
 
 Lapointe, Mi)ninyu'ancka)i. At 
 Lapointe, to or from Lapointe, 
 Moninywanckaniny. 
 
 Lapwing, (bird.) moninyicane. 
 
 L'Arbre-croche, Wdyanakiai. 
 
 Lard. S. Hogslanl. 
 
 Larder, atdsHowin. 
 
 Large, kitchi. 
 
 Large ; I am (it is) large, bi^, 
 nin mindid ; miicha. (Mishi- 
 kitiw,misaw). I am very lar^e, 
 nin kayabadis, nin manman- 
 /i/.s". I am a large big person, 
 
 nin manyiiawes. — It is large, 
 manyi.shkamaynd. It is large : 
 Clothing material, tnanyasi- 
 ka ; metal, in., mitrhdhikad ; 
 metal, «»., m i t <• h d h i k i .ti ; 
 atnif, in., mitchiyad ; .stall', an. 
 milcliiyini ; wood, in., mit- 
 rhdkicad ; wood,ff«., mitchd- 
 ko.si. — I am so large, nind 
 iniyin. It is so large, iniyok- 
 icis.sin, iniyokwamayad. jlt so 
 large : Metal, in., iniyokwd- 
 hikad ; metal, an., iniyokwd- 
 bikisi ; stuff", in., iniyokwdbi- 
 yad ; stuft", an., iniyoktcabi- 
 yi.ti. I aj)pear (it appears) so 
 large, nind iniynkwabamind- 
 f/os ; iniyokicabamindywad. — 
 I catch a very large fish, nin 
 kayabadjibina. — I make it 
 large, nin miirhdion. Large 
 lake, kiichiyami. At the end 
 of a large lake, icaiekicakiichi- 
 yami. 
 
 Lark , kikibikome.shi. 
 
 Lascivious. S. Libertine. 
 
 Lasciviousness. S. Licentious- 
 ness. 
 
 Lash, ba.shanjnyan. (Pasaete- 
 higan). 
 
 Lashing, ba.shanjnycitin. 
 
 Last ; I am the last, nind ish- 
 kvaiadjiic. I am (it is) con- 
 sidered the last, nind ishkicei- 
 ddyos ; islikweienddyirad. I 
 live in the last lod<re or house, 
 nind ishkwcyc. The last 
 lodge or house, ishkiccyamiy. 
 It comes to me in the last 
 place, (I receive it in the last,) 
 nind i.'ihn'ckdqon. The last or 
 youngest chi'ld in a family, 
 i.'i/ikwctchdaan. It is the last 
 object, i.<!hkwc.s.<iin. The last 
 object, e-^hkicessiny. The last
 
 LAU 
 
 — 155 — 
 
 LAY 
 
 time, ishkwCdch. For tlie lust 
 time, f/anapine. At last, yeaa- 
 pi, iJikwatch. (LskweyatcHi). 
 
 Latcli of a door, pakukrnii(jan. 
 
 Late, the late. 8. Deceased. 
 
 Late, wika. I come late, wika 
 nin d(i<jw'ishhi. (Nama mayo). 
 
 Late ; it is late, (in the forenoon,) 
 is/ipi-</iJi(/ad. It is not late, 
 (in the afternoon,) Ishpi-ffiji- 
 (lad. It is late in the night, 
 ishpi-iibikad. (Akwa-kijikaw, 
 etc.) 
 
 Late, (in the beginning of tlic 
 evening,) apitclii ondi/oshig. 
 
 Jjatelv, nomaia, anomaia. (Ano- 
 tch'ikke). 
 
 I^ater, by-and-by ponrma, nil- 
 (jalrh, panima vii(julvh. — 
 (TcheHkwa). 
 
 Jjath, ijijikcHS. 
 
 Jjuth ; r lath, gijikensa;j nind 
 (((/wakwaicaf/. 
 
 Laudanum, opium, nihewnbn. 
 
 Lauixli; 1 lauirh, «//( /ti1j). I 
 iauirii with iiim, ///// hntiapi- 
 jiuni. I am in a habit of 
 laugliing,or I laugh toomueh. 
 Ilia bdpialik. I laugh \v i t h 
 tears in my eyes, nin 'jifjixi- 
 /liiii/trebii}). 
 
 Laugii at ; 1 laugh at him ma- 
 ligiiiintly, ;(//( i/diidj-bttpin. I 
 laugh at him, iliei-, it,) mock- 
 ingly, nin bnpinfidnwn ; nin 
 bapinodnn. 1 laugh at him, 
 (her, it| friemlly, nin bfipin ; 
 nin l)upi(i>n. 
 
 Laughter, l>/ipiicin. J burst into 
 liiugliter, nin jxisfikap, nin 
 nanissap. 1 expose it to laugh- 
 ter, [in., (in.) nin b<ipil(nnntri- 
 nikcn . nin bapitamotrinike- 
 nan. 
 
 Launch ; I launch him,lher, it) 
 
 in the water, nin bakobina ; 
 Ilia baknbinun. I launch a 
 vessel, nin maddsnitlnn niibik- 
 ii'dn, nin niininaicenan. (Pa- 
 kastaweham). 
 
 Launderer. Jiaundress. Laun- 
 dry. — S. Washer. Washer- 
 woman, Wanh-house. 
 
 Law, dibitkoni(/ewin, inaknniijc- 
 win, onakoniijcwin. (Wiya- 
 suwewin). I make laws, 
 nindonakoniije. I make a law 
 for him, nind onalconamawii. 
 1 try to make goi.Kl laws, nin 
 nanddonakiiniije. 
 
 L a w <^ 1 V e r, onakoniijcwinini, 
 inaknniijewinini. 
 
 Lawgiving, onakokiyeicin, ina- 
 koniqewin. 
 
 Lay ; 1 lay or put two objects 
 together, {an., in.) nin nijn- 
 sliimuij ; nin nijo.tniionan. I 
 lay s. th. on him to carry, /(/// 
 bimondna, nind mnbdnddu. 1 
 lay it badly, nin inanji.s.<tH(in, 
 nin nidnn.f.sifon. I lay him 
 tiown, (especially to sleeo.) 
 nin jiniii.'ihiina, nin i/airi.t/ii- 
 ma. I lav him down on .some 
 
 hard object, nin niituko.s/iiina. 
 I lay him, (her, it i down other- 
 wisi- <ir somewhere else, nind 
 iindji.s/iiind ; nind (tndji.s.tifon. 
 I lay him, (her, it) down on 
 the side, ojiiim's/iima ; nind 
 npiin'insiilnn. — I lay my lieaij 
 on s. th. lying down, niml 
 (ipikwcsfn'n. I lay my head km 
 it, {in., an.) niml apiktrinhi- 
 innn : nind apikircifiinumau. 
 Lay-liaptism, hi ki ireidli'i wad j i- 
 i/iwin. I receive lay-iiajitism, 
 nin kikiweidlnnras. I givelay- 
 lta])tism, nin kikitreidbfarad- 
 jiijv, nin kikindiradabawad-
 
 l.EA 
 
 — 15G — 
 
 LEA 
 
 jige. I give liiiM lay-ljaplism, 
 ■nin kikiweinbravana, nin kiki- 
 nawadabawana. (Kiskinowii- 
 bawayew). 
 
 Lay egj^s; she lays eggs, 6o«a«i. 
 (Owawiw). 
 
 Lay on ; I lay it on thick, [in., 
 an.) nin kipuijissiton ; nin ki- 
 payitihima. 
 
 Lay open ; I lay it open, (in., 
 an.} nin mijishaion, nin mij'i- 
 shaivissiion ; nin vi ij i.'i Jut. s.s a, 
 nin miji.fhawishima. I lay it 
 open before him, nin miji.shn- 
 wi.ssitamawa. It lays open, 
 or it is laid open, 7)iiji.skawif>- 
 sin , miji.tha wi.s.sitch ijade. 
 
 Laziness, kitimiwin, kitimiah- 
 kiwin, tata(jCidisiwin, tata(jad- 
 jiwin. 
 
 Lazy ; I am lazy, nin kitim, nin 
 kitimi.'ihk , nin tdtagddis. I 
 look lazy, nin kitimindgoK. 
 
 Lazy person, keiimishk-id, tuia- 
 tagadi.sid, enokissig. 
 
 Lead, ashkikonidn. I work or 
 produce lead, nind ashkiko- 
 mdnike. 
 
 Lead-mine, a.^hkil'omdnikan. I 
 work in a lead-mine, nind 
 ashkikomdnike. 
 
 Lead, (plumb ;) I lead -or plumb 
 a pipe, nin .sigdwa opwdgan. 
 I lead, I ornament with lead, 
 nin masinajigawiirhige, nin 
 inasinikwassige. — I lea d it, 
 (in., an.) nin masinajigawiton : 
 ni n maninajigawia. — It is 
 leaded, (moulded,) [in., an.) 
 masinajigau'itchigdde ; masi- 
 najigawiUhiguso. 
 
 Lead ; I take the lead, nin 
 nigdni, nin nigdnoase. A man 
 that takes the lead, nigdnos- 
 
 Kcuinini. A woman that takes 
 the h-ad, nigdnos.fckiPC. 
 
 Lead, (in s. in.) S. (Juide. 
 
 Lead astray ; I lead him astray, 
 nin wunitshima. 
 
 Lead away ; I lead liim away, 
 nin viddjiwina. I endeavor 
 to lead him away, nin icikwai- 
 chiwina. I lead hiui away 
 on a cord, nin .sdgabigina. 
 
 Lead back; 1 lead him, (her, it,) 
 back, nind ajhcina, nin giire- 
 tcina : nind ajcuindn, nin 
 giwewidon. 
 
 Lead in ; I lead him in, ninpin- 
 • digana. (Pitlukahew.) 
 
 Lead out ; I lead him out, 7iin 
 .tdgi-sia, nin sdgidjiwina. 
 
 Leaf, anibish. (Nipi'y). There 
 are leaves, 'in a buph or 
 shrub,) anibishikang, niegwc- 
 bag. — The leaves are budding, 
 as/ikibagad. The leaves are 
 coming forth, sdgibagu. The 
 leaves are falling off, bindkwi. 
 The dry leaves make noise, 
 gaskibaga. The wind moves 
 the leaves, gaakibagassin , 
 gosJikobaga.'isin. Red leaf, mi.<t- 
 kobag. There are red leaves, 
 or the leaves are red, ?«/AAoia- 
 ga. The tree has red leaves, 
 mi.ikobagiisi mitig. The leaves 
 are wet, iipabaga. The leaves 
 become yellow, watebaga. 
 
 Leaf for tea or medicine, ip/h/- 
 sikensibag. 
 
 Leak ; it leaks, ondjika. (Otchi- 
 kawiw). 
 
 Lean ; I lean with my liead on 
 s. th., nind a.ssoku'eshin. I 
 lean on s. th., nind asswashin, 
 nind asswadjishimon. (Asosi- 
 mow).
 
 LEA 
 
 — l.J7 — 
 
 LEN 
 
 Loan, (poor ;) I am lean, /(/// 
 ])ali((/i(iiIos, iiiiid t>s/i<iiiis, n'nid 
 osk(in((hcu'i.s. I am cxtniiu'ly 
 lean, »/// <jaw(ikad<is, itia kusli- 
 kfikinlo.s. Ilia jtakakadwahe- 
 ivia. (Sikkatcliiwi. 
 
 ]jL'ii]invf^^, ])akdkado.si)wiit, kias/i- 
 kdkadti.smciit. 
 
 \jva\) ; I leap or juinp, nin (jwa- 
 .s/ikwdit. I leap down, uin 
 II i.s,si(/washkw(1n . 
 
 JA'arii ; I learn it, (I want to 
 know it,) Ilia ici-kikendan. I 
 endeavor to learn, nin nanda- 
 kikcndun. 
 
 Leather, jxtn/ikirn/in. 
 
 JA'atiier-itottle, pm^likwi-yin-omo- 
 dai. 
 
 Leatlier-coat, ]><(s/ikw('(/iiio-l)dl)i- 
 sikawdi/aa. 
 
 Leather-leirj^injr, pushkirnjiao- 
 )iiid(t!i.s. 
 
 Leaf htr-manu factory, as.seknci- 
 
 iJUDliiJ. 
 
 Leather-r.uinufacturer, assekt'- 
 U'iniiri. 
 
 JA'atlier-^trinjr for flnowflioes, 
 (ishkiiaaiiddb. Narrow Ica- 
 ther-strinj;, hitiJi/ii/aiitih.. 
 
 Leave ; I leave him, (her, it,) 
 )iia a<i(f(nia, }iiii jxikciriini ; 
 Ilia nai/dddii, nin jnikiividon. 
 1 leave him, (her, it,i flyinj; 
 away for salety, nin atKjndJi- 
 nijinia, 7iiu iKKjdJiiiiJiiiiu . nin 
 na(/(tdjinijindun,iiin naijdjiiii- 
 jiiiddii. I leave him in a 
 stealthy manner, nin (jiinod- 
 jikdna. I leave him weepinjr, 
 nin innkairiodjinnt. 
 
 Leaven , oinhissitr/iiifdn ,Jiicis.sit- 
 f/iii/dii. 
 
 Leaveneil ; the hread is leav., 
 (indiisnitchiijdHii jinkwejiijan. 
 The hread rises up, (there is 
 
 leaven in,) oniltis/iin jnikirrji- 
 (jdn. 
 
 Leech, sai/askwddjiine. Tiiere 
 are leeches, sdi/dskirddjimcka. 
 lAkakkwiiy). 
 
 Leech- Lak e , Ga-nai/uskicadjim e- 
 kud. 
 
 Left-handed ; I am left-h., nin 
 nduidiidji. 
 
 Leg, okdilinid. My, thy, his leg, 
 nikdd, kikdd, i>knd. The Ujne 
 of my, thy, his leg, nikildit/dn, 
 kikddi</dn , oki'idii/an. The 
 right leg, kHvliiijdd, okitrhi- 
 (jadima. I have large legs, 
 iiin nianaiu/ii/ddc. I have a 
 long leg, nin i/inoi/dde. 
 
 Legging, middss. My, thy, his 
 legging, iiidd.<is,kidd.s.t, dihl.is. 
 I have torn leggings, ?</» biyti- 
 dds.se. I have only one legg- 
 ing on, nin ndhdiirda.tne. 
 
 I^egging-f^tring , .saijds.sandjibi- 
 .son. 
 
 Legofachair, A:c.,f/Av7(/«7rA///a». 
 it has legs, nkddtirhiijdde. 
 
 Lend ; I lend, nind awiiire. I 
 lend it to him, iiiml tiirid. I 
 lend it, [in. an.\ nind awiiwen ; 
 nind dHuwcndii. 
 
 Lending, dwiiwetrin. (AwiliA- 
 snwi. 
 
 Length ; my, thy, his length, 
 iki'isiidn, ckii.siidn. ekij.sid. ItH 
 length, ekii.sini/. I am (it is) 
 of such a length, /(///»/ dkijs ; 
 dkn.s.sin, dkird. 
 
 Lengtiien ; I lengthen it, nuike 
 it long,j<//i (/inir/iton. I length- 
 en it out, ninil diiiki inn. ft is 
 lengthened out, iiiiiktiihiiji'ide. 
 Lengthening string, unikdbid- 
 Jiijdn. 
 
 Lt-nt, kHrhi (/iit^winhimotrin. 
 (Kitchi-iyewanieiliisuwin).
 
 LIA 
 
 — ISS- 
 
 UE 
 
 Leper, wemigid, ketchi-omigid. I 
 am a leper, nin Jcitchi omigi. 
 
 Leprosy, omigiwin, kitchi-omi- 
 giwin. 
 
 Jjcss, nawaich pangi, nondtiss. 
 (Astameyijrok). 
 
 Lessen ; I lessen it, nin j;a>i^/- 
 toagiton. 
 
 Let alone ; I let him, (her, it) 
 alone, nin bonima, nin bonia ; 
 nin boniion. It is k-t alone, 
 (in., an.,) bonitcfiigade; bonit- 
 cTiigdso. 
 
 Let tlown ; I let him, (her, it) 
 down on a rope, nin ni.s.iihigi- 
 na, nin. bonabigina ; nin ni.s- 
 sdbiginan, nin bonabiginan. 
 I ani (it is) let down, nin ni.s- 
 sabiginigm, nin bonabigini- 
 gas ; nitisabiginigdde, bonn- 
 biginigdde. 
 
 Let go ; I let him, (her, it) go, 
 nin pagidina, nin pagiaOca- 
 tea ; nin pagidinan, nin pagi- 
 sikan. I let him, 'her, iti <to 
 tinddenhj, nin jMigidJiwcbina ,■ 
 nin 2)(tgidjicebinan . 
 
 Let me see ! iaga ! taga ! 
 (Matte !) 
 
 Letter, masinaigan, nindarwe- 
 ma.nnaigan. Letter sent, mnd- 
 jibiigan. Letter received, bid- 
 jibiigan. 
 
 Level ; I put level, nind aind- 
 ji.t.'iitnn. — The country is level, 
 jingakaniiga, iaiagwaniagad. 
 
 Lever, ombdliicdigan, ogwakid- 
 oigan, agwidaigan. 
 
 Lewd ; I am lewd, nin gagibd- 
 dis, nin bi.'ihigwddi.s. 
 
 Lewdness, gagibddisiii'in, bi.fJi- 
 igu'ddisiU'in. 
 
 Liar, geginawi.s-hkid. 1 am a 
 liar, nin ginaiplmhk, nin 
 gaginaii'hishk. (Okiyaskiw). 
 
 Libertine, pagdndjinini, nwad- 
 ikirewed, ntcdajiikwewed. I 
 am a libertine, nin ntjdikwewe, 
 nin nodjiikwetpe, nin bishig. 
 wddi.i. 
 
 Lil^erty, dibenindisowin. I give 
 him lilterty, nin pagidina tehi 
 dibenindi.sod. 
 
 Lick ; I lick, nin noshcddiige, 
 nin no.fknddum. I lick him, 
 (her, it,) nin noskwuna ; nin 
 noskwddan. I lick s. th. 
 belonging to him, nin noskwd- 
 damawa. I lick and suck it, 
 {in., an.) nin aobandan ; nin 
 nobama. 
 
 Lie, innwdbo. 
 
 Lie, giwanimoicin, ginatvishk- 
 iwin.. I give him the lie, 
 nind dbea. 
 
 Lie, tell lies ; I lie, ?mi giwanim, 
 anisha nind ikkit. I tell him a 
 y\o,nin giwanima. I tell him 
 lies, nin gaginatci.shkima. I 
 am in a habit of^ telling lies, 
 nin ginawi.shk, nin qagina- 
 wishk. I make him tell a lie, 
 nin ginau-ishkia, nin giicani- 
 nioa. (Kiyaskiwin). 
 
 Lie; I lie, (1 am lying,) /i/hj/h- 
 gi.shin. I lie down, nin ga- 
 u'ishim. ( Pimisin. ) I 'lie 
 down further there, nind ik- 
 u-i.sJiiji. I lie down otherwise 
 or somewhere else, nind and- 
 Ji.fhin. I lie (it lies) well, nin 
 tninn.shin ; niino.ssin. I lie 
 wrapped up, nin tciiceginishin. 
 (We lie two, three, four, etc. 
 together, nin Hj/oshimin, nin 
 ni.ssoshimin, nin nin.^hiniin. 
 Arc. A piece of wood lies on 
 high, bimahcamo mitig. It 
 lies there, (in., an.) bimak- 
 tcissin ; bimakicishin.
 
 Lie, 
 
 — 159 — 
 
 UN- 
 
 Life, bimddisiwin. Another life, 
 (in the next worl<J,) ajhla 
 bimddisiwin . (Kutak ]niiia- 
 tisiwin). Indian life , ani- 
 sliindhe-himddisitviti, anishi- 
 ndheiviiijif/ewiii. — Life ever- 
 lasting, kai/iije hiinddisiwin. 
 Pure life, hiiiddisiwin. Im- 
 pure life, winddi.'iin'iit. 
 
 Lift ; I am lifting with a lever, 
 nind ayicakidaiae, niiid agwi- 
 dai</e. 1 lift him (her, iti 
 wit 11 a lever, niiid aytcakid- 
 dwd, nind aywiddnHi ; niml 
 m/wakidaan, uiiid agwidtian. 
 
 Lift up ; I lift up, nind omhako- 
 niije, o)nliabi(/ini(/e, niml inii- 
 bdkohidjii/e, nind ombaktraif/e, 
 nind unibiiiiije. I lilt him up, 
 nin pd.siijwindina. 
 
 Light, wdssi'idsiwin, U'dsurna- 
 niowin, ird.ssnd. I am in the 
 light, ud.sseiiinini/ nind did, 
 nin u'dsseiddi.i. 
 
 Light, (moon-shine,) it is light, 
 gijir/die. (Kijikastew). 
 
 Light ; it is light, irassn'amagad, 
 n'dasi'tenidijdd. I make it 
 light, nin wusunkicanean. I 
 make it light for him, nin 
 wdssakwnntamawa. I make 
 light a place liy burning h. tii., 
 nin wdx.sdkwuneudjige. I iturn 
 it for a light, nin Wd.isakwa- 
 Jiendjidcn. I make him (lu-r, 
 it) liglit, nin trdnsc.'^/ikdwa , 
 nin ipdxsfis/ikau.^ liglit, (set 
 on fire,) nin sdkaan. I light 
 a pipe, ninsakaipwdgane, nin 
 biskancjm'a. 
 
 Li<:;ht, (nut heavy ;) I am (it in) 
 light, nin ndngin ; ndngan. I 
 find him (her, it) light, nin 
 nangeninia ; nin naugendan. 
 I make it light, I lignten it, 
 
 iin., an.) nin ndnailon ; nin 
 iidngid. I have a li^'ht pack, 
 nin ndngiwdne. l\ukku8ini. 
 
 Light-f.M.ted ; I am 1., nin ndn- 
 gisidv. Light-foote.1 Indian, 
 naidngisided aniahindbe. 
 
 Light house, ir//.f.vaAir«/4f/i«/yiy/aH. 
 
 Lightning, trdssautowin, irdnaak- 
 iraaw. Tliere are lightning«>, 
 it lightens, trd.ssdvit,trag {wd- 
 trdssdiniiwdg) oniwikig, tcas- 
 Mdkwddniog idniinikig.) Un- 
 iMtcrru|)ted lightnings, i/ih'. 
 gd.iKigt'wag (animikig). (\\ a- 
 saskuteijayiw). 
 
 Light-timliered ; it is light- 
 t i m I le red , jigaakica , jigaak- 
 ireid , I Si I ley is k w ey a w | . 
 
 Like..., like as..., iund.iiiag,Ubi- 
 x/ikd, nindiifii. 
 
 Like, diiira, dnirdn ; dino, diiio- 
 wd. (Talpiskotchi. 
 
 Like ; I like him, iher, itj, nin 
 niintrniirua, nin sdgia ; nin 
 luinwenddn ; nin xdgiton. 
 
 Liken ; I liken liim to Homc- 
 \\ot\\, nind dicca. I liken it to 
 something, nin dWftidi. 
 
 Likewise, nunsdb, fibis/iko, id. 
 bis Ilk (dell ; mipi dash, mipi 
 ddsh </aie. 
 
 Li\y, nabiiifdslik, mashkodrpimg. 
 
 \AU\h, pakdiifriu. \ have Hinall 
 limits, nin bubiwig. I have 
 large hig limbs, nin inavtdn- 
 ijig. I liave a liolt- luuiind) 
 in some limb, ninjnigiranfs. 
 
 Lime, trdbdbigan. I imrri lime, 
 nin irdbdbigauikf. 
 
 Lime-burner , trdbdbiganiktwi- 
 niiii- 
 
 Limeki'n, vdbdbignnik&n. 
 
 Linden-iiark, trigoh. 
 
 Linden-tree, irigvb, wtgobim\j. 
 (Nipioiy . 
 
 11
 
 LIQ 
 
 — IGO — 
 
 LIT 
 
 Line, biminakwdn, himiaakwd- 
 netis. Line on the upper and 
 under border of a fish net, 
 jinodagan. 
 Line ; I line, 7iin hitofjwadJKje. 
 I line it [in., an.), ninbitinjica- 
 dan ; nin biifxjwana. 
 Linen ; assahdbuvegin. 
 Lining, bitntjwadjiyan , biioij- 
 
 icanson . 
 Lion, mishibiji. 
 
 Lip ; iTi\', thy, his lips, yiindrm, 
 kidon, odoii. — My lips are 
 cracked, sore, nin gipidon, 
 nin gagipidon. — On the li{)s 
 only, ogidjidon. 
 Liquid -, it has the appearance 
 of such a licpiid, indgami. It 
 is a bad liquid, mdndgnmi. I 
 find this li(iuid has a bad 
 taste, nin mdndgamipidan. It 
 is a gootl liquid, minwdgcimi. 
 I find this liquid has a good 
 taste, nin minu-dgamipidan. 
 It is a clean liquid, bindgami. 
 It is a dirty 1., windgami. It 
 is an excellent liquid, wingd- 
 gami. It is a thin li(iuid, 
 jigaagami. I uiakf it tiiin, 
 ninjigcidgnmifon. - Something 
 is in a liquid et&te,jogama7n- 
 agad. It is brought to a liquid 
 state , jogamamagad. It is 
 liroughl to a liquid state, 
 jogamitchigdde. I make it 
 liquid, [in., an.) nin jogami- 
 ion ; nin jogamia. 1 make 
 pitch li(|uid, nin jogamia 
 pigiw. Tlie pitch is in a liquid 
 state, jogaini^i pigiw. 
 Liquor, ardent liquor, i.'ihkofe- 
 wdbo. I like liquor, nin win- 
 gdgamandjige. 
 Liquor-houee, miniktcetcigamig, 
 siginigeicigamig. 
 
 Liquor-selling, siyinigewin. 
 Liquor-selling license, siginig^ 
 
 inasinaigan. 
 Listen ; I listen, nin piaindam. 
 I listen with pleasure, mn 
 minotum. It listens with plea- 
 sure, minotamomagad. I listen 
 to him, (her, it,) nin pisinda- 
 tea ; 7iin pi.tinddn. — I listen 
 to hiu) (her, it) : Witli appre- 
 hension or danger, ?h'« nani^ia- 
 nitaica ; nin nanisanitan. 
 With astonishment, nin mama- 
 kasitawa ; nin mamakasitan. 
 With attention, nin ndgasota- 
 wa ; nin ndgasotan. With 
 displeasure, nin jingitawa, nin 
 migoshkasHawa ; nin jingitan, 
 win migoshkasitan. With fear, 
 nin segitawa ; nin segitdn. 
 With pleasure, nin minoiawa ; 
 7iin niinotdn. With sorrow, 
 nin wassitdwitawa ,• nin ivas- 
 sitawitdn. With trouble of 
 mind, 7iin wanishkwetaica : 
 nin wani.ihkweidn. — I listen 
 to hin\ with the impression 
 that he is telling or recom- 
 mending difiicult things, nin 
 sanagiiawa. I listen to liim 
 with the impression that lie 
 talks foolishly, absurdly, 7ifH 
 gugibdsitaica. (Xandottawewi. 
 Listen, (obey;) I listen, nin 
 babdniilam. I listen to him, 
 nin babdmiiatra. I listen to 
 myself, nin babamitas. iXana- 
 hittawew). 
 Little, a little, j^fln^j, natgddam. 
 — (Apisis). Very little, ««;i- 
 gishe, agdica. lam of a little 
 number, nin naieiatcis. There 
 is little of it , nai^tawad , 
 maneinad, dgassinad, pangi- 
 icagad. There is little of it.
 
 LIV 
 
 — "61 — 
 
 LOD 
 
 \an. obj,,) pangiwisi, vanyi- 
 wagisi, naietuwisi. \V <> arc 
 in a little duiiiIrt, nin pamji- 
 wagisimin. — Tiicre in very 
 little fif it, nn., aii.\ paugi- 
 sh(w<tg<id ; jxtiKiishvu'agisi. 
 We are very little of u.", nin 
 ]}UHgisheicagisimin. — 1 reduce 
 it to little, nin pangiwitgiton. 
 
 ijittle girl's Point, Gaanginhsti- 
 gokag. 
 
 Live ; I live, tiin hividdis. It 
 livet>, hiinntJiaittiagwI, binin- 
 dad. I live of new, /*///'/ 
 ujita-himndis. I live in a cer- 
 tain place, nin danaki. I live 
 in peace iti a certain place, 
 nin wanaki. I live in ditlerent 
 place?, nin f/ulia-ainda, nin 
 oahainddis. I live with liini 
 in the f^ame place or country, 
 Ilia wishkiinitkiwaua, nin irid- 
 jidakiireiiKi, nin iri.i/tdiuidki- 
 inn. — I live like a heaver, nind 
 amikwddi.^. I live like an 
 Indian, nind unisUinnbfhinu'i- 
 dis. I live in the Indian 
 country, nind anishinalifki. I 
 live in a villa^je with others, 
 nin bimige. We live f<>i;ether 
 in a village, nin bimigridiinin. 
 We live or dwell together, nin 
 mamawigemin, nin icidigaidi- 
 min. 
 
 Live, make live ; I make live, 
 nin binindjiive. I make him 
 (her, it I live, nin bivn'idjiu , 
 nin biin/idJUiin. I make inyf<ell' 
 live, nin biniAdjiidi.i. I make 
 live to me s. th., nin Iduiddji- 
 taman, nin bimddjilntnodi.i. 
 
 Liver, beniAdisid. My felluw- 
 liver, iiidji-bimndini. 
 
 Liver, okonima. My, thy, his 
 liver, nikon, kikon, okon. I 
 
 Lave a large liver, nin m/ingt- 
 kone. I have a i«niall liver, 
 nind agdssikone. 
 
 Lizard . mfikuddnangirr Red 
 lizard , liriwiscnjt. AnotJuT 
 kind o| lizard, otawaganug. 
 
 I-o ! ntt ! hi nil ! gotn-ngiah ' 
 nan/ikr ! m'lginin ! irrgwtlgi .' 
 
 Loach, di^li.) inisiti. 
 
 Load, carried on tlie l«ck. bimi- 
 iritnan. 
 
 Load ; I load a euii, nind ontuh- 
 kiiKidoniiAs/ikisigan. The gun 
 is loadcff, onashkinddr piithki- 
 sii/nn. 
 
 Lock, iil>ii/>iknig(in, or raliivr, 
 kdn/ik'ibikiiigtin. I make lockc, 
 nin kaxhkdbikaiganikr. 
 
 Lock ; I lock it, ;i»/i ktuhkubi- 
 kann. 
 
 Locked ; it in locked, kcuhkabi- 
 knigade. 
 
 Locust, adissavaieahi . (l'n[«ak- 
 kine.x). 
 
 L<Mlge. irigitram. < A|>akk wa.xuni. 
 LtKlge of cetlar-lwirk, truiutyr- 
 kiigmnig. Lodge of hirclt- 
 liark,if/;/»ra.«*Mr/</<im»</.Rt»unil 
 l(M|ge, tnif/inogtin. I live in a 
 round I'Mige, »ii»i vi'iginttyf. 
 
 I'oinlol I."' ■ ■■ -'ritogtlH I 
 
 live or il . |MiinU-<t 
 
 l(Mlge, Hi'ii y*. In the 
 
 lodge, pindigitmtg In iho 
 liack part of tiie hxige, aiska- 
 bag. On the (<>p of tiic lodge, 
 iigidigamig Hetwecn two Iml- 
 gef, uasfi ' litke 
 
 or hudd II - I 
 
 make anoii. .^. . ..... : .<«</- 
 
 jig<- I IimIco or lite in llie 
 lo Ige, niM aa. I live in llio 
 lirfl ItKige, Nffi niltimigt. I 
 live in the ln«t Ictilge, imW 
 ithkwfgr. We live iu Iwo,
 
 l.OX 
 
 — 1G2 
 
 ]J)() 
 
 three, four lodge?, etc., nin 
 nijogaviUfisimiti, nin nissoga- 
 viigisimin , nin niogainigi.ii- 
 min, etc. Two, three lodges, 
 etc., nijogamig, nissogamig, 
 etc. So many lodge?, dasso- 
 gamig. 
 Lodge-mat, apdkwei. (Anaska- 
 
 sun). 
 Lodge-pole, abdj- (Apasiiy) 
 Log, mitig. The end of a log, 
 
 icanakicdtig. 
 Log-canoe, mttigo-tchiman. 
 Log-house, wdkaigan, viitigo- 
 wdkaigan. I buihl a log-house, 
 or live in a log-house, nin 
 tcdkaige. 
 Log for a house, wdkaigandiig, 
 
 wdkaiganak. 
 Log for a sawmill, iniii(i kash- 
 kibosod, mitig ge-tdshkibosod. 
 Log-saw, cross-saw, kitchi kish- 
 
 kibodjigan. 
 Lonesome ; I feel lonesome, nin 
 kashkendam, nin mamidawen- 
 dam. It is 1., kashkeuddgwad. 
 Long ; I am long, (tall,) nin 
 ainos. 1 have a long (slender) 
 body, nin gimcdbigiiawe. It is 
 long, ginivdmagad, ginonde, 
 ginivaiakossin. It is long : 
 Metal, in.,ginwdbikad; metal, 
 an., ginwdhikisi ; strin^;, in., 
 giniodbigad : string or thread, 
 an., f/iniodbigisi ; stuft, in., 
 ginivegad ; stuff, an., ginwe- 
 gisi ; wood, in., ginwdkicad ; 
 wood, an., ginicdkosi. 
 Long, a long time, ginwenj, 
 kabcaii, naidnj. Long every 
 time, gagdmcenj. It is long, 
 it lasts long, pitchd. — Long 
 ago, metoija. As long as..., 
 apiich. (Kay as). 
 Long, (wish ;) I loiig after him, 
 
 nin n-ikodenima. I long after 
 8.^ th., nin mamidawendam. 
 (Kwitawe^'imew). 
 Long-suffering , bekadenddgoti- 
 
 toin. 
 Long-suffering ; I am I., nin be- 
 
 kadenddgn.f. 
 Look, indbiwin. (It.'lbiwin). 
 Look ; I look (it look.«) some- 
 where, nind indh ; indbima- 
 gad. I look at him, (her, it,) 
 nin ganawdbnma ; nin gana- 
 icdbandan. I look at myself, 
 nin ganau-ubandi.s. 
 Look for ; I look for, (especially 
 in hunting or fishing,) nin 
 nandairendjige. Looking for, 
 nan da we)i djigewin . 
 Look like...; I look (it looks) 
 hke.., nind ijindgos; ijindgwad. 
 Look on ; I look on, nin tcd- 
 
 bange. 
 Look out ; I look out, nind aka- 
 wdb. I look out for him, (her, 
 it,) nind akawdbama ; nind 
 akawdbaiidan. 
 Look upwards ; I look upwards, . 
 
 nin ddfar/ab, nin ddtaganab. 
 Look with ^lope ; I look on with 
 hope, nin pagossdbange. I 
 loolv at him with hope, nin 
 pagossdbama. 
 Looking-glass, wdbmotchichdg- 
 
 wan. (Wilbamun). 
 Loon, mang. Young loon, man- 
 gons. Loon's foot, mangosid. 
 Loon's louse, mangodikoin. 
 Loose; lam \oose, nin pagidji- 
 aia. I get loose, nind abi^kota. 
 It gets loose, abiskokamagad, 
 abiskosse. It is loose, gcsha- 
 tcishka, neshangissemagad. 
 Loosen ; I loosen him, (her, it,) 
 nind dbaira, nind dbiskona ; 
 nind dbiskobidon.
 
 LOS 
 
 — IC.J — 
 
 Low 
 
 Loosfiied ; it is loosened, (ibiit- 
 Jcobide, ubisk6hiilji<jic(h'. 
 
 Lo((uacit_v, osaiiiidoiKiU'iii. 
 
 Lorti, (Guil,) Debi'ndjii/id. Our 
 Jjord, lJebeuiini)uiiii/. 
 
 Lord, (masl{.'r),ikbai(ijiffe(l. I am 
 lord or master, niit dibeiuljiije. 
 
 Lose ; I lose, iiin waniiass, niii 
 tcamtage I lose liim, (lier, 
 it,) niii waiiia ; nin uiinitini. 
 I lose my.selt', nin waninli.s. I 
 lose s. til., Iielunjrliiiig to liim, 
 iiiii wanilaicu, nin icanitania- 
 wa. 1 lose all, in gaming, 
 7iin ichiiyindyo. 
 
 Lose, (drop, let fall ;) I lose it, 
 {in., an.) nin pamjissitun ; nin 
 pangi.s/iima. 
 
 Lose, (ruin ;) I lose property, 
 nin banddjiia.s.t. I fuse him, 
 (her, it,) nin bitndiljid , nin 
 banddjitiin. 
 
 Lose siglit ; I lose si<;ht, nind 
 angwdbamljiyr, Jmndbundji- 
 qe. I lose sight of him, (her, 
 it,) nind am/irubania, nin benCt- 
 bamn ; nindanyinibanddn, nin 
 banub(tnd(in. i WaMaliamew). 
 
 Lose time ; I luse my time hy 
 drinking li(|unr, ;///*'/ unda- 
 mibi. I make jn'ople lose 
 their time, nind ondamiiwe. I 
 make him lose his time liy 
 talking to him, iiin<l ondn- 
 mima. (Otamimew). 
 
 Losing ; I am losing mvself, or 
 losing proi)erty, nin handdi.«, 
 nin bnlxinadia. 
 
 Loss, losing, banndi.siirin, bn- 
 nddjit(insi>irin,l)(inailjiiunrin. 
 (WanitttVwin). 
 
 Loss, at a loss, I am at loss 
 for..., nin irawani.s. 1 am at 
 a loss to do s. 111., nin wauani- 
 dodam. 
 
 Lost : it is l<mt, (in., an.l bati/l- 
 dnd, buni'i ' ' !•■ , banJ\- 
 
 di.si, ban<i I ant 
 
 (it i.~i ci-h-i'ii i. u Mrt-t. ttin 
 biniddtnddijos . biinddrnd/i- 
 yirad. I consider him licr. 
 It) lout, nin bun/ideuimu ; nin 
 banddendan. I consider mv- 
 self lost, nin bani'idrnindit. 
 
 Lot ; we cast lots, nind alddi- 
 min. I cast jotf for it, {in., 
 an.\ nind utandikamliin ; nind 
 aiiindiknna. 
 
 lA>ud, tni;/'i/c ; rfiiloirnnf. I 
 speak loud, nin kijiicc i call 
 loud, nin bibdij. 
 
 Louse, ikira. I have lice, nind 
 f<(//AoH. lOtikkumiw., I search 
 lice, nin nandomnkonir. nin 
 nodjidikiinif. I - . 'on 
 his head, nind i i. 1 
 
 crack lice, nin y '"• 
 
 Love, sdyiitcnrin. 
 
 Love ; I love, nm \ 
 
 love him, dier, it,) mn miyta, 
 nin gi'iijitnn. I l"vo liiin in 
 thoughts, nin - ' ' 'I 
 
 love myself, nin NVc 
 
 love one another. '■... .^■.■,udi' 
 min. — I am lovt-d, niii adgii- 
 tjita. 
 
 Li'ive-letter, > /■»«. 
 
 Lovi»-inediciii .lAi. 
 
 utitjiiirr nuuhkikt, ycjiUiUlak' 
 numfikiki. 
 
 Lover, stiidifiiirftl. 
 
 Low ; it is low , Inbiijitiimai/ad. 
 It is low, (il.M, i /.,/„!,,. Ill, ilii. 
 
 Low, (liolow 
 
 Low, (in s. ii 
 
 Low, (mean i 1 am 1<'» , >iin 
 tdbaanadi.*. I exteem him her, 
 ill low, nin labn^nrnimn . Hin 
 (abaascnddn. I enleem niynolt 
 low, nin Idbnan/nim, nin lit-
 
 LUN 
 
 — 164 — 
 
 LYN 
 
 Lower ; 1 lower it, put it lower, 
 (in., an.) nin iaua.ssaion, or 
 
 boss^nindi.'i . I am I it is ) 
 esteemed low, considered low, 
 7iin tabnssenddyos ; iahassen- 
 ddgwad. 
 
 ■ t: 
 
 nin tabds.n(o7i,nin fabd.'isman ; 
 nin iabdssia, nin tahdasina. I 
 lower nn'seir, nin tubas. — It 
 lowers, neicishkainagad. 
 Luck ; good hxcV., jawenddgosi- 
 win, miniiiabamewi.'iiipin, (pa- 
 
 f)ewewin,) onwdsiwin. liad 
 uck, massagwddisiwin. (Ma- 
 
 yakusiwin). 
 Lucky ; I am lucky, ninjawen- 
 
 dagos , nin mintpabamewi.'i, 
 
 nind omoas. (Papewew). (I am 
 
 \inlucky, nin massagwddis.) 
 
 (Mayakusiw.) 
 Lull; i lull him tosleep,nmm6ea. 
 Lunatic, gawdnadapined. I am 
 
 a lunatic, nin giicanddapine. 
 Lungs ; my, thy, his lungs, 
 
 nipan, kipan, opan. 
 
 Jjirk ; I lurk, nind akando. I 
 lurk for somelMxiy, 7)m(f aka- 
 iiiaire. I lurk for him, nind 
 rikdtnawn. 
 
 Lurking, akammccwin. 
 
 Lust. S. Concupiscence. 
 
 Lustre ; it lias a lustre, (fltuff, 
 in., an.) wdssikwegad ; wdt- 
 .yikwegisi. I give it a lustre, 
 iin , 07J.) nin wdssikiceglton, 
 nin tcdsaikwegaan ; nin xcaa- 
 .fikwegia, nin toa.isikwegd- 
 wa. 
 
 Lying down ; I am lying, nin 
 jingishin. It i.^ Iving there, 
 jingi.fhinomagad. 1 am lying 
 in a fatiguing way or manner, 
 nind ishkdkoshin. — S. Lie. 
 
 Lying, (telling lies,) giwanm, 
 lie, ginaicishkiwin. Lying 
 habit, gaginau'ishkiwin. (Ki- 
 yuskiskiwin.j 
 
 Lynx, bisho. 
 
 Lynx-skin, bis'iicaidn.
 
 M 
 
 Mackinaw or Mackinac, .VaAi- 
 
 nanfj, Mix/iinimnkhnnii/. 
 Mackinaw-lioat, intlKKjitiltimun, 
 
 kifchi m>li)/i)tr/iimoii . 
 Mad ; I am }\)ad, nin t/itcanddin. 
 
 (Kiif<k\v('\v). 
 Made ; it is mailo, (/';»., a/i.i n/if- 
 
 chiyfide, tfijitr/iii/t'ulf, ijitrhi- 
 
 gdde, fiijikikiide , njitrliiijdsn, 
 
 gijitchitjdsii, ijitcfu'i/dso, ijijik- 
 
 ipdsn. 
 Madneiss, ffiwanfidisiwiu. 
 Ma<ric, mtdnfiiiiljiti'hii/eii'iii, tmi- 
 
 vunidiiiioiriii, sti.istii/ndi.iiirin . 
 
 1 j)rati('e inajrif, nin mauutnd- 
 
 jitc/iiifc, iiiii mamnndjiii, iiin 
 
 sass<i<iiidis.. 
 }>lag\c'uiii. mil iiiniifljitf/infnrhtini, 
 
 niamiindjiiKitrinhii, Kiissinjixii- 
 
 siwinini. 
 Ma<rihfratc , diliiikniiiijeuhnni. 
 
 ( W i yas II \vc w iy i ii i w ) . 
 Magnificent ; it in maj:., kitrhi 
 
 ouiji.i/iiii, (n^/iii/fHihii/irad. 
 Magpie, apisfn/ihftiiji. A kind 
 
 of small magjiie, i/irin</tri.tfii. 
 Maid, oshkiniiftkwe, Uf.shkhn'</id 
 
 ikipp. i am a maid, iihid 
 
 ns/ikiiiii/iktr^ii'. S. \'irgin. 
 Maid, iiiiiikifi'ii/rkire, liiiinildijrk- 
 
 iri\ hoiiikirr. 
 Majesty, kili'/iitin'tirisiirin. 
 Makt- ; I make it, (in , nti.) uitid 
 
 oJiloUfiiin i/ijitiiii, iiiit gijikdii , 
 
 nind ojin, uin fliji'i, niu f/iji- 
 
 kaica. I can make it, I use 
 
 to nmke ii, (in., an.) nin niUt- 
 irH)ni : uin tiildwin. I don't 
 kiidW liow til make ii, I niaki* 
 it at random, (i„ , (in , nin 
 jDii/irdiKiirifiiu , tiiit i)a</tctniti- 
 viti. I makf s. tn. |.adlv, 
 negligently, iiiit inam/ijimAdji. 
 I make s. tli. fur ftotnclMHiy, 
 uiii'l iijitiiye, uin ijijii/iije. I 
 jnake it fi>r him or Ui liini, 
 niiiil iijissi' . lind ojitn- 
 
 ir<i, hind . nin ij\}i- 
 
 tiiirii, nin ./'""'"<■'" <». 
 
 Make l>e ; 1 make liim flier, it) 
 Ik- til is or that, uiud /iteia, 
 uiud axrrknna ; uiud tittUnn, 
 nind iitrt-kiuliiu. I make nty- 
 selr l>e tliJH or that, mind 
 ihriidiit. 
 
 Male, man, inihi, oiiini. iljriiiiw, 
 iihIm-wi. 
 
 Male iK-ar. male U-avcr, >•''• *• 
 Hear, Htavcr. ete 
 
 Male iM'iiif.', nalif-iiian 
 
 MaU- of animals, (iia/»c, nubf, \\a 
 comiiosilionM' 
 
 Maleof bird-. 
 
 Male of tisli. 
 
 Male's skill, rii.i..»-i( <jiuii, »i<i<>»-- 
 traidn. 
 
 Malice, maligiiitv, vuilthi uitt^ 
 Id.tiirin, mulrki himAdistwin, 
 Moujin in iV<i</i>i irin 
 
 Malieums, malign, ntalignani, 
 tniitrhi. I nni mal, NIN iMtfl^Ai 
 yitcehi*. nin mat^jtHiminni^tt .
 
 MAN 
 
 — IGO — 
 
 MAK 
 
 It is inal., vianndad, matchi 
 ijiwebwL I make liiiii lual., 
 iiin matrhi ijiwtbhia. 
 
 Malicious joy, (jagdndenimowin. 
 I have a nialiciouH joy over 
 his grief, etc., niii yagdndeni- 
 ma. I express in words a 
 mal. joy over liis grief, etc., 
 7iin yagandjididcma. I e.xpress 
 a Dial, joy over people's grief, 
 etc., nia gagandjigiiaye. 
 
 Mallet, mitigo-pakiteigan, tag- 
 waadonenak. 
 
 Man, (human being,) anishindhe. 
 I make myself man, nind 
 anishindbewiidis. 
 
 Man, male, iiiini, anini. I am a 
 man, nind iitiniw. I make 
 myself man, niiul ininiwiidis. 
 — Big stout man, missube. I 
 have a stout big body, I am a 
 big man, nin mitchdbeiois. 
 
 Man that has no more a wife, 
 pijigivabe. I am a man who 
 has no more a wife, nin pijig- 
 ivabew. (Mosabew). 
 
 Manchester, mashawesid senibd- 
 wegin . 
 
 Mandate, gandsongeivin. 
 
 Manifest ; I man. it to him, nin 
 inissdbandaa. 
 
 Manger, wissiniwdgan, pijikiiri- 
 wissiniwdgan. [ Maskusiwa- 
 jiwatchigan). 
 
 Mangy, icemigid. I am mangy, 
 7iind omigi. 
 
 Mannerti, ijiwebisiwin. 
 
 Manominee Indian, Manomini. 
 
 Manominee squaw, manominik- 
 tce. 
 
 Mansion, abiwin. 
 
 Many, nibiwa, nibina. (Mitchet.) 
 We are many, nm nibiwagi- 
 simin, nin baiainimin, nin 
 mishiniinin, nin niishinomin. 
 
 We are many together, nind 
 okwinomin, nin<l okicinimin, 
 nin bimioktcinomin. We are 
 very many, 7iind osnminimin, 
 nind omminomin. We are po 
 many, nind ijinimin, nind iji- 
 nomin, nind inigokwinimin, 
 nind inigoktcinomin. — There 
 are many in. objects, nibitvct- 
 gadun, batainadon, miishina- 
 don. Tliere are very many, 
 osdminadon. Tliere are so 
 many in. objects, mi endas- 
 .sing. 
 
 Maple. S. Maple-tree. 
 
 M aple-forest , )ndnakiki. 
 
 Maple-Point, Nemdnakiki. 
 
 Maple-sap ; the maple-.^ap runs 
 quick, kijiga, or kijigaivan 
 ininatigo7i. The maple - sap 
 runs no more, ishkicaga. The 
 sugar tastes the spoiled 
 maple-sap , ishkwagapogxcad 
 sisibdkicat. Last sugar made 
 of the spoiled maple-sap, ishk- 
 waga-sisibdkirat . 
 
 Mai)\e-syrup, jiwdgamisigan. 
 
 Maple-sugar, si^ibdkicai, nessei- 
 igan. (Sisibaskwat). 
 
 Maple-sugar resembling pitch, 
 piqiwisigan. 
 
 Maple-tree, inindtig, assandmij. 
 (bisibaskwatattik). 
 
 Maple-wood , inindtigossag. 
 
 March, ondbani-gisiss. (Xiski- 
 pisim). 
 
 March ; I inarch, nin bimosse. 
 I marcli foremost, nin nigd- 
 nosse. nin maidosse. A man 
 that marches foremost, nigd- 
 nossewin in i, naiaosseicinini. 
 
 Mare, ikw^-bebejigoganji . (Kis- 
 kisisi. 
 
 Mariner, ndbikwdninini. 
 
 Mark, kikinaicddjitchigan, kiki-
 
 MAR 
 
 1C7 — 
 
 MAS 
 
 nawddjion, kikinawddjioicin, 
 beshibiujaa , inasiidhiujun . 
 Any tliiiijt; to make marks 
 u jion , masinaiijun . 
 
 Mark, (iiiiike msirks ;i J mark, 
 niii kikinuwddjitchige , nin 
 kikinawddjmoe,inn heshihiige, 
 nin )nasiiMi(/e, nin masini- 
 biige, nind ojihiige. I mark 
 him, (licr, it,) nin kikinawdd- 
 jia, nin bcshibin, nin viasini- 
 bia, nind ojihiwa ; nin kikina- 
 rvddjiton, nin hfshibian, nin 
 masiiiibian, nind ojihian. — 
 Making marks, inasinaigewin, 
 be.ihibiigewin. 
 
 Mark (for travelers), kikdigan. 
 I make marks on the road, 
 nin kikaige. I make marks 
 for him on a road or trail, nin 
 kikitftwa, nin giknamdwa. I 
 tell him a mark, nin kikina- 
 irddjitdini. 
 
 Marked ; I am (it is) marked, 
 nin kikinawadji, nin kikina- 
 wddjilvhigaa, nin kikinmcdd- 
 etidagos , nin niasinai(/as ; 
 kikinawadjilchigdde^, kikina- 
 wndenddgwdd, m anin aigdde . 
 
 Market, aldirririn. 
 
 Marksnian, ga-gudaakwed, gice- 
 daaktved. 
 
 Marriage, widigrwin, widigen- 
 diwin. (Ayamihewikittuwin). 
 Christian marriat:e, Sacram- 
 ent of Matrimony, anmnie- 
 undigendiwin, anamic-nibdwi- 
 irin. l.awfnl marriage for 
 \\(eU\t\t',/ii)i/rhi-iridig(iidiirin. 
 I give in marriage, nin iviwi- 
 kage. I join him (her) in 
 marriage , nin widigendaa , 
 nind dpiichi-widigendaa. 
 
 Married ; I am married, nin 
 widigc. I am married to her. 
 
 (him,) nin widigema. We are 
 m. together, nin widigendi- 
 niin. I am m. according to 
 the rites of the church, nind 
 unnmie-widigf. I am m. law- 
 fully, for lil'etime, nind dpit- 
 chi-u'idige. I am m. to lier 
 (him) lor lifetime, nind dpii- 
 c/ii-widigema. We are m. to- 
 gether for lifetime, /(<«(/ apj<- 
 cfii-widigendimin. 
 
 Married state , widigendiwin. 
 (Single state, oshkinit/iwin.) 
 
 Marrow, icin. Marrow-Done, ici- 
 nigan. (Winii. 
 
 Marry ; I marry, nin viwikodd- 
 dis. I marry her, nin wiwi- 
 ma, ntn wiwiinan. We marry, 
 nin wiu'ikodadiimin . 
 
 Marry, (join parties in marria- 
 ge ;) 1 marry him, (her,) nin 
 icidigcndan. 
 
 Marsh, mas/ikig, wdhas/ikiki. 
 
 Marsh-partridge, ntas/ikad^tise. 
 
 Marten, mibijesfii. (Wahistan). 
 
 Marten-skin , ivdb)J<^s/tiiraidn. 
 
 Martyr, anamiewin uendjind- 
 nind. 
 
 Mask , banishkiratagan . 
 
 Mask ; 1 mask, nin hunis/ikwa- 
 tuge. 
 
 Mason , icdkitigeii'iniuis (issini- 
 n'dkaigewinini. 
 
 Masonry, irdkaigeirin, a.f^inik- 
 u'dkuigewin. 
 
 Mass, ancunessikrnun. I say 
 mass, 7iind ananiessike. I say 
 m. for someliody, nin<l ana- 
 vifsiiikage. I say m. for him. 
 nind anunie.tsikiiwa. J say m. 
 for me, nind anainrssikas. The 
 time of mass, (inatnrssikewi- 
 nagad. (Kitchitwa-jMikitindeu- 
 win).
 
 MEA 
 
 — 168 — 
 
 MEE 
 
 Maesacre, inssidimin. (Nipalii- 
 tuwin). 
 
 Mass-book, anamessike-masinai- 
 (jan. 
 
 Massive, massy ; it is massive, 
 mitchdmagad. 
 
 Mass-prayer, anamessike - ana- 
 miewin. 
 
 Mass-vestment, anamessike-arj- 
 tciioin. 
 
 Mast, niiKjassimonondtig, nin- 
 gassimononak. 
 
 Master, debendang, dehendjigcd, 
 debeninged, nagduisid : I am 
 master, nin dibendjige, nin di- 
 beninge, nin nigdnis ; nin ki- 
 kinoamdge. I am my own 
 master, nin dibenindis ; nin 
 kikinoamas, nin kikinoama- 
 dis. 
 
 Mastery, dibeningewin, dibend- 
 jigewin , nigdniaiwin . 
 
 Mat, tloor-mat, cuidkan. (Lodge- 
 mat, apakwei.) I make a mat, 
 nind andkanike. The making 
 of mats, andkanikervin. 
 
 Match, ishkotens, (little fire.) 
 (Kutawagan). 
 
 3Iatch ; I match it, (in., an.) 
 nin bassikodan ; nin bassikona. 
 
 Matching-plane, bassikodjigan . 
 
 May, wdbigoni-gisias. (Opiniya- 
 wewipisim). 
 
 Me, 7iin, nind. (Niya). 
 
 Meadow, mashkossikan, manash- 
 kossiican , mashkode. — S. 
 Prairie. 
 
 Mean, niairhi. It is mean, via- 
 nadad, taba.s,senddgwad . 
 
 Measles, mii<ku'ajeu'in. I have 
 the measles, nin miskwaje. 
 
 Measure, dibaigan. 
 
 Measure ; I measure, nin dibai- 
 ge. I m. it, (in., an.) nin diba- 
 igen ; nin dibaigenan. 
 
 Measurement ; measuring, di- 
 baigewin. 
 
 Measurer, debaiged, dibaigetri- 
 nini. 
 
 Meat, u-'iidss. I make meat, 
 (procure meat,) nin wiidssike. 
 A piece of meat, misid. I cut 
 meat into pieces, nin misidke. 
 Dried smoKed meat, ga.skide 
 iptidss, gaskiwiidss, gaskivcag. 
 (Kakkiwok.) I dry and smoke 
 meat, nin gaskide-wiidssike, 
 n in gaskiossige. 
 
 Medical-root for head-ache, sas- 
 .sabikwdn. 
 
 Medicine, mashkiki, nandndo- 
 tcioicin. I make or prepare 
 medicine , 7iin 7uashkikike. 
 Liquid medicine, mu.shkikiivd- 
 bo. I prepare liquid medicine, 
 nin maslikikiwdboke. I give 
 medicine, nin nandndaiciiice. 
 I give him m., nin nandnda- 
 wia I prepare m. for him to 
 drink, nin mashkikiwdboka- 
 tea. 
 
 Medicine-bag, pindjigossan. 
 
 Meditate. S. Reflect. 
 
 Meditation, nqnagataivendamo- 
 win. Religious meditation , 
 anamienanagaiaicindamowin . 
 
 Meek ; I am meek, nin bekddis, 
 nin kijeicddis. I am meek, 
 (kind, patient,) towards him, 
 nin nokddisitaica, nin bekd- 
 disihiwa. (Yo.spisiw). 
 
 Meekness, bekddisiwin, nokddi' 
 siwin. I treat him with meek- 
 ness, nin nokadisiiawa, nin 
 jwkadi.<{ifanidwa. 
 
 Meet ; I meet, nin nagishkdge, 
 nin nakiceshkdge. I meet him, 
 iher, it,) nin nagishkawa, nin 
 i}akiceshkairn : nin nogi^hkan, 
 nin nakiveshkan. I meet him
 
 MEM 
 
 1G9 
 
 MET 
 
 (her, itj in a canoe, nin uagn- 
 wa : nin nagnaii. I fjo to 
 meet liiiii, nind asikawa. We 
 meet each other, nin ?iaf/inhk-o- 
 dddimin, nin nnkirealihodadi- 
 min. J try to meet, /)/;; nan- 
 danams/ikdge, nin vandnnak- 
 wexhkaijc. I try to meet liim, 
 nin nandnnaijishkdwa, nin 
 nandanakwex/iktnra. 
 
 Meeting, ion tlie road,) noijixh- 
 kmlddiwin , nnkwc>ihko<litdnrin. 
 
 Meet, (assenilile ;) we meet, nin 
 mdnuni'iidimin, nin mawandi- 
 jidiwin. 
 
 Meetinff, (assembling,) mdicmid- 
 jiidiwin. 
 
 Meeting-lmupe , ma,candiwi[/n- 
 mif). Religions meeting-house, 
 (jni/iktvcwigamiij, anamieicitja- 
 jniij. 
 
 Melanc'hf>Iie ; I am mel., nin 
 (foshkirmri'tiUs, nin gonhkwa- 
 wddcndiini. 
 
 Melody, inwi'irin. I give a cer- 
 tain melody or tune toa hymn, 
 7iind inwi'ton. 
 
 Melon , eshhncandamin(). 
 
 Melt ; I melt it, {in., an.) nin 
 uini/iknsan ; nin ninijiknsini. 
 It melts, {in , nn.) ninijiktidc 
 iiiiii/ide ; nini/ikoao, nini/i.sa. 
 I melt it, (metal, in., nn } nin 
 nintfahiki.iwa. It melts, (metal, 
 in., an.) nim/abikide ;ninijii- 
 biki.io. 1 melt snow, nin niu- 
 
 fa.shknhiHsiijr . (Tikkipeswew) 
 'he snow melts, uimji.fo f/i>n. 
 Melt, let melt ; I let it melt in 
 my nxMith, (/»., an.) nin nin- 
 gancndan ; nin niuganema. 
 (Tikkisam). 
 Memory, mikirendnnmirin,, mik- 
 wcnd(i.i.ii>irin,takiri-n<lamnti'in, 
 mindjimendantowin . i Kiski- 
 
 siwin.) I keep in memory, 
 ni>i nundjimendam, nin iak- 
 wendam. I keep him (her, it) 
 in mem., nin mendjimcnima, 
 nin fakirt)ii>na ; )iin mindji- 
 Mt-nddn, nin iaku'enddn. (Kis- 
 kistitotawew.) I recall p. t. to 
 his mem., nin mikawdma, nin 
 miku'd}idamawa, nin mikwen- 
 dairia. I recall s. th. often 
 to his mem. ,;»«"» mainiknwama, 
 nin maniikirfndainntra , nin 
 tnaniikwendaniia. ( Miskawa- 
 somew). 
 
 Mendicant, nendotamaged, bcba- 
 nandidamaged. 
 
 Mendicity , nandrdamagewin , 
 haha-nandntamagewin. 
 
 Merchandise, unokadjigan\gish- 
 pin adagan . I Ay owi n is ) . 
 
 Merchant, atdwewinini. 
 
 Mercy , Jaurndjignrin , jawenin- 
 <^t'ii'in , juu'cn iniliirin . ( K ijewa- 
 tisiwin.i I have mercy, nin 
 jawendjige, nin Jaireuinge. I 
 have m. on him, (her, it,) nin 
 jnu'fninia ,• nin jawenddu. 
 iKilimakeyimew.) I have m. 
 on n\yfic\f,nin jnwnindi.s. We 
 have m. on one another, >iJ?i 
 Jinnnindimin. I look upon 
 him with iiwrcy , nin jatcenda- 
 nngnnmi'dltinna. I hear him 
 or listen lo him witii m., fiin 
 jawnidatnitnira. I Hpeak to 
 excite mercy on me, »/» ^a- 
 wcndamitdgitg. 
 
 Merriment, bapinenimotrin, jn- 
 miirddii^iirin. 
 
 Message, inina^jaogoirin. illisa- 
 iiami'ituwin.) 
 
 Messenger, iniuajawdgnn, ijina- 
 Jdirdgan, eninajaond. 
 
 Metal, biirdbik. On metal, tMi- 
 Idbik. In the midst of melul.
 
 MIL 
 
 — 170 — 
 
 MIR 
 
 imivdhih. One oliiect of met- 
 al, hejigiedhik. Iwo, three 
 objects of metal, nijwdhik, 
 nisswdhik. So many objects 
 of metal , dassivdOik. 
 
 Meteor, ichiiu/waii. 
 
 Middle ; in tlie middle, in the 
 midst, nassawaii, nissawaii, 
 Hawaii. It is the middle, the 
 centre, naicaiiwan, nassaivai- 
 iwan. iTawayik). 
 
 Middle-linger, ndwinindj. (Td- 
 witchitchi). 
 
 Middle part of a mocassin, orna- 
 mented, fl^j/zf^/it'^/gravj. (Asesin.) 
 
 Middling, eniwek, gomd minik. 
 jEyiwek). 
 
 Midnight, ahitdtihikad. 
 
 Midwife, (/atiniwekwe. A good 
 practical midwife, neta-gatini- 
 wed. A man (physician) prac- 
 tising midwifery, gatiniwewi- 
 nini. 
 
 Midwifery, gaiiniweio'in. 
 
 Milch-cow, sdninind pijiki. I 
 milk a cow, nin sinina pijiki, 
 (Yikinew onitjaniwa). 
 
 Mild weather ; it is mild, dba- 
 wa, dbaicamagad. 
 
 Military Fort , Jimdganishi- 
 odena. 
 
 Military man, soldier, jimdga- 
 nish. 
 
 Military Oflicer, jimdganishi- 
 oqima, minissino-ogima. 
 
 Milk, iotoxhdho. I milk a cow, 
 nin sinina pijiki. I milk a 
 cow thourougly, nin wingesi- 
 nina pijiki. 
 
 Milk-house, iotoshdboungamig. 
 
 Milky Way, tchihekana. 
 
 Mill.'S. Grindmill. Sawmill. 
 
 Miller, bissibodjigewinini. 
 
 3Iillion, middssu'dk dassing 7ni- 
 ddsswdk. 
 
 Milliped, baiatinogdded, icemdk- 
 waiani. 
 
 Mill-stone, bissibodjigandbik. 
 
 Milt, ici-fx. 
 
 Milwaukie, " Min^wag. 
 
 Mind ; I make up my mind, 
 nind gijendum, nin gijenindis. 
 I put it in his mind, nin mind- 
 j'inii.snitaica, 7iin mindjimissi- 
 tamaira. (Mitjimeyimewi. 
 
 Mind ; I mind him, iher, it,) 
 nin babamenima ; nin baba- 
 mendan. (Pisiskeyimew). 
 
 Minded ; I am (it is) minded, 
 taken care of, nin babamend- 
 jigas ; babamendjigdde. 
 
 Mine, nin. (Niya). 
 
 Mine, biwdbikokdn, (in general.) 
 I work in a mine, nin biwdbi- 
 koke. 
 
 Miner , biiodbikokewinini , (in 
 general.) 
 
 Miner in a copper-mine, 7m^k- 
 wdbikokewin in i, { properly . ) 
 
 Miner in an iron mine, biwdbi- 
 kokcwinini, (properly.) 
 
 Miner in a lead-mine, ashkiko- 
 manikeu'inini, (properly.) 
 
 Mining ; I am mining, (in gen- 
 eral,) nin biicdbikoke. I am 
 mining in a copper-mine, lead- 
 mine, etc. S. Copper-mine, 
 Lead-mine, etc. 
 
 Mining Agent, biwdbikoke-ogi- 
 ma. 
 
 Mining business, bitcdbikokeivin. 
 
 Minister, gagikicewinini, (prea- 
 cher.) 
 
 yi'mk, Jangiceshe. Young mink, 
 Jangtrcshens. (Sakwesiw, or, 
 atchakas). 
 
 M i rac le, mamandddodamoxcin , 
 kikinawddjitchigan, maman- 
 
 * It ia for : ATiWixcaki, good land.
 
 MIS 
 
 — 171 — 
 
 MIS 
 
 ddwanokiwin , mamakddjit- 
 chigan. I ilo wonderful things, 
 I do miracles, }dn uximanad- 
 dodam, iiin hikitinwniljUchige, 
 viamaiiddwanoki, niii inamak- 
 ddjitchige. Doing niiraolcs, 
 vuinnaulawanokiwiti, maiiia- 
 liddjilc/iigeicin. 
 
 Miraculous, wondrous, vinniak- 
 ddakamig. 
 
 Mirage, onibanifeicin. There are 
 m irages , ombun itemagud. 
 
 Mire, ajixhki. There is mire, 
 ajishkika, wiiiidjinlikitpaga , 
 qwanagodjishkiicaga. ( Pasa- 
 KuskiwokawK 
 
 Mirror , wdbmotchitchagipan. 
 (Wiibamun). 
 
 Miry ; it is miry at the bottom, 
 (a river,) ajishkiirauiika. 
 
 Miscarry ; I miscarry, (a woman 
 speaking,) nin nondrbiuike. 
 
 Misconduct, a/t'^/r/i ijiicebisiwin, 
 ma tch i ijiwcbitiiwin. 
 
 Wiedeed , bfit<ij itwdwin . I commit 
 a misdeed, nin batajiwa. S. 
 Crime. 
 
 Misdemeanor. S. Misconduct. 
 
 Miser, sesdgisid. 
 
 Miserable ; I am mis., nin kiti- 
 mdgis, tiin kotdgis, nin kotd- 
 c/ito. S. Poor. 
 
 Misery, kilinidgisiwin, animisi- 
 win, kntagi.siwin, kotagitowin. 
 
 Misery-River, Kiirhisdgi. 
 
 Miss, (to notice absence ;) I miss 
 him, (her, it,t nin irania ; nin 
 wanilnn. (Patahwewi. 
 
 Misa ; I miss, (I don't bit,) nin 
 banaige. I mis.H him, (her, it,) 
 nin bdjia, nin banawa ; nin 
 bdjiton, nin banaan. I miss 
 liim (her, it| shooting, nin 
 bishkonawa, nin medassina- 
 
 ica ; nin hishkonan, nin medax- 
 sinan. I miss him in nir 
 snare, nin banagiQana. I mi.-.i 
 him (her, it) striking, nin 
 mi'daissngnnnmn ; nin mhlfi.-i- 
 sagnnaudon. I mi.ss liim in 
 my trap, nin bnnikonn. I mis.s 
 him in the road, (Asi.-^kawew,) 
 nind ojittcknicr/, nind ajidein, 
 nind mn^ireknicfi. I miss him, 
 traveling by water, nind aji- 
 dcwa. (Mwe.«iskawew I. 
 
 Mi.-isal, andmessike-iiiasinaigan. 
 
 Missionary, mekatewik-wanaie. 
 (Avaniiliewiyiniw). 
 
 Missive. S. Letter seni. 
 
 Mist, atcdn. (Kaskawokkamik.) 
 
 Mistake, pifrhi-dodamowin. I 
 say s. th. by mistake, nit pi i- 
 chi-ikkif, nin pi Ic/iidoti. ^il'if^ta- 
 ke in counting, tranfigindnx- 
 soirin ; in doing or acting, 
 waninlodamoiFin, miniirhige- 
 wi)i ; in singing, ir«?if<wirtir/n ; 
 in speaking, wnnigijweirin, 
 irnnowewin : in writing, wa- 
 n ibiigewin , ir n n ibiign n . 
 
 Mistake ; I mistake, nin wnnix- 
 se, nin pitchi-dodam. [Pilchi-, 
 always alludes to mistake or 
 accident.) 
 
 Mistake ; I mistake in my cal- 
 culations or thoughts, jjjii 
 pitendam. 
 
 Mistress, dcbendjiged, debend- 
 fing tikwr). 'Okimaskwewl. 
 
 Mistrust ; I mis. him, )iind nuk- 
 owinn . I mis. his speaking, 
 nin bftritinra. I hear a s|>cak- 
 
 ■ ingwith mistrust, nin bewitan. 
 I am heard with mist, nin 
 bewitngos. { Moyeyimewi. 
 
 Mis(3' ; it is misty, itwdnibitsa. 
 
 Misunderstand ; I mis., nin
 
 MOC — 17 
 
 4 
 wanilam, nin toanitage. I mis. I 
 him, (her, it,) nin ivanitawa; \ 
 nia wanitihi. 
 
 Miwuiulerstood ; I am mis., nin 
 waniUigos. 
 
 Mitre, Kitchi-mekaietoikwanaie o 
 loiwdkwan. 
 
 Mitten, mindjikawdn. (Astis). 
 
 Mix ; I mix, nin kiniginifje. I 
 mix it, (in., an.) nin kinigi- 
 nan, nin kinigina. (Pimik- 
 kew). 
 
 Mix, (put in ;) I mix it with s. 
 th., (in., an.) nin dagonan ; 
 nin dag on a. 
 
 Mixed ; we are together mixed 
 or mixtly,?iiu kinigawdbimin. 
 We stand together mixed, )iiii 
 kinigawigabawi inin. We live 
 together mixed, nin kiniga- 
 wigeidimin. The (hicks f>\\\m 
 mixed, jishibag kinigawagv- 
 mowag. It is mixed, kiniga- 
 wissin , kinigissin . 
 
 Mixed, (put in ;) it is mixed with 
 s. th., dagonigdde. 
 
 Moccasin, * (Indian shoe,)»mtj- 
 sin. I make moccasins, nin 
 makisinike. The upper part 
 of a moccasin, agwigagan, 
 apiganegwasson. I have only 
 moccasins (or shoes) on, nin 
 mamigoshkam. I put a moc- 
 casin (or shoe) on, without 
 anything in, nin mamigosh- 
 kan makisin. 
 
 Moccasin-string, makisineidb. 
 
 Mock ; I mock, )iin bapinodage, 
 nin nishihapinodage, nin na- 
 ndpagansonge. I speak in a 
 mocking manner, nin nand- 
 pigigice, nin nandpiqansita- 
 gos. I mock him, (lier, it,) 
 
 * That word comes ftrom tbe ludian 
 word : makitin. 
 
 2 
 
 MOM 
 
 TiiM bapidonawa, nin nishiba- 
 pinodawa, nin nnnnpn%anao- 
 iiin, nin itandpfigi'indjin ; nin 
 bdpinodan, nin ui-fJiibagino- 
 dan,nin nandpagasondnn, nin 
 iiandpagandjiton. I mock , 
 repealing words, nin nandpi- 
 diitatn. I mock him, repeat- 
 ing his words, nin nandpido- 
 ituva. 
 
 Mocker, neshihapinodang, nena- 
 p ig ijwed, nennp ido ta ng. 
 
 Mockery, mocking language, 
 ninliibapinodageu'in, nandpi- 
 gijicewin, nandpidotamoioin. 
 
 Muilel for imitation, kikinoica- 
 bandjigan. 
 
 Moderate ; I mod. myself, nin 
 dibamenim, nin mindjiminidis. 
 
 Moderation , dibamenimoicin , 
 mindjimi niiiidisowi n . 
 
 Moisten ; I moisten it, [in., an.) 
 7iin iipawadon, nin nissaba- 
 wadon ; nin iipawana, nin 
 7tissabatoa7ia. 
 
 Moistened ; it is moistened, {in., 
 ati.) tipamagad : iipisi. 
 
 Molasses of cane-sugar, sibicdga- 
 iidbo, kitchi jiwdgamisigun. 
 
 Molasses of maple-sugar, jiwd- 
 gamisignn. 
 
 Mole, gagibingwfkwe, kitchi-ga- 
 gagibingwekwe, memokitcido. 
 
 Mole-hill, memokiwidowigamig. 
 
 Molest ; I mol. or fatigue him, 
 nind aickwia, nind ai^kosia. 
 nind ako.'ihkawa, 7iin migosh- 
 kadjin. It molests me, 7tind 
 okoshkdgon, nin migoshkdd- 
 jiigo7i. 
 
 Molest, tin s. in.) S. Trouble. 
 
 Moment ; one momemt, ning$- 
 pa.'i.'iairgwdbiicin , ningo-pas- 
 sangadndbiwin. In a moment, 
 suddenly, sesika. A moment,
 
 MOO 
 
 173 — 
 
 MOT 
 
 a short time, atchiim, icenibik. 
 (Atcliiyaw). 
 Moiidiiy, iji-islikwa-(iiuunie<jiji- 
 
 kak. 
 Money, Joniiu. Momy-box, J«?»'- 
 ia-tnuktik. Moiiey-pii rsvjoniia- 
 indshkimndeiis. 
 Mull key, naiKlotnakomeshi. 
 Montli, ijiaisn. (Fi.siin. j One 
 month, nimjii (ji.si.is. I am 
 ima muntli old, /i//t niiujoyi- 
 nisitwnyis. I am two, three 
 montiis old, nin nijogisisswa- 
 (jis, nin nixuDiji.si.s.sicaf/is, etc. 
 1 am f^o many montht* old, nin 
 (las.soui.si.s.swn^lti. It is a month 
 sinee. ninjoijisisswdijad. It is 
 two, tliree months since, niju- 
 ginisuwayad.nissoijijfisswagad, 
 etc. 
 Monllily, neninf/oi/i.tis.s. 
 Monthly llowint,'s, winewiniwin. 
 1 am in n>y monthly (1., nin 
 wineu'in, 7iin wahdndama, ay- 
 Wdlchimj nind uia, (tyirdlcliiny 
 nin hoddire. I am in m. ll. tor 
 tiie first time, nindoshkidayid. 
 Mdtitreal, Mim'idny.* 
 Montreal - River , Gawan.sidji - 
 
 wany. 
 Moon, yi.iis.t, iibiyiiii.s.i, tihikiyi- 
 siss. The moon is in her first 
 or last qnarter, (^m« OhUdwini. 
 Tlie m. is growini^. yi.tiss uni- 
 mifr/idliiki.si. Tiie m. is on her 
 decline, ///*//*.? ani bdkirtdi. 
 The moon shines no more, 
 (/isis.s ishkwdia.i»iyr. It it full 
 moon, yi.fis.s wdwiic.si. The 
 moon has pointed horns, ///*/.•<.>» 
 pdfc/iishklcin'in*'. Tlie m. han 
 a circle, yisis.f winilniji.'tiye. 
 Moor-berry, moss-berry. S. Cran- 
 
 • The Indian form ia fiven tg the 
 Freucb word. 
 
 Young mooee. 
 
 iMil- 
 
 (Atji- 
 
 berry . 
 Moose, mon.s. 
 
 monnnns. 
 Moose-I)one, monsogan. 
 Moo.«e-horn , ynons^nhkan 
 Moose-meat , monswii/is. 
 Mousc-sk i n , mon.swryin . 
 Morass, wdhds/ikiki. 
 More, nuwalc/i, nihiwd 
 
 diet). 
 More, viinaica 
 More and more, cs/ikatn. 
 
 piko). 
 
 Morninj^ ; it i.^ morning, kigije- 
 hdicaydd. In tiie m., kiyijeh. 
 Til is \i\or., Ji'ba. Gootl morn- 
 ing; ! liojii! from tlie I'Vencli 
 wort! : bonjour. 
 Moriiin<^-stur, wdbdnnny. 
 Morrow ; to-morrow, wubany. 
 Tlie day after to-morrow , 
 awdsmcdbang. 
 Mortar. S. Sfamjier. 
 Mortify ; I mortify, nin pigish- 
 
 kdiian. 
 Mortise ; I make a mortise, nin 
 irimbigdiyp, nin pagiramiyc, 
 nin ]>dg}rdn>gdiyf. I make a 
 mortise in a piece of wood, /ii/t 
 icimbigaan mitig. I put it in 
 a niort., (/«., an.) nin pinda- 
 ko.ssilon ; nin pinddkimhinui. 
 It is in a mor., [in., (tn.) pin- 
 dakosxe ; pinddko.shin. 
 Muss-lierry. S. Cranberry. __ 
 
 Moss iian;;iiig from trees, niissd- 
 
 bmdjdktin. 
 Mos.s in swampp, luisdikamig, 
 
 (Askiya). 
 Moss on stones in tlie water, 
 
 ntdgih. 
 Moss on trees, (eatalde,) wAkon.^ 
 Most, indntairi, ihtitc/it. 
 Mote, any litth- tiling that falld 
 in llie eye, bensinitciti. I hftv^
 
 MOU 
 
 — 171 
 
 Mor 
 
 a mote in my eye, something 
 fell in my eye, nin binsin- 
 (Pisiniw). 
 
 Moth, iotoiorsi, kokoivesi. 
 
 Mother, wef/imind. My, thy, his 
 mother, ninya, kUja, ogin. (Ot. 
 ningashi,kit)(/ns/ii,o(/ashiwan.) 
 I iiave a mother, uind ogi. I 
 have her for a mother, nind 
 oginan, nind oginia. I am a 
 mother, nind ogimigo. Like 
 one's own Tnother, tcegingin. I 
 liave the same mother as he, 
 we have botli the same mother, 
 ni7i undjogima. We have all 
 of us the same mother, tiin 
 widjogindimin. I am like a 
 jnother to my younger broth- 
 ers and sisters, nind madjiki- 
 kwewissikandage I am like 
 a mother to him or her, (my 
 l)rother or sister,! nin madji- 
 kikwewissikandamd. 
 
 Mother ! ninge ! (Nega). 
 
 Motherhood ; my , thy , her 
 motherhood, ningiwin, kigi- 
 win, ogiwin. 
 
 Mother-in-law ; my, thy, his 
 mother - in - law, ninsigosiss, 
 kisigosiss, osigosissan . 
 
 Motion ; I am (it is) in motion, 
 nin mddjishka ; mddjishka- 
 magad. I put it in motion, 
 (in., an.) nin mddjiskan ; nin 
 mddjishkawa. (Waskawiw). 
 
 Mould, sigaigandtig. 
 
 Mould ; I mould, nin sigaige, 
 nin sigadboice. I mould it, 
 nin sigadn. — I mould balls, 
 nfnd anwike. 
 
 Moulded ; it is m., {in., an.) 
 sigaigdde ; sigaigdso. Any 
 moulded object, sigaigan. 
 
 Moulded sugar-cake, sigaigan, 
 misiwetchigan. 
 
 Mouldy ; it is mouldy, (in., an.) 
 agicagici.fsin ; agwagwishi. It 
 tastes mouldy, iin., an.) agwa- 
 f/opogirad ; agivagopogo.ti. — 
 The floor is inouldv, agicag- 
 icissaga. It is mouldy, (a leaf, 
 or 8. th. in leaves,) agwagoha,- 
 ga. This tobacco is mouldy, 
 agwagohagisi aw assema. (Ak- 
 wAkusin). 
 
 Moulting ; the bird is moulting, 
 pinigwanehineshi. The animal 
 IS moulting, shedding its fur, 
 pinewe aicessi, or pinaweshka. 
 (Pinawew). 
 
 Mountain, loadjiw. There is a 
 mountain, wadjiwan. Near a 
 mountain, irhigicadjitc. There 
 is a group of mountains, sag- 
 adina. On a mountain, on 
 the top of a m., ogidadjiw, 
 ogigaki. I go up on a mount- 
 ain, nind ogidadjiwe. I run 
 up on a m., nind ogidadjiire- 
 baio. At the foot of a m., 
 nissdki. On the other side of 
 a m., awdssadjiw, awassdki. I 
 pass a m., I am on the other 
 side of the m., nin pakidadji- 
 we. A mountain, or a spot on a 
 m., from where a place is seen, 
 sagadinang. I arrive to such 
 a spot, nin sagadjiwe. 
 
 Mountainous ; it is moua., pa- 
 pikicadina. 
 
 Mount Olivet, Bi77iidewadjiic. 
 
 Mourn : I mourn, ni}i gagidoice. 
 I mourn. I am in mourning, 
 nin niiage- (Sikawihuw). 
 
 Mourner, netaged. 
 
 Mourner's crape, nitaghcaidn. 
 
 Mourner's dress, nitageowin. 
 
 Mournful, (lonesome) ; it is in., 
 nifagendagicad. 
 
 Mourning, nitagewin.
 
 MOV 
 
 17a — 
 
 MUC 
 
 Mouse, wawabiyonodji. (Ajjaku- 
 
 sis). 
 Moune-trap, wawahigonodji-das- 
 
 sdnn;/an. 
 Mouth, inldnima. My, tliv, l)is 
 mouth, nimlou, kiiion, dilon. — 
 I havi' a large iiiuutli, iiin 
 iHaui/iihni, iiiii iiiutuinnuijidon. 
 It has a large mouth, maiKji- 
 iliiiu'n. I have a HUiall m., 
 uind iiijaxsidoii. It has a 
 Kinall m., atfa.ssidoitett. I liave 
 an uncK'au m., niu wiiiiiltm. 
 I liaveaclran in., nin hiiiid'Oi. 
 My moutli is stcmped , in'n 
 kdiilikauKiliodoiK'shhii. Mv ui. 
 is swollen, nin Ix'Kjitlon. f put 
 my linger in his m., iiiit pin- 
 ddiinitd, nin i>yidtiiii>l)in((, nin 
 jtindJidoiu'hiiKi. I open my 
 )nouth, iiiii iuiran, nin jxihi- 
 dnncu. I ujjen my m. to liim, 
 nin jxikidnnetnwa. I o|K'n his 
 m., nin luiranona, nin jialiido- 
 nena. Inside llie month, p ind- 
 jiilini. 
 Mouthful ; one mouthful, nin- 
 i/otodon, nin<foionrndjiiian. — 
 (I'l yakokunesi. 
 Mouth of a river, Sfh/i. At the 
 mouth, from or U) tlie mouth, 
 s('i(lin(i. The place in tlie lake 
 round the mouth, .idijida. 
 Here is the mouth of the river, 
 imia sdi/idjidjiirnn sihi, or, 
 sdgiwan itihi. (Sakittawaw). 
 Move ; I move or stir, nin nia- 
 mfidji, nin maw'tdjissr, nin 
 niihiiilsikti. I move, sitting, 
 /(//( nnimndah. I move in sucl> 
 a direction, sitting, nind ijiiji- 
 knb. It nuives, stirs, mamnd- 
 Jiinttf/dd , mamiidjinKi'mnqad , 
 marHasikdmiKjitd. I move him, 
 <her, it,) nin mamddina, nin 
 
 iiidutddjiliina, nin inainafdka- 
 ira ; nin mauuniinnn, nin ma- 
 inuiljibinan, nin uinmnxikdn. 
 I luove backwards, standing, 
 nind (ijrta. (Asettewi. I move 
 backwards, sitting, nindaji'h, 
 I move (or walki slowly, nin 
 hrsika. It moves (or goes on) 
 slowly, fti'sikamat/tid. 
 Move, change places ; I move, 
 7iin f/os. iFitchiwi. I make 
 move, nin i/o.tia. I move out 
 of (jne house into another, nin 
 .si'ii/idiid''. I move awav alto- 
 gether, nin niddjidiidi'. I move 
 with my wliole family, nin 
 kigodewislikd. I move about. 
 nin hdbdddni.i. I move alH)Ut 
 on earth, nin hnhishmji. I 
 move about with him, nin 
 lidhishnifishkdwd. I move to 
 another j)lace or country, 
 /(///(/ ihiilitmiki. 
 Mow ; I mow, nin hisfikashkiji- 
 (je, nin pd-s/ikwd.t/ikijiije. I 
 mow it, nin kis/ikas/ikijun, nin 
 pushkwiishkijiin. I mow grass, 
 nin kishkashkiissiiPt. 
 Mower, kexhka.thko.ssiwed, kinh- 
 kd.s/ikiissiwewinini. — S. Harv- 
 ester. 
 M o w i n g , kis/i kn.shkossitreicin . — 
 
 S. Harvesting. 
 Much, nihiird, nihina, /ipitchi, 
 eniijok, (ftii/dliddj, kifrhi, ond- 
 jita, (jirn.ihktitrdd, tranina, 
 onina. — As much as... tninik.., 
 fipifch. As much as F can, 
 epitrhiian. Tiiere is so mudi 
 of it, ijinad. There is much ot 
 it, liH., an.\ hatinad, hatdinad, 
 nihitraijaii, vtixhinnd . hatini, 
 batdini, uibitratjisi. There is 
 very much of, or too intich. 
 oaawinad. tMistahi, am). 
 12
 
 MUS 
 
 — 176 
 
 MYS 
 
 Much every time, nenihiwa. 
 Much to each nenibiwa. 
 Mud, ajinhki. 
 Muddy ; it is muddy, ajhhkiwi- 
 
 ka , nihislikitchislKjiwaga , 
 
 givanagadjiKhkiii'nya. It is 
 
 n\uddy at the liuttoui, (a river,) 
 
 ajishkiwamiku. 
 Mulatto, viakaimnidss. 
 Mulatto - woman, makatewiids- 
 
 siktce. 
 Mulberry, odatagdgomin. 
 Mulberry-shrub , odatagdgomi- 
 
 nayau'unj. 
 Mule, memangishe, kitchi me- 
 
 mangishe. (Sosowatim) . 
 Murder, lushiu'eicin, nishiwesh- 
 
 kiicin. (NipattAkewin). 
 Murder ; I murder, commit 
 
 murder, nin nishnve, nin nisM- 
 
 weshk. I murder him, nin 
 
 nissd. (Nipahewi. 
 Murderer, neshhced, neshiivesh- 
 
 kid. I am a murderer, nin 
 
 nishiwe, nin nishiweshk. (Oni- 
 
 pattakew). 
 Murmur, nenaicadjimoicin, gi- 
 
 m idomowin , gagimidon oicin . 
 Murmur ; I murmur, nin gimi- 
 
 don, nin gagimidon. I mur. 
 
 against him, nin mindawa, 
 
 nin mindamawa. 
 Mushroom, pikwadjish, tcajash- 
 
 kicedo. 
 Music, madiveweickigewin, (pro- 
 
 ducing sounds.) 1 make music^ 
 (produce sounds,] nin madwe- 
 ivetrhige. 
 
 Musician, madwewetchigewinini, 
 medu'ewetchiged, pipigtceicini- 
 ni, pepigwed. 
 
 Musket, pdshkisigan, jimdgani- 
 s h >p d *• h kis igan. 
 
 Musketeer, jirndganiah. 
 
 Musket-ball, anui. I am making 
 or moulding or casting mus- 
 ket-balls, nind anicike. 
 
 Muskrat, or muskcat, icajashk. 
 The fur of a musk , wajashk- 
 obiicai. The skin of a m., 
 wajashkwaidn. The hole of 
 a m., icujashkwaj. I hunt 
 muskrats, nin nodajashkwe, 
 nin nodjajashkict. 
 
 Musketo, sagimc. There are 
 musketoes, sagimeka. 
 
 Musketo-bar , musketo-gauze, 
 saginicwaidn. 
 
 Mustard, icessdicag, degicanda- 
 ming. 
 
 Mustar(f-plant, osdtcanashk. 
 
 Mustard - seed , osdicanashko- 
 niinikan. 
 
 Mute-person , neia-gigitossig. 
 
 M utton , manish fan ish iiriiciiass. 
 
 Muzzle, I muzzle liim, nin 
 gihidonena. 
 
 My, nin, nind. (Niya). 
 
 Myself, nin, nin igo, niiaic- 
 (jSiyatibiyawe).
 
 K 
 
 Na;^, hebejiijoyanji, hehejiijoijan- 
 Jins. 
 
 Nail, sa(//ii<jan. Small nail, 
 (Hhinglc'-iiail, {ack} ysat/fn'tjan.s. 
 Jjarj-'t' nail, (spike,) hifr/ii sa- 
 ijfii(/<iii . 
 
 Nail ; I u;u\, in'n .tassac/nkwaiae. 
 J nail him llier, it) to s. tli., 
 /(/// sassiif/akii'/iiru, iiiii huila- 
 kdlcv'thcd ; nhi .iftssai/d/itritftii, 
 nin hadakiihuutau. 
 
 Nail, (on a lin;j:('r or toe,) o.ih- 
 kaiijiina. My, thy, his nail, 
 nishkdii), kix/ikuiij, us/ikdiijiii. 
 I have Ion'; nails, uiu ijaijii- 
 noijanji. I hriiisi' mv nail, 
 nin fahifftit/nujiottis. \ lose a 
 nail , nin lianaijanjishka. 
 While H|)Ot on a nail, niinda- 
 irnjanjan. I liave white spots 
 on my nails, nin tnindawi'- 
 (/(inji. (M'iskasiy). 
 
 Naileil ; I am (it isi nailiil, nin 
 .siisstti/fikirdit/ii.i ,• .suMnaijAk- 
 ii'diiifidi:. 
 
 Nail-maker, nail-manufacturer, 
 stii/diijdn ikcirin in i. 
 
 Nail-makin;;, nnil-nuinufnctory, 
 ndi/dii/d n ikriri)i . 
 
 Nakt'd ; I am nakeil, nin pinij- 
 Wdshdijiil. I lie ii.. /*/// j/imj- 
 irds/idijiifiis/iin. I si( n., nin 
 jiinifwiislidijiildh. I walk n., 
 nin jiini/irdshdijiili'iiinne. I put 
 him iiuked, nin jtinijwashdiji- 
 duhina. (Moseskntewj. 
 
 Nakedness, uinijwaKhdtjvliwin . 
 
 Name, ijinikdnoicin, nnosmcin, 
 (Winsowin, wiyowin). I iiave 
 the same luune as lie, nin irid- 
 fijinikiisiinid. I haven name, 
 nind iJinikuM. I have sivoral 
 luime-, nin Ixt/dinnnikds, nin 
 )ni.'</iinonikds. Glorious or holy 
 name, kitr/iitirairinikdnowiit. 
 I have (it hasi a {rU>r. holy 
 name, nin kitr/iilirdwinikdj<, 
 kitchittcdicinikdih- L'trly mi- 
 me, nninjinikd.toirin I have 
 (it hasi an u<;ly mime, nin 
 niitn/iniktis : nidjinikihlt: Bad 
 name. S. Ttefamc, I>ctikmation. 
 — ('lian;:in;r mimes. S. Change. 
 Ciian;;ed.) 
 
 Name ; I name him (her, it) ho.. 
 nind ijinikund .• nind ijinikd- 
 dan. I name or mention him, 
 (her, it,, nin trina . nin win- 
 ilan. I name him iher, il| 
 frequently, nin irnwina , nin 
 inhrinildn. I name myself, 
 nin irinidi.s. I ean nanu' him. 
 (her, it, I nin i/tishkiwintt , 
 nin dUMfikiwinddn. l^Viyi^uw.. 
 
 Named ; I am (it is) nanieti ho..,. 
 nind ijinikus ; ijinikddc I 
 am it is. namitf often, nin 
 trdirindjiijds ; ir<hrin<(jij/idef 
 irinidimdijdd. 
 
 Name, Naiiie<l,(ins. ill.) S. Call. 
 
 , ('ailed. 
 
 I Namesake ; my, thy, his name-
 
 NAV 
 
 — 17H — 
 
 NEG 
 
 sake, niiawee, kiiatcee, tnia- 
 weeian. He is my namesake, 
 or, I am his namesake, nin 
 widfijinikdnnma. \ k wimen- 
 sa). 
 Name well ; I name him (her, it/ 
 well, praising, nin mino-wdtci- 
 na ; nin mino-wdwindan. 
 Narration, dibddjinumin. De- 
 cent narration or story, bindd- 
 jimounn. Indecent narration 
 or story, winddjimowin. (At- 
 jimowin). 
 Narrow ; it is narrow, (small,) 
 agassa, agassadea. It is nar- 
 row : cotton, linen, (saka- 
 waw), agassigad, tabashkad; 
 metal, stone, in., agassnd^ia- 
 bikad ; metal , stone, an., 
 agassadeiabikisi ; ribbon, silk, 
 agassadesi ; a road, aga.'isq- 
 demo mikana. — I make it 
 narrow or narrower, {in., an.) 
 nind agassadeion ; nind agas- 
 sadea. 
 
 Nastv ; I am nasty, nin winis. 
 (Wiyipisiw). 
 
 Native ; I am a native of a cer- 
 tain place or country, nin da- 
 naki. I am a n. of the same 
 country as he, nin widjidaki- 
 wema. 
 
 Natural ; it is natural to me, 
 nind owiiaicinodan. 
 
 Nausea. S. Squeamishness. 
 
 Navel, odissiyna. My, thy, his 
 navel, nindiss, kidiss, odis. 
 
 Navigable ; it is navigable, (a. 
 river,) minobiiamagaa, bimisn- 
 kawinagad. 
 
 Navigation, sailing, bimdshiwin, 
 babamdshiwin ; not sailing, 
 bimis/i kd win , babamish kd win . 
 
 Navigator, sailor, ndbikwdni- 
 nini. 
 
 Nazarine, Nazarrwinini, Nazare- 
 tliing daji inini. 
 
 Near, besho. It is near, benho- 
 wad. (Kisiwaki. It is consi- 
 dered near, beshowendagwad. 
 I tiiid it near, nin be-ihowcndan. 
 I come near him, iher, it,/ nin 
 hekhosikawa, nin beshodjia ; 
 nin beshosikan, nin bcihodji- 
 fftn. It comes near me, nin 
 hcshosikdgon . 
 
 Near by, fcnig', tckigdii. 
 
 Nearly, </t'V^«. (Kekatch). 
 
 Near together, bebesho. 
 
 Neat. S. clean. 
 
 Neck, okw^ganama. ( M'ikwe- 
 yaw). My, thy, his neck, 
 nikwrgan, knkwrgan, okicegan. 
 I have a long neck, nin ginog- 
 weidwe. I have a short neck, 
 nin takogweidwe. I have a 
 small neck, nind agdssigweid- 
 we. I have a bi^ necK, 7iin 
 niangigweiaice. I nave a stiff 
 neck, nin ichibatakogweidwe. 
 
 Neck-handkerchief", moshwe, nd- 
 bikagan, ndbikawdgan. (Ta- 
 piskagan). 
 
 Neck-lace, ndbikawdgan. 
 
 Need. S. Want. 
 
 Needle, jdbonigan. I make 
 needles, nin jdboniganike. 
 
 Need ler, Jdbonigan ikewin ini. 
 
 Neglect ; I neglect him, (her, it,) 
 kawin nin babarnenima^si ; 
 kawin nin babatcendansin. 
 
 Neglected ; I am (it is) negl., 
 kawin nin babarnendjigasossi ; 
 ka win babamendjigadessinon. 
 
 Negligent , neglectful ; I am 
 negl., kawin nin sagakami- 
 sissi. (Nama pisiskegittam). 
 
 Negligently, mdmanj, tebindk, 
 katcin, weweni. 
 
 Negro, makatewiiass, (black- 
 rtesh).
 
 NET 
 
 — "79 
 
 NEW 
 
 Nepro woman, makatewiiussik- 
 
 we. 
 Neiglibor, fellow-man; mv, thy, 
 his lu'ijrhlior, nuifanishinuht', 
 kidj'anis/iiudbe , widj'ititi.sfii- 
 n/ihen ; or , nidji-binia<Usi, 
 kidji-bimCidisi, iculji-hiim'idi- 
 sill. (N'itj'ayisiyiniw). 
 Noifrhliors in a village or town, 
 ln'iiiiifrididjii/. We are neigh- 
 bors, iiiu hiiiiii/eidimin. 
 Neighliorhood, (next house or 
 
 lodge,) kidaijiiiij. 
 Neither f)t' them, kmchi awiia 
 jiijiwfid, or, kiiwin mciia eii- 
 dasfiiuHid. 
 Neophyte, inx/iki-aiinniiad. 
 Nephew ; my, thy. his nephew, 
 iihulojimiH, kidiijimisx, odaji- 
 vnsna>i ; or, nindojim, kido- 
 jim, i)dojiinan. 
 Nerve, i(tr sinew ;) n/m, ali.ssi- 
 waij, ndtitisxiwnijonia. My, thy, 
 liis nerve, niiid niissiiriKj, kiil 
 aliKsiiniij, (idali.ssiir(i;/on ; i>r, 
 niudjitttd , kiiljitnd , ndji- 
 
 Nest, irr/.'s /.».<< jrrtn. The hird hiiilds 
 its nest, iraJtisMicaiiike him'K/ii. 
 (Watsifltnn). 
 
 Net, ft.v.vr//;. Small net, axs/thiiis. 
 (Ayapiy). OM had net, asst't- 
 hiKli. I make a net, nind iissn- 
 bikc. I am getting a net ready 
 for setting, iiiiid ritihiiissillii. 
 ] lix <ir prepare a net to set it, 
 tyin^' stones to it, iiin >tiinii.i.i/i- 
 yibina a.v.y/?/;. I set a net or 
 'net><, nin jyaijidawn. I go to 
 my nets, or fetch my net or 
 nets, ;jj;i n/idassidii I visit 
 my net, niii ninikiiiass/ibi. I 
 take a net o\it of the water, 
 nin matnin(t.ss(7bi. The net 
 hreaks , bokotr/d.t/ika assdb. 
 
 I men<l a net,»/;j irajnduss/ibiy 
 nin bai/iriiiiss(d>i,nin bat/wawa 
 (t.s.sub. iMisayanewi. '1 he net 
 has large mesiies, pCtshkisi 
 uaanb. Tiie net lias small 
 meshes, sagoni assitb. (Nfita- 
 ya])ew). 
 
 Net-stone, misa.txin. 
 
 Netting, assubikewin. i Ayapik- 
 kewili). 
 
 Netting-needle, nitbujtcaaijan. 
 
 Nettle, HI a sun. 
 
 Nettle-stalk, vnisauaxhk. 
 
 Never, ka wika, ktiiriu wika. 
 (Nama wikkateli). 
 
 Nevertheless, miiudrh. (Ata- 
 wiyai. 
 
 New, (is/iki. It is new, tin., an.) 
 osliki-uii or oshki-aiiwan ; 
 oshki-aiaa. It seenjs new, it 
 looks new, or like new, (in., 
 an.) n.ihkiiKiifwad ; oKhkina- 
 gosi. — Of new, ajida. iKawi). 
 
 New ohject, (in., an.' o.ihki-ttii ; 
 osltki-aiaa, (young hcingi. 
 
 News, liabamddjimiacin. News 
 hrought to some jilaee, bidiid- 
 Jii/Kiiriii. I senil news, nin 
 viiidjiiadjimnitre. 1 h r i n g 
 news, nin bid/idjim. — There 
 are news, innkamiijad. There 
 are frightful news, ijaifw/inis- 
 saijakamitjad, or, ija(/ir/iiii.sni'i- 
 t/iikami;/ ijiwebak. There arc 
 giKHJ news, mino inakainiijad. 
 Cioud news, giMul tiding>, /m»/i- 
 wddjiiiiiticin. I liring good 
 news, nin bi-niinirddjitii. I 
 tell giKxl news, nin viinirdJ' 
 jini. There are great newg^ 
 kHrh i inn ka m igaa. 
 
 NeWs-j)aper, babamtidjimn-mas\- 
 naigan. 
 
 New 'i'estument, (h/iki-iJUwCt- 
 win.
 
 NIG 
 
 — 180 — 
 
 NIN 
 
 Ne \v-y ea r 's d a y , o H o inikodadincf , 
 odjindiinni-yijifjad. (Otjettu- 
 wikijikaw). 
 Niajzara Falls, W'aidnag kaka- 
 bikmvanij. 
 
 Niece, my, thy, his niece, nishi- 
 misa, kin/iimiss, oshiinis.saii. 
 My, thy, her niece, nindoji- 
 misf, kidoJimis)i, odojimissan. 
 
 Nigh, ichiff', tchiyaii. 
 
 Nigh. S. Near. 
 
 Night, tibik, tihikad. Towards 
 night, anl-tibikad, eni-tibikuk. 
 It i.'^ n\(^ht, iibikad. Last riiglit, 
 fibikong. At night or by night, 
 tibikak, tebiknkin. tivery 
 night, dassiny febikdkin, en- 
 dasso-tibik, endasso-tibikak. 
 All night, kabctibik.—h in the 
 beginning of the night, os/iki- 
 iibikad. It is late in the night, 
 ishpiiibikad. It is ni id-night, 
 abita-iibikad. — I am absent 
 for a night, nin nikanend. I 
 remain over night, nin nika- 
 nab. I spend the night in...., 
 nin kabetibikwe. I spent the 
 whole night indecently, nin 
 ivdbanimassige. I survive the 
 night, nin wdbans,nin kabcti- 
 bikanam. — It is a bright night, 
 mijakwanitibikad. It i.s a cold 
 jiight, kissintibikad. It is a 
 dark night, pashagishkibikad, 
 kaahkitibikud. 
 
 Nightingale, gaskaskanedji. An- 
 other kind, siisina. 
 
 Nightly, every night, endasso- 
 tibik, endasso-iibikak. 
 
 Nightly, in the night or at night, 
 tibikak, icbikukui. 
 
 Night-meal, nibdwissiniwin. I 
 take a night-meal, nin nibd- 
 wissin. 
 
 Nightmare ; I am oppressed by 
 
 the niglitmare, nin badagonig. 
 
 N igh t \)(i{,Jigiwindgfin. 
 
 Niglit-rover, nebd-thkad. I am 
 night-rover, nin nibd.ihka. 
 
 Night-roving, nibdsliknirin. 
 
 Niglit-tinie, nibdtibik, (at night.) 
 
 Nimble; I am nimble, nin wad- 
 ji'lii, nia wadjepadis. 
 
 Nine, /awy, jtingasswi. (Keka- 
 mitiitat). We are nine of up, 
 ninjdngatchimin. There are 
 nine in. oh]eci», jangatchinon. 
 
 Nine, junga-iso.. , in composi- 
 tions, wliich see in tlie Second 
 Part. 
 
 Ninefokl, jangatching. (Keka- 
 mitatatwaw). 
 
 Nine hundred, Jdm/a.'iswdk. We 
 are nine hundred in number, 
 nin Jdngasuwdkosimin . There 
 are nine hundred in. objects, 
 jnnyas.'iwnkwadon. I Kekami- 
 tatatwawmitanoi. 
 
 Nineteen, niiddsswi ashi jdn- 
 gassici. 
 
 Nineteenth, middtching ashi 
 jangatching. 
 
 Nine xhow^&wd, jangatching mi- 
 dda.'iicak, jangassimidanak . 
 We are 9000 in number, nin 
 janya.s.siniidanakosimin. There 
 are 9000 in. objects, jdngassi- 
 inidanokivadon. 
 
 Nine Umes, Jangatching. 
 
 Nine times each or to each, je, 
 jangatching. 
 
 ^\neiy , jangassimidana. We are 
 ninety of us, nin janga-ssimi- 
 danawemin. There are ninety 
 in. objects, ja7iga^simidanaice- 
 wan. 
 
 Ninth ; the ninth, eko-jangat- 
 chinq. The ninth time, jan- 
 gatcning. 
 
 Ninthly, eko-Jangatching.
 
 NO I 
 
 — If^l — 
 
 NOT 
 
 Nippe, ajiijan. 
 
 NipperiJ, tnkirnudjifjaus. 
 
 Nit, iski)u'(k. I have nils, uind 
 iskinaknu). 
 
 No, not, ka, knwiit. (Nama, na- 
 mawiya). Not at all, kawin 
 hapixfi, kawc.i.sn. Nainii \va- 
 watclil- No, tliat won't ili>, 
 kaiiH'ssd inikn. 
 
 Not)le ; I am noMc, nin kitchti- 
 Wfiiris. 
 
 NoImnIv, ka (iwiifi, kairin awiia. 
 iNaiiia awiyak). 
 
 Noil; I n<)<i, nin watikwaige. I 
 n<Nl him, or lowanls him, nin 
 wdlikwinniiiiwa. 
 
 Noil witli the hc'iul ; I no<l, nin 
 nuniikwen. 1 noil towards liim 
 (lier, it, I saluting, nin nntiiik- 
 wetawa ; nin nmniktcetan. 
 
 Xoise, nmhii/Uiwin, kitranisi- 
 win. iKiyakiltawin'. I make 
 noise, nintl i>nihi;fis. 1 make 
 a I'ooiish noife, nin kiiatnis. I I 
 cause iiim to make n<iiso, nind 
 onihiijiit It makes noise, i>ni- 
 (>i</wnnfif/a<l. It makes a 
 tireaWtnl niiise, tjalamiifwewc- 
 ma(/(iil. A noise comes from 
 ..., onilireircniaijdd. — A par- 
 triil;;e makes noise witli l)is 
 win;^s<, tni'tilimrco him'. 
 
 Noised ; it is noised roun^l, pan n- 
 we\pe.<tnin. 
 
 Noised, rumored ; it is noised 
 f)iit, wdirindjii/tiilr, haha-ma- 
 ddiljiiidilr. ( ^Iat we-i t wa n i w ) . 
 
 JJoisy amusement or phiy, nm- 
 bdkiuniifi.iitrin. I iie;;in to 
 make noise, nin madiikiiini'/in. 
 I amuse mysi-ll" in a noisy 
 manner, nind nmlnikinniifi.i. 
 I like too miicli noisy amuse- 
 ments, nind iimhakdniitjijiishk. 
 Habit of indui^ring in noi«y 
 
 am., ombakawiifi.H.ihkiwin. I 
 amuse myself to;rether with 
 him, nin iridnknwiifi.tima. 
 
 Noisy. S. Troiihlesome. 
 
 No more, knirin keiniii. iNania 
 kittwaiii). There is no more 
 of it, lin., an.) kairin </'•>/<>, mi 
 kakina, mi cndit-'i.'thif/ ; kawin 
 awiiii, mi knkina, mi enda- 
 sfiid, mi enda-x/iiwad. 
 
 Noon, niiWdkwe. At noon, na- 
 wakweij. Always at noon,nai- 
 awdkweijin. Every noon, das- 
 simj naiihrakweijin. It is noon 
 passed , kiiliikontiirakwe. 
 
 Sovth, t/iwnlin. At, fron» or to 
 the north, kiwciliminij. The 
 clouds come from the north, 
 kiirrdintikwiid. The rain 
 comes from liie north, kiwedi- 
 nolti.i.sa. It thunders in the 
 north, kiwedinnkwaamng (ani- 
 tnikiifi. 
 
 Nurthwind, kiwtUlin. 
 
 Nose, ndjnntiiniii. My, thy, hifl 
 nose, nindjtinj, kidjanj, nd- 
 jnuj. (Oskiwan). The side ol 
 my, tliy, Iiis nose, nindrnii/nm, 
 kidniiijom, ndeniif/iman. — I 
 have a cro<iked nose, nin wa- 
 (jidjane, uin wii.i/ikidjune. I 
 nave n fetid nose, nin mini- 
 widjiinf. I have a llat nose, 
 nin nahitifidjitne, nin ki.ihkid- 
 jane. I have a kjioh on my 
 nose, nin pikoiljane. 
 
 Nose-rinji, nuhiilfniijomrbison. 
 
 Nostril, pindjidjiinj. I li a v e 
 larjie nostrils, nin maujideni- 
 (jitme. 
 
 Not any, [an., in.\ ka awiia, 
 kawin awiia ; ka ijfijn, kawin 
 ynjo, kawin nlnyot. (Nama 
 tiando). 
 
 Not licfore now, p i t r h i n a j.
 
 NOT 
 
 — 182 
 
 NUT 
 
 (Tcheskwa). 
 
 Notch. S. Incision. 
 
 Notcli ; I nutcli it, {in., an.) nin 
 paijwano^hkan ; nin pagwa- 
 noshkawd. — S. Incision. 
 
 NotclieJ ; it is notclied, pagwa- 
 noshkamaqad. 
 
 Note, (.small letter,) masinaigans. 
 
 Not even, kawin ganage. (Nania 
 appo). 
 
 Nothing; Iain (it is) nothing, 
 worth nothing, nin nagikawis; 
 nagikawad. Or, nin nagika- 
 wendagos ; nagikawendagumd. 
 (Piweyittakwan). 
 
 Nothing, for nothing, anisha ; 
 anish, wenipaj, wenipanaj, 
 pinishi. (Konata.) 
 
 Nothing, .to nothing ; I bring 
 him (her, it) to nothing, nin 
 a n g o a, nind angoshkawa ; 
 nind ongoan, nind angoton, 
 nind angos/tkan. I am (it is) 
 brought to nothing, nind an- 
 gosliku, nind dngoichigas ; an- 
 (/oshkamagad, angotchigdde. 
 1 bring it to nothing tor him, 
 nind angoiammca. It comes 
 to nothing, angomagad. 
 
 Notice ; I take notice of him, 
 (her, it,) nin babawenima ; nin 
 hahamendan. — I take notice 
 of him (her, it) in going by, 
 nin babijdgenima; nin babi- 
 jdgenddn. 
 
 Not in tlie least, kawin hdpish,. 
 
 kawin ganage. 
 Not now, uiddji, mddjikamig. 
 
 (Nameskwa.) 
 'Sotw'ithstand'mgfkiUcenminoichy 
 
 patch, mi.'iaawa. 
 Not yet, ka ma.fhi, kaxoinmashi. 
 Now, or now-a-(lays, nongom. 
 
 (Anotch). 
 Now and then, naningotinmig, 
 
 naningoiinongin. 
 Nowhere, kawin ningotchi. (Na- 
 
 ma niindo). 
 Now only, pitchinag. (Tches- 
 
 kwa). 
 Number ; we are few in number; 
 
 we are many... S. Few. Many. 
 Number; I number, Hj'nrf a^/n- 
 
 dass, nind agindassobiige. 
 Numbering, agindassowin, agiti- 
 
 das.'iobiigew'in. 
 Numb. S. Benumbed. 
 Numl)neH.'a, gikitnani.siwin . 
 Numerous. S. Many. 
 Nun, mekateicikwanaieekwe. 
 
 (Ayamihewiskwew). 
 Nuptial. Nuptials. — S. Wedding. 
 Nurse, (woman taking care of 
 
 .sick persons,) gaiiniwekwe, 
 
 genawenimad aiako.sinidjin, 
 
 neta-gaiiniwed. 
 'Sxxi, pakdn, pakdnak, pakdna- 
 
 komin. 
 Nutmeg, kUchi gawissakang. 
 Nut-tree, pakdnakomij.
 
 
 
 ! as an interjection of wisliing 
 
 or exclamation, o '. 
 Oak, initijoinij. White oak, mi- 
 
 skimij. (Maskawattik ). 
 Oar, ajchoian, uj c Ij o i ana k. 
 
 (Abiiy). 
 Oar-8traj>, aji'boianeiah. 
 Oats, Oebejiijoi/anji nmuomin. 
 Obedience, babuinilaijiwin, ba- 
 
 bamitamoichi, lutiluinnitin. 
 Obedient : I am ob., niii baba- 
 mi tain, niit babainHili/e, niu 
 naitaui. 
 Obedient person, ntta-babumi- 
 
 tang. 
 Obey. S. Obedient. 
 Obey; I ol)ey him, «/// babatni- 
 tawa, II in iiaiiawn. \ <iUv 
 myself, f hsten t<> myself, iiin 
 babaiiiitas. 1 will not oIk-v or 
 h'steri, niiijfi(/ihi/(iiii. 
 Object, animate object, aiaa ; 
 
 inanimate ubject, aii. 
 Object; I (tbject, kairin nin 
 miniceiulansi , nind anairni- 
 dam. I oliject again.st him, 
 (lier, it,) knwin nin iiiiiuri'ni- 
 massi, nind anaweninia ; ka- 
 win nin niimreiidan.sin, nind 
 aiKiirciid/in. 
 Obliquely, opiniraii. I look 
 obliquely, nin bimadatrab. I 
 .sit onl., nin bimidab. I liold 
 liini (lier, iti ol>l., nin bim/idi- 
 na ; nin bimidinan. I lay or 
 put him (her, iti obi., nin bi- 
 midjiKhiina : nin liiinidji.^id- \ 
 
 don. I lie (il lies) obi., nin 
 t>iiniilji.ihin , bimidjixitin. 
 Obliterated. S. Forpotten. 
 Oblonj^; it is oiilonj:, jui/dtra- 
 inaijad. It is oblon;; : Sfetal, 
 in., /ajidirabikitd : metal, nn., 
 jiiijairiihiki.ti . stufl", iii.,jaya- 
 niabiifad, jm/tnreyail, namat- 
 rhii/ad : stulV, an., or Umni, 
 jni/airnhiifi.si, jagaiPfifi*i, na- 
 niatr/iiiji.ii : wimhI, in., jaga- 
 trii/a4l : \v<k>|. an., Jagatrigiiri. 
 — 1 make il oblonj:, nin jaga- 
 waton, nin jn<r'"-''-''- •• I 
 cut it obi., (»n . iga- 
 
 irikndan ; nin 'itra. 
 
 Obloin; island, junigtitragtriit- 
 drg inininn. 
 
 Observatory, anangog rndaji- 
 ganairabdiiiindtra. 
 
 (Observe; I oli«,TV' ' ' 'liin, 
 
 (her, it,) nin n ma, 
 
 nin naniigahitrft .- .. ijjo- 
 nndfiiinui, nin dadihahama, 
 nind a.ihoirina, an/itritrina .) 
 nin nagalnirabandan, nin h<j- 
 nagatawi'ibandiin, nin gnna- 
 drndiin, nin •! ' btn, 
 
 nindti.ihi'itrinaii . m.) 
 
 ()l>siTve, krep , I ..,-.... .i, i» 
 commHiidnieiil, etc.), nin ga- 
 nairrndt'in. 
 
 b s t i II n c y , trajthkatcidrnrin, 
 tntijihkinrindibririH 
 
 Oitstinate ; I niii obn , nin 
 ni<i.ihkairidff, nin mashkairin- 
 dibe.
 
 ODO 
 
 — 184 — 
 
 OLD 
 
 Obstruct ; I ohstrucl a passage, 
 7iin fjibifi/ik/if/e. I ohs.his pas- 
 sago or way, )iin (jihishkiiirn. 
 I obstruct it, niii (jihis/tkan. 
 
 Obstruct, (in. s. in.) S. Shut up. 
 
 Obtain, I obtain liini, (her, it,) 
 nin uashkia, nin ganhkiton. 
 
 Occasionally, naningotinomj, 
 nanhuioiinnngin. (Mi.'<kawi .) 
 
 •Occident, cjxtiKjisliimoi/, ninga- 
 bian. (Pakisiniotak). In, to 
 or from the Occident or west, 
 ningabianong. 
 
 Occupation, ondamitau-in, on- 
 dnmisiwin. lOtaniiyuwiu). 
 
 Occupied, busy ; I am occ, 
 nind ondamita, nind ondamis. 
 (Otamiytuv) I am occupied 
 about him, (her, it,) nin aaji- 
 kaiva ; n'm dajikan. We are 
 occ. at eachotlier somewhere, 
 nin dajikodddiinin. I am occ. 
 at s. th. in a certain place, 
 nin dajUa. I am occupied in 
 doing s. th., nm apiichita. I 
 am occ. elsewhere, nind onda- 
 mishka. I am occ. in writing, 
 nind ondamibiige. I feign to 
 be occ. or busy, nind ondami- 
 iakas. 
 
 Occupy ; I occupy him, make 
 liini bu-sy, nind ondaniia, nind 
 ondaniisia. I occupy people, 
 nind ondamiiwe. lOtamihew). 
 
 Occupy thej mind ; he, (she, it) 
 occupies my mind, my 
 thoughts, nind ondameninin ; 
 nind ondamihiddn. My mind 
 is occupied by s. th., nind on- 
 datncndain. (Otameyittami. 
 
 Ocean , j iwi (I'iga n i-kitc higami . 
 
 October, bindkwi-gisiss. iKas- 
 katinowipisim). 
 
 Odious. S. Hateful. 
 
 Odor. S. Smell. 
 
 Offend ; I offend him, nin nish- 
 kia, ;?/?» bitchinawea, nind 
 iniivesift. I offend him with 
 niy words, nin nishkinia, nin 
 bilchinawema. (Kisiwahew). 
 
 Offended ; I am off"., nin nish- 
 kiigo, nind iniwes. 
 
 Offer. Offering, (in. 8. in.) S. 
 Sacrifice. 
 
 tf e r i n g, (vow,) dibandowin. 
 Religious offering, nnamie- 
 pagidinigeu'in , anamie-pagi- 
 dinigan. I perform a reli- 
 gious off"., nin anamie-pagidi- 
 nige. (Asotamowini. 
 
 Office, ojibiigewigamig. 
 
 Officer; civil officer, ojibiigem- 
 nini ; takoniweicinini. ai\\\- 
 tary officer, jimaganishi-ogima 
 
 Oft, often, oftentimes, naningim, 
 niningim, cncakam, sasagica- 
 na. (Kakivipa). 
 
 Oh I io' 
 
 Oil, bimide. Sweet oil, mitigo- 
 bimide. Holy oil or blesse^i 
 oi), keichitwairenddgwak bi- 
 mide. 
 
 Oint. S. Grease. 
 
 Ointment, nominigan. (Tomini- 
 gan). 
 
 Ointment for the face, noming- 
 wewin. 
 
 Ointment for the head, namdk- 
 wiwin. 
 
 Old ; I am old, nin kitchi ani- 
 shindbew, nin kitis. (Kiseyi- 
 niwiw). I am very old, nin 
 gikti. I am getting old fast, 
 Jim ginibininike. — It is old, 
 (nn , in ) kitchi-aiaa ; gete-aii. 
 (Kawikikkaw). 
 
 Old, (ancient,) geic-. 
 
 Old age, kUchi-ani^hindbemitcin, 
 kiti.siwin. Very old age, gikd- 
 icin .
 
 ONE 
 
 — is:, _ 
 
 OPE 
 
 Olden times; in oliieri limes, 
 
 gniai, wnici^hkal. iKayAsi. 
 Older, or the oUlei=t; I am older, 
 
 or the oldest, nin sasikis. 
 Oldest ; the (ilde>^t or tirst-horn, 
 
 seni/cisiil. 
 Old Field, ilndiaii village, l (iflr- 
 
 kitiijan. Indian of OM Field, 
 
 G etrkiligdu iirin in i. 
 Old man, akiwesi. I am an old 
 
 man, »//*</ nkiirfsl'nr. (Kise- 
 
 viniw). 
 old Nick, ulevil,) matrhi vtnui- 
 
 io, matr/ii aiauwi.f/i, maiiinKi- 
 
 iriiti.ssi. 
 Old person, kitrhi tniix/iinohe, 
 
 gekdd. Old people, ;j>'kailjitj. 
 Old Testament, Oai/it-ijitir/iwiu, 
 
 Getr-iJUirdu'iu. 
 Old woman, miiuUmoir. I am 
 
 an old woman, nin miniliiiiiiv- 
 
 iw (Notnkewi. 
 O I i ve-( )i 1 , in Higo-hini iih\ 
 Omit ; I omit \l, ninU annwekaii. 
 Omit. Omitted, (in. 8. in.) S. 
 
 Forfjet. Forjrotfen. 
 Omnipresent, iniKiice eind. 
 Omniscient, mini ffiyo krken- 
 
 dun;/. 
 On, ixjidf, oi/idjiiii. (Takknt- 
 
 chayik). 
 On account of'..., umlji. 
 Once, nhidinij, nintjidimj. Once 
 
 more, il'evakwawi, andj, mi- 
 
 nawa (ludj, niinmni lihidim/. 
 Once, (alisolutely,) pi'ikntrh. 
 One, bejiij. I am one, nin ftfjiij. 
 
 It is one, Itrjiifirtin. One hy 
 
 one, hrfujii/. — One object... 
 
 See under llie respective siil»- 
 
 stantives (Peyaki. 
 One, nint/o or ninii»fi>. 
 One-eye(f, nin pdshkAh. I make 
 
 him" one-eyed, nin ptUhki'ihu- 
 
 wa. 
 
 One of the two, hrjiij nijattad. 
 One of th" three, of the four, 
 etc., tii'jiif uixsiwiiil, niicitraJ, 
 etc. 
 
 Onion, kitrhi jig/igamanj. (Wit- 
 jekaskiiclyi. 
 
 Only, rtd, mi rtn. An only 
 diiM, hrjigni^/in. tPiko). 
 
 Onlv now, nnfuibrm. I'Anolch 
 pikoi. 
 
 Ontonn;.'an, Sindi<nngnn. At, 
 front or to ()ntoria;;aii-Rivcr, 
 Sindon iigtin iug. 
 
 Ontona;:an-Uiver, Siiidonagiini- 
 .<tilti. 
 
 Open; I o|ien it, »i»« ptikako- 
 nan, nin pi'ikinxifon, nin pA- 
 kakoshknn, nin na-tsiikonan, 
 uin ninKtiktinoii. I ••[•«•» it (o 
 him, nin ]!■' »in 
 
 ptiki.iniltnii' ko- 
 
 nmninrii, ;i. ■'■«i. 
 
 It open-, / '*• 
 
 k(i.ilikii, j> "J- 
 
 kngge,]uiKi- id. 
 
 It in i,iH'n, y /'4- 
 
 kHssin. — I opiii » Uirril. mi»» 
 p/ikiiKig(i($ti makak. I Yoltc- 
 iiam . 
 
 0|Mii, (lift III);) I ojM'n il, MiM 
 pi'ikinan. I ojM-n it to liim.niN 
 i pakinaminrii. It o|ien«, or it 
 ' IH o|>«'n, jniki-inin. 
 
 OfHMj, (Hplil, the earth ojicnc. 
 \godfkitmigi!<hht Th*- wn»«T 
 o|)en(«, igti'l 
 
 Opi-n, (with a 
 
 niud " 
 
 him. III.. : 
 
 ()|HMiin>:; lliorv «»• nn op4>nMi|r, 
 Jfiiik'iKfin. I make an oprn- 
 inj^, nin jfinknnxUnn I make 
 an op. to iiiin, mim ;>i«it«»Hrt- 
 mitKa. I put my f«H.t in an
 
 ORI) 
 
 — 18G — 
 
 OUT 
 
 op., nin jegicakosidesse. 
 
 Openly, mijisha. (Mosis). 
 
 Operate ; it operate.s well, la 
 medicine,) minoHhkademayad. 
 It op. well in me, nin minosh- 
 kagon. 
 
 Opiiiion, inendawoicin. It is my 
 opinion, nind inendam. 
 
 Opium, nibewabo. 
 
 Oppose ; 1 oppose it, nin m'lyn- 
 ddn. 
 
 Opposite, (vis-a-vis,) tihishko. I 
 arrive opposite to it, nin ii- 
 bi.shkokan. 
 
 Oppress ; I oppress him, (lier, 
 it) with my hody, niu bada- 
 yoshkawa ; nin badayoshkan. 
 
 Orator, naia-yigitod. I am an 
 orator, nin nita-giyH. (Netta- 
 pikiskwet). 
 
 Or, krma, kema yaie. (Appo). 
 
 O rtler, inakoniytwin. 
 
 Order, (good order, carefulness,) 
 saydkamisiwin. I put in order, 
 nin saydkiniye. I put it in or- 
 der, ni7i saydkinan, nin sayd- 
 kissidon. It is put in order, 
 saydkissin. (Ndhastasuw) . 
 
 Order, (Sacrament,) Mekateioik- 
 wanaieiviwin. (Ayamihewiyi- 
 niwijihituwin). 
 
 Order ; I order some work to be 
 done, nind anuki. I order it to 
 be made, [in., an.) nind ano- 
 kin ; nind anokenari. (Atus- 
 kemow). 
 
 Order, (arrange, command ;) I 
 order, issue an order, 7iind 
 indkoniye. (Wiyasuwew). 
 
 Orderly, in good order, saya- 
 katch. 
 
 Orderly ; I am orderly, I live 
 orderly, nin nibicdka, ywaiak 
 nind iji bimddis, ywaiak nind 
 ijiwebis. — I am orderly, care- 
 
 ful, I keep things in good or- 
 der, nin sayakamin. 
 Orient, wuban wrndji-mokaany . 
 
 In, from or to the orient, wd- 
 
 banony. iSakastenak). 
 Ornament, .saseyairhiyan. I am 
 
 dressed with many ornaments. 
 
 nin saseyakwanaie. 
 Ornament; lorn., nin sa.iegat- 
 • vliiye. I orn. him, (her, it,) 
 
 ////( .saseyana ; tiin saseyaton. 
 Ornament, (in. s. in.) S. EmVjroi- 
 
 der. 
 Ornamented, (fair;) I am (it is) 
 
 ornamented, nin saxeya ; sa- 
 
 mqamayad. 
 Orplian, yiwdsh-abinodji. I am 
 
 an orphan, ninyiwis, nin yi- 
 
 loa.ihis, nin yitcashito, nin nOr- 
 
 ninau'is. 
 Other; the other, bejif/,naban€. 
 
 — The other foot. I'he other 
 
 hand, etc. S.Foot. Hand, etc. 
 
 (Kutak). 
 Otherwise, bakdn, andj. (Pitus). 
 Otter, uiyiy.nikiy. Young otter,. 
 
 niyiyons. Female otter, nqjei- 
 
 akiy. 
 Otter-skin, niyigwaidn. 
 Ottawa Indian, Otdica. 
 Ottawa language, oiawamowin. 
 
 I speak the Ott lang., nind 
 
 otaicam. It is written in the 
 
 Ott. lang., otairawissin, oia- 
 
 toamomagad. I translate it in 
 
 the Ott. lang., nind otaicateia- 
 
 siton. 
 Ottawa squaw, otatcakwe. 
 Our, ki, kid, nin, nind. (Ki. 
 
 kit, ni, n't.) 
 Ours, kinaicind, ninatcind. (Ki- 
 
 yanow, niyanan). 
 Out, outside, out of doors, ag- 
 
 waiching, agwatchaii. (Waya- 
 
 witimik).
 
 OVE 
 
 — ls7 
 
 UYS 
 
 Outgo ; I outgo, outwalk or out- 
 run him, nind enimis/iknwa. 
 
 Outlive ; I outlive yel this <iiiy, 
 lu'a kdhei/iji^anani. I outlive 
 yet this uij^ht, kabetibikanam, 
 }un wnbuiis. 
 
 Outwardly, at/wdichaii, oyidji- 
 na, ixjidjaii. 
 
 Over, pddjidji. 
 
 Over, all is over, iihkwakami- 
 gad. (Ekusi kakiyaw). 
 
 Over-coat, over-all. S. Over- 
 ve.stnient. 
 
 Overcome ; I overcome, nin jd- 
 godjliwe, niii mamdnjitwii. It 
 overcomes, jdgodj i iweinayad . 
 I overcome him, (her, it,) nin 
 jdgodjia, nin gas/ikia, nin 
 niagwia, nin mamdnjid, nind 
 aniiria, nin<l aniwislikawa ; 
 itin Jdgodjilnn, nin gd.s/ikilon, 
 /tin magiriltin, nin nniindnji- 
 lon, nind aniwiton, nind ani- 
 tri.shkan. 1 overcome in speak- 
 ing, nin jdgosonge. I over- 
 come him in speaking, nin 
 jdgo.sfnnn. — I overcome myself, 
 ninjugiidjiidis, ningit.i/ikiidis. 
 It overcomes me, nin mtucii- 
 gon, nil! idgodjiigon, nin ma- 
 indnjiignn. — It is overcome, 
 gashkitcli igddc, Jdgailjigdde. 
 
 Overflow ; it overflows, sigisne- 
 magad. It overHcjws boiling, 
 amidigainiih, sigigdmide. The 
 kettle overflows, amidegami.to 
 akik. The river overflows, ba- 
 jidrdjiwiin sibi. ,FaHiljii>ewi. 
 Overtloweil ; it isov., inns/ikattn, 
 bajidebi lam (it isi overll., 
 nin nikilii ; n i k i b i m a g a <l. 
 (Iskipew). 
 
 Overgrow ; I overgrow him, 
 (her, it,) nind a n i w ig i ma ; 
 nind (iniwigindnn. 
 Overhear ; I overhear, nin pag- 
 wanatam, nin ginmsitam. I 
 ov. him, nin gimiittwu, nin 
 pagwanotawa. 
 
 Oversee ; I overfiee him, nin di- 
 bagima. 
 
 verseer, nagan isiil. 
 
 Overshadow ; 1 overshadow, 
 nind agaifdie.i/ikdm. I ov. 
 him, (her, it, I nind dgawdtosh- 
 kawd ; nind atdwdtes/ikan. 
 
 Overstrain : I overstrain my- 
 self, nind .-tindji. I ov. him, 
 nind sindjia. (Misamiw). 
 
 Overtake; I ov. him, (her, it,) 
 nind aiUnia ; nind adindan. 
 
 Overthrow : I overthrow, nind 
 itmbwvu'cbinigc, nind animi- 
 kfiwcbinigc 
 
 ver- vest men t, pUdiraJdn, i)ifd- 
 wigiriwin , taslikdndxhkidie- 
 iceidn. 
 
 Owe ; I owe, nin nid.sindige. 1 
 owe him, nin tnasinaanidira. 
 
 Owl, kokdko. A kind of small 
 owl, gwrngnwia. Another 
 kiui\, fiis/ikiri'. (rreat horned 
 owl, wewendjignnii. iHohuw). 
 
 Own ; I f>wn it, (in., an.) nin di- 
 btinddn ; nin dibrninia. lOta- 
 yan). 
 
 Owner, debi'ndaug. (Wetayanit). 
 
 0.\, pijiki. 
 
 O.xen-driver, wedabiad p ij i k i- 
 trnn. 
 
 Ox-My, mi.ii.sdk. 
 
 0.\-hide, /tijikitpegin. 
 
 Oyster, e.s.s, ens. lied oyster, 
 miskweas.
 
 Pace, takokiwin. (Takuskewin). 
 
 Pacific ; I am pacific, )dn bekCi- 
 dis, nin bisaiiis. 
 
 Pacifier, besaniiived. 
 
 Pacify ; I i)acify, idii hisdniiwe. 
 — S. Appease. 
 
 Pack, carried on tlie back, bimi- 
 wanan, wiwajima. (Nayatclii- 
 gaii). My, thy, his pack, ni- 
 waj, kiwaj, wiivaj. My pack 
 is heavy, or, I carry a heavy 
 pack, niii kosiyowane. My 
 
 fiack is hght, or, I carry a 
 ight pack, nin ndngiu-ane I 
 enciiniher liiin witli a lieavy 
 pack, )iin niskia. It encuiii- 
 bers me, carrying, nin niskii- 
 gon. (S. Carry on the back.) 
 
 Pack ; I pack, I carry a pack 
 on my back, nin bimiwane. — 
 S Carry on the back. 
 
 Packing, bimiwanewin. 
 
 Packing-strap, apikan. (This is 
 also the name of a certain 
 snake.) 
 
 Pack-thread or string, takobid- 
 jigan. 
 
 Paddh', ahwi. 
 
 Paddle; I paddle, nin tchime. I 
 paddle in the foremost part of 
 the canoe, nin nimiiamaatn 
 It paddles, ichimtniagad. [V\- 
 miskaw). 
 
 Piiddler, ichamed. A good pad- 
 dler, netd-tchimed. 
 
 Padlock, bekominagak kashkd- 
 bikaigan. 
 
 Pagan, enamidssig. Pagan In- 
 dian, enaminasig aniakindbe, 
 inaidganisldndbe. (Eka eya- 
 inihat). 
 
 Pagan sacrifice, sdgiwitchigan, 
 fiasdgiicitchigan. I make a 
 pagan sac, or, I give s. th. for 
 a sacrifice, nin sandgiicitchige. 
 I give it to him as a sacrifice,. 
 nin sasdgiicinu. The gift re- 
 ceived as a .sacrifice, saadgitci- 
 nigowin. (Webinasuwin'. 
 
 Pagan sacrificer, Indian .«acrifi- 
 cer, sandgiwitch igewin ini. 
 
 Pagan .sacrificing, sasdgiiciichi- 
 gewin. I sacrifice some ob- 
 ject, {in., an.) according to pa- 
 gan rites, 7iin .sdgiwiion ; nin 
 sdgiwia. I .sacrifice s. th. to 
 him, nin sdgiwiiawa, inn sd- 
 giwHamawa. 
 
 Paid ; I am paid, nin dibaama- 
 go.s, nin dibaanidgo. It is paid, 
 dibanmagemagad . 
 
 Pain, kofagitowin, kotagenda- 
 mowin. dko.yiwin. Much pain, 
 (fibendamou'in. I am in pain, 
 I have pain, nin kotagito, nin 
 kotugendam, nin tcissagendam. 
 I have much pain, nin giben- 
 dam.-I cause or give pain, nin 
 kotagiiice. It causes i)ain, ko- 
 tagiiwemagud. I give him 
 pain, make him sutler, 7iin ko- 
 tagia. — I have pain in such a 
 part of my body, {in., an.) 
 iiind dkosin ; nind dkosinan.
 
 PAL 
 
 189 — 
 
 PAR 
 
 — Little pain of a chilil, 6060. 
 
 Pain in the head, in the leg, etc, 
 S. Head. Log, etc. 
 
 Painful ; it is painful, sanagad, 
 unimad. It ih ])ainful, consi- 
 dered \>ii\n{\\\,kota<jendCigwad, 
 trissagendagwad. I consider it 
 p., nin kotagendiin, 11 in winsa- 
 gendaii. It is a painful event, 
 Kotagtndagu'akamigad. 
 
 Paint, \i:o\ors,) Jijubrigan, weji- 
 idgan. 
 
 Paint ; I paint, jnnJijobiige,niii 
 jijinige. I paint it, (in , an.) 
 nin jijobian, nin wejinan ; nin 
 jojokian, nin w^jinu. 
 
 Paint, (draw ;) I paint, nin ma- 
 sinibiige, nin niaxiniidiige, 
 maxinitgnn nind ojibiwa. I 
 jiaint hini, liior, it,i nin wasi- 
 nibiira ; nin niaainibian. 
 
 Painted ; it is painted, (/«., 
 an.) jijobigade, icejinigdde; 
 jijfibiga.so, wejin igtiso. 
 
 Painter, jijobiigewinini, icejini- 
 geichiini. 
 
 Painting, (drawing, p i c t u r e, 
 image,) ina.^inigiigan, maxinit- 
 cfiigan. The art or act of 
 painting, maainibiigcicin, ma- 
 sinitcfiigeicin. 
 
 Pair; one pair, ningoiwncan, 
 ningolwewanagisiwin . We are 
 a i)air, nin ningolicthca^/isi- 
 iiiin. Two, three pair, ntjwv- 
 u'dn, )iis!(wrir<in, vW. So many 
 pair, ihtKswnran. 
 
 Palace, nginit'iwigtnnig. 
 
 Palate, my, thv, hi« palate, ni- 
 nagd.tk, Linagu.s/,:, unagaskon. 
 (Mayakaski. 
 
 Pale ; I am pale, nin wabinnri.t, 
 nin irubini'icadingwe, nin ic& 
 bi.i/ikingwc. I look pale, nin 
 iiiibinaguii. 
 
 Paleness of the face, wdbinesi- 
 icin, wubishkingwewin. 
 
 Pahn of the hand, nobogaski- 
 nindj. 
 
 P&\n\-r>nnday , Jingobi-gijigad. 
 
 Palpitate ; I palpitate, nin ma- 
 viddjipagi.s. 
 
 Palsy, nibincdpineicin. I have 
 the jjalsy, nin nibow, nin ni- 
 buwajjiue. I have the j«ilsy on 
 one side, nin naban^nibont. 
 
 Pan, abtcnrin, .sa.s.sdkukirm/Ji- 
 gan. A panful, ningot-ubicc- 
 tcin. 
 
 Pan-cake, gtcekissodjif/an. I am 
 frying pan-cakes, nin gwekis- 
 sadjige. 
 
 Pane, icaKsetchigandbik. 
 
 Pantry, ataD.imcin. 
 
 Pants, j)antaloons, gibodii'gwd- 
 .son. 
 
 Paper, masinaigan. Clean pa- 
 jjer, (unwritten,) banigak ma- 
 sinaigan. White f»ajter, (un- 
 written,! wai'ihi.slikag ma.ii- 
 naigiin. Unwritten paper, 
 we/ibiigiidi.s.-iinog nniximiigan . 
 
 Paraiile, awifrhignn, (igntngo.si- 
 ir/;i, giniodnicfwin. I speak 
 or use a parahh', niml nirct- 
 chige, nind agobign.s, nin gi- 
 miidinre. 1 Akwanokijwewin . 
 
 Paradise, irakiri, gijig. In para- 
 dise, (in heaven,) giji'jong, 
 irakicing. Terrestrial paradise, 
 kitihi-kitigun. 
 
 Parasite, jxigtrishiiireshkid. I 
 am a parasite, nin jmgiris/tii- 
 tre.s/ik. 
 
 Parasitic hai>it, pagwixhiiiresh- 
 kiwin. 
 
 Parasol, (or unilirelia,) agaw/i- 
 (eon. 
 
 Parch, (burn a little,) I iwrch, 
 nin gdpinigr. I parch it, \in.y
 
 PAS 
 
 1 Of) — 
 
 PAS 
 
 an.) nin gdpisan ; m'n tjapis- 
 wa. 
 
 Pardon. S. Forgive. Forgive- 
 ness. Blot out. 
 
 Parent, kitisi, onigii{/oma. My, 
 thy, his parent, (father or 
 niotlier,) nin kifisitn, ki kiti- 
 sim, o kitisiman. Mv, tliy, his 
 parents, (father and motlier,) 
 niniijiigog, kin igiii/of/, nniijii- 
 gon ; or, nin kiiiaimag, ki ki- 
 ii.simag, o kitisiman. 
 
 Paring, okonasa. 
 
 Park, (enclosure,) atrhikinigan. 
 
 Part; tliere is part or half of s. 
 th., ajigane. Part or half of.. , 
 ajiganeaii. Part or half of the 
 earth, ojiganckamig aki. 
 (Pakki). 
 
 Particular, (difficult;) lam par- 
 ticular, nin sanagi-s. 
 
 Partition, gibikinigan, pikissa- 
 ndgokan, a i c h i kinig an. I 
 make a partition in it, (in a 
 house, etc.) nin gihikinigadan, 
 nin pikis.sanagokadan, nind 
 atchikinigadan. 
 
 Partridge, bine. Young par., 
 binenn. I hunt part., nin 
 nandabinewe. The partridge 
 sliakes his wings, gwigwing- 
 wao bine. The tree on which 
 he shakes his wings, gwig- 
 wingwaoivdtig. ( Pihyew). 
 
 Partridge-berry, binemin. 
 
 Partridge-leaf, bin^bag. 
 
 Pass ; ipass him, (her, it,) nin 
 kdbikawa ; nin kdbikan. It 
 passes me, nin kCibikagon. It 
 passes, kdbikosse. 
 
 Pass away ; it passes away, an- 
 gomagad, angoshkamagad. 
 
 Pass by ; I pass by, nin birni- 
 ija, nin bimosse. I pass by in 
 a canoe or boat, }iin bimdk- 
 
 irajiwe. I pass by in a canoe 
 f»r boat, singing, nin bimdor 
 mas. I pass by, carrying him 
 (her, it I in a sfeigh, nin bimi- 
 dubana ; nin bimidabwlan. I 
 pass by, riding, )iin bimibaigo. 
 I pas.-< by, running, nin bimi- 
 bato. I pass by, walking with 
 snowslioes, nin bimdgimosse. 
 — The road passes liy, bima- 
 mo mikana. — I am heard pass- 
 ing by, nin binncewe.'ihin. I 
 am heard making noise in 
 passing by, iiin bimwewe. I 
 am heard talking in passing 
 by, nin bimw^widam. 
 
 Passenger, traveler, btbamddi- 
 ■fid. 
 
 Passionate, (easily moved to an- 
 ger.) I am passionate, se-sika 
 niit nishkddia, waiba nin nish- 
 kddis, nin mi.^Jiidee, nin babi- 
 godee, nin bitchinawes, nin 
 nisJikadisishk. (Wokkewisiw). 
 
 Passionate person, neshkddi- 
 s i s h k i d, netd-nishkddisid. 
 (Kisiwasiskiw). 
 
 Passionate temper or tempera- 
 ment, bad passion, Michina- 
 we.'iiirin, babigodeewin, nish- 
 kddi.sishkiiein, matchi bimd- 
 disiwin. I have a passionate 
 temperament, nin ni.^ihkddis- 
 i.<ihk, /u» matchi bimddis. 
 
 Passover, pak-witfsin i^ci7u 
 
 Pass over, (or miss ;) I pass over 
 him, (her, it,) nind ansiceka- 
 wa; nind answekan. (Miyas- 
 kawew). 
 
 Pass through ; I pass (it passes) 
 through, ninjdbode ; jdbode- 
 magad. The water passes 
 through, jdbobi. I succeed in 
 passing through or over s. th., 
 nin gashkio.
 
 PAY 
 
 — 101 — 
 
 PEE 
 
 Taste ; I paste, nind affokiicas- 
 siichigc. I paste it, {in., an.) 
 nind agokiwassan ; nind ago- 
 kiwassica. (The same as seal- 
 ing.) 
 
 Paten, (piece,) bagtcaigan. 
 
 Patch; I patch, nin bagwdige. 
 I j)atcli it, (//(., an.) nin bug- 
 wann ; nin bagicuiru. — I patcli 
 a canoe, nin bagwaon. I jjatch 
 leggings, 7iin bagicaidasse. I 
 patch shoes, nin bagwaass. 
 
 Patching, bugicaigewin. 
 
 Patli, niikan, niikana. — S.Road. 
 (Meskanaw). 
 
 Patience, minicadcndamowin, 
 Jajibcnddiroivin , hekddisiwin , 
 bekddtndagosiwin. — 1 li a v e 
 patience with him, nin babi- 
 miwidawa. We have patience 
 with eacli other, nin babimi- 
 widadimin. (Silicyittaniowin, 
 yospisiwin). 
 
 Patient; J am j>atient, nin viin- 
 tvadi.s, nin minwailendam, nin 
 jajibendani, nin hekd<Ii.'<, nin 
 bekadendag(>s,beka nin kohigi.s, 
 beka nin koiagcndani. I find 
 liim patient, nin minwadeni- 
 ma, nin jt'ijibenima. 
 
 Patient, (sick ))erson,) aidkosid. 
 
 Patron-Saint; he is my Patron- 
 Saint, ///// iriilfijinikdsvma 
 aw kclc/iilirdwcnddgasid. 
 
 Pattern (or net-meslicH, bimida- 
 kn n iga n , b itn id a ko naga n . 
 
 Pattern for vestments, tibijigan. 
 
 Pannt;h, nii.i.tdd, win<i.i.'<ag. 
 
 Paw, wanitsid. 
 
 I'ay ; I pay, nin dibaaviage. I 
 pay liim, nin diliaaninwa, uin 
 napnnana. I jiay (nr it, i/;i., 
 an.) nin dibaan , nin dibawa. 
 I pay so mucli for it, (in., an.) 
 mnd ipinean ; nind ipinewa. 
 
 Pay (lehts ; I pay my dehts, nin 
 difiaan nin nia.sinaigan, nin 
 kijikan nin ma.sinaigan. I 
 jiay him in full, nin kijikawa. 
 1 pay all I owi', nin kijikan. 
 
 Payer, dcbaanidgvd. 
 
 Payment, dibadmdi/etrin, dibad- 
 goirin, dibnatnddiwin. 
 
 Peace, bi.tdniiwewin, inawendi- 
 win, niino inairendiwin, minn 
 wldjindiwin, iranakiwin. (We- 
 taskiwin). We live in peace 
 and harmony togetlier, nin 
 niinii inairrnditnin, nin mino 
 widjimliniin. — I live some- 
 wlure in peace, nin wanakl. 
 I make him live in peace, nin 
 wdiKikia. 
 
 Peace of heart, bi.sdnidecirin,wa- 
 nakiw'tdeewin. iKiy.imitehew- 
 in.) I enjoy peace of heart, nin 
 bi.ianldee, nin wanakiwidee. 
 
 Pea-ci ic k , .id.scga-m i.ii.i.se. 
 
 Peaceahk-; 1 am \i.,nin bisdnis, 
 nin bfkddi.s. 
 
 }^ ea r , o.'< ig wdkn m in . 
 
 Pearl, diidnidji, bikomigens, ha- 
 bikmnigenx. — I have a i)earl 
 in my eye, ninjiwdb. 
 
 Pear-tree, osigwdkominagaicanj. 
 
 Pi'lihk', a^jfi/j. 
 
 Peddle; [ peddle, nin babama- 
 idice. 
 
 Peddler, babamaldwewinini. 
 
 Peddlery or peddling, babamO' 
 tdwetcin. 
 
 Peel, (ikiiua.s.s. — S. Shell. 
 
 Peep ; I peep in, nin lapdb, nin 
 ta])ikwt:s/iin. — I peep out from 
 under s. th., nin pin.sdb. 
 
 Peevish ; I am pet-vish , nin ba- 
 liigiidtc, inn ini.shidee, nin 
 nidlc/ii bimddix. 
 
 Peevishness, mishideeirin, babi- 
 godeewin. 
 
 13
 
 PER 
 
 — 192 — 
 
 PHA 
 
 Peg, sagdkwaigan, sassagdk- 
 
 waigan. 
 Pog ; I peg, nin sagdkwaige, 
 
 nin sassagdkwaige. 
 Pen, migwan. 
 Penance, kotagiidisowin. 
 Pencil, ojibiigandtig. 
 Penetrate ; it penetrates into 8. 
 
 th., bosasse. It penetrates in 
 
 the flesh, gondasse. 
 Peninsula; there is a peninsula, 
 
 gigaivekamiga. 
 Penitent, aianwthmidisod. 
 People, hemddisidjig. 
 Pepper, gawissagang, tipweban. 
 Peppermint, tekassmg. 
 Peraition, banddisiwin ; bandd- 
 
 jiiwewin. 
 Peregrination , babdmddisiwin. 
 Perfect, perfectly, gwaidk, we- 
 
 weni, wdicinge, dpHchi. 
 Perfection, ivdwingesiicin. I do 
 
 or say s. th, to perfection, nin 
 
 wdwinges. 
 Performance ; religious perf, 
 
 manitokdsowin. I do some 
 
 rel. perf., nin manitokas. 
 Perfume, minomdgodjiaan, (mi- 
 
 nomdgwadjigan,] nokwesigan. 
 Perfume ; I perfume, nin mina- 
 
 magodjige, nin nokwesige. 
 Perhaps, gonima, gonig^, g6- 
 
 ma, ke.ma, ganabdtch, mdkija. 
 
 (Maskutch). 
 Peril, bavinisiwdgan. 
 Perish ; I perish, nm nib, nin 
 
 nishiwanadis. It perishes, 7!?- 
 
 boinagad, nishitcanadad. 
 Permit; I permit, (allow,) 7iin 
 
 ganabendjige, 7iin pagidinige, 
 
 nin naendam. I permit hini 
 
 to do 8. th., nin pagidina, nin 
 
 pagidjia, nin ganabniima, nin 
 
 mina. I permit it^ nin gana- 
 
 benddn,7iin naenddn. 
 
 Perpetual, kdgige. 
 Perpetually, kagigekamig, kd~ 
 
 ginig, mojag, ajnne. 
 Perseverance, jibendamotrin , 
 
 jajibendawowin, pajigwadisi- 
 
 win. 
 Persevere'; I persevere, (at work, 
 
 etc.) nin jibendam, nin jaju 
 
 bendan. 
 Persist ; I persist, nin pajig- 
 
 wendazp, nin pcijigwddis. I 
 
 persist upon what I say, nin 
 
 wi-debwe. (Atji piko wi-ta- 
 
 pwew). 
 Perspiration, abicesowin. 
 Perspire ; I perspire, nind abwes. 
 Persuade; I persuade, niri ga- 
 
 gdnnonge. I persuade him, nin 
 
 gagdnsoma ; I persuade him 
 
 to go with me, nin wijdma. 
 
 (Kaskimew, sakotchimew). 
 Persue ; I persue him, nin nos- 
 
 wancwa. 
 Perversity, matchi ijiwebisiicin, 
 
 matchi aiadwishitcin. 
 Pervert; I pervert him, nin 
 
 matchi-ijiwebisia, nin xcani- 
 
 shima, nin banodjia. (Misiwa- 
 
 natjihew) 
 Pest, pestilence, jinddgan, ki- 
 
 Jind a gan m dnddapin ewin . 
 
 There is pestilence, mdndda- 
 
 pinokamigad. 
 Pestle, botdganak, botashkwa- 
 
 nak. 
 Petition, nandndamowin, nando- 
 
 tamotcin. 
 Petrified ; I am (it is) petrified. 
 
 nind ass'iniw ; assiniwan. 
 Petticoat, godass, matshtgode. I 
 
 wear a short petticoat, nin 
 
 fakwdmbis. 
 Pew, apdbiicin. 
 Pewter, wdbashkikomdn- 
 Phantom, tchihai.
 
 PIE 
 
 — 19.-? — 
 
 PIN 
 
 Pharmacy, mashkikikewin. 
 
 Plienonieiion ; it is a plien., ma- 
 viandawinaywati. 
 
 Phlegm, (ujij, aihiskanamoicin. 
 
 Physician, mashkikiwinini, na- 
 ndiidawiiicetcinini, nendnda- 
 wiiiccd. 
 
 Pick; I pick a bird, nin pash- 
 kobina bin^alii. 
 
 Pickerel, (li^'h,) ogu. Young 
 pickerel, nyuHs. 
 
 Pick out ; I pick them out, {in., 
 an.) nin gayiginanan, nin ina- 
 miginanan ; nin gagiginag, 
 nin nuimiginag. 
 
 Pick up ; I pick up, nin pata- 
 kaigt. I pick it up with s. th. 
 pointed, (('/I., an ) nin pata- 
 kaan ; nin paldkuwa. — 1 pick 
 it up and ai( it, (in., an.,) nin 
 mamajagandun; nin mamoja- 
 gama. 
 
 Picture, masinibiigan, masinit- 
 ehigan. 
 
 Piece, biikwaii. A piece of anv 
 clothing material, hokweg. A 
 piece ui'meat, \\A\, etc., nin- 
 gotonijigan. T \v u, t l» r e e 
 pieces, nijonijigan, ni-siivniji- 
 gan, etc. So many pieces, 
 dassonijigan. — I make it all 
 of one piece, nin tniniwefon. 
 It is madr all of one piece, 
 mixiwclrh igdde. 
 
 Pierce, (bore ;) I pierce, nin 
 pagwannge, nin pagiranibid- 
 jige. I pierce it, [in., an.\ nin 
 
 fagwantan . nin pagwamUca. 
 pierce it with my linger, {in., 
 an.) nin pagican^/n'aon , him 
 pa(fwan^bina. — I pierce it with 
 dit^icully, niti gu.s/ikaan. — I 
 pierce liiin, tiin Jabirfnaira, 
 7iind ini-thkawa. It piercen me, 
 tiin jabwenaogon, nind inith- 
 
 kagon. — I am pierced, nin ji- 
 bajigas. 
 
 Piety, .lunganamiaicin. lAyauii- 
 hewatisiwin.) 
 
 Pig, kokos/i. Youngpig, koko- 
 nfiens. 
 
 Pigeon ; wild pigeons, omimi. 
 Y(,>ung wild pigeon, ominiinjt. 
 Domestic pigeon, dove, wdb- 
 mimi, wdbomimi. Youngdom. 
 pigeon, wdbmimin.s. — I hunt 
 pigeons, nin ndnddomimi. nin 
 nodjomimiwe. 
 
 Pi-^eon-tail, aatr^. 
 
 Pike, (fish,) kinoje. Another 
 kind, md.fhkinoje. 
 
 Pile; I put it on the top of a 
 I)ile, i//(., (//(.) ninil agwitaici.t- 
 sidon ; nind ugwitawisltima. 
 
 Pill, pills, inanhkiki bebikomi- 
 nagak. 
 
 Pillage, makandwnrin. 
 
 Pillage ; I pillage, nin makandtce. 
 
 Hi lager, makandirt'irinini. 
 
 Pilot, iredakfd, oddkt'trinini. 
 
 Pimple, minin.t. I have u pim- 
 ple on my lip, /UH mininj^iiri- 
 don. My tiiee i.s lull of ijiuall 
 iiimples, nin moss^wlngwe, nin 
 habigtringwe. 
 
 Pin, oshiitficdn-jdbnnigan, nt*- 
 segwabidfon, sagnkwaon, sa- 
 gakwaonrnt. 
 
 Pin ; I pin it, (in., an.) nin taa- 
 sagdkwaodon ; nin aatadgd- 
 kiraona. 
 
 Pincers, takwdmijigana . 
 
 Pinch ; I pinch him, niri /cAi,»- 
 sibina, nin winkUdna. 
 
 I'inery , Jim/wakuki. 
 
 V'ww-lrtv , jingwak. Yoiing pine- 
 tree, jingwakfna. Dry pine- 
 tree, mduin.tiig. Reil pine,^<i- 
 kiponaganak. \\ h ile p i u e,. 
 amikv&ndag, katcdndag.
 
 PIT 
 
 — 194 — 
 
 PLA 
 
 Pinnacle, wanakowin. 
 
 Vmt , ahita-omodai ; kishkitcMag 
 
 minikw a djicja n . 
 Pipe, opwaijau. Stone-pipe, as- 
 sinuipic/ii/an . AVooden-pipe, 
 mithjojnrfnjdn. A pipe full, 
 nin(j<>1o}>W('nian. I fill my pipe, 
 nind ondshkinaa nind opicd- 
 gan. I light my pipe, nin 
 sakaipwugane. « 
 
 Pipe-stem, okidj, odamaganak, 
 odagamandtig. Flat broad 
 pipe-stem, nabagakokidj. (Os- 
 Kitji'y). 
 Pipe-stone, opiodgan-assin. 
 'Piss, jigitcindbo. 
 Piss, I piss, nin jishig. I piss in 
 the bed, ninjigingwdm. (Si- 
 kiw, sikikwamiw). The dog 
 pisses, agioinoie animosh. 
 Vxss-noi, jigiinndgan. 
 Pistol , pdslikisigans. 
 Vxich, pighc, pagin. I m a k e 
 (gather) pitch, nin pigike.— 
 Pitch of the fir-tree, (balsam,) 
 
 papashkighv. 
 Pitch; I pitch, nin jyikike. I 
 pitch it, {in., an.) nin vigika- 
 dan ; nin pigikana. — 1 pitch 
 over, (a canoe or boat ,)?(/«./ (/o- 
 kiw6ige. I pitcli over my canoe, 
 ninjljokiwtan nin tchimdn. 
 Pitch-brush, Jijokiwe'igan . 
 Pitcher, 7n i n i k ic ddj i g a n 
 Earthen 'pitcher, icdbigan- 
 ininikwddjigan. 
 Pit-coal, akakanjeica.fsin, aka- 
 konjeivaki. There is pit-coal, 
 okakajcwa.'isi nika . 
 Pit-coal mine, akakanjewassini- 
 
 kan. 
 Pit-coal miner, akakanjewassi- 
 
 nikewinini. 
 Pit-coal miner's work or busi- 
 ness, akakanjeicassinikiwin. 
 
 Pith, win. (Wiyin). 
 Pity, kiiimdgeningewin, kiiimd- 
 gtndjigeicin , kitimdgenindi- 
 win. — It is a pity, wiiagad. 
 Pity ; I pity, nin kitimdgen- 
 (1am, nin ^kitimdgeninge, nin 
 kiiimdpendjige. I pity him, 
 (her, it,) nin kiiimagenima ; 
 nin kitimagendan. I pity 
 myself, nin kitimagenim, nin 
 kiiimugenindis. We pity each 
 other, nin kitimagenindimin. 
 
 Place in a lodge or house allot- 
 ted to a family, ahinass. 
 
 Place of crossing, niminagan. 
 (Ajiwahunan). 
 
 Place where a wild animal in 
 the woods uses to eat, indaji- 
 tagan. 
 
 Place where s. th. is conserved 
 or hidden, assdndjigon. (As- 
 tatjikun). 
 
 Place ; I place it, (in., an.,) 
 nind afon ; nind assd. I place 
 it well, (in , an.) nin minossi- 
 ion ; nin minoshima. 
 
 Placed ; it is placed, {in., an.,) 
 atchigdde; atchigdso. 
 
 Plague, kotagapineicin, mdnd- 
 dapiwewin, kitchi indpineicin. 
 
 Plague, kotagisiwin, kotagite- 
 tcin. 
 
 Plague ; I plague people, nin 
 koiagiiwe, nind odjanimiiice. 
 
 Plain; it is plain, intelligible, 
 nissitoiagtrad. 
 
 Plainly, 7niji.s/ia. (Mosis). 
 
 Plane, joslihotchigan, gdndini- 
 gan, mokodjigan. 
 
 Plane ; I plane, nin joshkoU 
 chige ; I plane it, {in., an.) nin 
 jo.ihkogaan ; nin Joshkogawa. 
 
 plank, kitcfii nabagissag. 
 
 Plank-road , nabdgissago-mika- 
 na.
 
 PLA 
 
 195 — 
 
 PLO 
 
 Plant, mashkossiw. A liollow 
 plant or herb, wiinhrtshk. The 
 plant is hollow, winihashkad. 
 
 Plant ; I plant, nin kitiye, nin 
 pcu/idiui;/)'. I plant it, [in., a/j.) 
 niu kUit/iulan, nin paifidinan ; 
 nil! ki fir/ana, nin paijidinn. 
 
 Planted ; it is planted, kitiijd- 
 de. 
 
 Plaster, agohison, agobisowin. 
 I have a plaster on my wound, 
 nind agohis. I tie a plaster on 
 luH wound, nind agoblna. 
 
 Plaster, wubigan. 
 
 Plaster ; I plaster, nin iciibign- 
 naige I plaster it, nin wahi- 
 ganaan. I plaster with a tro- 
 wel, smootiily, nin joshkwa- 
 bigonaige. 
 
 P I a 8 t e r i n jr, wabigonaigewin, 
 jo.shkwabigtinaigiirin. 
 
 Plat ; I plat, ninil okuiUnige. I 
 plat it, [in., an.) nind dkadt- 
 nan ; nind okadena. I plat it 
 to him, nind fikadenamawa. 
 
 Plate, (ensindgtm. A plate lull, 
 ningo (esttindgan. T w i c e, 
 three times a plate full, nijo 
 iessin/igan, nixsD ttsKindgan, 
 etc. Earthen plate, icnbigan- 
 on/tgnn. 
 
 Platted cord, nkadnub. 
 
 Play, playin<r, oiltiminotrin. 
 
 Play ; I play, (like children, i 
 nind oaiunin. 1 play witli 
 noise, nin kiwani.i. I play, ne- 
 Klectinp my <luty, nin kiintna- 
 kainii/is. I Metawew). 
 
 Play ; t play, ij;ame,i nind aldge. 
 — We |(lav together, (at cards, 
 etc.) tiiml (tiddimin. I play it, 
 I play for it, \.in., an.) nind 
 aMgen ; nind aldgenan. (Ab- 
 twakew). 
 
 Play ; I play the child, ;ii/i</ 
 
 abinodjiikas ; I jjlay the In- 
 dian, /j//i</ anishindbekai. 
 
 Playing', ij^aminj,',) aldgewin, 
 ulddiwin. 
 
 Playin).;-I.all or play-ball, pik- 
 tcakwad. 
 
 PiayinfT-eard, atddi-masinaigan. 
 
 Playing-huuse, play-house, atd- 
 diwigamig. 
 
 P I a y thin g, odaminotcdgan. 
 litetawagaiii". 
 
 Please ; I please liim, «m minn- 
 nuirea, nin tratcijiti. lAtanii- 
 hewi. As thou pleasest, potrk 
 gait: kin. > Ai>|M)kiya'. As you 
 l)lease, p(di:lt gait kinawd, or, 
 apo.ifikekin. 
 
 Pleasing ; I am (it is) plea.^ing, 
 agreeable, miii minwendagun, 
 minwendagwad. 
 
 Pleasure, minirendamoirin, ba- 
 pinrniinnwin. I make him 
 jdcasure with my arrival, ;iim 
 .sagincjf/ikaira. 
 
 Plenty, ililii.tiirin. I live in 
 plenty, nin di/d.s. 
 
 Plenty of... , nibiica. (Mitchet, 
 mistahi). 
 
 Plenty, plentiful, ''i*/. 
 
 Pliiugh, bigtrah lun, 
 
 bigiibidjigan, dt^nt, tMimi ubid- 
 jigiin, biiniliiidjigan, bis.iaka- 
 wigibiiiljigiin. I make a 
 nluiigh or plougliH, fill! bigwa- 
 kam igibidjigan ikr. 
 
 Plough; I iilough, nin biifwit- 
 kamigibidiiife, nin hii/obiJjige, 
 nin tanhkikamigibidjigr, nin 
 bimibiidjigf, nin bi.inakamigi- 
 bndjigf. I plough n lield, nin 
 bigxnikamigititu kitigan. I 
 plough ;or break I the ground, 
 nin bisnakamigaan aki. I 
 plough in n sandy ground, nin 
 tasnkatawangibidjige.
 
 POL 
 
 196 
 
 POR 
 
 Plover, (bird,) tchitchwishkiwc. 
 (Sesesiw). 
 
 Pluck out ; I pluck (or pull) it 
 out, [in., an.) nin mamihiton, 
 ninmamihina. I pluck it out, 
 (licrb, i)lant,) nin jishanash- 
 kibidon, nin jmshkobidon. — 
 I pluck him an eye out, 7iin 
 gidjabdwa. I pluck inv eye 
 out, nin gidjabaodis. 
 
 Plum, ^^a^/cssan, pagessdni- 
 min. 
 
 Plume of feathers, nimashkai- 
 gan, migwangena, jyaiakibin- 
 weon. t have a plume of fea- 
 thers on my head, nin ni- 
 mashkaige. 
 
 Pocket, mashkimodegwadjigan. 
 
 Point of land, projecting m the 
 lake, neidshi. On the other 
 side of a point, ajawew. I go 
 around a point in a canoe or 
 boat, nin giwidewa, nin gitvi- 
 taam, nind aicasseicaam, nikc- 
 woMm. I cross (or traverse) a 
 point on foot, nin kakiwe. The 
 place where they traverse a 
 point on foot, kakiwconan. I 
 traverse a point partly in a 
 canoe, nin kakimassato. 
 
 Poison, matchi mashkiki, pii- 
 chiboivin. Deadly poison, ni- 
 boiinnipiichiboicin. 
 
 Poison ; I poison, maichi mash- 
 kiki nind ashange, nin pitchi- 
 bojiwe, nin matchi inapinod- 
 jige, nin matchiinopiaas. I 
 poison myself, maichi mash- 
 kiki nind odapinan, nin pit- 
 chib, nin piichibonidis. I poi- 
 eon him, maichi mashfciki 
 nind ashama, nin pitchibona, 
 tiin maichiinapinana. 
 
 Pole, boat-pole, to push a boat 
 or canoe, gaddaktigan, gan- 
 
 dakiiganak. (Kwaakusowi- 
 
 nattik). 
 Pole ; I pole, (a canoe or boat,) 
 
 7iin gandakiige. (Kwaskusow). 
 Polecat, /j7i«y. 
 Pole, net-pole, to hang or spread 
 
 a net on to dry, bassassabanak. 
 Polish ; I polish, (give lustre,) 
 
 nin wdssikwadjige. I polish 
 
 it, nin wdssiktcadon. 
 Polish ; I polish, (make smooth), 
 
 nin joshkotchige. I polish it, 
 
 nin joshkogaan ; nin joshko- 
 
 gawa. I pol. it, (metal, in., 
 
 an.) nin joshkwdbikaan ; nin 
 
 joshktvab ika tea . 
 Pomade, namakiciwin. (Tomik- 
 
 kwewin). I put pomade on 
 
 his head, 7iin namdkona. 
 Pond or pool, bitobig, wajibiia. 
 
 Small pond, \bitobigons, waji- 
 
 biians. (Pittukahan). 
 Poodle-dog, or a dog with long 
 
 hair, pngicawed animosh, mis- 
 
 sdhass^im. (Tchimistawew, 
 
 pikwaskaw). 
 Poor, kifimdgakamig. I am (it 
 
 is) poor, considered poor, nin 
 
 kiiimdqis, nin kitimagenda- 
 
 gos ; XHinwgad, kitimagen- 
 
 dagicad. I make him, (her, it) 
 
 poor, nin kitimagia ; nin kiti- 
 
 magiton. 
 Pope, Maiamaici-nigdnisid Kii- 
 
 chimekaieu'ikwanaie. 
 Poplar, poplar-tree, asddi. 
 
 There are jwplar-trees, asd- 
 
 dika. (Mitus). 
 Porcelain, migiss. 
 Porcelain breastplate, migissii- 
 
 essimig. 
 Porcelain cup or saucer, migis- 
 
 sindgans. 
 Porcelain plate or dish, migissi- 
 
 ndgan.
 
 POT 
 
 l'J7 — 
 
 PUW 
 
 Porcelain-fltrap, migissdpikan. 
 
 Porch, tcixiicnigau. Tliere is a 
 porch made, tesxitchiijdde. 
 
 Porcupine, kag. Young porcu- 
 pine, ki'igonn. Male porcu- 
 pine, iiabnag. Female por- 
 cupine, nojeidg . I h u n t jx) re u- 
 pines, nin nandaicugwe. (Kilk- 
 wa). 
 
 Porcupine Mountain. Kdgwad- 
 jiw. 
 
 Porcupine quill, kdgobiwe. 
 (Kawiv). 
 
 Porcupine's skin, kdgwaidn. 
 
 Pork, kokosh. 
 
 Port, agomowin. (Kapawin.) 
 
 Portage, ouigam. I carry s. th. 
 over a portage, nind onige. 
 
 Portage-strap, apikan. 
 
 Portrait, imuiinibiiga^owin, ma- 
 sinasowin. 
 
 Portrait ; I portrait him, (her, 
 it,) niii maifinibiica ; nin ma- 
 ninibian. 
 
 Portraited ; I am (it is) portrait- 
 ed, nin maniitibiigas, nin ma- 
 sinaji ; maainibiigdde, masi- 
 node. 
 
 Position ; it is in a difKcult jx)- 
 sition, ( 
 tdshiii. 
 
 sition, (//J. . OH. J bdtdssin ; hd 
 
 t IK 
 
 Possess ; I possess, I have pro- 
 perty, nin dau, nind inadu, 
 nin dibenda.sx. I possess him, 
 (her, it,) jj/k dioenima ; nin 
 dibtlndan. 
 
 Possession, dibendassowin, da- 
 niwin. 
 
 Vof{-ot]\ce,7na.sinaiganiwigamig. 
 
 Pot. miitikwddjigan. 
 
 Pot, iron jwt with legs, okdda- 
 kik. 
 
 Potato, opin. 
 
 Potato-bud or germ, paheekot- 
 chigati. 
 
 Potato-paring, opini-okonasa. 
 
 Potato-sprout, irdbidwi. 
 
 Polenlato, kitihi-mjima. 
 
 Pot-herb, jigdgawanj meahkos- 
 nimid. 
 
 Put-ladle, anngan. 
 
 Pott e r, irdbigan-onaganikewi- 
 tiini. 
 
 Pound, dibabi.shkodjigan. 
 
 Pour ; I pour it in another ves- 
 sel, nind ajaici-siijinan. I 
 )x>ur liim s. tn. in liie mouth, 
 nin sigaanoicn. — I jxtur water 
 on s. th., nin nigaandage, nin 
 sigfandjige. I jxjur it, /j»/i si' 
 ifaandagen, nin sii/iutndjigen. 
 I pour it on him, (iier, it,) nin 
 sigaandiiira ; tiin sigaandan. 
 
 Pour out ; I pour out, nin sigi- 
 nige. I pour it out, ;ii;j sigi- 
 nan. I pour out for sonie- 
 bo<ly, for people, him sigina- 
 tnagc. I jMHir it out for him, 
 nin sig'tntimaira. 
 
 Pouring out, niginigeirin. 
 
 Pout; 1 |M)Ut, nin miiidaw^. I 
 am in a habit of ]>outing, Nin 
 mindaici.shk. I pout towards 
 him, nin mindatru, nin min- 
 dumatra. I ]K)ut In^causo I 
 have tio liipior to drink, nin 
 minddwfbi. — I jKiut, 'I hang 
 out the lip*,) ninjibidonen. 
 
 Pouter, metidatted, mendatcmfh 
 kid. 
 
 Pouting, minddirnrin. Hod ha- 
 bit of iKiuling, vnH'l>tweiihk-i- 
 trin. Pouting fur wunt of li- 
 (|Uor. miudinrrkitcin. 
 
 Poverty , kiliindgi.iiwin . 
 
 Powder, mttkati'. (Kai«kit/*). My 
 |>owder i!* all gone, nin tcha- 
 gakalewfshin. 
 
 Powder, (hair-|>owdrr,) gingwa' 
 odiwin, trdbosanamdn.
 
 PRA 
 
 — 198 — 
 
 PRE 
 
 Powder; I powder niyeelf, /(?'« 
 pingtnaodis. I powder him, 
 
 ?in(/wduHi, nin jririf/iriin'ma. — 
 owdcring, pin<jira<KJItnin. 
 
 Powder-horn, pinddkatewan. 
 (Pitchipikkwan). 1 fill my 
 powder-horn , nin pindaka- 
 teive. 
 
 Powder-house, makateicigamig. 
 
 Power, gashkiewisiwin, niga- 
 nisikandamoicin. I have 
 power, (authority,) nin gcish- 
 kiewis. I have power (autlior- 
 ity) over him, (her, it,) nin 
 gashkiewisikawa, nin nigani- 
 sikandawa ; nin gashkiewisi- 
 kandan, nin nigaimikandan. 
 — I do all to my power, nin 
 nandagenim. 
 
 Pox, stnall pox, makakisiwin. I 
 have the small pox, ning oma- 
 makie. (Omikiw). 
 
 Practice, ijitchigeicin, ijitiod- 
 tcin. 
 
 Practise ; I practise, nind ijit- 
 chige. I practise it, nind ijit- 
 chigen. I practise religion, 
 nind ijitwa. 
 
 Prairie, mashkode. There is a 
 prairie, or there are prairies, 
 mashkodewan. 
 
 Prairie, large open prairie, mi- 
 shawashkode, mijiskuwash- 
 \ode. 
 
 Prairie-ox, (buffalo,) mashkode- 
 pijiki. (Maskutewimustus) . 
 
 Prairie-wolf, pc^sAA:warfasA^.(Ma- 
 hingan). 
 
 Praise, (flattering,) mamikwadi- 
 icin, mamikwadamoioin . Self- 
 praise, 7namikwasowin. 
 
 Praise, (flatter;) I praise, 7iin 
 mamikwddam. I praise my- 
 self, nin mamikwas, nin ma- 
 mikwadis. We praise one 
 
 anotlier, nin mamikwaditcin. 
 
 (Mamitjimew). 
 Praise, (glorifying,) kitchiiwa- 
 
 winidiicin, wawijinkiwin, mi- 
 
 no-wawinidiwin. Self-praise, 
 
 mino-icawinidisowin. 
 Praise, (glorify ;) I praise him, 
 
 (her, it,) nin kitchitwawina, 
 
 nin kitchitwawenima, nin wa- 
 
 wijenima. 
 Prattle , I prattle, nind osdmi- 
 
 don, nind osdminoice. 
 Pray, I pray, nind anamia. I 
 
 pray for him, niiid anamieta- 
 
 tca, nind anamietamawa, nin 
 
 gaganodamaica. (Ayamih^w). 
 Prayer, anamieivin. (Ayamiha- 
 
 win). 
 Prayer-book, anamie-masinai- 
 
 gan. 
 Preach ; I preach, nin gagikwe. 
 
 I preach to him, 'her, it,) nin 
 
 qagikima ; 7iin gagikinddn. 
 
 We preach to one another, m'» 
 
 gagikindimin. 
 Preaching, gagikwemin, ananiie- 
 
 gagikwewin. 
 Precede ; I precede him, (her, 
 
 it,) nind aniicia, nind ani- 
 
 icishkaica ; nind aniiciton,nind 
 
 aniicishkan. (Xikanuttawew). 
 Precedence, nigdnisiwin. 
 Precept, gandsongewin. 
 Preceptor, \kekinoamaged, kiki- 
 
 noamagewinini. 
 Precious; I am precious, nin 
 
 kiichi dpitendagos. 
 Precipitate ; I precipitate some 
 
 work, osdm nin tcewibita. 
 Precise ; I am pr , nin icdwinges. 
 Precisely, wdicinge, gicaiak. 
 
 (Ketisk). 
 Precision, waicingesiicin, I act 
 
 with precision, nin icdicinget- 
 
 chige, nin icdwinges.
 
 PRE 
 
 — 199 
 
 PR! 
 
 Predecepsor, naganishkad. 
 
 Prediction , niganndjinwwin. 
 
 Pre-eiiiirictit, kitchi. 
 
 Prefer; I prefer him, (her, it,) 
 nin bajidenima, naicatch nin 
 mhiwenima ; itiii bajideudaii, 
 nawatch nin mimctmlan. 
 
 Pregnant, (with child;) I aju 
 pr., nind andjik, nin gayi.sk- 
 kage, abinodji nind aiawa, 
 abinodji nin gigishkatca. 
 
 Preparation, dpiichiwin, ojiid- 
 zcin, icdwejituwin. 
 
 Prepare, (get ready ;) I prepare. 
 nind ojita, nin wtiicejiht, niml 
 dpiicliita. I make him \^tq- 
 pare,nind o)iiaa,nin ivdwejitun . 
 
 Preparing ; I am pr. to do s 
 th., nind dpitchi. I am pr. 
 for a voyage, nind ojita. 
 
 Present, (gift,) migiweioin, mi- 
 nigowin, minidiwin. 
 
 Present, (give ;) I present, nin 
 migiice. I pre.sent it, (in., an ) 
 nin migixcen ; nin inigiwenan. 
 I present it to him, nin inina. 
 
 Present, (hring or put hefure 
 somebody ;) I present it, niml 
 ininan. I present it to him, 
 nind ininama, nind ininama- 
 toa. — It is presented in a cer- 
 tain manner, (in., an.,) inini- 
 gdde, ininigdso. 
 
 Press, sindaagan, sindakwai- 
 gan. 
 
 Press; I press strongly, (in my 
 hand,) ninmdgobinige. I press 
 slightly, (in my hand,) nin 
 magonige. I press it strongly, 
 [in., an.) nin indgobidon, nin 
 mdgobina. I press it .slightly, 
 (in., an.) nin mdgonan ; nin 
 mdgona. 
 
 Press down; I pres.i down, nin 
 gindjigadjige, nin gindjidaige, 
 
 nin mdgoshkinadjige, nind 
 onadinige. I press it down. 
 (an., in.) nin gindjiddwa, niri 
 gagindjidaira, nin gindjida- 
 shima, nind onadina : ningin- 
 djidaan, nin gagindjidaan,nin 
 gindjidas.sidon, ni)td onadaan, 
 — I press it down in a vessel, 
 nina assdnashkinadon, nin 
 mdgoshkinadon . 
 
 Press in ; I press in through 
 the crowd, nin gindjidaici. 
 
 Press together, (compress ;) I 
 press in, (in., an.) nin sindor 
 gaan ; nin singagwa. 
 
 Pressed together ; it is pressed 
 together, (in., an.) sindaigdde ; 
 sindaigdso. 
 
 Press upon ; I press upon him,, 
 (her, it,) nin sinsikawa ; nin 
 .sin.tikan. 
 
 Pretend; I nretend to V^ethis or 
 tliat, nind awiidis. 
 
 Pretty, gwandtch. 
 
 Pretty, eniirek. (Eviwek). 
 
 Prevail ; I prevail, nin gashki- 
 to, nin i/ashki^icis. I prevail 
 uiHUi him, nin gashkia. (Sha- 
 kohewi. I pr. xipon myself, 
 nin ga.shkiidi.i. 1 cannot pr. 
 iipiiii him, nin bwama, nind 
 aguicdddmawa. 
 
 Prevent; I prevent him, nin 
 gamrncema. 
 
 Prey-bird; a kind of prey-bird, 
 (chains. 
 
 Price; I put a price on him, 
 (her, it,) nind nnagima : nind 
 oniiqiudan. I make a price 
 forliim, ninil unagindainaira. 
 
 Pride, maminddi.'dirin, gokwdr 
 dcnindi.toirin, i.thpniindi.'io- 
 trin, kitrhitwawenindisowin, 
 kitniimiiwin. 
 
 Priest, mekataciktcanaie. I am
 
 PRO 
 
 — 200 — 
 
 PRO 
 
 a priest, nin makatewikwa- 
 naiew. (Ayaniihewiyiniw). 
 
 Priesthood, mekatcwikwanaie- 
 wiwin. 
 
 Prime; I prime a gun, nin hi- 
 wissidon pdshkisi(jan. 
 
 Primogeniture, sasikisiwin, ni- 
 iaminigiuun. 
 
 Principal, kitchi. The principal 
 commandment, kitclii gana- 
 songeivhi. I am the principal 
 person here, nin niganenda- 
 gos oma. It is the principal 
 thing, niganendagicad. 
 
 Principally, memindage, mem- 
 dag e. (Osam). 
 
 Print; small print, (small type,) 
 bissibiigan. Large print, ?«««- 
 gibiigan. 
 
 Print ; I print, nin masinaklsige. 
 I print it, nin masinakisan. 
 
 Printed; it is printed, masina- 
 kisigade. It is printed in small 
 type, bissibiigade. It is print- 
 ed in large type, mdngibii- 
 gdde, mamdngibiigdde . 
 
 Printer," masinakisigewinini , 
 mesinakisang masinaigan . 
 
 Printing, printer's art, work or 
 business, masinakisigewin. 
 
 Printing-ofiice, masinakisigewi- 
 gamig. 
 
 Prisoner, gebdkwaigdsod. I am 
 a prisoner, ni)i qibdkwaigas. 
 
 Prisoner of war, slave, aicakdn. 
 I am a prisoner of war, (I am 
 enslaved,) 7iind awakaniw. 
 
 Prize, put at stake, atchige- 
 win. 
 
 Probity, gvcaiako-bimddisiicin. 
 
 Procession, anamic-bimosseicin. 
 We walk in procession, (reli- 
 gious procession,) nind ana- 
 mie-bimossemin . 
 
 Procure ; I procure, 7iind ondi- 
 
 namage. I procure s. th. to 
 him, nind ondinnmawa. I 
 proc. to myself, nind ondina- 
 mas, nind ondinamadis. 
 
 Prodigious, mamakddakamig . 
 
 Produce; it pro<lucefi, (a field,) 
 nigin. It produces well, mi- 
 nogin. It ^produces nothing, 
 anatcigin, anawewisimagad. It 
 produces spontaneously, bini- 
 shigimagad. 
 
 Profess ; I profess religion, nind 
 anamia, nind ijittca. 
 
 Profession of religion, anamie- 
 win, ijiiwdwin. Profession of 
 an art or trade, inanokiwin. 
 
 Professor, (teacher,) kikHnoamd- 
 gewinini. 
 
 Profit, gashkiichigewin, dbadji- 
 iowiii. 
 
 Profit; I profit by it, nin pag- 
 wishiton, 7iind dbadjiton. I 
 profit by it in a certain man- 
 nor, nind inabadjitoiu — It pro- 
 fits, it brings profit, gasnkit- 
 chigemagad. It does not pro- 
 fit, it brings no profit, anawe- 
 ^cisima(fad. The field yields 
 no profit, anaicigin kitigan. 
 
 Profitable ; it is prof, minogi- 
 wemagad, ondisin. It is prof, 
 to me, (in., an.) tiind ondisin; 
 nindondisinan. 
 
 Promise, irdwindamagewin, w& 
 windamadiwin, nakodamowin. 
 
 Promise ; I promise, nin wd- 
 tcindamage, nin n a ko d a m. 
 (A s t a m, asotamawew) . I 
 promise him, nin xcdwinda- 
 maica, nin nakoma. 
 
 Pronounce, I pronounce well, 
 nin minoice. I pronounce 
 badly, I have a defective pro- 
 nunciation, nen mdnoice. 
 
 Prop, asswdkicaidan, asswakai-
 
 PRO 
 
 — 201 — 
 
 PRU 
 
 ganak, sakaagan, nagaiak- 
 waiganak. 
 
 Prop ; I prop, nind asswdkwaige, 
 nin sakadgadgige. I prop it, 
 7iind asstvakwaan, nin sakad- 
 gaddn, nin sagdiakwaan. 
 
 Proper, properly, wendjita. 
 (lyeiiato). 
 
 Properly, as a property, tibina- 
 we^ ielibinawe. 
 
 Property, inodewisiwin, tibina- 
 wetoisiwin, dibenda.ssowin, da- 
 niwin. My, thy, his property, 
 [in., an.) nind aiim, kid aiini, 
 od aiirn ; nind aiam, kid aia- 
 am, odaiaaman. — I liave pro- 
 
 r!rty, nin dan, nin dibenda.^s. 
 have such a property, nin 
 inodeuns. 
 
 Prophecy, ningdnddj imowin. 
 
 Prophesy ; I pro., nin nigdndd- 
 jitn, nigdn nin dihddjim ged- 
 ijiwebak, (I tell beforeliand 
 what shall coiiio to pass.) 
 
 P r o p h e t, nii/anddjininicinini, 
 ga-nigani-di)i(idJimod, ga-ni- 
 gan i-k iken dii ng. 
 
 Prophetess, nigitnddjimokwe. 
 
 Proprietor, dchcndang, debend- 
 jiged, debenda.ssod, tcbinawe- 
 wewisid. I am the proprietor, 
 nin tibinawewix, nin dibend- 
 jige, nin dihenda.s.s. I am the 
 proprietor of him, (her, it,) 
 7iin dibcninuu nin tibinawesi- 
 nan ; nin dibcmldn, nin tibi- 
 nawewittin. — 1 make myself 
 proprietor of s. th.,niH Hbi- 
 naweunidi.H. 
 
 Proprietor of a hoiise, wewigi- 
 wamid. I am jtroprietor i)i' a 
 house, nind oirigiwdvi. 
 
 ProBponiy , jawendagosiwin. 
 
 Prosf)erous ; 1 am |'ro., nin ja- 
 wendagos. 
 
 Prostitute, bi.ihXgwddjikwe. 
 
 Proud ; I am proud, nin mami- 
 nddis, nin i/nkipadenindis, 
 nind ishpenindi.i, nindishpen- 
 dan niiaiv, nin sa.segawendan 
 niiaw. I think him proud, 
 7iin kitenima. Proud thought, 
 proud thinking, marninaden- 
 damoicin. I have proud 
 thoughts, nin maminaaendam. 
 iKisteyimow). 
 
 Proud Yi^v?or\,meminadisid, esh- 
 penindisod, ketchitwawenin- 
 disnd. 
 
 Provided, kishpin. 
 
 Provisions, niidjim. My provi- 
 sions are all gone, nin trnagae. 
 I procure prov., nin midjimike. 
 
 Provisions for a voyage, natcd- 
 pon. (Nimawin). Itakeprov. 
 for a voyage, nin nawdp. I 
 take it with me on my voyage 
 to eat it, 0n., an,) nin nawd- 
 pon, (nimaw) nin nawdponaii. 
 I give liim prov. for his voy- 
 age, nin nawapona. — Scrip or 
 sack to p>it in in prov. for a 
 voyage, nawaptcaniwaj. 
 
 Provision-store, midjimiwiga- 
 mig. 
 
 Provocation ; malicious provo- 
 cation to anger, gagandjina- 
 ipeidiip'm. 
 
 Provoke; I provoke him to an- 
 ger, nin nukindfia. iMawinch- 
 wew). We pro. each other 
 to anger, nin mikindfiidimin. 
 — I i)rovoke him to anger ma- 
 liciously, purposely, nin ga- 
 gdndjia, nin gagdndjinatoea, 
 nin gagdndjigidea. We prov. 
 each other imrposcly to anger, 
 nin gngdndjiitiimin . 
 
 Priidence, nibtrdkdwin, gagitd- 
 U'cndamowin.
 
 PUM 
 
 — 202 — 
 
 PUS 
 
 Prudent ; I am pru., nin nib- 
 wuka, nin (jagitaw, nin gar/i- 
 iaicendmn. 
 
 Publican , mamandjitcMgewini- 
 ni. 
 
 Publication, windamcigowin. 
 
 Publish ; I publish s. th., nin 
 kikendamiiwe, nin kikenda- 
 modjhce, nin windamage. I 
 publish itj nin kikendamiiwen, 
 nin kikendamodjiwen, nin 
 windamaqen. 
 
 Pull; I pull or haul him (her, 
 it) forth, nin mOkibina ; nin 
 mokibidon. 
 
 Pull down ; I pull it down, [in., 
 an.) nin nissibidon ; nin nis- 
 sibina. 
 
 Pulled down; it is p. d., (in., 
 an.) nissihidjigdde ; nissihid- 
 jigdso. 
 
 Pulley, omhdbiginigan. 
 
 Pull out ; I pull out, nin viami- 
 bldjige. I pull it out, {in., an.) 
 nin mamibidon, nin bakioako- 
 bidon ; nin mamibina, nin 
 bakwakobina. 
 
 Pulse, oskweidb, miskiceidb. 
 (Pakkahan). I feel the pulse, 
 nin godjinike. I feel his p., 
 nin godjiskweiabigian. — The 
 pulse is beating, pangaan 
 miskweidb, or oskweiab. (Pak- 
 kahokuw). My p. is beating, 
 nin pangaog, pangaan nind 
 oskweidb. My p. beats quick, 
 nin kijipangaog. 
 
 Pump, iskaibdn. 
 
 Pump ; I pump, tiind iskaibi. I 
 pump it out, nind iskaibaddn, 
 nind iskaan. 
 
 Pumpkin, ogwissimdn. Large 
 
 Eumpkin, missabigon. The 
 loom of a pumpkin, wdssa- 
 kone, (icussakwane.) 
 
 Punished ; I am pun. deserved- 
 ly, nin rndndbamewvi. 
 
 Pupil, kikinoamugan, kikinoa- 
 mdicind. 
 
 Purj^ative, purge, jdbosigan. I 
 take a purgative, I purge my- 
 self, nin jdbos. I give him a 
 purge, ninjdbosica. 
 
 Purgatory, gaHsiiakisowin. The 
 souls in purgatory, gassiiaki- 
 soiciuing ebidjig. (Kassihama- 
 kewiskutew). 
 
 Purify ; I purify him, (her, it,) 
 nin binia ; nin biniton. I pu- 
 rify him s. th., nin binitawa, 
 nin biniiamaica. — I purify 
 him (her, it) by tire, niti bana- 
 kiswa; nin bindki^an. I pur. 
 him 8. th. by fire, nin bindkis- 
 amawa. (Kassihew, kanatji- 
 hew). 
 
 Purity of heart, binideeicin. I 
 have a pure heart, nin bini- 
 dee. (Kaniitjitehew). 
 
 Purpose ; I purpose, nind inen- 
 dam. — S. Resolve. 
 
 Purposely, ondjita, awdndjish. 
 Like purposely, naita. 
 
 Purse, Joniia-ynashkiinodens. 
 
 Pursue; I pursue him, (run af- 
 ter him,) nin biminajikaica, 
 7iin mddaana. (Pimitisahwew). 
 
 Push ; I push, nin gdndaige, 
 nin gdndiniqe, nin gagdndi- 
 nige. I pusli him, (her, it,) 
 nin gdndina, nin ganddwa ; 
 nin gdndinan, nin gandaan. 
 
 Pusillanimous ; I am pus., nin 
 Jdgodee. 
 
 F\is'\Uan'umt\ , Jdgodeeici n . 
 
 Puss, cat, gajagens, minons. 
 
 Pustule, niinins. My skin is 
 full of small pustules, /«» 
 pikwajeshka, nin papikwa- 
 jeshka.
 
 PUT 
 
 203 — 
 
 PUT 
 
 Put; I put, nind aiage. I put 
 him, (her, it,) nind ansa ; nind 
 aton. It is put, atchigdde. I 
 put it in a certain manner, 
 nind ijissiton. I put him s. 
 th., nind ataica. — I cannot 
 put it, (ZH., an.) nin nondestsi- 
 ton ; nin nondeshima. 
 
 Put aside; 1 put aside with my 
 hands, nin middgiceniye. I 
 put him (her, it) aside, or out 
 of tlie way, nin middi/wena ; 
 nin middijweaan. I put ,it 
 aside for nim, nin midaywe- 
 namawa. I put it aside in 
 thoughts, nin middijwendan. 
 I put uiyseh' aside, ninmiddg- 
 weta. 
 
 Put away, (reject ;) I put liim 
 (her, it) away, nin bakrwina ; 
 nin hake wi nan. I put it awav, 
 reject it, I refuse to take it, 
 nin miwitan, nin mhcitnn. I 
 put it away for him, nin mi- 
 witawa, nin miwiiamawa. 
 
 Put back ; I put it back again, 
 (in., an.) nin na.ssabissiton ; 
 nin nas-tahi-ifiima. 
 
 Put down ; I put him (her it) 
 down, nin nissina; nin nissi- 
 nan. 1 put him, (her, it) down 
 from my back, ninpayidoma ; 
 nin payidondttn. I put down 
 a load, nin payidjiwane, nin 
 payidjiniyfi. 
 
 Put 111 ; I jtut it in, {in., an.) nin 
 
 i)indji.ssHitn ; ninpindji.s/iinia. 
 '. piit it in a hole or vessel, 
 inn boddkwe. I put it in a 
 
 hole or vessel, {in., an.) nin 
 boddkwen ; nin bnddkwenan, 
 I put in my mouth s. th. to 
 eat, nin jakdm . I put ii in 
 my moulii, (in., an.) ninjaka- 
 mon ; nin jakamonan. — I put 
 my things in a trunk, etc., 
 nind ona.shkinadas.s. 
 
 Put on; I put on, (clothing,) 
 nin bisikdye I put it on, nin 
 bisikdn. I put it on easily, 
 nin drbishkan, nin yi'shawi- 
 kan. I put it on well, (it fits 
 me well,) nin minokan. (Te- 
 biskam). I put it on so.... 
 (in., an.) nind inikan ; nind 
 inikawa. I put on stockings, 
 socks or nijjpes, and shoes or 
 boots, nin bdbitchi. I put him 
 socks and shoes on, nin ba- 
 bitchia. 
 
 Put to; I put it to the fire in a 
 vessel to cook, [in., an) nin 
 yabdton; nin yabdshima. It 
 IS put to the Hre to cook, (in., 
 an.) yabdtchiydde ; yabaichi- 
 ydso. 
 
 Put together ; I put them toge- 
 ther, {in., an.) nin mantawissi- 
 fonan ; nin mamawa.t.say. It 
 is put tu}.'etlicr, maniawi.Hifi(- 
 rhiydde. 1 put two together, 
 (thread,! nin nijicabiyinan, 
 nin nabwabiyinan. 
 
 Putty, wd.s.sctch iyun i-p iyiir . 
 
 Pully; I putty, nin piyike. I 
 putty a window, /i//i pigika- 
 dan wdssdchiyan.
 
 Q 
 
 Quack-doctor, geginawishkid 
 mashkikiwmini. 
 
 Quadruped, naogdded. It is a 
 quadruped, niogdde. 
 
 Quarrel, (/ikandiwin, gikange- 
 loin, gikawidamowin. 
 
 Quarrel ; I quarrel, nin gikange, 
 nin gikawtdam. We quarrel 
 with one another, nin gikan- 
 diniin, nind aiajindendimin. 
 (Kikamew). 
 
 Quarreler, netd-gikawidmig. I 
 am a quarreler, I am quar- 
 relsome, nin nitd - gikawi- 
 dam. 
 
 Quarter; first or last quarter of 
 the moon, gisiss abitdwisi. 
 
 Queen, ogimdkwe, kitchi-ogi- 
 mdkwe. I am a queen, nind 
 ogimdkioeio. I make her a 
 queen, nind ogimdkwewia. 
 
 Quench ; I quench fire, nind 
 dteige. I quench it, nind dtean. 
 
 Question, gagioedweicin, gagw^d- 
 jindiioin. 
 
 Quick ; I walk quick, nin kiji- 
 kd. (Kisiskattew). I walk as 
 quick as I can, nind apisika. 
 
 I am quick in working, etc.^ 
 nin gwashkwes. 
 
 Quicken ; I quicken my hands,. 
 nind abakinindjiicas. I quic- 
 ken my feet, nind abakisidis. 
 It quickens, ahisiicemagad. 
 
 Quickly, kejidin, k6kejidin, ke- 
 kejidine, wewib, ningim. (Ki- 
 yipi or kiyipa). 
 
 Quid oftobacco, agwanendjigan. 
 
 Quiet ; I am quiet in ray 
 thoughts, in my mind, nin 
 bissdnendam, nin nibwdka- 
 dendam. 
 
 Quietly, beka, naegaich. (Peyat- 
 tik). 
 
 Quietude, bisdnabiunn, nibwd- 
 kdwin. 
 
 Quill, migwan. 
 
 Quilt, mawandogwasson, ma- 
 wandogwassowin. 
 
 Quit ; I quit, give up, nind ani- 
 jitam, nind ana w e n dj i g e, 
 (Nagatew). I quit a place 
 entirely, nind dpitchi mddja. 
 I quit him, nin bakeshkawa^ 
 I quit it, nin bakewidon. 
 
 Quiver, pindanican.
 
 R 
 
 Rabbit, wdbos. Young rabbit, 
 VHiboaons. 
 
 Rabbit's berry, wnhnsnmin. 
 
 Ral)bit-ekin, wdho.sowaiaii. 
 
 Rabbit-skin coat, wHbosw^kon. 
 I make a coat of rabbit-skin, 
 nin ivdbosivckonike. 
 
 Race on foot,(/ai/wt'iijikanidiiPin . 
 
 Race in canoes or boats, gag- 
 ipedjikadnoimn. 
 
 Race ; I run a race on foot, nin 
 qagwedjikaj'iwe. I run with 
 hira, Ilia gagwedjikann. We 
 run a race together, nin gag- 
 wedjikanidimin. — 1 run a race 
 in a canoe, nin gngwrdjika- 
 daotve. We run a race in ca- 
 noes, 7iin gadwi'djiktidaamin. 
 
 Rackoon, rssikan. Young rac- 
 koon, e.s.nkaus. 
 
 Rackoon-skin, exsikaniwaian. 
 
 Radish, okddaknns. 
 
 Raft, babindassagan. I niake a 
 raft, nin babindasnaganike. 
 iMittot). 
 
 Rafter, abdjiidk. 
 
 Rage, violent anger, kiichi nish- 
 kddisiwin. 
 
 Ragged ; I am ragge<i, nin nin- 
 siwegodjin. 
 
 Rags, wiiagas-siiman. (Matchi- 
 konile). 
 
 Rail for a fence, mitchikamiko- 
 bidjigandfig, mitchikandiig. 
 
 Rai 1-road , biwdbi ko-m i kana . 
 
 Rail-road car, ishkote-odCibdn, 
 (fire-carriage.) 
 
 Rain, gimiwan. Rain coming 
 from tlie north, west, etc. s! 
 North. West, etc. — I walk or 
 travel in rain, in rainy wea- 
 ther, nin gimiwanishka. I 
 embark or start in a canoe in 
 rain, nin gimiwanibos. — I tra- 
 vel in a canoe or boat in rain, 
 niti giiniu'itnaam. 
 
 Rain; it rains, _7(m/H'a7i. It be- 
 gins to rain, tnddjibi.ssa, pa- 
 pdnginibisKU. It rains a little, 
 awanibistia. It rains hard, 
 kitchi gimiwan. The rain \\s 
 heard, niadwt'bi.tsa. Showers 
 of rain are passing by, baba- 
 m'lhissa It rains liy intervals, 
 Idfdwibi.ssu. The rain is cold, 
 takibissa. It rains no more, 
 i!f/iktpdbinsa. 
 
 Rainbow, nagwi-idb, odagwani- 
 bi.ssan. i Pisimweyabiy). 
 
 Raindeer, atik. Young raindeer, 
 atikon.H. 
 
 Rain-water, gimiwandbn. 
 
 Raise ; I raise him from the 
 dead, nin abitcfiibaa. I raise 
 jnyself from the dead, nin 
 (ibitrhibaidiH. (Apisisiniew). 
 
 Raisin, /owj/j, bate-jomin, baid- 
 tigjomin. 
 
 Rake, binakirdtt, bimikwaigan, 
 ni<twiin<ldshk(iig<tn. 
 
 Rake; I rake, nin pinakwaige. 
 1 rake hay togetiier, nin ma- 
 wnndiishkaige. 
 
 lUim, nabc-manuihtaniah.
 
 RAT 
 
 — 2or, — 
 
 REA 
 
 Ramble, rambling, babamonse- 
 in'n, babamadisiwin ; giwaa- 
 disiwin. 
 
 ilainblo; I ramble, nin hahd- 
 mosse, nin babdmadis, nin 
 qiwaadis. 
 
 Ram rod , jishibanac/idjigan. 
 
 Rancid ; it is rancid, iin., an.) 
 saiesnin, sateshin. It looks r., 
 [in., an.) satenagwad ; saienor 
 go.si. It tastes r., (in., an.) 
 satepogioad ; satepogosi. (Sas- 
 tesiw). 
 
 Rancor, bitchinaioesiwin. I keep 
 rancor, nin bitchinawes. (Ki- 
 sistakewin). 
 
 Rancor. Rancorous.— S. Anger. 
 
 Random ; at random, j^agtvana. 
 
 Rapid or rapids in a river, bd- 
 witig. There is a rapid, or 
 there are rapids, Icijidjiwan. 
 (Kisiskatjiwan) The rapids 
 are long, ginodjiwan. There 
 is a strong rap. over rocks, 
 l-akabikedjiwan. In the mid- 
 dle of a r., nawddjiwan. Along 
 the rap. of a river, tchigddji- 
 wan. 
 
 Rapids of St. Mary, (Sault de 
 Ste-Marie,) Bawiting. 
 
 Rasp, mitigo-sisibodjigan. 
 
 Rasp; I rasp wood, mitig nin 
 sissibodon. I rasp a board, 
 nabagissag nin sissibona. 
 
 Raspberry, miskwimin, misko- 
 min. Flat raspberry, Ja^rosA- 
 kimin. 
 
 Raspberry bush, miskwiminaga- 
 ivanj. 
 
 Rat , kitc?n-tcaumbigonodji.(SVat- 
 ja.sk). 
 
 Rather, nindawa, nindawdtch. ; 
 enabigis. 
 
 Ratified; it is rat., songitcM- 
 gdde. 
 
 Ratify; I ratify it, nin songiton. 
 Rattle, jishigwan. 
 Rattle ; it rattles, jinawemagad, 
 jinawissemagad. I make it 
 
 rattle, nin jinawiwebinan. 
 Rattle-snake, jinawe, jishigwe. 
 
 A kind of rattle-snake, miti- 
 
 gojishigwe. 
 Rattling in the throat, madwi- 
 
 gatninoivin. A rattling is 
 
 lieard in my throat, nin mad- 
 
 uiegamis. 
 Raven, kagdgi. Raven's beak, 
 
 kagdgiwikoj. 
 Ravine ; there is a ravine, pas- 
 
 sakamiga. (Pasatchaw). 
 Raw ; it is raw, (in., an.) ash- 
 kin ; a.shkini. I eat raw, nind 
 
 a.shk)b. I eat it raw, (in., an.) 
 
 nind ashkandan ; nind ash- 
 
 kama. 
 Raw fish, (also, fresh fish, not 
 
 salted,) ashkigigo. 
 Raw meat, (also fresh meat, not 
 
 salted,) ashkiwiiass. 
 Razor, gashkibddjigan. 
 Reach ; I reach him (her, it,) 
 
 nin debina, nin d^bishkawa ; 
 
 nin debinan, nin debishkan. 
 
 "We reach one another, nin de- 
 
 bishkodadimin. I cannot 
 
 reach him, (her, it,) nin non- 
 
 dena, 7iin ndicina, nin nandwi- 
 
 na. 
 Reach, (arrive ;) I reach him, 
 
 (her, it,) nind odissa,nin odi- 
 
 tan. 
 Reached ; I am reached by the 
 
 water, nin moshkaog. 
 Reach forth ; I reach forth after 
 
 him, (her, iti nin mawinana ; 
 
 nin mawinado7i. 
 Read ; I read, tiin wdbandan 
 
 masinaigan. I can read, 7iin 
 
 nissitawinan masinaigan. I
 
 REC 
 
 207 
 
 RED 
 
 read it aloud, nin ndhowadan. 
 Header, waidbandang masinai- 
 
 [/an. 
 Reap ; I reap, nin mama. 
 Reaping, mamdwin. 
 Reaping-hook , kislikashliijigan. 
 Reason, nihwdkdwin, inendamo- 
 
 win. 
 Reason, (cause,) iic wendji-doda- 
 ming, icendji-rjiwehak. With- 
 out reason, aiiis/id, biiiisikd. 
 (Pii<onata, or, konata). For 
 such a reason, mi wendji-... 
 (Eokotchl). 
 Reasonable ; I aiureas., ninnih- 
 
 wdka. 
 Reasonable man ,nibicdkmoinini . 
 Reasonable ])erson, nebwdkad. 
 Reborn ; I am reborn, nind and- 
 
 jinig. 
 Rebound; I rebound, (it re- 
 bounds,) falling, iiin gioaah- 
 kwealiin, nin (/wa.s/tktveidbiki- 
 sse ; gwashkwessin, gwash- 
 kweiabikissemagdd. 
 Receive ; I receive liini, (her, it,) 
 nind oddpina ; nindoddpinan. 
 I receive a letter, nin bidjibia- 
 mago, maninaigan nind odis- 
 sigon. 
 Recent, oshki-.... 
 R e c e u 1 1 y J nOinaia, anomaia. 
 
 (Anotch ikke). 
 Reciprocally, memeshkwai. 
 
 (Manieskutch). 
 Recognize; I recognize people, 
 nin nissitawinnge. I rec. hiin, 
 (her, it,) nin nissildwina, nin 
 nissitdwenima ; nin nis.sHd- 
 winan, nin nissitdwenddn. 
 Recollect ; I try to recollect 
 him, (her, it,) nin nandamik- 
 wenima; nin nankamikwen- 
 dan. 
 Recommeud; I recommend, /tm 
 
 gagikinge, nind aiangwamige, 
 nind aiangwamifdgos. I rec. 
 him to do s. th., nind ang- 
 mamima, nind aiangicaniinia. 
 I rec. him s. th., (in tlioughts) 
 nind. aiangwamenima. I rec. 
 it to myself, nind aiangioame- 
 nindis. (Akamimew). 
 Recommendation, aiangwamita- 
 gosiwin, gagikiagewin, gagi- 
 kimliwin. 
 Recompense ; I rec, nin dibaa- 
 mdge. I rec. him, nia dibaa- 
 mdwa, nin napanona. 
 Reconcile ; I rec. myself with 
 him, nin bonigidetawa, nin 
 bonendamawa, nin minn gano- 
 na. We get reconciled with 
 each otiier, nin bonigideiadi- 
 min, nin inino ganonidimin. — 
 I reconcile him to somebody, 
 nind inmcendaa, nin mino 
 inawendaa. 
 Recover ; I recover my senses, 
 (after fainting,) nind (djLsiwis, 
 nind dbisi.shin, nind dbi.siwen- 
 dam. I recover from my fear, 
 nin borne. I rec. from my sick- 
 ness, nin nodjiin, nind dbi.si- 
 H'ddis. I make liim rec, nin 
 nodjimoa- (Apisisin). 
 Recovering, recovery, (from 
 
 sickness,) nodjinwioin. 
 Red ; I am (it is| red, nin miakos ; 
 7>ii.ikwu, miskwamagad. It is 
 red, painted red, (in, an.) 
 mi.fkonigddc ; ini.'ikonigd.fo. It 
 is red; metal, in., nii.skwdbi- 
 kad ; metal, an., miskwabi- 
 ki.'<i ; stuti', in., niiskwcgad ; 
 stuti", an., miskwegi.-<i ; wood, 
 in., minkosnaginigade ; wood, 
 an., mi.fkossaginigdso. 
 Red-barked twig, mi.skwdbimij. 
 Red bird, natc/iinanianessi. 
 14
 
 REE 
 
 — 208 
 
 REG 
 
 Redliri'ast, (tiird,) memiskendini- 
 imiiujaneski. 
 
 Red carp, (Hsh,) miskwanebin. 
 
 Red cedar, miskwawak. There 
 are red cedar, mixkwaionknka. 
 In a place wliere there are red 
 cedar8, minkwa wakokang. 
 
 Red chxy, inisktvdbigan. 
 
 Red ckith, miskicegiu. 
 
 Red flannel, mukiodhigin. 
 
 Red-head, (a person with red 
 hair,) mu-kwdnd'ib, meskwdn- 
 d'lbed. I have a red head, ain 
 niiskivdndibe, (miskondibe.) 
 
 Red-hot; (metal, in., an.)misk- 
 wdbikide ; miskwdbikisi. I 
 jnake it red-hot, (m., aii.) nin 
 riiiskwabikisan ; nin miskwa- 
 bikidwa. 
 
 Red-hot coal?, akakanje, misk- 
 wakinje, ( miskokinje.) 
 
 Red Lake, Miakwdwdkokan. 
 
 Red liquid, iniskwdgami. 
 
 Redoubt, lodkaigan. 
 
 Red River, Miskwdgammi-sibi. 
 
 Red Sea, Miskwdgimiwi-kitcM- 
 gami. 
 
 Red-stone, miskivassin. 
 
 Red-stone, pipe or calumet, mis- 
 kivassin opwdgan. 
 
 Reduce in boiling; I reduce, 
 ivind iskiqamisige. ilkkaga- 
 misara). I red. it, (diminish 
 it,) by boiling, nind iskiga- 
 misan. Place where they re- 
 duce maple-sap, iskigamisi- 
 gan. Woman that reduces 
 maple-sap, iskigamisigekwe. 
 
 Reduced by boiling ; it is red., 
 iskigamidemagad. 
 
 Reducing by boiling, iskigami- 
 sigewin. 
 
 Reed, obiicaiashkina ; wim- 
 bashk; assdganashk. 
 
 Reed for mats, apakweshkwai, 
 
 anakanashk,kitchigamiwashk, 
 I cut reed for male, nin ma- 
 nashkossiice. 
 
 Reel, ubaodjigan, titibaodjigan. 
 
 Reflect; I reflect, nin dibewa- 
 gendam, nin minonendam, nin 
 mitonendam, nin nanagata- 
 wendo.m, nin waweaendam. 
 
 Reflection, nanngataicendamo- 
 win, dihewagen'hnnoicin 
 
 Reflection upon one's self, nana- 
 gatawenindisowin. 
 
 Reform ; I reform or alter it, 
 [in., an.) nind andjiton ; nind 
 andjia. 
 
 Refrain ; I ref., nin mindjimini- 
 dis, nin nagdidis, nin naga- 
 nidis. 
 
 Refraining, minidjimindisowin. 
 
 Refuge, ininijimowin. I take re- 
 fuge, nind ojim, 7iin bi-ojim. I 
 take refuge to him, nin bi- 
 nadjinijima, 7iin nddenima. I 
 take ref. to some place, nind 
 ininijim, nind nddjinijitn, 
 nind. apdgis. We take ref. to 
 some place, nind apdidimin, 
 nin nddjinijimomin. (Nata- 
 mototawew). 
 
 Refuse ; I refuse to take him, 
 (her, it,) nin miwia, nin miiri- 
 na; nin miwiton, nin iniwinati. 
 (A.<;senew). 
 
 Regeneration, aiidjinigiwin. 
 
 Regret, kashkendamowin, aiajei- 
 endamowin. 
 
 Regret; I regret, nin kn,'>hken- 
 dain, nin mindjinawes ; nind 
 aiajeiendam. I regret to have 
 lost him, (her, it,) nin mindu- 
 denima ; nin mindadendan. 
 (Mitatam). 
 
 Regrettul , mindjinaiceiadaka- 
 mig. (Kesinatakamik). 
 
 Regulation, indkonigewin.
 
 REL 
 
 — 209 — 
 
 REM 
 
 Reign ; T reign, nind or/hnmr, 
 nind oyimdkandaioe, ning ogi- 
 makandariffe, nind ogimdkan- 
 gamage. It reigns, vgimdkan- 
 damdgemagad I reign over 
 him, (her, it,) nind ogimdkan- 
 dawa, nind agimdkandamuwa; 
 nind ofiimdkaadan. 
 
 Reject: \ reject, nin wrbinige, 
 nin pagidiuge. I reject him, 
 (her, it, (ninwcbina, nin pagi- 
 denima; nin wcbinan, nin pa- 
 gidcndan. We reject each 
 otlier, nin webinidimin, nin 
 bakeidimin. 
 
 Reject ; I am (it is) rejected, Mm 
 webi'.dgun, nin naninawcnda- 
 gon ; loeblnigndc, naninawen- 
 dagumd. (Assenikatew). 
 
 Rejected person, abandoned, we- 
 binigan, [an.) 
 
 Rejected thing, wcbimgan, {in.) 
 
 Rejoice ; I rejoice, nin bdpine- 
 nim (Miviiwatam). I make 
 him rejoice, nin bapinenimoa. 
 I rejoice in tht)iights, nin ba- 
 pinendani. I niakc iiim rej. 
 mth., nin bapincadumoa. 
 
 Rejoicing, bapinenimowin, bapi- 
 nendamowin , wawijendanin- 
 win. (Miyawatamowiii). 
 
 Rejc^ice with ; 1 rej. with liiin, 
 nin tvidjonwafpma. 
 
 Relapse, aje-s.sewin. 
 
 ReUipse, ; I rel., nin njes.te. T 
 re), in sicicness, nind dndjine. 
 
 Relation, relative, inawanagan, 
 maweM(Ztf(/a/t.(Wakkoniagan I. 
 He is a relation of mine, nind 
 inaw^mo. (Wakkomew). We 
 are relations to each other, 
 nind inawendimin- I make 
 him a relative to somebody, 
 nind inawendaa. 
 
 Relationsliip, inaicendiwin. 
 
 Relax ; I relax, nind ajr.'i.se. 
 
 Relaxation, ajc-i-feivin. 
 
 Release ; I release him, (her, it,) 
 nin pagidina, nin pagi.nkawa; 
 nin pagidinan, nin pagisikan. 
 It releases me, nin pagisika- 
 gon. 
 
 Released ; I am rel., nin pagi- 
 denddgo.f. nin pagidjain. 
 
 Religion, anamiewin ijiiwdwin. 
 Indian religion ani.shindbe- 
 ijiiwdwin. i A3'amihawin i. 
 
 Religious, (pious;)! am rel., nin 
 sonqanamin. (Ayamihewati- 
 siw). 
 
 Reluctance ; with rel., kitwen. 
 (Kittvvam). 
 
 Remain ; I remain somewhere, 
 nind ishkioi. I remain, (I am 
 left or spared,) nind ishkwnsse. 
 It remains, i.'i/ikirns.^einaf/ad. 
 — I remain around him, (lier, 
 it,) nin ivdkaikawd ; nin lod- 
 kaikan. 
 
 Remain ; I remain, \ refuse to 
 go, nin gldjika.t (Kitisimow). 
 
 Remai nder, biiriJigan,ti.s/iko.s:'ieg. 
 
 Remaining ; I have some of it 
 remaining, {in., an.) nind ish- 
 kwa.s.sitiin ; nind ifihkwa.^hima . 
 
 Remark : 1 remark him, (her, 
 it,) nin kikinuwadeninui ; nin 
 kikinawadendan. (Pisiskaba- 
 mew.) 
 
 Remarkal)le ; it is rem., kikina~ 
 iiHidad. In a remarkable man- 
 ner, kikinawddj. (Kiskino- 
 wiUeyittaicwan). 
 
 Remedy, ma.s/ikiki, nandndawi- 
 owin. 
 
 Remember: I rememl>er, nin 
 mikwindas.s-, nin mikwendam, 
 nin iniktccndjige. (Kiskisiw). 
 I rem. him, (lier, it,) nin mik- 
 wenima, nin mikaicinan, nin.
 
 REN 
 
 — 210 — 
 
 HEP 
 
 miktoendan, nin mikawin, nin 
 mindjiirendan. I rem. him 
 (her, it) well, ninhi.nskenhna; 
 nin bhsiskendan. (Kiskisoto- 
 tawewV I rem. him (her, it) 
 strongly, nin mu^hkawiiuind- 
 jimeiiinia ; nin ntas/ikuwi- 
 niiniJJiniendan. — I make him 
 romemher it, nin wiktv^nda- 
 mia, nin mikaivuma. 
 Remem beri ng, in ikwendamoicin , 
 
 mikwc)idas.-i<)win. 
 Remiiul ; I remind him of s. th., 
 nin niikaiccuna. (Miskawaso- 
 nu'w). 
 Remnant of a board, ishkohod- 
 jiyan. Remnant after cuttinj' 
 a coat, etc, ishkoJi(/an. I 
 Jeave a remnant, Jiind i.'ihko- 
 Ji</c. Remnant after cutting, 
 ishkdndjiijan. I leave a rem- 
 nant, nind isliwdndjige. 
 Removal, goaiwin. 
 Remove ; 1 remove him, (her, 
 it,) nind ikona ; nind ikonan. 
 I remove it for him, nind iko- 
 nawii, nind ikonaniawa. 
 Removed ; I am (it is) rem.,nmcZ 
 
 ikoniijas ; ikoniijdde. 
 Removed from otKce ; I am rem., 
 nin bi(/oshku, nind ishkwa- 
 anoniyu. 
 Rend ; it reiKU,2)dssikanictgad. 
 Render ; 1 render him a tJervice, 
 nin dodnwa. I render him evil 
 for evil, nind ajedibaamawa 
 maianadak. (Abatjihew). 
 Rendez-vous; I promise to come 
 to a rendez-vous, nin kikinge. 
 I promise him a rendez-vous, 
 nin kikima. We promise each 
 other a ren., nin kikindiniin. 
 Mutual promise of a ren., ki- 
 kindiwin. Promise to come to a 
 ren., kikingewin. (Kiskimow). 
 
 Renounce ; I renounce liim, Iher, 
 it, I nin pdgidenima ; nin pa- 
 gidendun. (Assenew). 
 Reno \v n, vhiw indaganeiiiic in, 
 uiiiwindjigadcwin. Good re- 
 nown, minn ivawindrigunesi- 
 win, mini) waivindjigddewin. 
 Renowned ; I am ren., nin wd- 
 ivindagane.s, nind aiadjimigo- 
 wi.s. 
 Rent ; it is rent, kishkika. 
 Renunciation, pugidendamowin. 
 Rejjair ; I repair, nanditcliige, 
 nin nanui.s.silchige. I repair 
 it, (in., an.) nin nanditon, nin 
 nanaisniton ; nin nandina, 
 nin nandisliima. 
 Repair; (restore ;i I repair it, 
 (in., an) nin nodjimoton; nin 
 nodjimoa. 
 Repair, (sewing ;) I repair, sew- 
 ing, nin icawekwadusn. I re- 
 pair it, (in., an.) nin wuwek- 
 wadan : nin w dw ekic a n a. 
 (Misaliwew). 
 Repairing, reparation, nandito- 
 
 w in , n a n a i.f.sifo win . 
 Repay ; I repay liim, nind aje- 
 dibaamawa, nind ajidawa. I 
 repay it, nind ujedibaan. 
 Repeat ; I repeat, ndssab nind 
 ikkif, nd.ssab nin dibddjim. I 
 repeat his words, nind anika- 
 notawa, nind iiwtawa, nin na- 
 hinoiawa. I repeat old say- 
 ings, nind ajeiadjim. (Nanas- 
 pilottawew). 
 Repeatedly, naningim, sasdgwa- 
 
 na, ndssab. Kiikitwam). 
 Repeated word, nassab-ikkito- 
 
 icin. 
 Repeating of old sayings, ajeiad- 
 
 jimowin. 
 Repent; I repent, nind dndwe- 
 nindis, nin mindjinaices. I
 
 REP 
 
 — 211 — 
 
 RES 
 
 repent in thouglit«, nind an- 
 toeicndam, nin viiii'Iiiiuurel- 
 endam. (Kesinateyimis-uw). 
 
 Repentance, repenting, amoenin- 
 d i .1 o 10 i n, mindiinaiceshoiii. 
 (Kesinateyiniisuwin) 
 
 R e p n ti n g person, penitent, 
 aianwenindisod. 
 
 Replace ; I replace it, (in., an.) 
 nin ndbi.s-.iiion ; nin ndbishi- 
 via. (Attastaw). 
 
 Report, dibudjiinowin. Report 
 b r u g h t, bidddjimnwin . I 
 bring a rep, nin bitddjim 
 Good report, minwddjimowin. 
 1 tell a good rep., ninminwud- 
 jini. Bad report, mdnddji- 
 mowin. 
 
 Representation, aiceic/iif/nn. I 
 make a rep., nind awe(c/ii(/e. 
 
 Reprimand ; I reprimand, nind 
 anweninye, nind uiawiwe. I 
 rep. him, 7iindanweni>na,nind 
 aidwa, nin nanibikimn. — I r<;p 
 him with hard words, nind 
 animima. I rejyriniand myself, 
 nind dnwenimli-'^. (Kitotew). 
 
 Reprimanding, aidirin, aiawidi- 
 win, (iiiwenindiirin. 
 
 Reproach, (cold;) I rep. for such 
 a rea.son, nind on-wnr/e. I rep. 
 him for a certain reason, nind 
 onsnma I reproacli or scold 
 in regard to my children,n?;KZ 
 oiisoindwa.ss. — I rejjroach him 
 in a certain manner, nindino- 
 pincnut. (Ataweyittamawew). 
 
 Reproaeliable ; my oondncf or 
 behavior i.'* repr., nind dnwcn- 
 dagos. It is.rej)r., dnwi'ndag- 
 wad. (Ataweyiltakwan). 
 
 Reprove ; I reprove hi.s condnct, 
 nind anwenima. I reprove 
 myself, nind anicenindis 
 
 Repudiate ; I repudiate h e r. 
 
 (him.) nin bakrwina, nin ha- 
 kiahkawa. 
 
 Repudiation, bakSwidiwin, ba- 
 k^shkodudiwin. 
 
 Roqno?t,])ar/o.'ieendamowin, nan- 
 doiamowin, nanandomoicin, 
 n ando taniagewin. 
 
 Request , I request, nin nando- 
 tam, nin nand< damage, nin 
 pagos.^endam. I request him, 
 nin nanddoma, nin nandota- 
 maica. 
 
 Require ; I require it, nin nnn- 
 doidn. 
 
 liesen\h[ance,inabaminagosiwin. 
 (Nanaspitiituwin). 
 
 Resemble ; I resemble him. 
 nindinama. I resemble to..., 
 nind inabaminagos. I make 
 him, (her, it) resemble to..., 
 nind inabaminagwiu, nind 
 awetchigcnan ; nind inabami- 
 nagwiton, nind awetchigen. 
 (Na.spitawew).. 
 
 Resembling; lam (it is) resem- 
 bling..., nd.ssab nind ijindgos... 
 nd.ssab ijinagwad. 
 
 Reserve, s. ishkonignn. 
 
 Reserve ; I reserve, nind i.<thkd- 
 nige. I reserve him, (her, it,) 
 nind ishknna ; nind i.s/ikonan. 
 I res. it to him, nind i.s/ikana- 
 mama. I res. it to jue, nind 
 iahknnama.'i. 
 
 Resolve ; I resolve, nin gigen- 
 dam, nin g'ljenindis. I resolve 
 firn)iy, nin fioni/cnddni, nin 
 ma.thkdwenddin. I res. it (irm- 
 ly, nin .songi'nddn. 
 
 Resolved; I am (irndy re.solved, 
 nin webendam, nind dpitchi 
 toebendam 
 
 Resolvedly, pdkair/i. 
 
 Resolution, gijendamowin. Firm 
 resolution, songcndamoicin,
 
 RES 
 
 — 212 — 
 
 REV 
 
 ma.s/ikatren(ht7)ioiri II ■ I inako 
 or liave ii firm res., nin noh- 
 
 fendum, nin mas/ikawendani. 
 make him take or have a 
 rirm res., 7im songendamia, 
 nin mashkaicendumia, nin 
 maahkaii'ima, nin sonyideesh- 
 Jcawenima. 
 
 Resound ; I make resound my 
 voice, nin passweiceshin. I re- 
 sound, jju.s.swewe, pasawewes- 
 sin. I make it resound, nin 
 passweicefon (Matwewesin ) . 
 
 Respect, dabandendamowin , kit- 
 chiticuwenindiwin. (Kisteyi- 
 niiwewin). 
 
 Respect; I respect him, (her, it,) 
 iiin manadjia, nin kitcki api- 
 tenima, nin kitcJritwawenima, 
 nin dabandenima ; niu munad- 
 jitvn, nin kitciti apitendun, 
 nin kifcMiwaicendan, nin da- 
 handendan. We respect one 
 another, nin kiichiiwaweniiv- 
 dimin, nin manddjiidimin. 
 
 Respectable ; I am (it is) resp., 
 considered resp., nin dabddis, 
 nin gokwadis, nin gnkwaden- 
 dagos, n i n dabandendagos, 
 nin gikadendagos. 
 
 Respiration, nesseivin, pagida- 
 niunowin. I take respiration, 
 nin nesse, nin pagidanam. I 
 have a quick resp., nin dadd- 
 iabanum. (Yeyewin). I have 
 a heavy oppressed resp., nin 
 gindjidanam. 
 
 Resplendant ; I am resp , nin 
 wds.sria.t. 
 
 Rest, anicebiirin. Day of rest, 
 onwebiwin i-gijigad. ( Ayowe- 
 biwin). 
 
 Rest ; I rest myself, nin dnweb 
 (Ayowebiw). I make him 
 rest, nind anwebia. I rest or 
 
 repose, lying down, nind an- 
 ice.s/iim. — The bird rests on..., 
 agosi bineshi. 
 
 Resting-place in a portage, pa- 
 gidjiwanan. 
 
 Resurrection, dbitchibdwin. Re- 
 surrection-day, dbitchibawini- 
 gijigad. (Apisisin). 
 
 Return; I return, (go back 
 again,) ?nH giu-e, nind ajegiwe. 
 I return the same day, nin 
 biskaki. I return running, 
 yiin giwibato, nin biskabato. I 
 think to return home, nin gi- 
 w&iendam. I return home, 
 with s. th. to eat, nin giiceia- 
 bowe. I return to my native 
 place or country, nin giiccki. 
 
 Return, (repay ;) 7iin dibaamage, 
 nind ajemigiwe. I return it to 
 him, nind ajenamawa, nind 
 aji'dibaamawa. 
 
 Re-unite : we re-unite, neidb nin 
 nasikodadimin. 
 
 Reveal ; I reveal it, ni/i7H/;i.«Aa- 
 tcissiton. It is revealed, miji- 
 shau'issifchigdde. 
 
 Revenge, ajidawaaicin, ajidawi- 
 U'in. In revenge, ajida. 
 
 Revenge ; I revenge m y s e 1 f, 
 nind ajidawaige. (Abelunv). I 
 revenge myself on him, \ni)i 
 ajidawaa. I revenge myself 
 on him in words, nind ajida- 
 niawa. (Naskwahwew). 
 
 Revere ; I rev. him, (her, it,) nin 
 manadjia, nin kiichiiwaiccni- 
 ma ; nin manddjiton, nin Mt- 
 chiticaicendan. 
 
 Revered ; I am (it is) revered, 
 nin kitchiticdwendugos ; kit- 
 chiiicawenddgicad. 
 
 Revile ; I revile, nind inapinen- 
 dam, nin bapijitce. I revile 
 him, (her, it,) niri bapijima,
 
 RICx 
 
 213 
 
 RIS 
 
 nind inapinema ; nin bapijin- 
 dan, nindindpinendan. (Kop- 
 patjihew). 
 
 Eevive; I revive, (after fainting,) 
 nind dbisin/nn. It revives, 
 abinisin()ma<jud. 
 
 Revolver of three, four, sixl>ar- 
 rels, ndshkiaigans nessoshkak, 
 nanxliknk, n eiu/ohcassoskak. 
 
 Rliuliarh, wfibado. 
 
 Rib, opiffef/ana7na. My,tliy,his 
 rib, nipi<je(jan,kipiye(jun,opi- 
 gegan. 
 
 Ribbon, riband, senibd. 
 
 Rib of a canoe, etc., wdgina. 
 
 Rice, wabaiiomiii. 
 
 Ricli ; I am rich, nin dun, nin 
 kilclri flan, nin wrinadis. I 
 make him rich, nin dania, nin 
 wdnadisin. ( Weyotisi w) . 
 
 Riche.s, ddniwin, kitchi duniwin, 
 todnadi.siwin. 
 
 Rich, weahliy iier.«oii, kefchi- 
 diinid. 
 
 Riih' ; I riile in a carriage or 
 sleigh, nind odubanigo, nin 
 b(il>amil>iiii/o. I ride on horse- 
 back, brhcjii/nf/anji nin binio- 
 miij. (Tettapiwi. 
 
 Rider, bemoniiijod belicjir/ogdn- 
 jin, bebamomitjod bcbcjigof/nn- 
 jin. 
 
 Ritlge ; tliere is a narrow ridge 
 uf a iiioiiii(aiii, imhrdina. 
 
 Ridiculed ; I make it ridiculed, 
 (?■/)., an.) nin hapiinniowinilfin; 
 nid b(t])iUini(>trinik('n(in. 
 
 Ridiculer, nts/tibapiutnltin;/. 
 
 Right, i/wai(ik, wrwrni, kitrlii, 
 d})Hr'ii, nis.sitd. It is rigiit, 
 considered rigiil, (//*., <iii.) 
 </ir<ii(ikii'('itddi/ir(id, i/iiuiidk. 
 wcndnijosi. I con-ider liim, 
 (her, it) riglit, just, nin (/trai. 
 ■akwiinima ; nin ywaiahwni. 
 
 dan. I put it right, (horizon- 
 tally,) nin gicaiakwissidon, 
 igwuiakos.iidon . ] 
 
 Right, (not left,) kitchi; debani. 
 — Right hand, foot, etc. S. 
 Hand. Foot, etc. 
 
 Righteous; lam righteous, nin 
 nibwdka. I am righteous 6e- 
 fore him, nin nibwukaban- 
 dawa. 
 
 Ring or bracelet round the wrist, 
 undn. 
 
 Ring the bell ; I ring, nin )nad- 
 wesaitchige. (Sisowepitchi- 
 kew). I ring it, nin madwcs- 
 sHon, nin /ewc.s.s-f'kaan. It 
 ring.-, madwcHisin, niadicewe. I 
 ring or strike tlie bell only on 
 one side, nin nribanr-wdn'asi- 
 tan. The bell is struck only 
 on one side, totakwtwessin ki- 
 totdgan. (Sisowepitavv sisowe- 
 yAganK 
 
 Riot, nishigiwanisiwin, ombd- 
 .sondiu'in. 
 
 Riot ; I riot, nin ni.shigiwanis, 
 nind mnbd.<tnnge. 
 
 Rip; 1 rip it, (//(.; an.) nindabi- 
 jun, nin gakikijan ; nind abij- 
 wa, nin gakikijica, I rip 
 him, nin bagtradjina. 
 
 Rijie ; I am ripe, nin gijig. It is 
 ripe, (//( , an.) ad He, wdbide. 
 gijigin, gijiniagad, giji.'<^in ; 
 adisso, wdbi.so, gijigi. It is 
 very ri]H', (in., an.) jigwande ; 
 jigiran.so. 
 
 Ripe fruits, edHcgin. 
 
 Ripped ; it is ripped, ;;«A/A-i.v/*A-a. 
 
 Rise; 1 rise from the dead, nind 
 dbilrliiba. 
 
 Rise i)oiling; it rises, nmbiga- 
 mid)'. I nuiUe rise boiling, 
 nind nmbigamisigc. 1 mak 
 it rise up, nind ombiyamisan.
 
 no A 
 
 — 214 — 
 
 ROC 
 
 Rise on high; I rise, (it rises) on 
 high, nind omhishka ; omhish- 
 K-amngad. I rise up briskly, 
 nind onishkahaio. 
 
 Rise up, sitting; I rise up, 
 n i n p a s i y lo i. I make 
 liini, (her, it) rise up, nin pa- 
 si iiwiu ; Ilia pasif/iaiionA rise 
 up quickly or hriskly, ninpa- 
 sigwindjisse. I rise up with 
 him, mil widjipasigwimu. 
 
 Rising ground ; there is a rising 
 ground, aiiibckumiga. (Oppat- 
 chaw). 
 
 Risk ; I risk, nind iniweidii. 
 (Webinuw). 
 
 River, .sibi. The river is large 
 or wide, mangitigweia siOi. 
 The river is sniall or narrow, 
 agutisitigweia sibi. The river 
 is so wide, igigotigweia sibi. 
 
 The river is dark-colored, 
 (black,) makatewagainitig- 
 weia sibi. The river divides, 
 hakctigweia sibi. The river 
 splits out in two or more 
 branches, ningHawitigweia 
 sibi. Placp where a river 
 splits, niitgiiawitigiceiag. The 
 river turns round, giwiiaiig- 
 iveia sibi. The river has an 
 entrance, pindjidawamagad 
 sibi. It is the end of the river, 
 tPiiiekwatigweia sibi. 
 
 River-net, sibiivassdb. 
 
 Rivet ; I rivet, nin biskadaige. 
 I rivet it, (in., an.] nin biska- 
 daan ; nin biskadawa. 
 
 Riveted ; it is riveted, (in., aii.) 
 biskadaigdde ; bishadaigdso. 
 
 Rivet-hammer, biskadaigan. 
 
 Rivulet, sibiivishc. 
 
 Road, mikana, mikan. Public 
 road, large road, kitchi mika- 
 na. On or in the road, meg- 
 
 w<':kana, maidwikana. On this 
 side of the road, ondass inaki- 
 kana. On the other side of 
 the road, icedi inakekana. — 
 The road comes from..., on- 
 damo mikana. The road leads 
 to..., inamo mikana — I make 
 a road, nin mikanake. I make 
 liim a road, nin mikanakawa. 
 I make him a road straight, 
 nin gwaiukomotaica. I make 
 liim a road so..., nind inamO' 
 tau'u. I make a road even or 
 level, nind onadamoton mika- 
 na. I repair a road, nin na- 
 ndadamoton mikana, nin wa- 
 irenadamofon mikana. — The 
 road is crooked, wawashkamo 
 mikana. The road is even or 
 level, onakamigamo mikana. 
 The road is large or wide, 
 mangadcmo mikana. The road 
 is small or narrow, aga.'^sade- 
 mo mikana. — The road splits 
 out, naningitawamo mikana. 
 
 Roast ; I roast, nind abwe (Na- 
 watjiw). I roast it, {in., an.) 
 nindabu'en ; nind abwenan. I 
 roast Indian corn, nind abwd- 
 mine. I roast an ear of Indian 
 corn, nind agwdtigwe. 
 
 Roasted ear of Indian corn, ab- 
 wdtigwan. 
 
 Rob : i rol >, n in m akandio e. 
 (Maskattwew). I rob him, nin. 
 makamd. I rob it, take it by 
 force, [in., an.) nin makand- 
 wen ; nin makandwenan. 
 
 Robber, m aka n dice win in i. 
 
 Robbery, robbing, makandwe- 
 icin. 
 
 Rock, djibik. On the rock, ogi- 
 ddbit^:, ogiddbikang. Under 
 the rock, anamdjibik. There 
 is a perpendicular rock, kish
 
 ROL 
 
 — 215 — 
 
 ROS 
 
 kubika. In a place wliere 
 tliere is a perp. rock, kishhd- 
 bikanq. There is a steep rock, 
 passabika. In a place where 
 there is a fteep rock, passd- 
 bikantj. The rock is wet, ni- 
 hiwabikamdyad. — I make a 
 hollow in a rock, niii wimbd- 
 hikana <ijihik. 
 
 liock ; I rock him, nin tchitchi- 
 bakona. 1 rock m3'self, nin 
 wcwehis 
 
 R(jcking-chair, ivewebisoni-apd- 
 biirin . 
 
 Rock island, minissdbik. 
 
 ]{ocky ; it is rocky, ujihikoka. 
 
 Rocky Mountains, Aaaini-wad- 
 Jiw. I Stone-mountain. I 
 
 Ro<^l ; little rod or twig, kibins, 
 mitif/ons. 
 
 Roe, wak. Roe, eggs of fish, 
 oii(/, otiyway. 
 
 Rogue, matclii aidirish. I am a 
 rogue, nin match i-aiaawishiw , 
 nin mamandcssandis. 
 
 Roll, (on rollers \) I roil, nin ti- 
 tib(ikassci/c/iiyc. I roll it, («;(., 
 an) nin tiiibakosHaticadan ; 
 nin iitibakossaficann. — It rolls 
 (a canoe, etc.) aidnibesse. 
 
 Roll about ; I roll ahout, lying, 
 nin tiiibita, nin iitibis/timon, 
 nin yioekwenibita. 
 
 Roll away ; I roll away s. th., 
 nin titibiniye. I roll him, (her, 
 it) away, nin iitibina ; nin ti- 
 tibinan. I roll it away for 
 him, nin iitibinamauHi. 
 
 Roll down : I roll him (her, it) 
 down, nin iifibibina ; nin titi- 
 bibinan. 1 make him (her, it) 
 roll down, nin titibi.shkawa ; 
 nin titibishkan. 
 
 Roller, titibakossatchiyan. 
 
 Boiling ; it is rolling, (a canoe, 
 
 boat, etc.) yukokwamuyad. It 
 is not rolling, it is sure, kiiag- 
 ii'iitde, sonyiyawishkamayad. 
 
 Roof, npakodjiynn lApakkwan). 
 
 Roof; I root, (make a roof,) 
 nind apakodjiye. I roof it, 
 nind apakudon. 
 
 Room; tliere is room, tdwissin, 
 idwis/ikdde, in a i e m a y a d. 
 There is room enougli in it, 
 drbi.s/ikine. — There is room 
 enough for us, nin dcbishki- 
 nemin. I have room, (sitting,) 
 nin debab. I make room for 
 him to sit down, nin iawabi- 
 tawa. I make rt)om in stop- 
 ping aside, nin tawiyabaw. I 
 make room (or him in stop- 
 ping aside, nin tawiyabawita- 
 wa. 
 
 Room, (in a house,) abiwin. It 
 is all in one room, mishdwaie. 
 It is made all in one room, 
 mishdwaichiydde. I make it 
 all in one roon), nin mis/idwa- 
 ton. 
 
 Roost, hen-roost, pakaakicewi- 
 yamcy. 
 
 Root, otchibik. It is with the 
 root, yiyiit/iibikdyi.fsin. A big 
 root growing in the water, 
 akandamo. 
 
 Root-house, opiniwigamiy, aki- 
 miycnniy 
 
 Root of fir or piiic, to .-^ew a ca- 
 noe, icatab. I fetch thin roots, 
 to sew a ("Awov, nin nnuuidabi. 
 
 Rope, liiininakirdn. Small rone, 
 biminakwdnms. I make 
 ropes, //;/j biminakirdnike. 
 
 Ropemaker, bintinukirdnikewi- 
 nini. 
 
 Rojiemaker's work, trade or bu- 
 siness, biminahrdnikewin . 
 
 Rosary, anamicminay. I say
 
 RVB 
 
 — 210 — 
 
 RUN 
 
 the rosary, nind af/imcKj anu- 
 
 micminag. I make a rosary, 
 
 nind anuiniatiiiiike. 
 Ropo, ropf-flower, ogin, oginhtd- 
 
 bignn. 
 Rose-bush, rose-tree, oginimina- 
 
 gawaiij. 
 Rose-colored ; it is rose-coloreil, 
 
 {■in., an.) oginivdbigoning 
 
 in and e ; oginitrdbigoning 
 
 inanso. 
 Rotten ; I am (it is) rotten, nin 
 
 pigiKhlcunan ; pigi.^hhanad. 
 Rotten ])Otato, pigi.f/ikani-opin. 
 Rotten wood, pigidjissag. It is 
 
 rotten, (wood, in., an.) pigid- 
 
 Jin.sugad ; pigidji.s-.'iagisi. 
 Rouge, osdmnnati. I put rouge 
 
 on my cheeks, aiiid o.'ianama- 
 
 ni. (Wiyaman). 
 Round ; I am (it is) round, nin 
 
 lodwiies ; lodwiieia. I cut it 
 
 round, [in., an.) nin wdwiie- 
 
 J.-edan ; nin wdiciiekona. I 
 
 make it round, nin wdiciieton. 
 Round, (globular ;) it is round, 
 
 (//t., an.) wuu'iieminagad, bi- 
 
 koniinagud, hahikominagad ; 
 
 vmwiiem inagisi, bikominagisi, 
 
 babikominagi.ti 
 Round, around, giwitaii. Round 
 
 in the country, giwitakamig. 
 Route ; I take another route, 
 
 nin bakr, nin baknci.'i. I make 
 
 a crooked route, nin tvash- 
 
 kosse, 7iin ira.'ihkika. 
 Rove ; I rove, nin baba-danis. 
 Row ; we are all in a row or 
 
 range, nin nibidc-aidmin. We 
 
 sit in a row, nin nibid^bimin. 
 
 We sleep in a row, nia nibi- 
 
 degwdmin. 
 Row; I row, nin ajcboie. 
 Rub ; I rub with s. th., ninjijo- 
 
 biige, nin sinigwaige. I rub 
 
 him, (her, it,) nin jijobiwa, 
 nin.nnigona, nin sinigonind- 
 jama ; ninjijobiav, nin sin ig- 
 irnan, nin xi nigonind jn nga n . 
 
 Rub against, it rubs, ninigw'is- 
 .sin . 
 
 Rudder, odukan, adikweigan. 
 (Takkwahamonattik). 
 
 R u tH e , ni.skanagiceichigan. 
 
 Ruin, bandiii.siwin, banddjiiwe- 
 win , ntshiwanddjiiwewin. 
 
 Ruin ; I ruin, nin banddjiiwe, 
 nin yiis/iitcanudjiiwe. I ruin 
 him, (her, it,) nin banddjia, 
 nin nishiwanndjia ; nin '.ba- 
 nadjiton, nin ,ti.i/iiwanadJiton. 
 
 Rum, ishkoteirdbo. 
 
 Rumor, bahaniddjinioirin. 
 
 Rump, miskii'a.ssab. I have a 
 large rump, 7iin pikwako.t.ta- 
 gidiie. 
 
 Rumple ; I rumple or crush it, 
 (stuff,) {in.,an.> ninviimigibi- 
 don ; nin mimigibina. 
 
 Run; I run, ninbimibain, nind 
 abato. 1 be^in to run, nin 
 mddjibato. I run slowly, nin 
 bcdjibato. I run fast, nin ba- 
 bdpijisse, nin kijikabato, tiin 
 kijibato. It runs fast, kijika- 
 magad. It runs, (water, etc.) 
 bimidjiioan. It runs this way, 
 (water, etc.) bidjidjiwan. It 
 runs fast, hijidjiican. It riins 
 on, madjidjitcan. It runs out, 
 i.skidji>can .• ondjigamagnd. 
 
 Run about ; I run about, nin 
 babdmibaio. I am made to 
 run about, nin babdmibaigo. 
 
 Run alter ,• I run after him, nin 
 biminajikaica. (P i m i t i s a h- 
 wew). I make him run after 
 me, nin babamibaa. I run 
 after persons of the other sex, 
 nin nishibanikain. I run
 
 RUN 
 
 — 217 — 
 
 RYE 
 
 breathless after it, iiind oiida- 
 iicnn. We run or rush gree- 
 dily after s. th., niii ijandji- 
 haidimin. 
 
 Run around ; I run around s. 
 th., nin giwitabato, nin biji- 
 bato. 
 
 Run away ; I run away, nin 
 gimi, nind ojim. I run away 
 tor safety, nin gindjibaiwc, 
 nind ojim. I run away to 
 great haste, nin madjibaiwe. 
 
 Run back ; I run back again, 
 nin giwebato. 
 
 Run backwards ; I run b., nind 
 qjebato. 
 
 Run down ; I run down, nin 
 ninsandawebato. I run down 
 the hill, nin nisadkiwebaU), 
 nin gakadjiwtbato. 
 
 Run in ; I run in, nin pindigeba- 
 to. I run in the water, nin 
 bakobibain. 
 
 Runner, hritiibdiod. Fast run- 
 ner, kejikabatod. 
 
 Running, bimibatowin. 
 
 Run out; I run out, nin siigini- 
 bato. 
 
 Run over, I fill it so that it runs 
 over, nin sagadan/ikinadon , 
 niii sikashkinwlon, nin sigilju- 
 don. It is so full that it runs 
 
 over, sigashkine. It runs over, 
 sigissemagad. 
 
 Run togetlier, we run together, 
 nin mawandobaidimin. 
 
 Run up; I run up stairs, nind 
 akicandawrbnlo. I run up on a 
 mountain, nind atnddjiwebnto. 
 
 R u s h for mats, annkanutshk, 
 apagwi'.shkwai. I cut rush for 
 mats, nin mannshkosaiwr. 
 
 Rush ; I rush to some place, 
 nind apuidis. We rush to 
 some place, nind apdidiinin. 
 We rush or run together, nin 
 mawandobaidimin. I rusli 
 upon somebcMiy, nin mnwi- 
 najiwe. I rush upon him, 
 (her, it,) nin mawinanadan. 
 I rush upon liini sudderdy, 
 nin mokiiaica. 
 
 Rush. S. Run out. 
 
 Rusty ; it is rusty , agwdgicissin. 
 It IS rusty, (metal, in., an.) 
 agipagirabiki.t.'fin , agwagwabi- 
 kad : tit/irngwabiki.s/iin, ag- 
 ira(/wabiki.fi. 
 
 Rut; the animal is rutting, 
 amuno-so uwe.s.si. The dog is 
 rutting, amand.s.<timo animosh. 
 (Xotjiiiituw). 
 
 Rutaliaga, n.suiritr/d.s.i. 
 
 Rye, midimln. (Wabanoniiuj.
 
 s 
 
 Sabbath or sabbath-day ,rest-day, 
 amoehiwinigijigad, anamiegi- 
 jif/ad. 
 
 Sack, bag, mashkimod. Sack 
 made of linden-bark, assigoba- 
 nimnd. A sack of..., ningoio- 
 wan, ningotoshkin. — S. Bag. 
 
 Sackclotli, manhkimodewegin. 
 
 Sackclotli, (mourner's or peni- 
 tent's dress,) neiageoioegin. 
 
 Sack Indian, Osagi. 
 
 Sack lan<;nage, osagimoinn. I 
 speak the Sack Jan., nind osa- 
 gim. 
 
 Sack squaw, osagikwe. 
 
 Sacrament, Sakremd. (Ayami- 
 hewinanatawihiiwin). 
 
 Sacrifice, * (act of sacrificing,) 
 pagidendamowin, pagidjige- 
 win, pagidinigan. (Webina- 
 suwin, jjakitinasuwin). 
 
 Sacrifice, (g i ft,) pagidinigan, 
 pagidjigan. 
 
 Sacrifice, (vow,) dibandoioin. 
 (Asotamowin). 
 
 Sacrifice; I sacrifice, ninpagid- 
 jige, tiin pagidinige. I sacri- 
 fice to somebody, nin pagidi- 
 namage, nin pagidendamage. 
 I sac. it to him, nin pagidina- 
 maiL'a, nin pagidendamaica. I 
 sacr. him, (her, it,) nin pagi- 
 deninia ; nin pagidendan. I 
 sacr. myself, ninpagidenindis. 
 I sacr. (or give) to myself, nin 
 
 * Note. For the sacrifices of i)agan 
 Indians, see Pagan sacrifice, etc. 
 
 pagidinamadis. I sacr. him 
 (her, it) to myself, nin pagidi- 
 namadisonan ; nin jyagidina- 
 madiaon. 
 
 Sacrificer, pagidjigewinini, pa- 
 gidinigeu'inini. 
 
 Sacrificing-altar, pagidinighci- 
 nikan,pagidjigihnnikan. (Pa- 
 kitinasuwinattik) 
 
 Sacristy, endaji-bisikwanoied 
 mekaieicikwanaie. 
 
 Sad, kashkendaqwakamig . I am 
 sad, nin kashkrndam , nin icas- 
 siiaicendam, nin naninaicen- 
 dagos, nin nibongadi),-. (Ke- 
 sinateyittakwau). 
 
 Saddle, iessabitcin. I make 
 saddles, nin tessabiwinike. 
 (Aspapiwin). 
 
 Saddler, iessabiwinikewinini. 
 
 Sadness, kashkendamoicin, was- 
 siiaicen da m o iv i)u 
 
 Sadness of heart, kashkendami- 
 deeicin. 
 
 Safety ; I fly to some place for 
 safety, nindininijim. I fly to 
 liini (her, it) for safety, 7iin 
 ndjinijitna, nin nddjinijima. 
 
 Sagacity of an animal, aicessi- 
 ainendamowin. 
 
 Said ; it is said, kiwe. (Yakki). 
 
 Sail, iiingdssitnonon. 
 
 Sail ; I sail, nin bimash. (Ya- 
 kastimow). I sail about, nin 
 babdmash. I sail to the shore, 
 I make for the shore, nind 
 agwaiash. I sail across a bay.
 
 SAL 
 
 — 219 
 
 SAP 
 
 etc., nind ajnirnsh. I sail with 
 liiin, iiin l)innwid(t!<liimn. I 
 sail in a certain manner, nind 
 iiKtslt. I pail fast, nia kijiiash. 
 I sail with a fair win'!, nia 
 miincash. 
 
 Sail-cloth, iiint/nis.sunononiijin. 
 
 Sailinir, bimdahiwia. 
 
 Sai lur, ndbikiodniniiii. 
 
 Sail-pole, (niast,i iihif/dssimono- 
 iKtX', niiii/ds.siiiioiiondti;/. 
 
 Sail-r(jjje, n i iKjdssbnuiwiieidh. 
 
 Sail-3'ard, biiiiidakobidjujan. 
 
 Saint, kUcliitwa. 
 
 Saint in heaven, ketrhiiwdicen- 
 d.a;/o.fid ijijif/oiig chid. 
 
 Salmon-trout, mdjamrijoss, ada- 
 juwame<j, 'ajawame;/. Tliere 
 are salmon-trout, nutjamegus- 
 sika. 
 
 Sa\l,Jiwititi/an, or .siwild;/iin. 
 
 Salt; I salt, nin Jiivitdt/dnaiye. 
 I salt for someliody, nia jiwi- 
 iaijiuiaamaye. 
 
 Salted ; it is salted, \ia., an.) 
 jiir(i>i,)iipitu;/aaiwan, Jiwila- 
 (janaiijnde ; )iwi.si,jiwifd<j(iai- 
 wi, Jiwil<iiian(ii<jnx(i. It tastes 
 salted, (//(., an.) Jiiri(((t/aai- 
 pui/wad ; jiivit(U/anij)o(/o!iS. 
 
 Salttish, salted tisli, jiwitdijani- 
 
 Su\{i'.v^,Jiwi/(i;/<inaiifewia. 
 
 Sallmeat, salted nwai, Jiwita{/a- 
 niiriius.'i. 
 
 Sal Iwater, jiwildijaadbo. 
 
 Salutation, j^reetinj;, aadinikd- 
 t/ewi II ,11 ii(titiikd;/nwi II . Mutual 
 salutation, itiKimiiioilihliwin. 
 
 Salute ; I salute or {ireet, nind 
 uimmikaye. 1 am saluted, 
 nind ananiikdgo. I salute 
 him, (her, it,) nind anamika- 
 wa ; nind anninikun. 
 
 Salute; I salute, inclining the 
 
 head, nin jdnilikir/'faf/r. I sa- 
 lute him, nil! ijuiidikwelawa. 
 Sal ve, Jijobiiijan , iiia-shkiki. 
 Same, (l^cyakwan), we are con- 
 sidered all the same person, 
 nia bt'jifjirendinjo.nmin. It is 
 considered all the same thin», 
 bejiijicendaawad. Always in 
 the same place, or in the same 
 manner, bpjii/manoii!/. At the 
 same time, 6t'/v-/.s'A. (Kisik). It 
 is all the same, ;;// tibi.shko. 
 Sanctity; I sanctity him, nin 
 kitcliitwdweniluijottiii, nin kit- 
 chitiouwiaa, nin kHr/iHwawe- 
 nima. I.>-anctify it, nia kit- 
 c/iitwawinan, nin kitcliitwa- 
 wendan. 
 Sand, nnjaw, mildwan. On the 
 sand, nntdwdiiii. (fyckaw). 
 There is sand, ncf/awikd, mi- 
 tawamja. Fine wliite sand, 
 p'lnt/iri, ni'ijaw. 
 Sand cherry, nnjdwiinin, itssis- 
 
 sdweiniii. 
 Sand cherry shruh, nv</airimi.- 
 ndijdUHinJ, dssissawdmindija- 
 wdiij. 
 Sand-liil! ; there is a steep sand- 
 
 hill, kishkaldwanija. 
 Sand- stone, pin<iwdbik. 
 Sandy Iteach ,• there is a sandy 
 lieach, uiUdWdnya. There {a 
 a lake with a sandy beach, 
 m i Id wd ii;/di/d m a . 
 Sandy Lake, (id mitdipamjfiga- 
 
 nidij. 
 Sai), on-iiban. (Mestan). I col- 
 lect the sail of maple-trees, 
 nind aird.<<iiii. The sap be- 
 gins to run, mddjiija. (Mesta- 
 suw, mestanawiw). The sap 
 runs fast, kijiija. It runs at 
 ni;;lit,or in the hij;ht,H)7*f7//(2. 
 The saj) is spoiled, wakwaija-
 
 SAW 
 
 — 220 — 
 
 SCA 
 
 w? 7iiln. It runs no more, 
 
 ia/ikwai/d. 
 Sash , wdsaiHchiijanni i (J. 
 Satan, malchi maiiiio, matchi 
 
 aiaainsh, manisiwinis.n. 
 Sati«tie(J ; I am sat., nin min- 
 
 tvendum, )dn ddbenim, nin de- 
 
 hendain, nin dcbageiiim. 
 Sati-fy ; I satisfy him, nin mi- 
 
 nonawea, nin dtbia, nin dehi- 
 
 sia, nin mlnwendamia. I sa- 
 tisfy it, 7dn debitun. 
 Satisfying ; it is sal , minwen- 
 
 ddffwad. 
 Saturate ; I saturate him, nin 
 
 ddbiasinia. 1 saturate myself, 
 
 nin dcbinsiii. 
 Saturated ; I am sat., nin debis- 
 
 sin, nin r/l-d/'bissin. 
 Saturday, ni'irieijijhfad. It is; 
 
 Saturday, mariegijiyad. On 
 
 Sat., marieyijigak, or, wdbang 
 
 wa-anamiheyijigak. 
 Saturity, dcbissiniwin; 
 Saucer, ondgans, anibishdbo- 
 
 ondyans. 
 Savage. S. Indian. 
 Savage life, paytvanaivisiwin, 
 
 pagwaiiairanisiiviii, a n i s h i- 
 
 ndbe bimddisiwin. I lead a 
 
 savage lite, nin paywanaiois, 
 
 nin pagwanawddis. 
 Save, jeniia niakak. 
 Save ; save it, conserve it, [in., 
 
 an.\ nin mdwandjiton ; nin 
 
 mdwandjia. 
 Save, (in.s. in.) S. Live. I make 
 
 live. 
 Savior, ga-nodgimoad ki tcliiU 
 
 chdqondnin. (Pematjihiwet). 
 Saw, hishkibodjigan, idshkibod- 
 
 jigan. 
 Saw; I saw, nin kishkibodjige, 
 
 7iin idshkibodjige. I saw it 
 
 (in., an.), nin kishkibodon,nin 
 
 td.s/ikiboilf)7i ; nin kinhkihonay 
 
 nin idahkibona. 
 Saw-bill, (bird, I unaig. 
 Saw-d ust , biuHbdiljigan. 
 Sawing, ki.t/ikibodjigeicin, tdsh- 
 
 kibodjiyewin. 
 Sawmill, id.shkibodjiyan, idsh- 
 
 ki(/ibodJiyan. Steam sawmill, 
 
 i.ihkoh'-fds/ikibodjiyan. 
 Sawn ; it is sawn, (in., an.) kish- 
 
 kibode, td.shkibode ; kishkibo- 
 
 no, td.thkibo.so. 
 Sawyer, iaid.ihkibodjiged, idsh- 
 
 k ibo dj iyew in in i 
 Say; lHa,\,nind ikh'f. He says, 
 
 iwa. It savs, ikkitomayad. 
 
 I say it aloud, nin ndboiradan. 
 
 lltwew). I say s. tli., of or to 
 
 him, (her, it,) nind ina, (Itew*. 
 
 iiind iddn. I .say s. th. ol 
 
 myself, nind idis. We say s. 
 
 th. of each other, or to each 
 
 other, nindidimin. I say what 
 
 I ought not to say, nin icawii- 
 
 agim. 
 Saying, ikkitowin, yigitowin. 
 Scab, omigiicin. 
 Scabbard, (or cover,) pindano- 
 
 nikadjigan, pindaodjigan. 
 Scalibious person, iremiyid. I 
 
 am scabbious, nind omigi. 
 Scabbv ; I am f^cixhhy , nind omigi . 
 Scaffold, agodjiwanan, agodji- 
 
 w a n a n a k, ie.'makicaiyan. I 
 
 make a scaffold, nind agodji- 
 
 icananaknke. 
 Scald ; I scald him, (her, it,) 
 
 nin ba.i/ikobisdwa, nin bask- 
 
 icaboicassica. 
 Scale, (balance,) dibdbishkodji- 
 
 gan ; tibdbadjigan. 
 Scale (of a fish,) wanagdai. 
 Scale ; I scale, nin tchigaawe. 
 
 I scale a fish, nin tchigaana 
 
 gigo.
 
 SCE 
 
 — 221 — 
 
 SCO 
 
 Scalp, Sion-8calp, hnnishtifjwnn. 
 Scalp; l.«calpinin, itiii itiunij- 
 
 IV a ; iiiii pakwundibejwu, {pa- 
 
 hoiidibcjwa.) 
 Scandal, matchi Icilcinoiodhami- 
 
 gowin, matchi kikinowftban- 
 
 dalwcwin. 
 Scandalize ; I scand. him, nin 
 
 malchi kikhinamawa, nhi mat- 
 
 rJri kikivoH'obamig. He .^can- 
 
 dalir'.e* me, nin matchi kiki- 
 
 nouutufj, nin matchi kikino- 
 
 icdbaina. 
 Scar, oiljishiwin. I have a scar, 
 
 ^lind offjishiij. — I have a ficar 
 
 on the arm, hand, etc. 
 Scarcely, affdwa. (Etataw). 
 Scarcity, manesiwin. Tliere is 
 
 scarcity of wood for fuel, ma- 
 
 iiCNsaiia. 
 Scare; I scare him, nin segia, 
 
 nin scffisia, nind oshdwa, 
 
 nind o.shdkawa. 
 Scared ; 1 am scared, iiin segis, 
 
 nin segendam, nin nisaien- 
 
 dam. 
 Scarification, for bleeding, pe- 
 
 peshowewin. 
 Scarifier, puirpcshowcd. 
 Scarify, for bleeding ; I scarify, 
 
 nin pepeshowe. I scar, him, 
 
 nind pepeshwa. I scar, my- 
 self, nin pnicshodis. 
 Scarlet, miskwrgin, onandewc- 
 
 gin, paiiakigin. 
 Scatter ; I scatter, tiin biivime- 
 
 binigc. I scatter it, (m., aH.) 
 
 ninbivnwebinan, nin binitce- 
 
 bina. 
 Scatter about; I scatter it about, 
 
 {in., an.) nin .Ha.swenan, nin 
 
 sasive.-<hkan ; nin .s-a.swrna, nin 
 
 .sa.fwe.'^hkawa. 
 Scent; I seandi by scent, nin 
 nandomandjige. 
 
 Scholar, kikinoamdgan, kekino- 
 amdwind. 
 
 School, kikinoaindding. I go 
 to school, kikinoaindding nind 
 ija. T come from school, A7- 
 kinoamdding nind ondjiba. I 
 keep scliool, nin kikinoamdge. 
 
 School-book , kikinoaniddi-ma- 
 sinaigun 
 
 School-huuse, kikinoamddiici- 
 gamig. 
 
 iin:\iOo\-f (.•ct\on,kikinoamddiwaki 
 
 School-teacher, kekinoamaged, 
 kekinioantngtwinini.. Female 
 s c h o o l-teacher, kikinoama- 
 gekwe. 
 
 Science, kikendd-ssowin, bisis- 
 k e n dj i g e lo i n. I possess 
 science, nin bisiskendjige, nin 
 kikenda.'is. 
 
 Scissors, viojwdgan, a^tsiponi- 
 gan, tagokomdn. (Paskwaha- 
 matuwin). 
 
 Scold ; I scold, nind aidiriwe, 
 nin nanibikiwe, ningikawi- 
 dam. I scold him, nind aid- 
 wa, nin nanibikima, nin na- 
 nihikiganonn, nin gikania. 
 
 Sc'ildiiig, (lidtriti'in, aidiridiirin, 
 nanibikiiccicin, nanibikindi- 
 win. 
 
 Scorn ; I scorn, nin bdpinodage, 
 nin nishibapinodage. I scorn 
 him, (her, it,) nin ni.shibdpi- 
 nodawa ; nin nishibopinnddn. 
 
 Scorning, nishibapinoaaniowin, 
 bapiuodagcirin. 
 
 Scoundrel , wilrhi-aidaici.sh. 
 
 Scourge, ba.shanjeigan. (Pasas- 
 tehigani. 
 
 Scourge; I scourge, 7i//j fta^/mn- 
 jfige. I scourge him, nin ba- 
 shanp'wa. 
 
 Scourged ; I am scourged, nin 
 bashanjeogo,nin ba.shanj^igas.
 
 SEA 
 
 — 222 — 
 
 SEC 
 
 Scranch ; I Hcraiicli it, {in., an ) 
 II in (japanddn, via (japwewcih- 
 dan ; niii (jupaina, nin gap- 
 wewema. 
 
 Scrape ; I scrape, nin (jaskas- 
 kaige. I scrape him, (her, it,) 
 nin gaskaskawa ; nin gaskas- 
 kaan. — I scrape a bark, nin 
 gashkakwaige. I scrape atisli, 
 nin gashkamegwaige. I scrape 
 a skin, nin niaduige, nin na- 
 jigaigc. I scrape it, (skin, 
 in., an.) nin mudaan ; nin 
 mCiduwa. — Also, I scrape a 
 skin or liide, nin tchishak- 
 waige. 1 scrape it, (skin, in., 
 an.) nin tchishakwaan, nin 
 tchishakwCnva. 
 
 Scraper, mCidaigan, najigaigan, 
 tcliis/iakwaigan. 
 
 Scratch ; 1 scratch, nin pasa- 
 gobijiwe. I scratch him, (her, 
 it,) nil! pa.-iagobina ; nin pa- 
 sagobidnn. 
 
 Scratch shghtlj^ ; I scratch him 
 sL, nin t c h 1 1 c h i g i bin a. I 
 scratch myself, )iin tchitchigi, 
 nin tclntchigibiniditi. I scr. 
 his head, nin ichitchigindibe- 
 bina. I scr. my head, nin 
 fell itch igin dibeb iiiidi.s. 
 /Screetchowl, kakdbislii}. 
 
 Screw, bamiskwaigddeg sagai- 
 gan. 
 
 Screw ; I screw, nin bimiskwaige. 
 
 Screw-dri ver , binii.sktvaigan. 
 
 Scre\\-\ice,kitclii-fakwandjigan. 
 
 Scribe, ojibiigncinini. 
 
 Scythe, 'ki.^h'ka.'^/ikijigan, pash- 
 kwa^^fikijigun. 
 
 Sea, kiichigami, Jiwitdgani-kii- 
 chigami, (ocean.) 
 
 Sea ; very far out in the sea or 
 lake, mijishdwagdm, mishd- 
 wagdm. — The sea runs high. 
 
 ma7nangd.i/ika. The .'^L-uruns 
 in a certain manner, inushkor 
 magud. 
 
 Sea-bread, anakona. 
 
 Sea-dog, panossim. 
 
 Seal, a.s-kik. The skin of a seal, 
 ankigwaidn. 
 
 Seal, agokiwassitchigan, agaki- 
 loas.'iiichigandbik, a.sh idjiki- 
 UHtkaigan ; ma.finihiwakai- 
 gaii, masinikiwagaigandbik. 
 
 Seal ; I seal, nind agokiwas.iige, 
 nind agokiicasaiichige, nind 
 ashidjikitcagair/e ; nin masi- 
 nikiwagaige. 1 seal it, {in., 
 an.) nind agokiiva.s.san, nin 
 masinikiwaguan ; nind agoki- 
 wansica; nin masinikiwagdwa. 
 
 Sealed ; I am (it is) sealed, nind 
 agokiicassigas, nin masiniki- 
 ivaguigas ; agokiwassigade, 
 agnkiwassitchigade, masiniki- 
 wagaigade. 
 
 Sealing-wax, agokiwas.sigan. 
 
 Sea-mark, kikinnundaican. I 
 put up sea-marks, nin kiki- 
 ndndawaige. There are sea- 
 nuirks, kikinandaicade. 
 
 Seamstress, gas/ikigwas.soikc. 
 
 Search by scent; I search by s., 
 nindnandomandjige. 
 
 Sea-shell, wawiiemigan, ess. 
 
 Season ; I season, nind apdbowe. 
 I season it, {in., an.) nind 
 apabowadan; nind apaboxca- 
 na. Any thing to season vic- 
 tuals with, apabowdn. 
 
 Seasoned ; it is seasoned, apa- 
 bowdde. 
 
 Seasoning victuals, apaboweicin. 
 
 Seat, apaiciwin, namadabiwin. 
 I change .seats, nind dndab. 
 
 Secret, gimodisiwin, kaiadjiga- 
 deg. It is a secret, gimodad, 
 kddjigdde.
 
 SEE 
 
 — 223 — 
 
 SEL 
 
 Secretly, gimodj. 
 
 Sedition, ombdsondiwin. 
 
 Seduce ; I seduce him, ni7i ba- 
 nddiia, nin waiejima, nin wa- 
 nishima, nin matchi kikinoa- 
 mawa, nin matchi ijiwebisia, 
 nin nishiwanddjia. I seduce 
 him (her) to impurity, ?»n ga- 
 gibasoma, nin pisigwddisia. 
 — I seduce (deceive) with my 
 words, Jiin waiejitagos. 
 
 See! wegwagi ! (Madjiiiutji). 
 
 See ; I see, nin wab. I see well, 
 nin minwdb. I see s. th., nin 
 wdbandjige. I see him, (her, 
 it,) nin wdbama ; nin todban- 
 dan. I see myself, nin red- 
 bandis, nin wdbandainadis . I 
 see 60 far or from so far, nind 
 akwdb. I see from such a dis- 
 tance, nin d^bab. I make 
 him seCj nin wdbia. I make 
 him see it, nin wdbandaa. 1 
 see 8. th. relating to him, nin 
 w&bandamawa. I see clearly, 
 
 {plainly, nin wasneidb. I make 
 lim see clearly, nin wasseia- 
 bia. I see him (her, it) well 
 or plainly, nin mis.sdbatna ; 
 nin wissdbandan. I make him 
 see it plainly, 7iin missdban- 
 daa. I cannot see him (her, 
 it) well, nin bigisawinaica ; 
 nin bigisdwinun. I see him 
 (her, it) so..., in a certain 
 manner, nind ijinatca, 7iind 
 indbama ; nind ijanan, nind 
 indbandan. I arrive to the 
 point or moment of seeing 
 him, (her, it,) nind odisndba- 
 ma ; nind ddissdbandan. I 
 Bee him coming this way, nin 
 biddbama, nin bidisamn. I 
 see it in going by, nin babi- 
 shagendan. 
 
 Seed, minikan. 
 
 See from a distance; I see (or 
 look I from a certain distance, 
 nind onsdb. I see him (her, 
 it) from a certain distance, 
 nind onsdbama ; nind onsd- 
 banddn. 
 
 Seek ; I seek,;wrt nandawdbange, 
 nin nandawdbandjige, nin 
 nandonige, nin nandoneige, 
 nin nandoaid. I seek him, 
 (her, it,) nin nannawdbama, 
 nin nandonewa ; nin nanda- 
 wdbandan, nin nandonedn. 
 
 Seeking, nandoneigewin. 
 
 Seem ; it seems to me, 7iind 
 inendam. It seems..., tanas- 
 sag... It seems like..., nindi- 
 go... (Mana piko). 
 
 Seen ; I am seen, nin wdbamigo, 
 nin wdbandjiga^f. It is seen, 
 wdbandjigade. lean (it can) 
 be seen from..., nin debdba- 
 minagos ; debdbaminagwad. 
 
 See-sawing, tchatchdngekoshka- 
 niddiicin. We play see-saw- 
 ing, nin tchatclidngakoshka- 
 madimin. 
 
 See thr(>ugli ; I see through it, 
 nin jabwdbandan. 
 
 Seize, I seize, nin takonige,nin 
 takoniwe. I seize him, (her, 
 it,) nin takona ; nin takonan. 
 
 Seldom, wika, wdwika. 
 
 Select ; I select tliem (an..in.)nin 
 sagiginag ; nin gagiginanan. 
 
 Self, tibinawe, ietibinawe. 
 
 Self-command, mindjiminidiso- 
 win. 
 
 Self-conceit, maminadi^iwin, sa- 
 sega wenindisowin . 
 
 Self-coiiceited ; I am self-con., 
 nin maminadis, nin sasega- 
 w6nddn niiaw, nin sasegawe- 
 nindis. 
 
 15
 
 SEN 
 
 — 224 
 
 SEli 
 
 Self-deceit, waicjindisowin. I de- 
 ceive myself, nin wai^jindis. 
 
 Self-defence, nandkwiwin. I de- 
 fend myself, iriii nandku-i. 
 
 S e 1 f-fflorificatiun, kiichiiwawe- 
 ninaisowin, mamikwasoioiii. I 
 glorify myself, nin kiichitwd- 
 wenindis, nin mamikwddin. 
 
 Self-tormenting, kvtagiidinowin. 
 I torment myself, make my- 
 selfsuffer, nin kotayiidi>>. 
 
 Self-willed ; 1 am selt-willed, nin 
 bashigwadin, nin mashkawin- 
 dibe. 
 
 Sell ; I sell, ni^id aidtve. I sell 
 bira, (her, it,) nindatdwenan; 
 nind aldwen. I sell him s. th., 
 nind dtdmu. I sell high, at 
 high prices, nin sanagioe, nin 
 sanagagindass, nin mamisswe, 
 nin mamissaginddss. I sell 
 cheap, nin wendis, nin 
 wendwe. 
 
 Send ; I send, nin ninddiwe. I 
 send him s. th., nin nindaa. 
 I send it, [in., an.) nin 7iindai- 
 wen ; nin ninddiwenan. I 
 send him somebody, nind ini- 
 najaamawa, nind ijinajaama- 
 wa. I send s. th, to somebody, 
 nin madjidaiwe. (Itisahwew). 
 I send it to somebody, [in., 
 an.) nin madjidaiwen ; nin 
 madjidaiwenan. — I send him 
 before me, nin niganinijdiva. 
 I send him somewhere, nind 
 ininajdwa, nind ijinajatca 
 I send him somewhere press- 
 ingly, nin gandjinajawa. I 
 send liim away, nind ikonaja- 
 wa, nin mddjinajawa. I send 
 him down, nin nissdndaivena- 
 jaica. I send him out of 
 doors, nin sdgidjinajaica. 
 (Wiyawitisahwew). 
 
 Sense, good sense, nibwdkdwin ; 
 nonsense, gagibddisiwin. 
 (lyinisiwin). 
 
 Senses ; I have my senses, nin 
 mikaW) nin kikendam. (Kis- 
 kisiw). I lose my senses 
 (fa i n t i n g), 7iin wanimikaic. 
 (Wani-kiskisiw). I lose my 
 senses from time to time, nin 
 babishkwendam. I recover my 
 senses, nin bisiskddis. I 
 have my senses again, nin 
 bisiskadondam. 
 
 Sent; I am sent away, nin mud- 
 jinajaigas, nind ikonajaigas. 
 
 Sentence; I pronounce a sen- 
 tence over him, 7iin gijakona. 
 
 Sentinel, akandowinini. 
 
 Separate; I separate from him, 
 (her, it,) nin bakishkawa, nin 
 bakewina; nin babcshkan,nin^ 
 bakewidon. The road separ- 
 ates, bakcmo mikana. 
 
 Separately, bebakdn. (Papiskis). 
 
 Separation of persons, webini- 
 diwin, babes hkodadiwin, ba- 
 ke idiwin. Separation of a 
 lake, bakegama. 
 
 September, manomini-gisiss^ 
 manominike-gisisis. (Notjihi- 
 tuwipisim). 
 
 Serene ; it is serene, (clear wea- 
 ther,) mijaktcad. ( W a s e s 
 kwan). 
 
 Serious ; I am serious, nin gi- 
 kddis. 
 
 Sermon, gagikwewin, anami^- 
 gagikwewin. 
 
 Sermon book, gagikwe-masinai- 
 gan. 
 
 Serpent, gin^big. Young ser- 
 pent, gincbiguns. Big horned 
 serpent, tnishigincbig. An- 
 other kind of serpent, nadowe. 
 The serpent moults, jigota
 
 SEV 
 
 — 225 — 
 
 SHA 
 
 ginebig. The skin of a ser- 
 pent, ginehigojagaai, ginehi- 
 gowaidn. — Serpent witli legs, 
 ()kadiginebi(/. 
 
 Servant, (male or leniale ser- 
 vant,) anokifdgan, bamitdgan. 
 
 Serve; I serve, I am in service, 
 nind anokitdge, nin bamitdge. 
 I serve liim, (her, it,) ninano- 
 kildira, iiiti bamitawa, nin 
 btuiiiiasikawa. 
 
 Service, anokUdgewin, bamitd- 
 gewin, aiinkiwiu. I am in 
 service, niml anokitdr/e, nin 
 bamitdge.— K^ (she, it) does 
 me services, nind abadjia ; 
 nind abadjiton. He (slie, it) 
 does nie services in such a 
 manner, nind indbadjia ; nind 
 inabadjifun . 
 
 Serviceable object, an. or in., 
 dbadjiic/iigan. 
 
 Set, ningotwewdn, ningotwdwa- 
 nagisimin. Two sets, three 
 sets, etc., nijwewdn, nisstvS- 
 wan, etc. So many sets, dass- 
 wiwan. 
 
 Set apart; I set him (lier, it) 
 apart, nin kikassa; nin kika- 
 ton — S. Choose. ( Astwaw). 
 
 Settle ; 1 settle, nind inakonige, 
 nin nanditchige. I settle him, 
 nin dibowana. — I settle my 
 account, I jjay, nin kijikan 
 nin ma.sinuigan. I settle with 
 him, nin kijnkawa. — I let it 
 settle, (licjuid,) nin wakamis- 
 siton. 
 
 Seven, nijwdxiti. We are seven, 
 nin uijwdtc/iiniiii. (Tej)akup). 
 There are seven in. objects, 
 nijwdtchinon. 
 
 Seven, nijwd.ino..., in composi- 
 tions, wliich see in the Se- 
 cond Part. 
 
 Seven every time, seven each or 
 to each, nenijnHisswi. 
 
 Seven hundred every time, 700 
 each or to each, nenijwds.swak. 
 
 Seventh ; the seventh, eko-nij- 
 wdtch'ing. The seventh time, 
 nijwdiching. 
 
 Seven thousand, nijwdtchiiig 
 middissicak. 
 
 Seven times, nijivdtching. 
 
 Several, anoick dnind, wiiagi. 
 (Atit). 
 
 Several tilings, anotch gego, 
 wawiiag gego, wiiagiaii. 
 
 Several times, yianingotinong, 
 eniwek naningim. (Ayaskawi. 
 
 Severe, (strict ;) I am severe, nin 
 sanagi.s. I think he is severe, 
 nin sanage)iima ( Ayimisiw). 
 
 Sew; I sew, nin gashkigwdss. I 
 begin to sew, nin mddjigwds.-<. 
 I sew well, nin nitaicigirds.'i. 
 I sew it, [in., an.) nin ga.s-hkig- 
 wddan ; nin ga.thkigwdna. I 
 sew it for him, nin gas/iki(/- 
 wadamawa. — I gather toge- 
 ther sewing, nin mawandog- 
 wdss. I sew several pieces to- 
 gether, nin mawandogwadti- 
 nati. — I fi.x or repair sewing, 
 Jim wawekjra.s.^. I repair it, 
 {ill., an.) nin wawektvadan .- 
 nin watvekwana. — I sew a ca- 
 noe, ////( qashkignn. 
 
 Sewed sligiitly, (.--titclied ;) it is 
 sewed slightly, (in , an.) tchi- 
 tcfiibogirddc, .sii.isagigirdde : 
 fc/lHc/lib()givd.so,.S(t.s.s<igigwd.so 
 
 Sewi ng, (/u.s/ikigwd.i.'^owin . 
 
 Scwing-sitk, .si-nibaird.s.fdb. 
 
 Sewing thread, g<i.i/ikigwdsso- 
 neidb, axsabab, ndb'tkicasson. 
 
 Sliadow ; there is shadow, aqu- 
 UHite. I make shadow with jnv 
 body, nind agawateshkam.
 
 SHA 
 
 — 226 — 
 
 SHA 
 
 nind agawateshin. I cover 
 him (her, it) with my shadow, 
 7iind agawateshkan. It covers 
 me with his sh., nind agawa- 
 teshkagon It makes shadow, 
 agawatesse. 
 Shake ; I shake, (tremble,) nin 
 nimngishka, nin niningibinig . 
 (Nanamipayiw). I shake or 
 tremble with fear, nin ninin- 
 gisegis. My heart shakes, 
 nin niningidee. I shake my- 
 self sitting, nin mimigwab. I 
 I shake him, vher, it,) nin 
 mimigowebina, nin goshkwa- 
 kobina. 
 Shaken ; it is shaken by the 
 wind, niningassin, nininga- 
 nashkassin 
 Shaking fever, niningdpinewin, 
 niningishkawapinewin. I have 
 the sh. f., nin niningdpine. 
 Shake off; I shake him (her, it) 
 off, nin bawiwebina, nin ba- 
 wiwebishkatva ; nin bawiioe- 
 hinan, nin bawiwebishkan. I 
 shake off the dust from some 
 stuff, [in., an.) nin bawcginan; 
 nin baioigina. It is shaken off, 
 hiwinigdde. I shake ofi' the 
 dust or some other thing from 
 my feet, nin bawisides/iimon. 
 I shake it ofi' against him, 7iin 
 bawisidetawa. 
 Sliallow; it is a shallow, da^rwa. 
 The river is shallow, bdgwa- 
 tigwda sibi. There is a shal- 
 low place, pitaicashka. There 
 is a long shallow place in the 
 \&ke, jagawamika. 
 Shame ! se ! iSh'-y !) 
 Shame, agatchiwin, menissen- 
 damowin. (Nepewisiw).I cause 
 shame, 7iind agdtchiiwe. It 
 causes shame, agatchiiwema- 
 
 gad. I cause him shame, nind 
 ugatchid, nind agasoma. (Ne- 
 pewiinew). I bring it to shame, 
 nind agatchiton. 
 Shameful ; it is sh., it is con- 
 sidered sh., agatendagwad. 
 Shamef n\\y,agatendagu-akamig, 
 nandpaganj . (Nepewakatch). 
 Shameless ; I am sh., kawin 
 nind agatchissi, kawin nin 
 menissendansi. 
 Shameless person, egaichissig, 
 
 maicnissendansig. 
 Shape, ijinagosiwin. 
 Share ; I give him a large share, 
 7iin songaona I take to my- 
 self a good large share, nin 
 songdonidis. I give him such 
 a share, nind inaona. I take 
 to myself such a share, nind 
 inaonidis. — I think he does 
 not give me my full share, 
 nind anawinama. (Otinama- 
 wew). 
 Sharp; it is sharp, gindmagad, 
 
 gindbikad. 
 Sharpen ; I sharpen, nin sissi- 
 bodjige. I sharpen it, 7iin 
 sisfiibodon. 
 Shave ; I shave, 7iin gashkibds. 
 I shave him, lit,) nin gashki- 
 bdna; 7iin gashkibddan. 
 Shave-grass, kisibanashk. 
 Shaving, gashkibdsnwin. 
 Shaving-horse, mokodjigan tek- 
 
 icandjiqemagak. 
 Shaving-knife, razor, gashki- 
 
 bddjigan 
 Shaving-man, barber, gashki- 
 
 bdsowinini. 
 S h a v i n g-house, barber-shop, 
 
 gash kibdsow iga mig. 
 Shaving, wood-shaving, biweko- 
 
 da mag an , biw ikodjiga n . 
 Shawl, kitchi-moshwe.
 
 SHI 
 
 — 227 — 
 
 SHO 
 
 She, win. (Wiya). 
 
 Shear ; I shear, nin mojowe, nin 
 pashkowejonge , [pashkwawe- 
 jonge.) I shear liiiii, nin nioj- 
 wa. I shear liini (lier, it) 
 thoroughly, nin pashkojwa, 
 nin papas h koj wa ; nin pash- 
 kojan, nin papashkojan. 
 
 Shearer, pasfikicawejongewinini. 
 
 Shears, mojwdgan. (Paskwaha- 
 matuwin). 
 
 Shed at the door, pitawigan. 
 There is a^hed, pitawigdde. 
 
 Sheep, manishtanish. Young 
 sheep, lamb, manishianishen.s . 
 
 Sheepfold , manish tanish iwiga- 
 mig. 
 
 Sheep-skin, mdnishtanishiwai- 
 dn. 
 
 Shell, ess. A kind of small 
 shell, ojakaicess. 
 
 Shell of an egg, wdwan onagaa- 
 wang. Shell of a tortoise or 
 turtle, dashwa. 
 
 Shell ; I shell it, (in., an.) nin 
 hishngibidon, nin bishagibid- 
 Jidon : nin bishagihina, nin 
 bis/iagibidjina I shell a corn- 
 ear, nin gdkina nisdkosi. 
 
 Shelter, or shade, against the 
 wind or the sun, tabinoon. I 
 make a sh., nin iabinoige, nin 
 tabinoonike. There is a sh. 
 ma(ie, iainnoonikdde- I am 
 under such a shelter or shade, 
 nin inbinoshimon. — I put my- 
 self under a shelter in rainy 
 weather, nind agaicabnwas, 
 nind agicantiOairas. I am un- 
 der a shelter in rain, nind ag- 
 wanubuice, nitid utc/iigwand- 
 nish. 
 Shepherd, manishtdnishiwinini. 
 \^\\\e\di, pakdkwaan ; dashwa. 
 
 Shieft ; the wind shifted, gice- 
 
 kanimad. 
 Shilling, Jo««'a7?5. 
 Shinbone, okadiganama. My, 
 
 thy, his shinbone, nikddigan, 
 
 kikddigan, okddigan. 
 Shine, wdsseiasiwin. 
 Shine; I shine, ninwdsseias. I 
 
 make it shine, [in., an.) nin 
 
 wakeskkaan ; nin wakeshkd- 
 
 wa.. It shines, wakeshkama- 
 
 gad, UHiicakeshkamagad. 
 Shiness, awdssdsiwin. 
 Shiness, (bashfulness,) agat- 
 
 chishkiwin, agate hiwddisiwin . 
 Shingle, apakodjigan, nabagis- 
 
 sago)is. 
 Shingle ; I shingle a roof, nind 
 
 apakodjige. I shingle it, nind 
 
 ajpakodon. 
 Shmgle-nail, sagaigans. 
 Ship, ndbikwdn. Ship of war, 
 
 migddi-ndbikxcdn. 
 Ship ; I ship, nin bositdss. I 
 
 ship him, iher, it,) nin bosia ; 
 
 nin bositon. 
 Ship-captain, ndbikwdn-ogima. 
 Shipped ; it is shipped, [in., an.) 
 
 bositchigdde ; bosiichigdso. 
 Shipping, bositdssowin. 
 Shipwreck ; I shipwreck, nin 
 
 bigoneshka, nin bigoneshin. 
 Shirt, papagiwaidn. 
 Shiver ; I shiver, (from cold,) 
 nin niningadj. Shivering 
 with cold, niningadjiwin. 
 Shoals ; there are shoals, mind- 
 
 mika. 
 Shoe, maki.fin. Hard shoe, (not 
 Indian shoe,) mitigwakisin. I 
 make shoes, nin mnkisinike. 
 I put on my shoes, etc., nin 
 babitchi. I take of^' my shoes, 
 etc., nin gagitchi. I put him
 
 SHO 
 
 — 228 — 
 
 SHO 
 
 his shoes on, nin habitchia. I 
 take him his slioes off, nin 
 gagitchia. I change shoes, 
 nind andakisine. I have 
 shoes on, )nn gigakisine. I 
 have only one shoe on, nin 
 nahnnekisine. I liave two pair 
 ot slioes on, nin hitokisine. 
 
 Shoe-brush , lodssikioadjigan, 
 makisin-ivdssikivadjigan 
 
 Shoe-buckle, sagdki.sinebison. 
 
 Shoemaker, mekisiniked, maki- 
 sinikewinini. 
 
 Shoemaker's shop, makisinike- 
 loiganiig. 
 
 Shoemaker's work, trade or bu- 
 siness, makisinikewin. 
 
 Shoe-string, or moccasin-string, 
 makasineidb. 
 
 Shoot, young shoot, oshkijin, 
 weshkiging mitigons. It is a 
 young shoot, oshkigin. 
 
 SKoot, (with a gun ;) t shoot, nin 
 pdshkisige. I shoot at him, 
 (her, it,) nin pdshkiswa ; nin 
 pdshkisan. I shoot in the air, 
 nin nakwenage. I shoot him 
 in the air, nin nakwenawa. 
 — I shoot at a mark, nin go- 
 daakive. 
 
 Shoot, (with bow and arrow) ; I 
 shoot, nin binwdjige, nind 
 inae. (Pimutakkwew.) I am 
 shooting, nin babimodwake. 
 I shoot a t h i m, (he r, 
 it,) niii bimoa ; nin bi- 
 moddn. — I shoot at a mark, 
 nin bimivdtigwe, [bimotigwe.) 
 
 Shooting, pdshkisigewin, pd- 
 pdshkisigewin ; bimodjigewin. 
 
 Shore ; on the shore, (on the 
 beach,) agdming Near the 
 shore, ichigibig, tchigagdm. 
 Distant from the shore, nd- 
 witch. I paddle my canoe to 
 
 the shore, nin nddagdmeam. 
 On the opposite shore, agd- 
 ming, djawagdm, awdssagdm. 
 
 Short; I am short and thick, 
 nin iakwdbewis, nin bitikwd- 
 beivis. 
 
 Short; I am (it is) short, nin 
 takos ; iakwdmagad. It is 
 short : A building, takonde- 
 magad. 
 
 Short, shortly, ivaiba, waieba. 
 
 Shorten ; I shorten it, nin tak- 
 tcaton I sh. it by cutting ofl'; 
 (171., an) )nn takwakwaan ; 
 nin iakicakwdica 
 
 Short-legged ; I am sh.-l., nin 
 taiakogdde. It is short-legged, 
 tabassigdbawi, (it stands low.) 
 
 Short time ; a short tune, aichi- 
 na, icenibik. (Kanak). 
 
 Short way, kakam. I take the 
 short way, kakam nind ija, 
 nin kakamishka. 
 
 Shot, anicins, jishibamoi, jishi- 
 banioins. ]\iy shot and balls 
 are all gone, nin tchdganwis- 
 sin. (Niskasiniy). 
 
 Shot ; I am shot, nin mikoshkos. 
 
 Shot-pouch, pindassindn, pin- 
 dassinadjigan. 
 
 Shoulder, odinimanganima. My, 
 thy, his shoulder, «mdini- 
 mangan, kidinimangan, odi- 
 nimangan. Between the 
 shoulders, naasawidinigan. I 
 lay him (her, it) on my shoul- 
 ders and carry him, (her, it), 
 nin pagidjidinimanganeona ; 
 nin pagidjidinimanganeondn. 
 
 Shoulder-blaile ; my, thy, his 
 shoulder-blade, nindinigan, 
 kidinigan, odinigan. I break 
 my sh., nin pakisaginebinidis. 
 I break his sh., nin pakisagi- 
 nebina.
 
 SHO 
 
 — 229 
 
 SIC 
 
 'Shoulder-part of an animal, osa- 
 gin. 
 
 Shout ; I shout, nin bibdg. I 
 shout with joy, nin sassakwe. 
 (Sakowew). 
 
 Shouting, bibaginnn. Shoutiug 
 with joy, sassdktcewin. 
 
 Shove ; 1 shove him (her, it) 
 with njy arm, nin bidjinika- 
 wa ; nin bidjinikan, nin bid- 
 jiniasHon. 
 
 Shovel , mangdnibadjigan. 
 
 Shovel ; I shovel, nin mangdni- 
 badjigc. 1 shovel it, iin ,an.) 
 nin Viang dnibadan ; nin man- 
 ganibana. I shovel snow, nin 
 mangdnibi. 
 
 Show, (let see :) I show, 7Wm wd- 
 bandaiwe. I show it to him 
 (her, it,) nin wdbandaa ; nin 
 wabanddan. I show it to him 
 plain Iv, nin mis.sdbandan. I 
 show him, I her, it,) nin wd- 
 bandaiwenan ; nin wdbandai- 
 wen. 
 
 Show, (with the finger ;) I show 
 with the f., nind inaige, nind 
 ijindige. (Itwahamawew). I 
 show him (her, iti with the f., 
 nind iiu'xt, niml ijinoa ; n'ind 
 inoan, nind ijinnitn. I show 
 it to him with the linger, nind 
 iiwamawn, nind ininama,nind 
 ininamawa. 
 
 Show, A\o\\\i\g,wdbandaiwewin, 
 inoigewin. 
 
 Show-l)rea(l , irdbandaitof-pak- 
 Hujigtin, tcdbandaiwewini-pa- 
 kwrjigan. 
 
 Shower; showers of rain are 
 passing liy, b(d)(nnibissa. A 
 shower of rain is coming, 6i- 
 dibissa. 
 
 Shown ; any ohject shown with 
 the finger, inoigan. 
 
 Shred, ishkojigan, onijigan, bi- 
 te i jig an. 
 
 Shrink : the boards shrink dry- 
 ing, jijibdssagisowag nabagi.s- 
 mgog. 
 
 Shrul), kibinsan. 
 
 Shudder ; I siiudder suddenly, 
 nin masanika. 
 
 Shutter, icasnetchir/anddg. 
 
 Shut up; I shut liim (her, it) 
 up, nin gibakwdwa ; nin gi- 
 bdkicaan. I shut him up in a 
 hole, nin gibawa. I shut it 
 up against him, nin gibdkwaa- 
 mawa. I shut it up, nin gi- 
 binnagadn. 
 
 Shy ; I am shy, nind atchitm. 
 The animal is shy, awassdni 
 awes.ii. 
 
 Shy, (Itashful ;) I am shy or 
 bashful, nindagati-hishk, nind 
 agatchiwis, nind agatchima- 
 dis. (Xepewisiw). 
 
 Sick ; I am sick, nind dkos, nin 
 nanipinis. It is sick, dkosi- 
 maoad, nanipinisimagdd. I 
 feel sick, nin sitni.s, nin .timd- 
 dis. I fall sick suddenly, nin 
 pangishkonen I look sick, 
 nind dkosindgns. I am sick 
 in a certain manner, nind ina- 
 ])inc. I am very sick, nind 
 osdininr, nin nidgwito, nin 
 mamidawito. — It makes me 
 sick, ////( mdnikngon. 
 
 Sickle, kis/ikashkijigun, pash- 
 kiras/ikijigan. 
 
 Sickly, often si<^k ; I am sickly, 
 ;i/;t nila-dkns, nind akosishk, 
 nin inigiranailis. I have a 
 sickly apj)earance, nind dko- 
 sindgns. 
 
 Sickness, dkosiwin, nanipinisi- 
 tp/n, indpinewin, jindagan. 
 IJeginning of a sickness, ind-
 
 SIG 
 
 — 230 — 
 
 SIN 
 
 dapinewin, mddjinewin. Very 
 
 freat sickness, osdminewin. 
 [ard painful sickness, sana- 
 gapinetoin, kotagapinewin — 
 Sickness caused by somebody, 
 (according to Indian supersti- 
 tions,) anisbindbewapinewin. 
 Bad shameful sickness, mdnd- 
 dapinewin. — I begin to feel a 
 sicKness, 7nn mddji-dkos, nin 
 mddjine, nin mddapine. I give 
 him a certain sickness, nind 
 indpinana. 
 
 Sick person, aidkosid, enapined. 
 
 Side ; I fall on my side, nind 
 apimosse. On this side of a 
 canoe, vessel, etc., onddsso- 
 nag. On the other side, awas- 
 sonag. — On this side of a ri- 
 ver, etc., onddssagdm. On the 
 other side, awassagdm, aja- 
 wagdm, agdming On one 
 side only, nabanegdm. — On 
 this side of a hill or moun- 
 tain, onddssaki, onddssadjiw. 
 On the other side, awdssaki, 
 aicdssadjiw. 
 
 Sieve, Jdboshkatchigan. 
 
 Sift; I sift, nin jdboshkatchige. 
 I sift it, (an., in.) nin jdbossan, 
 nin jdboshkassa ; nin jabos- 
 saan, nin jaboshkaton. 
 
 Sigh, pagidandmowin, ikwand- 
 mowin. 
 
 Sigh ; I sigli, nin pagidanam, 
 nin passakadem, nind ansa- 
 nam. I sigh deeply, 7iind ik- 
 wanam, nind manginansanam 
 
 Sight; I lose s,\g\\t, nind angiod- 
 bandji^e, nin bandbandam. I 
 lose sight of him, (her, it,) 
 nind angwdbama, nin band- 
 bima ; nind angwabandan, 
 nin pandbanddn . 
 
 Sign, kikinawddjitchigan, ma. 
 
 mdkadjitchigan, mamakdsa- 
 bandjigan. 
 
 Sign, (subscribe) ; I sign, nind 
 ijinikdsowin nindaton, (I put 
 down my name ;) migwan nin 
 tagina, 'I touch the pen.) 
 
 Silence, bisdnabiwin, ishkwawe- 
 win, [ishkowewin.) 
 
 Silence; I silence him, nin bi- 
 sdnabia. I silence him, he 
 cannot answer, nin wdwani- 
 ma. 
 
 Silk, silk-stuft", senibd, seniba- 
 icegin. 
 
 Silk {or aewinSfSenibawdssabdb. 
 
 Silk handkercTiief, seniba-mosh- 
 10 e. 
 
 Silver, joniia. I work silver, 
 nin joniidke. 
 
 Silver; I silver it, ninjoniidka- 
 ddn. 
 
 Silvered ; it is si\., joniidkdde. 
 
 Silver-money, joniiag, (silver- 
 pieces.) 
 
 Si 1 ver smi th , joniid kewin ini. 
 
 Silversmith's work, trade or bu- 
 siness, Jo^«■(■d^•em?^. 
 
 Sin, batddoioin, batdsiwin, ma- 
 tchi dodamowin, matchi ijitce- 
 bisitvin. — Small venial sin,. 
 batddowinens. (Pastahuwin. 
 
 Sin ; I sin, nin batd-ijiwebisy 
 nin bataidis, nin batdindind, 
 nin batas, )iin matchi dodam, 
 nin matchi ijiwebis. — I sin ia 
 thoughts, nin batdsinendam ; 
 in words, nin batd-gijwe, nin 
 batdioe ; in action, 7iin batd- 
 dodam. 
 
 Sinful ; it is sinful, manatcui, 
 batd-ijiwebad. 
 
 Sinfulness, batd-ijiwebisiwin, 
 matchi bimddisiwin. 
 
 Sing ; I sing, nin nagam. I pre- 
 pare myself for singing, nin
 
 SIP 
 
 — 231 — 
 
 SIX 
 
 nandanam. I sing for a proof, 
 nin godji-nagam. I in intake 
 iu singing, nin wdnaam. I 
 sing it high, nind ishpwSwe- 
 ion. I g\u" it ]ow, nin iaba.ss- 
 weweton. I sing to him, nin 
 nagamotavoa. 
 
 Singer, nagamowinini. Female 
 singer, nagamoikwe. 
 
 Singing, the act of singing, na- 
 gamowin. 
 
 Single / I am single, (not mar- 
 ried,) nind oshkinig, kawin 
 nin wedige.ssi, nijike nind aia. 
 (Monsilbew, niunsiskwew). 
 
 Single state, oshkinigiicin. (Mar- 
 ried state, widigendiwin.) 
 
 Sing mocking; I sing to mock 
 somebody or something, nin 
 nandpagam. I sing him (her, 
 it), mocking, «m nandpagamo- 
 nan ; nin ninandpagamnn. 
 
 Sink in ; I sink in the ground 
 with my foot, bokaktimigisse. 
 I sink in mud, nin qagivdnaq- 
 watchishkiwexse. I sink \n 
 the snow, nin ginddwaf/nnesse. 
 I sink in snow or sand, walk- 
 ing, nin ndwaain. I sink to 
 the bottom, nin gosdbi, tiin 
 mijakisne. 
 
 Sink in ; it sinks in the ground, 
 ginddkamiginhkumtigud. 
 
 Sinner, baititd-ij iw cb isid. 
 
 Sioux Indian, liwdn, Nddowesxi. 
 
 Sioux language, bwdnirnowin. I 
 speak the Sioux Ian., nin bwd- 
 nim. 
 
 Sioux scalp, bicdnishtigwdn, 
 (Sioux liead.) I bring a Sioux 
 scalp, nin bijiuH-. 
 
 Sioux scjuaw, hwdnikwe. 
 
 Sip; I sip it, nintl odonendan, 
 nind udonamonotun. 
 
 Siren, memegwessi.^ 
 
 Sister, awema. My, thy, his 
 older sister, iiimi-xse, kimisse, 
 omiss 6i an. My, thy, his 
 younger sister, n'iafiim'e, ki- 
 nhirnC', o.ihimeian. 
 
 Sister-in-law ; my, thy, his sis- 
 ter-in-law, ( a male speaking 
 to a male or in regard to a 
 male,) n'lnim, kinim, winimon; 
 (a /e/na/e speaking to a female 
 or in regard to a female, | nin- 
 ddngwe, kiddngwe, oddngwei- 
 an. 
 
 Sit; 1 sit, I sit down, I am sit- 
 ting, nin ndmadab,nin icawe- 
 nab, nin ieissab. I make him 
 sit down, nin ndmadabia, nin 
 wawenabia. I sit upon, nind 
 agvridab, nin apab. I sit on 
 it, nind apabin. I sit well, 
 comfortably, nin minicab, nin 
 naab. I sit behind, in the last 
 place, nind i.shkweb. I sit on 
 the bare ground, nin mitab I 
 sit broadly, nin gr.shawab. I 
 sit oblitiuely, nin bimidab. I 
 sit straittht up, nin maiaxcab. 
 I sit by his side, nin namada- 
 bilawa. I sit with him, nin 
 widubinia. I sit a certain 
 length of time, mn nomageb. 
 I sit with down-hanging arms, 
 ninjinginikelt I sit witli cross- 
 ed arms, nind ajidmikeb. I 
 sit like a bird, ninbini'.s.siwab. 
 — We sit around, nin giwita- 
 bimin. 
 
 Sitting, the act of sitting, nama- 
 daliiwin. 
 
 Sit up: I sit up nt night, nin 
 nibab, nin niliniab. I sit ui> 
 watching a corpse, nin nibm. 
 
 Six, ningutwdssici. We are six
 
 SKI 
 
 — 232 — 
 
 SLA 
 
 of lis, nin ningotwatchimin. 
 
 There are six m. objects, nin- 
 
 gotwdtchinon. 
 Six, ningotwdsso. 
 Six every time, six each or to 
 
 each, nenmgohodtinwi . 
 Six hundred every time, 600 each 
 
 or to each, neningntwdsuwdk. 
 Sixth ; the sixth, eko-ningotwdt- 
 
 ching. The sixth time, nin- 
 
 gotwdtching. 
 Sixthly, eko-ningotwdtching. 
 Six thousand, ningotwdtching 
 
 middssivdk. 
 Six times, ningotwdtching. 
 Six times every time, six times 
 
 each or to each, neningotwdt- 
 
 ching. 
 Sixty, ningotwdssimidana. We 
 
 are sixty, nin ningotwdssimi- 
 
 ddnawemin. 
 Skate, joshkioddaagan. 
 Skate; I skate, ninjoskwddae. 
 Skein ; one skein, ningotonsi- 
 
 bide. 
 Sketch ; I sketch it, nin masi- 
 
 jiibian. 
 Skilful ; I am skilful, }iin wd- 
 
 winges. (Mamiyuw). 
 Skill, skilfulness, icdwingesiwin. 
 
 I act with skilfulness, ninwd- 
 
 wingetchige. 
 Skin ; my, thy, his skin, ninja- 
 
 gadi, kijagadi, oja g a dia n. 
 
 (Masakiiy). My skin is black, 
 
 nin ?nakatewaje. My skin is 
 
 red, nin mishvaje. My skin 
 
 is white, nin wdbishkaje. 
 Skin of an am\\\a\,awessiioaidn. 
 
 (Pijiskiweyan). Skin of a 
 
 male quadruped, aiabcicaidn ; 
 
 of the largest kind, aiabeice- 
 
 gin. Skin of a female qua- 
 druped, nojewaidn ; of the 
 
 largest kind, nojewegin. — 
 
 Green Bk\u , ashkatai ; of the 
 largest kind, ashkigin. Dry 
 ^k\n, gankatai; of the largest 
 kind, gaskigin. Skin of a 
 quadruped without the hair, 
 pashkivdwejigan. 
 
 Skull, tvijigan. (Mis tik wa- 
 tt igan). My, thy, his 
 skull, ninindibegan, kinindi- 
 began, winindibegan ; or, 
 nishtigwdnigegan, kvshtigwd- 
 nig eg an, osktigwdnigegan. 
 The skin of my, thy, his skull, 
 ninikicai, kinikwai, winikicai. 
 — There are skulls, wijigani- 
 ka. Place where there are 
 skulls, wijiganikan. 
 
 Sky, gijig. The sky is blue, 
 mijakicad. (W a s e s k w a n). 
 The sky is red, miskwawad. 
 Under the sky, (in the open 
 air,) miji^haroakamig. 
 
 Sky-blue ; it is dyed sky-blue, 
 (in ,an.)mijakwadong indnde : 
 m ijak wado ng ina nso. 
 
 Slab, Jigobodjigan. 
 
 Slaken ; I slaken it, nin neshan- 
 giginan, nin neshangabiginan. 
 
 Slander, dajindiwin, matchi da- 
 jindiwin. 
 
 Slander ; I slander, nin dajinge, 
 nin matchi dajinge 
 
 Slanderer, dejinged, matchi- 
 dajinged. Habitual slanderer, 
 dejingeshkid. 
 
 Slanderous, I am slanderous, 
 nin dajingeshk. 
 
 Slate ; ojibiigan-assin, ojibiiga- 
 niwassin. 
 
 Slaughter, nissidivoin, dapina- 
 nidiicin. 
 
 Slave, aitakdn. I am a slave, 
 nind awakdniip. Male slave, 
 abanini. Female slave, aba- 
 nikwe.
 
 SLI 
 
 233 
 
 SLO 
 
 Slavery, awakdniwin, aioa- 
 kdnidiiciii. 
 
 Sleigh, oddbdn, oddbdnak. I 
 . make a sleigh,/u*Hd oddbdnike. 
 
 Sleep, nibdwin. 
 
 Sleep ; I sleep, niii nibd. I 
 make him sleep, nin nibea. I 
 sleep in the daytime, nin tjiji- 
 niba. I fall in a profound 
 sleep, nin gawinf/wash. I 
 sleep profondly, nin nissing- 
 wdm, nin bn.sangmdm. I si. 
 much, nin nibdxhk, nin win- 
 gognne. I sleep too much, nin 
 osdniingwdm, ni)i bingeng- 
 wdm. I sleep softly, sligntly, 
 nin jibingwash. 
 
 Sleepiness, gigibingicashiwin, 
 loingosh, iringuuti. 
 
 Sleeping, nibdwin. Bad liabit 
 of sleeping too much, nibdsh- 
 kiwin , wiiigoganewin . 
 
 Sleeping-mom, nibrwin 
 
 Sleepy ; I am sleepy, nin gigi- 
 bingwa.sh, nin pusanngwabish- 
 ka, nin wi-niba. I am very 
 sleepy, nin nienddtchingwash, 
 nin nimingicaxh. 
 
 Sleeve, nagwui. 
 
 Slice ; slice of dried venieon, 
 bfinijdwdn. Slice of cedar in 
 the bottom of a canoe, apissi- 
 tdgan. 
 
 Slide -f I slide on tiie ice, nin hi- 
 mibos. I slide fast, nin kiji- 
 bis. I slide in a certain way, 
 nind ijisse. It slides, bidji- 
 nide. The liird slides through 
 the bird, biiljibisn binrx/ii. It 
 slides fast, kijibidemagad. It 
 slides in a certain way, ijiss6- 
 magad. 
 
 Slide and fall; I slide and fall, 
 nind ojdshiskln. I slide and 
 
 fall on the ice, nind ojdshik- 
 wishin ; on the snow, nind 
 ojashagoni.ihin ; on a stone, 
 nind oja.'ihdbikishin. 
 
 Slide hack ; I slide hack, nind 
 ujt'.s/se. It slides hack or hack- 
 wards, ajessemagad. 
 
 Slide down; I slide (it elides) 
 down, nin ni.ssdko.ise, nin 
 ndnji, nin ndnjisse, nin ni.thi, 
 nissako.i.iemagddynanjimngad, 
 nanjis.semagad, n i.s/i iniagad. 
 I slide down the IuII.'h/k 
 joskkwddjiice. I slide 'it slides) 
 in a hole, nin boddkire-ise ; 
 bodakicessemagad. I slide in 
 with my foot, nin pindjisi- 
 desse ; with my leg, nin pin- 
 digddesse. I elide (it slides) 
 in the water, nin bakobisse ; 
 bnkob iss em a gad. 
 
 Slightly, sibiskadj, naegaich. 
 (Nisik). 
 
 Slim ; I am of a slim or slender 
 size, nind agassakicaiawes, 
 nin gigaimres 
 
 ':>\\\\\l,p(is.sikwebndjigan. I am 
 throwing with a sling, nin 
 pa,'isikwebodJige. 
 
 Slippery ; it is slippery, ojdsha- 
 maifud, jojdkwad, joshkwania- 
 gail. 
 
 Slow; I am slow at work, nin 
 bnbrgikddis. nin bnbidjinnwis, 
 nin bii'(i(iwi.'<,nind andjiniiireji, 
 nin bedjiw. — I am slow in eat- 
 ing, nin bab'''gikadandjige,nin 
 bedjis.fin. — I am slow in my 
 thoughts ami resolutions, nin 
 brdendani. 
 
 Slowly, beka, naegatrh, sibis- 
 katrh. I walk, navigate or 
 travel slowly, ntn besika. (Pe- 
 yattik).
 
 SME 
 
 — 234 — 
 
 SMI 
 
 Slowness at work, hahejikadisi- 
 win, begjiioin. Slow walking 
 or traveling, besikdwin. 
 
 Sluggard, ketimishkid, taiata- 
 gadisid, enokissig. I am a 
 sluggard, nin kitimisk, nin 
 tatdgadis. 
 
 Sluggish. Sluggishnees. — S. 
 Lazy. Laziness. 
 
 S 1 u til b e r ; I slumber, nind 
 asingwdm. 
 
 Slut, wanisid ikwe. 
 
 Sluttish ; I am si., nin winis. 
 
 Sluttishness, winisiwin. 
 
 Small ; I am small, nind agd- 
 shi, nin takos. I am very 
 small, 7iin mdskig. I make 
 myself small, nind agdshiidis. 
 — It is small, agdssa, agdssin, 
 agdssinad. It is small : A glo- 
 bular object, in., agdssimina- 
 gad ; globular object, an., 
 agdssiminagisi ; a house or 
 room, agasaate; melal, in., 
 aynssdbikad ; metal, an., 
 agdssdbiki.si ; stuff, in., agns- 
 sigad ; stuff", an., agdssigisi. 
 — It is too small for me, (in., 
 an.) nin sinsikan ; nin sin.9i- 
 kawa. I make it email, or 
 rimaller, ni7id agdssaton, nind 
 agdssHon. — We are small, nin 
 babiwijinimin. They are 
 small, [in.) babiicaican. 
 
 Small person, tekosid. 
 
 Small-pox, mamakisiwin. I have 
 the small-pox, nind omama- 
 kis. (OmiKiw). 
 
 Smart at work. S. Zealous. 
 
 Smell, (odor,) ifimdqosimn. I 
 make a good smell oy burning 
 8. th., nin mindss'ige. I burn 
 it(m., an.) to make a good 
 smell, nin inina.ssan ; nin mi- 
 nasswa. I spread the smell 
 
 of 8. th., nin hidjimdssige. — I 
 am (it is) of such a smell or 
 odor, nind ijimdgos; ijimdg- 
 wad. I have (it has) the smell 
 of ardent liquor, nind ishkote- 
 wdboimdgos ; ishkotevoaboi- 
 magwad. I hate the .smell of 
 it, [in., an.) nin jingimdnddn; 
 nin jingimdmd. I suffer from 
 the smell of it, {in., an.) nin 
 kotagimanddn ; nin koiagi- 
 mumd. 
 
 Smell, (scent;) I smell s. th., 
 nin minandjige. I smell him 
 (her, it), nin nindma, nin mi- 
 nandawa ; nin mindnddn. I 
 give him to smell s. th., nin 
 minandaoma, nin mindssa- 
 mawa. 
 
 Smell, (emit odor :) I smell, nin 
 mindgos ; it smells, mindg- 
 icad. I smell (it smells) well, 
 nin minomdgos ; minomdg- 
 load. Semething smells well 
 to me, nin minomandjige. He 
 (she, it) smells well to me, nin 
 minomdmd ; nin minomdnddn. 
 It smells well when burnt, 
 {in., an.) minomdte ; mino- 
 77idsso. — I smell bad from 
 perspiration, nifi wishdgomd- 
 gos. It smells the sweat, (li- 
 quid,) wishagicagatni. 
 
 Smelled ; I am (it is) smelled, 
 nin bidjimdgos ; bidjimdgwad. 
 
 Smelt ; I smelt, nin ningiko- 
 siqe. 
 
 Smelter, ?; ingikosigewinini . 
 
 Smeltin^-furnace, ningiko^igaiif 
 ningabikisigan. 
 
 Smelting-house, (foundry,) nin- 
 gikosiqewigamig. 
 
 Smile ; I smile, nin bdp. 
 
 S m i 1 i n g, bdpitcin. I have a 
 smiling countenance, nin ba-
 
 SMO 
 
 — 235 — 
 
 SNO 
 
 bdpingwe, nin jomiugwen. I 
 eliow him a sniilinc; counte- 
 nance, uinJomiiK/welawa. 
 
 Smith, awishtoia. I am a smith, 
 nind awishtoiaw 
 
 Smithsliop, awishtoidwigamig . 
 
 Smith's trade, awiahtoidwiwin. 
 
 Smoke ; there is nmuke, j)ak- 
 w^ne,j)aKkkine. I make smoke, 
 nin pashkinaice. (Kaskalmt- 
 tew). I make smoke around 
 him, nin gikanamoswa The 
 smoke ascends, omhdbate ; 
 comes from..., oiiddhaie. — I 
 can endure much smc^ke, nin 
 jibanamoti, nin wakewanainos. 
 — It smokes, (in a lo<lge or 
 liouse,) g i ka n a m ode. It 
 smokes in my lodj^e or liouee, 
 qikandmnde endaidn, nin gi- 
 kandmos. 
 
 Smoked meat, ondnaigan. I 
 smoke meat, nind ondtasige. 
 
 Smoker, segaxswdd. Great 
 smoker, n e I as a gas .s w d d. 
 (Opittwaw). Smoker of mix- 
 ed tobacco, epdkosiged. Smo- 
 ker of pure tol)acco, metdko- 
 siged. 
 
 Smoke tobacco ; I smoke, nin 
 .lag/tsswn. (Pittwaw). I smoke 
 
 i)ure tobacuH), nininUdkoxige ; 
 mix my tobacco, nind apd- 
 kosiqe. I liave n o t li i n g to 
 smoke, nin manrpwa — We 
 smoke together, (in a coun- 
 cil,) nin s(ig(i,'i>itoi'iilimin. 
 
 Smoking, sagtt.iswdwin, sagass- 
 w^idiwin. ( P it twa win). 
 
 Smootli ; I smootli with an iron, 
 ninjo.shkwdigiiige. I smooth 
 it, iron it, [in. an.,] nin josh- 
 kwegaan ; nin joskkwegawa. 
 
 Smootli, (in. s. in.) S. Polish. 
 I'olished. 
 
 Smoothed ; it is smoothed with 
 a Hat iron, (in., an.) Jn.skkwdi- 
 gaigdde ; joshkwdigaigdso. 
 
 Smoothing iron, joshkwdigai 
 gan. 
 
 Smooth rock ; tlicre is a Hat 
 smooth rock, jo.shkuuinabika. 
 
 Snail, liiniiskDdi.ssi. 
 
 Snake, qin^hig. 
 
 Snake Tndian, Ginebigonini. 
 
 Snare, nagwdgan. I lay snares, 
 nin nagwdnike. (Wanihigan, 
 tapakwtiii). I lay him a snare 
 to catch him, nin dagodawa. 
 (Tapakwewatewi. I lay him a 
 snare or trap, nind oniuma- 
 wa. I catch in a snare, nin 
 nagwddjige. I catch him (her, 
 it) in a snare, nin nagwdna ; 
 nin nugwddiin. 
 
 Snare-stri ng, nagwdgan^idb. 
 
 Snitl'; I sniti, nin nandom&nd- 
 
 Snipe, nadaxhkaanji, manomi- 
 nike.tni. 
 
 Snivel; I snivel, nin sikawid- 
 Jane, nin .fikawini.skigome. 
 
 Snore ; 1 snore, nin madweng- 
 warn, nin madwt'ngwash. 
 
 Snoring, niadwingwdmowin, 
 miidwvngwa.shiwin. 
 
 Snot, ni.'ikigiiuidn. (Siniskigo- 
 m a n). M y, t h y, h i s 
 snot, nini.skiginndn, kinuiki- 
 gomdn, winiskigomunan. I 
 draw up my snot, nind iki- 
 gome, nind ddi.i.stia nixkigo- 
 mdn, nin .singigaipiskigomi^. 
 The snot is running from n>y 
 nose, nin .tikawinijikigome ; by 
 cold, Jiin .sikaiviniskigome- 
 wadj. 
 
 Snotty ; I am an., nin siniaki- 
 gnmun 
 
 Snout ; its snout, o.ihkinj. It
 
 SNO 
 
 — 230 
 
 SOA 
 
 has a small snout, agdssish- 
 kinji. It hafl a large snout, 
 maiuiinhkiiiji. 
 Snow, gon, agon. (Kona, koni- 
 wiw). On tlie snow, mitdr/o- 
 nag. Tliere is enow, gonilca. 
 There is much snow, a deep 
 snow, ishpagonaga, ishpaie. 
 The snow is soft, jakdgonaga, 
 nokdgonaga. The snow is 
 settled, hard, assandgonaga, 
 kijiwdgonagu. The s n o w 
 loivers, melts down; magivd- 
 goneshin. The snow is frozen, 
 gawdgonaga. The snow is 
 crusty, hard, onuhanad. The 
 snow is falling from the trees, 
 missamcimagud, bindnokima- 
 gad. I am (it is) covered with 
 snow, nin ningicano ; ning- 
 u-anomagad- 1 melt snow for 
 water, nin kijohike. I walk 
 in the snow without snow- 
 shoes, nin mamitaam. 
 
 Snow ; it snows, sogipo. (Mis- 
 pun). It begins to snow, md- 
 dipo. It snows in small flakes, 
 hissipo. It snows in large 
 flakes, mdngadepo. The snow 
 begins to cover the ground, 
 biwipo. Soft watery snow is 
 falling, jakipo. A snow-storm 
 passes by, bimipo. It snows 
 no more, ishkwapo. It snow- 
 ed enough, gijipo. 
 
 Snow-bird, wdbaningosi. 
 
 Snow blind; I am snow-bl., nin 
 sassakingwe. (Wayesabiw) . 
 
 Sno\\-h\mdue>:s,saiisdkingwewin 
 
 Snow-dritt ; there is a snow- 
 drift, biwan. 
 
 Snowshoe, agim. (Asam, asa- 
 mikkew). I make snowshoes, 
 nind agimike. I lace or fill a 
 
 snowshoe, nind ashkima agim. 
 I walk with snowshoes, nind 
 agimosne, nind odngim. (Ki- 
 kasamew). I am coining on 
 snowshoes or with snowshoes, 
 nin biddgimosse The snow 
 sticks to my snowshoes, nin 
 m in ik ivanikuma . 
 
 Snowshoe-filling or lacing, as/i- 
 kirndicin. 
 
 Snowshoe-making, agimikewin. 
 
 Snowshoe-ornament, nimaigan . 
 
 Snowshoe string, atiman. 
 
 Snowshoe-trail ; there is an evei» 
 snowshoe-trail, onagwanaga. 
 
 Snowshoe-walker, netdwagimos- 
 sed. I am a good snowshoe- 
 walker, nin nitdwagimosse. 
 
 Snowshoe \\Si.\\i'\\\g,agimossewin. 
 
 Snow-storm ; a snow-storm is 
 coming, bidipo. There is a 
 snow-storm, or drift of snow,. 
 biwan. The snow-storm is 
 driven away by the wind, 
 mddjipo. A snow-storm is 
 passing by, bimipo. 
 
 Snuff, assi/na, pindakicewin. I 
 manufacture snult, nind as&e- 
 make. [Assemaketcin. Asse- 
 makewinini. Assemakeuri ga- 
 rni g) 
 
 Snuft'; I nuff, I take skutf, nin 
 pindakwe, nin pindakodjane 
 
 Snutf ; I snuit' the candle, nin 
 kish kanj^kodan tcdssakwa- 
 nendjigan. 
 
 Snufl-box, ass^ma makak. 
 
 Snutt'ers, ki.^hkdiijckodjigan. 
 
 So, mi, 7ni sa. lEkusi). 
 
 Soak ; it soaks, (in., an.) ag- 
 winde ; agicindjin. I put it 
 in water to soak, [in., an.) 
 nindagirindjiton ; nind ag- 
 windjima.
 
 SOL 
 
 — 237 — 
 
 SOR 
 
 Soap, kisibigaigan. \Ai\n'u\ soap, 
 pingw i- kisih igwigu n. I i n ak e 
 soap, iiin kixibigaiganike. 
 
 Soap-uoiler , soap-inaii ulacturer, 
 kisibigaigaidkewinini. 
 
 Soap-boilery, soap-lionse, soap- 
 II lari ufactory , kisibigaiganike- 
 wiyamig. 
 
 Soap-making, kisibigaiganike- 
 win. 
 
 Soap-suds, soap-water, kisibi- 
 gaiyandbo. 
 
 Sot) ; I sob, nin nashigide. 
 
 Sobbing, naahigidtwiu. 
 
 Sober ; I am sober, (not drunk 
 now,) nind anissddis ; ninba- 
 gakddis. I am sober again 
 (after d r n n k e n n e s »,) nind 
 atebi. 
 
 Sober person, menikwessig. 
 (Ayeniw). 
 
 Sobriety, anissddisiwin, bagaka- 
 disiwin, atebiwin. 
 
 Sock, ajigan. 
 
 Sodomy, pudjidrieivin. I com- 
 mit sodomy, /(//( podjidiis. 
 
 Soft; it is soft, [in., an.) noka- 
 dad ; nokadisi. (Yoskaw, yos- 
 kisiw). 
 
 Soften, I soften it, (in., an.) nin 
 nokiton, nin nokibidon, nin 
 nokigibidon; iiiit nokia,nin no- 
 kibina. nin iiokigibina. I sof- 
 ten linden biirk, iiinda.'iaiifobi. 
 
 Softly, slightly, nacgutch, bcka. 
 
 Soil, aki. 
 
 Sojourn, apidaniniipin. (Wiki- 
 win). 
 
 Sojourn ; I sojourn, nind apida- 
 nis. 
 
 Solace; I solace, nind ab.ti- 
 winge. 1 solace him, nind 
 dbixiwima. 
 
 Soldier, jimdganish mininsino, 
 migasOwinini. 
 
 Sole of the foot, onanag&kuiidd-' 
 ma. My, thy, his sole, niiui- 
 nagd ki.s id, kinan aga kin id. 
 
 Solicit; I solicit him, nin wik- 
 icatchia, nin wikuv'i.ioma. 
 
 Solid ; it is solid, strong, {in., 
 an.) songan ; nungisi. 
 
 Some, dnind, pangi, bibcjig. 
 (Atit). 
 
 Somebody, awiia, bemddisid. 
 
 Something, gvgo, ningot, ningO' 
 iano. (Kekwiiy). 
 
 Somewhere, ningotchi. (Nandi)*. 
 
 Son, ogwi.ssiina, tregivissiinind. 
 My, thy, his son, ningwixs, 
 kigwis.s, ogwi-ssan ; or, ning- 
 wissis.'i, kigwiasis.^, dgmssi.s- 
 san. I have a son, nind og- 
 tciss. I have him for a son, 
 he is my sun, nind ogwissi- 
 nan, nind ogicis.siina. I am a 
 son, nind ugwi.ssiniigo. 
 
 Song, naganion, nugamOwin, 
 Religious song, (hymn,) ana- 
 mie-nagamon , anamie-naga- 
 mowin. 
 
 Song-book , nagamo-ma.iinaigan. 
 
 Songster, nagumowinini. 
 
 Songstress, miganti'iikwe. 
 
 Sun-in-law ; my, thy, his son- 
 in-law, niningwitn^kiningicaiiy 
 oningu'dnan. (Unabakisima). 
 The son-in-law of a familv, 
 7indngi.th. 1 am son-in-law m 
 a familv, nin nadngab, nind 
 ojinin(fa7n. 
 
 Soon, waiba, xcaiiba, pitchinag, 
 wnrib. As soon as possible, 
 agairanupi. (Kiyipi). 
 
 Soot, icinjide. 
 
 Sooty ; it is sooty, tcinjidnnu- 
 gad. 
 
 Sorb-berry, vuikiriniin. 
 
 Sor b-t ree , tn a kwiin ij. 
 
 Sorcerer, tcabanowinini. I am a
 
 sou 
 
 — 238 — 
 
 SPA 
 
 sorcerer, nin wdbanow. (Ma- 
 nitokkasuw). 
 
 Sorcery, wdbanowiwin. 
 
 Sorrel, jiwibag. 
 
 iSorrow, kashkendamowin, gissa- 
 dendamowin, wassitawenda- 
 mowin, (jibendamowin, kota- 
 gendamowin. Sorrow of the 
 neart, kashkendamideewin. I 
 have much sorrow, nin giben- 
 dam. I cause him much sor- 
 row, nin gibendamia, nin gi- 
 bendamishkaioa. It c a u s e s 
 me much sorrow, nin giben- 
 damishkagon I die of sorrow, 
 nin nibendam. 
 
 Sorrowful ; I am sorrowful, nin 
 gissadendam, nin mamida- 
 wendam. I make him sor., 
 nin gissadendamia. 
 
 Sorry ; I am sorry, nin kash- 
 kendam. (Mitatam). 
 
 Sought; I am (it is) sought, nin 
 Handawdbandjigas ; nandawd- 
 bandjigdde. 
 
 Soul, otchitchdgoma. My, thy, 
 his soul, nin tchiichdg, ki 
 tchitchdg, o tchitchdgican. I 
 have a soul, nind otchitchdg. 
 ^Atchak). 
 
 ,SGund ; I let hear a certain 
 sound, nind inwi. It gives a 
 sound, inwcmagad. It gives 
 a hollow &o\xiiA,mimbwewema- 
 gad. 
 
 Sound ; it sounds, madwessin, 
 madwewemagad. I make 
 sound 8. th., nin madwessH- 
 chige, nin madwewetchige. I 
 make it sound, nin madwessi- 
 ion, nin madweweton. Any 
 thing that sounds or gives a 
 sound, madweweichigan. It 
 sounds loud, kijiwemagad. 
 
 Soundly, kijija. 
 
 Soup, nabob. (S. Indian corn- 
 soup). Poor soup, (not sea- 
 soned;) dnissdbo. I make 
 poor soup, nind anissdboke- 
 
 Sour ; it is sour, (in.,an.)jiwan, 
 jiwamagad ; jiwisi. I make 
 sour 8. th., nin jiwissitchige. 
 1 make it sour, {in., an.,) nin 
 jiwiton, nin jiwissiton ; nin 
 jiwitawa, nin jiwishima, nin 
 jiwisia. 
 
 Source, (fountain, spring,) vio- 
 kidjiwanibig. 
 
 Sour milk, meshkawikwissing 
 totoshabobo. The milk lie- 
 comes sour, mashkawikwisain 
 totoshdbo. 
 
 South, ^awan. In, to, or from 
 the south,jfaica7iOH^. Towards 
 the south, jdwanong inaka- 
 keia — The clouds come from 
 the south, Jawan at wad. The 
 rain comes from the south, 
 jdwanibissa. It thunders in 
 the south, jdwanaamog (ani- 
 mikig.) 
 
 South-bird, (bird coming from 
 the iiO\\ih,]jdwanibini)ihi. 
 
 Southwind, jdwaninodin. The 
 wind comes from the south, 
 jdwaninodin. 
 
 Sovereign, kitchi-ogima. 
 
 Sovereign Pontitf. S. Pope. 
 
 Sow, kokosh. 
 
 Sow ; I sow, nin kitige, nin pa- 
 gidinige. I sow it, {in., an.) 
 nin kitigddan, nin pagidinan ; 
 nin kitigdna, nin pagidina. 
 
 Sowed ; it is sowed, kitigdde, 
 pagidinigdde. 
 
 Span, (measurement) ; oneapan, 
 bejigwakwagan, ningoticak- 
 woagan, ningotwakwoagan. 
 Two spans, three spans, etc., 
 nijwakwoagan, nisswaktcoa-
 
 SPE 
 
 — 2;w — 
 
 SPE 
 
 gan, etc. — So many spans, 
 dasswakwoagan. 
 
 Spare ; I spare it, (in., an.) nin 
 manadjiion ; nin inanadjia I 
 spare myself, nin ninnOdjiidis. 
 
 Spark ; sparks \\\ ofl', papa- 
 kanje. (Papaskitew). 
 
 Sparrow-liawk, kckck. Another 
 kinil, pipiwige. 
 
 Spasms, otchipinigowin. I have 
 spasms, nind otchipinig. (Ot- 
 jipitikuw). 
 
 Spat tie, ga.shkakokweigan. 
 
 Spawn, ivak. 
 
 Spawn ; the fisli is spawning, 
 ami gigo. 
 
 Speak ; f s|)eak, nin i/igH, 7iin 
 gaqigit, nin gijn^'', nin inwiK 
 (Pikiskwew, itwewi. It speaks, 
 gigitomngad, inwemagad. I 
 make liin) speak, nin gigitna. 
 — I speak alter liim, nin kiki- 
 notawa, nind anikunotawa. I 
 speak an^ry, nin ni.s/ikadji- 
 gijioe, nin ninhkadji-gigil, nin 
 nislikdnitugos, nin- nani.s/ika- 
 sitagon. I speak angry to him, 
 nin ni.shkiganona, nin ni.ik- 
 kddjiganona, nin ni.shkd.sntna. 
 I sp. evil, nin maichi-gijwe, 
 nin malchi ikkii . I si), fust, 
 quickly, nin dadntiwanagi- 
 aon, nin daddhdnncr. I sp. 
 for somelnxly, nin gaganoda- 
 mat/e. I sp. for him, nin ga- 
 nodaniaira, nin gaganodama- 
 wa. I speak the languiige of 
 tlie jieople with whom I live, 
 nin niinawe. I speak like a 
 (Iruiikfii person, nin giwa.nh- 
 ktC('hiiviniii'tg<>.'<. I speak low, 
 not loud, nin gii.'<k(in(i.s, nin 
 bekaddwe. I sjioak loud, nin 
 kijiwe. I speak us loud as I 
 <can, nind apitowe. I apeak 
 
 plainly, (to be easily under- 
 stood,! nin pagaknwe, nin 
 pagakHdgo.s, ninpagakisifidon 
 nin gigitowin. I apeak relv- 
 in;: on him, (her, it,) 7iin 
 nunapimonan ; nin nanapi- 
 mon 
 
 Speaker, netu-gigiiod, netawed, 
 gigifowinini. 
 
 Speaking, gigitowin, gagigito- 
 win, gijwewin. (Pikii^kwcwiii, 
 itwewiii) Angry spi-aking. 
 ninhkddji gijwnrin, ni.shkddji- 
 gigilou'in , n i.s/ikd.tiidgo.'iiwin , 
 ni.shki'tdjiii<in<>nidiwin. Fool- 
 ish, frivolous or inipure sn., 
 gagibu.'iifiigo.^iu'in , gagibdnji- 
 gijipnrin , gagibddji-gigitowin . 
 Hidden mystori(jus sp., ago- 
 tdgotdufin, girnotowewin. Ill 
 f^p., matc/ii ikkitowin, matrhi, 
 idiirin. Impure in<lecent sp., 
 winigijirewin, w'lni/th/n.siwin, 
 bishigwddji-gijwcwin . M istake 
 in sp., iiutnoirrwin, wtmigi/we- 
 irin. I mistake in speaking, 
 nin ipunoice, nin irnnigijwe. 
 Speaking of other jieople, da- 
 jindiwin , dtijingcwin . — Speak- 
 ini; of each other, or to each 
 other, iiiiurin . 
 
 Speak ing-housf, council-iiouse, 
 gigilowigmnig. 
 
 S|)ear, anit. Handle to a spear, 
 anifiiak. (Mitchikiwi. 
 
 Spear ; I spoar tish, niml akini- 
 ua, {akowa ) I spi-ur him, 
 (her, it,) nin ba.i/iibdwa ; nin 
 bashibaan. I sj)ear Jisli at 
 night, nin irds.swa. 
 
 Speared ; I am (it is) speared, 
 nin iKt.siiibaigan ; baxhibai- 
 gddr. 
 
 Spearing fish at night, tcdsswe- 
 win. 
 
 1(3
 
 SPI 
 
 — 240 — 
 
 SPL 
 
 Specie, (silver-money or gold- 
 money,) mitdhik. 
 
 Spectacles, (ishkinjigokddjigan. 
 (MiBkijikokkan). 
 
 Spectator, waiahanged. 
 
 Spectre, tchibai. 
 
 Speech, gigitounn, animitdgosi- 
 win, aianimitdgosiwin. 
 I make a speech, nin gigit, 
 nind aiiimitdgos, nind aiani- 
 mitagos. 
 
 Speed, dadutahiwin. 
 
 Speedy ; 1 am speedy, nin da- 
 ddtahi. 
 
 Spend ; I spend all day in such 
 a place, nin dajigijiganam. I 
 .spend all niglit in such a 
 place, nin dajitibikanani. 
 
 Spend all, consume ; I spend 
 all, nin tchdginige. (Mestini- 
 kew). I spend all of it, {in., 
 an.) nin tchdginan ; nin ichd- 
 gina. 1 am in the habit of 
 spending all, nin tchdgini- 
 geshk. Habit of spending all, 
 tchdginigeshkiwin. 
 
 Spendthrift, ichaiaginigeshkid, 
 neshiwanddjitchiged, benddji- 
 tod od aiiman- 
 
 Sperm-oil, kiichi-gigo bimide. 
 
 Spider, assabikeshi. Spider's 
 web, cobweb, assabikeshitoas- 
 .'iab. 
 
 Spike, kitchi-sagaigan. 
 
 Spill ; I spill, nin sigicebinige. 
 I spill it, {in., an.) nin sigice- 
 binan ; nin sigicebina. I spill 
 s. th. belonging to him, or for 
 him, nin sigicebinamawa. 
 
 Spilt; it is spilt, sigwebinigdde. 
 
 Spin ; I spin, nind assabdbike, 
 nin gashkateige. It spins, 
 bimaUigemagad, gashkateige- 
 magad. 
 
 Spine, tatagdgwan. 
 
 Spinning, gashkateigewin, bi- 
 m a tiigewin , a.Hsa bdbikewin . 
 
 Spinning-w heel, bimaieigan, 
 gatihkatngan. 
 
 Spirit, manito. I am a spirit, 
 nin manitow. I am consider- 
 ed a spirit, nin manitowis. 
 Quality or character of spirit, 
 maniiowiwin. Unclean spirit, 
 wdnisid manito. Evil spirit, 
 matchi manito. 
 
 Spit, abwdnak. 
 
 Spit ; I spit him, (her, it,) nind 
 onakdkwawa ; nind onakdk- 
 waan. 
 
 Spit ; I spit, nin sik, nin sik- 
 ivadjige. T spit it, nin sikwd- 
 ddn. I spit upon him, nin 
 .■iikivana. I spit in his face, 
 itiii .sikicaningtcingu'eica. 
 
 Spit-b(jx, .sikoicini-makak, sik- 
 icadjige-m akak. 
 
 Spite; in spite of..., J(7(7orf/, kil- 
 wen, aicdndjish. (Atjipikoi. 
 
 Spit out ; I spit him, (her, it) 
 out, nin sdgidjisikwana : 7iin 
 sdgidjisikwada n . 
 
 Spitter, sekwddjiged. 
 
 Spitting, .sikou'in ,sikicadjigeicin . 
 
 Spittle, sikoicdgan. The spittle 
 is running from my mouth, 
 nin sikdu'idon. 
 
 Spit water ; I spit water, nin 
 sisicandjige. I spit water on 
 him, nin sisicama. I spit wa- 
 ter in his face, nin siswaining- 
 tpena. 
 
 Spleen, wiss. 
 
 Splendid ; it is splendid, swsf^rr'. 
 sascgatnagad. 
 
 Splendid coat, sasega-babisikd- 
 wdgan. 
 
 Splendid man, sasega-inini. 
 
 Splendor, (brilliancy,) wdsseia- 
 siicin, ^cdssesiwin.
 
 SPU 
 
 — 211 - 
 
 SPR 
 
 Splinter, in the hand or foot, 
 <fi(jati(}wan. I draw out a 
 H p 1 i n t e r, nin (jigutiyioe. I 
 draw him a splinter out, 7i//i 
 gidadti(jwawa. 
 
 Split, in tiie nkin, yipiniwin, 
 <j<«jipisiiciii. 
 
 Split ; I .S|)lit wood, nin ianhki- 
 gaiije- I split it, (///., an.) nin 
 tdshkigan ; nia tdshkiyawa. 
 I split wood into tine small 
 pieces, nin bissiguisse. I split 
 it into small pieces, (wood,m , 
 a/1.) 7iin bi.ssigaan ; nin btssi- 
 gawa. I split it with the teeth, 
 (in-, an.) nin tdsltkanddn ; nin 
 td.ihkanui. 
 
 Split; it splits, tds hki gi.s.se, 
 td.i/ikikamagad. It split s, 
 (rock, metal,) td.shkabiki.'isi'. 
 It splits in lioilin^r, dadode- 
 magad. The road splits, di- 
 vides, bak^nw niikana. 
 
 Split ; it is split, tdslikika, tdsh- 
 kigishka. It is split, (rock, 
 mital, in., an.) Id-shkabikad, 
 td.^hkabikisi. 
 
 Split in tiie middle; I split it, 
 [in., an.) nin (d.s/ikinan, jiin 
 td.thkaan; nin /d.s/ikina, nin 
 tdshkawa. I split it, cutting, 
 (in., an.) nin tdxhkijan ; nin 
 tdahkijwa. I split it, sawing, 
 (in., an.) nin td.shkibodon ; 
 nin (d.sfikibfina. 
 
 S p I i t-s a w, td.s/ikifiodjigan. 
 ( C n iss-sa w , A/.s7/ kibodjigan .) 
 
 Split ting- wedge, (d.^ilikigaigun. 
 
 Split wood for fuel, bi.'i.sigai.s.san. 
 
 S|x)il ; I sj)oil, ///// banddjiiwe, 
 nin band<ljilrhi<ff,niii mijiiwe, 
 nin ni.i/iiiriinddiiiirr, nin ni- 
 shiwanddjitcfiigi'. 1 sjKiil him, 
 (her, it,) nin bandajia, nin 
 mijia, nin kopadjia, nin ni- 
 
 .shiwanddjia ; nin banddjiton, 
 nin mijiion, nin kopddjiton. 
 nin nishiwanddjiion. 
 
 Spoiled ; I am (it is) spoiletl. 
 nin banddjiirhiga.s, nin nishi- 
 wdnidis ; banddjitchigade, ni- 
 s/iiicanadad. 
 
 Spoken of; I am (it is) spoken 
 of, nia wawindjiga.t, nin da- 
 Jindjigas ; wuwindjigade, dn- 
 jindjigade. 
 
 Sponsor at baptism, babaikd- 
 win, o.s.sikdwin .• mamaikdwin, 
 ogikdwin. I am sjionsor, nin 
 fakonawa.t.s-. I am his spon- 
 sor, nin iakann aigaanddsod^ 
 or, nin gi-takona gi-sigaanda- 
 sod. 
 
 Spontaneously, b i n is ika. It 
 comes (prtxluces) spontane- 
 t>us iy , bin i.s/i iuiagad. 
 
 Spoon, emikwdu. A spoonful, 
 n in go (-em ikwdn . 
 
 Spoon hill, (bm{)lede. 
 
 Sportsman, gao.ssed, neia-gio.i- 
 .fed. 
 
 S|>jt, kitagisiwin. 
 
 Si)Ot ; I spot him, (her, it,) nin 
 kilagia ; nin kitagitun. 
 
 Spotted ; I nm tit is) spotted, nin 
 kiiagi.s ; kitagininiagad, ba. 
 bigwetagad. 
 
 Spread out ; I spread out, nin 
 te.isinige, nin dajweginige. \ 
 sp. it out, (/»., an.\ nin (e.i.si- 
 nan, nin (es.tiginan, nin daj- 
 ireginan ; nin ti's.sina, nin /e.s'- 
 sigina, nin dajwegina. 
 
 Spread out, i strew ;) I preadoul, 
 nin jingadenigf. I sj)read it 
 out, u/j., an.] nin jingadenan .- 
 nin Jingadrna. i sp. it out, 
 throwing, nin jingadetrabaan. 
 
 Spring, .y/i/irrt/j, minokami. U 
 spring, nigwuHg. Lastspriri;;
 
 SPY 
 
 — 242 
 
 SQU 
 
 sigwanong. Next ppring, pa- 
 nima sigwang. The spring 
 before last, awds.s-.sigwaiiong. 
 — I spend the ppring in a cer- 
 tain place, tiin sigwanisfi. I 
 spend the spring with him, 
 7iin wijisigwanishima. (Miyos- 
 kamik). 
 Spring (fountain,) mokidjiwani- 
 
 big, takih. 
 Spri ng-water , mokidjiwano-nihi, 
 
 taki garni. 
 Sprinkle ; I sprinkle water, nin 
 saswebigaiidaige, iiiii .saswebi- 
 gandjige I sprinkle him, (her, 
 it,) 71 in saswebigandawa ; nin 
 saswebigandan. 
 Sprinkling, xaswebigandjigewin. 
 Sprinking-pot and lirusli,.vosH'e- 
 bigandjigan , sastvcbigandai- 
 gan, sigdndjigan. 
 Sprout, onimik. 
 
 Sprout; it sprouts, (in., an.) sd- 
 ganwimagad, wabidicimag ; 
 sdganwi, wabidwi. The pota- 
 to sprouts, sdganwi opin. 
 Spruce, ininandag ; jingob. [C. 
 
 sapin.] 
 Spruce-beer, jingobdbo. 
 Spiinge, iskaibdn. I dry water ' 
 up with a spunge, nind iskai- 
 bi. 
 Spnr, patakimndjikadjigan. 
 Spy, neiidawdfod. 
 ^Spyglass, Jibaiabandjigan. I 
 fook through a spyglass, nin 
 jibaiabandjige. I look at him 
 (her, it) through a sp., nin 
 jibaidbama ; nin Jibaiaban- 
 dan. 
 Spy out , I spy out, nin na7ida- 
 lodto, ni7i gi7ndb. I spy him 
 out, nin ginidbama. I spy it 
 out, nin gimdbandan, nin nan- 
 dawdto7i. 
 
 Squall ; there is a squall of 
 wind, kitchi hidanimad, pa- 
 kitnunimad, gotdmigwad. 
 Siiuall of wind, ininsibin.ndossi ; 
 
 \)\. — loag. 
 Square; it is square, jcrsAameta- 
 magad, kakakamagad. It is 
 square, (stuff, in., an.) kaka- 
 kigad ; kakakigisi. 
 Square ; I square timber, nin 
 ichigigaige. I square it, (in., 
 an.) 7iin Uhigigaan ; nin tchi- 
 gigawa. (Passahikew). 
 Square tobacco, ejashawebagisid 
 
 a.ssema. 
 Squaring, fcJiigigaigewi7i. 
 Squarin^-axe, ichigigaigan. 
 Squat ; I squat, nin niniissab. 
 Stjuaw, ani.shindbekwe. I am a 
 squaw, 7iind ani.shindbekicew. 
 Squaw not belonging to the 
 Grand Medicine, .sagimdkwe. 
 Scjuaw's p\a,y , pa.'isikaweicin. I 
 am playing the squaw's play, 
 nin pa.'i.nkawe, nin papd.ssU 
 kaice. The stick used at tliat 
 play, passikawdn, passikawa- 
 7iak. 
 Squeeze ; I squeeze, nin biriiibi- 
 ginige. I squeeze it, (in., an.) 
 nin biinibiginan ; 7ii7i bimibi- 
 gina. 
 Squeamish ; I feel squeamish, 
 
 nin mdnjidee. 
 Squeamish ness, mdtijideetcin. 
 Squint ; I squint, I am squint- 
 eyed, nina atcassdb, niii bi- 
 madnicdb, nind atehiiclidb. 
 Squinter, bemddawdbid, eicaJisd- 
 
 bid. 
 Squirrel, atchHamo, agicingoss, 
 ax.sdnago. Black squirrel, 
 missanig. Flying squirrel, 
 jagashkandawe. (Anikwat- 
 chas).
 
 STA 
 
 243 — 
 
 STA 
 
 Stab ; I stall liini, niii bajibawa, 
 nind anogandma, nin jibaji- 
 gawa 
 
 Stablied ; I am et., nin bajibai- 
 yas, nin jibnjigas. 
 
 S ta 1 1 Ic , ;j ijiki w iga m ig . 
 
 Stali', t'ur a barrel, etc , maka- 
 kosxagicdiig. 
 
 Stag, inishcwe, cmiai/ikos. 
 
 Stagger ; I Htajrtrer, nin hnbi- 
 nasse. 1 stagger in walking, 
 nind ai/ijagonexse, nin gosh- 
 wesse, nin gon/iko.s/ikK-exse. 
 
 Stag's lii<k', (imds/ikd.sicegin. 
 
 Stag's horn, omas/i koKwe-i/i kan . 
 
 i^tag's tail, omashkoswtino. 
 
 Stafrs, stairca.xe, akwandaira- 
 gan. I go nu stairs, nind nk- 
 wandawe, itinpiining nind ija, 
 inhpimis.sagong nind ija. I 
 run up stairs, nind akwanda- 
 webato. (Ketsikusiwini. 
 
 Stake ; I put at stake, nind nt- 
 chiye, nind (itdge. I put it at 
 stalce, {in., an) nind atdgen ; 
 nind atdgenan. 
 
 Stalk of Indian corn, manddmi- 
 na.sfik. Stalks oCImlian corn 
 standing in the Held, mandd- 
 mina.slikoki. 
 
 Stallion, nabe-bebej igoganji. 
 (Nabestiin). 
 
 Stammer ; I st., nin gagibana- 
 ga.'ikwe, nin gagibanagaskwe- 
 lago.H. 
 
 Stamp ; I stamp, 7j»« botagt. I 
 stamp it, (in., an.) nin botdga- 
 dan ; nin bofagana. I stamj) 
 or crush Indian corn, nin (ag- 
 wdirag manddviinag. I stamp 
 with the fot.it,/(//( ldnginhk\gf. 
 
 Stamper, stanij)s, butngan. 
 
 Stanch ; I stanch it,/u'H gibiton. 
 
 Stand; I stand, 7j//t nibaw, nin 
 gdbaic. 1 stand here and tlicre, 
 
 nin nanibaiP, nin babd-nibair. 
 I make him, (her, it| stand, 
 nin nibawia, nin gdbawia ; 
 nin nibaicittin, nin qdbnwiton. 
 — We stand anuind him in a 
 circle, nin giwiingdbaicitaicd- 
 nan, nin irakiigdbiitritatrdnan. 
 We St. around him in a semi- 
 circle, nin waganagdbatcita- 
 irdnan. We stanil in one line, 
 one after another, nin nibinf- 
 gdbaicimin, or, nin nibidrgd- 
 Intwiinin. We stand round, mih 
 biniigdbau'iinin.hf^tiiMils high, 
 'nn animal, I i.shpignbairi. 
 
 Standan 1 , kikinowdbandjigan . 
 
 Standing, nibdwiicin. 
 
 Stand up, (erected ;) it stands 
 up, {in., an) patakide, pafa- 
 A/.s-.v/h / paiaki.sf), pataki.'<hin. 
 I make it stand ujjin s. th. or 
 on s. th , (///., an.) nin pataki- 
 don ; nin patakina. 
 
 Star, andni/. Small star, andn- 
 gons. 'I here are stars, anan- 
 goka. The star is briglit, 
 shining, icdssenagaxltka an- 
 dng. (AtchAkusi. 
 
 Starch, nia.i/iktiirdlr/iigan. 
 
 Starch ; I starcii, nin inaxhkwd' 
 tc/iige. I starch it,nnj viash- 
 kaicdton. 
 
 Starling, (bird,| assiginak, nad- 
 jinainanessi. 
 
 Starry ; it is starry, andngoka. 
 
 Star-shaped, andngong ijinag- 
 icad. 
 
 Star-shoot, andng panginhin. 
 
 Start ; I start, nin mddja. It 
 starts, mddjtimagad. !>ipwet- 
 tew). I start in a canoe or 
 boat, nin ntddji, nin bus. I 
 start first, nin niganinhka. 
 
 Start up ; I start up, (by sur- 
 prise,! nin goshkosse.
 
 STE 
 
 — 211 — 
 
 STE 
 
 Starve. Starvation.— S. Hunger. 
 Hungrj'. 
 
 Starve ; I starve to have \t,7iind 
 ondanenddn. 
 
 Starve to death ; I st. to d., nin 
 gawanundam. (Nipahakka- 
 tusovv). Death from .starva- 
 tion , gawandndamowin. 
 
 Statement, dibddjimounn, dihd- 
 dodamowin- True statement, 
 gwaiakddjimowin. I make a 
 true statement, nin gwaiakdd- 
 jini. 
 
 Stature, akossiwin. 
 
 Sta}', dpidanisiwin. 
 
 Stay ; I stay, nind dpidanis. I 
 stay in different places, nin 
 babd-ainda, nin babd-danis. 
 
 Steady ; it is steady, songan. 
 
 Steal -,1 steal, nin gimod. I steal 
 him, (her, it,) nin gimodinan, 
 nin gimodin. I steal it from 
 liim, nin gimodima. I steal 
 all his things from him, 7iin 
 tchagimodima. 
 
 Stealing, gimodiwin. Habit of 
 stealing, gimodishkiwin. I 
 am in a hahit of stealing, nin 
 gimodishk. 
 
 Steam-bath, madodisson. I take 
 a steam-bath, nin madodo. 
 Steam-bath stone, madonewd- 
 bik. 
 
 Steamboat, ishkote-ndbikwdn, 
 (fire- vessel.) 
 
 Steam-sawmill, ishkoie-tdshki- 
 bodjigan, (lire-sawmill.) 
 
 Steel, manitobiwdbik. I make 
 or manufaeture steel, nin ma- 
 nitobiwdbikoke. 
 
 Steel-manufactoring, manitobi- 
 lodbikokewin. 
 
 Steel-manufacturer, manitobi- 
 wdbikiwinini. 
 
 Steel-pen, biwdbiko-jtiigwan, nji- 
 biigandbik. 
 
 Steeple. S. Church-steeple. 
 
 Steer, nabe-ptjiki. 
 
 Steer ; I steer, nind nddke, nind 
 ddikweam, nind ddikwi'ige. I 
 steer for a certain point, nind 
 ind, nind inikweam. I steer 
 it, nind nddken I steer it for 
 a certain point, nind inikwfian. 
 I help him in steering, nind 
 oddkeekaica. 
 
 Steering, nddkcwin. 
 
 Steering-paddle, oddk^-abwi. 
 
 Steersman, weddked, oddkewi- 
 nini. • 
 
 Step, takokiwin. I make short 
 steps, bebesko nin iakoki, or, 
 besho nin iatakoki. I make 
 long steps, u'dwdssa nin tako- 
 ki, or, wdssa tiin iatakoki. 
 
 Step ; I step, nin takoki. I step 
 aside, nind ikogdbaw. I step 
 aside, (out of the road,) nin 
 bakegdbaw. I step aside to 
 give him room to pass by, nin 
 bakcgdbawitatca. I step back, 
 nind ajcgdbaw. I step back 
 for him, nin ajrgdbawiiawa. I 
 step out of the trail in walkin^:, 
 nin goshkwetakoki, nin gosh- 
 koshkwciakoki. 
 
 Step-daughter ; my, his step- 
 d a u g h t e r, nindojimikwem, 
 odojimikweman. 
 
 Step-father; mv, thy, his step- 
 father, nimis)w)ne, kimishome, 
 oniis/ioweian. 
 
 Step-mother; my, thy, his step- 
 mother, ninicishe, ininoshe,) 
 kin icishe, on icisheian . 
 
 Step-son; my, tiiy, his step-son, 
 tiindojim, kidqjim, odojiman. 
 
 Stench, manjimdgositcin.
 
 STI 
 
 245 — 
 
 STO 
 
 Stern, oddkan. 
 
 Stew ; I stew it, {in., an.) nin 
 
 gibdsan ; nin ifiboswa. 
 S^t e w a r d, mijinawe. 1 am a 
 
 steward, nin mijinawew. 
 Stewardsli ip, mijinawewiwin 
 Stewing oven, tjibusiijun, gibo- 
 
 siyanikan. 
 Stew-kettle, stew-pot, gibosigan- 
 
 dkik. 
 Stick, mitigons. Round stick, 
 not split, misdtig. I chop 
 round stick, (not splitting 
 tlieni,) nin misdiigogai.ise. — 
 Stirring stick, anrigan. Walk- 
 ing-stick, .sfikdon. 
 Stick; I stick it to s. ih., (in., 
 an.) nind agokiwnnKan ; nind 
 agokiwassa. I stick (it stiks) 
 to s. th., nind agOke ; agd</in. 
 It sticks to it \tv freezing, 
 agosktrudin. It sticks to the 
 grou nd , agwakuni igi.'<.iin,{ago- 
 kaj7iigi.'<iiin.) It sticks to some 
 wooden object, agwakossin, 
 iaqokonsin.) 
 Stick in ; I stick it in s. th., 
 iin., an.) 7iin palnkissidon, 
 nin pafakidon. 
 Sticky ; I have sticky hands, 
 
 nin ba.'^.iakiinindjin. 
 StitI"; it is still', istulT, /«., an.) 
 irhibalrliigad ; tchibaichigi.fi. 
 Still' arm, stifl'ieg, etc. S. Arm. 
 
 Leg, etc. 
 Stitle ; I stifle hint, nin gibwand- 
 jnotihkawd. I stifle myself, 
 nin gibwandm. 
 Stifled ; I am stifled hv smoke, 
 nin gibwandmo.t. (Kipwaba- 
 suw). 
 Still, bisdn, hi'kn. I am still, 
 nin bisdnub, nin lii.sdni.'<, l>i- 
 .S7//I nind aia, lii'ka nind aia, 
 ;«'/» bekddis. It is htill, bind- 
 
 namagad. It is still, (liquid,) 
 bisdndganii. It is still, (in a 
 
 1)lace,) bi.idnute. (Kiydm, 
 :iyamapiwi. 
 Still, hut sl\'\\, minoich, dnawi, 
 
 potch. (Atu, maka). 
 Stilt, miligiigad. I walk on 
 
 stilts, nin miiigot/ddekas. 
 
 Sting, (prick;) 1 slmghim, (her, 
 
 it,) nin patakawa, nin pat- 
 
 chishkawa ; nin patakaan, 
 
 nin patchinhkan. 
 
 Stinging fly, ping(i.<<h. Very 
 
 small stinging t\y, pingo.shens. 
 
 Stink ; Istink,/i/H inanjiindgos. 
 
 It stinks, manjimdgwad. 
 
 Something stink'< to me, nin 
 
 manjimandjiye. He, (she, it) 
 
 stinks to me, nin man ji mama ; 
 
 nin manjimandan. It stinks 
 
 when liurnt, [in , an) manji- 
 
 mdte : inanjimds.io. 
 
 Stir, (riot) ombasondiwin. — S. 
 
 Stir up. 
 Stir or mi.x ; I stir, nind aneige, 
 nin nisseige. I stir it, nind 
 anean, nin ni.'<nran, nin wani- 
 nawean, nind ombw^an. 
 Stirruj), naga.fidcbi.wn, atchi.<ti- 
 drbi.snn bimibnigong, or, tes- 
 aabing. (Tahiskuskatchigan). 
 Stir up; I stir uj) people, nind 
 nmbdxnngf. 1 stir him up, 
 nind iimba.sitnid, nind dshia. 
 We stir up one another, nind 
 ombdnondimin. 
 Slock flsh , Jigiritmi'g. 
 Stocking, i{jigan, misdiigomi- 
 du.is, ak»k{iniida.s.s. I make 
 stockings, I knit, nin mi.s.tdti- 
 gomidas.iikf, nind akokumi- 
 lius.sikf. 
 Stolen object, gimoditrin. 
 Stomach, mi.ss<td. (Miiskigani. 
 The first Htouiach of ruminat
 
 STO 
 
 — 246 — 
 
 STO 
 
 ing animals, hebitossi ; the 
 second stomach, ogidagimod. 
 — A garglinj^ noise is heard in 
 my stomach, nin madwega- 
 minag-iji. 
 
 iStone, assin. Small little stone, 
 assinins, bissdssinins. There 
 are stones, assinika. There 
 are little stones, asaininsika, 
 hissdssininsika. On a stone, 
 mitdssin, ogidubik, mitdssind- 
 bik. There is stone upon stone, 
 ogidabikissin. It is made of 
 stone, or paved with stone, 
 assinikdde. There is a foun- 
 dation made of stone, asnni- 
 kande. — A flat stone, tessdbik. 
 Net-stone, assindb. — It looks 
 like stone, atisining ijindgwad. 
 — I am stone, (petritied,; nind 
 assiniw. 
 
 Stone ; I stone, nin habimwds- 
 sin. I stone somebody, nin 
 bimwdssinaige. I stone him, 
 nin bimwdssinaa. 
 
 ^tone-h\i\\A\x\g,assini-wdkaigan. 
 
 Stone-Siou Indian, Assinibwdn. 
 
 Stone's throw far, eko-dcbiwebi- 
 niyid assin. 
 
 Stool, apabiwin. 
 
 Stoop ; I stoop, nin nawcta, nin 
 jagashki. I make him stoop, 
 ninjagashkia. 
 
 Stooped ; I am stooped down, 
 nin jagashkishin. 
 
 Stop! b4ka! (Tcheskwa). 
 
 Stop, (close up;) I stop it, {in., 
 an.) nin gibaan, nin gibiton, 
 nin gibdkwaan ; nin gibdica, 
 nin gibdku'dwa. I stop s. Ih. 
 with my hands, nin gibinind- 
 jin. I stop one of my ears, 
 nin gibitawdgeodis, nin gibi- 
 skebinidis. I stop my ears, 
 nin gagibitdwageodis , nin ga- 
 
 ffi 
 
 ibishebinidis. I stop one of 
 is ears, nin gibitawagewa, 
 nin gibishebina. I stop his 
 ears, nin (/agibiiawdgSica, nin 
 gagibishebina. 
 
 Stop, (dwell ;) I stop, nin da. 
 Where I stop or dwell, endai- 
 dn. Where he stops, enddd. 
 
 Stop, (stand still ;l I stop, nin 
 nogi, nin nogigdbair, nin na- 
 gaskka, nin nagata. I stop 
 running, nin nogibato. li 
 stops, nogishkamagad, na- 
 
 ffashkamagad, nogisse. I stop 
 lim, (her, it,) nin nogina, nin 
 nogishkaica ; nin nogiton, nin 
 nagishkan. — I stop, nin bisd- 
 nab. It stops, bisdnabimagad. 
 (Nakiw, nakinew). 
 
 Stopped ; I am stopped by a ri- 
 ver, nind adagdmagishin sibi. 
 — One of my ears is stopped, 
 nin gibitamagi. My ears are 
 stopped, nin gagibitaicage. 
 
 Stopper, gibaigan. I put a stop- 
 per in, nin gibaige. 
 
 Stovch , jashagl- 
 
 Store, atdicewigamig. 
 
 S t o r e-h o u s e, atdssowigamig, 
 m d ica n djitdssowigam ig . 
 
 Storekeeper, storer, aidiceici- 
 7iini. 
 
 Store up ; I store up, nin md- 
 wandjiidss, nind at d s s. I 
 store up for me, nind atdmasy 
 nind atdmadis. I store it up, 
 (in., an.) nind aidssoii ; riind 
 aidssonan. I store it up for 
 me, [in,, an.) nind atdmdson, 
 nind atdmddison ; nind atd~ 
 masonan, nind atd7nadisonan. 
 
 Story, in a house ; there is a^ 
 story, ishpimissagokdde. 
 
 Story, narration, dibddjimowin,. 
 babamddjimomti , bidddjimo-
 
 STR 
 
 — 247 — 
 
 STR 
 
 win. (Atjimowiii). Impure 
 indecent story, bishigw&da- 
 djimowin. 
 
 Stout; I am stout, niti snngddis, 
 nin .sonf/j.s, niii mashkriwi.'i. 
 
 Stove, kijahikiaigan. (Piwabi.*- 
 kokntawandliisk). 
 • Straiglit, (jwaiak. 
 
 Straif^liten ; I St., nm gwaiako- 
 tch'uje. I St. myself, (stand 
 up,) nin (jwaiakoia, uin tajtra- 
 kota, nin i/maiukoi/abaw, nin 
 iaiwakot/abaw. [ straighten it, 
 mn ywaiakoton, nin iajwabi- 
 kinan. 
 
 Strain ; I strain, nin jdhogawi- 
 tchige. I .strain it, nin j'nbn- 
 yairiton, ninjabirnjii/tiwifon. 
 
 Strainer, jah(i<j(iwitclu<jan, Jdb- 
 wdjif/aicitrltigan . 
 
 Strait. S. Nairuw. 
 
 Straiten ; I straiten it, (in., an.) 
 nind ayn.'t.^adcton, nin tcibo- 
 nun ; nind agdssadea, nin wi- 
 b(ina. 
 
 Straitened ; it is str., (in., an.) 
 ivibwa ; wibunimagad. 
 
 Straits ; there are straits l)e- 
 tween two hikes, wabigama, 
 waba. 
 
 Strange ! guit'eiigi.ifi ! aithinang- 
 wanu ! (MAiiiaskatcli !) 
 
 Strange ; I make it in a strange 
 manner, nin inaidi/itnn. I put 
 it in a strange manner, nin 
 maidgis.'iHitn. I find strange 
 what I Iiear, uin nitiiinjUan. I 
 find strange what he is saying, 
 nin maidgitawa. (M A m a s- 
 kfttam). 
 
 Stranger, arriver, visitor,) hi- 
 wide. (OmAnotew). 
 
 Stranger, (foreigner,) nwidginid. 
 I am a stranger, maidgis, nin 
 maiatawis. (Pitusieiw). 
 
 Strangle ; I strangle you witjj 
 my liands, nin gibincwena. 
 
 Strap ; I strap it, nin kaskaski- 
 bLtsidon. 
 
 Straw, pakwejigananhk. 
 
 Straw-hed, straw-pallet, mash- 
 ko.s.siwi-apishimdn, miuihkos- 
 siici-nibrtgan. 
 
 Strawlierry, ndriiuin. 
 
 i^tra\v-hi\l,ma.shko!ixi-wiwakicdn. 
 
 Stream, sibi. 
 
 Strength, mashkdwisiwin, saba- 
 di.-iiwin. Strength of mind, 
 tliought, re.solution, niashka- 
 wendamowin. — Strength of 
 heart, mashkawideeicin, son- 
 gideeicin. 
 
 Strengthen ; I strengthen him, 
 (her, it,) nin songisia, nin 
 ma.s/ikuH'isia ; nin songiion, 
 nin ma.s/ikawiton. 
 
 Stretch ; I stretch it, (//»., an.) 
 nin papassdbiginan ; nin pa- 
 pa.s.tnbigina. 
 
 Stretch out ; I stretch it out, 
 'in., an. I nin dajwibikinan : 
 nin dajirrbikind I stretch it 
 out in every direction, {in., 
 an.) nin jinhibigibidon ; n'ln 
 Ji.s/iibigibina. 
 
 Strew; I strew, nin biwiwebi- 
 nige. I strew it, (in.,an.\ nin 
 biwiwbinan ; nin biwitrebina. 
 
 Strike; I .>^trike, nin jxtkiti'ige. 
 I strike him, (her, it,) nin pa- 
 kifnra, (pakamaliwewi \nin 
 weireixdawa ;) nin pakilcan^ 
 I strike myself, nin})aki(?odis. 
 I strike some ohjecl helonginjc 
 to liim, nin pakit^mna. — I 
 strike iiim in the face, nin 
 ba.t.tingwrwa. I st liim on the 
 mouth, /i)';i ba.t.sidont'ica. 
 Strike accidentally; I strike 
 him, (her, it) by accident, nt»
 
 STU 
 
 — 248 — 
 
 sue 
 
 pitaganama, nin pitaganan- 
 dan. (Pistahwew). 
 
 String, sagibidjigan, himindk- 
 ivanens, takobidjigan. Nar- 
 row .etring of leather, bishd- 
 ganab. 
 
 Strip, undress ; I strip, nin gi- 
 sikwanaie, nin gisikwanaie- 
 binidis. — I strip liini, nin gi- 
 sikivanaiebina.. (Ketayonise- 
 new). 
 
 Stripping, gisikwanaiewin. 
 
 Strive; I strive, nin wikwaichi- 
 to, nin godjiew. (Kulchiw). 
 
 .Strong ; I am strong, nin mash- 
 kaicis, nin songddis, nin .sa- 
 badis, nin songis, nin kijija' 
 wis. It is strong, song an, 
 mashkaioisimagad, mashka- 
 wissin, kijijawad, songin. 
 
 Strongly, songan, enigok, dpi- 
 ichi, kijija, epitching, kagctin, 
 onina, wanina. iSokki). 
 
 Struggle ; I struggle, nin mimi- 
 gapagis. 
 
 Strumpet, gagibddjikwe, hishig- 
 wddjikice. 
 
 Stubborn ; I am St., tiin mash- 
 kawindibi, (my head is hard.) 
 I have a stubborn heart, nin 
 mashkaividee. 
 
 Stubbornly, aivandjish. (Atji- 
 piko). 
 
 Stubbornness, ma^hkawindibe- 
 win, mashkawideewin. 
 
 Stufi'; one object of stuff, bejig- 
 weg. Two, three, four objects, 
 etc., nijweg, yiissweg, niweg, 
 etc. So many objects of stuff, 
 dassweg- In the middle of 
 some stuff, naweg. 
 
 Stuff, I stuff, nin pindashkwe. 
 I stuff it, (in., an.) nin pin- 
 dashkwadan ; nin pindash- 
 kwana. 
 
 Stumble; I stumble, nin hisosl- 
 de.fhin. 
 
 Stumbling, bisaside.ihiwin. 
 
 '!M\i\\\\)\w^-iiione,bisosideshiwin- 
 a.i.sin. 
 
 Stump, ki.^hkanakad. Little 
 stump, kishkanakadons. 
 
 Stun ; I tun him, nin giwash- 
 kiei'f/anama. 
 
 Stupia ; I am stupid, nin gagi- 
 bddis, nin kopddis, nin k-opa- 
 denddgos. It is stupid, gagi- 
 badad, kopadad. I make 
 him stupia, nin gagibadisia, 
 n-n kopadisia, nin gagibaso- 
 ma. I use him, (her, it) in a 
 stupid and ill manner, nin 
 kopddjia; nin kopddjiton. 
 
 Stupidity, gagibddisiwin, kopd- 
 disiirin. 
 
 Sturgeon, name. 
 
 Sty.x-bridge, kokokajogan. 
 
 Subdue; I subdue him, (her, 
 it,) ?jm wdngawia ; nin wdn- 
 gawiion. 
 
 Sublime; I am (it is) sublime, 
 nin kitchitwdicis, 7iin kitchit- 
 tcdwendagos ; kitchitwdwen- 
 dagicad. 
 
 Succeed; I succeed, (follow,) 
 nin ndbishkage, nind anikesh- 
 kage, nind oddkeshkam. I 
 succeed him, nin nabi.<ihkawa, 
 nind anikeshkawa, nind odd- 
 keshkaica. 
 
 Succession, ndbishkagewin, 
 anikeshkageicin. — In quick 
 succession, soon one after 
 another, iraicaiba, bebesho. 
 
 Suck ; I suck (milk,) nin non, 
 nin totoshike. I suck too much, 
 nin nonishk. I give suck, 
 nin nondicass. I give him 
 suck, nin nana. I cease to
 
 Sl'F 
 
 — 210 
 
 SL'G 
 
 give liini suck, niii'i in/ikiru- 
 nona. 
 
 Suck; I Puck, I (Iniw m. tli. in 
 my mouth, uiii wikirmn, nin 
 irifiiriiiiiljit/r. 1 siuk li i m, 
 (her, iti, /i/;( irikwaiiid ; )iin 
 U'ikwnniliiu. (Ototamew). 
 
 Suck, (loetorin'T ;) I suck, nin 
 nihiki. I nuek him, nin nilii- 
 kana. (Nipinkew). 
 
 Sucker, (Indian iluctur,; nihiki- 
 lainini. 
 
 Suck er, (fi^h,) ttainrhin. — S. 
 Carp. 
 
 Sucking, niliikiirin. 
 
 Sucking-horn , irikirriniijit/ati. 
 
 Suck out ; I suck out tlie sap, 
 nin siwakwe. I suck it out, 
 {in., an.) nin siwakiradan ; 
 nin .siwnkwnna. 
 
 Suilden, (short, shortly,) kakuni. 
 (Scsikutcli). 
 
 Sudden death, .se.iikrt-nihnwin, 
 kiikdniini'win, kninkamisiwin. 
 
 Sud(h'nly, .srsika, tje.sika, tcheni- 
 kti ; iifchilrhikdna. 
 
 SiiHcr; I suHcr, nin knfaijifa, 
 niml animis, nin kn(n(ji.i, nin 
 nanekailisA sull'er in tlioughts, 
 nin kijlitiji'nilum, nind ani- 
 mendavi, nin iKint'kntlendam. 
 I sutler a long time, nin .v/- 
 bi.skrntidni. I have to s\itrer, 
 nin kotiKji'ndf'KjDS, niml tini- 
 vienda<i<i.'<. — I make him, (lier, 
 it) Hufter, nin knlnijia, nin kn- 
 ttiffimn, nind aninii.sin, nind 
 oniniiii, nin nanrkddjiii ; nin 
 knfmjUon, niml atiimUnn, nin 
 nnneki'idjUon. I nuike liim 
 sutler much l>y striking him, 
 nin wi.i.it'ii/difdmhna. — fmake 
 myself suller, nin knla</iidi.i, 
 iiind animiidis. 
 
 I make inyBelf suft'er by it or 
 lor it, nin ndnekndjitnn — I 
 HuH'erwitli him, ni)i iridjdni- 
 nii.sima. (Kwatakittaw). 
 
 Sutter liitterly ; 1 sutler !>., nin 
 wi.s.sdi/t'nddni. I make liim 
 (lier. it) sutler h., »//* tr/.v.fo- 
 ijrnddinid , nin iri.s.iof/enda- 
 niifon. — I sutler hurning, nin 
 ici.f.idijincs, nin wi.s.sd<jnki.s. I 
 make him sutler hy hurning 
 iiim, ni)i wis.idf/dkisira. 
 
 Sufl'ering, katdfjitowin, dnimisi- 
 irin, ktdaijrnddwtiirin, kotagi- 
 niwin, nan^kddi.tiwin Hitter 
 Hu tiering, tri-ssdi/cndanKdrin. 
 Suttering trom hurning, ir/*- 
 sa(fine)(iwin. Sutlering receiv- 
 ed from somehofiy, kataijiigo- 
 trin. — Long sutiering, sibi.s- 
 kemlanKdPin. — It causes suf- 
 fering, kiifdi/enddf/wdd, kota- 
 l/iiircindi/dd. 
 
 Sutler, itermit ; I eufler it, uin 
 ijdnalxndan. 
 
 Suni(-e ; it sufKces, di'bi.sse, di- 
 lii.H.srnKKjnd. 
 
 Sutliciency, drliiKiirin. 
 
 Suthcient ; I am (it is) suf., nin 
 tlrhi.ine ; diltissfynagnd. I am 
 (it isi not suf., nin mvidr.sse, 
 nin nondcs/iin , »i//i//»'.s.v^;h(/- 
 (/dd, nimdcssin. We are in a 
 Hutficient numher, nin df-da- 
 nhimin. It is pull'., in a Buff. 
 numl>er or (luantity, dt'-daa- 
 sin . 
 
 Sugar,. 'u'-»//"JA-jrr//. Brown sugar, 
 .silnrdi/iini Ki.yihdkwdt. I make 
 sugar, nin .'<i.iihdktrati>kf, nind 
 iskiij(inii.'<ii/f. 
 
 Sugar-hu.-h, sugar-<*Bmp, *i>i- 
 haktrdtokthi, i.skii/ami.saifan. 
 
 Sugar-cune, silncihjan.
 
 SUN 
 
 — 250 — 
 
 SUP 
 
 Sugar-making, si.nhdkwatoke- 
 win, iski^nmisigewin . 
 
 Sugar-making woman, iskiga- 
 misigekwe. 
 
 Sugar-water, (maple-sap,) sisi- 
 bdkwatdbo. 
 
 Suicide, nessidisod, netodwiimc. 
 (Nepahisut). 
 
 Sulky ; I am sulky, nin babi- 
 godee. 
 
 Sulphur, osdwi-makate. 
 
 Summer, nibin. It is summer, 
 nibin, nibinakamiga . In sum- 
 mer, nibing ; ndbingin. The 
 summer is lar advanced, ish- 
 pinibin. After the middle of 
 the summer, giivenibin Last 
 summer, nibinong. The sum- 
 mer before last, awasstnbi 
 nong. Next summer, pdnima 
 nibing. It is a cool summer, 
 takinibin. II is a warm sum- 
 mer, kijdte. 
 
 Summer ; I summer somewhere, 
 nin nibinish. It summers, ni- 
 binishimagad. I s u m m e r 
 with him, I spend the sum- 
 mer with him somewhere, nin 
 widjinibinishima. 
 
 Summering, (spending the sum- 
 mer-season,) nibinishiwin. 
 
 Summer-skin, summer-fur, ni- 
 biniioaidn. 
 
 Summit, icanakowin. There is 
 a summit, toanakoiviwan. It 
 is the summit of a mountain 
 or hill, gakadina. I arrive 
 at the summit of a mountain 
 or hill, nin gijamddjiice. 
 
 Sun, gisiss. (Pisim). The sun 
 rises, mogisse gisiss, mokaan 
 gisiss. (Sakastew). The sun 
 comes out of the clouds, sd- 
 gassige gisiss. The sunshines, 
 icdsseidssige, or sdgate gisiss. 
 
 The sun is brilliant, wdsse.n 
 gi.nss. The sun is red, mis- 
 kwa.ssige gi.nss. The sun has 
 a circle, winibassige gisiss. 
 The sun is darkened, iibika- 
 bamindgo.n gisiss. The sun 
 sets, pungishimo gisiss. 
 
 Sun-burnt ; I am 8., 7iin maka- 
 teiois. 
 
 Sunday, anamiegijigad, anwe- 
 biwinigijigad. 
 
 Sun-dial, dibaigisisswdn. 
 
 Sundry, anoich, wiiagi. 
 
 Sunflower, bassitdgan, missiid- 
 gan. 
 
 Superficially, mamanj, ogidjina. 
 
 Superior, nagdnisid, nigdnisim. 
 I am a superior, nin nigdnis. 
 lam considered superior, iii7i 
 nigdnendagos. I make hin» 
 a superior, nin nigdnisia. 
 
 Superiority, nigdnisiwin, ogi- 
 7ndiciicin. 
 
 Supernatural warning or com- 
 munication, windamdgosiwin. 
 I receive a sup. warn., nin 
 icindamdgowis. 
 
 Supernumerary ; I am sup., 
 uind aniicisse. It is sup.y 
 aniwissemagad. 
 
 Superstitious person, anoich 
 gego daicbwetang. 
 
 S up per, ondgoshi-wissiniwin . 
 (Otakusi-mitjisuwin). 
 
 Supplant; I supplant him,, 
 make him fall, nind oniicisk- 
 tawa, nin bosogewa, nin bid- 
 jigewa. 
 
 Support, (care,) bamiiwewin,. 
 batniidiwin. Support of one's 
 self, kamiidisowin, bamiko- 
 dadisowin. 
 
 Support, (care ;) I support, ni?t 
 bamiiwe. I support him, (her, 
 it,) nin bamia ; nin bamiton.
 
 SUR 
 
 — 251 — 
 
 SI'S 
 
 I support myself, uin bamii- 
 dix, nin bamikodadix. 
 
 Support, (hoiil up;) I support 
 him, llier, it,) nin a.shidnkwa- 
 wa, nindaxhiddkwann. I.'>up- 
 portliini with my hiiinls, «//«/ 
 asxirana, nind n.ssiraira. 
 
 Suppose ; I .suppose, nind inen- 
 dam. I suppose to he him, 
 nind awcninia. 
 
 i^upposiiig, kishpin. 
 
 Suppositiou, inindamowin. 
 
 Sure, to he sure, <tnin(/icana, e 
 lunif/e kit, ani/ir(hna.ss. (Tchi- 
 kcma). 
 
 Sure; I am sure, nin pakakrn- 
 dam. I am sure of it, nin 
 pakukrnddn. I make it sure, 
 7iin wairinijclun. (Keteliiiui- 
 huw). 
 
 Surely, abidekamiij, gwaiak. 
 (Ketchiua). 
 
 Surf; the surf is heating on n 
 shallow [)lace in the lake, 
 l)ai/m<i.s/ik((. The surf heats 
 a<:ainst the shore and returns, 
 tibibashka. 
 
 Surface ; on the surface, ogid- 
 jaii, rK/idjinii : i)ijidiiknini<i : 
 ( u ml c r ^ r o u n 1 1 , «/ ;* (? w( </ Av* /« /// . I 
 
 Surpass ; I surpass, nind ini- 
 wiiwe : nin pakinai/e, nind 
 enimaowe. I siirpass him, 
 (beat him,) nin p a k i n n ini, 
 nind aniwin, nind nnitris/ikit- 
 toa, nind enimia. I surpass 
 him in a canoe, nind enimd- 
 wa. I surpass him running 
 or walking, niml eniniixhkawa. 
 I sur. it, ninii tniiirilnn, nind 
 anitris/ikun. i I'a-kiyawew). 
 
 Surprise ; I surprisi* him, nin 
 ijoshkoa. (Sisikutehihcwi. I 
 surprise him hy my eoming. 
 
 nin ichissikawa. (Wiskawa- 
 hew). 
 
 Surprised ; I am surprised, nin 
 (fiishkoka, n i n mamakaden- 
 d(im. lam sur. in thoughts. 
 nin (/osfiktri'nd(tni,nin ijn.ihko- 
 nairns. (Sisikuteyiliam). 
 
 Surround ; we surround him 
 sitting, nin tjiwilnbitairanan . 
 we surround him stamling, 
 nin giwiiaijabnwHawanan. It 
 surrounds me, nin gitcita^h- 
 ki'igon. 
 
 Surrounded; I am (it is) sur.. 
 nin giwHagdbittritugo ; giwi- 
 tagi'did iritr h i iji'ide. 
 
 Su r V ey , dibaahiwin . 
 
 Survey ; I survey, nin dibnaki. 
 
 Surveyor, geometer, dibaukiwi- 
 nini. 
 
 Survive ; I survive, nin isfi- 
 kw(te, iix/iktine.} I survive the 
 night, nin in'ibus. I don't sur- 
 vive the night, nin nomUia- 
 b<ts. \ s\irvive the winter, nin 
 wdhanixli. I don't survive tlu' 
 winter, nin nonib'iab<ini.sh. 
 
 Suspect ; I suspect, niml ana- 
 niinge. I suspei-t him, (her, 
 it,) in tkduglit.s, nind nndme- 
 niniii ; nind (indincndnn. I 
 stisj)eet him,iher,iti and e.x- 
 pre-s it ill words, andmima ; 
 nind ani'iinindi'in. 
 
 Siisj)ect, (mistrust ;) I siisix'Ct, 
 nin monedttni. I sus. him, 
 (her, it,) nin monmima ; nin 
 nii'inrndan. (Moyeyimew). 
 
 Siispemlers, used hy men, da- 
 j<iiinrrbisi,n ; u«ed hy Hquaws, 
 iiniknmttn. 
 
 Sus|)icion, (inihningeirin, ann- 
 mindiiriii. I have suspicion, 
 nind (iminiingc. We have sus-
 
 SWE 
 
 — 252 
 
 SWO 
 
 picion against each otlier, 
 
 nind andmindimin. 
 Swallow, (bird,) jashdwanibissi. 
 
 (Mitch Askusi.s). 
 Swallow ; I swallow, nin gon- 
 
 djige. I swallow him, (her, 
 
 it,) nin gonci, nin negwama; 
 
 nin gondan, nin negwandan. 
 
 I swallow a little of" it to taste 
 
 it. [in., an.) nin gotandan ; 
 
 nin gotamu. 
 Swallowed ; it is sw., [in., an.) 
 
 gondjigade ; gondjigaso. 
 Swamp, wdbaslikiki, mashkig. 
 
 In the middle ofa swamp, na- 
 
 washkig. 
 Swan, wdbisi. Young swan, 
 
 icdbi.nns. A kind of small 
 
 swan, mandbisi. 
 Swanskin, I soft flannel,) wdbi- 
 
 gin bebigwatagak. 
 Swan's potato, wdhisipin. 
 Sward, kokonhiwajagaai. 
 Swarthy ; I am swarthy, nin 
 
 makateicis. 
 Swathe ; I swathe him, nin titi- 
 
 bitchipina. 
 Swathed ; ] an\ sw., nin iitibi- 
 
 tchipis. 
 Swear ; I swear, nin mashkawi- 
 
 gijioe. I swear by his name, 
 
 nin dagoicina. I swear by it, 
 
 nin dagowinda n. ( K i t c h i- 
 
 pikiskwew). 
 Swearing, oath, masJhkawigij- 
 
 wewin. 
 Sweat, abwesoicin. 
 Sweat ; I sweat, nind dbices.'^. I 
 
 sweat working, nind ubweta. 
 
 I sweat blood, nin mixkwidb- 
 
 «"e.s'. — My feet are sweating, 
 
 nind dbweside. My hands are 
 
 sw., nin dbicenindji. 
 Sweep ; I sweep, nin ichiga- 
 
 taige, nin tchishataige. I 
 sweep it, nin tchigataan, nin 
 fc/ii.s/iaiaan. 
 
 Sweet ; it is sweet, {in., an.) 
 tcishkobud ; wishkobisi. ,Wik- 
 kitisiw, wikkasin)- It is sweet, 
 (liquid,) ici.shkobagami. It ie 
 sweet, (meat, in., an.) wishko- 
 biio ag ad; icishkobiwagiii, 
 icishkobiwe. 
 
 Sweetcake, tra.<ihkobisid pakve- 
 jigun u-axlikobidjigasod pak- 
 u-ejigun, (wei-t bread, sweeten- 
 ed Itread.) 
 
 Sweet corn, tciskobimin. 
 
 Swell ; I swell up, nin ombaog. 
 
 SwelVmg, bdgi.shiwin . The swell- 
 ing ceases or abates, niivaan- 
 My swelling decreases, nin 
 niwaog. 
 
 Swept ; it is swept, t'chigatai- 
 gade, ich in ha taigade. 
 
 Swim ; I swim, nin bimudaga. 
 (Y;t\anam). I can swim, I 
 swim well, nin iiUdicadaga. I 
 swim about, nin babdmadaga. 
 I swim there, nind inddaga. I 
 swim to the shore, nind ag- 
 tcdiadaga. I swim to the 
 other side ofa river, etc., nind 
 djawadaga. 
 
 Swimmer, bemddagad. A good 
 swimmer, netdwadatjad. 
 
 Swine, koko.sfi, kokoshag 
 
 Swineherd, genawenimad kokn- 
 shan. 
 
 Swing, webison, icebisoicin, irt- 
 ice bison. 
 
 Swing ; I swing myself, nin ice- 
 icebis. I swing him, nin tce- 
 webina. 
 
 Swinging, wetcebisotcin. 
 
 Swollen ; I am swollen, nin bd- 
 gish, nin boda^hka. (Pakipa-
 
 swo 
 
 — 253 
 
 SYR 
 
 yiw). It is swollen, bdi/iasin. 
 
 My belly is swollen, niit bo- 
 
 dadjishka. 
 Swoon , wan imikawiwin . 
 Swoon ; I swoon, faint, ;//// ira- 
 
 nimikaw, nin icanendama. 8. 
 
 Faint. Fainting. (Wanikiski- 
 
 fliw). 
 Sword, ajaweshk. Little ."word 
 
 or rlagger, ajaweshkons. (Slii- 
 
 nmgan). 
 Sy riagogue, maicandiicigamigr 
 
 kikinoamf'idiiriifami;/. 
 Syringe, pindnfinwadjiijan, -ligi- 
 
 naiiiadiiriii. Little ."yringe, 
 
 boltoijidjihii/aiifiin. 
 Syringe ; I syringe him, ninpin- 
 
 dabdwana, nin sitjinamdica.
 
 T 
 
 Table, adopowin. On the table, 
 ogidfadopowin. Under the 
 table, andmadopowin. (Mitji- 
 suwinatik). 
 
 Table-cloth, adopowinigin . 
 
 Tables of the Covenant, nij tes- 
 sabikon. 
 
 Tabourer, tabrer, teweigiwinini. 
 
 Tack, sagaigans. 
 
 Tack ; the vessel tacks about, 
 ajawiiassin ndbikiLHin . 
 
 Tail, osoio. — It has a long tail, 
 ginwanoioe. It has a short 
 tail, iakwanowe. It h a s a 
 twisted or curled tail, titiha- 
 nowe. It has a white tail, 
 wahanotoe. 
 
 Tail of a bird, toanashkid. (Wa- 
 tauiy). Tail of a small bird, 
 hinesJii-wanislikid. Tail of a 
 large bird, binessi-tcanashkid. 
 
 Tail of a cow or ox, pijikiwano. 
 
 Tail of a fish, ojigican. 
 
 Tailor, gashkig^oassowinUii. 
 
 Take ; 1 take, niii mamige. I 
 take him, (her, it,) nin mama; 
 nin niamon. I take it from 
 him, nin mamawa. I take 
 more than I ought, nin nan- 
 dagenim. — I take before an- 
 other does, nin makandoshka- 
 mage. I take it before others 
 do,n/« makandoahkan. I take 
 it before he does, ?)?« makan- 
 doshkawa, nin makandoshka- 
 maiva. 
 
 Take ; I take, nind oddpinige. 
 
 take or accept him, (her, it,) 
 ni7id oddpina ; nindoddpinan. 
 I take it for me, nind oddpina- 
 mddis. I take it or accept it 
 from h'uw, nind oddpinamdwa. 
 
 Take along : I take him, (her, it) 
 along with me, nind ani-gigi- 
 sia ; nind ani-gigisin. 
 
 Take away ; I take him, (her, it) 
 away, nin mama, nind viddji- 
 na, nind ikona ; nin mamon, 
 nin mddjidnn, nind ikonan. 
 
 Take care; I take care of him, 
 (her, it,) nin bamia, nin gana- 
 n^cnima; nin bamiton, nin ga- 
 nawenddn. I take care of 
 myself, nin bamiidis, nin ga- 
 nawenindis. — I take too much 
 care of liim, (I spoil him,)/im 
 tcssina, nin tessindwa. I take 
 too much care of myself, nin 
 tessinidis. 
 
 Take down; I take him, (her, 
 it) down, nin nissendawaa, 
 }iin pinawa ; nin nissadawa- 
 tan, nin pinaan. — I take a 
 sail down, nin bindkobidjige, 
 nin bindkonige. I take the 
 sail down, nin bindkonan nin- 
 gassimono7i. 
 
 Take, drawing or hauling; I 
 take it, drawing it to me, (?n., 
 an.) nind oddpibinan, nind 
 odapibidon ; nind oddpibina. 
 
 Take from ; I take from the fire, 
 nind agicdshinge. I take from 
 the fire what I have cooked,
 
 TAL 
 
 2.J5 — 
 
 TAK 
 
 nind af/Wfli.tekwe. I take it 
 
 from the fire, (in., au.) 7iind 
 
 at/wanhimn. 
 
 Take in ; I take iiini (her, it,) 
 
 in, nin pintligaua ; itin pindi- 
 
 (ladon. I take hi in in my 
 
 TiouHe, /(//( pindiijaiui fiidaidii. 
 
 'i'uke oil'; I take it oU'. (/// , au.) 
 
 nil! iidnhkadii, nin i/ii.s/iki'iira. 
 
 I take it oil' lor away) fnun 
 
 liiin, nind an(/(d(iinairii. I take 
 
 ofl' my hat,;»/M qitcliiwakwane. 
 
 — Tane ort'elullies. S. Strip. 
 
 Takeout; I take him (her, it) 
 
 out, nin .sdijidina ; nin Katjisi- 
 
 ton. — I tai<e it t)nt ufa canoe, 
 
 etc., {in. ,(111.) nin ii<fwi'r.'<.'<itnn ; 
 
 nind (Kiwo.s/ii mil. I take s. tii. 
 
 out of liis liami. Iiriskly, nin 
 
 (fidiskinindjibinir I take it, 
 
 not briskly, nin ijidiskinind- 
 
 jina, nin (jidjinindjina. I 
 
 take out of a kt-ttie or pot a. 
 
 th. to eat, nind iiijwdp. 
 
 Take up; ! take up on a thinp, 
 
 nin nahidoiiji;. 1 take them 
 
 u[) on a strinji, (in., iin.) nin 
 
 nabidoaniin , nin nahidoaij. 
 
 Needle u.-'ed in taking upon a 
 
 Htring 8. th., nnbididijan. — 1 
 
 take ut) with a hook, nindnd- 
 
 iimpiidjiije. I take him (her, 
 
 it) up with a lu)ok, nind iid- 
 
 jiiju'dna : nind adjiijiriiilan. 
 
 Take without pe r ni i .h h i u n ; I 
 
 take without j»., nin tr/iinji- 
 
 kama. I take him (her, it) 
 
 witliout p., nin wiiirt'jikama- 
 
 nan : nin tt'awi[jikaman. 
 
 Tale, adi.si'ikan, lUhndjinuiwin. 
 
 D ec e n t lah', hindiljimmrin. 
 
 Indecent (ale, windajimowin. 
 
 (Atayokkan). 
 
 Tale-teller, ndixokeirinini. 
 
 Tale-telling, adi.s.tokeirin. 
 
 j Talk ; I talk, nin i/ii/if, nin yd- 
 I ijiil'it, nin daninidi/idnn, nin 
 
 ijijiri'. (Piki.xkwew, itwew). 
 I Talkative; I am talkative, Hj/irf 
 j i>.'<dniidon, nind o.sdminiiirC' 
 I Talkativeness, asdniidonoirin. 
 I iisiiniimnreirin. 
 
 Talking, dani'inai/idonoiriu. iji. 
 j ijiiowin, ijih/iififmrin, ijijwe- 
 win. 'I'alking in a certain 
 manner, ijii/ijwewin . 
 
 Tall ; I am tall, nin (finos, (I 
 ain long.) I am .«o iail, of a | 
 certain height, nind nkn.t. .' 
 
 Tallow, iniislikuiritilji-hiniide I 
 
 Tamarack, innshkiiiwi'itiy. } 
 
 Tamliorine, taliouret. tahret, ,'* 
 teipciifiin, niidi/iriikiif. j 
 
 Tame; I tame him, (her, it,) nitt ' 
 irnnifawiii : nin wrinf/atoitojt. ' 
 I tame it, (an animal or hird,)' 
 nind atrakitna, nind awaki- 
 ncui. iNakayaliew). 
 
 Tamed ; if is tamed, {in., an.) 
 tpangawilrhiiiddi' ; innujairit- 
 rhiijd.sii. iNafvatchitchiki'isowi. 
 
 Tamed aninuil, iriiiinuiinritrhi- 
 i/i'i.sfiil (iHv.v.v/, inindn.s.tiwai/an, 
 mrnki'in. I keep a tamed 
 aninuil,////! trmnkinati atrejuti. 
 
 Tamed hird, ntrakdn. 
 
 Tan ; I fan, I am fanning nind 
 (i.ssrke. I tan a skin, u//., an.) 
 nind a ,* k c k a d u n ,■ n i n d 
 it.i.ii'kand. (Kesinikuw, kcsi- 
 ni'Wi. 
 
 Tan-housf, n.s.sekt'iriiiamii/. 
 
 Tanned ; it i.s tanned, i//i., an.) 
 a.ssckndf ; assekd.tn. 
 
 Tanner, a-sxekhpinini. 
 
 Tanner's trade, tannery, asseke- 
 irin . 
 
 Tantamount, tihishko. « 
 
 Tar, nabikirdni pirn v. — S. 
 Pitch. 
 
 17
 
 TAT 
 
 — 256 — 
 
 TEA 
 
 Target of an archer, himodjiyan. 
 I am shooting at a target, nin 
 godadkwe. 
 
 Tarry; It&rry, wika nin degwi- 
 shin, ginwewj nind inind. 
 
 Taste, ipogo.siwin. Good taste, 
 minopogosiwin. Bad taste, 
 mangipogosiwin. — I find a 
 good taste, nin minopidjige. I 
 find a good taste in it, {in., an.) 
 nin minopidan ; nin minopwa. 
 It li,as a good taste, {in., an.) 
 minopogwad ; minopogoai .—\ 
 find a tad taste, nin manji- 
 pidjige. I know s. th. by the 
 taste, nin nissitopidjige. I 
 know it by the taste, {in., an.) 
 nin nissitopidan ; nin 7iissi- 
 iopica- It has an excellent 
 taste, [in , an.) wingipogwad ; 
 wingipogo.n. It has a sweet 
 taste, {in., an.)ioishkohipog- 
 wad; wishkobipogosi. It has 
 a bitter taste, (in., an) tcissor- 
 gipogwad ; loisagipogosi. 
 
 Taste ; I taste, nin godgipid- 
 jige. I taste it, try it by the 
 taste, (171., an.) nin godjipidan; 
 nin godjipwa. I taste or eat 
 a little of it, {in., an.) nin tan- 
 gandan, nin gotandan ; nin 
 tangama, nin gotama. 
 
 Taste; it tastes, it tastes so..., 
 (in., an.) ipogwad ; ipogosi. 
 It tastes salted, {in., an.) jiici- 
 idganipogwad ; jiwitdganipo- 
 gosi. It tastes raw, (in., an.) 
 ashkipogicad ; ashkipogosi. I 
 find it tastes raw, it tastes 
 raw to me, (in., an ) nind ash- 
 kipidan ; nind ashkipica. 
 
 Tatters, toiidgassiiman. 
 
 Tattlers, wesdmidong, neshiwa- 
 * nddjigijwed. I am a tattler. 
 
 nind ondmidon, nin nishiwot- 
 nddjigijwe. 
 
 Tavern, siginig^wigamig ,ashan- 
 gewigamig. 
 
 Tavern-keeper, siginigewinini, 
 atihangihcinini. 
 
 Ta,x-ga,lherer,mawa7idjitchigewi- 
 nini. 
 
 Tea, (in leaves,) anibi.ih ,■ tea, 
 (ready to drink,) anibishdbo. 
 (Nipiya, maskikiwabiiy). 
 
 Teach ; I teach, nin kikinoa- 
 mage. I teach him, 7iin kiki- 
 noamawa. I teach myself, nin 
 kikinoamadis. We teach each 
 other, nin kikinoamadimin. 
 
 Teacher. S. School-teacher. 
 
 Teaching, kikinoamdgewin, ki- 
 kinoamdgoioin, kikinoamddi- 
 win. 
 
 Tea-kettle, tea-pot, anibishdbo- 
 akikons, jishibakik, jishibor- 
 kikons. 
 
 Teal, (duck,) sagatdganishih, 
 wewibingwange . 
 
 Tea-spoon, emikicdnens, anibi- 
 .s7< abo-em ikwd nens. 
 
 Tear, sibingwai. With tears, 
 gigisibingwai. ( Otch ikaw^a- 
 biiiy) I shed a tear, nin pan- 
 gigawisibigice. I shed tears, 
 nin maw. (M a t u w). Tears 
 come out of my eyes, nin sa- 
 sdgisibingwe. 
 
 Tear; I tear, nin bigobidjige. I 
 tear it, (in., an.) nin bigobi- 
 don, nin kishkibidon, nin bi- 
 qashkan ; nin bigobina, nin 
 ki^hkibina, nin bigoshkawa. 
 (Yayakipitam). I cannot tear 
 it (m., an.) nin bwaicibidon ; 
 nin bwairibina. — I tear his 
 skin,H//! bigicajcma. — It tears, 
 rends, kishkigisse.
 
 TEL 
 
 — 257 
 
 TEM 
 
 Tear or l)reak ; I tear or hr<'ak 
 it, (?■»., an.) nin paki.s/ikuni, 
 nin pakibidon ; nin pakishka- 
 wa, nin pakibina. (Pikupi- 
 tani). I tear a net, nin paki- 
 nassabi. It tears (breaks.) 
 pakishkamaijad , higushkaina- 
 gad. 
 
 Tear or break by rubbing ; I 
 tear ibreak) it. {in., an.) nin 
 pakHindon , nin pukibona. It 
 tears by ruliliing, [in an.) pa- 
 kibote ; pakiboso. 
 
 Tear to pieces ; I tear it to pieces, 
 {?■«., an.) nin niyoshkan, nin 
 nandnigo.thkan ; nin nigash- 
 k<mut, nin nananif/a-thkawa. 
 
 Tear with the teeth ; I tear it 
 with the teeth, {in., an.) nin 
 higwanddn, nin nandnigan- 
 ddn ; nin bi(fwama, nin na- 
 ndnidama. (l^ikwaniewi. 
 
 Tease; I tease him, nin migosh- 
 kadjia. 
 
 Tell: I tell, nin dibddjiin, nin 
 windaniagc,nin dibdiljiinafage. 
 I begin to tell, ;///( mddddjim, 
 nin mndjiiadjini. 1 tell him, 
 nind inn, nin dibadjiinidanyt, 
 nin windanutwa, nin dibddn- 
 damawa. (Itew). We tell each 
 other, nind idimin, nin win- 
 damadiniin. — I tell it, nin 
 toindamagcn nin dibadodan. 
 I tell s. th. in a certain man- 
 ner, nind inddjini. I lell s. 
 th., of him in a certain man- 
 ner, nind inddjima. I tell s. 
 th. of myself in a certain man- 
 ner, nind inadjindis. I begin 
 to tell 8. th. othim, nin mad- 
 jiiadjima. I tell o f h i m 
 8. th.j nin dajima, nin dibdd- 
 jima. I tell a. th. good of him, 
 (her, it,) nin minwddjima ; nin 
 
 mhiwddodan. I tell s.th. bad 
 of him, (her, it,i nin matchi 
 dajima, nin manddjima : nin 
 matchi dajindan. 1 tell bad 
 things, bad reports, n'tn ma- 
 nddjiin. I tell bad reports 
 about people, nin manadjimo- 
 tagt I am heard telling bad 
 reports, I tell bad reports, nin 
 manddjimotdgfis. 1 tell de- 
 cently, nin icinddjim. I tell 
 indecently, nin winddjini. I 
 come to tell s. th. painful, 
 difficult, nin sanagiahka, i.in 
 bi-.fanagi.s/ika. I tell difliciilt 
 painful things, nin sdnagiid- 
 gos. I come to tell him pain- 
 ful things, nin bi-'ianagi-s-Zika- 
 wa. I tell .secretly, nin gi 
 niodddjim. I tell him s. tii. 
 secretly, nin giniodddjimota- 
 wa. 1 tell the truth, nin 
 drbtpe. I lell the truth of him, 
 /(//( drbima. I tell wonderful 
 things, (jueer stories, nin ma- 
 makd.'fifdgo.s, 1 1 am heart! 
 with astonishment.) I tell 
 tales, nind adi.s-okc. I tell s. 
 th. in dilferent jiiaces, nin ba- 
 biimddjim. I make a mistake 
 in telling s. th., nin irandd- 
 Jini. 
 
 Tclesco})e. S. Spyglass. 
 
 Temi)er. Teniperament. S. Good 
 temjier. Ill temper. 
 
 Temperance, minikipes.tiwin . 
 
 Temperance-j)le«ige, minikwes.ii- 
 niasinaigan.s-. 
 
 Tcmperant \}ortiou , meni kweji.iig . 
 
 Temple, anamieiti garni g. 
 
 Temples; I have temples, nin 
 bibaginginc. 
 
 Temi)t ; I tempt, nin nagtcfdi- 
 beninge, nin gagwMiOcndjige, 
 ninjobiige. I tempt him, nm
 
 TEP 
 
 268 — 
 
 THE 
 
 gagwedibenima, nin gagwed- 
 jia, ninjohia, 7iin gatchibia. 
 I tempt it, nin jobiton. It 
 tempts nie, nin Jobiigon, nin 
 gatchibiigoa. ( Kak wetcliihew, 
 Kutchihew). 
 
 Tempiatwn ,gagivedib^ningewin , 
 qagwedibhidjigewin, gagwedi- 
 oeymidiivin, juoiigewin . 
 
 Tempted ; I am tempted, nin 
 gagicedibenimigo, nin gagwe- 
 dibetiddgos. 
 
 Tempting object, jobiigowln. 
 
 Ten, middsswi ; kwetch. We 
 are ten of u.«, nin midddaichi- 
 min. There are ten in objects, 
 midddatchinon. 
 
 Ten, middsso...., in composi- 
 tions. (Mitatat). 
 
 Tenacious. S. Viscous. 
 
 Tender, (not used to hardship ;) 
 I am tender, nin nishangadis, 
 nin nokis. — The meat is ten- 
 der, nokiwagad wiidss. 
 
 Tender, (in. s. in.) S. Weak, 
 (soft.) 
 
 Tenderly ; I bring him up ten- 
 derly,' softly, nin nishangigia. 
 
 Ten each or to each, memiddss- 
 loi- (Mamitatat). 
 
 Ten every time, memiddtching . 
 
 Tent, papdgiwaianegamig. 
 
 Tenth ; the tenth, eko-middt- 
 ching. The tenth time, middt- 
 ching. 
 
 TenthlV, eko-middtching . 
 
 Ten thousand, middtcliing mi- 
 ddsswdk. 
 
 Teu times, middtcliing. 
 
 Ten times every time, memiddt- 
 ching. 
 
 Tepid ; it is tepid, a little warm, 
 (liquid,) abashkobite. I make 
 it tepid, nind abashkobissdn, 
 jiind abagamUdn. 
 
 Tepid water, ebashkobiieg nibi. 
 (Wiyikagamiw). 
 
 Terror. S. Horror. 
 
 Testimony to condemnation, 6a- 
 tangewin. I give te.«timony to 
 condemnation, nin bdianye. 
 
 Thank ; I thank, nin viigwet- 
 chiiviiice, migiceicli nindikkil, 
 nin mamoidwe. I thank him, 
 nin mamoidwama, nin inig- 
 u-etchitvia, migtcetch nind ina. 
 I thank in thoughts, nin 
 migweichiweninge. I thank 
 him in thoughts, nin miqwet- 
 chenima, migwetch nind itui- 
 nima (Xanaskumew, winak- 
 komai. 
 
 Thankful ; I am thankf , I have 
 thankful thoughts, nin ma- 
 nioiawendam, nin mumoiaioa- 
 gendam. I am thankful to 
 him, nin mdmoiaivenima , nin 
 mamoiaicagenima. (Nanasku- 
 mow). 
 
 Thankfulness, mamuiawenda- 
 m owin, mamoia wag en da m(>- 
 tcin . 
 
 Thanks ! 1 thank you ! 7mg- 
 netch ! ondjita .' wendjita! 
 (Winakkoma). 
 
 Thanksgiving, migwetchiwiiwe- 
 win, manioidicewin. 
 
 That, aic,aici,oic,iw,im.{Eoko). 
 
 That, /(■///, tchi,livi. (Kitchi, or, 
 tchi). 
 
 Thaw ; it thaws, ningikide. 
 
 Thaw-weather ; it is thaw-wea- 
 ther, ningiskodemagad, aba- 
 wa. The thaw-weather comes 
 during mv voyage, nin nin- 
 giskos. (baskan). 
 
 Thee, ki, kiiaic. 
 
 Theft, gimodiwin. 
 
 Them, these, igiic, iniic. (Eoko- 
 aik).
 
 THI 
 
 — 259 — 
 
 Tin 
 
 Then, iwapi. (Ekuspi). 
 
 Thence, ima nndji, iwidi ondji. 
 
 There, ima, wedi, iwidi, iwedi, 
 iwedi nakakeia ; wadi, wadi- 
 bi, ajiwi. (Ekutei. 
 
 Therefore, mi wendji. (Eokot- 
 chi). 
 
 These liere, /Hr<»i/(/, ogow ; ma- 
 min,<>n6w. lUki). 
 
 Tliey, icinawa. (Wiyawawj. 
 
 Thick ; it is thick, (in., an.) 
 k-ivagd : kipatflu. It is thick: 
 Clo tiling, ill., kipatfigad ; 
 clotliing, a?j., kipagigi.ti ; \i- 
 q\x\^,kip(igit garni, ha.s.tagwaga- 
 mi, or }>iisiigwt'tgami . nula], 
 in., kipagahikad , nu'tal, ati., 
 kipagdinki.si ; stnt!', in., kipO' 
 qahigad : stufl", an., kipagn- 
 oigi.si ; thread, in., mitchabi- 
 gad : thread, an., mitchnbi- 
 gi.<ii. 
 
 Thick ; I make it tliick : Liquiil, 
 Jiin kipagagainitnn, nin ba.'<- 
 .sagiri'igaiiiifiiii, or, nan panag- 
 wagamilnit ; metal, in., nin 
 kipagahikitnn . metal, an , 
 nin kipagdhikia. I m a k e 
 thick .s. th., un., an.) nin ki- 
 paqitnn : nin kipagia 
 
 TnicKly, (near together,) bebe- 
 .sho. (Kakisiwakl. 
 
 Thickness ; it is of a certain 
 thickness or height, apitama^ 
 gad. Tiie thickness of 8. ih., 
 epitag. 
 
 Thief, gemndishkid, gimodiwi- 
 nini. \ am a thiil', nin ginx't- 
 dinhk : nin gai/amindji, nin 
 wdginindji. Ai>udeof thieves, 
 gimoditrigamig. 
 
 Thievish ; I am thievish, nin 
 
 gi modi. silk. 
 Thievish wotnan, gimndiwiktrc. 
 Thievish ness, gimodishkiwin. 
 
 Thigh, ohwama. My, tliy, his 
 thigii, nihwdm, kibwiim, ob- 
 irdm. — A part of the thigh, 
 trhingwan. 
 
 Thigli-lione, tchingwanigan. 
 
 T h i m 1) I e, gandaigwdssowin, 
 ( KaskikwasunAliisk). 
 
 Thin; it is thin, {in., an) biba- 
 (/a : hibagi.si. It is thin : A 
 lioard, bibaginsaqi^i ; linuid, 
 jigaagami : metal, in., oiba- 
 gabikad : metal, an., bibagd- 
 />/A-/.f/ ,■ stiitl', //(. babagigad ; 
 stufi', an., bibagigi.fi : wood, 
 in., bibagigad ; wood, an., 
 bibagigi.ii. The floor is thin, 
 biltagi.s.saga. 
 
 Thin ; I make it thin, metal, 
 in., nin fiibagabikia. I make 
 it tiiin hy cutting it, {in., an.) 
 nin bibagikodan ; nin bibagi- 
 knua. 
 
 Thine, kiu. It is thine, (//<., an) 
 kin kid aiini ; kin kid aiaa- 
 iKiya, kit ayani. 
 
 T li i n g, aii. or, keko. Great 
 tiling, kitrhi aii. Little thing, 
 aiiiut. Ba<i wicked thing, 
 aiiwi.s/i. (Kekway). 
 
 Think ; I think, nind inendam. 
 \ think he is (it isi in..., nin 
 dam'ninia, nind imUmhiima ; 
 nin dtnirndan, nind indanen- 
 di'ni 1 think of him, 'her, it,* 
 nintl inriiima : niml in4'ndan. 
 I think mvself ... nind »;»<*h»h- 
 di.s. I think little of li i m, 
 (her, it, I nin<i agd.i.<>niiina, nin 
 beiri'nima : nind agd.s.ii'nddn, 
 nin bnri'ndan. — I think it is 
 i*o..., nin irawt'ifndiim. I think 
 right, uin giniinkirrndom. I 
 think wi-icly. prudently, nin 
 
 I nibwdkailrndam. 
 
 ! Think on ; I think on him, (her.
 
 THI 
 
 — 260 
 
 THO 
 
 it.) nin mikwenima ; nin mik- 
 wdnddn. I think always on 
 him, (her, it,) nin bijibenlma, 
 nin takwenima, mojag nin 
 Tnikwenima ; nin bijibendan, 
 nin kijibendan, nin iakwen- 
 dan, mojag nin miktcendan. I 
 think firmly or strongly on 
 him, (her, it,) also, I think he 
 (she, it) is strong, nin songe- 
 nima, nin mashkawenima ; 
 nin songendan, nin maslika- 
 wendan. I think firmly on 
 myself, or, I think myself 
 strong, 7iin maahkaivenindis, 
 nin songenindis. I think fre- 
 quently on him, (her, it,) nin 
 maviikaunnan, naningim nin 
 mikwenima ; nin mamikawin, 
 naningim nin mikwendan. I 
 think only on him, (her, it,) 
 nin bejigoenima, nin bejigwe- 
 nima ; nin bejigoendan, nin 
 bejigicendan. I think alwayt; 
 on him (her, iti when abroad, 
 nin loake-mamikwenima : nin 
 wake-mamikendan. I think 
 always on home, nin ivak6- 
 mamikaio. 
 
 Third ; the third, eko-nissing. 
 The third time, nissing. 
 
 Thirdly, eko-nissing. 
 
 Thirst, nibngwticin, gaskana- 
 bdqicewin. Ardent thirst, gish- 
 kabdgwewin. — I sutler thirst. 
 S. Thirsty. 
 
 Thirsty ; I am thirsty, I thirst, 
 nin nibdgwe, nin gaskanabag- 
 we. (Notteyiibakwew). I am 
 thirsty, dry, nin bengwanam. 
 I thirst very much, I suffer 
 thirst, nin pakabagwe, nin 
 gishkabdgice. I thirst aJlter 
 s.th., nin gishkabdgweweno- 
 dan. 
 
 Thirteen, middsswi ashi nisswi. 
 (Mitatat nistosab). 
 
 Thirty, nissimidana. We are 
 t h i rty f u s , n 7 « n issiin ida na- 
 ireiiiin. There are thirty in. 
 objects, nis.iimidanaicetcan. 
 (Nistomitano). 
 
 Thirty every time, thirty each 
 or to each, nenissimidana. 
 
 Thirty hundred, (3000) nissimi- 
 dandk. We are 3000 of u.s, nin 
 nissim'idandkosimin . There 
 are 3000 in. objects, nissimida- 
 nakwadon. 
 
 This, this here, this one, aw, 
 ow, mabam, waaw ; oiv, man- 
 dan. (Eoko, awahjOma). 
 
 Thistle, missanashk. 
 
 This way, onddsh'xme, onddss 
 inakakeia. (Astan)ite itekke . 
 
 Thorn, minessagawanj. (Oka- 
 minaka.«iy). 
 
 Thorn-fruit, min^ss. 
 
 Thoroughly, wawinge. (Mamly- 
 we|. 
 
 Those, those there, igiw, agiici ; 
 iniic, aniic, aniici. 
 
 Thou, kin, ki, kid, kiiaw. iKiyai 
 
 Though, 7«m'ajc«, missawa gate, 
 ano. (Atawiya, ata). 
 
 Thought, inendamowin. — Angry 
 thought, nishkddendamowin. 
 I have angry th., nin nishkd- 
 dendam. I have an^ry th. 
 towards him, nin niihkenima. 
 We have angry th. toward? 
 one another, nin nishkddemin- 
 dimin. Fair and good th., 
 mino inendamoicin, onijishen- 
 damowin. I have fair and 
 good th., nind onijitikendam, 
 )iin mino nendam. Impure, 
 unchaste th., bishigtcddenda- 
 mowin. I have impure th., 
 nin bishigwddendam, nin bi-
 
 THO 
 
 — 201 
 
 THK 
 
 shigwddj-inendam ; nin gagi- 
 bddendam. Proud th., mami- 
 nadendamowin , kiiai imowin . 
 I have proud til., iiuimiintdeii- 
 dam, nin kiiihUirnwenindix, 
 nin kitenindis, nin kitniim. 
 Riglit and just til., gicaiak- 
 wendinnou'in. T have rigiit 
 and ju.«t thought, nin (ficaiak- 
 wendam. Kognish \\\., ma- 
 >n(nidt'ss(t<lfnd(inioirin. I have 
 roguish th , nin nunnandessa- 
 dendam. Sinful evil ih., bafd- 
 inendamowin, matchi inenda- 
 mowin. I have Hinful wicked 
 th., nin hatd-inendam, nin 
 matchi inendam. Strong th 
 or re.«olution, .songendanidirin, 
 maskkawenddinnirin. I have 
 .strong th., nin nia.i/ikaiccn- 
 darn, nin sonijenddin. I make 
 him have .strong th., nin 
 mashkdwfndomia, nin .longen- 
 damia. Stuitid, fooli.ih, al>- 
 Hurd, imprudent th., gagihci- 
 dendamoicin , <j(igih(idj-inenda- 
 mowin. I jiave .-itutjid imiiru- 
 dent th., nin f/agiundcnddin, 
 nin i/ai/ihadj-iiirndinn. Wi.-ie 
 prudent th., nifiirdkiidcnda- 
 mowin, (/(tgitawendaninirin. I 
 liave wise th., nin nihwdku- 
 dendam, nin nibwdku-inen- 
 darn, nin i/ai/itatrendam. I 
 make him have wise prudi-nt 
 th., nin gagifatrcndamid. 
 
 Thought ; I am lit \») thought, 
 destined, nind inentldgos , 
 inenddgwad. I am 'it isi 
 thought to he in...., nind indn- 
 nenddgns ; indanenddgwad. 
 
 Thoughtle.«H ; I am tiioughtlesH, 
 frivoiou.'', nin iiis'mddis. 
 
 TbouHand, middssirdk. We ar<' 
 a thou.sand in numher, nin 
 
 middsswakosimin. Tliere are 
 a thoui^and in. objeets, middns- 
 tcdkiradon A thou.sand each, 
 memiddnntcdk. A tlioiisand 
 times, tniddsstrdk da.sifing. 
 (Kitchi mitatatomitanoi. 
 
 Th um h, mitchilch inindj. 
 
 Thunder; thunderlMjlt, animiki, 
 animikig. i Pi yesi wok ' . 
 
 Thunder ; it thunders, animiki- 
 ka, aniniikiwun. It thunders 
 with great noise, adjaninia- 
 kwaumog ianiinikig . pash- 
 kiktraamog \animikig). It 
 thunders low, tal)as.idkwaa- 
 inog (animikig). (Piyiesiwok 
 ki to wok I. 
 
 Thunder-cloud, animikatrana- 
 kirad. 
 
 Thunder-Ptorm ; there is a th. 
 kifr/ii (tuiiiiikikn. 
 
 Thursdav, niogijiqad. 
 
 Thy, ki^'kid. 
 
 Thy.self, kin igo, kiiair. (Kiya- 
 tihiyawei. 
 
 Trash ; I thrasji, nind npagan- 
 daige, nin gitrhiininaqaigv. I 
 thrash it otlwitli a stick, nin 
 btiinidn. 
 
 T rasher, tipagamlaigeiriuini. 
 
 Thrashing, tipagundaigewin, 
 gitrli iin in agti igeirin . 
 
 Thrashing-tloor, apngandaigC' 
 irigaiuig. 
 
 Thrasliing woman, apagandai- 
 grktre. 
 
 Threa<l, a.ssabdb. Small thin 
 thread, a.ssabdbin.s. I make 
 thread, iUnd a.s.sabdbike. 
 Thread for sewing, nabikwdS' 
 .son. 
 
 Thread ; I thread a needle, nin 
 ndbidoan jabonigan. 
 
 Threat, threatening, gagwisc- 
 gimtiwin.
 
 'I" nil 
 
 — 202 
 
 THR 
 
 Thrtatc'ii ; I tlireateii, liiii (jay- 
 
 wcsegiwe. I th. him, iiimjag- 
 
 wcsegima. 
 
 Three, iiissioi. We are three, 
 
 nin nissimin. There are three 
 
 in. objects, nissinon. (Nisto). 
 
 Three, nisso..., in compositions, 
 
 which see in the Second Part. 
 
 Three ; he is three, three in one, 
 
 nissi. (Nistiw, or, nistweya- 
 
 kihuvv). 
 
 Three days ago, kitchi dwasso- 
 
 nago. (Kitchi awassotakiisik). 
 
 Three every time, three eacli or 
 
 to each, iieniaswi. 
 Tliree hundred every time, 800 
 
 eacli or to each, nenisswdk. 
 Three thousand, nissi ng middss- 
 
 wdk, n issiynida ii dk. 
 
 Three times, /im//i(/. (Nistwaw). 
 
 Three times every time, three 
 
 times each or to each, ntnis- 
 
 sing. 
 
 Threshold, kashkikanokan. 
 
 Throat, gongdgan. (Kuttagan). 
 
 A big thront, pikwagondagaii. 
 
 — My throat is dry, nin beng- 
 
 wanam. My tli. is large, uin 
 
 mangigondagan. My th. is 
 
 sore, nin gagidjigonewe. My 
 
 th. is swollen, nin bdgigonda- 
 
 gan. — I take him by the 
 
 throat, nin sagigondaganena. 
 
 I cut his throat, nin kishkig- 
 
 wejwa. I cut my own throat, 
 
 nin kishkigicejoodis My throat 
 
 is cut, nin k i s h k i g ic e. — It 
 
 comes in my th., nin pindji- 
 
 goneweshkagan. 
 
 Throne, kitchi-ogima-apahiwin, 
 
 kitcki-ogima-namadabiwin. 
 Throng ; we throng, nin sinsiko- 
 
 dadimin. 
 Through, jibaii. (Sabo). 
 
 Through, ithrdugii the means 
 
 of...,) ondji. 
 Throw ; I throw, nitid apagi- 
 tchige, nind apagijiwe. I th. 
 him (her, it) soniewhere, nind 
 apagina, nind apagitnn, nind 
 apagifon. I th. myself .some- 
 wiiere, nind apagis. I th. it to 
 him or for him, nind apaqi- 
 taica, nind apagitamaica. We 
 throw s. th. to each other, 
 nind apagitddimin. We throw 
 our.selves together somewhere, 
 nind apdidimin. I th. mvself 
 to some place, nind apdidis. — 
 I th. it to such a distance, (in., 
 an.) nin debinan ; nin debina. 
 Throw about ; I throw about, 
 nin sasicewebinige, nin biwi- 
 webinige. I th. it about, (in., 
 an.) nin sasicctcebinan, nin 
 biwiwebinan ; nin sasw^webi- 
 na, nin biwiwebina. 
 Throw aside ; I throw aside, 
 nind ikoicebinige, nin bakewe- 
 biiiige. I th. him (her, it) 
 aside, nind ikoicebina, nind 
 baki'ivebina ; nind ikowebinan, 
 nin bakeirebinan. 
 Throw away ; I throw away, 
 nin webinige. I th. him (her, 
 it) away, nin icrbina ; nin we- 
 binan. I throw away s. th. 
 relating to him, )iin wi'bina- 
 tnaica. I th. him (her, it) 
 away, pushing, nind gdnd- 
 jwebina ; nin gdndjiiccbitian. 
 Throw down ; I throw down, 
 nin nissiicebinige, nindapaga- 
 sikage. I throw him down, 
 HIM icebishima. nin nissibeici- 
 na, nind apagasikawa, nin 
 pakiteoshima, nin pakiteako- 
 shima.. I th. him down, bit-
 
 THR 
 
 — 2H3 — 
 
 THR 
 
 ing hiiK, tiin (jdwama. 1 throw 
 it down, nin )iissiwelnnan,nin 
 pakifeoKsiilon. — It throws me 
 uowii, nin wcbishimiijon, nind 
 ana(/a.sih(ii/nii, itin pakiteo- 
 iihitniij()n.--'V\\v wjivis throw 
 me down, uin i/aiciwehuo;^. 
 
 Throw in ; I tlnow him (her, iti 
 in, Jiin phidiijcwehina, nin 
 phiiljwebiua ; nin i»intli(/ewe- 
 oiuan. I th. him (iier, it) in 
 tiie water, nin bakobiwebina ; 
 nin hakohiirehiniin I throw 
 iiiyselt'iii tlie water, nin bako- 
 biwebinidi.s. 1 th. Iiim (lier, 
 it I in a canoe, etc., nin bos- 
 web in a ; nin bo.sicebinan. 
 
 Tlirow oti'; he tlirows ott" hie 
 horn."*, biniwine. 
 
 Throw out ; I throw out, ;i/h x/l- 
 qidjiwebiniije. I tii. him (her, 
 iti out, nin si'Kjidiiwebina, nin 
 qitrhiirt'liinn : nin sihiidjiwe- 
 binan, nin ijitikiwebinan, nin 
 mi/idjiwebi.s/ikan. I ih. liim 
 (her, it) imt of tlie canoe, 
 a .'* h o r e, nind a(/wdwebind ,• 
 nind agwawtbinun. I tlirow 
 the water out of u canoe or 
 boat, nin ipiHikirii))itfe. A ves- 
 sel to tlirow the water out, 
 i/irtikiriipii/(in. (Kw.'i|)alii;:an) 
 
 Tlirow .stones ; 1 throw a titone, 
 nin biniwdnsin. I throw 
 .stones, nin btddmwunsin. — S. 
 I stone. 
 
 Tlirow upon ; I throw it upon 
 him. nind iijiii</ttdjissil<iira, 
 nind (ipni/iitlji.isittnnaira. 1 
 throw mysell upon him, nind 
 a-s/Di.sikiiwa. 
 
 Throwing away, webiniijririn. 
 Thrown ; I am (it if) thrown 
 somewhere, nind apui/Hr/ii- 
 ga-s : apaijHifii(/ddc. 
 
 Thrown aliout ; it is th. ahout, 
 (/«., an.) biiciwcbini;/dde, sas- 
 webinitf/ide ; biwiwebiniydso, 
 samrebinigdiio. 
 Thro w n aside ; I am (it is) 
 thrown aside, nind ikowebini- 
 (/a.t ; ikoipcbiniydde. 
 Thrown awav. S. Rejected. 
 Th rown ilowii ; I am (it i.s) 
 thrown down, nin wehishimi- 
 ffo, nin nitisiwebinigan ; nissi- 
 webinigade. 
 Thrown in; I am (it is) th. in., 
 nin pindjwebinigas ,• pindjwe- 
 binigdde. I am (it is) thrown 
 in a canoe, etc., nin boswebi- 
 nigaji ; boswebinigdde. 
 Thrown out ; I am (it is) th. out, 
 nin .sdgidjiwebinigas ; sdgid- 
 jiwtbinitfdde. 
 Tlirush, lOird,) opitchi. 
 Thrust away ; I tnrust him (her, 
 it) away ; nind ikogandina, 
 nin gonwuwa , nind ikngan- 
 dinan, nin gom/iraan. ^ 
 Thrust back ; I llirust him (her, 
 it) back, nind ajigandina ; 
 nind ajcgandinan. 
 Thrust in ; I thrust it in, {in., 
 an.) nin gdndinan, nin pinaan 
 nin jrgnniin ; nin gnndina. 
 nin pindwd, nin Jfgona. I 
 thrust it in lor him or to him, 
 nin pinaamaicd, nin i/nndina- 
 inawa. I thrust a splinter in 
 my hand, nin jigonindjidjiu ; 
 in my loot, nin Jvgo.tidtdjin ; 
 under mvnail, nin Ji'go.shkau- 
 jiiljin; in any jmrl of my 
 boily, nin jcgussagirrdjin. 
 'I'hrust in (in. s. in.) S. Stick 
 
 in. Put in. Press tlown. 
 Thrust through; I thrust it 
 through, (/«., an.) nin jAbo- 
 gandiniin, ninjdbwakosudon ;
 
 TIE 
 
 — 204 - 
 
 TIM 
 
 nin jdbogandina, nin jdbone- 
 nan. 
 
 Tick or tike, esiga. 
 
 Tickle ; I tickle, nin ginagini- 
 we. I tickle him, nin ginagi- 
 na, ginagidjiaa. I tickle his 
 ears, nin ginagitawagebina. 
 
 Tickling, ginagisiwin , ginagini- 
 weicin. 
 
 Ticklish ; I am t., nin ginagis, 
 nin ginagidji. 
 
 Tide; it is the flowing tide, 
 moshkagami nibi. It is the 
 ebbing tide, odaskimagad nibi. 
 
 Tidings. S. News. 
 
 Tie, takohinigoicin. 
 
 Tie ; I tie, nin takobinige, nin 
 takobidjige. I tie him, (her, 
 it,) nin takobina ; nin takobi- 
 don. I tie it to him or for 
 him, nin takobidawa, nin ta- 
 kobidamawa. 1 tie him (her, 
 it) in a certain manner, nind 
 inapina ; nind inapidon. I 
 tie a bow, nin biskaodon, nin 
 bistoaodon ; nin biskaona, nin 
 bisivaona. I tie it with a knot, 
 I tie it down, [in., an.) nin 
 gashkaodon, nind apitaodon ; 
 nin gashkaona, nind apitaona. 
 I tie one string 'to another, to 
 lengthen it, nind anikobidon. 
 I tie it in different places, [in., 
 an.) nin sassagibidon ; nin 
 sassagibina. 
 
 Tie tight ; I tie tight, strongly, 
 nin niaslikaicapidjige. I tie 
 him (her, it) tight, nin mash- 
 kawapina ; nin mashkawapi- 
 don. 
 
 Tie together ; I tie them toge- 
 ther, [an., in.) 7iin mamdwa- 
 finag ; nin mamdwapidonan . 
 tie two, three, etc. together, 
 [an., in.) nin nijobinag, nin 
 
 ni.<isvbinag ; nin nijobidonauy 
 nin nissobidonan, etc. I tie so 
 many together, [an., in.) das- 
 sobinag ; nin dasnobidonan. 
 
 Tie up ; I tie it up in s. th. (in., 
 an.) nin ka.shkibidon ; nin 
 kashkibina. I tie up my head, 
 nin .fin.iokwebis. I tie up his 
 head, nin sinsokwebina. 
 
 Till, binish, naidnj, nandnj. 
 (Eyigok). 
 
 Till; I till or cultivate the 
 ground, nin kiiige. 
 
 T ill age, kitigeicin . 
 
 Time ; a certain length of time, 
 nomag. All the time, apine, 
 kaginig. At the time, iicapi. 
 At the same time, baietoj, be- 
 kish. (Kisik). For a time, 
 gomd minik. From time to 
 time, aidpi, ndningotinong, 
 nonas.tak. Some time, goma- 
 pi. (Askaw). 
 
 Time ; I have no time, riind 
 ondamita, nind ondamis. 
 
 Time, lose time ; I lo.se time by 
 drinking, nind ondamibi. I 
 make people lose time by 
 talking to them, nind onda- 
 mitdgos I make him lo^t 
 time by talking to him, niwl 
 ondamima. 
 
 Timid, (bashful ;1 I am timid, 
 nind agatchishk, nind agat- 
 chiicadis, nind agaichitcis. 
 (Nepewisiw). 
 
 Timid, (easily frightened ;) I am 
 timid, nin gagtceshis, nin go- 
 shiwe.'ihk, nin goidnis, nin go- 
 iddjishk, ninjdgodee. 
 
 Timi(iity, bashfulness, agat- 
 chishkiu'in, agaichiwddisiwin, 
 agaichiwiitiwin. 
 
 Timidity, fear, goshiiceshkiwin. 
 jdgoteewin, gagweshisiicin.
 
 Till 
 
 — 265 — 
 
 TOM 
 
 Tin, wdbdhik. 
 
 Tinder, sagatd(jan. 
 
 Tingle ; it tingles in my ears, 
 nin hihayishe. 
 
 Tin-kettle, wdbdkik, wdbdbik- 
 wakik. 
 
 Tippler, menikiceshkid. 
 
 Tippling, minikwrshkiwin. 
 
 Tippling-hoiiHO, minikwewigor 
 miy, Kiyiniijcwiijamiij. 
 
 Tipsy ; I am tip.sy, nin jowibi. 
 
 Tiptoe; I Htand on tiptoe, nin 
 tchinsif/abaw. 
 
 Tire ; I tire myiself, nin aiekoi- 
 dis. I tire him, nind nicko- 
 sia, nind aiekwia, niiid dkos/i- 
 kawa. I tire it, nind airko.si- 
 ton. It tires me, nind akosfi- 
 kdgon. — I tire myselttraveling 
 about, nin bdbd-akoshka. 
 
 Tired ; I am tired, nind aiekos, 
 nindakoshkiis. I feel tired in 
 my arms, nind aiikonike ; in 
 my legs, nind (lirkogdde. I am 
 tired of i-arryiiijr, nind aick- 
 wiwi, nind is/ikiwi .- of lying 
 down, nind is/iki.sfiin : of sit- 
 ting, nind i.s/ikirah. I am tir- 
 ed from working hard, nind 
 akwiwi, nin pikikiwe, nin pi- 
 kikiwda. I look tired, nind 
 aickosindgos. 
 
 Tired, di.-^gusted ; lam tired of 
 s. til., nin ji<i(tdi'nd<nn. I am 
 tired of him, (her, it,) nin Ji- 
 gadeniuiii; nin jigadenddn. I 
 am tired of telling the same 
 thing so otlen, nin jigaddna- 
 gidon. I am tired of waiting 
 Tor him, nin Jigadjilnn. I am 
 tired of walking, ninjigado.ine. 
 I am tired of writing, nin ji- 
 gadjibiigc. 
 
 Tiredness, nii'l-nsiirin Tired- 
 
 ness, (disgust,) Jigadendamo- 
 win . 
 
 Tithes, church-tithes, anamie- 
 pagidinigan I pay my tithes 
 to the church and clergy, ?jm(i 
 anamie-pagidinige. 
 
 Title of condemnation, ondenin- 
 diirin. 
 
 To, tc/ti, trhiw't-. 
 
 Toad, (imakaki, habigomakaki. 
 A kind of very big toad, tende. 
 
 Tobacco, (Ufsnna. (Tchistema). 
 I manufacture tobacco, nind 
 aa.semdke. Roll of tobacco, 
 loijininrasseina. This tobacco 
 is fresh, tipahagi.fi aw as.sema. 
 I have no tobacco to smoke, 
 nin uiani'pira. Want of to- 
 Itacco, niani'pwdtvin. 
 
 Tobacco-box , ax.se)na-}tiakak. 
 
 Tobacco-j nice, apas.sagokidjAn. 
 (PasakuskitjAn). 
 
 To! laccomanu factory, assema- 
 keiriganiig. 
 
 Tolpacco-maimtacturer, ansemd- 
 ki winini. 
 
 I'obacco-pouch, kisfikibifdgan. 
 
 To-day, nongom, nnngom giji- 
 gak. (Anotch). 
 
 Toe, kinakwanisid. The big 
 toe, kitrhisiddn. I walk with 
 my toes turned inside, nin wa- 
 wdgaami. I walk with my 
 t<ies turned outside, nin nand- 
 padiiami, nin jajdshagaami. 
 
 Together, nidinairi. 
 
 Toil ; I toil, nin kotagiw. 
 
 Tolerably, enitrek. 
 
 Toll-gatherer, mawandjUchigc 
 winini. 
 
 Tomahawk, wdgdkwadun.s. (I'a- 
 kamAgan). 
 
 To-morrow, wdbang. (Wabaki). 
 To-morrow iiKirninvr. wAhang
 
 TOO 
 
 — 266 — 
 
 TOU 
 
 kigijeb. Tomorrow nigh t, 
 wdbany ondgoshig. 
 
 Tongs, takwdndjigan. Small 
 tongs, (pincers,) takwdndji- 
 gans. 
 
 Tongue, odenaniwama, denaniw. 
 My tongue is cut off, 7iin kish- 
 kidenanhv. (Miteyaniv). I 
 out liis tongue off, nin kishki- 
 denaniioejtca. My tongue is 
 swollen, 71171 bdgidena7iiw. I 
 show my tongue, niii jihide- 
 naniweii, ni7i sdgidenaniwen. 
 I show him the tongue, 7iin 
 sdgidenanhvetawa. 
 
 Tool, anokasowin. 
 
 Too late, babisine, osdm wika. 
 
 Too much, osrt?n, osdm nibiwa. 
 (Osam mistahi.) 
 
 Tooth, ivibidaTna. My, thy, his 
 tooth, 7iibid, kibid, wibid. I 
 begin to have teeth, my teeth 
 begin to come forth, Tim saga- 
 bide. I have teeth, 7imd owi- 
 bida. I lose my teeth, nin 
 bindbide. I am getting other 
 teeth, niiid dnddbide. I pull 
 him a tooth out, nin bakwa- 
 bidebina. I draw it out witli 
 the teeth, nin wikwandan. I 
 try to draw it out for him 
 with the teeth, nin icikwa- 
 Ichiwikwannamdica. I draw 
 it out for him with the teeth, 
 7iin loikwandamawa. — I have 
 bad teeth, nin manddd- 
 bide. I have good teeth, nin 
 minu'dbide. I have even line 
 teeth, nind ondbide. I liave 
 fine small teeth, nin bissdbide. 
 
 Tooth-ache, deicdbidewin. I 
 havetootli-ache, nin deicdbide, 
 nind dkosin nibid. 
 
 Tootli-ache medicine, wibida- 
 7)tashkiki. 
 
 Tooth-pick, tooth-pioker,ne»«^5r- 
 
 tcdhideon. 
 Tooth-pincers, bakwdbidehid- 
 
 jigan. 
 Top, wanakoivin. There is a 
 
 top, v:anakowiwan. The top 
 
 of a moccasin, aywidaqan. 
 
 The top of the tree is broken, 
 
 kishkanakisi mi tig. (Tak- 
 
 kutch, or, waskitch). 
 Top, (boy's play-thing,) totoei- 
 
 gan. I play with a top, nm 
 
 ioTveige. 
 Torch, icdsseiodgan. 
 Torch-stick, wdsswdganak. 
 Torment ; I torment, nin kota- 
 
 ?iiwe. I torment him, nin 
 otagia, )iin koiagima. I tor- 
 ment myself, nin kotagiidis. 
 It torments, kotagiiwemagad. 
 It torments me, nin kotagii- 
 gon. 
 
 Torn; it is torn, iin., an.) bi- 
 goshkamagad, bigobidjigdde, 
 nigoshkamagad, ki.'<hkihidji- . 
 gdde ; bigoshka, bignbidjiga- \ 
 so, nigoshkaica, kishkibidji- 
 gaso. It is all torn to pieces, 
 nan anigoskkainagad, bis s i- 
 b i dj igdd e. — I wear torn 
 clothes, nin bigokwanaie. 
 
 Tornado, tnissibi^sidossi. i 
 
 Tortoise, mishike. Another 1 
 kind, tetebikinak. — S. Turtle. J 
 
 Tortoise's shell or shield, mishi- I 
 kewidaskwa. ' 
 
 Tossed ; I am tossed about in a 
 canoe or vessel, nin kotagiwe- 
 baog. 
 
 Touch ; I touch him, (her, it) 
 nin idngi7ia; nin tdnginan. 
 (Saminew). I touch myself, 
 7ii7i idnginidis, nin tdngina- 
 madis. I don't dare touch him, 
 (her, it,) or touch indecently,
 
 TRA 
 
 — 2t]7 — 
 
 TKA 
 
 nin maudlaiKfina, nin iiiand- 
 diiut, itiii iiKiiiddJiljiiiu ; nin 
 niandtanyinait, niit maiiddi- 
 nan, nin manddjihidon I 
 touch myself iiidecentlv, nin 
 manddiuidift. I toucli him in 
 a Htealtliy maimer, nin yi- 
 miirina, yimodj nin idnyina. 
 I touch s. til. rt'latiiifr to him, 
 nin tdnyinamdica. Wv touch 
 one another, nin tanyinidimin. 
 — I make it touch s. th., nin 
 tdnyissiton. — It touches the 
 bottom, bdywisaia. 
 
 Tough ; it is tough, (/«., an.) 
 jiban ; jibixi. It in tough or 
 durable, jibissin. The wood 
 ie tougli, mashkassisHnyad 
 mitiy. 
 
 Towel , kisin indjayan. 
 
 Town, odi'na. It iw a town, or 
 there is a town, odendwan. A 
 large town or city, kitchiode- 
 na. A small town or village, 
 odendioenn. 
 
 Track, (footstep,) okdwiwin, 
 bimikawewin. T here a r e 
 tracks, biniikdwade, nkawi- 
 nade. There are my tracks, 
 nin himikawf. My tracks are 
 visible on the road, nind okaw. 
 The tracks of both my feet 
 appear, n ind ojiniaekawe. 
 (Ayetiskiw, nametlaw). There 
 are tracks on the road or trail, 
 okuipunii) inikami. I see the 
 tracks on the road, nind aku- 
 witon miknna. — I leave large 
 tracks behin<l me walking, 
 nin munyi.s/ikain, nin inuindn- 
 aishkuin. I leave small tracks 
 oehind me, nin biwiihkam, 
 nin babiirinhkam. I los«' the 
 track, nin icanandjiyc. — I ar- 
 
 rive to his track, nin midjaa- 
 na. (Matahew). I see his track, 
 nind okawia. — The track of 
 the pen is visible, it appears 
 well, (that is, the ink is black,) 
 okawisKin ojibiiyandbo. 
 
 Trade, atiokiirin, inanokiicin. 
 
 Trade, (commerce,! atdwewin, 
 ulandiwin. 
 
 Traiie ; I trade, nind atdwe. I 
 trade with^him, nind atdwa- 
 ma. 
 
 Trader, atdwi'winini. 
 
 Tradesman, anokiwinini. 
 
 Trading, (commerce,) atdweioin, 
 ataiidimn. 
 
 Trading-house, store, atatoewi- 
 yaniiy. 
 
 Tratiing-license, afdwS-masinai- 
 
 Tradit ion , aidnike-dibudjimo- 
 win, aji'dibadjimntfin. CMiris- 
 tian Tradition, anamie-aid- 
 nikt-dibddjimowin . (.4 ianike, 
 dnike, signifies the same.) 
 
 Trail, niikand, uiiktin. I make 
 a trail, nin inikttndke. I make 
 a trail for him, nin mikandka- 
 wa. The trail conies t'roiii...., 
 iindami) mikana. The trail 
 goes to..., inamo mikana. The 
 trail is narrow, ai/assddemo 
 mikana. The trail is wide, 
 inanyademn mikana. — I lose 
 the trail, nin iranaadon mika- 
 na. — I c an go everywhere 
 without a trail, nin mitdwa- 
 kaniiyv. 
 
 rran<|uillitv, hisdni-tiwin, bekd' 
 disiwiu, hi.sdnabiirin, bisdnii- 
 wttcin, wanakiwin. KiyiVme- 
 wisiwin) 
 
 TraiKiiiillity of lieart, iranaki- 
 
 idf 
 
 ici(feewin. (Kiyilmitehewin
 
 TRA 
 
 268 — 
 
 TRE 
 
 Transcribe; I transcribe, nind 
 andjibiige. I tr. it, nind and- 
 jibidn. 
 
 Transcript, andjibiigan. 
 
 Transfiguration andjinagwiidi- 
 soicin, andjindgosiwin. 
 
 Transfiguration of Jesus Christ, 
 Jesus od andjindgosiwin. 
 
 Transfigure ; I transfigure my- 
 self, nind andjindgwiidis, 
 nind andjindgwi. 
 
 Transform ; I transform myself, 
 nind dwiidis. 
 
 Transgress ; I tr. a command- 
 ment, nin bigobidon ganason- 
 gewin, (I break a command- 
 ment.) 
 
 Translate ; I translate, (writing,) 
 nind anikanoiabiige. I trans- 
 late it. (writing,) nind anika- 
 notabidn. 
 
 Translation, (written,) anikano- 
 tabiigan, anikanotahiigewin. 
 
 Transl ator, anikanotabiigewi- 
 nini. 
 
 Transparent, (thin ;) it is trans- 
 parent, jibawasse, jibdwassei- 
 gdde,jibdte,jibawdsso. 
 
 TrunsYyareni sUiii'Jibdwasseigin. 
 
 Trap, dassonagan. (Wanihigan). 
 I set a trap, nind ombaan das- 
 sonagan. I set him a trap, 
 nind oniamawa. I make traps 
 in the woods, nind oniige. 
 (Wanihikew). I open a trap, 
 nin tawanobidon dassonagan. 1 
 go to my traps, nin nddasso- 
 nagane. I mit^s him in my 
 trap, nin banikona. I avoid 
 or escape a trap or snare, nin 
 banikos. 
 
 Trap; I trap him, (I catch him 
 in a trap,) nin dassona. 
 
 Trapped ; I ^am trapped, 7iin 
 dassos 
 
 Travel, babamddisiwin, mddd- 
 dimwin. Travel by water, not 
 HaWmg, bimishkdwin ; sailing, 
 bimdshiwin. 
 
 Travel ; I travel, nin habdma- 
 dis, nin madddis. I travel by 
 water, not sailing, nin bimish- 
 kd ; sailing, n?rt 6mas/j. 
 
 Traveler, bebdmddisid. 
 
 Traveling axe, babamadisi-wd- 
 gdkwad. 
 
 Traverse, nimindgan. 
 
 Traverse-Island, Nimindgami- 
 miniss. 
 
 Tread ; I tread, nin takoki. I 
 tread into dirt, Jiin jijokam. 
 I tread hard on the floor, nin 
 pitigossagishkan. I tread on 
 liis toes, nin tagosideshkawa. 
 I tread upon him, (her, it,) 
 nin takokdnd ; nin takokdddn. 
 
 Tread out ; I tread out s. th., 
 nin mimigoshkan, nin qitchi- 
 minagishkam. I tread it out. 
 (/»., an.) nin mimigoshkdn, 
 nin gitchiminagishkdn ; nin 
 mimigoshkawa, nin gitchimi- 
 nagishkawa. 
 
 Treasure, daniicin, kitchi dani- 
 win, dibendassowin. I lay up 
 a treasure, nind a1amddis,nin 
 ndwandonamds, nin {ndican- 
 donamddis. 
 
 Treat ; I treat him, nindodaica. 
 I treat (her, it) well, nin mino 
 dodaica ; nin mino dodan. I 
 treat him (her, it) ill, nin ma- 
 tchi dodatra, nind dbindjia, 
 nin nanekadjia, nin nishkina- 
 tra : nin matchi dodan, 7iind 
 abindjiion, nin nanekadjiton. 
 I treat him too ill, nind osd- 
 mia. 
 
 Tree, mitig. Tree with the roots, 
 pakwdnj. The tree has roots.
 
 TRI 
 
 — 269 — 
 
 TRO 
 
 otrhibikawi miiiij. At tlie top 
 or head of a tree, Wdnakong. 
 — The tree begins to l>ud, sd- 
 ganimikwi mitiy, or sagini- 
 niiktci. The tree i*' getting 
 new leaves, sdgibagiai mitig. 
 
 The tree has young shoots, sd- 
 gihimagisi mitig. Tlie tree is 
 in hlouui, wabigoni mitig. The 
 tree has branches, trailikwdni 
 mitig, or sdgiiJikwainioisi. 
 Tlie tree lias many lirariches, 
 babakci/ikwanagisi mitig. — 
 The tree is lilazcd, wa-inak- 
 waigaso mitig. The tree bentis 
 by the wind, ja-fhatcahanki 
 mitig. The tree is broken by 
 the wind, inakuko.si mitig. 
 There are trees blown down, 
 we.ssean. The tree cracks or 
 splits by cold, jx'i.s/ikakwadji 
 mitig. The tree is crooked, 
 wdwd-sJtkakosi mitig. Tlie 
 liead or toj> ol' the tree is 
 crooked, irugaiiaki.ti mitig. 
 The tree is thy, mi>ihitrutigo- 
 7(H mitig. The tree is hollow, 
 trimbinikisi mitig. The tree 
 is straight, "/i'//i"'(.v/ ;H/7/_y. The 
 tree is whiti-ih, wubnka.si mi- 
 tig. J'hcrt- is a niiniber of 
 trees standing together, />/A- 
 wnwa, miiii'ikwa 
 
 Trial, gtnljicwi.iiwin. I in a k e 
 him suffer lor a trial, /u';i god- 
 ji-kotngia, nin gagweilji-kota- 
 gia. 
 
 Tribunal, tlilxikoniirc-dpnhiirin, 
 dil}akoH iweicin i-anubitcin . 
 
 Trifle, irfgotogwenish. Trifles, 
 wiiagaxsiiinan. 
 
 Trigger, n(v<.sa(niigan. I pull 
 the trigger, nin nansatniige. 
 
 Trinity, Nesso-bcjigod Kije-Ma- 
 nito. 
 
 Trodden upon ; I am it is; trod- 
 den upon, nin takukadjigan ; 
 takokadjigude. 
 
 Troop; the beasts are together 
 by troops, bimawanidiwag 
 aic^ssiiag. The birds are to 
 gether by troops, bimaamog 
 hini'xa'iwag. 
 
 Trouble, ka.sfikeiidamowiu, ko~ 
 iagi.'iiirin, ni.i/iiwaiuidakami- 
 gi.'iiwin. Trouble (if mind, ni- 
 shiictinadcndamtiiri)!, tcitni.sh- 
 kwiicmlamowin. I a iii i n 
 trouble, nin ka.slikcnilnm, nin 
 kotagin. I am in trouble of 
 iiiind, nin ni.thiwanadendam. 
 I cause him trouble, nin ku.sh- 
 kendamia, nin nishiwanadcn- 
 damia. I make or cause trou- 
 ble, nin ni.'</iiir(tn(idak(imigi.s, 
 nin n'i^/iiic<ni(i({iiitcc. I cause 
 trouble with my words, nin 
 nis/iiwanadjigijire. 
 
 Trouble, noise: there is trouble 
 and noise, odjnnimakumigad . 
 I cause trouble and noise, 
 ;j / // d odjanimnkamiiii.t. I 
 speak with much trouble and 
 noise, nind ndjan'tmitagns, 
 nind oiljanimwcicidam. I 
 cause him (her, it) trouble, 
 nind odjanimia. 
 
 Trouble ; ] trouble him, molest 
 him, nin migoshkddjia. It 
 troubles me, nin migo.thkdd- 
 jiigon, nin miifn.s/iktidji-aia- 
 wigon. I trouble him asking 
 him for s. th., nind miinjomo- 
 tawa. I trouble or molest 
 with my words, nin mignsh- 
 kdsiidgoH. I trouble him with 
 my words, nin mign.s/iki't.toma, 
 ninwaui.thkwea, nin iraniah- 
 kwema, nin wiiagiskima.
 
 TRIJ 
 
 — 270 — 
 
 'IJR 
 
 Trouble oflieart, kashkendami- 
 deewin, migoa/i kadjideewin. 
 
 Troublesome ; I am tr., nin mi- 
 goshkddis, nin UHinishkwes, 
 nind odjanimiiive, nin miynsh- 
 kddenddgos, nin wiiagisken- 
 ddgos, nin sanagis. 
 
 Troublesonieness, migoshkddi- 
 siioin , iviiagiskendagositinn , 
 sanagisiwin. 
 
 Trough, atoban, idssinitodgan. 
 I make a trough, nind atoba- 
 nike. 
 
 Trout, namegoss. There are 
 trout, namegossika. Place 
 where there are trout, name- 
 gossikan . 
 
 Trou t-bon e , namrgossigan . 
 
 Trowel, jo.shkwabiganaigan. I 
 plaster with a trowel, nin 
 joshktvabiganaige. 
 
 True ; it is true, considered 
 true, debiceienddgwad. I am 
 considered true, (veracious,) 
 nin debweienddgos. I think 
 it is true, nin debweienddn. 
 
 Truly, geget. (Tapwe). 
 
 Trumpet, bodddjigan, madive- 
 wetchigan. 
 
 Trunk, makak, mitigo-makak. 
 
 Trust, trusting, aptnimowin. 
 
 Trust; I trust in him, (her, it,) 
 nind apenimonan ; nind ape- 
 nimon. I trust in myself, 
 nind apenindis. We trust in 
 each other, nind apenindimin . 
 
 Ti'nih,dcbweunn It is the truth, 
 debtee icina gad, debwewinima- 
 gad, debwewiniwan. I tell the 
 truth, nin debtee, nin debtce- 
 tagos. I tell the truth of him, 
 nin debima. I tliink he tells 
 the truth, nin debweiaienima. 
 
 Truth-paper, (deed, certificate, 
 etc .) debieeicini-masinaigan. 
 
 Truth-teller, daiehtced, daieb- 
 wetdgosid. 
 
 Trutli-telling,- dehwetdgosiwin. 
 
 Try ; I try, nin godjiew. I try 
 witliout much effect, nind 
 intods. I try him, (her, it,) 
 nin godjia, nin godjieicinoda- 
 tcd ; nin godjiton, nin godjie- 
 winodan. I try it, la coat, 
 boot, etc.) nin gosikan. I try 
 it, (a gun,) nin gosikaton. 
 
 Try, (examine;) nin gagwedjii- 
 we. I try him, (her, it,) nin 
 gagtcedji-kikenima ; nin gag- 
 toedji-kikenddn. I try him by 
 sufferings, nin gagtcedj-kota- 
 gia. 
 
 Try to surpass ; I try to sur- 
 pass, nin gagivedjenimiiwe. I 
 try to surpass in speaking or 
 debating, nin gagtcejagosonge. 
 He that surpasses others in 
 speaking, gagtrejagosongetci- 
 nini. I try to surpass him in 
 sp., nin gagw^jagosoma. We 
 try to surpass each other in 
 sp., uin gagieijagosondimin . 
 
 Tub, makakossag. 
 
 Tumble ; I tumble, fall, tiin pa- 
 kitenhin. I make him tumble, 
 nin pakiteshima. — I tumble 
 over head, nin abodjigiva- 
 nisse, nin tchingidaabotce. — 
 I tumble down, nind onda- 
 godjin. It tumbles down, 
 pikirabikisse. 
 
 Tumbler, m in ikicddjigan . 
 
 Turbid ; it is turbid, pakicebi- 
 gad, pakteebigami. I make 
 it turbid, nin pakicebigamis- 
 sidon. 
 
 Turkey, (bird,) misisse. Young 
 turkey, misissens. 
 
 Turn ; by turns, memeskkwat. 
 I in my turn, ninitam. • (Ni-
 
 TUR 
 
 271 — 
 
 TUR 
 
 yaskutcli). Thou in tliy turn, 
 kinitam. He in his turn, wi- 
 niiam. We in our turn, nini- 
 tamiwind, kinitamiipind. You 
 in your turn, kinitamiwa. 
 They in their turn, winita- 
 miwa. 
 
 I urn; I turn, (ntatnlinj: or sit- 
 ting,) niu ijtrrkild. I turn, 
 (\y\n^,) tiin i/wi'ki.'</iiii. I turn 
 my hesul, nin bimiskokwen. I 
 turn this way, Htaii<lini:, nin 
 bi-(/irfk}(/ahair. I turn tliis 
 way, sitting:, nin hi-(/wi'kab. — 
 I turn him, (her, it,) nin tfwe- 
 kia; nin gwekitini. I turn my 
 thouj;hts, (chaiifie my miml,! 
 nin ffwckendam. 
 
 I urn out ; I turn him out, nin 
 HagidjiiDi'bina I turn him out, 
 beatinjsr him, nin saifidaija- 
 nntna. 
 
 Turnover; I turn him (lier, it| 
 over, nin ijwrkina ; nin gwi- 
 kishima ; nin ;/in'kinan, nin 
 i/w^ki.s.sidn)i. I turn it over 
 tor liim, nin i/inkindinawa. I 
 turn it <)v»r : Metal, in., nin 
 gwekdlnkisaiilon : metal, an., 
 i]voek(ibiki.'<hima , stuH', in., 
 nin i/wekii/iniin , ntuH", an , 
 nin ffwekijiina. — I turn it over, 
 inside out, in., nn.) nindubo- 
 dinan ; nind nbudina. I turn 
 it over, u|)^i<ie down, nind 
 animikanan, nind animikwis- 
 .sidon, nind djigidintni 
 
 i'urn rounil ; 1 turn round, nin 
 kijibata, nin bimi.ikidn. I turn 
 rounil until I fret jjifldy, nin 
 giwashkwdinokwe. I turn 
 rouml until I fall down, ;ij;j 
 kijibddinokwf. — 1 turn round, 
 I turn myself, nin gwikita. I 
 turn round, flying, nind aba- 
 
 niinsf : runninj:;, nind abnini- 
 batii : stantlin<^, nind abami- 
 qabaw, nin gw^kigabaw, nin 
 bimi.tkogabaw. I turn round 
 briskly, nin gw^kipagis. I 
 turn round with a canoe, nin 
 giwegnm. I make liim turn 
 round, .sittit><r, nin girekabia. 
 I make him turn rmind, stand- 
 inji, nin girtkigabntria. — I 
 turn him round on a cord,?i)?t 
 kijibid^eshkait.sn. I turn it 
 round, twistinjr, (in., an.) nin 
 bimi.'ikoton, nin bimi«kwis.fi- 
 don, nin biminkunan : nin hi- 
 mi.tkona. I turn it round 
 hri.^kly, {in, an.' nin kijibawe- 
 binan, nin bimiskoirrbinan ,■ 
 /(//* kijibawebina, nin bimi.skir- 
 webina. 
 
 Turn to another side; I turn, 
 nin giccki. I turn to an. s., 
 sitting;, nin gicdkdb, nind dni- 
 giri'kdb. ] turn to an. «., 
 siandinjj, nin gwi kigabaw, 
 nind dni-gwekigaliair. ^ 
 
 Turn towards ; I turn towanis 
 (or from) him, (her, it,) nin 
 gwtki tinea ; nin gwekitdn. I 
 turn towards him, (her, it,) 
 standing, nin gtcekiyabawita- 
 wa. 
 
 Turn ; it turnx over, gwrkissin. 
 I turn lit turiiH) n>und, revol- 
 ves, nin bimiskota , biini.ik(>- 
 tamagad. It turns u little, 
 biwixkwamagad. — The riv»T 
 turn.s rounil, abainHigweia 
 sibi. The wiitor turns round, 
 abimodjiwan. 
 
 Turn, (convert;) I turned, I am 
 eon verted , nind andjibimddix, 
 nin anwenindis. 
 
 Turni{), tchiaa. Small turnip, 
 tchissens. (Otiaikkun). 
 18
 
 TWI 
 
 — 272- 
 
 TYI 
 
 Turn i p-peed , tchitisi-minikan . 
 
 Turn.«ol, missitagan. 
 
 TvirUe, jingademikwan, minkwa- 
 dessi, boaikado ; makinak, or, 
 mikkinok. The sliell or sJiicld 
 of a turtle, dashu'd. 
 
 Turtle-dove, omimi. Young 
 turtle-dove, omwiins. 
 
 Twelve, middswi ; ashi nij. (Mi- 
 tatat nijosab). 
 
 Twenty, nijtana. We are twen- 
 ty of us, nin nijianaipemin. 
 
 There are twenty in. objects, 
 nijtanawewan. There are 
 twenty pair of..., nijlanmce- 
 wan. 
 
 Twenty every time, twenty each 
 or to each, nenijtana. 
 
 Twenty hundred, 7iy7a?i«A-. We 
 are two thousand in number, 
 ninnijtandkosimin . There are 
 two tliousand in. objects, mj- 
 tandkwadon. 
 
 Twice, nijing. (Nijwaw). 
 
 Twice every time, twice each or 
 to each, nemjing. 
 
 TwiHght ; it is twilight, tibiku- 
 baminagwad, nan iiagabami- 
 nagwad, nikiwigad. It is twi- 
 light in the morning, bi-tcd- 
 ban, wuban. 
 
 Twin, nijode. I am delivered of 
 twins, nin nijodeike. 
 
 Twine, a.'tsabdb. 
 
 Twine for nets, a.'^.iabikeidb. 
 
 Twist; I twist with a stick, nin 
 bimdkicaige I twist it with a 
 slick, (/«., o?i.) nin bimdkica- 
 an ; nin bimakicdwa. I twist 
 him, (her, it,) nin bimina : 
 7iin biminan. I twist threads 
 together, nin jashabwabinige. 
 
 I twist tobacco, nin bimihagi- 
 na a.HHtma. I twist it up,, 
 curl it, nin tiiibdkwaan, nin 
 babi.sigaktcaan. I twist it 
 around s. th., nin titibabis.<d- 
 don. 
 
 Twisted ; it is twisted, {in., an.) 
 tiiibdode ,• titibdono. The 
 tree is twisted, himakosi mitigy 
 or binwskugisi. 
 
 Twisted line of several threads, 
 jashabwabiginiga7i. It istilN-ist- 
 ed of several threads, jashab- 
 wabiginigdde. 
 
 Twisted tobacco, bimibdginigan. 
 
 Twisted wood, bimdkwad. Sweet 
 twisted wood, manito-bimdk- 
 wad. 
 
 Twisti ng-stick , bimdkwaigan. 
 
 Two, nij. We are two, nin ni- 
 jimin. There are two in. ob- 
 jects, nijinon, nijinomagad. 
 
 Two, nijo..., in compositions, 
 which see in the Second Part. 
 
 Two every time, two each or to 
 each, nenij. 
 
 Two families, three families,etc., 
 nijode, nis.tode. etc. We are 
 two families, three families, 
 etc., nin nijodewisimin, nin 
 nissodeicisim in . 
 
 Two hundred, nijicdk. We are 
 200 of us, nin nijtcdko.^imin. 
 There are 200 in. objects, nij- 
 ivdkwadon. There are 200 
 pair of...., nijtcdhicewdn . 
 
 Two hundred every time, 200 
 each or to each, nenijwdk. 
 
 Tying, iakobinigewin, iakobid- 
 jigewin. 
 
 Tyiiig-string, takobidjigan.
 
 u 
 
 Udder of a cow, totosli, pijiki- 
 nntoios/iim. 
 
 I'glinesH, luaii/iJifiiii'ilt. 
 
 Ugly ; I am (it is) ugly, itiii ma- 
 nddis ; manailad. 
 
 Ulcer. S. AliceHH with niatU'r 
 
 intimately, (/t'u/api, ishkiciVch. 
 
 Umbrella, cKjawaieon, ayuwu- 
 basotcin. 
 
 Unable; lam unable to walk, 
 nindanawilo. I am unable to 
 do it, kaiviii iiiii i/an/ikitDssin. 
 (Bwatawittaw). 
 
 I'libend; I unbend it, niii bi- 
 nangwabiijinan, nin neshan- 
 f/abigiuan. 
 
 ( ' nbelief, ayonw^iendamowin. 
 
 Unbeliever, dniebwelanshuj, 
 aidgonweicndaiKj, aidgonwc- 
 lang. 
 
 Unchaste. Unchastity. — S. Im- 
 pure. Impurity. 
 
 Uncle, (fatlier's i)rothcr,) my, 
 thy, hi.s uncle, iii mis home, hi- 
 mis/iDme, omi.thomeian. (N'ok- 
 kumis). 
 
 Uncle, (mothcr'i^ brother;) my, 
 thy,hi.s uncle, «//■/.</<<•', kijisfir, 
 (ijisheian. (Ni t<i.><h). 
 
 Unclean. Uncleanness. — S. Dir- 
 ty. Dirt. 
 
 Unclean apirit, wani.sid manitn. 
 
 Uncock; 1 uncock a gun, nin 
 minwdbikinnn pds/ikinignii, 
 nin niiralenan ])ds/iki.sigan. 
 
 Uncover; I uncover him, nin 
 pakagwajcna. I uncover my- 
 
 self, nin fjukagwajenidi.s. I 
 uncover it, nin paki.i.'titon. I 
 uncover it to him, )iiu pakis- 
 silaninifa. 
 
 Uncovered ; it i.s \inc , pakinsit- 
 r/iigddi.'. 
 
 Undecided ; I am und., kairia 
 nin gijendanni. 
 
 Under, annmoii, andmina, and- 
 ming. It is under s. th., {in.. 
 an.\ UHhotrhissin : aitlinUhi- 
 .s/iin. 
 
 Underbrush ; thick undertirush 
 of the tir-kind, akdwanj. 
 There i.s thick underbrusji, 
 akdwnnjika. 
 
 Under-chiel, second chief, ani- 
 ki'ogima. 
 
 Underfeather of a bird, idown,i 
 niis.srgtrundn. 
 
 Undcrhair nf an animal, ini.isi- 
 nihiimidn. 
 
 Underneath. S. Under. 
 
 Uiiiier.stand ; J understand, nin 
 nissitu/dni. I understan<l so. , 
 nind initam. I under, him, 
 (her, it) nin ni.snHotawa .- nin 
 ni.i.siiOtdn. I und. him onlv a 
 little, nind iiinwi'tawa. I uinl, 
 him st). ., /(/;((/ in'itawn. { try 
 to understand, ////* nnndnnix- 
 .•iilolani. I try to nnd. iiim. 
 (her, it) nin nandnni.wsitf'itca ■ 
 nin n(tndani.s.s-it('ddn. We un- 
 derstand each other, nin ni.s- 
 .•iHutddimin.—l don't uiidor- 
 .staiid well what I hear, nin
 
 UNII 
 
 — 274 — 
 
 UNS 
 
 bamitani. J ilon't und. him 
 (her, it) well, uiii Ixtnituiva ; 
 nin banitan, 
 
 Understand, (conceive;) I un- 
 derstand it, nin nissit/iweu- 
 ddn. 
 
 Understandin<r, nibiodkawin. 
 
 Understood; I am (it i.«i easily 
 understood, nin nissiiotdijOH ; 
 nissitotdgicad. T am und. only 
 a little, nind niatvetdtjos 
 
 Underwood; there is much un- 
 derwood, sa.sdf/a. 
 
 Undoubtedly, </egei e nangi' ka, 
 aningwatia, abidekamiij. 
 
 Undress. Undressing. — S. Strip. 
 Stripping. 
 
 Undulated. S. Veined, 
 
 Uneasiness, mif/nsJtkddjideeicin. 
 
 Uneasy; I am uneasy, nin mi- 
 qoshkddji-aid, nin miyosh- 
 kddjidee . It m akes me u n easy , 
 nin rnigoshkadjiif/on, nin nii- 
 goshkddji-a ia wigo n . 
 
 Unfit, matchi, ningot endbadas- 
 sinog. It i.-i unfit, manddad ; 
 kawin ningot indbadassinon. 
 
 Unfold; I unfold it, {in., an.) 
 nind abiginan, nin bini.skwa- 
 biginan ; nind abigina, nin 
 bini.skwabigina. 
 
 Unfold, (in. s. in.) S. .Sprea<l 
 out. 
 
 Unforseen, sesikd. 
 
 Unfortunate. S. Unhappy. 
 
 Unglue; it unglues, pakwasika, 
 pakwatchikiwagishkamagad. 
 
 Unhappiness, kitimdgisiwin, ko- 
 tagendamoicin. 
 
 Unhappy ; I am unhappy, nin 
 kitimdgi'^, nin kofagendam. I 
 make him (her, it) unhappy, 
 nin kitimagia ; 7un kitimagi- 
 ion. I make myself unh., nin 
 kitimagiidis. I look unhappy, 
 
 )iin kitimagindgos. It is un- 
 
 haj)py, dnimad. 
 Unhappy, (in. s. in.) S. Injure. 
 Unliarness ; I unharne.ss liini, 
 
 nind dbawd. 
 Unicorn, negoteshkanid. It ha.s 
 
 only one \\ov\\ , ningotenhkani . 
 Unite; I unite witii him, nind 
 
 ajodenima. 
 Unite, (in. s in.) S. Put toge- 
 
 tlier. 
 United States, Kitchimokmnani- 
 
 waki. 
 I'nleavened bread, tcembissH- 
 
 chigaso-i.fig pakicejigan . 
 Unload; I unload a canoe, etc., 
 
 nind agwundas. 
 Unloading, agwandnsoipin. 
 Unlock ; I unlock it, nind abo- 
 
 bikaan, I unlock it to him. 
 
 nind abdbikamaica. 
 Unlocked; it is unlocked, ab'"'- 
 
 bikaigddt. 
 Unlucky : 1 am unl., I have 
 
 bad luck, nin massagicddis. I 
 
 am (it i.s) unlucky, considered 
 
 unlucky, nin ma.f.'iagwadetida- 
 
 gos ; masaagioadendagwad . 
 
 (Mayakusiw). 
 Unpleasant ; it is unp., mand- 
 dad. — S. Disagreeable. 
 Unprepared. S \Tndecided. 
 Unprofitable; I am (it is) un- 
 profitable, nin nanawiji, nin 
 
 nanawddif ; nanawad, nwia- 
 
 wddad. 
 Unprofitably, nanawdj. 
 Unprovokeii, biwisika. 
 Unravel ; I unravel it, nin na^s- 
 
 sdbiginan. 
 Unrepenting person, aianwenin- 
 
 disossig. 
 Unstitch ; I unstitch it, [in., 
 
 an) nind abijan ; nind abij- 
 
 wa.
 
 L'PR 
 
 — 275 — 
 
 USE 
 
 Unstitch. Unsiitchetl. — S. Kip. 
 Ripped. 
 
 Unswadle ; I unswadle a child, 
 nind ahnva ahinndj. 
 
 Untie ; I untie, niitd ahittkobid- 
 jige. I untie liim, (iier, it,l 
 nind dbaira, nind dbi.ikona, 
 nind ubiakobina ; nind dbaan, 
 nind abi.skonan, nind abisko- 
 binan. I untie it for liim, 
 nind nbaamuwa, nind dbisko- 
 namawa. It unties, dbiskosse. 
 
 I'ntied ; I am (it i.<! untied, 
 nind dhniijas, nind nbiskobid- 
 jigas, nind (d)isknbis, nin </<-'- 
 snawisJikd . dbdii/iide, abi.s- 
 kobidjiijdde. 'V>is/ii>bide,grsfiii- 
 wi^hkamayad . I get untied, 
 nind dbiskota. It ;:et.'< untied, 
 abiskokd. 
 
 Until, nainnj,nandnj, binish. 
 
 Untutored, uned\icated ; 1 am 
 uiit., /(/// pdiniHini'iwis, nin 
 paqtranitwCidis. Untutoreil 
 wild .«tate, vuljwanaipiitiwin, 
 patjuHinawmtisiwin. 
 
 Unwell; I am unwell, ninmdn- 
 jdia, pinu/i nind I'ikos. 
 
 Unwina ; I unwind from a reel, 
 nind dbandjii/r. I unwind it, 
 nind dbaonon. 
 
 Up the stream; I go up the 
 Htream in a canoe, nin nUaam. 
 I take him up the str. in a 
 canoe, nin nitfiona. 
 
 Up, umvards, (rei-pootinc: rivers) 
 oi/iai'fdjiwan. (^atimilt). 
 
 Upbraid. S. Reprimand. 
 
 Uj)On. S. On. 
 
 (pper Hoor ; there i.s an up. fl., 
 i.s/itjiminnagok(tde. 
 
 ('|)rif;ht, honent ; I am an ujk 
 ri^ht man, nin naininiwagis. 
 
 Upright, .straight, gwaiak. 
 
 Uprightnes.-^, upright iil'e, gwai- 
 akobimttdisiirin. 
 
 Up.-iet. S. Capsize. 
 
 Up stairs, ia/ipimint/. i.shijimi.'^- 
 nagong. 
 
 Up to..., bini.s/i.... 
 
 Upwardt*, is/ipiming inadakeia. 
 
 Urge; I urge him, nin gagdn- 
 .soma. 
 
 Urge, (in. s. in.) S. Persist. 
 
 Urine, Jiqiwindbo. 
 
 Urine ; I urine, nin Ji^hig. I 
 urine in the bed, nin jUshing- 
 lodvi . 
 
 U rine-liladder, jigiwin . 
 
 Vh, kinawind, ninawind. 
 
 U.>*e, habit,) nagadiniwin. 
 
 Use, the use of s. th., aioxrin, 
 abadjitowin, indbadjitowin. I 
 make u.'se of him, (her, it,) 
 nindawa, nind anokana, nind 
 abadjia ,• nindaion, nind a no- 
 kdtldn, n i n il ubudjilun. I 
 make a good use of him, (her, 
 it,) nin minoi abadjia ; nin mi- 
 noiabadjUon. 
 
 I'se; I use, nind aiodjige. I u.se 
 him, (her, it,) nindiiwd; nind 
 aiOn. I use or employ him 
 her, it I in a certain way ur 
 manner, nind indbadjia, nind 
 indnnkuna, nind inttwemika- 
 na . nind inabailjilon, nind 
 indnokadan, nind inatremika- 
 dau. 1 use things profitably, 
 [in., an.) nin bi.ssdgonan , nin 
 bissdgona. I use it sparingly, 
 savingly, (//J., (in.) nin mandd- 
 jiton, nin nianddandan. nin 
 viani'gadandan, nin nitint'gad- 
 Jiton , nin manddjia, nin ind- 
 nadama, )iin nianigadmna, 
 nin mauegadjia. I use it spar- 
 ingly, (clotlnng, in., an.) nin 
 tnant'gasikan: nin inont'gasika.
 
 USE 
 
 — 2 70 — 
 
 VVi' 
 
 Used ; it is used, (made use of,i 
 tin., an.) aiodjigdde ; aiodji- 
 ydso.lt is used in such aiiian- 
 ner, (in., an ) indbadjitrhi- 
 gdde ; indbadjiie/iii/dso. Any 
 thing used, aiowin. Tlie things 
 I use, nind aioicinan. 
 
 Used, (in. s.in.) S. Accustomed. 
 
 Uset'ul ; I am (it is) useful, nia 
 minoidhadis, nin yicaiidtchiw, 
 nind onijish ; minoidbadad, 
 gwandtchiwan, onijiskin. I 
 am (it is) useful in such a 
 manner, nind indbadis ; ind- 
 badad. I am (it is) useful, 
 considered useful, nind indba- 
 denddgos ; indbadenddgwad. 
 — He (she, it) is useful to me, 
 nind dbadjia : nind dbadji- 
 
 ton. Useful object, dbadjil- 
 
 ckigan, indbadjilchigan. 
 Uusefulness, indbudi.iiwin, ina- 
 
 badendaysiwin,giJoandicliiwin. 
 Useless. S. Unprofitable. 
 Useless person, ningot endbadi- 
 
 sis.'iiff, aianaiceu'i.vd, nenawa- 
 
 disifl. 
 Useless thing, ningot endbadaa- 
 
 sinog. 
 Ij?-^ up. Used up. S. Spend all. 
 Using, aiowin ; indbadjitowin. 
 Usurp ; I usurp s. th., niti di- 
 
 bendamonidis. I usurp it, (in , 
 
 an.) nin dibendamonidison ; 
 
 nin dibendamonidi.<ionan. 
 Utility. S. Usefuluess. 
 Uvula, kagagi.
 
 V 
 
 Vaccinate. Vaccination. Vacci- 
 nator — S. Inoculate. Inocula- 
 tion. Inoculator. 
 
 Vagabond, yawaadisid. I am a 
 vagabond, nin giwaadia. 
 
 Vagrancy, (jiwaadiniwin. 
 
 Vain ; I work or endeavor in 
 vain, I gain nothing, niiid 
 anawewis, niiid agawia, nind 
 agdwiskku, iiind agdwita. 
 
 Vain glory, self-glory, kitckit- 
 wawenhidianwiu. 
 
 Vainly, in vaiii,a«wAa.(Konata.) 
 
 Valet, ham'iixgan, bamitdgewi- 
 nin >\ unnkifdgewinini. 
 
 Valley ; there is a valley, pas- 
 nadina, tawadina. 
 
 Valley of .sand ; there i.s a v. of 
 sand, passaiawunga. 
 
 Valuable; I am (it is) valuable, 
 niu kite It i itpUenddgos ; kiichi 
 apilenddgwad 
 
 Value ; I value him (her, it) so 
 much...., iiiiid apit a gima, 
 nind inaqimn ; nind apitagin- 
 don, nind inagindan. 
 
 Value, lesteem ;) I value, nind 
 apitcadaui.. I value him, (her, 
 it,i nind apiienima ; nind api- 
 f end an. 
 
 Valued : I am (it is) valued at... 
 nind inagins, niml inagiiidji- 
 gas ; inaginde, inagindjigade. 
 
 Van, nnshkdichigan, noshkat- 
 rhinagan. 
 
 Van, I van, nin nos/ikdtrhige. I 
 van it, (m., an.) nin nit.s/ika- 
 ton ; nin nonhkansa. 
 
 Vani.sli, it vanishes, angro, ango 
 viagad. 
 
 V'anquish ; I vanqui.sh him, nin 
 ga.shkia. I vanquish myself, 
 nin ga.fhkiidi.s. (Sdkohew). 
 
 Vanquish, (in. s. in.) S. Over- 
 come. 
 
 Variegated, of various colors ; 
 it is var. (stufl', in. an.) kita- 
 gigad; kitagigi.fi. 
 
 Variegated stuff, of ilifferent co 
 lors, kiiagigia. 
 
 Vast ; it is vast, mitchdmagad. 
 
 Veil, agwiagweon, agwingwebi- 
 .son. 
 
 Vein, oskweidb, miskweidb. 
 
 Veined, veiny ; it is veined, gr?"t^ 
 Jigabikad, (stone ;) gidjigissa- 
 gad, (wood.) 
 
 Vein of the heart, gwa^hkwask- 
 kwanibikr. 
 
 Vel \t't,nia.shnwesid aenibdwegin. 
 
 Venerable ; I am (it is) venera- 
 ble, considered venerable, nin 
 kitchitwdwi'nddgo.s- : kitch'ii~ 
 wdwenddgicad. 
 
 Venerat ion , niinddnnindiicin , 
 kHrhitwdwcnimliwin . kitcliil- 
 wdivendago.siicin. I hold him 
 (her, it) in veneration, nin 
 kitchilwdwenima ; nin kitrhit- 
 tvdwenddn. 
 
 Veneral disease, manddapinc, 
 win. I have the ven. dis., nin 
 manddapine. 
 
 Venison, wiidiss. I fetch venison, 
 (or fish,) nin ningwaniats. (Na- 
 kwati.sow).
 
 VIC 
 
 — 278 -^ 
 
 VIS 
 
 Vengeance, ajidawawin, ajida- 
 
 wiwin . 
 Venon). S. Poison. 
 Veracious ; I am ver., nin deb- 
 
 weiendagoH. Veracious speak- 
 ing, debivei/igositcin. 
 Verilj?, geget. (Tapwe). 
 V ern 1 i fu ge , ogejagimi-maskkiki . 
 Vermillion, onaman, osanaman; 
 
 also, red clay. 
 Vermillion-Lafee, Onamani-sd- 
 
 gaigan. 
 Version, (written,) anikanotabn- 
 
 gan- S. Translation. 
 Vertigo. S. Giddiness. 
 Very, very much, dpitchi, kit- 
 
 chi, osdm, ondjita. 
 Vespers, ondgoshi-anamiang . 
 Vessel, ndbikwdn. Small vessel, 
 
 ndbikwdnens. 
 Vessel, folded liircli-bark vessel, 
 
 biskitenagaii. 
 Vessel to draw water with, gwd- 
 
 baigan . 
 Vest, gibideebison. 
 Vestige, (footstep,) bimikavjewin. 
 
 There are vestiges, bimika- 
 
 wdde. (Ayetiskiwin). 
 Vestment, agwiwin. I wrap my 
 
 vestment around me, nin titi- 
 
 bishoweon nind agiicin. — S. 
 
 Clothes. Clothing. 
 Vestry. S. Sacristy. 
 Vex ; I vex him, nin migosh- 
 
 kddjia, nin nishkia. It vexes 
 
 me, nin migoshkddjiigon, nin 
 
 nishkiigon. 
 Vexation. S. Troublesomeness. 
 Vice, bvtadoicin, matchi ijiwe- 
 
 bisiivin. 
 Vicious, matchi. I am (it is) vi- 
 cious, niti matchi ijiwebis, 
 
 nin batd-ijiwebis ; matchi iji- 
 
 webad, manddad. 
 Victoriou.'*' S. Overcome. 
 
 Victuals, midjim. I produce or 
 procure victuals, nin midji- 
 mike. Labor in procuring vic- 
 tuals, midjimikewin . 
 
 Vial, omodenti. 
 
 V igor, kijijdwi.moin . 
 
 Vigorous ; I am rig., nin kijijd- 
 nrin. I am vig. in my old age, 
 nin jibigika. 
 
 Vigorous, (in. s. in.) S. Strong. 
 
 Village, o(/fna. Half or ^rt of 
 the village, bokodena. There 
 is a village, odendwan. A 
 small village, odendwens. We 
 live together in a village, mwii 
 odeiomin. 
 
 Villain, matchi aiaaurish. 
 
 Vine, jomindtig, jomindgawanj. 
 
 Y'mf:gar,jiwdbo. 
 
 Vinegar-tree, bakicandtig, bak- 
 wanimij. The fruit of it, bak- 
 wan. 
 
 V i n e- 1 eaf, jomin ibag. 
 
 Y'\neya,Td,jomini-kitigan. 
 
 Vintner, vine-dresser, jomind- 
 bokeicinini. 
 
 Violet, apissi. 
 
 Violet color; it is of a v. c, 
 apissin . 
 
 Violin, najabiigan, kitotchigan, 
 kitoweidpikoigan. I play on 
 the violin, nin najabiige, nin 
 kitotchige. 
 
 Virgin, oshkinigikwe, gigang, 
 tessanakwe. I am a virgin, 
 nind oshkinikweic, nin gigan- 
 gow, nin tessanakweic. I am 
 in a virginal stale, (a male 
 speaking,) nin tessanaw. Vir- 
 gin presented to the Great 
 Spirit, agondkwe. 
 
 Virtue, mino ijiwebisiwin. 
 
 Virtuous, nin minoijiicebi^. 
 
 Viscous ; it is vis., sibiskdn. 
 
 Visibility, wdbamindgosiwin.
 
 vol 
 
 — 279 — 
 
 VUL 
 
 Visible; I am lit is) visilile, niii 
 wdbaminCujori ; wnhninin/ig- 
 tcad. I iiiiike myself visiMe, 
 niti wahuminngiviklh , n i n 
 ndgwiidi.s. I am (it is) visi- 
 ble from a certain distance, 
 nin (l^hahuDiiniigos . dihuha- 
 minfKjwad. It is plainly visi- 
 ble, ^>(///«Av.v.'</«. lam (it is; 
 scarcely visible yet, nin na- 
 trinayos , n/twinayicdd. 
 
 Visicatory, niljl-mnshkiki. uniOi- 
 ■nga n , <> m h ih iniga n . 
 
 Vision, uCigiriidinowin, viamdn- 
 sinamowin, ijinamoirin. I ap- 
 pear in a vision, nin nagtcii- 
 dis. I have or see a vision, 
 nin mam'hi.sinam. I have such 
 a vision, nind ijinnnt. 
 
 Visit, visitation, niawadis/iiice- 
 win, nihwdtchiwewin. Haliit 
 of makini^ visits too often, 
 mawadis/iiwr.s/ikiirin. 
 
 Visit; I visit, I pay a visit, nin 
 mawadi.s/iiwe, nin nibwdt- 
 chiwc. I visit him, nin via- 
 wadisnd, nin nihicotrhitt. I 
 visit too often, nin inawndi- 
 nhiipC'slik. 
 
 Visitor, (arriver,) biwide. 
 
 V i trio), irejmcashkdasigwng 
 mOKhkiiii. 
 
 Vivify ; I vivify or vivificate 
 him, nin liimddjia. 
 
 Vocabnhiry , ikkitowini-masinai- 
 gun. 
 
 Voice, inwetrin, bibdyiwin. 
 (Itwewin, itrttdknsiwin.i A 
 
 voice comes from..., ondweice. 
 I have such a voice. 'I aiiv 
 heard so...,) nind initdgos. I 
 have a big strong v., iiiyi mdn- 
 gigondagan, nin nugigoiida- 
 gan. I have a feeble little v., 
 nind ugdHxigondagan. I have 
 a l>ad v., nin mdnyigondagan. 
 I have a tine clear v., nin mi- 
 noice, nind ojigondagan. I 
 have a weak low voice, 'from 
 iiunger, fatigue, sickness,) 
 nind dnmtUdgos. I find his 
 voice weak, nind dnaioitatPa. 
 
 Vomit ; I vomit, nin jishiya- 
 goice. I feel an inclination to 
 vomit, nin hijibidee. I make 
 him vomit, nin Ji.\-/ii<fagoirea, 
 nin JiKhigagutveswa. The mat- 
 ter vouuted Jishigagnwan .{P&- 
 komow). 
 
 Vomiting, vomition, Jis/iigago- 
 icewin. 
 
 Vom it i \i\Jis/iigagowe.'iiyan .i P&- 
 komosiganl . 
 
 Voracious ; I am vor., nin nibd- 
 dis. 
 
 Voracity, nibddittiwin. (Kaja- 
 kew I . 
 
 Vow, dibandowin, miishkatra- 
 iriiiddniitgeirin. I make a vow, 
 nin dibandn, nin tniis/tkawa- 
 winditniiigi . I Inltil a vow, H//f 
 dibandnn. Asoiamowini. 
 
 Voy&yie, babdmddittiwin. 8. Tra- 
 vel. Traveler. 
 Vulture, irinange-
 
 w 
 
 Wade ; I wade, nin birnddar/asi. 
 I wade through a river to the 
 opposite shore, nind ajawu- 
 (fameosse. 
 
 Wafer, agokiwassiyan. 
 
 Wag, bebdpinisid, bebdpinwed. 
 
 Wager, atddiwin. 
 
 Wagon, oddbdn, titibissc-odd- 
 bdn, titibiddbdn. I make wa- 
 gons, nind oddbdnike, nin ti- 
 tihiddbdnike. 
 
 Wagon maker, oddbdnikewinini, 
 fitibiddbdnikeuu'nini. 
 
 Wail; 1 wail, nin yagidowe. 
 
 Waistcoat S. Vest. 
 
 Waistcoat for women, babisika- 
 wdgan. 
 
 Wait; I lie in wait for him, 
 nind akdmaioa. 
 
 Wait ; I wait, nin hi. (Pehuw.) 
 I wait for him, (her, it,) nin 
 Ma, nin bitoa. I wait for 
 him, in thovights, nin biewa 
 genima. 
 
 Wait, (expect, look for ;) I wait, 
 (look for,) nind akawdb. I 
 wait or look out for him, (her, 
 it,) nind dkaicdbama ; nind 
 akaivdbendan. I wait for game 
 in the night in a canoe, nin 
 nib^gom. 
 
 Waiter, anokUdgewinini, hami- 
 idgan, oshkdbewiss. Female 
 waiter, anokitdgckwe, bamiid- 
 gan. 
 
 Waiting for game on the water 
 in the night, nibcgomowin. 
 
 Wake ; I wake him, nind amd- 
 dina. I wake him up by pull- 
 ing or pushing, nind amadji- 
 bina. — S. Awake. 
 
 Walk, bimossewin, babdmosse- 
 win. I take a walk,H?H babd- 
 mosse. 
 
 Walk ; I walk, nin bimosse, 7iin 
 mitosne. I walk about, nin 
 bubdmosse- I walk against the 
 wind, nind ondjishkao/sse. I 
 walk around s. th., nin giiri- 
 idossc. I walk backwards, 
 nind ajeosse. I w. badh', nin 
 manosse. I w. well, nin mi- 
 nosse, nin nitdosse. It walks 
 well, goes well, minosmhnagad. 
 I walk fast, nin kijika, nin 
 kijiosse, nin babapij'isst. I w. 
 as fast or quick as J can, nind 
 apisika, nind apHosse. I w. 
 slowly, nin bes-ika, nin b^- 
 dos.se I walk feeling my way, 
 nin nandodjishkige. I w. fore- 
 most, nin nigdni, nin nigd- 
 nosse. I make him walk fore- 
 most, nin nigdnia. I walk in 
 the night, nin nibdam, nin 
 nibdtihka. I walk in the water, 
 7iin bimddayd.ii. 1 w. about in 
 the water, nin babamddagdsi. 
 I walk on, nind ani bimosse, 
 nin mddjd. I w. on the beach, 
 ninjijodeice, nin bimdjagame. 
 I w. on the ice, nin bimdda- 
 gak. I walk on the lakeshore, 
 coming, nin bimitajagame. I
 
 WA.M 
 
 — 281 — 
 
 WAR 
 
 w. on tlic strai^rlitost roail, 
 ni)i (jirninkoslikn. I w. uii I lie 
 ■siiininit of a iiill or Diountaiii, 
 nin hhnamiifljiite. I walk out 
 talking, nin xnijidwewidam. I 
 w. over a liridge, niml ajm/i'. 
 I \v. over a lo<r, nin himi'tn- 
 datce. I walk roiiini, nin hiji- 
 bdosse. I walk r^traiglit, nin 
 (/icainkoKse. I KceonR' tmahle 
 to walk any liirtlier, niu rn'm- 
 dexhin. He lieconies unahle 
 t«j walk any further with me, 
 I leave him heliind, nin non- 
 deshima. I am unable to walk 
 (by hunger, fatigue.etc), nind 
 nnawUn. 1 walk with him. 
 nin iridi)sneniii. 1 walk with 
 down-hanging arms, nin Jin- 
 ifinikeoHse. I w. with my toes 
 turned inside, nin wnwdijan- 
 mi, nin jajiislinijndmi. We 
 walk in one line, nin nihint'ox- 
 nemin We walk many toge- 
 ther, nind imhrnnidimin. 
 
 WaWierJirniiissi'd : good walker, 
 neiu-Iti mossed, ni'Idossed. 
 
 Walking, himossnrin. Fast 
 walking, kijikihrin ; slow 
 walking, hrs'ikdirin. There is 
 walk ing, f/imnsscwinai/ud. — 1 
 remain about him in walking, 
 nin tr/i</(is/ik'tiii'ti. 
 
 Walking-stirk, stikdnn. I uhb it 
 as a walking-stick, nin sa- 
 kaon. 
 
 Wall, around a fortrei*s,//jjr//rtj- 
 nhikiniifdn. 
 
 Wallow. S. Roll alK.ut. 
 
 Walnut. S. Nut. 
 
 Walnut-tree, paijannkomij, mi- 
 fiifiriiliiik 
 
 Wampum, mi(jiss. 
 
 Wiimjtum-ornament, miijis.iiies- 
 .timiij. 
 
 Wamj)uni-straii, niii/issopikan. 
 
 Wan. S. I'ale. 
 
 Want, muni'siwin. 
 
 Want; I want, (need,) nin ma- 
 nr.s. 1 want it, ^in., an.) nin 
 mitnt'sin : nin manrsinan. I 
 want s. th. baiily, nin wainh 
 nis. 
 
 Wanton. Wantonness. — S. Fool- 
 ish nni>e. 
 
 War. S. Fight. Fighting. 
 
 Warble; the bird warbFes, mn- 
 sitdi/osi bineahi, wiiagweireio. 
 
 War-eaptain, war-chief, maian.i- 
 s^win ini, nii/dn osscwin in i- 
 
 War-captive, awakrin. 1 try to 
 make war-captives, or, I go 
 on a war-e.\cursion, nin nan- 
 <ldhi'in. 
 
 War-club, paijamdijnn, icaifana- 
 kihitvlii(jan. War-club with 
 a knob, pikwakwado-pagamd- 
 f/an. 
 
 Ware. S. Mercliandise. 
 
 WarH'agle, kiniic. 
 
 Ware-luiuse, afds.sowin. ttldssn. 
 triijaniit/. 
 
 Wart', niniinnwrkinif/nn. I make 
 a warf, nin niniiniiicckinii/o- 
 nike. There is a wharf made, 
 ndniintiwekiniijodt. 
 
 Warfare, Indian warfare, nan- 
 dohaniirin, nandohanikandi- 
 trin. 
 
 Warm ; i begin to feel warm, 
 nind iilnnrns. I sdou feel 
 warm, nin wnki'irtikis. I am 
 warm, nind (dnres, nin kijis. 
 I am warm in a hnlgeor house, 
 nin kijuh. I am confortably 
 warm, nin kijos. I lie warm, 
 nin kijnshin. — It is warm, 
 (the air, I kijnhate. It is warm 
 weather, kijdtt', ahnwa. It i.s 
 warm, (in a building,) kijide.
 
 WAR 
 
 — 282 — 
 
 WAS 
 
 kijote, kijoiamayade. li is 
 warm, (liquid,) kijdgarnide. It 
 is H link' warm, (li(ini(l,l 
 abashkobite, jiga.slikobite. It 
 is warm, (metal, in., an.) ki- 
 jdhikide ; k ij dbiki s i. — My 
 arms are warm, nin kijonike. 
 My back is w., nin kijipikwd- 
 nes. My feet are w., nin ki jo- 
 side. My hands are w., nin 
 kijonindji. My legs are w., 
 nin kijogdde. 
 
 Warm, make warm ; I warm 
 him, (her, it), nind abiswa, nin 
 kijisiea ; nind abisan, nin ki- 
 jisan. 1 warm him witli my 
 body, nin kijokawa. We warm 
 each other,;tj» kijokodddimin. 
 — I warm myself, nind aki.'i, 
 nind mrd.'i, nin kiji.'indi.'}. I w. 
 myself by drinking s. th. 
 warm, nin kijugamidees. I w. 
 myself by walking, nin kiji- 
 so.sse. I warm my back, nind 
 apikwane.s. I w. my breast, 
 nind abakiganes, nin kijaki- 
 ganes. I w. my feet, nind aba- 
 kisides, nind abisiden. I w. 
 my hands, nind obakinindji- 
 wa.'i, nind abinindji.'iodis. — I 
 make it warn), iliquid,) nin 
 kijagami.'ian. I make it w. a 
 little, «»((/ abagatninaJi, tiind 
 aba.shkobi.ian. — I make warm 
 s. th., nin kijisige. 
 
 Warmer, kijisigan. 
 
 Warn ; I warn, niu windamdge. 
 T warn him, nin tri)idamawa. 
 
 We warn each other, nin icinda- 
 ■mddiinin. 
 
 Warning, windamdgewin , win- 
 damddiwin, icindamdgawisi- 
 win. 
 
 Warrior, jimdganish, minissino. 
 
 1 am a warrii»r, nin minissi- 
 ninr. 
 
 Wait , ichitchigom. 
 
 War- vessel, migadi-ndbikicdn. 
 
 Wash ; I wash, nin kisibiginige, 
 nin kisibigaige. I wash lor 
 him, nin kinibigaamawa. I 
 wash him, (lier, it,) nin kisi- 
 bigina ; nin ki.iibiginan. I 
 wash myself, nin kisibigi. — I 
 wash my hands, feet, etc. S. 
 Hand. Foot. etc. 
 
 Wash clean ; I wash clean, nin 
 gusaidbdire. I wash him, (her, 
 it) clean, nin gdssidbdbawana, 
 n i n gds.sidbdicadaioa ; n i n 
 gds.tidbdwen, nin gdnsidbdica- 
 don. 
 
 Wash-dish, wash-plate, ki.nbigi- 
 nigeondgan. 
 
 Wash out ; I wash it out, [in., 
 an.) nin kiniabawadan ; k-isia- 
 batcana. 
 
 W^ashed ; it is washed, k-isibi- 
 gaigdde, gd.s-mdbdwe. 
 
 Washer, kisibigaigewinini. 
 
 Waslier-woman , kisibigaigewik- 
 loe. 
 
 Wash-house, wash-room, k-i^i- 
 b iga igeic iga m ig . 
 
 Wasliing, kiaibigaigewin. kisi- 
 biginigewin. 
 
 Wash-tub, kisibigaige-makak. 
 
 Wasp, dmo. 
 
 Waste, »vasting, banddjitchige- 
 trin, nishiwanddjiichigewin, 
 bapinodagewin , n ishibapino- 
 dagewin. 
 
 Waste ; I waste, nin banddjit- 
 chige, nin nishiicanddjitchiue , 
 nin bapinodage, nin nishiba- 
 pinodage. nin ndwadinige, 
 nin tchaginigcshk. I waste it, 
 {in., an.) nin banddjiton, nin 
 ni-shiwanddjiion, nin bapino-
 
 WAT 
 
 — 283 — 
 
 WAV 
 
 ■dan, niii tiis/iHui/iiinnltin, uin 
 ndwaiUnan . /* i ii Imnu'ljin, 
 nin ninhiwam'idjin. niii hapi- 
 nndaini, nin nisliihiijiinmldwa, 
 nin nnirad^nii. I waste it to 
 him, nin nnwudin<tni>iwa, nin 
 han/idjitaicd. 
 
 Wasted ; it in wastfil. /'/(.. nn.t 
 nuhiir(innijiiilc/iii/tiiii\ liiinhl- 
 iilrhii/adf . nishiuutniiiljUrhi- 
 ijdso , ita n tldj ilr/i iijasn . 
 
 Watch, dilmiijisi.iswfin. I iiiako 
 watchefi, nin dihuiifittisswd- 
 nikc I Pisimokkaii). 
 
 Watch ; I watch, nind nhtndn 
 (Aswahuw.i I wati-h him. (her, 
 it,) nin dadihalxnna , nin da- 
 dibabadan. ( Aswi-yimowM I 
 watch over him, iher, it,) 
 nin ^iinawenima . nin yana- 
 wendan. 
 
 Watcli, (sit ii|> ; I watch, nin 
 noddb, nin nilti lii/mn. I watcli 
 him ilicr, it) in the iii}riit, nin 
 nibrliitawn ; nin nihebit/in. 
 
 Watch, ill. s. ill.) S. Ohservc. 
 
 Watch. S. finanliaii. (iiianl. 
 
 Watch-hoiiHc, iikiindi'iiriifinni;/. 
 
 Watchiiif:. (ikinidiiirin, nodobi- 
 win, nilr bitiiiiKiirin. 
 
 Watclimal cr. dibniifitiij<niriini- 
 nikewini:ii . 
 
 Watclimakiiij:. wale h-maiiu fac- 
 tory , dHniiifi.ii.s.sininikfirin. 
 
 Watchman, ukundnirinini. 
 
 Water, nibi. nibisli. There in 
 water, nibikn. In the water, 
 uibikan;/, nilnnij. micndjin- 
 dim, iindniiliinif, nrnhnindini. 
 On the waivr. Ill/id il>i</. I look 
 for water, nin mhtdnbi. I 
 fetch water, nin nibimtd, nin 
 ndsibi. I ohlain my water 
 from..., nind ondaibi. I can- 
 not find water, nin ijwinobi. I 
 
 am It IS, in tiic water, nind 
 (K/trindJin . ai/irindf I am 
 it is) j)artly in the water, nin 
 siiijibi : saifibimdijad. I am 
 it is) half in the water, nin 
 sdi/m/iciniijin . mgagwinde. I 
 |iiit him I her, iti in the water, 
 ninii m/irindiinifi , nind ay 
 iriiidjifon. fdraw liiin iljer, 
 it I a little out of the water, 
 nin Irhekibitta , nin ir/iekibi- 
 dnii. I push it in the water, 
 nin nintinawe.Wi'binan. I j)Ut 
 water in it, ;*(/j nibikadan. 
 There is water in it, nibikddr. 
 — 'I'lie water comes under me, 
 nin di'nimiiffon nibi. ^Tlie w. 
 comes out of a vessel, sdqi- 
 wan nibi. It run.«out enlirelv, 
 ir/i/ii/idjiiran. The w. drops 
 out of s. th., Ichi^isii/amaijiul 
 nibi. The water jroes throu^ii 
 it, Jabobi The w. moves, 
 niiiddi/aini.shka ni^ti. Moved 
 or aj^itated water, vinddi/ami. 
 The w. reaches me, nin inn.sh- 
 kaoij. The water shuts up, 
 tjibwakamiiii.ihka. 
 
 Water ; I water him, nin niinaa 
 nibi. 
 
 Water, lin. s. in.) S. Sprinkle. 
 
 Water-closet, miiiiiri<fami;fon.i. 
 
 Waterfall. S. Casca<le. 
 
 Wateriii;;-c.arl, walerin;;-pot. S. 
 Sprinklin>r-|K^t. 
 
 Waler-|iail, water-pot S. liuc- 
 ket. 
 
 Water-ser|K'nl , omi.'<.'(andanio. 
 The skill of that serp<'nt, 
 nmixsandantnwaitin. 
 
 Wave, iiijntr The wawes run 
 hijjii, heavy sea, m-imiinqii.th- 
 ka. The waves roar loud, 
 kijiwiidnlika. The roarinjj of 
 the w. is heard. mamadwH-
 
 WEA 
 
 — 284 
 
 WEA 
 
 dshka. The water runs in 
 heavy waves, mamaru/fitii/od- 
 Jiywan. The waves break on 
 a sliallow place, bmiwanhka. 
 The w. heat against s. th., 
 apagadashlca. The w. beat 
 against my canoe and carry 
 me away, nind apcujadjiwe- 
 baoy. The w. k-ap in my ca- 
 noe, nin .sHjncKj. Tlie w. are 
 white, they flourisli, wassaxh- 
 kamayad, pashkikaway tiy<>- 
 tvay. The waves cease to rise, 
 bondshka. The w. are appeas- 
 ed , amcaweiceidshka . 
 
 Wax, dmu-bimide. 
 
 Wax-candle. S. Wax-taper. 
 
 Wax-taper, dnw-bimide ivassak- 
 ^ctmendjiyaa. Tliin wax-ta- 
 per, dmobimide wassakwa- 
 nendiyans. 
 
 Way, mikann, mikan. — S. Road. 
 
 Way-side ; by the way-side, 
 tchigikana, opimekana. On 
 the way-side, bakekana. 
 
 W^e, ki, kid, nin, nind, kinaioind, 
 ninawind. 
 
 Weak ; I am weak, nin jdgwiw, 
 ninjdgos, nin Jddtcadis, nin 
 bwanawiio, nin ninamis, nin 
 ninamadis, nind nnaioiss.- I 
 am weak in my bones, nind 
 anyogane, ninjoieyane. I feel 
 weak, nin bimidee, nin bimi- 
 deeshka. I feel weak in walk- 
 ing, nin bimideeitise, nin Joie- 
 yaneosse. I am (it is) weak, 
 considered weak, nin noken- 
 ddyos ; nokenddgwad. It is 
 weak, Jdywiiciniayad, jdywa- 
 dad, ninainad. — It is weak : 
 Ice, ninamadin ; liquid, jdy- 
 icagami ; metal, //(. ninama- 
 kikad: metal, ««., ninamabi- 
 kisi ; wood,j«., ninamakicad, 
 
 ninamiaHayad ; wood, an., ni- 
 namdko.i, ninamis.iayi.n. — 1 
 think he (she, it) is weak, nin 
 Jdywenima, nin ninamenima 
 nin jdgwenddn , nin ninamen- 
 ddn. 
 
 Weak, (easily torn, stuff';) it i- 
 weak, (in., an.) wakewan ; wu- 
 keioisi. I am (it is) weak, not 
 durable, nin wakewi-f, nin wa- 
 krwine ; wdkeicissine. 
 
 Weaken ; I weaken it, nin jay- 
 wiion. 
 
 Weakness, bicandwitoicin. 
 
 Weak often ; I am (it is) often 
 weak, nin naninamis ; nani- 
 namad. I am (it is| weak, 
 considered weak, in several 
 ways, nin naninameiidago.i. 
 naninamendagwad. I think 
 or find him (her, it) weak in 
 several ways or respects, nin 
 naninam^nima ; mn nanina- 
 mendan. 
 
 Weak, (soft ;) I am weak, nin 
 nokis. It is weak or soft, no- 
 kan, nokamagad. It is weak : 
 Metal, in., nokdbikad ; metal. 
 an., nokdbikitii ; stuff, /«., no- 
 kabiyad, nokiyad : stuff, an., 
 nokabiyisi, nokigisi. I makt 
 it weak or soft, (metal, in., 
 an.) nin nokdbikisan ; nin 
 nokabikiswa. It b e c o m e ^ 
 weak or soft, nokigissemai/ad. 
 
 WeaUh. S. Riches. 
 
 Wealthy. S. Rich. 
 
 Wean ; I wean a child, nind 
 ishkwannna abinodii. I wean 
 niyself of a bad habit or prac- 
 tice, nin wt'binan, tiin boniion. 
 
 Weapon or arinor of a warrior. 
 anhwiwin . (Nimiiskwewin). 
 
 Wear ; I wear it, [in., an.,) nind 
 agwin, nin giyishkan,nin ma-
 
 WE A 
 
 — 285 
 
 WEE 
 
 (li/nluii , iiiiiil at/iriii(j)i, iiiu 
 (/iyishkmcd, itin inailiiua. I 
 wear soft flotlK-;^, /(/// iifn/ik- 
 wanaie. I wear torn rlotlies, 
 nin biyokicanaie. — I wear it 
 out, {in., (in.\ iiiii niesikdii, 
 nin metak'wiiljidiiii, nin inet- 
 chis.tidon ; nin mesikaira, nin 
 metakicidjimd. I wear it out 
 entirely,!'" , "" ' "'" tihiifjiah- 
 kan ; nin lt/iihjis/ik<iira. 
 
 Wear around tlie neck ; I wear 
 it on or around my neck, tin., 
 an.) nin nubikan : nin nubi- 
 katca. I make him wear s. 
 til. around his neck, nin nd- 
 bikona. Any tiling w o r n 
 around the neck, ndbikdgan, 
 ndbikmcnyan. 
 
 Wearied. S. Tired. 
 
 Wearine.s.". S. 'riredne.>*.'<. Di.-- 
 gust. 
 
 Weary. S. Tired. 
 
 Weasel, JJH//O.V.V. 
 
 Weather, it is hail weather, a 
 bad day, niskddad, matrhi 
 tfijii/ad. it i.s j;tKMl fair w., a i 
 line dav, //(//(f< ijijiyad. It i.< 
 tine cfear w., sunHhine, ini- 
 jakicad. It i.x hut weather, 
 kijdte , it iw very hot, wi.s.sa- 
 (jdiv. — I have a had day, had 
 weather tor travelini', etc., 
 nin ntatrhijijii/ani.ih. I travel 
 in had weulluT, nin uisktusikn. 
 1 think it is to<> had weather. 
 nin niKkddcnilinn. I have a 
 tine day, fair weather, for tra- 
 veling, etc., nin mintnjijiya- 
 nijth. 
 
 Weave ; I weave, nin bimiddbi- 
 qiniganikf . I weave w i t h 
 ^loler^, nintl (tiuswefdi/iniye. 
 
 Weaver, bimidnbiijiniynniknri- 
 nini. 
 
 Wediling, widiyendiwin. iWikil- 
 tuwin). 
 
 Wedd i ng-feast , icidiyenditcini- 
 irikiiiiycirin, widiyenditcini- 
 U'ikinidiwawin. 
 
 Wedding-garment, widiqendi- 
 irin i-(ii/iriirin , widiyntdiirini- 
 Inihisikawiiyan. 
 
 Wediling-ring, iridiyendiirini- 
 tiiibiii indjipisou . 
 
 Wednesday; it is \\'(}i\.,dbitnsae; 
 on Wednesday, dbitoxxey ; on 
 W ed n esd tiy s , <t iab itosseyin . 
 
 Weed, for smoking, apdkotdqan. 
 — Another kind of ymolving 
 w eed , siiyd knm in ay a wit nj. The 
 herry growing on thi.-^ weed, 
 saydkomin. Imi-x mv tobac- 
 co with weed, (or bark, I nind 
 upfikimiye. 
 
 Weed, iio.xiouH herb, matrhi 
 inashkos.tiir. 
 
 Weed ; I weed, nin mona~ihkwe. 
 I weed a field or garden, nin 
 ini'miishkiraiian kitiyan, nin 
 jias/ikobidi)n,i^T, nin pashkwu- 
 kiihidiin kitiyan. 
 
 Week ; a week, ninyn anainir- 
 yijiyad. Two, three, four 
 weeK.>», etc., nijn tuidinieyiji- 
 yad, etc. 
 
 Weep; I weep, ;i//j maw, nin 
 katrhim. It wee|wi, maicima- 
 yiid. I weep too much, nin 
 mairi.iiik, nin kafrhinmshk. I 
 mak»' weep, I cause wi-eping, 
 /(/;/ miiiwf. I nuike him w., 
 nin mtia. I w. waking up, or 
 awaking, nimi annidndtm. I 
 come on weeping, nin bida- 
 dfm. I weep alter him, (mol- 
 eHt liim, I nin mokairana. 
 iMawikkatew.i I w. bitter- 
 ly, »iiH naninairadrm. \ w. 
 Iiorribly, nin yayirdnitsaya-
 
 WEL 
 
 — 286 
 
 WHR 
 
 dem. I w. inuiih, nin yikim. 
 I go to him weeping, nind 
 inademoiawa. I w. from cold, 
 nin mokawadj. I w. f r o m 
 grief, nm naninawem. I w. 
 from hunger, imi bakadem, 
 nin mokaicaua)idam, nin mo- 
 kawashkade. I w. through 
 joy, nin mokawimodjiyendani. 
 I.'w. tlirongh pain or an^er, 
 nin mokawines. I w. b}' dissi- 
 mulation, nin maioikas. I w. 
 in drunkenness, nin mdwibi. 
 I w. for some reason, nind 
 ondadem. I w. in a certain 
 manner, nind inadem. I w. in 
 a certain place, nin danadem. 
 I weep over him, (her, it,) nin 
 mdwinia ; nin muwinddn. 
 (Mawikkiitew.) I w. over my- 
 self, nin mdwindis. I weep 
 ohedding large tears, nin min- 
 dibigdb. I am tired of wee- 
 ping, nin pingewewetn. (Ma- 
 tuw). 
 
 Weejjer, mewishkid, kaiatchi- 
 moshkid. 
 
 Weeping, mawiicin, kaicMmo- 
 icin. Habit of weeping often 
 or too much, mdwishkitcin, 
 katchimoskkiwin. Weeping of 
 8. th.. or for s. th., mdicinda- 
 niowin. 
 
 Weigh ; I wei^h, (I am weigh- 
 ing in a balance,) nin diba- 
 bi!ihkodjige, nin tibabadjige. 
 I weigh him, (her, it,) nin di- 
 babishkona ; nin dibabishko- 
 don. I weigh him (her, it) in 
 my hand, nin qoiina ; nin go- 
 tinan. — I weigh (it weighs) so 
 much, nind apilinigos, apiti- 
 nigicad. 
 
 Weight, knsigoskodjigan. 
 
 Well, onddibdn. iMonahipAn). 
 
 Well, ircv:eni,gwaiak, wavoinge, 
 mino, kitchi, nissita. I do it 
 well, nin wawingeikan. I fix 
 it well, nin toawingdon. (Mi- 
 ton i . . 
 
 Well! ambe I ambinna ! ambi 
 aano .' ambessino ! haw ! tagn 
 tana! o ! (Ekwa! Matte!) 
 
 Well! let it be so ! mano ! nab ! 
 mamtnah! (KivJimj. 
 
 Well. S. Rather. " 
 
 Welfare, minn aidwin. Eternal 
 welfare, kdgige mino aidwin, 
 kdgige minaicanigosiwin. 
 
 West, ningabian, epangishimog 
 In, to or from the west, nin- 
 gahianong. Rain coming from 
 the west, ningabianibiasa. 
 
 West-cloiid, ningabianakwad . 
 
 W esi wi nd , ningabian i-nodin . 
 
 Wet ; I am (it is) wet, ?imni6iM?, 
 nin nibiwis ; nibiwan. I get 
 (it gets) wet, nin nissdbawas, 
 nin nissdbawe ; nissubawe. I 
 wet it, [in., an.) nin nissSba- 
 icadon ; nin nissdbawana. 
 (Akustimow). 
 
 Whale, kiichi-gigo, kitchi-niann- 
 meg, missameg. 
 
 What? wa? 
 
 What ? what is the matter? 
 wegonen? dnin? tani* tanish? 
 (Kekwiiy ?) 
 
 What is the reason ? anishwin * 
 wegonen wendji — ...? (Taneki?) 
 
 What time is it? Anin epitcb- 
 gijigak? Anin epitatibiX-ak * 
 Anin endasso-dibaiganeg ? 
 
 Wheat, pakwejiganashk ; or ra- 
 ther, pakwejiganimin. 
 
 Wheel-barrow, gagdndini-oda- 
 banens, gan din iga n i-iiUbidor 
 banens. 
 
 Wheelsman, odak^winini. 
 
 Wheelwright. S. Cartwright.
 
 WHl 
 
 — 2H7 — 
 
 wm 
 
 Wlien V aniniwapi ! atiopi f la- 
 napi ? fapi ? (TiUnpi ? i 
 
 When,«///, mcgwa. (I«{ji,el<UHpi). 
 
 Whore ? aiiiudi ? aka f ianiii * 
 Taiuip ? ) 
 
 Whether, kishpin 
 
 Which? what? Huin /> f iTjiin- 
 ma ? j 
 
 While, me</trn, api. (Megwalchi. 
 
 Wliip, hashnnjehjun. [ I'usastelii- 
 
 Whip; I wliip, uin Inishanjeitjt. 
 I whif) him, nin banhnnjnra. 
 I am whip|)eil, /(/;/ hnshttujei- 
 gax. I whip mvHeil, uin ha- 
 shtmjeiiilis. i Pasasteh wew) . 
 
 Whipping, hashanjiujeiniH. 
 
 W h i p-saw . Ifisfihihntijttfnn. 
 
 Whirl ; I whir! ronml. nin kiji- 
 hnta. 
 
 Whirlpool, tikiknrljhrtin. Tliere 
 is a wh., vanntan. 
 
 W h i r 1 w i mi, inifnilnKsidoitsi. 
 There is a wh. drivinp tin- 
 Htiow round, kijilialiiwaii. 
 
 Whifikorw; I have whiHkern, hjm 
 matnishanmre. 
 
 W li i 8 k e y , i.thkot^iiho, (tire- 
 water). 
 
 Whiflpor; I whiH|)or, nin ijituka- 
 n<i.i. \ wh. to him, nin (j/inka- 
 nwsotawn. — We whinner to 
 each other, nin ijfinUKitna.sit- 
 tadimin. The wiii<l whi-pcr-x 
 in the \viwv^,madw^hiiij(i.tsin. 
 
 WhiHtle, whiHllinp, kwishkwi- 
 ahiirin 
 
 Whifitic ; I whiwilc, nin hri.ifi- 
 kwi.sh I whifjile to nili him, 
 nin ktri.ihkwi.ihiuDi. I wh a 
 tune, a melody, nin kwis/ikiri- 
 .shinaflatn. I wh to call a<lo>», 
 nin kvishkwiMfikvit.isimwr. 
 
 White; I ant lil in) white, nin 
 wdbishki.'i vithi.iliknmai/ail. 
 
 wabighkisiijwanuigad. I make 
 it wh..(/H., an i nin wabish- 
 kitnn. nin wabi^hkitnn. nin 
 irdhishkawa, uin irtibi.shkia- 
 I make it wh . coni, Htrinp,) 
 /( /// wdbishkabiifibidon. I 
 make it wh. istiitt', in , an.) 
 nin wdbinhhigitnn . nin ird- 
 bi.sUkitjia 
 
 White, jminteii white ; it i^ 
 white or wliit4'ncil, {{n., an.) 
 irubiifinii/dde . irdbiginigAso. 
 It i.>i paintwl white, iwood, in., 
 an.) tri'ibi.tsaginigndf . tr/ihis- 
 xaginiqann. 
 
 White e.fay, lenb/ibigan WAha- 
 toniski. 
 
 White cotton, or linen, trdbi.ih- 
 k~igin , wdbishki-papngiwaidn. 
 
 White crane, tciibndjidfak. 
 
 While (loj:, trdbdx.fini. iWahaw- 
 timi. 
 
 While (jiiek. in'tban.'tig, tr/ibini- 
 ni.shib. 
 
 White tealhrr, irnhigtrnn 
 
 Whiteti.-'h, tiliknmeg. 
 
 White jjoosf. wdbwi'tre 
 
 While ohjeet, or wliii«neH ob- 
 ject , wdbi.i.'inginignn 
 
 Whilf oltlie e>i;;. irt'ibuiran. ira- 
 binhkag irdiran. 
 
 Wliite of the eye. tn'tbagitmiMh- 
 kinjigwiin 
 
 White pajK-r, itiot written,) irm- 
 obis h kag mnitina igit n , wrjibii- 
 tfiidi-sninng majtinaigan. 
 
 While |»*'r.-on, a white. iraiVi- 
 bishknrrd. I am a while per- 
 r*ou, nin wdbiahkitrr The 
 whileH, wliitc |>oii|il. i/-,,,,;. 
 hiihkitref^jig. 
 
 White Ht«)no, v/ibn.i!t)rt 
 
 While turnip, irdbiafiktlchux 
 
 Whitewafh , I w|i . nin wdbabi- 
 gauigr 
 
 19
 
 WIC 
 
 — 288 — 
 
 WIF 
 
 Whitewashing-brusli, wubiiih- 
 kairfan . 
 
 Whitisli ; it is whitish, [in., an.) 
 pangi wdbishkanuujad ; pan- 
 gi wdbishkisi. It becuincs 
 whitieh, it fades, wdhitclma. 
 It becomes whitish in wasli- 
 ing, wdbiichiidbdwe ; by the 
 sun, wdbitchiiate. 
 
 Whitish liquid, wdbishkdgami. 
 
 Whitlow, jingibiss. I have a 
 whitlow, nind ojingihias. 
 
 Whit-Sunday, I'antkol, Pantkot- 
 gijidad. 
 
 Whiz ; it whizzes through the 
 air, jokamagad. 
 
 Who? aicenen 'f went ? wenisli ? 
 (Awena ?) 
 
 Whoever, awegicen. 
 • Whole ; the whole, kakina. The 
 whole of it, {in. an.] endus- 
 sing ; endashid. (Kakiyaw, 
 njisiwe). 
 
 Whole, (entire ;i it is whole, 
 [in., an.) missiweiamogad ; 
 misiwesi. It is whole : Metal, 
 in., misiweidbikad ; metal, 
 ara., ?nisiicadbiki.'<i ; stuff, in., 
 misiioegad ; stuff, an., misi- 
 wegisi ; wood, in , misiiveid- 
 kwad ; wood, an, misiweid- 
 kosi. (Misiwesiw). 
 
 Whore, bishigicddjikwc, gagi- 
 badjikwe. 
 
 Whore-moager, bishigwddjinini, 
 gagibddjinini. 
 
 Whortleberry, min. Dry whor- 
 tleberry, baieniin. 1 gather 
 whortleberries, nin minike. 
 
 Why? wcgunen wendji...'i dni- 
 shwin. (Tiineki?) 
 
 Why ! anisli ' 
 
 Wick, was.sa ktcancndjigancidb. 
 
 Wicked, matchi. I am wicked, 
 nin matchi ijiirebi-'^, nin nian- 
 
 Jininiwagis, nin batd-ijiwebis. 
 It is wicked, sinful, batd-iji- 
 ircbad ; matchi ijiwcbad, ma- 
 /ia(/a(/.(Mavatjiteliew). I make 
 him wicked, nin matchi ijiice- 
 bisia, nin nishiwanddjia. 1 
 think he (she, it) is wicked, 
 nin nianadenima ; nin mand- 
 dendan. 
 
 W i c k ed n ess , ba td-ijiwebisiwin , 
 matchi ijiu'ebisiwin, manjini- 
 niicagi.siwi)i, misindni.siwin. 
 
 Wickedness of heart, matchi- 
 deewin. 1 have a wicked hearty 
 nin matchidee. 
 
 Wicked person, matchi aiad- 
 toi.sh, misimdnisiwinish. I am 
 a wicked person, nin matchi 
 aiaawishiw, nin misimdnini- 
 winiahiw. 
 
 Wicked thing, matchi aiiwis/i. 
 It is a wicked thing, matchi 
 aiiwishiwan. 
 
 •Wide ; it is wide, mangadeama- 
 gad. I make it wide, large, 
 [in., an.) nin mangad£ton .• 
 nin mangadea. 
 
 Wide, (in. s. in.) S. High. 
 
 Widen ; I widen it, [in., an.) 
 )uticatch nin mangadeton : na- 
 loatch nin mangadea. 
 
 Widow, J/tfa, Jakaicid, Jagawid 
 ikice. I am a widow, »«'« ji- 
 gaw. 
 
 Widower, Jiga, jagawig, jaga- 
 wid inini. I am a widower. 
 nin jigaw. 
 
 AV ido w h olkI , Jigd wiwin . 
 
 •Width, the width of it, [in., an. 
 enigokicade^sing ; enigoktra- 
 deshid. 
 
 Wife, icadiged ikwe, wiwimOf 
 widigemdgan , icigimdgan.wid- 
 Jiicdgan. I have a wife, nin 
 widigc. nin iciic. My, thy, his
 
 Wll. 
 
 — 2S«J 
 
 WIN 
 
 wife, iiiii iriiliijriiii'n/dii, A/ iri- ; 
 digemufjun, <> wiiUytmiiyaimn; j 
 or, nin miiuUinuii'mish , ki 
 mindiiiioiemish, o inindimnie- \ 
 mixhait ; or, niiciKli, kiiri.'</i,\ 
 iriiriafiuu <>r iriwdn. I liiivf 
 two, tlirci', tuiir wivfs, niit 
 nijvkiccir, nin ni.i-idkirt'tc, nin 
 nitiktrcic. — I ;iive liim a witV-, 
 uin iriwikawa. We ^ivf ti will' 
 to one aiiotlier. nin iriwikoda- 
 diniin. I ;live u wife to iiiy- 
 selt", nin iriiciknilailin. 
 
 W itt , hislktriindjitfitn . 
 
 Willi; I uiii ^wild, nin icanix/i- 
 ktrts. 
 
 Wild Hiiiinal, paijwmlj-uiiati, 
 l>iiifW(tdj(t irtxsi. 
 
 Wild Imar, ixufwddji-kokunh . 
 
 Wild cat, msiintn. Skiii of llie 
 wild cat, estfi/xiniiniidn. Coat 
 made of wild cat's skins, ami- 
 haniwikon. 
 
 Willi cherry, hairtiimindn, sin- 
 .titirnnin. 
 
 Wild clierry HJiruli, sis.iawc- 
 viindijdWiindJ, Innriiimindnd- 
 ijatranj. 
 
 Wild clierry-tree, winijiik. 
 
 Wild do;:, jtdijwdddsnim 
 
 W i 1 d e r II e > f , pdiftrdddkiiiniij, 
 paiju'ddj. 'Iliere is a wilder- 
 nesH, j)dijirdddkiik(tiniifetcan. 
 
 Wild goat, j)tnjw/idji-maniithl/i' 
 nis/i. 
 
 Wild >;ooHe, nikd. Another 
 kind, ohijaaltki.tsi. 
 
 Wild liorne, pmjtpMji-behejiijn- 
 
 Wdd man. pdijwddj-inini. 
 
 Wild rice, iniiwdnin. I gather 
 wihl rice, him mduominikr. 
 'I'lie jj;utherinn of wild rice, 
 mftnftminikrtrin. The nmntli 
 
 of the ^'atherin^r "I wild rice, 
 UKtm'nninike-ijixiss. 
 
 Wild rice liajr, nidnominiwuj. 
 
 Wild small fnail, paijw(idji-bi- 
 iniskiiilissi. 
 
 Wild thinir, pd(firddj-dii. 
 
 Wild tree, pdi/Wddjiinifii/ 
 
 Wild turkt'V, pdijiri'idji-inixixKi . 
 
 Wild woman, pdiiwddj-ikwe. 
 
 Will, inenddntidrin, inrndjine- 
 xrin I give him a lirm will. 
 It in nonijidfi'.sfikawen ima . 
 
 Will, lirm will. S. Kesohitioii, 
 tirm resolution. 
 
 Will ; I will, nind ineudam, 
 nind ini'ndjii/>\ Iteyitluni' 
 
 Willing; I am willing, nin inin- 
 wend dm. 
 
 Willow-tree, osisttiyobimij. (Xi- 
 j)isiyHtliki. 
 
 Win ; I will him, iher, it,) nin 
 (janhkid : nin ifdxhkilon. 
 
 Wind, niidin. i^otin). The wind 
 itegins U> Mow, mdddniwad. 
 Tlie wind is coming, hiddui- 
 mad. A strong wind eoineHon, 
 piKjdmdnimdd — I have wind, 
 nin niidininh, nin nndinnnhka. 
 I come lit come-i with the w., 
 nin bidfish , bidAnsin. I go 
 it goe.-) away with the w , nin 
 mi'tdJiidH/i ; niddjiid.s.'tin. I am 
 it 18) carrie<l away hv tin- 
 wind, nin wrb/ish . irrfniitsin. 
 Tiie wiiitl iH I'uir, inintnhiimad, 
 ti/tmannitjirdd i NAmiwunawi. 
 I liave a fair wind, >«('»« miU 
 ntdinn. I am 'it \f\ <lriveii or 
 earrietl hy a fair w , him min- 
 tn'tJih . minicd-iitin. There ix 
 a gtHnl fiuit w., kijiidnimiid 
 There in n I i g li I f<inootli 
 w., tftifK/iniiudd. There ih 
 a cold w., takdniniad. It 
 \i r<dd l>v the wind. lnkAif
 
 WIN 
 
 — 290 
 
 WIR 
 
 gin_ — The wind blows in a cer- 
 tain direction, apagatanimad. 
 The wind flies round, abamoi- 
 dnimad. The w. strikes s. th., 
 pakiteiassin. Tlie wind ceases 
 olowing, bdndnimad. (Ayo- 
 wastinj.-From the four winds, 
 niwing iuakakeia wenddni- 
 mak. 
 
 Wind-bound ; I am w., 7iin gi- 
 nisninaog. 
 
 Windlass, ombobiyinigan. 
 
 Window, wdasetchigan- 
 
 Window-frauie, wdssetchigand- 
 
 tig- 
 
 Window-glass, pane, icdssitchi- 
 
 gandbik. 
 Windpipe, gondashkicei. 
 Wind up ; I wind up, nin titi- 
 haodjige, n i n Utibinige. I 
 wind it up, [in., an.) nin titi- 
 baodon, nin titibiginan, nind 
 ikwabian ; nin iitibaona, nin 
 titibigina, nind ikwabiwa . 
 Windy ; it is windy, the wind 
 blows, nodin. It is very win- 
 dy, it blows continually, nitd- 
 nodin. 
 Wing, ningwigan. I have wings, 
 nind oningwigana. (Mitattak- 
 wan). 
 Wine, jommafto. I make or pro- 
 duce wine, nin jomindboke. 
 Place where they make wine, 
 jomindbokan. Producer of 
 wine, wine pressor, ,/a/K/H«6o- 
 kewinini. Production of wine, 
 jomindbokeicin. 
 \V\nk,umtikwiiigewin,ninig€toin. 
 Wink ; I wink, nind aininige, 
 nin watihwaige. I wink him, 
 nind aininamawa, nin watik- 
 waamawa. 
 Wink vvith the eyes, tchibing- 
 wenowin . 
 
 Wink with the eyes; I wink 
 with the eyes, nin tchibing- 
 wen. I wink him with the 
 eyes, yiin fchibingvnetaica. 
 
 Winter, bibon. In wint«r, 6?- 
 bong, bebongin. The winter 
 begms, mddjibibon. The win- 
 ter is far advanced, iahpibi- 
 bon. After the middle of the 
 w., giwebibnn. Last winter, 
 bibonong. The winter before 
 last, awass-bibonong. Next 
 winter, »fflnma bibong. 
 
 Winter; 1 winter, nin bibonis It . 
 It winters, bibnnishimagad. I 
 winter with him, nin widjibi- 
 bonishima. I survive the win- 
 ter, nin lodbanish. 
 
 Wintering, bibonishiwin. 
 
 Winter-path, bibon-mikana. 
 
 Winter-quarter, place of winter- 
 ing, biboniifhiwin. 
 
 Winter-skin, winter-fur, bibdni- 
 waidn. 
 
 Wipe; 1 wipe him, (her, it) nin 
 gdssiwa, nin kisiwa, nin gd^- 
 .<ian, nin kisian. I wipe a 
 child, nin kinawass. — I wipe 
 dishes, nin gdssindgane. I 
 
 I wipe his face, nin gdssingwe- 
 wa, nin kisingweica. I wipe 
 my face, nin gdssingweodi.^, 
 
 \ nin kisingweodi-x. I wipe hi- 
 
 I tears, nin gdssinsibingicewa. 
 
 \ I wipe my tears, nin gdssinsi- 
 
 ] bingwe, nin gassinsihingweo- 
 d'ls. I wipe his feet, nin gds- 
 
 I sisid^vna. I wipe my feet, nin 
 
 I gd^idside, nin gdssisideodi^. — 
 I wipe the dust off, niti bitia- 
 
 j ipcan. — Any thing to wipe the 
 feet on, bawiMdeshimotcin. 
 Wipe off, (in. s. in. Blot out. 
 
 ' Wire, biwdbikons.
 
 WOI, 
 
 — 2!tl 
 
 WOO 
 
 WiecoiiHiii. W ia/ikdiis. Iii,iu or W 
 
 (rotn WiHCOiisin, W is/i/iom^iiii/. 
 Wificonsin River, \\ i.s/ikoniii- 
 iribi. 
 
 WiBtloii), nihwiikiitriu. 
 
 Wise ; 1 Hill \vi.«(', niu iiilnrtik/i, 
 nin ijaiiiititc, niu i/ut/ifairis. I \V 
 make liiiii wi-Jc, nin nihini- , 
 kna, tfdifildiriit. I tliiiik iny- 
 Helt" wine, /(/// nikwlkt'iienin- \V 
 dis, nin niljwoki'iienini, nin 
 nihtci'tknirrnim. I am wisi- 
 lielbre liiiii. nin nibwiik/ikan- \ 
 ilawa. I 
 
 WJHe, (in. H. ill.) S. Pnidpiit. ! 
 
 Wise man, nUnrakthcinini. \\ 
 
 Wish for. Wished lor.— S. He-' 
 sin-. Desired. I W 
 
 Witeheralt. S. Ma^rie. 1 
 
 With, in eomposilions, fp'ffi. — I 
 lAsitji). — With tlie fiox\\,'(fiffi-\ W 
 tchUrhaij. With tlie luxiy, I 
 tji(fi-u'iimr \ 
 
 Wilndraw ; I w . Irom liim, nind \ 
 ajctiin'ii, nin Iniknrina. I \v. W 
 from it, nin hnknrinan. \\ 
 
 Wither ; it withers, nihirti.ilikiit- ] 
 sin . I 
 
 Withhold ; [ w. it I'rom him. /mm ' 
 niini/Jiniinuniairn. I w. it from 
 mvself, ninii mindjiminitlis. 
 
 Within, ;</«»//(/, fiinilidii, jtind- \ 
 JinA. ' 
 
 Without, out of do<")rs, i'i,/trn(- 
 c/iin;/, iiijwiilrh/iii. 
 
 Without interruption, apiur, | 
 hniiitraunnif. \ 
 
 Withstand ; I witliHtand him, | 
 uinil iijiileuii. 
 
 Wolf, niainijnn. There are I 
 wolves, nmini/diiikii IMaee 
 where there are wolves, mnin- 
 ifunikan. | 
 
 Wolvereftf. .twin'/iniinif (Kik- 
 wArtke- 
 
 omati, ikirr, nkirr. I um a 
 woman, nind ikiPfir, nin ak- 
 tretr. A woman that has no 
 more a hiisliaml, jiijiijnkipe. I 
 am a woman that lias no more 
 a hiisliand, nin itijit/oktreir. 
 Oman's hreast. fotosli. My 
 hreast, ///// fotn.i/iim. On liotli 
 sides, nin tufos/iinitii/. 
 onder; i wondt-r. nin mama- 
 kadendam. I wonder at him, 
 (lier, it, I nin nKininkiidmima ; 
 nin mamakfidvndan. I make 
 liim wonder, nin maniakaden- 
 dinniKi. 
 
 onderfiil. S. Admiral>ly As- 
 tonishiiifr. 
 
 dnderful doiii}:, nxnnnndndn- 
 damiiirin, nKitnandntninoki- 
 trin. 
 
 ondt-rful tliiiijr. matnak/idjid- 
 nan, ninmtikasi'ilKintlJi'fan. I 
 ran do wonderful ihinjrs, nin 
 nirnnii ndil I/II.1 h ki i<i ■ 
 oiidrous. S. Curious, 
 "oixi, miliij. I am it is. wootl, 
 nin niitii/oic : niHii/i'irun. One 
 ohject of woihI, lirjiifiriitiij. 
 Two, three, four ohj of w<mx1, 
 iiijtr/iti;/, nittsir/itii/, niir^tliij, 
 ete. So manv ohjeets of wikmI, 
 da-tKiriitiij. Tliere is plenlv of 
 wood, vii til/oka, trnnndjissa- 
 ifii. — Pr\ woo<l. mishiiriUii/, 
 mishiiratitjfsstfj I "hoii dry 
 woo<J, nin minfiitnitii/nkf. 
 Oreon wo<xl. ashkdiiii 1 ehop 
 jrreen w., nin<l ashk/iliijokf. 
 There is grt-en Htnndinj; wood, 
 anhk/ikira. — I rut and i ' ; 
 w<M»<| f«)r a raiKK', iiin ;• ' 
 iije : for a shil. »i#»i jtax.^.i. i-: 
 ht'inr . for snowshix's, nin ;'ii'- 
 ita/iflinir.-A fmjrnu-nt tifMoo-i, 
 bnkir/Hiij. A lnrp«* picee of
 
 I 
 
 woo 
 
 — 292 — 
 
 \\'0|{ 
 
 wood, maiH/i.ssagad. A Hat 
 
 Siece of wood, nahatjatiy. 
 ear a piece of w., tchigcitiy. 
 — Rotten wood shines, wassi- 
 koyidemagad. 
 
 Woodcock , padjdshkaaaji. 
 
 Wooden \\oK,mitig6-'makak, mi- 
 tigowaj. 
 
 Wooden canoe, (boat or log- 
 canoe,) initiga-lclumdn. 
 
 Wooden lianiiner, mitiyo-paki. 
 iiigan. 
 
 Wooden house, (log-house,) mi- 
 tigoicdkdigan. 
 
 Wooden kettle, (dniin,) mitig- 
 wakik. 
 
 Wooden leg, mitigogdd. I feign 
 to have wooden legs, nin mi- 
 tigogddekas. 
 
 Wooden pin. S. Peg 
 
 Wooden plate or dish, mitig- 
 ondgan. 
 
 Wooden shoe, mitigo-makisin. 
 
 Wooden spoon, mitig-cmikivdn. 
 
 Wood file, (rasp,) mitigo-sissi- 
 hodjigan. 
 
 Wood for fuel, missaii. A piece 
 of wood for fuel, inLshi. I put 
 wood in the fire, uin pagidi- 
 nisse. (Ponani). The quantity 
 of wood that is put in the fire at 
 one t\me, pagidmitisan. A piece 
 of w. whistles in the fire, si- 
 iiakode inishi. — I fetch wood 
 in a canoe, nia nddaisse. 
 
 Wood-louse, haidtinogdded. 
 
 Wood-pecker, meme : pakw^a- 
 ftio ; papdsse ; bigwakokweo- 
 weshi. White wood-pecker, 
 wdhipapdsse. 
 
 Woods, (forest,) miiigwaki. (Sa- 
 kaw). In the woods, in a forest, 
 miiigwaking, nopiming. I go 
 into the woods, nin gopi ; I 
 coine from the woods, nin ma- 
 
 ddhi. I conieoiit of the woods, 
 of the forest, nin sagadkwaam, 
 nin pujntkintain. 
 
 Wool, mdniKhtdnishiwihiwai. 
 
 Word, ikkiiowin. One word, 
 iiingtilodon. Word said to 
 some j)erson, igoicin. I send 
 word, nin madjiiddjimoiwe. 
 
 World, aA/. In the whole world, 
 enigokiragiiki, rii igogtragnmi- 
 gag, ienigokogamigag). It is 
 the end of the world, waiekwa- 
 nkiwan, ishkwd-nkiwan. At 
 the end of the world, waiekwa- 
 akiicang. — The world, (peo- 
 ple,) bemddi.sidjig. 
 
 Work, working, anokitrin, ina- 
 nokiwin. (Atuskewin). There 
 is work, anokiwinagad. I com- 
 mence some work, )iin mdd- 
 jita, nin iiHidakamigi.s. 
 
 Work ; I work, /i//i(7 annki. It 
 works, anokimagqd. I come 
 to work, nin hi-anoki, nin hid- 
 jiinoki. I am aide to w., 7iin 
 gashkinau'i. I work in a cer- 
 tain manner, nind inanoki. I 
 make him work, nind anokia. 
 I w. with him, nin icidjanaki- 
 ma. I work in vain, nind 
 dnawewis, nind agdicishka. 
 (Mayoyuw). 
 
 Work - bench, mogodjigan. 
 Work-bench for the drawing- 
 knife, mokudjigan iekwandji- 
 gemagak. 
 
 Working-ilay, workday, anoki- 
 gijigad. 
 
 Working-house, anokiwigamig. 
 
 Workman, enokid, anokiicinini. 
 
 Work with a knife, etc., nin 
 mokoddsi^. I work it, <in., an) 
 nin makodan, nin tnokonan ; 
 nin makona. I work it for
 
 wor 
 
 — 2!U — 
 
 WKA 
 
 him, iiiii mokodaira, tiin nto- 
 kodavtauja. 
 
 AVonn, (in the hody,) ogejagim. 
 I have worniH, nind ogejagim. 
 Worm (in the \vockJ,i mosse. 
 Worm, (on or in the grounil,i 
 jiginiiwiis. Worm, (coming 
 oni of a fly's Ppg<l oktre. 
 
 Worm-eaten ; it is worm-eaten, 
 iglohular object, in., an.) ino.s- 
 m'ni inagad, inrm.'tim inagi-ii, 
 niiiM-sewidji. It is worm-eaten, 
 (wofjden ol>j., in., aii.j nio.ssr.s- 
 sagad , muxsrusagisi. 
 
 Worm - meilicine, vermifuge, 
 ngejagami-ma.ihkik'i. 
 
 Worn out ; it is worn out, mi't- 
 rhin.iin, metrhitchigddt'. It \» 
 worn out liy grinding, {in., 
 an. I metchibodf , metrhibonn. 
 It is worn out, iclotliing,) uif- 
 takiridin. It is worn out, (me- 
 tal, in., an.) niiftddk'i.ssin ; me- 
 iaidkiso. 
 
 Worse ; I am getting worse, 
 nind dnatrissr. 
 
 Worth; I am (it is) worth, api- 
 tendagoK ; apitrndagwad. I 
 am (it isi worth little, nin he- 
 wtnddgnu , heirendagwad. 
 
 Worth nothing; I am lit is) 
 Worth iiothinij, nin nagikntris: 
 uagikawad. I am (it is. worth 
 notiiing, oonsiijereil worth n., 
 nin nagikairendagri.t . migika- 
 windtniirad. 
 
 Worth |>*ity. S. Poor. 
 
 Wortiiv. ^ Ues|«iclal.|i- 
 
 WuMiiil. vidkiiirin, liinnri'iganii- 
 goirin. My wouml heals, mih 
 gige. I put s.th.in his wuuihI. 
 nin pindjiilikihina. I heal his 
 wound , nin gigea. 
 
 Wound. S. DresH a wound. 
 
 Wound ; I wound, mih himirdga- 
 
 niige. I wound liini, nin md- 
 kia, nin mdkinann, nin mdk'i- 
 i/anama, nin marndkiganama. 
 I wouml him in a certain man- 
 ner, nind inagundma. I wound 
 him sliooting, nind anonawa, 
 nin mijwd. I w. him cutting, 
 nin ki/uira. I wound myself 
 cutting, I cut my.sel f, ' H/n 
 kijdtxli.'i 
 
 Wounded ; I am w., nin himwu- 
 gane.-i. — I am wounded in the 
 arm, foot. etc. S. Arm. Foot, 
 etc. 
 
 Wounde<l j)e r s o n, /limirdgan, 
 mijwiigitn. I am a wi.unded 
 persiiM, nin Idmirdganiir, nin 
 mijirdi/iiniic. 
 
 Wound-lierli, wound-root, miji- 
 ic/iPiis/ik. 
 
 Wounding, inflicting wound.-;, 
 himwdgtiniigewin. 
 
 Woven ; it is woven, (in., an.) 
 IdmidiihiginiganikdJc , bimi- 
 ilnldginiganigdfo 
 
 Woven work, bimidabiginigani- 
 kan 
 
 Wranglo. Wrangling. — S. Quar- 
 rel. Quarp-ling. 
 
 Wrangler, nela-gikatridang. I 
 am a wrangler, nin nita-giga- 
 iridiim. 
 
 Wrap up; I wrap up, nin iriwf- 
 ginigr, nin kti.s/iknrrginige. I 
 wrap him 'her, ili up in h tli. 
 nin iritrrgina, nin kashkitef' 
 gina . nin iriirrginan, nin 
 kaji/tkitreginan — Any ohjcrt 
 to wrap H. th. in, kanhkitregi- 
 nigiin 
 
 Wrap|>e«l up; I am (il is) wraiv 
 
 JK><I up, nin wiweginigan, niii 
 •ashkitreginiifna wiwrgini- 
 g/idr, kashknreginigAge. — It
 
 WRI 
 
 294 — 
 
 WRO 
 
 is wrapped together, (in., an.) 
 okioegissin ; oKwegishin. 
 
 Wrath. Wratliful. — S. Anger. 
 Angry. 
 
 Wrath-day, day of wratli, nish- 
 kddji<jiji(ja<l. 
 
 Wren, notiokas.se. Another kind, 
 odananiis.idkadoweshi. 
 
 Wrestle ; T wrestle with him, 
 taking him round the body, 
 nind aiidena. I wrestle with 
 him, (her, it,) niii gagicedji- 
 wanodawa ; niii gagwedjium- 
 nodan . 
 
 Wretle, (in.s. in.) S. Fight. 
 
 Wrinkled ; I am (it iiJ) wrinkled, 
 niii bahisMshin ; habiskinsin . 
 
 Wrist ; I have a strong wrist, 
 nin mash kawimagonigc. 
 
 Write; I write, nind ojibiige. I 
 write in a certain manner, 
 nind ijihiige. I add writing, 
 nin gikibiiyc. T wr. otlierwise, 
 nirid andjibiige. I write it 
 otherwise, nind andjibian. I 
 write to him or of him, nind 
 ojibiamatca. I write to him 
 or of him in a certain manner, 
 nind ijibiamawa. I wr. a letter, 
 nin mddjibiige. I wr. him a 
 letter, nin mddjibiamawa. He 
 writes me a letter, (I receive 
 a letter of him,) nin bidjibia- 
 mag. I write it, or I write on 
 it, (in., an.) nind ojibian ; nind 
 ojibiwa. I wr. it or on it, in a 
 certain manner, (in., an.) nind 
 ijibian ; nind ijibiwa. I write 
 and correct, nin nandibiige. 
 
 Writer, wejibiiged, ojibiigewini- 
 ni, (writing man). 
 
 Writing, writ, ojibiigan, ojibii- 
 gewin. Writing in large let- 
 tens, mamangibi'ignn. Writing 
 in small letter.-', bissibiigan. 
 Changed or altered writing, 
 (indjibiigan. Corrected writ- 
 ing, nandibiigan, (corrected 
 copy). 
 
 Writmg-house, office, ojibiige- 
 wigamig 
 
 Written ; I am (it isi written or 
 described, (or painted,) nind 
 ojibiigas : ojibiigdde. In a 
 certain manner, nind ijihii- 
 gas ; ijibiigade. 
 
 Wrong ; I wrong or do wrong, 
 nin baia-dodam. I wrong peo- 
 ple, nin bata - dodage. It 
 wrongs, it does evil, bata- 
 dodagemagad. I wrong him, 
 nin baia-dodawa. I wrong 
 myself, nin bataidis, nin wa- 
 waiiadis. It is wrong, bata- 
 ijiirebad. 
 
 Wrong, (in. .■'. in.) S. Do evil. 
 Injure. 
 
 Wrongly, in a wrong manner, 
 napdich. I put it wrongly, 
 nin napdichiton. 
 
 Wrong way ; I put it on in the 
 wronjr way, (/«., an.^ nind 
 dbosikan , nind dboskima. I 
 put a coat or blanket over me 
 m the wrong way, nind dbo- 
 dagicaje. 
 
 W^rought iron, icenadaigddeg 
 biwdbik.
 
 Yankee. S. Auierican. 
 
 Yarn, nnsabah. 
 
 Yawl-hoat, nahikwdnens. 
 
 Yawn ; I yawn, nin iiihaidtre, 
 iiiii iKtuilxiiihri'. 
 
 Yawning, itifiai'hrt'U'in, nani- 
 haiutrewin. 
 
 \va.T, hibCm, hibonagad ; kiki- 
 nomnchi. 
 
 Yearly , eudaxso-bibongak. 
 
 Yellow ; J an) (it is) yellow, 
 niud (tsuiri.s ; nsnwa. 
 
 Yellow liy -moke ; I make s. 
 til. yellow liy smoke, nind 
 ttsdnifginigi-. \ make it y. by 
 Hijioke, (//I., «/(.) nind osdtce- 
 gixan ; nind oxawegiswa. 
 
 Yellow cloth, lor other yellow 
 Htiitl',) iisiiirvgin. 
 
 bellow metal, hrasH, ns/iwdhik. 
 
 ^ CIloM, painteil yellow ; it is 
 paintetl y., tin., an.} usdwini- 
 gdde : osdwinigdso. It is 
 I^Ainteii y., (wooil, in., an.\ 
 (>.Hdwi.i.inginigdde , osdwissa- 
 ginigdno. 
 
 Yellow Hcruent, o.idtri-gini'big. 
 
 Y<l|i. Yelping.— S. Hark. Hark- 
 ing. 
 
 Yen, r Enh-nih. 
 
 Yt'Ht. S. {..eaven. 
 
 YeHlenlav, pitrhindgo lOliiku- 
 Hik). Tde (lay heliireye.slenlay, 
 airdsxondgo. 
 
 Yet, keidhi ; niinnh'/i, polc/i. 
 
 Yield ; it vields Iruil. {an., in 
 
 miniwi tnikicigi , minittany 
 mikicigin, niik^irHmnagad. I 
 make it yield t'riiit, iiin mik- 
 wigiion. — It yields no Iruit, 
 no |irotit, anetPtwisimagad. 
 The lielil yields no fruit, ana- 
 wig in kiligiin. 
 
 Yoke, ndbikdwdgan,ndbikdgan. 
 So many yoke of..., da.isw^- 
 wdn. 
 
 Yolk of an egg. mi.iktrdtcan, 
 ni iKkwii irandjiga n : m^d wagioa- 
 iran, <i.<<dirdir((U, 
 
 Yonder, iiridi, (twa.'<s. ipedi. 
 
 You, your, ki, kid, kin, A^«<^- 
 ira. 
 
 Young, fi.^hki. Young ehild, 
 iishkiabinodji. I am young, 
 nind nnhkibiniddis. nind oan- 
 kinig. 
 
 Young animal or hird, oshki- 
 aiiutns. 
 
 Young folks, irrshkinigitliig, 
 irrn?ikibinidili.tid)ig. 
 
 Young man, o.^hkinaire, irwA- 
 hini(/iil. I am a young man, 
 nind o.ilikindimr. 
 
 Young >*\\<Mt\, os/ikigin, wf.ihki- 
 ging mitigiinn. 
 
 Young woman, nnhkinigikire, 
 irr.shkinigid. I am a voung 
 woman, nind tuthkinigikvew. 
 
 Yours, k-iu, kinawa 
 
 Y<»uth, onhkinigitrin, oahki-bi- 
 niddi.tiirin 
 
 Youth. ."^ Young man.
 
 Zeal at work, kipashkwesiwin, 
 
 minwewisiwin. 
 Zealous ; I am zealous at work, 
 
 nin gwashkivcs, nin minwewi-s. 
 
 I am z. for him, iu his service, 
 
 nin mi nwpwisikandawa , nin<l 
 angwamikawa. I am zealou* 
 for it, nin minwewisikandnn , 
 nind angwdmikan. (Akame- 
 viniow).
 
 ETYiYlOLOGY 
 
 «)(■ a Ifw Indian iiainori liy wliicli are ilfsignaU-d certain triltcs and 
 localitii'H, lull wliiiff' Inif pruniiiiciatiDn and iirtlii>;:ra|iliy liave 
 hetn (linfignreil l>_v tlio W/iitcM who did imt iiMdir>tan<l tliese 
 words. 
 
 Wf licre put tlic wonl a-^ it is writtoii and in«M»rrcctly pronoun- 
 cod in tlie country, and alk-rwards, its true ortlio;rrapliy witli the 
 otyniolo;;:y jjivcn by many pi-rsons c<iin|)et('nt in this matter. It 
 .shuiild he kept in minil that all the.«e names, which, at the pre- 
 Hent time, desi-inate towns, river.s, lakes, etc., have heen thus 
 di.sli;iured hy voya^eurs, who pronoum-eil them accordinj; to tiic 
 liest iif'tlu'ir kni>wle.l;;c, without ;,'i\in^a tlioU}:iit that tlierehv they 
 were destroyiuir wnrds and remlerin;: tlieni inconipreiiensilije, in 
 .spite ol" the n-clanuitionn of Indianologists wln» were an.xiou.s to 
 preserve the true pronunciation ; liut usage has prevaded, as Ih 
 still the casi- in our days. 
 
 AIJK.NAKIS. (Otehipwei, mean.s, " lan«l of the Kast." It must 
 come from irdltan, it i.s dav-hreak. and, aki, or, in-tter, akki, 
 earth, whence, irahanakii/dk, the |K'ojile from where the sun 
 rises. 
 
 AHITIHI. iCree., means, intermediate water, from the root, ahit, 
 middle, halt", and in'))it/, water, which makes /i»/, in comitosi- 
 linn, whence ////////>/, watrr al half disianci'. The name nt tliis 
 lake Climes frmn its jHi^iiiun at the level of ihr land, iM-lweon 
 Hudsiin'.- i>ay and tiie St. Lawrenc*-. 
 
 ASAWAHIMOSWAN. iCreei, wliere hunters watdi for llie KIk. 
 
 ASSINIHOINKS, .,r, ASSINIHOANKS, (Otchipwei, meant* pro- 
 liahly : Siotix of the Stones, from : l.v.vi'ii, and lur/iit, Siou.x ; 
 or |KTliaps liftter, .\n.iiiiHiir<hi, means : |KMiplc- who roa-t Honie- 
 lliin;; III) stones, hecause ii apjM'ars that those Indians usotl U> 
 ciiok lh«'ir meat on re<l-hot stones. 
 
 ACHIdAN, (Crcc), from .Vri»»i.»/i/i/<»»i, lish nf this Bpeciei*, thai 
 tiie Whitcf* have mimed from the word nrhii/au, or mther 
 a;Vf/«/H, socks or wrftppin>!s for t lie feet. 
 
 .WAHASKA. or. A'l'AMASKA. (Creei, means : place where 
 
 Ihrrc is an amount of hi^rh ^'rass here ami tliere. 
 .\ rilKAMHtilES, (Crec), from Mlikamrk. white thU
 
 — 29H — 
 
 BABICHE, (Cree), means, raw-leather line, from probably : 
 
 Assababish, which is the diminutive of a^tsabab, thread. 
 BATISCAN, (Cree), from : TabateKkan , nplit liorn, or, hanging 
 
 liorii, or, perliaps from : nabateskan, one liorn, again, (abases- 
 
 kaw, low grass. 
 CAGOUNA, (Cree), means : a place where there are porcupine, 
 
 from kdkwa, a oorcnpine, in the Cree language, which makes 
 
 kakwdnak, in tiie midst of porcupines, whence the Whites pro 
 
 bably found Caconna. 
 CANADA, (Iroquois), a village of tents or huts. Some pretend 
 
 that it is derived from kaitdia, or, kandtan, (Cree), some thing 
 
 which is very neat and clean. 
 
 CHAWINIGAN, (Cree), from : Shdbonigan, instrument for 
 boring, piercer, or, needle ; or, perhaps from : sdwan, or, 
 shdwan, south, and, oniyaiu portage, wnence, the south por- 
 tage. 
 
 CHAWANONS, from ahdwan, or, sdu-an, the south. Chdicanons 
 ■ is at the diminutive form. The inhabitants of the southern bank 
 
 of the St. Lawrence, were, in tiio indian age, called by that 
 
 name. 
 CHICAGO, (Creel, from chicdff, or sikdg, a skunk, a kind of wild 
 
 cat, word, which at the local term, ma"kes : chicdgok. 
 CHICOCTIMI, (Cree), for, iskotimiw, till such a place, the water 
 
 is deep ; in fact, the Saguenay is deep and profound only to 
 
 that place. 
 ESQL'IMAUX, (Cree), comes from : aski, raw, and, moicew, to 
 
 eat some body, whence : askimoicetc, he eates him raw, or, 
 
 better, askimoui, he eates raw. 
 ESCOUMINS, (Cree), fronw"sAwH?H, from isko, till there, and, 
 
 mill, berry, that is, there are berries till such a place. 
 ETCHEMIN, (Otchipwei, from ii/ekomiii, from, iyeko, sand, and, 
 
 min, berry, or, sand-berries, so the Otchipwe indians call rasp- 
 berries. 
 
 lYAMACHICHE, (Cree), from, iijdniajisk, itdmajisk, from, iydm, 
 or, itdm, at the bottom, and, ajisk, (ajiskiy), mud, that is : 
 place in the water, Mhere there is mud at the bottom. 
 
 lYAMASKA, (Cree), from, itdmaskaw, or, iydmaskaic, there is 
 
 grass at the Itottom of the water. 
 ILLINOIS, (Algonq.i, for, iliniwok, men. The Otchipwes say : 
 
 ininiwok, the Crees, iyiniwok. 
 MOURASIvA, (Cree), tor, nkdmasknu\ (or, akdmaraskaw, as
 
 — 299 — 
 
 pronounce the Cree.-< Iroin llie wuoil.s), tliere ii^ jira.^r, ur, hay, 
 on the other side of the wixUt, fr<>}n, ak-dm, luln/nik), on the 
 otlier side ot the water, and, cmkaw, nieuning : grass, hay. 
 
 KANKAKEE, (Cree), from, kdkdkiw, a crow. 
 
 KfiN^HHC, (Cree), for, kinekik, a snake, serpent. 
 
 KIN()(JAMI, (Cree), there is a long s|>ace of water, from, Ajh", 
 long, and, i/amiw, or, t/amaw, hike. 
 
 KrN()(iAMISHISH, Cree), narrow long lake. 
 
 KfVVATIN', (Cree ami Otchipwe), pronounce, kiwetin, the north 
 wind, the wind going hack. 
 
 MADAWASKA, (Otchipwe), lor, maiaipa.ska, the mouth of a 
 rivi^r, where there is grass and hay. 
 
 M ANIK WAG AN. (Cree), for, miuikkwdyan, a vesnel, a va.-'e to 
 drink. 
 
 MACHICHE, iCreei, from, ydiuajisk, mud on the shore. 
 
 MATAI'fvDI.VC, from, matubi.ikan\ rock advancing towards the 
 shore. 
 
 M AKIN A, lOtchip I, from, mikkinn, ii turtle. 
 
 MANFTOMA, (Olchip.i, from, .Vf<>i/7'>fr<7/»i,tlie strait of the spirit, 
 from. .V(i/ij7'>, spirit, divine, e.xtranrdinary, and, tnthn, or, wapa, 
 a strait. That lake is .*»o called, in accotint of tiie strange things 
 neen and heard, in the strait which joins tliis lake witii another 
 one. in the oM times. 
 
 MASKINONtifc, lOtchip), the uglv ti^h (Jackfish), from. nwiaA-. 
 disligurcd, ugly, ami, kiminije, fish ; or, it may he a kind of 
 .lacklish, who has a peculiar hump on the hack. 
 
 MAS('Ol'('HE, (Creel, from, .I/h,vAmj*, a Hmall hear. 
 
 MATAWAN, (Cree), it opens, la river), it arrives in a lake 
 
 M ATAUrrCHOl'AN , pronounce, ninldln'tjiwiin , a stream 
 coming in. 
 
 iM.\SK K'lONS, from Mn^h'ijoirok, [H-nplc from the swamps 
 M.\snK(»ITEN.S, (Otchp.l, a snuill prairie Mr .r. C. Shea 
 makes a mistake, when he says that that wonl means : the 
 nation of the tire, hecausc if it were so, we ought ut ^ly, hk-vU- 
 iriitiniirok, wlience, inkuieii.s, a sniall tire. 
 
 M.VLK'lHITKS. tVom. mav'*''. or, m«//.fi7, the diHtiguroti (uglj) 
 foot. 
 
 MftKATINA, (Creei, for : mekwdiindk, among the l>ilN 
 
 .M.VNITOFylNE, from: Munitowin, the spiritism, or U'tter, .V(Imi- 
 
 lo /'»/'•, hiilf fn-nch afid Indian The Otcliipwes call that inland: 
 
 ^.,„.t,.n,,..,it;k. ihi> Iitlnnd of the Hpiril.
 
 — :«)() — 
 
 MIKWAN, iCrec), from emikkwdn, a spoon. 
 
 MILWAUKEE, (Otchip.), from, Milo, or, mino, gu<Kl,ari(l uki, or, 
 akki, earth, land, the fine land. 
 
 MICHIGAN, (Cree), from, mishi<jdm, or, luiahiijamaw, the big 
 lake. 
 
 MICHIMAKINA, (Otchip.), from : mi.ii-mikkindk, bi;r turtle. 
 
 Some pronounce : Micldl tiiikkindk, whence the " Micliel- 
 
 makina " of the Canadian vuyagPur.-<. 
 MIRAMICHI, (Cree), for, mayamisk, ugly heaver. 
 MINGAN, (Cree), from, mahingan, a wolf. 
 MISSISQUOI, ;Cree), it must be : jnisi-iskwew, the big woman : 
 
 from : mi.si, big, and, iskweiv, woman. 
 MISSISSIPI, (Otchip.), pronounce : misi, or, min/u.'iipi, the big, 
 
 great, river. 
 M£GANTIC, from, mimttik, the big .*tick, or, meydttik, battle- 
 club. 
 MOCCASIN, (Otchip.), from : makkisin, .shoe. 
 MISTASSINI, the big stone. 
 NATASCOUAN, pronounce : ndtaskewdn, going to fetch mouse. 
 
 or better, from : ndtaskicdn, going to bring the bear (his fle.^h, 
 
 when killed). 
 NIPISSING, (Otchip.), in a little water, or, nlplssing, in the 
 
 leave;?. 
 
 ORAGAN, or, OYAGAN, (Cree), plate, vase ; (Otchip.), ondgan. 
 
 OTTAWA, an abbreviation of: ottawokay, his ear, or, otawask, 
 and, wataumsk, bull-rushes, because along the river there are a 
 great many of those liull-rushes. It appears that the Indian.'' 
 of that countrv had to call themselves : walawawiiiiniwok, the 
 men of the bull-rushes. 
 
 OUIATCHOUAN, (Cree)j from, tvdwiydtJiw'Oi, a. whirlpool, or, 
 icayuwitJiuHin, current coming out. 
 
 PICHOUX, (Cree), from, Pisiic, lynx. 
 
 PEMBINA, (Cree), from, nipimina, watery berries, nipiy, water- 
 ami, mina, berries, for : high bush cranberries. 
 
 QUEBEC, from Av'^eA-, or, i-f/;rtA-, being shut ; kipair, it is shut- 
 - The Indians of the Gulf St. Lawrence yet call it Kepek. In tact 
 in that place the river looks shut up by Diamantl Cape, when 
 going up, and by the Orleans island, when coming down. 
 
 KISTIGOUCHE, from, mistikus, kous), a small stick, tree.
 
 — :5ni — 
 
 (•) IIIMOUSKI, (Olcliip.)) Iroin, (iiu'inuitski, llie dogs Iioiik'. 
 SAGUENAY, water goiii^ uut, fnun, .sfiki, coining from, and, 
 
 ni]>i, water, xdkinipi. 
 SA(iAMITft, (Creel, from, kisdijamUcw, it is a liot liquid. Kisd- 
 
 gamitekwew, he drinks a liot li(iuid. 
 SASKATCHEWAN, (Cree), from, ki.siskdtjimin, tlie rapid 
 
 current. 
 SATIGAN, (Cree), \'yo\\\, aslatjujdii, and, astatchikun {koun),'A 
 
 liidinj^ place. 
 SISIQUOI, (Cree), from, sisikwan, an Indian wliistle. a kind of 
 
 wind-pipe, u.sed by the conjurors. 
 SQUAW, (Cree), from, iskwew, a woman. 
 STADACONfi, from, tatakioanak, wings. 
 TADOUSSAC, (Cree)j from, totosak, plural of toios, woman's 
 
 breant, pap. 
 TfiMISCOUATA, it is deep everywhere, from, thiiiw, it is deep 
 
 in the water, and, iskwatdm, without end. 
 TO'i'EM, from, ni totem, my parent, my relation. Some indians 
 
 use that word to me<jin a coat of arm. Some families <»ot for 
 
 their Totem (otoloniwa), v. g. a Hsh, or, a bear, etc. The wolf 
 
 is my Totem, will say some one, ma/iiuf/an ni Totem, or, )iiad 
 
 litem. 
 TIMISKAMING, (Utchip.), in the ileep water, from, timiw, it is 
 
 deep, and, ijami, water, (in composition) ikj final, is for, in, itlu- 
 
 water). 
 TOMAHAWK, \'vo\\\,o(dnmhak [lionk^, strike them, or, ntiima/i- 
 
 watv, he is striken. 
 WAIUSHTONIS, from, wdlji.stdni.s, a small marten. 
 WASiSAd.MdAN, clear water lake. 
 WIGWAM, a dwelling, a tent, a lodge. 
 WINNII'KK, pronounce: \Vini})ei/, swamps, or, lutler, salt 
 
 water, unclean \vh\it, windijfuni. The indians call lake Winijie;/, 
 
 the great water, the great sea, and nsi- thf same I'xpression 
 
 lt> speak of the salt water of the sea. 
 Wign. from, irikkwr,/. :i blad-ler. 
 
 (*) It is to be remembered that some bands of ihe.Crces, inhabiting the forest, pro- 
 nounce ra, re, ri, ro, instead ofna, uc, ni, no, or, ya, ye, yi, yo.
 
 r 
 
 CENTRAL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 
 
 University of California, San Diego 
 
 DATE DUE 
 
 UKUlt^ 
 
 
 a 39 
 
 UCSD Libr.
 
 ,^C SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY